Aṣṭādhyāyī of Pāṇini

Texas Linguistics Series

Editorial Board Winfred P. Lehmann, Chair Joel Sherzer John Baugh

Aṣṭādhyāyī of Pāṇini

in Roman Transliteration by

Sumitra M. Katre University of Texas Press, Austin

Copyright 1987 by the University of Texas Press All rights reserved Printed in the United States of America

First Edition, 1987

Requests for permission to reproduce material from this work should be sent to Permissions, University of Texas Press, Box 7819, Austin, Texas 78713-7819

The publication of this book was assisted by a grant from the Andrew W. Mellon Foundation.

For reasons of economy and speed this volume has been printed from camera-ready copy furnished by the translator, who assumes full responsibility for its contents.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Pāṇani. Aṣṭādhyāyī of Pāṇini.

(Texas linguistics series) Translation of: Aṣṭādhyāyī. Bibliography: p. Includes index. 1. Sanskrit language--Grammar. I. Katre, Sumitra Mangesh, 1906- . II. Title. III. Series. PK517.K38 1987 491'.25 86-19338 ISBN 0-292-70394-5

IN MEMORIAM

Girija Krishna

Uma Shankar

Contents Abbreviations ix

A Note on the System of Transliteration xi

Foreword xiii

Preface xv

Introduction xix

Aṣṭādhyāyī of Pāṇini 1

Alphabetical Index of Sūtras 1067

Pāṇin-īya-Dhātu-pāṭha 1173

Alphabetical Index of Verbal Stems 1201

Verbal Stems According to Meanings 1225

Verbal Stems With Specific Markers 1259

Gaṇa-pāṭha 1265

Select Bibliography 1327

Abbreviations Page" ab. above abl. ablative acc. accusative adj. adjective adv. adverb aor. aorist bel. below caus. causative cf. compare cmpd. compound comp. comparative dat. dative denom. denominative desid. desiderative du. dual f. feminine gen. genitive ib. ibidem, in the same work id. idem, having the same meaning imper. imperative impers. impersonal ind. indicative inf. infinitive inst. instrumental interj. interjection interr. interrogative intr. intransitive ipf. imperfect loc. locative m. masculine n. neuter nom. nominative n.pr. nomen proprium, proper name num. numeral opt. optative part. participle pass. passive perf. perfect pl./plur. plural pluperf. pluperfect pp. past participle (passive) pron. pronoun pronom. pronominal q.v. quod vide, which see redup. reduplicative sb./subst. substantive sg./sing. singular st. stem superl. superlative s.v. sub verbo, under the word as quoted tr. transitive t.t(t). technical term(s) vb. verb Referenced Texts Aṣṭ. Aṣṭādhyāyī AV Atharvaveda Kāś. Kāśikā MBh. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali Mbh. Mahābhārata RV R̥gveda SK Siddhānta-Kaumudī of Bhaṭṭoji Dīkṣita SV Sāmaveda TS Taittirīya-Saṁhitā Un. Uṇādi VS Vājasaneyī-Saṁhitā References Within Aṣṭādhyāyī DhP Dhātu-pāṭha GP Gaṇa-pāṭha MS Māheśvara-sū-tra-s PS Praty-ā-hār-a-sū-tra-s ŚS Śiva-sū-tra-s vārt. vārttika

A Note on the System of Transliteration and typographical conventions used in the text System of Transliteration Vowels: a ā i ī u ū r̥ r̄ l̥ l̥3 e ai o au ṁ ḥ Xk Xp

Consonants: kSyllabics of the Nāgarī script omitted in the transliteration, e.g., k for syllabic ka̱. kh g gh ṅ c ch j jh ñ ṭ ṭh ḍ ḍh ṇ t th d dh n p ph b bh m

Semi-Vowels: y r l v

Spirants: ś ṣ s h

Vedic: ḷ ḷh kṣ jñ Typographical Conventions Un-marked vowels represent anudātta vowels. The acute accent marks the udātta and the grave accent marks the svarita vowel. Capital letters indicate the IT markers. Vowels underlined by a single line indicate that they are used for pronunciation of morphemes of which they are not integral parts, e.g., nu̱M stands for an infixed nasal /n/ only. An expression in small capitals indicates that it is an artificial technical term. Division of compound expressions into their component units is generally indicated by a hyphen, separating them when no saṁdhi operation is involved, but by the double hyphen otherwise. When three Arabic numerals are given, they stand respectively for adhy-āy-a, pād-a and sū-tra numbers in that order, e.g., 3.1.1. When two alone are given they stand for the pād-a and sū-tra numbers within the adhy-āy-a which is referred to in the immediately preceding three-figure reference. Similarly, the single number refers to the sū-tra within the pād-a, and adhy-āy-a referred to in the previous two-figure reference. The so-called `IT-markers' are indicated by capital letters. The exceptions are [ch], [jh], [ṭh] and [ḍh] which (though forming part of the IT-class when they occur at the head of affixes) have not been indicated by capital letters since they are not subject to 1.3.9 (being replaced not by 0̸ as in all other instances but by special morphemes by 7.1.2-7 and 7.3.50-51). Otherwise, by definition they are definitely IT-markers.

Preface

Although there have been three renderings of Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī in modern European languages, they have been particularly addressed to those whose primary interest is in Sanskrit language and literature. The first of these was in German, published during 1839-40 under the title Pāṇini's acht Bucher grammatischer Regeln in two volumes by Otto Bohtlingk, consisting of sūtra-s and scholia, German comments on the sūtra-s and various indexes. A new edition in 1887 entitled Pāṇini's Grammatik with a German translation and various indexes became the standard reference work on Pāṇini, and was reissued in 1964. Two English translations appeared in 1882, Pāṇini's Eight Books of Grammatical Sutra-s by W. Goonatileke and The Aṣṭādhyāyī of Pāṇini, edited and translated into English by Srisa Chandra Vasu in 1891. Louis Renou's La grammaire de Pāṇini traduite du sanskrit avec des extraits des commentaires indigènes in French appeared in three fascicles during 1948-54 from Paris, and a revised edition in two volumes, with the Sanskrit text of the sūtras, appeared in 1966. In all these translations, the sūtra-text is given in Devanāgarī characters. Renou used Roman transliteration for the illustrative examples in his French commentary. The need for an edition which gives the text of the sūtras as well as illustrative material in transliteration appears necessary in the interest of those who are not primarily interested in Sanskrit language and literature, but mainly concerned with it in relation to their work in linguistics.

It was the discovery of Sanskrit grammar in the last quarter of the 18th century and the pronouncement of Sir William Jones, at the inauguration of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, positing a relationship between Sanskrit and the classical languages of Europe, that led in the early 19th century to the development of Comparative Philology and its ultimate transformation into modern Linguistics. The influence of Pāṇini and the Indian schools of grammarians can be gained from the number of scholars who have expressed their appreciation as well as criticism of this tradition, a selection of whose contributions have been presented by J.F. Staal in A Reader on the Sanskrit Grammarians (MIT Press, 1972). Recently a great number of studies on this subject have appeared both in India and abroad in the shape of monographs, research papers and doctoral dissertations. A very comprehensive survey of research on Pāṇini has been published by George Cardona (Mouton: 1976). In view of the importance which Pāṇini's work has for the development of modern Comparative Philology and Linguistics a new edition using Roman Transliteration both for the sūtra-s and the examples used in illustrating them is not out of place. Indeed it has the further advantage that the roman typography with its several faces and upper and lower case letters representing individual phonemes obviates the cumbrous use of Devanāgarī writing which is syllabic. Moreover, the metalinguistic features of Pāṇini's rule-formation can be clearly perceived visually by metalinguistic use of roman, italic, small capitals and capitals and even indicate the use of vowels which Pāṇini sometimes uses for ease of enunciation in presenting morphemes where those vowels are not integral parts of the morphemes themselves.

While no attempt has been made in this presentation at giving a critical edition of the accompanying Dhātupāṭha and Gaṇapāṭha, care has been taken to compare the items as included in several editions and contributory studies. A comparative study of Dhātupāṭha-s as well as Gaṇapāṭha-s formed themes for doctoral dissertations presented to the Poona University, the first having been published by that University in 1957. The text of Aṣṭ. itself has come down with very few alterations since Patañjali's time, and while Kāśikā presents a slightly inflated text, Siddhānta-kaumudī in general preserves the text as given in Mahābhāṣya. The oral transmission of the text from time immemorial has preserved much of the original Vedic and post-Vedic literature, particularly the sūtra-literature. Patañjali indicates in his work that during his time people learned the Vedic texts without prior study of grammar (MBh. I 5, 8-10) and considered the study of grammar as not purposeful, which probably led to the gradual loss of much of Mahābhāṣya itself which was later subsumed by the efforts of savants like Bhartr̥hari. We have on the other hand such significant remarks in the Kāśikā [ā kumāra-ṁ yaśaḥ pāṇine-ḥ `Pāṇini's fame has reached the young'] which are supported by the observations of the Chinese pilgrim I Tsing (691-92) such as: "Children begin to learn the Sū-tra when they are eight years old, and can repeat it in eight months' time" (Staal, p. 12), while "Boys of fifteen begin to study this commentary (i.e., Vr̥t-ti-sūtra or Kāśikā) and understand it after five years" (ibid., p. 14) and with reference to MBh (referred to as Cūrṇi of Patañjali) "Advanced scholars learn this in three years" (ibid., p. 15). Probably the lost tradition which Patañjali mentions was revived after Bhartr̥hari's restoration of the MBh.

The advantages of presenting the Sanskrit text in roman transliteration are obvious. Instead of the syllabic orthography we have the single phoneme character of the individual roman alphabet (except for the aspirate consonants kh, ch, ṭh, th and ph) and the process of deriving the surface forms from underlying deep structures appears more elegant. Secondly for those not interested in pursuing special studies in Sanskrit literature, it has the advantage of a universal script which is commonly used in all modern linguistic studies.

Many of the metalinguistic features of Aṣṭ. have found their place in modern linguistics, such as the concept of 0̸, the markers with specific functions, etc. The influence of Pāṇini can also be seen in the founding of several systems of grammar following Aṣṭ. in India, and similar systems developed for Pāli, fully influenced by Pāṇini's model, such as Kaccāyana-vy-ā-kar-aṇa and those of Moggallāna and Aggavaṁsa. For other Middle Indo-Aryan languages there are similar treatises composed in Sanskrit. The chief feature of these works is the tacit assumption that Sanskrit is the basis from which the Prakrit languages have sprung, and taking Māhārāṣṭrī as the most favored Prakrit, since it was the medium of poetic compositions, a set of correspondences has been set up to explain the phonology and morphology of these MIA dialects. Indeed, long before comparative philology developed during the 19th century, the concept of a family of languages, derived from a common parent, apparently formed the bedrock on which these grammars were based, though no reconstructions appear to have been attempted. Indeed the tradition of Aṣṭ. was so strong that even grammars of some of the Dravidian languages were composed on its pattern, such as Tolkappiam for Tamil, Līlātilakam for Malayalam, Āndhra-śabda-cintāmaṇi for Telugu and Karṇāṭaka-bhāṣā-bhūṣaṇa and Śabda-maṇi-darpaṇa for Kannaḍa. The latest work in this tradition is the Keraḷa-Pāṇinīyam of Rajarajavarman (1863-1918) in the recent past.

This work was undertaken while I was Director of Deccan College Postgraduate and Research Institute in Poona as part of Pāṇinian Studies, included in its Building Centenary Series. However, the actual work was carried out during my stay in Austin at the University of Texas where I had been invited first as a Visiting Professor in 1966 in the Department of Linguistics and then in 1970 at the recently created Department of Oriental Languages and Literatures. My thanks are due to Professors W.P. Lehmann and Edgar C. Polomé for inviting me to Austin, and for their constant encouragement. The present work has been made possible by a grant-in-aid by the American Council of Learned Societies for the year 1978-79 (ACLS NEH GIA '79) while I was serving as a Distinguished Visiting Lecturer in the Department of Linguistics at California State University, Fullerton. My thanks are also due to Professor V.I. Subramoniam, Vice-Chancellor of Tamil University, Tanjore, and the guiding spirit of the Dravidian Linguistic Association in Trivandrum, for inviting me to visit India under their joint auspices during 1982 to enable me to revise this work and make it ready for publication. I must also express my thanks to Professors M.B. Emeneau and George Cardona for sponsoring my work to ACLS for a grant. In conclusion, I also express my grateful thanks to Douglas L. Fix and the staff of the Linguistics Research Center for formatting the complicated text so carefully and to the University of Texas Press for including this work in its Linguistic Series.

Introduction

The Aṣṭādhyāyī of Pāṇini is the earliest extant descriptive grammar of Sanskrit as currently spoken during his time (c. 6th cent. B.C.) and occasionally referred to by him as [Bhāṣā], in the north-west region of India (now Pakistan). His extraordinary perception of linguistic facts covered, however, a wider region, since he not only refers to the earlier stage of the language as occurring in Vedic literature, but also spreads over the northern and eastern parts of India whose regional variants he also notices in his majestic sweep. However, it is certainly not the first grammar composed about Sanskrit. Pāṇini mentions ten predecessors [Āpiśali, Kāśyapa, Gārgya, Gālava, Cākravarmaṇa, Bharadvāja, Śākaṭāyana, Śākalya, Senaka and Sphoṭāyana], none of whose works have survived to our days. Of these earlier grammarians two are specifically referred to in Patañjali's Mahābhāṣya. Āpiśali is mentioned by Kātyāyana in his vārttika 2 on 4.1.14 [pūrva-sūtra-nir-deśo=vā=āpiśala-m adh-ī-te `studies the grammar of Āpiśali'] while Patañjali refers to grammars promulgated by Pāṇini, Āpiśali and Kāśakr̥tsna [pāṇini-nā pr-o-k-ta-m = pāṇin-īya-m, āpiśalá-m kāśakr̥tsná-m MBh. I 12,5-6] and cites a verse line [nāma ca dhā-tu-ja-m āh-a nir-uk-t-e vy-ā-kar-aṇ-e śakaṭa-sya ca toka-m MBh. II 138,14-16] in which Śākaṭāyana is mentioned as holding the view that all nominal stems are derived from verbal stems. It is thus probable that during the times of both Kātyāyana and Patañjali their grammars were still available for study and were not overwhelmed by Pāṇini's own work. A few traces of their work are to be found in commentarial literature on the systems of Sanskrit grammar.

The title of Pāṇini's grammar as Aṣṭādhyāyī occurs initially in the Mahābhāṣya (e.g., on 6.3.109). It is derived from the underlying string aṣṭ-au adhy-āy-āḥ sam-ā-hr̥-t-āḥ/aṣṭā-nām adhy-āy-ā-n-āṁ sam-ā-har-a-ḥ = aṣṭan+adhy-āy-a+ṄīP (2.1.52; 4.1.21) = aṣṭa0̸+adhy-āy-0̸+ī (8.2.7; 6.4.148) and denotes `a collection of eight chapters'. By Pāṇini's rule 5.1.58 (saṁ-khyā-y-āḥ ¹saṁ-jñā-²saṁ-gha-³sūtra=⁴adhy-ay-ane-ṣu) the expression áṣṭa-ka-m (= aṣṭ-au adhy-āy-āḥ pari-mā-ṇa-m a-sya = aṣṭan+kaN = áṣṭa0̸-ka-m) also denotes, among other things, a work consisting of eight chapters. Pāṇini evidently refers here to already existing works of that nature, but commentators have cited áṣṭa-ka-m pāṇin-īya-m as an illustration of this rule, and consequently it is also known alternatively by this title. It is possible that Pāṇini might have Āpiśali's grammar in view when formulating this rule, since according to later tradition Āpiśali is said to have composed his grammar also in eight chapters.

The name Pāṇini itself is a patronymic derived from Pāṇin-a (6.4.165; 4.1.95: pāṇina-sya apatya-m = pāṇina+iÑ = pāṇin0̸+i) indicating a son of Pāṇin-a. However, Kāśikā has both pāṇiny-upa-jña-m (2.4.21)/pāṇin-o-pa-jña-m (6.2.114) a-kāl-ak-aṁ vy-ā-kar-aṇa-m. If both names apply to Pāṇini, then Pāṇin-a as applied to him indicates a yuvan (4.1.163-4) descendant of Paṇ-in. This makes him a grandson of Paṇ-in, but he has sometimes been called Paṇi-put-ra also. Among other synonyms we have Dākṣī-put-rá and Śālāturīya which latter name presupposes that Śalātura was his ancestral abode (4.3.94).

The text of the Aṣṭādhyāyī is preceded by a repertory or catalogue of phonemes divided into 14 strings or sūtra-s, commonly designated Praty-ā-hār-a-sūt-ra- (PS), Śiva-sūt-ra (ŚS) or Māheśvara-sūt-ra (MS) and followed by two lexicons enumerating the verbal stems (Dhā-tu-pāṭh-a) and groups of nominal stems which undergo particular grammatical operations (Gaṇa-pāṭh-a). While the text of Aṣṭ. has remained almost unchanged since Patañjali's time, the same cannot be said of the Dhātupāṭha or Gaṇapāṭha.

In view of the sū-tra style of the work, which, within a little less than 4000 algebraic statements, gives a complete description of the language, the work became the central piece of exegetical works, and in the history of linguistic texts, it occupies the premier position in that nearly a thousand treatises have been produced during the two millennia since it was composed by Pāṇini. The earliest are the vārtt-ika-s, chiefly of Kātyāyana (c. 4th c. B.C.) who supplements the rules of Pāṇini, often criticizing them. His vārtt-ika-s have been further commented upon, along with the sū-tra-s by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya `Great Commentary' with great finesse. These three sages, forming a formidable triumvirate, represent the high mark of Pāṇinian tradition. Unfortunately neither of these two works covers the whole text of Aṣṭ. Almost a thousand years later we have the full text commented upon in the Kāśi-kā of Vāmana and Jayāditya (c. 7th cent. A.D.) with ample illustrations under each rule and a full citation of the gaṇa-s under particular rules dealing with them. Kāśikā itself became the focal point of two other early commentaries by Jinendrabiddhi (Nyāsa or Kāśikā-vi-var-aṇa-pañj-ik-ā) and Haradatta (Padamañjar-ī). Since the Aṣṭ. was meant to be transmitted verbally, the sū-tra style imposed severe restrictions on the structure of the work, where even the saving of a mora was considered meritorious. In order to preserve the mathematic structure of aphoristic rules topical arrangement had to be sacrificed to effect economy, resulting in a very recondite work, necessitating a lot of exegesis and running from section to section to generate the surface forms from the strings of underlying deep structure. So in course of time a rearrangement was effected by such works as Pra-kri-yā-kau-mud-ī and Siddh=ānta-Kau-mud-ī which later became extremely popular at the expense of Kāśikā as a standard text in both traditional and university schools.

The eight chapters of Aṣṭ. are subdivided into quarter chapters (pāda-s) each of which contains a certain number of sū-tra-s. The first sūtra of the first quarter of the first chapter begins with the definition of the technical term vŕd-dhi [vŕd-dhi-r āT=aiC] wherein the technical term precedes the definition against the general pattern seen in the following sūtra [aT=eṄ guṇa-ḥ] and Patañjali explains this as Pāṇini's wish for auspiciousness that he uses this word first. According to tradition, indicated by Patañjali, such auspicious expressions should be used at the beginning, middle and end of a work so that those studying the text may be successful in their endeavors. Here Pāṇini uses this auspicious word at the beginning of his text. This is just another proof that the repertory of phonemes in ŚS is not an integral part of Pāṇini's text, but is based on it, since all the sigla he uses for explaining the grammatical operations are based on it. Patañjali's Mahābhāṣya begins with atha śabda=anu=śās-ana-m which he tries to explain himself. According to Kaiyaṭa this expression is Patañjali's own which he comments on. Most original sūtra works generally begin with the word atha followed by a word which describes the text which ensues. The word therefore cannot have been the title of Pāṇini's own work.

Pāṇini's description of Sanskrit as it was spoken during his time is based on three fundamental units: (1) nominal stems (prāti-pad-ika-), (2) verbal stems (dhā-tu-) and (3) affixes (praty-ay-a-) introduced after the first two to generate additional stems as well as finished words [pada-s], with a set of rules to generate the surface forms from their deep structures, and a set of rules on government to generate sentences as units of communication. The Dhātu-pāṭh-a catalogues all available verbal stems divided into ten specific classes, while the Gaṇa-pāṭh-a records groups of nominal stems which undergo specific grammatical operations given in the rules. There is, thus, no lexicon of nominal stems, since their number is without any limit and depends upon actual usage. Since the object of grammar, according to the statements of Kātyāyana and Patañjali, is specified as explaining the usage current among the speakers of the language and is not prescriptive, such a listing of nominal stems appears to be incapable of completion. Patañjali cites here the case of the divine Br̥has-pati and Indra, who, through continuous recitation of individual lexemes, could not come to an end, even in a thousand divine years! To achieve, therefore, a possible manner in which one can attempt a description which can cover the whole range of the language, Pāṇini has attempted to arrange his sūtra-s under two major headings: [ut-sarg-a-] a general rule which encompasses the largest number of linguistic items, and [apa-vād-a-] an exception which covers a smaller group not subject to the general rule.

In order to effect economy of expressions in the sū-tra style Pāṇini has devised a special metalinguistic language. In the first place, on the basis of the Praty-ā-hār-a Sū-tra-s a number of sigla have been used to denote the group of phonemes which are subject to a specific grammatical operation. The model provided by these introductory sū-tra-s has been followed in the Aṣṭ. by having a number of markers with specific indications. These markers are either phonemes occurring at the end or beginning of a morpheme or accent markers [udātta, anudātta or svarita] or a nasalized vowel (anu-nās-ika). Next in order come the technical terms which are two-fold: current words, but with technical definitions, as in the case of vr̥d-dhi, guṇa, or artificial ones like ṬI,GHU,BHA.

In the formulation of rules special use is made of three declensional groups of affixes: ablative for indicating the right context, locative for the left context and genitive for the substituendum. Special use of the locative is made to indicate (a) the subordinate word [upa-pada-] in a compound expression derived from a verbal stem and (b) also to indicate the meaning of an expression, particularly with reference to those of verbal stems. This is followed regularly in the meanings assigned to verbal stems in the Dhātu-pāṭha which, as originally compiled, did not contain the meanings.

Since the structure of Aṣṭ. is primarily intended to be a text which is to be transmitted orally, the maximum brevity has been aimed at in formulating the sū-tra-s. No verbal finite forms are employed. The interpretation of the sū-tra by a proper sentence demands the filling of ellipsis in the sū-tra. So a process of anu-vr̥t-ti is required to fill in these gaps and the rules are arranged in such a way that this becomes possible from preceding rules. A consequence of this is that topical arrangement has been sacrificed to ensure maximum economy. A collection of rules which are governed by a single rule is indicated by the forming of these governing rules with a svarita accent. Their extent depends upon particular contexts. For instance the governing rule in 3.1.1 covers the whole of chapters 3 to 5. Within such extended governing rules there could be other smaller governing rules. Individual expressions from one rule which should be carried on the following rule or rules are also expected to be enunciated with this accent. This was proper as long as the texts were transmitted orally from teacher to pupil in an unbroken line of descent. But this seems to have been broken at some time, since by the time Kāśikā came to be composed, this accentual system was no longer current. Hence the general maxim prati-jñā-svar-it-āḥ pāṇin-īy-āḥ whereby the commentaries alone are our source of where this accent would have been in the original text. Patañjali has already indicated in his MBh. that when there is doubt about the interpretation of a sū-tra, recourse has to be had to an explication: vy-ā-khyā-na-to vi-śeṣ-a-prati-pat-ti-ḥ, na hi saṁ-deh-āt=a-lakṣ-aṇa-m. This is particularly necessary in distinguishing between the ablative and genitive singular forms ending in °-as [ṄasI/Ṅas] when the context does not indicate which is intended. Thus to a large extent the interpretation of each sū-tra depends largely on the great commentaries beginning with MBh.

Pāṇini has the largest section dealing with all classes of affixes in the three chapters 3-5. They may be classified as follows: (1) Those which generate verbal stems from simplicia (3.1.5-30). (2) Those which generate verbal themes: class-markers (3.1.67ff.) and markers of the Future (Sigmatic and non-Sigmatic), Aorist, Perfect. With reference to the class markers, the verbal system is divided into two major groups: sārva-dhātu-ka- (Present System) where the theme is generated with these markers before the l-substitutes, and ārdha-dhātu-ka where the theme is generated without the class-markers. The l-substitutes are introduced after verbal themes (3.4.78). (3) Declensional affixes which are introduced after nominal stems (4.1.2), masculine, feminine or neuter. (4) Feminine affixes generating feminine nominal stems from other nominal stems (4.1.3-81). (5) Primary nominal affixes [kr̥t 3.1.93-3.4.117] and secondary nominal affixes [taddhita 4.1.76-5.4.160]. Since a nominal stem includes not only one which is not subject to derivation but also those ending in primary and secondary nominal stems as well as the class of compounds generated by a combination of the preceding, there is a section which deals with such composition (2.1.3-3.38). Governing rules in the generation of sentences are contained in 1.4.23-55, while the use of the declensional affixes in this connection is covered in 2.3.1-71.

Since a sentence is generated by the three sets of primary units enumerated by Pāṇini as nominal stems, verbal stems and a system of affixes which interact at the deep structure level, the morpho-phonemic rules which bring out the surface forms are dealt with under the general governing rule (saṁ-hi-tā-y-ām 6.1.72-157; 3.114-139) and consonantal saṁdhi is dealt with in chapter 8. These changes involve (1) the replacement of the first phoneme before another phoneme, (2) the replacement of both phonemes by either the first or the second one or of the second phoneme after the first. In some cases there is replacement by zero in the pada-final position. Several morphemic changes which occur in either nominal or verbal stems before affixes involve either a zero-replacement of a phoneme in the original stem or the addition of a phoneme. This addition may be at the stem-final or stem-initial position or may take place prior to the last syllable beginning with a vowel. Pāṇini uses the markers Ṭ for initial augment, K of final augment and M for an augment which is inserted before the final syllable beginning with a vowel. For zero-replacement he has four technical terms: lopa as a general term and luK, Ślu and luP for such replacement of an affix.

The metalinguistic use of accents has particular relevance to the indication of the voice of a verbal stem. In the Dhātupāṭha they are given with one of these accents to indicate the voice associated with each stem: the [anudātta] accent indicates the Ātmanepada or middle voice, while the [svarita] accent indicates both voices, the Ātmanepada being used when the result of the action is intended for the subject; similarly the marker Ṅ indicates Ātmanepada while Ñ indicates both voices as in the case of the svarita accent. Pāṇini's language is characterized by accents which are suprasegmental phonemes. In later days this seems to have been lost, even at the time of Patañjali. Later grammatical systems have little to say about accents. Pāṇini's rule 6.1.158 definitely shows that each pada or finished word had its own accent which he tries to describe in chapter 6. In the illustrations given in this work due care has been taken to show the pada accent even when sentences are given as illustrations, and sentence accent is indicated only in the section which deals with sentences specifically in the Aṣṭ.

The general rule for accentuation of affixes is stated under 3.1.3; however, in many polysyllabic affixes it may fall on the penultimate syllable, and this is indicated by the marker R (6.1.217); if it falls on the final syllable of the affix, marker C is employed (6.1.163). On the other hand, if the affix generates an accent on the syllable preceding it, marker L is used (6.1.193). Similarly, if the affix does not bear any accent, marker P is used (3.1.4). In the case of secondary nominal forms ending in an affix marked with Ñ or N the accent falls on the initial syllable of the secondary nominal stem, while it falls on the final syllable if the affix contains marker K (6.1.197,165).

Morpho-phonemic changes in the surface forms of stems generated by secondary affixes are indicated by use of markers Ñ or Ṇ, to indicate that the initial syllable of the surface nominal form is replaced by a vr̥ddhi vowel (7.2.117-8). By a general rule the guṇa replacement of stem-final vowels iK (= i, u, r̥, l̥) is ruled in for verbal stems before sārvadhātuka and ārdhadhātuka affixes (7.3.84) or stems ending in the final increment puK or having a penultimate light vowel (7.3.86) with modifications mentioned in 1.1.5 and 1.2.1-26. So by such metalinguistic usage Pāṇini generates the surface forms with a minimum use of statements.

Pāṇini's methodology may be illustrated by his generalization of the declensional and verbal inflexional affixes. By 4.1.2 he has the following archetypal affixes for the nominal declension: Nominative 1 2 3 Vocative sU au Jas Accusative am auṬ Śas Instrumental Ṭā bhyām bhis Dative Ṅe bhyām bhyas Ablative ṄasI bhyām bhyas Genitive Ṅas os ām Locative Ṅi os suP

These are introduced without any change after all nominal stems ending in consonants for masculine and feminine classes. When neuter stems are involved he has three rules indicating that nom.-acc. singular forms replace both sU and am by [0̸/am] while nom.-acc. dual affixes are replaced by [Śī] and the plural affixes Jas and Śas are replaced by [Śi]. These three allomorphs then cover the whole range of neuter stems. Except for normal saṁdhi rules there is no change in the basic nominal stem forms. Next in order come both masc., fem. and neut. stems ending in semi-vowels. In the case of masc. forms, the stem undergoes a guṇa replacement of its final vowel before the affix Jas and those with marker Ṅ (except[Ṅi]), while the instr. sing. [Ṭā] is replaced by [nā]. In the case of neut. stems an infixed increment [n] is inserted in the stems before affixes with initial vowels. Similarly in the case of neut. stems ending in [a] the infixed element is inserted before strong affixes beginning with a vowel [Śi]. For all stems, masc., fem., and neut. the genitive plural [ām] gets an initial increment [nu̱Ṭ] before which the preceding vowel is replaced by the long one. Thus there is an allomorph for the stem as well as the affix.

These archetypical affixes are introduced without any change after nominal stems ending in consonants, whether masculine or feminine. In the case of neuter stems allomorphs of some affixes are introduced: [Śī] for nom.-acc. dual and [Śi] for nom.-acc. plural. The only changes are due to normal saṁdhi rules: kr̥-t- m./n. `doer', mr̥d- f. `earth': m. kr̥t+sU = kr̥t+0̸ (6.1.68)= kr̥-t; mr̥d+sU = mr̥d+0̸ = mr̥d; kr̥-t+bhyas = kr̥=d=bhyas (8.4.53); mr̥d+sUP = mr̥t-sU (8.4.55); n. kr̥-t+au = kr̥-t+Śī = kr̥-t-ī; kr̥-t+Śi, kr̥-n-t-+i (7.1.72) where both the nominal stem as well as the affix have alloforms. Elsewhere, in all cases, whether stems end in vowels or consonants, neuters follow the same pattern as the masculines. Thus kr̥-t-ā, kr̥-t-e, mr̥d-ā, mr̥d-e from instrumental onwards for masc., fem. as well as neut. stems.

A more complicated situation occurs in the case of nominal stems ending in short [i, u] which form a special class designated by Pāṇini with the technical term GHI (1.4.7). Changes occur both in the stem as well as the affix in specific cases: for the masc. and fem. stems, guṇa replacement of final vowel takes place before nom. plural affix and those affixes with marker Ṅ (except Ṅi) [cf. 7.3.108; 7.3.111]: hari+Jas = hare+as = haray-aḥ 6.1.78; hari+Ṅe = hare+e = haray-e 6.1.78, hare+ṄasI = har-e+as = har-e-s 6.1.110; dhenu+Jas = dheno+as = dhenav-aḥ; dhenu+Ṅe/ṄasI = dheno+e/ṄasI dhenav-e, dhen-o-s. Before [Ṅi] of the loc. sing. the stem-final is replaced by short [a] (7.3.119) and [Ṅi] is replaced by [auT 7.3.118]: hari+Ṅi = har-a+au = har-au (6.1.88), dhenu+Ṅi = dhen-a+au = dhen-au. In the case of stems ending in short sonant vowel [r̥], there is first a replacement of the stem-final by [anaṄ 7.1.94] before the nominative sing. affix [sU], and by guṇa before the loc. sing. affix [Ṅi] and before strong affixes (7.3.110): kar-tr̥+sU = kar-tan+sU = kar-tan+0̸ (6.1.68)= kar-ta0̸ (8.2.7)= kar-tā, kar-tr̥+auT = kar+tar+auṬ = kar-tār-au (6.4.11), kar-tār-as, kar=tār-am, kar-tr̥+Ṅi = kar-tar-i. In all these three types the following allomorphs of affixes are introduced: for [Ṭā] the allomorph [nā] and for gen. plural [ām] an initial increment [nu̱Ṭ = nām], before which the short vowel final is replaced by the corresponding long one (6.4.3). In the case of neuter nouns ending in vowels the substitute morpheme Ś@Cbre<-*-<[ī] generates an infixed increment in the stem and also before affixes beginning with a vowel (7.1.73): vāri+Śi = vāri+nuM+i = vārī-ṇ-i (6.4.8); vāri+Ṭā = vari+ṇā (7.3.120), vāri+Ṅe/ṄasI/Ṅi = vari-ṇ-e/as/i, vāri+ām = vāri+ṇ-ām = vārī+ṇ-ām. The nom.-acc. sing. affixes sU and am are both replaced by 0̸ (7.1.23): vāri+sU/am = vāri+0̸ = vāri.

Next in order are feminine stems ending in long [ī, ū] for which Pāṇini has the technical term [strī 1.4.3] in which class feminine stems ending in short [i, u] are also included when affixes with marker Ṅ are introduced after them (1.4.6). In the case of stems ending in long [ā] the nominative and accusative dual affixes are replaced by [Śī 7.1.18]: ramā+auṬ = ramā+Śī = ramā+ī = ram-e (6.1.87). Stem-final [ā] is replaced by [e] before affixes [Ṭā, os 7.3.105]: ramā+Ṭā = rame+ā = ram-ay-ā; ramā+os = ram-e+os = ram-ay-oḥ. This same phoneme also replaces stem-final [ā] before the vocative singular affix sU: ramā+sUvoc. = rame+0̸ (6.1.69) where 0̸ replaces the voc. sing. affix. This operates also on stems ending in short vowels [a, i, and u]: hari+sU = hare+0̸; dhenu+sU = dheno+0̸; deva+sU = deva+0̸. Affixes marked with Ṅ as IT receive an initial increment [yāṬ] after such stems (7.3.113): mālā+Ṅe/ṄasI = mālā+yā-e/mālā+yā-as = mālā-yai (6.1.88)/mālā-yās (6.1.101). The affix [Ṅi] is replaced by [ām]: mālā+yā-Ṅi = mālā+yā-am = mālā-yām.

In the case of stems ending in long [ī, ū], by 7.3.107 the vocative sing. affix operates a replacement of the long by the short vowel: nadī+sU = nadi+0̸ (6.1.68)= nadi; vadhū+sU = vadhu+0̸ = vadhu. Affixes with marker Ṅ acquire an initial increment [āṬ] after these stems: nadī+Ṅe = nadī+āṬ-e = nadī+ai (6.1.89-90)= nady-ai; nadī+ṄasI = nadī+ā-as = nady-ās; nadī+Ṅi = nadī+ā+ām (7.3.116). Since before these affixes feminine stems ending in short [i, u] are also designated by the technical term [nadī], we have the alternative surface forms: dhenu+Ṅe = dhenav-e/dhenv-ai; dhenu+ṄasI = dhen-o-s/dhenv-ās; dhenu+Ṅi = dhen-au/dhenv-ām; matay-e/maty-ai; mates/maty-ās; mat-au/maty-ām.

Among the most complicated system, involving the maximum number of allomorphic changes come nominal stems ending in short [a], despite the fact that this class constitutes the largest number of lexemes in the Sanskrit language, and most studies start with the declension of this class, even in the rearranged works like Prakriyā-kaumudī and Siddhānta-kaumudī. Allormorphs of the stem as well as of the affixes are more in evidence here. These nominal stems comprise substantives and adjectives as one class and pronominal stems as another class. In the case of nominal stems we have, first, a replacement of stem-final vowel by [e] before plural affixes beginning with non-nasal consonants (7.3.103): deva+bhyas = deve-bhyas; deva+sUP = deve-ṣu (8.3.79); second, a replacement by the long vowel [ā] before affixes beginning with [yaÑ: y, bh 7.3.102]: deva+Ṅe = deva+ya (7.1.13)= devā-ya; deva+bhyām = devā-bhyām; thirdly, replacement by [e] before affix [os]: deva+os = deve+os = devay-os. The allomorphs for affixes are: [ina] for [Ṭā], [āt] for [ṄasI], [sya] for [Ṅas] by 7.1.12: deva+Ṭā = deva+ina = dev-e-na; deva+ṄasI = deva+āt = dev-ā-t; deva+Ṅas = deva-sya. Like other stems ending in short vowels, [a] is also replaced by the long vowel before the affix [°-n-ām]: deva+ām = deva+nuṬ-ām (7.1.14)= devā-nām. The allomorph for the instr. plur. affix [bhis] is [ais]: deva+bhis = deva+ais = dev-ai-s.

Pronominal stems ending in [a] differ to some extent from the above. The nominative plural affix [Jas] is replaced by [Śī 7.1.17]: sarva+Jas = sarva+ī = sarv-e; with the preceding class of nominal stems ending in short vowels, the final phoneme of [Śas], after the stem-final and affix initial are replaced by the long vowel corresponding to the first (6.1.102-3), is replaced by [n]: deva+Śas = dev-ā-s→n = dev-ā-n; similarly for the masculine stems in short vowels: har-ī-n, sūn-ū-n, pit-r̄-n, sarv-ā-n. [Ṅe] is replaced by [smai]: sarva+Ṅe = sarva+smai; [ṄasI] and [Ṅi] are replaced respectively by [smāt, smin]: sarva+ṄasI = sarva-smāt; sarva+Ṅi = sarva+smin. [ām] gets an initial increment [su̱Ṭ]: sarva+ām = sarva+su̱Ṭ-ām = sarve-ṣām (7.3.103, 8.3.59). In like manner pronominal stems ending in long [ā] differ from the corresponding nominal stems by having allomorphs for some of the declensional affixes: those marked with Ṅ as IT get an initial increment [syāṬ] while the stem-final is replaced by short [a]: sarvā+Ṅe = sarva+syā-e = sarva-syai; sarvā+ṄasI = sarva+syā-as = sarva-syās; sarvā-Ṅi = sarva+syā+ām; sarvā+ām = sarvā+s-ām (7.3.103). In the case of the first and second personal pronouns there are the largest number of allomorphs before the declensional affixes, some of which also undergo replacement. [asm-ad-] has the following allomorphs: sing. [aha-] before nom. sing. (7.2.94), [mahya-] before dative sing., [mama] before genitive sing., [ma] before sing. affixes, [āva] before dual affixes, [vaya] before nom. plur. (7.3.92-97). The affixes replaced are: [Ṅe] and nom-acc. affixes by [am 7.1.28]. Before the acc. affixes stem-final vowel is replaced by the long one (7.2.87). The acc. plur. [Śas] is replaced by [n]: asm-ad+Śas = asm-aa+Śas (7.2.102)= asm-ā+n (6.1.97)= asm-ā-n. Dative plur. [bhyas] is replaced by [abhyam 7.1.30] while the corresponding ablative plural is replaced by [at 7.1.31]: asm-ad+bhyas = asm-a-a+bhyam = asm-a-bhyam (6.1.97), asm-ad+bhyas = asm-a-a+at = asm-a+at = asm-a-t (6.1.97). [Ṅas

I] is replaced by [at] also: asm-ad+ṄasI = ma-ad+ṄasI = ma-aa+at = m-a-t. The pronominal substitute genitive plur. [s-ām] is replaced by [ākam]: asm-ad+sām = asm-aa+ākam = asm-a+ākam = asm-ākam.

While the archetypal affixes remain constant after stems ending in consonants, we have morpho-phonemic changes in the stems themselves in the case of some special types such as those ending in [°-n] where before strong affixes, the penultimate vowel is replaced by the corresponding long one (6.4.8): rāj-an+sU = rāj-an+0̸ (6.1.668)= rāj-ā0̸ (8.2.7); rāj-ān-au, rāj-ān-aḥ, rāj-ān-am. Before affixes beginning with a vowel, stems ending in [°-an-] replace the penultimate vowel by 0̸ (6.4.134): rāj-an+Śas/Ṭā = raj-0̸ñ-as/-a, rāj-an+bhyām/bhis = raj-a0̸-bhyām/-bhis (8.2.7), giving three sets of allomorphs: rāj-ān-, rāj-an, rāj-0̸ñ-. Stems generated by affixes containing a marker indicated by the siglum uK (U, R̥, L̥) receive an infixed increment [nu̱M] before strong affixes [su̱Ṭ, Śi 1.1.42-43]: mah+atU = mah-at+sU/au/Jas/am = mah-ānt+0̸ (6.1.68) mahān0̸ (8.2.23), mah-ānt-au. mah-ānt-aḥ/mah-ānt-am (6.4.10); dhī+matUP = dhī-mat+sU/au/Jas = dhī-mānt+0̸ = dhi-mān0̸ = dhī-mān, dhī-mant-au, dhī-mant-aḥ, dhī-mant-am; gam+ŚatR̥ = gam+ŚaP+at- = gacch-a-at- (7.3.77)= gacch-a-t (6.1.97)+sU = gacch-ant+0̸ (6.1.68)= gacch-an0̸ (8.2.23) gacch-ant-au.

In the case of stems generated by affixes [tr̥C, tr̥N], the penultimate vowel is replaced by the long one before strong affixes [Śi, sUṬ 1.1.42-43, 6.4.11]: kr̥+tr̥C/tr̥N = kar-tŕ-/kár-tr̥+sU/au/as/am = kar-tān+sU (7.1.94)= kar-tān+0̸ = kar-tā0̸ = kar-tā; kar-tār+au/Jas, am (7.3.110)= kar-tār-au, kar-tār-as, kar-tār-am. Stems ending in [°in-] have the penultimate vowel replaced by the long one before nom. sing. affix [sU]: daṇḍ-in+sU = daṇḍ-īn=0̸ (6.1.68), daṇḍ-ī0̸ (8.2.7) contra daṇḍ-in-au, daṇḍ-in-ā.

Stems ending in [°-s] exhibit a similar change before strong affixes (6.4.10): pr-e-yasUN+sU/au/Jas/am = pr-e-ya-n-s+sU = pre-yans+0̸ (6.1.68)= pr-e-yān0̸ (8.2.23), pr-eyāṁs-au, etc. sarp-is+Śi = sarpi-n-s-i = sarpīṁs-i (8.3.24,58; 6.4.8). A more complicated situation is to be seen in the case of perfect participles ending in the affix [KvasU (3.2.107)]: vid+KvasU = vid-vas- which has three allomorphs: vid-vā-n-s (= vid-vāṁs- 8.3.24) before strong affixes, vid-vas- before affixes beginning with consonants and vid-uṣ- before initial vowel of affixes: vid-vān, vid-vāṁs-au, vid-vāṁs-as; vid-uṣ-aḥ, vid-uṣ-ā; vidvad-bhyām, vid-vad-bhiḥ (8.2.72).

Separate rules indicate the allomorphs of some pronominal stems like [id-am-, ad-as, et-ad-, tad-, tyad-] etc., cf. 7.2.102ff.

It is particularly with reference to the declensional affixes as set down by Pāṇini as archetypal which minimizes the set of rules for deriving the allomorphs from them with the least effort. The table below shows the basic forms with their allomorphs: Nom. sing. sU 0̸ after consonantal stems, feminine stems ending in long [ī, ū, ā] (6.1.68) [am] after neuter stems ending in [a] (7.1.24) and first and second personal pronouns (7.1.25)

Voc. sing. sU → 0̸ after stems ending in short vowels and monophthongs [e, o] (6.1.69)

Nom-voc. acc. dual [au(Ṭ)] [Śī] after fem. stems in [ā] (7.1.18) and all neuter stems (7.1.19) [am] after first and second personal pronouns (7.1.28)

Nom. voc. plur. [Jas] [Śī] after pronominal stems (7.1.17) [Śi] after neuter stems (7.1.20) [auŚ] after [aṣṭan-] (7.1.21) [0̸] after numerals designated by the technical term [ṣaṭ 1.1.24] (7.1.22) [am] after 1st and 2nd pers. pronouns (7.1.28)

Acc. sing. [am] 0̸ after neuter stems (7.1.23) [am] after neut. stems ending in [a] (7.1.24)

Acc. plur. [Śas] long vowel+n (6.1.103) [Śi] after neuter stems (7.1.20) [auŚ] after [aṣṭan] (7.1.21) [am] after 1st and 2nd pers. prons. (7.1.28)

Instr. sing. [Ṭā] [nā] after masc. stems defined by the t.t. GHI (1.4.7: ending in short i, u) (7.3.120) [ina] after masc. and neut. stems ending in short [a] (7.1.12)

Inst. dat.-abl. dual [bhyām]

Inst. plur. [bhis] [ais] after stems ending in short [a], masc. as well as neut. (7.1.9)

Dat. sing. [Ṅe] [ya] after stems ending in [a] (7.1.13) [smai] after masc. pronominal stems (7.1.14) [syāṬ+Ṅe] after fem. pron. stems (7.3.114) [am] after 1st and 2nd pers. pronominal stems (7.1.28) [āṬ+Ṅe] after fem. stems in both short and long [ī, ū] (7.3.112) [yāṭ+Ṅe] after fem. stems ending in long [ā] (7.3.113)

Dat. plur. [bhyas] [abhyam] after 1st and 2nd pers. pron. (7.1.30)

Abl. sing. [ṄasI] [āt] after stems in short [a] (7.1.12) [at] after 1st and 2nd pers. pron. stems (7.1.32) [āṬ+ṄasI] after fem. stems in short and long [ī, ū: nadī 1.4.3ff.] (7.3.112) [yāṬ+ṄasI] after fem. stems in [ā] (7.1.113)

Abl. plur. [bhyas] [at] after 1st and 2nd pers. pronominal stems (7.1.31)

Gen. sing. [Ṅas] [sya] after stems in [a] (7.1.12) [syāṬ+Ṅas] after pronominal stems (7.3.114) [āṬ+Ṅas] after fem. stems in short or long [i, u] (7.3.112) [yāṬ+Ṅas] after fem. stems in [ā] (7.3.113)

Gen. dual [os]

Gen. plur. [ām] [nu̱Ṭ+ām] after stems ending in short vowels and fem. stems in [i, u, long and short, and ā] (7.1.54) [su̱Ṭ+ām] after pron. stems (7.1.52) [ākam] after 1st and 2nd pers. pronominal stems (7.1.33)

Loc. sing. [Ṅi] [ām] after fem. stems in [ā, ī, ū] (7.3.116) and after fem. stems in short [i, u] (7.3.117) [auT] after stems denoted by the technical term GHI (1.4.7) (7.3.118) [āṬ+ām] after stems denoted by the technical term [nadī 1.4.3ff] (7.3.112) [yāṬ+ām] after fem. stems in long [ā] (7.3.113)

Since Pāṇini deals with both nominal and verbal stems and the affixes introduced after them to generate the surface forms a great deal of attention has been paid to the nature of these pre-affixal stems in order to minimize the statements necessary for morpho-phonemic changes. The pre-affixal stem is designated by the technical term [aṅga- 1.4.13]. A very large part of the Aṣṭ. is devoted to this section, the governing rule 6.4.1 carrying over to the end of the seventh chapter (7.4.97). Morpho-phonemic changes in the pre-affixal stem are all dealt with fully in this section. While the technical term [pada] denotes a finished word ending in either the [sUP] or [tiṄ] triplets (1.4.14) its role is extended to an [aṅga] before affixes beginning with Kya-° [= KyaṄ, KyaC, KyaṢ] (1.4.15) or before an affix with marker S as IT (1.4.16) and also before affixes beginning with [Śas] (4.1.2) and ending with kaP (5.4.1.151). Changes occurring to a [pada] are covered by the governing rule 8.1.16 extending up to 8.3.54. Similarly changes occurring to the right of a [pada] are covered by governing rule 8.1.17 extending up to 8.1.68. A third situation arises as an exception to the [pada] status defined by 1.4.17 when the affix introduced after it begins with a vowel or semi-vowel [y] and is covered by the technical term [BHA 1.4.18]. It also covers the affixes with initial [t] or [s] having the sense of affix [matUP 1.4.19]. Governing rule 6.4.129 extending up to the end of the chapter covers the changes occurring in this type of stem. By distinguishing the stem in this three-fold manner Pāṇini minimizes the application of some of his replacement rules which would otherwise generate unacceptable forms. Thus from marut- `wind' we have [pada-s] such as marut+Ṭā/Ṅe/ṄasI/Ṅi = marut-ā/-e/-as/-i where 8.2.39 is inapplicable because here the stem in not a [pada] but [BHA]. On the other hand such exceptional forms which occur in the Veda like ayas=maya- (1.4.20) contra classical ayo-maya- (6.1.114) are exceptions to this classif

ication. In the case of r̥k-vat-ā derived from the underlying deep structure r̥c+vatUP+Ṭā, by its status as a [pada] the palatal stop [c] is replaced by the velar stop [k 8.2.30], but by its status as a [BHA] it is not replaced by the corresponding voiced phoneme (by 8.2.39). The [pada] status of rāj-an- before affixes beginning with a consonant other than [y-] makes 8.2.7 applicable to generate the surface form from rāj-an+bhyām/bhis/bhyas : rāj-a0̸=bhyām/bhis/bhyas. By the ordering of rules in such a manner that rules stated after 8.2.1 are considered not to have taken effect if the situation generated by its application becomes subject to the operation of any rule in the earlier section of the Aṣṭ: thus in rāj-a0̸+bhyām/bhyas the rules [sUP-i ca 7.3.102] and [bahu-vac-an-e jha̱Ly eT 7.3.103] cannot operate, as at the time of their operation 8.2.7 is considered invalid, and the condition that the stem should end in short [a] is not satisfied.

Pāṇini's treatment of the conjugation of verbal stems also indicates the insights which he combines with the need for brevity. He classifies the system into ten main categories of tenses and moods and has the technical term [l] to designate them. In order to indicate each of these ten he has the following t.tt.: lAṬ for Present Indicative, lIṬ for Perfect, lUṬ for non-sigmatic Future, lR̥Ṭ for sigmatic Future, lEṬ for (Vedic) Subjunctive forming one group with marker [Ṭ] as IT, and lAṄ Imperfect, lIṄ Optative, lUṄ Aorist and lR̥Ṅ the Conditional, forming a second group with marker [Ṅ] as IT. The verbal stems have three constructions: active [kar-tar-i], passive [kar-maṇ-i] and impersonal [bhāv-e] but two voices: active [para-smai-pada] and middle [āt-man-e-pada]. The passive and impersonal constructions are effected by introducing the Ātmanepada affixes after a special theme with the marker [yaK 3.1.67]. Verbal stems, in their active construction, can have either Parasmaipada or Ātmanepada affixes introduced after them. Some take exclusively Parasmaipada while others take Ātmanepada affixes. The group of stems which take the latter are marked with an anudātta or [Ṅ] as an IT in the Dhātupāṭha. A number of stems take optionally one of them, the first being used when the fruit of the action is intended for other than the subject, while the second is used when it is intended for the subject and they are indicated in the Dhp. by svarita accent or [Ñ] as IT. Those which take the Parasmaipada are remaining stems in the active construction: cf. 1.3.12,72,78.

When an l-member is introduced after a verbal stem one of two things may happen: if the construction is active, the verbal stem receives its class-marker before the l-substitutes replace the l-member; if the construction is either passive or impersonal, the corresponding marker [yaK] is introduced before the l-substitutes. In the active construction there are nine classes of verbal stems, each having its particular marker [vi-kar-aṇa-]: These are according to their classificatory number [ŚaP] for [bhū-] class, 0̸¹ [Śap→luK] for [ad-] class, 0̸² [Ślu] for [hu-] class, [ŚyaN] for [div-] class, [Śnu] for [su-] class, [Śa] for [tud-] class, [ŚnaM] for [rudh-] class, [u] for [tan-] class and [Śnā] for [krī-] class as given in the Dhp. The so-called tenth class is but a new generation of verbal stems, which also includes causatives generated from primary verbs, with marker [ṆiC] and take the marker [ŚaP] before l-substitutes. 3.1.5-30 introduce a class of affixes, including [ṆiC] which generate new verbal stems defined by the t.t. [dhā-tu- 3.1.32], but these affixes are optional when the stems are followed by ārdha-dhātuka affixes. This classification of sārva-dhātuka and ārdha-dhātuka has its explanation in the fact that the first are introduced after the whole verbal stem + its class marker which, to distinguish it from the stem, may here be designated "theme", while the second group of affixes are introduced after the primitive stem which may be considered as [ardha-dhatu-]. Thus sārvadhātuka affixes are introduced after verbal themes while the other class is introduced after the basic verbal stems. The word theme will also designate the final [aṅga] which appears before the particular l-substitute of an l-member.

There are three persons and three numbers. Thus each of the voices contains nine affixes. Their archetypal forms as given by Páṇini are: Person Sing. Dual Plur. Third tiP tas jhi Second siP thas tha First miP vas mas These are the Parasmaipada group of affixes.

The corresponding Ātmanepada affixes are: Person Sing. Dual Plur. Third ta ātām jha Second thās āthām dhvam First iṬ vahi mahiṄ

By 1.1.71 two sigla are generated: tiṄ for the whole group of l-substitutes, and taṄ for the Ātmanepada substitutes. The siglum tiṄ also represents a [pada] ending in these affixes, just as [suP] represents not only the twenty-one declensional affixes but also a [pada] ending in them.

One may also note that while the Parasmaipada affixes belong primarily to the Present system, the Ātmane-pada affixes indicate a secondary system. Pāṇini's classifying the l-members in two groups respectively marked by [Ṭ] and [Ṅ] shares many common features requiring minimum rules of replacement, as we shall see. The Parasmaipada affixes in their canonical forms hold good without any change (except for the replacement of initial [jh] by [ant] for the Present Indicative), the two Futures (except for the third person in the case of lUṬ or non-sigmatic Future), and the Conditional. For lUṬ there is a replacement of the third person affixes by [Ḍā, rau, ras 2.4.87]. For the Perfect all the nine affixes are replaced by the following scheme: (3.4.82). Person Sing. Dual Plur. Third ṆaL atus us Second thaL athus a First ṆaL va ma For the Imperative the following substitutions are indicated: 3.4.85: it shares the same affixes as lAṄ or Imperfect, viz. [tas, thas, tha, miP] are respectively replaced by [tām, tam, ta, am 3.4.101]. In addition the following substitute rules yield the new allomorphs: (1) affix final [i] replaced by [u]: [tu] sing, [antu] plur; (2) [siP] replaced by [hi] which is not marked by P as IT (3.4.87) and [miP] is replaced by [ni 3.4.83]. By 3.4.99 affix final [s] is replaced by 0̸. Thus there is an interlinking in this of both the groups of l-members with marker [Ṭ, Ṅ], yielding the following scheme: Person Sing. Dual Plur. Third tu tām antu Second hi tam ta First ni va ma [°-s → 0̸ (3.4.99)] In addition the affixes of the first person get an initial increment [āṬ] which is marked with P as IT (6.4.92) for both sets of affixes.

For the Ātmanepada affixes the following set of rules indicates the substitute allomorphs: by 3.4.79 l-substitutes of l-members with marker [Ṭ] are generated by replacing the last syllable beginning with a vowel (ṬI) by [e]: thus [ta] becomes [te], [a(n)ta] becomes [ante] and so on; [thās] is replaced by [se 3.4.80], and we get the following scheme: Person Sing. Dual Plur. Third te āte a(n)te Second se āthe dhve First e vahe mahe By 7.1.4-5 the element [jh] of the 3rd pers. plur. is replaced by [at] when introduced after reduplicated themes or themes which do not end in short [a].

For the Imperative [lOṬ] the following additional rules apply: 3.4.91 provides for replacement of affix final of [se, dhve] respectively by [va, am] yielding [sva, dhvam]; 3.4.93 provides the replacement of the first person affix-final [e] by [ai]. Elsewhere [e] is replaced by [ām] by 3.4.90. Person Sing. Dual Plur. Third tām ātām a(n)tām Second sva āthām dhvam First ai ā-vahai ā-mahai

Vedic Subjunctive [lEṬ] like the Imperative [lOṬ] shares the features of both the [Ṭ] and [Ṅ] groups of l-members, cf. 3.4.94 whereby the affixes receive an initial increment [aṬ] or [āṬ]: e.g., [pat-a+ā-ti = pat-ā-ti]. The long [ā] of affixes is replaced by [ai]: [mantr-ay=aite]; this is an optional rule, and similarly [i] of affixes is optionally replaced by 0̸ (3.4.97).

The archetypal affixes for [taṄ] given by Pāṇini constitute the basic secondary affixes, introduced without any change as substitutes for [lAṄ, lUṄ, lR̥Ṅ], respectively the Imperfect, Aorist and Conditional. With reference to Optative [lIṄ] and its sub-variety Precative or Benedictive which functions as ārdha-dhātu-ka (3.4.116) we have the following allomorphs: first, there is an initial increment [yāsu̱Ṭ] for Parasmaipada affixes and [sīyu̱Ṭ] for Ātmanepada affixes (3.4.102-3), and an additional increment [su̱Ṭ] preceding phonemes [t, th] of affixes, which, in the case of sārva-dhātu-ka Optative are replaced by 0̸ (7.2.79). The 3rd pers. plur. [jha] is replaced by [ran], and the 1st pers. sing. [i] is replaced by [a]. The scheme of affixes for Optative Ātmanepada is, therefore: Person Sing. Dual Plur. Third 0̸īy+ta 0̸īy+ātām 0̸īy+ran Second 0̸īy+thās 0̸īy+āthām 0̸īy+dhvam First 0̸īy+a 0̸īy+vahi 0̸īy+mahi The corresponding scheme for Parasmaipada affixes is: Person Sing. Dual Plur. Third yā0̸+t yā0̸+tām yā0̸+us (3.4.108) Second yā0̸+s yā0̸+tam yā0̸+ta First yā0̸+am yā0̸+va yā0̸+ma For the Benedictive or Precative we have: (a) Parasmaipada: Person Sing. Dual Plur. Third yās+s+t (= ya0̸ yās+s+tām yās+us +0̸+t 7.2.29) Second yās+s yās+s+tam yas+s+ta First yās+am yās+va yās+ma (b) Ātmanepada: Person Sing. Dual Plur. Third sīy+s+ta sīy+ā-s-tām sīy+ran Second sīy+s+thās sīy+ā-s-thām sīy+dhvam First sīy+a sīy+vahi sīy+mahi

Pāṇini distinguishes between a verbal stem and a verbal theme. By including the affixes beginning with [saN: 3.1.5] and ending with [ṆiṄ 3.1.30] as those building up derived verbal stems (3.1.32) he provides for generating themes from them by introducing the general active class marker ŚaP (3.1.68) before sārva-dhātu-ka affixes. There are other markers which generate themes before l-substitutes. The marker [sya] characterizes the verbal theme before l-substitutes of the sigmatic Future [lR̥Ṭ] and the Conditional [lR̥Ṅ] (3.1.33). Likewise before l-substitutes of [lEṬ] Subjunctive there is an optional marker [siP] (3.1.34). Before [lIṬ] substitutes, a derived verbal stem has the marker [ām], and similarly the verbal stem [kās-] (3.1.35) and those which begin with a vowel other than [a], which is heavy (3.1.36), and a few others (3.1.37-39). Before [lUṄ] substitutes the theme is generated by several markers: [Cli̱] replaced by [si̱C 3.1.44], [Ksa 3.1.45], [CaṄ 3.1.48], [aṄ 3.1.52], [CiṆ 3.1.60ff.], [0̸ 2.4.77] yielding a number of themes giving seven types: (1) Root Aorist (0̸ replacement of si̱C), (2) a-Aorist (aṄ), (3) reduplicated Aorist (CaṄ), and 4 sub-types of sigmatic Aorists: (4) s-Aorist [si̱C], (5) sa-Aorist [Ksa], (6) i-ṣ-Aorist (= iṬ+si̱C) and (7) s-i-ṣ-Aorist [sa̱K 7.2.73+iṬ+si̱C]. Themes are generated before [lIṬ] substitutes by a process of reduplication for which simple rules are given in 6.1.1-3,8, and 7.4.59-62,66. Reduplication rules pertaining to the formation of intensive stems are contained in 7.4.82ff.

One of the original concepts in the Aṣṭ. is that of the zero affix. The zero replacement of any item is generally indicated by the technical term [lop-a- 1.1.60] and of affixes by the special terms [luK, Ślu, luP 1.1.61]. The need for this distinction is with reference to the general rule 1.1.63 which stipulates that when an affix is replaced by 0̸, its presence is still felt in effecting the morpho-phonemic change due to it. Thus agni-ṁ ci-tavān = agni+ci+Kvi̱P (3.2.91)= agni-ci-t- (6.1.71)+sU = agni-ci-t-0̸ (6.1.68)= agni-ci-t `who had lit the sacrificial fire' is considered a [pada] despite the non-appearance of the sUP triplet. On the other hand a replacement of an affix by employing one of the three t.tt. containing [lu-] is an exception to this rule: vid+(ŚaP → luK 2.4.72)+tas = vit-0̸+tas; since this affix is deemed to be marked by [Ṅ] as IT (1.2.4), there is no guṇa replacement of the theme-final vowel, and 0̸ does not bar the operation of 1.1.5.

Each of these three zero affixes 0̸¹, 0̸² and 0̸³ (respectively denoting [luK], [Ślu], and [luP]) has its own special field. Ślu alone is restricted as substitute for ŚaP (2.4.75). 0̸³ [luP] preserves the number and gender of the stem after which it is introduced (1.2.51).

The general rule which bars replacement by guṇa vowels (1.1.5) has two markers [K, Ṅ] and by later interpretation also [*G]. Why was it necessary to have more than one marker? The Aṣṭ. has K-IT as well as ṄIT l-substitutes: among such K-IT affixes are l-substitutes of [lIṬ]which are not marked as P-IT when introduced after verbal stems which do not terminate in a conjunct nexus (1.2.6) and other affixes indicated in 1.2.7-17, with exceptions shown in 1.2.18ff. On the other hand all sārva-dhātu-ka affixes which are not marked by P as IT are regarded as Ṅ-IT (1.2.4) as well as l-substitutes not marked by [Ñ] or [Ṇ] as IT (1.2.1) and initial increment [iṬ] introduced after the verbal stem [vij- 1.2.2], but optionally after [ūrṇu-] 1.2.3; similarly the initial increment [yāsu̱Ṭ] of Parasmaipada l-substitutes of [lIṄ], but which is K-IT when introduced as l-substitutes of Precative. Since both markers prevent the operation of (7.3.84,86) by the meta-rule 1.1.5, the reason for differentiation is with reference to vocalization (sam-pra-sār-aṇa) of semi-vowels: 6.1.15 applies this vocalization to the verbal stems [vac-, svap-] and the group beginning with [yaj] before K-IT affixes, while the following rule 16 applies to stems beginning with [grah-] before both K-IT and Ṅ-IT affixes. This provides the justification for the use of both markers in 1.1.5. By interpretation later critics of Aṣṭ. have included *G also as such a marker since the nexus [G-K-Ṅ] results by saṁdhi into [*K-K-Ṅ = K-Ṅ] and this justifies the surface form sthā-snu- (3.2.139) where the affix is given as [Ksnu]. If it is K-IT then 6.4.66 would operate to yield an unacceptable form sthī-ṣṇu-.

The necessity of the Dhātu-pāṭha will be seen time and again when Pāṇini refers to verbal stems marked specifically with an accent or a phoneme as an IT. When he defines Ātmanepada stems as designated with an anudātta marker or by [Ṅ], it is the Dhp. which supplies such a list. References such as [anudātta=upadesa-° 6.4.37] refer one to the Dhp.

Verbal stems marked by [ÑI] as IT, for instance, generate participles ending in [Ktá] to denote the present (3.2.180). Verbal stems with [ḌU] as marker generate a nominal stem with affix [Ktrí] 3.3.88 and those with [ṬU] generate nominal stems with [athú̱C] 3.3.89. Similarly a stem characterized by [ā] as IT does not operate the initial augment [iṬ] of an ārdhadhātuka affix (7.2.16): ÑI-mid-Ā+Ktá = mid+tá = min-ná- (8.2.42). Stems with marker [O] are also subject to the operation of 8.2.48: O-vij-Ī+Ktá = vij+tá = vij+ná = vig-ná (8.2.30). Stems with marker [Ī] as IT do not also operate the initial augment [iṬ] on affixes denoted by t.t. [niṣṭhā: Ktá, KtávatU 1.1.26]: cf. vig-na-. Stems with [I] as marker insert an infixed increment after the last vowel of the stem (7.1.58). Stems with marker [U] optionally operate the initial increment [iṬ] on affix Ktvā (7.2.56). Those marked with long [Ū] as IT optionally operate the initial increment [iṬ] before ārdha-dhātuka affixes (7.2.44). The operation of 7.4.1 is barred from stems with marker [R̥] (7.4.2). Stems with marker [L̥] have the Aorist marker [aṄ] before Parasmaipada l-substitutes (3.1.55). The operation of 7.2.1 is not applicable to stems with marker [E] as IT (7.2.5). Stems ending in [Ṣ] as IT generate feminine nominal stems with affix [áṄ] (3.3.104): jr̄Ṣ+áṄ+ṬāP (4.1.4)= jar-ā (7.4.16). Lastly those with [IR] as marker optionally have the Aorist marker [aṄ] for the [Cli̱] substitute [si̱C] (3.1.57). All these rules are indications that for understanding the operation of these rules the Dhp. lexicon is a prime necessity.

One of the most complicated topics involved is that of the governing rule 7.2.35 which indicates that before an ārdha-dhātuka affix with an initial consonant other than semi-vowel [y = va̱L] an initial increment is added defined by [iṬ]. This operation is not only governed by the conditions stated in this rule, but is subject also to the nature of the verbal stem after which such affixes are introduced. Beginning with 7.2.8, exceptions to this rule are stated. Rule 10 indicates that stems marked with anudātta accent when first introduced (i.e., in the Dhp.) and are monosyllabic, do not bring about this increment. Here again an appeal has to be made to the Dhp. lexicon. The section dealing with details of this augment ends with 7.2.75, and goes forward to extend the scope of this augment for some sārva-dhātu-ka affixes also (76-78). In a number of cases, while specifying the larger inclusive classes such as [bhū-] the word [ādi-] is used to denote them; similarly for shorter groups we have a similar use, as in [pū=ādīn-n-ām 7.3.80], or the word [pra-bhr̥-ti-] as in the case of (adi̱-pra-bhr̥-ti-bhyaḥ ŚaPaḥ 2.4.72) or the plural of the first stem to denote the group concerned (with or without a number): [kir-as=ca pañca-bhyaḥ 7.2.75] or [dyud-bhyo lUṄ-i 1.3.91]. The need for referring to the Dhp. arises in all such cases.

In a similar manner the Gaṇapāṭha is an essential accompaniment to the Aṣṭ. The section dealing with taddhita formation (4.1.76 to the end of chapter 5) shows all such instances where one has to go to the Gaṇapāṭha for the full operation of the rules stated in this section.

One special feature of affixes remains to be stated. While primary [kr̥t] and secondary [taddhita] affixes generate primary and secondary nominal stems, there is one area of a [prāti-pad-ika-] which deals specifically with the generation of compounds. But in the generation of a number of them, we have a section of the taddhita affixes which are primarily concerned, not with the individual nominal stems which go into composition, but with the compound as a whole, after which these affixes are introduced. They go under the governing rule of [sam-āsa=ant-āḥ 5.4.68 to the end of the chapter]. Of the many such affixes we may note three here; [ḌáC 5.4.73; áC 5.4.75ff.; ṬáC 5.4.01ff.]; while these three in fact represent an accented [á] as the affix, the markers used to distinguish them have a special significance. [ḌaC], by 6.4.143 replaces the syllable beginning with the final vowel of the nominal stem by 0̸: dv-au vā tray-o vā = dvi+tri+ḌáC (5.4.73)= dvi-tr+0̸á+Jas = dvi-tr-ā-ḥ `consisting of two or three'. Affix [ṬaC] generates a feminine stem with affix [ṄīP 4.1.15]. The marker [Ṭ] specifically generates this type of feminine stems. Pāṇini's system of markers is so complicated that many times interpretation is necessary. As an example we may cite: pac+lAṬ = pac+ŚaP+ŚānaC (3.2.124)+ṬāP (4.1.4)= pac-a+m-ān-ā; since the affix is a replacement for [lAṬ] by 1.1.56, it has the same function as [lAṬ] and by 4.1.15 fem. affix [ṄīP] is required; but interpretation comes in here to explain that since [lAṬ] has two markers, the function of [Ṭ] is to separate [lAṬ] along with other l-members with that marker from those which are marked by [Ṅ]. Again this marker [Ṅ] as applied to l-members does not come under the operation of the metalinguistic rule 1.1.5. Its function is to separate the two sets of l-members which come under two different sets of l-substitutes, primary and secondary. Another illustration of such multiple markers is the affix [CphaÑ] where [Ñ] does not operate under 6.1.197 for accent but only for 7.2.

117 for replacement of the vowel of the initial syllable by vr̥ddhi, while [C] operates under 6.4.163.

One of the unique features of Aṣṭ. is the role of accent. Later grammatical systems are not at all concerned with this topic. A remodeling of Aṣṭ. in Cāndra-vy-ā-kar-aṇa omits the section on accent. It is possible that the phonemic role of accent which is so vital to Pāṇini's description of his native speech did not play a role during the period of Kātyāyana and Patañjali. While Patañjali does discuss the role of accent in so far as sacrificers are involved, its role in common speech has not generated any special comments. In fact Patañjali himself interprets the rule 1.1.70 by analyzing the rule [ta-para-s tat-kāla-sya 1.1.70] as [ta-ḥ par-o ya-smāt so'yam ta-para-ḥ; tāt=api para-ḥ ta-para-ḥ]. The first is a bahuvrīhi compound and is accented on the first member, while the second is a tatpuruṣa and accented on the final syllable of the compound expression. Such an analysis can only be possible if accent was not phonemic in the common speech. The liturgical language alone seems to have kept the role of accent at all times in carrying out the functions assigned to particular ceremonies. Patañjali refers to the sages who used to say [yar-vā ṇas tar vā-ṇas] in their normal speech but spoke correctly as [yad vā nas tad vā naḥ] while performing Vedic rituals.

According to Pāṇini each [pada] or finished word has all its syllables as anudātta except for one which bears either the udātta or svarita accent. By a general rule 3.1.3 an affix normally bears the accent on its initial syllable. Any departure from this governing rule is indicated by special rules. For instance all affixes with marker [P] as well as the declensional affixes denoted by the siglum sUP are anudātta (3.1.4). That accent is phonemic can be seen from a few examples. While interpreting the rule [tulya=ās-ya-pra-yat-na-m sa-varṇa-m 1.1.9] Patañjali explains the word [ās-yà-] as derived from the stem [asU IV 100] with affix [ṆyàT] which by 6.1.185 bears the svarita accent on the affix, but in the context of the sūtra, he derives it further as [ās-y-è bhav-a-m = ās-yà+yaT 5.1.6] which by 6.1.213 bears the udātta accent on the first syllable, and refers to a point of articulation within the buccal region. A difference in the accent accounts for the difference of meaning. Similarly 5.2.49 provides for the formation of ordinals prior to `eleventh' by ruling in an initial increment [maṬ] to the affix [ḌáṬ 5.2.48], and we have forms like pañca-m-á-, sapta-má-, aṣṭa-m-á- from the numerals pañcan-, saptan-, aṣṭan- respectively, the marker [Ḍ] effecting 0̸ replacement of the syllable beginning with the final vowel (6.4.143). By 5.3.49 affix [aN] is introduced after these ordinals to denote a fraction: the resulting forms are homophonous, but the accent moves to the initial syllable (6.1.197). Thus accent is phonemic and must have been perceptible during Pāṇini's time since he is so careful in recording facts.

Since the [pada] is the unit which bears an accent on one of its syllables, the question arises as to what happens to the constituent parts of a [pada] each of which may have its own individual accent. In fact the Dhātupāṭha gives the list of verbal stems indicating their accents which indicates that verbal stems may have their own individual accents. Except in a few cases the Gaṇapāṭha does not mark the accents of nominal stems. Their accent is to be deduced from the underlying deep structure which generates the surface forms. Since a [pada] is defined as either a nom. stem + sUP or a verbal stem + tiṄ, one has to derive the position of the [pada] accent from the process of derivation. The accent proper to the last element which is introduced in the deep structure generally marks the [pada] accent. As an illustration we may take the case of the third person singular of the Present Indicative of the verbal stem bhū which bears the udātta accent: bhū+lAṬ = bhū+ŚaP+tiP = bhó+a+ti. Since the class marker [ŚaP] and the l-substitute [tiP] are P=IT-s they are both anudātta. So the resulting form is bháv-a-ti. Similarly in the case of suÑ which is anudātta, su+lAṬ = su+nú+tiP = su-nó-ti since by 1.2.4 the class marker [Śnu] of the su-class is a Ṅ-IT and prevents a guṇa replacement of stem final [u] while that of the class marker is so replaced. When we come to consider the situation in the deep structures bhū+ŚaP+tás, su+Śnú+tás: = bhó+a+tás = bhav-a-tas, su-nu-tas, the place of the accent has to be determined, since in both illustrations there are two of the three elements bearing their own accents. The normal position is that of the last accented member so that we have su-nu-tás, with the udātta on the last syllable of the surface form. In the normal course the same thing should have happened in the case of bháv-a-tas. But a special rule prevents the accent falling on accented l-substitutes, cf. 6.1.186, which indicates that accented l-substitutes lose their accent when introduced, so that themes ending in s

hort [a] retain their original accent. A stem having an accented syllable loses its accent if the theme marker is accented: lūÑ+Śnā = lu-nā-tiP; this accent of the theme is lost if the affix has an accent: lu-nī-tás. 5.4.11 introduces the affix [ām] after the comparative and superlative affixes: when it is introduced after this we have lu-nī-tas-tar=ā=m. Though all sUP affixes are defined as anudātta (3.1.4), there are situations when they acquire the udātta accent. Thus 6.1.168 teaches that beginning with the instrumental singular, all sUP affixes bear the udātta accent when introduced after nominal stems which are monosyllabic before the locative plural affix [suP]: vāc+ṣú = vāk-ṣú (8.2.30; 3.59); vāc-ā/é/ás; vāg-bhíḥ/bhyām/bhyás. When these stems enter into composition as final members, this rule is optional (6.1.169).

The accentual system as occurring in the Vedic texts and as described in the Aṣṭ. sometimes shows differences between the Vedic system and that current during Pāṇini's time in the speech of the educated community. For instance the pronominal stem sárva- bears the udātta accent on the first syllable in R̥g Veda, but Pāṇini's rule [sarva-sya sUP-i 6.1.191] indicates that this is so only before sUP triplets; the inference is, therefore, that the word normally bears the accent on the second syllable. Again by [hrasva-nu̱Ṭ=bhyām matUP 6.1.176] the affix matUP is accented when introduced after a nominal stem which ends in a short accented vowel. In the case of himá- `snow' which is accented on the final syllable Pāṇini's rule gives hima-vát- with the accent shifted to the affix, contra Vedic himá-vat bearing the accent on the final syllable preceding the affix. That accent did have a vital role in actual speech during Pāṇini's time is also indicated by his rule 6.1.181: [vi-bhāṣ-ā bhāṣā-y-ām] very clearly.

There are many homophonous elements having different functions. For instance [áC] stands for all vowels, as the siglum derived from ŚS 1-4 and it also stands for kr̥t affix, with feminine in long [ā] (3.1.134; 4.1.4) and also a taddhita affix (5.2.127), the marker [C] indicating the accent falling on the affix itself (6.1.163). There are two affixes [KtiN] and [KtiC], the first deriving feminine stems with accent on the initial syllable (6.1.197) while the second generates stems with a precative sense (3.3.174). Affix [KtíC] also is not subject to the operation of 6.4.15 and 37. There are two affixes [tr̥] with markers [C] or [N], differing in the accentuation of the surface forms; affix [tr̥N] is introduced after all verbal stems to denote the significances enumerated in 3.2.129: habitual disposition, age or capacity, (3.2.135) but [tŕ)C] to denote that the agent is worthy of the action (3.3.169) and can also occur after all verbal stems.

Occasionally a doubt may arise regarding the function of an element. As an instance we may note the general replacement rule 7.1.1 whereby [yu, vu] are replaced respectively by [ana, aka]. By 6.4.88 the element [vu̱K] is introduced after the verbal stem [bhū-] before l-substitutes of [lUṄ and lIṬ]. There are a number of affixes containing the element [vu] such as [ḌvuN, ṆvuC, ṆvuL, vuK, vuC, vuÑ, vuN, ṢvuN]. To arrive at the proper interpretation of [vuK] introduced after the verbal stem [bhū-] interpretation is necessary that it is a final increment of the verbal stem and is not an affix. The interpretation of 7.1.1 draws on 7.1.2 which has the specification [praty-aya=ādī-nām] and by a process known as [apa-karṣ-a-] introduces this term from the following sūtra, contra the normal system of [anu-vr̥t-ti-] where one derives the word from a preceding sūtra to fill in the ellipsis.

The technical term [praty-ay-a-] implies that it is that element which gives the full meaning of the finished expression. In the case of [vu̱K] which is introduced after the verbal stem [bhū-] it is not a [praty-aya-] but a stem-final augment. The substituend is always in the sixth triplet, and one has to distinguish between a replacement and an augment. To some extent the markers [K, Ṭ and M] decide the case for an augment.

Marker [Ṅ] of an element indicates that it is the substitute for the final phoneme of the substituend even when it is polyphonic (1.1.53). It is also a marker of the affix or element which when introduced after a nominal or verbal stem bars the operation of 1.1.5 (i.e., guṇa replacement). That is why in the case of nominal stems which are designated by the t.t. GHI (i.e., those ending in short i or u) undergo that transformation despite marker [Ṅ]. The same is true of the aorist marker [aṄ] when introduced after verbal stems ending in [r̥] and the stem [dŕ)s-] (7.4.16). Similarly the siglum [aṆ] and affix [aṆ] are easily indentifiable from the contexts. Where this is not possible, the metarule mentioned by Patañjali that in case of doubt one must have recourse to interpretation operates. This system of interpretation must have arisen at the very time of the oral transmission of the Aṣṭ. and the genesis of such interpretation must be the basis of much critical work that followed its composition. The works of Kātyāyana and Patañjali are continuations of that tendency to make clear what is not so easily discernible on account of the style of Aṣṭ. The additional rules which are appended in these later works are an example of noting the changes in the language which must have taken place after Pāṇini's time, though in some cases, they have been lapses in the original text.

In a work of such magnitude which covers every aspect of the author's speech community, systematized on the basis of mnemonic rules, there is indeed much scope to find some overstatements as well as understatements. But none of this takes away from the credit which is due to Pāṇini who, in this astounding work, has set up a model which is fully adequate to cover every aspect of the language described. Because of its importance, all earlier works in this field gradually disappeared. Aṣṭ. in its turn became the focal point of much critical and explicatory work over the last two millennia. That is a universe by itself, but its appeal is to the specialist. However, Kātyāyana and Patañjali, along with Pāṇini are the three great teachers accepted by all subsequent authorities, and the whole Pāṇinian system is designated sometimes as tri-muni vy-ā-kar-aṇa-m. Regarding the authority of this triumvirate, later tradition lays down the law: yath-o-t-taram munī-n-ām prā-māṇ-ya-m `according to the greater authority of the succeeding sages'.

Since interpretation is the ultimate source for the explication of the original sū-tra-s of Pāṇini, several metalinguistic principles were developed, some of which are due to Pāṇini himself. A majority of these, technically known as [pari-bhāṣā=s], are due to Kātyāyana and Patañjali. A collection of these was assembled and commented upon by Nagojibhaṭṭa and they help one in understanding the intricacies of Pāṇini's grammar.

The broad principles of interpretation have been laid down by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya. In his passage discussing the nature of grammar as presented by Pāṇini he has the following passage: na hi sū-tra-ta eva śabd-ā-n prati-pad-y-a-nte; kiṁ tarhi? vy-ā-khyā-na-taś ca; nanu tad eva sū-tra-ṁ vi-gr̥h-ī-ta-ṁ vy-ā-khyā-na-m bhav-a-ti? na keval-ā-n-i carcā-pad-ā-n-i vy-ā-khyā-na-ṁ "vr̥ddhi-ḥ+āT + aiC"=iti. Kiṁ tarhi? ud-ā-har-aṇa-m, praty-ud-ā-har-aṇa-ṁ, vāk-ya=adhy-ā-hār-a ity etat sam-ud-i-ta-ṁ vy-ā-khyā-na-m bhav-a-ti (MBh. I 11,20-23). `One does not derive words by referring only to the sū-tra-s. What then? By interpretation also. But is not that the same sūtra broken into its several constituent elements which constitutes interpretation? No, the separation of the constituent elements does not constitute interpretation (such as separating the words [vr̥ddhi-ḥ, āT, aiC] of the first sū-tra). What then? Examples, counter-examples, filling in the ellipsis, these together constitute interpretation.' It is out of this type of interpretation that one brings out the full implication of each sū-tra. To understand fully the nature of this interpretation we may illustrate it with an example. Pāṇini 1.2.4 reads as follows: sārva-dhā-tu-ka-m (3.4.113) a-P-IT. Interpretation of this sūtra then is as follows: a-P-IT sārva-dhā-tu-ka-m [Ṅ-IT 1.2.1]=Ṅ-IT=vat bhav-a-ti: kr̥+lAṬ = kr̥+ú+tás (3.1.79, 4.78)= kar-u+tás (7.3.84)= kur-u-tás (6.4.110); a-P-IT=iti kim? kr̥+u+tiP = kar-ó-ti (7.3.84). First the ellipsis is filled in by the expression [Ṅ-IT] of 1.2.1 recurring in this rule by the process of [anu-vr̥t-ti] and supplying the copula. Then follows the illustration of this rule, with an affix which is clearly not marked by [P] as IT. Lastly the question regarding the restraint [a-P-IT] is illustrated by the surface form generated with the affix [tiP]. This in short is how the sūtra is to be interpreted. Beyond this normal style of interpretation, both the Vārttika-s and Mahābhāṣya go deeper into the construction of the

sū-tra-s and question the validity of each expression therein in relation to the situations indicated in other related sū-tra-s. Modifications are suggested and then denied, maintaining the original status of the sū-tra. In a few cases the modifications suggested have been accepted as the basic text in the Kāśikā. But these are few as compared to the large number of them which occur without such modifications. The theoretical development of linguistic philosophy dates precisely from Patañjali's Mahābhāṣya and finds its apex in Bhartr̥hari's Vākya-pad-īya. These are the standard original works in the field of Sanskrit grammar, forming the basis of later expository treatises. But at the very back of all these lies Pāṇini's great work which must be studied first by means of his own metalinguistic techniques.

Aṣṭādhyāyī of Pāṇini

Page" Page" atha śabdānuśāsanam

Now begins instruction (anuśāsanam) pertaining to articulatory speech (śabda-°).

As preliminary to the main corpus of Aṣṭādhyāyī there is a repertory of phonemes divided into fourteen strings (sūtra-s) forming a distinct part popularly known as Śiva-sūtras (ŚS) or Māheśvara-sūtras (MS) and commonly referred to as Pratyāhāra-sūtras (PS), because of their capacity to generate pratyāhārás or sigla representing groups of phonemes which enter into any particular grammatical operation, in order to produce an economy of statement. The whole object of Aṣṭādhyāyī is to effect an economy of statement and thus dispense with the normal arrangement of given topics. These ŚS are not a part of the Aṣṭādhyāyī, but are traditionally associated with its corpus. Traditionally the authorship of ŚS, as the name implies, is ascribed to the divine Śiva or Maheśvara. Even the introductory statement which precedes them is part of the great commentary, the Mahābhāṣyá of Patañjali.

ŚIVA-SŪTRAS

Sūtra Definition Sigla generated 1. a i u Ṇ¹ simple vowels aṆ¹ 2. r̥ l̥ K sonant vowels aK, iK, uK 3. e o Ṅ diphthongs eṄ 4. ai au C diphthongs aC, iC, eC, aiC 5. ha̱ ya̱ va̱ ra̱ Ṭ voiced aspirate + aṬ semivowels y, v, r 6. là Ṇ² semi-vowel l (rÃ), aṆ², iṆ², yaṆ 7. ña̱ ma̱ ṅa̱ ṇa̱ na̱ M nasal stops aM, ya̱M, ṅa̱M 8. jha̱ bha̱ Ñ palatal and labial ya̱Ñ voiced aspirate stops 9. gha̱ ḍha̱ dha̱ Ṣ voiced aspirate stops jha̱Ṣ, bha̱Ṣ 10. ja̱ ba̱ ga̱ ḍa̱ da̱ Ś voiced unaspirated aŚ, ha̱Ś, va̱Ś, stops jha̱Ś, ja̱Ś, haŚ 11. kha̱ pha̱ cha̱ ṭha̱ unvoiced stops cha̱V tha̱ ca̱ ṭa̱ ta̱ V 12. ka̱ pa̱ Y unvoiced stops ya̱Y, ma̱Y, jha̱Y, kha̱Y 13. śa̱ ṣa̱ sa̱ R sibilants ya̱R, jha̱R, kha̱R, ca̱R, śa̱R 14. ha̱ L voiced fricative aL, ha̱L, va̱L, ra̱L, jha̱L, sa̱L

The sigla listed above are derived by applying 1.3.2-3 along with 1.1.71 (q.vv.). The capital letters at the end of each sūtra are IT markers (1.3.3) while the underlined vowels are used for ease of pronunciation to denote the consonantal phonemes. It may be noted that this repertory of phonemes (akṣara-samāmnāyá) does not include long and prolated or extra long (cf. 1.2.27 below) vowels or the anusvārá, visargá (or visarjanīya), jihvā-mūlīya and upadhmānīya or the supra-segmental phonemes of accent. The vowels represent phoneme classes, rather, involving features of length, ±nasality and three accents.

Though the number of sigla can run into three figures, those actually needed for grammatical operations in the corpus of Aṣṭādhyāyī are 41 (or 42 if rà is included according to later Pāṇinīyas). These sigla, in their alphabetical order are:

1. aK simple vowels a, i, u and sonant vowels r̥, l̥ (with suprasegmental features of 3 lengths, 3 accents and ±nasality); 6.1.101,128.

2. aC all vowel phoneme classes (with suprasegmental features of length, accent and ±nasality): a, i, u, r̥, l̥, e, o, ai, au; 1.1.10,47,73; 2.27; 3.2 etc.

3. aṬ all vowels+voiced fricative h+semivowels except l; 8.3.3,9; 4.63.

4. aṆ¹ simple vowel class a, i, u; 1.1.51; 6.3.111.

5. aṆ² all vowels (aC)t h+semi-vowels; 1.1.69.

6. aM all vowels+h+semi-vowels+nasal stops; 8.3.6.

7. aL all vowels+all consonants (= aC+haL).

8. aŚ all voiced phonemes (= aC+haŚ); 8.3.17.

9. iK simple vowels i, u, r̥, l̥; 1.1.3,45,48; 2.9.

10. iC all vowels except the phoneme class a; 6.1.104; 3.68.

11. iṆ² all vowels except the phoneme class a+h+semi-vowels.

12. uK the simple vowels u, r̥ and l̥; 8.1.70; 2.11; 3.57.

13. eṆ diphthongs e and o; 1.1.2,75; 6.1.69,94,109 ff.

14. eC all diphthongs e, o, ai and au; 1.1.48; 6.1.45 ff.

15. aiC diphthongs ai and au; 1.1.1,8; 7.8.8; 8.2.106.

16. kha̱Y all voiceless stops: kh, ph, ch, ṭh, th, k, p, c, ṭ, t; 7.4.61; 8.3.6.

17. kha̱R all voiceless consonants (= kha̱Y+śa̱R).

18. ṇa̱M velar, retroflex and dental nasal stops; 8.3.32.

19. ca̱R all voiceless un-aspirated stops+sibilants 1.1.58; 8.4.54 ff.

20. cha̱V palatal, retroflex and dental voiceless stops: ch, ṭh, tha, c, ṭ, t; 8.3.7.

21. ja̱Ś all voiced un-aspirated stops: j, b, g, ḍ, d; 1.1.58; 8.2.39; 4.53 ff.

22. jha̱Y all non-nasal stops: jh, bh, gh, ḍh, dh, j, b, g, ḍ, d,kh, ph, ch, ṭh, th, c, ṭ, t, k, p; 5.4.111; 8.2.10; 4.62 ff.

23. jha̱R all non-nasal stops+sibilants (= jha̱Y+śa̱R).

24. jha̱L all non-nasal stops+fricatives (jha̱Y+śaL).

25. jha̱Ś all voiced stops: jh, bh, gh, ḍh, dh, j, b, g, ḍ, d; 8.4.53.

26. jha̱Ṣ all voiced aspirated stops: jh, bh, gh, ḍh, dh; 8.2.37,40.

27. ba̱Ś un-aspirated voiced stops other than palatal j; 8.2.37.

28. bha̱Ś voiced aspirated stops other than palatal jh; 8.2.37.

29. ma̱Y all stops except nasal stop ñ; 8.3.33.

30. ya̱Ñ semi-vowels+nasal stops+jh, bh; 7.3.101 ff.

31. ya̱Ṇ all semi-vowels y, v, r, l; 1.1.45; 6.1.77; 4.81,156.

32. ya̱M semi-vowels+nasal stops; 8.4.64.

33. ya̱Y semi-vowels+stops; 8.4.58 ff.

34. ya̱R semi-vowels+stops+sibilants 8.4.45 ff.

35. (*rÃ) liquids r, l; 1.1.57.

36. ra̱L all consonants other than semi-vowels y, v; 1.2.26.

37. va̱L all consonants other than semi-vowel y; 6.1.66; 7.2.35.

38. va̱Ś semi-vowels other than y+voiced stops; 7.2.8.

39. śa̱R sibilants ś, ṣ, s; 7.4.4; 8.3.28,35 ff.; 3.58; 4.49.

40. śa̱L all fricatives; 3.1.45

41. ha̱L all consonants; 1.1.7,10; 3.3; 3.1.12,83.

42. ha̱Ś all voiced consonants; 6.1.64.

VARṆA-SAMĀMNĀYA (Repertory of Phonemes) Glottal Velar Palatal Retroflex Dental Labial Vowels Short a i r̥ l̥ u Long ā ī r̄ l̥̄ ū Prolated a3 i3 r̥3 u3 Diphthongs e o ai au Semi-vowels y r l v Consonants Unvoiced (stops): Unaspirated k c ṭ t p Aspirated kh ch ṭh th ph Voiced (stops): Unaspirated g j ḍ d b Aspirated gh jh ḍh dh bh Nasals ṅ ñ ṇ n m Fricatives Unvoiced (sibilants) ś ṣ s Voiced h

$1.1.1 vŕd-dhir āT=aiC

(The technical term = t.t.) vŕd-dhi denotes the vowel phonemes long ā (= āT) and the diphthongs ai, au (= aiC).

1. āT = long vowel class ā (by 1.1.70 below) with supra-segmental features of three accents and ±nasality. Unmarked vowels by marker T stand for their class, associated with the supra-segmental features of length (=3): short (hrasvá), long (=dīrghá) and extra-long or prolated (plutá) (1.2.27), and accent (=3): udātta `high-pitched', ánudātta `low-pitched' and svaritá `rising and falling tone or circumflex' (1.2.29-31), ±nasality. The short vowels have a duration of one mora, the long of two and the prolated of three mora, while consonants have half a mora each. By 1.1.70 aiC following the marker T of āT represents the diphthongs ai, au, having a duration of two moras only.

2. as a non-technical term vŕd-dhi denotes `increase, growth, interest (on principal), etc.' Cf. 5.1.47.

3. as a t.t. vŕd-dhi occurs in 1.1.3-6,73; 6.1.88-92; 2.105; 7.2.1-7,114-18; 3.1-35, 89-90.

$1.1.2 aT=eṄ guṇáḥ

(The t.t.) guṇá denotes the vowel phonemes short a (aT) and the diphthongs e, o (eṄ).

1. aT represents the short phoneme-class a, having a duration of one mora while eṄ following marker T of aT represents phoneme-class e, o of two mora duration.

2. as a non-t.t. guṇá signifies `quality, attribute, characteristic' 2.2.11; 3.23, and in the compounds guṇá-kārtsnyá `whole or entire quality' 6.2.93; guṇá-pratiṣedhá- `denial or negation of a quality' 6.2.155, guṇá-vácana- `attributive, adjective' 2.1.30; 4.1.44; 3.58; 5.1.124; 6.2.24, 8.1.12; it also denotes `fold, times' 5.4.29.

3. as a t.t. guṇá occurs in 1.1.3-6; 6.1.87,97; 4.126,146,156; 7.3.82-88,91; 4.10-11,16,21,29,30,57,75,82.

$1.1.3 iKo guṇá-vr̥d-dhī

When the t.t. guṇá (2) and vŕd-dhi (1) are introduced as replacements (and the substituendum is not specified), they replace only the vowels denoted by the siglum iK (= i, u, r̥ and l̥).

The expression iKaḥ, ending in the sixth triplet (=genitive) is expected to recur when it is not specified, with the use of the t.tt. guṇá and vŕd-dhi. For example 7.3.84 sārvadhātuka=ārdhadhātukáyoḥ (guṇáḥ 82) and 86 puK=anta-laghu=upadhásya ca (guṇáḥ 82) specify only the pre-affixal base (=aṅga 6.4.1) in the genitive (1.1.49) as the substituendum; by this meta-rule the expression iKaḥ recurs here, denoting the actual substituendum. Thus bhū+ŚaP : bhó+a : bháv-a (6.1.77) before l-substitutes of the Present System (3.4.78). Similarly by 7.2.1 siCi vŕd-dhiḥ parasmaipadéṣu we have the expression iKaḥ recurring with vŕd-dhi to denote the specific substituendum: kr̥Ñ+si̱C+l-substitutes of Parasmaipadá: á-kr̥+s+t : a-kār-s-īṬ-t (6.4.71; 7.3.96) = á-kār-ṣ-ī-t (8.3.59). description

$1.1.4 ná dhātulopé=ārdhadhātuke

[Guṇá and Vŕd-dhi replacements 3] do not (ná) operate before an ārdhadhātuka affix which conditions a zero replacement (lópa) of a verbal base (dhātu-°).

ārdhadhātuka is defined by 3.4.114 as affixes other than those of the Present System (3.4.113). Thus lūÑ+yáṄ (3.1.22) : lo-lū-yá (6.1.9 for reduplication and 7.4.82 for guṇá replacement of the vowel of the reduplicated syllable) is a derived verbal base (3.1.32) from which an agent noun is derived by introducing the affix áC (3.1.134): lo-lū-yá+áC; by 2.4.74 the marker yáṄ is replaced by zero (0̸) before a vowel: lo-lū-yá+áC : lo-lū-0̸-áC and the guṇá replacement ruled in by 7.3.84 does not take place so that the expected form lo-luv-á- is realized by 6.4.77.

$1.1.5 K-Ṅ-ITi ca

And (ca) [guṇá and vŕd-dhi replacements 3 are not 4 conditioned] before affixes marked with K or Ṅ as an IT.

According to Pāṇinīyas the expression K-Ṅ-ITi stands for *G-K-Ṅ-ITi for reasons which will be indicated below.

1. Before l-substitutes of the Present System (sārvadhātuka 3.4.113) the class of verbal stems beginning with tudÀ vyáthane (DhP VI 1) `torment, inflict pain' has the class marker Śá (3.1.77) which, by 1.2.4 is deemed as marked with Ṅ as IT; thus tud+Śá+tiP (3.4.78) = tud-á-ti and consequently 7.3.86 does not operate here. Similarly kr̥+Ktá- : kr̥-tá- `done, accomplished'.

2. The only exception is with regard to taddhita affix marker K as IT which conditions vŕd-dhi replacement in the initial syllable of a nominal stem (7.2.118).

3. *G as an IT-marker which does not condition guṇá or vŕd-dhi replacement is introduced to explain forms like sthā-snú- as derived from sthā+*Gsnú- (3.2.138 glā-ji-sthaś ca *G-Ksnúḥ) which is rendered Ksnú- by 8.4.55; if the marker had been K instead of *G the final phoneme of [sthā-] would have been replaced by ī according to 6.4.66. *G is also considered as an IT-marker in 3.2.138.

$1.1.6 ¹dīdhī-²vevī=³iṬām

[Guṇá and Vŕd-dhi replacements 3 are not conditioned 4 with reference to the following substituenda]: the verbal bases dīdhī- `shine', vevī- `be agitated' and the initial increment iṬ.

1. ā+dīdhī+ṆvuL (3.1.133) : ā+dīdhī+aka (7.1.1) = ā-dīdhy-áka- `shining', despite marker Ṇ which should condition vŕd-dhi by 7.2.115. Similarly ā+vevī+ṆvuL = ā-vevy-áka- `trembling'.

2. bhū+lUṬ : bhū+tās+miP : bhū+iṬ+tās-mi (3.1.33 for tās and 3.4.78 for miP and 7.2.35 for iṬ) = bho+i-tās+mi = bhav-i-tās-mi but 7.3.84 does not operate on iṬ.

$1.1.7 ha̱Laḥ=ánantarāḥ saṁyogáḥ

(The t.t.) saṁyogá `conjunction' denotes an uninterrupted (ánantarāḥ) sequence of consonants (ha̱Laḥ):

1. "uninterrupted" by vowels defines a conjunct; up to five consonants is normal: ánna-(2) `food', strī-(3) `woman; feminine gender'; kārṣṇya-(4) `blackness, darkness'; kārtsnya-(5) `totality, whole'.

2. as a t.t. occurs in 1.2.5; 4.11; 6.1.3; 4.10,62,68,82,106,166; 7.2.43; 4.10,29; 8.2.23,43.

$1.1.8 mukha-nāsikā-vácanaḥ=ánunāsikaḥ

(The t.t.) ánunāsika- `nasal' denotes a phoneme articulated simultaneously through the oral and nasal cavities (mukha-nāsikā-vácana-).

1. nasal vowels: ã, ā̃, ĩ, ī̃, etc.

2. nasal stops: ñ, m, ṅ, ṇ, n.

3. nasal semi-vowels: ỹ, l̃, ṽ.

$1.1.9 túlya=āsya-prayatnam sávarṇam

(The t.t.) sávarṇa `homogeneous' designates phonemes which are produced by the same articulatory effort (túlya-prayatná-) at the same point of articulation in the oral cavity (āsya-).

1. túlya- `same, similar, equivalent'.

2. āsy๠`oral cavity' but āsya-² = āsyè¹ bhava- = āsyà¹+yàT 5.1.6 `point of articulation in the oral cavity'. Five points of articulation are recognized: velum (kaṇṭhá-), soft palate (tālu-), hard palate (mūrdhán-), teeth ridge (dánta-) and lips (óṣṭha-). Our corpus has óṣṭhya- (7.1.102) `labial', dántya- (7.3.73) `dental' and mūrdhanyà- (8.3.55) but not káṇṭhya- `velar' or tālavyà- `palatal'; on the other hand 4.3.62 derives the word jīvhā-mūlīya- `formed at the root of the tongue'.

3. prayatná- `articulatory effort or process' is two-fold: ābhyantará- `intra-buccal' and bāhya- `extra-buccal'; the first again is four-fold: spr̥ṣṭá- `close contact' for stops, īṣát-spr̥ṣṭa- `slight contact' for semi-vowels or resonants, īṣád-vivr̥ta- `slight openness' for fricatives, and vivr̥tá- `fully open' for vowels. The principal extra-buccal efforts are associated with ±voice (glottal), ±aspiration (pulmonic) and ±nasality (nasal). Openness and constriction of the glottis, relating to voicelessness and voice respectively, are designated vivārá- and saṁvārá-, and the three accents: udātta- `high-pitched or rising tone', ánudātta- `low-pitched or falling tone' and svaritá- `rising and falling tone, circumflex', a combination of the preceding two, associated with vowels constitute eleven aspects of this articulatory process. Though not involved in the definition of sāvarṇya- or homogeneity, they are taken into consideration when replacement takes place according to 1.1.50.

4. as a t.t. occurs in 1.1.58,69; 6.1.101,102-6,127; 4.78; 7.1.39; 8.4.58.

$1.1.10 ná=aC=ha̱Lau

A vowel (aC) and a consonant (ha̱L) [which satisfy the above condition 9] are (nevertheless) not (ná) (homogeneous 9).

In consequence of this, in the expression dadhi+śītam `cold curds' saṁdhí or euphonic combination does not take place as taught in 6.1.101 between °-i+ś-°, though both are homogeneous by 9 above.

$1.1.11 īT=ūT-eT=dvivacanam pragŕhyam

(The t.t.) pragŕhya denotes [final 1.1.52] °-ī, °-ū or °-e of dual endings (dvi-vacanám).

1. By 6.1.125 pragŕhya vowels are not subject to replacement before other vowels as conditioned by sáṁhitā (6.1.72) or euphonic combinatory rules; thus we have expressions like agnī iti, vāyū iti, phále iti, pácete iti, where the first three expressions ending in the dual cases and the fourth ending in the dual personal verbal affix are pragŕhya vowels.

2. As a t.t. occurs in 6.1.125; 8.2.107; 4.57, and recurs by anuvŕtti in the rules 12-19 below.

$1.1.12 adáso māt

[(The t.t.) pragŕhya denotes vowels °-ī, °ū and °-e 11] occurring after the phoneme [m] which is part of the nominal base adás- `that'.

Thus no saṁdhí replacement takes place in the expressions amī āsáte, amū āsāte `they two (respectively m. and f.) sit down'.

$1.1.13 Śe

[(The t.t.) pragŕhya 11] denotes the ending Śe (7.1.39).

This affix is a replacement for sUP triplets (3.4.78) in Vedic. The Vedic examples are: tvé iti, asmé índrā-bŕhaspatī.

$1.1.14 nipātá éka=aC=án-āṄ

[(The t.t.) pragŕhya 11 denotes] a particle (nipātá-) consisting of a single vowel (éka+aC) with the exception of āṄ.

1. i índram paśya, u úttiṣṭha `look at Indra', `get up'.

2. The particle ā with marker Ṅ denotes the senses of (1) a little (īṣad-arthá), (2) connection with activity (kriyā-yogé), (3-4) exclusive limit (maryādā) and inclusive limit (abhividhí); but without the marker it signifies (5) emphasis of a sentence as an expletive (vākyà) and (6) reminiscence (smáraṇa): ā eváṁ nu mányase (5); ā evám kíla tát (6) `thou dost certainly consider thus'; `such indeed was then the cause'.

$1.1.15 oT

[(The t.t.) pragŕhya denotes 11 a particle 14] (ending in 1.1.72) the diphthong [o].

aho īśaḥ `lo, the Lord'; this rule applies to particles consisting of more than one syllable, since monosyllabic particles are already covered by the preceding rule.

$1.1.16 sambúddhau śākalyasya itau=án-ārṣe

[(The t.t.) pragŕhya denotes 11] a vocative-(final 1.1.72) before the expression iti which is not a part of the Vedic text (án-ārṣ-e) according to (the grammarian) Śākalya.

By quoting the name of the teacher Śākalya this rule is considered as optional. Pāṇini (= P.) uses this device in two ways: (a) either as a mark of respect (pūjārthé) or (b) to indicate the optional nature of the rule (vibhāṣārthé), vāyo iti / vāyav iti (6.1.78). description

$1.1.17 uÑaḥ

[According to the grammarian Śākalya 16 (the t.t.) pragŕhya 11 denotes the particle 14] uÑ (= u followed by the marker Ñ) [before non-Vedic iti 16].

u iti / v-iti (6.1.77 according to other grammarians).

$1.1.18 ū̃

[According to the grammarian Śākalya 16 (the t.t.) pragŕhya 11 denotes the particle 14] ū̃ [which replaces uÑ 17 (1.1.49)].

Originally sūtras 17-18 constituted a single sūtra which Kātyāyana proposed to divide into two by a process known as yoga-vibhāgá `splitting of one rule into parts'. According to Śākalya this ū̃ is optionally substituted for uÑ and is pragŕhya: u iti, ū̃ iti / v-iti. description

$1.1.19 īT=ūT-au ca saptamy-arthé

[(The t.t.) pragŕhya denotes 11] expressions (ending in 1.1.72) long °-ī or °-ū which have the meaning of the seventh triplet of nominal endings (sUP 4.1.2).

By 7.1.39 0̸¹(=luK) replaces sUP triplets in Vedic: sómo gaurī ádhi śritáḥ `Soma has come to rest on the she-buffalo (skin)'; ádhy asyām māmakī tanū `in this, my body'. description

$1.1.20 ¹dā-²dhā GHU=á-dāP

(The t.t.) GHU denotes (verbal stems of the form) dā or dhā except those which have the shape of dā and are marked with P (as IT).

GHU bases are: ḌU-dāÑ dāne III 9, ḌU-dhāÑ dhāraṇa-póṣaṇayoḥ III 10, do avakháṇḍane IV 40, dāṆ dāne I 977, deṄ rákṣaṇe I 1011 and dheṬ pāne I 951.

dāP represents dāP lávane II 50, daiP śódhane I 971.

As a t.t. occurs in 1.2.17; 2.4.77; 3.3.92; 6.4.66,67,113,119; 7.3.70; 4.46-7,54; 8.4.17.

$1.1.21 ādy-antavát=ékasmin

When a grammatical operation applies to a single phoneme unit (ékasmin), it is treated as though it were the initial (ādi) or final (anta) (of a similar polyphonic expression).

3.1.3 [ādy-udāttaś ca] provides that the initial syllable of an affix bears the udātta accent: e.g., °-távya- kar-távya-; similarly the affix áṆ as a patronymic affix consisting of a single vowel phoneme is, by this rule, regarded as the initial: upagu+áṆ = aupagav-á- `descendant of Upagu'. 7.3.102 (sUPi ca) provides that nominal stem final °-a is replaced by °-ā before nominal endings beginning with y-°, bh-°; under the governing rule 6.4.1 (áṅgasya) this rule applies to the áṅga-final vowel, but in the case of a+bhyām = ā-bhyām the substitute stem (for idám 7.2.113) consists of a single phoneme a0̸ which, by this rule is now regarded as áṅga-final.

$1.1.22 taraP-tamaPau GHAḥ

(The t.t.) GHA denotes the affixes taraP and tamaP.

These represent the general comparative (5.3.57) and superlative (5.3.55) affixes.

As a t.t. occurs in 5.4.11; 6.3.17,43; 8.2.17.

$1.1.23 ¹bahú-²gaṇá-³vatU-⁴Ḍáti saṁkhyā

(The t.t.) saṁkhyā denotes (the nominal bases) bahú- `many', gaṇá- `group' and expressions (ending in 1.1.72) affixes vatU(P) [5.2.39] and Ḍáti [5.2.41].

1. This t.t. covers a sub-class of nominal stems consisting of number words or numerals.

2. As a t.t. occurs in 2.1.10,19,50; 3.2.21; 4.1.26,135; 5.1.19,22,39,58; 2.42,47; 3.42; 4.1.17,43,86,89.140; 6.2.35,163; 3.47,110; 7.3.15.

$1.1.24 ṣ-ṇá̱=antā ṢAṬ

(The t.t.) ṢAṬ denotes [a sub-class of saṁkhyā 23] (ending in 1.1.72) °-ṣ or °-ṇ (when first encountered).

1. These are: ṣáṣ (6), páñcan (5), saptán (7), aṣṭán (8), návan (9), dáśan (10).

2. As a t.t. occurs in 4.1.10; 6.1.175; 7.1.22,55.

$1.1.25 Ḍáti ca

(The t.t. ṢAṬ 24 denotes saṁkhyā 23 expressions) [ending in 1.1.72] the affix Ḍáti also (ca).

7.1.22 [ṣaḍbhyo luK] provides for the replacement of nominative and accusative plural sUP affixes introduced after this sub-class of numerals.

$1.1.26 Ktá-KtávatŪ niṣṭhā

(The t.t.) niṣṭhā denotes the affixes Ktá (3.4.70) and KtávatU.

1. These affixes generate the past passive and active participles respectively.

2. As a t.t. occurs in 2.2.36-7,69; 3.2.102; 6.1.22-28;205; 2.2.110,169; 4.52,60,95; 7.2.14-34,47,50; 8.2.42.

$1.1.27 sarvá-ādīni sarvanāmāni

(The t.t.) sarvanāmán `pronominal stem' denotes the class of nominal bases whose first member is sarvá- `all'.

1. Such a list is called a gaṇá and a repertory of such gaṇás constitutes a supplement to this corpus under the title Gaṇa-pāṭha, corresponding to a similar list of verbal stems designated Dhātu-pāṭha.

2. As a t.t. occurs in 2.3.37; 5.3.2,7,8,10,23,71; 6.3.91; 7.1.14-17,52; 3.114.

$1.1.28 vibhāṣā dik-samāsé bahuvrīhaú

[(The t.t.) sarvanāmán 27] optionally (vibhāṣā) denotes a bahuvrīhí compound (2.2.23ff.) formed with direction words (dik-samāsá).

Thus in the bahuvrīhí compound úttara-pūrvā `north-eastern', the dative singular can either be úttara-pūrvāyai (as a substantive) or úttara-pūrvasyai (as a pronominal). description

$1.1.29 ná bahuvrīhaú

[(The t.t.) sarvanāmán 27] does not (ná) denote [the class of words whose first member is sarvá- 27] occurring (at the end of 1.1.72) a bahuvrīhí (compound).

Example (Ex.): priyá-viśva- `beloved of all' has the dative singular form priyá-viśvāya as against °-viśvasmai. Description

$1.1.30 tr̥tīyā-samāse

[(The t.t.) sarvanāmán 27 does not denote 29 the class of words whose first member is sarvá- 27] occurring (at the end of 1.1.72) a tatpuruṣá 2.1.22 (compound) the prior member of which ends in the (1.1.72) third sUP triplet (i.e., the instrumental case 2.1.30).

māsena pūrvasmai = māsa-pūrvāya (2.1.31) `prior by a month'.

$1.1.31 dvaṁdvé ca

[(The t.t.) sarvanāmán 27 does not denote 29 a member of the class of words whose first member is sarvá- 27] co-occurring (at the end 1.1.72) of a Dvaṁdvá (compound 2.2.29).

pūrveṣāṁ ca páreṣāṁ ca = pūrva-parāṇām `of the former and the latter'; instead of the normal genitive plural in °-sām (7.1.52) the regular °n-ām (7.1.54) associated with nominal stems is introduced after the dvaṁdvá compound.

$1.1.32 vibhāṣa Jasi

[(The t.t.) sarvanāmán 27] optionally (vibhāṣā) denotes [the class of words whose first member is sarvá- 27, (occurring at the end of 1.1.72) a dvaṁdvá compound 31] before (the nominative plural sUP ending) Jas.

7.1.17 [Jasaḥ Śī] provides for a replacement of Jas by Śī when introduced after pronominals ending in short °-a; so we have dakṣiṇottaré/dakṣiṇottarāḥ `southern and northern'.

$1.1.33 ¹prathamá-²caramá-³taya=⁴álpa=⁵ardhá-⁶katipayá-⁷némāś ca

[(The t.t.) sarvanāmán 27 optionally denotes 32] the words prathamá- `first', caramá- `last', expressions (ending in 1.1.72) the affix °-taya(P 5.2.42), álpa- `small', ardhá- `half', katipayá- `some', and néma- `half' [before affix Jas 32].

Thus we have the following examples: prathamé/prathamāḥ; caramé/caramāḥ; dvítaye/dvítayāḥ; álpe/álpāḥ; ardhé/ardhāḥ; katipayé/katipayāḥ; néme/némāḥ. description

$1.1.34 pūrva-pára=ávara=dákṣiṇa=úttara=ápara=ádharāṇi vyavasthāyām á-saṁjñāyām

[(The t.t.) sarvanāmán 27 optionally denotes 32] the words pūrva- `front, eastern', pára- `subsequent', ávara- `lower, more recent', dákṣiṇa- `right, southern', úttara- `upper, northern', ápara- `behind, western', ádhara- `lower' [before affix Jas 32] provided they are employed in the sense of relative situation (vyavasthā) and not used as proper names (ásaṁjñāyām).

Though they are already pronominals by their inclusion in the class of words beginning with sarvá- [27], they function optionally so before affix Jas: pūrve/pūrvaḥ; páre/párāḥ; ávare/ávarāḥ; dákṣiṇe/dákṣiṇāḥ; úttare/úttarāḥ; ápare/áparāḥ; ádhare/ádharāḥ; but dákṣiṇe imé gāthakāḥ `these singers are expert'; similarly úttarāḥ kúravaḥ `n.pr. of a country'.

$1.1.35 svám a-¹jñāti-²dhana=ākhyāyām

[(The t.t.) sarvanāmán 27 optionally denotes 32] (the pronominal base) svá- when not signifying jñāti `kin' or dhána- `wealth' [as a proper name 34 before the affix Jas 32].

In this particular situation svá- signifies `own': své/svāḥ putrāḥ `one's own sons', but svāḥ `kinsfolk', prabhūtāḥ svāḥ `extensive possessions, assets or wealth'.

$1.1.36 ántaram bahiryogá=upasaṁvyāayoḥ

[(The t.t.) sarvanāmán 27 optionally denotes 32] (the pronominal stem) ántara- [before affix Jas 32] when it signifies connection with the exterior (bahir-yogá-) or under-clothing (upasaṁyāna).

1. ántara- is a regular member of this class, but optionally so before the affix Jas in these two meanings, but in its normal meaning of `between' it is necessarily a pronominal stem.

2. ánrare/ántaráḥ=gr̥āḥ `houses situated at the extremity (of the village)'; similarly ántare/ántarāḥ śāṭakāḥ `under-garments'. description

$1.1.37 svàr-ādi-nipātam ávyayam

[(The t.t.)] ávyaya- `indeclinable' denotes members of the class headed by svàr- `sun' as well as particles (nipātá).

1. Nipātás `particles' are listed in 1.4.57-96 below.

2. As a t.t. occurs in 1.1.38-41; 4.67; 2.1.6; 2.11,20,25; 3.69; 4.82; 3.4.59; 4.1.16; 2.104; 3.23; 5.3.71; 4.11,86; 6.2.2,168; 3.66; 8.3.46.

$1.1.38 taddhitáś ca á-sarva-vibhaktiḥ

[(The t.t.) ávyaya 37] denotes derivatives (ending in 1.1.72) a taddhitá (4.1.78ff.) `secondary nominal affix' after which not all [sUP triplets 1.4.103] (vibhákti 1.4.104) endings are introduced.

tad ±feminine affix± sing./du./pl. ablative endings = tá-tas where the vibhakti affix tasi̱L is introduced by 5.3.7 as a replacement for the fifth sUP triplets.

$1.1.39 kŕt=m=éC=antaḥ

[(The t.t.) ávyaya denotes 37] expressions derived with kŕt [3.1.93] affixes (ending in 1.1.72) °-m or °-eC (= e̱, o̱, a̱i, a̱u).

1. Kŕt affixes are primary affixes deriving nominal stems from verbal bases; those ending in °-m are: tumu̱N, (kár-tum `to do'), Ṇamu̱L (svāduṁ-kāram `having sweeteness').

2. Kŕt affixes ending in °-eC are: °-áse, °-aseN and °-tavai/tave as indicated by the examples jiváse/jīvase `to live' kar-táve `to do', apabhāṣ-i-tavaí, mlecch-i-tavaí `to speak indistinctly' [3.4.9,14].

$1.1.40 Ktvā-tosu̱N-Kasu̱Nāḥ

[(The t.t.) ávyaya 37 denotes] expressions (ending in 1.1.72) the affixes Ktvā, tosu̱N and Kasu̱N.

Ktvā is a kŕt affix introduced by 3.4.18ff. to generate absolutives: kr̥-tvā `having done'; similarly for the other affixes: kár-tos (3.4.16) `doing', ā-tŕd-as (3.4.17) `piercing'.

$1.1.41 avayībhāvás=ca

And [(the t.t.) avyaya denotes 37] `the adverbial compound' avyayībhāvá (2.1.5-21).

By including this type of compound as a member of the indeclinable (ávyaya) class, feminine and declensional affixes [āP and sUP 2.4.82] are replaced by 0̸¹ (luK) when introduced after it.

$1.1.42 Śi sarvanāma-sthānám

(The t.t.) sarvanāma-sthāná `strong case ending' denotes (the replacement affix) Śi (for Jas and Śas 7.1.20).

1. The expression sarvanāma-sthāná indicates a situation in which the operation applies to the whole nominal stem and implies the `strong case ending'.

2. As a t.t. occurs in 1.4.17; 6.1.170,199; 7.1.70,86; 3,110.

3. exx.: dádhi+Jas/Śas = dádhi+Śi (7.1.20) = dádhi-n+Śi (7.1.72) = dádhī-n-i (6.4.8).

$1.1.43 sUṬ á-napuṁsakasya

[(The t.t.) sarvanāma-sthāná denotes 42] (the sUP triplets comprised by the siglum) sUṬ (= sU, au. Jas, am, auṬ) introduced after a nominal stem other than a neuter one (i.e., masculine and feminine only).

rājan+sU = rājān+sU (6.4.8) = rājān+0̸ (6.1.68) = rājā+0̸ (8.2.7). description

$1.1.44 ná vā=iti vibhāṣā

(The t.t.) vibhāṣā denotes the meaning of the combined particles ná vā `or not' (literaliy `not or') and signifies optionality.

1. There are three types of optional rules: (a) á-prāpte vibhāṣā provides optionally what would not obtain otherwise; (b) prāpté vibhāṣā makes optional what has been provided by another rule; (c) ubhayátra vibhāṣā is a combination of the first two. (a) is illustrated by 32 above.

2. As a t.t. occurs in 1.1.28,32; 2.3,16,36; 3.50,77,85; 4.12,16,25,50,78 etc.

$1.1.45 iK=yaṆaḥ samprasāraṇam

(The t.t.) samprasāraṇa `vocalization' denotes the vowel phonemes (comprised by the siglum) iK (= i,u,r̥, l̥) (replacing the semi-vowels comprised by the siglum) ya̱Ṇ (= y,v,r,1) (respectively 1.3.10).

1. yaj+Ktá = iaj+Ktá (6.1.15) = ij+Ktá (6.1.108) = iṣ+Ktá = iṣ-ṭá- `spoken, uttered'. Similarly vac+Ktá = uk-tá `spoken, uttered'.

2. As a t.t. occurs in 3.3.72; 5.2.55; 6.1.13-20,22-26, 30-32,34,37-44,108; 3.139; 4.131; 7.4.67.

$1.1.46 ādy-antau Ṭa̱-K-ITau

(An increment) marked with Ṭ as IT constitutes the initial (ādí) of the unit to which it is added, and one marked with K as IT constitutes the final (ánta).

1. The phonological changes which take place in morphology are of two kinds: replacement of phonemes or addition of phonemes to the base when affixes are introduced. Deletion of phonemes is regarded as replacement by 0̸. The substituendum is always accompanied by the sixth sUP triplet (in the genitive case: 49 below).

2. The increment iṬ associated with ārdhadhātuka affixes beginning with va̱L (7.2.35) is an initial increment: bhū+tum = bhū+iṬ-tum = bháv+i-tum becomes the initial of the affix tumu̱N.

3. Before the affix of the present participle middle °-āna- verbal themes ending in short °-a get an increment mu̱K (7.3.82) where m constitutes the final of the verbal theme: édh+ŚaP+āna- = édha-m+āna- `growing'; if this increment were considered as a part of the affix °-āna (= māna-) the theme-final short a of édh-a- would be replaced by the corresponding long vowel by 7.3.102 and result in an unacceptable form.

$1.1.47 M-IT=aCaḥ=ántyāt páraḥ

(An increment) marked with M as IT is inserted after the last (ántya) vowel (aC) of the expression to which it is added.

1. rudh+ŚnáM (3.1.78) =ru-ná-dh- = ru-ṇá-dh (8.4.2) `obstruct, hinder'.

2. Increments with marker Ṭ are: aṬ, āṬ, iṬ, īṬ, ṅamu̱Ṭ tu̱Ṭ, dhu̱Ṭ, nu̱Ṭ, yā̱Ṭ, yāsu̱Ṭ, yiṬ, yu̱Ṭ, ru̱Ṭ, sīyu̱Ṭ, su̱Ṭ, syāṬ; increments with marker K are: adu̱K, asu̱K, ānu̱K, ithu̱K, ku̱K, ju̱K, ṭu̱K, tithu̱K, tu̱K, thu̱K, du̱K, nīK, nu̱K, pu̱K, mu̱K, yaK, yu̱K, riK, rīK, ru̱K, lu̱K, vu̱K, ṣu̱K, sa̱K; increments with marker M are: aM, iM, uM, nu̱M, pu̱M, ra̱M, Śná̱M.

$1.1.48 eCa iK=hrasva=ādeśe

When (the t.t.) hrasvá (1.2.27) is used to denote a short vowel (hrasvá 1.2.28) of vowel phonemes (designated by the siglum) eC (= e, o, ai, au) (and the substitute is not specified) it is one of the vowel phonemes denoted by the siglum iK (= i, u).

1. Though the siglum iK contains the additional vowels r̥ and l̥, they are not required for the statement of this rule; a new siglum iṆ¹ would have been more appropriate, but would have caused confusion, since with one exception (1.1.69) aṆ represents aṆ¹ while iṆ and other sigla ending in marker Ṇ operate with Ṇ².

2. A bahuvrīhí compound is an attributive word capable of taking all three genders; thus áti+rai `which has surpassed riches', when taking the neuter gender, by 1.2.47 replaces the final long vowel ai by i yielding the form áti-ri-. Similarly by 1.2.48 in the bahuvrīhí compound citrá+go the final °-o is replaced by u, yielding the form citrá-gu- `possessor of brindled cows'.

$1.1.49 ṣaṣṭhī sthāné-yogā

The sixth (ṣaṣṭhī) sUP triplet is used to indicate that the expression after which it is introduced is the substituendum (sthāné-yogā).

This is a metalinguistic rule governing the use of the genitive case in the corpus of Aṣṭ. This corpus makes use of three building blocks: the nominal stem (prātipadika 1.2.45), the verbal stem (dhātu 1.3.1; 3.1.32) and a set of affixes (praty-ayá 3.1.1-5.4.160) and a body of replacement rules which are context-sensitive. The genitive or sixth case, in its metalinguistic use, stands for the substituendum on which the rule operates. Thus in the rule [áster bhūḥ 2.4.52] bhū- replaces as- before ārdhadhātuka affixes. On the other hand in 6.4.89 [ūT=upadhāyā góhaḥ], though there are two genitives, the substituendum is the [upadhā] which is qualified by [góhaḥ,] and the governing expression [áṅgasya 6.4.1] which recurs there gives the full expression as [góhaḥ=áṅgasya=upadhāyāḥ] makes it clear that the last genitive alone is the substituendum.

$1.1.50 sthāne=ántara-tamaḥ

(Where a choice has to be made) among possible replacements (sthāne) that one is chosen which is most proximate (ántara-tama) to the substituend.

6.1.87 [āt=guṇáḥ] states that guṇá is the single substitute for the phoneme class [a] and the following vowel [aCi 6.1.71]. By 1.1.2 the t.t. guṇá denotes the vowel phoneme-classes [a, e, o]; in the compound expression deva+indra-, °-a+i-° is to be replaced by one of these three members; the choice by this rule falls on e which is palato-velar and therefore most proximate to both a and i, but not on a which is velar or on o which is labio-velar. description

$1.1.51 ur aṆ¹ rÃ-paraḥ

(A vowel represented by the siglum) aṆ¹ (= a, i, u) [substituted in the place of 50] of vowel r̥ (and l̥) is automatically followed by the phoneme r (and l respectively 1.3.10).

1. 7.1.100 [r̄Ta iT=dhātoḥ] provides for the replacement of vowel r̄ of a verbal stem by short i(T): kr̄+Śá+tiP = kir-á-ti `scatters'.

2. hŕ+ŚaP+tiP where r̥ is replaced by guṇá by 7.3.84 [sārva-dhātuka=ārdhadhātukayoḥ (guṇáḥ 82)], and since there is now a choice to be made from the three members of this class (1.1.2), by 50 above the closest is a which is of the same duration as that of the substituend and differs from it only in one feature of articulation, while e, o differ from it in two features, and so we realize the expected form hár-a-ti `removes'. Similarly 7.2.114 [mr̥je̱r vŕd-dhiḥ] provides for a vŕddhi (= ā, ai, au by 1 above) replacement of the vowel (3 above) of the verbal stem mr̥j- `wipe, clean' before sārvadhātuka affixes: mŕj+0̸¹+tiP = mārj+tiP since ā like a above is the obvious choice for the reasons stated there, and we realize the expected form mārṣ-ṭi (8.2.36; 4.41).

3. The siglum rÃ, as indicated earlier, denotes the two lateral semi-vowels r and l; consequently the guṇá substitute for l̥ is al, and the vŕddhi substitute is āl: kĺp+ŚaP+te = kálp-a-te `is able'. description

$1.1.52 aLaḥ=ántyasya

(A substitute replaces) the final (ántyasya) phoneme (of the substituend).

7.2.102 [tyádādīnām aḥ] provides for the replacement of the sub-class of pronominals whose first member is tyád- `that' before vibhákti (7.2.84 = sUP triplets); tyád+sU = tyáa+sU = tyá+sU (6.1.97) = syá+s (7.2.106). description

$1.1.53 Ṅ-ITca

[A polyphonic 55] substitute marked with Ṅ as IT [replaces the final phoneme of the substituend 52].

1. Sūtra 55 below is an exception to 52 above and provides for the replacement of the whole substituend instead of its final phoneme; the present rule is a prior exception to that exception, so that by a reversal of the normal process of recurrence (anuvŕtti) the expression polyphonous (áneka-aL) is anticipated here.

2. Substitutes with marker Ṅ are: ana̱Ṅ, aya̱Ṅ, ava̱Ṅ, asu̱Ṅ, ānaṄ, ina̱Ṅ, iya̱Ṅ, uva̱Ṅ, niṄ, nyaṄ, riṄ, rīṄ, ṢyaṄ.

$1.1.54 ādéḥ párasya

(When a substitute replaces a following substituend) it replaces its (párasya) initial phoneme (ādéḥ).

7.2.83 [īT āsaḥ (ānásya 82)] provides for the replacement of °-āná-, the marker of the present participle middle by ī(T) when it is introduced after the verbal stem ās- `sit': ās+0̸¹+āná- = ās+īná- `sitting'. description

$1.1.55 áneka=aL ŚIT sárvasya

A polyphonic (áneka=aL) substitute or (a monophonic one) with marker Ś as IT replaces the whole of the substituend.

1. Substitutes which are not polyphonic but replace the whole of the substituend have to be monophonic which, contra 52 above do not replace the final phoneme when marked with Ś as IT. This is, therefore, an exception to 52 above. Such substitutes are aŚ, iŚ, īŚ, eŚ, Śi, Śī, Śe.

2. 2.4.53 [bruvo vaci̱ḥ] provides for the replacement of brū `speak' by vac- before ārdhadhātuka affixes, and being polyphonic, replaces the whole substituend: brū+tŕ = vac+tŕ- = vak-tŕ- (8.2.30). description

$1.1.56 sthānivád ādeśáḥ=án-aL-vidhau

A replacement (ādeśá = X) for a substituend (sthānín- = Y) is treated like the substituend (sthānivát) except (án-°) with regard to an operation (vidhí) which would thereby apply and would be at the same time dependent on the original phoneme (aL).

1. pra+kr̥+Ktvā = pra+kr̥+LyaP (7.1.37) and LyaP is therefore treated as a kŕt affix like Ktvā and by 6.1.71 [hrasvaśya PITi kr̥ti tu̱K] is treated as though it were also marked by K as IT, conditioning thereby a final increment tu̱K: pra-kŕt-ya- `having started to do or perform'.

2. 7.1.84 [diva auT] provides a substitute auT for the final phoneme of nominal stem div- `heaven, sky' before the sUP triplet sU (nom. sing.):dív+sU = di-au+sU = dyaú+s (6.1.77), but affix s is not replaced by 0̸ (6.1.68) as applicable to the original stem [dív] ending in a consonant.

$1.1.57 aCaḥ párasmin pūrva-vidhaú

A vowel (aCaḥ) [replacement 56] conditioned by the following (párasmin) element is treated like the original (sthānivát 56) vowel with respect to an operation on what precedes it (pūrva-vidhaú).

1. This is an exception to the exception contained in the preceding rule.

2. From the phrase paṭúm ācsṣṭe a denominative is generated by introducing the affix ṆíC (3.1.25) after the nominal stem: paṭu+ṆíC and by a vārttika on 6.4.155 [ṬEḥ] the syllable beginning with the final vowel is replaced by 0̸¹ before ṆíC: paṭ0̸¹+ṆíC; by 7.2.116 [aTa upadhāyāḥ] the penultimate a should be replaced by a vr̥ddhi substitute (ā) before an affix with marker Ṇ, but in this case 0̸¹ replacement prevents that vowel from being considered as penultimate.

3. In the case of ā+gam+Ktvā, Ktvā is replaced by LyaP (7.1.37): ā+gam+LyaP, and by 6.4.38 the verbal stem gam- has its final nasal replaced by 0̸: ā+ga0̸+LyaP; since the substitute LyaP for Ktvā is treated as Ktvā it is deemed as a kŕt affix and by 6.1.71 the verbal stem gets an increment tu̱K since it ends now in short a, 0̸ replacement of the final nasal does not prevent this operation by 56 above.

$1.1.58 ná ¹pada=antá-²dvir-vácana-³varé-⁴ya-lopá-⁵svára-⁶sávarṇa=⁷anusvārá-⁸dīrghá-⁹jaS=¹⁰caR-vidhíṣu

[The replacement 56 of a vowel 57] is not [ná] treated [like the substituend 56] with respect to operations (vidhíṣu) pertaining to (1) a pada-final, (2) gemination, (3) 0̸ replacement before affix vará[C 3.2.175], (4) 0̸ replacement of (preceding) ya, (5) accent of what precedes, (6) homogeneous phonemes, (7) anusvāra replacement (of what precedes it), (8) long vowel replacement (of what precedes it), (9) replacement by voiced unaspirated stops (of what precedes it), and (10) replacement by unvoiced unaspirated stops (of what precedes it).

(1) In the expression tāni sánti `they exist', sánti derives its surface form from the underlying structure as+0̸²+jhi = *as-anti (7.1.3) where the stem initial is replaced by 0̸ (6.4.111): tāni+0̸s-anti; 0̸ is not treated like a and consequently no euphonic combination (sáṁ- hitā) takes place (6.1.77), as might be expected from the preceding rule.

(2) In the expression dádhi+átra i of dádhi is replaced by y (6.1.77): dádhy+átra; by 8.4.47 [an-aCi ca] a consonant other than h is optionally geminated after a vowel and before a non-vowel; but since the substitute y is not treated like the substituend vowel, the option will not prevail.

(3) In the expression yā+yáṄ+varáC = yā-yā+yaṄ+varáC (6.1.9) a of yaṄ is replaced by 0̸ before affix varáC (6.4.48): yā-yā+y0̸+vará, and the 0̸-replacement is not treated like the substituend with respect to replacement of y before vará- (6.1.66): yāyā+0̸+vará- = yāyā-vará- `constantly moving'.

(4) From the denominative kaṇḍūyá- `scratch' with affix KtiN we get: káṇḍūya+ti : káṇḍūy0̸+ti (6.4.48) = káṇḍū0̸0̸+ti (6.1.66) since 0̸-replacement of a is not treated like the substituend.

(5) kr̥+saN+ṆvuL = ci-kir-sa+ṆvuL = cikīr-ṣa+aka- (7.1.1) = cikīr-ṣ0̸+aka- (6.4.48) = cikīr-ṣ-aka- `desirous of doing'. Since marker L of ṆvuL provides for the udātta accent to be placed on the preceding vowel we realize the correct form cikīr-ṣ-aka despite the intervention of the substituend 0̸ which is not treated like the original substituend.

(6) From the verbal stem piṣ- (VII 15) `crush, pound' we derive the Imperative 2nd pers. sing. as follows: piṣ+ŚnáM+hi (3.1.78; 4.87) = pi-ná-ṣ+hi = pi-n0̸-ṣ (6.4.111) +dhi (6.4.101) = pi-n-ṣ+dhi = pi-ṁ-ṣ+dhi (8.3.24) =pi-ṁ-ṣ+ḍhi (8.4.42) = pi-ṁ-ḍ-ḍhi (8.4.53) = pi-ṇ-ḍ-ḍhi (8.4.58) = pi-ṇ-ḍhi (8.4.65) where 0̸-replacement of a of na is not treated like the substituendum.

(7) In the step pi-n0̸+ṣ+dhi = pi-ṁ-s+dhi above, 0̸ is not treated like the substituend when replacing the non-pada-final dental nasal by the anusvāra (8.3.24).

(8) The Instrumental sing. of prati-dívan- `gambling opponent' is generated as follows: prati-dívan+Ṭā = prati-dív0̸n+ā (6.4.134) = prati-dīvn-ā (8.2.77) since in the verbal stem div-, i is the penultimate and a is not treated like the substituend a before n.

(9) The Imperative third pers. dual of bhas- `chew' (111 18) is derived as follows: bhas+tām (3.4.90) = bhas+Ślu+tām (2.4.75) = ba-bhas-tām (6.1.10; 7.4.59; 8.4.54) = ba-bh0̸s+tām (6.4.100) = ba-bh0̸0̸+tām (8.2.26) = babh-dhām (8.2.40) = bab-dhām (8.4.53) where 0̸-replacement is not treated like its substituend.

(10) The third per. plur. Perfect of ghas- `eat' (I 747) is generated as follows: ghas+lIṬ = ghas+ús (3.4.82) = ja-ghas+ús (6.1.8; 7.4.62; 8.4.54) = ja-gh0̸s+ús (6.4.98), jaghs-ús (8.3.60) = jakṣ-ús (8.4.55) where 0̸-replacement is not treated like the substituend.

$1.1.59 dvir-vácane=aCi

Before (an affix with) an initial vowel (aCi) (which conditions a reduplication of the verbal stem) [the replacement 56] of a vowel is treated like the original substituend (sthānivát 56) only with respect to that reduplication (dvir-vácane).

This rule has a five-fold application with respect to (1) 0̸ replacement of ā, (2) 0̸ replacement of the penultimate, (3) 0̸ replacement of ṆiC, (4) 0̸ replacement of semi-vowels and (5) replacement by ay, av, āy, āv.

(1) Perfect 3rd pers. dual of verbal stem pā- `drink' (I 972) is derived as follows: pā+átus (3.4.82) = p0̸+átus (6.4.64) and by 6.1.8 the verbal stem undergoes reduplication before lIT substitutes, but this rule applies to stems containing a single vowel, and here we have only a single consonant p0̸; but since 0̸ is treated like the substituend ā the form generated is pa-p0̸-átus = pa-p-átus `they two have drunk'.

(2) Perfect 3rd dual of han `kill' is similarly derived, for the reasons already stated under (1) as follows: han+átus = h0̸n+atus (6.4.98) = ha-h0̸n+átus = ja-h0̸n+átus (7.4.62) = ja-ghn-átus (7.3.55).

(3) Aorist 3rd pers. sing. of the causative stem of aṭ- `wander' is derived thus: aṭ+ṆíC+Cli̱ (3.1.44) = aṭ+ṆíC+CáṄ (3.1.48) = āṭ+ṆiC+CaṄ (7.2.116) = āṭ+i+CaṄ = āṭi-ṭi+a+t (3.4.100; 6.1.2,11) = ā-ṭi-ṭ0̸+a-t (6.4.51) where 0̸ is treated like the substituend ṆíC in deriving the reduplicated theme [ā-ṭi-ṭ] by 6.1.2.

(4) Perfect 3rd pers. of kr̥- `to make, perform': kr̥+átus = kr̥-átus = kr̥-kr-átus (6.1.8) = cr̥-kr-átus (7.4.62) = ca-kr-átus (7.4.66) where the semi-vowel replacement of the sonant vowel (6.1.77) is treated like the substituend.

(5) Perfect lst pers. sing. of nī- `to lead': nī+ṆaL (3.4.82) = nái+a (7.2.115) = nāy+a (6.1.78) = ni-nāy-a (6.1.8) = ni-nāy-a (7.4.59) where the āy replacement is treated like the substituend for the purpose of reduplication.

$1.1.60 á-darśanaṁ lópaḥ

(The t.t.) lopa (= 0̸) denotes the disappearance, invisibility, elision (a-darśanam) [= zero replacement] (of an item).

As a t.t. occurs in 1.1.4,58; 3.9; 3.1.11-2; 4.32, 97-8; 4.1.133; 3.22,133; 5.1.125; 3.82; 4.1,51,138, 146ff.

"Disappearance" implies prior appearance of some unit and thus construed gives the notion of zero (=0̸) replacement.

$1.1.61 pratyayásya ¹luK-²Ślu-³luPaḥ

(The t.tt.) luK (0̸¹), Ślu (0̸²) and luP (0̸³) denote [elision or disappearance (adarśana 60) = zero replacement] of an affix (pratyayá).

As a t.t. luK occurs in 1.2.49; 2.4.58; 4.1.88,90,109,175-78. Ślu occurs in 2.4.75; 6.1.10; 7.4.75. luP occurs in 1.2.51; 4.2.4ff.,81; 3.166-68; 5.2.105.

$1.1.62 pratyaya-lopé pratyaya-lakṣaṇám

When an affix is replaced (pratyaya-lopé) [by 0̸] operations conditioned by it still operate (pratyaya-kalṣaṇám) (as if the affix were still present).

1. The repetition of the word pratyayá- in this rule, when it was already recurring from the preceding one is for the purpose of emphasizing the fact that only when the whole affix is replaced by zero the operation conditioned by it takes place.

2. The present participle of gam- `go' [I 1031] : gam+ŚátR̥ (3.2.124) = gám+ŚaP+ŚatR̥ (3.1.68) = gách+a-atR̥ (7.3.77) = gácch-a-atR̥ (6.1.73); before strong affixes (sUṬ of SUP triplets) the infixed increment nu̱M is inserted after its last vowel: gácch-a-at+sU = gácch-a-t+sU (6.1.97) = gácch-a-n-t+sU (7.1.70); since this affix occurs as the final member of a conjunct as pada- final (1.4.14) it is replaced by → 0̸ (8.2.23) leaving a pada ending in °-t : gácch-a-n-t and by recurring application of 8.2.23 conjunct pada-final t is now replaced by → 0̸ : gácch-a-n; → 0̸ replacement of the affix still conditions the padá status of gácch-a-n. Similarly in the nom. plur. form of saptán+Jas = saptán+0̸¹ (7.1.22); the status of being a padá (1.4.14) of saptán+Jas still holds good for saptán+0̸¹ = saptá0̸0̸¹ (8.2.7) = saptá `7'.

3. Optative 1st pers. sing. of ā+han- is derived as follows: ā+han+sīyu̱Ṭ (3.4.102) +iṬ (3.4.78) = ā-han+sīyu̱Ṭ+aT (3.4.106) = ā-han+0̸īy-a (7.2.79) = ā-h0̸n (6.4.98)+0̸īy+a = ā-ghn-īy-a (7.3.54); since only a part of the initial increment sīyu̱Ṭ is replaced by 0̸, the replacement of the dental nasal of the verbal stem conditioned by 6.4.37 does not take place.

$1.1.63 ná lumatā=áṅgasya

[When a zero replacement of an affix is conditioned by the use of 62] (the t.t.) lu (= luK, Ślu or luP 61) [operations pertaining to 62] a pre-affixal stem (áṅgasya [1.4.13]) do not take place.

A gotra descendant of garga- is garga+yaÑ (4.1.105) = gārg-ya- (6.4.48; 7.2.117); the nominative plural of this in deep structure is: garga+yaÑ+Jas; 2.4.64 conditions the replacement of affix yaÑ by luK: garga+0̸¹+Jas; since this is a replacement by a t.t. containing lu(K) the operation conditioned by yaÑ (replacing the first syllabic of the nominal stem by vŕddhi 7.2.117) does not take place: gargāḥ (8.2.15). description

$1.1.64 aCaḥ=ántya=ādi ṬI

(The t.t.) ṬI denotes that part of an element which begins with the last vowel.

In other words this t.t. denotes the syllable which begins with the last vowel of a given unit. As a t.t. occurs in 3.4.79; 5.3.71; 6.3.92; 4.143-45,155; 7.1.88; 8.2.82-84,89-90.

From the verbal stem édhA vŕddhau (I 2) `increase, grow' we arrive at the 3rd pers. sing. Present Indicative (lAṬ) as follows: édh+lAṬ = édh+ŚaP+ta = édh-a+te (3.4.79) which conditions the replacement of ṬI by e; in this case a of ta fulfills the definition, but in the dual form: édh-a+ātām ām is the ṬI which is so replaced: édh-a+āte = édh-a+iyte (7.2.81) = édh-e-te (6.1.66,87). description

$1.1.65 aLaḥ=ántyāt pūrva upadhā

(The t.t.) upadhā `penultimate' denotes the phoneme (aL) preceding (pūrva) the last one (ántya) (of an expression).

1. As a t.t. occurs in 6.3.47; 4.7,20,24,47,89,149; 7.1.101; 2.116; 4.1-8; 8.2.9,76-79.

2. 3rd pers. sing. lAṬ of vídÁ jñāne (II 55) `know': víd+0̸¹+tiP (2.4.72) = véd+tiP (7.3.86) where the light penultimate (laghú=upandha) of víd- is replaced by guṇá. description

$1.1.66 tásmin=iti nírdiṣṭe pūrvasya

A form stated in the locative case (ending in the seventh sUP triplet) denotes an element the unit preceding which (pūrvasya) is subject to the grammatical operation introduced by that statement.

1. This is a metalinguistic rule (páribhāṣā) and denotes the right context before which the operation takes place.

2. While by metarules the three cases: ablative, genitive and locative have the specified technical application in the formulation of the sūtras, other normal uses also occur when these do not denote a phonological context. Several types of the locative case are noted by the Pāṇinīyas: (a) locative of domain (viṣaya-saptamī) : (chándasi 1.2.62; 4.81 etc.; bhāṣāyām 3.2.108 etc.) (b) locative of cause (nimitta-saptamī) which serves as a condition for an operation but need not occur directly after the unit operated on (= operand) as in the case of 1.1.5 as applied to the 3rd pers. plur. of the Present Indicative of víd- : vid+0̸¹+jhi = vid-ánti (7.1.3) where ánti is deemed to be marked with Ṅ as IT (1.2.4) but the operand i is separated from it. In contrast to this the locative indicated in the present rule is designated para-saptamī `an immediately following context'. (c) locative of being or locative absolute (sati saptamī or *sat-saptamī) such as [ārdhadhātuke 6.4.46ff.] (d) a locative is also used to denote meanings: [rādho hiṁsāyām 6.4.123]. (e) lastly it is also used to denote the subordinate member of a compound (úpapada) 3.1.92.

$1.1.67 tásmād ity úttarasya

A form stated in the ablative case (tásmāt) denotes an element, the unit following (párasya) which (is subject to the grammatical operation introduced by the rule).

1. This indicates the left context after which the operation indicated obtains.

2. In affix-governing rules ablatives such as (prātipadikāt 4.1.1) or [dhātoḥ 3.1.91] are not interpreted by this context. However, there are instances where the genitive is used when the ablative is expected and Pāṇinīyas usually interpret this as [pañcamy-arthé ṣaṣṭhī] `the sixth sUP triplets used for the fifth'. The reason for such divergence in most cases appears for the sake of brevity.

$1.1.68 sváṁ rūpáṁ śábdasya=á-śabda-saṁjñā

An expression denotes itself (svám rūpám) unless it is the name of a linguistic technical term (śabda-saṁjñā).

Thus the rule [agnér ḍháK 4.2.33] applies only to the expression agní- and not to its synonyms like pāvaka-, váhni-, jválana- etc. [sváṁ rūpám] `its own form' is, however, in a few cases overlooked, where the expressions indicate general classes like the technical terms themselves or common nouns like the expressions 2.4.11 vŕkṣá- `tree', mr̥gá- `deer', tŕṇa- `grass', or svá- (3.4.40) which includes all types of wealth or property and pakṣín- `bird', mr̥gá- `deer', mátsya- `fish' denoting genus or species which include all individual specimens.

$1.1.69 aṆ² uT=it sávarṇasya ca=á-pratyayaḥ

(A phoneme) denoted by the siglum aṆ² (= a, i, u, r̥, l̥, e, o, ai, au, h, y, v, r, l) or one having the marker U as IT denotes (not only itself [sváṁ rūpaṁ 68] but also) all phonemes homogeneous with it (sávarṇasya), unless it is an affix (pratyayáḥ).

In the expression [āt=guṇaḥ (aCi 6.1.77 ékaḥ pūrva-paráyoḥ 6.1.84) 6.1.87] the ablative [āt] of phoneme [a] stands for all sub-members or allophones of the a-class [3 lengths, 3 accents and ±nasality]; similarly in the rule [cOḥ kUḥ (padásya 8.1.6) 8.2.30] cU represents all palatal stops and kU all velar stops.

$1.1.70 Ta-paras tát-kālasya

A (vowel) phoneme followed or preceded by marker T denotes homogeneous phonemes of its time duration (tát-kalasya).

Patañjali interprets the expression [ta-para-ḥ] as Taḥ páro yásmāt = Táparaḥ / tād api páraḥ = Ta-paráḥ. [Ta-para] thus lends itself to be interpreted as `followed by or following T'. Thus in (aT=eṄ guṇáḥ 1.1.2) T follows [a] but precedes eṄ (= e,o). Consequently [a] stands for the a-class of one mora duration while [e,o] represent homogeous phonemes of two mora duration. This is important, for the single replacement of [ā+ī] would still be [e], the two coalescing vowels being of two mora duration each, but their replacement by this rule is, not of four mora duration, but only two. In 3.2.171 [āṯ=r̥=gama̱-hanÁ-jánaḥ ¹Kí-²Kinau lIṬ ca], in the expression [āḏ-r̥-°] the phoneme d is not a replacement of this T as might be thought of at first sight, but either the phoneme ḏ or ṯ used for ease of pronunciation, since verbal stems ending in the phoneme class [r̥] are subject to the operation stated in that rule.

$1.1.71 ādír ántyena sahá=ITā

The initial item which is to be denoted (ādíḥ), together with (sahá) the final (ántyena) IT marker (ITā) of the last item (ántya) to be denoted (constitutes a siglum) [denoting itself 68] (and the intervening items).

1. The notion of the intervening items arises from the definition of the words [ādí] `that which has no prior item' and [ántya] `that which has no succeeding item'.

2. Through the operation of this rule P. employs 41 sigla (pratyāhārá) [or 42 according to the Pāṇinīyas who include rà as one based on the ŚS]. The 21 basic nominal endings (4.1.2) are represented by the siglum sUP, the first five of them, constituting the strong case endings by sUṬ; similarly the basic personal endings of the verbal system (3.4.78) by the siglum tiṄ and the special nine belonging to the middle voice (ātmanepadá) by taṄ.

$1.1.72 yéna vidhís tad-antásya

When an operation (vidhí) is stated by means of a unit X (= a phoneme or group of phonemes) which is part of a larger unit which it qualifies, that X denotes the element ending in it (tad-antásya) [as well as itself (svásya rūpásya) 68].

By the rule [er aC 3.3.56] affix aC is introduced after all verbal stems ending in[°-i] as well as the verbal stems iK-, iṆ-, iṄ.

$1.1.73 vŕd-dhi-r yásya=aCām ādís tád vr̥d-dhám

(The t.t.) vr̥d-dhá denotes (all such) expressions whose first vowel (aCām ādíḥ) is a member comprised by (the t.t.) vŕ-dhi (1.1.1 = ā, ai, au).

1. As a t.t. occurs in 4.1.113,148,157,160,171; 2.114-18, 120-25,141-2; 3.144; 6.2.87.

2. By 4.2.114 [vr̥d-dhāt=chaḥ] a secondary nominal stem derived from vr̥ddhá expressions by introducing the affix cha generates forms as follows: śālā+cha- = śālā+īya- (7.1.2) = śāl0̸+īya- (6.4.64) = śāl-īya- `belonging to the hall'. description

$1.1.74 tyád-ādīni ca

[(The t.t.) vr̥d-dhá] also (ca) denotes the class of (pronominals) whose first member is tyád- `that'.

1. Members of this sub-class of sarvanāmáns (pronominals) are: tyád-, tád- `that', etád- `this, adás `that', idám- `this', éka- `one', dví- `two', yuṣmád- `you', asmád- `we', bhávatU `your honor', kím- `which, what, who'.

2. Afflx cha is introduced after these members although they do not meet the conditions of 73 above: tyad-īya-, tad-īya-, tvad-īya-, mad-īya-, yuṣmad-īya-, asmad-īya-, bhavad-īya- etc. description

$1.1.75 eṄ prācām deśé

[(The t.t.) vr̥d-dhá 73] denotes (all such) expressions [whose first vowel 73] is a member comprised by the siglum eṄ (= e,o) when they signify a place of habitation (deśé) of easterners (prācām).

gonarda- `an eastern city' +cha- = gonarda+īya- = gonard0̸+īya- (6.4.148) = gonard-īya- `a resident of the Gonarda city (one of the names of Patañjali, author of Mahābhāṣya). On the other hand kroḍa+áṆ [4.3.25 tátra jātáḥ, 53 tátra bhávaḥ] = krauḍá- `born or residing in Kroḍa, a northern city'.

$1.2.1 gāṄ-kuṭādibhyaḥ=á-Ñ-Ṇ-IT=Ṅ-IT

[Afixes] which are not marked with Ñ or Ṇ as IT function like those marked with Ṅ as IT when introduced after the verbal stems: gāṄ replacement of the verbal stem iṄ (2.4.49-50) `study', and the group of verbal stems whose first member is kuṭ- `be curved' (= Dhp. VI 73-108).

1. There are two verbal stems gāṄ, one a replacement for the verbal stem [iṄ adhyáyane 11 37] and the other gāṄ gátau (I 998), but the present rule covers only the former. The Aorist marker si̱C (3.1.44), not being marked with Ñ or Ṇ as IT functions as though it were marked with Ṅ; thus the 3rd pers. sing. of this verbal stem has the deep structure: adhi+á+gā+si̱C+ta; by 6.4.66 the stem-final vowel is replaced by ī before the Aorist marker since it is functioning like a ṄIT : adhi-á-gī-s+ta = adhy-á-gī-ṣ-ṭa (8.3.59; 4.41).

2. Similarly kúṭ+tumu̱N = kúṭ+iṬ-tumu̱N (7.2.35) = kúṭ-itum, since this affix functions like a Ṅ-IT. But út-kuṭ+ṆiC+ŚaP = út-koṭ-ay-a- (7.3.84,86); kuṭ+GHaÑ = kóṭ-a- (7.3.86).

$1.2.2 vija iṬ

(All affixes with the initial increment 1.1.46) iṬ introduced after the verbal stem vij- [O-vij-Ī bhayá-cálanayoḥ VI 7, VII 23] `fear, move' [function like those marked with Ṅ as IT 1].

ud+vij+tŕ- = ud-vij+iṬ-tŕ = ud-vij-itŕ-; likewise ud-vij-itumu̱N, ud-vij-itávya-, but ud-vij+ṆvuL = ud-véj-aka- (7.1.1; 3.86) and similarly ud-vej-anīyaR-, ud-véj-ana- etc.

$1.2.3 vibhāṣā=ūrṇoḥ

[All affixes beginning with the initial increment iṬ 2] optionally (vibhāṣā) function [like those marked with Ṅ 1] when introduced after the verbal stem ūrṇu(Ñ) `cover' [II 30].

pra+urṇu+iṬ-tŕ- = prorṇuv-itŕ- (6.4.77; 1.87)/prorṇav-itŕ- (7.3.84; 6.1.78), the first form without guṇá replacement but the second with guṇá replacement. But prorṇú+ana- = prorṇáv-ana- `covering, enclosure'. description

$1.2.4 sārvadhātukam a-P-IT

Sārvadhātuka [= tiṄ, Ś-IT 3.4.113 = Present System] affixes not marked with P as IT [function like those marked with Ṅ as IT 1].

1. vid+tiP = víd+0̸¹+tiP = véd+ti (7.3.86) = vét-ti (8.4.55); but vid+tás = vit-tás, vid+jhi = vid-ánti (7.1.3).

2. vid+ŚátR̥- = vid+átR̥- `knowing'.

$1.2.5 a-saṁyogāt=lIṬ K-IT

Substitute endings of lIṬ (the Perfect Tense 3.4.81-82) [not marked with P as IT 4] function like those marked with K as IT (when they are introduced after a verbal stem) which does not end (1.1.72) in a conjunct consonant (a-saṁyogāt).

1. Before K-IT- affixes guṇá replacements are blocked (1.1.5) and samprasāraṇa (= vocalization) replacement in certain verbal stems is conditioned (6.1.15 ff) and 0̸-replacement of penultimate nasals of certain verbal stems takes place (6.4.24). While blocking of guṇá and vocalization replacements are common to affixes marked with Ṅ as IT also, 6.1.15 is restricted to those with K as IT only.

2. vac+ús = uc+ús (6.1.15) = vac-uc-ús (6.1.8) = va-uc-ús (7.4.60) = u-uc-ús (6.1.17, 108) = ūc-ús (6.1.101); yaj+átus = iaj+átus = yaj-ij+átus (6.1.108) = ya-ij+átus (7.4.60) = ia-ij=átus (6.1.17) = i+ij+átus (6.1.108) = īj-átus (6.1.101). But affix [thaL] replacement of [siP 3.4.82] is a P=iT by metarule 1.1.56 and hence not a K-IT by this rule: kŕ+thaL = kr̥-kŕ+thaL (6.1.8) = ca-kŕ+thaL (7.4.62,66) = ca-kár-tha (7.3.84); verbal stems ending in a consonant cluster: dhvans-+éŚ (3.4.81) = da=dhvans+é (7.4.60; 8.4.54); [éŚ] is not K=IT by this rule because the stem ends in a consonant cluster, blocking out the operation of 6.4.24 which conditions 0̸-replacement of the penultimate nasal. Normally since 1-substitutes of lIṬ constitute the ārdhadhātuka class of affixes 4 above does not apply to them, but by the present rule they are deemed to be K-IT when introduced after verbal stems not ending in a conjunct.

$1.2.6 ¹índhi̱-²bhavatibhyāṁ ca

[Substitute endings of lIṬ 5] introduced after the verbal stems índh- `kindle' (Vll 11) and bhū- `become' (I 1) also (ca) function [like those with marker K as IT 5].

1. The verbal stem índh- is included here because it is an exception to 5 above, having a consonant nexus at the end; bhū- is included so as to extend the domain of 5 to include even those affixes which are marked by P as IT.

2. indh+éŚ (3.4.81) = i0̸dh+éŚ (6.4.24) = idh-idh-é (6.1.8) = i0̸0̸idh-é (7.4.60) = ī-dh-é (6.1.101).

3. bhū+ṆaL = ba-bhūv-a (7.4.73; 8.4.54).

4. This rule has been contradicted by Kātyāyaná and Patañjali for the following reasons: in the case of [índh-], in the spoken language it comes under the operation of 3.1.36, while in Vedic by 3.4.117 l-substitutes of lIṬ are optionally sārvadhātuka, in consequence of which by 4 above all taṄ substitutes are Ṅ-IT, which results in the form ī-dhe, while in the case of [bhū-] a final increment (vu̱K) is introduced by 6.4.88 before l-substitutes of lUṄ and lIṬ which makes the present rule unnecessary.

$1.2.7 ¹mr̥ḍÁ-²mr̥dÁ-³gudhÁ-⁴kuṣÁ-⁵kliśA-⁶vadÁ-⁷vasaḥ Krvā

The affix Ktvā (1.1.40) [in spite of being augmented with initial increment iṬ (18 below) functions like a K-IT] when introduced after the verbal stems mr̥ḍ- `be gracious' (Vl 38, lX 44), mr̥d- `crush' (lX 43), gudh- `be angry' (lV 13, lX 45), kuṣ- `tear out' (lX 46), kliś- `torment' (lX 50), vad- `say, utter' (I 1058), and vas- `dwell' (I 1054).

1. This is a prior exception to 18 below where it is stated that Ktvā with initial increment iṬ does not function like a K-IT.

2. Because iṬ-Ktvā functions like a K-IT with respect to the verbal stems listed here we get the following surface forms: mr̥ḍ-itvā, mr̥d-itvā, gudh-itvā kuṣ-itvā, kliś-itvā, ud-itvā, uṣ-itvā. description

$1.2.8 ¹rúda̱-²vídÁ-³múṣÁ-⁴gráhi̱-⁵svapi̱-⁶pracchaḥ saN=ca

[The affix Ktvā 7] and the affix saN, introduced after the verbal stems rúd- `cry' (II 58), víd- `know' (II 51), múṣ- `steal' (IX 58), gráh- `grasp, seize' (lX 61), svap- `sleep, lie down' (II 59) and prach- `ask' (Vl 120) [function like K-IT affixes 5].

1. rud-i-tvā, vid-i-tvā, muṣ-i-tvā, grah-ī-tvā (7.2.37), sup-tvā, pr̥ṣ-tvā(8.2.36; 4.41).

2. rud+saN+ŚaP+tiP = rú-rud+iṬ-sa+a+ti (6.1.9; 7.2.35; 4.60) = rú-rud-i-ṣa-ti (6.1.97); similarly ví-vid-i-ṣa-ti, mú-muṣ-i-ṣa-ti, jí-ghr̥k-ṣa-ti (7.4.66,79; 8.2.31,37,41), sú-sup-ṣa-ti (6.1.15), pí-pr̥cch-i-ṣa-ti (6.1.16).

3. Optional application taught in 26 below is blocked by this rule as a prior exception in the case of the verbal stems [rúd-, vid-, mús-].

$1.2.9 iKo jhaL

[The affix saN 8] (with initial 1.1.54) non-nasal stops and fricatives (jha̱L) introduced after a verbal stem (ending in 1.1.72) in a vowel comprised by the siglum iK (= i, u, r̥, l̥) [functions like a K-IT affix 5].

From the verbal stem ci- `gather', we get the underlying deep structure of the desiderative base as ci+saN (3.1.7) and since guṇá replacement of the stem vowel (7.3.84) is blocked out by the present rule, 6.4.l6 [aC=hanÁ-gamām saNi] conditions its replacement by the corresponding long vowel: cī+saN = cī-cī-saN (6.1.9) = cí-cī+saN (7.4.59) = cí-cī-ṣa- (8.3.59); similarly from su- `press, extract': su+saN = sú-sū-ṣa-; kr̥+saN = kr̄+saN = kr̄-kr̄+saN = kár-kr̄+saN (7.4.66) = ká0̸=kr̄+saN (7.4.60) = kí-kir+saN (7.4.79; 1.100) = kí-kīr-sa- (8.2.77) = cí-kīr-ṣa- (8.3.59; 4.54).

The siglum jha̱L in the sūtra is really in the place of an-iṬ qualifying saN, for only the phoneme s of jha̱L is involved and saves one mora by over-inclusion of phonemes.

$1.2.10 ha̱L-antāt=ca

[The affix saN 8 with initial 1.1.54 jha̱L 9 functions like a K-IT 5] when introduced after verbal stems (ending in 1.1.72) ha̱L `consonants' [preceded by a vowel denoted by the siglum iK 9].

bhid+saN = bhíd-bhid+saN (6.1.9) = bhí0̸-bhid+saN (7.4.60) = bí-bhid-saN (8.4.54) = bí-bhit-sa- (8.4.58) with no guṇá replacement of the penultimate short vowel by 7.3.86.

$1.2.11 ¹lIṄ-²siCau=ātmanepadéṣu

The lIṄ replacement (sīyu̱Ṭ 3.4.102) and the lUṄ replacement (si̱C 3.1.44) [beginning with jha̱L 9, introduced after verbal stems (ending in 1.1.72) ha̱L 10, preceded by iK (= i, u, r̥, l̥,) 9 function like a K-IT 5] before ātmanepadá endings (= taṄ 1.4.100).

1. The Precative or Benedictive (āśīr-lIṄ) 3rd pers. sing. Ātm. of [bhid-] `split' (VII 2) is derived as follows: bhid+lIṄ = bhid+tá (3.4.78) = bhid+sīyu̱Ṭ+suṬ+tá (3.4.102, 107) = bhid+sī0̸-s-tá (6.1.66) = bhid-sī-ṣ-ṭá (8.3.59; 4.41) = bhit-sī-ṣ-tá (8.4.55). The short penultimate vowel of the verbal stem is not replaced by guṇá since marker K blocks out this operation of 7.3.86 by metarule 1.1.5.

2. Similarly the Aorist (lUṄ) 3rd pers. sing. is derived as follows: bhid+lUṄ = bhid+tá (3.4.78) = bhid+Cli̱+tá (3.1.43) = bhid+si̱C+tá (3.1.44) = bhid+0̸+tá (8.2.26) = bhit-ta (8.4.55) = áṬ+bhit-ta (6.4.71) = á-bhit-ta.

$1.2.12 us ca

[The lIṄ replacement sīyu̱Ṭ and lUṄ replacement si̱C 11 beginning with jha̱L 8] introduced after verbal stems (ending in 1.1.72) the vowel r̥ [function like a K-IT affix 5, when followed by āmanepadá endings (taṄ) 11].

1. Precative 3rd pers. sing. Atm. of kr̥- `do, make': kr̥+lIṄ = kr̥+tá = kr̥+sīyuṬ+suṬ+tá = kr̥-sī0̸-s-tá = kr̥-ṣī-ṣ-ṭá (8.3.57,59; 4.41).

2. Aorist 3rd pers. sing. Atm.: kr̥+lUṄ = kr̥+ta = kr̥+si̱C+ta = kr̥+0̸+ta (8.2.27) = áṬ+kr̥+ta = á-kr̥-ta.

3. In both 1. and 2. the stem-final vowel is not replaced by guṇá which is blocked by the K-marker.

$1.2.13 vā gamaḥ

[The lIṄ replacement sīyu̱Ṭ and the lUṄ replacement si̱C 11 with initial jha̱L 9] introduced after the verbal stem gam- `go' (I 1031) optionally (vā) [functions like a K-IT affix 5 before ātm. endings 11].

1. [gam-] which normally takes the Parasmaipadá endings has the Ātmanepadá endings when co-occurring after the preverb [sam-°] (1.3.29): sáṁ+gam+lIṄ = sáṁ-gam+ta = sáṁ+gam+sīyu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+ta = sáṁ-gam-sī0̸-s+ta; by this rule this marker optionally functions like a K-IT, whereby 6.4.37 pertaining to the zero replacement of stem-final nasal becomes optional also: sáṁ-gaṁ-sī-ṣ-ṭa/sáṁ-ga0̸-sī-ṣ-ṭa.

2. Similarly: sam+gam+lUṄ = sam-gam+ta = sam-gam+si̱C+ta = sam+áṬ+gam+si̱C+ta = sam-á-ga0̸-s-ta (6.4.37) = sam-á-ga-0̸-ta (8.2.27)/sam-á-gaṁ-s-ta. description

$1.2.14 hanaḥ si̱C

The (lUṄ substitute marker) si̱C introduced after the verbal stem han- `kill' (II 2) [functions like a K-IT affix 5 before ātmanepadá endings 11].

This verbal stem regularly takes Parasmaipadá endings and is replaced by [vadhá-] before lIṄ and lUṄ (2.4.42-3); when co-occurring with preverb ā-° it regularly takes Ātmanepadá endings and before these introduced after lIṄ and lUṄ [han-] is optionally replaced by [vadhá-] (2.4.44). When it has its own form we have: ā+han+si̱C+ta = ā+ha0̸+s+ta (6.4.37) = ā-ha-0̸-ta (8.2.27) = ā+áṬ+ha-ta = ā-ha-ta `has killed' or `has been killed' (passive).

$1.2.15 yamo gándhane

[The lUṄ substitute marker si̱C 14] introduced after the verbal stem yam- (I 1033) when it expresses the sense of `divulge, disclose' (gándhane) [functions like a K-IT affix 5 before Ātmanepadá endings 11].

Like [han-] above [yam-] takes Ātmanepadá endings when co-occurring with preverb [āṄ-°] (1.3.28); thus: ā+yam+si̱C+ta = ā-ya0̸-s-ta (6.4.37) = ā-ya-0̸-ta (8.2.27), ā-ya-s-ātām, ā-ya-s-ata; but in other senses: ā-yaṁ-s-ta description

$1.2.16 vibhāṣā=upayámane

[The lUṄ substitute marker si̱C 14 introduced after the verbal stem yam- 15] when denoting the sense of `espouse' optionally (vibhāṣā) [functions like a K-IT affix 5 before Ātmanepadá endings 11].

upa+yam+si̱C+ta = upāya-ta/upāyaṁ-s-ta; Ātm. endings are introduced by 1.3.56 when the verbal stem co-occurs with preverb upa-°.

$1.2.17 ¹sthā-²GHVor iT=ca

[The lUṄ substitute marker si̱C 14] introduced after the verbal stems sthā- `stand, remain' (I 975) and those defined by the t.t. GHU [1.1.20 dā-dhā GHU a-dāP] [functions like a K-IT affix 5 before Ātmanepadá endings 11] and (ca) short i(T) is the replacement for stem-final (1.1.72) (vowel) of these stems.

1. One should note that in the sūtras 1,2,5,6,10 the ablative case is used while in 2,3,7,8,9,11-15 it is presumed to be an ablative, although the surface form is identical with the genitive; in the present case the genitive-locative common form [sthā-ghv-os] occurs, and the context indicates that it is the substituend for the replacement element [iT] which determines its status as a genitive dual. Context in these cases determines the character of the forms used. With reference to the relative position of si̱C and (sthā+GHUclass stems) one has to assume the transformation of the genitive dual to that of the ablative dual (*stha-GHU-bhyām), a process which Patañjali defines by the verbal stem (pra-kl̥p-). lt will be shown at the appropriate places where Pāṇinīyas indicate the use of the genitive for the ablative in the sense of 1.1.67 by the statement (pañcamy-arthé ṣaṣṭhī).

2. [sthā-] takes Ātm. endings under conditions of co-occurrence with certain preverbs stated in 1.3.22-26: pra+sthā+si̱C+ta = prá-sthi+s+ta = prá-sthi+0̸+ta (8.2.27) = pra+áṬ+sthi-ta (6.4.71) = prā-sthi-ta.

3. Similarly from [dā-] `give': dā+si̱C+ta = á-di-0̸-ta = á-di-ta. description

$1.2.18 ná Ktvā sa=iṬ

The affix Ktvā with initial increment iṬ does not (ná) [function like a K-IT affix 5]

1. This rule suppresses the marker K already present in the affix [Ktvā] when it receives the initial increment iṬ. A prior exception to this general rule was stated in 7 above.

2. div- `gamble' +Ktvā = div+iṬ=Ktvā (7.2.35) = dev-i-tvā (7.3.84) description

$1.2.19 niṣṭhā ¹śīṄ-²svidi̱-³midi̱-⁴kṣvidi̱-⁵dhŕṣaḥ

The niṣṭhā affix (1.1.26 = Ktá-, KtávatU) [preceded by the initial increment iṬ does not 18 function as a K-IT 5] when introduced after the verbal stems śī- `sleep, lie down' (II 22), svid- `sweat, perspire` (I 780), mid- `melt' (lV 133), kṣvid- `be unctuous' (IV 134) and dhŕṣ- `offend' (V 22).

1. śī+Ktá = śī+iṬ+Ktá (7.2.35) = śe+i-tá- (7.3.84) = śay-i-tá- (6.1.78).

2. In the case of the remaining four verbal stems the general rule denying initial increment to niṣṭhā affixes 7.2.16 is made optional in 7.2.17 when impersonal usage (bhāvé) or the commencement of an action (= incipient action: ādikarmáṇi) is involved, yielding two set of forms: mid+Ktá = min-ná- (8.2.82) or med-i-tá- in these two senses only. Similarly we have: sved-i-tá- / svinná-, kṣved-i-tá- / kṣviṇ-ṇá-; dharṣ-i-tá- / dhr̥ṣ-ṭá-. description

$1.2.20 mr̥ṣas titikṣāyām

[A niṣṭhā affix 19 with initial increment iṬ does not 18 function like a K-IT 5] when introduced after the verbal stem mr̥ṣ- (lV 55) when expressing the sense of `forbear, pardon, endure'.

The Dhātupāṭha records the following three verbal stems mŕṣÚ sécane (v.1. sáhane) I 739, mŕṣÀ titikṣāyām IV 55 and mr̥ṣA titikṣāyām X 305. The present rule is restricted to only the one belonging to the class IV.

mr̥ṣ- (IV 55)+Ktá = mr̥ṣ+iṬ+Ktá- = marṣ-i-tá-; in other senses mr̥ṣ-i-tá-. In the case of I 739 the corresponding form is mr̥ṣ-ṭá- while for X 305 it is marṣ-i-tá- from the deep structure: mr̥ṣ+ṆíC+Ktá- = marṣ-i+Ktá- (7.3.84) = marṣ-i+iṬ-Ktá (7.2.35) = marṣ-0̸-i-tá- (6.4.52). description

$1.2.21 úT=upadhāt=bhāvá=ādikarmaṇór anyatarásyām

[A niṣṭhā affix 19 with initial increment iṬ 18] optionally (anyatarásyām) [does not function 18 like a KIT 5] when introduced after a verbal stem containing a penultimate short u [úT=upadha-] when used in the impersonal construction (bhāvé) or denoting the commencement of an action (ādi-karmáṇi).

Thus from [dyut-] `shine' (I 777) dyut+Ktá = dyut+iṬ+Ktá = dyut-itá- / pra-dyot-i-tá `started to shine or illuminate'.

$1.2.22 pūṄaḥ Ktvā ca

[Niṣṭhā affixes 19 with initial increment iṬ 18] and the affix Ktvā [with initial increment iṬ 18] introduced after the verbal stem pūṄ- `purify' (I 1015) [do not function like a K-IT affix 5].

pū+iṬ-Ktá- = po-i-tá (7.3.84) = pav-i-tá- (6.1.78) `purified'; pū+iṬ-Ktvā = po-i-tvā = pav-i-tvā `having purified'.

Note: a rule between two optional rules (anyatarásyām 21 and vā 23) is not optional.

$1.2.23 na̱=upadhāt tha̱-phá̱=antāt=vā

[The affix Ktvā 22 with initial increment iṬ 18] introduced after a verbal stem ending in -th or -ph (tha-phá=antāt) and containing [n] as penultimate (na̱=upadhāt) [does not 18] optionally (vā) (function as a K-IT affix 5).

1. granth- `fasten, tie' +iṬ-Ktvā = gra0̸th-i-tvā (6.4.37) = grath-i-tvā / granth-i-tvā.

2. gunph+iT-Ktvā = gu0̸kph-i-tvā / gumph-i-tvā (8.3.24) `having strung together'. description

$1.2.24 ¹vánci=²lúnci̱=³r̥tas ca

[The affix Ktvā 22 with initial increment iṬ 18] introduced after the verbal stems vánc- `cheat' (I 204), lúnc- `pluck' (I 202) and r̥t- `dare, abhor' also (ca) [optionally 23 does not 18 function like a K-IT 5].

1. vañc+iT-Ktvā = va0̸c-i-tvā / vañc-i-tvā.

2. luñc+iṬ-Ktvā = lu0̸c-i-tvā / luñc-i-tvā.

3. r̥t+iṬ-Ktvā = r̥t-i-tvā blocking out the guṇá replacement introduced by 7.3.86 / art-i-tvā.

4. By 7.2.56 [uT=ITo vā] the verbal stem [vancU I 204] optionally conditions the insertion of increment iṬ at the head of Ktvā introduced after it; when the initial increment is not inserted we have: vanc+Ktvā = va0̸c+Ktvā (6.4.24) = vak-tvā (8.2.30) description

$1.2.25 ¹tŕṣi̱-²mŕṣi̱-³kr̥śe̱ḥ kāśyapasya

[The affix Ktvā 22 with initial increment iṬ 18] introduced after the verbal stems tŕṣ- `be thirsty' (IV 118), mŕṣ- `forbear, pardon' (IV 55) and kr̥ś- `emaciate, become lean' (IV 117) [optionally 23 does not 18 function like a K-IT 5] according to the grammarian Kāśyapa.

1. Since the optional nature of this rule is inferred from the preceding rules, the citing of Kāśyapa's name is purely honorific.

2. tr̥ṣ+iṬ-Ktvā = tr̥ṣ-i-tvā / tarṣ-i-tvā: similarly: mr̥ṣ-i-tvā / marṣ-i-tvā; kr̥ś-i-tvā / karś-i-tvā.

$1.2.26 ra̱Lo u=í=upadhāt=há̱L-ādeḥ saN=ca

[Affix Ktvā 22] and (the desiderative marker) saN [both with initial increment iṬ 18] introduced after a verbal stem beginning with a consonant (há̱L-ādeḥ) and (ending in 1.1.72) a consonant other than y and v (ra̱L) and containing the vowel [u] or [i] as penultimate (u=í-upadhāt) [optionally 23 do not 18 function like a K-IT affix 5]

1. dyut+iṬ-Ktvā = dyut-i-tvā / dyot-i-tvā `having shone'.

2. dyut+iṬ-saN = dyút-dyut+i-saN = dyú0̸=dyut-i-saN (7.4.60) = díu-dyut-i-sa (7.4.67) = dí-dyut-i-sa (6.1.108) = dí-dyut-i-ṣa-te / dí-dyot-i-ṣa-te (8.3.59) `desires to shine', but div+iṬ-Ktvā = dev-i-tvā, div+saN = dí-dev-i-ṣa-ti. description

$1.2.27 ¹ū-kālaḥ=aC=¹hrasvá-²dīrghá-³plutáḥ

(The t.tt.) hrasvá- `short', dīrghá- `long' and plutá- `extra-long, prolated' denote (respectively 1.3.10) vowels (aC) having the duration of u, ū and u3 (ū-kālaḥ).

1. Vowel length is determined by the duration of its actual enunciation; three lengths are commonly recognized by these three technical terms, the short (hrasvá) measuring one mora, the long (dīrghá) measuring two and the prolated (plutá) measuring three. By the same pattern of duration a consonant is estimated to last half a mora or metrical unit whose actual value is relative to the speed of normal speech of each person.

2. The t.t. hrasvá occurs in 1.2.32,47; 4.6,10; 6.1.69,71,127,151,176; 3.43,61; 4.92,94; 7.1.54; 3.80,107-8,113; 4.52.

3. The t.t. dīrghá occurs in 1.1.58; 4.12; 3.1.6; 6.1.7,68,75-6,101-2; 4.25-6,69,83,94; 8.2.46,76-7; 3.9; 4.52.

4. The t.t. plutá occurs in 6.1.125; 8.2.82-108.

$1.2.28 aCaś ca

[(Substitutes introduced by using the t.tt.) hrasvá-, dīrghá- or plutá 27] replace vowels (aCaḥ) only.

This is a meta-rule, and the expression [aCaḥ in the genitive] as the substituend is expected to occur wherever it is not specified but any of these t.tt. is used in the formulation of the rules, as in 47 below [hrasvó nápuṁsake prātipadikásya] where the word [prātipadikásya] is interpreted as [prātipadikásya (ántyasya 1.1.52) aCaḥ (sthāne 1.1.49)], just as [iKaḥ 1.1.3] is supposed to recur when the words guṇá and vŕddhi are employed without actually specifying the substituend.

$1.2.29 uccaír udāttaḥ

(The t.t.) udātta `high-pitched' denotes [a vowel 27] with rising tone (uccaíh).

As a t.t. occurs in 1.2.32,37,40; 3.96; 4.103; 4.1.37,52; 4.108; 5.2.44; 6.1.159-223; 2.64-126; 4.71; 7.1.98; 8.2.5,82-108; 4.66.

$1.2.30 nīcaír ánudāttaḥ

(The t.t.) ánudātta `low-pitched' denotes [a vowel 27] with falling tone (nīcaíḥ).

As a t.t. occurs in 1.2.38-9; 2.4,32,33; 3.1.4; 4.1.38; 6.1.59,120,161,190; 8.2.6.

$1.2.31 samāhāráḥ svaritáḥ

(The t.t.) svaritá- `circumflex' denotes [a vowel 27] having a combination (samāhārá) [of rising (uccaíḥ 29) and falling (nīcaíḥ 30) tones].

1. As a t.t. occurs in 1.2.37,39; 3.11; 6.1.185; 8.2.4,6,103; 4.66-7.

2. The musical nature of these tones is referred to in Pāṇinīya-Śikṣā (v.18) by attributing specific notes in the fundamental scale (of music) as under:

(a) udātta seventh/third

(b) ánudātta second/sixth

(c) svaritá first/fourth/fifth

$1.2.32 tásya=ādíta udāttam ardha-hrasvám

Of that (tásya) [svaritá 31] the duration of half a mora (ardhahrasvá) vowel (aC) 28 from the beginning (ādítaḥ) is udātta `high-pitched'.

Thus, in a short svaritá vowel the first half is udātta and the second half is ánudātta; in a long svaritá vowel, other than the first half, the remaining one and a half will be ánudātta, and in a plutá svaritá the remaining two and a half mora will be ánudātta.

$1.2.33 éka-śruti dūrāt sambúddhau

When calling some one from a distance (dūrāt sambūddhau) (the utterance is articulated as) a mono-tone (éka-śruti).

The three tones defined by 29-31 are merged into a single tone without distinction.

$1.2.34 yajña-karmáṇi=á-¹japa-²nyūṅkha-³sāmasu

In a sacrificial act (yajña-karmáṇi) the enunciation [is in monotone 33] except in (1) silent repetition (jápa) (of a sacrificial formula), (2) nyūṅkhá `insertion of [O] and [3] sāman `melody'.

1. Mántras used in the performance of a sacrifice are to be in monotone.

2. The exceptions are with reference to the soft murmuring of mántras with accents intact and the insertion of sixteen varieties of the phoneme [o] and the melodic recitation of the Sāma-Veda.

$1.2.35 uccaistarāṁ vā vaṣaṭkāráḥ

[In a sacrificial act 34] the expression váṣat optionally occurs (vā) [in a monotone 34] or with a markedly higher pitch (uccaistarām).

$1.2.36 vibhāṣā chándasi

(In the recitation of) the Veda (chándasi) [the monotone 34] is optional (vibhāṣā).

1. The use of the word vibhāṣā here, in the face of the recurring optional indicator vā of 35 is for the purpose of blocking out the recurrence of [yajña-karmáṇi 34]. Thus it is implied that in the self-study or recitation of the Veda monotone can take place optionally.

2. When monotone is not employed the alternate recitation will be in the three tones or pitches.

$1.2.37 ná subrahmaṇyāyām svaritásya tu=udāttaḥ

In the recitation of Subrahmaṇyā hymns [monotone 34] does not (ná) occur, but the udātta accent replaces the svaritá.

In the recitation: subrahmaṇyóm índrá āgáccha, since subrahmanyā- is derived from su-brahman- with affix yàT. °yà bears the svaríta accent (6.1.85); similarly índra, heing a vocative, has the udātta accent on the initial syllable, and the following [a] of the second syllable, following an udātta has the svaritá accent (8.4.66); similarly in ā-gaccha, ā-° has the udātta accent (6.2.49) while the following ánudātta is replaced by svaritá; all these svaritás will be replaced by the udātta accent.

$1.2.38 ¹deva-²brahmaṇor ánudāttaḥ

[In the recitation of the Subrahmaṇyā hymns 37] the ánudātta accent replaces [the svaritá accent 37] of the expressions devā brāhmaṇāḥ [occurring therein].

Since dévāḥ, brāhmaṇāḥ are vocatives they bear the udātta accent on their initial syllable and the ánudātta vowel in the following syllable is replaced by svaritá (8.4.66); by this rule 37 is blocked, through a process of replacing the svaritá by the original ánudātta accent.

$1.2.39 svaritāt sáṁhitāyām ánudāttānām

In continuous recitation (sáṁhitāyām `maximum contiguity') [monotone 33] replaces the ánudātta vowels following a svaritá.

In continuous recitation of imám me gaṅge yamune sarasvati since the ánudātta vowel in me follows the udātta of mám of imám it is replaced by svaritá, and since by 8.1.19 all vocatives not standing at the head of a phrase are ánudātta, it is replaced by monotone in all the succeeding vowels of that recitation.

$1.2.40 udātta-svaritá-parasya sannátaraḥ

A tone or pitch called sannátara `lower (than nīcaíḥ `low' 30)' replaces [an ánudātta 38] followed by an udātta or svaritá (udātta-svaritá-para).

In the formula devā marutaḥ pr̥śni-mātaro'páḥ, °-mātaraḥ is all anudātta (8.1.19) while apáḥ has the udātta accent on the second syllable (6.1.171), so the saṁdhi vowel [o] in mātaró páḥ bears the sannátara accent.

$1.2.41 ápr̥kta éka=aL pratyayáḥ

(The t.t.) ápr̥kta denotes an affix consisting of a single phoneme (ék=aL).

As a t.t. occurs in 6.1.67-8; 7.3.91,96ff.

$1.2.42 tatpuruṣaḥ samāná=adhikaraṇaḥ karmadhārayáḥ

(The t.t.) karmadhārayá denotes a tatpuruṣá compound (2.1.22-2.21) formed from coordinate padás (samāná=adhikaraṇa `having the same case endings').

1. nīlam utpalám = nīla0̸+utpalám (2.4.71) = nīlotpalám `blue lotus'.

2. As a t.t. occurs in 2.2.38; 6.2.25-28,46,57; 3.42.

$1.2.43 prathamā-nirdiṣṭaṁ samāsá upasárjanam

(The t.t.) upasárjana `subordinate member' denotes items appearing in the first sUP triplets (nominative case endings) (in the the rules which serve to generate) compounds (samāsé [2.1.3-2.38]).

As a t.t. occurs in 1.2.48,57; 4.1.14,54; 6.2.36,104; 3.82.

$1.2.44 éka-vibhakti ca=á-pūrva-nipāte

[(The t.t.) upasárjana 43] also (ca) denotes [a member of a compound 43] which always has the same case ending (éka-vibhakti) (in the deep structure of the compound) except with respect to being placed in the prior position (á-pūrva-nipāte).

In the compound níṣ-kauśāmbi- (níṣkrānta+sUP kauśāmbī+ṄasI in the underlying deep structure) the word °-kauśāmbi- is always followed by the fifth singular sUP triplet where as níṣkrānta-° can be followed by different sUP triplets, though the composition is not necessary and can be equally substituted by the declined forms of individual members.

$1.2.45 arthavád á-dhātur á-pratyayaḥ prātipadikám

(The t.t.) prātipadiká `nominal stem' denotes a meaningful (arthavát) expression other than a dhātu `verbal stem' (1.3.1; 3.1.32) or a pratyayá `affix' (3.1.1-5.4.166).

As a t.t. occurs in 1.2.47; 2.3.46; 4.71; 4.1.1; 8.2.7; 4.11.

Since this rule is followed by another rule below, extending the operation of this t.t., here it is restricted to primitive or underived nominal stems. Two views were expressed by grammarians. Śākaṭāyaná and his followers believed that all nominal stems were derivable from verbal stems, while others held the view that this was not always true. P's view appears to posit two sets: (1) underived (á-vyutpanna-) nominal stems or primitive stems and (2) derived nominal stems. As verbal stems are fully registered in the Dhātupāṭha and all affixes [with the exception of Uṇ=ādi group] are dealt with in chapters 3-5 of Aṣṭ., morphemes other these will by definition be nominal stems. P's structure of Sanskrit is based on these three fundamental building blocks, a significant departure from the earlier four-fold analysis with nāman `nomen, nominal stem', ākhyāta `verbal stem, verbum', upasargá and nipātá without special analysis of pratyayas `affixes'.

$1.2.46 ¹kŕt-²taddhitá-³samāsāś ca

[(The t.t.) prātipadiká- 45] also (ca) denotes (derived nominal stems ending in 1.1.72) kŕt `primary affixes' (3.1.93ff.), in taddhitá `secondary affixes' (4.1.76ff.) or those forming samāsás `compounds' (2.1.3ff.).

1. kr̥t: kr̥+ṆvuL (3.1.133) = kār-aka- (7.1.1; 2.115).

2. taddhita: úpagor ápatyam = úpagu+aÑ (4.1.92) = aupago+aÑ (6.4.146; 7.2.117) = aúpagav-a- (6.1.78).

3. samāsá: rājñaḥ púruṣaḥ = rājan+Ṅas + púruṣa+sU = rājan+0̸¹+puruṣa+sU (2.4.71) = rāja0̸-puruṣáḥ (8.2.7) description

$1.2.47 hrasvó nápuṁsake prātipadikásya

A short [vowel 28] replaces (the final 1.1.52) vowel of a nominal stem (prātipadikásya) employed in the neuter gender (nápuṁsake).

The compound áti+rai- `who or which has surpassed wealth', when qualifying a neuter substantive, replaces the final vowel ai by short i (1.1.48): áti-ri- kúlam `an extravagant family', but in conjunction with non-neuter substantives we have grāma-ṇī `village head-personl'; senānī `army general'. description

$1.2.48 ¹gó-²striyór upasárjanasya

[A short vowel 47] replaces the final vowel (1.1.52) [of the prātipadiká 45] gó- `cow (f), bull (m)' occurring as an upasárjana (43) and of an upasárjana (ending in 1.1.72) in a feminine affix (striyām 4.1.3ff.).

1. The underlying deep structure of citrā gāvo yásya sáḥ = citrá+ṬāP+Jas+gó+Jas = citra0̸-0̸¹+go+sU (6.3.34; 2.4.71) yields the surface form citráguḥ `possessed of brindled cows'.

2. From the underlying structure níṣ+krāntá-+sU+kauśāmbī+ṆasI = niṣkrāntáḥ kauśāmbyās we generate the surface form of the compound niṣ+0̸+0̸+kauśāmbī+sU (2.2.18; 4.71) = níṣ-kauśāmbi-ḥ (8.3.15). description

$1.2.49 luK taddhita-luKi

When a taddhita `secondary' affix is replaced by luK (=0̸¹ 1.1.61) luK (0̸¹) at the same time replaces [the feminine affix of the upasárjana 48].

In the compound generated from páñca indrāṇyó devátā asyá with the underlying structure: páñca+Jas + indra+ānuK + ṄīṢ+Jas + devátā+Jas the surface form is generated by pañca+0̸¹+indra+0̸¹+0̸¹+sU = páncendra-s `a sacrifical cake sacred to five Indrāṇīs'. This surface form is realized through the operation of 4.1.38 [dvigór luK án-apatye] which introduces a luK replacement of affix [áṆ] in the resulting Dvigú compound: páñca+0̸¹+indrāṇī+áṆ (4.1.83; 2.24) and with 0̸¹ replacement of the taddhita affix [áṆ 4.1.83], 0̸¹ also replaces at the same time the feminine affix [ānuK+ṄīS 4.1.49] of the upasárjana indrāṇī. description

$1.2.50 iT=goṇyāḥ

The short vowel i(T) replaces (the final 1.1.52 vowel) of the nominal stem goṇī `a sack measure' [when the taddhita affix introduced after it is replaced by luK (0̸¹) 49].

This is an exception to 49 above, and the feminine affix in [goṇī] is replaced by the short vowel: páñcabhir goṇībhiḥ krītáḥ = páñca+bhis+goṇī+bhis+krītá+sU = pañca+0̸¹+goṇī+ṭhaK (5.1.19,37) = pañca-goṇī+0̸¹ (5.1.28) = pañica-goṇ-í+sU `purchased with five sack measures'.

$1.2.51 luPi yuktavát=¹vyakti-²vacané

[When a taddhita affix 49 is replaced by] luP [1.1.61 = 0̸³] the gender (vyákti-) and number (vácana-) (of the derived word) conforms to that of the original (yukta-vát) word.

vaṅgānām janapadó nivāsáḥ `the country of the Vanga people' = vaṅga+áṆ (4.1.83; 2.69) = vaṅga+0̸³ (4.2.81) = vaṅga+Jas = vaṅgāḥ; but on the other hand: lavaṇéna sáṁsr̥ṣṭaḥ sūpaḥ = lavaṇá+ṭhaK (4.4.22) = lavaṇá+luK (4.4.24) = lavaṇáh sūpaḥ, lavaṇā yavāgūḥ (f.), lavaṇám śākam (n.) where the original expression is neuter, but with luK replacement takes on all three genders.

$1.2.52 viśéṣaṇānāṁ ca=á-jāteḥ

[The gender and number 51] of qualifying words (viśéṣaṇānām) are also (ca) [identical with those expressions generated by lUP replacement 51 of taddhita affixes 48] except when they denote a species (jāti).

vaṅgāḥ=bahv-annāḥ=bahu-kṣīra-ghr̥tāḥ `the people of Vanga (have) plenty of food, plenty of milk and butter', but vaṅgāḥ=janapadáḥ `the country of V. people'; likewise godaú ramaṇīyau `Goda (village) is beautiful', but godaú grāmaḥ `the village Goda' since the expression grāma- denotes jāti `species' as a village.

$1.2.53 tád áśiṣyaṁ saṁjñā-pramāṇatvāt

That (tad) [= gender-number agreement 51] between the qualifying and qualified expressions need not be taught (á-śiṣyam-) since their basis is convention (saṁjñā-pramāṇatvá).

This conventional basis can be illustrated by the words dārāḥ, (m.pl.), bhāryā (fem.), kalatrám (neut.) all signifying `wife'; áp+Jas = āpaḥ f.pl. `water'; gr̥há+Jas = gr̥hāḥ m.pl. `wife', sikátā+Jas = sikátāḥ f.pl. `sand' and varṣā+Jas = varṣāḥ f.pl. `the rainy season', all with fixed gender and number through accepted convention.

$1.2.54 lup=yoga=a-prakhyānāt

Replacement by IuP (0̸³) [need not be taught 53] since the relationship in meaning (yóga) betwen the primitive and derived stem cannot be posited (a-prakhyānāt).

Thus váraṇāḥ `n.pr. of a village' cannot be related to the presence of the trees of that name if they do not grow there; such words are purely conventional and do not yield to etymological derivation. Therefore the rule [janapadé luP 4.2.81] cannot be said to be valid in such cases.

$1.2.55 yoga-pramāṇé ca tad-abhāvé=á-darśanaṁ syāt

For, if the relationship (of etymological meaning) were basic (yoga-pramāṇé), then, in its absence (tad-abhāvé) the derived word should also disappear (ádarśanaṁ syāt).

Place names like váraṇāḥ, pañcālāḥ are originally derived from the name of the people residing there, and they continue to be used as proper names even when the original people who gave those names, do not reside there, and thus are current without relevance to their origins, and should be regarded as purely conventional, and not etymologically derived.

$1.2.56 pradhāna-pratyaya=artha-vacanám árthasya=anya-pramāṇatvāt

[Nor is it necessary to teach 53] (the principles that the sense of a word) is expressed by the predominant member (pradhāna) (in a derivative word) and by the affix (pratyayá) (in a derived word), because the sense is dependent on something else (anya-pramāṇatvāt) [= convention].

Kātyāyaná and Patañjali discuss the relevance of grammatical analysis to natural language by stating that the ultimate authority is the [loka] `people', that is, the actual speakers, and the aim of such analysis is to describe that usage as it is current among the śiṣṭas or `educated class'. Such an analysis demostrates that in so far as these two aspects are concerned convention alone is the final authority. To the extent possible this convention has been brought under the linguist's analysis and a number of works dealing with gender are in existence. P himself has specified rules such as [striyāṁ KtiN 3.3.94, napuṁsaké bhāvé Ktáḥ 3.3.114].

$1.2.57 ¹kāla=²upasarjané ca túlyam

[Nor is it necessary to teach 53] equally (túlyam) (the meaning of) Tense (kāla) or upasárjana `the subordinate member' (43) [since it is dependent on something else 56].

Since usage [prayogá] is the principal authority for grammatical analysis, it can deal only with operations which fall within a system; however, number, gender, tense and the order or sequence of members in a compound are purely conventional and may be subject to change from generation to generation.

$1.2.58 jāty-ākhyāyām ékasmin bahuvacanám anyatarásyām

The plural (bahuvacanám) is optionally (anyatarásyām) used in the sense of the singular (ékasmin) when designating a species (jāty-ākhyāyām).

An expression can both be a collective noun or represent a single object. Thus in the sentence "Man is prone to error" the word "man" stands for the whole class of human beings (including women) and we can have an alternate sentence "Men are prone to error". Likewise we can say: sampannó yávaḥ or sampannāḥ=yávāḥ `fully ripe barley', but if the numeral éka- `one' is used we have éko yávaḥ. By employing the word [jāti] `species' proper names are excluded.

$1.2.59 asmádo dvāyoś ca

[The plural 58] of the (first personal pronoun), asmád- `we' is also (58) [optionally used in the sense of the singular 58] as well, as in the dual (dváyoḥ).

For ahám bráv-ī-mi `I speak', one can equally say vayám brūmáḥ `we speak'; similarly it can also replace āvām brūváḥ.

This corresponds to the royal or editorial "We".

$1.2.60 ¹phalgunī-²proṣṭhapadānāṁ ca nákṣatre

[The plural 58] of the nominal stems phálgunī and proṣṭapadá designating asterisms (nákṣatra) also (ca) [optionally replaces the dual 59].

The twin-star asterisms will naturally be associated with the dual endings, but the use of the plural endings is optionally taught in the sense of the dual: pūrve phálguny-au / pūrvāḥ phálgu-nyaḥ; pūrve proṣṭhapadé / pūrvāḥ proṣṭhapadāh; however, in the phrase phálgunyau māṇaviké `girls born under the asterism of Phálgunī', the word phálgunyau does not refer to the asterism directly, but is a qualifying expression for māṇavike `two girls or maidens' and is therefore not subject to this operation.

$1.2.61 chándasi púnarvasvor ekavacanám

In the domain of Chándas (= Veda) the singular (ekavacaná) of the nominal stem púnarvasu- `n.pr. of an asterism consisting of twin stars' is used [for the dual optionally 58-58].

púnarvasur nákṣatram / púnarvasū nákṣatram. Description

$1.2.62 vísākhayos ca

[In the domain of Chándas the singular 61] of the nominal stem víśākhā `n.pr. of a twin-star asterism' is also (ca) used for [the dual optionally 58].

víśākhā nákṣatram / víśākhe nákṣatram. Description

$1.2.63 ¹tiṣya-²punarvasvór nakṣatra-dvaṁdvé bahuvacanásya dvivacanám nítyam

In a Dvaṁdva compound formed from names of asterisms (nakṣatra- dvaṁdvé) of tiṣyà- `a single star asterism' and púnarvasu `a twin-star asterism' the dual (dvi-vacanm) necessarily (nityam) replaces the plural (bahuvacanásya).

Since Tiṣyà is one and Púnarvasu two stars, their compound is naturally expected to take the plural sUP endings, but by this rule the dual ending replaces the plural: udité tiṣya-punarvasū dr̥śyete `the asterisms T and P are seen rising'.

$1.2.64 sárūpāṇām ekaśeṣá eka-vibhaktáu

When there is the single occurrence of a single (sUP) ending (eka-vibhaktaú 1.4.104) only one of a series of repeated morpheme stems (sárūpāṇām) remains in use (eka-śeṣáḥ).

vr̥kṣáś ca vr̥kṣáś ca = vr̥kṣá+sU+vr̥kṣá+sU = vr̥kṣá+au = vr̥kṣaú; vr̥kṣáś ca vr̥kṣáś ca vr̥kṣáś ca = vr̥kṣá+sU+vr̥kṣá+sU+vr̥kṣá+sU = vr̥kṣá+Jas = vr̥kṣāḥ..

$1.2.65 vr̥ddhó yūnā tád=lakṣaṇaś céd-evá viśeṣáḥ

If a derivative denoting vr̥ddhá (= a gotrá descendant 4.1.162) is used along with one denoting a yúvan descendant (4.1.163-65), only the former [remains 64] provided the only difference between the two derivatives is that they are descendants of the same ancestor (tád=lakṣaṇaś céd-evá).

The t.t. vr̥ddhá in this sense is nowhere defined by Pāṇini, but Patañjali provides the following gloss: [pūrva-sūtré gotrásya vr̥ddhám iti saṁjñā kriyáte] `in the earlier sūtra (works) the word vr̥ddhá denotes (the t.t.) gotrá', while the Kāśikā quotes such a rule [ápatyam ántarhitam vr̥ddhám] which is parallel to P 4.1.162 [ápatyam pautrá-prabhr̥ti gotram].

gārgyaś ca gārgyāyaṇáś ca = garga+yaÑ+sU+garga+yaÑ+phak+sU = garga+yaÑ+au = gārgyau. Description

$1.2.66 strī puṁvát=ca

[If a derivative denoting a vr̥ddhá descendant 65] representing a woman (strī) [is used along with a yúvan descendant 65] it is treated like the (corresponding) masculine (derivative).

gārgī ca gārgyāyaṇáś ca garga+yaÑ+ṄīP+sU+garga+yaÑ+phak+sU = garga+yaÑ+ṄīP+au = garga+yaÑ+0̸+au = gārgyau. Description

$1.2.67 púmān striyā

When a word in the masculine gender (púmān) is conjoined with the same word in the feminine gender (striyā) the masculine alone [subsists 64].

brāhmaṇáś ca brāihmaṇī ca = brāhmaṇaú `a brahmin (man) and a brahmin (woman)'. But in the case of índras ca indrāṇī ca since the form indrāṇī is a feminine form derived from the base form índra- in the context of [puṁyogá 4.1.45 `co-habitation with man'] the result is indrendrāṇy-aú.

$1.2.68 ¹bhrātr̥-²putraú ¹svasr̥-²duhitŕbhyām

The words bhrātr̥- `brother' and putrá- `son' [subsist 64] when conjoined respectively (1.3.10) with the words svásr̥- `sister' and duhitŕ- `daughter'.

1. bhrātā- ca svásā ca = bhrātr̥+sU+svásr̥+sU = bhrātr̥+au = bhrātar-au (7.3.110).

2. putrás ca duhitā ca = putrá+sU+duhitŕ+sU = putrá+au = putraú. Description

$1.2.69 nápuṁsakam á-napuṁsakena=ekavát=ca=ásya=anyatarásyām

A neuter nominal stem [alone subsists 64] when conjoined with the same stem in a non-neuter gender (á-napuṁsakena) and optionally (anya-tarásyām) as the neuter singular form (ekavát).

śukláṁ ca śukláś ca / śuklā ca = śuklám / śukle; śukláṁ ca śukláś ca suklā ca = śuklāni / śuklám; but śukláṁ ca śukláṁ ca = śuklé; śukláṁ ca śukláṁ ca śukláṁ ca = suklāni.

$1.2.70 pitā mātrā

The nominal stem pitŕ- `father' [alone subsists 64] when conjoined with mātŕ- `mother' [optionally 69].

mātā ca pitā ca = pitŕ+au = pitár-au / mātā-pitaraú (6.3.25) `parents'.

$1.2.71 śváśuraḥ śvaśrvā

The nominal stem śváśura- `father-in-law' [alone subsists 64] when conjoined with the stem śvaśrū `mother-in-law' [optionally 68].

śvaśrū ca śváśuraś ca = śváśura+au = śváśurau / śvaśrū-śvaśuraú.

$1.2.72 tyád-ādīni sárvair nítyam

The pronouns of the class whose first member, is tyád- `that' [alone subsists 64] necessarily (nítyam) when conjoined with (all types of: sárvaiḥ) nominal stems.

sá ca devaattáś ca = tád+au = táa+au = tá+au (6.1.97) = taú; yás ca devadattaś ca = yaú; sá ca yás ca = yaú; yaś ca kaś ca = kaú. Description

$1.2.73 grāmyá-páśu-saṁghéṣu=á-taruṇeṣu strī

[The feminine nominal stem (strī) alone subsists 64] when a troop of domestic animals (grāmyá-páśu-saṁghá), other than the young (á-taruṇa) are referred to together.

1. gāva imāḥ `these (are) cattle'.

2. imé rúravaḥ (67) `these (are) antelopes'. This exception applies only to domesticated animals where the feminine is used instead of the masculine.

$1.3.1 bhūvādayo dhātavaḥ

(The t.t.) dhátu- `verbal base or stem or root' denotes the class of expressions whose first member is bhū- `become' (I 1).

In the ancillary text called Dhātu-pāṭha all these items are listed under ten major sections corresponding to nine classes of the Present System (sārvadhātuka), the tenth being considered as a derived verbal stem with the formans ṆíC (3.1.25,32), falling within the ambit of the first or general class; ṆíC also functions as the marker of the causative stem (3.1.26). There are almost 2000 stems registered in the extant Dhātu-pātḥa under these ten groups as under: I bhū-class 1059, II ad-class 72, III hu-class 25, IV div-class 137, V su-class 34, VI tud-class 143, VII rudh-cIass 25, VIII tan-class 9+1, IX krī-class 61 and cur-class 395 (according to Boehtlingk's edition). The original Dhp. consisted only of the actual lists of verbal stems, and meanings were added later, separating the individual members in the continuous text; original form appears like bhv-edh-° and in the revised Dhp. bhū- sattāyām, édhA- vŕddhau etc. Verbal stems in general depict action.

$1.3.2 upadeśé=aC=ánunāsika IT

(The t.t.) IT denotes a nasalized (ánunāsika- 1.1.8) vowel (aC) (of an element when it is) first introduced (in the grammatical instruction: upadeśe).

P. uses the nasalized vowels as IT markers for various purposes: primarily to indicate in the Dhp. which verbal stems take the middle voice or Ātmanepadá when they are associated with the ánudātta accent (12 below) as in the case of [edhà vr̥ddhau I 2]. Later commentators assert (as in the Kāśikā) that in the sixth ŚS [lÃṆ²] the vowel [a] is nasalized in order to give the siglum [rÃ] for liquids [r, l] in the sūtra [ur aṆ rÃ-paraḥ 1.1.51]. Since most sacred and science texts were primarily transmitted verbally from teacher to pupil in unbroken succession, this nasalization must have been apparent in the oral transmission. With its loss, the later Pāṇinīyas only theoretically recognized this nasalization by this rule in the written transmission. The same reasoning holds good for the use of accents as markers.

$1.3.3 ha̱L ántyam

[The t.t. IT 2] denotes a final (ántya) consonanant (ha̱L) [in the element when first introduced in the grammatical instruction (upadeśé) 2].

To arrive at the meaning of the siglum ha̱L this rule is interpreted in two different ways:

1. [ha̱L-antyam] is taken as a compound derived from the under-lying deep structure [ha̱L+Ṅi+ántya+am = ha̱L+0̸+antya+am] `the final (element) in [ha̱L]', giving the meaning: `The t.t. IT denotes the final element in the expression [ha̱L]'. With this definition L is such a marker and we get the siglum [ha̱L] by 1.1.71 denoting all consonants beginning with (h) of ŚS 5 and ending with L of ŚS 14. This then provides for C of aC as an IT marker and the present rule can be properly re-interpreted as under:

2. "The t.t. IT (2) denotes a consonant (ha̱L) occurring at the end (ántya) of an element when first introduced in the grammatical instruction (upadeśé 2)".

Thus ha̱L is a cover symbol for all consonants and aC for all vowels. All other sigla are then derived with the use of these definitions and 1.1.71.

$1.3.4 ná vibháktau tU-s-māḥ

[The t.t. IT 2] does not (ná) denote [final 3] dental stops (tU 1.1.69) and the phonemes [s] and [m] in vibhákti (1.4.104) endings.

While 3 is specifically a general rule, the exception given here restricts the scope of that general rule: thus in [°-āt replacement of ṄasI 7.1.12] after stems ending in short [°-a-] [t] is not an IT marker; similarly in the case of Jas, Ṅas, am, ām [s, m] are not IT-s, as in the case of verbal endings °tas, °-thas, °ātām, °āthām, dhvam (3.4.78). Since [tU, s, m] are not markers when occurring at the end of a vibhákti affix by this rule, they are not subject to the operation of 9 below [replacement by 0̸].

$1.3.5 ādír ÑI-ṬU-ḌAV-aḥ

[The t.t. IT 2] denotes the syllables ÑI, ṬU and ḌU occurring as initials (ādíḥ) [of verbal stems when first introduced in grammatical instruction (upadeśé) 2].

These initial syllables accompany certain verbal stems in the Dhp. list: ÑI-míd-Ā snéhane I 779 `be unctuous'; ṬUnád-Í samr̥ddhaú I 67 `thrive', ḌU-kr̥-Ñ káraṇe VIII 16 `do, make, perform'. By 3.2.187 the affix [Ktá] which properly belongs to the past passive participle, however, generates a participle expressing the present tense with verbal stems marked with ÑI as IT: míd+Ktá- = min-ná- (8.2.42) `is fat'; similarly after stems marked by ṬU 3.3.89 introduces kr̥t affix athúC: nand+athúC (7.1.58) = nand-athú- `delight'; affix Ktri- is introduced by 3.3.88 after stems marked by ḌU: kr̥+Ktrí+maP (4.4.20) = kr̥-trí-ma- `artificial'. Description

$1.3.6 ṣaḥ pratyayásya

[The t.t. IT 2] denotes [the initial 5] phoneme ṣ of an affix (pratyayásya) [when first introduced in grammaticaI instruction (upadeśé 2)].

1. Such affixes are: Ṣá, ṢáC, ṢākaN, ṢkaN, ṢṭaráC, ṢṭraN, ṢṭháC, ṢṭhaN, ṢṭhaL, Ṣpha, ṢphaK, ṢyaṄ, ṢyaÑ, ṢlaÑ, ṢvuN.

2. In 8.3.79 [iṆaḥ ṣīdhvam-lUṄ-lIṬām dhaḥ=aṅgāt] the affix ṣī-dhvam has initial s-°, but it is not an IT marker, since it is a replacement of an original s of sīyuṬ (3.4.102) and consequently is not subject to the operation of 9 below.

$1.3.7 cU-ṭŪ

[The t.t. IT 2] denotes the [initial 5] palatal and retroflex stops (1.1.69 cU, ṭU) [occurring in the affixes 6 when first introduced in grammatical instruction 2].

1. Affixes with initial palatal stops: (a) C: CaṄ, CānaŚ, CāP, CiṆ, CphaÑ, Cli̱, Cvi̱; (b) J: Jas, Jasi̱; (c-d) by separate rules initial ch- and jh- are replaced by iy- (7.1.2) and a(n)t (7.1.3,5) respectively, blocking out 9 below. In presenting the text of Aṣṭ. in roman transliteration, therefore, initial ch- and jh- of affixes are not indicated by capital letters, although by this rule they are IT markers; they rather go with ph- and kh- as indicated in 7.1.2.

2. Initial retroflex stops: (a) Ṭ: Ṭa, ṬaK, ṬaC, Ṭā, ṬāP, ṬeṇyaṆ, ṬyaṆ, Ṭyu, ṬyuL (exception ṭīṭaC); (b) by a separate rule (7.3.51) initial ṭh- is replaced by ik and is therefore not subject to 9 below; (c) Ḍ: Ḍa, ḌáC, ḌaT, ḌaṆ, ḌatamáC, ḌataráC, Ḍati, Ḍā, ḌāC, ḌāP, Ḍu, ḌupáC, ḌmatUP, Ḍya, ḌyaṆ, ḌyaT, Ḍyā, ḌvaláC, ḌvuN. (d) By a separate rule (7.1.2) initial ḍh-° is replaced by ey, and is therefore not subject to 9 below. All such exceptions to 9 are not indicated by capital letters like regular IT markers.

$1.3.8 ¹la̱-²śa̱-³kU=á-taddhite

[The t.t. IT 2 denotes initial 5] phonemes l, ś and velar stops [occurring in affixes 6] other than those belonging to taddhita `secondary' (á-taddhite) [when first introduced in grammaticaI instruction 2].

1. Affixes with L as IT marker: LyaP [replacement for Ktvā in verbal composition], Lyu, LyuṬ.

2. Affixes with Ś as IT marker: Śá, ŚátR̥, Ṣádhyai, ṢadhyaiN, ŚaP, ŚānáC, ŚānaN, ŚāyáC, ŚnáM , Śnā, Śnú, ŚyaN, Ślu. Note: Ś has another function as IT in regard to replacements where an item marked with it replaces the whole of the substituend: cf. Śi, Śī, Śe.

3. Affixes with initial velar stops: (a) K: Ká, KaN, Kádhyai, KadhyaiN, KaP, Kamu̱L, Kasu̱N, KaseN, KānáC, Kí, KiN, KuráC, KeN, Kenya, Ktá, KtávatU, KtíC, Ktin, Ktrí, Ktvā, Knú KyaṄ, KyáC, KyáṢ (but not kāmyáC cf. 3.1.9), KlukaN, Kvani̱P, KvaraP, KvásU, Kvi̱, Kvi̱N , Kvi̱P, Ksá, Ksé, Ksnú-; (b) KH: KHáC, KHaL, KHamu̱Ñ, KHaL, KHaŚ, KHiṣṇúC, KHukaÑ KhyuN; (c) *G occurs only in *Gsnú (=Ksnú 3.2.138); (d) GH: GHá, GHaÑ, GHinu̱Ṇ, GHuráC; (e) Ṅ: Ṅī, ṄīN, ṄīP, ṄīṢ, Ṅas, ṄasI, Ṅi, Ṅe, Ṅvani̱P.

4. In taddhita affixes these do not function as IT markers: (a) l: láC; (b) ś: śá (5.2.10), śás (5.4.42), śāláC; (c) k: káK, kaṭáC, kaṭyáC, kalpaP, kuṭāráC, kuṇaP, kr̥tvá- su̱C; (d) initial kh replaced by iy (7.1.2); (e) g: gmini; (f) gh: replaced by iy (7.1.2): gha, ghaC, ghaN, ghaS.

$1.3.9 tásya lópaḥ

Lópa (0̸) replaces that (tásya) [IT marker 2].

1. The word tásya is used instead of IT-aḥ to indicate that the 0̸ replaces the whole IT substituendum and not the final phoneme only (by 1.1.52). This has relevance to the initial IT markers Ñl, ṬU, ḌU.

2. The IT markers have several functions: (a) they generate the sigla (pratyāhārá); (b) they do not enter into actual grammatical operations except in introducing morpho-phonemic changes in the elements coming together to form the surface units of speech. The morpho-phonemic features associated with the markers relate to (i) replacement, (ii) augmentation, (iii) accentuation, (iv) generation of feminine stems both of primary and secondary derivatives. Both initial and final IT markers are subject to zero (0̸) replacement in actual derivation of surface forms after affecting these morpho-phonemic changes.

3. Guṇá and Vŕddhi blocked by K, Ṅ, *G (1.1.5); Vŕddhi of stem-final vowels indicated by Ñ, Ṇ (7.2.115); and of initial syllable of nominal stems (by 7.2.117) and by K (7.1.118). Ñ, N indicate udātta accent on the initial syllabic of the derived form (6.1.197) while K, C indicate this accent on the final syllable (6.1.164-5); L indicates accent on the final syllable preceding the affix (6.1.193) while R indicates that accent is placed on the pre-penultimate syllable of the surface form (6.1.217).

4. Ṭ indicates initial augmentation while K indicates final augmentation of the substituendum while M functions as an infixed augment inserted after the last syllabic (1.1.46-7).

5. Ṭ and ḌH indicate a feminine affix ṄīP after a stem generated with these affixes, while ṄīṢ operates after stems generated with affixes with marker Ṣ (4.1.41).

$1.3.10 yathā-saṁkhyám anudeśáḥ samānām

(When two sequences of elements) which have the same number of members (samānām) are stated in rules (the elements of the subsequent sequence) are related to the former in a (one-to-one) order (yathā-saṁkhyám).

There is a one-to-one correspondence in order of enumeration in the two sets, for instance, of the statement 6.1.77 [iKo ya̱Ṇ aCi] where iK represents the vowels [i, u, r̥, l̥] as the substituenda, and ya̱Ṇ the semi-vowels [y, v, r, l] as the replacements: i:y, u:v, r̥:r and l̥:l. However, a few instances do occur where this metarule does not operate, and certain devices have been used to indicate this fact which will be discussed at their appropriate places; here interpretation (vyākhyāna) gives the correct result when there is a doubt.

$1.3.11 svariténa=adhikāráḥ

Elements which are to serve as governing rules (adhikārá) or section headings valid in the subsequent rules are marked with the svaritá `circumflex' accent (1.2.31).

1. There are major and minor section headings as also headings within headings: e.g., (pratyayáḥ, paraś ca, ādy-údāttas ca 3.1.1-3) cover the whole of chapters 3-5, but within this major governing system we have sub-sections headed by [dhātoḥ 3.1.93, Ṅī=āP-prātipadikāt 4.1.1 and even within this last striyām 4.1.3].

2. These governing rules are, in a majority of cases, stated with a specification of their range, with words like [prāk: prāk=ivāt kaḥ 5.3.70] or [ā-° as in ā-Kve̱s tacchīla-taddharma-tatsādhukāriṣu 3.2.137].

3. Since the corpus of Aṣṭ. is built up of sūtras, using maximum brevity possible, the full sense of each rule is to be extracted from recurrence of relevant items from the preceding sūtras in addition to those of metarules, and traditional commentators have often remarked suggesting that certain recurring expressions are uttered with the svaritá accent. Like nasalization mentioned in 2 above this accentual system must have continued in the oral transmission and been lost in later times. Interpretation (vyākhyāna) is the main alternate authority for indicating where this accent is employed. Two guiding rules generally referred to in this connection: prtijñāunāsikyāḥ pāṇinīyāḥ and pratijñā-svaritāḥ pāṇinīyāḥ.

$1.3.12 anudātta-Ṅ-ITa ātmanepadám

Ātmanepadá (= taṄ and āna 1.4.100) 1-substitute endings (3.4.78) are introduced ater verbal stems marked by an ánudātta vowel or Ṅ as IT.

1. édhA vŕddhau I 2 is marked with ánudātta A as an IT and so takes the Ātmanepadá or middle endings: *edhA+ŚaP (3.1.68)+ta = *édh0̸+a+ta (9 above) = édh-a-te (3.4.79) `grows, increases'.

2. *śīṄ (II 22)+ŚaP+ta = *śī+0̸¹+ta (2.4.72) = śé-te (3.4.79).

$1.3.13 ¹bhāva-²karmáṇoḥ

[Ātmanepadá 1-substitutes are introduced after verbal stems 12] when bhāvá- `impersonal action' or kárman- `passive action' is to be expressed.

The 18 1-substitutes (3.4.77-78) are divided into two sets of nine members each, the first nine designated Parasmaipadá and the next nine by the t.t. Ātmanepadá (1.4.99-100). Each of these is again subdivided into three triplets, representing the third, second and first persons respectively, in the order of singular, dual and plural for each triplet (1.4.101-2). These members are introduced under general meaning conditions relating to kārakas (1.4.23ff.) and time references. With reference to transitive verbal stems 1-members are introduced when either kártr̥- `active' or kárman- `passive' construction is to be expressed, and in the case of intransitive verbal stems either kártr̥- or bhāvá- `action in progress' is to be denoted. Thus active and passive constructions are associated with transitive verbal stems and active and impersonal constructions with intransitive verbal stems.

1. bhāvá: ās- (II 11) +yáK (3.1.67) +te = ās-yá-te `sitting down takes place'.

2. kárman: kr̥ (VIII lO) +yáK+te = kri-yá-te (7.4.28) káṭaḥ `the mat is being made'.

$1.3.14 kartari karma-vyatiare

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after a verbal stem 12] to denote the agent (kártári) provided [the agent performs the action with another agent] reciprocally (karma-vy-ati-hāre).

*vy-áti-lū (IX 13)+Śnā (2.1.81)+jha = vy-áti-lu-n0̸+ate (7.1.5) = vy-áti-lu-n-ate `they reap (corn, etc.) reciprocally (for one another).

$1.3.15 ná ¹gati-²hiṁsā=arthebhyaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes 12] are not (ná) introduced after verbal stems denoting the sense of gáti `movement' or of hiṁsā `injury' [to express reciprocal action 14].

1. *vy-áti-gam (I lO3l)+ŚaP+jhi = vy-áti-gacch-anti (7.2.77) `they go against each other'.

2. *vy-áti-hisI (VII 19)+ŚnáM (7.1.78)+jhi = *vy-áti-hi-n0̸-s+ (6.4.23) anti (7.1.3,58) = vy-áti-hiṁs- anti `they injure each other'.

$1.3.16 itaretara=anyonyá=upapadāt=ca

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes 12 are not 15] introduced after verbal stems which have anyonyá- or itaretará `one another' as complementary words (upapadá 3.1.82) [to express reciprocal action 14].

anyonyásya / itaretarásya vy-áti-lu-n-anti `they reap each other's grain'. Description

$1.3.17 nér viśaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-sustitutes 12] are introduced after the verbal stem viś- `enter' (VI 130) co-occurring with preverb ní-°.

viś+Śa+tiP = viś-á-ti : ní+viś+Śa+ta = ní-vis-a-te `enters in'.

$1.3.18 ¹pári-²ví=³avébhyaḥ kriyaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] krī- `buy' (IX 1) when co-occurring with preverbs pári-°, ví-° and ava-°.

*pári-krī+Śnā+ta = parí-krī-nī-te (6.4.113, 3.4.79), áva-krī-ṇī-te `buys, purchases'; ví-krī-ṇī-te `sells'. Since the verbal stem is ḌU-krī-Ñ dravya-vinimayé, Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced when the fruit of the action is accruing to another; the present rule is when the fruit accrues to the agent himself.

$1.3.19 ¹ví-²parā-bhyāṁ je-ḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] jí- `win, conquer, overcome' (I 593, 993) when co-occurring with preverbs ví-° and párā-°.

*ji=ŚaP+tiP = jáy-a-ti (7.3.84; 6.1.78) : ví-jay-a-te / párā-jay-a-te `vanquishes, conquers, is victorious'.

$1.3.20 āṄo daḥ=án-āsya-viharaṇe

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] dā- `give' (III 9) co-occurring with preverb āṄ except when expressing the sense of `opening the mouth (wide)' (an-āsya-viharaṇé).

*dā+Ślu+tiP/tá = dádā+tiP/tá (6.1.10) = dádā-ti / dat-té (= dad0̸+té 6.4.112; 8.4.55) : ā-dat-te `acquires, gains', but vy-ā-dadā-ti `opens the mounth wide' (contra 72 below).

$1.3.21 krīḍaḥ=¹ánu-²sám-³páribhyaś ca

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] krīd- `play, sport' (I 373) when co-occurring with preverbs ánu-°, sám-°, pári-° and (ca) [āṄ-° 20].

krīḍ-a-ti : ā-kriḍ-a-te, ánu-krīḍ-a-te, sáṁ-krīḍ-a-te, pári-krīḍ-a-te `sports'. Description

$1.3.22 ¹sám=²áva-³prá-⁴víbhyaḥ shtaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] sthā- `stand, stay, abide' (I 975) co-occurring with preverbs sám-°, áva-°, prá-° or ví-°.

sthā+ŚaP+tiP = tíṣṭh-a-ti (3.1.137) : sáṁ-tiṣṭh-a-te`stays with'; áva-tiṣṭh-a-te `stands or waits patiently'; prá-tiṣṭh-a-te `sets out or forth'; ví-tiṣṭh-a-te `stands apart'. Description

$1.3.23 ¹prakāśana=²stheya=ākhyáyoḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 sthā- 22] when expressing the sense of (1) `disclosing one's intention' (prakāśana) or (2) resorting to some one as an arbitrator (stheya=ākhyā).

jāyā pátye tíṣṭh-a-te `the wife discloses her inner feelings to the husband'.

tváyi tíṣṭh-a-te `he chooses you as an arbitrator'.

$1.3.24 údaḥ=án-ūrdhva-karmaṇi

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 sthā- 22] co-occurring with preverb úd-° except when expressing the sense of `arising' (án-ūrdhva-karmaṇi).

gehe út-tiṣṭh-a-te `strives in the house', but āsanād út-tiṣṭh-a-ti `rises or gets up from the seat'.

$1.3.25 úpāt=mantra-karaṇé

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 sthā- 22] when co-occurring with the preverb úpa-° to denote the sense of `adore with the recitation of sacred hymns (mantra-karaṇé)'.

aindryā gārhapatyam úpa-tiṣṭh-a-te `worships the Gārhapatya Fire with Aindrī hymns', but bhártāram úpa-tiṣṭh-a-ti yauvanéna `approaches the husband with her youth'.

$1.3.26 a-karmákāt=ca

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 sthā- 22 co-occurring with the preverb úpa-° 25] when it is intransitive also (akarmákāt=ca).

yāvad-bhuktám úpa-tiṣṭh-a-te `is present at every meal', but rājānam úpa-tiṣṭh-a-ti `approaches the king'.

$1.3.27 ¹úd-²víbhyām tapaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] tap- `shine upon, heat' (I 1034), co-occurring with the preverbs úd-°, ví-° [when it is intransitive 26].

táp-a-ti : út-tap-a-te, ví-tap-a-te `shines', but út-tap-a-ti pr̥ṣṭhám ravíḥ `the sun warms up the back'. Description

$1.3.28 āṄo ¹yama-²hanaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stems 12] yam- `restrain, stretch' (I 1033) and han- `kill, injure' (II 2), co-occurring with the preverb āṄ-° [as intransitive verbal stems 26].

Both verbs belong to the Parasmaipadá cIass: *yam+Śap+tiP = yácch-a-ti (7.3.77) : ā-yacch-a-te `extends, spreads, streches'; *han+0̸¹+ta = ā-ha0̸+te (6.4.37) ā-ha-te `strikes, injures' (when no object follows). But when they are transitive: ā-yacch-a-ti kūpād rájjum `draws up the rope from the well'; ā-han-ti vr̥ṣalám pādéna `kicks the thief with the foot'.

$1.3.29 sámo ¹gami=²ŕcchi̱-³pracchi̱-⁴svárati=⁵árti-⁶śru-⁷vídi̱bhyaḥ

[Ātmanepadá endings are introduced after the verbal stems 12] gam- `go' (I 1031), r̥ch- `go, faint, become hard or stiff' (VI 15), prach- `ask' (VI 120), svr̥- `sound' (I 979), r̥- `go' (III 16), śru- `listen' (I 989) and víd- `know' (II 55) when co-occurring with the preverb sám-°

The original reading of this sūtra is [sámo gami̱=ŕcchibhyām] while the additions have been made by a vārttika to this rule; the present reading is according to Kāśikā.

1. gácch-a-ti: sáṁ-gacch-a-te `joins, goes together'.

2. r̥cch-a-ti : sám-r̥cch-a-te `goes, faints'.

3. pŕcch-a-ti (6.1.16) : sám-pr̥cch-a-te `asks [when not followed by an object 26].

4. svár-a-ti : sáṁ-svar-a-te `sounds, afflicts'. íyar-ti (3.1.29) : sám-ar-anta `they attained'. śr̥-ṇó-ti : sám-sr̥-ṇu-te (3.1.74) `hears'. vét-ti : saṁ-vid-ate `they realize'.

$1.3.30 ¹ní-²sám-³úpa-⁴víhhyo hvaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] hve(Ñ) `challenge, call' (I 1057) when co-occurring with the preverbs ní-°, sám-°, úpa-° and ví-°.

This verbal stem, with marker Ñ as IT belongs to the special class of stems after which Atm. l-substitutes are introduced when the result of the action is intended for the agent (72 below), but by this rule, when co-occurring with these preverbs, Atm. l-substitutes are introduced even when the fruit of the action is not so intended.

hváy-a-ti/hváy-a-te : but ní-hvay-a-te `invokes'; sám-hvay-a-te `shouts together'; úpa-hvay-a-te `invites'; ví-vhya-a-te `invites'. Description

$1.3.31 spardhāyām āṄaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 hve(Ñ) 30] co-occurring with the preverb āṄ-° to denote `a challenge' (spardhā).

ā-hvay-a-te `challenges'.

$1.3.32 ¹gándhana=²avakṣépaṇa-³sévana-⁴sāhasikya-⁵pratiyatná-⁶prakáthana=⁷upayogéṣu kr̥Ñaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] kr̥Ñ `do, make, perform' (VIII 10) when it expresses the sense of (1) divulging (gándhana), (2) reviling (avakṣépaṇa), (3) serving (sévana), (4) violent action (sāhasikya), (5) transformation (pratiyatná), (6) recitation (prakáthana) and (7) performance of a religious action (upayogá).

Ātm. l-substitutes are introduced without exception even when the result of the action is not intended for the agent.

1. út-kur-u-te (3.1.79; 6.4.110) `informs or divulges against'.

2. śyenó vártikām úd-ā-kur-u-te `the hawk overcomes the quail'.

3. upādhyāyám úpa-kur-u-te `serves the teacher'.

4. paradārān prá-kur-u-te `outrages the modesty of another's wife'.

5. édho dakásya úpa-s-kur-u-te (6.1.139) `the fuel transforms the quality of water'.

6. gāthāḥ prá-kur-u-te `recites the Gs.'

7. śatám prá-kur-u-te `donates a hundred (pieces for charity to earn religious merit)'.

$1.3.33 ádheḥ prasáhane

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 kr̥Ñ 32] co-occurring with the preverb ádhi-° to express the sense of `overcoming' (prasáhane).

tám ádhi-kur-u-te `overcomes him', but ártham ádhi-kar-o-ti `learns the meaning'. Description

$1.3.34 véḥ śábda-karmaṇaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 kr̥Ñ 32] co-occurring with the preverb ví-° when denoting `sound' for its object (śábda-karmaṇaḥ).

kroṣṭā ví-kur-u-te svarān `the jackal howls'. In this rule [śábda] stands for its synonyms and not for itself as required by 1.1.68. Counter-example: ví-kar-o-ti páyaḥ `curdles milk'.

$1.3.35 akarmákāt=ca

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 kr̥Ñ 32, co-occurring with the preverb ví=° 34] when it is intransitive (akarmákāt) also (ca).

saindhavāḥ=ví-kur-v-ate; `the steeds move gracefully'.

$1.3.36 ¹sammānana=²utsáñjana=³ācāryakáraṇa-⁴jñāna-⁵bhr̥tí-⁶vigáṇana-⁷vyayéṣu niyaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] nī(Ñ) `lead' (I 950) when it expresses the sense of (1) honor (sam-mānana), (2) lifting up (utsáñjana), (3) make one a spiritual guide (ācārya-káraṇa), (4) knowledge (jñāna), (5) hiring for wages (bhr̥tí), (6) repayment of a debt (vigáṇana) and (7) giving a donation to charity (vyayá).

náy-a-ti/náy-a-te `leads' but:

1. śāstré náy-a-te `demonstrates the truth of science'.

2. daṇḍám ún-nay-a-te `lifts up or raises the staff'.

3. māṇavakám úpa-nay-a-te `initiates the pupil so as to make him a teacher'.

4. tattvám náy-a-te `arrives at the truth'.

5. karmakārám úpa-nay-a-te `hires a servant'.

6. kārám ví-nay-a-te `pays taxes'.

7. śatám ví-nay-a-te `donates a hundred (pieces) in charity'.

$1.3.37 kartr̥sthé ca=á-śarīre kármaṇi

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 nī(Ñ) 36] also (ca) when the incorporeal (á-śarīre) direct object (kármaṇi) resides in the agent (kartr̥-sthé).

kródham ví-nay-a-te `subdues (one's own) anger'; but devadattáḥ=yajnadattásya kródham ví-nay-a-ti `D. pacifies the anger of Y.' Description

$1.3.38 ¹vŕtti-²sárga-³tātyaneṣu krámaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] krám- `step up, walk' (I 562) to express the sense of (1) continuity (vŕtti), (2) ardor (sárga) and (3) growth, development (tāyana).

1. r̥cí krám-a-te búddhiḥ `the intellect moves unobstructed in the R̥gveda'.

2. adhyáyanāya krám-a-te `shows ardor in study'.

3. krámante asmín śāstrāṇi `sciences flourish in him'.

$1.3.39 ¹úpa-²párābhyām

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 krám- 38] co-occurring with preverbs úpa-° and párā-° [to express the sense of (1) continuity, (2) ardor and (2) growth, development 38].

1. r̥cí úpa-kram-a-te/párā-kram-a-te búddhiḥ `the intellect moves unobstructed in the R̥gveda' as above.

2. adhyáyanāya úpa-kram-a-te/párā-kram-a-te.

3. úpa-kram-ante/parā-kram-ante asmín śāstrāṇi.

The scope of 38 above is extended by this rule only to these two preverbs and confined to the meanings indicated therein; elsewhere the forms are úpa-krām-a-ti/párā-krām-a-ti (7.3.75) and in these and other senses as well: śaṁ-krām-a-ti `transits'.

$1.3.40 āṄa udgámane

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 krám- 38] co-occurring after the preverb āṄ-° to express the sense of `rising (of a celestial body)' (udgámane).

ā-kram-a-te ādityáḥ `the sun rises'; but ā-krām-a-ti harmya-talāt dhūmáḥ `smoke rises up from the roof of the house'.

$1.3.41 véḥ pāda-viharaṇé

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 krám- 38] co-occurring with the preverb ví-° when expressing the sense of `treading, placing the footstep' (pāda-viharaṇé).

áśvaḥ sādhú ví-kram-a-te `the horse paces well'. Description

$1.3.42 ¹prá=²úpābhyām sám-arthā-bhyām

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 krám- 38] co-occurring with preverbs prá-°, úpa-° which have the same significance (sámarthābhyām : i.e., incipient action).

bhóktum prá-kram-a-te/úpa-kram-a-te `begins to eat'.

$1.3.43 án-upasargād vā

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 krám- 38] optionally (vā) when it is not co-occurring after a preverb (an-upasargāt).

krám-a-te/krām-a-ti (7. 2.75-6).

$1.3.44 apahnavé jñaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] jñā- `know' (IX 36) to express the sense of `denying' (apahnavé).

jā-nā-ti `knows', but ápa-jā-nī-te `denies' as in sahásram ápa-jā-nī-te `denies (the debt of) a thousand (pieces)'; counter-example: ná tvám kím ápi jā-nā-si `you do not know anything'. Description

$1.3.45 a-karmákā=ca

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 jñā- 44] also (ca) when it is intransitive (a-karmákāt).

sarpíṣo jā-nī-té `performs a sacrifice with clarified butter'; (2.3. 51 for the use of genitive for instrumental). This is a prior exception to 76 below where these l-substitutes are introduced when the fruit of the action accrues to the agent and the verbal stem does not co-occur with a preverb. Counter-example: svaréṇa putrám jā-nā-ti recognizes the son by (his) voice'.

$1.3.46 ¹sám-²prátibhyām án-ā-dhyāne

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 jñā- 44] co-occurring with the preverbs sám-°, práti-°, except when expressing the sense of `remembrance with anger' (án-ā-dhyāne).

śatam sáṁ-jā-nī-te `seeks after a hundred (pieces)'; sahásram prát-jā-nī-te `promises a thousand (pieces)', but mātúḥ sáṁ-jā-nā-ti `remembers the mother with regret'.

$1.3.47 ¹bhāsana=²upasambhāṣā-³jñāna-⁴yatná-⁵vimatí-⁶upamántraṇeṣu vadaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] vad- `speak' (I 1058) to express the sense of (1) be brilliant (bhāsana), (2) conciliate (upasambhāṣā), (3) know (jñāna), (4) exert (yatná), (5) disagreement (vimatí) and (6) coaxing in secret (upamántraṇa), seduction.

1. śāstré vád-a-te `excels in learning'.

2. bhŕtyān úpa-vad-a-te `conciliates the servants'.

3. śāstré vád-a-te `knows or understands the sciences'.

4. kṣétre vád-a-te `exerts in the field'.

5. kṣétre ví-vad-ante `they quarrel in the field'.

6. paradārān úpa-vad-a-te `seduces another's wife in secret'.

But kíṁcit=vád-a-ti `says something'.

$1.3.48 vyaktávācām samuccāraṇe

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 vad- 74] to express the sense of `simultaneously utter' (samuccāraṇe) in articulate speech (vyaktá-vācām).

sam-prá-vad-ante brāhmaṇāh `the brahmins chant in chorus', but váratanu sam-prá-vad-anti kukkuṭāḥ `Oh lovely one, the fowl are clucking simultaneously'.

$1.3.49 ánor a-karmákāt

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 vad- 47] co-occurring with the preverb ánu-° when it is intransitive (a-karmákāt) [to denote the sense of `simultaneously uttering articulate speech' 48].

ánu-vad-a-te kaṭháḥ kalāpasya `the Kaṭhá expert chants in chorus with the Kalāpá expert', but ánu-vad-a-ti vīṇā `the Vīṇā reverberates', or pūrvam evá yájur uditám ánu-vad-a-ti `repeats the chanting of the Yajus, chanted earlier'.

$1.3.50 vibhāṣā vi-pra-lāpé

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 vad- 47] optionaIly (vibhāṣā) when expressing the sense of `contradiction' (vi-pra-lāpé) [while simultaneously uttering articulate speech 48].

vi-prá-vad-ante/vi-prá-vad-anti vaidyāḥ `the doctors simultaneously contradict one another', i.e., express different diagnoses. When contradiction is not involved only Ātm. l-substitutes are introduced.

$1.3.51 ávād graḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] gr̄- `swallow' (VI 117) co-occurring with the preverb áva-°.

gir-á-ti (7.1.100) : áva-gir-a-te `swallows down'.

$1.3.52 sámaḥ pratijñāne

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 gr̄- 51] co-occurring with the preverb sám-° when expressing the sense of promise (pratijñāne).

sahásram sáṁ-gir-a-te `promises to pay a thousand (pieces)'; but sáṁ-gir-a-ti grāsám `swallows a mouthful'.

$1.3.53 údaś cáraḥ sa-karmákāt

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] cár- `move, graze' (I 591) co-occurring with the preverb úd-° when it is transitive (sakarmákāt).

kuṭumbam úc-car-a-te `deserts the family'; guru-vacanám úc-car-a-te `transgresses the precepts of the teacher'. But bāṣpám úc-car-a-ti `tear emerges'.

$1.3.54 sámas tr̥tīyā-yuktāt

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12 cár- 52] after the preverb sám-°, co-occurring with a nominal stem (ending in 1.1.72) the third sUP triplet (tr̥tīyā-yuktāt = instrumental case).

ráthena sáṁ-car-a-te `rides in a coach', but ubhaú lokaú sáṁ-car-a-ti `moves in both worlds'.

$1.3.55 dāṆás ca sā cét=caturty-arthé

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem] dāṆ `give' (I 97) [co-occurring with a nominal stem (ending in) the third sUP triplet 54] provided (céd) it is used in the sense of the fourth sUP triplet (caturthy-arthé: dative case).

dāsyā sam-prá-yacch-a-te (7.2.78) `proffers money to the maid-servant (in order to seduce her)'. Here normally the dative is expected as the indirect object, but in this special sense the instrumental is used. When the instrumental does not have the sense of the dative we have: pāṇínā sam-prá-yacch-a-ti `gives with the hand'. Description

$1.3.56 úpād yamaḥ sva-karaṇé

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] yam- `hold, restrain, check' (I 1033) co-occurring with the preverb úpa-° to express the sense of `espousal' (sva-karaṇé).

bhāryām úpa-yacch-a-te (7.3.77) `he espouses a wife', but devadattáh=yajnadattásya bhāryām úpa-yacch-a-ti `D. has illicit relations with Y.'s wife'.

$1.3.57 ¹jñā-²śru-³smr̥-⁴dr̥śām saNaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stems 12] jñā- `know' (IX 36), śru- `hear, listen' (I 989), smŕ- `recollect', remember' (I 845) and dr̥ś- `see, perceive' (I 1057) when co-occurring with the desiderative marker saN.

1. jñā+saN+ŚaP+te = jñā-jñā+saN+a+te (6.1.9) = jñá-jñā-sa+a+te (7.4.59) = j0̸á-jñā-sa+a+te (7.4.60) = jí-jñā-sa+a+te (7.4.79) = jí-jñā-sa-te (6.1.97) `desires to know', contra jā-nā-ti. dhárman jí-jñā-sa-te `wishes to know the law'.

2. gurúm śú-śrū-ṣa-te `desires to serve the teacher', contra śr̥-ṇó-ti (3.1.74) `listens'.

3. naṣṭám sú-smūr-ṣa-te (6.4.16; 7.1.102; 8.2.77) `wishes to remember (one's) loss' contra smár-a-ti remembers.

4. nr̥pám di-dr̥k-ṣa-te (8.2.36,41) `desires to see the king'. This is a prior exception to 62 below.

$1.3.58 ná=ánor jñaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes 12] are not (ná) introduced after the verbal stem jñā- `know' (IX 36) co-occurring after the preverb ánu-° [(and) the desiderative marker saN 57].

putrám ánu-ji-jñā-sa-ti `wishes to inquire after the son', but dhármam jí-jñā-sa-te (57). Description

$1.3.59 ¹prati=²āṄbhyām śruvaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes 12 are not 58] introduced after the verbal stem śru- `hear, listen' (I 989) co-occurring with the preverbs práti-°, āṄ-° [and the desiderative marker saN 57].

práti-śuśrū-ṣa-ti/ā-śuśrū-ṣa-ti `promises'; when [práti-, āṄ] are karma-pravacanīyas and not preverbs, this rule does not apply (1.4.84-6,92): devadattám práti śuśrū-ṣa-te `desires to serve D.' Description

$1.3.60 śade̱ḥ Ś-IT-aḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] śad- `fall, perish, decay' (VI 134) when it co-occurs with an affix with marker Ś (sārvadhātuka 3.4.113).

By 7.3.78 [śad-] is replaced by [śīy-] before Ś-IT affixes: śad+Śa+te (3.1.77) = sīy-á-te, but before non-Ś-IT affixes: śad+syá+ti (3.1.33) = śat-syá-ti (8.4.55), á-śat-sya-t, śí-śat-sa-ti. Description

$1.3.61 ¹mriyater ¹lUṄ-²lIṄoś ca

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verb stem 12] mr̥(Ṅ) `die' (VI 116) [co-occurring with Ś-IT affixes 60] and (ca) also with l-substitutes of Aorist (lUṄ) and Precative (lIṄ).

In this rule lIṄ represents the Precative or Benedictive mood as it is ārdhadhātuka (3.4.116) and therefore not Ś-IT while l-substitutes of Optative (lIṄ) are Ś-IT and covered by the preceding rule.

By its marker [Ṅ] mr̥Ṅ prāṇa-tyāgé it functions with the Ātm. l-substitutes, but this rule restricts this operation only when the verbal stem co-occurs with Ś-IT affixes and with the non-Ś-IT affixes of the Aorist and Precative.

1. mr̥+Śá+te mriy-á-te (7.4.28).

2. mr̥+lUṄ = mr̥+ta = mr̥+Cli̱+ta (3.1.43) = mr̥+si̱C+ta (3.1.44) = áṬ+mr̥+0̸+ta (6.4.71; 8.2.27) = á-mr̥-ta.

3. mr̥+lIṄ = mr̥+tá = mr̥+sīyu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+tá (3.4.102,107) = mr̥-sī0̸-s-tá (6.1.66) = mr̥-ṣī-ṣ-ṭá (8.3.59; 4.41) but mar-i-ṣyá-ti, á-mar-i-ṣya-t. Description

$1.3.62 pūrvavát saNaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after a verbal stem 12] co-occurring with the desiderative marker saN under the same conditions that apply to the primitive stem which precedes it (pūrvavát).

This is a general rule valid for the whole group of verbal stems, the exceptions having been noted in specific rules; thus ās-té `sits' generates the desiderative form ās+iṬ-saN+ŚaP+te = ās-iṣ-iṣ-a-te (6.1.2; 8.3.59) `wishes to sit', but from pác-a-ti : pí-pak-ṣa-ti (8.2.30; 3.59) `desires to cook'.

$1.3.63 ām-pratyayavát kr̥Ñaḥ=anuprayogásya

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after 12] the auxiliary verbal stem (anuprayogásya) kr̥Ñ `do, perform, make' (VIII 10) [under the same conditions that apply to the (principal) verbal stem 62] co-occurring with the affix °-ām (ām-pratyayavát).

By interpretation [kr̥Ñ] here is regarded as a siglum representing the verbal stems kr̥Ñ-, bhū- and as- which serve as auxiliary verbs in generating the Periphrastic Perfect forms, with the principal verbal stem with affix °ām and the voice associated with that stem determines the voice of of the Periphrastic Perfect form. Thus from édh-a-te: edh-/ām+kr̥+lIT = edh-ām+cakr-é `has increased'; but from oṣ-a-ti : oṣ-ām+cakār-a `has burnt'.

$1.3.64 ¹pra=²upābhyāṁ yuje̱r á-yajña-pātreṣu

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] yuj- `join' (VII 7), co-occurring with the preverbs prá-°, úpa-° except when co-occurring with (words signifying) sacrificial vessels (yajña-pātrá).

This is a prior exception to 72 below which allows both sets of Parasmaipadá and Ātmanepadá l-substitutes under the conditions stated there. Those conditions do not obtain here. prá-yuj+SnáM+té (3.1.78) = prá+yu-na-j+te = prá-yun0̸j+te (6.4.111) prá-yuṅk-te (8.2.30) `joins'; úpa-yuṅk-te `uses'; but yajña-pātrám úpa-yunak-ti `uses a sarificial vessel'.

$1.3.65 sámaḥ kṣṇúvaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] kṣṇú- `whet, sharpen, hone' (II 28) co-occurring with the preverb sam=°.

kṣṇú+0̸¹+ti = kṣṇaú-ti (7.3.89) : sáṁ-kṣṇu-te śástram `sharpens the weapon'. Description

$1.3.66 bhujaḥ=án-avane

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] bhuj- `protect; eat' (VII 17) except when expressing the sense of protection (án-avane).

bhuṅk-te `eats' : bhunák-ti `protects'.

$1.3.67 Ṇer áṆau yát kárma Ṇaú cét sá kartā ánādhyāne

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after a verbal stem 12] co-occurring with the causative marker Ṇí ( 1.4.52) provided the direct object (kárman) of the primitive stem (áṆi) has become the agent (kartā) of the (derived) stem with marker Ṇí and does not signify `remember with regret' (án-ā-dhya-ne).

Exception to 72 below. ā-roh-anti hastínam hasti-pakāḥ `the elephant riders mount the elephant' transforms itself into the passive construction: ā-roh-ya-te hastī hasti-pakān.

$1.3.68 ¹bhī-²smyor hetu-bhayé

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after a verbal stem 12] bhī- `fear, be afraid' (III 2) and smi- `smile' (I 996) [co-occurring with causative marker Ṇí 67] for expressing the fact that the fear or astonishment arises from the agent of the causative (hetu-bhayé 1.4.55).

Exception to 72 below. [ÑI-bhī-] normally takes the active while [smiṄ] takes the middle voice.

1. In the example muṇḍó bhī-ṣ-áy-a-te `the shaved head frightens', muṇḍáḥ is the causative agent [hetú- 1.4.55] and is the source of the fear generated, but in muṇḍáḥ kúñcikayā bhāy-áy-a-ti `the shaved head frightens with a bamboo shoot', the source of fear lies in the bamboo shoot and not in the shaved head. The form bhī-ṣ-áy-a-te is generated by 7.3.40.

2. Similarly in jaṭiló ví-smāp-ay-a-ti (6.1.57; 7.3.36) rūpeṇa `the person with matted hair astonishes with his appearance' the word rūpa- is the source.

$1.3.69 ¹gŕdhi̱-²vancyoh pralámbhane

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stems 12] gŕdh- `covet' (IV 136) and vánc- `go' (I 204) [co-occurring with the causative marker Ṇí 67] to express the sense of `deceit' (pralámbhane).

1. māṇavakám gardh-áy-a-te `deceives the boy'.

2. śíśum vañc-áy-a-te `deceives the child'.

3. Exceptions: śvānam gardh-áy-a-ti `makes the dog bark', áhim vañc-ay-a-ti `avoids the snake'.

$1.3.70 liyaḥ ¹sam-mānana-²śālinī-káraṇayoś ca

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] lī- `melt, cling' (IV 31, IX 31) [co-occurring with the causative marker Ṇí 67] to express the senses of `honor, respect' (sammānana) or `subdue, humiliate' (śālinī-káraṇa) and (ca) [deceit 69].

1. jaṭābhir ā-lāp-ay-a-te (6.1.51; 7.3.3) `respects on account of matted hair'.

2. śyenó vártikām úl-lāp-ay-a-te `the hawk subdues the quail'.

3. kás tvām úl-lāp-ay-a-te `who is deceiving you?'.

4. counter-examples: bālakám úl-lāp-ay-a-ti `makes the child lie down'.

$1.3.71 mithyópapadāt kr̥Ñaḥ=abhyāsé

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] kr̥Ñ `do, make, perform' (VIII 10) [co-occurring with the causative marker Ṇí 67] and having the complementary word (upapadá) mithyā `incorrect, false' to express the sense of `repetition' (abhyāsé).

Exception to 72 below. padám mithyā kār-áy-a-te `repeatedly pronounces the word incorrectly'; but suṣṭhu kār-ay-a-ti. Description

$1.3.72 svaritá-Ñ-ITaḥ kartr=abhiprāyé kriyā-phalé

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after a verbal stem 12] marked with a svaritá accent or Ñ as IT, if the result of the action is intended for the agent (kartr abhiprāyé).

yáj-a-te `performs a sacrifice for oneself', but yáj-a-ti `performs a sacrifice for some one else'; similarly pác-a-te `cooks for oneself', but pác-a-ti `cooks for another'.

Verbal stems have either (1) exclusively Parasmaipadá l-substitutes introduced after them or (2) Ātmanepadá l-substitutes or (3) have either of them optionally. 12 above defines the class after which Ātm. l-substitutes are introduced exclusively, while the present rule specifies stems after which both sets are optionally introduced, subject to the conditions stipulated: viz. whether the action is intended for the agent or someone else. 78 below defines the class of stems after which Paras. l-substitutes are introduced exclusively. The set of rules 13-71 are exceptions to 72 where the stem is marked either with svaritá or Ñ as IT, and to 78 which is not so marked.

$1.3.73 ápād vadaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] vad- `speak' (I 1058) co-occurring with the preverb ápa-° [when the result of the action is intended for the agent 72].

dhána-kāmo nyāyám ápa-vad-a-te `the wealth-seeker abuses the law (in order to gain wealth for himself)', but ápa-vad-a-ti (when the fruit of the action is intended for someone else).

$1.3.74 ṆíCaś ca

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after verbal stems 12] co-occurring with the causative marker ṆíC also (ca) [when the result of the action is intended for the agent 72].

odanám pāc-áy-a-te `causes food to be cooked (for himself)', but pāc-áy-a-ti when it is intended for others.

$1.3.75 ¹sám-²úd=³āṄbhyah=yamaḥ=á-granthe

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] yam- `restrain, check' (I 1033) co-occurring with the preverbs sám-°, úd-°, āṄ-°, except to designate a text (á-granthe) [when the result of the action is intended for the agent 72].

1. indriyāṇi sám-yacch-a-te `restrains his sense organs'.

2. bhārám úd-yacch-a-te `lifts up his load'.

3. vástram ā-yacch-a-te `draws out (= extends) the cloth (for himself)'.

4. counter-example: ā-yacch-a-ti cikitsām vaidyaḥ `the physician diligently studies (the text) on treatment (= pharmacology) [intended for others]'.

$1.3.76 án-upasargāt=jñaḥ

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 12] jñā- `know' (IX 36) when not co-occurring with preverbs (án-upa-sargāt) [and the result of the action is intended for the agent 72].

áśvam jā-nī-te `recognizes (his) horse', but devadattásya gām jā-nā-ti `recognizes D.'s cow'.

$1.3.77 vibhāṣā=upapadéna pratīyámāne

[Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are introduced after a verbal stem 12] optionally (vibhāṣā) [when the fact that the action is intended for the agent 72] is indicated (pratīyámāne) by a complementary word (upa-padéna).

sváṁ káṭam kur-u-té/kar-ó-ti `makes his own mat'. This optional rule applies to all the preceding five rules 71-76.

$1.3.78 śéṣāt kartári parasmaipadám

After the remaining verbal stems (śéṣāt), when the agent (kartári) is to be denoted, Parasmaipadá l-substitutes are introduced.

Such verbal stems are indicated in the Dhātupātḥa either with the udātta accent as an IT marker or by the absence of the markers Ṅ or Ñ if no reciprocal action is denoted (14). In the case of stems marked by svaritá or Ñ as IT these endings occur only when the fruit of the action is intended for others and not the agent. In all cases where particular rules have not been formulated Parsmaipadá l-substitutes are introduced. Now follow the particular rules regarding Ubhayapadíns or Ātmanepadín stems after which Paras. l-substitutes alone are introduced.

$1.3.79 ¹anu-²párābhyāṁ kr̥Ñaḥ

[Parasmaipadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 78] kr̥Ñ- `do, make, preform' (VIII 10) co-occurring with the preverbs ánu-° or párā-° [even when the fruit of the action is intended for the agent 72].

ánu-kar-o-ti `imitates'; párā-kar-o-ti `does well, excels'. Description

$1.3.80 ¹abhí-²práti=³átibhyaḥ kṣipaḥ

[Parasmaipadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 78] kṣip- `toss' (VI 5) co-occurring with the preverbs abhí-°, práti-° or áti-° [even when the fruit of the action is intended for the agent 72].

abhí-kṣip-a-ti `throws on'; práti-kṣip-a-ti `turns away'; áti-kṣip-a-ti `throws beyond'.

The verbal stem is [kṣipÀ pré raṇe] with svaritá as IT marker (VI 5).

$1.3.81 prād vahaḥ

[Parasmaipadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 78] vah- `bear, carry' (I 1053) co-occurring with the preverb prá-° [even when the fruit of the action is intended for the agent 72].

prá-vah-a-ti `flows', but ā-vah-a-te `brings for oneself'. Description

$1.3.82 párer mr̥ṣaḥ

[Parasmaipadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 78] mr̥ṣ- `endure, bear' (lV 55) co-occurring with the preverb pári-° [even when the fruit of the action is intended for the agent 72].

párt-mr̥ṣ-ya-ti `endures', but ā-mr̥ṣ-ya-te `bears patiently'. Description

$1.3.83 ¹ví-²āṄ-³páribhyaḥ=ramaḥ

[Parasmaipadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 78] ram- `sport, play' (1 906) co-occurring with the preverbs ví-°, āṄ-°, or pári-° [even when the fruit of the action is intended for the agent 72].

rám-a-te: ví-ram-a-ti `rests'; ā-ram-a-ti `delights'; pári-ram-a-ti `sports', but abhí-ram-a-te `reposes, dwells in, delights in'.

$1.3.84 úpāt=ca

[Parasmaipadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 78 ram- 83] co-occurring with the preverb úpa-° also (ca) [even when the fruit of the action is intended for the agent 72].

devadattám úpa-ram-a-ti `causes D. to refrain' (= úpa-ram-ay-a-ti with implied causative sense).

$1.3.85 vibhāṣā=a-karmákāt

[Parasmaipadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stem 78 ram- 83] optionally (vibhāṣā) [when co-occurring with the preverb úpa-° 84] and is intransitive (akarmákāt).

bhójanād úpa-ram-a-ti/úpa-ram-a-te `stops eating'. Description

$1.3.86 ¹búdhÁ-²yudhA-³naśÁ-⁴jána̱-⁵iṄ-⁶pru-⁷dru-⁸srubhyo Ṇeḥ

[Parasmaipadá l-substitutes are introduced after the verbal stems 78] búdh- `perceive' (I 911), budh- (IV 63), yudh- `fight' (IV 64), naś- `disappear' (IV 85), jan- `be born' (IV 41), iṄ- `study' (II 37, co-occurring with preverb ádhi-°), pru- `spring up' (I 1006), dru- `run' (I 992) and sru- `flow' (I 987), co-occurring with the causative marker Ṇí [even when the fruit of the action is intended for the agent 72].

An exception to 74 above.

1. bodh-áy-a-ti pádmam `makes the lotus bloom'.

2. káṣṭhám yodh-áy=a=ti `makes the bundles of firewood to strike against one another'.

3. duḥkhám nāś-áy-a-ti `dispels unhappiness'.

4. jan-áy-a-ti sukhám `brings in happiness'.

5. vyākáraṇam adhy-āp-áy-a-ti (6.1.48; 7.2.26) `teaches grammar'.

6. drāv-áy-a-ti `causes to run or melt'.

7. srāv-áy-a-ti `causes to flow'. Description

$1.3.87 ¹nigáraṇa-²cálana=arthebhyaḥ

[Parasmaipadá l-substitutes are introduced after verbal stems 78] denoting `swallowing' (nigáraṇa) or moving' (cálana=arthebhyaḥ) [co-occurring with the causative marker Ṇí 86, even when the fruit of the action is intended for the agent 72].

1. āś-áy-a-ti `causes to eat'.

2. kamp-áy-a-ti `causes to tremble, shakes'. Description

$1.3.88 áṆau=a-karmákāt=cittavát-kartr̥kāt

[Parasmaipadá l-substitutes are introduced after verbal stems 78, co-occurring with the causative marker Ṇí 86, even when the fruit of the action is intended for the agent 72], provided the primitive stem without the causative marker Ṇí (áṆau) is intransitive (akarmákāt) and the agent of the action is an intelligent being (cittavát-kartr̥kāt).

śeté devadattah `D. sleeps', but śāy-áy-a-ti devadattam `causes D. to sleep'; ās-té devadattah `D. sits', but ās-áy-a-ti devadattam `makes D. sit'. Description

$1.3.89 ná ¹pā-²dámi̱=³āṄ-yamA-⁴āṄ-yasa̱-⁵pári-muha-⁶rúci̱-⁷nŕti̱-⁸vadA-⁹vasaḥ

[Parasmaipadá l-substitutes 78] are not (ná) introduced after the verbal stems pā- `drink' (I 872), dám- `subdue' (IV 94), ā+yam- `extend' (I 1033), ā+yas- `exert oneself' (IV 101), pári+muh- `be bewildered' (IV 89), rúc- `shine' (I 781), nŕt- `dance' (IV 9), vad- `speak' (I 1058) and vas- `dwell, abide' (I 1054) [co-occurring with the causative marker ṆíC 86].

Exception to 87-88 above.

píb-a-ti (7.3.78) : pā-y-áy-a-te (7.3.37) `causes to drink, makes one drink'; dam-áy-a-te `causes to subdue': ā-yām-áy-a-te `causes to extend'; pari-moh-ay-a-te `entices'; roc-áy-a-te `makes agreeable'; nart-áy-a-te `makes (one) dance'; vād-áy-a-te `makes (one) speak'; vās-áy-a-te `causes to reside'.

$1.3.90 vā KyáṢaḥ

[Parasmaipadá l-substitutes 78] are optionally (vá) introduced after verbal stems (ending in 1.1.72) the affix KyáṢ (3.1.13).

lohita+KyáṢ+ŚaP+ti/te = lohitā-yá-a-ti/te (7.4.25) `becomes red'. Description

$1.3.91 dyudbhyo lUṄi

[Parasmaipadá l-substitutes 78 are optionally 90 introduced after the verbal stem class] whose first member is dyút- `shine' (= I 777-99) co-occurring with the marker of the Aorist (lUṄi).

dyót-a-te : dyut+lUṄ = dyut+aṄ+t (3.1.43) = áṬ+dyut-a-t (6.4.71) = á-dyut-a-t, but before Ātmanepadá l-substitutes á+dyut+iṬ-siC+ta (3.1.44; 7.2.35) = á-dyot-i-ṣ-ṭa (8.3.59; 4.41). Description

$1.3.92 vŕdbhyaḥ ¹sya-²saNoḥ

[Parasmaipadá l-substitutes 78 are optionally 90 introduced after the class of verbal stems] whose first member is vŕt- `exist' (= I 795-8) co-occurring with the markers syá and saN (respectively of the Future/Conditional and the desiderative derived stem).

várt-a-te : vart-i-ṣyá-te/ti; á-vart-i-ṣya-ta/t; vr̥t+saN+ŚaP+ti/ta = ví-vr̥t-sa-ti/vívart-i-ṣa-te (1.2.10; 7.2.59).

$1.3.93 lUṬi ca kl̥p-aḥ

[Parasmaipadá l-substitutes 78 are optionaly 90 introduced] after the verbal stem kl̥p- `be able' (I 799) co-occurring with the marker of lUṬ (= tās 3.1.33) and (ca) [markers syá and saN 92].

1. kl̥p+tās+miP/iṬ = kalp-tās-mi/°tāh-é.

2. kl̥p+syá+tiP/te = kalp-syá-ti/-te; á-kalp-sya-t/ta.

3. kl̥p+saN+ŚaP+tiP/te = cí-kl̥p-sa-ti/cíkalp-i-ṣa-te. Description

$1.4.1 ā káḍārāt=ékā saṁjñā

(In this section, beginning with this sūtra) and ending with [káḍārāḥ karmadhārayé 2.2.38] only one (ékā) technical term (saṁjñā) applies (to a given item).

Thus 10 below defines the t.t. [laghú-] as a short vowel (hrasvá) (1.2.28) but the t.t. [gurú-] is defined as a long vowel (12) as well as a short vowel followed by a consonant nexus (11). Since two t.tt. now apply to a short vowel, viz. [laghú-, gurú-] only one of them can apply. This is provided by the following sūtra.

$1.4.2 vipratiṣedhé páram kāryàm

When there is incompatibility (vipratiṣedhé) [between two rules which can equally apply in a given domain] what is provided by the subsequent rule (páram) should operate (kāryàm).

1. Since the short vowel has the option of two technical terms, a short vowel followed by a consonant nexus is uniquely [gurú] by this rule. The normal procedure adopted in framing the rules is to state the general rule (utsargá) first and the exception (apavādá) next, which blocks the utsargá within its particular domain.

2. There has been much discussion about the domain of this metarule as governed by the preceding rule. Patañjali and the later Pāṇinīyas extend this metarule over the whole of the corpus of Aṣṭ., and not up to the end of the second pādá of the second chapter (i.e., from 1.1.1 to 8.1.74), and where this fails in a few instances, the word [pára-] is rendered by interpretation to mean [iṣṭá- `desired'] as leading to realizing the correct surface form.

3. 6.1.77 [iKo ya̱Ṇ aCi] rules in that the vowels [i,u,r̥,l̥] are replaced by the corresponding semi-vowels [y,v,r,l] before a vowel (aCi), while 6.1.101 [aKaḥ sávarṇe dīrgháh] rules in that the vowels [a,i,u,r̥,l̥] and the following homogeneous vowels are both replaced by the corresponding long vowel. In the example dádhi+idám both 77 and 101 situations apply equally since the bracketed word homogeneous (sávarṇe) is not a part of the utsargá or general rule 77, but by this metarule 101 uniquely applies.

$1.4.3 yū strī=akhyaú nadī

(The t.t. [saṁjñā 1]) nadī designates uniquely feminine (strī=ākhyaú) nominal stems (ending in 1.1.72) the long vowels -ī or -ū.

1. As a t.t. occurs in 5.4.153; 6.1.173; 2.109; 3.44; 7.1.54,80; 3,107,112,116.

2. In its non-technical sense of `river' occurs in 2.1.20; 4.7; 4.1.113; 2.88,97.

3. Examples of nadī type feminines: nadī `river', vadhū `daughter-in-law' which are uniquely feminine; exceptions are grama-ṇī m.f. `village head', khala-pū m.f. `sweeper' which are not uniquely feminine.

$1.4.4 ná=iya̱Ṅ=uvá̱Ṅ-sthānau=á-strī

[The t.t. nadī 3] does not (ná) denote [uniquely feminine stems ending in long vowels -ī or -ū 3] if these endings are subject to replacement by -iy and -uv (respectively 1.3.10) [iya̱Ṅ=uvá̱Ṅ-sthānau] with the exception of the nominal stem strī.

śrī f. `glory', bhrū f. `eye-brow' are examples of this class: nom. voc. sing. śrīḥ, voc. sing. bhrūḥ, nom. voc. acc. dual śríy-au, bhrúv-au contra nadī+sU = nadī+0̸ (6.1.68); nadī+au = nady-au; nadī+sU (voc.) = nádi+sU (7.2.107) = nádi+0̸ (6.1.69) = nádi. Similarly voc. sing. (he) strí. Description

$1.4.5 vā=āmi

[The t.t. nadī 3] optionally (vā) denotes [uniquely feminine stems ending in -ī or -ū 3 which are subject to replacement by -iy, -uv respectively 4] before the sUP triplet ām (6th or genitive plural).

śrī+ām = śriy-ām / śrī-nu̱M+ām (7.1.54) = śrī-ṇ-ām (8.4.2). bhrū+ām = bhruv-ām / bhrū-ṇ-ām. Description

$1.4.6 ṄIT-i hrasváś ca

[The t.t. nadī 3 optionally 5 denotes uniquely feminine stems (ending in 1.1.72)] short vowels [-i, -u 3] and (ca) [those which end in long -ī, -ū 3 and are subject to replacement respectively by -iy, -uv 4] before sUP triplets with marker Ṅ as IT (= Ṅe, ṄasI, Ṅas and Ṅi).

1. gáti- f. `movement', dhenú- f. `cow': gáti+Ṅe = gáte+e (7.3.111) = gátay-e (6.1.78) / gáti+āṬ+Ṅe (7.3.112) = gáty-ai (6.1.88); similarly gáti+ṄasI = gáte+as = gáteḥ (6.1.110)/ gáty-āḥ; gati+Ṅi = gáta+au (7.3.118-19) gát-au / gáti+āṬ+ām (7.3.112,116) = gáty-ām; dhenáv-e, dhenóḥ, dhenaú / dhenv-aí, dhenvāḥ, dhenv-ām.

2. śriy-é/śriy-aí. Description

$1.4.7 śéṣo GHI=á-sakhi

(The t.t.) GHI denotes the remainder (śéṣaḥ) [= stems (ending in 1.1.72) short -i, -u which are not uniquely feminine, as well as uniquely feminine stems which are not covered by the t.t. nadī] with the exception of sákhi- `companion'.

agní- m. `fire', vāyú- m. `wind' are examples of this class, while gáti-, dhenú- which are feminine but not members of the nadī-class, are also members of this class, but , optionally belong to the nadī-class before Ṅ-marked sUP triplets.

$1.4.8 pátiḥ samāsé=evá

[The t.t. GHI 7] denotes the nominal stem páti- `protector' when it occurs (at the end of) a compound (samāsé) only (evá).

páti+Ṅe = páty-e (6.1.77) prajā-patí+Ṅe = prajā-paté+Ṅe = prajā-patáy-e (6.1.78); páti+Ṭā = páty-ā; prajā-patí+Ṭā = prajā-patí-nā (7.3.120). Description

$1.4.9 ṣaṣṭhī-yuktaś chándasi vā

[The t.t. GHI 7] optionally (vā) denotes [the nominal stem páti-] co-occurring with a nominal stem (ending in 1.1.72) the sixth sUP triplet (ṣaṣṭhī-yuktaḥ) in the domain of Chándas.

kuluñcā-n-ām pátay-e námaḥ `homage to the lord of Kuluñcás'; kṣétrasya páti-nā vayám `we, with the master of the field'.

$1.4.10 hrasvám laghú

(The t.t.) laghú denotes a short (hrasvá) vowel (1.2.28).

1. A distinction is made here between a short (hrasvá) vowel and a metrically light (laghú) vowel. Whereas the absolute values of the vowel class are defined as one mora for the short, two for the long and three for the prolated, the concept of light (laghú) and heavy (gurú) has relevance only to the context of situation.

2. As a t.t. occurs in 5.1.131; 6.4.56-61; 7.2.7,94; 3.86; 4.93; 8.3.18.

$1.4.11 saṁyogé gurú

(The t.t.) gurú denotes [a short vowel (hrasvá) 10] before a cluster (of consonants 1.1.7 saṁyogé).

1. The word [gurú] indicates a metrically heavy syllable. In the expression agní- m. `fire', the initial phoneme (vowel) is gurú since it is followed by two consonants; similarly in the expression mitrá- n. `friend' and in yuddhá- n. `war strife' , vr̥ddhá- mfn. `grown', kl̥ptá- mfn. `formed, effected', the short vowels (hrasvá) are metrically heavy (gurú) in the context of being followed by consonant nexi.

$1.4.12 dīrgháṁ ca

[The t.t. gurú 11] also (ca) denotes a long (dīrghá) vowel (1.2.28).

In the expression īhā f. `desire' both vowels are metrically heavy (gurú) as the sonant vowel is in pitr̄n.

1. As a t.t. occurs in 3.3.103; 4.1.78; 5.1.132; 8.2.86.

$1.4.13 yásmāt pratyaya-vidhís tád-ādi pratyayé=áṅgam

In a unit after which (yásmāt) an affix is introduced (pratyaya-vidhíḥ), the unit beginning with that is denoted by the t.t. áṅga before that affix (pratyayé).

1. In the three-fold set-up of the Aṣṭ. consisting of nominal and verbal stems [prātipadiká 1.2.45, dhātu 1.3.1; 3.1.32 and affixes (pratyayá) 3.1.1ff.] the nominal or verbal pre-affixal stem after which the affixes are introduced is defined by this t.t. Since a sentence (vākyà), the unit of thought in articulate speech, is analyzed into its component units consisting of a concatenation of stems and affixes, the pre-affixal base (whether nominal or verbal) requires a single t.t. for indicating the morpho-phonological processes needed to generate the sentences. It will be seen that these stems, under defined situations, have technical terms associated with them; besides [áṅga] defined here, we have [padá 14] and [bhá 18] below.

2. The 3rd pers. sing. Present Indicative (lAṬ) form su-nó-ti, dual su-nu-tás, su- `distil' is an áṅga before the class marker [Śnú] (= nú-), and the theme su+nú- is also an áṅga before the sUP triplets [tiP, tás].

3. As a t.t. occurs in 4.2.72; 6.4.l-7.4.97; 8.2.27; 3.78.

$1.4.14 sUP-tíṄ=antam padám

[The t.t. 1] padá denotes an item terminating in (°-antam) (nominal ending) sUP or (l-substitute) tiṄ triplet.

1. In hára+sU, hára+s is a [padá], and so also hará+am = harám, haréṇa, haréṣu etc.

2. In bhū+ŚaP+tiP = bhó+a+ti (7.3.84) = bháv-a-ti (6.1.78), bháv-a-ti is a padá, and so also bháv-a-tas, bháv-a+anti = bháv-a-nti (6.1.97) are padás.

3. As a t.t. occurs in 2.1.1; 3.1.119; 8.1.16; 3.57; 4.1.38.

$1.4.15 naḥ Kyé

[The t.t. 1 padá 14] denotes an item (ending in 1.1.72) the phoneme n before affix Kyá (= KyáṄ 3.1.11, KyáC 3.1.8 and KyáṢ 3.1.13).

1. rājan+KyáṄ+ŚaP+tá = rāja0̸+yá+tá (8.2.7) = rājā-yá+ta (7.4.25) = rājā-yá-te (3.4.79). By 18 below, normally a pre-affixal stem is defined as BHA before initial [y-°] of an affix, so this is a prior exception to that rule.

2. rājan+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP = rāja0̸+yá-ti (8.2.7) = rājī-yá-ti (7.4.23) `treats like royalty'.

3. várman+KyáṢ+ŚaP+tiP = varma0̸+yá+ti (8.2.7) = varmā-ya-ti (7.4.25) `becomes like a coat of mail'.

$1.4.16 S-IT-i ca

[The t.t. 1 padá 14] also (ca) denotes an item before an affix with marker S as IT.

bhávat+chaS (4.2.115) = bhavat+īya- (7.1.2) = bhavad-īya- `your honor's'; voicing of an unvoiced consonant can only take place at the end of a padá (8.2.39).

$1.4.17 sÚ=ādiṣu=á-sarvanamasthāne

[The t.t. 1 padá 14] denotes an item before the class of affixes whose first member is the sUP triplet sU (4.1.2) excluding those denoted by (the t.t. 1) sarvanāma-sthāná (= sUṬ 1.1.43 and Śi 1.1.42 = strong case affixes).

1. All affixes are dealt with in the three chapters of Aṣṭ. (3-5) and this class of affixes benning with sU (4.1.2) extends up to affix kaP (5.4.151).

2. rājan+bhyām = rāja0̸+bhyām (8.2.7) = rāja-bhyām. Description

$1.4.18 y-aCi BHAm

[The t.t. 1] BHA denotes an item before an affix with initial semivowel [y-°] or any vowel (aC).

1. rājan+Śas = rāj0̸n+as (6.4.134) = rājñ-as = rājñ-aḥ (8.3.15); similarly rājan+Ṅe = rājñ-e, rājan+ṄasI = rājñ-as = rājñ-aḥ.

2. kata+yaÑ (4.1.105) = kāt0̸-ya- (6.4.148) `gotra descendant of Kata'; since [t of kāt0̸] is not at the end of a padá by its being a BHA 8.2.39 is blocked.

3. As a t.t. occurs in 6.4.22-128; 129-75; 7.1.88; 8.2.79.

$1.4.19 ¹ta̱-²sa̱u̱ matU=arthe

[The t.t. 1 BHA 18] denotes an item (ending in 1.1.72) the phonemes (°-t, °-s) before an affix having the meaning of affix matU(P) (5.2.94).

vidyút+matUP = vidyút+vatUP (8.2.10) = vidyút-vat- `possessed of lightning'; note that the stem-final unvoiced stop is not replaced by the voiced as required by 8.2.39 because the preaffixal stem is BHA and not a padá.

yáśas+vín- (5.2.121) = yaśas-vín- `glorious' where stem-final [s] is not replaced by [rU] (according to 8.2.66).

$1.4.20 ayasmaya=ādīni chándasi

[The t.t. 1 BHA 18] denotes the stem in the class of expressions whose first member is ayas-máya- `made of metal (or iron)' before affixes introduced after them, in the domain of Chándas.

Some of these function as though both t.tt. apply to the pre-affixal stem: in [ayas-máya-] the pre-affixal stem functions like a BHA while in ŕc+vatUP = ŕk-vat- `praising', the pre-affixal stem functions first as a padá in replacing the palatal stop by the corresponding velar unvoiced stop: ŕc+vat- = ŕk-vat- (8.2.30) and it then functions like a BHA stem in blocking out the operation of 8.2.39 which would have required ŕk : ŕg transformation. Description

$1.4.21 bahúṣu bahu-vacanám

[The t.t. 1] bahu-vacaná `plural' denotes plurality (bahúṣu) of units [functioning as subjects (kartŕ-) or objects (kárman-)].

1. As a t.t. occurs in 1.4.102; 4.3.100; 6.2.34; 7.3.103; 8.1.21; 2.28; 1.2.58,63.

2. By 4.1.2 a set of 21 affixes are introduced after nominal stems, divided into seven triplets; similarly by 3.4.78 a set of 18 affixes are introduced as replacements for the l-members (denoting tenses and moods), consisting of two sets of three triplets each. 102 below uses the three t.tt. [ekavacaná `singular', dvi-vacaná `dual' and bahuvacaná `plural'] to denote the three members of each of these triplets. The present and the following sūtras define the meaning of these terms; [bahuvacaná] here denotes the third member of each of these triplets. Sanskrit is the only Indo-European language to maintain the system of three numbers throughout its history. Ex. brāhmaṇá+Jas véda+am páṭh+ŚaP+jhi = brāhmaṇās (6.1.102) védam (6.1.107) páṭh-a-anti (7.1.2) = páṭhanti (6.1.97) = brāhmaṇā0̸ (8.2.66; 2.17,22) védam páṭh-anti `brahmins recite the Veda'.

$1.4.22 ¹dvi=²ekáyor ¹dvi-vacana=²eka-vacané

[The t.tt. 1] dvi-vacaná `dual' and eka-vacaná `singular' respectively (1.3.10) denote duality and singularity of units [functioning as subjects or objects].

1. dví+au = dvá+au (7.2.102) = dvaú (6.1.88,104) hásta+au = hástau (6.1.88,104) `two hands'.

2. ékā+sU nāsikā+sU = ékā+0̸ nāsikā+0̸ (6.1.68) = ékā nāsikā `one nose'.

3. vidyút+sU pát+ŚaP+tiP = vidyút+0̸ pát-a-ti = vidyút pát-a-ti `lightning falls'.

4. As a t.t. dvivacaná occurs in 1.1.11; 5.3.57; 7.1.77; 2.88,92; ekavacaná occurs in 1.2.61; 4.102; 2.3.49; 4.1; 5.4.43; 7.1.32; 2.87; 8.1.22.

$1.4.23 kārake

In the domain of Kāraka.

1. This is an adhikārá (1.3.11) `governing rule' beginning here and extending up to 55 below. Since the principal meaning of an utterance is an action denoted by a verbal stem, those things which bring about the development of that action are referred to by this term. Six of these are enumerated below: apādāna (24) `point of departure'; sampradāna (32) `point of arrival'; káraṇa (42) `instrument'; adhikáraṇa (45) `locus, sub-stratum'; kárman (49) `direct object' and kartŕ (54) `agent' and hetú (55) as `causal agent' as its sub-type. The relationship between two or more kārakas can only occur through an action of which they are different kārakas. Thus, with the exception of the sixth or genitive (ṣaṣṭhī) case, all the remaining sets of sUP triplets are kāraka-forming affixes.

2. By the fact of this being a governing rule, the word [kārake] will recur in all subsequent rules of this sub-section.

$1.4.24 dhruvám apāyé=apādānam

[The t.t. 1] apādāna `ablation' denotes [that kāraka 23] which functions as a stable point (dhruvám) with respect to a movement away from itself (apāyé), i. e., a point of departure.

grāma+ṄasI = grāma+āt (7.1.12) = grām-āt ā-gacch-a-ti `comes from the village'; párvat-āt=áva-roh-a-ti `descends from the hill'.

$1.4.25 ¹bhī-²trā-arthānām bhaya-hetúḥ

[The t.t. 1 apādāna 24 kāraka 23] denotes a cause of fear (bhaya-hetúḥ) with reference to actions denoted by the verbal stems expressing fear (bhī-) or protection (trā=arthānām).

1. vŕka+bhyas =vŕke-bhyas (7.3.103) bí-bhe-ti `is afraid of wolves, fears from wolves'.

2. vŕke-bhyas trāy-a-te `protects from wolves'.

$1.4.26 párā-jer á-soḍhaḥ

[The t.t. 1 apādāna 24 kāraka 23] denotes what is unbearable (asoḍháḥ) with reference to the verbal stem párā+ji- `overcome'.

adhyáyanāt párā-jay-a-te `is overwhelmed by study', but śátrūn párā-jay-a-te `overcomes enemies'. Description

$1.4.27 vāraṇa=arthānām īpsitáḥ

[The t.t. 1 apādāna 24 kāraka 23] denotes what [an agent desires to reach (īpsitáḥ)] by means of actions meaning `ward off' (vāraṇa-arthānām).

yāvebhyo gām vār-áy-a-ti `wards off the cow from the barley (field)', but gām vār-ay-a-ti kṣétre `wards off the cow in the field'.

$1.4.28 antardhaú yéna á-darśanam iccháti

[The t.t. 1 apādāna 24 kāraka 23] denotes (the person) by whom (yéna) the agent wishes not to be seen (á-darśanam iccháti) when concealment (antaradhaú) is indicated (by the verbal stem).

upādhyāyāt antárdhatte/ní-lī-ya-te `hides from the teacher'.

$1.4.29 ākhyātā=upayogé

[The t.t. 1 apādāna 24 kāraka 23] denotes a reciter (ākhyātā) where instruction is signified (upayogé) (by the verbal stem).

upādhyāyād ádhī-te/ā-gam-ay-a-ti `learns from the teacher'.

$1.4.30 jani̱-kartúḥ prakŕtiḥ

[The t.t. 1 apādāna 24 kāraka 23] denotes the source (prakŕtiḥ) from which the agent (kártŕ) of the verbal stem jan- `be born' (IV 41) evolves.

śŕṅgāt śaró jā-yá-te `the arrow is produced from the horn'.

$1.4.31 bhuváḥ prabhaváḥ

[The t.t. 1 apādāna 24 kāraka 23] denotes the source (prabhaváḥ) of the [agent 30] of the verbal stem bhū- `become' (I 1).

himávato gáṅgā prá-bhav-a-ti `the river Ganges originates in the snow-clad mountain'.

As a t.t. apādāna occurs in 3.4.52,74; 5.4.45; 8.2.48.

$1.4.32 kármaṇā yám abhi-praíti sá sampradānam

[The t.t. 1] sampradāna [kāraka 23] denotes one whom the agent intends as a goal or recipient (abhi-praí-ti) through the object (kármaṇā) of the action (of giving).

devadattāya gām dá-dā-ti `gives a cow to D.' Here the object of the verb is the cow and the goal is Devadattá; in general sampradāna is the indirect object.

$1.4.33 rúci=arthānām prīyámāṇaḥ

[The t.t. 1 sampradāna 32 kāraka 23] denotes one who is pleased (prīyámāṇaḥ) in relation to the verbal stem having the sense of `to please' (rúci=arthānām).

devadattāya módako róc-a-te `D. likes sweetmeats'.

$1.4.34 ¹ślāgha̱-²hnuṄ-³sthā-⁴śapām jñīpsyámānaḥ

[The t.t. 1 sampradāna 32 kāraka 23] denotes one who is to be informed (jñīpsyámānaḥ) in relation to the verbal stems ślāgh- `praise' (I 118), hnuṄ `hide' (II 72), sthā- `express one's desire' (I 975) and śap- `swear, curse' (I 1049).

1. devadattāya ślāgh-a-te `praises D. (and shows it to him)'.

2. gopī kr̥ṣṇāya hnu-té `the gopī hides K. (from his co-wives and shows it to him)'.

3. tíṣṭh-a-te (1.3.23) kanyā chāttrāya `the maiden reveals (her desires) to the pupil'.

4. devadattāya śáp-a-ti `swears at or reviles D.'

$1.4.35 dhārér uttamarṇáḥ

[The t.t. 1 sampradāna 32 kāraka 23] denotes a creditor (uttamarṇáḥ) in relation to the causative verbal stem dhār-í- `owe' (VI 119+ṆíC).

devadattāya śatám dhār-áy-a-ti `owes D. a hundred pieces'. Description

$1.4.36 spr̥hér īpsitáḥ

[The t.t. 1 sampradāna 32 kāraka 23] denotes the object desired (īpsitáḥ) in relation to the verbal stem spr̥h- `yearn for' (X 325).

phálebhyaḥ spr̥h-áy-a-ti `yearns for fruit'.

$1.4.37 ¹krudhÁ-²druhÁ-³īrṣyÁ=⁴asūyānām

[The t.t. 1 sampradāna 32 kāraka 23] denotes one towards whom (yám práti) anger (kópa) is felt in relation to the verbal stems krudh- `feel anger' (IV 82), druh- `injure' (IV 88), īrṣy- `not tolerate' (I 544) and asūy- `find fault with'.

1. devadattāya krudh-yá-ti `is angry with Devadatta'.

2. devadattāya druh-yá-ti `injures D.'

3. devadattāya īrṣy-a-ti `does not tolerate D.'

4. yajñadattāya asūy-a-ti `finds fault with Y.'

$1.4.38 ¹krudhÁ-²druhor úpasr̥ṣṭayoḥ kárma

[The t.t. 1] kárman (49 below) [kāraka 23] denotes one [towards whom anger is felt 37] in relation to verbal stems krudh- `feel anger' and druh- `injure' when they co-occur with preverbs (úpasr̥ṣṭayoḥ).

devadattám abhí-krudh-ya-ti `is angry towards D.'

yajñadattám abhí-druh-ya-ti `injures Y.'

$1.4.39 ¹rādh-²īkṣyor yásya vipraśnáḥ

[The t.t. 1 sampradāna 32 kāraka 23] denotes one about whom (yásya) there is a questioning or inquiry (vipraśnáḥ) in relation to the verbal stems rādh- `satisfy' (IV 71) and īks- `look' (I 641).

1. devadattāya rādh-yá-ti `casts D's horoscope'.

2. yajñadattāya īkṣ-a-te `looks into Y's horoscope'.

$1.4.40 ¹práti=²āṄbhyāṁ śruváḥ pūrvasya kartā

[The t.t. 1 sampradāna 32 kāraka 23] denotes the agent (kartā) of the previous act (pūrvasya) (of requesting) in relation to the verbal stems śru- `listen, hear'; (I 989) co-occurring with preverbs práti-° or āṄ-° (and meaning `promise').

The agent of the previous act (of requesting) is one who makes the request or demand, in response to which the subsequent promise is made. devadattāya gām práti-śr̥-ṇo-ti/ā-śr̥-ṇo-ti '(on demand or request) promises a cow to D.'

$1.4.41 ¹anu-²prati-gr̥ṇaś ca

[The t.t. 1 sampradāna 32 kāraka 23] denotes also (ca) [the agent of the previous act 46] (of uttering a praise) in relation to the verbal stem gr̄- (IX 28) co-occurring with the preverbs ánu-° and práti-° meaning `answer or respond to praise'.

hótre ánu-gr̥-ṇā-ti/práti-gr̥-ṇā-ti `he responds to the Hótr̥ by praising in chorus'.

As a technical term occurs in 2.3.13,61; 3.4.73.

$1.4.42 sādhakatamam káraṇam

(The t.t. 1) káraṇa (kāraka 23) denotes the means par excellence (sādhaka-tamam) (in relation to the verbal stem).

asínā vyāghrám hán-ti [asi+Ṭā = asi+nā 7.3.120] `kills a tiger with a sword'; paraśú-nā kāṣṭhám chi-nát-ti `cuts the log with an axe'. Description

$1.4.43 diváḥ kárma ca

[The t.t. káraṇa 43 kāraka 23] as well as (ca) kárman (49 below) [kāraka 23] denote [the means par excellence 42] in relation to the verbal stem dív- `gamble, sport' (IV 1).

akṣaíḥ/akṣān dīv-ya-ti `gambles with dice'. Description

$1.4.44 pari-kráyaṇe sampradānan anyatárásyām

[The t.t. 1] sampradāna [kāraka 23] optionally (anya-tarásyām) denotes [the means par excellence 42] in relation to the act of hiring (pari-kráyaṇe).

When this option is not operating the normal káraṇa kāraka prevails: śatā-ya/śaténa pári-krītaḥ `hired for a hundred pieces'.

As a t.t. occurs in 3.1.102; 2.45,56,85,182; 3.82,117; 4.37; 4.4.97; 6.1.20; 4.27; 8.4.10; 2.3.18,33,51,63; 2.1.32; 4.1.50.

$1.4.45 ādhāráḥ=adhikáraṇam

[The t.t. 1] adhikáraṇa [kāraka 23] denotes the locus or substratum (ādhāráḥ).

káṭa+Ṅi = káṭe=ās-te `sits on the mat'; sthālī+Ṅi=sthālī+āṬ+ām (7.3.112,116) = sthāly-ām pác-a-ti `cooks in the pot'.

$1.4.46 ¹ádhi-śīṄ-²sthā=³āsāṁ kárma

[The t.t. 1] kárman (49 below) [kāraka 23] denotes [the locus or substratum 45] in relation to the verbal stems śīṄ- , `lie down, sleep' (II 22), sthā- `stay, stand' (I 975) and ās- `sit' (II ll) all co-occurring with the preverb ádhi-°.

grāmam ádhi-śe-te `lies down in the village'.

grāmam ádhi-tiṣṭh-a-ti `remains in the village'.

grāmam ádhy-ās-te `settles in the village'.

$1.4.47 abhi-ní-viśaś ca

[The t.t. 1 kárman 49 kāraka 23] also (ca) denotes [the locus or substatum 45] in relation to the verbal stem viś- `enter' (VI 136) co-occcurring with the preverb abhi-ní-°.

grāmam abhi-ní-viś-a-ti `enters the village'.

$1.4.48 ¹úpa=²ánu=³ádhi-⁴āṄ-vasaḥ

[The t.t. 1 kárman 49 kāraka 23] denotes [the locus or substratum 45] in relation to the verbal stem vas- `dwell, abide' (I 1054) co-occurring with the preverbs úpa-°, ánu-°, ádhi-° or āṄ-°.

grāmam úpa-vas-a-ti / ánu-vas-a-ti / ádhi-vas-a-ti / ā-vas-a-ti sénā `the army remains at the village'.

$1.4.49 kartúr īpsitátamam kárma

[The t.t. 1] kárman (kāraka 23) denotes what the agent (kartúr) most desires to reach (īpsitá-tamam) (through his action).

1. káṭa+am = káṭam (6.1.97) kar-ó-ti `makes a mat'; pátram likh-á-ti `writes a letter'.

$1.4.50 tathā-yuktáṁ ca=án-ipsītam

[The t.t. 1 kárman 49 kāraka 23] also (ca) denotes what is so connected (tathā-yuktám) (with the agent's action like kárman) whether the agent wishes to reach or not (án-īpsitam).

víṣam bhakṣ-áy-a-ti `eats poison'; caurān páśy-a-ti `sees the thieves'; grāmam gácchan vr̥kṣa-mūlāni úpa-sarp-a-ti `going to the vilage, meets with (protruding) roots of trees'.

$1.4.51 á-kathitaṁ ca

[The t.t. 1 kárman 49 kāraka 23] also (ca) denotes [that kāraka to which no other kāraka name 23] is assigned (á-kathitam) [from 24ff.].

In the example gām dóg-dhi páyaḥ [duh+0̸¹+ti = dogh+ti 8.2.32 = dogh+dhi 8.2.40 = dog-dhi 8.4.53] `milks the cow', the cow is an optional object to which no other kāraka name such as [apādāna 24] etc, has been assigned, and therefore is assigned to this kāraka, while the word for milk is what the agent most wishes to reach. This sentence can alternatively be expressed by *gó+ṄasI = gó+as = gós (6.1.110) = góḥ (8.3.15) páyo dóg-dhi.

Verbs of this type are designated [dvi-karmá-ka] `having two objects (kárman)'; in addition to [duh-] `milk' (II 4), we have the following stems belonging to this category: [yāc] `beg' (I 916), [pác-] `cook' (I 187), [daṇḍ-] `punish' (X 381), [rudh-] `obstruct' (VII 1), [prach-] `ask' (VI 120), [ci-] `gather' (V 5), [brū-] `speak' (II 35), [śās-] `instruct' (II 66), [jí-] `conquer' (I 593,993), [máth-] `churn' (I 901), [muṣ-] `steal' (IX 58), [nī-] `lead' (I 950), [hr̥-] `carry' (I 947), [kr̥ṣ-] `draw, drag' (I 1039, VI 6), and [vah-] `carry' (I 1053).

Exx.: (a) balím yāc-á-te vasudhām `begs Bali for the earth'; (b) taṇḍulān odanám pác-a-ti `cooks rice'; (c) gargān śatám daṇḍ-áy-a-ti `punishes the descendants of Garga a hundred pieces'; (d) vrajám áva-ru-ṇad-dhi gām `confines the cow to the pen'; (e) māṇavakám pánthān-am pr̥cch-a-ti `asks the lad about the route'; (f) vr̥kṣám áva-ci-no-ti phálāni `picks fruit from the tree'. (g) māṇavakám dhárma-m brū-té `instructs the pupil in law'; (h) māṇavakám dhármam śās-ti `teaches the pupil law'; (i) sátám jáy-a-ti deva-dattám `wins a hundred pieces from D.'; (j) sudhām kṣīra-nidhím math-nā-ti `churns the milky ocean for ambrosia'; (k) devadattám śatám muṣ-ṇā-ti `steals a hundred pieces from D.'; (l) grāmam ajám náy-a-ti/hár-a-ti/kárṣ-a-ti/ váh-a-ti `leads/carries/leads/carries the goat to the village'. In the case of the first twelve verbal stems (a-l), when the passive construction is employed, the accusative of the second object is replaced by the nominative: gām dóg-dhi páyaḥ : gauḥ duh-yá-te páyaḥ, and in the case of verbal stems referred to in (l) above, the principal object is replaced by the nominative: ajám grāmam náy-a-ti : ajá-ḥ grāma-m nī-yá-te. Description

$1.4.52 ¹gáti-²búddhi-³pratyavasāna=artha-⁴śábda-karma=⁵a-karmákāṇām áṆi kartā sá Ṇau

[That kāraka 23] which is called the agent (kartā 54) in relation to verbal stems which denote movement (gáti=artha), `perception' (búddhi=artha) or `eating' (pratyavasāna-artha), or stems whose object is `sound' (śabda-karman) and intransitive verbal stems, not co-occurring with the marker ṆíC (of the causative) becomes the [kárman 49 kāraka 23] of the causal action (Ṇaú) denoted by these stems co-occurring with the causative marker Ṇí(C).

1. gácch-a-ti devadattó grāmam `D. is going to the village', but yajñadattó devadattám grāmam gam-áy-a-ti `Y. makes D. go to the village'.

2. devadattó dhármam budh-yá-te `D. understands the law', but yajñadattó devadattám dhármam bodh-áy-a-ti `Y. makes D. understand the law'. Similarly for the other categories.

$1.4.53 ¹hr̥-²kror anyatarásyām

[That kāraka 23 which is called the agent (kartā) 52] in relation to the verbal stems hŕ- `take, remove' (I 942) and kr̥- `do, perform' (VIII 10) [when not co-occurring with (causative marker) Ṇí(C) 52] is optionally (anyatarásyām) [the kárman 49 kāraka 23 of the causal action 52] (denoted by these stems) [co-occurring with the (causative marker) Ṇí(C) 52].

1. devadattó bhārám hár-a-ti `D. fetches the load' but yajña-dattó devadattám/devadatténa bhārám hār-áy-a-ti `Y. makes D. fetch the load'.

2. devadattáḥ káṭam kar-ó-ti- `D. makes a mat', but yajñadattó devadattám/devadatténa káṭam kār-áy-a-ti `Y. causes D. to make a mat'.

3. As a t.t. kárman- occurs in 1.4.32,38,43; 1.3.13,37,67; 2.2.14; 3.2,12,14,17,22,52ff.,65ff.; 3.1.7,15,66,67; 2.1ff.,86,92ff.,100,181; 3.12,93,116,127; 4.25,29,45; 6.2.48,150; 4.62.

$1.4.54 svatantráḥ kartā

[The t.t. 1] kartŕ `agent' denotes [that kāraka 23] which is independent (sva-tantráḥ) (relative to others).

devadattá+sU = devadattáḥ (8.3.15) pác-a-ti `D. is cooking'; sthālī pác-a-ti `the pot is cookng'. Description

$1.4.55 tat-prayojakó hetúś ca

[The t.t. 1] hetú and (ca) [the t.t. kartŕ 54 kārakas 23] denote the instigator (tat-prayojaká = kartŕ-°) of that agent.

Here [hetú] is the technical term for the agent of the causative stem-form, which permits the derivation of such forms as kr̥+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = kār-áy-a-ti in which the agent affix [tiP] and the causal marker [ṆíC] are both introduced: [kurvāṇám prá-yuṅk-te] `instigates the agent'.

The t.t. kartŕ occurs in 1.3.14,37,67,78; 4.30,40,49; 2.1.32; 2.15,16; 3.18,24,71; 3.1.11,18,48,62,68; 2.19,21,57,79,86,186; 4.43,67,71; 5.4.50; 6.1.195,207.

The t.t. hetú occurs in 1.3.68; 6.1.56; 7.3.40. As a non-technical term it occurs in 1.4.25; 2.3.23; 3.2.20,126; 3.156 etc.

$1.4.56 prāk=iśvarāt=nipātáḥ

[The t.t. 1] nipātá `particle' denotes elements specified in the subsequent rules [in the sub-section beginning here and] preceding (prāk) (the sūtra) [ádhir-īśvaré 1.4.97 below].

This is an adhikārá or governing rule and the word nipātá will recur in all subsequent rules prior to 97.

$1.4.57 ca=ādayo=á-sattve

[The t.t. 1 nipātá 56] denotes members of the group beginning with ca `and' when they do not signify things (á-sattve).

These are listed in the Gaṇapāṭha.

$1.4.58 prá=ādayaḥ

[The t.t. 1 nipātá 56] denotes the class of (preverbs or prepositions 59) beginning with prá-° `forth'.

The separate mention of this group of particles is in relation to the subsequent rules 59-60 which apply only to this group and not to the earlier group (57). Members of this group are: [pra-°] `forth', [párā-°] `away',[ápa-°] `away', [śam-°] `with', [ánu-°] `after', [áva-°] `off, down', [nís-°] `away', [nír-°] `away', [dús-°, dúr-°] `bad, difficult, hard', [ví-°] `apart, asunder', [āṄ-°] `near', [ní-°] `down', [ádhi-°] `over', [ápi-°] `proximate', [áti-°] `beyond', [sú-°] `good, excellent', [úd-°] `up(wards)', [abhí-°] `to, towards', [práti-°] `against', [pári-°] `round, around' and [úpa-°] `towards, near'. The list is given here because of its importance arising from the subsequent two sūtras. Verbal stems by themselves have a variety of denotations, but they can be significantly modified by this class co-occurring with them.

$1.4.59 upasargāḥ kriyā-yogé

[The t.t. 1] upasargá `preverb, preposition' denotes [the group of particles (nipātá) 56 beginning with prá-° 58] when there is connection with the action (kriyā-yogé = `co-occurrence with a verb').

[kriyā] `action' here stands for the verbal stem denoting an action: gácch-a-ti `goes', but ā-gacch-a-ti `comes'; nír-gacch-a-ti `sets out', ánu-gacch-a-ti `follows', sáṁ-gacch-a-ti `goes with, joins', abhí-gacch-a-ti `goes towards'.

As a t.t. occurs in: 1.3.43; 2.3.59; 3.1.71; 2.61,99,147; 3.22,59,92,106; 5.1.118; 4.85,119; 6.1.91; 2.154,177; 3.122; 4.96; 7.1.67; 4.24,47; 8.2.19; 3.65.

$1.4.60 gátiś ca

[The t.t. 1] gáti also (ca) denotes [the group of particles 56 beginning with prá-° 58 when there is co-occurrence with the action 59].

1. A separate enumeration has become necessary because this t.t. includes much more than the [prá-°]-class of particles as indicated in the subsequent sūtras.

2. As a t.t. occurs in 2.2.18; 6.2.49,139; 7.3.63; 8.3.40.

3. The two t.tt. [upasargá] and [gáti] as applied to this class are never in competition since they are distinct.

4. prá-kr̥-ta- is a tatpuruṣa compound by virtue of 2.2.18 and bears the udātta accent on prá-°, proper to a member of the [gáti]-class according to 6.2.49. Similarly in prá-kar-o-ti, pra-° is an [upasargá] preceding the stem [kr̥-°] and retains its accent (8.1.28), but in sam-ud-ā-nay-a-ti `assembles' nay-a-ti loses its accent (8.1.28) while both preverbs sám-°, úd-° lose theirs by virtue of being assigned simultaneously the t.tt. [gáti] and [upasargá] by 8.1.70.

$1.4.61 ūrī=ādi-Cvi̱-ḌāCaś ca

[The t.t. 1 gáti 60] also (ca) denotes the class [of particles 56] beginning with ūrī-° `assent' and items (ending in 1.1.72) affixes Cvi̱ (5.4.50) and ḌāC (5.4.57).

1. ūrī+kr̥+Ktvā = ūrī+kr̥-t+LyaP (6.1.71; 7.1.37).

2. śuklá+Cvi̱+kr̥+Ktvā = śuklī+kr̥+LyaP (7.4.26) = śuklī-kŕt-ya `having made white (what was not white before)'.

3. paṭapaṭat+Ḍā+kr̥+Ktvā = paṭapaṭā-kŕt-ya `having made the sound "pat, pat"'.

$1.4.62 anukáraṇam ca=án=iti-param

[The t.t. 1 gáti 60] also (ca) denotes an expression imitating (anukáraṇam) (natural sound), provided it is not followed by the particle iti (án-iti-param).

khāṭ+kr̥+Ktvā = khāṭ-kŕ+LyaP = khāṭ-kŕt-ya `having made the sound "khāṭ"' but khāṭ=iti kr̥+Ktvā = khāḍ iti kr̥-tvā.

$1.4.63 ¹ādará=²án-ādarayoḥ ¹sát-²ásat-ī

[The t.t. 1 gáti 60] denotes the particles sát- and ásat- when they (respectively 1.3.10) denote respect (ādará) and disrespect (án-ādara).

sát+kr̥+Ktvā = sat+kr̥+LyaP = sat-kŕt-ya `having shown respect'.

asat-kŕt-ya `having shown disrespect'. Description

$1.4.64 bhūṣaṇe=álam

[The t.t. 1 gáti 60 denotes the particle 56] álam used in the sense of `adornment' (bhūṣaṇe).

álam+kr̥+Ktvā = alam-kr̥+LyaP = alam-kŕt-ya `having adorned', but álam bhuktvā odanáṁ gatáḥ `went away after eating sufficient (álam) rice'.

$1.4.65 antár á-parigrahe

[The t.t. 1 gáti 60 denotes the particle 56] antár used in the sense of `non-acceptance' (á-parigrahe).

antár+han+Ktvā = antar+ha0̸+LyaP (6.4.24) = antar-hát-ya `having abandoned', but antár hat-vā mūṣikām śyenó gatáḥ `the hawk went away after seizing the mouse'.

$1.4.66 ¹káṇe-²mánas-ī śraddhā-pratīghāté

[The t.t. 1 gáti 60 denotes the particles 56] káṇe and mánas used in the sense of `quenching (pratīghāté) of desire (śraddhā-°) (by full satisfaction)'.

káṇe+han+Ktvā = kaṇe-hát-ya / mano-hát-ya páyaḥ píb-a-ti `drinks milk (or water) till one's desire is quenched', but káṇe ha-tvā gatáḥ where [káṇa- m.] denotes `grain'.

$1.4.67 purás=ávyayam

[The t.t. 1 gáti 60 denotes the particle 56] purás when it is indeclinable (ávyayam) (meaning `in front').

purás+kr̥+Ktvā = puras+kŕ+LyaP = puras-kŕt-ya `having placed in front' (= honored). The indeclinable [purás] is derived from the word [pūrva- `front'] with affix [°-ás] 5.3.39; the word ávyaya is used to separate the nom. acc. pl. pur-ás from the fem. stem púr- `fortified city' and so block the operation applicable to a gáti.

$1.4.68 ástaṁ ca

[The t.t. 1 gáti 60] also denotes [the indeclinable 67 particle 56] ástam `setting, disappearance'.

ástam+gam+Ktvā = astam+ga0̸+LyaP = astam-gát-ya `having set or disappeared' where [ástam] is an indeclinable ending in °-m. while astá- (as+Ktá) is the passive past participle of [as= `toss, throw' IV 100].

$1.4.69 áccha ¹gáti=artha-²vadéṣu

[The t.t. 1 gáti 60 denotes the indeclinable 67 particle 56] áccha, used in the sense of `movement' (gáty-artha) and `speak' (vadá).

áccha+gam+Ktvā = accha-gát-ya `having gone towards'.

áccha+vad+Ktvā = accha-uad+LyaP (6.1.15) = acchód-ya `having saluted or greeted'. When it is not an indeclinable [áccha-] means `pure' as a qualifying word (adjective).

$1.4.70 adáḥ=án-upa-deśe

[The t.t. 1 gáti 60 denotes the indeclinable 67 particle 56] adás when no communication to another (án-upadeśe) is implied.

adáḥ+kr̥+Ktvā = adaḥ+kr̥+LyaP = adaḥ-kŕt-ya `having reflected that', but adáḥ kr̥-tvā `having done that', where [adáḥ] is the neut. nom. acc. sing. of the pronominal base adás-. Description

$1.4.71 tiráḥ=antardhaú

[The t.t. 1 gáti 60 denotes the particle 56] tirás used in the sense of `disappearance' (antardhaú).

tirás+bhū+Ktvā = tiras+bhū+Lyap = tiro-bhū-ya `having disappeared', but tiró bhū-tvā `having gone aside'. Description

$1.4.72 vibhāṣā kr̥Ñ-i

[The t.t. gáti 60] optionally (vibhāṣā) [denotes the particle 56 tirás 71] co-occurring wth the verbal stem kr̥Ñ `do' (VIII 10).

tirás-kr̥+Ktvā/tiras+kr̥+LyaP = tiras-kr̥-tvā/tiras-kŕt-ya `having disappeared' (8.3.42), with alternative forms tiraḥ-kr̥-tvā/°-kŕt-ya but tiráḥ kr̥-tvā `having set aside'.

$1.4.73 upājé=anvājé

[The t.t. gáti 60 denotes the particles 56] upājé, anvājé `support, aid, assist' [optionally 72 when co-occurring with verbal stem kr̥Ñ 72].

upājé+kr̥+Ktvā = upāje+kr̥+LyaP = upāje-kr̥-tvā/°-kŕt-ya `having supported' and similarly anvāje-kr̥-tvā/°-kŕt-ya.

$1.4.74 sākṣāt-prabhr̥tīni ca

[The t.t. gáti 60 denotes the class of particles 56] beginning with sākṣāt `before one's eyes' also (ca) [optionally when co-occurring with verbal stem kr̥Ñ 72].

sākṣāt-kr̥-tvā/°-kŕt-ya `having made apparent before one's eyes'.

$1.4.75 án-atyādhāne=¹úrasi-²mánasī

[The t.t. gáti 60 denotes the particles 56] úrasi `in the chest or heart', mánasi `in the mind' except when used in the sense of `placing upon' (án-atyādhāne) [optionally when co-occurring with verbal stem kr̥Ñ 72].

urasi-kr̥-tvā/°-kŕt-ya `having assented', but úrasi kr̥tvā pāṇím śe-té `lies down (or sleeps), having placed one's hands on the chest'.

manasi-kr̥-tvā/°-kŕt-ya `having taken to heart', but mánasi kr̥-tvā `having grasped in the mind'.

$1.4.76 ¹mádhye-²padé-³nivácane ca

[The t.t. 1 gáti 60 denotes the particles 56] mádhye `in the middle', padé `in the foot' and nivácane `leading to obstructing speech' [optionally when co-occurring with verbal stem kr̥Ñ 72 except when used in the sense of `placing upon' 75].

1. madhye-kr̥-tvā/madhye-kŕt-ya `having placed in the middle (i.e., made an intermediary)'.

2. pade-kr̥-tvā/pade-kŕt-ya `ib.', but padé kr̥-tvā śíraḥ śe-té `having placed one's head under (the elephant's) foot'.

3. nivacane-kr̥-tvā/nivacane-kŕt-ya `having ceased to speak'.

$1.4.77 nítyaṁ háste pāṇaú=upayámane

[The t.t. 1 gáti 60] necessarily (nítyam) [denotes the particles 56] háste and pāṇaú `in the hand' [when co-cccurring with verbal stem kr̥Ñ 72] to denote `espouse, take a wife' (upayámane).

haste-kŕt-ya/pāṇau-kŕt-ya `having espoused', but háste kr̥-tvā kārṣāpaṇam gatáḥ `has departed, palming off a kārṣāpaṇa (coin)'.

$1.4.78 prādhvám bándhane

[The t.t. 1 gáti 60 denotes the particle 56] prādhvám `favorably' [co-occurring with verbal stem kr̥Ñ 72] when expressing the sense of `bondage' (bándhane).

prādhvám+kr̥+Ktvā = prādhvaṁ-kŕ+LyaP = prādhvaṁ-kŕt-ya `having bound', but prādhvaṁ kr̥-tvā śakaṭaṁ gatáḥ `has departed after making the cart suitable (for the road)'.

prādhvám is an indeclinable in the above sense as a gáti, ending in the phoneme [°-m] by 1.1.39, but prādhva- is a tatpuruṣa compound (2.2.18), in the counter-example.

$1.4.79 ¹jīvikā-²upaniṣádau=aúpamye

[The t.t. 1 gáti 60 denotes the particle 56 expressions] jīvikā- `means of livelihood' and upaniṣád- `the concluding part of a Vedic text' [co-occurring with verbal stem kr̥Ñ 72] when denoting comparison (aúpamye).

jīvikā+kr̥+Ktvā = jīvikā+kŕ+LyaP = jīvikā-kŕt-ya `having made it as though a means of livelihood', but jīvikāṁ kr̥-tvā gatáḥ `has left after earning his livelihood'.

upaniṣád+kr̥+Ktvā = upaniṣad+kŕ+LyaP = upaniṣat-kŕt-ya páṭh-a-ti `recites as though it were an upaniṣad'.

$1.4.80 té prāg dhātoh

Those (té) [= upasargá 59 and gáti 60] occur before the verbal stem (with relation to which they have the status of upasargá or gáti).

Examples cited under sūtras 59ff., already illustrate this.

$1.4.81 chándasi páre=ápi

In the domain of Chándas [those gáti 60 and upasargá 59] also (ápi) occur after (the verbal stem with relation to which they have the status of gáti or upasargá).

vāyav índras ca sunvatá ā yātam úpa niskr̥tám (RV 1.2.6) `O Vāyu and Indra, approach the rendezvous for the Soma pressing' where the preverb úpa follows the verbal stem yā-tam. Description

$1.4.82 vyávahitāś ca

[In the domain of Chándas 81 they (= gáti 60 and upasargá 59)] occur separated (vyávahitāḥ) (from the verbal stem with relation to which they have the status of gáti or upasargá).

ā mandraír indra háribhir yāhí `Come, O Indra, with the charming horses' (RV 3.45.1) where the preverb occurs before, but with intervention of three words.

gámad vājebhir ā sá naḥ `may he come with gifts hither to us' (RV 1.5.3) where ā occurs after the verbal stem with intervention of one word.

$1.4.83 karma-pravacanīyāḥ

(Here begins the section on) karma-pravacanīya-s.

This section covers subsequent rules up to 97 below. The t.t. [karmapravacanīya] denotes particles (nipātá 56) mentioned in the following sūtras. They are truly governing prepositions (modifying substantive nominal stems) and modify a verbal stem, but differ from both upasargá and gáti. This is a governing rule, and the word [karma-pravacanīya] will recur in all subsequent rules up to 97 below.

$1.4.84 ánur lákṣaṇe

[The t.t. 1 karmapravacanīya 83 denotes the particle 56] ánu when a characteristic (lákṣaṇe) is to be indicated.

Here the word [lákṣaṇa] does not signify a mere characteristic, but `cause' (hetú), cf. 90 below. parjányo jápam ánu prā-varṣ-a-t `rain began falling after (= as a result of) muttering prayers'. The accusative of [jápa] is ruled in by 2.3.8.

$1.4.85 tr̥tīyā=arthe

[The t.t. 1 karmapravacanīya 83 denotes the particle 56 ánu 84] when it has the value of the third sUP triplet (tr̥tīyā=arthe).

nadīm ánu=avasitā sénā `the army is situated (= encamped) by the river'. The meaning of ánu here is equivalent to that of sahá which governs the instrumental case.

$1.4.86 hīné

[The t.t. 1 karmapravacanīya 83 denotes the particle 56 ánu 84] when it is used to indicate `inferior' (hīné).

ánu śākaṭāyanám vaiyākaraṇāḥ `(all) grammarians are inferior to Ś.'; ánu=árjunam yóddhāraḥ `all warriors are inferior to A.'

$1.4.87 úpaḥ=ádhike ca

[The t.t. 1 karmapravacanīya 83 denotes the particle 56] úpa when used to indicate `superior' (ádhike) as well as (ca) [`inferior' 86].

1. superior: úpa niṣké kārṣāpaṇam `the k. is superior to n.' and in this sense governs the locative case (2.3.9).

2. inferior: úpa śākaṭāyanám vaiyākaraṇāḥ. Description

$1.4.88 ¹ápa-²párī várjane

[The t.t. 1 karmapravacanīya 83 denotes the particles 56] ápa and pári when they are used in the sense of `exclusion' (várjane).

ápa²/pári² trígartebhyo vr̥ṣṭó deváḥ `it rained (everywhere) except in the region of Trígarta', but odanám pári-ṣiñcati `sprinkles rice (with water)' where the retroflexion of verb-initial by 8.3.59 indicates that [pári] here is not a karmapravacanīya. The ablative case is used by virtue of 2.3.10 and reduplication of the particles by 8.3.5.

$1.4.89 āṄ maryādā-vacané

[The t.t. 1 karmapravacanīya 83 denotes the particle 56] āṄ when it is used to show a limit (maryādā-vacané).

Normally two types of limits are involved: [maryādā] `exclusive limit' and [abhividhí] `inclusive limit', but by using the compound expression [maryādā-vacané] both types of limits are included here. ā pāṭaliputrād vr̥ṣṭó deváḥ `it rained up to (but excluding) Pāṭaliputra; ablative by 2.3.10.

$1.4.90 ¹lákṣaṇa=²ittham-bhūtá=ākhyāná-³bhāgá-⁴vīpsāsu ¹práti-²pári-³ánavaḥ

[The t.t. 1 karmapravacanīya 83 denotes the particles 56] práti, pári and ánu when they are used to indicate (a) characteristic (lákṣaṇa), (b) statement of fact (ittham-bhūta=ākhyāná), (c) division (bhāgá) and (d) distributive function (vīpsā).

1. vr̥kṣam práti/pári/ánu ví-dyot-a-te vidyút `the lightning flashes in the direction of the tree'.

2. sādhúr devadattó mātáram práti `D. is good towards his mother'.

3. yád átra mām práti/pári/ánu syāt `that it may fall to my share'.

4. vr̥kṣám vr̥kṣám práti siñc-á-ti `sprinkles tree after tree (= every tree with water)'.

Since [ánu] here is denoted by the t.t. karmapravacanīya as well as 84 above, the special meaning of [lákṣaṇa] is [hetú] `reason, cause' and not a mere characteristic, and in this sense the kāraka would be the instrumental case (2.3.23) which, though subsequent to (2.3.8) ruling in the accusative with karmapravacanīya, becomes inoperative by the force of 1.4.84.

$1.4.91 abhír á-bhāge

[The t.t. karmapravacanīya 83 denotes the particle 56] abhí when it is used to indicate [(a) a characteristic (lákṣaṇa), (b) statement of fact (itthambhūta=ākhyāná) and (c) distributive function (vīpsā) 90] excluding `division' (ábhāge).

Exx. as in 90 above, but when division (bhāgá) is denoted: yád átra mām abhí-ṣyāt `whatever falls to my share, let that be given'; since [abhí-°] functions here as a preverb (upasargá), by 8.3.87 the initial [s] of the verbal stem is replaced by the retroflex sibilant.

$1.4.92 ¹prátiḥ ¹pratinidhí-²pratidānayoḥ

[The t.t. 1 karmapravacanīya 83 denotes the particle 56] práti when it is used in the sense of `representative' (pratinidhí) or `exchange' (pratidāna).

1. abhimanyúr arjunatáḥ práti `Abh. is the representative of Arj.'

2. māṣān asyá tilébhyaḥ práti yacch-á-ti `he exchanges (= barters) his māṣa beans for sesame seeds'; [práti] in these meanings governs the ablative case (2.3.11).

$1.4.93 ¹ádhi-²párī ánarthakau

[The t.t. 1 karmapravacanīya 83 denotes the particles 56] ádhi, and pári when they do not convey any meaning (án-arthakau).

kútó yám ádhi/pári ā-gacch-a-ti `whence has he come?'. By being assigned this t.t. these particles are not subject to operations associated with them otherwise as upasargás [e.g., 8.3.87: adhí-ṣyāt or loss of accentuation 8.1.70].

$1.4.94 súḥ pūjāyām

[The t.t. 1 karmapravacanīya 83 denotes the particle 56] sú when it indicates `excellence, praiseworthiness' (pūjāyām).

sú siktám bhávatā `has been well sprinkled by you (honorific)'; sú stu-tám bhávatā `has been praised well by your honor'; replacement of dental sibilant by the retroflex of the initial of the verbal stem after the particle is debarred (8.3.65).

$1.4.95 átir atikrámaṇe ca

[The t.t. 1 karmapravacanīya 83 denotes the particle 56] áti when it indicates `overstepping, exceeding' (atikrámaṇe) and also (ca) [excellence 94].

1. áti siktám evá bhávatā `you have only over-sprinkled'.

2. áti stutám bhávatā `been praised well by your honor'.

$1.4.96 ápiḥ ¹padārthá-²sambhāvana=³anvavasargá-⁴garhā-⁵samuccayéṣu

[The t.t. 1 karmapravacanīya 83 denotes the particle 56] ápi when it indicates: (a) paucity of a substance (padārthá), (b) possibility or assumption (sambhāvana), (c) permission to do as one likes (anvavasargá), (d) censure (garhā) or (e) aggregation (samuccayá).

1. sárpiṣaḥ=ápi syāt `may be a drop of clarified butter'.

2. ápi siñc-ét mūlaka-sahasrám `may be possible to sprinkle a thousand radishes'.

3. ápi siñc-á `thou mayest sprinkle, if thou likest'.

4. ápi stu-yāt=vr̥ṣalám `he might even praise a low-caste person'.

5. ápi siñc-á ápi stu-hí `sprinkle as well as praise'.

In all these examples, as in the preceding sūtras, the initial dental sibilant of the verbal stem is not replaced by the retroflex as required by 8.3.65.

$1.4.97 ádhir īśvaré

[The t.t. 1 karmapravacanīya 83 denotes the particle 56] ádhi when it indicates `master, lord, ruler' (īśvaré).

ádhi pañcléṣu brahmadattáh/ádhi brahmadatté pañcālāḥ `Br. is the rule of P.' (locative by 2.3.9).

$1.4.98 vibhāṣā kr̥Ñ-i

[The t.t. 1 karmapravacanīya 56] optionally (vibhāṣā) denotes [the particle 56 ádhi 97] co-occurring with verbal stem kr̥Ñ- `do' (VIII 10).

ádhi kr̥-tvā / adhi-kŕt-ya *adhi+kr̥+LyaP where it functions as a preverb, but in yád átra mām ádhi kar-i-ṣyá-ti if it is [karmapravacanīya] it does not lose its accent as when it is [gáti] 8.1.71.

$1.4.99 laḥ parasmaipadám

[The t.t. 1] parasmaipadá denotes (the substitutes of) l-members.

1. The cover symbol [l] stands for various tenses and moods: (a) lAṬ `present indicative'; (b) lIṬ `perfect'; (c) lUṬ `periphrastic future'; (d) lR̥Ṭ `sigmatic future'; (e) lEṬ `subjunctive mood'; (f) lOṬ `imperative mood'; (g) laṄ `imperfect tense'; (h) lIṄ `optative or potential mood'; (i) lUṄ `aorist'; and (j) lr̥Ṅ `conditional'. A sub-variety of lIṄ (= āśīr-lIṄ) is the Benedictive or Precative mood.

2. The substitutes of l-members are by 3.4.77-8: tiP, tás, jhi; siP, thás, thá; miP, vás, más; tá, ātām, jha; thās, āthām, dhvám; íṬ, váhi, máhiṄ, consisting of six triplets, each triplet representing in order the singular, dual and plural (1.4.101); the first and fourth belong to the third person (prathama-puruṣá), the second and fifth to the second person (madhyama-puruṣá) and the third and sixth to the first person (uttama-puruṣá) (1.4.102). This general rule (utsargá) stipulates that all these l-substitutes are denoted by the t.t. [parasmaipadá]. The following rule is an exception (apavādá) to this general rule.

$1.4.100 ¹táṄ-²āmaú=ātmanepadám

[The t.t. 1] ātmanepadá denotes [the substitutes of l-members 99] indicated by [the siglum] táṄ [= tá ātām jha, thās āthām dhvám, íṬ váhi máhiṄ] and the affix °-āná- [=ŚānáC KānáC].

This is an exception to the preceding rule which constitutes the general rule (utsargá). Since by 99 táṄ is included within the t.t. [parasmaipadá] while this assigns it to [ātmanepadá], by rules 1-2 of this pādá the t.t. [ātmanepadá] will uniquely or exclusively denote [táṄ, āná] while the rest of l-member substitutes are uniquely [parasmaipadá].

$1.4.101 tiṄas trīṇi trīṇi ¹prathamá-²madhyamá=³uttamāḥ

[The t.tt. 1] prathamá `third', madhyamá- `second' and uttamá `first' respectively (1.3.10) denote the three (and) three triplets of tiṄ [parsmaipadá and ātmanepadá 99-100].

The repetition of the word [trīṇi] is to cover both [parasmaipadá and ātmanepadá] l-substitutes. It may be noted that what is `third person' in western grammatical terminology is here prathamá (lit. `first') while the `first person' is [uttamá `highest']. The word [púruṣa] associated with these triplets is considered by Pāṇinīyas as a pre-Pāṇinian technical term.

$1.4.102 tāni=¹ekavacaná-²dvivacaná-³bahuvacanāni ekaśáḥ

Those (tāni) = [three and three triplets of tiṄ 101] taken one by one (ekaśáḥ) have the [t.tt. 1] ekavacaná `singular, dvivacaná `dual' and bahuvacaná `plural' to denote them respectively (1.3.10).

[ekavacaná] `denoting one', [dvivacaná] `denoting two' and [bahuvacaná] `denoting many' are represented respectively as follows: singular: tiP, siP, miP; tá, thās, íṬ; dual: tás, thás, vás; ātām, āthām, váhi; plural: jhi, tá, más; jha, dhvám, máhiṄ.

$1.4.103 sUpaḥ

[The triplets 101] of the affixes denoted by the siglum sUP [= sU au Jas, am auṬ Śas, Ṭā bhyām bhis, Ṅe bhyām bhyas, ṄasI bhyām bhyas, Ṅas os ām, Ṅi os suP 4.1.2 taken one by one have the t.tt. ekavacaná, dvivacaná and bahuvacaná to denote them 102 respectively].

1. ekavacaná: sU, am, Ṭā, Ṅe, ṄasI, Ṅas,and Ṅi.

2. dvivacaná: au, auṬ, bhyām, bhyām, bhyām, os, and os.

3. bahuvacaná: Jas, Śas, bhis, bhyas, bhyas, ām and suP.

4. These seven triplets of sUP have respectively been given the t.tt. prathamā `first' (nominative), dvitīyā `second' (accusative), tr̥tīyā `third' (instrumental), caturthī `fourth' (dative), pañcami `fifth' (ablative), ṣaṣṭhī `sixth' (genitive) and saptamī `seventh' (locative) cases [vibhákti 104 below].

$1.4.104 vibháktiś ca

[Each set of three triplets 101] has [t.t. 1] vibhákti to denote it [for tiṄ 101 as well as sUP 103].

As a t.t. occurs in 1.1.38; 2.44,64; 3.4; 2.1.6,; 5.3.1-27; 6.1.168; 3.132; 7.1.73; 8.4.11.

$1.4.105 yuṣmádi=upapadé samāná=adhikaraṇe sthāníny=ápi madhyamáḥ

Madhyamá (second person) triplets are introduced (after a verbal stem) when (the pronominal stem) yuṣmád `you' co-occurs as an upapadá `subordinate word' (= subjoined or complementary item) either expressed (sthāníni) (or implied) and denotes the same thing (samāná=adhikaraṇé) (= or is in general grammatical agrement).

Thus: tvám pác-a-si, yuvām páca-thas, yūyám pác-a-tha `thou art cooking, you two are cooking, all of you are cooking' respectively.

$1.4.106 prahāsé ca mánya=upapade manyáter uttamá ekavát=ca

When irony (prahāsé) is indicated and the verbal theme mán-ya- `think' (IV 97) co-occurs as an upapadá `complementary word' [madhyamá triplets are introduced after (the principal) verbal stem 105] but the uttamá (first person) triplet singular (uttamá ekavát) is introduced after the verbal stem mán-ya.

ehí mánye odanám bhok-ṣyá-se `come, thou thinkest: "I will eat the rice" (but there is no rice, all of it has been eaten by the guests)'. When irony is not intended the phrase will read as ehí mányse odanám bhok-ṣy-é `come, thou art thinking: "I will eat rice" (thou thinkest well)'.

$1.4.107 asmády uttamáḥ

Uttamá (first person) triplets are introduced [after a verbal stem] when (the pronominal stem) asmád- `we' [co-occurs as a complementary word (upapadá) either expressed (or implied) and denotes the same thing 105].

ahám gácch-ā-mi, āvām gácchā-vas, vayám gácch-ā-mas respectively meaning `I go, we two go, all of us go'.

$1.4.108 śeṣé prathamáḥ

Prathamá (third person) triplets are introduced (after a verbal stem) when (a pronominal stem) other than (śeṣe) [yuṣmád 105 and asmád 107] co-occurs as a complementary word (upapadá) either expressed or implied and denotes the same thing [= or is in grammatical agreement 105].

pác-a-ti, pác-a-tas, pác-anti `(he, she, it) cooks, they two cook, they all cook' respectively.

$1.4.109 páraḥ saṁnikarṣáḥ sáṁhitā

[The t.t. 1] sáṁhitā `placing together' denotes the maximum contiguity (sam-nikarṣáḥ) [of phonemes].

An interval of half a mātrā is supposed to denote this maximum contiguity: dádhi+átra = dádhy-átra (6.1.77) `curds here'.

As a t.t. occurs in 1.2.39; 6.1.72-157; 3.114-39; 8.2.108.

$1.4.110 virāmáḥ avasānam

[The t.t. 1] avasāna denotes cessation (virāmá of articulation = pause, pausa).

As a t.t. occurs in 8.3.15; 4.56.

$2.1.1 samartháḥ pada-vidhíḥ

An operation (vidhí) on padás (1.4.14ff.) (takes effect) only when they are semantically and syntactically connected (samartháḥ).

This is a metarule (paribhāṣā) and whenever such operations are involved, the word [samarthá] `semantically and syntactically connected' is to be understood. The compound rāja-puruṣá-ḥ alternates with rājñ-aḥ púruṣa-ḥ and both derive from the underlying deep structure [*rājan+Ṅas+púruṣa+sU] denoting `servant of the king'; now in the string like bhāryā rājñaḥ, púruṣo devadattásya `wife of the king, servant of Devadatta', although rājñaḥ púruṣaḥ are contiguous padás, the operation of compounding is blocked, despite 2.2.8, since there is no semantic relationship connecting these two. Similarly by 24 below we have the string kaṣṭám śritáḥ *kaṣṭá+am+śritá+sU = kaṣṭá-śri-tah, but in the string pasyá dévadatta káṣṭam, śritó viṣṇudattó gurukulám `look at the trouble O Devatta, Visnudatta has taken refuge in the teacher's house' there is not any semantic relationship between the two contiguous padás kaṣṭám śritáḥ in this string which will permit the derivation of a compound.

$2.1.2 sUP āmantrite para=aṅgavát sváre

[An expression ending in 1.1.72] sUP triplets occurring before a vocative (āmantrite) [with which it is semantically and syntactically connected 1] is treated as an integral part of the subsequent pre-affixal stem (para=aṅgavát) with respect to accentuation (sváre).

By 6.1.198 the initial syllable of a vocative bears the udātta accent; thus in the expression ūrjo napāt sahasvan `O mighty son of strength' the pada [ūrj+Ṅas] precedes the vocatives napāt sahasvan and bears the udātta accent on its first syllable.

$2.1.3 prāk káḍārāt samāsáḥ

[The t.t.] samāsá `compound' denotes (all items resulting from the application of subsequent rules in this section) prior to (prāk) [the sūtra (káḍārāḥ karmadhārayé) 2.2.38].

This is a governing rule and the word [samāsá] recurs in the whole of this section.

$2.1.4 sahá sUP-ā

[An item ending in (1.1.72) sUP triplets 2] combines with (sahá) another item (ending in 1.1.72) sUP triplets [to generate a compound 3].

This is also a governing rule and the three words [sUP 2] and śaha sUP-ā will also recur along with [samarthá 1 and samāsá 3] in the subsequent rules of this section. Thus in 14 below [dvitīyā śrita=atīta=° etc.] the ellipsis is filled in by [dvitīyā(antam 1.1.72) sUP(antám 2) śritá=ādibhiḥ sUp(antaíḥ 1.1.72) samarthaíḥ 1 sahá 3 sámasyate 3].

$2.1.5 avyayī-bhāváḥ

[The t.t.] avyayī-bhāvá [compound 2] denotes all items derived by the application of subsequent rules (up to 21 below).

This is also a governing rule. All such rules are deemed to have the svaritá accent (1.3.11). This t.t. will recur in all the rules from 6 to 21.

$2.1.6 ávyayam ¹vibhákti-²samīpá-³samŕddhi-⁴vy-ŕddhi-⁵artha=abhāvá=⁶atyayá-⁷á-samprati-⁸śabda-prādurbhāvá-⁹paścāt=¹⁰yáthā=¹¹ānupūrvya-¹²yaúgapadya-¹³sādr̥śya-¹⁴sampátti-¹⁵sākalya=¹⁶antavacanéṣu

An indeclinable (ávyaya) [ending in (1.1.72) a sUP triplet 2 combines with 4 a semantically and syntactically connected nominal padá (sUPā) 4 to form an avyayibhāvá 5 compound 3] if it is used to connotate: (1) what is denoted by a nominal (sUP) triplet (vibhákti 1.4.104), (2) proximity (samīpá), (3) prosperity (samŕddhi), (4) adversity (vyŕddhi), (5) absence of an object (artha=abhāvá), (6) a passing (away) (atyayá), (7) now is not the proper time (á-samprati), (8) the appearance of a sound (śabda-prādurbhāvá), (9) posteriority (paścāt) (10) the sense of [yáthā], (11) sequence (ānupūrvya), (12) simultaneity (yaúgapadya), (13) similarity (sādr̥śya), (14) fulfilment (sampátti), (15) completeness (sākalya) and (16) end or terminus (antavacaná).

1. strīṣú ádhi-kr̥t-ya = adhi-strí `with reference to women'.

2. kumbhásya samīpé = upa-kumbhám `near the pitcher'.

3. samŕddhir madrāṇām = su-madrām `things are prospering with the Madrá-s'.

4. yávanānām vy-ŕddhiḥ = ŕddher ábhāvaḥ = dur-yavanám `things are not prospering with the Yavana-s'.

5. ábhāvo mákṣikāṇām = nir-makṣikám `absence from flies'.

6. himásya atyayám = ati-himám `the time is now when snow is past'.

7. nidrā sampratí ná = ati-nidrám `not the proper time for sleep'.

8. pāṇini-śabdó loké prá-kāś-a-te = iti-pāṇiní `the name Pāṇini (is being spread)'.

9. ráthānām paścāt pādātám = anu-rathám pādātám `(the infantry) is behind the armed chariots'.

10. There are four meanings of [yáthā]: (a) fitness (yogyátā), (b) repetition (vīpsā), (c) similarity (sādr̥śya) and (d) not going beyond (án-ati-vr̥tti) of something (padārthá). (a) anu-rūpám = rūpa-yogyám `fittingly'; (b) praty-arthám = ártham ártham práti `object by object'; (c) śáktim án-ati-kram-ya = yathā-śaktí `not going beyond one's ability' and (d) háreḥ sādr̥śyam = sa-harí `like Hari'.

11. jyéṣṭhasya ānupūrvyeṇa = anu-jyeṣṭhám `in the order of seniority'.

12. cakréṇa yugapád = sa-cakrám `simulataneously with the wheel'.

13. sadr̥śáḥ sákhy-ā = sa-sakhí `like a friend'. While normal similarity is already covered by the meaning (c) of [yáthā] under (10) above, [sādr̥śya] here means non-essential secondary similarity.

14. kṣatrāṇām sampáttiḥ = sa-kṣatrám `as befitting a warrior'.

15. tr̥ṇam ápi=á-pari-tyaj-ya = sa-tr̥ṇám `right down to a blade of grass'.

16. agni-grantha-paryantám ádhī-te = sāgní=ádhī-te `studies up to the end of section on Agni'.

$2.1.7 yáthā=á-sādŕye

[The indeclinable 6 nominal stem 2] yáthā [combines with a syntactically and semantically connected 1 nominal padá 4 to form an avyayībhavá 6 compound 3] except when it signifies `resemblance' (á-sādr̥śye).

yathā-vr̥ddhám brāhmaṇān ā-mantr-ay-a-sva `invite every old brahmin', but yáthā devadattás táthā brahmadattáḥ `B. resembles D'. In the compound sa-harí illustrating 6 (10 d) above, the meaning of [sādr̥śya] in that compound is a property of [sahá] which is replaced by [sa-°] by 6.3.81 and not of [yáthā], since in this sense it is debarred from forming a compound.

$2.1.8 yāvad avadhāraṇe

[The indeclinable 6 nominal padá 2] yāvat [combines with 4 a syntactically and semantically connected 1 nominal padá 4 to form an avyayībhavá 6 compound 3] when it is used to signify `limitation' (avadhāraṇe).

yāvad-amatrám brāhmaṇān ā-mantr-ay-a-sva `invite as many brahmins as there are pots', but yāvad dattáṁ tāvad bhuktám `it was eaten so long as it was served' (i.e., one had no idea of how much was actually eaten).

$2.1.9 sUP prátinā mātrā=arthé

An item (ending in 1.1.72) sUP triplets [combines with 4 the indeclinable nominal padá 2] práti [to form an avyayībhāvá 6 compound 3] when it indicates `a bit' (mātrā=arthé).

śāka-pratí = śākasya mātrā `a little (quantity) of vegetables'; sūpa-pratí `a little of soup', but vr̥kṣám práti ví-dyot-a-te `lightning flashes in the direction of the tree'.

The repetition of the word [sUP] here while it was recurring from 2 above is to block the recurrence of [ávyaya 6] in the following sūtras.

$2.1.10 ¹akṣa-²śalākā-³saṁkhyāḥ páriṇā

[The nominal padás 2] akṣá- `dice', śalākā `a small ivory stick used in gambling' and numerals (saṁkhyā) [combine with 4 the indeclinable nominal padá 4] pári [to form an avyayībhāvá 6 compound 3].

This particular formation is restricted to gambling games and has relevance to a game known as Pañcikā in which five dice or ivory sticks are thrown; in a given throw when all five face upwards or downwards the player wins, otherwise he loses. Thus akṣa-parí `unlucky throw of dice'; similarly śalākā-parí `unlucky throw of sticks'; eka-parí, dvi-parí `unlucky by one, two, etc.'

$2.1.11 vibhāṣā

The word [vibhāṣā] `optionally' (governs the subsequent rules beginning with this section and ending with 2.2.35).

This governing rule provides that compounds are hereafter formed by subsequent rules optionally which implies that compounds thus formed alternate freely with the uncompounded string of [padás] from which the compounds are derived. lt also implies that the compounds generated by rules 6-10 are obligatory (nítya) compounds.

$2.1.12 ¹ápa-²pári-³bahís=⁴áñcavaḥ pañcamyā

[The indeclinable nominal padás 2] ápa-°, pári-°, bahís-° and items (ending in 1.1.72) -°-añc- [optionally 11 combine with syntactically connected 1 nominal padás 4] (ending in 1.1.72) the fifth sUP triplet (pañcamyā) [to form an avyayībhāvá 6 compound 3].

1. apa-trigartám vr̥ṣṭó deváḥ `it rained away from T.' or alternatively: ápa trígartebhyo vr̥ṣṭó deváḥ.

2. pari-trigartam/pári trígartebhyaḥ `around Tr.'

3. bahiḥ-śālám/bahíḥ śālāyāḥ `outside the school, extra-curricular'.

4. prāg-grāmám/prāg grāmāt `east of the village'.

$2.1.13 āṄ ¹maryādā²abhividhyóḥ

[The indeclinable nominal padá 2] āṄ [optionally 11 combines with 4 a syntactically connected 1 nominal padá 4 (ending in 1.1.72) the fifth sUP triplet 12 to form an avyayībhāvá 6 compound 3] when indicating exclusive (maryādā) or inclusive (abhividhí) limit.

1. ā-pāṭaliputrám/ ā pāṭaliputrāt `up to (but excluding) P.'

2. ā-kumarám/ā kumārāt yáśáḥ pāṇineḥ `P's fame has reached even the young boys'; ablative by 2.3.10.

$2.1.14 lákṣaṇena=¹abhí-²prátī=ābhimukhye

[The indeclinable nominal padás 2] abhí-° and práti-° [optionally 11 combine with 4 a syntactically connected 1 nominal padá 4 to form an avyayībhāvá 6 compound 3] when they denote a direction towards (ābhimukhye) and the nominal padás imply the goal of that direction (lákṣaṇena).

abhy-agní/agním abhí śalabhāḥ pát-anti `moths fly in the direction of the fire'; similarly praty-agní/agním práti but srughnam práti gatáḥ `returning, he turned towards the direction of Sr.'

$2.1.15 ánur yat-samayā

[The indeclinable 6 nominal padá 2] ánu-° `after' [optionally 11 combines with 4 a syntactically connected 1 nominal padá 4] whose proximity is indicated by it (yat-samayā) [to form an avyayībhāvá 6 compound 3].

anu-vanám/vánam ánu aśánir gataḥ `the thunderbolt fell near the forest', but vr̥kṣám ánu ví-dyot-a-te vidyút `lightning flashes in the direction of the tree'.

$2.1.16 yásya ca=āyāmáḥ

[The indeclinable 6 nominal padá 2 ánu-° 15 optionally 11 combines with 4 a syntactically connected 1 nominal padá 4] whose extent (āyāmá) is indicated by it [to form an avyayībhāvá 6 compound 3].

anu-gaṅgám/gáṅgām ánu vārāṇasī `V. extends along the river G.' But vr̥kṣám ánu vídyot-a-te vidyút.

$2.1.17 tiṣṭhad-gú-prabhr̥tīni ca

The class of words whose first member is tiṣṭhad-gú are [avyayībhāvá 6 compounds 3] also (ca).

tíṣṭhanti gāvo yásmin kālé dóhanāya = tiṣṭhad-gú `time for milking when the cows stand to be milked'.

$2.1.18 pāré mádhye ṣaṣṭhyā vā

[The indeclinable 6 nominal padás 2] pāré and mádhye (respectively denoting `across' and `amid') [optionally 11 combine with 4 a syntactically connected 1 nominal padá 4 (ending in 1.1.72)] the sixth sUP triplet [to form an avayayībhāvá 6 compound 3 optionally 11].

pāre-gaṅgám/pāré gáṅgāyāḥ `across the river G.'; or by 2.2.28 gaṅgā-pārám; the operation of this would have been blocked by the present rule if the particle [vā] were not used. Similarly madhye-gaṅgám/mádhye gáṅgāyāḥ/gaṅgā-madhyám `in the midst of the river Ganges'.

$2.1.19 saṁkhyā váṁśyena

A numeral (saṁkhyā) [ending in 1.1.72 sUP triplets 2 combines with 4 a syntactically connected 1 nominal padá 4] denoting a `lineal descendant' (váṁśyena) [to form an avyayībhāvá 6 compound 3 optionally 11].

[váṁśya] `lineal descendant' pertains either to (1) consanguinous group or family or (2) an intellectual or spiritual one.

1. ekaviṁśati-bhāradvājám `a lineage of Bh. consisting of 21 members'.

2. tráyo múnayo vyākáraṇasya váṁśyāḥ = tri-muní vyākáraṇam `a grammar of three seers'.

$2.1.20 nadībhiś ca

[A numeral 19 ending in 1.1.72 sUP triplets 2 combines with 4 a syntactically connected 1 nominal padá 4] denoting the name of a river (nadībhiḥ) [optionally 11 to form an avyayībhāvá 6 compound 3].

sapta-gaṅgám / saptāṅām gáṅgānām samāhāráḥ `at the confluence of seven G.s'; dvi-yamunám, pañca-nadám respectively denoting `at the confluence of two Y.s/five rivers'.

$2.1.21 anya-padārthé ca saṁjñāyām

[A nominal padá 2 combines with 4 a nominal padá 4 denoting a river 20 to form an avyayībhāvá 6 compound 3] when signifying something distinct from the constituent members (anya-padārthé) to designate a name (saṁjñāyām).

un-matta-gaṅgám = unmattā gáṅgā yásmin pradéśe; lohita-gaṅgám = lohitā gáṅgā yámin pradéśe are proper names of places where the river rages or is red in color.

$2.1.22 tatpuruṣáḥ

[The t.t.] tatpuruṣá [samāsá `compound 3] (denotes compounds formed by subsequent rules in the section beginning here and ending with 2.2.23 below).

This is also a governing rule and the words [tatpuruṣáh samāsáḥ 3] will recur in each of the following sūtras up to 2.2.23.

$2.1.23 dvigúś ca

[The t.t. tatpuruṣá 22 samāsá 3] also (ca) denotes [the compound 3] named Dvigú (52 below).

By thus including Dvigú in this section the samāsānta rules 5.4. 68-160 apply to it: pañca-rājám `an aggregate of five princes' [*páñca+Jas+rājan+Jas = páñca0̸+rājan+Jas 7.1.22 = pañca+rājan+TáC+0̸ 5.4.91 = pañca-rāja+á = pañca-rājá- 6.1.97 = pañca-rājá+am 2.4.1]

$2.1.24 dvitīyā ¹śritá=²átīta=³patitá-⁴gatá=⁵átyasta-⁶prāpta=⁷āpannaiḥ

[A nominal padá 2 ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet (dvitīyā) [optionally 11 combines with nominal padás 4] (1) śritá- `resorted to, attained', (2) átīta- `gone beyond', (3) patitá- fallen', (4) gatá- `gone', (5) átyasta- `thrown beyond', (6) prāpta- `reached', (7) āpanna- `arrived at, attained' [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

1. kaṣṭám śritáḥ/kaṣṭá-śritaḥ `fallen upon misfortune' (6.2.47 for accent).

2. kāntāram átītaḥ/kāntārātītáḥ `gone beyond the forest'.

3. nárakam patitáḥ/náraka-patitaḥ `fallen into hell'.

4. grāmam gataḥ/grāma-gataḥ `gone to the village' (6.2.47 for accent).

5. taraṅgān átyastah/taraṅgātyastaḥ `thrown beyond the waves'.

6. sukhám prāptaḥ/sukhá-prāptaḥ `attained happiness'. sukhám āpannah/sukhāpannaḥ `ibid.' (Accent for 2, 3, 5, 6 by 6.2.144).

$2.1.25 svayáṁ Kténa

[The nominal padá 2] svayám `by oneself' [optionally 11 combines with 4 an expression ending in 1.1.72] the affix Ktá [to form a tat-puruṣá 22 compound 3].

svayaṁ-dhautaú/svayám dhautaú pādaú `feet washed by oneself'.

$2.1.26 kháṭvā kṣépe

[The nominal padá 2] kháṭvā `bed' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 24 combines with an expression ending in 1.1.72 the affix Ktá 25 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3] to denote censure (kṣépe).

khaṭvārūḍhá- `gone astray', but kháṭvām ārūḍhaḥ `ascended the bed' does not convey censure, and so when censure is to be implied, the compound is necessarily formed contra the governing rule 11 above. Cf. 6.2.147 for accent.

$2.1.27 sāmí

[The indeclinable 6 nominal padá 2] sāmí `half' [optionally 11 combines with 4 an expression ending in 1.1.72 the affix Ktá 25 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

sāmi-kr̥tám / sāmí kr̥tám `half done'.

$2.1.28 kālāḥ

[Nominal padás 2] denoting `time' (kālāḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 24 optionally 11 combine with 4 an expression ending in 1.1.72 the affix Ktá 25 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

áhar-atisr̥taḥ muhūrtáḥ/áhar átisr̥taḥ `which has passed through the day'; māsa-pramitáḥ/māsam prámitaḥ candrámāḥ `new moon, engaged in measuring out the month'.

$2.1.29 atyanta-saṁyogé ca

[Nominal padás 2 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 24 optionally 11 combine with nominal padás 4] also (ca) when expressing a complete connection (atyanta-saṁyogé) [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

muhūrtám sukhám/muhūrtá-sukham `happiness lasting a muhūrtá'.

$2.1.30 tr̥tīyā tat-kr̥tá=arthena guṇa-vácanena

[A nominal padá 2 ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (tr̥tīyā) [optionally 11 combines with a nominal padá 4] denoting a property (guṇa-vácanena) which is produced by what is signified by the prior member (tat=kr̥tá=arthena) [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

śaṅkuláyā khaṇḍáḥ/śaṅkulā-khaṇḍaḥ `cut by a pair of nippers'; kiríṇā kāṇáḥ/kirí-kāṇaḥ `blinded in one eye by a boar'.

$2.1.31 ¹pūrva-²sadŕśa-³samá=⁴ūná=artha-⁵kalahá-⁶nipuṇá-⁷miśrá-⁸ślakṣṇaiḥ

[A nominal padá ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 30 optionally 11 combines with nominal padás 4] pūrva- `previous, prior', sadr̥śa- `like', samá- `same', words denoting `lacking' (ūná=artha), kalahá- `strife, quarrel', nipuṇá- `skilful', miśrá- `mixed' and ślakṣṇá- `polished' [to form a tatpuruśá 22 compound 3].

1. māsena pūrvaḥ/māsa-pūrvaḥ `previous by a month'.

2. mātrā sadŕśaḥ/mātŕ-sadr̥śaḥ `resembling the mother'.

3. pitrā samáḥ/pitŕ-samaḥ `equal to the father'.

4. kārṣāpaṇena vikalam/kārṣāpaṇa-vikalam `short by a k.'

5. asínā kalaháḥ/así-kalahaḥ `a fight with swords'.

6. vācā nipuṇaḥ/vāṅ-nipuṇaḥ `skilful at words'.

7. guḍéna miśráḥ/guḍá-miśraḥ `mixed with molasses'.

8. ācāréṇa ślakṣṇáḥ/ācārá-ślakṣṇaḥ `polished in manners'.

$2.1.32 ¹kartŕ-²káraṇe kŕtā bahulám

[A nominal padá 2 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 30] denoting the agent (kartári) or the instrument (kárane) [optionally 11 combines with a nominal padá 4 ending in 1.1.72] a kŕt affix (primary derivative affix) in various ways (bahulám) [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

1. denoting an agent: áhinā hatáḥ/áhi-hataḥ `killed by a snake'.

2. denoting an instrument: paraśúnā chinnáḥ/paraśúc-chinnaḥ `chopped with an axe'.

3. compounds are not formed: bhikṣābhir uṣitáḥ `lives on alms'; dātreṇa lū-navān `has cut with a sickle'; paraśúnā chinnávān `has chopped with an axe'.

$2.1.33 kŕtyair adhika=ārtha-vacané

[A nominal padá 2 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 30 denoting the agent or instrument 32 optionally 11 combines with nominal padás 4 ending in 1.1.72] kŕtya (3.1.95-132) affixes when conveying the sense of exaggeration' (adhika=artha-vacané) [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

1. denoting an agent: kākena péyā/kāka-peyā nadī `a shallow river (which has so little water in it that it can only be drunk by a crow)'.

2. denoting an instrument: vātena chedyàm/vāta-c-chedyam tŕṇam `grass (which is so tender that it) can be cut by the breeze'.

$2.1.34 ánnena vyáñjanam

[A nominal padá 2] denoting a condiment (vyáñjana) [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 30 optionally 11 combines with a nominal padá 4] denoting food (ánnena) [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

dádhnā úpasiktaḥ odanáḥ / dádhy-odanah `rice, (sprinkled with) curds'. The syntactic connection is provided by the alternative string of padás.

$2.1.35 bhakśyèṇa miśrīkáraṇam

[A nominal padá 2 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 30] denoting a `relish' (miśrī-káranam) [optionally 11 combines with a nominal padá 4] denoting an item of food (bhakṣyèṇa) [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

guḍéna miśrāḥ dhānāḥ / guḍá-dhānāḥ `barley mixed with molasses'; guḍéna miśrāḥ pŕthukāḥ `fried rice mixed with molasses' = guḍá-pr̥thukāḥ

$2.1.36 caturthī ¹tad-artha=²artha-³bali-⁴hita-⁵sukha-⁶rakṣitaíḥ

[A nominal padá 2 ending in 1.1.72] the fourth sUP triplet (caturthī) [optionally 11 combines with a nominal padá 4] (1) signifying something for what is denoted by the prior member (tád-artha) or with (2) ártha- `purpose', (3) balí- `sacrificial offering', (4) hitá- `beneficial', (5) sukhá- `agreeable', and (6) rakṣitá- `reserved, protected' [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

1. yūpāya dāru/yūpa-dārú `wood for sacrificial post'; kuṇḍalāya híraṇyam/kuṇḍala-hiraṇyám `gold for ear-rings', but not from rándhanāya sthālī `pot for cooking'.

2. By an interpreting vārttika an obligatory compound is enjoined: brāhmaṇārthám páyaḥ `milk (or water) for the brahmin'.

3. kúberāya balíḥ/kubera-balíḥ `a sacrificial offering to K.'

4. góbhyo hitám/gó-hitam `beneficial to cattle' (6.2.45 for accent).

5. áśve-bhyaḥ sukhám/aśva-sukhám `agreeable or conducive to the happiness of horses'.

6. gó-bhyo rakṣitám/gó-rakṣitam `reserved for cattle' (6.2.45).

$2.1.37 pañcamī bhayéna

[A nominal padá 2 ending in 1.1.72] the fifth sUP triplet (pañcamī) [optionally 11 combines with a nominal padá 4] bhayá- `fear' [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

vŕke-bhyo bhayám/vr̥ka-bhayám `fear of wolves'; cauré-bhyo bhayám/caura-bhayám `fear of thieves'. This rule also applies to synonyms of [bhayá] such as [bhītá-] `was afraid of', [bhīti-, bhī] `fear'.

$2.1.38 ¹apetá=²ápoḍha-³muktá-⁴patitá=⁵apatrastaír alpaśáḥ

[A nominal padá 2 ending in 1.1.72 the fifth sUP triplet 37 optionally 11 combines with nominal padás 4] (1) apetá- `parted', (2) ápoḍha- `carried away', (3) muktá- `released', (4) patitá- `fallen' and apatrastá- `afraid of', in a very few cases (alpaśáḥ) [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

1. sukhād apetáḥ/sukhāpetáḥ `parted from happiness'.

2. kálpanāyāḥ=ápoḍhah/kalpanāpodḥáḥ `carried away by imagination'.

3. cakrāt=muktáḥ/cakra-muktáḥ `released from the wheel'.

4. svargāt patitáh/svarga-patitáḥ `fallen from paradise'.

5. taraṅgé-bhyaḥ=apatrastáḥ/taraṅgāpatrastáḥ `afraid of waves'.

Governing rule 11 operates here.

$2.1.39 ¹stoká=²antiká-³dūrá=artha-⁴kr̥cchrāṇi Kténa

[Nominal padas 2] denoting the sense of (1) stoká- `a little', (2) antiká- `near' (3) dūrá- `far' and (4) the expression kr̥cchrá- `difficulty' [ending in 1.1.72 the fifth sUP triplet 37 optionally 11 combine with the nominal padá 4 ending in 1.1.72] the affix Kta [to form a Tatpuruṣa 22 compound 3].

1. stok-āt=muk-tá-ḥ/stokān-muk-tá-ḥ `barely released'.

2. antik-āt=ā-ga-tá-ḥ/antik-ād-ā-ga-tá-ḥ `come from near'.

3. dūr-āt=ā-ga-tá-ḥ/dūr-ād-ā-ga-tá-ḥ `come from far'.

4. kr̥cchr-āt=lab-dhá-ḥ/kr̥cchr-āl-lab-dhá-ḥ `obtained with difficulty'.

These expressions constitute what are known as [a-luK-samāsas] (6.3.2) where the sUP triplet of the first member is not replaced by 0̸¹ (luK) as required by 2.4.71.

$2.1.40 saptamī śauṇḍaíḥ

[A nominal padá 2 ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP tiplet (saptamī) [optionally 11 combines with the nominal padá 4 class] whose first member is śauṇḍá- `adroit, skilful' [to form a tatpuruṣa 22 compound 3].

akṣe-ṣu śauṇḍáh/akṣá-śauṇḍah `skilful at dice'. The list of words headed by [śauṇḍá] forms part of the Gaṇapāṭha.

$2.1.41 ¹siddhá-²śuṣká-³pakvá-⁴bandhaíś ca

[A nominal padá 2 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 40 optionally 11 combines with nominal padás 4] (1) siddhá- `perfected', (2) suṣká- `dried', (3) pakvá- `cooked' and (4) bandhá- `binding, combination' [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

1. sāṁkāśye siddháḥ/sāṁkāśya-siddhaḥ `perfect in S.'

2. ātapé śuṣkáḥt/ātapá-śuṣkaḥ `sun-dried'.

3. śthalyām pakváh/sthālī-pakvaḥ `cooked in a pot'.

4. cakré bandháḥ/cakrá-bandhaḥ `bound on the wheel'.

5. A separate rule is necessary since these are not included in the śauṇḍá-list of Gaṇapāṭha.

$2.1.42 dhvāṅkṣeṇa kṣépe

[A nominal padá 2 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 40 combines with a nominal padá 4] denoting the sense of dhvāṅksa- `crow' when expressing the sense of `derision, contempt' (kṣépe) [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

tīrthé dhvāṅkṣa iva = tīrthá-dhvāṅkṣaḥ/tīrthá-kākaḥ, tīrthá-vāyasaḥ `an unstable person (lit. a crow in a sacred bathing place)', but tīrthé dhvāṅkṣas tíṣṭh-a-ti `a crow is remaining in the sacred bathing space'.

$2.1.43 kŕtyair r̥ṇé

[A nominal padá 2 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 40 optionally 11 combines with nominal padás 4 ending in 1.1.72] kŕtya affixes [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3] when signifying a debt (r̥ṇé).

māsé déyam/māsá-deyam r̥ṇám `a debt to be paid within a month'. The word [r̥ṇé] by implication extends the scope of this rule to other situations when an obligation of time is involved; thus purvāḥné-geyam/pūrvāḥná-geyam sāma `a sāman that is to be recited in the morning' in which the prior member retains its sUP triplet by 6.3.14.

$2.1.44 saṁjñāyām

[A nominal padá 2 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 40 combines with a nominal padá 4 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3] when denoting a name (saṁjñāyām).

áraṇye-tilakāḥ `wild sesamum' with non-replacement of sUP triplet of the prior member by 6.3.9.

$2.1.45 Kténa=¹aho-²rātra=avayavāḥ

[A nominal padá 2 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 40] denoting the divisions of day (áhan) and night (rātrī) [combines with a nominal padá ending in 1.1.72] the affix Ktá [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

pūrvahṇé kr̥tám/pūrvāḥṇá-kr̥tam `accomplished in the day'; aparāhṇé kr̥tám/aparāhṇá-kr̥tam `accomplished in the afternoon'; similarly: purvarātré kr̥tám/pūrva-rātrá-kr̥tam `performed in the first half of the night'; apara-rātré kr̥tám/apara-rātrá-kr̥tam `done in the second half of the night'; but áhani bhuktám `eaten in the morning'.

$2.1.46 tátra

[The nominal padá 2] tátra [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 40 (5.3.10) combines with a nominal padá 4 ending in 1.1.72 the affix Ktá 45 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

tátra-kr̥tam `done there', tátra-bhuktam `eaten there'.

$2.1.47 kṣépe

[A nominal padá 2 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 40 combines with a nominal padá 4 ending in 1.1.72 the affix Ktá 45 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3] when indicating censure (kṣépe).

ávatapte-nakula-sthitam `inconstancy (like that of mangoose on a hot plate)'; non-elision of the seventh sUP triplet by 6.3.14. Similarly bhásmani-hutam `fruitess action (like offering an oblation in ashes)'.

$2.1.48 pātre-samita=ādayas=ca

The class of expressions beginning with pātre-samita- `constantly present at meals' (= a parasite) are [tatpuruṣá 22 compounds 3 when indicating blame or censure (kṣépe) 47].

$2.1.49 ¹pūrva-kālá=²éka-³sarvá-⁴járat-⁵purāṇá-⁶náva-⁷kévalāḥ samāná=adhikaraṇena

[A nominal padá 2] denoting something which precedes in time (pūrva-kālá) [and nominal padás 4] éka- `one', sárva- `a11', járat- `old', purāṇá- `ancient', náva- `new' and kévala- `sole, alone' [combine with 4 a syntactically connected 1 nominal padá 4] having a common frame of reference (samāná=adhikaraṇéna) [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

1. The word [pūrva-kālá] `previous time' is relative to the time referred to by the second member: pūrvam snātáḥ paścāt=ánuliptaḥ = snātānuliptáḥ `first bathed and then perfumed'; the intention is to settle the order of these nominal padás in composition where the previous action becomes the prior member.

2. ékā evá śāṭī = eka-śātī `one (sole) skirt'; ékā bhikṣā = eka-bhikṣā `(only) one alms (in a day)'.

3. sárve devāḥ = sarva-devāḥ `all divinities'

4. járan hastī = jarad-dhastī `old elephant'.

5. purāṇám āvasathám = purāṇāvasathám `ancient habitation'.

6. návam annám = navānnám `new rice'.

7. kévalam annám = kevalānnám `mere or only rice'.

8. kévalo vaiyākaraṇáḥ = kevala-vaiyākaraṇáḥ `unique grammarian'.

$2.1.50 ¹dík-²saṁkhyé saṁjñāyām

[Nominal padás 2] denoting directions (díś) or numbers (saṁkhyā) [combine with 4 syntactically connected nominal padás 4, having the same frame of reference 49 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3] provided the compound denotes a name (saṁjñāyām).

1. pūrvā ca=asaú iṣukāma-śamī ca = purveṣukāmaśamī `East Iṣukāmaśamī (n.pr. of a village)'; similarly apareṣukāma-śamī `Western Iṣukāmaśamī'.

2. saptá ŕṣayaḥ = saptarṣayáḥ `Ursa Major (n.pr. of a constellation: Great Bear)'.

$2.1.51 ¹taddhita=arthá-²uttara-padá-³samāhāré ca

[Nominal padás 2 denoting direction (díś) or number words (saṁkhyā) 50 optionally 11 combine with 4 a syntactically connected 1 nominal padá 4 having a common frame of reference with them 49 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3] provided (a) the meaning to be expressed is one for which a taddhitá affix is introduced or (b) the two constituent members occur before a subsequent member (uttara-padá) or (c) a collection (samāhārá)is to be denoted.

1. taddhita=arthá: pūrvasyām śālāyām bhávaḥ = [purva+0̸+śālā+Ña (4.1.107)] = paúrva-śāl-a-ḥ (7.2.117; 6.4.64) `situated in the eastern house'; pūrvā śālā priyā yásya = pūrva-śālā-priyaḥ results in a bahuvrīhi compound `to whom the eastern house is dear' and the prior member pūrva-sālā- `eastern house' constitutes a tatpuruṣá compound and is accented on the final syllable.

2. ṣaṇṇām mātr̄óṇām ápatyam = [ṣaṭ+0̸¹+mātr̥+áṆ 4.1.115 = ṣāṭ+mātur+áṆ 1.1.51] = ṣāṇ-mātur-á-ḥ (7.1.117; 8.4.45) `descendant of six mothers', where the nominal stem ṣaṭ+mātŕ `six mothers' forms a tatpuruṣá compound. páñca gāvo dhánam ásya = [pañca+0̸¹+go+0̸¹+dhana] resulting in a bahuvrīhi compound pañca-gavá-dhanaḥ `whose wealth consists of five cows', before the final member °-dhana-, pañca-gavá- constitutes a tatpuruṣá compound.

3. pañcānām gáv-ām samāhāráḥ = [pañca+0̸¹+go+0̸¹+ṬáC (5.4.92)] = pañca-gav-á-m (6.1.78) is accented on the final syllable (6.1.163), where pañca+go forms a Dvigu compound (52 below) and is assigned the singular sUP triplet (2.4.1) which is neuter (2.4.17). Similarly aṣṭānām adhyāyānām samāhāráḥ = aṣṭa+adhyāya+ṄīP (4.1.21)+sU = aṣṭādhyāyī (6.4.148)+0̸ (6.1.68): `collection of eight chapters, title of the present work'.

$2.1.52 saṁkhyā-pūrvo dvigúḥ

(The t.t.) dvigú denotes [a compound 3] whose first member is a number word (saṁkhyā) [optionally 11 combining with 4 syntactically connected 1 nominal padás 4 having a common frame of reference 49 provided (a) the meaning to be expressed is one for which a taddhita affix is introduced (taddhita=arthá) or (b) the two constituent members occur before a subsequent member (uttarapadá) or (c) a collection is to be denoted 51].

1. pañcasu kapāleṣu sáṁskr̥taḥ `a sacrifical offering prepared in five vessels' = [pañca+0̸¹+kapāla+áṆ (4.1.16) = pañca-kapāla+0̸¹ (4.1.88)] = páñca-kapāla-ḥ (6.2.29); since the affix replacement is by luK (=0̸¹) the operation of 7.2.117 is blocked out and there is no vŕddhi replacement of the vowel of the initial syllable of the compound expression.

2. páñca nāvaḥ priyāḥ=ásya = [pañc+0̸¹+nau+0̸¹+priya- = pañca+nau+ṬáC (5.4.99)+priya-] since by this rule, before the posterior member °-priya-, panca+nau- is defined as a dvigú: = pañca-nāvá-priya-ḥ.

3. pañcānām pūlānām samāhāraḥ = pañca+0̸¹+pūlá+sU (2.4.1) = pañca-pūlá+am (2.4.17) = pañca+pūlá+ṄīP (4.1.21)+0̸ (6.4.68) = pañca-pūlī `a collection of five bunches of grass'.

$2.1.53 kutsitānai kútsanaiḥ

[Nominal padás 2] denoting despicable or contemptible objects (kutsitāni) [combine with 4 syntactically connected 1 nominal padás 4 having the same frame of reference 49] denoting reproach (kútsanaíḥ) [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

vaiyākaraṇáś ca=asaú khasūcíś ca = vaiyākaraṇa-khasūcí-ḥ `stupid grammarian'; the expression kha-sūcí- `one who looks vacantly at the sky (when a response to a question is sought)' = `a stupid or ignorant person' is indicative of contempt.

$2.1.54 ¹pāpá=²aṇaké kutsitaíḥ

[The nominal padás 2] pāpá- `bad, evil' and aṇaka- `insignificant' [denoting reproach 53 combine with 4 syntactically connected 1 nominal padás 4] denoting what is despised (kutsitaíḥ) [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

By the preceding rule these nominal padás would have heen posterior members of compounds, but the present rule reverses the order and they occur as prior members. pāpáś ca=asaú nāpitáś ca = [pāpa+0̸¹+nāpita+sU] = pāpa-nāpitá-ḥ `an incompetent barber'; aṇakaś ca=asaú kúlālaś ca = aṇaka-kulālá-ḥ `an inefficient potter'.

$2.1.55 upamānāni sāmānaya-vacanaíḥ

[A nominal padá 2] denoting an upamāna `object of comparison' [optionally 11 combines with nominal padás 4] denoting objects possessing a shared feature (sāmānya-vacanaíḥ) [having the same frame of reference 49 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

ghaná iva śyāmáḥ = ghaná-śyāma-ḥ `dark as a cloud'; similarly kúmuda iva śyenī = kúmuda-śyenī `lily-white' (6.2.2 for accent).

$2.1.56 upamitám vyāghrá=ābibhiḥ sāmānya=a-prayogé

[A nominal padá 2] denoting an upamitá `subject compared' [optionally 11 combines with the class of nominal padás 4] beginning with vyāghrá- `tiger' [as objects of comparison 55] provided an expression implying that common feature (sāmānya) is not employed (á-prayoge) [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

This is a prior exception to rule 57 below. púruṣo vyāghrá iva = puruṣa-vyāghráḥ `strong like a tiger' but not when we have a string like púruṣo vyāghrá iva śū-raḥ `a person strong as a tiger'.

$2.1.57 viśéṣaṇam viśeṣyèṇa bahulám

[A nominal padá 2] denoting a qualifier (viśéṣaṇam) [optionally combines with 4 a syntactically connected 1 nominal padá 4, having the same frame of reference 49] and denoting the item qualified (viśeṣyèṇa) [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3] variously (bahulám).

nīlam utpalám = nīlotpalám `blue lotus'; the word [bahulám] implies that in certain cases the compound is obligatory, despite the governing rule 11 above: kr̥ṣṇa-sarpá- `cobra', and in others like rāmó dāśarathiḥ `Rama, son of Daśaratha' no composition takes place.

$2.1.58 ¹pūrva=²ápara-³prathamá-⁴caramá-⁵jaghanyà-⁶samāná-⁷mádhya-⁸madhyamá-⁹vīrāś ca

[The nominal padás 2] pūrva- `prior', ápara- `another', prathamá- `first', caramá- `last', jaghanyà- `hindermost, lowest', samāná- `equal', mádhya-, madhyamá- `middle' and vīrá- `hero' also (ca) [optionally 11 combine with 4 a syntactically connected 1 nominal padá 4 having the same frame of reference 49 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

1. pūrva-vaiyākaraṇá-ḥ = pūrvaś ca=asaú vaiyākaraṇáś ca `ancient or older grammarian'.

2. apara-puruṣá-ḥ `another person, successor'. carama-puruṣá-ḥ `last person'. jaghanya-puruṣá-ḥ `lowest person'. samāna-puruṣá-ḥ `equal person'. madhya-puruṣá-ḥ/madhyama-puruṣáḥ `middle person' and as a t.t. for the second person. vīra-puruṣá-ḥ `heroic person'.

$2.1.59 śréṇi=ādayaḥ kr̥tá=ādibhiḥ

[The class of nominal padás 2] beginning with śréṇi- `line' [optionally 11 combines with 4 syntactically connected 1 nominal padá class 4] beginning with kr̥tá- `fashioned, made' [having the same frame of reference 49 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

By a vārttika this usage is restricted to indicate the meaning of affix Cvi̱ (5.4.50): á-sreṇayaḥ śréṇayaḥ kr̥tāḥ = śréṇi-kr̥tāḥ `arranged in a line or tier' (6.2.46 for accent).

$2.1.60 Kténa náÑ-viśiṣṭena=á-naÑ

[A nominal padá 2 ending in 1.1.72] the affix Ktá not co-occurring with particle náÑ [optionally 11 combines with the same nominal stem 4 ending in 1.1.72] affix Ktá co-occurring with particle náÑ [having the same frame of reference 49 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

kr̥táṁ ca tad ákr̥tam ca = kr̥tākr̥tám `partially done' and similarly bhuktābhuktám `partially eaten', but no composition takes place from the string siddháṁ ca tád ábhuktaṁ ca `prepared but not eaten'.

$2.1.61 ¹sát=²mahát-³paramá=⁴úttama=⁵útkrṣṭāḥ pūjyámanaiḥ

[The nominal padás 2] sát- `good', mahát- `great', paramá- `highest', úttama- `best' and útkr̥ṣṭa- `eminent, excellent' [optionally 11 combine with 4 syntactically connected 1 nominal padás 4 having the same frame of reference 49] and denoting persons deserving of respect (pūjyámānaiḥ) [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

1. sán vaidyáḥ = sad-vaidyáḥ `good physican'.

2. mahāṁś ca=asaú vaiyākaraṇáś ca = mahā-vaiyākaraṇáḥ (6.3.46) `great grammarian'.

3. paramaś ca=asaú haṁsaś ca = parama-haṁsá-ḥ `highest swan', a designation of the highest class of monks.

4. uttama-puruṣá-ḥ `highest person' and as t.t. `first person'.

5. ut-kr̥ṣṭa-puruṣá-ḥ `most eminent or excellent person'.

$2.1.62 ¹vr̥ndāraka-²nāgá-³kuñjaraiḥ pūjyámānam

[A nominal padá 2] denoting a person deserving of respect (pūjyámānam) [combines with 1 syntactically connected 1 nominal padás 4] vr̥ndāraka- `excellent', nāgá- `elephant' and kuñjara- `elephant' [having the same frame of reference 49 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

1. go-vr̥ndāraká-ḥ `excellent bull'.

2. go-nāgá-ḥ/go-kuñjará-ḥ `excellent bull'.

$2.1.63 ¹katara-²katamaú jāti-pari-praśné

[The nominal padás 2] katará- `which of two' and katamá- `which of many' with reference to a question regarding genus or class (jāti-pari-praśné) [combines with 1 syntactically connected 1 nominal padá 4 having the same frame of reference 49 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

1. anáyoḥ káḥ kaṭháḥ = katara-kaṭhá-ḥ (for alternate accentuation cf. 6.2.57: ka-tará-kaṭha-ḥ?) `which of these two is an adept in the Kaṭhá school of Vedic studies?'.

2. eṣām káḥ kalāpáḥ = katama-kalāpá-ḥ `which among these many is an adept of the Kalāpá school of Vedic studies?'.

$2.1.64 kíṁ kṣépe

[The pronominal padá 2] kíṁ `who, what, which', when indicating censure (kṣépe) [combines with 1 a syntactically connected 1 nominal padá 4 having the same frame of reference 49 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

kutsitó rājā = kiṁ-rājā yó ná rákṣ-a-ti a bad king (who does not protect his subjects)'. Here the samāsānta affix [ṬáC] introduced by 5.4.91 is blocked by 5.4.70, thus generating the compound stems like kíṁ-rājan-, kiṁ-sakhi- `a vile friend (who hates)', kíṁ-go- `an ox (who does not carry)' etc. Here the word [kím] functions like an indeclinable, but kásya rājā = kiṁ-rājá-ḥ, kásya sákhā = kim-sakhá-ḥ, kásya gaúḥ = kiṁ-gavá-ḥ.

$2.1.65 ¹poṭā-²yuvatí-³stoká-⁴katipayá-⁵gr̥ṣṭí-⁶dhenú-⁷vaśā-⁸vehát-⁹baṣkayaṇī-¹⁰pravaktŕ-¹¹śrótriya=¹²adhyāpaka-¹³dhūrtaír jātiḥ

[A nominal padá 2] denoting species (jātiḥ) [combines with 4 syntactically connected 1 nominal padás 4] poṭā `hermaphrodite', yuvatí- `young female', stoká- `a little', katipayá- `some', gr̥ṣṭí- `a cow which has had only one calf', dhenú- `milch cow', vaśā- `barren cow', vehát- `a cow that miscarries or aborts', baṣkayaṇī `a cow that has a half adult calf', pravaktŕ- `promulgator, expounder', śrótriya- `a brahmin who studies the Veda' (5.2.88), adhyāpaka- `teacher' and dhūrtá- `clever' [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

1. ibhī ca asaú poṭā ca = [ibha+ṄīṢ (4.1.63)+potṭā = ibha+0̸+poṭā (6.2.34)] = ibha-poṭā `a hermaphrodite elephant'.

2. ibha-yuvatí-ḥ `a young female elephant'.

3. agni-stoká-ḥ `a little fire'.

4. udaśvit-katipayá-m `a little buttermilk'.

5. go-gr̥ṣṭí-ḥ `a cow having a single calf'.

6. go-dhenú-ḥ `milch cow'.

7. go-vaśā `a barren cow'.

8. go-vehát `a cow that miscarries'.

9. go-baṣkayaṇī `a cow having a half adult calf'.

10. kaṭha-pravaktŕ- `propagator of Kaṭhá'.

11. kalāpa-śrotriyá- `a student of Kalāpá'.

12. kaṭhādhyāpaká- `a teacher of Kaṭhá'.

13. kaṭha-dhūrtá- `clever in Kaṭhá'.

$2.1.66 praśaṁsā-vacanaiś ca

[A nominal padá 2 denoting species (jāti) 65 optionally 11 combines with 4 syntactically connected 1 nominal padás 4 having the same frame of reference 49] and signifying praise (praśaṁsā) [to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

matallikā- ca asaú gaúś ca = go-matallikā `an excellent cow; similarly aśva-prakāṇḍám `an excellent horse'.

$2.1.67 yúvā ¹khalatí-²palitá-³valina-⁴járatībhiḥ

[The nominal padá 2] yúvan- `young, youthful' [combines with 4 syntactically connected 1 nominal padás 4] khalatí- `bald', palitá- `grey-haired', valina- `wrinkled' and járatī `old' (f.) [having the same frame of reference 49 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

1. yúvā khalatí-ḥ = yuva-khalatí-ḥ `a bald youth', similarly yuvatíḥ khalatī = yuva-khalatī `a bald maiden'.

2. yuva-palitá-ḥ, yuva-palitā `grey-haired young person'.

3. yuva-valiná-ḥ, yuva-valinā `a wrinkled young person'.

4. yuva-jarán, yuva-jaratī `prematurely old young person'.

Note: By using the form [járatī] in the sūtra the following maxim of interpretation is introduced: "When a nominal padá is introduced it includes all the genders associated with it".

$2.1.68 ¹kŕtya-²túlya=ākhyā á-jātyā

[Nominal padás 2 ending in 1.1.72] kŕtya (3.1.95ff.) affixes as well as synonyms of túlya- `equivalent' [optionally 11 combine with 4 a syntactically connected 1 nominal padá 4] not denoting a species (á-jātyā) [having the same frame of reference 49 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

1. bhojyàṁ ca tád uṣṇáṁ ca = bhojyoṣṇám `hot food'; pānīyaṁ ca tat śītáṁ ca = pānīya-śītám `cold drink'.

2. tulya-śvetáḥ/sadr̥śa-śvetáḥ `equally white'.

3. But bhojyà odanáḥ `edible rice'.

$2.1.69 várṇo várṇena

[A nominal padá 2] denoting a color (várṇaḥ) [combines with another nominal padá 4] denoting color (várṇena) [syntactically connected with it 1 and having the same frame of reference 49 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

kr̥ṣṇáś ca asaú sāráṅgaś ca = kr̥ṣṇa-sāraṅgá-ḥ `black and dappled, a spotted deer'.

$2.1.70 kumāráḥ śramaṇā=ādibhiḥ

[The nominal padá 2] kumārá- `lad, boy' [combines with 4 syntactically connected 1 class of nominal padás 4] beginning with śrámaṇā `lady ascetic' [having the same frame of reference 49 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

kumārī śrámaṇā = kumāra+ṄīP+śramaṇā = kumāra+0̸+śramaṇā (6.3.34) = kumāra-śramaṇā `young lady ascetic or mendicant'.

$2.1.71 cátuṣpādo garbhíṇyā

[Nominal padás 2] denoting quadrupeds (cátuspādaḥ) [combine with 1 syntactically connected 1 nominal padá 4] garbhíṇī `pregnant' [having the same frame of reference 49 to form a tatpuruṣá 22 compound 3].

garbhíṇí ca asaú gaúś ca = go-garbhiṇī `a pregnant cow'. Composition here is restricted to words denoting species (jāti), hence no composition takes place in the string kālākṣī garbhíṇī `the cow named Kālakṣī is pregnant'.

$2.1.72 mayūra-vyaṁsaká=ādayaś ca

[The class of compound padás 2] beginning with mayūra-vyaṁsaká- are also (ca) designated [tatpuruṣá 22 compounds 3].

mayūraś ca asaú vyáṁsakaś ca = mayūra-vyaṁsaká-ḥ `a cunning peacock'.

$2.2.1 ¹pūrva=²ápara=³ádhara=⁴úttaram ekadeśínā=eka=adhikaráṇe

[The nominal padás 1.2] pūrva- `front, fore', ápara- `back', ádhara- `lower' and úttara- `higher' [combine with a nominal padá 1.4] denoting a single substance (eka=adhkaraṇé) consisting of parts (eka-deśínā) [to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

Since the single substance with parts is referred to as forming the posterior member of a compound, the sixth sUP triplets are introduced after it (technically known as [avayava-ṣaṣṭhī]). This rule is a prior exception to 8 below.

1. pūrvaṁ kāyásya = pūrva-kāyá-ḥ `front of the body'.

2. áparam kāyásya = apara-kāyá-ḥ `back of the body'.

3. adhara-kāyá-ḥ `lower part of the body'.

4. uttara-kāyá-ḥ `upper part of the body'.

In a Karmadhāraya compound pūrvaś ca asaú kāyáś ca = pūrva-kāyá-ḥ the reference is not to a part of the body but to the whole body.

$2.2.2 ardhám nápuṁsakam

[The nominal padá 1.2] ardhám (used as a neuter: nápuṁsakam) `half' (but not as a qualifier) [combines with a nominal padá 1.4 denoting a single substance consisting of parts 1 to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

ardhám pippalyāḥ = ardha-pippalī `half a pepper'; when not neuter we have the string grāmasya ardháḥ = gramārdhá-ḥ `half the village' where it is the posterior member.

$2.2.3 ¹dvitīya-²tr̥tīya-³caturthá-⁴túryāṇi anyatarásyām

[The nominal padás 1.2] dvitīya- `second', tr̥tīya- `third', caturthá- and túrya- `fourth' optionally (anyatarásyām) [combine with a nominal padá 1.4 denoting a single substance with parts 1 to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

dvitīyam bhikṣāyāḥ = dvitīya-bhikṣā `a second alms-giving' or alternately bhikṣā-dvitīyám; similarly: tr̥tīya-bhikṣā/bhikṣā-tr̥tīyám; caturtha-bhikṣā/bhikṣā-caturthám; turya-bhikṣā/bhikṣā-turyám `third/fourth alms-giving'.

$2.2.4 ¹prāpta=²āpanne ca dvitīyayā

[The nominal padás 1.2] prāpta- and ā-panna- `gained, attained' also (ca) [combine with nominal padás 1.4] co-occurring with the second sUP triplets [optionally 3 to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

prāpto jīvikām = prāpta-jīviká-ḥ/jīvikā-prāptáḥ (1.24) `who has gained his livelihood'; = āpanna-jīviká-ḥ/jīvikāpanná-ḥ.

$2.2.5 kālāḥ partimāṇínā

[Nominal padás 1.2] denoting time (kālāḥ) [combine with nominal padás 1.4] denoting objects which are measured (parimāṇínā) by time [to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

māso jātáḥ=asyá = māsa-jātá-ḥ `born a month back'.

$2.2.6 náÑ

[The negative particle] náÑ [combines with 1.4 a syntactically connected 1.1 nominal padá 1.4 to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

ná brāhmaṇá-ḥ = á-brāhmaṇa-ḥ (6.3.73) `not a brahmin'; ná kúśala-ḥ = á-kuśala-ḥ `not dextrous or clever'.

$2.2.7 īṣát=á-kr̥t-ā

[The indeclinable padá 1.2] īṣát `a little, slightly' [combines with 1.4 a syntactically connected 1.1 nominal padá 1.4] not (ending in 1.1.72) a kŕt (3.1.93ff.) affix [to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

īṣat-piṅgalá-ḥ `slightly brownish'; īṣat-kaḍārá-ḥ `a little tawny'. (Cf. 6.2.54 for alternative accent īṣát-kaḍāra-.)

Note: A vārttika modifies this rule by replacing [á-kr̥t-ā] by [guṇa-vácanena]: Pāṇini himself has the compound [īṣad-a-samāptí] `slight incompleteness' (5.3.67).

$2.2.8 ṣaṣṭhī

[A nominal padá 1.2 ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (ṣaṣṭhī) [combines with 1.4 a syntactically connected 1.1 nominal padá 1.4 to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

rājñaḥ púruṣa-ḥ = rāja-puruṣá-ḥ `king's man, royal servant'.

$2.2.9 yājaka=ādibhiś ca

[A nominal padá 1.2. ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 9] also (ca) [combines with 1.4 the class of nominal padás 1.4] beginning with yājaka- `sacrificer' [to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

Words forming this class end in the affix [°-tŕC or °-aka-] and by 16 below do not combine with a prior member ending in the sixth sUP triplet, and so this rule is a prior exception to that: brāhmaṇśsya yājaka-ḥ / brāhmaṇá-yājaká-ḥ `performer of a sacrifice for a brahmin'.

$2.2.10 ná nirdhāraṇe

[A nominal padá 1.2. ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 8] introduced (by 2.3.42) to denote a setting apart (nirdhāraṇe) does not (ná) [combine with 1.4 a syntactically connected 1.1 nominal padá 1.4 to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

nr̥-ṇām dvijáḥ śréṣṭhaḥ `among men the twice-born is the best'; kr̥ṣṇā gávāṁ sámpanna-kṣīra-tamā `the black cow is the most bounteous of milch-cows'.

By a vārttika an item ending in the sixth sUP triplet introduced by a rule other than 2.3.50 never combines to form a compound.

$2.2.11 ¹pūraṇa-²guṇá-³súhita=artha-⁴SAT=⁵ávyaya-⁶távya-⁷samāná=adhikaraṇena

[A nominal padá 1.2 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 8 does not 10 combine with 1.4 a syntactically connected 1.1 nominal padá 1.4] consisting of (a) ordinals (pūraṇa), (b) qualifying expressions (guṇá), (c) a word denoting `satisfaction' (súhita=artha), (d) a participle ending in the affix SAT (= ŚátR̥-, ŚānáC 3.2.127), (e) an indeclinable, (f) padás ending in °-távya- and (g) a padá having the same frame of reference (samāná=adhikaraṇena) [to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

1. chātrāṇām pañcamáḥ `fifth among pupils'.

2. kākasya kārṣṇyam `blackness of the crow'.

3. phálānām súhitaḥ/tr̥ptáḥ `satisfied with fruit'.

4. brāhmaṇásya kurván/kurvāṇáḥ `working for a brahmin'.

5. brāhmaṇásya kr̥-tvā `having worked for a brahmin'.

6. rājñaḥ kar-távya-m `duty of a king'.

7. pāṇineḥ sūtra-kārásya `of Pāṇini, author of the sūtras'.

$2.2.12 Kténa ca pūjāyām

[A nominal padá 1.2 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 7 does not 10] also (ca) [combine with 1.2 a syntactically connected 1.1 nominal padá 1.4 ending in 1.1.72] the affix Ktá denoting homage (pūjāyām 3.2.188) [to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

rājñām matáḥ/buddháḥ/pūjitáḥ `respected, honored or recognized by the king'.

$2.2.13 adhikaraṇa-vācínā ca

[A nominal padá 1.2 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 8 does not 10] also (ca) [combine with 1.4 a syntactically connected 1.1 nominal padá 1.4 ending in 1.1.72 the affix Ktá 12] introduced as a locus signifier (adhikarana-vācínā 3.4.76) [to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

idám eṣām bhuktám `this is their place for eating'; idám eṣām āsitám `this is their place of sitting'.

$2.2.14 kármaṇi ca

[A nominal padá 1.2 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 8] introduced as an object marker (kármaṇi 3.26) also (ca) [does not 10 combine with 1.4 a syntactically connected 1.1 nominal padá 1.4 to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

āścaryò gávām dóhaḥ á-gopālakena `wonderful is the milking of cows by one who is not a cowherd'.

$2.2.15 ¹tr̥C=²akābhyām kartári

[A nominal padá 1.2 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 8] introduced as an agent marker (kartári 3.65) [does not 10 combine with 1.4 a syntactically connected 1.1 nominal padá 1.4 ending in 1.1.72] the affixes °-tŕC- or °-aka- [to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

bhávataḥ śāyikā/āsiká `your honor's turn for sleeping/sitting'. The affix [°-aka-] is a replacement of [vu 7.1.1] occurring in the following affixes: [(a) kr̥t: ṆvuC, ṆvuL, vuѹ, vuN¹, ṢvuN and (b) taddhita: ḌvuN, vuK, vuC, vuѲ and vuN²]. All kr̥t affixes are markers of the agent (3.4.76) and so do not enter into composition with a genitive having the value of an agent (16 below); its inclusion here is with reference to the taddhitá affixes only. Similarly [tr̥C] is an agent marker (3.1.133) and has its domain in the subsequent sūtra.

$2.2.16 kartári ca

[A nominal padá 1.2 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 8 does not 10 combine with 1.4. syntactically connected 1.1 nominal padás 1.4 ending in 1.1.72 the affixes °-tŕC- or -°aka- 15] introduced as agent markers (kartári) [to form tatpuruṣá 1.22 compounds 1.3].

[°-tŕC] is a kr̥t affix (3.1.133) as are [ṆvuC] and [ṆvuL], [vuѹ], [vuN¹] and [ṢvuN], and all kr̥t affixes are agent markers (3.4.670).

1. apām sraṣṭā `creater of waters'; vájrasya bhartā `bearer of the thunderbolt'; púrām bhettā `destroyer of fortified cities'.

2. yávānām lāvakaḥ `reaper of barley'; odanásya pācakaḥ `who cooks rice'.

$2.2.17 nítyaṁ ¹krīḍā-²jīvikayoḥ

[A nominal padá 1.2 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP tripet 8] necessarily (nítyam) [combines with 1.4 a syntactically connected 1.1 nominal padá 1.4 ending in 1.1.72 the affixes °-tŕC or °-aka 15 to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3] when denoting a sport (krīḍā) or livelihood (jīvikā).

Since the affix [tŕC] does not occur in these two senses, the affix involved is [aka] only, though both are present by anuvŕtti.

1. sport: úddālaka-puṣpa-bhañjikā `n.pr. of a sport in which Uddālaka flowers are crushed' (6.2.74 for accent).

2. livelihood: danta-lekh-aká-ḥ `dentist', nakha-lekh-aká-ḥ `manicurist'.

$2.2.18 ¹kú-²gáti-³prá=ādayaḥ

[The indeclinable padá 1.2] kú- `bad, worthless', items of the gáti-class (1.4.60ff.) and prá-class (1.4.58) [combine with 1.4 syntactically connected 1.1 nominal padás 1.4 necessarily 17 to form tatpuruṣá 1.22 compounds 1.3].

1. kutsitáḥ púruṣaḥ = kú=puruṣaḥ `worthless person'.

2. ūrī-kŕt-ya `having accepted'.

3. sú-brāhmaṇaḥ `worthy brahmin'; áti-brāhmaṇaḥ `excellent brahmin', ā-kaḍāraḥ `slightly tawny'.

A set of vārttikas on this indicate the case relationship of the nominal padás co-occurring with the preverbs.:

(a) first sUP triplet: pra-gatá ācāryàḥ = prācāryaḥ `professor, excellent teacher'; prāntevāsin- `excellent pupil'.

(b) second sUP triplet: atikrāntaḥ kháṭvām = áti-khaṭvah `gone beyond the bedstead (i.e., able to do without one)'.

(c) third sUP triplet: áva-kruṣṭaḥ kokiláyā = áva-kokilaḥ `announced by the song of the cuckco'.

(d) fourth sUP triplet: pari-glānáḥ adhyáyanāya = páry-adhy-ayanaḥ `weary of study'; álaṁ kumaryaí = álaṁ-kumāriḥ `suitable for the maiden'.

(e) fifth sUP triplet: niṣ-krāntáḥ kauśāmbyāḥ = níṣ-kauśāmbiḥ `departed from Kauśāmbī'.

$2.2.19 upapadám á-tiṄ

An upapadá (3.1.92) which does not terminate (1.1.72) in a verbal personal ending (l-substitute tiṄ) [combines with 1.4 a syntactically connected 1.1 nominal padá 1.4 necessarily 17 to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

kumbháṁ kar-ó-ti = [kumbhá+0̸+kr̥+áṆ 3.2.1] = kumbha-kār-á- `a potter'; nagara-kār-á- `a builder of cities'.

$2.2.20 amā=evá=ávyayena

[When an upapadá which does not terminate 1.1.72 in tiṄ 19 combines with 1.4] an indeclinable (ávyayena) [to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3] it does so only (evá) with one ending in (1.1.72) the affix °-am.

svādúm+kŕ+Ṇamu̱L (3.4.26) = svāduṁ-kār-am bhuṅk-té `eats making (one's food) palatable'. lavaṇaṁ-kār-am bhuṅk-té `eats after adding salt (to one's food)'. But ágre bhū-tvā.

$2.2.21 tr̥tīyā-prabhr̥tīni=anyatárasyām

[Upapadás 19] introduced from 3.4.47 with those ending in the third sUP triplet (up to 3.4.64) optionally (anyatarásyām) [combine with 1.4 an indeclinable ending in 1.1.72. °am (=Ṇamu̱L) 20 to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3].

3.4.47: mūlakena=upa-dáṁś-am = mūlakopa-daṁś-am bhuṅk-té `eats with radish as a relish'. 3.4.49: pārśváyor upa-pīḍ-am = pārsvópa-pīḍ-aṁ śe-té `lies down pressing on one's sides'.

$2.2.22 Ktvā ca

[Upapadás 19] introduced from 3.4.47 with those ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet (up to 3.4.64) 21 [combine with 1.4 an indeclinable 20 ending in 1.1.72] the affix Ktvā [to form a tatpuruṣá 1.22 compound 1.3] optionally (anyatárasyam).

uccaíḥ kr̥-tvā / uccaiḥ-kŕt-ya `loudly (with a high-pitched voice)'.

$2.2.23 śéṣo bahuvrīhíḥ

(The t.t.) bahuvrīhí denotes residual (śéṣaḥ) [compounds 1.3] (with respect to those provided by 2.1.6-2.22).

This is a governing rule up to 28 below. Since only padás ending in sUP triplets other than the first have been dealt with in the preceding section 2.1.6-2.22, the first sUP triplet constitutes this residue.

$2.2.24 ánekam anya-pada=arthé

Two or more (án-ekam) [nominal padás 1.2 can combine with 1.4 each other] to denote something distinct (from what is implied by the constituent padás) (anyapada=arthé) [to form a bahuvrīhí 23 compound 1.3].

1. prāptam udakám yám grāmam = prāptodako grāmaḥ `an inundated village'; 2. ūḍhó rátho yéna sá = ūḍhá-rathaḥ = anaḍvān `a bull by which the chariot has been drawn'; 3. úpa-hr̥taḥ paśúḥ yásmai sá = úpa-hr̥ta-paśuḥ rudráḥ `Rudrá, to whom an animal has bean offered as sacrifice'; 4. úddhr̥taḥ=odanó yásyāḥ sā = úddhr̥taudanā sthālī a vessel from which rice has been lifted'; 5. citrā gāvo yásya sáḥ = citrá-gur devadattáḥ `D. who owns brindled cows'; 6. vīrāḥ púruṣūḥ yásmin grāme sa = vīrá-puruṣa-ko grāmaḥ (5.4.154) `a village in which heroic persons live'.

$2.2.25 saṁkhyáyā=¹ávyaya=²āsanna=³ádūra=⁴ádhika-⁵saṁkhyāḥ saṁkhyéye

An indeclinable (ávyaya) and [the nominal padás 1.2] āsanna- `near', ádūra- `not distant', ádhika- `surplus' and numerals (saṁkhyā) [combine with 1.4] another numeral (saṁkhyáyā) used for enumeration (samkhyéye) [to form a bahuvrīhí 23 compound 1.3].

1. indeclinable: viṁśatéḥ samīpé yé = upa-viṁś-ā-ḥ `about ten (= nine or eleven)'.

2. viṁśatér āsannāḥ yé = té āsanna-viṁsāḥ (5.4.73; 6.4.142) `near 20 (= 19 or 21)'.

3. adūra-viṁśāḥ `not far from 20 (= 19 or 21)'.

4. viṁśatér ádhikāḥ = adhika-viṁśāḥ `exceeding 20'.

5. dvaú vā tráyo vā = dvi-trāḥ `two or three'; dvír āvr̥ttā daśa = dví-daśāḥ `twice ten (= twenty)'.

$2.2.26 díṅ-nāmāny antarālé

[Nominal padás 1.2] denoting names of directions (díṅ-nāmāni) [combine with one another 1.4 to form a bahuvrīhí 23 compound 1.3] denoting the intermediate (antarālé) direction.

dásiṇasyāś ca pūrvasyāś ca diśoḥ=antarālám = dákṣiṇa-pūrvā `south-east'.

$2.2.27 tátra téna=idám iti sárūpe

Two identical (sárūpe) nominal padás 1.2 ending in the seventh or third sUP triplet (tátra, téna) [combine with (one another) 1.4 to form a bahuvrīhí 23 compound 1.3] to express the meaning `in this'.

The expression [iti] in the sūtra indicates the meaning of the compound is to be understood from popular usage; these are seizing (gráhaṇa), striking (praháraṇa) and fighting mutually (karma-vyatīhārá in a yuddhá).

1. kéśeṣu kéśeṣu gr̥h-ī-tvā idám yuddhám pra-vr̥ttám = keśākeśí yuddhám `a fight in which there is mutual pulling of hair'.

2. daṇḍaíś ca daṇḍaíś ca pra-gŕh-ya idám yuddhám pra-vr̥ttám = daṇdādaṇḍí yuddhám `a fight in which there is mutual striking with staffs'. (Samāsāanta íC 5.4.127).

3. In both cases the affix íC (5.4.127) is introduced at the end of the compound.

$2.2.28 téna sahá=iti tulya-yogé

The indeclinable [padá 1.2] sahá `with' [combines with a padá 1.4 ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (téna) [to form a bahuvrīhí 13 compound 1.3] provided both the person accompanied and the accompanying person have the same relation to the action (tulya-yogé).

sahá putréṇa ā-ga-táḥ = sá-putra-ḥ=ā-ga-tá-ḥ `has come with (his) son' where [sahá] is replaced by [sa-°] in composition by 6.3.82. When [tulya-yogá] is not denoted no composition takes place: sahaívá dáśabhiḥ putraír bhārám váhati gardabhī `the she-ass carries the load, accompanied by (her) ten sons'.

$2.2.29 ca=arthé dvaṁdváḥ

[An unrestricted number (áneka) 24 of nominal padás 1.2 combine with (one another) 1.4] to form a Dvaṁdvá [compound 1.3] (and a part of the meaning is that expressed by) the particle [ca] `and'.

plakṣáś ca nyagródhás ca = plakṣa-nyagrodhaú `the trees P. and Ny.' vāk ca tvák ca = vāk-tvac-ám `voice and skin' [+ṬáC 5.4.106].

The meaning of particle [ca] is fourfold: (a) samuccayá `co-ordinate conjunction', (b) anvācayá `subordinate conjunction', (c) itaretara-yogá `mutual connection; and (d) samāhārá `aggregation'. Composition takes place only in the last two meanings.

$2.2.30 upasárjanam pūrvam

An upasárana (1.2.43: an item indicated with the first sUP triplet in the section on compounds) occurs as the prior (pūrvam) member [in a compound 1.3].

1. 2.1.4: [dvitīyā] : kaṣṭám śritá-ḥ = kaṣṭá-śrita-ḥ.

2.1.6: [avyayam] : adhi-strí = strīṣú.

2. This rule fixes the position of members constituting compounds like those following it below.

$2.2.31 rāja-dantá=ādiṣu páram

In the class of [compounds 1.3] beginning with rāja-dantá- `principal tooth' [the upasárjana 30] occurs as the posterior (páram) member [of a compound 1.3].

dántānām rājā = rāja-dantá-ḥ `chief or principal tooth'.

$2.2.32 dvaṁdvé GHI

In a dvaṁdvá [compound 1.3 nominal padás 1.2] defined by the t.t. GHI (1.4.7) occur [as prior members 30].

háriś ca haraś ca = hari-haraú `Hári and Hara'; gurúś ca śukráś ca = guru-śukraú `the planets Gurú (Jupiter) and Sukrá (Venus)'.

$2.2.33 áC=adi=áT=antam

[In a dvaṁdvá 32 compound 1.3 a nominal padá 1.2] beginning with a vowel (áC=ādi) and ending with a short vowel a(T=antam) occurs as a [prior member 30].

úṣṭraś ca kháraś ca = uṣṭra-kharaú `the camel and the donkey'; īśáś ca kr̥ṣṇáś ca = īśa-kr̥ṣṇaú `I. and K.'

$2.2.34 álpa=aC-taram

[In a dvaṁdvá 32 compound 1.3 a nominal padá 1.2] containing the fewer number of vowels (álpa=aC-taram) occurs [as a prior member 30].

plakṣáś ca nyagródhaś ca = plakṣa-nygrodhaú `the trees P. and Ny.'

$2.2.35 ¹saptamī-²viśéṣaṇe bahvrīhaú

In a bahuvrīhí [compound 1.3 a nominal stem 1.2 ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet (saptamī) or one denoting a qualifier (viśéṣaṇa) occurs [as a prior member 30].

Since the constituent members of such compounds are all upasárjanas, this rule provides for the regulation of their order: kaṇṭhé kāló yásya sá-ḥ = kaṇṭhé-kāla-ḥ `(Śiva) on whose throat there is a black mark' (cf. nīla-kaṇṭha-h). úrasi lómāni ásya = úrasi-lomā `on whose chest there is hair'.

citrā gáv-aḥ=asyá = citrá-gu-ḥ `owner of brindled cows'.

$2.2.36 niṣṭhā

[In a bahuvrīhí 35 compound 1.3 nominal padás 1.2 ending in 1.1.72] affixes designated by the t.t. niṣṭhā [Ktá, KtávatU 1.1.26] occur [as prior members 30]

kr̥táḥ káṭo yéna sáḥ = kr̥tá-kaṭa-ḥ `who has made a mat'.

$2.2.37 vā=āhita=agni=ādiṣu

[In the class of bahuvrīhí 35 compounds 1.3] beginning with āhita = agni- [a nominal padá 1.2 ending in 1.1.72 niṣṭhā affixes 36] optionally (vā) occurs [as a prior member 30].

āhitā agnáyo yéna = āhitāgni-ḥ/agny-āhita-ḥ `who has consecrated the (sacrificial) fires'.

$2.2.38 káḍārāḥ karmadharāyé

[The class of nominal padás 1.2] beginning with káḍāra- `tawny' [optionally 37 occurs as a prior member 30] in a karmadhārayá (1.2.42) [compound 1.3].

káḍāraś ca asaú jaiminiś ca = kaḍāra-jaiminí-ḥ/jaimini-kaḍārá-ḥ `tawny Jaimini'. But káḍāraḥ púruṣāḥ yásmin grāme saḥ = káḍāra-puruṣ-o grāmaḥ (35 above) `a village of tawny persons'.

$2.3.1 ánabhihite

The expression án-abhi-hite `when unexpressed or unspecified' (is a governing rule up to 70 below and recurs in every subsequent element in this section).

[án-abhi-hite] `when unexpressed or unspecified' by tiṄ `personal l-substitutes', [kŕt] `primary affixes', [taddhitá] `secondary nominal affixes' and [samāsá] `compound forms'.

$2.3.2 kármaṇi dvitīyā

The second sUP triplet (dvitīyā) is introduced [when not specified otherwise 1] to denote the object (kárman) [káraka 1.4.23].

By 1.4.49 [kárman] is defined as what the agent [kartŕ] most desires to reach and corresponds to `direct object'.

káṭa+am kar-ó-ti = káṭaṁ (6.1.97) kar-ó-ti `makes a mat'. grāmaṁ gácch-a-ti `goes to the village'.

$2.3.3 tr̥tīyā ca hos chándasi

ln the domain of Chándas (chándasi) the third sUP triplet, as well as [the second 2] are introduced [to denote the kárman 2 kāraka 1.4.23] of the verbal stem hu- `sacrifice' (111 1).

yavāgū+Ṭā/am = yavāgv-ā/yavāg-ū-m agnihotrám ju-ho-ti `offers barley meal as an oblation to Agni'.

$2.3.4 ¹antarā=²ántareṇa yukté

[The second sUP triplet 2] is introduced (after an item) [to denote the kárman 2 kāraka 1.4.23] when it is combined with the indeclinables antarā `between' or ántareṇa `without or between'.

1. antarā/ántarena tvāṁ ca māṁ ca kamaṇḍaluḥ `the water jug is between you and me'.

2. ántarena puruṣakārám ná kíṁcit=labh-yá-te `without personal exertion nothing is gained'.

$2.3.5 ¹kālá=²ádhvanor atyanta-saṁyogé

[The second sUP triplet 2 is introduced after] words denoting time (kālá) or distance (ádhvan) to express total connection (atyanta-saṁyogé).

1. māsam adhī-té `studies during (the entire) month'.

2. króśam kuṭilā nadī `the river is (entirely) crooked for the distance of a krośa'.

3. but māsasya dvír adhī-té `studies twice during the month'.

$2.3.6 apavargé tr̥tīyā

The third sUP triplet (tr̥tīyā) is introduced [after items denoting time or distance when there is total connection 5] and the action is completed within that (time or distance) (apavargé).

1. māsena=anuvākáḥ=adhī-taḥ `studied (and learnt) the chapter within a month'.

2. króśena=anuvākáḥ=ádhī-taḥ `studied (and learnt) the chapter within the distance of a krośa'.

$2.3.7 ¹saptamī-²pañcamyaú kāraka-madhyé

The seventh (saptamī) or the fifth (pañcamī) sUP triplet is introduced [after items denoting time or distance 5] when these expressions occur between two kārakas (kāraka-madhyé).

1. adyá bhuk-tvā dvy-ahé/dvy-ahāt bhok-tā `having dined today, will dine after two days'.

2. ihastháḥ=ayám iṣv-āsá-ḥ króśe/króśāt lakṣyàm vídh-ya-ti `the archer, standing here, strikes the target at a distance of a krośa'.

$2.3.8 karmapravacanīya-yukte dvitīyā

The second sUP triplet (dvitīyā) is introduced [after an item] co-occurring with a karmapravacanīya (1.4.83ff).

śākalyasys sáṁhitām ánu prā-varṣ-a-t devá-ḥ `immediately following upon (ánu 1.4.84) (the recitation of) the Sáṁhitā of Śākalya it rained'. Here [ánu], the karmapravacanīya signifies [lákṣaṇa] or characteristic of the rain.

$2.3.9 yásmād ádhikam yásya ca=īśvara-vácanam tátra saptamī

The seventh sUP triplet (saptamī) is introduced [after a nominal stem when it co-occurs with a karmapravacanīya 8] if it denotes something relative to which (yásmāt) there is an excess (ádhikam) or about which (yásya) rulership (īśvara-vácanam) is stated.

1. úpa khāryām dróṇa-ḥ `a droṇa measure is greater than a khārī measure'; úpa niṣké kārṣāpaṇam `a kārṣāpana is more than a niṣká'.

2. ádhi pañcāléṣu brahmadattá-ḥ `Br. is the ruler of P.'

$2.3.10 pañcamī=¹ápa-²āṄ-³pári-bhiḥ

The fifth sUP triplet (pañcamī) is introduced [after a nominal stem co-occurring with karmapravacanīyas 8] ápa, āṄ and pári.

1. ápa trígarte-bhyaḥ=vr̥ṣṭó deva-ḥ `it rained up to (but excluding Trígarta)' (1.4.88).

2. ā pāṭaliputrāt `up to (but excluding) P.'

3. pári pāṭaliputrāt `around Pāṭaliputra'.

$2.3.11 ¹pratinidhí-²pratidāne ca yásmāt

[The fifth sUP triplet 10 is introduced after a nominal stem cooccurring with a karmapravacanīya 8] when signifying a proxy (pratinidhí) or barter (pratidāna).

1. abhimanyú-r árjuna-taḥ práti `Abh. is Arj.'s proxy'.

2. māṣān tilé-bhyaḥ práti yácch-a-ti `exchanges or barters beans for sesamum'.

$2.3.12 gaty-artha-karmaṇí ¹dvitīyā-²caturthyaú ceṣṭāyām án-adhvani

The second (dvitīyā) or the fourth (caturthī) sUP triplet is introduced after the object of an action denoted by a verb of movement (gaty-artha-karmaṇí) when an actual movement is involved (ceṣṭāyām) and is not itself a path (án-adhvani).

grāmam/grāmā-ya gácch-a-ti `is going to the village'; but mánasā pāṭaliputram gácch-a-ti `mentally goes to P.' and mārgam/pánthān-am gácch-a-ti `goes on the street'.

$2.3.13 caturthī sampradāne

The fourth sUP triplet (caturthī) is introduced (after a nominal stem) to denote sampradāna (kāraka 1.4.23).

The t.t. [sampradāna] has already been defined by 1.4.32 as one whom the agent intends as a goal or recipient through the object of the action of giving. lt is the indirect object.

upādhyāyā-ya gām dádā-ti `gives a cow to the teacher'; 1.4.33: phále-bhyaḥ spr̥h-áy-a-ti `yearns for fruit'.

$2.3.14 kriyā=arthā=upapadasya ca kármaṇi stānínaḥ

[The fourth sUP triplet 13 is introduced after a nominal stem] to signify the object (kármaṇi) of a verbal stem which is not actually used (sthānánaḥ) but serves as an upapadá to the verbal stem actually used.

By rule 3.3.10 affixes [°-tumu̱N and °-ṆvuL] are introduced in connection with verbal stems whose actions refer to the future, for realization of which another action is actually performed. The stem which operates with [°-tumu̱N or °-ṆvuL] is referred to in this rule as [kriyā=arthā=upapada] and is not actually used: édhe-bhyaḥ=vráj-a-ti = édhān ā-hár-tum vráj-a-ti `goes to fetch firewood'; édha- is the obiect of ā-har-tum. Thus édha+Śas+ā-hŕ+tumu̱N+vráj+ŚaP+tiP = édha+bhyas+vráj-a-ti = édhe-bhyo vráj-a-ti (7.3.103).

$2.3.15 túm-arthāt=ca bhāva-vácanāt

[The fourth sUP triplet 13] is also (ca) [introduced after a nominal stem ending in 1.1.72 an affix] denoting bhāvá (3.3.11 : abstract noun, notion of the verb) and used to indicate the meaning of the affix °-tum (3.3.10).

pác+tumu̱N vráj+ŚaP+tiP = pāká+Ṅe vráj-a-ti = pākā-ya vraj-a-ti `goes to cook'.

$2.3.16 ¹námas-²svastí-³svāhā-⁴svadhā=⁵álam=⁶váṣaṭ=yogāt=ca

[The fourth sUP triplet 13] is also (ca) introduced (after a nominal stem) co-occurring with námas `obeisance', svastí `well-being' (a term of salutation), svāhā, svadhā `ritual interjections', álam `equal to, a match for' and váṣaṭ `ritual interjection'.

1. námo devé-bhyaḥ `salutation to the divinities'.

2. svastí prajā-bhyaḥ `well-being to the subjects'.

3. svāhā agnáy-e `a sacrificial offering to Agni'.

4. svadhā pitŕ-bhyaḥ `a sacrificial offering to the Manes'.

5. álam mallo mallā-ya `a wrestler is a match for (another) wrestler'. [álam] here is also indicative of its synonyms: prabhúr mallo mallā-ya `a wrestler lords over (another) wrestler'.

6. váṣaṭ=índrā-ya `a sacrificial offering to Índra'.

$2.3.17 manya-karmaṇí=án-ādare vibhāṣā=á-prāṇiṣu

[The fourth sUP triplet 13] is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced (after a nominal stem) which functions as the object of the co-occurring verbal stem mán(ya-) `know, perceive' (IV 67) when conveying the sense of scorn (án-ādare) provided that object is not animate (á-prāṇiṣu).

The option is with regard to the normal use of the accusative to denote the direct object. ná tvām tŕṇ-am/tŕṇā-ya man-y-é `I do not consider thee as worth (even) a straw', but with animate obiects only the accusative occurs: ná tvām śr̥gālá-m many-é `I do not consider thee as a jackal'.

$2.3.18 ¹kartr̥'-²káraṇayos tr̥tīyā

The third sUP triplet (tr̥tīyā) (is introduced after a nominal stem) to denote the agent [kartŕ-° 1.4.54] and the instrument (°-káraṇa 1.4.42) [kārakas 1.4.23].

1. devadatt-éna kr̥tám `made by Devadatta'.

2. dātr-éṇa lu-nā-ti `cuts with a sickle'.

$2.3.19 sahá-yukte=á-pradhāne

[The third sUP triplet 18] is introduced (after a nominal stem co-occurring with) the indeclinable sahá `with, accompanied by', provided the nominal stem does not denote the principal (agent) [ápradhāne].

sahá putréṇa pitā ā-ga-tá-ḥ `the father has come with the son'.

$2.3.20 yéna=aṅga-vikāráḥ

[The third sUP triplet is introduced 18] after a nominal stem denoting a part of the body (áṅga) with respect to which the body has been deformed (vikāráḥ)

aksṇ-ā kāṇá-ḥ `blind of one eye'; pād-éna khañjá-ḥ `lame in one foot'.

$2.3.21 ittham-bhūta-laksaṇé

[The third sUP triplet is introduced 18 (after a nominal stem)] denoting the characteristic of a state realized (ittham-bhūta-lakṣaṇe).

jáṭā-bhis tāpasá-ḥ `an ascetic, by virtue of having matted hair'; śíkhay-ā parivrājaka-ḥ `Ibid.'

$2.3.22 sáṁ-jñaḥ=anyatarásyām kármaṇi

[The third sUP triplet is introduced 18 (after a nominal stem)] when it is the direct object (kármaṇi) of the compound verbal stem sám+jñā `recognize, acknowledge' optionally (anyatarásyām).

pitr-ā/pitár-am sáṁ-jā-nī-te `recognizes the father'.

$2.3.23 hetaú

[The third sUP triplet is introduced 18 (after a nominal stem)] when it denotes a cause (hetaú).

dhán-ena kúlam `a family, on account of wealth'; vidyáy-ā yáśaḥ `fame (results from) learning'.

$2.3.24 á-kartári=r̥ṇé pañcamī

The fifth sUP triplet (pañcamī) is introduced (after a nominal stem) denoting a debt (r̥ṇé) [considered as a cause 23] but not as the agent (kartári) of a causative verb (hetaú 1.4.55).

śat-āt=baddhá-ḥ `imprisoned on account of a debt of a hundred pieces', but śaténa bandh-i-táḥ `caused to be imprisoned on account of a debt of a hundred pieces'.

$2.3.25 vibhāṣā guṇé=á-striyām

[The fifth sUP triplet is introduced 24] optionally (vibhāṣā) (after a nominal stem) which is not feminine (á-striyām), denoting a quality (guṇé) [serving as a cause 23].

jāḍy-āt/jāḍey-ena baddhá-ḥ `arrested on account of his stupidity', but prajñáy-ā muk-tá-ḥ `released on account of (one's) intelligence'.

$2.3.26 ṣaṣṭhī hetu-prayogé

The sixth sUP triplet (ṣaṣṭhī) is introduced (after a nominal stem) co-occurring with the nominal stem hetú [when it indicates a cause 23].

annásya hetór vás-a-ti `remains for the purpose of food'.

$2.3.27 sarvanāmnas tr̥tīyā ca

The third sUP triplet as well as (ca) [the sixth 6] are introduced (after 1.1.68) a pronominal stem (sarvanāmnaḥ) [co-occurring with the nominal stem hetú 26 when it denotes a cause 23].

kéna hetú-nā/ká-sya hetóḥ=vás-a-ti `for what reason is (one) staying?'.

$2.3.28 apādāne pañcamī

The fifth sUP triplet (pañcamī) is introduced (after a nominal stem) to denote the apādāna (1.4.24) [kāraka 1.4.23].

grām-āt ā-gacch-a-ti `comes from the village'; vŕke-bhyo bíbhe-ti `fears wolves' (1.4.25); adhyáyan-āt párā-jay-a-te `overcome by study' (1.4.26).

$2.3.29 ¹anyá=²ārát=³ítara=⁴r̥té-⁵dik-śabdá=⁶ancÚ=uttarapada=⁷āC=⁸āhi-yukte

[The fifth sUP triplet 28 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem] co-occurring with anyá- `other than', ārāt `near to, remote from', ítara- `different from', r̥té `without', direction words (dik-śabdá-°), a compound with °-anc- as final member (ancÚ-uttara-pada-°) and words ending in °-āC or °-āhi.

1. anyó devadatt-āt `other than Devadatta'.

2. ārāt=devadatt-āt `near to/far from D.'

3. ítaro devadatt-āt `different from D.'

4. r̥té devadatt-āt `without D.'

5. pūrvo grām-āt-párvataḥ `the hill east of the village'.

6. prāg grām-āt `east of the village'.

7. úttaro grām-āt `north of the village'.

8. dakṣiṇāhi grām-āt `south of the village'.

$2.3.30 ṣaṣṭhī=atas-artha-pratyayéna

The sixth sUP triplet (ṣaṣṭhī) is introduced (after a nominal stem) [co-occurring with 29] (another nominal stem ending in 1.1.72) an affix synonymous with °-atás (u̱C 5.3.28).

dakṣiṇ-atás=grāma-sya `south of the village'; pur-ás/pur-atás= grāma-sya `east of the village' (5.3.39); upári/upári-ṣṭhāt=nágara-sya `above the city'.

$2.3.31 enaPā dvitīyā

The second sUP triplet (dvitīyā) is introduced [after a nominal stem co-occurring with 29] (another nominal stem ending in 1.1.72) the affix °-enaP (5.3.35).

úttar-eṇa grām-am `north of the village'.

$2.3.32 ¹pŕthak-²vínā-³nānā-bhis tr̥tīyā=anyatarásyām

The third sUP triplet (tr̥tīyā) is optionally (anyatarásyām) introduced [after (nominal stems) as well as the fifth 28, co-occurring with 29] pŕthak `separately', vínā `without', nānā `without, different from'.

Through the anuvr̥tti from the preceding sūtra, the second sUP triplet also is optionally introduced.

1. pŕthak rām-éṇa/rām-āt/rām-ám `separate from Rāma'.

2. vínā vāt-éna/vāt-āt/vāt-ám `without wind'.

3. nānā devadatt-éna/devadatt-āt/devadatt-ám `different from D.'

$2.3.33 káraṇe ca ¹stoká=²álpa-³kr̥cchrá-katipayásya á-sattva-vacanasya

When denoting the káraṇa (1.4.42) [kāraka 1.4.23 the third sUP triplet is optionally 32 introduced] as well as (ca) [the fifth 28] after (the nominal stems) stoká- `a little', álpa- `a little', kr̥cchrá- `difficult', and katipayá-`a few' when these do not denote a substance (á-sattva- vacanasya).

1. stók-ena/stók-āt=muktá-ḥ `got off easily'.

2. álp-ena/álp-āt=muktá-ḥ `got off easily', but stók-ena/álp-ena viṣ-éṇa hatá-ḥ `killed by a little poison'.

(c) kr̥cchr-éṇa/kr̥cchr-āt=muktáḥ `released with difficulty'.

(d) katipay-éna/katipay-āt=muktá-ḥ `released with a few'.

$2.3.34 ¹dūrá=²antiká=arthaiḥ ṣaṣṭhī=anyatarásyām

The sixth sUP triplet [as well as the fifth 28] are introduced after (nominal stems) co-occurring with synonyms of dūrá- `distant, far', and antiká- `proximate, near'.

The repetition of the word [anyatarásyām] when it is already recurring from 32 above is to include the fifth sUP triplet and exclude the third (32).

1. dūr-am grāma-sya/grām-āt `far from the village'.

2. antik-ám grāma-sya/grām-āt `near the village. The form dūr-ám is by 35 below.

$2.3.35 ¹dūra=²antiká=arthebhyo dvitīyā ca

The second sUP triplet (dvitīyā) and (ca) [the fifth 28 as well as the third 32] are introduced (after nominal stems) synonymous with dūrá- `distant' and antiká- `proximate' [when they do not imply a substance 33].

1. dūr-ám/dūr-āt/dūr-éṇa grāmasya `far from the village'.

2. anitik-ám/antik-āt/antik-éna nágarasya `near the city'.

$2.3.36 saptamī=adhikáraṇe

The seventh sUP triplet (saptamī) is introduced (after a nominal stem) to denote the adhikáraṇa (1.4.48) [kāraka 1.4.23] and (ca) [also after synonyms of dūrá- and antiká- 35].

1. káṭ-e ās-te `sits on the mat'; sthāly-ām pác-a-ti `cooks in a pot'.

2. dūr-é nágarasya `far from the city'; antik-é grāma-sya `near the village'. With synonyms of these two words four sets of sUP triplets are thus introduced: second, third, fifth and seventh.

$2.3.37 yásya ca bhāvéna bhāva-lakṣaṇám

[The seventh sUP triplet 36 is introduced after a nominal stem] denoting an action (bhāvéna) which serves to characterize another action (bhāva-lakṣaṇám).

This is the locative absolute construction. gó-ṣu duh-yá-m-ānā-su gatá-ḥ, dugdhā-su ā-ga-ta-ḥ `went away while the cows were being milked (but) returned after they were milked'.

$2.3.38 ṣaṣṭhī ca=án-ādare

The sixth sUP triplet (ṣaṣṭhī) and (ca) [the seventh 37] are introduced (after a nominal stem) [denoting an action which serves to characterize another action 37] to denote the sense of `not-withstanding, in spite of' (án-ādare).

rudát-aḥ/rudát-i prā-vrāj-ī-t `in spite of (her) weeping renounced the world'. This is the genitive absolute construction.

$2.3.39 ¹svāmín=²īśvará=³ádhipati-⁴dāyādá-⁵sākṣín-⁶pratibhū-⁷prásutaiś ca

[The seventh sUp triplet 36 and the sixth 38 are introduced after a nominal stem co-occurring with 29] [the nominal stems] svāmín- `master', īśvará- `lord', ádhipati- `ruler', dāyādá- `heir', sākṣín- `witness', pratibhū- `surety' and prásūta- `engendered, born'.

1. gáv-ām/go-ṣu svāmī `master (=owner) of cattle'.

2. náre-ṣu/nárā-ṇām īśvaráḥ `lord of men'.

3. nára-ṇām/náre-ṣu ádhipatiḥ `ruler of men'.

4. háre-r/hár-au dāyādáḥ `heir of Hari'.

5. gáv-ām/gó-ṣu sākṣī `witness regarding cattle'.

6. gáv-ām/gó-ṣu prati-bhūḥ `surety for cattle'.

7. gáv-ām/gó-ṣu prásūta-ḥ `born to enoy cattle'.

$2.3.40 ¹āyukta-²kúśalābhyām ca=āsevāyām

[The seventh 36 as well as the sixth 38 sUP triplets are introduced after (nominal stems) co-occurring with 29 nominal stems] āyukta- `employed' and kúśala- `adroit, skilful' to denote assiduous performance (āsevāyām).

1. ā-yukta-ḥ kaṭa-karaṇ-é/kaṭa-karaná-sya` completely absorbed in the making of mats'.

2. kúśala-ḥ kaṭa-karaṇ-é/kaṭa-karaṇá-sya `skilful in the making of mats'.

$2.3.41 yátas ca nirdhāraṇam

[The seventh 36 as well as the sixth 38 sUP triplets are introduced after (a nominal stem)] denoting something from which (yátaḥ) something else is set apart (nirdhāraṇam).

náre-ṣu/nárā-ṇām kṣatríya-ḥ śūra-tama-ḥ `among men the warrior is the bravest'.

$2.3.42 pañcamī víbhakte

The fifth sUP triplet (pañcamī) is introduced (after a nominal stem) [denoting a thing from which something else is set apart 41] which is completely separate (from itself) (víbhakte).

māthurāḥ pāṭaliputrake-bhyaḥ súkumāratarāḥ `the inhabitants of M. are more delicate than those of P.'

$2.3.43 ¹sādhú-²nipuṇābhyām arcāyāṁ saptamī á-prateḥ

The seventh sUp triplet (saptamī) is introduced (after a nominal stem) [co-occurring with 29 nominal stems] sādhú- `good for' and nipuṇá- `skilful' when they denote respect (arcāyām) provided (the karmapravacanīya) práti is not employed.

mātár-i sādhú-ḥ `well-behaved towards the mother', but mātár-am práti sādhúḥ.

pitár-i nipuṇá-ḥ / pitár-am práti nipuṇá-ḥ `friendly towards the father'. Description

$2.3.44 ¹prásita=²utsukābhyām tr̥tīyā ca

The third sUP triplet (tr̥tīyā) as well as (ca) [the seventh 43 are introduced (after a nominal stem) co-occurring with 29 the nominal stems] prásita- `occupied with' and utsuká- `avid, eager for'.

1. keś-aiḥ/keśe-ṣu prá-sita-ḥ `occupied with one's hair'.

2. sā=utsukā suta-janmán-ā/suta-janmán-i `she is eagerly expecting the birth of (her) son'.

$2.3.45 nákṣatre ca luPi

[The third 44 and the seventh 43] sUP triplets are introduced (after a nominal stem) denoting the name of an asterism (nákṣatre) (ending in 1.1.72) the affix lUP (4.2.4).

puṣy-èṇa/puṣy-è pāyasám aś-nī-yā-t `one should drink a milkshake when the asterism puṣyà is in conjunction with the moon'. Here the affix [áṆ] introduced after the name of the asterism (4.2.3) is replaced by [luP 4.2.4] when there is no specification of this time as day or night.

$2.3.46 ¹prātipadika=arthá-²liṅgá-³parimāṇa-⁴vácana-mātre prathamā

The first sUp triplet (prathamā) is introduced (after a nominal stem) to designate only (°-mātré) (a) the meaning of the nominal stem (prātipadika=arthá-°) (b) its gender (liṅgá-°), (c) measure (parimāṇa-°) and (d) its number (vácana-°).

1. uccaís+sU = uccaís+0̸ (6.1.68) = uccaíḥ (B.3.15) `high', nīcaíḥ `low'. Both are indeclinables (derived with the inst. plur.) sUP affix from qualifying words uccá-, nīcá-.

2. Three genders are associated with a nominal stem: masculine (m.), feminine (f.) and neuter (n.), and only the first sUP triplets enable one to distinguish these, since in other cases there is convergence of forms. Thus vr̥kṣá+sU = vr̥kṣá-ḥ m., kumarī+sU = kumarī+0̸ (6.1.68) = kumarī f., (= kumārá+ṄīP 4.1.10); vána+sU = vána+am (7.1.13) = ván-am (6.1.107) n. Nominal stems which are indeclinable or with invariable gender are examples of (1) while those with no specific gender are examples of (2) as in: taṭa+sU m., taṭa+(f. °-ī)+sU (→ 0̸ 6.1.68) = taṭī f.; taṭa+sU (→ am 7.1.23) = taṭ-am n.

3. dróṇa+sU = dróṇa-ḥ m.; khārī+sU = khārī+0̸ = khārī f.; āḍhaka+sU = āḍhaka+am = āḍhak-am n. `names of measures'.

4. éka+sU = ékaḥ `one', dví+au = dvá+au (7.2.102) = dv-aú `two', trí+Jas = tré+Jas (7.3.109) = tráy-aḥ (6.1.68) `three' respectively representing the singular, dual and plural.

$2.3.47 sambódhane ca

[The first sUP triplet 46] is also introduced after a nominal stem for denoting the vocative (sambódhane).

devadattá+sU = devadattá+0̸ (6.1.69) = he devadattá; hári+sU = háre+sU (7.3.108) = háre+0̸ (6.1.69) = háre.

devadattá+au = dévadattau; devadattá+Jas = dévadattāḥ. Description

$2.3.48 sā=āmantritam

(The t.t.) āmantrita denotes (a nominal stem ending in 1.1.72) [the first sUP triplet 46] used in addressing (= vocative [sambódhane]).

As a t.t. occurs in 2.1.2; 6.1.198; 8.1.8,19,55,72,73.

$2.3.49 ekavacanám saṁbúddhiḥ

(The t.t.) sambúddhi denotes the singular (ekavacanám) [of the āmantrita 48 = first sUP triplet].

As a t.t. occurs in 1.1.16; 6.1.69; 4.9; 7.1.92,99; 8.2.8; 3.1.

$2.3.50 ṣaṣṭhī śéṣe

The sixth sUP triplet is introduced (after a nominal stem) to denote residual relationships (śéṣe = those not specified such as kárman [2ff. above]).

In general, the relationship is between nominal stems without the intervention of verbal stems representing kārakas and covers such instances as that between a master and servant (sva-svāmi-bhāvá) or between the possessor and the thing possessed: rājñ-aḥ púruṣa-ḥ `king's servant', or pit-úḥ putrá-ḥ `father's son'.

$2.3.51 jnáḥ=á-vid-arthasya káraṇe

[The sixth sUP triplet 50] is introduced (after a nominal stem) denoting the instrument (káraṇe) of the verbal stem jñā- (IX 36) when it is not used in the meaning of `knowing' (á-vid-arthasya).

[jñā-], when not denoting the sense of `know' conveys the sense of (a) `engages in' or (b) `misunderstands':

sárpiṣ-o jā-nī-té = sárpiṣ-ā káraṇena jā-nī-té `engages in sacrifice with clarified butter'/`mistakenly recognizes as butter (what is not butter)'.

$2.3.52 ¹ádhi=iK=artha-²dáyA=³īśām kármaṇi

[The sixth sUP triplet 50 is introduced (after a nominal stem)] when it serves as the direct object (kármaṇi) of the verbal stems ádhi+iK (III 8) `remember' and its synonyms (ádhi=iK=artha-) and dáy- (I 510) `allot' and īś- (II 10) `ru1e'.

1. māt-úr ádhy-eti/smár-a-ti `remembers the mother'.

2. sárpiṣ-o dáy-a-te `allots clarified butter'.

3. mádhu-n-aḥ=īṣ-ṭe `possesses honey'.

$2.3.53 kr̥Ñaḥ pratiyatné

[The sixth sUP triplet 50 is introduced (after a nominal stem) when it serves as the object 52 of the verbal stem] kr̥Ñ- (VIII 10) denoting the sense of `transform existing quality' (prati-yatné 1.3.32).

édho daká-sya=úpas-kur-u-te `The wood transforms the quality of the water', but káṭ-am kar-ó-ti `makes a pot'. Description

$2.3.54 rujā=arthānām bhāva-vácanānām á-jvareḥ

[The sixth sUP triplet 50 is introduced (after a nominal stem) when it serves as the object 52] of the verbal stems signifying affliction (rujā=arthānām) and denoting a condition or state (bhāva-vácanānam) [i.e., when the agent is an abstract agent noun] except of the causative verbal stem jvar-í- (= jvar+ṆíC) (á-jvare̱ḥ I 813).

caurá-sya ruj-á-ti rógaḥ `the malady afflicts the thief'; here the word róga- is derived from the underlying string ruj-yá-te anéna = ruj+GHaÑ = rógà-ḥ and is an abstract noun, but nadī kūlāni ruj-á-ti `river breaks the banks' and caur-ám jvar-áy-a-ti jváraḥ `fever burns the thief'.

$2.3.55 āśíṣi nāthaḥ

[The sixth sUP triplet 50 is introduced (after a nominal stem) when it serves as the object 52] of the verbal stem nāth- (I 7) signifying `bless' (āśíṣi).

sárpiṣ-as=nāth-a-te = sárpiṣ-o nāth-a-te `blesses the curd', but māṇavakám úpa-nāth-a-ti `aṅgá pútraka=adhī-ṣva' `he solicits his son: "O son, study!"'.

$2.3.56 ¹jāsí-²ni-pra-haṇÁ-³nāṭa̱-⁴krātha̱-⁵piṣāṁ hiṁsāyām

[The sixth sUP triplet 50 is introduced (after a nominal stem) when it serves as the object 52] of the verbal stems jās-í (= jas+ṆíC X 130), ni+prá+han- (II 2) `strike, injure', nāṭa̱- (= náṭ+ṆíC I 332) `injure', krātha̱ (kráth+ṆíC I 838) and piṣ- (VII 15) `crush, bruise, pound' when denoting the sense of `injure' (hiṁsāyām).

caurá-sya új-jās-ay-a-ti/ní-pra-han-ti/ní-hanti/prá-han-ti/pra-ṇí-han-ti/ún-nāṭ-ay-a-ti/krāth-áy-a-ti/pi-ná-ṣ-ṭi `injures the thief'.

$2.3.57 ¹vy-avá-hr̥-²páṇoḥ sám-arthayoḥ

[The sixth sUP triplet 50 is introduced (after a nominal stem) when it serves as the object 52] of the verbal stems vi+avá+hr̥ (I 947) and páṇ- (I 466) when they have identical meanings (i.e., `gamble' or `buy and sell').

śatà-sya vy-avá-har-a-ti/páṇ-a-te `bets a hundred pieces' or `buys and sells for a hundred pieces', but śalāk-ām vy-avá- har-a-ti `throws the dice', and brāhmaṇān paṇ-āy-a-te `praises the brahmins'.

$2.3.58 dívas tád-arthasya

[The sixth sUP triplet 50 is introduced (after a nominal stem) when it serves as the object 52] of the verbal stem dív- (IV 1) [having the same meaning as that of the verbal stems vy-ava-hr̥- and páṇ- 57].

sahásra-sya dīv-ya-ti `stakes or deals with a thousand pieces' but brāhmaṇám dīv-ya-ti `praises a brahmin'.

$2.3.59 vibhāṣā=upasárge

[The sixth sUP triplet 50] is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced (after a nominal stem) [when it serves as the object 52 of the verbal stem dív- 58 having the same meaning as that of the verbal stems vy-avá-hr̥- and páṇ 57] when co-occurring with a preverb (upasárge).

śatá-sya/śat-ám práti-dīv-ya-ti `he deals in or stakes a hundred pieces', but śatá-sya dīv-yá-ti 58. Description

$2.3.60 dvitīyā brāhmáṇé

In the domain of the Brāhmaṇá the second sUP triplet (dvitīyā) is introduced (after a nominal stem) [when it serves as the object 52 of the verbal stem dív- 58 having the same meaning as that of vy-avá-hr̥ and páṇ- 57].

gām asyá tád áhaḥ sabhāyāṁ dīv-yey-uḥ (M.S.) `they should stake a cow for him that day in the assembly'.

$2.3.61 ¹préṣya-²bruvor háviṣo devatā-sampradāné

[The sixth sUP triplet 50] is introduced (after a nominal stem) [when it serves as the object 52] of the verbal padas préṣya (2nd. pers. sing. Imperative of pra+is IV 19) and brū-hí (of brū- II 35), denoting a sacrificial offering (háviṣaḥ) when it is offered to a divinity (devatā-sampradāne).

agnày-e chāga-sya háviṣ-o vapā-yā médas-aḥ pré3-ṣya/ánu-brū3-hi `offer to Agni the goat, fat and marrow' but agnáy-e chāg-am hávir vapām médo ju-hu-dhí. Description

$2.3.62 caturthy-arthé bahulám chándasi

ln the domain of Chándas [the sixth sUP triplet 50] is introduced diversely (bahulám) in the sense of the fourth sUP triplet (caturthy=arthé).

puruṣa-mr̥gá-ś candrámas-aḥ/candrá-mas-e `a male deer for the Moon divinity', but kr̥ṣṇo rātry-ai `a black deer for Rātrī' or himavát-e hastī `an elephant to H.'

$2.3.63 yaje̱ś ca káraṇe

[In the domain of Chándas 62 the sixth sUP triplet 50 is introduced (after a nominal stem) diversely 62] when it servs as a káraṇa [kāraka 1.4.23] of the verbal stem yaj- `sacrifice' (I 1051).

sóm-ena yáj-a-te/sóma-sya yáj-a-te `sacrifice with soma juice'. Description

$2.3.64 kr̥tvas=artha-prayogé kālé=adhikáraṇe

[The sixth sUP triplet 50] is introduced (after a nominal stem) denoting time (kālé) co-occurring with (another nominal stem ending in 1.1.72) an affix synonymous with °-kr̥tvás (u̱C 5.4.17) to denote a locus or substratum (adhikáraṇe 2.3.36).

panca-kr̥tvás=áhn-o bhuṅk-té `eats five times a day'; dvír áhn-aḥ=ádhī-te `studies twice a day', where dvís = dví+su̱C (5.4.18), but áhan-i śe-té `sleeps during day' and dvíḥ kāṁsya-pātry-ām bhuṅk-té `eats twice in a bronze plate', where time is not indicated.

$2.3.65 ¹kartŕ-²kármaṇoḥ kŕt-i

[The sixth sUP triplet 50 is introduced (after a nominal stem)] when it denotes the agent (kartŕ-°) or the direct object (°-kármaṇoḥ) of the action signified by a verbal stem (ending in 1.1.72) a kŕt affix.

1. [kartŕ] : bhávat-aḥ śāyikā [= *śī+ṆvuL+ṬāP] `your turn to lie down'.

2. [kárman] : ap-ām sraṣṭā `creator of waters', but śástr-eṇa bhettā `destroying with a weapon', against pur-ām bhettā `destroyer of city-forts', since śástr-eṇa is káraṇa kāraka.

$2.3.66 ubhaya-prāptaú kármaṇi

[The sixth sUP triplet 50 is introduced (after a nominal stem)] when it denotes the direct object (kármaṇi) [of an action signified by a verbal stem (ending in 1.1.72) a kŕt affix 65] which involves both [= an agent and an object 65] (ubhaya-prāptaú).

āścáryo gav-ām dóh-o=á-gopālakena `the milking of cattle by one who is not a cow-herd is a wonder'; róc-a-te me odaná-sya bhójan-am devadatt-éna `it pleases me (to see) D. eating (some) rice'. The word dóha = *duh+GHaÑ, and bhój-ana= *bhuj+LyuṬ both affixes being kŕt; cows and rice are respectively direct objects of milking and eating while the cowherd and Devadattá are respectively the agents of the actions.

$2.3.67 Ktásya ca vartamāné

[The sixth sUP triplet 50 is introduced (after a nominal stem) when it denotes the agent or the direct object 65] of a verbal stem (ending in 1.1.72) the (kŕt) affix Ktá and the action is referred to the present time (vartamāné 3.2.187-8).

rājñ-ām matá-ḥ/buddhá-ḥ/pūjitá-ḥ `honored by the king', but odan-ám páca-m-āna-ḥ `cooking rice'; grām-am gatá-ḥ `has gone to the village' (past tense). This is a prior exception to 69 below.

$2.3.68 adhikarana-vācínaś ca [The sixth sUP triplet 50 is introduced (after a nominal stem) co-occurring with a verbal stem ending in 1.1.72 (kr̥t) affix Ktá 65] as a locus indicator (adhikaraṇa-vācínaḥ 3.4.76).

This is also an exception to 69 below. idám e-ṣām ās-i-tám `this is where they sit'; idám e-ṣām śay-i-tám `this is where they sleep'; idám e-ṣām bhakṣ-i-tám `this is where they eat.

$2.3.69 ná ¹la=²ú=³uka-⁴ávyaya-⁵niṣṭhā-⁶KHáL-artha-⁷tR̥Nām

[The sixth sUP triplet 50] is not (ná) introduced (after a nominal stem) [when it denotes the agent or direct object of a verbal stem ending 1.1.72 in the (kŕt) affix 65] if it is (a) an l-substitute (=ŚátR̥, ŚānáC 3.2.124, KānáC 3.2.106, KvásU 3.2.107, Kí, KiN 3.2.171), (b) ú (3.2.168), (c) úka (3.2.154), (d) indeclinable (ávyaya : Ktvā, tosu̱N, Kasu̱N 1.1.40), (e) niṣṭhā (Ktá, KtávatU 1.1.26), (f) synonyms of KHaL (3.3.126) and (g) tr̥N.

1. l-substitutes: odan-ám pácan `who is cooking rice' and similarly odan-ám pác-a-mānaḥ/pec-āná-ḥ/pec-i-vān/; pap-í-ḥ sóm-am `has drunk Soma juice'; dad-ír gāḥ `donated cattle'.

2. [ú] : káṭ-am cikīrṣ-ú-ḥ `wishing to make a mat'.

3. [uka]: daityān ghāt-uka-ḥ `habitually destroying demons'; pāṭaliputram ā-gām-uka-h `habitually coming to Pāṭaliputra'.

4. [ávyaya] : káṭ-am kr̥-tvā `having made a mat'.

5. [niṣṭhā] : odan-ám bhuk-távān `has eaten rice'. devadatt-éna kr̥tám `made by Devadatta'.

6. [KHaL-artha] : su-kár-aḥ káṭo bhávat-ā `the mat can be made easily by your honor'.

7. [tR̥N] : This is to be understood to be a siglum formed with the tR̥ of ŚatR̥ (3.2.124) and ending with the IT marker N of tr̥N (3.2.135), comprising the following affixes: ŚátR̥, ŚānáC (3.2.124), ŚānaN (3.2.128), Cānጠ(3.2.129) and tr̥N. EXamples are: sóm-am páv-a-m-āna-h `straining Soma juice'; ṇat-ám ā-dhm-āná-ḥ `calling an actor'; adhī-y-án pārāyaṇ-am `practicing a recitation'; kártā káṭān `maker of mats'.

$2.3.70 ¹aka=²inór ¹bhaviṣyád=²ādhamarṇyáyoḥ

[The sixth sUP triplet 50 is not introduced (after a nominal stem) 69 when it denotes the agent or direct object of a verbal stem ending in 1.1.72 a kr̥t affix 65] if it is °-aka- (ṆvuL 3.3.10) denoting an action taking place in the future (bhaviṣyád-°) or °-in- (= Ṇíni̱ 3.3.170) denoting an action taking place in the future or pertaining to the state of being a debtor (¹bhaviṣyát=²ādhamarṇyáyoḥ).

1. odan-ám bhój-ak-o vráj-a-ti `goes for the purpose of eating rice'.

2. grām-am gamī/gāmī `he has to go to the village'.

3. śat-ám dāyī `obliged to repay a debt of 100 pieces'.

$2.3.71 kŕtyānāṁ kartári vā

[The sixth sUP triplet 50] is optionally (vā) introduced (after a nominal stem) when it denotes an agent of a verbal stem [ending in 1 1.72 a kŕt affix 65] when it belongs to the kŕtya sub-class (3.1.95ff.)

bhávat-aḥ/bhávat-ā káṭa-ḥ kartávya-ḥ `you have to make a mat', but if the affix is an object signifier, by 65 the sixth sUP triplet alone is introduced: gé-yo māṇavaka-ḥ sāmn-ām `the lad has to chant the sāmans'.

$2.3.72 túlya=arthair a-¹tulā=²upamābhyāṁ tr̥tīyā=anyatarásyām

The third sUP triplet (tr̥tīyā) is optionally (anyatarásyām) introduced [as an alternate to the sixth 50] when cc-occurring with synonyms of túlya- `similar, comparable', except the nominal stems tulā and upamā `comparison'.

túlya-ḥ/sadŕśa-ḥ devadatt-éna/devadattá-sya `equal to D.' but tulā/upamā devadattá-sya ná víd-ya-te `there is no comparison with Devadattá'.

The use of [anyatarásyām] when [vā] already recurs from the preceding sūtra is to block the recurrence of [tr̥tīyā] from this rule to the next on account of the particle [ca] there.

$2.3.73 caturthī ca=āśíṣi=¹āyuṣyà-²madrá-³bhadrá-⁴kúśala-⁵sukhá=⁶ártha-⁷hitaíḥ

The fourth sUP triplet (caturthī) [is optionally 72 introduced (after a nominal stem) as an alternate to the sixth 50] when co-occurring with (nominal stems) -āyuṣyà- `longevity', madrá-, bhadrá- `good fortune', kúśala- `welfare', sukhá- `happiness', ártha- `prosperity, wealth' and hitá- `benefit' do denote benediction (aśíṣi).

1. āyuṣyàm tú-bhyam/táva bhū-yāt `may you (sing.) enjoy long life'.

2. madrás/bhadrás tá-smai/tá-sya bhūyāt `may good fortune befall him'.

3. kúśalam devadattā-ya/devadattá-sya `may D's welfare be assured'.

4. sukhám túbhyam/táva bhūyāt `may you be happy'.

5. ártho yajñadattā-ya/yajñadattá-sya `may Y. be prosperous'.

6. hitám devadattā-ya/devadattá-sya `may it be beneficial to D.'

$2.4.1 dvigúr ekavacanám

A divgú [compound 1.3] is treated as though it signified a single thing (ekavacanám = ékasya vácanam).

Since it is treated as though signifying a single thing, the singular of sUP triplets is introduced after a dvigú. The present rule is applicable only to collective or [samāhāhāra] dvigú-s.

$2.4.2 dvaṁdváś ca ¹prāṇín-²tūrya-³sénā=aṅgānām

A dvaṁdvá [compound 1.3] is also (ca) [treated as though it denoted a single thing 1] if the constituent members denote parts (áṅgānām) of (a) a living being (prāṇín-), (b) a musical group (tūrya-) and (c) an army (sénā).

1. pāṇi-pād-ám `hands and feet'; śiro-grīvám `head and neck'; neuter by 17 below.

2. mārdaṅgika-pāṇāvikám `a group of mŕdanga and paṇava players'.

3. rathika=aśvārohám `an army unit consisting of carioteers and cavaliers'.

$2.4.3 anuvādé cáraṇānām

[A dvaṁdvá 2 compound 1.3 is treated as though it denoted a single thing 1] when the constituent members are names of persons belonging to different Vedic schools (cáraṇānām) to denote the repetition of a given text (anuvādé).

úd-a-gā-t kaṭha-kālāpám `transmitters of Kaṭha and Kalāpa branches (of Vedic schools) arose', but úd-a-g-uḥ kaṭha-kālāpāḥ `when the texts are recited for the first time'.

$2.4.4 adhvaryu-kratúr á-napuṁsakam

[A dvaṁdvá 2 compound 1.3 is treated as though it denoted a single thing 1] when the constituent members denote the names of sacrifices prescribed in the Yajurveda (adhvaryu-kratúḥ) which are not neuter (á-napuṁsakam).

arkáś ca áśva-medhaś ca = arkāśvamedhám `the Árka and Áśvamedha sacrifices', but iṣu-vajraú `Íṣu and Vájra sacrifices prescribed in the Sāmaveda' or rājasūyaś ca vājapéyaṁ ca = rājasūya-vājapeyé `since the second member is neuter, though both sacrifices belong to the Yajur Veda'.

$2.4.5 adhyayanatáḥ=á-vi-pra-kr̥ṣṭa=ākhyānām

[A dvaṁdvá 2 compound 1.3 is treated as though it denoted a single thing 1] when the constituent members denote the names of persons (ākhyā-nām) derived from the subjects studied (adhyayanatáḥ) by them which are not far from each other (á-vi-pra-kr̥ṣṭa-°).

pada-kramakám `an adept in the Padapāṭha and an adept in the Kramapāṭha (of Vedic recitation)', but pitā-putraú `father and son' (names not so derived) and yājñika-vaiyākaraṇaú `a performer of sacrifices and a grammarian', experts in unrelated subjects.

$2.4.6 jātir á-prāṇinām

[A dvaṁdvá 2 compound 1.3 is treated as though it denoted a single thing] when the constituent members denote names of species (jātiḥ) of inanimate beings (á-prāṇinām).

ārā ca śastrī ca = ārā-śastrí `the probe and the knife'; similarly dhānā-ṣaṣkulí = dhānāś ca śaṣkulay-aś ca `fried rice and barley cakes', but brāhmaṇa-kṣatriy-aú `brahmins and warriors'.

This rule applies only to words denoting substances and not quality or action: (a) quality: rūpa-ras-aú `form and taste'; (b) action: gamana=ā-kuñcan-é `going and bending'.

$2.4.7 víśiṣṭa-liṅgo nadī deśáḥ=á-grāmāḥ

[A dvaṁdvá 2 compound 1.3 is treated as though it denoted a single thing 1] when the constituent members denote river-names (nadī) and place-names (deśáḥ) excluding village-names (a-grāmāḥ), of different genders (víśiṣṭa-liṅgaḥ).

1. river-names: uddhyaś ca írāvatī ca = uddhyerāvatí; gáṅgā ca śóṇaś ca = gaṅgā-śoṇám.

2. kúrav-as ca kurukṣetráṁ ca = kuru-kurukṣetrám.

3. But gáṅgā ca yamúnā ca = gaṅgā-yamun-é; jāmbaváś ca nág-aram śālūkinī ca grāmaḥ = jāmbava-śālūkiny-aú. Description

$2.4.8 kṣudra-jantávaḥ

[A dvaṁdvá 2 compound 1.3 is treated as though denoting a single thing 1] when the constituent members are names of small animals (kṣudra-jantávaḥ).

By interpretation small animals include up to the mongoose. daṁśa-maśakám `bug and mosquito'; yūkā-līkám `the louse and nits', but brāhmaṇa-kṣatriy-aú. Description

$2.4.9 yéṣāṁ ca viródhaḥ śāśvatikaḥ

[A dvaṁdvá 2 compound 1.3 is treated as though it denoted a single thing 1] when the constituent members denote items between which there is perennial (śāśvatikaḥ) conflict (viródhaḥ).

mārjāra-mūṣikám `cats and mice'; ahi-nakulám `the snake and mongoose'; kākolūkám `crows and owls'; aśva-mahiṣám `horses and buffalos', despite the option introducad by 12 below.

$2.4.10 śūdrāṇām ánirvasitānām

[A dvaṁdvá 2 compound 1.3 is treated as though it denoted a single thing 1] when the constitutent members are names of śūdrás who are not excluded from (social) contact with higher caste members (á-nir-ava-sitānām).

takṣáś ca ayaskāráś ca = takṣāyaskārám `carpenter and blacksmith'; rajaka-tantuvāyám `washermen amd weavers', but cāṇḍāla-mr̥tap-aú `outcastes and morticians'.

$2.4.11 gavāśvá-prabhr̥tīni ca

[The class of dvaṁdvá 2 compounds 1.3] beginning with gavāśvá- `cows and horses is also treated (as though denoting a single thing 1).

gavāvikám `cows and sheep'; ajaiḍakám `goats and rams'. Description

$2.4.12 vibhāṣā ¹vr̥kṣá-²mr̥gá-³tŕṇa-⁴dhānyà-⁵vyáñjana-⁶paśú-⁷śakúni-⁸aśva-vaḍavá-⁹pūrvāpará=¹⁰adharottarāṇām

[A dvaṁdvá 2 compound 1.3] is optionally (vibhāṣā) [treated as though it denoted a single thing 1] when its constituent members are names of (1) trees (vr̥kṣá) (2) animals (mr̥gá) (3) grasses (tŕṇa), (4) cereals (dhānyà), (5) condiments (vyáñjana), (6) domestic animals (paśú), (7) birds (śakúni), (8) and the irregular (compounds 1.3) aśva-vaḍavá- `horses and mares', pūrvāpará- `first and last' and adharottará- `lower amd upper'.

1. trees: plakṣa-nyagrodhám/plakṣa-nyagrodhāḥ `P and N trees'.

2. animals: ruru-pr̥ṣat-ám/ruru-pr̥ṣatāḥ `ruru and spotted antelopes'.

3. grass: kuśa-kāś-ám/°kāśāḥ `kuśa and kāśa grasses'.

4. cereals: vrīhi-yav-ám/°-yavāḥ `rice and barley grains'.

5. condiments: dadhi-ghr̥t-ám/°-ghr̥t-é `curds and ghee'.

6. domestic animals: go-mahiṣ-ám/°-mahiṣé `cows and buffalos'.

7. birds: tittiri-kapiñjal-ám/°-kapiñjal-āḥ `partridges and heathcocks'.

8. aśva-vaḍav-ám/°-vaḍav-āh; purvāpar-ám-°paré; adharottar-ám/°uttaré.

A vārttika restricts the application of this rule, in the case of fruit (phála), army units (sénā), herbs (vánaspáti), animals (mr̥gá), birds (śakúni), small animals (kṣudra-jantú), cereals (dhānyà) and grass (tŕṇa) to tha plural forms of the constituent members only: thus when these members are in the singular the resulting compounds will be in the dual: badara=āmalaké, rathika=aśvārohaú, plakṣa-nyagrodhaú, ruru-pr̥ṣataú, haṁsa-cakravākaú, yūkā-likṣe, vrīhi-yavaú, kuśa-kāśau. Description

$2.4.13 viprátiṣiddhaṁ ca=án-adhi-karaṇa-vāci

[A dvaṁdvá 2 compound 1.3] is also (ca) [optionally 12 treated as though it denoted a single thing 1] when its constituent members denote opposites (vi-práti-ṣiddham) which are not substances (án=adhi-karaṇa-vācin-).

śītoṣṇ-ám/°-uṣṇ-é `cold and hot', sukha-duḥkh-ám/°-duḥkh-é `happiness and misery', jīvita-maraṇ-ám/°-maraṇ-é `life and death, but kāma-krodh-aú `desire and anger' (as they are not opposites) and śītoṣṇ-e udake `cold and hot water' (as denoting a substance: water).

$2.4.14 ná dadhi-payá=ādīni

[The class of dvaṁdvá 1 compounds 1.3] beginning with dadhi-payásī `curd and milk (or water)' is not (ná) [treated as though it denoted a single thing l].

sarpir-madhú-n-ī `clarified butter and honey' = madhu-sarpíṣī; brahma-prajāpatī `B. and Pr.' Description

$2.4.15 adhikaraṇa=etāvattvé ca

[A dvaṁdvá 2 compound 1.3 is not 14] also (ca) [treated as though it represented a single thing 1] when its constituent members denote the quantity of concrete things (adhikarana=etāvattvé).

dáśa dántāś ca óṣṭhāś ca = dáśa dantausṭhāḥ `ten sets of teeth and lips'; dáśa mārdaṅgika-pānavikāḥ (cf. 2 above).

$2.4.16 vibhāṣā samīpé

[A dvaṁdvá 2 compound 1.3] is optionally (vibhāṣā) [treated as though it denoted a single thing 1] when its constituent members denote a proximate (samīpé) [quantity of concrete objects 15].

upadaś-ám dantauṣṭh-ám/úpadaśá dantauṣṭhāḥ `approximately nine or eleven sets of teeth and lips'.

$2.4.17 sá nápuṁsakam

That (sáḥ) [= dvigú 1 and dvaṁdvá 2-16 compounds 1.3] [which is treated as though denoting a single thing 1] is neuter in gender (ná-puṁsakam).

1. dvigú: pañca-gavám/daśa-gavám `a collection of 5/10 cows'.

2. dvaṁdvá: pāṇi-pādám, śiro-grīvám etc., (cf. 2 above).

3. By a vārttika the famimine affix is introduced after a dvigú compound ending in short -a: cf. aṣṭan+adhyāya+ṄīP = aṣṭa0̸+adhyāya+ī = aṣṭādhyāy0̸+ī = aṣṭaādhyāyī `title of this corpus, consisting of 8 adhyāyás "chapters"'.

$2.4.18 avyayībhāváś ca

[An] avyayībhāvá [compound 1.3] is also (ca) [neuter in gender 17].

adhi-strí, adhi-kumārí, úpakumbham, súmadram etc., cf. 1.6 above. Description

$2.4.19 ¹tatpurusáḥ=á-naÑ-²karmadhārayaḥ

A tatpuruṣá [compound 1.3] not co-occurring with the negative particle náÑ or a karmadhārayá (1.2.42) [compound 1.3] [is neuter in gender 17].

This is a governing rule operating up to 25 below.

$2.4.20 saṁjñāyāṁ kanthā=uśīnareṣu

[A tatpuruṣá 19 compound 1.3 not co-occurring with náÑ and a karma-dharāyá 19 compoumd 1.3 is neuter in gender 17] when it [ends in 1.1.72] the word kanthā `town' denoting a proper name (saṁjñāyām) of a place in the Uśīnara country.

sauśami-kántham, āhvara-kánth-am `placenames in Uś. country', but vīraṇa-kanthā `a patched garment made of vīraṇa' and dākṣi-kanthā `a placename outside Uś. country'. Cf. 6.2.124.

$2.4.21 ¹upajñā=²upakrámaṁ tad-ādi=ācikhyāsāyām

[A tatpuruṣá 19 compound 1.3 not co-occurring with náÑ-° or a karmadhārayá 19 compound 1.3 is neuter in gender 17] when (ending in 1.1.72) the words upajñā `original propagation' and upakráma `initiative' and signifying the desire to express (ācikhyāsāyām) its beginning or starting point (tad-ādí-°).

pāṇiny-upajñ-ám vyākáraṇam `grammar first taught by Pāṇini'; nandopakramāṇi mānāni `measures first standardized by (king Nanda)'.

$2.4.22 chāyā bāhulye

[A tatpuruṣá 19 compound 1.3 not co-occurring with náÑ-° or a karmadhārayá 19 compound 1.3 is neuter in gender 17] when it (ends in 7.1.72) the word chāyā `shadow' to express profusion (bāhulye) of the preceding member.

śalabha-cchāyám `shadow (cast by a huge cloud) of locusts'; ikṣūṇām chāyā = ikṣu-cchāyám `shadow (cast by a thick grove) of sugar-cane', but kuḍya-cchāyā f. `shadow of a wall'.

$2.4.23 sabhā ¹rājan=²a-manuṣyá-pūrvā

[A tatpuruṣá 19 compound 1.3. not co-occurring with náÑ-° or a karmadhārayá 19 compound 1.3. is neuter in gender 17] provided it (ends in 1.1.72) the word sabhā `assembly' and co-occurs after (synonyms of) the word rājan `king, ruler' or a word denoting a non-human being (a-manuṣyá-pūrvā).

In this rule tha word [rājan], contra metarule 1.1.68 does not represent itself, but only includes its synonyms: iná-sabham `royal court or assembly', but rāja-sabhā. Similarly piśā-ca-sabhám `assembly of piśācas', but devadatta-sabhā. Cf. 6.2.98.

$2.4.24 á-śālā ca

[A tatpuruṣá 19 compound 1.3, not co-occurring with náÑ-° or a karmadhārayá 19 compound 1.3 is neuter in gender 17 when it ends 1.1.72 in the word sabhā 23] provided it does not denote a hall or mansion (á-śālā).

Here the word [sabhā] denotes `a concourse': strī-sabham `a concourse of women'; dāsī-sabham `a group or crowd of maid-servants', but á-nātha-sabhā `a poor house'. Cf. 6.2.98.

$2.4.25 vibhāṣā ¹sénā-²súrā-³chāyā-⁴sālā-⁵nísānām

[A tatpuruṣá 19 compound 1.3. not co-occurring with náÑ-° or a karmadhārayá 19 compound 1.3] is optionally (vibhāṣā) [neuter in gender 17 when it ends 1.1.72 in the words] sénā `army', súrā `liquor', chāyā `shadow', sālā `hall, mansion' and níśā `night'.

1. rāja-senám/°-senā `royal army'.

2. yava-surám/°-surā `barley liquor'.

3. kuḍya-cchāyám/°-chāyā `shadow thrown by a wall'.

4. go-śālam/°-śālā `cow-stall, cow-pen'. Cf. 6.2.123.

5. śva-niśám/°-niśā `dog-night (when dogs howl)'.

$2.4.26 paravát=liṅgám ¹dvaṁdvá-²tatpuruṣáyoḥ

The gendar of a dvaṁdvá or tatpuruṣá compound 1.3 is that of the final member (parval-liṅgám).

1. dvaṁdva : kukkuṭás ca mayūrī ca = kukkuṭa-mayūry-aú f. `cock and peahen' = mayūrī-kukkuṭaú m. `peahen and cock'.

2. tatpuruṣá : ardhám pippalyāḥ = ardha-pippalī f. `half a berry'.

3. By a vārttika this rule is blocked in the case of dvigú compounds and those occurring with prāpta-, āpamna- and álam as prior members, as also gáti compounds: pañcásu kapāleṣu sáṁskr̥táḥ = pañca-kapālá-ḥ puroḍāśá-ḥ; prāto jīvikām = prāpta-jīviká-h; āpanno jīvikām = āpanna-jīviká-ḥ; álam jīvikāyai = alam-jīviká-ḥ; niṣ-krānta-ḥ kauśāmbyāḥ = níṣ-kauśāmbi-ḥ. Description

$2.3.27 pūrvavát=áśva-vaḍavau

[The gender of the dvaṁdvá 26 compound 1.3] áśva-vaḍavau is that of the prior member (pūrvavát).

This is an exception to 26 by which the string áśvaś ca váḍavā ca would have been realized as *áśva-vaḍav-e (f.) `stallion and mare'.

$2.4.28 ¹hemanta-śiśiraú=²aho-rātré ca=chándasi

In the domain of Chándas [in the dvaṁdva 29 compounds 1.3] hemanta- śiśiraú and aho-rātré [the gender is that of the prior member 27].

The word [śiśira-] is both m. and n. and when it is n. the string hemantáś ca śíśiraṁ ca = hemanta-śiśiraú m. `autumn and winter seasons', and the string áhas ca rātris ca = aho-rātrám n. day and night', contra hemanta-śiśire n., and aho-rātraú m. in the spoken language.

$2.4.29 ¹rātrá=²ahná=³ahāḥ púṁsi

[The gender of a dvaṁdva 26 compound 1.3] (ending in 1.1.72) the (samāsānta 5.4.87,88,89) words °-rātrá-, °-ahná- or °-ahá- is masculine (púṁsi).

This blocks the rule 26 above.

1. dvi-rātrá-ḥ, tri-rātrá-h `a period of two/three days'.

2. pūrvahṇá-ḥ/aprāhṇá-ḥ/madhyāhná-ḥ `forenoon/afternoon/noon'.

3. dvy-ahá-ḥ, try-ahá-ḥ `two or three days'.

$2.4.30 ápathaṁ nápuṁsaksm

[The tatpuruṣá 26 compound 1.3] á-patham is neuter (napuṁsakam).

na pánthāḥ = náÑ+pathin+a (5.4.76) = á-pathin+a (6.3.73) = á-path0̸0̸+a (6.4.144) = á-path+a+sU = á-path-a+am (7.1.73) = á-path-am (6.1.107) = ápatham idám `this is a wrong/bad road or path'; but in a bahuvrīhí compound: á-path-o déśa-ḥ `a pathless tract'.

$2.4.31 ardharcāḥ púṁsi ca

The class of [compounds 1.3] beginning with ardharcá- `half a strophe of r̥k', is masculine in gender (púṁisi) and also (ca) [neuter 30].

ardharcá-ḥ/ardharc-ám; gomayá-ḥ/gomay-ám `cow-dung'; kaśāya-ḥ/kaśāy-am `decoction'.

$2.4.32 idámaḥ=anvādeśé=aŚ=ánudāttas tr̥tīyā=ādau

The low-pitched (ánudātta) substitute aŚ replaces (the whole of 1.1.55) idám- `this' before all sUP triplets beginning with the third (tr̥tīyā=ādau) when it is used anaphorically (anvādeśé).

ābhyām chātrābhyām rātrír ádhītā, athó ābhyām áhar ápy ádhītam `These two pupils studied the whole night, and then they studied the whole day'. When [idám-] is used the first time, by 6.1.168 and 171 the udātta accent falls on the sUP triplets from the instrumental singular onwards, but not when it occurs anaphorically with aŚ replacement. The proper purpose of this rule, however, is in connection with forms ending in °áka̱C- (5.3.71): imákābhyām chātrābhyām rātrír ádhītā, athó ābhyām áhar ápy ádhītam Description

$2.4.33 etádas ¹tra-²tasós ¹tra-²tasaú ca=ánudāttau

[The low-pitched (ánudātta) substitute aŚ 32 replaces the whole of 1.1.55] etád- `this' before the affixes °tra- (5.3.10)and °-tas- = (tasi̱L 5.3.7) and both affixes °tra- and °tas- become low-pitched (ánudāttau) [when etád is used anaphorically 32].

1. etásmin grāme sukháṁ vás-ā-maḥ, athó atra yuktā adhī-mahe `we are living happily in this village, therefore let us study here diligently', where [a-tra] is a substitute for etá-smin.

2. etásmāt=chātrāt=chándaḥ=adhī-ṣva, athó a-to vyākáraṇam ápy adhī-ṣva `study Veda (or metrics) from this pupil, and also study grammar (vyākáraṇa) from him', where a-tas is the anaphoric substitute for etá-smāt. Description

$2.4.34 ¹dvitīyā-²Tā=³ós-su=enaḥ

[The low-pitched substitute 32] ena- replaces (the whole of 1.1.55) [idám- 32 and etád- 33 when used anaphorically 32] before sUP triplets of the second (dvitīyā vibhakti 1.4.104) as well as before Ṭā (= 3rd sing.) and os (= 6th and 7th dual).

1. imám chātrám chándaḥ=ádhyāp-ay-a, athó enam vyākáraṇam ápy ádhy-āp-ay-a `teach this pupil chándas, and teach him grammar also'; simlarly etám chātrám chándo=ádhy-āp-ay-a, athó enam vyākáraṇam ápy ádhy-āp-ay-a.

2. anéna/eténa rātrír adhītā, athó en-ena áhar ápy adhītam.

3. anáy-oḥ/etáy-oḥ chātráy-oḥ śóbhanam śīlam, athó enayoḥ prabhūtám svám `the disposition of these two pupils is brilliant and hence they have great wealth'.

$2.4.35 ārdha-dhātuke

Before an ārdhadhatuka verbal affix (3.4.114).

This is a governing rule (adhikārá) heading this section beginning here and ending with 58 below, and the expression [ārdhadhātuke] will recur in every subsequent statement of this section.

$2.4.36 ado jagdhir LyaP ti K-IT-i

The substitute jagdh- replaces (the whole of 1.1.55) the verbal stem ad- `eat' (II 1) [before the ārdhadhātuka affix 35] LyaP (7.1.37) and those beginning with °ta- with marker K as IT.

1. pra+ad+ktvā = pra+ád+LyaP (7.1.37) = pra-jágdh-ya, but ad+yaK+te = ad-yá-te `is eaten'.

2. ad+Ktá = jagdh+tá = jagdh+dhá (8.2.40) = jagd-dhá- (8.2.53). Description

$2.4.37 ¹lUṄ-²saNor ghasL̥

The substitute ghasL̥ replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the verbal stem ad- 36 before ārdhadhatuka l-substitutes 25] of lUṄ (Aorist) and the desiderative marker saN.

The markers of the Aorist tense are all ārdhadhatuka, introduced before the l-substitutes (3.1.43ff).

1. ad+lUṄ = ad+t 3.4.100 = ad+Cli̱+t (3.1.43) = ghasL̥+aṄ+t (3.1.55) = áṬ+ghas-a-t (6.4.71) = á-ghas-a-t `has eaten'.

2. ad+saN+ŚaP+tiP (3.1.68; 4.78) = ghas+saN+a+ti = ghá-ghas+sa+a+t (6.1.9; 7.4.60) = jhá-ghas-sa-a-ti (7.4.62) = já-ghas-sa-a-ti (8.4.54) = jí-ghas-sa-a-ti (7.4.79) = jí-ghat-sa-a-ti (7.4.49) = jíghat-sa-ti (6.1.97) `wishes to eat'. Description

$2.4.38 ¹GHaÑ-²áPoś ca

[The substitute ghasL̥ 37 replaces (the whole of 1.1.55) the verbal stem ad- 36 before ārdhadhatuka 35] affixes GHaÑ (3.3.18) and aP (3.3.59).

1. ad+GHaÑ = ghasL̥+GHaÑ = ghās-á- (7.3.115; 6.1.159) `grass, nourishment'.

2. pra+ad+aP = pra+ghasL̥+aP = pra-ghas-á- (6.1.144) `voracious'.

$2.4.39 bahulám Chándasi

In the domain of Chándas [the substitute ghasL̥ replaces the whole of 1.1.55] the verbal stem ad- 36 diversely (bahulám).

1. ghástām nūnam `they two have just eaten' derived from á-ghas-tām with 0̸ replacement of the initial augment by 6.4.75, being the 3rd pers. dual of the Imperfect or a+ghas+Cli̱+tam = 0̸+ghas+0̸+tām (80) being similarly the alternate Aorist form.

2. sa+ad+KtiN = sa+ghásL̥+KtiN = sá-gh0̸s+ti (6.4.100) = sá-gh0̸0̸+ti (B.2.26) = ságh+dhi (8.2.40) = ság+dhi (8.4.53) `common meal'.

3. no replacement: ad+lUṄ = ad+Cli̱+tām = ā+ad+si̱C+tām 3.1.43,44 6.4.76; 8.2.26 = ā+ad+0̸+tām 8.2.26 = āttām `they two have eaten'.

$2.4.40 lIṬy anyatarásyām

[The substitute ghasL̥ 36] optionally (anyatarásyām) replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the verbal stem ad- 36 before ārdhadhatuka l-substitutes of] lIṬ (Perfect Tense).

ad+lIṬ = ad-ad+ṆaL (6.1.8; 3.4.82) = a-ád+ṆaL (7.4.60) = a+ād+ṆaL (7.2.115) = ād-a/ghas+lIṬ = ghas+ṆaL = ghas-ghás+ṆaL (6.1.8) = ga-ghás+ṆaL (8.4.54) = ja-ghás+ṆaL (7.4.6Z) = ja-ghās-a (7.1.115).

$2.4.41 veÑo vayi̱ḥ

[Before ārdhadhātuka 35 l-substitutes of lIṬ 40] the substitute vay- [optionally 40 replaces the whole of 1.1.55] the verbal stem veÑ- `weave' (I 1055).

1. veÑ+lIṬ = veÑ+ṆaL = vay+ṆaL = vay-vay+ṆaL (6.1.8) = va-vay+ṆaL (7.4.60) = u-vay+ṆaL (6.1.17) = u-vāy-a (7.2.115).

2. veÑ+lIṬ = veÑ+ṆaL = vā+lIṬ+ṆaL (6.1.45) = vā-vā+ṆaL = va-vā+ṆaL (7.4.59) = va-vā+au (7.1.34) = vav-aú.

$2.4.42 hano vadhá lIṄ-i

The substitute vadhá- replaces (the whole of 1.1.55) the verbal stem han- `kill, strike' (II 2) [before ārdhadhātuka 35] l-substitutes of lIṄ (Precative 3.4.116).

han+lIṄ = vadhá+lIṄ = vadha+yāsu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+t (3.4.103,107) = vadh0̸+yā0̸+0̸+t (8.2.29) but vadh-yās-s-tām = vadh-yā-s-tām, vadh-yā-s-uh. 8.2.29 stipulates that [s] occurring as initial of a conjunct is replaced by 0̸ at the end of a padá or before jha̱L.

$2.4.43 lUṄ-i ca

[The substitute vadhá- replaces the whole of 1.1.55 of the verbal stem han- 42] also (ca) before [the ārdhadhātuka 35] l-substitutes of lUṄ (Aorist).

han+lUṄ = á-vadha+Cli̱+t (3.1.43; 6.4.71) = á-vadh0̸+si̱C+t (3.1.44; 6.4.8) = á-vadh+iṬ+s+t (7.2.35) = á-vadh-i-s+īṬ+t (7.3.96) = á-vadh+i+0̸+ī-t (8.2.28) = á-vadh-ī-t. The rule 7.2.3 whereby the stem vowel of [vadh-] should have been replaced by vr̥ddhi is blocked by the fact that the substitute of verbal stem [han-] ends in a vowel and is not a haL-anta as required by that rule, though that vowel is replaced by 0̸ through the operation of the metarule 1.1.62.

$2.4.44 ātmanepadéṣu=anyatarásyām

[The substitute vadhá- 43] optionally (anyatarásyām) replaces (the whole of 1.1.55) [the verbal stem han- 42 before ārdhadhātuka 35 l-substitutes of lUṄ 43] when they are ātmanepadá (middle voice) (1.4.100).

ā+han+luṄ = ā-han+ta = ā-han+Cli̱+ta (3.1.43) = ā-han+si̱C+ta (3.1.44) = ā-ha0̸+s-ta (1.2.14; 6.4.37) = ā-ha-0̸-ta (8.2.27) = ā-ha-ta / ā+vadh+si̱C+ta = ā-vadh+iṬ-si̱C+ta = ā-vadh-i-ṣ-ṭa (8.3.59; 4.41). Description

$2.4.45 iṆo gā lUṄ-i

The substitute gā replaces (the whole of 1.1.55) the verbal stem iṆ- `go' (II 36) [before ārdhadhātuka 35] l-substitutes of lUṄ (Aorist).

iṆ+lUṄ = iṆ+Cli̱+tiP (3.1.43) = gā+Cli̱+t (3.4.100) = gā+si̱C+t (3.1.44) = gā+0̸+t (77) = áṬ+gā-t (6.4.71) = á-gā-t.

$2.4.46 Ṇaú gami̱r á-bodhane

[Before the ārdhadhātuka 35] affix Ṇí(C) the substitute gam- replaces [the verbal stem iṆ- 45] when it does not signify `understanding' (á-bodhane).

iṆ+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = gam+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = gam-í-a-ti = gam-é-a-ti (7.3.84) = gam-áy-a-ti `makes one go'. Here the vr̥ddhi replacement of penultimate [aT of gam-] (7.2.116) is blocked by 6.4.92 as Dhp. I 866 includes verbal stems ending in [am] as M-ITs. When `understanding' is to be denoted we have: prati+iṆ+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = prati+ai-i+a+ti (7.2.115) = práti+āy-i+a=ti (6.1.78) = práty-āy+e+a+ti = práty-āyay-a-ti `communicates'.

$2.4.47 saN-i ca

Also (ca) [before the ārdhadhātuka 35 affix] saN [the substitute gam- replaces the whole of 1.1.55 the verbal stem iṆ- when it does not signify `understanding' 46].

iṆ+saN+ŚaP+tiP = gam+saN+Śap+tiP = gám-gam+sa+ti (6.1.8) = gá0̸-gam+iṬ+sa-ti (7.2.35; 4.60) = gí-gam-i-ṣa-a-ti (7.4.79; 8.3.59) = jí-gam-i-ṣa-ti (6.1.97; 7.4.62) `wishes to go'; but práti+iṆ+saN+ŚaP+tiP = práti+is+iṬ-saN+ŚaP+tiP (6.1.2) pratīṣi-ṣa-ti (6.1.97; 8.3.59) `desires to communicate'.

$2.4.48 iṄ-aś ca

[The substitute gam-46] also (ca) replaces (the whole of 1.1.55) the verbal stem iṆ (with ádhi-°) `study' (II 37) [before the ārdha-dhātuka 35 affix saN 47].

ádhi+iṄ+saN+ŚaP+te (7.4.79) = ádhi+gam+saN+ŚaP+te = ádhi-ji-gam+sa-te = ádhi-ji-gāṁ-sa-te (6.4.16) `wishes to study'.

$2.4.49 gāṄ lIṬ-i

The substitute gāṄ- [replaces the whole of 1.1.55 the verbal stem iṄ (with ádhi-°) 48 before the ārdhadhātuka 35] l-substitutes of lIṬ (Perfect).

ádhi+iṄ+lIṬ = ádhi+i+eŚ (3.4.81) = ádhi-gā-gā+eŚ (6.1.8) = ádhi-ga-gā+e (7.4.59) = ádhi-ja-gā+e (7.4.62) = ádhi-ja-g0̸+e (6.4.64) = ádhi-ja-ge `has studied' and similarly the dual and plural forms are ádhi-ja-g-āte / ádhi-ja-g-ire. Description

$2.4.50 vibhāṣā ¹lUṄ-²lR̥Ṅ-oḥ

[The substitute gāṄ- 49] optionally (vibhāṣā) [replaces the whole 1.1.55 of the verbal stem iṄ- 49 before the ārdhadhātuka 35] l-substitutes of lUṄ (Aorist) and lR̥Ṅ (Conditional).

1. lUṄ: ádhi+iṄ+lUṄ = ádhi+gāṄ+lUṄ = ádhi-gā-si̱C+ta (3.1.44) = ádhi+gī+s=ta (6.4.66) = adhi+áṬ+gī-s-ta (6.4.71) = adhy-á-gī-ṣ-ṭa (8.3.59) / adhi+āṬ+i+s-ta = adhy-ai-ṣ-ṭa (6.4.90; 8.3.59; 4.41).

2. lR̥Ṅ: adhi+iṄ+lR̥Ṅ+ta = adhi-gāṄ+lR̥Ṅ+ta = adhi-gā+sya+ta (3.1.33) = adhi+áṬ+gī-ṣya-ta (6.4.66; 8.3.59); adhi+āṬ+i+sya+ta = ádhy-ai-ṣya-ta (6.1.90 4.72; 8.3.59).

$2.4.51 Ṇaú ca ¹saN=²CaṄ-oḥ

[The substitute gāṄ- 49 optionally 50 replaces the whole 1.1.55 of the verbal stem iṄ- 49] co-occurring with the causative marker Ṇí(C) (3.1.26) [before ārdhadhātuka 35 markers] saN and CaṄ.

1. ádhi+iṄ+ṆiC+saN+ŚaP+tiP = ádhi+gā+ṆiC+saN+ŚaP+tiP = ádhi+gā+puK+i+sa+a+ti (7.3.36) = ádhi-ji-gāp=i=iṬ+sa+a+ti (7.2.35) = ádhi-ji-gāp-e+i-sa-ti (7.3.84) = ádhi-ji-gāp-ay-i-ṣa-ti (6.1.78; 8.3.59) / ádhi+ai+ṆiC+saN+ŚaP+ti (7.2.115) = adhi+ā+puk+ṆiC+saN+ÁaP+ti (6.1.48; 7.3.36) = adhy-āpi-pi+iṬ+sa+a+ti (6.1.2; 7.2.35) = adhy-āpi-pe-i-sa-a-ti (7.3.86) adhy-āpi-pay-i-ṣa-ti (6.1.78, 97; 8.3.59).

2. ádhi+iṄ+Ṇi+CaṄ+t = ádhi+gā+puk+Ṇi+CaṄ+t = ádhi+gāp-i+CaṄ+t = ádhi-ji-gāpi+CaṄ+t (6.1.11; 7.4.79,91) = adhy+áṬ+jī-gap0̸-a-t (6.4.51,71; 7.4.1,94) = adhy-á-jī-gap-a-t / adhy-āṬ+iṄ+ṆiC+CaṄ+t = adhy-ā+ai+i+CaN+t = adhy-ā+ā+puK+i+CaṄ+t = adhy-ā- api-p+0̸-a-t = adhy-āpi-p-a-t. Description

$2.4.52 aster bhūḥ

The substitute bhū- replaces (the whole of 1.1.55) the verbal stem as- `be' (II 56) [before ārdhadhātuka affixes 35].

1. non-sigmatic future lUṬ : as+tās (3.1.33)+Ḍā (2.4.85) = bhū+iṬ+tās+Ḍā (7.2.35) = bho-i-t0̸+ā (6.4.143; 7.3.84) = bhav-i-tā (6.1.78), bhav-i-tā-rau (7.4.51), bhav-i-tā-raḥ.

2. as+tumu̱N = bhū+tum = bhū+iṬ+tum = bháv-i-tum.

3. as+tavya- = bhū+iṬ+távya- = bhav-i-távya-. Description

$2.4.53 bruvo vaci̱-ḥ

The substitute vac- replaces (the whole of 1.1.55) the verbal stem brū- `speak' (II 35) [before ārdhadhātuka affixes 35].

brū+tumuN = vác+tum = vák-tum (8.2.30); brū+tās+Ḍā = vac+tās+Ḍā = vak-t0̸0̸-ā = vak-tā; brū+távya- = vac+távya- = vak-távya-. Description

$2.4.54 cakṣi̱Ṅaḥ khyāÑ

The substitute khyāÑ- replaces (the whole of 1.1.55) the verbal stem cakṣi̱Ṅ- `tell, inform' (II 7) [before an ārdhadhātuka affix 35].

ā+caks+tās+miP = ā-khyā+tās+mi `I am about to proclaim'; similarly ā-khyā-tum, ā-khyā-távya-.

$2.4.55 vā lIṬ-i

[The substitute khyāÑ- 54] optionally (vā) replaces [(the whole of 1.1.55) the verbal stem cakṣi̱Ṅ 54 before the ārdhadhātuka] l-substitutes of lIṬ (Perfect).

ā-cakṣ+lIṬ = (a) ā-khyā+lIṬ = ā-ca-khyā+au (6.1.8; 7.4.59,60,62; 7.1.34) = ā-ca-khyau, ā-cakhy0̸-atuḥ (6.4.64) = ā-cakhy-atuḥ. (b) ā-ca-cakṣ-e, ā-ca-cakṣ-āte, ā-ca-cakṣ-ire.

$2.4.56 ájer vī=á-¹GHaÑ-²aP-oḥ

The substitute vī- replaces (the whole of 1.1.55) the verbal stem áj- `drive, lead' (I 248) [before an ārdhadhātuka affix 35] other than GHaÑ (3.3.18) and aP (3.3.57).

prá+aj+ṆvuL = pra+vī+Ṇvul = prá+vaí-aka (7.1.1; 2.115) = pra-vāy-aka- (6.1.78) `driver, conductor', and similarly pra-vī+anīyaR = pra-vay-anīya- `fit for driving', but sam+aj+GHaÑ = sam-āj-á- (7.2.116) `congregation, concourse', sam+aj+aP = sam-aj-á- `a herd, flock or multitude of animals'.

$2.4.57 vā yau

[The substitute vī- 56] optionally (vā) replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the verbal stem áj- 56 before the ārdhadhātuka affix 35] yu (LyuṬ).

Though [yu] is a cover term for KhyuN (3.2.56), Ṭyu(L) (4.3.23), ṆyuṬ (3.1.14), yuC (3.2.148; 3.107-8), Lyu (3.1.134) and LyuṬ (3.3.113,115ff.), LyuṬ is intended here. prá+aj+LyuṬ = prāj-ana-/pra-váy-ana- (8.4.2) `whip, goad'.

$2.4.58 ¹Ṇyá-²kṣatríya-³ārṣá-⁴Ñ-IT-o yūni luK=¹áṆ-²iÑ-oḥ

luK (1.1.61 0̸¹) replaces the affixes áṆ and iÑ introduced after a nominal stem (ending in 1.1.72) the patronymic affix Ṇyá (4.1.151) or in an affix denoting the gotrá descendant (4.1.162) of a kṣatríya `warrior' class or of ŕṣi `sage' (4.1.114) or one co-occurring with marker Ñ as IT, all denoting a yúvan (4.1.163) descendant.

1. Ṇyá: kuru+Ṇyá (4.1.l51) = kauru+yá (7.2.115) = kauro+yá (6.4.146) = kaurav-yá (6.1.79) `a gotra descendant of Kuru (a brahmin)' = kaurav-ya+iÑ (4.1.95) = kaurav-yá+0̸¹ = kaurav-yá- when denoting a yúvan-descendant, whence kaurav-yá-ḥ pitā (father living) : kaurav-yáḥ putráḥ `son' (= yúvan `while father is living').

2. kṣatríya: vasudeva+áṆ (4.1.114) = vāsudev-á (7.1.117) `descendant of Vasudeva'; vāsudevá+iÑ (4.1.95) = vāsudevá+0̸¹ `yúvan-descendant of Vāsudeva (still living').

3. ŕsi: vásiṣṭha+áṆ (4.1.114) = vāsiṣṭh-á- `descendant of sage Vásiṣṭha': vāsiṣṭhá+iÑ = vāsisṭḥá+0̸¹ = vāsiṣṭhá- `living descendant of Vásiṣṭha or his yúvan-descendant'.

4. Ñ-IT : bida+aÑ (4.1.104) = báid-a- `descendant of Bida': baida+iÑ = báida+0̸¹ = báid-a- `living descendant of Bida or his yúvan-descendant'.

5. tika+phiÑ = taíka+āyani- (7.1.2; 2.117); taíkāyani+áṆ (4.1.83) = taíkāyani+0̸¹ = taíkāyani- `living descendant of Tika or his yúvan-descendant'.

$2.4.59 pailá=ādibhyas=ca

[luK (0̸¹) replaces the yúvan affix 58 introduced ater the word-class] beginning with pailá- (= gotra descendant of Pīlā).

pīlā+áṆ (4.1.118)+phiÑ (4.1.156) = pailá+0̸¹ `living descendant of Pīlā or her yúvan descendant'.

$2.4.60 iÑ-aḥ prāc-ām

[luk (0̸¹) replaces the yúvan affix 58] introduced after a patronymic (ending in 1.1.72) the affix iÑ to denote a [yúvan-descendant 58] of an eastern gotra (prācām).

pannāgāra-sya gotrāpatyám = pannāgāra+iÑ 4.1.95 = pānnāgār0̸+i = (6.1.197; 4.148; 7.2.117); pānnāgārer ápatyam yúvā = pānnāgāri+phaK (4.1.101) = pānnāgāri+0̸¹ `gotra descendant of Pannāgāra (living) or his son (yúvan-descendant).

$2.4.61 ná taúlvali-bhyaḥ

[luK (0̸¹) 58] does not (ná) replace [the yúvan affix 58 introduced after the word-class] beginning with taúlvali- [of the eastern gotra 60].

tulvalásya prācyàsya gotrāpatyám = tulvalá+iÑ (4.1.95) = taúlval-i-ḥ; taúlvaler ápatyam yúvā = taúlvali+phak (4.1.101) = taulval0̸+āyaná- = taulvalāyaná- (6.4.148; 7.1.2). Description

$2.4.62 tad-rājásya bahúṣu téna=evá=ástriyām

[luK (0̸¹) 58] replaces a tad-rājá affix (4.1.168-74; 5.2.112-119) introduced after a nominal stem when it denotes a plurality (bahúṣu) if that plurality is expressed by the stem ending in that affix (téna=evá) except when followed by a feminine affix (á-stryām).

áṅga+áṆ = āṅg-á- `a prince of Aṅga'; āṅgá+Jas = áṅga+áṆ+Jas = áṅga+0̸¹+Jas = áṅgāḥ `princes of Aṅga'; note that the operation of marker Ṇ of áṆ (7.1.117) is blocked by the metarule 1.1.63; but āṅgá+ṄīP+Jas = āṅgy-áḥ `princesses of Aṅga', and priyó vāṅgó yéṣām tè = priyá-vāṅga+Jas = priyá-vāṅgāḥ `those to whom the prince of Vaṅga is dear'.

$2.4.63 yaska=ādibhyo gotré

[luK (0̸¹) replaces 58] a gotrá affix (4.1.162) introduced after the word-class beginning with yaska- [when the noun stem ending in it indicates plurality and is not followed by a feminine affix 62].

yaskasya gotrāpatyám = yaska+áṆ (4.1.112) = yāsk-á-ḥ; yāska+Jas = yaska+áṆ+Jas = yaska+0̸¹+Jas = yaskāḥ `gotra descendants of Yaska', but yāská+ṄīP+Jas = yāsky-áḥ f., priyó yāskó yéṣām te = priyá-yāskāḥ. Description

$2.4.64 ¹yaÑ-²aÑ-oś ca

[luK (0̸¹) 58] also (ca) replaces [the gotrá affixes 63] yañ (́-ya) (4.1.105) and aÑ (́-a 4.1.104) introduced (after a nominal stem) [when that nominal stem ending in these affixes itself denotes plurality and is not followed by a feminine affix 62].

1. yaÑ: gárga+yaÑ (4.1.105) = gārg-ya-ḥ (7.2.117) `a gotra descendant of Gárga', but gárga+yaÑ+Jas = gárga+0̸¹+Jas = gárgāḥ `gotrá descendants of Gárga' contra gārgyá+ṄīP+Jas = gārg0̸0̸+ī+Jas (6.4.150) = gārgy-aḥ `female descendants of Gárga' and priyó gārgyo yéṣām te = priyá-gārgyāḥ.

2. aÑ: bidá+aÑ (4.1.104) = baíd-a-ḥ; bidá+aÑ+Jas = bidá+0̸¹+Jas = bidāḥ `gotrá descendants of Bidá'; but baída+ṄīN+Jas = baid0̸¹+ṄīN+Jas (6.4.148) = baídy-aḥ f., priyá-baidāḥ. Description

$2.4.65 ¹átri-²bhŕgu-³kútsa-⁴vásiṣṭha-⁵gótama=⁶áṅgirobhyaś ca

[luk (0̸¹) 58 replaces the gotrá affixes 63 introduced after the nominal stems] átri-, bhŕgu-, kútsa-, vásiṣṭha-, gótama- and áṅgiras [when these stems ending in those affixes by themselves indicate plurality and are not followed by feminine affixes 62].

1. átri+ḍhák (4.1.122)+Jas = átri+0̸¹+Jas = átray-aḥ `descendants of Átri', but atri+ḍhak+ṄīP+Jas = ātreyy-áḥ `female descendants of Átri', and priyá+ātreya+Jas = priyātreyāḥ.

2. bhŕgu+áṆ (4.1.114)+Jas = bhŕgu+0̸¹+Jas = bhŕgav-aḥ `gotrá descendants of Bhŕgu', but bhārgavy-āh, priyá-bhārgavāḥ.

3. Similarly from the remaining nominal stems: ³kútsāh m. / kaútsy-aḥ f. / priyá-kautsāḥ; ⁴vásiṣṭhāḥ m. / vāsiṣṭhy-áḥ f. / priyá-vāsiṣṭhāḥ; ⁵gótamāh m. / gautamy-áḥ f. / priyá-gautamāḥ; ⁶áṅgirasaḥ m. / āṅgirasy-áḥ f. / priyāṅgirsāḥ. Description

$2.4.66 bahu=áCaḥ=iÑ-aḥ prācya-bharatéṣu

[luK (0̸¹) 58 replaces the gotrá affix 63] iÑ introduced after a polysyllabic (bahu=áCaḥ) (nominal stem) denoting the Prācyá (eastern) and Bharatá gotrás [when the stem ending in that affix by itself indicates plurality 62].

1. Prācyá: pannāgāra+iÑ+Jas = pannāgāra+0̸¹+Jas = pannāgārāḥ `gotra descendants of Pannāgāra'.

2. Bharatá: yúdhiṣṭhira+iÑ+Jas = yúdhiṣṭhira+0̸¹+Jas = yúdhiṣṭhirāḥ.

3. But when not polysyllabic: bika+iÑ+Jas = baíki+Jas = baíkay-aḥ; puṣpa+iÑ+Jas = paúṣpi+Jas = paúṣpay-aḥ.

4. When not belonging to Prācyá or Bharatá gotras: balāka+iÑ+Jas = bālākay-aḥ; hastidāsa+iÑ+Jas = hāstidāsay-aḥ.

Note: Though Bharatá gotra is also a sub-class of Prācyá, its specific mention here is to indicate that Bharatá gotra is excluded when Prācyá alone is mentioned elsewhere (60 above).

$2.4.67 ná gopáv-ana=ādibhyah

[luK (0̸¹) 58] does not replace [the gotrá affix 63 introduced after] the word-class beginning with gopávana- [when these nominal stems by themselves indicate plurality 62].

This class is a sub-set of the word-class beginning with bida- (4.1.104): gopávanasya gotrāpatyāni púmāṁsaḥ = gopávana+aÑ+Jas = gaúpavanāḥ (contrary to 64 above); smilarly śigrú+aÑ+Jas = śaígrav-āḥ.

$2.4.68 ¹tiká-²kitavá=ādibhyo dvaṁdvé

[luK (0̸¹) 58 replaces the gotrá affix 63 introduced after] a dvaṁdvá [compound 1.3] constituted by members of the word-classes beginning with (a) tiká- and (b) kitavá- [when the compound stems denote plurality 62].

By 4.1.154 the gotra affix [phiÑ] is introduced after these word-classes: tika+phiÑ = tika+āyaniÑ = taíkāyani-; kitava+phiÑ = kaítavāyani-; taikāyani+Jas+kaitavāyani+Jas = tika+0̸¹+kitava+0̸¹+Jas = tika-kitavāḥ `gotrá-descendants of Tiká and Kitavá'.

$2.4.69 úpaka=ādibhyaḥ=anyatarásyām á-dvaṁdve

[luK (0̸¹) 58] optionally (anyatarásyām) [replaces the gotrá affix 63 introduced after the word-class] beginning with úpaka- [when the stem denotes plurality 62 in a dvaṁdvá compound constituted by members of its class 68] or not so constituted (á-dvaṁdve).

Three compounds belonging to this class: upaka-lamakāḥ, bhr̥ṣṭaka- kapiñjalāḥ, kr̥ṣṇājina-kr̥ṣṇasundarāḥ have already been included in the [tika-kitavá-] class (68 above) where luK replacement is obligatory; by this rule it becomes optional when the constituent members are used indvidually: úpaka+phak (4.1.99)+Jas = upaka+0̸¹+Jas = úpakāḥ / aupakāyaná+Jas = aupakāyanāḥ.

$2.4.70 ¹āgastyá-²kaúṇḍinyay-or ¹agásti-²kuṇḍináC

[luK (0̸¹) 58 replaces the gotrá affix 63 introduced in generating the words] āgastyá and kauṇḍinya- [when they indicate plurality 62] and the substitute nominal stems agási- and kuṇḍináC (respectively 1.3.10) replace (the whole of the pre-affixed stems āgastyá-and kaúṇḍinya-).

1. agástya+áN (4.1.114)+Jas = agásti+0̸¹+Jas = agaste+Jas (7.3.109) = agástay-aḥ (6.1.78).

2. kuṇḍinī+yaÑ (4.1.105)+Jas = kaúṇḍinya+Jas = kuṇḍiná+Jas = kuṇḍināḥ. Description

$2.4.71 suPo ¹dhātu-²prātipadikáy-oḥ

[luK (0̸¹) 58 replaces] a nominal [vibhákti 1.4.104] ending (sUP triplet) [of a padá 1.4.14] constituting a (derived) verbal stem (dhātu-° 3.1.32) or a (derived) nominal stem (°-prātipadiká- 1.2.46 = ending in kŕt or taddhitá affixes or constituting samāsás).

1. dhātu: ātmánaḥ putrám iccháti = putrá+am icch-á-ti = putrá+0̸¹+kyáC (3.1.8) = putrī-yá-ti (7.4.33) `wishes for a son'.

2. prātipadiká: (a) ending in a kŕt affix: kumbhá+am kar-ó-ti = kumbhá+0̸¹+kr̥+áṆ (3.2.1) = kumbha-kārá-ḥ `potter'; (b) ending in a taddhitá affix: gárgasya gotrāpatyám = gárga+Ṅas+yaÑ = garga+0̸¹+yaÑ = gārg-ya-ḥ (4.1.105) `gotra descendant of Gárga'; (c) samāsá: kaṣṭá+am śri-tá-ḥ (1.24) = kaṣṭá+0̸¹+śri-tá-ḥ = kaṣṭá-śri-ta-ḥ `fallen on misfortune'.

$2.4.72 adi-prabhr̥tíbhyaḥ ŚaP-aḥ

[luK (0̸¹) 58 replaces the active marker] ŚaP (3.1.68) introduced after the class of verbal stems whose first member is ad- `eat, consume' (II 1).

ad+ŚaP+tiP = ad+0̸¹+tiP = ád+ti = át-ti (8.4.55) `eats'; similarly han+0̸¹+ti = hán-ti `klls, strikes'. Description

$2.4.73 bahulám chándasi

[In the domain of Chándas (0̸¹) 58] variously (bahulám) replaces [the active marker ŚaP 72 introduced after verbal stems].

1. does not replace it after the verb-class ad- (72): vr̥trám han+Śap+ti = vr̥trám hán-a-ti `kills V.' for regular han-ti. ahiḥ śáy-a-te = śī+ŚaP+te contra regular śe+0̸¹+te = śé-te `the snake is lying down'.

2. occurs after other verbal stems not forming the ad-class: trā-dhvám no dévāḥ `protect us, O gods', from trai+ŚaP+dhvam = trā+0̸¹+dhvám (6.1.45) contra regular trāy-a-dhvam (1.1.63).

$2.4.74 yáṄ-aḥ=áCi ca

[luK (0̸¹) 58] also (ca) replaces the affix yáṄ (3.1.22) [diversely 73] before the affix áC (3.1.134).

lū+yáṄ = lo-lū-yá- (6.1.9; 7.4.89)+áC (3.1.134) = lolū+0̸¹+áC = loluv-á- `cutting frequently or intensively'. diversely: bhū+yáṄ = bo-bhū+yáṄ- = bo-bhū+0̸¹+tip = bó-bho-ti, bó=bho+īṬ+tiP (7.3.94) = bó-bhav-ī-ti. 3.1.32 which introduced marker Śap after derived verbal stems is blocked by including this formation in the ad-class (II 71) whence bhū+yáṄ+ŚaP+tiP = bo-bhū+0̸¹0̸¹+tiP (72). Description

$2.4.75 ju-hó-ti=ādibhyaḥ Śluḥ

The substitute marker Ślu replaces [the active marker ŚaP 72] introduced after the class of verbal stems beginning with hu- (ju-hó-ti) `offer an oblation' (III 1).

hu+ŚaP+tiP = hu+Ślu+tiP = hu-hu+ti (6.1.10) = ju-hu+ti (7.4.62; 8.4.54) = ju-hó-ti (7.3.84), ju-hu-táḥ, ju-hv-áti (7.1.4).

$2.4.76 bahuláṁ chándasi

In the domain of Chándas [the substitute marker Ślu 75] diversely (bahulám) replaces [the active marker ŚaP 72 introduced after verbal stems].

1. does not replace after the hu-class (III): dā+ŚaP+tiP = dā-ti priyāṇi gives desirable things' for dā+Ślu+tiP = dá-dā-ti.

2. replaces ŚaP after other verbal stems: vaś-(II 70)+Ślu+tip = ví-vaś+ti = vi-vaṣ-ṭi (8.2.36; 4.41) `desires' for vaś+0̸¹+ti = vaṣ-ṭi. Description

$2.4.77 ¹gāti-²sthā-³GHU-⁴pā-⁵bhū-byaḥ si̱C-aḥ parasmaipadéṣu

[luK (0̸¹) 58] replaces the Aorist substitute marker si̱C (3.1.44) [introduced after the verbal stems] gā- (substitute for iṆ 45 above) `go', sthā- `remain' (I 975), those belonging to the GHU sub-class (1.1.20), pā- `drink' (I 972) and bhū- `become' (I 1) before Parasmaipadá l-substitutes.

1. gā+si̱C+t = áṬ+gā+0̸¹+t (6.4.71) = á-gā-t `has gone'.

2. sthā+si̱C+t = á+sthā+0̸¹+t = á-sthā-t `has remained'.

3. dā+si̱C+t = á+dā+0̸¹+t = á-dā-t `has given'.

4. pā+si̱C+t = pā+0̸¹+t = á-pā-t `has drunk'.

5. bhū+si̱C+t = bhū+0̸¹+t = á-bhū-t `has become'. Description

$2.4.78 vibhāṣā ¹ghrā-²dheṬ-³śā=⁴chā-⁵saḥ

[luK (0̸¹) 58] optionally (vibhāṣā) replaces [the substitute Aorist marker si̱C 77 introduced after the verbal stems] ghrā- `smell' (I 973), dheṬ- `drink' (I 951), śo- `pare' (IV 37), cho- `cut' (IV 38) and so- `destroy' (IV 39) [before Parasmaipadá l-substitutes 77].

1. ghrā+si̱C+t = á-ghrā+0̸¹+t = á-ghrā-t/á-ghrā-s+īT+t (7.3.96) = á-ghrā-s-ī-t `has smelled'.

2. dheṬ+si̱C+t = dhā+si̱C+t (6.1.45) = dhā+0̸¹+t = á=dhā-t / á-dhā-s-ī-t `has drunk'.

3. á-śā-t/á-śā-s-ī-t `has pared'.

4. á-cchā-t/á-cchā-s-ī-t `has cut'.

5. á-sā-t/á-sā-s-ī-t `has destroyed'.

$2.4.79 tán=ādibhyaḥ=¹ta-²thās-oḥ

[luK (0̸¹) 58 optionally 78 replaces the substitute Aorist marker si̱C 77 introduced after the class of verbal stems] beginning with tan- `extend, stretch' (VIII 1) [before the Ātmanepadá l-substitutes] °tá and °thās.

tan+si̱C+ta/thās/tan-0̸¹+ta/thās = á-ta-ta/thās (6.4.37); alternately á-tan-iṬ-ṣ-ṭa/ṭhās (7.3.59; 8.4.41).

$2.4.80 mántre ¹ghása̱-²hvara̱-³ṇaśÁ-⁴vr̥-⁵dahÁ=⁶āT-⁷vr̥c-⁸kr̥-⁹gami̱-¹⁰jani-bhyo lEḥ

In the domain of the Mántra (section of the Veda) [luK (0̸¹) 58 replaces l-members] lI (= Cli̱ 3.1.43 or lIṬ) introduced after the verbal stems ghás- `eat' (I 747), hvr̥- `be crooked' (I 978), naś- `disappear' (IV 85), vrṄ- `cover' (IX 38) or vr̥Ñ `choose' (V 8), dah- `burn' (I 1040), stems ending in long °ā, vr̥j- `avoid' (II 19, VII 24) or vŕc- (VII 24) or vr̥k- `take' (I 92), kr̥- `do' (VIII 10), gam- `go' (I 1031) and jan- `be born' (IV 41).

1. ghas+Cli̱+ant (3.1.43) = á-gh0̸s+0̸¹+an (6.4.98) = á-kṣ-an (8.3.60; 4.55) `they have eaten'.

2. hvr̥+Cli̱+t = á-hvar+0̸¹+t = á-hvar+0̸ (6.1.68) = áhvaḥ (8.3.15) `has acted crookedly'.

3. naś+Cli̱+t = á-naś+si̱C+t = á-naṣ+si̱C+t (8.2.36) = á-nak+0̸¹+t (8.2.41) = á-nak+0̸ (6.1.68) = á-nak `has disappeared'.

4. ā+vr̥Ṅ+Cli̱+t = ā+áṬ+vr̥+si̱C+t = ā-var+0̸¹+t = ā-var+0̸ (6.1.68) = ā-vaḥ (8.3.15) `has covered'.

5. ā+dah+Cli̱+t = ā+áṬ+dagh+0̸¹+t (8.2.32) = ā-dhagh+t (8.2.37) = ā=dhak+0̸ (6.1.68; 8.4.55) `has burnt'.

6. ā+prā+Cli̱+t = ā-prā+Cli̱+siP = ā+áṬ=prā+0̸¹+s = ā=prā-ḥ `thou hast filled up'.

7. parā-vr̥k/vr̥c/vr̥j+Cli̱+t = parā+áṬ+vr̥k/vr̥c/vr̥j+0̸¹+t = parā-vark+t (8.2.30) = parā-vark+0̸ (6.1.68) = parā-vark.

8. kr̥+Cli̱+ant = á=kr̥+0̸¹+an = á-kr-an `they have done'.

9. gam+Cli̱+ant = á-gam+0̸¹+an = á-g0̸m-an (6.4.98) = á-gm-an `they have gone'.

10. jan+Cli̱+ata = á-jan+0̸¹+ata = á+j0̸n+ata = á-jñ-ata `they were born'.

$2.4.81 āmaḥ

[luK (0̸¹) 58 replaces l-members of lI 80 introduced after the affix] °ām (marker of the Periphrastic Perfect 3.1.55).

īh+lIṬ = īh+ām+lIṬ = īh+ām+kr̥+lIṬ (3.1.40) = īh-ām-ca-kr-e `has longed for'. Description

$2.4.82 ávyayāt=¹āP-²sUP-aḥ

[luK (0̸¹) 58 replaces] the feminine affixes denoted by the cover term āP (= CāP, ṬāP, ḌāP) and sUP triplets introduced after an indeclinable (ávyaya) (nominal stems).

1. [āP]: tad+āP+traL = taa+0̸¹+traL (7.1.102) = tá-tra (6.1.97) sālāyām `in that hall'.

2. [sUP]: kr̥+Ktvā+sUP = kr̥+tvā+0̸¹ = kr̥-tvā `having done'.

$2.4.83 ná=avyayībhāvāt=aTaḥ=am tu=á-pañcamyāḥ

[luK (0̸¹) 58] does not (ná) replace [sUP triplets introduced after] an avyayībhāvá (1.5) [compound 1.3] (ending in 1.1.72) short °-a-, but (tu) affix °-am replaces them with the exception of the fifth (á-pañcamyāḥ).

kubhásya sámīpam = upa+kumbha+ám = upa-kumbhám; hári+Ṅi = adhi+hari+Ṅi = adhi-harí+0̸¹ = adhi-harí; but upa-kmbhāt ā-naya `bring from the vicinity of the pot'.

$2.4.84 ¹tr̥tīyā-²saptamyór bahulám

[Substitute affix °-am 83] replaces diversely (bahulám) the third and seventh sUP triplets (tr̥tīyā-saptam-óḥ) introduced after an avyayībhāvá 83 compound 1.3 ending in short °-a 83.

1. third sUP triplet: upa-kumbh-éna/upakumbham kr̥tam `made near the pot'.

2. seventh sUP triplet: upakumbh-é/upa-kumbh-ám ní-dhe-hi `set (it) down near the pot'. Description

$2.4.85 lUṬ-aḥ prathamá-sya ¹Ḍā-²rau-³ras-aḥ

The substitute elements Ḍā, rau and ras (respectively 1.3.10) replace (the whole of 1.1.55) the third person (prathamásya) of lUṬ [Periphrastic or non-sigmatic Future Tense].

kr̥+lUṬ+tiP = kr̥+tās+tiP (3.1.33) = kr̥+tās+Ḍā = kar+t0̸0̸+ā (6.4.143) = kar-t-ā; kar+tās+tas = kar-tās+rau (1.1.55) = kar+tā0̸+rau (7.4.51) = kar-tā-rau; kar+tās+jhi = kar-tās+ras = kar-tā0̸+ras = kar-tā-raḥ.

$3.1.1 pratyayáḥ

(The t.t.) pratyayá- `affix'.

This is a governing rule covering the whole of the largest section of Aṣṭ. up to the end of the fifth chapter, and items introduced hereafter are designated by this t.t. The word [pratyayáḥ] will thus recur in every subsequent rule up to the end of the fifth chapter.

$3.1.2 páraś ca

And (ca) [the affix 1] is introduced after (páraḥ `what follows') an element [= verbal 91 or nominal 4.1.1 stem].

This is also a governing rule having the same range of operation as the preceding rule and recurs in all subsequent statements. In consequence of this, metarule 1.1.67 is not relevant with reference to 91 or 4.1.1 below.

$3.1.3 ādy=ùdāttas ca

And (ca) [the affix 1] which follows 2 [the verbal or nominal stem 91 and 4.1.1 respectively] has the high-pitched (udātta) accent on its first syllable (ādí=udāttaḥ).

This is the third governing rule having the same range of operation as the previous two. However, this is an utsargá or general rule and exceptions are stated at appropriate places. In general, accents associated with affixes other than on the first syllabic are indicated by particular IT markers such as C (6.1.163-4), K (6.1.165), T (6.1.185), L (6.1.193), Ñ and Ṇ (6.1.197) and R (6.1.213).

kr̥+távya- (96) = kar-távya-, kr̥+tavyàT = kar-tavyà-, kr̥+anīyaR = kar-aṇīya- `should or ought to be done'.

$3.1.4 ánudattau ¹sUP-²P-IT-au

[The affixes 1] sUP triplets and those with marker P as IT have low-pitched (ánudātta) vowels (1.2.30).

(a) sUP: dr̥ṣád+au = dr̥ṣád-au; páṭh+ŚaP+tiP = páṭh-a-ti `recites'. Description

$3.1.5 ¹gup-²tij-³kit=bhyaḥ saN

[The affix 1] saN is introduced [after 2] the verbal stems gup- `hide, conceal' (X 231), tij- `whet, sharpen' (I 1020) and kit- `know, perceive' (I 1042).

By 32 below these derived forms constitute verbal stems (dhātu) after which the active marker ŚaP is introduced before l-substitutes (68).

1. gup+saN+ŚaP+te = gúp-gup+sa+a+te (6.1.9) = gú-gup-sa-te (7.4.60) = jú-gup-sa-te (7.4.62) `censures'.

2. tij+saN+ŚaP+te = tí-tij-sa-te = tí-tik-sa-te (7.4.60) = ti-tik-ṣa-te (8.2.30; 3.59) `endures, forbears'.

3. kit+saN+ŚaP+tiP = cí-kit-sa-ti (6.1.9; 7.4.60) `treats medically'.

Note: affix saN is introduced after these stems in these particular meanings; elsewhere the expected forms are respectively gop-áya-ti `conceals', tej-áy-a-ti `whets, sharpens', and sam-ket-áy-a-ti `gives a cue' since they are listed in the tenth or cur-class also.

$3.1.6 ¹mān-²badhA-³dān-⁴śān-bhyo dīrgháś ca=abhyāsásya

[The affix 1 saN 5] is introduced [after 2] the verbal stems mān- `honor' (I 1021), badh- `bind' (I 1022), dān- `cut' (I 1043) and śān `sharpen, whet' (I 1044) and (ca) a long vowel (dīrgháḥ 1.2.28) replaces (that of) the reduplicated syllable (abhyāsá-sya 6.1.4).

1. mān+saN+ŚaP+te = má-mān-sa-te (7.4.60,62) = mī-mān-sa-te (7.4.79) = mī-māṁ-sa-te (8.3.24) `investigates'.

2. badh+saN+ŚaP+te = bī-bhat-sa-te (7.4.60,62,79; 8.2.37) `loathes'.

3. dān+saN+ŚaP+te = dī-dāṁ-sa-te (7.4.60,62 79; 8.3.24) `rectifies, straightens out'.

4. śān+saN+ŚaP+te = śī-śāṁ-sa-te `whets, sharpens'.

Note: except in these specific meanings given above, normal forms of these four stems would be: mān-áy-a-ti, bādh-áy-a-ti, dān-áy-a-ti, ní-śān-ay-a-ti since they are also listed in the tenth or cur-class.

$3.1.7 dhātoḥ kármaṇ-aḥ samāná-kartr̥k-āt icchāyām vā

[The affix 1 saN 5] is optionally (vā) introduced [after 2] a verbal stem, the action denoted by which is the object (kármaṇ-aḥ) of a (verbal stem) expressing desire (icchāyām) and both actions have the same agent (samañá-kartr̥kāt)

kár-tum icch-á-ti = kr̥+saN+ŚaP+tiP = cí-kr̥+sa+a+ti (7.4.60,62,66,79) = cí-kr̥-sa-a-ti (6.4.16) = cí-kir-sa-a-ti (7.1.100) = cí-kīr-sa-a-ti (8.2.76) = cí-kīr-ṣa-ti (6.1.97; 8.3.59) `desires to perform'. Similarly hár-tum icch-a-ti = hr̥+saN+ŚaP+tiP = ji-hīr-ṣa-ti `wishes to remove or take away'.

$3.1.8 sUPaḥ=ātmán-aḥ KyáC

[The affix 1] KyáC is [optionally 7] introduced [after 2] a nominal stem (ending in 1.1.72) a sUP triplet [when it is the object of a verbal stem expressing desire 7 and which the agent] desires for himself (ātmán-aḥ).

ātmánaḥ putrám icch-á-ti = putrá+0̸¹+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP (2.4.71) = putrī-yá-ti (6.1.97; 7.4.33) `wishes for a son'; ātmán-aḥ rājān-am icch-á-ti = rājan+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP; by 1.4.15 nominal stems ending in °-n are denoted by the t.t. [padá] before affix Kyá (a cover term or KyáṄ, KyáC and KyáṢ), whence = rāja0̸+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP = rājī-yá-ti (6.1.97; 7.4.33) `desires a king for one's self'.

$3.1.9 kāmyáC ca

[The affix 1] kāmyaC also (ca) is [optionally 7] introduced [after 2 a nominal stem ending in 1.1.72 a sUP triplet 8 when it is the object of a verbal stem expressing desire 7 and which the agent desires for hmself 8].

Note: for the affix kāmyác: 1.3.8 is not applicable to kāmyáC by interpretation, and k is not an IT marker here.

ātmán-aḥ putr-ám icch-á-ti = putra+0̸¹+kāmyáC+ŚaP+tiP = putra-kāmyá-ti (6.1.97) `wishes for a son' / putrī-yá-ti. Description

$3.1.10 upamānāt=ācāré

[The affix 1 KyáC is optionally 7 introduced after 2 a nominal stem ending in 1.1.72 a sUP triplet which is an object 7] with which a comparison (upamānāt) is made and (the derived form) denotes behavior (ācāré).

chātr-ám putr-ám iva ā-car-a-ti = putra+0̸¹+KyáC+Śap+tiP = putrī-yá-ti chātr-ám (6.1.97; 7.4.33) `treats one's pupil like a son'.

$3.1.11 kárt-úḥ KyáṄ sā-lopáś=ca

[The affix 1] KyáṄ is [optionally 7 introduced after 2 a nominal stem ending in 1.1.72 a sUP triplet 7] when it is the agent (kart-úḥ) [with which a comparison is made 10] and lopa (0̸) replaces [the final phoneme 1.1.52] °s [and the derived form denotes behavior 10].

śyená-ḥ=iva ā-car-a-ti kāka-ḥ = śyena+0̸¹+KyáṄ+ŚaP+te = śyenā-yá-te (6.1.97; 7.4.15) kāka-ḥ `the crow is acting like a falcon'. Similarly ójas+sU = ójas+0̸¹ iva ā-car-a-ti = ojas-KyáṄ+ŚaP+te = oja0̸-yá-te = ojā-yá-te `acts vigorously'. Description

$3.1.12 bhr̥śá=ādibhyaḥ=bhuví=á-Cve̱ḥ lópaś ca ha̱L-aḥ

[The affix 1 KyáṄ 11 is optionally 7 introduced after 2] the word-class beginning with bhr̥śá- `powerful', provided the stem is not followed by (affix 1) Cvi̱ and (the derived form) denotes becoming (bhuv-í) and the substitute lopa (0̸) replaces the (stem-final 1.1.52) consonant (ha̱L-aḥ).

"Becoming" here is defined as becoming something which it was not before (a-bhūta-tad-bhāvé) whence: á-bhr̥śa-ḥ bhr̥śá-ḥ=bháv-a-ti = bhr̥śa+0̸¹+KyáṄ+ŚaP+te = bhr̥śā-yá-te (7.4.25) `becomes powerful'; similarly á-nr̥-ṣad nr̥-ṣád bháv-a-ti = nr̥-ṣad+0̸¹+KyáṄ+ŚaP+te = nr̥-ṣa0̸+KyáṄ+ŚaP+te = nr̥-ṣā-yá-te `starts dwelling with men'. But bhr̥ś+Cvi̱+bhū+ŚaP+ti = bhr̥śī+bhav-a-ti. Description

$3.1.13 ¹lóhita=ādi-²ḌāC=bhyaḥ KyáṢ

[The affix 1] KyáṢ is [optionally 7 introduced after 2] the nominal stem-class beginning with lóhita- `red' and also stems (ending in 1.1.72) [the affix 1] ḌāC (5.4.57) [provided the stems are not followed by the affix 1 Cvi̱ and the derived forms denote becoming 12].

1. á-lohita=ḥ lóhita-ḥ bháv-a-ti = lohita+0̸¹+KyáṢ+ŚaP+ti/te = lohitā-yá-ti/te (7.4.25) `becomes or turns red'.

2. paṭa-paṭat+ḌāC = paṭa-paṭā bhav-a-ti (5.4.57) = paṭapaṭā+KyáṢ+ŚaP+ti/te = paṭapaṭā-yá-ti/te `makes a noise like paṭa-paṭat'.

$3.1.14 kaṣṭā-ya krámaṇe

[The affix 1 KyáṄ 11 is optionally 7 introduced after 2 the nominal stem] kaṣṭá- `wrong, evil' (ending in 1.1.72) the fourth sUP triplet as the indirect object of the verbal stem krám- `strive' (I 502).

kaṣṭā-ya kármaṇ-e krám-a-te = kaṣṭa+KyáṄ+SáP+te = kaṣṭā-yá-te (7.4.25) `is bent upon wrongdoing'.

$3.1.15 kármaṇ-aḥ=¹romantha-²tapó-bhyāṁ ¹vartí-²cár-oḥ

[The affix 1 KyáṄ 11 is optionally 7 introduced after 2 the nominal stems] romantha- `ruminating' and tápas- `austerity' serving respectively (1.3.10) as the objects of the verbal stems vart-í (= vŕt+ṄíC I 795) `execute (repeatedly)' and car- `practice' (I 591).

1. romantha+am vart-áy-a-ti = romantha+0̸¹+KyáṄ+ŚaP+te = romanthā-yá-te `the cow (or bull) is ruminating'.

2. tápas+am = tapas+0̸¹ (7.1.23) cár-a-ti = tapas+KyáṄ+ŚaP+ti = tapas-yá-ti (6.1.97) `practices austerity'.

(Parasmaipada l-substitute by a vārttika, contra 1.3.12.)

$3.1.16 ¹bāṣpá=²ūṣmā-bhyām ud-vámane

[The affix 1 KyáṄ 11 is optionally 7 introduced after 2 the nominal stems] bāṣpá- `vapor' and ūṣman `heat' [serving as objects 15 of the verbal stem] úd-vam- `shed, emit' (I 902).

1. bāṣpá+am úd-vam-a-ti = bāṣpa+0̸¹+KyáṄ+ŚaP+te = bāṣpā-yá-te (6.1.97; 7.4.25) `sheds tears/emits vapor'.

2. ūṣmāṇ+am úd-vam-a-ti = ūṣman+0̸¹+KyáṄ+ŚaP+te = ūṣma0̸+KyáṄ+ŚaP+te (1.4.15; 8.2.7) = ūṣmā-yá-te (7.4.25) `emits steam or heat'.

$3.1.17 ¹śábda-²vairá-³kalahá=⁴abhrá-⁵káṇva-⁶meghé-bhyaḥ káraṇe

[The affix 1 KyáṄ 11 is optionally introduced after 2 the nominal stems] śábda- `sound', vairá- `hostility', kalahá- `quarrel', abhrá- `cloud', káṇva- `evil' and meghá- `cloud' to form derivatives denoting `doing' (káraṇe).

1. śábda+am kar-ó-ti = śabdā-yá-te (6.1.97; 7.4.25) `makes noise'.

2. vairá+am kar-ó-ti = vairā-yá-te `shows hostility towards or against'.

3. kalah-ám kar-ó-ti = kalahā-yá-te `quarrels'.

4. abhŕ-am kar-o-ti = abhrā-yá-te `makes clouds'.

5. káṇv-am kar-o-ti = kaṇvā-yá-te `commits sin'.

6. megh-ám kar-ó-ti = meghā-yá-te `makes a cloud'.

$3.1.18 ¹sukhá=ādibhyaḥ kartr̥-védanāyām

[The affix 1 KyáṄ 11 is optionally 7 introduced after 2 the class of nominal stems] beginning with sukhá- `happiness, pleasure' when the derivative denotes the experience of the agent (kartr̥-vedanāyām).

sukha+KyáṄ+ŚaP+te = sukhā-yá-te (6.1.97; 7.4.25) = sukhám ātmáno ved-áy-a-ti `feels happy', but prasādhaka-ḥ devadattásya sukhám ved-áy-a-ti `the attendant makes known the happiness of Devadattá'.

$3.1.19 ¹námas=²várivas=³citráṄ-aḥ KyáC

[The affix 1] KyáC [is optionally 7 introduced after 2 the nominal stems] námas- `obeisance', várivas- `honor' and citráṄ `wonder' [to form derivatives denoting `doing' 17 (i.e., the nominal stems serve as objects of the verbal stem kr̥- `perform, do')].

1. námas+0̸¹+kar-ó-ti = namas+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP = namas-yá-ti `bows down in obeisance, salutes respectfully'.

2. varivas+0̸¹+kar-ó-ti = varivas+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP = varivas-yá-ti `honors, respects, reveres'.

3. citrá+am kar-o-ti = citra+0̸¹+KyáC+ŚaP+te = citrī-ya-te (6.1.97; 7.4.33) `causes wonder'.

$3.1.20 ¹púccha-²bhāṇḍa-³cīvarāt=ṆiṄ

[The affix 1] ṆíṄ is [optionally 7 introduced after 2 the nominal stems] púccha- `tail', bhāṇḍa- `pot, vessel' and cīvará- `rag' [to form derivatives denoting `doing, performing' 17].

1. púccha+am úd-as-ya-te/páry-as-ya-te = ud/pari+puccha-0̸¹+ṆíṄ+ŚaP+te (1.3.12) = út/pari-pucch0̸+e+a+te = út/pári-pucch-ay-a-te `raises/moves (in circles) the tail'.

2. bhāṇḍa+am sam-ā-ci-no-ti = sam-bhāṇḍ-ay-a-te `collects pots'.

3. cīvará+am arj-áy-a-ti/pári-dadhā-ti = sáṁ-cīvar-ay-a-ti bhikṣú-ḥ `the mendicant collects/wears rags'.

$3.1.21 ¹muṇḍa-²miśrá-³slakṣṇá-⁴lavaṇá-⁵vratá-⁶vástra-⁷hala-⁸kala-⁹kr̥tá-¹⁰tūstebhyaḥ=ṆíC

[The affix 1] ṆíC [is optionally 7 introduced after 2 the nominal stems] muṇḍa- `bald', miśrá- `mixed', ślakṣṇá- `smooth', lavạṇá- `salt', vratá- `vow', vástra- `costume, cloth', hala- `plough', kala- and kr̥ta- `names of dice', and tūsta- `matted hair' [to form derivatives denoting `doing, performing' 17].

1. muṇḍa+am kar-ó-ti = muṇḍa+0̸¹+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP (6.4.48) = muṇḍ-áy-a-ti (7.3.84; 6.1.78) `shaves the head'.

2. miśr-áy-a-ti `mixes'.

3. slakṣṇ-áy-a-ti `smoothens'.

4. lavaṇ-áy-a-ti `adds salt'.

5. vrat-áy-a-ti `observes a vow'.

6. vastr-áy-a-ti `wears a cloth or costume'.

7. hal-áy-a-ti `holds the plough-share'.

8. kal-áy-a-ti `holds the losing die called kali'.

9. kr̥t-áy-a-ti `holds the winning die called kr̥ta'.

10. tūst-ay-a-ti `makes the hair matted'.

$3.1.22 dhātor éka=aCaḥ=há̱L-ādeḥ kriyā-sam-abhi-hāré yáṄ

[The affix 1] yáṄ [is optionally 7 introduced after 2] a monosyllabic (éka=aCa-aḥ) verbal stem (dhātoḥ), beginning with a consonant (há̱L-ādeḥ) when that action is performed repeatedly or intensively (kriyā-sam-abhi-hāré).

púnaḥ punaḥ/bhr̥śáṁ vā pác-a-ti = pac+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = pa0̸-pac+yáṄ+a+te (6.1.9; 7.4.60) = pā-pac-yá-te (7.4.83) `cooks repeatedly or frequently'; similarly bhr̥śám jvál-a-ti = jā-jval-yá- te `burns intensely'.

$3.1.23 nítyaṁ kaúṭilye gátau

[The affix 1 yáṄ 22] is necessarily (nítyam) introduced [after 2 a monosyllabic verbal stem 22] denoting movement (gátau) to signify `crookedness' (kaúṭilye).

kuṭilám krām-a-ti = kram+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = ca-kram+yá+a+te (6.1.9; 7.4.60,62) = ca+nu̱K+kram-ya-a-te (7.4.85) = caṅ-kram-yá-te (6.1.97) `moves crookedly'.

$3.1.24 ¹lupa̱-²sada̱-³cárÁ-⁴jápÁ-⁵jábhA-⁶dahÁ-⁷daśÁ-⁸gr̄-bhyo bhāva-garhāyām

[The affix 1 yáṄ is necessarily 22 introduced after 2 monosyllabic verbal stems 22] lup- `cut' (VI 137), sad- `sit' (I 907), cár- `walk, graze', jáp-(I 424) `mutter', jábh- `yawn' (I 415), dah- `burn' (I 1040), daś- `bite' (I 1038), gr̄- `swallow' (VI 11) to convey censure relative to the action (bhāva-garhāyām).

This is an obligatory formation; for [kriyā-sam-abhi-hārá] this derivative form is not used.

1. lup+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = lo-lup-yá-te (6.1.9,97; 7.4.82) = garhitáṁ lump-á-ti `destroys or cuts uselessly'.

2. sā-sad-yá-te = garhitáṁ sīd-a-ti.

3. cañ-cūr-yá-te (7.4.25, 87-8) = garhitáṁ cár-a-ti.

4. jañ-jap-yá-te (7.4.86) = garhitáṁ jáp-a-ti.

5. jañ-jabh-yáte (7.4.86) = garhitáṁ jábh-a-te.

6. dan-dah-yá-te = garhitáṁ dáh-a-ti.

7. dan-daś-ya-te = garhitáṁ dáś-a-ti.

8. ní-je-gil-ya-te (6.1.9,97; 7.4.62,82; 7.1.100; 8.2.20) = garhitáṁ ní-gil-a-ti.

$3.1.25 ¹satyāpa-²pāśa-³rūpá-⁴vīṇā-⁵tūla-⁶ślóka-⁷sénā-⁸lóman=⁹tváca̱=¹⁰várman=¹¹várṇa-¹²cūrṇa-¹³cur=ādibhyo ṆíC

[The affix 1] ṆíC is introduced [after 2 the nominal stems] satyāpa- `truth', pāśa- `fetter', rūpá- `form', vīṇā `lute', tūla- `cotton', ślóka- `verse', sénā `army', lóman- `hair (on the body)', tváca̱- `skin', várman- `coat of mail', várṇa- `color, dye', cūrṇa- `flour' and the class of verbal stems beginning with cur- `steal' (X 1).

1. satya+āpu̱K+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = satyāp-áy-a-ti (7.3.84; 6.1.78) `speaks truly'.

2. ví-pāś-ay-a-ti `releases from fetters, sets free'.

3. rūp-áy-a-ti `shows the form'.

4. úpa-vīṇ-ay-a-ti `sings to the accompaniment of the lute'.

5. ánu-tūl-ay-a-ti `rubs the cotton lengthwise'.

6. úpa-ślok-ay-a-ti `praises in verse'.

7. abhí-ṣeṇ-ay-a-ti (6.4.64) `assails with an army'.

8. ánu-lom-ay-a-ti `rubs hair in the right direction'.

9. tvac-áy-a-ti `skins'.

10. sáṁ-varm-ay-a-ti `provides with a coat of mail'.

11. varṇ-áy-a-ti `dyes, colors'.

12. áva-cūrṇ-ay-a-ti `sprinkles or covers with flour'.

13. cur+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = cor-áy-a-ti `steals'.

$3.1.26 hetumát-i ca

[The affix 1 ṆíC 25] is also (ca) introduced [after 2 a verbal stem 22] to denote the causal agent (hetumát-i 1.4.55).

káṭam kr̥+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = kār-áy-a-ti (7.2.115; 3.84; 6.1.78) `causes (someone) to make (a mat)'.

$3.1.27 kaṇḍū=ādibhyo yáK

[The affix 1] yáK is introduced [after 2 the class of verbal stems] beginning with kaṇḍū- `itch'.

kandū+yáK+ŚaP+tiP = kandū-yá-ti (6.1.97) `itches'.

$3.1.28 ¹gupŪ̀-²dhūpÁ-³vícchi̱-⁴páṇi̱-⁵páni̱-bhya āyaḥ

[The affix 1] āya is introduced [after 2 the verbal stems] gúp- `protect' (I 422), dhūp- `burn incense or perfume' (I 423), vich- `go' (VI 129), paṇ- and pan- (I 466-7) `praise'.

1. gup+āya+ŚaP+tiP = gop-āya-ti (6.1.97) `protects'.

2. dhūp-āya-ti `fumigates, burns incense'.

3. vicch-āya-ti `goes, moves'.

4. paṇ-āya-ti/pan-āya-ti `praises, lauds'.

$3.1.29 r̥ter īyaṄ

[The affix 1] īyaṄ is introduced [after 2 the verbal stem] r̥t- `abhor'.

r̥t+īyaṄ+ŚaP+te = r̥t-īya-te (6.1.97) `abhors'.

$3.1.30 káme̱r ṆíṄ

[The affix 1] ṆíṄ is introduced [after 2 the verbal stem] kám- `love' (I 470).

kám+ṆíṄ+ŚaP+te = kām-í+a+te (7.2.116)= kām-é+a+te (7.3.84) = kām-áy-a-te `loves'.

$3.1.31 āya=ādayaḥ=ārdhadhātuke vā

[The affixes 1] beginning with āya (28) are optionally (vā) introduced [after respective verbal stems 28-30] before ārdhadhātuka (2.4.35) [affixes 1].

gup+āya+iṬ+tum = góp-āy0̸-i-tum (7.3.86; 6.4.48) = góp-āy-i-tum/góp-tum; árt-i-tum/ŕt-īy-i-tum; kám-i-tum/kām-ay-i-tum.

$3.1.32 sáN=ādi=antāḥ=dhātav-aḥ

[The t.t.] dhātu denotes all items which [end in 1.1.72 the affixes 1] beginning with saN (5-30).

The verbal-stem forming affixes in this group are: saN (5-7), KyáC (8,10,19), kāmyáC (9), KyáṄ (11,12,14-18), KyaṢ (13), NíṄ (20,30), NíC (21,25,26), yáṄ (22-24), yáK (27), āya- (28), īyaṄ (29). By grouping these derivative stems under this t.t. the active marker ŚaP (68 below) is introduced after them before l-substitutes of the Present System (sārvadhātuka).

$3.1.33 ¹syá-²tāsī ¹lR̥-²lÚṬ-oḥ

[The affixes 1] syá and tāsi̱ are respectively (1.3.10) introduced [after 2 a verbal stem] before l-substitutes of lR̥ (= cover term for lR̥Ṭ and lR̥Ṅ, respectively the Sigmatic Future and Conditional Tenses) and of lUṬ (Periphrastic or Non-sigmatic Future Tense).

These affixes are replacements of ŚaP (68 below), and the present rule is a prior exception to that.

1. lR̥Ṭ : kr̥+lR̥Ṭ = kr̥+syá+ti = kar+iṬ+syá+ti (7.2.70) = kar-i-ṣyá-ti `will do'

2. lR̥Ṅ : kr̥+lRṄ = áṬ+kr̥+sya+t (6.4.71) = á-kar-i-ṣya-t `would have done'

3. lUṬ : kr̥+lUṬ = kr̥+tās+miP = kar-tās-mi, kar-tās-vaḥ, kar-tās-maḥ `will do'.

$3.1.34 siP=bahuláṁ lEṬ-i

[The affix 1] siP is introduced variously (bahulám) [after 2 a verbal stem before l-substitutes] of lEṬ (Subjunctive Mood).

This is also a prior exception to 68 below and is a replacement for the general active marker ŚaP. juṣ+lEṬ+tiP = joṣ+iṬ+siP+aṬ+t (7.2.35; 3.84; 3.4.94,97) = jóṣ-i-ṣ-a-t (8.3.59) `may it please'; but siP does not occur in: pat+ŚaP+āṬ+tiP (3.4.94) = pát-ā-ti `may it fall'.

$3.1.35 ¹kās-²pratyayāt=ām=á-mantre lIṬ-i

[The affix 1]°ām is introduced [after 2 the verbal stem] kās- `cough' (I 645) and (derived stems ending in 1.1.72) stem-forming affixes (pratyayāt) before l-substitutes of lIṬ (Perfect) except in the domain of Mántra (section of the Veda).

1. kās+lIṬ = kās+ām+lIṬ = kās+ām+0̸¹+kr̥+lIṬ (2.4.81; 3.1.40) = kās-ām+ca=kr+eŚ/āte/ireC (3.4.81) = kās-āṁ-ca-kré/°ca-kr-āte/°ca-kr-iré `has/have coughed'.

2. lū+yaṄ+lIṬ = lo-lū-yá+lIṬ = lo-lū-ya+ām+kr̥+lIṬ = lo-lūy-āṁ ca-kr-é (6.1.9; 7.4.82) `has frequently cut'.

$3.1.36 iC=ādeś ca gurumátaḥ=án-r̥cch-aḥ

[The affix 1 ām 25] is also introduced [after 2 a verbal stem] whose initial is a vowel phoneme comprised by the siglum iC (= all vowels other than the phoneme class a) with the exception of r̥cch- `go' (VI 15), provided iC is metrically heavy (guru-mát-aḥ) [before lIṬ 35].

1. īh+lIṬ = īh+ām+0̸¹+kr̥+lIṬ = īh-āṁ-ca-kré/ca-kr-āte/ca-kr-iré `has/have exerted'.

2. But: r̥cch+lIṬ = r̥-r̥cch+ṆaL/átus/ús (6.1.8) = a+r̥cch+ṆaL/átus/ús (7.4.66) = ā+r̥cch+ṆaL/átus/ús (7.4.70) = ā+nu̱Ṭ+r̥cch+ṆaL/átus/ús (7.4.71) = ā-n-árcch-a/°átus/°úḥ (7.4.11) `has/have gone'.

$3.1.37 ¹dáyÁ=²áyA=³ās-aś ca

[The affix 1 °ām 35] is also (ca) introduced [after the verbal stems] dáy- `give, donate' (I 510), áy- `go' (I 563) and ās- `sit down' (II 11) [before l-substitutes of lIṬ 35].

1. day+lIṬ = day+ām+0̸¹+kr̥+lIṬ = day-āṁ-ca-kr-é/āte/iré `has/have donated'.

2. parā+ay-āṁ+ca-kr-e/āte/iré = palā+ay-āṁ-ca-kr-é/āte/iré (8.2.19) `has/have run away'.

3. ās-āṁ-ca-kr-é/āte/iré `has/have sat down'.

$3.1.38 ¹úṣÁ-²vídÁ-³jāgr̥-bhyaḥ=anyatarásyām

[The affix 1 °ām 35] is optionally (anyatarásyām) introduced [after 2 the verbal stems] úṣ- `burn' (I 727) víd- `know' (II 55) and jāgr̥- `wake up' (II 63) [before l-substitutes of lIṬ 35].

1. uṣ+lIṬ = uṣ+ām+0̸¹+kr̥+ṆaL = oṣ-āṁ-ca-kār-a/u-uṣ+ṆaL = u-óṣ+a = uv-óṣ-a (6.4.77) `has burnt'.

2. vid-āṁ ca-kār-a/vi-véd-a `has known'.

3. jāgar-āṁ-ca-kār-a/ja-jāgār-a `has woken up'.

$3.1.39 ¹bhī-²hrī-³bhr̥-⁴huv-āṁ Ślu-vát=ca

[The affix 1 °ām 35 is optionally 38 introduced after 2 the verbal stems] bhī- `fear' (III 2), hrī- `feel shame' (III 3). bhr̥- `bear' (III 5) and hu- `offer an oblation' (III 1) [before l-substitutes of lIṬ 35] and it functions like the marker Ślu (6.1.10).

1. bhī+lIṬ = bhī+ām+0̸¹+kr̥+ṆaL = bi-bhī+āṁ ca-kār-a = bi-bhay-āṁ ca-kār-a (7.3.84; 6.1.78)/bi-bhāy-a (7.2.115) `has become afraid'.

2. ji-hr-ay-āṁ ca-kār-a/ji-hrāy-a `has become ashamed'.

3. bi-bhar-āṁ ca-kāra/bi-bhār-a `has borne'.

4. ju-hav-āṁ ca-kār-a/ju-hāv-a `has offered an oblation'.

$3.1.40 kr̥Ñ ca=ánu-pra-yuj-ya-te lIṬ-i

Before l-substitutes of lIṬ the verbal stem kr̥Ñ (VIII 10) is also (ca) introduced as an auxiliary (ánu-pra-yuj-ya-te) [after 2 the affix 1 °ām 35].

By interpretation (vŕtti) the expression [kr̥Ñ] is regarded as a siglum [praty-ā-hār-á] derived with [kr̥-] of 5.4.50 and it-marker Ñ of [kr̥Ñ-aḥ] of 5.4.58 so as to include the other two auxiliary verbal stems [bhū-] and [as-] as well. Thus from the causative stem derived from pac+ṆíC+lIṬ = pāc-i+ām+0̸¹+kr̥/bhū/ as+ṆaL = pāc-ay-āṁ ca-kār-a/ba-bhūv-a/ās-a `caused (someone) to cook'. The verbal stem [as-] is not replaced by [bhū-] as required by 2.4.52 when it serves as an auxiliary before l-substitutes of lIṬ.

$3.1.41 vid-āṁ=kur-v-ántu=iti=anyatarásyām

[The exceptional form] vid-ām=kur-v-ántu optionally (anyatarásyām) occurs (as an irregular construction).

This is the Imperative third person plural of the verbal stem [víd-], with the irregular affix [°-ām 35] introduced after it before l-substitutes of lOṬ, with 0̸¹ replacement of these substitutes, followed by the auxiliary [kr̥Ñ 40] followed by l-substitutes of lOṬ, corresponding to the regular form vid-ántu.

$3.1.42 ¹abhy-ut-sād-ay-ām=²pra-jan-ay-ām-³ci-kay-ām-⁴ram-ay-ām+ákaḥ⁵pāv-ay-āṁ+kri-yāt-⁶vid-ām+akrann iti=chándssi

In the domain of Chándas the following irregular forms occur: (a) abhy-út-sād-ay-ām ákaḥ `has gone'; (b) prá-jan-ay-ām ákaḥ `has borne'; (c) ci-kay-ām ákaḥ `has piled up'; (d) ram-ay-ām+ákaḥ `has sported'; (e) pāv-ay-ām+kri-yāt `may (one) purify' and (f) vid-ām á-kr-an `they have known'.

1. abhi+úd+sad+ṆíC+lUṄ = abhy-út-sād-i+ām+0̸¹ (2.4.81) +kr̥+lUṄ = abhy-ut-sād-ay-ām+a+kar+0̸¹+t (2.4.80) = abhy-ut-sād-ay-ām+a-kar-0̸ (6.1.68) = abhy-út-sād-ay-ām+a-ka-ḥ (8.3.15).

2. prá+jan+ṆíC+lUN = prá-jan-ay-ām+a-ka-ḥ.

3. ci+lUṄ = ci-ki+lUṄ (7.3.58) = ci-ki+ām+0̸¹+kr̥+lUṄ = ci-kay-ām+a-ka-ḥ.

4. ram+ṆíC+lUṄ = ram-ay-ām+kr̥+lUṄ = ram-ay-ām+a-ka-ḥ

5. pū+ṆíC+lIṄ = pāv-ay-ām+0̸¹+kr̥+lIṄ = pāv-ay-āṁ+kri-yāt (7.4.28).

6. vid+lUṄ = vid-ām+0̸¹+kr̥+lUṄ = vid-ām+a-kr-an.

These irregularities may be understood from the regular forms occurring in the current (classical) speech (bhāṣāyām): (a) abhy-ud-á-sīṣad-a-t; (b) prā-jī-jan-a-t; (c) á-cai-ṣ-ī-t; (d) á-rī-ram-a-t; (e) pāv-yāt; (f) á-ved-i-ṣ-uḥ.

$3.1.43 Cli̱ lUṄ-i

[The affix 1] Cli̱ (marker of Aorist) is introduced [after 1 a verbal stem] before the l-substitutes of lUṄ (Aorist).

Cli̱ is the cover term for all markers of the Aorist, as will be seen from the subsequent rules where it is replaced by other substitute markers. This is the most diverse tense in the language: (1) Root Aorist (Cli̱ replaced by 0̸¹ 2.4.77); (2) aṄ Aorist (52 below); (3) Reduplicated or CaṄ Aorist (48 below); (4-7) Sigmatic Aorists: (4) si̱C Aorist (44 below); (5) Ksa Aorist (45 below); (6) iṬ+si̱C Aorist (7.2.35) and (7) s+iṬ+si̱C Aorist (7.2.73).

$3.1.44 Cle̱ḥ si̱C

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1] si̱C replaces Cli̱ [before l-substitutes of lUṄ 43].

kr̥+lUṄ = kr̥+Cli̱+t = áṬ+kr̥+si̱C+t (6.4.71) = á-kār+s+īṬ+t (7.2.1; 3.96) = á-kār-ṣ-ī-t (8.3.59) `has done'.

$3.1.45 śa̱L-aḥ=íK=upadh-āt=án-iṬ-aḥ Ksa-ḥ

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1] Ksa replaces [Cli̱ 44 after 2 a verbal stem ending in 1.1.72] the phonemes comprised by the siglum śa̱L (= sibilants and h) and containing the vowel phonemes denoted by the siglum iK (= i, u, r̥, l̥) as penultimate (íK=upadh-āt), provided the verbal stem does not operate the initial increment i[Ṭ] before the affix marker (án-iṬ-aḥ).

The operation of 7.2.35 affecting ārdhadhātuka affixes beginning with va̱L (= all consonants other than y) is circumscribed by specific rules (7.2.8ff.) and by 7.2.10 where verbal stems which are monosyllabic and have a low pitch (ánudātta) accent block out this increment and are thus defined as án-iṬ stems. spr̥ś+lUṄ = spr̥ś+Cli̱+t = spr̥ś+Ksa+t = áṬ+spr̥ś+Ksa+t = á-spr̥ṣ+sa+t (8.2.36) = á-spr̥k+ṣa-t (8.2.41; 3.59) `has touched'. Similarly: tviṣÁ (I 1050) : á-tvik-ṣa-t `has shone'; lihÁ (II 6) : á-lik-ṣa-t `has licked'; duhÁ : á-dhuk-ṣa-t `has milked' .

$3.1.46 śliṣ-aḥ=ā-líṅgane

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1 Ksa 45 replaces Cli̱ 44 after the verbal stem] śliṣÁ- (IV 77) when it denotes embracing (ā-líṅgane).

ā+śliṣ+lUṄ = ā-śliṣ+Cli̱+t (43) = ā-śliṣ+Ksa+t = ā+áṬ+slik-ṣa-t = ā-slik-ṣa-t kanyām devadattá-ḥ `Devadatta embraced the maiden', but sam-ā-sliṣ-a-t játu kāṣṭhám (55 below) `the lac adhered to the wood'.

$3.1.47 ná dr̥ś-aḥ

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1 Ksa 45] does not (ná) replace [Cli̱ 44 after 2 the verbal stem] dr̥ś(IR I 1037) `see, perceive' [before l- substitutes of lUṄ 43].

dr̥ś+lUṄ = dr̥ś+Cli̱+t (43) = dr̥ś+si̱C+t (44)/dr̥ś+aṄ+t (57) = á-drāk- ṣ-ī-t (6.1.58; 7.2.1; 8.2.41; 3.59)/á-darś-a-t (7.4.16) `has seen or perceived'.

$3.1.48 ¹Ṇí-²śri-³dru-⁴sru-bhyaḥ kartári CaṄ

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1] CaṄ replaces [Cli̱ 44 after 2 verbal stems ending in 1.1.72] Ṇí(C) and the verbal stems śri- `serve, honor' (I 945), dru- `run' (I 992) and sru- `flow' (I 987) [when the l-substitutes of lUṄ 43] denote the agent (kartári).

1. kr̥+ṆíC+lUṄ = kār-i+CaṄ+t = kār-0̸+CaṄ+t (6.4.51) = kar-0̸+CaṄ+t (7.4.1) = kr̥-kar-a-t (6.1.11; 1.1.59) = ka-kar-a-t (7.4.66) = ca-kar-a-t (7.4.62) = cī-kar-a-t (7.4.93,94) = á-cī-kar-a-t (6.4.71) `has made (someone) do, caused to do'.

2. śri+lUN = śri+Cli̱+t = śri+CaṄ+t = áṬ+śi-śri+a+t (6.1.11; 4.71) = á-śi-śriy-a-t (6.4.77) `has served or honored'.

3. dru+lUN = á-du-druv-a-t `has run'.

4. sru+lUN = á-su-sruv-a-t `has streamed or flowed'.

$3.1.49 vibhāṣā ¹dheṬ-²śvy-oḥ

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1 CaṄ 48] optionally (vibhāṣā) replaces [Cli̱ 44 after 2 the verbal stems] dheṬ `drink' (I 951) and śvi- `swell, grow' (I 1059) [before l-substitutes of lUṄ 43 when they denote the agent 48].

1. dheṬ+lUṄ = dhā+Cli̱+t (6.1.45) = dhā+CaṄ/si̱c+t = á-da-dhā-a+t (7.4.59,60) = á-da-dh0̸-a-t (6.4.44) = á-da-dha-t / á-dhā+saK+iṬ+si̱C+īṬ+t (7.2.35,73,96) = á-dhā-s-i+0̸+ī+t (8.2.28) = á-dhā-s-ī-t (6.1.101)/á-dhā+siC→0̸¹+t (2.4.78) = á-dhā-t `has drunk'.

2. śvi+lUṄ = śvi+Cli̱+t = śvi+CaṄ/si̱C (44)+t = á-śi-śvi+a+t = á-śi-śviy-a-t/á-śvi+iṬ+si̱C+īṬ+t = á-śve-i-si̱C-ī+t (7.3.84) = á-svay-i-0̸+ī+t = á-svay-ī-t `has grown or swollen'.

$3.1.50 gúpe̱ś chándasi

In the domain of Chándas [the substitute Aorist marker affix 1 CaṄ 48 optionally 49 replaces Cli̱ 44 after 2 the verbal stem] gúp- `protect' (I 422) [before l-substitutes of lUṄ 43 when they denote the agent 48].

gup+lUṄ = gup+Cli̱+tam = gup+CaṄ/si̱C(44)+tam : (a) á-gup+CaṄ+tam = á-jū-gup-a-tam (6.1.11; 7.4.62,94); (b) gup+si̱C+tam = á-gaup+si̱C+tam (7.2.3) = á-gaup+0̸+tam (8.2.26) = á-gaup-tam; (c) gup+iṬ+si̱C+tam = á-gop-i-ṣ-ṭam(7.2.44; 8.3.59; 4.41); (d) gup+āya+iṬ+si̱C+tam (28) = á-gop-āy0̸-i-s-tam (6.4.148) = á-gop-āy-i-ṣ-ṭam.

$3.1.51 ná=¹ūn-áy-a-ti-²dhvan-áy-a-ti=³el-áy-a-ti=⁴ard-áy-a-ti-bhyaḥ

[In the domain of Chándas 50 the substitute Aorist marker affix 1 CaṄ 48] does not (ná) replace [Cli̱ 44 after 2 the verbal stems] ūn-(+ṆíC) `lessen, diminish' (X 342), dhvan- `sound' (X 343), il- `send' (X 119) and ard- `hurt' (X 285) [before l-substitutes of lUṄ 41 when they denote the agent 48].

The three verbal stems also occur in their primary form as ūn- `lessen' (IV 100), dhvan- `sound' (I 858,881) and ard- `demand' (I 56); here the derived forms with stem-forming affix ṆíC are involved, as exceptions to 48 above.

1. ūn+ṆíC+lUṄ = ūn+í+si̱C+s = āṬ+ūn-e+iṬ+si̱C+īṬ+s (6.4.72) = aún-ay-i-0̸-ī-s = aún-ay-ī-s = aún-ay-ī-ḥ (8.3.15) `has lessened'.

2. dhvan+Ṇí+lUṄ = á-dhvan-ay-ī-t `has sounded', corresponding to the regular form á-di-dhvan-a-t.

3. il+ṆíC+lUṄ = aíl-ay-ī-ḥ for aíli-l-a-ḥ `has deputed'.

4. ard+ṆíC+lUṄ = ārd-ay-ī-t for ārdi-d-a-t `has demanded'.

$3.1.52 ¹ásyati-²vákti-³khyāti-bhyaḥ=aṄ

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1] aṄ [replaces Cli̱ 44 after 2 the verbal stems] as- `throw, fling, toss' (IV 100), vac- `utter, speak' (II 54) and khyā- `proclaim' (II 51) [before l-substitutes of lUṄ 43 when they denote the agent 48].

1. as+lUṄ = as+Cli̱+ta = pári+as+aṄ+ta = pari+āṬ+as+a+ta = pary-ā+as+thu̱K+a+ta (7.4.17) = pary-ās-th-a-ta `has thrown or cast around'. This verbal stem is included in the class of verbal stems headed by puṣ- (55 below) and accordingly has marker aṄ replacing Cli̱; its inclusion here is for the purpose of introducing this substitute before Ātmanepada l-substitutes.

2. vac+lUṄ = áṬ+vac+Cli̱+t = á-va-uM-c+aṄ+t (7.4.20) = á-voc-a-t.

3. ā-khyā+lUṄ = ā+áṬ+khyā+Cli̱+t = ā-khyā+aṄ+t = ā=khy0̸+a+t (6.4.64) = ā-khy-a-t `has proclaimed'.

$3.1.53 ¹lipi̱-²sici̱-³hv-aś ca

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1 aṄ 52 replaces Cli̱ 44 after 2 the verbal stems] lip- `smear, paint' (VI 139), sic- `sprinkle' (VI 140) and hve(Ñ)- `challenge' (I 1057) [before l-substitutes of lUṄ 43 when they denote the agent 48].

1. lip+lUṄ = áṬ+lip+Cli̱+t = á-lip+aṄ+t = á-lip-a-t `has painted, daubed or smeared'.

2. sic+lUṄ = á-sic-a-t `has sprinkled'.

3. ā-hve+lUṄ = ā-hvā+Cli̱+t (6.1.45) = ā+áṬ+hv0̸+a-t (6.4.64) = ā-hv-a-t `has challenged'.

$3.1.54 ātmanepadéṣu=anyatarásyām

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1 aṄ 52] optionally (anyatará- syām) replaces [Cli̱ 44 after 2 the verbal stems lip-, sic and hve- 53] before Ātmanepadá [l-substitutes of lUṄ 43 when they denote the agent 48].

The two verbal stems [lipÀ] and [sicÀ] have svarita markers while [hve-] has Ñ as an IT marker, and by 1.3.72 both sets of Parasmaipadá and Ātmanepadá l-substitutes can be introduced after them. The option here applies only to Atm. l-substitutes:

1. lip+lUṄ = áṬ+lip+Cli̱+ta = á-lip+si̱C/aṄ+ta: (1) á-lip+s+ta = á-lip-0̸+ta (8.2.26) = a-lip-ta/á+lip+aṄ+ta = á-lip-a-ta.

2. sic+lUṄ+ta = á-sik-ta/á-sic-a-ta

3. hve+lUṄ = á-hvā-s-ta/á-hv-a-ta

$3.1.55 ¹puṣ=ādi-²dyut-ādi=³l̥T=IT-aḥ parasmaipadéṣu

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1 aṄ 52 replaces Cli̱ 44 after 2 verbal stems belonging to the classes] beginning with puṣ- (IV 73-137), dyút- (I 777-799) and those with marker L̥ before Parasmaipadá [l-substitutes of lUṄ 43 denoting the agent 48].

1. puṣ+lUṄ+t = á-puṣ+Cli̱+t = á-puṣ+aṄ+t = á-puṣ-a-t `has nourished or fed'.

2. dyút+lUṄ+t = á-dyut-a-t `has shone', but á-dyot-i-ṣ-ṭa.

3. gamL̥+lUN = á+gam+aṄ+t = á-gam-a-t `has gone'. Description

$3.1.56 ¹sár-ti-²śās-ti-³ár-ti-bhyaś ca

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1 aṄ 52 replaces Cli̱ 44] also (ca) [after 2 the verbal stems] sr̥- `flow' (I 982), śās- `rule, order' (II 66) and r̥- `go' (III 16) [before Parasmaipadá 55 l-substitutes of lUṄ 43 denoting the agent 48].

1. sr̥+lUṄ = á-sr̥+Cli̱+t = a-sar-aṄ+t (7.4.16) = á-sar-a-t `has streamed or flowed'.

2. śās+lUṄ = á-śās+aṄ+t = á-śās-a-t `has ruled'.

3. r̥+lUṄ = ā+r+aṄ+t = ā+ar-a-t = ā-r-a-t `has gone'.

By not including these stems in the preceding sūtra, the present rule applies also before Ātmanepadá l-substitutes: sam-ār-aṄ+anta = sam-ār-anta. The word [parasmaipadésu 55] recurs here for the purpose of the following sūtra only.

$3.1.57 IR=IT-o vā

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1 aṄ 52] optionally (vā) [replaces Cli̱ 44 after 2 verbal stems] with marker IR as IT (in the Dhātu-pāṭha or upadeśa) [before Parasmaipadá 55 l-substitutes of lUṄ 43 denoting the agent 48].

bhid-IR+lUṄ = áṬ+bhid+Cli̱+t = á-bhid+si̱C/aṄ+t = (1) á-bhaid+s+īT+t (7.2.3) = á-bhait-s-ī-t (8.4.55); (2) á-bhid+aṄ+t = á-bhid-a-t `has broken', but á-bhid+si̱C+ta = á-bhit-0̸+ta (8.2.26; 4.55) = á-bhit-ta.

$3.1.58 ¹jr̄-²stanbhU-³mrúcÚ-⁴mlúcÚ-⁵grúcÚ-⁶glúcÚ-⁷glúncÚ-⁸śvi-bhyaś ca

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1 aṄ 52 optionally 57 replaces Cli̱ 44 after 2 verbal stems] jr̄- `grow old, age' (I 863, IV 22), stambh- `stop, arrest' (IX 7), mrúc-, mlúc- `go' (I 210-11), grúc-, glúc- `steal' (I 212-13), glúñc- `go' (I 216) and śvi- `swell, increase, grow' (I 1059) [before Parasmaipadá 55 l-substitutes of lUṄ 43 denoting the agent 48].

1. jr̄+lUṄ = áT+jr̄+Cli̱+t = á-jr̄+si̱C/aṄ+t = (1) á-jār-i-ṣ-ī+t = á-jār-i-0̸+ī+t = á-jār-ī-t; (2) á+jr̄+aṄ+t = á-jar-a-t `has aged or grown old'.

2. stambh+lUṄ = á-stambh-ī-t/á-sta0̸bh-a-t (6.4.24) `has stopped or arrested'.

3. mrúc/mlúc+lUṄ = á-mroc-ī-t/á-mloc-ī-t; á-mruc-a-t/á-mluc-a-t

4. grúc/glúc/+lUṄ =á-groc-ī-t/á-gloc-ī-t; á-gruc-a-t/á-gluc-a-t `has stolen'.

5. glúñc+lUṄ = á-gluñc-ī-t/á-gluc-a-t `has gone'.

6. śvi+lUṄ = á-śvay-ī-t/á-śv-a-t `has swollen'.

$3.1.59 ¹kr̥-²mr̥-³dr̥-⁴ruhi̱-bhyaś chándasi

In the domain of Chándas (chándas-i) [the substitute Aorist marker affix 1 aṄ 52 replaces Cli̱ 44 after 2 the verbal stems] kr̥- `do, perform' (VIII 10), mr̥- `die' (VI 110), dr̥- `tear, injure' (V 34) and ruh- `grow, germinate' (I 912) [before l-substitutes of lUṄ 43 denoting the agent 48].

1. kr̥+lUṄ+t = á-kar+aṄ+t (7.4.16) = á-kar-a-t `has done'; the l-substitutes in all these examples are Parasmaipadá (55).

2. mr̥+lUṄ = á-mar-a-t `has died'.

3. dr̥+lUṄ = á-dar-a-t `has hurt'.

4. ruh+lUṄ = á-ruh-a-t `has ascended or mounted'.

The corresponding non-Chandas forms are: á-kār-ṣ-ī-t, á-mr̥-ta á-dār-ī-t, á-ruk-ṣa-t.

$3.1.60 CiṆ té pad-aḥ

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1] CiṆ [replaces Cli̱ 44 after 2 the verbal stem] pad- `go' (IV 60) [before the lUṄ substitute 43] tá.

pad+lUṄ = pad+Cli̱+ta = pad+CiṆ+ta = áṬ+pād+i+ta (7.2.116) = á-pād-i+0̸¹ (6.4.104) = á-pād-i `has gone', ud-á-pād-i `has come up'.

$3.1.61 ¹dīpa̱-²jána̱-³budhA-⁴pūri̱-⁵tāyi̱-⁶pyāyi-bhyaḥ=anyatarásyām

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1 CiṆ 60] optionally (anya- tarásyām) [replaces Cli̱ 44 after 2 the verbal stems] dīp- `shine' (IV 42), ján- `be born' (IV 41), budh- `know' (IV 63), pūr `fill' (IV 43), tāy- `extend' (I 518) and pyāy- `increase, grow' (I 517) [before the lUṄ substitute 43 tá 60].

1. dīpĪ́+lUṄ+ta = dīp+CiṆ+ta = á-dīp+i+0̸¹ = á-dīp-i/á-dīp+iṬ-si̱C+ta = á-dīp-i-ṣ-ṭa (8.3.59; 4.41) `has shone'.

2. á-jan-i/á-jan-i-ṣ-ṭa `was born'.

3. á-bodh-i/á-budh-s+ta = á-budh+0̸+ta (8.2.26) = á-bud-dha (1.2.11; 8.2.37; 4.53) `has known'.

4. á-pūr-i/á-pūr-i-ṣ-ṭa `has filled'.

5. á-tāy-i/á-tāy-i-ṣ-ṭa `has extended'.

6. á-pyāy-i/á-pyāy-i-ṣ-ṭa `has grown'.

$3.1.62 aC-aḥ karma-kartár-i

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1 CiṆ 60 optionally 61 replaces Cli̱ 44 after 2 verbal stems ending in 1.1.72] a vowel phoneme (aC-aḥ) [before the lUṄ substitute 43 tá 60] when the agent is at the same time also the object (karma-kartár-i).

kr̥+lUṄ+ta = á+kr̥+CiṆ/si̱C+ta = (1) á-kār-i / á-kr̥+0̸+ta = á-kr̥-ta káṭaḥ svayám evá `the mat was made by itself (i.e., automatically)', but when the stem ends in a consonant: bhid+lUṄ+ta = á-bhed-i kāṣṭháḥ svayám evá `the piece of wood broke by itself' and á-kār-i káṭaḥ devadatténa `the mat was made by Devadattá'.

$3.1.63 duh-aś ca

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1 CiṆ 60 optionally 61 replaces Cli̱ 44 after 2 the verbal stem] duh- `milk' (II 4) also (ca) [before the lUṄ substitute 43 ta 60 when the agent is at the same time also the object 62].

duh+Cli̱+ta = duh+CiṆ/si̱C+ta = á-doh-i/á-duh+si̱C+ta = á-dugh+0̸+ta (8.2.26,32) = á-dug-dha (8.2.40; 4.53) gaúḥ svayám evá but á-doh-i gaúḥ devadatténa `the cow yielded milk' / `the cow was milked by Devadattá'.

$3.1.64 ná rudh-aḥ

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1 CiṆ 60] does not (ná) [replace Cli̱ 44 after 2 the verbal stem] rudh-ÌR `obstruct, hinder' (VII 1) [before the lUṄ substitute 43 tá 60 when the agent is at the same time also the object 62].

anu+avá+rudh+Cli̱+ta = anv-ava-rudh+si̱C+ta = anv-ava+áṬ+rudh+0̸+ta (8.2.26) = anv-avā+rudh+dha (8.2.40) = anv-avā-rud-dha (8.4.53) gaúḥ svayám evá `the cow halted by herself' but anv-avā-rudh-CiṆ+ta = anv-avā-rodh-i-0̸ gaúr gopālakena (66) `the cow was tied up by the cowherd'.

$3.1.65 tapaḥ=anutāpé ca

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1 CiṆ 60 does not 64 replace Cli̱ 44 after 2 the verbal stem] tap- `mortify, suffer' (I 1034) [before lUṄ substitute 43 tá 60 when the agent is at the same time also the object 62] and (ca) denotes regret or repentance (anu-tāpé).

tap+lUṄ = tap+Cli̱+ta = tap+si̱C+ta = á-tap-s-ta = á-tap-0̸-ta (8.2.26) á-tap-ta tápas tāpasáḥ `the ascetic mortified himself' and anv-avā-tap-ta pāpéna kármaṇā `repented his evil actions'.

$3.1.66 CiṆ ¹bhāva-²karmáṇ-oḥ

[The substitute Aorist marker affix 1] CiṆ [replaces Cli̱ 44 after 2 a verbal stem before lUṄ substitute 43 tá 60] when denoting the action itself (bhāvá-) or the object (kárman-).

1. bhāvé: śīṄ+CiṆ+ta = á-sai+CiṆ+0̸ (7.2.115) = á-śāy-i bhávat-ā `sleeping was done by you (= you laid yourself down to sleep)'.

2. kármaṇ-i: kr̥+ciṆ+ta = á-kār-i káṭaḥ devadatténa `the mat was made by Devadattá'.

$3.1.67 sārvadhātuke yák

[The affix 1] yáK is introduced [after 2 a verbal stem] before sārvadhātuka (3.4.113) [l-substitutes when denoting bhāvá (the action itself) or kárman (the object) 66].

1. bhāvé: ās+yáK+te = ās-yá-te bhávat-ā `sitting is done by you', a reflexive or impersonal construction applicable to intransitive verbal stems.

2. kármaṇ-i: kr̥+yáK+te = kri-yá-te (7.4.28) káṭa-ḥ `a mat is being made'. This construction also applies when the agent is at the same time also the object (karma-kartár-i): pac-yá-te odaná-ḥ `rice is being cooked', but also pac-yá-te odaná-ḥ svayám evá `rice is cooking by itself'.

$3.1.68 kartár-i ŚaP

[The affix 1] ŚaP is introduced [after 2 a verbal stem before sārvadhātuka l-substitutes 67] to denote the agent (kartár-i).

pác+tiP = pác+ŚaP+tiP = pác-a-ti `(one) cooks, is cooking'.

$3.1.69 dív-ādibhyaḥ ŚyaN

[The affix 1] ŚyaN is introduced [after 2 the class of verbal stems] beginning with dív- `sport, gamble' (IV 1-137) [before sārva-dhātuka l-substitutes 67 to denote the agent 68]

Exception to 68 above. dív+tiP = dív+ŚyaN+tiP = dív+ya+ti = dīv-ya-ti (8.2.76).

$3.1.70 vā ¹bhrāśa̱-²bhlāśa̱-³bhrámÚ-⁴krámÚ-⁵klámÚ-⁶trási̱-⁷trúṭi̱-⁸láṣ-aḥ

[The affix 1 ŚyaN 69] is introduced optionally (vā) [after 2 the verbal stems] bhrāś-, bhlāś- (I 876-7) `shine', bhrám- `be confused, wander' (I 903, IV 96), krám- `tread' (I 502), klám- `become tired or weary' (IV 98), trás- `tremble' (IV 10), trúṭ- `break' (VI 82) and láṣ- `shine' (I 937) [before sārvadhatuka l-substitutes 67 to denote the agent 68].

The two verbal stems klám- and trás- occur only as members of the div-class in the Dhp. besides generating derived stems in the cur-class, while trúṭ- occurs only in the tud- and cur- classes.

1. bhrāś+ŚyaN/ŚaP+te = bhrāś-ya-te/bhrāś-a-te `shines'.

2. bhlāś-ya-te/bhlāś-a-te `shines'.

3. bhrām-ya-ti (7.3.74) / bhrám-a-ti `wanders, is confused'.

4. krām-ya-ti / krām-a-ti (7.3.74,76) `treads'.

5. klām-ya-ti / klām-a-ti (7.3.74,75) `becomes tired'.

6. trás-ya-ti / tras-á-ti `breaks'.

7. láṣ-ya-ti / láṣ-a-ti `shines'.

$3.1.71 yás-aḥ=án-upasargāt

[The affix 1 ŚyaN 69 is optionally 70 introduced after 2 the verbal stem] yás- `exert' (IV 101) [before sārvadhatuka l-substitutes 67 to denote the agent 68] when not co-occurring after a preverb (án-upa- sargāt).

Since this verbal stem already belongs to the dív-class and affix ŚyaN is necessarily introduced after it, the present option operates only when it is not co-occurring with a preverb: yás-ya-ti/yás-a-ti `exerts', but prá-yas-ya-ti.

$3.1.72 sáṁ-yas-aś ca

[The affix 1 ŚyaN 69] is also (ca) [optionally 70 introduced after 1 the verbal stem] sáṁ+yas- `exert well' [before sārvadhātuka l-substitutes 67 to denote the agent 68].

Exception to 71 above: sám-yas-ya-ti /°-yas-a-ti.

$3.1.73 su=ādibhyah Śnúḥ

[The affix 1] Śnú is introduced [after 2 the class of verbal stems] beginning with su- `press, express, extract' (V 1-34) [before sārvadhātuka l-substitutes 67 to denote the agent 68].

su+tiP = su+Śnú+tiP = su-nó-ti (1.2.4; 7.3.84) `extracts, distils'.

$3.1.74 śruv-aḥ śr̥ ca

[The affix 1 Śnú 73 is introduced after 2 the verbal stem] śru- `listen to, hear' (I 989) and the substitute morpheme śr̥- replaces the (whole 1.1.55) of the verbal stem [before sārvadhātuka l-substitutes 67 to denote the agent 68].

śru+tiP = śr̥+Śnú+tiP = śr̥-ṇó-ti (7.3.84; 8.4.2) `listens'.

$3.1.75 ákṣ-aḥ=anyatarásyām

[The affix 1 Śnú 73] is optionally (anyatarásyām) introduced [after 2 the verbal stem] ákṣ- `pervade' (I 684) [before sārvadhātuka l-substitutes 67 to denote the agent 68].

akṣ+tiP = akṣ+Śnú/ŚaP+tiP = akṣ-ṇó-ti/ákṣ-a-ti `pervades'.

$3.1.76 tanū-karaṇé tákṣ-aḥ

[The affix 1 Śnú 73 is optionally 75 introduced after 2 the verbal stem] tákṣ- `pare' (I 684) [before sārvadhātuka l-substitutes 67 to denote the agent 68] when signifying paring (tanū-karaṇé).

takṣ+tiP = takṣ+Śnú/ŚaP+tiP = takṣ-ṇó-ti/tákṣ-a-ti kāṣṭhám `pares wood', but sám-takṣ-a-ti vāg-bhiḥ `criticizes harshly'.

$3.1.77 tud-ādibhyaḥ Śá-ḥ

[The affix 1] Śá is introduced [after 2 the class of verbal stems] beginning with tud- `torment' (VI 1-143) [before sārvadhātuka l-substitutes 67 to denote the agent 68].

tud+tiP = tud+Śá+tiP = tud-á-ti `torments'. Guṇa replacement of the light penultimate vowel of the verbal stem is blocked by 1.1.5 since the class-marker Śá is regarded as or acts like a Ṅ-IT by 1.2.4.

$3.1.78 rudh-ādibhyaḥ ŚnáM

[The affix 1] SnáM is introduced [after 2 the class of verbal stems] beginning with rudh- `obstruct, hinder' (VII 1-25) [before sārva-dhātuka l-substitutes 67 to denote the agent 68].

rudh+tiP = rudh+ŚnáM+tiP = ru-ná-dh+tiP (1.1.47) = ru-ṇá-dh+dhi (8.2.37; 4.2) = ru-ṇá-d+dhi (8.4.53) `obstructs'. Description

$3.1.79 ¹tán-ādi-²kr̥Ñ-bhyaḥ=ú-ḥ

[The affix 1] ú is introduced [after 2 the class of verbal stems] beginning with tán- `extend' (VIII 1-9) and kr̥Ñ- `do, perform' (VIII 10) [before sārvadhātuka l-substitutes 67 to denote the agent 68].

tán+tip = tan+ú+tiP = tan-ó-ti, tan-u-táḥ, tan-v-ánti; kr̥+tiP = kr̥+ú+tiP = kar-ó-ti, kur-u-táḥ (6.4.110).

$3.1.80 ¹dhinvi̱=²kr̥ṇvy-or a ca

[The affix 1 ú 79] is also (ca) introduced [after 2 the verbal stems] dhínv- (I 624 dhívÍ) `please' and kŕṇv- (I 629 kŕvÍ) `injure, hurt' [before sārvadhātuka l-substitutes 67 to denote the agent 68] and the substitute phoneme /a/ replaces [the final phoneme 1.1.52] of the verbal stems.

1. dhinv+tiP = dhina+ú+tiP = dhin0̸+ú+tiP (6.4.148) = dhin-ó-ti `pleases'; guṇa replacement of penultimate light vowel of pre-affixal stem is blocked by 0̸ replacement of the substitute vowel before marker u (1.1.56).

2. kr̥ṇ-ó-ti. Description

$3.1.81 krī-ādibhyaḥ Śnā

[The affix 1] Snā is introduced [after 2 the class of verbal stems] beginning with krī- `buy, purchase' (IX 1-61) [before sārvadhātuka l-substitutes 67 to denote the agent 68].

krī+tiP = krī+Śnā+tiP = krī-ṇā-ti (8.4.2), krī-ṇī-táḥ (6.4.113), krī-ṇ0̸+ánti (6.4.112). Description

$3.1.82 ¹stanbhÙ-²stunbhÙ-³skanbhÙ-⁴skunbhÙ-⁵skuÑ-bhyaḥ Śnúś ca

[The affix 1 Śnā 81] as well as (ca) Śnú are introduced [after 2 the verbal stems] stanbh-, stunbh- (IX 7) and skanbh-, skunbh- (IX 8) `stop, hinder' and skuÑ (IX 6) `cover, conceal' [before sārvadhātuka l-substitutes 67 to denote the agent 68].

stanbh+tiP = sta0̸bh-nā-ti/stabh-nó-ti (6.4.24); stubh-nā/nó-ti; skabh-nā/nó-ti, skubh-nā-ti/skubh-nó-ti; sku-nā/nó-ti `covers, conceals'; guna replacement of stem-final vowel is blocked by 1.1.5 and 2.4.

$3.1.83 ha̱L-aḥ Śn-áḥ ŚānáC=haú

(The substitute element) ŚānáC replaces (the marker affix 1) Śnā (Śn-aḥ) introduced [after 2 a verbal stem (ending in 1.1.72)] a consonant (ha̱L-aḥ) before (the substitute affix 1) hí (= replacement of siP of lOṬ 3.4.87).

muṣ+lOṬ = muṣ+Śnā+hí = muṣ+ŚānáC+hí = muṣ-āṇá+0̸ (6.4.105; 8.4.2) `steal'.

$3.1.84 chándas-i ŚāyáC=ápi

In the domain of Chándas (the substitute element) ŚāyáC also (ápi) [replaces (the whole of 1.1.55) the marker affix Śnā 83 introduced after 2 a verbal stem ending in 1.1.72 a consonant 83 before the substitute affix hí 83].

grah+Śnā+hí = gr̥bh+ŚāyáC+hi (6.1.16) = gr̥bh-āyá+0̸¹ `catch'; alternately badh+Śnā+hí = badh+ŚānáC+hí = badh-āná+0̸¹. Description

$3.1.85 vyatyayó bahulám

[In the domain of Chándas 84] interchange (vyatyayáḥ) [of affixes 1] occurs variously (bahulám).

bhid+ŚaP+tiP = bhéd-a-ti `breaks' for bhi-na-d+ti = bhinát-ti (8.4.55). mr̥+ŚaP+tiP = már-a-ti `dies':mr̥+Sá+te = mri+á+te (7.4.28) = mriy-á-te (6.4.77). Two marker-affixes: nī+si̱P+ŚaP+tu = né-ṣ-a-tu `may he lead'. Three marker-affixes: tr̄+ú+si̱P+ŚaP+lIṄ+ma = tar-u-ṣ-a+yās+ma(3.4.103) = tar-u-ṣ-a+iy0̸-ma (7.2.79,80) =tar-u-ṣ-é-ma `may we cross'.

$3.1.86 lIṄ-i=āśíṣ-i=aṄ

[In the domain of Chándas 84 the marker affix 1] aṄ is introduced [after 2 a verbal stem before the l-substitutes of] Precative (=Benedictive: liṄ-i āśíṣ-i).

Although the Precative l-substitutes are defined as ārdha-dhātuka (3.4.116) they can also be sārvadhātuka in the domain of Chándas (3.4.117); consequently this is an exception to ŚaP (68 above) and is valid for the following verbal stems: sthā- `stand, remain', gā (= gai-) `sing', gam- `go', vac- `speak', vid- `know', śak- `be able', ruh- `shoot up, germinate, climb up, ascend': úpa+sthā+aṄ+yās+am = úpa-sth0̸+aṄ+yā0̸+am (6.4.64; 7.2.79) = úpa=sth-a-iy+am (7.2.80) = úpa-sth-ey-am `may I conciliate'; úpa+gā+aṄ+yās+am = upa-g-éy-am `may I sing the praise'; gam-é-ma `may we go'; vac+aṄ+yās+ma = va-uM-c+a+íy+ma (7.4.20) = voc-é-ma `may we speak'; vid-éy-am `may I know'; śak-éy-am `may I be able'; ā-ruh-ey-am `may I ascend'; dr̥ś-éy-am `may I see'. Description

$3.1.87 karmavát kármaṇ-ā túlya-kriyaḥ

[The agent 68] who behaves with respect to the action in the same way as an object (kármaṇ-ā túlya-kriya-ḥ) functions as though it were an object (karma-vát).

bhid-yá-te kāṣṭh-ám svayám evá `the wood splits of itself'; á-bhed-i kāṣṭh-ám svayám evá `the wood has split of itself'; bhid-yá-te kusūl-ena `splitting is taking place by the granary'. For deriving all these sentences the words function as the agent of splitting while normally they are objects of the act of splitting.

$3.1.88 táp-as tápaḥ-karmakasya=evá

[The Agent 68 of the verbal stem] tap- `mortify, do penance' (I 1034) [functions like an object 87] only (evá) when it has the word tápas- `austerity, mortification, penance' as its object (tápaḥ-karmakasya).

tap-yá-te tápas tāpasá-ḥ `the ascetic mortifies himself' á-tap-ta tápas tāpasá-ḥ `the ascetic mortified himself' but út-tap-a-ti suvárṇam suvarṇa-kāráḥ `the goldsmith heats up the gold'.

$3.1.89 ná ¹duhÀ-²snú-³námām ¹yaK-²CiṆ-au

[The affixes 1] yáK and CiṆ are not (ná) [introduced after 2 the verbal stems] duh- `milk' (II 4), snú- `drip, trickle' (II 29) and nám- `bow, bend down' (I 867) [when the agent of these stems behaves in the same way as an object 87].

1. dug-dhé gaúḥ svayám evá `the cow yields milk by itself' and á-dug-dha gaúḥ svayám evá `the cow yielded milk by itself', the cow being the real object of milking but serving as the agent of the verb.

2. prá-snu-te gaúḥ svayám evá/prā-sno-ṣ-ṭa gaúḥ svayām evá `the cow yields/has yielded milk by itself'.

3. nám-a-te daṇḍáḥ svayám evá/a-naṁ-s-ta daṇḍáḥ svayám evá `the staff bends/has bent by itself'.

$3.1.90 ¹kuṣi-²raj-oḥ prācām ŚyaN parasmaipadáṁ ca

[The affix 1] ŚyaN is introduced [after 2 the verbal stems] kuṣ- `pull, extract' (IX 46) and ranj- `color, dye' (I 1048, IV 58) according to Eastern Grammarians (prācām) and co-occurring with Parasmaipadá l-substitutes [when the agent functions in the same way as the object of the verbal stems 87].

1. kúṣ-ya-ti pādáḥ svayám evá `the foot draws up by itself'. The reference to Eastern Grammarians is for indicating that this is an optional rule: kúṣ-ya-te.

2. ráj-ya-ti vástram svayám evá `the cloth dyes by itself' and alternately raj-yá-te. This is what is known as a vyavasthita-vibhāṣā (an ordered option) whereby this option does not function with reference to lIT (Perfect) and lIN (Optative) and before affixes containing s (si̱C, tāsi̱ā etc.): cu-kuṣ-é/koṣ-i-ṣī-ṣṭa/koṣ-i-ṣyá-te/á-koṣ-i pādá-ḥ svayám evá; ra-rañj-e/ra ṅk-ṣī-ṣ-ṭa/raṅk-ṣyá-te/á-rañj-i vástram svayám evá. Description

$3.1.91 dhāto-ḥ

[After 2] a verbal stem.

This is a governing rule heading the section beginning here and extending up to the end of the third chapter; the word [dhātu- `verbal stem'] will recur in each of the subsequent statements in this chapter.

$3.1.92 tá-tra=upapadám saptamī-sthám

There (= in this section: tátra, headed by the governing rule 91) the t.t. upapadá denotes a form ending in (1.1.72) the seventh sUP triplet (saptamī-sthám).

1. as a t.t. occurs in: 1.3.16,71,77; 4.105,106; 2.2.19; 3.14; 5.3.57; 6.2.139.

2. as a non-technical term it denotes `a complementary form subjoined', cf. 1.4.106.

$3.1.93 kŕt=á-tiṄ

(The t.t.) kŕt denotes (affixes 1 introduced after 2 a verbal stem 91) other than l-substitutes defined by the siglum tiṄ (3.4.78).

This rule also governs the present section and all affixes introduced other than tiṄ will bear the t.t. kŕt. These are primary nominal affixes for deriving nominal stems from verbal stems. As a t.t. occurs in: 1.1.39; 2.46; 2.1.32; 2.7; 3.65; 3.4.67; 6.1.71,182; 2.50,133; 3.14,72; 7.2.8; 3.33; 8.4.29.

$3.1.94 vā=á-sarūpa-ḥ=á-striyām

[In this section headed by the governing rule 91 above] an exception (apavādá) optionally (vā) blocks [a general rule (utsargá) regarding two affixes 1] if they are not identical in shape (á-sarūpa-ḥ) except in the case of [affixes 1] introduced to form feminine agent nouns (3.3.94ff.).

133 below introduces affixes ṆvuL and tŕC after all verbal stems while 135 introduces affix Ká after verbal stems containing iK (= i, u, r̥, l̥) as penultimate; since the two sets are not identical in shape, a verbal stem such as kṣip- `cast, throw' (IV 14, VI 5) has both of them introduced after it: vi+kṣip+ṆvuL/tŕC/Ká = vi-kṣép-aka-/vi-kṣep-tŕ-/vi-kṣip-á- since 135 does not block the operation of 133. On the other hand 3.2.1 introduces affix áṆ after a verbal stem co-occurring with a nominal stem ending in the second sUP triplet, while 3.2.2 introduces affix Ká if the verbal stem ends in the vowel phoneme °-ā and is not preceded by a preverb; since áṆ and Ká are identical in shape (= á) the latter (apavāda) blocks the preceding (utsargá).

With reference to feminine affixes 3.3.94 introduces KtiN to form feminine action nouns: kr̥+KtiN = kŕ-ti- `action', while 3.3.102 introduces affix [á] after derivative verbal stems: kr̥+saN+á = ci-kīr-ṣa+á = ci-kīr-ṣā *ci-kīr-ṣa+á+ṬāP (3.3.102; 6.1.97; 4.1.4) and though both affixes are not identical in shape 102 blocks the operation of 94. If this rule had not been introduced [KtiN] would have been introduced after derived verbal stems.

$3.1.95 kŕtyāḥ prāṅ ṆvuL-aḥ

(The t.t.) kŕtya denotes [all affixes 1 introduced hereafter up to but excluding 133 below, after 2 a verbal stem 91].

This is a sub-class of kŕt (93) affixes and the word [kŕtya] will recur in the subsequent rules prior to 133 below.

$3.1.96 ¹tavyàT-²távya=³anīyaR-aḥ

[The kŕtya 95 affixes 1] tavyàT, távya and anīyaR are introduced [after 2 a verbal stem 91].

1. tavyàT: gam+tavyàT = gan-tavyà- (8.4.58) `to be gone' (accent by 6.1.185).

2. távya: gam+távya- = gan-távya- `to be gone'.

3. anīyaR: gam+anīyaR = gam-anīya- `to be gone' (accent by 6.1.217).

$3.1.97 aC-aḥ=yàT

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1] yàT is introduced [after 2 a verbal stem 91 ending in 1.1.72] a vowel phoneme (aC-aḥ).

gai+yàT = gā+yàT (6.1.45) = gā+īT+yàT (6.4.65) = géy-am sāma `a sāman to be sung' (accent according to 6.1.213). pā+yàT = pé-ya- `to be drunk'; ji+yàT = jé-ya- `to be won'; lū+yàT = lo-yàT (7.3.84) = láv-ya- (6.1.79) `to be cut or reaped'.

$3.1.98 pOr aT=upadhāt

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1 yàT 97 is introduced after 2 a verbal stem 91 ending in 1.1.72] a labial stop phoneme (pU) and containing short [a] as penultimate.

This is a prior exception to 124 below which introduces affix ṆyàT. jap+yàT = jáp-ya- `to be muttered'; kab+yàT = káb-ya- `to be dyed'; labh+yàT = lábh-ya- `to be gained'; dram+yàT = drám-ya- `to be moved'. Description

$3.1.99 ¹śaki-²śah-oś ca

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1 yàT 97] is also (ca) introduced [after 2 the verbal stems 91] śak- `be able' (V 15) and sáh- `endure, bear' (I 905).

Exception to ṆyàT (124 below).

1. śak+yàT = śák-ya- `possible'.

2. sáh+yàT = sáh-ya- `to be endured or borne; bearable'.

$3.1.100 ¹gádA-²máda̱³-cárÁ-⁴yamaś ca=án-upa-sarge

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1 yàT 97] is also introduced [after 2 the verbal stems 91] gád- `speak' (I 53), mád- `rejoice' (IV 99), cár- `move; graze' (I 591) and yam- `restrain' (I 1033) when not co-occurring with preverbs (án-upa-sarge).

Exception to (124 below).

1. gad+yàT = gád-ya-; prá-gad+ṆyàT (124) = pra-gād-yà `to be spoken or uttered'.

2. mád-ya-/pra-mād-yà- `to be rejoiced/perplexed'.

3. cár-ya-/ā-cār-yà- `to be visited'.

4. yám-ya- 98/pra-yām-yà- `to be restrained'.

$3.1.101 ¹avadyá-²páṇya-³varyāḥ ¹garhya-²paṇitavya=³a-nirodheṣu

[The irregular forms with kŕtya 95 affix 1 yàT 97] a-vad-yá-, páṇ-ya- and varyā are introduced to denote respectively (1.3.10) `contemptible' (garhyà), `vendible' (paṇitávya) and `unrestricted' (á-ni- rodha).

1. náÑ+vad+yàT = a-vad-yá- [accent by 6.2.160] corresponding to the regular form a+vad+KyaP = a+ud+KyaP (6.1.15) = an-úd-ya- (6.3.74) `not to be uttered, unutterable'.

2. paṇ+yàT = páṇ-ya-, but regularly paṇ+ṆyàT = pāṇ-yà- `praiseworthy, excellent'.

3. vara+yàT = var0̸+yàT (6.4.48) = var-ya+ṬāP (4.1.4) = vár-yā `a girl who is free to choose her own husband', or alternately: vr̥+yaT+ṬāP = vár-yā against the regular form: vr̥+KyaP (109)+ṬāP = vr̥+tu̱K+yā (6.1.71) = vŕt-yā.

$3.1.102 váhyam káraṇam

[The irregular form with kŕtya 95 affix 1 yàT 97] váh-ya- is introduced to denote an instrument (káraṇa) (of transportation).

váh-a-ti an-éna = vah+yàT = váh-ya- `a carriage', contra the regular form vah+ṆyàT (124) = vāh-yà- `to be borne'.

$3.1.103 árya-ḥ ¹svāmin=²vaiśyayoḥ

r̥+yàT = ár-ya-; regular: r̥+ṆyàT = ār-yà- `noble'.

$3.1.104 upa-sáryā kālyā pra-jané

[The irregular form with kŕtya 95 affix 1 yàT 97] upa-sáryā is introduced to denote the female (of any species) who has matured (kālyā) or is ripe for her first impregnation (pra-jané).

upa=sr̥+yaT+ṬāP = upa-sár-yā gaúḥ `a cow, ready for her first impregnation'; in other meanings the regular form is: upa+sr̥+ṆyaT+ṬāP = upa-sār-yā śarád-i madhurā `fennel is to be sought in autumn'.

$3.1.105 a-jar-yám sáṁ-gatam

(The irregular form) a-jar-yá- is introduced [with kŕtya 95 affix 1 yàT 97] [introduced after 2 the verbal stem 91 jr̄- co-occurring with the privative particle náÑ] to denote `permanent accord (sáṁgatam).

náÑ+jr̄+yàT = a-jár-ya- (6.2.160); in other senses: a-jr̄+iṬ+tr̥C = á-jar-i-tr̥- `not aging' (133).

$3.1.106 vad-aḥ sUP-i KyaP ca

[The kŕtya 95 affix] KyaP as well as (ca) [yàT 97 is introduced after 2 the verbal stem 91] vad- `speak' (I 1058) [not co-occurring with a preverb 100] but co-occurring with a nominal stem (ending in 1.1.72) a sUP triplet.

bráhmaṇ-aḥ=vádanam = brahma0̸+0̸¹+vad+KyaP/yàT = brahma+úd-ya- (6.1.15)/brahma-vád-ya- `theological discussion'. When preceded by preverbs: pra+vad+ṆyàT = pra-vād-yà-, and when not co-occurring with a nominal stem ending in a sUP triplet: vad+ṆyaT = vād-yà-. Description

$3.1.107 bhuv-ó bhāvé

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1 KyaP 106 is introduced after 2 the verbal stem 91] bhū- `become' (I 1) [co-occurring with a nominal stem (ending in 1.1.72) a sUP triplet 106 and not preceded by a preverb 100] to express a state or condition (bhāvé).

bráhmaṇ-aḥ=bhāv-áṁ gatá-ḥ = brhma0̸+0̸¹+bhū+KyaP (2.4.71; 8.2.7) = brahma-bhū-yaṁ gatá-ḥ `attained the state of being brahman'. But elsewhere: pra+bhū+yàT (97) = pra--bháv-ya- (6.1.79). Description

$3.1.108 han-as ta̱ ca

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1 KyaP 106 is introduced after 2 the verbal stem 91] han- `kill, strike' (II 2) [co-occurring with a nominal stem (ending in 1.1.72) a sUP triplet 106 and not preceded by a preverb 100, to express a state or condition 107] and (ca) phoneme [t] replaces (the stem-final 1.1.52 phoneme).

bráhmaṇ-aḥ=hán-anam = brahma0̸+0̸¹+han+KyaP+ṬāP (4.1.4) = brahma-hát-yā `slaying of a brahmin'; similarly bhrūṇa-hát-yā `destroying an embryo'.

$3.1.109 ¹éti-²stu-³sās=⁴vr̥-⁵dr̥-⁶juṣ-aḥ KyaP

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1] KyaP is introduced [after 2 the verbal stems 91] iṆ `go' (II 36), stu- `praise' (II 34), śās- `rule' (II 66), vr̥Ñ `choose' (V 8), dr̥Ṅ `honor' (VI 118) and juṣ- `is pleased' (VI 8).

1. i+KyaP = i+tu̱K+KyaP (6.1.71) = í-t-ya- `fit to go'.

2. stu+KyaP = stú-t-ya- `praiseworthy'.

3. śās+KyaP = śíṣ-ya- (6.4.34) `to be ruled, ordered or taught'.

4. vr̥+KyaP = vŕ-t-ya- `to be chosen'.

5. dr̥+KyaP = dŕ-t-ya- `to be honored'.

6. juṣ+KyaP = júṣ-ya- `to be pleased'.

The repetition of the expression [KyaP] here when it was already recurring from 106 above is for the purpose of blocking out the operation of 125 below; this is a prior exception to that rule: avaśya0̸¹+stu+KyaP = avaśya-stú-t-ya- `necessarily to be praised'.

$3.1.110 ŕT=upadh-āt=ca=a-¹kĺpi-²cr̥te-ḥ

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1 KyaP 106 is introduced after 2 verbal stems 91] containing short [r̥] as penultimate, except kĺp (kŕp- I 799) `be able' and cr̥t- `injure (VI 35).

vr̥t+KyaP = vŕt-ya- `to be abided or stayed', but kl̥p+ṆyàT = kalp-yà- (124) `to be formed', cr̥t+ṆyàT = cart-yà- `to be harmed or injured'.

$3.1.111 ī ca khan-aḥ

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1 KyaP 106 is introduced after 2 the verbal stem 91] khan- `dig, excavate' (I 927), and phoneme long [ī] replaces the stem-final (1.1.52) phoneme.

khan+KyaP = kha-ī+KyaP = khé-ya- `to be excavated or dug'. The [ī]-replacement of stem-final phoneme is a prior exception to 6.4.43 and blocks out the optional [ā]-replacement indicated there.

$3.1.112 bhr̥Ñ-aḥ=á-saṁjñāyām

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1 KyaP 106 is introduced after 2 the verbal stem 91] bhr̥- `bear, nourish' (III 5) when not denoting a name (á-saṁjñāyām).

bhr̥+KyaP = bhr̥-tu̱K+KyaP = bhŕ-t-ya- `bearer, servant', but bhr̥+Ṇyàt = bhār-yà- `n.pr. of a kṣatriya or warrior'.

$3.1.113 mr̥je̱-r vibhāṣā

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1 KyaP 106] is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 2 the verbal stem 91] mr̥j-`polish, rub' (II 57).

°mr̥j+KyaP/ṆyàT = pari-mŕj-ya/-mārj-yà- `to be polished'.

$3.1.114 ¹rājasūya-²sūrya-³mr̥ṣódya-⁴rúcya-⁵kúpya-⁶kr̥ṣṭapácya=⁷avyathyāḥ

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1 KyaP 106 is introduced to generate the irregular nominal stems] rājasūya- `name of the coronation sacrifice', sūrya- `sun', mr̥ṣódya- `false speech', rúcya- `pleasant', kúpya- `base metal'. kr̥ṣṭa-pácya- `ripening in cultivated ground' and a-vyathya- `unshakable'.

1. rājñ-ā so-távya-ḥ = rāja0̸+0̸¹+su+KyaP = rāja-sū-ya-ḥ the irregularity being absence of final increment tu̱K before KyaP or replacement of stem-final by the long vowel.

2. sr̥+KyaP = sur-ya- = sūr-ya-/su+KyaP = su+ru̱Ṭ+KyaP = súr-ya = sūr-ya-.

3. mr̥ṣā vadati = mr̥ṣā+vad+KyaP = mr̥ṣā-úd-ya- (6.1.115) = mr̥ṣódya- (irregularity lies in affix KyaP for yàT 106).

4. róc-a-te asaú = ruc+KyaP = rúc-ya-; KyaP for tŕC.

5. gup+KyaP = kúp-ya- (name; saṁjñā); elsewhere ṆyàT(124).

6. kr̥ṣṭe pac-yá-nte = kr̥ṣṭa+0̸¹+pac+KyaP = kr̥ṣṭa-pác-ya-

7. ná vyáth-a-te = a-vyath+KyaP = a-vyath-yá (6.3.73).

The irregularity in (4-7) lies in KyaP replacing the normally expected ṆyàT(124).

$3.1.115 ¹bhíd-ya=²úddh-yau nadé

[The irregular nominal stems derived with kŕtya 95 affix 1 KyaP 106] bhíd-ya- and úddh-ya- are introduced to denote a `river' (nadé).

1. bhi-nát-ti kūlam = bhíd+KyaP = bhid-ya- (literally `breaks the bank'). Exception to ṆyàT (124) or tŕC 133.

2. ujjh-á-ti=udakám = udjh+KyaP = úddh-ya- (literally `releases water'). Exception to tŕC etc. 133.

$3.1.116 ¹púṣ-ya-²sídh-yau nákṣatre

[The irregular nominal stems derived with kŕtya 95 affix 1 KyaP 106] púṣ-ya- and sídh-ya- are introduced to denote asterisms (nákṣatre).

puṣ-yánti asmín árthāḥ = puṣ+KyaP = púṣ-ya- (lit. `increases wealth'); but in other meanings puṣ+LyuṬ = póṣ-aṇa-. sidh-yánti asmín = sidh+KyaP = sídh-ya- (lit. `achieves success in this'), in other senses sidh+LyuṬ = sédh-ana-. Description

$3.1.117 ¹vipūya-²vinīya-³jítyāḥ ¹múñja-²kalká-³háliṣu

[The irregular nominal stems derived with kŕtya 95 affix KyaP 106] vipū-ya-, vi-nī-ya- and jít-ya- are introduced to denote respectively (1.3.10) the múñja grass, sediment (kalká) and plough (háli-).

1. vi-pū+KyaP = vi-pū-ya- = ví-pū-ya-te, but in other senses vi-pū+yàT = vi-po-ya- = vipáv-ya.

2. vi-nī+KyaP = vi-nī-ya- contra vi-nī+yàT = vi-né-ya- in other meanings.

3. ji+KyaP = ji+tu̱K+ya- = jí-t-ya- but in other meanings ji+yat- = jé-ya-. Description

$3.1.118 ¹práti=²ápi-bhyām grahe̱ś chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the kŕtya 95 affix 1 KyaP 106 is introduced after 2 the verbal stem 91] gráh- `seize' (IX 61) co-occurring with preverbs práti-° and ápi-°.

The original sūtra does not contain the word [chándas-i]; it is an emendation proposed by a vārttika and is incorporated as part of the sūtra from Kāśikā onwards.

práti+grah+KyaP = prati-gŕh-ya- (6.1.16) `to be accepted' but in current speech prati+grah+ṆyàT = prati-grāh-yà-. ápi+grah+KyaP = api-gŕh-ya- `to be closed', but elsewhere api-grāh-yà .

$3.1.119 ¹padá=²ásvairin-³bāhyā-⁴paksyèṣu ca

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1 KyaP 106 is introduced after 2 the verbal stem 91 grah- 118] to denote (1) a finished word (padá), (2) a dependent (á-svairin-), (3) `external' (bāhyā) and (4) a partisan (paksyà).

1. padá: pra+grah+KyaP = pra-gŕh-ya- defined by 1.1.11 as a nominal or verbal pada ending in °-ī, °-ū or °-e and dual in number. ava-gŕh-yam padám `a pada separated in a compound, etc.'

2. ásvarin: gŕhya-kāḥ ime `these are domesticated'.

3. bāhyā: grāma-gŕh-yā sénā `an army quartered outside the village'.

4. pakṣyà: vāsudeva-gŕhya- `belonging to the party of V.'

$3.1.120 vibhāṣā ¹kr̥-²vŕṣoḥ

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1 KyaP 106] is optionally (vibhāṣā) [introduced after 2 the verbal stems 91] kr̥- `do' (VIII 10) and vŕṣ- `rain' (I 738).

1. kr̥+KyaP/ṆyàT (124) = kŕ+tu̱K+ya- = kŕ-t-ya- / kār-yà- `to be done or accomplished'.

2. vr̥ṣ+KyaP/ṆyàT = vŕṣ-ya-/varṣ-yà- `to be rained upon'.

$3.1.121 yúg-yam ca páttre

[The irregular form] yúg-ya- [derived with kŕtya 95 affix 1 KyaP] is also (ca) introduced to denote a vehicle or a draught animal (páttre).

yuj+KyaP = yúg-ya- (with irregular velar replacement of palatal [j]) but in other meanings: yuj+ṆyàT = yog-yà-. Description

$3.1.122 amāvasyàT=anyatarásyām

[The irregular form] amāvasyàT [derived with kŕtya 95 affix 1 ṆyàT 124, without accompanying vr̥ddhi replacement (7.2.116)] is introduced optionally (anyatarásyam).

amā = sahá vás-a-taḥ a-smín kālé sūryā-candramás-au = amā+vas+ṆyàT = amā-vas-yà+ṬāP = amāvas-yā `new-moon day' contra regular amā-vās-yā (124).

$3.1.123 chándas-i ¹niṣṭarkyà-²devahūya-³praṇīya=⁴unnīya=⁵ucchíṣya-⁶márya-⁷stáryā-⁸dhvárya-⁹khányà-¹⁰khānyà-¹¹devayájyā-¹²āpŕcchya-¹³pratiṣīvya-¹⁴brahmavādyà-¹⁵bhāvyà-¹⁶stāvyà=¹⁷upacāyya-pr̥ḍāni

In the domain of Chándas [the irregular forms derived with kŕtya 95 affixes 1 yàT 97, KyaP 106 and ṆyàT 124 variously] are introduced:

1. nis+kr̥t+ṆyàT = niṣ-ṭark-yà `to be unscrewed', with irregular metathesis of the verbal stem and retroflexion of the sibilant of [nís-°].

2. devāḥ hū-yánte asmín = deva0̸ ¹+hvé+KyaP = deva+hū+KyaP (6.1.15; 4.2) = deva-hū-ya-h `invocation of the deities'. Alternately deva+hu+KyaP with irregular absence of tu̱K increment and replacement of the short by the long vowel.

3. pra+nī+KyaP = pra-ṇī-ya- `to be led on'.

4. ud+nī+KyaP = un-nī-ya- `to be led upwards'.

5. ud+śiṣ+KyaP = uc-chís-ya (8.4.40,63) `to be left'.

6. mr̥+yàT = már-ya- `mortal'.

7. str̥+yàT+ṬāP = stár-yā `laying low'. dhvr̥+yàT = dhvár-ya-.

8. khan+yàT/Ṇyàt = khán-ya-/khān-yà- `to be excavated'.

9. deva+yaj+yàT+ṬāP = deva-yáj-yā `worship of deities'.

10. āṄ+prach+KyaP = ā-pŕcch-ya- (6.1.16) `to be questioned'.

11. práti+siv+KyaP = prat-ṣīvya- (8.2.77) `to be sewed on'.

12. brahman+vad+ṆyàT = brahma0̸+vād-yà- `theological controversy'.

13. bhū+ṆyàT = bhāv-yà- `to be effected'.

14. stu+ṆyàT = stāv-yà- `to be praised'. upa+ci+ṆyàT = upa-cāy+ṆyàT = upacāy-ya-pr̥ḍá- `gold'. Description

$3.1.124 ¹r̥-²ha̱L-or ṆyàT

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1] ṆyàT is introduced [after 2 a verbal stem 91 (ending in 1.1.72)] the phoneme [r̥] or a consonant (ha̱L).

1. kr̥+ṆyàT = kār-yà- (7.2.115) `to be done'.

2. pac+ṆyaT = pāk-yà- (7.3.52) `to be cooked'.

$3.1.125 o-r āvaśyake

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1 ṆyàT 124 is introduced after 2 a verbal stem 91 (ending in 1.1.72)] the phoneme-class [u] to denote necessity (āvaśyake).

Exception to yàT 97. lū+ṆyàT = lāv-yà- `necessarily to be cut or reaped', but lū+yàT = láv-ya- `to be cut'.

$3.1.126 ¹ā-su-²yu-³vapi̱-⁴rápi̱-⁵lápi̱-⁶trápi̱-⁷cámaś ca

[The kŕtya 95 affix 1 ṆyàT 124] is also introduced [after 2 the verbal stems 91] ā+su- `distil' (V 1), yu- `mix' (II 23), vap- `sow' (I 1052), rap-, lap- `speak' (I 428-9), trap- `feel shy, be ashamed' (I 399) and cam- `eat or drink' (I 497).

Exception to yàT 97. āṄ+su+ṆyàT = ā-sāv-yà- `to be distilled'; similarly: yāv-yà-, vāp-yà-, rāp-yà-, lāp-yà-, trāp-yà-, ā-cām-yà-. Description

$3.1.127 ānāyyàḥ=á-nitye

(The irregular form) ānāyyà- [derived with kŕtya 95 affix 1 ṆyàT 124] is introduced to denote `impermanent' (á-nitye).

Exception to yàT 97. āṄ+nī+ṆyaT = ā-nāy-yà- (7.2.116) = Dakṣiṇāgni `(southern fire) which is not permanent'; the regular form is with (yàT): ā-né-ya- `to be brought'. Description

$3.1.128 praṇāyyàḥ=á-saṁ-matau

(The irregular form) pra-ṇāy-yà- [derived with kŕtya 95 affix 1 ṆyàT 124] is introduced to denote `disapproval (á-sam-matau).

Exception to [yàT] 97. pra+nī+ṆyaT = pra-ṇāy-yà-ḥ caurá-ḥ `the thief is to be disapproved/disliked'. The regular form is pra+nī+yàT = pra-ṇé-ya- `to be led'.

$3.1.129 ¹pāyyà-²sāṁ-nāyyà-³ni-kāyyà-⁴dhāyyāḥ ¹māna-²hávis=³nivāsá-⁴sāmidhenī-ṣu

(The irregular forms) pāy-yà-, sāṁ-nāy-yà-, ni-kāy-yà- and dhāy-yā- [derived with kŕtya 95 affix 1 ṆyàT l24] are introduced to denote respectively (1.3.10) a measure (māna), a particular oblation of Agnihotra (hávis), a habitation (nivāsá) and a verse recited when the sacrificial fire is kindled (sāmidhenīsu).

1. mā+ṆyàT = pā+ṆyàT = pā+yu̱K+ya- = pā-y-yà-; the regular form is: mā+yàT = mī+yàT (6.4.65) = mé-ya- `to be measured'.

2. sam+nī+ṆyàT = sāṁ-nāy+ṆyàT = sāṁ-nāy-yà-; in other senses sam+nī+yàT = saṁ-né-ya- `to be led away'.

3. ni+ci+ṆyàT = ni-cāy+ṆyàT = ni-kāy-yà-; in other senses ni-cé-ya- `to be heaped or piled'.

4. dhā+ṆyàT = dhā+yu̱k+yà+ṬāP = dhā-y-yā (7.3.33); in other senses dhā+yàT = dhī+yaT (6.4.65) = dhé-ya- `to be held or sustained'.

$3.1.130 krátau ¹kuṇḍa-pāy-ya-²saṁ-cāyyaù

(The irregular forms) kuṇḍa-pāy-ya- and saṁ-cāy-yà- [derived with kŕtya 95 affixes yàT 97 and ṆyàT 124] do denote names of particular sacrifices (krátau).

1. kuṇḍ-ena pī-yá-te asmín = kuṇḍa-0̸¹+pā+yàT = kuṇḍa-pā-yu̱K+ya- = kuṇḍa-pā-y-ya-; but in other meanings kuṇḍa-pā+LyuṬ = kuṇḍa-pāna- `drinking from a pot'.

2. sam+ci+ṆyàT = sam-cay+ṆyàT = saṁ-cāy-yà- in other meanings sam+ci+yàT = saṁ-cé-ya- `to be heaped or piled'.

$3.1.131 agnaú ¹pari-cāy-yà=²upa-cāy-yà-³samūhyāḥ

(The irregular forms) pari-cāy-yà, upa-cā-y-yà- and sam-ūh-yà- [derived with kŕtya 95 affix 1 ṆyàT l24] are introduced to denote names of certain ritual fires (agnaú).

1. pari/upa+ci+ṆyàT = pari/upa-cay+ṆyàT = pari-/upa-cāy-yà-; in other meanings pari-cé-ya-/upa-cé-ya `to be heaped all around/near'.

2. sam+vah+ṆyàT = sam+uh+ṆyàT (irregular vocalization) = sam-ūh-yà- (irregular replacement of short by long vowel); in other meanings: saṁ-vāh-yà- `to be carried well'.

$3.1.132 ¹cit-yá=²agni-cit-yé ca

(The irregular forms) cit-yá- and agni-cit-yā- [derived with kŕtya 95 affix 1] yá are introduced [to denote the names of certain ritual fires 131].

1. cī-yá-te asaú = ci+tu̱K+yá- = ci-t-yá-; in other meanings ci+yàT = cé-ya- `to be heaped or piled'.

2. agní-ḥ cī-yá-te asyām = agni+0̸¹+ci+tu̱K+yá+ṬāP = agni-ci-t-yā.

The affix [yá] indicated here is not among primary affixes listed in Aṣṭ. but mentioned in the vŕtti to explain the irregularity in accent.

$3.1.133 ¹ṆvuL-²tŕC-au

[The kŕt 93 affixes 1] ṆvuL and tŕC are introduced [after 2 all verbal stems 91].

1. kr̥+ṆvuL = kār-aka- (7.1.1; 2.115) `doer, performer'.

2. kr̥+tr̥C = kar-tŕ- `agent, doer'.

With this section only kr̥t affixes are introduced denoting the agent (3.4.67).

$3.1.134 ¹nándi̱-²gráhi̱-³pacá=ādibhyaḥ ¹Lyu-²Ṇíni̱-³áC-aḥ

[The kŕt 93 affixes l] Lyu, Ṇíni̱ and áC are respectively (1.3.10) introduced [after 2 the classes of verbal stems 91] beginning with nand+ṆíC, gráh- and pac- [to denote the agent (3.4.47)].

Actually in the Gaṇapāṭha it is not the verbal stems that are included in these classes but their derived forms.

1. nánd+ṆíC+Lyu = nánd-0̸+ana- (6.1.193; 4.51; 7.1.1) `one who delights'.

2. gráh+Ṇíni̱ = grāh-ín- `who seizes or holds'.

3. pac+áC = pac-á- `who cooks'.

$3.1.135 ¹iK=upadha=²jñā-³prī-⁴kir-aḥ Ká-ḥ

[The kŕt 93 affix l] Ká is introduced [after 2 stems 91] containing iK (= i, u, r̥, l̥) as penultimate, and jñā- `know' (IX 36), prī- `please, love' (IX 2) and kr̄- `scatter' (VI 116) [to denote the agent (3.4.67)].

1. vi-kṣip+Ká- = vi-kṣip-á- `scatterer'. Similarly budh+Ká- = budh-á- `knower'; kr̥ś-á- `lean'.

2. jā-nā-ti = jñā+Ká = jñ0̸+á (6.4.64) = jñ-á- `knower'.

3. prī+Ká- = priy-á (6.4.77) `dear'.

4. kr̄+Ká- = kir-á- (7.1.100) `scatterer, strewer'.

$3.1.136 āT-aś ca=upasarge

[The kŕt 93 affix 1 Ká 135] is also (ca) introduced [after 2 a verbal stem 91 ending in (1.1.72)] the phoneme long [°-ā], co-occurring with preverbs (upasargé).

Prior exception to Ṇa (141) below. pra+sthā+Ká- = pra-sth0̸+á- = pra-sth-á- `who abides in'; su+glai+Ká = su-glā+Ká- = su-gl0̸+á- = su-gl-á- `very tired or weary'.

$3.1.137 ¹pā-²ghrā-³dhmā-⁴dheṬ-⁵dr̥ś-aḥ Śáḥ

[The kŕt 93 affix 1] Śa is introduced [after 2 the verbal stems 91] pā- `drink' (I 972), ghrā- `smell' (I 973), dhmā- `blow, inflate' (I 974), dheṬ- `drink' (I 951) and dr̥ś- 'see, perceive' (I 1037) [to denote the agent 3.4.67, when co-occurring with preverbs 136].

1. ud+pā+Śá- = ut-pib-á (7.3.78) `drinking out'.

2. ud+ghrā+Śá- = uj=jighr-á- (7.3.78; 6.4.40) `smelling out'.

3. ud+dhmā+Śá- = ud-dham-á- (7.3.78) `blowing out'.

4. ud+dheṬ+Śá- = ud-dhay-á- (6.1.78) `drinking out'.

5. ud+dr̥ś+Śá- = ut=paśy-á- `seeing out'.

The marker Ś of the affix indicates that it is sārvadhātuka (3.4.113), bringing into operation 7.3.37, replacing the verbal stems by their substitutes introduced therein.

$3.1.138 án-upasargāt=¹limpA-²vinda̱-³dhār-í-⁴pār-í-⁵vedí-⁶ud-ej-í-⁷cet-í-⁸sāt-í-⁹sāh-í-bhyaś ca

[The kŕt 93 affix Śa 137] is also (ca) introduced [after 2 the verbal stems 91] limp- `smear' (VI 139), vind- `gain' (VI 138), dhār-í (= dhr̥+ṆíC VI 119) `carry', pār-í `cross over' (X 363), ved-í- `proclaim, (X 168), ud-ej-í- (= ej+ṆíC I 253) `shake', cet-í- `perceive, (X 135), sāt-í- `give pleasure, please' and sāh-í- `support' (X 267), when not co-occurring with preverbs (án-upasargāt) [to denote the agent 3.4.67].

1. limp-a-ti = lip+Śá- = li-nu̱M-p+á- (7.1.59) `plasterer', but pra+lip+Ká = pra-lip-á-.

2. vid+Śá- = vi-n-d-á- `gainer', but ko-vid-á- `learned'.

3. dhār-ay-a-ti = dhār-i+Śá- = dhāri+ŚaP+á- = dhār-ay-á- carrying, bearing'.

4. pār-ay-á- `carrying across'.

5. ved-ay-á- `proclaimer'.

6. ud-ej-ay-á- `agitator, shaker'.

7. cet-ay-á- `giver of pleasure'.

8. sāt-ay-á- `aide, supporter, helper, assistant'.

9. sāh-ay-á- `supporting, causing to bear'.

$3.1.139 ¹dá-dā-ti=²dá-dhā-ty-or vibhāṣā

[The kŕt 93 affix 1 Śa 137] is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 2 the verbal stems 91] dā- `give' (III 9) and dhā- `bear, nourish' (III 10) [when not co-occurring with preverbs 138 to denote the agent 3.4.67].

1. dá-dā-ti = dā+Śá = dā+Ślu+á = da-dā+á- = da-d0̸-á- (2.4.75; 3.1.68; 6.1.10; 4.111; 7.4.59) = da-d-á-/dā+Ṇa- (141) = dā+yu̱K+a (7.3.33) = dā-y-á- `donor, supporter'; but pra+dā+Ka- 136 = pra-d0̸+á = pra-dá-.

2. dá-dhā-ti = dhā+Śá- = da-dh-á-/dhā+Ṇá- = dhā-y-á- `bearer, supporter; nourisher'. But pra+dhā+Ká = pra-dh-á-.

$3.1.140 jvál-iti=kás-antebhyaḥ=Ṇáḥ

[The kŕt 93 affix 1] Ṇá is [optionally 139 introduced after 2 the class of verbal stems] beginning with jvál- `shine, burn' (I 884) and ending with kás- `go, move' (I 913) [to denote the agent 3.4.67 when not co-occurring with preverbs 138].

This is an exception to áC (134 above). jval+Ṇá/áC = jvāl-á-/jval-á- `burning, shining', but pra+jvaL+áC = pra-jval-á- `flaring up, shining brightly'.

$3.1.141 ¹śyā-²āT=³vyadhÁ=⁴ā-sru-⁵sáṁ-sru-⁶áti-iṆ=⁷áva-sā=⁸áva-hr̥-⁹lihÀ-¹⁰śliṣÁ-¹¹śvas-aś ca

[The kŕt 93 affix 1 Ṇá 140] is also (ca) introduced [after 2 the verbal stems 91] syā- (= śyaiṄ I 1012) `go move', stems (ending in 1.1.72) the phoneme long [ā] and vyadh- `pierce' (IV 79), ā+sru- and sáṁ+sru- `flow' (I 987), áti+iṆ- `go beyond, transgress' (II 36), áva+sā- (= so- IV 39) `terminate, end', áva+hr̥- `take down' (I 947), lih- `lick' (II 6), śliṣ- `embrace, clasp' (IV 77), śvas- `breathe' (II 60) [to denote the agent 3.4.67].

1. śyai+Ṇá = śyā+Ṇa (6.1.45) = śyā+yu̱K+a- = °-śyā-y-á-, prati-śyā-y-á- `frost'.

2. stems ending in [°-ā]: dā-y-á-, dhā-y-á- (139). The verbal stem [śyā-] comes under this category, but is separately mentioned in order to block out the prior exception 136 above so that this affix is introduced after this stem even when it co-occurs with preverbs.

3. Similarly: vyādh-á- `hunter', āsrāv-á- `discharge', saṁ-srāv-á- `conflux', aty-āy-á- `transgression', ava-sāy-á- `termination, end', ava-hār-á- `taking down', leh-á- `licker', śleṣ-á- `clasper, embracer', śvās-á- breath'.

$3.1.142 ¹du-²ny-or án-upasarge

[The kŕt 93 affix Ṇá 140 is introduced after 2 the verbal stems 91] du- `burn' (V 10) and nī- `lead' (I 950) when not co-occurring after preverbs (án-upasarge).

du-nó-ti iti = du+Ṇá- = dāv-á- (7.2.115) `forest fire', but

pra+du+áC (134) = pra-dav-á-; nay-a-ti iti = nī+Ṇá- = nāy-á- `leader', but pra+nī+aC- = pra-ṇay-á- love, lover'.

$3.1.143 vibhāṣā gráhe̱ḥ

[The kŕt 93 affix 1 Ṇa 140] is optionally (vbhāṣā) introduced [after 2 the verbal stem 91] gráh- `seize, grasp, take hold of' (IX 61).

Exception to áC (134). gráh+Ṇá/áC = grāh-á-/grah-á-. This is an ordered or regulated option (vyavasthta-vbhāṣā) whereby grāh-á- is used to denote a marine animal like a shark or killer whale, while grah-á- denotes a planet.

$3.1.144 gehé Káḥ

[The kŕt 93 affix l] Ká is introduced [after 2 the verbal stem 91 gráh- 143] to denote a house (gehé).

gráh+ká = gr̥h-á- (6.1.16) `house'.

$3.1.145 śilpín-i ṢvuN

[The kr̥t 93 affix 1] ṢvuN is introduced [after a verbal stem 91] to denote an artisan (śilpín-)

By virtue of a vārttika this rule is restricted to the verbal stems nŕt- `dance' (IV 9), khán- `dig, excavate' (I 927) and ránj- `dye, color' (I 865); the marker [Ṣ] of the affix denotes that the feminine affix [ṄīṢ] is introduced to generate a feminine stem: nŕt+ṢvuN = nárt-aka- `dancer'; +ṄīṢ = nart-ak0̸-ī = nart-ak-ī `female dancer'. Similarly khán-aka- m./khan-ak-ī `excavator, digger'; raj-aka-/raj-ak-ī `washerman/laundress'.

$3.1.146 gas thakaN

[The kŕt 93 affix l] thakaN is introduced [after 2 the verbal stem 91] gā (= gai- I 965) `sing' [to denote an artisan 145].

gāy-a-ti iti gai+thakaN = gā-thaka-/gāthi-k-ā f. `singer'.

$3.1.147 ṆyuṬ ca

[The kŕt 93 affix l] ṆyuṬ is also (ca) [introduced after 2 the verbal stem 91 gā- 146 to denote an artisan 145].

gai+ṆyuṬ = gā+yu̱k+ána- (7.3.33) = gāy-ána- m. +Ṅīp (4.1.15) = gāy-an0̸+ī (6.4.148) = gāy-án-ī f. `singer'.

$3.1.148 haś ca ¹vrīhí-²kāláyoḥ

[The kŕt 93 affix 1 ṆyuṬ 147] is also (ca) introduced [after 2 the verbal stem 91] hā (= O-hā-K tyāge, O-hā-Ṅ gatau III 8,7) to denote (respectively 1.3.10) rice (vrīhí-) and time or season ( °-kāláyoḥ).

1. ja-hā-ti udakám = hā+ṆyuṬ = hā+yu̱k+ána (7.3.33) = hā-y-ána- `a variety of rice'.

2. ji-hī-té bhāvān = = hā+ṆyuṬ = hāy-ána- `year (because it passes through all seasonal states)'.

$3.1.149 ¹pru-²sr̥-³lv-aḥ sam-abhi-hāré vuN

[The kŕt 93 affix 1] vuN is introduced [after 2 the verbal stems 91] pru- `go' (I 1008), sr̥- `flow' (I 982, III 17) and lū- `cut, reap' (IX 13) to denote excellence (sam-abhi-hāré).

1. pru+vuN = pró+aka- (8.3.84) = práv-aka- (7.1.78) `one who proceeds well'.

2. sr̥+vuN = sár-aka- `who moves or flows well'.

3. lū+vuN = láv-aka- `an excellent reaper''.

$3.1.150 āśíṣ-i ca

[The kŕt 93 affix 1 vuN 149] is also (ca) introduced [after 2 a verbal stem 91] to express benediction (āśíṣ-i).

jīv-a-tāt `may (one) live' = jīv+vuN = jīv-aka-.

$3.2.1 kármaṇ-i=áṆ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring wth a nominal padá functioning as the direct object (kármaṇ-i).

kumbh-áṁ kar-o-ti = kumbha-0̸¹+kr̥+áṆ = kumbha-kār-á- (7.2.115) `a potter'; kāṇḍ-aṁ lu-nā-ti = kāṇḍa-lāv-á- `a branch cutter'; véd-am adhī-te = veda+adhi+āy-á- = vedādhyāy-á- `a student of Veda'.

$3.2.2 ¹hvā-²vā-³amaś ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 áṆ 1] is also (ca) introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] hvā- (= hveÑ I 1057) `challenge', vā- (= veÑ I 1055)/ `weave' and mā(Ṅ) `measure' (IV 34) [co-occurring wth a nominal padá serving as (its) direct object l].

This is a prior exception to 3 below, blocking out affix Ká.

1. svarg-áṁ hváy-a-ti = svarga+0̸¹+vhe+áṆ = svarga+hvā+yu̱k+á- = svarga-hvā-y-á- (6.1.45; 7.3.33) `invoker of heaven'.

2. tántu+am+ve+ŚaP+tiP = tantu+0̸¹+vā-y-á- `weaver'.

3. dhānyà+am mā+ŚyaN+te = dhānya-0̸¹+mā+áṆ =dhānya-mā-y-á `corn-measurer'.

$3.2.3 āTaḥ=án-upa-sarge Káḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Ká is introduced [after 1.2. a verbal stem 1.2 (ending in 1.1.72)] the phoneme long [ °-ā] when not co-occurring after a preverb (án-upa-sarge), [but with a nominal pada functioning as (its) direct object 1].

Exception to áṆ (1 above). gó+am dā+Ślu+tiP = go+0̸¹+dā+Ká- = go-d0̸+á = go-dá- `donor of a cow'; similarly kambala-dá- `donor of a blanket', aṅgúli+am trai+Śap+te = aṅguli-tr-á- `thimble', but gó+Śas sam+dā+Ślu+tiP = go-0̸¹+sam=dā+aṆ = go-saṁ-dā-y-á- `ceremonious donor of kine'.

$3.2.4 sUP-i sthaḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ká 3] is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] sthā- `stand, remain' (I 975), co-occurring after a nominal padá (ending in 1.1.72) a sUP triplet.

This sūtra is divided into two parts by a process called yoga-vibhāgá `splitting of a rule into parts' : [sUPi], which yields the following rendering: "The kŕt affix Ká is introduced after verbal stems ending in [ °-ā] when co-occurring with nominal stems ending in a sUP triplet": dvā-bhyām píb-a-ti = dví+bhyām pā+Śap+tiP = dvi+0̸¹+pā+Ká = div-p0̸-a- = dvi-p-á- `elephant' and similarly pāda-p-á- `a tree'. The second half [sthaḥ] is then construed as above; this provides for the operation of this affix in generating both agent and action nouns: (a) agent noun: sam-é tíṣṭh-a-ti = sama-0̸¹+sthā+Ká = sama-sth-á- `remaining at the same level, even'; (b) action noun (bhāvé): ākhū-nām utthānam = ākhu+0̸¹+ut-sthā+Ká = ākhū-tth-á- `swarming of rats or moles'. The second sUP triplet occurs with the nominal padá in the case of transitive verbal stems while the remaining sUP triplets occur in the case of intransitive verbal stems.

$3.2.5 ¹tundá-²śokáy-oḥ ¹pári-mr̥ja̱=²ápa-nud-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ká 3 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] pári+mr̥j- `cleanse, wipe off' (II 57) and ápa-nud- `drive away' (VI 2) co-occurring respectively (1.3.10) with the nominal padás tundá- `navel' and śoká- `grief' [functioning as (their) direct objects 1].

1. tundá+am pári=mr̥+0̸¹+tiP (2.4.72) = tunda+0̸¹+pari-mr̥j+Ká = tunda-pari-mr̥j-á- `a sluggish person (lit. one who cleanses or rubs the navel)'; in other meanings: tunda-pari-mārj-á (1) by a vārttika.

2. śoka+am ápa-nud+Śa+ti = śoka+0̸¹+apa-nud+Ká = śokāpa-nud-á- `harbinger' of joy', but in other senses: śokāpa-nod-á- remover of grief'.

$3.2.6 pré ¹dā-²jñ-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ká is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] dā- `give' (III 9) and jñā- `know' (IX 36) co-occurring after the preverb prá-° (pré) [and a nominal padá functioning as (their) direct object 1].

Exception to áṆ. 1.

1. sárva+am prá+dā+Ślu+tiP = sarva-0̸¹-pra-dā+Ká = sarva-pra-d-á- `giving everything or all', but go-saṁ-dā-y-á- (3 above).

2. páthin+am prá+jñā+Snā+tip = pathin-0̸¹+pra-jñā+Ká- = pathi0̸-pra-jñ0̸-á- (6.4.64; 8.2.7) = pathi-pra-jñ-á- `who knows the road well'.

$3.2.7 sám-i khyaḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ká 3 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] khyā- `proclaim, speak' (II 7) co-occurring after the preverb sám-° [and a nominal padá functioning as its object 1].

Exception to áṆ 1. gó+am sáṁ-khyā+0̸¹+te = go-0̸¹+saṁ-khyā+Ká = go-saṁ-khy-á- `cowherd'.

There are two verbal stems [khyā] `proclaim' (II 51) and `speak' (II 7) which is a substitute morpheme (dhatv-ādeśa) for [cakṣ-] (II 7). The vr̥tti indicates that [khyā] in this rule refers to the latter; however both could yield the same meaning.

$3.2.8 ¹gā²poḥ=ṬáK

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] ṬáK s introduced [after 1.2. the verbal stems 1.91] gā- (=gai- I 965) `sing' and pā- `drink' (I 972) [not co-occurring after a preverb 3, but with a nominal padá functioning as its object 1].

Exception to Ká (3 above).

1. sāman+am gai+ŚaP+tiP = sāman+0̸¹+gā+Ṭák = sāma0̸+g0̸+á- = sāma-gá- `singer of sāman' m., and with [ṄīP 4.1.15] sāma-g0̸-ī f.

2. súrā+am pā+ŚaP+tiP = surā+0̸¹ p0̸+á- = surā-p-á- m./°p-ī f. `wine-bibber, drunkard'.

$3.2.9 hár-a-ter án-ud-yamane=áC

[The kŕt 1.93 affix l.l] áC is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] hr̥- `remove, take away' (I 947) [co-occurring after a nominal padá functioning as its object 1] to denote a meaning other than `raising' (án-ud-yamane).

Exception to áṆ (1). áṁśa+am hr̥+ŚaP+tiP = aṁśa+0̸¹+hr̥+áC = aṁśa-har-á- `inheritor, partner', but bhārá+am hár-a-ti = bhāra+0̸¹+hr̥+aṆ = bhāra-hār-á- `porter'.

$3.2.10 váyas-i ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 áC 9] is also (ca) introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 hr̥- 9, co-occurring with a nominal padá serving as its object l] to denote age (váyas-i).

An exception to the constraint [ud-yámana] of 9 above. ásthi+am hár-a-ti = asthi+0̸¹+hr̥+aC = asthi-har-á-ḥ śvā `a dog which has reached the age when it can lift a bone'; similarly kávaca+am hár-a-ti = kavaca-har-á-ḥ kṣatriya-kumārá-ḥ `a warrior boy who has reached the age for wearing a coat of mail'.

$3.2.11 āṄ-i tāc-chīlye

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1. áC 9 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 hr̥- 9] co-occurring after preverb āṄ [and a nominal pada functioning as its object 1] to denote addiction or regular disposition (tāc-chīlye).

púṣpāṇi ā+har-a-ti- = puṣpa+0̸¹+ā-hr̥+áC = puspā-har-á- `accustomed or habituated to pluck flowers', but bhārám ā-har-a-ti = bhār-hār-áṆ `occasional porter'.

$3.2.12 árh-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 áC 9 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] árh- `deserve, merit, honor' (I 776) [co-occurring after a nominal pada functioning as its object 1].

Exception to áṆ (1). pūjā+am árh-a-ti = pūjā+0̸¹+arh+áC+ṬāP = pūjā-rh-ā brāhmaṇī `a brahmin lady deserving respect'. If [áṆ] were the affix, the feminine would have been with the affix[ṄīP] (4.1.15) instead of [ṬāP].

$3.2.13 ¹stámba-²kárṇay-oḥ ¹rámi̱-²jáp-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 áC 9 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] rám- `sport' (I 906) and jáp- `mutter' (I 425) co-occurring respectively (1.3.10) with the nominal stems stámba- `clump of grass' and kárṇa- `ear [ending in 1.1.72 a sUP triplet 4].

(a) stámbe rám-a-te = stambe+rám+áC = stambe-ram-á- `an elephant (lit. delighting in a clump of grass)'; non-replacement of sUP affix °-i by 6.3.14. In other meanings stambe+ram+tŕC (1.133) = stámbe ran-tŕ-. kárṇa+i jáp-a-ti = karṇe-jap-á- `slanderer (lit. `one who whispers in the ear')'; in other meanings karṇe jap+i+tŕ-. Constraints on the meanings by a vārttika.

$3.2.14 śam-í dhāt-oḥ saṁjñā-y-ām

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 áC 9 is introduced after 1.2] a verbal stem (dhātoḥ) co-occurring with the particle śám `goodness, auspiciousness' to denote a proper name (saṁjñā-yām).

śám+kar-ó-ti = śaṁ+kr̥+áC = śaṁ-kar-á- `n.pr. of the god of auspiciousness, Siva'; śám+bhū+áC = śam-bhav-á- `id'. The repetition of the word [dhātu] here when it was recurring from the governing rule 1.91 is for the purpose of blocking out the operation of 20 below in connection with the verbal stem [kr̥Ñ], and the introduction of [ṄīP] (4.1.15) as a feminine affix. In the present case the feminine affix is [ṬāP] (4.i.4): śáṁ+kar-á+ṬāP= saṁ-kar-ā `n.pr. of a female mendicant/ascetic'.

$3.2.15 adhikáraṇe śeteḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 áC 9 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] śī(Ṅ)- `lie down, sleep' (II 22) [co-occurring with a nominal padá (ending in 1.1.71) a sUP triplet 4] functioning as a locus or substratum (adhikáraṇe).

kha+í śé-te = kha+0̸¹+śī+aC = kha-śay-á- `resting in the sky'; similarly gárt-e śe-té = garta-śay-á- `lying in a hole'.

$3.2.16 cáre̱ś Ṭáḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Ṭá is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] cár- `go, wander' (I 591) [co-occurring with a nominal padá ending in (1.1.72) a sUP triplet 4 functioning as a locus/substratum 15].

kúru-ṣu cár-a-ti = kuru+0̸¹+car+Ṭá- = kuru-car-á- m./+°-ṄīP = kuru-car-ī f. `wandering in the Kúru country'.

$3.2.17 ¹bhikṣā-²śenā=³ādāye-ṣu ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṭá 16 s introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 cár- 16] also [when co-occurring with the nominal padás] bhikṣā `alms', sénā `army' and ādā-ya `having taken' [functioning in meanings other than the locus or substratum].

1. bhikṣā+am cár-a-ti = bhikṣā+0̸¹+car+Ṭá = bhikṣā-car-á- m./°-car-ī f. `alms-person (who collects alms by moving from place to place)'.

2. sénā+am cár-a-ti = senā-car-á- m./°-car-ī f. `person enlisted in the army'.

3. ā+dā+Ktvā = ā-dā-ya cár-a-ti = ā-dā-ya-car-á- m,/°-car-ī f. `who moves or eats after receiving alms'.

A separate rule has been formed to indicate that the (upapadás) mentioned here are not covered by the preceding rule, thus blocking out the [adhikáraṇa kāraka] by implication.

$3.2.18 ¹púras=²agrátas=³ágre-ṣu sart-eḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṭá 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] sr̥- `move, flow' (I 982, III 17) co-occurring with the nominal padás púr-as `in front', agra-tás `ib.', ágr-e `ib'.

purás sár-a-ti = puras+sar+Ṭá = puraḥ-sar-á- m./°-sar-ī f. (8.3.15) `leader'; similarly agra-taḥ-sar-á- m./°-sar-ī f., agre-sar-á- m./°-sar-ī f.

$3.2.19 pūrv-e kartár-i

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṭá 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 sr̥- 18 co-occurring with the nominal padá] pūrva- `front' [ending in (1.1.72) a sUP triplet 4] functioning as (its) agent (kartár-i).

pūrva+sU sár-a-ti = pūrva+0̸¹+sar-Ṭá- m./°-sar-ī f. `leading, moving in front', but pūrva+am deś-ám sár-a-ti = pūrva-sār-áṆ `moving eastwards'.

$3.2.20 kr̥Ñ-aḥ=¹hetú-²tācchīlya-³ānulomye-ṣu

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṭá 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] kr̥Ñ- `do, perform' (VIII 10) [co-occurring with a nominal padá ending in (1.1.72) the second sUP triplet] when the agent is characterized as the cause (hetú-) of the object or is habitually performing the activity (tāc-chīlya-) or is complying (ānulomya).

1. hetu: yáśas+am kar-o-ti = yaśas+kr̥+Ṭa+ṄīP (4.1.15) yaśas-kar-ī vidyā `wisdom, producing renown'.

2. tācchīlya: śrāddha+am kár-o-ti = śrāddha-kar-á- `habitually performing śrāddhá'.

3. ānulomya: praiṣ-ám kar-ó-ti = praiṣa-kar-á `who carries out orders, obedient servant'.

But kumbh-áṁ kar-ó-ti = kumbha-kār-áN (1).

$3.2.21 ¹dívā-²vibbhā-³níśā-⁴prabhā-⁵bhās-⁶kārá=⁷ánta=⁸án-anta=⁹ādí-¹⁰bahú-¹¹nāndī-¹²kím-¹³lípi-¹⁴líbi-¹⁵balí-¹⁶bhákti-¹⁷kartŕ-¹⁸citrá-¹⁹kṣétra-²⁰saṁkhyā-²¹jaṅghā-²²bāhú-²³áhan=²⁴yád=²⁵tád=²⁶dhánus=²⁷áruṣ-ṣu

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṭá 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 kr̥Ñ- 20] co-occurring with the following nominal padás [(ending in 1.1.72) sUP triplets 1,4] dívā `day', vibhā `lustre', níśā `night', prabhā `splendor', bhās- `light', kārá- `work', ánta- `end', án-anta- `endless, infinite', ādí- `beginning', bahú- `numerous, many', nāndī `benediction', kím- `what?', lípi-, líbi- `writing', balí- `offering', bhákti- `devotion', kartŕ- `agent, doer', citrá- `painting', kṣétra- `field', saṁkhyā `number-name', jáṅghā `thigh', bāhú- `arm', áhan- `day', yád- `which, what', tád- `that', dhánus- `bow' and árus- `wound'.

The words [kármaṇ-i 1 and sUP- 4] both occur in this rule and apply as required in each case. [sUP-i 4] applies only in the case of dívā (= áhn-i). The forms generated are: dívā-kar-á-, vibhā-kar-á-, prabhā-kar-á-, bhās-kar-á-, ahan+kr̥+Ṭá = ahas-kar-á- (8.2.68) `sun (= maker of day)'; niśā-kar-á- `moon (= night-maker)'; kāra-kar-á- `agent'; anta-kar-á- `death'; an-anta-kar-á- `magnifying infinitely'; ādi-kar-á- `founder, creator'; bahu-kar-á- `busy-body'; nāndī-kar-á- `stage-manager'; kiṁ-kar-á- `servant' lipi-kar-á-, libi-kar-á- `scribe'; bali-kar-á- `sacrificer' bhakti-kar-á- `devotee'; kartr̥-kar-á- `agent'; citra-kar-á- `painter' kṣetra-kar-á- `cultivator, agriculturalist'; eka-kar-á- `doing one thing only'; jaṅghā-kar-á- `courier, runner'; bāhu-kar-á- `laborer'; yat-kar-á- `doing what'; tat-kar-á- `doing that'; dhanuṣ-kar-á- `maker of bows'; aruṣ-ka-rá- `causing a wound'.

$3.2.22 kármaṇ-i bhŕt-au

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṭá 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 kr̥Ñ 20] co-occurring with the nominal padá kárman- `action, work' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1] to denote `hired for wages' (bhŕt-au).

kárman+am kar-ó-ti = karman+0̸¹+kar-á- = karma0̸-kar-á- (8.2.7) `hired servant', but karma-kār-áṆ (1) `who works without wages, honorary worker'.

$3.2.23 ná ¹śábda-²slóka-³kalahá-⁴gāthā-⁵vaíra-⁶cāṭu-⁷sūtra-⁸mántra-⁹padé-ṣu

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṭá 16] is not introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem kr̥Ñ 20] co-occurring with nominal padás śábda- `word', ślóka- `verse', kalahá- `strife', gāthā `song', vaíra- `enmity', cāṭu- `flattery', sūtra- `string, aphorism', mántra- `sacred formula', padá- `finished word' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

śábda+am kar-ó-ti = *śabda+0̸¹+kr̥+Ṭá = śabda-kār-áṆ (1) `grammarian (lit. maker of words)'; similarly śloka-kār-á- `poetaster' kalaha-kār-á- `quarrelsome person'; gāthā-kār-á- `song-writer'; vaira-kār-á- `causing enmity'; cāṭu-kār-á- `flatterer'; sūtra-kār-á- `author of sūtras'; mantra-kār-á- `seer, composer of mantras'; pada-kār-á- `composer of Pada-pāṭha (of a Veda)'.

$3.2.24 ¹stambá-²śákr̥t-or iN

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] iN is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 kr̥Ñ- 20] co-occurring wth the nominal padás stambá- `clump of grass' and śákr̥t- `ordure' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

A vārttika restricts the operation of this rule to denote respectively rice and a calf. stambá+am kar-ó-ti = stamba-0̸¹+kr̥+iN = stamba-kár-i- `rice which makes a clump'; similarly śakr̥t-kár-i- `a calf'; in other senses: stamba-kār-á-, śakr̥t-kār-á-.

$3.2.25 hárateḥ=¹dr̥ti-²nātháy-oḥ paśaú

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 iN 24 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] hr̥- `take away, remove' (I 947) co-occurring with the nominal padás dŕti- `a leather bag' and nāthá- `master' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1] to denote a domestic animal (paśaú).

1. dŕti+am hár-a-ti = dŕti+0̸¹ hr̥+iN = dr̥ti-hár-i- `(a draught animal) carrying a leather bag'.

2. nātha-hár-i- `(an animal) carrying the master'.

$3.2.26 ¹phale-gráh-ir-²ātmam-bháriś ca

[The irregular forms] phale-gráh-i- and ātmam-bhár- are introduced [as derived with kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 iN 2r].

phálāni gr̥h-ṇā-ti = phala+0̸¹+grah+iN = phal-e-gráh-i- `bearing fruit' (irregular sUP triplet Ṅi).

ātmán+am+bhr̥+Ślu+tiP = ātmán+0̸¹+bhr̥+iN = ātma0̸+mu̱M+bhár-i- `self-nourishing, selfish'.

$3.2.27 chándas-i ¹vánÁ-²sánÁ-³rákṣi̱-⁴máth-ām

In the domain of Chándas [the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 iN 24 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] ván-, sán- `honor' (I 491-2), rákṣ- `protect' (I 688) and máth- `churn, agitate' (I 901) [co-occurring with nominal padás ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

bráhman+am ván-a-ti = bráhman+0̸¹+van+iN = brahma0̸1+ván-i- `gains or honors brahman'; similarly: gó+am+sán-a-ti = go-ṣáṇ-i- `winning or honoring kine'; páthin+am rákṣ-a-ti = pathi0̸+0̸¹+rákṣ-i- `road protector' and háviṣ+am+máth-a-ti = havis+0̸¹+math+iN = havir-máth-i- (8.2.66) `churning or agitating the oblation'.

$3.2.28 ejéḥ KHáŚ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] KHጠis introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] ej-í- (= ejR̥+ṆíC I 253) `agitate, shake' [co-occurring with a nominal padá ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

The marker Ś in KHaŚ is to indicate that this affix belongs to the sārvadhātuka group (3.4.113), while KH operates an infixed increment mu̱M to nominal stems ending in a vowel (6.3.67). aṅgá+am+ej+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = aṅga+0̸+ej-é+a+KHaŚ = aṅga+nu̱M+ej-áy-a+á = aṅga-m-ej-ay-á- (6.1.97) `shaking the limb' and similarly jana=m=ej-ay-á- `causing men to tremble', `n.pr. of a king'.

$3.2.29 ¹nāsikā-²stánay-oḥ=¹dhmā-²dheṬ-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHጠ28 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] dhmā- `blow, inflate' (1.974) and dheṬ- `drink' (1 951) co-occurring with the nominal padás nāsikā `nose' and stána- `breast' respectively (1.3.10) [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

A vārttika, however, blocks the operation of the meta-rule 1.3.10 by stating that [dhmā] co-occurs with both while dheṬ co-occurs only with [stana-]; this interpretation is derived from the fact that the dvaṁdva compound [nāsikā-stanáy-oḥ] contravenes the operation of 2.2.34.

1. nāsikā+am+dhmā+ŚaP+tiP = nāsikā+0̸¹+dhama+ŚaP+KHጠ= nāsika+mu̱M+dham-a+KHጠ(6.4.94) = nāsika-ṁ-dham-á- `who blows through the nose'; similarly nāsika-ṁ-dhay-á- `who drinks through the nose'.

2. stána+am+dheṬ+ŚaP+tiP = stana+0̸¹+mu̱M+dheṬ+a+khጠ= stana-ṁ-dhay-á- `an infant sucking the breast (of the mother)' m./°-dhay-a+Ṅīp (4.1.15) = °-dhay-ī.

$3.2.30 nāḍī-muṣṭy-óś ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHጠ28 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91 dhmā- and dheṬ- 29 co-occurring with the nominal padás] nāḍī `tube, pipe' and muṣṭí- `fist' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

Here also the reverse order in the dvaṁdva cmpd. [nāḍī-muṣṭi-] contra 2.2.32 is interpreted as barring the operation of metarule 1.3.10 and both verbal stems co-occur with both upapadás.

1. nāḍī+am+dhmā+ŚaP+tiP = nāḍi+0̸¹+mu̱M+dham+ŚaP+KHጠ= nāḍi-ṁ-dham-á- (6.1.97) `blowing through a pipe or reed'; similarly nāḍi-ṁ-dhay-á- `sucking through a reed or straw' (6.3.66).

2. muṣṭi-ṁ-dham-a- `blowing through the fist'; muṣṭi-ṁ-dhay-á- `sucking the fist'.

$3.2.31 ud-i kūl-e ¹ruji̱-²vah-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHጠ28 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] ruj- `break into pieces, destroy' (VI 123) and vah- `carry, convey' (I 1053) co-occurring with the preverb úd-° [and the nominal padá] kūla- `bank' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

kūla+am+ud+rúj+Śap+tiP = kūla+0̸¹+mu̱M+úd-ruj-a+kHጠ= kūla-m-ud-ruj-á- `shattering the bank'; similarly kūla-m-ud-vah-á- `overflowing the bank'.

$3.2.32 ¹váha=²abhr-é lih-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHጠ28 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] lih- `lick' (II 6) co-occurring with [nominal padás] váha- `shoulder' and abhrá- `cloud` [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

váha+am+lih+0̸¹+tiP = vaha+0̸¹+mu̱M+lih+KHጠ= vaha-ṁ-lih-á- `shoulder-licking (cow or bull, etc.)'; similarly abhra-ṁ-lih-á- `cloud-licking (wind)'.

$3.2.33 parimāṇ-e pac-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHጠ28 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] pac- `cook' (I 1045) co-occurring with [a nominal padá ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1] denoting a measure (parimāṇe).

prasthá+am+pác-a-ti = prastha+0̸¹+mu̱M+pac-a+KhaŚ = prastha-m-pac-á- `who cooks a prasthá measure' m., +ṬāP = pratha-m-pac-ā (4.1.4) f.

$3.2.34 ¹mitá-²nakh-é ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHጠ28 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 pac- 33] also (ca) when co-occurring with (nominal padás) mitá- `limited quantity' and nakhá- `nail' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

mitá+am+pác-a-ti = mita+0̸¹+mu̱M+pac-a+KHጠ= mita-m-pac-á-ḥ brāmaṇa-ḥ `a brahmin who cooks a limited quantity (of food)'; similarly nakha-m-pac-á+ṬāP = nakha-m-pac-ā yavāgū-ḥ `rice gruel, scalding the thumb-nail'.

$3.2.35 ¹vidhú=²áruṣ-oḥ=tud-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHጠ28 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] tud- `bruise, vex' (VI 1) co-occurring with (nominal padás) vidhú- `moon' and árus- `wound' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

vidhú+am+tud+Śá+tiP = vidhu+0̸¹+mu̱M+tud-á+KHጠ= vidhu-ṁ-tud-á- `vexing (= eclipsing) the moon'; likewise árus+mu̱M+tud+á+KHጠ= aru-ṁ-s+tud-á- = aru-ṁ0̸-tud-á- (8.2.23) `hurting the wound, painful, sore'.

$3.2.36 ¹á-sūrya-²lalāṭay-oḥ-¹dr̥śi-²tap-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHጠ28 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] dr̥ś- `see, perceive' (I 1037) and tap- `heat' (I 1034) co-occurring (respectively 1.3.10) (with nominal padás) á-sūrya- `what is not the sun' and lalāṭa- `forehead' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

á-sūrya+am+dr̥ś+ŚaP+tiP = a-sūrya+0̸¹+mu̱M+paśy+a+KHaŚ = a-sūrya-m- pasy-á+ṬāP (4.1.4) = asūrya-m-pasyāḥ rāja-dārāḥ `king's wives, not even seeing the sun'.

Similarly lalāṭa+am+táp-a+ti = lalāṭa+0̸¹+mu̱M+tap-a+KHጠ= lalāṭa-m-tap-á- `burning or scorching the forehead (said of the sun)'.

The first derivative is irregular since the privative particle [náÑ] in [á-sūrya-] is not connected with [sūrya-] but with [dr̥ś] as sūryam ná páśy-a-nti `do not see the sun'. It is therefore called an [a-samartha-samāsá] since it contravenes 2.1.1.

$3.2.37 ¹ugra-m-paśy-á=²ira-m-mad-á-³pāṇi-ṁ-dhamāḥ

[The irregular forms] ugra-m-paśy-á- `fierce-looking', ira-m-mad-a- `delighting in liquors' and pāṇi-ṁ-dham-á- `where blowing into hands takes place' are introduced [as derived with the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHጠ28].

1. ugrá+am+paśy-a-ti = ugra-0̸¹+mu̱M+paśy-a+KHáŚ= ugra-m-paśy-á- as an exception to áṆ (1).

2. írayā mād-ya-ti = írā+Ṭā+mad+ŚyaN+tiP = írā+0̸¹+mád+ya=KHጠ= ira+mu̱M+mad+0̸+á- (with irregular 0̸ replacement of the class-marker) (6.3.66) = ira-m-mad-á-.

3. pāṇáyo dhmā-yánte eṣu = pāṇi+0̸¹+mu̱M+dham+ŚaP+KHጠ= pāṇi-ṁ-dham-á+Jas pánthān-aḥ `crowded roads where one blows one's hands to attract attention'.

$3.2.38 ¹priyá-²váś-e vad-aḥ KHáC

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] KHáC is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] vad- `speak' (I 1058), co-occurring with [the nominal padas] priyá- `pleasant' and váśa- `submission' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

1. priyá+am+vad+ŚaP+tip = priya+0̸¹+mu̱M+vad+KHáC = priya-ṁ-vad-a- `affable, speaking pleasantly'.

2. váśa+am+vad-a-ti = vaśa+0̸¹+mu̱M+vad+KHáC = vaśa-ṁvad-á- `obedient, submissive to the will of another'. The new affix KHáC is introduced for the sake of the following sūtras; here it makes no dfference if KHaŚ operates.

$3.2.39 ¹dviṣátt-²páray-os=tāpéḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHáC 38 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] tāp-í- (= tap- I 1034 +ṆíC/tap- X 275) `burn, scorch', co-occurring with (nominal padás) dviṣát- `hostile' and pára- `adversary' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

dviṣátt+am+tāp-í+ŚaP+tiP = dviṣat+0̸¹+tāp-i+KHáC = dviṣat+mu̱M+tap-0̸+á- (6.4.51,94) = dvisa-ṁ-t+tap-á- (8.3.24) = dviṣant-tap-á- `scourger of enemies'; similarly para-ṁ-tap-á- `chastiser of enemies'.

The geminated phoneme [t] of [dviṣat(t)] is to block the operation of this rule in the case of the feminine derivative: dviṣátīm tāp-áy-a-ti = dviṣatī+tāp-á- where the feminine form is derived with the affix [ṄīP 4.1.6] from the masculine ending in affix [ŚatR̥].

$3.2.40 vāc-í yama-ḥ=vrat-é

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHáC 38 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] yam- `restrain' (I 1033), co-occurring with (the nominal padá) vāc- `speech' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1] to denote a vow (vrat-é).

vāc+am+yam+ŚaP+tip = vāc+0̸¹+yam+KHáC = vāc+am (6.3.69)+yam+á- = vāc-aṁ-yam-á- `restrained in speech, silent (while observing a vow)'. Elsewhere vāc+0̸¹ yam+aṆ = vāg-yām-á- (8.1.30).

$3.2.41 ¹púr=²sárvay-oḥ ¹dār-í-²sáh-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHáC 38 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] dār-í (= dr̄- IX 23+ṆíC) `destroy' and sáh- `bear, endure' (I 905), respectively (1.3.10) co-occurring with (nominal padás) púr- `city fort' and sarvá- `all' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

1. pur+am+dār-i+ŚaP+tiP = pur-0̸¹+dār-i+KHáC = pur+aṁ (6.3.69)+dar-0̸-á- (6.4.51,94) = pur-aṁ-dar-á- `destroyer of city forts, n.pr. of Indra'.

2. sárva+am+sáh-a-te = sarva-0̸+sah+KHáC = sarva+mu̱M+sah-á- = sarva-ṁ-sah-á- `all-forbearing'.

$3.2.42 ¹sarvá-²kūla=³abhrá-⁴kárīṣe-ṣu káṣ-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHáC 38 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.93] káṣ- `injure, rub, polish' (I 716) co-occurring with (nominal padás) sarvá- `all, kūla- `bank', abhrá- `cloud' and kárīṣa- `cow-dung' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

1. sárva+am+káṣ-a-ti = sarva+0̸¹+kaṣ+KHáC = sarva+mu̱M+kaṣ+á- = sarva-ṁ-kaṣ-á- `injuring everyone (said of a villain)'.

2. Similarly: kūla-ṁ-kaṣ-á-, abhra-ṁ-kaṣ-á-, karīṣa-ṁ-kaṣ-á- `corroding the bank (said of a river)'/`rubbing the clouds (said of a mountain)'/`carrying away cow-dung (said of a hurricane)'.

$3.2.43 ¹meghá=²ŕti-³bhayé-ṣu kr̥Ñ-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHáC 38 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] kr̥Ñ- `do, perform' (VIII 10), co-occurring with (nominal padás) meghá- `cloud', ŕti- `misfortune' and bhayá- `fear' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

meghá+am+kr̥+ú+ti = meghá+kr̥+KHáC= megha-ṁ-kar-á- `producing clouds'; similarly: r̥ti-ṁ-kar-á- `causing misfortune'; bhaya-ṁ-kar-á- `producing fear, fearsome'.

$3.2.44 ¹kṣéma-²priyá-³madré-é áṆ ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHáC 38] and (ca) áṆ are introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 kr̥Ñ- 43] co-occurring with [nominal padás] kṣéma- peace, security, welfare', priyá- `pleasure' and madrá- `joy' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 1].

kṣéma+am+kar-ó-ti = kṣéma+0̸¹+mu̱M+kr̥+KHáC = kṣema-ṁ-kar-á/kṣema-kār-a `bestower of welfare/happiness'; similarly: priya-ṁ-k-ar-a-/priya-kār-á-; madra-ṁ-kar-á-/madra-kār-á-.

$3.2.45 āśit-e bhúv-aḥ ¹káraṇa-²bhāváy-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHáC 38 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] bhū- `become' (I 1), co-occurring with (the nominal padá) āśita- `satiated, sated'; functioning as an instrument (káraṇa-°) or denoting a state or condition (-bhāváy-oḥ).

1. káraṇe: āśita-ḥ=bháv-a-ti=anéna = āśita+0̸¹+bhū+KHáC = āśita-ṁ-bhav-á- `what satisfies or satiates (such as rice)'.

2. bhāvé: āśita-sya bháv-anam = āśita-m-bhav-ám `becoming satisfied, satiety'.

$3.2.46 saṁjñā yām ¹bhr̥-²tr̄=³vr̥-⁴ji-⁵dhār-í-⁶śahi̱-⁷tapi̱-⁸dam-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHáC 38 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] bhr̥- `bear, nourish' (III 5), tr̄- `cross over', (I 1018), vr̥- `choose' (V 8), jí- `conquer' (I 59), dhār-í (= dhr̥- I 948+ṆíC) `hold', sáh- `bear, endure' (I 905), tap- `heat' (I 1034) and dam- `tame, subdue' (IV 94) [co-occurring with nominal padás ending in sUP triplets 1.4] to denote names (saṁjñā-yām).

Both [kármaṇ-i (1)] and [sUP-i (4)] recur here, covered by the cover term "nominal padás" as required by each particular context.

víśva+am+bhr̥+kHáC = viśva+0̸¹+mu̱M+bhar-á+ṬāP = viśva-ṁ-bhar-ā `the earth (bearing all)'; likewise ratha+Ṭā+tár-a-ti = rátha-0̸¹+tr̄+KHáC = ratha-mu̱M+tar-á- = ratha-ṁ-tar-á- `n.pr. of a sāman'; pátim vr̥-ṇu-té = pati-ṁ-var-á+ṬāP = pati-ṁ-var-ā `(a maiden) ready to choose her husband'; śátrūn jáy-a-ti = śatru-ṁ-jay-á- `n.pr. of an elephant (lit. conquering enemies)'; yugáṁ dhār-áy-a-ti = yuga-ṁ-dhar-á- `n.pr. of a mountain'; śátrum sáh-a-te = śatru-ṁ-sah-á- `n.pr. (lit. enduring enemies)'; similarly śatru-ṁ-tap-á-, ari-ṁ-dam-á- `proper names'.

$3.2.47 gam-aś ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KHáC 38 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] gam- `go' (I 1031) [co-occurring with nominal padás ending in a sUP triplet 4 to denote a name 46].

bhujá+Ṭā+gam+ŚaP+tiP = bhuja+0̸¹+gam+KHáC = bhuja-ṁ-gam-á- `snake'.

$3.2.48 ¹ánta=²áty-anta=³adhvan-⁴dūra-⁵pārá-⁶sarvá-⁷án-ante-ṣu Ḍá-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Ḍá is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 gam- 47] co-occurring with (nominal padás) ánta- `end', áty-anta- `excessive', ádhvan- `road', dūr-á `far', pār-á `across', sarvá-, `all', and án-anta- `endless, infinite' [functioning as the direct object (i.e., ending in the second sUP triplet) 1].

ánta+am+gam+ŚaP+tiP = anta+0̸¹+gam+Ḍá - anta-g0̸0̸+á (6.4.143) = anta-g-á- `gone to the end = thoroughly conversant'; and similarly: aty-anta-g-á-/adhva0̸-g-á- (8.2.7)/dūra-g-á-/pāra-g-á-/sarva-g-á-/an-anta-g-á- respectively denoting `going excessively fast/traveler, passenger or going far/going across/going everywhere/going on for ever'.

$3.2.49 āśíṣ-i han-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ḍá 48 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] han- `kill, strike' (II 2) [co-occurring with a nominal padá functioning as its object 1] to denote benediction (āśíṣ-i).

śátrūn vadh-yāt `may he destroy enemies' = śatru+0̸¹+han+Ḍá = śatru-h0̸0̸-á = śatru-h-a-; when benediction is not denoted: śátru+han+áṆ (1) = śatru-ghāt-á- (7.3.32,54) `destroyer of enemies'.

$3.2.50 áp-e ¹kléśa-²támas-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ḍá 48 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 han- 49] co-occurring with the preverb ápa-° and [the nominal padás] kleśa- `pain' and támas- `darkness' [functioning as its object 1].

kleśam ápa-han-ti = kleśa+0̸¹+apa+han+Ḍá = kleśāpa-h-á- `painkiller'; similarly támas+apa+han+Ḍá = tama-rU+apa-h0̸0̸+á- = tamopa-h-á- (8.2.66; 6.1.87,109,113) `destroyer of darkness (an epithet of the sun)'.

The present rule is for the purpose of blocking out the constraint of benediction (49).

$3.2.51 ¹kumārá-²śīrṣáy-oh=Ṇíni̱-ḥ

[The kr̥t 1.93 affix 1.1] Ṇíni̱ is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 han- 49] co-occurring with (nominal padás) kumārá- `infant' and śīrṣá- `head' [functioning as its object 1].

kumārá+am han+0̸¹+ti = kumāra+0̸¹+han+Ṇini̱ = kúmāra-ghāt-in- (7.3.32,54) `child-killer, infanticide'; similarly śīrṣa-ghāt-in- `executioner'. Accent by 6.2.79.

$3.2.52 lakṣaṇ-é ¹jāyā-²páty-oḥ=ṬáK-

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] ṬáK is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 han- 49] co-occurring with (nomnal padás) jāyā `wife' and páti- `husband' [functioning as its objects 1] to denote an omen [lakṣan-é].

The word [lakṣaṇá-] is here interpreted as a secondary derivative from láksaṇa+áC (5.2.127) = lákṣaṇa-vat- so as to give the sense `an agent noun possessed of a sign which is the omen for the prognostication of the derived form'.

jāyā+am+han-0̸¹+ti = jāyā+han+ṬáK = jāyā+h0̸n+á (6.4.98) = jāyā-ghn-á- (7.3.54) `destined to kill his wife (on account of a sign [lakṣaṇa] such as a mole (cf. 53) on the body)'. Similarly pati-ghn-á+ṄīP (4.1.15) = pati-ghn-ī `destined to kill the husband (on account of a sign [lakṣaṇá-] such as a line on the palm serving as an omen)', cf. 53 below.

$3.2.53 á-manuṣya-kartr̥k-e ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 ṬáK 52 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 han- 49 co-occurring with a nominal padá functioning as its object 1] when the agent of the verbal stem is not a human being (á-manuṣya-kartr̥k-e).

jāyā-ghn-á-ḥ tilakālaká-ḥ (52) `a mole (on his body) predicting a wife-murderer'; similarly pati-ghn-ī pāṇí-rekhā `a line on the palm (of the wife) indicating a murderess of the husband' (52). Likewise pitta-ghn-ám ghr̥tám `ghee or clarified butter as an antidote for bile' and śleṣma-ghn-á-m mádhu `honey as an antidote for phlegm'.

$3.2.54 śákt-au ¹hastín=²kapāṭay-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 ṬáK 52 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 han- 49] co-occurring with (nominal padás) hastín- `elephant' and kapāṭa- `door, gate' [functioning as its objects 1] to denote capacity (śákt-au).

hastín+am+hán-ti = hastín+0̸¹+han+Ṭák = hasti0̸+ghn-á- `capable or strong enough to kill an elephant'; similarly kapāṭa-ghn-á- `capable or strong enough to break the door (said of a thief)'.

$3.2.55 ¹pāṇi-gh-á-²tāḍa-gh-aú śilpín-i

(The irregular forms) pāṇ-gh-á- and tāḍa-gh-á- are introduced [as derived with the kŕt 1.93 affix ṬáK 52] to denote artisans (śilpíni).

pāṇínā hán-ti = pāṇi+0̸¹+han+Ṭak = pāṇi+h0̸0̸ (irregular)+á = pāṇi-gh (irregular)+á = pāṇi-gh-á- `a drummer (beating with the hand/hands)'. Similarly tāḍa-gh-á- `a metal-smith'.

With reference to non-artisans: pāṇim hanti = pāṇi-ghāt+áṆ `striking the hand'.

$3.2.56 ¹āḍhyá-²subhága-³sthūlá-⁴palitá-⁵nagná=⁶andhá-⁷priyé-ṣu Cvi̱=arthe-ṣu=á-Cva̱u kr̥Ñ-aḥ káraṇ-e KHyuN

[The kŕt 1.93 affx 1.1] KHyuN is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] kr̥Ñ- `do, perform' (VIII 10), co-occurring with (nominal padás) āḍhyá- `rich', su-bhága- `fortunate', sthūlá- `large', palitá- `grey', nagná- `naked', andhá- `blind' and priyá- `agreeable, pleasant' [functioning as its direct objects 1] denoting an instrument (káraṇe) in the sense of the affix Cvi̱ (Cvi̱=arthe-ṣu) though not ending in it (á-Cvau).

án-āḍhyam āḍhyám kar-ó-ti anéna = āḍhya+0̸¹+kr̥+KHyuN = āḍhya+mu̱M+kar-aṇ-am = āḍhya-ṁ-kár-aṇam `enriching'; similarly: subhaga-ṁ-káraṇam / sthūla-ṁ-kár-aṇam / palita-ṁ-kár-aṇam / nagna-ṁ-kár-aṇam / andha-ṁ-kár-aṇam to denote respectively `making fortunate/enlarging/making grey/stripping/making blind'; priya-ṁ-kár-aṇam `making pleasant'.

$3.2.57 kartár-i bhúv-aḥ ¹KHiṣṇúC-²KHukaÑ-au

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1] KHiṣṇúC and KHukaÑ are introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] bhū- `become' (I1) [co-occurring with nominal padás āḍhyá- . . . priyá- 56] functioning as its agents (kartár-i) to denote the agent.

án-āḍhyaḥ āḍhyó bháv-a-ti = āḍhya+0̸¹+bhū+KHiṣṇúC/KHukaÑ = āḍhya-ṁ-bhav-iṣṇú-/°-bhāv-uka- `becoming rich'; similarly: subhaga-m-bhav-iṣṇú-/°-bhāv-uka-; sthūla-m-bhav-iṣṇú-/°bhāv-uka-; palita=m=bhav-iṣṇú-/°-bhāv-uka-; nagna-m-bhav-iṣṇú-/°-bhāv-uka-; andha-m-bhav-iṣṇú-/°-bhāv-uka-; priya-m-bhav-iṣṇú/°-bhāv-uka- to denote respectively: `becoming fortunate; becoming large; becoming grey; becoming naked; becoming blind; becoming pleasant or agreeable'.

$3.2.58 spr̥ś-aḥ=án-udak-e Kvi̱N

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Kvi̱n is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] spr̥ś- `touch' (VI 128) co-occurring with a nominal padá other than udaká- `water' [to denote the agent 57].

ghr̥tám spr̥ś-á-ti = ghr̥ta+0̸¹+spr̥ś+Kvi̱n = ghr̥ta-spŕś+0̸ (6.1.97) `touching ghee or clarified butter'; mántr-eṇa spŕs-a-ti = mantra-spŕś- `touching with a sacred formula'; jal-éna spŕs-a-ti = jala-spŕś- `touching with water', but udaka-sparś+aṆ (1). Description

$3.2.59 ¹r̥tv-íj=²dadhŕṣ=³sráj=⁴díś=⁵uṣṇíh=⁶áñcU=⁷yuji̱-⁸krúñc-āṁ ca

(The irregular forms) r̥tv-íj- `name of a class of priests'; dadhŕṣ- `audacious', sráj- `garland', díś- `direction', uṣṇíh- `name of a metre', are introduced [as derived with kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Kvi̱N 58] and [the same affix 1.1 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] áñc(U) `worship, go' (I 203), yuj- `join' (VII 7) and kruñc- `be crooked' (I 201).

r̥t-aú r̥túm vā yáj-a-ti = r̥tu+0̸¹+yaj+Kvi̱N = rtu+íj+0̸ (6.1.15,67) `who sacrifices regularly or in season (name of a class of priests)'; similarly: dhr̥ṣ+Kvi̱N = da-dhŕṣ+0̸ (irregular reduplication) = dhr̥ṣ-ṇó-ti; sr̥j-ánti tām = sr̥j+Kvi̱N = sr̥j+aM+0̸ = sr-á-j- (despite 6.1.58); diś-ánti tām = diś+Kvi̱N = díś-0̸ = díś-; úd+snih+Kvi̱N = u0̸ (irregular)+ṣṇíh+0̸ (irregular retroflexion).

prá+añc-a-ti = prá+añC+Kvi̱N = prāñc+0̸ = prāñc- `going forward/east, etc.'; affix Kvi̱N is introduced after this verbal stem only when co-occurring with nominal padás. yuj+Kvi̱N = yuj+0̸+sUṬ = yuj+nu̱M+sUṬ = yuṅ+sUṬ (7.1.71) but when co-occurring with a nominal padá affix Kvi̱P is introduced by 61 below: áśvam yu-ná-k-ti = aśva-yuj+Kvi̱P = aśva-yúj+sU = aśva-yúk+0̸ (6.1.68; 8.2.30); kruñc+Kvi̱N = krúñc+0̸ (with irregular retention of the penultimate nasal contra 6.4.24).

$3.2.60 tyád-ādi-ṣu dr̥ś-aḥ=án-ālocane KaÑ ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Kvi̱N 58] and (ca) KaÑ are introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] dr̥ś- `see, perceive' (I 1037), co-occurring with the class of nominal padás beginning with tyád- `that' except when it denotes the sense of perceiving with the eye (án-ā-locane).

tyád+dr̥ś+KaÑ/Kvi̱N = tyá-a+dr̥ś+KaÑ/Kvi̱N (7.2.102) =tyā-dr̥ś+KaÑ/Kvi̱N (6.3.91) =tyā-dŕś-a-/°-dŕś- `such a one as that'; likewise : tā=dŕś-a-/°-dŕś-, etc.

A vārttika adds the words samāná- `equal' and anyá `another' as additional co-occurring padás, and affix Ksa as an alternate: tā-dr̥ś+Ksa = tā-dr̥ṣ+sa- = tādr̥k-ṣá- (8.2.41).

$3.2.61 ¹sád=²sū-³dviṣÁ-⁴drúhÁ-⁵duhÀ-⁶yujA-⁷vídÁ-⁸bhida̱-⁹chida-¹⁰jí-¹¹nī-¹²rāj-ām upasargé=ápi Kvi̱P

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Kvi̱P is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] sád- `sit down' (I 907), sū- `give birth to' (II 21), dviṣ- `hate' (II 3), drúh- `hurt, harm, injure' (IV 88), duh- `milk' (II 4), yuj- `join, unite' (IV 68), víd- `know' (II 55), bhid- `break into pieces' (VII 2), chid- `split, rend' (VII 3), jí- `win, conquer' (I 59), nī- `lead' (I 950) and rāj- `shine' (I 874), co-occurring with or without preverbs (upasargé=ápi) [and with nominal padás 4].

śúc-au sīd-á-ti = śuci+0̸¹+sad+Kvi̱P = śuci-ṣád-0̸ `abiding in purity' (retroflexion by 8.3.106 as this is a Vedic word), but in div-í sīd-á-ti = dyu+sad+Kvi̱P = dyu-sád- `divine being', there is no retroflexion. upa-sád- `sitting near'. Similarly: aṇḍa-sū- `oviparous'; pra-sū- `giving birth to'; mitra-dvíṣ- `treacherous, hating a friend'; pra-dvíṣ- `hating'; mitra-drúh- `betrayer, injuring a friend', pra-drúh- `harming, injuring'; go-dúh- `milkman', pra-dúh- `who milks'; aśva-yúj- `harnessing a horse'; pra-yúj- `joining'; veda-víd- `Vedic scholar', pra-víd- `knower'; kāṣṭha-bhíd- `cleaver of wood', pra-bhíd- `cleaver, breaker'; rajju-cchíd- `slicer of ropes', pra-cchíd- `slicer'; śatru-jít- `conqueror of enemies', pra-jít- `victorious'; sena-nī- `army commander'; grāma-ṇī- `village head', pra-ṇī- `leader'; viśva-rāj- `universal ruler', sam-rāj- (8.3.25) `emperor'. Description

$3.2.62 bhaj-aḥ=Ṇvi̱-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Ṇvi̱ is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] bhaj- `share, enjoy' (I 1047) [co-occurring with a nominal padá 4, but with or without preverbs 61].

árdham bháj-a-te = ardha+0̸¹+bhaj+Ṇvi̱ = ardha-bhāj+0̸ `sharing half'; pra-bhāj- `division'. Description

$3.2.63 chándas-i sáh-aḥ

In the domain of Chándas [the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇvi̱ 62 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] sáh- `bear, endure, suffer' (I 905) [co-occurring with a nominal padá 4].

pŕtanām sáh-a-te = pr̥tanā+0̸¹+sah+Ṇvi̱ = pr̥tanā-sāh-0̸ `victorious in battle' and similarly turā-sāh- `overpowering the mighty, n.pr. of Indra'.

$3.2.64 vah-aś ca

[In the domain of Chándas 63 the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇvi̱ 62 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] vah- `carry, convey' (I 1053) [co-occurring with a nominal padá 4].

pr̥ṣṭh-é váh-a-ti = pr̥ṣṭha+0̸¹+vah+Ṇvi̱ = pr̥ṣṭha-vāh-0̸ `a young bull being trained for the plough' and similarly ditya-vāh- `two-year old bull'.

$3.2.65 ¹kavyá-²púrīṣa-³purīṣyè-ṣu ÑyuṬ

[In the domain of Chándas 63 the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] ÑyuṬ is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 vah- 64 co-occurring with nominal padás 4] kavyá- `funerary obligation', púrīṣa and purīṣyà- `ordure'.

kavyám váh-a-ti = kavya+0̸¹+vah+ÑyuṬ = kavya-vāh-ana- (7.1.1) `conveyor of funerary oblation to the Manes', and similarly: purīṣa-°/purīṣya-°/°-vāh-ana- `scavenger, remover of rubbish or ordure'.

$3.2.66 hávy-e=án-antaḥ-pādam

[In the domain of Chándas 63 the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 ÑyuṬ 65 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 vah- 64 co-occurring with the nominal padá 4] hávya- `sacrificial oblation', provided (the word so derived) does not occur in the middle of the verse quarter (án-antaḥ-pādam).

agnír no havya-vāh-ana-ḥ (RV 4.24.4) `and Agni is the conveyor of the sacrificial oblation', but havya-vāḍ agnír a-jára-ḥ pitā naḥ (RV 5.4.2) `the immortal carrier of sacrificial oblations, Agni, is our father'.

$3.2.67 ¹jánA-²sánÁ-³khána̱-⁴kráma̱-⁵gam-o vi̱Ṭ

[In the domain of Chándas 63 the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] vi̱Ṭ is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] ján- `be born' (III 24, IV 41), sán- `gain' (I 492), `donate' (VIII 2), khán- `dig, excavate' (I 927), krám- `march, tread' (I 502) and gam- `go' (I 1031) [co-occurring with nominal padás 4 or with or without preverbs 61].

ap-sú jā-ya-te = ap+0̸¹+jan+vi̱Ṭ = ap-jaā+0̸ (6.4.41) = ab-jā- `water-born, produced in waters'; gām san-ó-ti = go+0̸¹+san+vi̱Ṭ = go-saā+0̸ = go-ṣā- `winning cattle'; similarly kūpa-khā- `well-digger'; dadhi-krā- `n.pr. of a divinity'; agre-gā- `going in front, leader'.

$3.2.68 ad-aḥ=án=anne

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 vi̱Ṭ 67 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] ad- `eat, consume' (II 1) [co-occurring with a nominal padá 4] other than anná- `food'.

āmám át-ti = āma+0̸¹+ad+vi̱Ṭ = āmād- `consumer of raw or uncooked food'; sasyám át-ti = sasyād- `vegetarian' but annād-á(Ṇ 1) `food consumer'.

$3.2.69 kravy-é ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 vi̱Ṭ 67] is also (ca) introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 ad- 68 co-occurring with the nominal padá 4] kravyá- `raw or uncooked meat, flesh'.

kravyám at-ti = kravya+0̸¹+ad+vi̱Ṭ = kravyād- `flesh-eater, carnivorous', but kravyād-á(Ṇ 1) `consumer of cooked meat'.

$3.2.70 duh-aḥ KaP=gha-ś ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] KáP is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] duh- `milk' (II 4) [co-occurring with a nominal padá 4] and (ca) the phoneme [gh] replaces (the final 1.1.52) stem-phoneme.

kāmam dóg-dhi = kāma+0̸¹+duh+KaP = kāma-dugh+a+ṬāP (8.2.32; 4.1.4) = kāma-dúgh-ā `the wish-granting divine cow'.

$3.2.71 mántre ¹śveta-vah-a̱-²uktha-śás=³puro-ḍāś-o Ṇvi̱N

In the domain of the Mántra (portion of the Veda) [the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Ṇvi̱N is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] °-vah- (I 1053) co-occurring with śvetá-, °-śáns- (I 764) co-occurring with ukthá-° and °-dāś- (I 931) co-occurring with purás-°.

1. śvetā enám váh-anti = śveta+0̸¹+vah+Ṇvi̱N = śveta-vāh- `borne by white (steeds), n.pr. of Indra'.

2. ukthāni śáṁs-a-ti = uktha+0̸¹+śans+Ṇvi̱N = uktha-śā0̸s- (irregular 0̸ replacement of nasal) `praising with hymns'.

3. puró dāś-ante enám = puras+0̸¹+dāś+Ṇvi̱N = puro=ḍāś- `a sacrificial oblation' (irregular retroflexion).

$3.2.72 av-e yaj-aḥ

[In the domain of Mántra 71 the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇvi̱N 71 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] yaj- `sacrifice' (I 1051) co-occurring with the preverb áva-°.

áva+yaj+Ṇvi̱N = ava-yāj+sU = ava-yāj+Ḍas (by a vārttika) = ava-yās = ava-yāḥ : tvám yajñé váruṇasyāvayā asi `you are the priest of Varuṇa in the sacrifice'.

$3.2.73 vi̱C=up-e chandas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] vi̱C is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 yaj- 72] co-occurring with the preverb úpa-°.

upa+yaj+vi̱C = upa-yáj+0̸ `n.pr. of eleven sacrificial formulae': upa-yáḍ-bhir ūrdhvám vah-anti (8.2.36) `they carry it up with upayáj formulae'.

$3.2.74 āT-aḥ ¹mani̱N=²Kvani̱P-³vani̱P-aś ca

[In the domain of Chándas 73 the kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 vi̱C 73] and mani̱N, Kvani̱P and vani̱P are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme long [ā] [co-occurring with a nominal padá 4 and also with or without a preverb 61].

1. su+dā+mani̱N = su-dā-man- `bountiful'.

2. su+dhā+Kvani̱P = su-dhī-van- (6.4.66) `intelligent'.

3. bhūri+dā+vani̱P = bhūri dá-dā-ti = bhūri-dā-van- `munificent'.

4. kīlālam píb-a-ti = kīlāla+0̸¹+pā+vi̱C = kīlāla-pā+0̸ `who drinks the sweet beverage called kīlāla'.

$3.2.75 anyé-bhyaḥ=ápi dr̥ś-yánte

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 mani̱N, Kvani̱P and vani̱P 74] are also (ápi) introduced [after 1.2] other [verbal stems 1.91 (i.e., those not ending in long °-ā) along with vi̱C 73].

1. mani̱N: śobhanam śr̥-ṇā-ti = su-śr̄+mani̱N = su-śár-man- `good protection, refuge'.

2. Kvani̱P: prātár+é-ti = pratár+i+Kvani̱P = prātar-i+tu̱K+van- = prātar-í-t-van- (6.1.72) `going out early (in the morning)'.

3. vani̱P: ágr-e gácch-a-ti = agre+gam+vani̱P = agre-ga-ā+van- (6.4.41) =agre-gā-van- `leader, going in front'.

4. vi̱C: riṣ+vi̱C = réṣ+0̸ `who injures' in the expression réṭ=a-si (8.4.55) `thou art an injurer'.

$3.2.76 Kvi̱P ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Kvi̱P is also (ca) introduced [after 1.2 all verbal stems 1.91, whether co-occurring or not with nominal padás 4 or preverbs 61, both in the domain of Chándas 73 or elsewhere 75].

ukhā-yāḥ sráṁs-a-te = ukhā+0̸¹+srans+Kvi̱P = ukhā+srá0̸s+0̸ (6.4.24) `falling from the pot'; parṇāni dhváṁs-a-te = parṇa+dhvans+Kvi̱P = parṇa-dhvá0̸s+0̸ `causing leaves to fall'.

$3.2.77 sth-aḥ Ká ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix Kvi̱P 76] as well as Ká are introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] sthā `stay, remain' (I 975) [co-occurring with a nominal padá 4 or a preverb 61].

The introduction of affix [Ká] here while it was already introduced by 4 above is to block out the operation of 14 when [sthā-] co-occurs with the nominal padá śam-°: śám tiṣṭh-a-te = śam+sthā+Ka/Kvi̱P = śaṁ-sth0̸+á-/°-sthā+0̸ `happy, prosperous'. Accent by 6.2.79.

$3.2.78 sUPy á-jāt-au Ṇíni̱-s tācchily-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Ṇíni̱ is introduced [after a verbal stem 1.91 co-occurring with a nominal padá 4] not denoting a species (á-jāt-au) to express the meaning of `habitually addicted' (tācchilye).

uṣṇám bhók-tum śīlam asyá = uṣṇa+0̸¹+bhuj+Ṇini̱ = úṣṇa-bhoj-in- `habitually accustomed to eat hot (food)'. But uṣṇám bhuṅk-té kadācit `occasionally eats hot (food)', and brāhmaṇān ā-mantr-ay-i-tŕC `accustomed to invite brahmins' since this is a species word (jāti). Accent by 6.2.79.

$3.2.79 kartár-i=upa-mān-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇíni̱ 78 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 co-occurring with a nominal padá 4] functioning as an agent (kartár-i) and serving as an object of comparison (upamāne).

úṣṭra-ḥ iva króś-a-ti = uṣṭra+0̸¹+kruś+Ṇíni̱ = úṣṭra-kroś-in- `making a noise like a camel'; similarly dhvāṅkṣa-ḥ iva rau-ti = dhvāṅkṣa+0̸¹+ru+Ṇini̱ = dhvāṅkṣa-rāv-in- `sounding like a crow'; when the co-occurring nominal padá is not an agent: apūpān iva māṣān bhakṣ-áy-a-ti `eats māṣa grain like a cake of flour'; when not an object of comparison: úṣṭraḥ króś-a-ti `the camel cries harshly'. Accent by 6.2.79.

$3.2.80 vrat-é

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇíni̱ 78 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91, co-occurring with a nominal padá 4] to denote a religious vow (vrat-é).

sthaṇḍil-e śé-te = sthaṇḍila+0̸¹+śī+Nini = stháṇḍila-śāy-in- `sleeping on the bare ground (as a religious vow)'. Accent by 6.2.79.

$3.2.81 bahulám ābhīkṣṇy-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇíni̱ 78 is introduced] variously (bahulám) [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote repetition (ābhīkṣṇy-e).

[ābhīkṣṇya-] `repetition' here is distinct from [tācchīlya-] `habitual disposition': kaṣāya-pā-yu̱K+ín (7.3.33) = káṣāya-pā-y-ín- `repeatedly drinking juice' in the phrase káśāya-pā-y-in-aḥ uśīnarāḥ `the residents of Uś. constantly drink juice'. (6.2.79 for accent).

$3.2.82 man-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇíni̱ 78 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] man- `think' (IV 67)[co-occurring with a nominal padá 4].

darśanīyam mán-ya-te káṁ-cit = darśanīya+0̸¹+man+Ṇini̱ = dárśanīya-mān-in- `considers (someone) as handsome or good-looking'.

$3.2.83 ātma-mān-é KHaŚ=ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 Ṇíni̱ 78] as well as (ca) KHጠare introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 man- 82, co-occurring with a nominal padá 4] when the object of the verbal stem is oneself (ātma-māné).

darśanīyam ātmānam mán-ya-te = darśanīya+0̸¹+man+KhaŚ/Ṇini̱ = darśanīya-mu̱M+man+ŚyaN+á- = darśanīya-ṁ-man-yá (3.1.69; 6.3.67) / dárśanīya-mān-in- `considering one's self as good-looking'.

$3.2.84 bhūt-é

(When the action refers to) the general past (bhūt-é).

This is a governing rule extending up to 122 below. All affixes hereafter introduced, prior to 123, are with reference to the general past tense. The word [bhūté] `in the general past tense' will recur in all subsequent rules coming under this head.

$3.2.85 káraṇ-e yaj-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇíni̱ 78 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.92] yaj- `sacrifice' (I 1051) [co-occurring with a nominal padá 4] functioning as an instrument (i.e., ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet) [to denote the general past tense (bhūt-é) 84].

agni-ṣṭoména iṣṭávān = agniṣṭoma+0̸+yaj+Ṇini = ágniṣṭoma-yāj-in- `one who has performed the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice'.

$3.2.86 kármaṇ-i han-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇíni̱ 78 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] han- `kill, strike' (II 2) [co-occurring with a nominal padá 4] functioning as its object (kárman-i) [to denote the general past tense 84].

pitr̥vyam hatávān = pitr̥vya+0̸¹+han+Ṇini̱ = pítr̥vya-ghāt-in- (7.3.32,54) `who has murdered his paternal uncle'.

$3.2.87 ¹bráhmn-²bhrūṇá-³vr̥tré-ṣu Kvi̱P

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Kvi̱P is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 han- 86, co-occurring with nominal padás 4] bráhman- `brahmin', bhrūṇá- `embryo' and vr̥trá- `n.pr. of a demon, destroyed by Indra' [functioning as its direct object 86 to denote the general past tense 84].

bráhman+am+ha-távān = brahman+0̸¹+han+Kvi̱P = brahma0̸+hán- `who has murdered a brahmin'; similarly bhrūṇa-hán- / vr̥tra-hán- respectively denoting `who has killed the embryo / the demon Vr̥tra'.

In view of the general rule 76 introducing this affix after all verbal stems, there is a four-fold application derived from that fact: (a) Kvi̱P is introduced after [han-] when co-occurring with these three nominal padás only; (b) with these three úpapadas only, [han-] is followed by this affix, not other verbal stems; in brahma adhī-tavān it is inoperative; (c) with these úpapadas it is only to denote the general past time that Kvi̱P is introduced after [han-]; in bráhmāṇam hán-ti `kills a brahmin', it is inoperative; and (d) also in bráhmāṇ-am han-i-ṣyá-ti `will kill a brahmin' it is inoperative.

$3.2.88 bahulám chandas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Kvi̱P 87] is variously (bahulám) introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 han- 86, co-occurring with other nominal padás 4 functioning as its object 86 to denote the general past tense 84].

mātár-am ha-távān = mātr̥+0̸¹+han+Kvi̱P = mātr̥-hán- `who has killed his mother' in the passage: mātr̥-hā saptamám nárakam prá-viś-et `a matricide will enter the seventh hell'.

$3.2.89 ¹sú-²kárman-³pāpá-⁴mántra-⁵púṇye-su kr̥Ñaḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Kvi̱P 87 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] kr̥Ñ `do, perform' (VIII 10) [co-occurring with nominal padás 4] sú- `well', kárman- `work', pāpá- `sin', mántra- `sacred hymn', and púṇya- `virtue, merit' [functioning as its object 86 to denote the general past tense 84].

sú+kr̥+Kvi̱P = su-kŕ-tu̱K+0̸ (6.1.71) = śobhanam kr̥-távān `who has done well'; similarly: karma-kŕ-t-, pāpa-kŕ-t-, mantra-kŕ-t, puṇya-kŕ-t- respectively denoting: `who has performed all work/committed a sin/composed a sacred hymn/done a virtuous deed'.

There is a three-fold application here: (a) this affix is applicable only when denoting the general past time: in kárma kr̥-távān Kvi̱P alone is applicable, not áṆ (1); (b) with other úpapadas, Kvi̱P is not applicable, but only áṆ as in mántram adhī-tavān = mantrādhyāy-á- `who has studied sacred hymns'; (c) through introducing Kvi̱P in the general past tense, it is not applicable when other tenses are indicated: mántram kari-ṣyá-ti/kar-ó-ti = mantra-kār-áṆ `who will compose/is composing sacred hymns'. Since no regulation is intended, in the view of the recurrence of the word [bahulám 88], this rule is applicable also with other úpapadas: bhāṣya-kŕ-t-/śāstra-kŕ-t `who has composed a commentary/treatise on science' respectively.

$3.2.90 sóm-e suÑ-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Kvi̱P 87 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] suÑ- `press or distil the Soma' [co-occurring with the nominal padá 4] sóma- [functioning as its object 86 to denote the general past tense 84].

sómam su-távān = soma+su+Kvi̱P = soma-sú-t- `who has pressed Soma'. Here also the four-fold application (in 87 above) is valid.

$3.2.91 agn-aú ce-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Kvi̱P 87 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] ci- `heap, pile, arrange' (V 5) [co-occurring with the nominal padá 4] agní- `fire' [serving as its object to denote the general past tense 84].

agním ci-távān = agni-cí-t- `who has built the sacrificial fire'. Description

$3.2.92 kármaṇ-i=agni=ākhyā-yām

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Kvi̱P is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 ci- 91, co-occurring with a nominal padá 4 functioning as its object 86 to denote the general past tense 84] (and the form derived) with the passive construction (kármaṇ-i) denotes the name of a ritual fire (agni=ākhyā-yām).

śyená-ḥ=iva ci-tá-ḥ = śyena+0̸¹+ci+Kvi̱P = śyena-cí-t- `a sacrificial fireplace piled in the shape of a hawk'.

$3.2.93 kármaṇ-i=ini̱ḥ=ví-kriy-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] íni̱ is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] vi+krī- `sell' (IX 1) [co-occurring with a nominal padá 4 functioning as its direct object 85 when indicating the general past tense 84] to denote a despicable act (kármaṇ-i).

The repetition of the word [karmaṇ-i] here while it is already recurring from 92 above is to indicate not `an object' as defined by 1.4.49 but to denote a despicable or unworthy act and censure the agent of the verbal stem: sómam ví-krī-tavān = soma+0̸¹+vi-krī+ín = soma-vi-kray-ín- `who has sold Soma' implying censure; but dhānya+vi-krī+áṆ = dhānya-vi-krāy-á- `who has sold grain' with no censure implied.

$3.2.94 dr̥śe-ḥ Kvani̱P

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Kvani̱P is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] dr̥ś- `see, perceive' (I 1037) [co-occurring with a nominal padá 4 functioning as its object 86 when referring to the general past tense 84].

pārám dr̥ṣ-ṭávān = pāra+0̸¹+dŕś+Kvani̱P = pāra-dŕś-van- `who has seen the opposite shore'.

$3.2.95 rājan-i ¹yudh-i̱-²kr̥Ñ-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Kvani̱P 94 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] yudh- `fight' (IV 64) and kr̥Ñ- `do, perform' (VIII 10) [co-occurring with the nominal padá 4] rājan- `king' [serving as their object 86 when referring to the general past tense 84].

rājān-aṁ yodh-i-távān = rājan+0̸¹+yudh+Kvani̱P = rājaY+yúdh-van- `who has made war against the king / who has made the king fight a war'; similarly rājān-aṁ kr̥-távān = rāja=kŕt-van- `who has crowned or enthroned the king'.

$3.2.96 sah-é ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Kvani̱P 94] is introduced also (ca) [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91 yudh- and kr̥Ñ 95 when co-occurring with the nominal padá 4] sahá- `with' [when referring to the general past tense 84].

sahá yodh-i-távān = saha+yudh+Kvani̱P = saha-yúdh-van- `who has fought along with'; similarly saha-kŕt-van- `who has cooperated with'.

$3.2.97 saptamy-ām jáne̱-r Ḍáḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Ḍá is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] ján- `be born' (IV 41) [co-occurring with a nominal padá 4 ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet (saptamy-ām) [when denoting the general past tense 84].

upa-sar-é jā-tá-ḥ = upa-sará-0̸¹+jan+Ḍá = upa-sára-j0̸0̸+a- (6.4.143) `born by impregnation'; similarly páṅk-e jā-tá-ḥ = paṅka-j-á- `born in mud, a lotus'. Cf. 6.2.83 for accent.

$3.2.98 pañcamy-ām á-jāt-au

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ḍá 97 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 ján- 97, co-occurring with a nominal padá 4 ending in 1.1.72] the fifth sUP triplet (pañcamy-ām), not specifying a species (á-jāt-au) [and referring to the general past tense 84].

búddhe-r jā-tá-ḥ = búddhi+0̸¹+jan+Ḍá = buddhi-j-á- `arisen or originated in the intellect', but áśvāt=jā-tá-ḥ `born of a horse'.

$3.2.99 upa-sarg-é ca saṁjñā-yām

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ḍá 97 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 ján- 97] also when co-occurring with a preverb (upa-sarg-é) [and referring to the general past tense 84] to form a name (samjñāyām).

pra+jā-tá-ḥ = pra+jan+Ḍá = pra-j-á+ṬāP = pra-j-ā `progeny' as in áthemā mānavī pra-j-ā `now these born of Manu'. Description

$3.2.100 án-au kármaṇ-i

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ḍá 97 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 ján- 97] co-occurring with the preverb ánu-° [and a nominal padá 4] functioning as its direct object (kármaṇ-i) [when referring to the general past tense 84].

rāmám anu-jā-tá-ḥ = rāma+0̸¹+anu-jan+Ḍá = rāmānu-j0̸0̸-á- `born after Rāma (i.e., his younger brother)'.

$3.2.101 anyé-ṣu=ápi dr̥ś-yá-te

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ḍá 97] is also (ápi) introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 ján- 97] co-occurring with other (anyé-ṣu) [nominal padás 4 when referring to the general past tense 84].

náÑ+jā-ta-ḥ = a-j-á- `was not born'; similarly dvír-jā-tá-ḥ = dvi-j-á- `twice-born/born again'.

The word [anyé-ṣu] not only refers to the nominal padás but also to different kārakas, other than the fifth and seventh referred to above. The word [ápi] also permits the introduction of other verbal stems: parí-tas=khā-tá-ḥ = pari-0̸¹+khan+Ḍá = pari-kh0̸0̸+á+ṬāP = pari-kh-ā `a moat dug all around'.

$3.2.102 niṣṭhā

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1] denoted by the t.t. niṣṭhā (1.1.26 = Ktá- and KtávatU) are introduced [after 1.2 all verbal stems 1.91 to denote the general past tense 84].

kr̥+KtávatU = kr̥-tá- `was done', kr̥-távatU `has done'. Description

$3.2.103 ¹su-²yaj-or Ṅvani̱P

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Ṅvani̱P is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] su- `press, extract' (V 1) and yaj- `sacrifice' (I 1051) [to denote the general past tense 84].

su+Ṅvani̱P = su+tu̱K+van- = sú-t-van- `who has pressed or extracted'; similarly yáj-van- `who has sacrificed'. Description

$3.2.104 jīr-ya-te-r atR̥N

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] atR̥N is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] jr̄- `grow old, age' (IV 22) [to denote the general past tense 84].

jr̄+atR̥N = jár-atR̥ `who has grown old or aged'; the marker [R̥] indicates that before sUP triplets denoted by [Śi] and [sUṬ] an infixed nu̱M is introduced after the last vowel of the nominal stem (7.1.70).

$3.2.105 chándas-i lIṬ

In the domain of Chándas (l-substitutes of) lIṬ `Perfect Tense' are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to denote the general past 84].

ahám sūryam ubhayá-to da-darś-a `I saw the sun from both sides'; ahám dyāvā-pr̥thivī ā-ta-tān-a `I stretched heaven and earth'. This is a prior exception to 115 below.

$3.2.106 lIṬ-aḥ KānáC=vā

[In the domain of Chándas 105 the kŕt 1.92 affix 1.1] KānáC optionally (vā) replaces (the l-substitutes of) lIṬ [introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to denote the general past tense 84].

ci+lIṬ = ci-ci+eŚ (3.4.81; 6.1.8) = ci-ki-é (7.3.58) = ci-ky-é/ci-ci+KānáC = ci-ky-āná- as in : agním ci-ky-āna-ḥ `he constructed the sacrificial fire'.

$3.2.107 KvásU-s=ca

[In the domain of Chándas the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] KvásU also (ca) [optionally replaces the l-substitutes of lIṬ 105 introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to denote the general past tense 84].

pā+lIṬ = pa-pā+iṬ+KvásU = pa-p0̸+i-vás = pa-p-i-vás- `drank', the marker [U] operating under 7.1.70.

$3.2.108 bhāṣā-yām ¹sáda̱-²vasÁ-³śruv-aḥ

In the domain of the spoken language (= current speech: bhāṣā-yām) [the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KvásU 107 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] sád- `sit down' (I 907, VI 133), vas- `abide, dwell, reside' (I 1054) and śru- `hear, listen' (I 980) [as a replacement for l-substitutes of lIṬ 106 to denote the general past tense 84].

úpa+sad+lIṬ = úpa-sa-sad+KvásU = upa-0̸0̸-sed+iṬ+vás- (6.4.120) = upa-sed-i-vān Kaútsa-ḥ Pāṇinim `K. became a pupil of P.' The alternate forms are: upā-sad-a-t lUṄ, upā-sīd-a-t lAṄ and úpa-sa-sād-a lIṬ.

Similarly: ánu+vas+lIṬ = ánu+va-vas+KvásU = anu-u-us+iṬ+vás- (6.1.15,17) = anū-ṣ-ivás = anū-ṣivān Kaútsa-ḥ Pāṇinim.

úpa+śru+lIṬ = úpa-śu-śru+KvásU = upa-śu-śru-vás : upa-śu-śruvān Kaútsa-ḥ Pāṇinim. Description

$3.2.109 ¹upey-i-vān=²anāś-vān=³anūcānás-s=ca

[When the action refers to the general past tense 84 the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KvásU 107 replaces the l-substitutes of lIṬ 109 to generate the irregular forms] upeyi-vān `approached', anāś-vān `did not eat' and anūcāná- `studied' [with KānáC replacement 106].

1. úpa+iṆ+lIṬ = upa+i-i+KvásU = upa-ī-i+KvásU (7.4.69) = úpa+īy-iṬ+KvásU (contra 7.2.67) = upe-y-i-vás+sU = upe-y-i-vān (7.1.70; 6.4.10; 8.2.23).

2. naÑ+aś+KvásU = an-ā-aś+vas+sU = anā-ś-vān (with irregular absence of initial iṬ increment).

3. ánu+vac+KānáC = anu-u-uc+āná (5.1.15,17) = anū-c-āná-sU = anū-c-āná-ḥ. Description

$3.2.110 lUṄ

[When the action refers to the general past tense 84, the l-substitutes of] lUṄ `Aorist' are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91].

kr̥+lUṄ = kr̥+Cli̱+t (3.1.43) = kr̥+si̱C+t (3.1.44) = áṬ+kr̥+si̱C+t (6.4.71) = á-kār+s+īṬ+t (7.2.1; 3.96) = á-kār-ṣ-ī-t `made, performed, did'.

$3.2.111 án-adya-tane lAṄ

[When the action refers to the general past tense 84] excluding the current day (án-adya-tane) [the l-substitutes of] lAṄ `Imperfect Tense' are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91].

kr̥+lAṄ = kr̥+u+t = á-kar-o-t (3.1.79; 7.3.84) `did, made' (not referring to the current day).

$3.2.112 abhijñā-vacané lR̥Ṭ

[When the action refers to the general past tense 84 excluding the current day 111] (the l-substitutes of) lR̥Ṭ (Sigmatic Future) are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with an expression implying recollection (abhijñā-vacané).

Exception to laṄ 111 above. smár-a-si devadatta kaśmīre-ṣu vat-syā-maḥ `do you remember, Devadatta, how we lived in Kashmir?' from vas+lR̥Ṭ = vas+syá+mas (3.1.33) = vat-syā-maḥ (7.3.102; 4.43; 8.3.15).

$3.2.113 ná yád-i

[When the action refers to the general past 84 excluding the current day 111, the l-substitutes of lR̥Ṭ 112] are not introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 when the expression implying recollection co-occurs 112 with] the particle yád `which, what'.

smár-a-si devadatta yát kaśmīre-ṣu á-vas-āma where the Imperfect (lAṄ 111) operates instead.

$3.2.114 vibhāṣā sākāṅkṣ-e

[When the action refers to the general past 84 excluding the current day 111 and the expression implying recollection 112 co-occurs or not with yád 113, l-substitutes of lR̥Ṭ 112] are optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] if the speaker needs (another) expression for completion of the sense (sākāṅkṣ-e).

smár-a-si devadatta yát kaśmīre-ṣu vat-syā-maḥ/á-vas-ā-ma, tátra odanam bhok-ṣyā-mahe/á-bhuñj-mahi `do you remember, Devadatta, that we lived in K. and there we ate porridge?'. The second phrase complements the first for completion of the sense.

$3.2.115 parókṣ-e lIṬ

[When the action refers to the general past time 84 excluding the current day 111] and beyond the perception of the speaker (parókṣ-e), l-substitutes of lIṬ are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91].

gam+lIṬ = gam-gam+lIṬ (6.1.8) = ga-gam+ṆaL (3.4.82; 7.4.60) = ja+gam+ṆaL (7.4.62) = ja-gām-a (7.2.116) `has gone (before the current day) but I did not see it myself'.

$3.2.116 ¹ha-²śáśvat-or lAṄ ca

[When the action refers to the general past time 84 excluding the current day 111 beyond the perception of the speaker 115] l-substitutes of lAṄ `Imperfect' as well as (ca) [those of lIṬ are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with the particles ha `verily, indeed' and śáśvat `constantly'.

1. iti ha ca-kār-a/á-kar-o-t `indeed he has done'.

2. śáśvat=ca-kār-a/á-kar-o-t `has repeatedly done'.

$3.2.117 praśn-é ca=ā-sanna-kāl-é

[When the action refers to the general past 84 excluding the current day 111, beyond the perception of the speaker 115, the l-substitutes of lIṬ 115 and lAṄ are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote a recent (ā-sanna-kāle) past time in an interrogation (praśn-é).

X asks Y: ja-gām-a/á-gacch-a-t devadattá-ḥ? `Has D. gone?'. Recent past [ā-sanna-kāla] by interpretation is defined as within five years.

$3.2.118 lAṬ sm-e

[When the action refers to the general past 84 excluding the current day 111, beyond the perception of the speaker 115] l-substitutes of lAṬ `Present Tense' are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with the particle sma.

yáj-a-ti sma yudhísṭḥira-ḥ `Y. has sacrificed'.

$3.2.119 á-parokṣ-e ca

[When the action refers to the general past 84 excluding the current day 111] and is within the perception of the speaker (á-parokṣ-e) [the l-substitutes of lAṬ 118 are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 co-occurring with the particle sma 118].

eváṁ sma pitā bráv-ī-ti `thus has the father spoken'. Description

$3.2.120 nan-aú pr̥ṣṭa-prati-vacan-é

[When the action refers to the general past 84, the l-substitutes of lAṬ 118 are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with the particle nanú in a response to a question (pr̥ṣṭa-prati-vacané).

á-kār-ṣ-ī-ḥ káṭam devadatta? nanú kar-ó-mi bhoḥ `O Devadatta! have you made a mat? Yes, I have made (it)'.

$3.2.121 ¹ná-²nv-ór vibhāṣā

[When the action refers to the general past 84 the l-substitutes of lAṬ are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] optionally (vibhāṣā) when co-occurring with the particles ná and nú [in response to a question 120].

Q. á-kār-ṣ-ī-ḥ káṭam devadatta? R. ná kar-ó-mi bhoḥ / ahám nú kar-ó-mi `Have you made a mat, O Devadatta? I have not made (it) / I have certainly made (it)'. Alternately á-kār-ṣ-am replaces kar-ó-mi.

$3.2.122 pur-í lUṄ ca=á-sm-e

[When the action refers to the general past 84 excluding the current day 111 the l-substitutes of lAṬ 118] and (ca) lUṄ [are optionally 121 introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with the particle purā `formerly', provided the particle sma does not co-occur.

vás-anti=ihá purā chātrāḥ `pupils lived here formerly' or with lUṄ: á-vas+si̱C+us = á-vās+s+us (7.2.3) = á-vāt-s-uḥ (7.4.49); in addition, when these do not co-occur, lIṬ and lAṄ also operate: ūṣ-úḥ / á-vas-an but yáj-a-ti sma yudhíṣṭhira-ḥ Description

$3.2.123 vártamān-e lAṬ

When the action refers to the present time (vártamān-e) l-substitutes of lAṬ `Present Tense' are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.93].

bhū+lAṬ = bhū+ŚaP+tiP (3.1.68; 4.78) = bhó+a+ti (7.3.84) = bháv-a-ti (6.1.78) `becomes'; similarly pác-a-ti/ád-mi `is cooking/am eating'. Description

$3.2.124 lAṬ-aḥ ¹ŚátR̥-²ŚanáC-au=á-prathamā-samāna=adhi-karaṇ-é

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1] ŚátR̥ and ŚānáC replace the l-substitutes of lAṬ when it has the same reference (samāna=adhi-karaṇé) [with a nominal padá 4 (ending in 1.1.72 a sUP triplet)] other than the first (á-prathamā-°).

pac+lAṬ = pac+ŚaP+lAṬ = pac+a+ŚátR̥/ŚānáC = pác-at- (6.1.97) pac-a+mu̱K+āná- (7.2.82) = páca-m+āna- in constructions like pác-ant-am/páca-m-ānam devadattám páśy-a `behold D. who is cooking'; pác-at-ā pác-a-m-ān-ena kr̥tám `prepared by one who is cooking', but devadattá-ḥ pác-a-ti. (Cf. 6.1.186).

The repetition of the word [lAṬ] when it is already recurring from 123 above is to permit occasional use of these affixes even when co-occurring with a padá ending in the first sUP triplet: sán/ás-ti/víd-ya-te/vid-yá-m-āna-ḥ brāhmaṇá-h `the brahmin is'. Description

$3.2.125 sam-bódhan-e ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 ŚátR̥ and ŚānáC 124 replace the l-substitutes of lAṬ 124 introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 when it has the same reference with a nominal padá 124 ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 124] used in invocation or address (sam-bódhan-e).

he pácan/pác-a-m-āna `O thou who art cooking'.

$3.2.126 ¹lákṣaṇa-²hetv-óḥ kriyā-yāḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 ŚátR̥ and ŚānáC replace the l-substitutes of lAṬ 124 introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] the action denoted by which is a characteristic (lákṣaṇa) or cause (hetú) of (another) action (kriyā-yāḥ).

1. lákṣaṇa: śay-ānā bhuñj-áte yavanāḥ `the Yavanas eat while lying down or reclining'.

2. hetú: adhīy-ānó vás-a-ti `he is staying in order to study (or for the purpose of studying)'.

$3.2.127 t-au SAT

(The technical term) SAT denotes those two [kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 ŚátR̥ and ŚānáC 124].

As a t.t. occurs in 2.2.11; 3.3.14.

$3.2.128 ¹pūṄ-²yaj-oḥ ŚānaN

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] ŚānaN is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] pūṄ- `purify' (I 1015) and yaj- `sacrifice' (I 1051).

1. pū+ŚānaN = pū+ŚaP+āna = pó+a+āna- (7.3.84) = páv-a+mu̱K+āna (6.1.78; 7.2.82) = páv-a-m-āna- `Soma, the purifier'.

2. Similarly yáj-a-m-āna- `sacrificer'.

This affix generates nominal stems, while [ŚānáC] is a replacement for l-substitutes of lAṬ.

$3.2.129 ¹tācchīlya-²vayovacaná-³śákti-ṣu CānaŚ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Cānጠis introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote habitual disposition (tāc-chīlya), age (vayo-vacaná) or capacity (śákti).

1. bhóg-am bhuñj-āná- (= bhuj+Cānጠ= bhuj+ŚnáM+Cānጠ= bhu-0̸n-j-āná- 6.4.111) `habitually disposed to enjoy food'.

2. vayo-vacané: kávac-am bi-bhr-āṇá- (= bhr̥+Ślu+Cānጠ= bi-bhr̥-āṇá- = bi-bhr-āṇá- 7.4.76; 8.4.2) `of an age to wear a coat of mail'.

3. śákt-au: śátrum ni-ghn-āná- `able to destroy enemies' = ni-han+Cānጠ= ni-h0̸n+āná- (6.4.98) = ni-ghn-āná- (7.3.54).

$3.2.130 ¹iṄ=²dhāry-óḥ ŚátR̥=kr̥cchriṇ-i

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] ŚátR̥ is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] iṄ (with ádhi-°) `study' (I 37) and dhār-í = dhr̥+ṆíC (I 948) `hold' to denote that the agent is free from difficulty (á-kr̥cchriṇ-i).

1. adhīy-án vyākáraṇam (= adhi+iṄ+ŚátR̥+sU = adhīy-án 7.1.70) `studying grammar without difficulty', but kr̥cchr-éṇa adhī-té `studies with difficulty'.

2. dhār-áy-an=upaniṣad-am (= dhār-í+ŚátR̥ = dhār-áy-at+sU = dhār-áy-an) `easily quoting or remembering the Upaniṣad'; but kr̥cchr-éṇa dhār-áy-a-ti `remembers with difficulty'.

$3.2.131 dviṣ-aḥ=a-mítr-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 ŚátR̥ 130 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] dviṣ- `hate' (II 3) to denote an enemy (a-mítr-e).

dviṣ+ŚátR̥ = dvis-0̸¹+át- `unfriendly, inimical', but dvéṣ-ṭi bhāryā pátim `the wife dislikes the husband'.

$3.2.132 suÑ-aḥ=yajña-saṁ-yog-é

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 ŚátR̥ 130 is introduced after 1 the verbal stem 1.91] suÑ- `press, extract, distil' (V 1) when expressing a participation in a sacrifice (yajña-saṁ-yog-é).

sárv-e sunv-ántaḥ = su+Śnú+ŚátR̥+Jas = sunv-ánt-aḥ `all are participating in the sacrifice', but su-nó-ti súrām `distils liquor'. Description

$3.2.133 árh-aḥ pūjā-yām

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 ŚátR̥ 130 is introduced after the verbal stem 1.91] árh- `merit' (I 776) to denote eulogy (pūjā-yām).

arh+ŚátR̥ = árh+ŚaP+át+sU = árh-ant=sU = árh-an0̸0̸ (6.1.97; 8.2.23) in árh-an=íha bhávān pūjām `you are worthy of honor here'.

$3.2.134 ā-kve̱-ḥ ¹tác-chīla-²tád-dharma-³tát-sādhu-kārí-ṣu

Up to and including sūtra 177 below [the kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 introduced here after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] are meant to express that the agent performs the action as (a) a part of his habitual disposition (tác-chīla-) or (b) as his duty (tád-dharma) or efficiently (tat-sādhu-kāríṣu).

This is a governing or [adhikārá] sūtra and these three meaning conditions will recur in each of the succeeding rules up to and including 177 below.

$3.2.135 tr̥N

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] tr̥N is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to denote the agents natural disposition, duty or excellence 134].

kr̥+tr̥N = kár-tr̥- `doer, performer'; (a) natural or habitual disposition: kár-tā káṭam `who habitually makes a mat'; (b) duty: múṇḍ-ay-i-tār-aḥ śrāviṣṭhāyanāḥ=bháv-anti vadhūm ūḍhām `Śrāviṣṭhāyanas shave the head of their married daughter-in-law'; (c) efficient performance: kár-tā káṭam `excellent maker of mat(s)'. Description

$3.2.136 ¹álaṁ-kr̥Ñ-²nir-ā-kr̥Ñ-³prá-jana̱=⁴út-pacA=⁵út-pata̱=⁶ún-mada̱-⁷rúci̱-⁸ápa-trapa̱-⁹vŕtU-¹⁰vŕdhU-¹¹sáhA-¹²cárÁ iṣṇúC

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] iṣṇúC is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] álaṁ+kr̥- `adorn' (VIII 10), nir-ā-kr̥- `reject', prá+jan- `be born' (IV 41), út+pac- `ripen' (I 1045), út+pat- `fly up' (I 898), ún+mad- `be mad' (IV 99), rúc- `shine' (I 781), ápa+trap- `be ashamed' (I 399), vŕt- `turn; abide' (I 795), vŕdh- `increase' (I 796). sáh- `bear, endure' (I 905) and cár- `move, graze' (I 591) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

alaṁ+kr̥+iṣṇúC = alaṁ-kar-iṣṇú- `decorating or adorning' (in any of the three senses referred to in 134); similarly: nir-ā-kar-iṣṇú- `repudiating'; pra-jan-iṣṇú- `being born'; ut-pac-iṣṇú- `ripening'; ut-pat-iṣṇú- `flying up'; un-mad-iṣṇú- `intoxicating'; roc-iṣṇú- `shining brightly'; apa-trap-iṣṇú- `becoming bashful'; vart-iṣṇú- `abiding'; vardh-iṣṇú- `growing, increasing'; sah-iṣṇú- `tolerating'; cari-iṣṇú- `moving, grazing, practising'.

$3.2.137 Ṇé-ś chándas-i

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 iṣṇúC 136 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 ending in 1.1.72 the stem-forming affix 1.1] Ṇí(C) in the domain of Chándas [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

dr̥-ṣád-am dhār-ay-iṣṇáv-aḥ `capable of or accustomed to carry or bear stones'.

$3.2.138 bhúv-aś ca

[In the domain of Chándas 137 the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 iṣṇúC 135 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] bhū- `become' (I 1) [to denote the agent's natural disposition, duty or excellence 134].

This is a prior exception to the following sūtra 139. The implication of the particle [ca] here is not for the purpose of recurrence of [Ṇí] from the preceding rule, but to extend the scope of this rule to other verbal stems not specifically mentioned. bhav-iṣṇú- `becoming'; bhrāj-iṣṇú- `shining brightly'. Description

$3.2.139 ¹glā-²jí-³sthaś ca Ksnú-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Ksnú (= *Gsnú-) is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] glā- (glaí- I 862) `be weary', jí- `win' (I 159) and sthā `remain, stand' (I 975) [to denote the agent's natural disposition, duty or excellence 134].

The affix [Ksnú] is by interpretation derived from the underlying form [*G-snú] in order to derive the correct surface form from [sthā]. The presence of [G] as an IT-marker is also posited by interpretation in the case of 1.1.5 [KṄ-IT = *G-K-N-IT]. glaí+Ksnú = glā=snú- (6.1.45) `exhausted, weary, tired'; similarly: ji-ṣṇú- `victorious'; sthā+*G-snú- = sthāsnú- `disposed to remain firm'; since the marker here is *G and not K, the operation of 6.4.66 is blocked and there is no replacement of stem-vowel by [ī]. The implication of [ca] in this rule is for the recurrence of verbal stem [bhū-] from the preceding rule: bhū-ṣṇú- `becoming'. Description

$3.2.140 ¹trási̱-²gŕdhi̱-³dhŕṣi̱-⁴kṣip-e̱ḥ Knú-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Knú is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] trás- `tremble' (IV 10), gŕdh- `be greedy' (IV 136), dhŕṣ- `be bold' (V 22) and kṣip- `throw, cast, toss' (IV 14, VI 15) [to denote the agent's natural disposition, duty or excellence 134].

tras+Knú = tras-nú- `trembling'; gr̥dh-nú- `greedy'; dhr̥ṣ-ṇú- `bold, daring'; kṣip-nú- `tossing, casting, throwing' [8.2.2 in-applicable, cf. 8.4.39].

$3.2.141 śam-iti=aṣṭā-bhyáḥ GHínu̱Ṇ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] GHínu̱Ṇ is introduced [after 1.2] eight [verbal stems 1.91] beginning with śam- `be calm' (IV 92=99) [to denote the agent's natural disposition, duty or excellence 134].

The marker [GH] of the affix is for the operation of 7.3.52 (of velar replacement of palatal phonemes [c, j]) applicable to the subsequent sūtras and [Ṇ] for the purpose of 7.2.116. In the case of the seven verbal stems referred to here ending in °-m, 7.3.34 blocks the operation of 7.2.116.

śam+GHinu̱Ṇ = śam-ín- `calm'; similarly tam-ín- `subduing, taming'; śram-ín- `laboring, exerting'; bhram-ín- `wandering'; klam-ín- `fatiguing'; kṣam-ín- `forebearing'; un=mād-ín- `maddening'.

$3.2.142 ¹sáṁ-pr̥ca̱=²ánu-rudha̱=³āṄ-yamÁ=⁴āṄ-yasa-⁵pári-sr̥-⁶sáṁ-sr̥jÁ-⁷pári-devi̱-⁸sáṁ-jvarÁ=⁹pári-kṣipÁ-¹⁰pári-vadÁ-¹¹pári-dahÁ-¹²pári-muhÁ-¹³duṣÁ-¹⁴dviṣÁ-¹⁵drúhÁ-¹⁶duhÁ-¹⁷yuja̱-¹⁸ā-krīḍa̱-¹⁹ví-vica̱-²⁰tyajÁ-²¹rájÀ-²²bhajÀ=²³áti-carÁ=²⁴ápa-carÁ=²⁵ā-muṣÁ=²⁶abhy-ā-han-aś ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHínu̱Ṇ 141 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] sám+pr̥c- `connect, contact' (VII 25), ánu+rudh- `surround' (VII 1), ā+yam- `stretch' (I 1033), ā+yas- `work hard' (IV 101), pári+sr̥- `go round' (I 982), sáṁ+sr̥j- `mix together' (VI 121), pári+dev- `lament' (I 529), sáṁ+jvar- `be in great fever or heat' (I 813), pári+kṣip- `cast all around' (VI 5), pári+raṭ- `scream' (I 319), pári+vad- `shout' (I 1058), pári+dah- `consume' (I 1040), pári+muḥ- `be bewildered' (IV 89), duṣ- `err' (IV 76), dviṣ- `hate' (II 3), drúh- `be hostile' (IV 85), duh- `milk' (II 4), yuj- `join' (VII 5), `concentrate' (IV 68), ā-krīḍ- `sport' (I 373), ví+vic- `separate' (VII 5), tyaj- `abandon' (I 1035), ráj (= ránj- I 865) `desire', bhaj- `share' (I 1047), áti+car- `overtake' and ápa+car- `depart', ā+muṣ- `steal' (I 707) and abhi+ā+han- `wound'(II 2) [to denote the agent's natural disposition, duty or excellence 134].

sam+pr̥c+GHínu̱Ṇ = sam-park-ín- (7.3.52,86) `mixing, blending'; similarly: anu-rodh-ín- `obliging, compliant'; ā-yām-ín- `stretching'; ā-yās-ín- `exhausted by work'; pari-sār-ín- `wandering about'; saṁ-sarg-ín- `mixing together'; pari-dev-ín- `bewailing'; saṁ-jvār-ín- `feeling the heat of fever'; pari-kṣep-ín- `scatterer'; pari-rāṭ-ín- `screaming'; pari-vād-ín- `blaming'; pari-dāh-ín- `burning hot'; pari-moh-ín- `perplexed'; doṣ-ín- `guilty of an offence'; dveṣ-ín- `hating'; droh-ín- `hurting'; doh-ín- `milking'; yog-ín- `uniting'; ā-krīḍ-ín- `sporting'; vi-vek-ín- `discriminating'; tyāg-ín- `renouncing'; rāg-ín- `hankering after'; bhāg-ín- `sharer'; ati-cār-ín- `wrong-doer, transgressor'; apa-cār-ín- `wrong-doer'; ā-moṣ-ín- `thief, robber'; abhy-ā-ghāt-ín- `attacker, attacking' (7.3.32,54).

$3.2.143 v-aú ¹káṣÁ-²lásÁ-³kátthA-⁴srámbh-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHínu̱Ṇ 141 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] káṣ- `injure' (I 716), lás- `embrace, sport' (I 745), kátth- `praise' (I 37) and srámbh- `trust, believe in' (I 794), co-occurring with the preverb ví-° [to denote the agent's natural disposition, duty or excellence 134].

vi-kāṣ-ín- `injuring'; vi-lās-ín- `sportful'; vi-katth-ín- `boasting'; vi-srambh-ín- `confiding'. Description

$3.2.144 áp-e ca láṣ-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHínu̱Ṇ 142 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] láṣ- `desire' (I 937), co-occurring with the preverb ápa-° and (ca) [ví-° 143, to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

apa-lāṣ-ín- `free from desire'; vi-lāṣ-ín- `desirous'. Description

$3.2.145 pr-é ¹lápÁ-²sr̥-³dru-⁴mátha̱-⁵vádÁ-⁶vas-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHínu̱Ṇ 141 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] láp- `prattle' (I 429), sr̥- `flow' (I 982, III 17), dru- `run' (I 992), máth- `churn, agitate' (I 901), vad- `speak' (I 1058), and vas- `reside, dwell, abide' (I 1054), co-occurring with the preverb prá-° [to denote the agent's natural disposition,duty or excellence 134].

pra-lāp-ín- `prattler'; pra-sār-ín- `flowing or moving around'; pra-drāv-ín- `running away'; pra-māth-ín- `churner, agitator'; pra-vād-ín- `reporter' and pra=vās-ín- `traveller'. Description

$3.2.146 ¹nínda̱-²hiṁsa̱-³kliśA-khāda̱-⁴ví-nāśa̱-⁵pári-kliśÁ-⁶pári-raṭÁ-⁷pári-vād-í-⁸vyā-bhāṣA=⁹asūy-aḥ vUÑ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] vuÑ is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] nínd- `blame' (I 66), hiṁs- `hurt, injure' (VII 19), kliś `torment' (IV 52a), khād- `eat' (I 50), ví+nāś- (= naś+ṆíC IV 85) `destroy', pári+kṣip- `scatter' (VI 5), pári+raṭ- `scream' (I 319), pári+vād-i (= vad+ṆíC I 1058) `accuse, blame' and vy-ā-bhāṣ- `declare' (I 643) and asūy- (kaṇḍv-ādi) `envy' [to denote the agent's natural disposition, duty or excellence 134].

nind+vuÑ = nínd-aka- (7.1.1; 6.1.117) `who blames or censures'; similarly: híṁs-aka- `who injures'; kléś-aka- `tormentor'; khād-aka- `eater'; vi-nāś-aka- `destroyer'; pari-kṣép-aka- `scatterer'; pari-rāṭ-aka- `screamer, clamorer'; pari-vād-aka- `accuser, censurer'; vy-ā-bhāṣ-aka- `announcer, declarer'; and ásūy-aka- `envier'. Description

$3.2.147 ¹dev-í-²kruś-os=ca=upasargé

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 vuÑ 145] is also (ca) [introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] dev-i (= dév- I 529+ṆíC) `lament' and kruś- `cry' (I 909) when co-occurring with preverbs (upasarg-é) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

ā-dev-í+vuÑ = ā-dév-0̸+aka- (6.4.51) = ā-dév-aka- `sporting, playful'; pari-dév-aka- `who laments, wailer'. Here two sets of verbal stems appear to be involved: [div- IV 1, X 166, and X 185 with I 529 as indicated above].

ā-króś-aka- `reviler', pari-króś-aka- `who laments, wailer'.

$3.2.148 ¹cálana-²śábda=arth-āt=á-karmak-āt=yuC

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] yuC is introduced [after 1.2 verbal stems 1.93] signifying movement (cálana-°) or sound (°-śábda=arthāt) and are intransitive (á-karmak-āt) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

1. cálana=arthe: cal+yuC = cal-aná- (7.1.1) `moving'; similarly gam-aná- `going'.

2. śábda=arthe: śabd-aná- `sounding'; rav-aṇá- `crying'. Description

$3.2.149 ánudātta=IT-as=ca há̱L-āde-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 yuC 148 is introduced after 1.2 an intransitive 148 verbal stem 1.91] beginning with a consonant (há̱L-āde-ḥ) and having a low pitch as an IT marker (án-udātta-IT-aḥ) (when first introduced in the Dhp.) [to denote the agent's natural disposition, duty or excellence 134].

vŕtU (I 795)+yuC = vart-aná- `abiding'; similarly vŕdhU (I 796)+yuC = vardh-aná- `increasing, growing'; but bhū+iṬ+tr̥N =bháv-i-tr̥- `becoming'.

$3.2.150 ¹ju-²caṅ-kram-yá-³dan-dram-yá-⁴sr̥-⁵gr̥dhi̱-⁶jválÁ-⁷śúcÁ-⁸láṣA-⁹páta̱-¹⁰pad-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 yuC 148 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] ju- `go', caṅ-kram-yá- `walk constantly', dan-dram-yá- `roam about constantly', sr̥- `flow' (I 982), gr̥dh- `envy' (IV 136), jvál- `burn' (I 842), śúc- `lament' (I 198), láṣ- `desire' (I 937), pát- `fly, fall down' (I 898) and pad- `tread, walk' (IV 60) [to denote the agent's natural disposition, duty or excellence 134].

Verbal stems having the sense of `movement' and [pad-], covered by the preceding rule, are included here when they function as transitive verbs. The verbal stems [caṅ-kram-yá-] and [dan-dram-yá-] are derived intensive or frequentative stems from [kram-] `walk, tread' (I 502) and [dram-] `roam' (I 494).

ju+yuC = jav-aná- `fleet, swift'; and similarly: caṅ-kram-y0̸+yuC (6.4.48) = caṅ-kram-0̸0̸-aṇá- (6.4.49; 8.4.2) `moving about constantly' and dan-dram-0̸0̸-aṇá- `wandering about frequently'; sar-aṇá- `flowing', gardh-aná- `envying, greedy'; jval-aṇá- `burning, fire'; śoc-aná- `lamenting'; laṣ-aṇá- `yearning'; pat-aná- `flying, falling'; pad-aná- `moving, treading'.

$3.2.151 ¹krudhÁ-²maṇḍá=arthe-bhyas=ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 yuC 148 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] signifying `be angry' [krudhÁ-(arthe-bhyaḥ IV 80)] and `adorn' [maṇḍ-(ārthe-bhyaḥ I 344)] [to denote the agent's natural disposition, duty or excellence 134].

krudh+YuC = krodh-aná- `wrathful', roṣ-aṇá-, kop-aná- `irate'; similarly: maṇḍ-aná-, bhūṣ-aṇá- `adorning'.

$3.2.152 ná y-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 yuC 148] is not introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme °-y- [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

knūy+iṬ+tr̥N = knūy-i-tr̥- `stinking'. Description

$3.2.153 ¹sūdA-²dīpa̱-³dīkṣ-as=ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 yuC 148 is not introduced 152 after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] sūd- `fight, slay' (I 25), dīp- `shine, be bright' (IV 42) and dīkṣ- `initiate' (I 640) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

Exception to 149 above. sūd-i-tr̥- `fighter, combatant'; dīp-i-tr̥- `illuminator'; dīkṣ-itr̥- `initiator'. The general affix [tr̥N 135] above is introduced in the place of yuC in 152-3.

$3.2.154 ¹láṣA-²páta̱-³padA-⁴sthā-⁵bhū-⁶vŕṣa̱-⁷hanÁ-⁸káma̱-⁹gama̱-¹⁰śr̄-bhyaḥ=ukaÑ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] ukaÑ is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] láṣ- `desire' (I 937), pát- `fly, fall' (I 898), pad- `walk, tread' (IV 60), sthā- `stand, remain' (I 975), bhū- `become' (I 1), vŕṣ- `rain' (I 738), han- `strike, kill' (II 2), kám- `love' (I 470), gam- `go' (I 1031), śr̄- `destroy' (IX 18) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

apa+laṣ+ukaÑ = apa-lāṣ-uka- `undesirable'; similarly: pra-pāt-uka- `falling down, miscarrying'; upa-pād-uka- `coming into existence or being'; upa-sthā-y-uka- (7.3.33) `nearing, approaching'; pra-bhāv-uka- `powerful, mighty'; pra-várṣ-uka- `precipitating, raining'; ā+han+ukaÑ = āghān-ukaÑ (8.3.54) = āghāt-uka- (7.3.32) `killing, fatal'; kām-uka- `lustful, desirous'; ā-gām-uka- `arriving'; kiṁ-śār-uka- `destroying everything'.

$3.2.155 ¹jálpÁ-²bhíkṣA-³kuṭṭÁ-⁴luṇṭÁ-⁵vr̥Ṅ-bhyḥ=ṢākaN

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] ṢākaN is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] jálp- `prattle, murmur' (I 425), bhíkṣ- `beg, seek alms' (I 637), kuṭṭ- `to crush, abuse' (X 23), luṇṭ- `rob, plunder' (X 27), and vr̥Ṅ- `choose' (IX 38) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

jálp+ṢākaN = jálp-āka- `prattler', bhíkṣ-āka- `seeking alms', kúṭṭ-āka- `crusher, abuser'; lúṇṭ-āka- `robber, plunderer', vár-āka- `choosing'. The marker [Ṣ] of affix is to indicate that the feminine derivative has ṄīṢ (4.1.41).

$3.2.156 prá-jo-r íni̱-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] íni̱ is introduced [after the verbal stem 1.91] prá+ju- `hasten' [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

pra+ju+ín- = pra-jav-ín- `rapid, swift, hastening'.

$3.2.157 ¹jí-²dr̥-³kṣí-⁴ví-śri=⁵iṆ-⁶vámÁ=⁷á-vyathA=⁸abhí-amA-⁹pári-bhū-¹⁰prá-sū-bhyas=ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 íni̱ 156 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] jí- `win' (I 59), dr̥- `honor' (VI 18), kṣí- `waste away' (I 255), `reside, move' (VI 114), ví+śri- `depend on, rely' (I 945), iṆ- `go' (II 36), vam- `vomit, throw out' (I 902), náÑ+vyath- `not tremble' (I 801), abhí+am- `attack, hurt' (I 493), pári+bhū- `despise' (I 1) and prá+sū- `urge, incite, impel' (VI 115) also (ca) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

jí+ín = jay-ín- `victorious, winning'; similarly: dar-ín- `honoring'; kṣay-ín- `wasting away'; vi-śray-ín- `depending on, relying upon'; aty-ay-ín- `exceeding'; vam-ín- vomiting, throwing out'; a-vyath-ín- `not hurting'; abhy-am-ín- `attacking'; pari-bhav-ín- `despising'; pra-sav-ín- `urging, inciting, impelling'.

$3.2.158 ¹spr̥h-í-²gr̥h-í-³pat-í-⁴dáyi̱-⁵ní-drā-⁶tándrā-⁷śrád-dhā-bhyaḥ=ālúC

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] ālúC is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] spr̥h-í- `desire' (X 325), gr̥h-í- `grasp, seize' (X 351), pat-í- `go' (X 315), dáy- `give' (I 510), ní-drā- `fall asleep' (II 45), tándrā- `be tired' (II 45), śrád-dhā- `have faith, believe in' (III 10) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

spr̥h-i+ālú- = spr̥h-ay-ālú (6.4.55) `desirous'; similarly: gr̥h-ay-ālú- `disposed to grasp'; pat-ay-ālú- `apt to fly or fall'; day-ālú- `kind, compassionate'; ni-dr-ālú- `disposed towards sleep, sleepy'; tan-dr0̸-ālú- `tired, lazy, weary'; śrad-dh0̸-ālú- `disposed towards faith, trusting'.

$3.2.159 ¹dā-²dheṬ-³si-⁴śada̱-sad-aḥ=rú-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] rú is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] dā `give' (III 9), dheṬ- `drink' (I 951), si- `blind' (V 2), śad- `fall' (I 908, VI 134) and sad- `sit down' (I 907, VI 133) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

dā+rú- = dā-rú `liberal, bounteous'; dhe+rú- = dhā-rú (6.1.45) = `suckling (baby)'; se-rú- `binding'; śad-rú- `unstable, liable to fall down'; sad-rú- `stable, resting'.

$3.2.160 ¹sr̥-²ghási̱=³ad-aḥ KmaráC

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] KmaráC is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] sr̥- `flow' (I 982, III 17), ghás- `eat' (I 747) and ad- `eat' (II 1) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

sr̥+KmaráC = sr̥-mará- `running well, a kind of gazelle'; ghas-mará-, ad-mará- `voracious, gluttonous'.

$3.2.161 ¹bhanja̱-²bhāsa̱-³míd-aḥ=GHuráC

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] GHuráC is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] bhanj- `break' (VII 16), bhās- `shine' (I 655) and míd- `be fat' (I 920) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

bhañj+GHuráC = bhaṅg-urá- (7.3.52) `fragile'; bhās-urá- `luminous, shining'; med-urá- `fat, thick'. Description

$3.2.162 ¹vídi̱-²bhidi̱-³cchide̱-ḥ KuráC

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] KuráC is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] víd- `know' (II 55), bhid- `split' (VII 2) and chid- `cut' (VII 3) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, dury or excellence 134].

vid+KuráC = vid-urá- `learned, knowledgeable'; bhid-urá- `fragile, brittle'; chid-urá- `easily breaking'.

$3.2.163 ¹iṆ-²naś-³jí-⁴sar-ti-bhyaḥ KvaraP

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] KvaraP is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] iṆ- `go' (II 36), naś- `disapear' (IV 85), jí- `win' (I 59), and sr̥- `flow' (I 982, III 17) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

iṆ+KvaraP = í-tu̱K+vara- = í-t-vara- (6.1.71) `traveler'; náś-vara- `perishable, transitory'; jí-t-vara- `victorious'; sŕ-t-vara- `swift, running'.

$3.2.164 gá-t-vara-s=ca

(The irregular form) gá-t-vara- is introduced [as derived with kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KvaraP 163 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.93 gam- (I 1031) to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

gam+KvaraP = ga0̸+KvaraP (irregular 0̸ replacement) = gá-t-vara- `transient, perishable'.

$3.2.165 jāgu-r ūka-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] ūka is introduced [after 1.1 the verbal stem 1.91] jāgr̥- `wake up' (II 63) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

jāgr̥+ūka = jāgar-ūka- `wakeful, alert'. Description

$3.2.166 ¹yajÀ-²jápÁ-³daś-ām yaṄ-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 ūka 165 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] yaj- `sacrifice' (I 1051), jap- `mutter' (I 424) and daś- (= danś- I 1038) `bite', co-occurring with the derivative affix yáṄ (of the frequentative stem) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

yaj+yaṄ+ūka- = yā-yaj+ya+ūka- = yāyaj-0̸0̸+ūka- (2.4.74) = yā-yaj-ūka- `constantly sacrificing'; similarly: jañ-jap-ūka- (7.4.86; 2.4.72) `constantly muttering'; dan-daś-ūka- `biting repeatedly'.

$3.2.167 ¹nami̱-²kámpi̱-³smi=⁴á-jasa̱-⁵káma̱-⁶hiṁsa̱-⁷dīp-aḥ=ra-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] rá- is introduced [after 1.1 the verbal stems 1.91] nam- `bend, bow down' (I 1030) kámp- `tremble' (I 400), smi- `smile' (I 996), á+jas- `not be exhausted' (IV 102), kám- `love' (I 470), hiṁs- `injure, hurt' (VII 19) and dīp- `shine' (IV 42) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

nam+rá = nam-rá- `tender, easily bending'; kamp-rá- `tremulous'; sme-rá- `smiling'; a-jas-rá- `inexhaustible'; kam-rá- `loving' ; hiṁs-rá- `predatory'; dīp-rá- `shining, luminous'.

$3.2.168 ¹saN=²ā-śaṁsa̱-³bhíkṣ-aḥ=ú-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] ú is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] (ending in 1.1.72) the stem-forming affix saN (= marker of the desiderative) and ā+śaṁs- `hope' (I 660) and bhíkṣ- `seek alms, beg' (I 637) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

kr̥+saN+ú = ci-kīr-ṣa+ú (cf. 1.7) = ci-kīr-s0̸+ú- (6.4.48) = ci-kīr-ṣ-ú- `wishing to do'; similarly: ā-śaṁs-ú- `hoping, wishing, desiring'; bhikṣ-ú- `almsman, medicant, monk'. Description

$3.2.169 vind-ú-r icch-ú-ḥ

(The irregular forms) vind-ú- `intelligent' and icch-ú- `who desires or wishes' are introduced [as derived with the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 ú 168 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem vid- `know' (II 5) and iṣ- `wish, desire' (VI 59) to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

vid+u- = vid+nu̱M+ú- (irregular increment) = vind-ú- `intelligent, disposed to know'; iṣ+u- = ich+ú (irregular replacement of stem-final by [ch] before a non-Ś-IT affix, cf. 7.3.77) = icch-ú- (6.1.73).

$3.2.170 Kyāt=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 ú 168 is introduced after 1.2 a (denominative) verbal stem 1.91 ending in 1.1.72 the stem-forming affixes 1.1 denoted by the cover term] Kyá (= KyáC, KyáṄ and KyáṢ 1.8,11,13 respectively) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

1. KyáC: mitr-ám ātmán-aḥ=icch-á-ti = mitra+KyáC (1.8)+ú- = mitra-ya+ú- = mitra-y0̸-ú- = mitra-y-ú- `friendly', corresponding to non-Vedic mitrī-ya+iṬ+tr̥N (135) = mítrī-y0̸+i-tr̥-.

2. sumná iva ā-car-a-ti = sumna+KyaṄ+ú- = sumna+y0̸+ú- = sumna-y-ú- `gracious, benevolent'.

3. saṁ-svedó bháv-a-ti = saṁ+sved+KyaṢ+ú- = saṁ-sved+y0̸+ú- = saṁsveda-y-ú- (7.4.35) `perspiring'. Description

$3.2.171 ¹āṯ=²r̥-³gama̱-hanÀ-⁴ján-aḥ ¹Kí-²Kin-au=lIṬ ca

[In the domain of Chándas 170 the kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.2] Kí and KiN are introduced [after 1.2 verbal stems 1.91 ending in 1.1.72 the phonemes] long [ā] and phoneme-class [r̥] as well as gam- `go' (I 1031), han- `kill, strike' (II 2) and jan- `be born' (IV 41) and these affixes function like lIṬ `Perfect Tense' [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

Interpretation indicates that the phoneme [ṯ] of [āṯ] is not a marker which by 1.1.70 would have constrained the following phoneme [r̥] to the short variety only; Patañjali even suggests that its replacement [d] in saṁdhi served the purpose of separating the two vowels and is used for ease of pronunciation only. When saṁdhi is separated the alternative reading would be [āḏ-r̥-] in the place of [āṯ-r̥-].

1. °-ā: pā+Kí = pa-pā+Kí (6.1.8; 7.4.59) = pa-p0̸+í (6.4.64) pa-p-í-ḥ sóm-am dad-ír gā-ḥ `imbiber of Soma and donor of cattle' (RV 6.23.4).

2. °-r̥ (phomeme class): tr̄+KiN = tá-tr̄+i- = tá-tur-i- (7.4.78 bahulam chandas-i) `conquering, going over'.

3. gam+KiN = já-gam+KiN = ja-g0̸m+i- (6.4.98) = ja-gm-í- `going'.

4. han+KiN = já-han+KiN = ja-h0̸n+KiN = já-ghn-i- (7.3.54; 4.62) in já-ghn-ir vr̥tr-ám `destroyer of V.' (RV 9.61.20).

5. jan+KiN = já-jan+KiN = já-j0̸n+KiN = já-jn-i bījam `germinating seed'.

$3.2.172 ¹svapi̱-²tr̥ṣ-oḥ=náji̱Ṅ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] náji̱Ṅ is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] svap- `lie down, sleep' (II 59) and tr̥ṣ- `be thirsty' (IV 118) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

svap+náji̱Ṅ = svap-náj- `sleepy'; tr̥ṣ-ṇaj- (8.4.1) `thirsty'.

$3.2.173 ¹śr̄-²vándy-or āru-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] āru is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] śr̄- `injure, hurt' (IX 18) and vánd- `salute' (I 11) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

śr̄+āru- = śar-āru- `injurious'; vand-āru- `saluting'.

$3.2.174 bhiy-aḥ ¹Krú-¹KlukaN-au

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1] Krú and KlukaN are introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] bhī- `fear' (III 2) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

bhī+Krú/KlukaN = bhī-rú-/bhī-luka- `timid, timorous'.

A vārttika introduces in addition the affix KrukaN: bhī-ruka-. Description

$3.2.175 ¹sthā-²īśA-³bhāsA-⁴písa̱-⁵kás-aḥ=varáC

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] varáC is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91]sthā- `stand, remain' (I 975), īś- `rule' (II 10), bhās- `shine' (I 655), pís- `go' (I 751) and kás- `go' (I 913) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

sthā+varáC = sthā-vará- `stationary, immovable'; similarly: īś-vará- `ruler, lord, master'; bhās-vará- `luminous, shining'; pes-vará-, kas-vará- `moving'. Description

$3.2.176 y-as=ca yaṄ-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 varáC 175 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] yā- `go' (II 40) (ending in 1.1.72 the stem-forming affix) yaṄ (marker of the Intensive or Frequentative 1.22) [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

yā+yaṄ+varáC = yā+yā-vará- `vagrant, rambling'. Description

$3.2.177 ¹bhrāja̱-²bhāsa̱-³dhúrvi̱-⁴dyútA=⁵ūrjí-⁶pr̄-⁷ju-⁸grāva-stuv-aḥ Kvi̱P

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Kvi̱P is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] bhrāj- `shine' (I 194), bhās- `shine' (I 650), dhúrv- `injure' (I 604), dyút- `shine' (I 777), ūrj- `be strong' (X 16), pr̄ `fill up' (IX 19), ju- `move rapidly', grāva+stu- `praise the Soma stones' [to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

vi-bhrāj+Kvi̱P = vi-bhrāj+0̸ `splendid, luminous'; bhās- `luster, brightness'; dhurv+Kvi̱P = dhúr0̸+0̸ (6.4.21) = dhúr- `yoke, pole or shaft of a wagon'; vi-dyút- `shining, lightning'; ūrj- `strength, vigor'; pr̄+Kvi̱P = pur+0̸ = púr- `fortified city'; ju+Kvi̱P = jū- (irregular replacement by long vowel, contra 6.1.71) `swift'; grāva-stú-t+0̸ `pressing the Soma stones'.

$3.2.178 anyé-bhyaḥ=ápi dr̥ś-yá-te

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Kvi̱P 177] is also (ápi) seen (dr̥ś-yá-te) as [introduced after 1.2] other (anyé-bhyaḥ) [verbal stems 1.91 to denote the agent's habitual disposition, duty or excellence 134].

yúj+Kvi̱P = yúj+0̸ `joining'; similarly chíd- `cutting', bhíd- `breaking'. The expression [dr̥ś-yá-te `seen'] is interpreted as indicating the application of other rules such as replacement of short vowels by long ones as in the case of jū (177) or reduplication as in di-dyút- `shining, glittering', já-gat- `moving', or samprasāraṇa replacement (= vocalization) as in di-dyút- or absence of vocalization as in vac+KviP = vāk- `speech, speaking'. Description

$3.2.179 bhúv-aḥ ¹saṁjñā=²ántaray-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Kvi̱P 177 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] bhū `become' (I 1) to form a name or for denoting a surety (ántara).

vi+bhū+KviP = vi-bhū- `n.pr. of a person'; prati-bhū- `surety'. Description

$3.2.180 ¹ví-²prá-³sám-bhyaḥ=Ḍú=á-saṁjñā-yām

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Ḍú is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 bhū- 179] co-occurring with the preverbs ví-°, prá-°, sám-° when not denoting a name (á-saṁjñā-yām).

vi+bhū+Ḍú = vi-bh0̸+ú- (6.4.143) = vi-bh-ú- `omnipresent'; similarly: pra-bh-ú- `master, lord'; sam-bh-ú- `sire, progenitor'; but vi-bhū `n.pr.' (179). Description

$3.2.181 dh-aḥ kármaṇ-i ṢṭraN

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] ṢṭraN is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] dhā- (= dheṬ I 951) `drink' and dhā- `nourish' (III 10) to denote the object (kármaṇ-i) of the verbal stem.

dháy-anti/dá-dh-ati tām = dheṬ+ṢṭraN = dhā+ṢṭraN+ṄīṢ (4.1.41) dhā-trī `wet nurse'; dhā+ṢṭraN+ṄīṢ = dhā-trī = dá-dh-ati tām bhaisajyārthám `they bear it for the purpose of medication: n.pr. Emblica Officinalis'.

$3.2.182 ¹dāP-²nī-³śása-⁴yu-⁵yuja̱-⁶stu-⁷tudÁ-⁸si-⁹sicA-¹⁰mihÁ-¹¹páta̱-¹²daśÁ-¹³nah-aḥ káraṇe

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 ṢṭraN 181 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] dāP- `cut' (II 50), nī- `lead' (I 950), śás- `injure' (I 763), yu- `mix' (II 23), yuj- `join' (VII 7), stu- `praise' (II 34), tud- `torment' (VI 1), si- `bind' (V 2), sic- `sprinkle' (VI 140), mih- `urinate' (I 1041), pát- `fly, fall' (I 898), daś- (= danś- I 1038) `bite', and nah- `bind' (VI 57) to denote an instrument (karaṇe).

dāP+ṢṭraN = dā-tra- `sickle'; similarly: né=trá- `eye'; śás-a-ti an-éna = śás-tra- `weapon'; yó-tra- `the tie which fastens the yoke'; yók-tra- `thong, halter'; stó-tra- `song of praise, eulogy'; tót-tra- `goad'; sé-tra- `bond, fetter, ligament'; sék-tra- `sprinkler'; méh-a-ti an-éna = mih+ṢṭraN = méh+tra- = méḍh+dhra- (8.2.31,40; 4.41) = mé0̸-ḍhra- (8.3.13 contra 8.2.1) `penis'; pát-tra- `pinion, feather; vehicle'; dánś+ṢṭraN+ṬāP (4.1.4) = dáṁṣ-ṭrā (8.2.36; 4.1) `tooth, tusk'. náh+ṢṭraN = nádh+tra- (8.2.34) = nádh-dhra- (8.2.40)+ṄīṢ = nad-dhrī (8.4.53) `a thong'. Description

$3.2.183 ¹halá-²sūkaráy-oḥ puv-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 ṢṭraN 181 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] pū- `purify' (I 1015, IX 12) [to denote an instrument 182] when it forms a limb of a plough (halá-°) or of a boar (°-sūkará).

páv-a-te/pu-nā-ti vā anéna = pó-tra- `ploughshare/snout of a boar'. Description

$3.2.184 ¹ár-ti-²lū-³dhū-⁴sū-⁵khána̱-⁶śahA-⁷cár-aḥ=ítra-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] ítra is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] r̥- `go' (III 16), lū- `cut, reap' (IX 13), dhū- `shake' (IV 115), sū- `urge, incite, impel' (VI 115), khán- `dig, excavate' (I 927), sáh- `bear, endure' (I 905) and cár- `move; graze' (I 591) [to denote an instrument 182].

íyar-ti anéna = r̥+ítra- = ar-itra- `oar'; similarly lav-ítra- `sickle'; dhav-ítra- `fan'; sav-ítra- `an instrument (of production)'; khan-ítra- `spade'; sah-ítra- `endurance'; car-ítra- `behavior, conduct'. Description

$3.2.185 puv-aḥ saṁjñā-yām

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 ítra 184 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] pū- `purify' (I 1015, IX 12) [to denote an instrument 182] to derive a name (saṁjñā-yām).

páv-a-te/pu-nā-ti an-éna = pū+ítra- = pav-ítra- `instrument for purification (such as kuśa grass or darbha-grass)'.

$3.2.186 kartár-i ca=¹ŕṣi-²devatáy-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 ítra 184 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 pū- 185 to denote the instrument 182] as well as (ca) the agent (kartár-i) to denote (respectively 1.3.10) a seer (ŕṣi-°) and a divinity (°-devátay-oḥ).

pū-yá-te an-éna = pav-ítra-ḥ = ŕṣi-ḥ `the seer is an instrument of purification (i.e., purifier)'; páv-a-te/pu-nā-ti asaú = pav-ítram agní-ḥ, sá mā pu-nā-tu `May Agni, the purifier, purify me'.

$3.2.187 ÑI=IT-aḥ Ktá-ḥ

[The kr̄t 1.93 affix 1.1] Ktá is introduced [after 1.2 verbal stems 1.91] with IT marker ÑI [when the action refers to the present time 123].

ÑI-mid-Ā snéhan-e (I 779, IV 133)+Ktá = min-ná- (8.2.42) `grows fat'.

$3.2.188 ¹máti-²búddhi-³pūjā=arthe-bhyas=ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ktá 187 is introduced after 1.2 verbal stems 1.91] signifying wish (máti-°), know (°-búddhi-°) and honor (°-pūjā=artha-) also (ca) [when the action refers to the present time 123].

The two rules 187-8 are exceptions to 102 above where this affix functions when the action refers to the past time.

man+Ktá = ma0̸+tá- (6.4.37): rājñ-ām ma-táḥ `is desired by kings'. Similarly rājñ-am bud-dhá-ḥ `is known to kings'; rājñ-ām pūj-i-tá-ḥ `is honored by kings'. The genitive is used by virtue of 2.3.65.

$3.3.1 úṆ=āday-aḥ=bahulám

[The class of kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1] beginning with úṆ is introduced [after 1.2 verbal stems 1.91 when the action refers to the present time 2.123] variously (bahulám) [to form names 2.185].

The word [bahulám] here implies that (a) these affixes are introduced after some verbal bases other than those specified and (b) affixes not specified are inferred from actual usage.

This class of affixes is not taught by Pāṇini in the Aṣṭ. He makes a reference to this class again in 4.75 below. There are many recensions of Uṇādi-sūtras independent of Aṣṭ. but their relationship to P. is not established. Commentaries however quote some illustrations: vāti=vā+úṆ = vā+yu̱K+ú- (7.3.33) = vā-y-ú `wind, breeze'; kr̥+úṆ = kār-ú- `doer'.

$3.3.2 bhūt-é=ápi dr̥ś-yánte

[The class of kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 beginning with úṆ 1] are also (ápi) seen (dr̥ś-yánte) introduced [after 1.2 verbal stems 1.91] when the action refers to the general past (bhūt-é).

vr̥t-tám idam = vr̥t+mani̱N = várt-man- `way'; bhas-i-tám tad = bhás-man- `ashes' respectively indicating what was trodden and what was burnt, the results of which respectively stand for the notion of `way/ashes'.

$3.3.3 bhaviṣyát-i gamin=āday-aḥ

(The class of expressions) beginning with [gam-ín-] `intends to go' are introduced when the action refers to the general future (bhavi-ṣyát-i).

By interpretation (through a vārttika) this is restricted to the general future excluding the current day: śvó gam-ī grāmam `he intends going to the village tomorrow'.

$3.3.4 ¹yāvat-²purā-nipātáy-oḥ=lAṬ

(The l-substitutes of) lAṬ `Present Tense' are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 when the action refers to the general future time 3] while co-occurring with the particles yāvat `whenever' and purā `soon, shortly'.

yāvad bhuṅk-té `whenever he eats' and purā bhuṅk-té `will eat shortly'; but when [yāvat] is not a particle: yāvad dā-syá-ti tāvad bhok-ṣyá-te `he will eat as much as he will give'.

$3.3.5 vibhāṣā ¹kadā-²karhy-óḥ

[The l-substitutes of lAṬ (Present Tense) 4] are optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem when the action refers to the general future 3] when co-occurring wth [the particles 4] kadā `when' and karhí `id.'

kadā/karhí + bhuṅk-té/bhok-ṣya-te `when will he eat?'

$3.3.6 kiṁ-vr̥tt-é lipsā-yām

[When the action refers to the general future time 3, the l-substitutes of lAṬ 4 are optionally 5 introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] when co-occurring wth declensional forms of kím- `what, which, who' (and its derivatives: kiṁ-vr̥tt-e') to denote the agent's desire to gain possession (lipsā-yām).

kám bhávanto bhoj-áy-anti? `Whom will you desire to feed?' = kám bhávanto bhoj-ay-i-tā-raḥ/bhoj-ay-i-ṣyánti

kataró bhikṣām dā-syá-ti / dá-dā-ti/dā-tā `which one desires to give alms?'.

$3.3.7 lip-sya-m-āna-siddh-áu ca

And (ca) [when the action refers to the general future time 3 the l-substitutes of lAṬ 4 are optionally 5 introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote success (síddh-au) arising from the fulfilment of what is desired (lip-syá-m-āna-°).

yó bhaktám dá-dāti/dāsyá-ti/dātā sá svargám gácch-a-ti/gam-i-ṣyá-ti/gan-tā `he who will donate food will go to heaven'. X exhorts Y, the donor, with the promise of heaven as a result of the donation.

$3.3.8 lOṬ=artha-lakṣaṇ-é ca

[When the action refers to the general future time 3 the l-substitutes of lAṬ 4] are also (ca) introduced [optionally 5 after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] if that action characterizes the meanings associated with lOṬ (Imperative Mood 162) (lOṬ-artha-lakṣaṇ-é).

upādhyāyáś céd ā-gacch-a-ti/ā-gam-i-ṣya-ti/ā-gan-tā átha tvám vyākáraṇam ádhī-ṣva `if the teacher comes learn grammar'. The subordinate clause is the characteristic of the Imperative Mood.

$3.3.9 lIṄ ca=ūrdhva-mauhūrtik-e

[When the action refers to the general future time 3] indicating its happening after a short interval (ūrdhva-mauhūrtik-e) [l-substitutes of lAṬ 4] as well as of lIṄ (ca) (Optative Mood) are [optionally 5 introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91, if that action characterises the meanings associated with lOṬ 8].

ūrdhvám muhūrtāt / upári muhūrtá-sya upādhyāyáś céd ā-gacch-et/ā-gach-a-ti/ā-gam-i-ṣya-ti/ā-gan-tā átha tvám vyākáraṇam ádhī-ṣva `if the teacher arrives within a muhurta (i.e., shortly) then study gramnar'.

$3.3.10 ¹tumu̱N=²ṆvuL-au kriyā-yām kriyā-arthā-yām

[When the action refers to the general future time 3 the kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1] tumu̱N and ṆvuL are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with (another action) which is performed in order to perform this action (kriyā-yām kriyārthā-yām).

bhuj+tumu̱N = bhók-tum vráj-a-ti `goes to eat' = bhuj+ṆvuL = bhój-ako-vráj-a-ti

$3.3.11 bhāva-vácanāś ca

[When the action refers to the general future time 3 the kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1] introduced in the section headed by [bhāvé 18 below] are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91, co-occurring with another action performed in order to perform this action 10].

pac+GHañ (18) = pāk-á- (7.3.52; 6.1.159): pākā-ya vráj-a-ti `is going to cook'.

$3.3.12 áṆ kármaṇ-i ca

[When the action refers to the general future time 3 the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] áṆ also (ca) is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with [a nominal padá l.4] functioning as its direct object (kárman-i) [and with another action which is performed in order to perform this action 10].

kāṇḍam lu-nā-ti = kāṇḍa+0̸¹+lū+aṆ = kāṇḍa-lāv-á+sU = kāṇḍa-lāv-ó vráj-a-ti `is going to cut a branch'.

$3.3.13 lR̥Ṭ śéṣ-e ca

[The l-substitutes of] lR̥Ṭ (Sigmatic Future) are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 when the action refers to the general future time 3] (śéṣ-e) and [when co-occurring with another action which is performed in order to perform this action 10].

1. kr̥+lR̥Ṭ = kar-iṬ+syá+ti = kar-i-ṣyá-ti (1.33; 7.2.35; 8.3.59) `he will do/be doing'.

2. kar-i-ṣyā-mi=iti vráj-a-ti `he goes out to perform or make (something)'.

$3.3.14 lR̥Ṭ-aḥ SAT=vā

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1] denoted by the t.t. SAT (2.127 = ŚátR̥ and ŚānáC) optionally (vā) replace (l-substitutes of) lR̥Ṭ.

This is a regulated option [vyavasthita-vibhāṣā]; it is optional with the first sUP triplet but obligatory with other sUP triplets: kar-i-ṣyá-n/kar-i-ṣyá-ti devadattá-ḥ `D. will be doing', but kar-i-ṣy-ántam/kar-i-ṣyá-m-āṇam deva-dattám páśya `look at D. who is about to perform'.

$3.3.15 án-adya-tan-e lUṬ

[When the action refers to the general future time 3] excluding the current day (án-adya-tan-e) (l-substitutes of) lUṬ (periphrastic or non-sigmatic Future) are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91].

śváḥ kr̥+lUṬ= śváḥ kar+tās+Ḍā (1.33; 2.4.85) = kar-t0̸0̸+ā (6.4.143) = śvaḥ kar-t-ā `will be doing tomorrow'.

$3.3.16 ¹padA-²ruja̱-³viśÁ-⁴spr̥ś-aḥ=GHaÑ

[The kŕt 1.93 affx 1.1] GHaÑ is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] pad- `go' (IV 60), ruj- `afflict' (VI 123), viś- `enter' (VI 130) and spr̥ś- `touch' (VI 128).

Beginning with this rule onwards all affixes introduced are valid for all the three times: present, past and future.

pad-yá-te an-éna = pad+GHaÑ = pād-á- (7.2.116; 6.1.159) `foot'; ruj-á-ti asaú=róg-a- `affliction, disease'; viś-á-ti asaú = véś-a- `tenant'; spr̥ś-á-i asau=spárś-a- `contagious disease', but in other senses affix áC (1.134) operates: spr̥ś+áC = sparś-á- `touch'.

$3.3.17 sr̥ sthir-é

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] sr̥- `flow' (I 982, III 17) to denote a stable agent (sthiré).

sr̥+GHaÑ = sār-á- in candana-sār-á- `essence of sandal-wood'; but in other senses: sr̥+tr̥C= sar-tŕ- `moving, flowing'; °-ṆvuL = sār-aka- ibid.; by a vārttika GHaÑ is introduced in the following derivations: atī-sār-á- `dysentery', vi-sār-á- `a species of fish'; sār-á- `strength'.

$3.3.18 bhāv-é

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to derive an action noun (bhāv-é = to denote an action).

pac+GHaÑ = pāk-á- (cf. 11 above) `cooking'; tyaj+GHaÑ = tyāg-á- `abandonment, renunciation'; ranj+GhaÑ = ra0̸j+GHaÑ (6.4.27) = rāg-á- `coloring, dying'.

$3.3.19 á-kartar-i ca kārak-e saṁjñā-yām

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to derive forms denoting a kāraka other than the agent (á-kartar-i) when the derivative is a (proper) name (saṁjñā-yām).

Note: 18 and 19 are governing rules [adhikārá-s] heading this section up to 113 below and will recur in all subsequent rules.

prá+as-yanti tám = pra+as+GHaÑ = prās-á- `missile'; pra+siv+GHaÑ = pra-sev-á- `a sack'; ā-har-anti tá-smāt=rasam = ā-hār-á- `nourishment, food'; but miṣ-á-ti=asaú miṣ+áC 1.134 = meṣ-á- `ram'.

$3.3.20 parimaṇa=ākhyā-yām sárve-bhyaḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2] all [verbal stems 1.91] (sárve-bhyaḥ) to denote a measure of capacity (parimāṇa=ākhyā-yām) [and derive an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19].

The word [sarvá-] in this rule is to block the affixes áC and aP instead of áC alone (cf. 56-57 below).

éka-s taṇḍula-ni-cāy-á-ḥ `one heaped measure of rice' : = ni+ci+GHaÑ; exception to áC (56 below); dv-aú śūrpa-niṣ-pāv-aú = nis+pū+GhaÑ `two winnowing basketfuls of winnowed grain', exception to aP (57 below).

Normally the meta-rule is that a prior exception blocks only the most contiguous general rule; here by employing the word [sarvá-] in the sūtra this is modified to include the next general rule also.

$3.3.21 iṄ-as=ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16] is also (ca) introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] iṄ- (II 37, with adhi-°) `study' [to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than that of the agent 19].

Prior exception to áC (56). ádhī-te enám = adhi+i+GHaÑ = adhy- āy-á- `lesson'; similarly up-é-t-ya asmāt=adhī-te = upa+ádhi+i+GHaÑ = upādhy-āy-á- `preceptor, teacher'.

$3.3.22 upasarg-é ruv-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] ru- `howl, scream' (II 24), co-occurring with a preverb (upasarg-é) [to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19].

Prior exception to aP (57). sam+ru+GHaÑ = saṁ-rāv-á- `clamor'; so also upa-rāv-á-, but ru+aP = ráv-a- `cry'.

$3.3.23 sám-i ¹yu-²dru-³duv-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] yu- `mix' (II 23), dru- `run' (I 992) and du- `burn' (V 10) co-occurring with the preverb sám-° [to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19].

sáṁ+yu+GHaÑ = saṁ-yāv-á- `a kind of cake made of molasses and cumin'; similarly: saṁ-drāv-á- `a place where people run together'; saṁ-dāv-á- `conflagration'. Exceptions to aP (57); but pra+yu+aP = pra-yav-á- `mingling, mixing'.

$3.3.24 ¹śri-²ṇī-³bhúv-aḥ=anyatará-syām

[The kŕt 1.93 affix GHaÑ 16] is optionally (anyatará-syām) introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] śri- `resort to' (I 945), nī `lead' (I 950) and bhū- `become' (I 1) [to derive action nouns 18 to denote a kāraka other than the agent 19].

śri+GHaÑ = śrāy-á- `shelter'; similarly nāy-á- `guidance, leadership'; (both exceptions to áC 956), but pra+śri+áC = pra-śray-á- `respect' and pra-ṇay-a- `love, affection'.

bhū+GHaÑ = bhāv-á-`state, condition, becoming, activity', but pra+bhū+aP (57) = pra-bhav-á- `origin, source'.

$3.3.25 v-aú ¹kṣu-²sruv-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] kṣu- `sneeze' (II 27) and śru- `hear, listen' (I 989) [to form action nouns 18 to denote a kāraka other than the agent 19] when co-occurring with the preverb ví-°.

vi-kṣu+GHaÑ = vi-kṣāv-á- `sneezing; cough' vi-śrāv-á- `noise', but kṣu+aP (57) = kṣáv-a-, śráv-a-.

$3.3.26 ¹áva=²úd-or niy-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] nī- `lead' (I 950), co-occurring with preverbs áva-° or ud-° [to derive an action noun 18 to denote a kāraka other than the agent 19].

Exception to áC (56). áva+nī+GHaÑ = ava-nāy-á- `depression', and un-nāy-á- `elevation. But nī+áC = nay-á- `conduct'.

$3.3.27 pr-é ¹drú-²stu-³sruv-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] drú- `run' (I 91), stu- `praise' (II 34) and sru- `flow' (I 987), co-occurring with the preverb prá-° [to form an action noun 18 to denote a kāraka other than the agent 19].

Exceptions to aP (57): pra+dru+GHaÑ = pra-drāv-á- `flight'; pra-stāv-á- `introductory eulogy or praise'; pra-srāv-á- `urination'; but dráv-aP/stáv-a-/sráv-a- meaning `fluid/praise/flow' respectively.

$3.3.28 ¹nís=²abhy-óḥ ¹pū-²lv-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] pū `purify' (I 1015, IX 12) and lū- `cut' (IX 13), co-occurring (respectively 1.3.10) with the preverbs nís-° and abhí-° [to derive action nouns 18 to denote a kāraka other than the agent 19].

Exception to aP (57); nis+pū+GHaÑ = niṣ-pāv-á- `a species of pulse', but pū+aP = páv-a- `purification'. abhi-lāv-á- `reaping' but lū+aP = láv-a- `cutting'.

$3.3.29 ¹ud=²ny-or gr-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] gr̄- `swallow' (VI 117), `sound' (IX 28), co-occurring with the preverbs °úd-° or ní-° [to derive an action noun 18 to denote a kāraka other than the agent 19].

ud+gr̄+GHaÑ = ud-gār-á- `roaring'; ni-gār-á- `consuming', but gar-áC (I 134) `swallowing'. Exception to aP (57).

$3.3.30 kr̄ dhāny-è

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] kr̄- `scatter' (vI 116)[co-occurring with the preverbs úd-° or ní-° 29 to derive an action noun to denote a kāraka other than the agent 19] to denote corn or grain (dhāny-é).

ud+kr̄+GHaÑ = ut-kār-á- `piling up (of corn, etc.)'; ni-kār-á- `winnowing (of corn etc.)'. But when corn is not implied: ut+kr̄+aP = ut-kar-á- `heap' and puṣpa-ni-kar-á- `a posy of flowers'.

$3.3.31 yajñ-é sám-i stuv-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] stu- `prase, eulogize' (II 34), co-occurring with the preverb sám-° [to derive an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] to signify a sacrificial place (yajñ-é).

sam+stu+GHaÑ = saṁ-stāv-á- = sam-é-t-ya stuv-ánti yá-smin déśe `a sacrificial place where Sāman singers chant together'. But sam+stu+aP (57) = saṁ-stav-á- `praising together'.

$3.3.32 pr-é str-aḥ=á-yajñ-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] str̄- `strew, spread, cover' (IX 14), co-occurring with the preverb prá-° [to derive an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] to designate (something) unconnected with a sacrifice (á-yajñ-e).

pra+str̄+GHaÑ = pra-stār-á- `bed, carpet'; as in śaṅkha-pra-stār-á- `a bed of conches' or puspa-pra-stār-á- `a carpet of flowers' but barhiṣ-pra-star-áP (57) `a sacrificial bed of kuśa grass'.

$3.3.33 práthan-e v-aú=á-śabd-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 str̄- 32] co-occurring with the preverb ví-° [to derive an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] signifying an extension (práthan-e) unconnected with (articulated) sound (á-śabd-e).

vi+str̄+GHaÑ = vi-stār-á- : paṭa-sya vi-stār-á-ḥ `width of a cloth'; but vácas-ām vi-star-áP-ḥ `prolixity of speech'.

$3.3.34 chando-nāmn-í ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 str̄- 32, co-occurring with the preverb ví-° 33 to derive an action noun 18 to denote a kāraka other than the agent 19] also (ca) to indicate the name of a metre (chando-nāmn-í).

vi-ṣṭār-á- as a prior member of compounds: vi-ṣṭār-á-paṅk-ti-/°-br̥hatī `n.pr. of two Vedic metres'. Retroflexion by 8.3.94.

$3.3.35 úd-i grah-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] grah- `seize' (IX 61) co-occurring with the preverb úd-° [to form an action noun denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19].

úd+grah+GHaÑ = ud-grāh-á- `the act of lifting up'; By a vārttika the following two derivatives are introduced in the domain of Chándas with this affix: ud-grābh-á- `the act of lifting up the sacrificial ladle', and ni-grābh-á- `the act of lowering it'.

$3.3.36 sám-i muṣṭ-aú

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.93 grah- 35] co-occurring with the preverb sám-° [to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] designating the fist (muṣṭ-aú).

mallá-sya saṁ-grāh-á-ḥ `wrestler's fist-hold', but dhānyà-sya saṁ-grah-áP `collection of grain' (58 below).

$3.3.37 ¹pári-²ny-ór ¹nī-²iṆ-or ¹dyūtá-²ábhreṣa-yoḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] nī- `lead' (I 950) and iṆ `go' (II 36), co-occurring (respectively 1.3.10) with preverbs pári-° and ní-° [to form action nouns 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] (respectively 1.3.10) to signify a game of chance (dyūtá-°) and non-infraction (in law) (á-bhre-ṣay-oḥ).

pári+nī+GHaÑ = pari-ṇāy-á- `movement of chessmen on the chess board' but pari-ṇay-áC (56) `wedding'.

ní+iṆ+GHaÑ = ni+āy-á- = ny-āy-á- `non-infraction, propriety', but ny-ay-áC `going off, loss, destruction'.

$3.3.38 pár-au=án-upa=atyay-e=iṆ-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] iṆ- `go' (II 36), co-occurring with the preverb pári-° [to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] signifying regular succession (án-upa=aty-ay-e).

pári+iṆ+GHaÑ = pary-āy-á- `turn, privilege, opportunity', but pary-ay-áC (56) `passage; lapse'.

$3.3.39 ¹ví=²úpay-oḥ śete-ḥ pary-āy-é

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] śī- (11 22), `lie down, sleep' co-occurring with the preverbs ví-° or úpa-° [to form an action noun 18 to denote a kāraka other than the agent 19] designating `turn, privilege, opportunity' (pary-āy-é).

vi+śī+GHaÑ = vi-śāy-á- = vi-śáy-i-tum pary-āyá- `turn to sleep'; upa-śāy-á- = upa-śáy-itum pary-āy-á- `turn to follow in sleep'; but vi-śay-áC (56) `doubt', upa-śay-á- `sleeping near'.

$3.3.40 hasta=ā-dān-é ce-r á-stey-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] ci- `collect, heap, pile' (V 5) [to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] to signify `taking in hand' (hasta=ā-dān-é) excluding `stealing' (á-stey-e).

puṣpa-pra-cāy-á- `assembling flowers by hand', but vr̥kṣa-śikhar-é phala-pra-cay-ám +áC (56) kar-ó-ti `collects fruit on top of the tree'. Similarly puṣpa-pra-cay-á- `collecting flowers by theft'.

$3.3.41 ¹nivāsá-²cíti-³śarīra-⁴upa-sam-ā-dhāne-ṣu ādés=ca ka-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 ci- 40] and the phoneme [k] replaces its initial (ādé-ḥ) [to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] to designate: a residence (nivāsá), funeral pyre (cíti), the body (śárīra) and accumulation (upa-sam-ā-dhāna).

ci+GHaÑ = ki+GHaÑ = kāy-á- in : cikhalli-ni-kāy-á- `n.pr. of an inhabited place'; ā-kāy-á- agni- `funeral fire'; a-nitya-kāy-á- `impermanent body' gomaya-ni-kāy-á- `accumulation of cow-dung cakes'.

$3.3.42 saṁgh-é ca=án-auttarādhary-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 ci- 40 and phoneme [k] replaces its initial phoneme 41 to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] designating an orderly assemblage (saṁgh-é) not involving confusion (an-auttarādhary-e).

bhikṣuka-ni-kāy-á- `an orderly assembly of almsmen', but sūkara-ni-cay-á- áC (56) `a herd of hogs'.

Since the rule refers to animate beings, affix áC operates in pra-māṇa-sam-uc-cay-á- `a collection of the means of knowledge'.

$3.3.43 karma-vy-ati-hār-é ṆáC striy-ām

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] ṆáC is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to form an action noun 18, denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] expressing reciprocity of action (karma-vy-ati-hāré) and ending in (1.1.72) a feminine affix (striy-ām).

vi+avá+kruś+ṆáC+aÑ (5.4.14)+ṄīP (4.1.15) = vy-āva-kroś-ī (6.1.97; 4.148; 7.3.6) `mutual reproach'.

$3.3.44 abhi-vidh-aú bhāv-é=inu̱Ṇ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] inu̱Ṇ is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] to signify a state or condition (bhāv-é) for expressing co-extension (abhi-vidh-aú).

sam+kūṭ+inu̱Ṇ+áṆ (5.4.15) = sam-kūṭ-in-ám (6.4.164) `total conflagration'.

The repetition of the word [bhāvé] here when it is already recurring from 18 above is to block out GHaÑ; when [abhi-vidhí] is not expressed: sam+kūṭ+GHaÑ = saṁ-koṭ-á- `conflagration'.

$3.3.45 ā-kroś-é=¹áva-²ny-ór gráh-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] grah- `seize' (IX 61) co-occurring with the preverbs áva-° or ní-° [to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] signifying malediction (ā-kroś-é).

ava+grah+GHaÑ = ava-grāh-á- `curse, imprecation' but ava-grah+áP (58) `separation (of a padá into stem and affix)', similarly ni-grāh-á- `punishment, chastisement', but ni-grah-áP (58) `restraining, controlling'.

$3.3.46 pr-é lipsā-yām

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 grah- 45] co-occurring with the preverb prá-° [to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] when expressing a desire to acquire (lipsā-yām).

pra+grah+GHaÑ = pra-grāh-á- pātra-pra-grāh-éṇa cár-a-ti bhikṣú-ḥ `the almsman/mendicant moves around, holding a vessel with the desire to collect food', but pra-grah-áP `seizing, grasping'.

$3.3.47 pár-au yajñ-é

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 grah- 45] co-occurring with the preverb pári-° [to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] when signifying (something) pertaining to a sacrifice (yajñ-é).

pari-grah-GHaÑ = pari-grāh-á- : uttara-pari-grāh-á- `northern fencing of the sacrificial altar' but pari-grah-áP (58) `surrounding, encircling'.

$3.3.48 n-aú vr̥ dhāny-è

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] vr̥- `choose' (IX 38), `cover' (V 8), co-occurring with the preverb ní-° [to form an action noun denoting a kāraka other than the agent 18-19] to specify (a particular variety of) grain (dhāny-è).

ní-vr̥-ṇo-ti enám = ni+vr̥+GHaÑ = nī-vār-á- (6.3.112) `a kind of wild rice', but ni-var-áP (58)+ṬāP = ni-var-ā kanyā `unmarried daughter/girl, virgin'.

$3.3.49 úd-i ¹śráy-a-ti-²yaú-ti-³pū-⁴druv-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] śri- `rest, lean on, take refuge in, resort to', yu- `mix' (II 23), pū- `purify'(I 1015, IX 12) and dru- `run' (I 992) co-occurring with the preverb úd-° [to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19].

ud+śri+GHaÑ = uj-śrāy-á- (8.4.40) = uc-chrāy-á- (8.4.55,63) `rising (of a planet)'; similarly ud-yāv-á- `blending'; ut-pāv-á- `purifying (ghee)'; ud-drāv-á- `flight, running away'.

$3.3.50 vibhāṣā=āṄ-i ¹ru-²pluv-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ] is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] ru- `howl, scream' (II 24) and plu- `float' (I 1007) co-occurring with the preverb āṄ-° [to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19].

ā+ru+GHaÑ/aP57 = ā-rāv-á-/ā-rav-á `howling, screaming'; ā+plu+GHaÑ/aP = ā-plāv-á-/ā-plav-á- `bathing, ablution'.

$3.3.51 áv-e grah-aḥ=varṣa-prati-bandh-é

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is optionally 50 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] grah- `seize, grasp' (IX 61), co-occurring with the preverb áva-° [to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] signifying obstruction to precipitation (varṣa-pari-bandh-é).

áva+grah+GHaÑ+aP = ava-grāh-á/°-grah-á- (58) `drought, withholding rain'.

$3.3.52 pr-é vaṇíj-ām

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is optionally 50 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 grah- 51] co-occurring with the preverb prá-° [to form an action noun denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] for expressing something relating to merchants or traders (vaṇíj-ām).

By interpretation the item denoted is the string of the balance by which it is held while weighing: tulā-pra-grāh-á-/pra-grahá- = tulā prá-gr̥hya-te yéna sūtr-eṇa.

$3.3.53 raśm-aú ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is optionally 50 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 grah- 51, co-occurring with the preverb prá-° 52 to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] signifying `rein, bridle' (raśm-aú).

prá+grah+GHaÑ/aP = pra-grāh-a/grah-á-.

$3.3.54 vr̥-ṇó-te-r ā-cchādan-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is optionally 50 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] vr̥- `cover' (V 8) [co-occurring with the preverb prá-° 52 to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] when expressing a covering (ā-cchādan-e).

pra+vr̥+GhaÑ/aP = prā-vār-á- /pra-vār-á- (6.3.122) `a coverlet, covering', but pra-var-á+ṬāP = pra-var-ā gau-ḥ `an excellent cow'.

$3.3.55 pár-au bhúv-aḥ=ava-jñān-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 16 is optionally 50 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] bhū- `become'(I 1), co-occurring with the preverb pári-° [to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] when expressing disrespect (ava-jñān-e) [optionally 50].

pari+bhū+GHaÑ/ap = pari-bhāv-á-/°-bhav-á- `insult, humilation, disgrace', but sarvá-taḥ=bháv-anam = pari-bhav-áP- `enclosing, containing, surrounding'.

$3.3.56 e-r áC

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] áC is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme-class [°-i] [to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19].

Exception to GHaÑ 16. iṆ+áC- = e+á- = ay-á- `moving towards the right (in chess)'; similarly: cay-á- `heaping, piling',; jay-á- `victory', etc.

$3.3.57 r̄d-o-r aP

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] aP is introduced [after 1.2 verbal stems 1.91 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme long [r̄] or the phoneme-class [u] [to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19].

Exception to GHaÑ 16. °-r̄ : kr̄+aP = kár-a- `a ray of light; tax' similarly: śár-a- `arrow'; gár-a- `poison'.

°-u : yu+aP = yáv-a `barley' stáv-a- `eulogy, panegyric'; lū+aP = láv-a `reaping'; páv-a- `winnowing purfying'.

$3.3.58 ¹grahÀ-²vr̥-³dŕ-⁴nís=ci-gam-aḥ=ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57] is also introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] grah- `seize, grasp' (IX 61), vr̥- `cover' (V 8), `choose' (IX 38), dŕ- `injure' (V 34), `honor' (VI 118), nís+ci- (V 5) `ascertain' and gam- `go' (I 1031) [to form an action noun 18 to denote a kāraka other than the agent 19].

Exception to GHaÑ 16 and in the case of [ci-] to áC 56. grah+aP = gráh-a- `holding, grasping, a planet'; vár-a- `choice, boon' or `enclosing, covering' dár-a- `cave' ā-dar-á- `respect, honor'; nís-cay-á- `ascertainment'; gám-a- `march'.

$3.3.59 upasarg-é ad-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] ad- `eat, consume' (II 1), co-occurring with a preverb [to form an action noun 18 to denote a kāraka other than the agent 19].

Exception to GhaÑ 16. ví-ad+aP = vi+ghas+aP (2.4.38) = vi-ghas-á- `devourer, eater', but ghās-á- `food'.

$3.3.60 n-aú Ṇá ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57] as well as (ca) Ṇá are introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 ad- 59] co-occurring with the pre-verb ní-° [to form an action noun 18 to denote a kāraka other than the agent 19].

ni+ad+aP/Ṇá = ni-ghas-á-/ny-ād-á- `eating, consuming'.

$3.3.61 ¹vyadhÀ-²jáp-or án-upasarg-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] vyadh- `pierce' (IV 72) and jáp- `mutter' (I 424) when not co-occurring with a preverb (án-upasarg-e) [to form action nouns 18 to denote a kāraka other than the agent 19].

Exception to GHaÑ 16. vyadh+aP = vyádh-a- `wound', but ā+vyadh+GHaÑ+ṬāP (4.1.4) = ā-vyādh-ā `the art of piercing'.

jap+aP =jáp-a- `muttering, murmuring', but upa+jap+GHaÑ = upa-jāp-á- `a kind of sacred hymn'.

$3.3.62 ¹svánÁ-²hás-or vā

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57] is optionally (vā) introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] sván- `resound' (I 879) and hás- `laugh' (I 757) [to form an action noun 18 to denote a kāraka other than the agent 19 when not co-occurring with preverbs 61].

svan+GHaÑ/aP = svān-á-/sván-a- `sound, resounding' but pra+svan+GHaÑ = pra-svān-á- `loud noise'.

Similarly: hās-á/hás-a- `laughter', but pra-hās-á- `irony'.

$3.3.63 yam-aḥ ¹sám-²úpa-³ní-⁴ví-ṣu

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 is optionally 62 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] yam- `restrain' (I 1033), (whether) co-occurring with preverbs sám-°, úpa-°, ní-° or ví-° [or not 61 to form an action noun 18 to denote a kāraka other than the agent 19].

sám+yam+GhaÑ+aP = saṁ-yām-á-/°-yam-á- `control, restraint'; similarly: upa-yām-á/°-yām-á- `marriage'; ni-yām-á-/°-yam-á- `rule, restriction'; vi-yām-á/°-yam-á- `patience, forbearance' yām-á-/yám-a- `control'.

$3.3.64 n-aú ¹gádÁ-²nádÁ-³paṭhÁ-sván-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 is optionally 62 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] gád- `speak' (I 53), nád- `resound' (I 551), páṭh- `recite, read' (I 91) and sván- `reverberate', co-occurring with the preverb ni-° [to form action nouns 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19].

ni+gad+GHaÑ/aP = ni-gād-á/°-gad-á- `recitation'; ni-nād-á-/ni-nad-á- `sound'; ni-pāṭh-á-/ni-paṭh-á- `reading'; ni-svān-á-/ni-svan-á- `resounding, reverberation'.

$3.3.65 kváṇ-aḥ=vīṇā-yāṁ=ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 is optionally 62 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] kváṇ- `jingle' (I 477) [co-occurring 64 or not 61 with the preverb ní-° 64 to form an action noun 18 denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] when designating the musical instrument (vīṇā `lute').

By interpretation the musical instrument is designated only when accompanied by the preverb: (a) when co-occurring with [ní-°]: ni-kvāṇ-á-/ni-kvaṇ-á- `muscal note (on the vīṇā)'; (b) not co-occurring with any preverb: kvāṇ-á-/kvaṇ-á- `sound'; (c) designating the lute: kalyāṇa-pra-kvaṇ-ā vīṇā `a true-sounding lute'.

$3.3.66 nítyam páṇ-aḥ pari-māṇ-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57] is necessarily (nítyam) introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] páṇ- `barter, exchange, trade' (I 466) [to form an action noun 18 or denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] for designating a measure (pari-māṇ-e).

páṇ+aP = páṇ-a- `handful' in mūlaka-paṇ-á- `a handful of radishes', but when not designating a measure: paṇ+GHaÑ = pāṇ-á- `exchange, trade, barter'.

$3.3.67 mád-aḥ=án=upasarg-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] mád- `intoxicate, exhilerate' (IV 99), when not co-occurring with any preverb (án-upasarg-e) [to form an action/or designating a kāraka other than the agent 19].

Exception to GHaÑ 16. mad+aP = mád-a- `pride, intoxiation' as in vidyā-mad-á- `pride of knowledge', dhana-mad-á- `pride of wealth' etc., but ud+mad+GHaÑ = un-mād-á- `insanity'; pra-mād-á- `error'.

$3.3.68 ¹pra-mad-á-²sam-mad-aú harṣ-e

(The irregular forms) pra-mad-á- and sam-mad-á- are introduced as derived [with kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 mád- 67] to express `joy' (hars-é).

This is an exception to the preceding rule which blocks aP when [mád-] co-occurs with preverbs: kanyā-n-ām pra-mad-á-ḥ `the joy of maidens'; kokilā-n-āṁ sam-mad-á-ḥ `the rejoicing of cuckoos', but pra-mād-á- `error'.

$3.3.69 ¹sám-²úd-or áj-aḥ paśú-ṣu

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] áj- `go' (I 248) co-occurring with preverbs sám-° or úd-° [to form action nouns 18 or denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] for designating (something) pertaining to beasts (paśú-ṣu).

sam+aj+aP = sam-aj-á-ḥ paśū-n-ām `a herd of animals' so also ud-aja-á-ḥ paśū-n-ām `driving of cattle'; but sam-āj-á-ḥ `a community (of human beings)' and ud-āj-á- `marching (of human beings, such as warriors, etc.)'.

$3.3.70 akṣé-ṣu gláh-aḥ

(The irregular expression) gláh-a- is introduced as derived with [kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57, introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 grah- `seize' (IX 61) to form an action noun 18 or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19] to signify `gambling with dice (akṣé-ṣu).

Whle aP has already been indicated in 58 above after grah-, the present rule is meant to indicate the irregular replacement of phoneme [r] by [l]: grah+aP = gláh-a- `a throw of dice' but in other senses gráh-a- 58.

$3.3.71 pra-jan-é sar-te-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] sr̥- `flow' (I 982, III 17) [to form an action noun or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19] to signify first impregnation (pra-jan-é).

gav-ām upa-sar-á-ḥ `first covering of cows'.

$3.3.72 hv-aḥ sam-pra-sāraṇaṁ ca ¹ní=²abhí=³úpa-⁴ví-ṣu

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] hve- `summon, challenge' (I 1057), co-occurring with preverbs ní-°, abhí-°, úpa-° and ví-°, and sam-pra-sāraṇa (vocalization) replaces [the semi-vowel 1.1.45, to form an action noun or denote a kāraka other than the agent 18-19].

Exception to GHaÑ 16. ni+hve+aP = ni-hu0̸+aP = ni-hav-á- `invocation'; similarly: abhi-hav-á- `calling near'; upa-hav-á- `invitation'; vi-hav-á- `invocation', but pra+hve+GHaÑ = pra=hvā+yu̱k+GHaÑ (6.1.45; 7.3.33) = pra-hvā-y-á- `invocation'.

While these derivatives can normally be derived from the verbal stem [hu- III 1] the present rule is to block GHaÑ after [hve-] when co-occurring with these four preverbs.

$3.3.73 āṄ-i yuddh-é

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 hve- 72 with samprasārana replacement of its semivowel 72] when co-occurring with the preverb āṄ-° [to form an action noun or denote a kāraka other than the agent 18-19] for signifying a battle (yuddh-é).

ā+hve+aP = ā+hu0̸+aP = ā-hav-á- = ā-hū-yante asmín `battle, strife'. In other senses ā=hve+GHaÑ = ā-hvā-y-á- `invocation'.

$3.3.74 ni-pān-am ā-hāv-á-ḥ

(The irregular form) ā-hāv-á- is introduced [as derived with kŕt 1.93 affix aP 57 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem hve- 72 to form an action noun or denote a kāraka other than the agent 18-19] for designating a drinking trough (ni-pān-am).

ā+hve+aP = ā+hu0̸+aP = ā-hāv-á- (with irregular samprasāraṇa and vr̥ddhi replacement); in other meanings: ā-hvā-y-á- (cf. 73).

$3.3.75 bhāv-é=án-upa-sarga-sya

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 hve-, with samprasāraṇa replacement of its semi-vowel 72] when not co-occurring with preverbs to form an action noun (bhāv-é).

The use of the word [bhāv-é] here when it already recurs from 18 above is for the purpose of blocking out the recurrence of 19. hve+aP = hu0̸+aP = háv-a- `calling'. But ā-hvā-y-á-.

$3.3.76 han-as=ca vadh-á-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] han- `kill, strike' (II 2) [not co-occurring with preverbs 75, to form an action noun 75] while the substitute vadh-á- replaces (the whole of 1.1.55) the verbal stem.

han+aP = vadh-á+aP = vadh+0̸+áP (6.4.148; 1.161) = vadh-á- `killing, slaying, striking'; when action [bhāvá] is not indicated: han+GHaÑ = ghat+GHaÑ (7.3.32,54) = ghāt-á- `a blow'; similarly pra-ghāt-á- `combat, battle'.

The expression [ca] in the rule is not related to [vadh-á] replacement, and consequently permits introduction of the general affix GHaÑ 16 in ghāt-á-.

$3.3.77 mūrt-au ghaná-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem han- 76] and the substitute ghan-á- replaces the (whole 1.1.55) verbal stem [to form an action noun 18] to denote a solid mass (mūrt-au).

han+aP = ghaná+aP = ghan+0̸+áP (6.4.48; 1.161) = ghan-á- in abhra-ghan-á- `a solid mass of clouds'.

$3.3.78 antar-ghan-á-ḥ=deś-é

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 han- 76] co-occurring with the indeclinable antár-° [and the substitute ghan-á- replaces the whole 1.1.55 of the verbal stem 76 to form an action noun or to denote a kāraka other than the agent 18-19] for designating the name of a region or place (deś-é).

antár+han+aP = antar-ghan-0̸+áP = antar-ghan-á- `n.pr. of a region in the Vāhīka country', alternating with antar-ghaṇ-á-.

While designating a non-region: antár han-yánte prāṇín-aḥ átra = antár+han+GHaÑ = antar-ghāt-á- `slaughter house'.

$3.3.79 agāra=eka-deś-é ¹pra-ghaṇ-á=²pra-ghāṇ-aú ca

(The irregular expressions) pra-ghaṇ-á- and pra-ghāṇ-á- are introduced [as derived with kŕt .93 affix 1.1 aP introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem han- 76] co-occurring with the preverb prá-° [to form an action noun 18 or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19] for designating a porch or portico before the entrance of a house (agāra=eka-deś-é).

prá+han+aP = pra-ghan-á+aP = pra-ghaṇ-á-/°ghāṇ-á- (6.4.48; 1.161; 8.4.2), but pra+han+GHaÑ = pra-ghāt-á- (cf. 76).

$3.3.80 ud-ghan-á-ḥ aty-ā-dhāna-m

(The irregular form) ud-ghan-á- is introduced [as derived with kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.93 han- 76], co-occurring with the preverb úd-° [and substitute ghan-á replacing the whole of the verbal stem (1.1.55) 77 to form an action noun 18 or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19] designating a carpenter's bench (aty-ā-dhāna).

úd+han+aP = ud-ghan-á-; ud+han+GHaÑ = ud-ghāt-á-`striking'.

$3.3.81 apa-ghan-á-ḥ=áṅga-m

(The irregular form) apa-ghan-á- is introduced [as derived with the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem han- 76] co-occurring with the preverb ápa-° [with substitute ghan-á replacing the whole of the verbal stem(1.1.5) 77 to form an action noun 18 or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19] to signify a limb (áṅga-m).

ápa+han+aP = apa+ghan-á+aP = apa-ghan+0̸+áP = apa-ghan-á- but apa+han+GHaÑ = apa-ghāt-á- `striking off'.

By interpretational restriction [apa-ghan-á] denotes either `hand' or `foot'.

$3.3.82 káraṇ-e ¹áyas=²ví-³drú-ṣu

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 han- 76] co-occurring with áyas-° `metal, iron', preverb ví-° and drú- `wood' [with substitute ghan-á replacing the whole of the verbal stem (1.1.55) 77 to form a derivative denoting a kāraka other than the agent 19] to signify an instrument (káraṇ-e).

áyo han-yá-te an-éna = áyas+han+aP = ayas+ghan-á+aP = ayas+ghan-0̸+áP = ayo-ghan-á (8.2.66; 6.1.87,113) `hammer' similarly: vi-ghan-á- `mallet' and dru-ghan-á-/°ghaṇ-á- `hoe or sickle for cutting grass'.

$3.3.83 stamb-é Ká ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57] as well as (ca) Ká are introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 han- 76 with substitute ghan-á 77 replacing the whole of it 1.1.55] when co-occurring with the [nominal padá 1.4] stambá- `a clump of grass' [to form an action noun 18 or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19 to signify an instrument 82].

stambá-ḥ han-yá-te an-éna = stamba+han+aP/Ká = stamba+ghan-á+aP/Ká = stamba-ghan-0̸+áP = stamba-ghan-á-/stamba-han+Ká = stamba+h0̸n+Ká 6.4.98 = stamba-ghn-á- (6.3.54) `a hoe or sickle for cutting grass'.

$3.3.84 pár-au ghá-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 han- 76] co-occurring with the preverb pári-°, and the substitute ghá- replaces the whole (1.1.55) of the verbal stem [to form an action noun 18 or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19, designating an instrument 82].

pári-han-ya-te an-éna = pári+han+aP = pari+ghá+aP = pari-gh0̸+áP = pari-gh-á-/pali-gh-á- (8.2.22) `iron bar or beam used for locking doors'.

$3.3.85 upa-ghn-á-ḥ ā-śray-é

(The irregular expression) upa-ghn-á- is introduced [as derived with kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 han- 76, (with irregular replacement of the stem vowel) to form an action noun 18 or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19] to signify a contiguous resting place or support (ā-śray-é).

úpa+hán+aP = upa+h0̸n+a= upa-ghn-á- as in parvatopa-ghn-á- `mountain slope' or grāmopa-ghn-á- `bordering the village'.

$3.3.86 ¹saṁ-gh-á=²ud-gh-aú ¹gaṇá-²pra-śaṁsáy-oḥ

(The irregular expressions) saṁ-gh-á- and ud-gh-á- are introduced, respectively (1.3.10) denoting `herd, drove or flock' (gaṇá-°) and `praise' (pra-śaṁsā) [as derived with kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem han- 76] co-occurring (respectively 1.3.10) wth the preverbs sám-° an úd-° [with irregular replacement of the syllable beginning with the final vowel by 0̸ and of h by gh to form an action noun 18 or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19].

sam-hán-ana-m = sám+hán+aP = sam-h0̸¹0̸+aP = saṁ-gh-á- bhāv-é `a herd (of cattle, etc.)'; úd+han-ya-te = ud-gh-á- `excellent, praiseworthy'. In other meanings: sam-/ud+han+GHaÑ = saṁ-ghāt-á- `union', ud-ghāt-á- `the act of striking'.

$3.3.87 ni-gh-á-ḥ=níimita-m

(The irregular expression) ni-gh-á- is introduced [as derived with the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 aP 57 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem han- 76, with irregular replacement of its syllable beginning with the last vowel and of /h/ by /gh/] when co-occurring with the preverb ní-° [to form an action noun 18 or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19] signifying `as high as broad' (ni-mi-tam).

ni+hán+aP = ni-gh0̸0̸rregular+áP = ni-gh-á-, but in other senses ni+han+GHaÑ = ni-ghāt-á- `a blow'.

$3.3.88 ḌU=IT=aḥ=Ktrí-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Ktrí is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] with marker ḌU as IT (in-the Dhp.) [to form an action noun 18 or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19].

ḌU-pac-A-Ṣ pāké (Dhp. I 1033): pac+ktrí = pak+trí+maP (4.4.10; 8.1.30) = pak-trí-ma = pāk-éna nír-vr̥t-ta-m `matured, ripened'; similarly vap-: up-trí-ma- (6.1.15) `sown', and kr̥-trí-ma- `artificial'.

$3.3.89 ṬU-IT-aḥ=athúC

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] athúC is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] with marker ṬU as IT (in the Dhp.) [to form an action noun 18 or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19].

TU-vép-R̥ kámpan-e (Dhp. I 391): vep+athúC = vap-athú- `trembling, shaking'; ṬU-O-sví gáti-vŕddhy-oḥ (Dhp. I 1059)+athúC = śvay-athu- `edema, swelling'; ṬU-kṣu śábd-e(II 27)+athúC = kṣav-athú- `sneezing'.

$3.3.90 ¹yajA-²yāca̱-³yáta̱-⁴vichÁ-⁵prachÁ-⁶rákṣ-aḥ=náṄ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] náṄ is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] yaj- `sacrifice' (I 1051), yāc- `beg, solicit' (I 916), yát- `exert' (I 30), vich- `go, move' (VI 129), prach- `ask' (VI 120), rákṣ- `protect' (I 688) [to form action nouns 18 or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19].

yaj+náṄ = yaj-ñá- `sacrifice' yāc+naṄ+ṬāP(4.1.4) = yac-ñā `request, plea'; similarly: yat-ná- `attempt, exertion'; vich+ná = vís-ná- (6.4.19) `luster, splendor'; praś-ná- `question'; rakṣ-ṇá- `protection, guard'.

Since Pāṇini himself uses the form [praśná- in 3.2.117: praśn-e ca=ā-sanna-kāl-é] it is inferred that vocalization (sam-pra-sāraṇa) replacement does not take place before affix náṄ despite 6.1.16.

$3.3.91 svap-aḥ=naN

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] naN is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] svap- `lie down, sleep' (II 59) [to form an action noun 18 or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19].

svap+naN = sváp-na- `dream'.

$3.3.92 upa-sarg-é GHO-ḥ Kí-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Kí is introduced [after 1.2 verbal stems 1.91] denoted by the t.t. GHU (1.1.20), co-occurring with preverbs (upa-sarg-é) [to form action nouns 18 or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19].

pra+dā+Kí = pra+d0̸+í (6.4.64) = pra-d-í- `gift, present'; similarly: pra-dh-í- `the felly of a wheel'; antar-dh-í- `disappearance'.

$3.3.93 kármaṇ-i=adhi-káraṇ-e ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Kí 92 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91 denoted by the t.t. GHU 92 when co-occurring with a nominal padá 1.4] functioning as their direct object (kármaṇ-i) [to form an action noun or denote a kāraka other than the agent 18-19] to indicate a substratum or locus (adhi-káraṇ-e).

jalá-m dhī-yá-te asmín = jala+0̸+dhā+Kí = jala-dh-í- `ocean, sea'; similarly śara-dh-í- `a quiver'.

$3.3.94 striy-ām KtiN

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] KtiN is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to form an action noun 18 or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19] in the feminine gender (striy-ām).

kŕ+KtiN = kŕ-ti- `action, work, performance'. Exception to GHaÑ 16. Similarly cí-ti- `layer, pile'; stú-ti- `praise'.

$3.3.95 ¹sthā-²gā-³pā-pac-ām bhāv-é

[The kŕt 1.1 affix 1.1 KtiN 94 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] sthā- `stay, remain, stand' (I 975), gā (=gai- I 965) `sing', pā- `drink' (I 972) and pac- `cook' (I 1045) to form action nouns (bhāv-é) [in the feminine gender 94].

sthā+KtiN = sthí-ti- (7.4.40) f. `standing, remaining'; pra-sthí-ti- `departure, journey'; similarly: ud+gai+KtiN = ud+gā+KtiN = ud-gī-ti- (6.4.66) `chanting aloud'; pra-pī-ti- `cistern', sam-pī-ti- `carousal', pac+KtiN = pák-ti- `cooking'.

This rule blocks out the operation of 106 below as well as 19.

$3.3.96 mántr-e ¹vŕṣa=²iṣA-³pacA-⁴manA-⁵vídÁ-⁶bhū-⁷vī-⁸rā-ḥ udātta-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KtiN 94] with high-pitch (udātta) accent is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] vr̥ṣ- `rain' (I 738), iṣ- `desire' (VI 59), pac- `cook' (I 1045), man- `think' (IV 47), víd- `know' (II 55), bhū- `become' (I 1), vī- `go' (II 39), and rā- `give' (II 48) [to form action nouns 95 in the feminine gender 94] in the domain of Mántra.

The affix KtiN, by virtue of its marker N, places the udātta accent on the initial syllable of the verbal stem (6.1.197) but in these instances in the Mántra portion of the Veda , it is shifted to the affix itself.

vr̥ṣ+KtiN = vr̥ṣ-ṭí- (8.4.1) `rain, precipitation'; iṣ-ṭí- `wish, desire, request' (besides icchā/íṣ-ṭi- 101); pak-tí- `cooking'; man+KtiN = ma0̸-tí- (6.4.37) = ma-tí- `thinking, thought'; vit-tí- `knowledge'; bhū-tí- `becoming'; vī-tí- `enjoyment'; rā-tí- `giving, bestowing'.

Other than in the Mántra, the accent falls on the initial syllable of the derived form.

$3.3.97 ¹ū-tí-²yū-tí-³jū-tí-⁴sā-tí-⁵he-tí-⁶kīr-táy-as=ca

(The irregular expressions) ū-tí- `help', yū-tí- `junction', jū-tí- `speed', sā-tí- `destruction', he-tí- `missile' and kīr-tí `renown' are introduced [as derived with kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KtiN 94 bearing the udātta accent 96 and form feminine 94 action nouns 18].

av+KtiN = ū-tí- (6.4.20); yu/ju+KtiN = yū-tí-, jū-tí-; so+KtiN = sā-tí- (6.4.42) without replacement of semi-vowel by vocalization as required by 7.4.40, or alternately: san+KtiN = sā-KtiN (6.4.42) = sā-tí-; han+KtiN = ha-i-KtiN = he-tí- (irregular replacement of /n/ by /i/ or hi+KtiN with irregular replacement of stem vowel by guṇa contra 1.1.5) = he-tí-; kr̄t+KtiN = kīrt+KtiN = kīrt-tí- (7.1.101), whereas by 107 below affix [yuC] is to be introduced.

$3.3.98 ¹vrájÁ-²yaj-or bhāv-é KyáP

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] KyáP [bearing the udātta accent 96 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] vráj- `march' (I 272) and yaj- `sacrifice' (I 1051) to form an action noun (bhāv-é) [in the feminine gender 94].

vráj+KyáP+ṬāP (4.1.4) = vraj-yá+ā = vraj-yā (6.1.161) `roaming, wandering'; similarly yaj+KyáP+ṬāP = ij-yā (6.1.15,1616) `worshipping, sacrificing'.

The marker [P] has no relevance here but is required for the following sūtras for insertion of augment [tu̱K] (6.1.71).

$3.3.99 saṁjñā-yām ¹sám-ajÁ-²ní-ṣada̱-³ní-páta̱-⁴manA-⁵vídÁ-⁶ṣuÑ-⁷śīṄ-⁸bhr̥Ñ=⁹iṆ-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KyáP 98 bearing the udātta accent 96 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] sám+aj- (I 248) `collect together', ní+ṣad- (I 907, VI 135) `sit down', ní+pat- (I 898) `fly or settle down, alight', man- `think' (IV 67), víd- `know' (II 55), su- `press, extract or distil soma juice' (V 1), śī- `lie down, sleep' (II 27), bhr̥- `bear' (III 5) and iṆ- `go'(III 36) [to form action nouns 18 or denote a kāraka other than the agent 19] to derive names (saṁjñā-yām) [in the feminine gender 94].

sam+aj+KyáP+ṬāP = sam-aj-yā `assembly'; likewise: ni-ṣad-yā `a small bed or couch'; ni-pat-yā `slippery ground'; man-yā `nape of the neck' (cf. Vedc mán-yā); vid-yā `knowledge'; su-t-yā (6.1.71) `day for pressing soma juice'; śay-yā (7.4.12) `bed, bedstead'; bhr̥-t-yā `service for wages' i-t-yā `palanquin'.

Because of the use of the expression [saṁjñā] here, the allomorph [vī] does not replace the verbal stem [aj-] before affix [KyaP] as required by 2.4.56.

$3.3.100 kr̥Ñ-aḥ Śá ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 KyáP 98 with udātta accent 96] as well as (ca) Śá are introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] kr̥Ñ- `do, make, perform' (VIII 10) [to form a derivative in the feminine gender 94].

This sūtra is split into two parts by interpretation: kr̥Ñ-aḥ and Śá ca in order that with the first part [KyaP] is introduced and with the second part both KtiN (94) and Śá are introduced, yielding three derivatives: kr̥+KyaP+ṬāP = kr̥-t-yā / kr̥+Śá+ṬāP = kri+á+ā (7.4.28) = kriy-ā (6.1.77) / kr̥+KtiN = kŕ=ti `act, action, activity, performance'.

$3.3.101 icch-ā

(The irregular form) icch-ā is introduced [as derived with the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Śá 100 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 iṣ- `wish, desire' (VI 59) in the feminine gender 94].

iṣ-yá-te = iṣ+yaK+Śá+ṬāP = icch+0̸(irregular 0̸ replacement of yaK)+á+ā = icch-ā `desire, wish'. The derivation is under the governing rule 18 only.

$3.3.102 á praty-ay-āt

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] á is introduced [after 1.2] a derived [verbal stem 1.91] (praty-ay-āt) [to form an action noun 18 in the feminine gender 94].

Exception to KtiN 94. kr̥+saN+á = ci-kīr-ṣa+á+ṬāP = ci-kīr-ṣ-ā `a desire to perform' = kár-tum icch-á similarly: putrī-yá(1.8)+á+ṬāP = putrīy-ā `desire for having a son' or (1.10) `desire to be like a son'; putra-kām-y-ā `desire for having a son'; lo-lū-y-ā (1.22) `repeated or intensive cutting'; kaṇḍū-y-ā `itch' [Cf. 1.7-30 for derived verbal stems].

$3.3.103 guró-s=ca ha̱L-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 á 102] also (ca) introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 ending in 1.1.72] a consonant (ha̱L-aḥ) and containing a heavy syllable (guró-s) [to form a derivative action noun 18 in the feminine gender 94].

kuṇḍ+á+ṬāP = kuṇḍ-ā `adultress'; similarly huṇḍ-ā `tigress'; īh-ā `striving'; ūh-ā `filling out an ellipsis', but bhaj+KtiN =bhák-ti- `devotion' and nī-ti- `polity'.

$3.3.104 ¹Ṣ-IT=²bhid-ā=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṄ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] áṄ is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] with marker [Ṣ] as IT (in the Dhp.) and the class of stems beginning with bhid- `break' (VII 2) [to form feminine 94 action nouns 18].

The class of stems beginning with [bhid-] is to be inferred not from the Dhātu-pāṭha, but from the Gaṇa-pāṭha where the derived forms are listed in the feminine gender beginning with [bhid-ā].

Verbal stems with marker Ṣ: jr̄Ṣ (vayo-hān-aú IV 22)+áṄ+ṬāP = jar-ā (7.4.16) `old age, senility'; trapŪ-Ṣ (lajjā-yām 1 399): trap-ā `bashfulness, shyness'.

bhid+aṄ+ṬāP = bhid-ā `breaking'; chid-ā `cleaving'; guh-ā `cave'; ā-r-ā `bore, probe'.

$3.3.105 ¹cint-í-²pūj-í-³kath-í-⁴kumb-í-⁵carc-as=ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 áṄ 104] is also (ca) introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] cint-í- (X 2) `recollect', pūj-í- `honor' (X 101), kath-í- `relate, narrate' (X 307), kumb-í- `cover, envelope' (X 113) and carc- `study, discuss' (X 172) [to derive feminine 94 action nouns 18].

cint+ṆíC+áṄ+ṬāP =cint-0̸+á+ā (6.4.51) = cint-ā `anxious thought, care, anxiety'; similarly: pūj-ā `worship'; kath-ā `narrative'; kumb-ā `thick petticoat' and carc-ā `discussion'.

Normally this would have been a prior exception to 107 below, but by interpretation of the particle [ca] here, this rule will not block the operation of affix [yuC]: cint+yuC+ṬāP = cint-anā = cint-ā.

$3.3.106 āT=as=ca=upa-sarg-é

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 a 104] is also (ca) introduced [after 1.2 verbal stems 1 91 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme [°-ā] co-occurring with preverbs (upa-sarg-é) [to form feminine 94 action nouns 18].

Exception to KtiN 94: pra+dā+áṄ+ṬāP = pra+d0̸+á+ā = pra-d-ā `giving'; upa-d-ā `an offering to the king'; pra-dh-ā `offering'; upa-dh-ā `test of honesty' (and in Ast. t.t. for `penultmate phoneme' 1.1.65).

$3.3.107 ¹Ṇi=²āsA-³sranth-aḥ=yuC

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] yuC is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 ending in 1.1.72] ṆíC and ās- `sit down' (II 11) and śranth- `loosen, release' (IX 39) [to form feminine 94 action nouns 18].

1. ṆíC: kr̥+ṆíC+yuC+ṬāP = kār-i+aná+ā (6.4.51; 7.1.1) = kār-aṇ-ā (8.4.2) `instigation', and similarly hār-aṇ-ā `causing to take or seize'.

2. ās+yuC = ās-an-ā `sitting'; śranth-an-ā `loosening, releasing'. Exceptions to KtiN 94,102,103.

$3.3.108 roga=ākhyā-yāṁ ṆvuL bahulám

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] ṆvuL is variously (bahulám) introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to form a feminine 94 action noun 18] to denote the name of a disease (roga-ākhyā-yām).

pra+chr̥d+ṆvuL+ṬāP = pra-cchárd-aka+ā (7.1.1) = pra-cchárd-ik-ā (7.3.44) `vomiting, throwing up'; pra-vāh-ik-ā `diarrhoea, loose motions'; vi-cárc-ik-ā `itch, scabies'.

Does not occur: śíras+ard+KtiN = śiras+árt+ti (8.4.55) = siró-r0̸-ti (8.4.65) `headache'.

$3.3.109 saṁjñā-yām

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 ṆvuL 108 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to form a feminine 94 action noun 18] to denote a name (saṁjñā-yām).

uddālaka-sya púṣpā-ṇ-i bhaj-yánte yá-syām krīḍā-yām sā = uddālaka-puṣpa+bhanj+ṆvuL+ṬāP = uddālaka-puṣpa-bhánj-ik-ā `a game played in the eastern districts in which the flowers of the Uddālaka tree are broken'. This is an obligatory Tatpuruṣá compound (2.2.17).

$3.3.110 vibhāṣā=¹ākhyāna-²pari-praśná-yor iÑ ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 ṆvuL 108] as well as (ca) iÑ are introduced optionally (vibhāṣā) [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to form a feminine 94 action noun 18] when it relates to a question (pari-praśná) and response (ā-khyā-na).

The word [vibhāṣā] `optionally' provides for introduction of other affixes also occurring in this section.

Q. kām tvám kār-i-m iÑ / kār-ikām ṆvuL / kŕ-ti-m KtiN / kriy-ā-m Śá / kr̥-t-yā-m (KyáP 100) á-kār-s-ī-ḥ? `What work have you done?'

R. sárvā-m kār-i-m/kār-ik-ā-m/kŕ-ti-m/kriy-ā-m/kr̥-t-yā-m á-kār-ṣ-am `I have done everything'.

$3.3.111 ¹pary-āyá=²árha=³r̥ṇá=⁴ut-pátti-ṣu ṆvuC

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] ṆvuC is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to form a feminine 94 action noun 18] to denote (a) regular succession (pary-āyá-°), (b) worthiness (°-árha-°), (c) debt (°-r̥ṇá-°) and (d) something that is produced (°-ut-pátti-ṣu).

1. śī+ṆvuC+ṬāP = śāy-aká+ā (4.1.4; 7.1.1) = śāy-ik-ā (7.3.34) : bhávat-aḥ śāy-ik-ā `your turn to sleep'.

2. árh-a-ti bhávān ikṣu-bhakṣ-ik-ā-m `you deserve (= are worthy of) to have a meal of sugar cane'.

3. ikṣu-bhakṣ-ikā-m me dhār-áy-a `you owe me a meal of sugar cane'.

4. odana-bhoj-ik-ā me ud-á-pād-i `a meal of rice has been produced for me'.

$3.3.112 ā-kroś-é náÑ-i=áni-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] áni is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with the privative particle náÑ-° [to form a feminine 94 action noun 18] for denoting an imprecation (ā-kroś-é).

Exception to KtiN 94. náÑ+kr̥+áni- = a-kar-áṇi-s te vr̥ṣala bhū-yāt `O sinner! May failure happen to thee'.

$3.3.113 ¹kŕtya-²Lyuṭ-aḥ=bahulám

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1] denoted by the cover term kŕtya (3.1.95ff.) and LyuṬ are variously (bahulám) introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] (to denote various meanings other than those specified = bahulám).

The governing rules 18 and 19 are no longer recurring from this rule onwards. By 3.4.70 kŕtya affixes are generally introduced to denote [bhāv-é] `impersonal' and [kármaṇ-i] `passive' constructions, but this rule provides for their introduction with other kārakas: dī-yá-te a-smaí = dā+anīyaR+sU = dānīya-s = dā-nīy-o brāhmaṇá-ḥ `a brahmin to whom a donation is to be made'.

LyuṬ is normally introduced under 115-17, but can also occur under other conditions: ápa-sic-ya-te tád = apa-sic+LyuṬ = apa-séc-ana- (functioning as an object) `sprinkling'; áva-srāv-ay-a-te tád = ava-srāv-aṇa- `causing to flow (something) down'; prá-skand-a-ti a-smāt = pra-skánd-ana- `leaping over (from)'; similarly prá-pat-a-ti a-smāt = pra-pát-ana- `falling (from)'.

$3.3.114 nápuṁsak-e bhāv-é Ktá-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Ktá is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to derive a neuter (nápuṁsak-e) action noun (bhāv-é).

has+Ktá = has+iṬ+Ktá = has-i-tá-m `laughter'; similarly jalp-i-tá-m `prattle'.

$3.3.115 LyuṬ ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 Ktá 114] as well as (ca) LyuṬ are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to form a neuter action noun 114].

has+LyuṬ = hás-ana-m `laughter'; similarly śóbh-ana-m `shining, beauty, luster, brilliance'; jálp-ana-m `prattling' śáy-ana-m `lying down'; kár-aṇa-m `doing, performing, instrument'.

$3.3.116 kármaṇ-i ca y-éna saṁ-spraś-āt kart-úḥ śarīra-sukhá-m

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 LyuṬ 115 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with [a nominal padá 1.4] functioning as its direct object (kármaṇ-i), contact with which (y-éna saṁ-spraś-āt) results in physical pleasure (śarīra-sukhá-m) experienced by the agent (kart-úḥ).

cándana-m ánu-limp-a-ti = candana+0̸¹+anu+lip+LyuṬ = candanānu-lép-ana-ṁ sukhá-m `pleasure arising from anointing with sandal-wood paste'; páyaḥ píb-a-ti = payaḥ-pāna-ṁ sukhá-m `satisfaction arising from drinking milk'; but tūlikā-yāḥ utthāna-m `getting up from the bed of down is pleasant', since the upapadá is not the direct object. Similarly agni-kuṇḍá-sya=upā-sana-ṁ sukhá-m `it is pleasant to sit near the fire-place' since there is no physical contact; guró-ḥ snā-p-ana-ṁ sukhá-m `bathing of the preceptor is a pleasure', since the preceptor is not the agent of the action.

The purpose of this rule is in connection with the obligatory formation of nominal compounds, as otherwise the derivative is already provided for by the preceding rule 115.

$3.3.117 ¹káraṇa-²adhi-káraṇay-os=ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 LyuṬ 115 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote an instrument (káraṇa-°) or a locus (°-adhi-káraṇa).

prá-vraśc-a-ti an-éna = pra+vraśc+LyuṬ = pra-vráśc-ana- `instrument for cutting wood', in the genitive Tatpuruṣa compound idhma-pra-vraśc-aná- `axe/wood-cutter'. Similarly: śad+ṆiC+LyuṬ = śāt-0̸+ana- (7.3.42) `lopper, cutter' in palāśa-śāt-aná- `an instrument for lopping the foliage of P. tree'.

duh-yá-te a-syām = duh+LyuṬ+ṄīP (4.1.15) = dóh-an-ī in the Tatpuruṣá compound gó-r dóh-anī = go-doh-an-ī (6.1.113) `a pail in which the cow is milked, a receptacle for milk'; likewise saktu-dhā-nī `a vessel in which rice gruel is kept'.

$3.3.118 púṁs-i saṁjñā-yām GHá-ḥ prāy-éṇa

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] GHá is generally (prāy-éṇa) introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to denote an instrument or locus 117] to form a masculine (púṁs-i) noun denoting a name (saṁjñā-yām).

1. káraṇe : chād-yá-te an-éna = chad+GHá = chad-á- (6.4.51,96) `covering' in the compound danta-cchad-á- `a lip'.

2. adhi-káraṇ-e: ā+í-t-ya LyaP = é-t-ya tá-smin ku-rv-ánti = ā+kr̥+GHá = ā-kar-á- `a mine' in ratnā-kar-á- `a mine of jewels (the ocean)'.

Counter-examples: when not masc.: pra-sādh-ana-m `a comb' (with LyuṬ); when not a name: pra-hár-aṇa-ḥ daṇḍá-ḥ `a staff or stick for beating'.

$3.3.119 ¹go-cará-²saṁ-cará-³vahá-⁴vrajá=⁵vyaj-á=⁶ā-paṇ-á-⁷ni-gamās=ca

(The irregular expressions) go-car-á- `domain', saṁ-car-á- `pasturage', vahá- `conveyance', vraj-á- `cow-pen', vyajá- `fan', ā-paṇ-á- `market place' and ni-gam-á- `Vedic passage' are introduced [as derived with the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHá 118, signifying an instrument or a locus 117 to form a masculine name 118].

This is a prior exception to 121 below. gāv-as=cár-anti a-smín deś-é = go+0̸¹+car=GHá = go-car-á- : indirya-go-car-á-ḥ `within the domain of perception by the sense organs'; sáṁ-car-ante an-éna = saṁ-car-á-ḥ; váh-anti t-éna = vah-á-ḥ; vráj-anti t-éna = vraj-á-ḥ; vy-áj-anti t-éna = vy-aj-á-ḥ; é-t-ya tá-smin ā-paṇ-anti = ā-paṇ-á-ḥ.

$3.3.120 áv-e ¹tr̄-²str-or GHaÑ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] GHaÑ is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] tr̄- `cross over, traverse' (I 1018) and str̄- `cover, spread' (IX 14), co-occurring with the preverb áva-° [to form a masculine noun denoting a name 117-118 signifying an instrument or locus 117].

Exception to GHá 118. áva-tar-a-ti a-smín = ava+tr̄=GHaÑ = ava-tār-á-ḥ `descent, especially of a divinity, incarnation'; similarly ava-stār-á-ḥ `screen of cloth round a tent, a curtain in general'.

The word [prāy-éṇa] in 118 extends the use of these expressions to cover such cases as ava-tār-ó nady-āḥ `the descent or fall of a river' = ava-tár-aṇa-m where it is not a proper noun or name (saṁjñā).

$3.3.121 ha̱L-as=ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 120] is also (ca) introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 ending in 1.1.72] a consonant (ha̱L-aḥ) [to form a mascuine noun 118 denoting a name 118 signifying an instrument or locus 117].

Exception to GHá 118. likh-á-ti an-éna = likh+GhaÑ = lékh-a-ḥ/likh-á-ti a-smín vā = likh+GHaÑ = lékh-a-ḥ `writing instrument/document'; vét-ti=an-éna = vid+GHaÑ = véd-a-ḥ `Véda, source of all knowledge'; véṣṭ-a-te an-éna/a-smín vā = véṣṭ-a-ḥ `covering, cloth'; ápa-mr̥j-ya-te an-éna vy-ā-dhíḥ = apa+mr̥j+GHaÑ = apā-mārg-á-ḥ (6.3.112) `the plant Achyranthus Aspera'.

$3.3.122 ¹adhy-āy-á-²ny-āy-á-³ud-yāv-á-⁴saṁ-hār-á=⁵ā-dhār-á=⁶ā-vayās=ca

(The irregular expressions) adhy-āy-á- `lesson, chapter', ny-āy-á- `rule, law', ud-yāv-á- `mixture', saṁ-hār-á- `destruction', ā-dhār-á- `support', ā-vā-y-á- `cloth mill' are introduced [as derived with kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 120, forming masculine nouns denoting names 118 signifying an instrument or locus 117].

adhī-ya-te a-smín = adhi+iṄ+GHaÑ = adhy-āy-á-ḥ; nī-yá-te an-éna = ny-āy-á-ḥ; úd-yuv-anti a-smín = ud-yāv-á-ḥ; sáṁ-hri-yante saṁ-hār-á-ḥ; ā-dhri-ya-te a-smín = ā-dhār-á-ḥ; ā-vay-anti a-smín = ā-vāy-á-ḥ. Exceptions to GHá 118.

$3.3.123 ud-aṅk-á-ḥ=án-udak-e

(The irregular expression) ud-aṅk-á- is introduced [as derived with the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 120 to form a masculine noun denoting a name 118 signifying an instrument or locus 117], when not co-occurring with udaka-.

While the form [ud-aṅk-á-] is derivable by 121 above, the irregularity lies in the fact that it is blocked out when co-occurring with [udaka-°]: taila-m úd-ac-ya-te = úd-dhri-ya-te a-smín = taila+0̸+ud+anc+GHaÑ = tailodaṅk-á-ḥ `a leather bag for storing oil', but udakod-ánc-ana-ḥ `water jar'.

$3.3.124 jāl-am ā-nāy-á-ḥ

(The irregular expression) ā-nāy-á- is introduced to denote a net (jāla-m) [as derived with the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 GHaÑ 120 to derive a masculine noun signifying a name 118 denoting an instrument 117].

ā-nīyante an-éna mátsyāḥ/mr̥gāḥ vā = ā-nāy-á-ḥ `a net to catch fish or animals'. The irregularity lies in restricting the meaning.

$3.3.125 khán-aḥ=GHá ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 GHaÑ 120] as well as GHá are [introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] khán- `dig, excavate' (I 927) [to form a masculine noun denoting a name 118 indicating an instrument or locus 117].

ā+khan+GHá/GHaÑ = ā-khan-á-/ā-khān-á-ḥ = ākhan-a-ti/ā-khan-ya-te vā an-éna `a spade'.

$3.3.126 ¹īṣád-²dús-³sú-ṣu ¹kr̥cchrá=²ákr̥cchra=artheṣu KHaL

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] KHaL is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with the particles īṣát-°, dús-° or sú-° [to form an action noun 18 (cf. 3.4.70)] expressing the sense of `difficult' (kr̥cchrá-°) or `easy' (á-kr̥cchra-arthe-ṣu).

[kr̥cchrá] qualifies [dús-°] while [á-kr̥cchra-] qualifies the other two: īṣát kri-yá-te = īṣat+kr̥+kHaL = īṣat-kár-a- `easily made or produced', and similarly su-kár-a-; duṣ-kár-a- `made, produced or done with difficulty'; suṣṭhú bhuj-yá-te = su+bhuj+KHaL = su-bhój-a- `easy to eat'.

The marker [KH] of the affix is for the purpose of inserting the augment [mu̱M] (6.3.67) in the succeeding rules below.

$3.3.127 ¹kartŕ-²kármaṇ-os=ca ¹bhū-²kr̥Ñ-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.9 affix 1.1 KHaL l26] is also (ca) introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] bhū- `become' (I 1) and kr̥Ñ- `do, perform' (VIII 10), co-occurring respectively (1.3.10) [with nominal padás 1.4] functioning as agent (kartŕ-°) and direct object (kárman-) [and with the particles īṣát-°, dús-° or sú-° 126].

án-āḍhy-ena bhávat-ā sukhéna āḍhy-éna bhū-yá-te = īṣad+āḍhya+0̸¹+mu̱M+bhū+KHaL = īṣad-āḍhya-bháv-a-m bhávat-ā `it is easily possible for you who are poor to become a little richer'.

Similarly án-āḍhya-ḥ devadattá-ḥ sukh-éna āḍhayá-ḥ kri-yá-te = īṣad-āḍhya-ṁ-kára-ḥ devadattá-ḥ `poor D. can be made rich'.

$3.3.128 āT-aḥ=yuC

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] yuC is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme long [-ā] [co-occurring with the particles īṣát-°, dús-° or sú-° to form action nouns 18 signifying `easy' or `difficult' 126].

Exception to KHaL 126. īṣat+pā+yuC = īṣat+pā+aná (7.1.1) = isat-pāná-ḥ sóma-ḥ=bhávat-ā `Sóma can be easily drunk by you'; similarly duṣ-pān-á-ḥ / su-pān-á-ḥ `drunk with difficulty/drunk with ease'.

$3.3.129 chándas-i gáty-arthe-bhyaḥ

In the domain of Chándas [the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 yuC 128 is introduced after 1.2 verbal stems 1.91] denoting the sense of `movement' (gáty-arthe-bhyaḥ) [co-occurring with the particles īṣát-°, dús-° or sú-° 126 to form action nouns 18 signifying `difficult' or `easy' 126].

su+upa+sad+yuC = su-upa-sad-aná- in sūpa-sad-aná-ḥ=agní-ḥ `Agni who is easy to be approached' (T.S. 7.5.20.1); sūpa-sad-aná-m antárikṣa-m `the intermediate region which is easy to be approached'.

$3.3.130 anyé-bhyaḥ=ápi dr̥ś-yá-te

[In the domain of Chándas 129 the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 yuC 128 is introduced after 1.2 verbal stems 1.91] denoting (a sense other than `movement' : anyé-bhyaḥ) [co-occurring with the particles īṣát-°, dús-° or sú-° 126 to form action nouns 18 signifying `difficult' or `easy' 126].

su+vid+yuC+ṬāP = su-ved-aná+ā : su-ved-anā-m a-kr̥-ṇo-r bráhmaṇ-e gām (RV 10.112.8) `thou hast made the cow easy to be found'.

$3.3.131 vartamāna-sāmīpy-é vartamāna-vát=vā

When the action refers to (a past or future time) proximate to the present time (varta-m-āna-sāmīpy-é), operations apply optionally (vā) which would apply when the action refers to the present time (varta-m-āna-vát).

In other words, an action taking place in the past or future time proximate to the present can be followed by l-substitutes specific to those times or alternately by those of the present time. To the question ka-dā ā-ga-tá-ḥ=á-si `When have you arrived?' the response could be: ayám ā-gacch-ā-mi/āgácch-ant-am māṁ víd-dhi (+ŚatR̥ 2.134) `I have arrived just now/know that I have arrived just now'. Similarly for Q. ka-dā gam-i-ṣyá-si `When will you go?' R. would be: eṣá gácch-ā-mi `I will be going shortly' or alternately eṣá gam-i-ṣyā-mi/gantās-mi.

$3.3.132 ā-śaṁsā-yām bhūta-vát=ca

When a wish (ā-śaṁsā-yām) is expressed (that something will happen, necesssarily referring to the future) [l-substitutes proper to the present and future 131] as well as (ca) of the past (bhūta-vát) are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91].

upādhyāyás=céd ā-gam-at lUṄ / ā-ga-tá-ḥ Ktá / ā-gacch-a-ti lAṬ / ā-gam-i-ṣya-ti lR̥Ṭ et-é vyā-káraṇa-m adhy-á-gī-ṣ-mahi / ádhī-ta-vant-aḥ / ádhī-mahe / ádhy-e-ṣyā-mahe `if the teacher were to come today we would study grammar'. Only the Aorist is possible among the past tenses since it re-presents the general past. When a wish is not expressed, only the future forms occur.

$3.3.133 kṣipra-vacan-é lR̥Ṭ

(The l-substitutes of) lR̥Ṭ (Sigmatic Future) are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with kṣiprá-° or its synonyms (kṣipra-vacan-é) `quickly' [when a wish is expressed 132].

upādhyāyás=céd kṣiprám ā-gam-i-ṣya-ti kṣiprám vyākáraṇa-m ádhy-e-ṣyā-mahe `if the teacher were to come soon we will soon study grammar'.

$3.3.134 ā-śaṁsā-vacan-é lIṄ

(The l-substitutes of) lIṄ (Optative or Potential Mood) are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with the expression ā-śaṁsā `hope' or its synonyms [when a wish is expressed 132].

upādhyāyás=céd ā-gacch-et, ā-saṁs-e /ávapkalp-ay-e/yuk-tá-ḥ/kṣi-prá-m ádhīy-īya `if the teacher will come I hope I will study with zeal'.

$3.3.135 ná=an-adya-tana-vát ¹kriyā-prabandhá-²sāmīpyay-oḥ

When there is continuity of action (kriyā-prabandhá-°) or proximity in the time of action (°-sāmpīyay-oḥ) (l-substitutes of l-members="tenses and moods") not pertaining to the current day (an-adya-tana-vát) [= lAṄ `Imperfect' and lUṬ `Periphrastic Future'] are not (ná) introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91].

1. kriyā-prabandh-é: yā-vad=jīvá-m bhr̥śá-m ánna-m dā-syá-ti/á-dā-t `throughout his life he will be continuously giving food/has continuously given food' where lR̥Ṭ `Sigmatic Future' and lUṄ `Aorist' alone are introduced.

2. sāmīpy-e: yā=iyám paurṇamāsī=atī-tā, etá-syām upādhyāyá-ḥ agní-m ā-dhi-ta, sóm-ena=á-yaṣ-ṭa, gām á-di-ta `during the full-moon which has just passed, the teacher consecrated the fire, performed a Soma sacrifice and donated a cow', introducing the l-substitutes of lUṄ; similarly: yā=iyám paurṇamāsī=ā-gām-ín-ī, etá-syām upādhyāyá-ḥ agní-m ā-dhā-sya-te, sóm-ena yak-ṣyá-te, gā-m dā-syá-te `introducing the l-substitute of lR̥Ṭ.

$3.3.136 bhav-i-ṣyát-i maryādā-vacan-é=ávara-smin

When the action refers to the future time (bhav-i-ṣy-át-i) and there is indication of a limit (maryādā-vacan-é) on this side (ávara-smin) of a place the future tense [not pertaining to the current day (= lUṬ 15 above) is not 135 introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91].

yá-ḥ=ayám ádhvā gan-távya-ḥ=ā pāṭaliputrāt, tá-sya yád ávara-m kauśāmby-āḥ, tá-tra=odaná-m bhok-ṣyā-mahe `on this side of the road from K. to P. we will eat rice'. If this limit is not indicated, l-substitutes of lUṬ can also be introduced after verbal stems, and so also when the other side is indicated.

$3.3.137 kāla-vi-bhāg-é ca=án-aho-rātrā-ṇām

[When the action refers to the future time and there is indication of a limit on this side 136] with reference to a division of time (kāla-vi-bhāg-é) excluding day and night (án-aho-rātrā-ṇām) [the future tense 136 not pertaining to the current day 135 (=lUṬ) is not 135 introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91].

yá-ḥ=ayám saṁvatsará-ḥ=ā-gā-mī, tá-tra yád ávaram āgra-hāyaṇy-āḥ tá-tra yuk-tā-ḥ=ádhy-e-ṣyā-mahe `in the year which is to come, in the month of Caitra (= March-April) we shall study with zeal' (lR̥Ṭ). This restriction does not apply if the time division is day or night, or refers to a period other than the future, or there is no indication of limit, or this side is not denoted (cf. 138 below).

$3.3.138 pára-smin vibhāṣā

[When the action refers to the future time and there is an indication of a limit 136] on the other side (pára-smin) [of a place 136 or of a division of time, excluding day or night 137, the l-substitutes of the future tense 136 not pertaining to the current day 135] are optionally (vibhāṣā) [not 135 introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91].

In the examples cited under 136-7, the Periphrastic Future Tense [lUṬ] forms can occur by this option.

$3.3.139 lIṄ-nimitt-é lR̥Ṅ kriyā=ati-patt-aú

(The l-substitutes of) lR̥Ṅ (Conditional) are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91, when the action refers to the future time 136] under conditions prescribed for lIṄ (156 below: that one action is cause and the other an effect or result), provided that the action which is the result does not actually come about (kriyā=ati-patt-aú).

dákṣiṇ-ena céd ā-yā-syat, ná śákaṭa-m pary ā-bhav-i-sya-t `if he had gone on the right side (of the road) the carriage would not have turned upside down'.

$3.3.140 bhūt-é ca

When the action refers to the past time (bhūt-é) also (ca) [the l-substitutes of lR̥Ṅ 139 are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91, under conditions prescribed for lIṄ provided that the action which is the result does not actually come about 139].

yádi surabhí-m ávāp-sya-s tan-mukhocchvāsa-gandhá-m táva ráti-m á-bhav-i-ṣyad puṇḍárīk-e kím a-smín? `If you had felt (which you clearly have not) the fragrant smell of her breath, would you have had any liking for this lotus?'

$3.3.141 vā=ā=¹utá=²ápy-oḥ

Prior to the sūtra 152 [¹utá=²ápy-oḥ sám-arthay-oḥ] the expressions [when the action refers to the past 140 the l-substitutes of lR̥Ṅ are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 under conditions prescribed for lIṄ, provided the action which is the result does not actually come about 139 will recur in the subsequent statements] optionally (vā).

This is a governing rule or adhikārá.

$3.3.142 garhā-yām lAṬ=¹ápi-²jātv-oḥ

(The l-substitutes of) lAṬ (Present Tense) are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with ápi-° `is it?' and jātu-° `perhaps' to express censure (garhā-yām).

This rule extends the scope of lAṬ, which by 2.123 was restricted to the present time only, to a general or common time (kāla-sāmānya).

ápi tatra-bhavān vr̥ṣalá-ṁ yājáy-a-ti? `is it possible that you will officiate at a sacrifice for a śūdra?' / jātu tatra-bhavān vr̥ṣalá-ṁ yāj-áy-a-ti? gárh-ā-mahe `perhaps you will officiate at a sacrifice for a śūdra, we censure (you)'.

Since this is not covered by the conditions prescribed for lIṄ, lR̥Ṅ does not operate.

$3.3.143 vibhāṣā kathám-i lIṄ ca

[The l-members of lAṬ 142] as well as (ca) of lIṄ are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with kathám-° `how?' [to denote censure 141] optionally (vibhāṣā).

Since there is option (141 above), l-substitutes of other l-members as required can also operate.

katháṁ nāma tátra-bhávān vr̥ṣalá-ṁ yāj-áy-a-ti/yāj-ay-i-ṣya-ti/yāj-áy-ī-ta/yāj-áy-et/á-yāj-ay-a-t/yāj-ay-āṁ+ca-kā-ra? `how can you officiate at a sacrifice for a śūdra? (we censure you)'.

When the action refers to the past time and the resulting action does not come about lR̥Ṅ will occur optionally, but necessarily if the action refers to the future.

$3.3.144 kiṁ-vr̥tt-é ¹lIṄ-²lR̥Ṭ-au

(The l-substitutes of) lIṄ and lR̥Ṭ are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with declined forms of (the pronominal stem) kím- `what, who, which?' (kiṁ-vr̥tt-é) [to denote censure 142].

Exception to all other l-members: kó nāma vr̥ṣalá-ḥ yá-ṁ tátra-bhávān yāj-áy-et/yāj-ay-i-ṣyá-ti `who indeed is the śūdra for whom you will officiate at a sacrifice? (we censure you)'.

When the action refers to the past time and the action which is the result does not actually take place, lR̥Ṅ will occur optionally: ká-ḥ=nāma vr̥ṣalá-ḥ yáṁ tátra-bhávān yāj-ay-i-ṣyá-ti?

$3.3.145 ¹an-ava-kl̥pti=²á-marṣay-or á-kiṁ-vr̥tt-e=ápi

[The l-substitutes of lIṄ and lR̥Ṭ 144 are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91, co-occurring with 144] as well as without the declined forms of (the pronominal stem) kím- `who, what, which?' to denote an impossibility (án-ava-kl̥pti-°) or intolerance (°-á-marṣay-oḥ).

Exception to all other l-members.

1. án-ava-kl̥pt-au: ná sám-bhāv-ay-ā-mi/śrád-da-dhe tátra bhávān nāma vr̥ṣalá-ṁ yāj-áy-et/yāj-ay-i-ṣyá-ti `I do not believe it is possible for you to officiate at a sacrifice for a vr̥. (an outcast)' (i.e., there is none).

2. á-marṣ-e: na marṣ-áy-ā-mi tátra-bhávān vr̥ṣalá-ṁ yāj-áy-et/yāj-ay-i-ṣyá-ti `I cannot tolerate you officiating at a sacrifice for a vr̥.'; or ká-ḥ=nāma vr̥ṣalá-ḥ=yáṁ tátra-bhávān yāj-áy-et/yāj-ay-i-ṣyá-ti?

When the action refers to the past time and the action which is the result does not actually come about, lR̥Ṅ will occur optionally, but necessarily if the action refers to the future: ná=áva-kalp-ay-ā-mi tátra-bhávān nāma vr̥ṣalá-m á-yāj-ay-i-ṣya-t.

$3.3.146 ¹kíṁ=kíla=²asti=arthé-ṣu lR̥Ṭ

(The l-substitutes of) lR̥Ṭ are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with kíṁ-kíla and expressions denoting the sense of the verbal stem as- `be' (II 56) (= as-, kr̥-, bhū- and vid- IV 62) [denoting improbability or intolerance 145].

Exceptions to lIṄ.

1. kíṁ-kíla nāma tátra-bhávān vr̥ṣalá-ṁ yāj-ay-i-ṣyá-ti `what a pity you are officiating at a sacrifice for a vr̥.'

2. bháv-a-ti / víd-ya-te nāma tátra-bhávān vr̥ṣalá-ṁ yāj-ay-i-ṣyá-ti `is it possible that you will officiate at a sacrifice for a vr̥? (I think it is improbable, I cannot tolerate it)'.

$3.3.147 ¹jātu-²yád-or lIṄ

(The l-substitutes of) lIṄ are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with jātu `perhaps' and yád- `which, what' [to denote improbability or intolerance 145].

Exception to lR̥Ṭ; jātu tátra-bhávān vr̥ṣalá-ṁ yāj-áy-et `perhaps you will officiate at a sacrifice for a vr̥? (I do not think it probable)'; yád=nāma tátra-bhávān vr̥ṣalá-ṁ yāj-áy-et `that you will officiate at a sacrifice for a vr̥ (I cannot tolerate it)'.

When the action refers to the past time and the resulting action does not actually come about lR̥Ṅ will occur optionally, but necessarily if the action refers to the future.

$3.3.148 ¹yát=ca-²yátray-oḥ

[The l-substitutes of lIṄ 147 are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with yát=ca `and which' and yátra `where' [to denote improbability or intolerance 145].

yát=ca / yátra tátra-bhávān vr̥ṣalá-ṁ yāj-áy-et `I don't think it probable / I cannot bear to think that you will officiate at a sacrifice for a vr̥.'

If the resulting action is not realized (kriyā=atipatt-aú 139,141) lR̥Ṅ will optionally occur when it refers to the past and necessarily if the action refers to the future.

$3.3.149 garhā-yāṁ ca

[The l-substitutes of lIṄ 147 are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 co-occurring with yát=ca and yátra 148] to denote censure (garhā-yām) also.

Exception to all l-members. yát=ca/yátra tátra-bhávān vr̥ṣalá-ṁ yāj-áy-et, r̥ddhá-ḥ vr̥ddhá-ḥ sán brāhmaṇá-ḥ, gárh-ā-mahe, aho ányāyya-m etát `we censure you, an elderly, prosperous brahmin, that you would officiate at a sacrifice for a vr̥; it is entirely unbecoming'.

If the action is not realized (149,151) and refers to the past, lR̥Ṅ is optionally introduced.

$3.3.150 citrī-káraṇ-e ca

[The l-substitutes of lIṄ 147 are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 co-occurring with yát=ca and yátra 148] to denote wonder (citrī-káraṇ-e).

yát=ca/yátra tátra-bhávān vr̥ṣalá-ṁ yāy-áy-et āścarya-m etat `it is a wonder that you should officiate at a sacrifice for a vr̥.' When [kriyā-ati-pattí 145] occurs lR̥Ṅ is optionally used.

$3.3.151 śéṣ-e lR̥Ṭ=á-yad-au

In the remaining cases (śéṣ-e : excluding co-occurrence with yác-ca and yátra 148) (the l-substitutes of) lR̥Ṭ are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] not co-occurring with yádi `if' [to express wonder 150].

Exception to all other l-members. āścárya-m/citrá-m/ádbhuta-m andhá-ḥ=nāma párvata-m ā-rok-ṣya-ti, badhirá-ḥ=nāma vy-ā-káraṇa-m ádhy-e-ṣya-te `it is verily wonderful/strange/astonishing that a blind man should climb a mountain (or) a deaf person should study grammar'. But with [yádi] āścárya-ṁ yádi sa bhunj-ītá `it will be a wonder if he will eat'.

$3.3.152 ¹utá-²ápy-oḥ sám-arthay-oḥ=lIṄ

(The l-substitutes of) lIṄ are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with utá and ápi denoting the same sense (sám-arthay-oḥ) (= `doubtless, certainly').

Exception to all other l-members. utá/ápi kur-yāt `assuredly he does/will do'. utá/ápi ádhīy-īta `certainly he will study', but in other senses: utá daṇḍá-ḥ pat-i-ṣyá-ti? `will the staff fall down?' and ápi dvāra-ṁ dhā-syá-ti `hope he shuts the door'.

$3.3.153 kāma-pra-vedan-é=á-kaccit-i

[The l-substitutes of lIṄ are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] except when co-occurring with káccid (a particle of interrogation) to make known one's desire (kāma-pra-vedan-é).

Exception to all other l-members: kāmá-ḥ=me bhuñj-ītá bhávān `it is my wish that you should eat', but káccid jīv-a-ti te mātā káccid jīv-a-ti te pitā `is your mother alive, is your father alive?'

$3.3.154 sam-bhávān-e=álam iti cét siddha=a-prayog-é

[The l-substitutes of lIṄ 152 are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote the expectation (sam-bhāvan-e) (that someone is capable of performing the action), provided the implied word álam `capable' (or its synonym) is not actually used (siddha=a-prayog-é).

ápi párvata-ṁ śíras-ā bhind-yāt `(it seems) that he is capable of breaking the hill with his head'; ápi droṇa-pāka-m bhuñj-ītá `(it seems) that he is capable of eating a whole droṇa measure of cooked food'; but videśa-stháḥ devadattá-ḥ prāy-éṇa gam-i-ṣyá-ti grāma-m `it is expected that D., who has gone abroad, will return (some day) to his (original) village', and álaṁ devadattá-ḥ hastín-am han-i-ṣyá-ti `D, has the capacity to kill an elephant'. When the action which is the result does not actually come about, lR̥Ṅ is necessarily introduced to denote the past and future times.

$3.3.155 vibhāṣā dhāt-au sam-bhāvana-vacan-é=á-yadi

[The l-substitutes of lIṄ 152] are optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with a verbal stem (dhāt-au) denoting expectation (sam-bhāvana-vacan-é) but not with yád- `which'.

sám-bhāv-ay-ā-mi / áva-kalp-ay-ā-mi bhuñj-ītá/bhok-ṣyá-te bhávān `I expect that you are capable of eating', but sám-bhāv-ay-ā-mi yád bhavān bhu-ñ-j-ītá.

$3.3.156 ¹hetú-²hetu-mát-or lIṄ

(The l-substitutes of) lIṄ are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] which is the cause (hetú) and (another verbal stem 1.91) which is the effect (hetu-mát-oḥ).

Exception to all other l-members: by repeating the word [lIṄ] here when it already recurs from 152 above, this usage is restricted to the future time only.

dákṣiṇ-ena céd yā-yāt śákaṭa-ṁ ná pary-ā-bhav-et `if he goes by the right side (of the road), the cart will not turn upside down'. The Optative forms are derived thus: yā+lIṄ = yā+ŚaP+tiP (1.68; 4.78) = yā+0̸¹+yāsu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+t0̸ (4.100,103,107) =yā-yā0̸+0̸+t = yā-yā-t; pary-ā+bhū+lIṄ = pary-ā-bhū+ŚaP + yās+su̱Ṭ+t = pary-ā-bhav-a+yā0̸+0̸+t = pary-ā-bhav-a+iy+t (7.2.80) = pary-ā-bhav-e-t (6.1.87).

By interpretation the expression [vibhāṣā 155] recurs here so as to provide for introduction of lR̥Ṭ to denote the future time: dákṣiṇ-ena céd yā-sáy-ti śákaṭa-m ná pary-ā-bhav-i-ṣya-ti.

$3.3.157 icchā=arthé-ṣu ¹lIṄ-²lOṬ-au

(The l-substitutes of) lIṄ and lOṬ (Optative and Imperative Moods) are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 co-occurring with another verbal stem 155] denoting the sense of `desire, wish' (icchā=arthé-ṣu).

icch-ā-mi/kām-áy-e/prā-rth-ay-e bhuñj-ītá/bhuṅk-tām bhávān `I wish you would eat'; the modal forms are derived thus: bhuj+lIṄ = bhuj+ŚnaM+sīyu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+tá (1.78; 4.102,107) = bhu-na-j+0̸īy+0̸+tá (7.2.79) = bhu-n0̸-j+īy+tá (6.4.111) = bhuñj-ī0̸+tá (6.1.66) = bhuñj-ī-tá; bhuj+lOṬ = bhuj+ŚnaM+tām (4.90) = bhu-n0̸+j+tām (6.4.111) = bhuṅk-tām (8.2.30).

$3.3.158 samāná-kartr̥ke-ṣu tumu̱N

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] tumu̱N is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 co-occurring with another verb 155 denoting the sense of `wish' 157] provided the two (or more) actions are performed by the same agent (samāná-kartr̥ke-su).

icch-á-ti/kām-áy-a-te/váṣ-ṭi/vāñch-a-ti bhók-tum (= bhúj+tumu̱N = bhój+tum 7.3.84 = bhók-tum 8.2.30) `desires to eat'; but devadattá-ṁ bhuñj-āná-m icch-á-ti yajñadattá-ḥ `Y. desires D. to eat (something)', the two agents being not identical.

$3.3.159 lIṄ ca

(The l-substitutes of) lIṄ are also (ca) introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91, co-occurring with another verb 155 meaning `wish, desire' 157, provided both actions are performed by the same agent 158].

bhuñj-īyá=iti=icch-á-ti = bhók-tum icch-á-ti `wishes to eat (lit. I will eat, he wishes)'. When [kriyā-ati-pat-tí 139] is indicated, lR̥Ṅ is introduced.

$3.3.160 icchā-arthe-bhyaḥ=vibhāṣā várt-a-m-ān-e

When the action refers to the present time (vart-a-m-ān-e) [the l-substitutes of lIṄ 159 are introduced after 1.2 verbal stems 1.91] optionally (vibhāṣā) when they denote `desire, wish'.

This is an alternative to lAṬ 2.123. icch-é-t/icch-á-ti; uś-yā-t/váṣ-ṭi kām-áy-e-ta/kām-áy-a-te `desires, wishes'.

$3.3.161 ¹vidhí-²ni-mántr-aṇa-³ā-mántr-aṇa=⁴ádhi=iṣṭa-⁵sam-praś-ná-⁶pra=árth-ane-ṣu lIṄ

(The l-substitutes of) lIṄ are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote (a) a command (vi-dh-í), (b) summons (ni-mántr-aṇa), (c) invitation (ā-mántr-aṇa), (d) respectful command (ádhi+iṣ-ṭa), (e) deliberation (sam-praś-ná) and (f) request (pra+árth-ana).

The repetition of [lIṄ] here when it already recurs from 159 is to block the recurrence of [vibhāṣā] from 160.

1. vidhí: káṭa-ṁ-kur-yā-t `he shall/must make a mat'; grāma-m bhávān gacch-é-t `you shall/must go the village'.

2. ni-mántr-aṇa: i-há bhávān bhuñj-ī-tá `here you will eat'.

3. ā-mántr-aṇa: i-há bhávān ās-ī-tá `please sit here'.

4. ádhīṣṭa: māṇavaká-m bhávān úpa-nay-e-t `kindly initiate the lad'.

5. sam-praśná: kíṁ nú khálu vy-ā-kár-aṇa-m ádhīy-īy-a? `should/must I indeed study grammar?'.

6. prārthana: vȳ-a-kár-aṇa-m ádhīy-īy-a `please, I would like to study grammar'.

$3.3.162 lOṬ ca

(The l-substitutes of) lOṬ (Imperative Mood) also (ca) are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to denote a command, summons, invitation, respectful command, deliberation and request 161].

The splitting of this from the preceding statement is for restricting the following sūtra-s only to lOṬ.

1. vidhí: grāma-m bhavān gácch-a-tu.

2. nimántraṇa: ihá bhávān bhuṅk-tām.

3. āmántraṇa: ihá bhávān ās-tām.

4. ádhīṣṭa : māṇavaká-m bhávān úpa-nay-a-tām.

5. sampraśná: kíṁ nú khálu vy-ā-kár-aṇa-m ádhy-ay-ai.

6. prārthana: vy-ā-kár-aṇa-m ádhy-ay-ai.

The meanings correspond to those cited in the preceding sūtra.

$3.3.163 ¹praiṣá=²ati-sargá-³prāpta-kāle-ṣu kŕtyās=ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.2] denoted by the t.t. kŕtya (1.95ff.) in addition to (ca) [l-substitutes of lOṬ 162 are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote an order (praiṣá°), permission (atisargá) and appropriate time or opportunity (prāpta-kālá).

[praiṣá] differs from [vidhí] in that it is an order given to a hired servant, while [vidhí] is a general rule applicable to all. More specifically it is an act of sending or commission.

bhávat-ā káṭa-ḥ kar-távya-ḥ/kar-tavyà-ḥ/kar-aṇīya-ḥ/kŕ-t-ya-ḥ/kāryà-ḥ = kar-ó-tu bhavān káṭa-m i-há préṣ-i-ta-ḥ/átisr̥ṣṭa-ḥ/bhávat-aḥ prāpta-kālá-tā kaṭa-karaṇ-é `you must/you may/it is the proper time to make a mat'.

$3.3.164 lIṄ ca=ūrdhva-mauhurtik-e

(The l-substitutes of) lIṄ (Optative or Potential Mood) in addition to (ca) [those of lOṬ 162 and the kŕt 1.93 affixes denoted by the t.t. kŕtya 163 are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to express a directive, permission and appropriate time or opportunity 163] when the action takes place in the future within a muhūrtá (ūrdhva-mauhūrtik-e).

ūrdhvá-m muhūrt-āt / upári muhūrtá-sya bhávat-ā khálu káṭa-ḥ kar-távya-ḥ / kar-tavyà-ḥ / kar-aṇīya-ḥ / kŕ-t-ya-ḥ / kār-yà-ḥ = bhávān káṭa-ṁ kur-yā-t / kar-ó-tu `you must / you may / it is the proper time to make a mat within the hour'.

$3.3.165 sm-e lOṬ

(The l-substitutes of) lOṬ are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with the particle sma [to denote a directive, permission or proper time 163 when the action takes place within a muhūrtá 164].

Exception to lIṄ and kŕtya affixes 163-4. bhávān ūrdhvá-m muhūrt-āt káṭa-ṁ kar-ó-tu sma `you must/you may/it is the proper time for you to make a mat within the hour'.

$3.3.166 ádhīṣṭ-e ca

[The l-substitutes of lOṬ 165 are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 co-occurring with the particle sma 165] also (ca) to express a respectful command or request (ádhīṣṭ-e).

Exception to lIṄ 161. bhávān sma mā-m ádhy-āp-ay-a-tu `please instruct me'.

$3.3.167 ¹kāla-²samaya-³velā-su tumu̱N

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] tumu̱N is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with [nominal padás 1.4] kālá-, samayá- `time' and vélā `moment, time'.

kālá-ḥ/samayá-ḥ/vélā bhók-tum `it is time to eat'.

$3.3.168 lIṄ yád-i

(The l-substitutes of) lIṄ are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with yád [and the nominal padás 1.4 kālá-, samayá- and vélā 167].

kālá-ḥ/samayá-ḥ/vélā yád bhávān bhuñj-ī-tá `it is the time for you to eat'.

$3.3.169 arh-é ¹kŕtya-²tŕC-as=ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1] denoted by the t.t. kŕtya (1.95ff.) and tŕC in addition to [l-substitutes of lIṄ 168 are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to express (that the agent is) deserving of the action (arh-é).

bhávat-ā khálu kanyā vo-ḍhavyā/vo-ḍhávyā/ vāh-yā/vah-anīyā `you are fit/worthy to marry the girl' or bhávān khálu kanyā-yāḥ = vah+tŕC = vaḍh+tŕ- (8.2.3l) = voḍh+tŕ- (6.3.112) = voḍh+dhŕ- (8.2.40) = voḍh+ḍhŕ- (8.4.41) = vo-0̸+ḍhŕ+sU (8.3.13) = vo-ḍhā (7.3.94; 6.1.68; 4.8; 8.2.7)/ = bhávān khálu kanyām váh-e-t.

$3.3.170 ¹āvaśyaka=²ādhamarṇyay-oḥ=Ṇíni̱-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Níni̱ is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote that the (agent) performs the action as a necessity (āvaśyak-e) or as an obligation (ādhama-rṇy-e).

1. necessity: ávaśya-m+kr̥+Ṇíni̱ = avaśya-ṁ+kār-ín- `performing as a necessity' (2.1.72).

2. obligation: śatá-m+dā+Ṇini̱ = śatá-ṁ dā-y-ín- (7.3.33) `obliged to pay a hundred pieces'.

$3.3.171 kŕtyās=ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1] denoted by the t.t. kŕtya (1.95ff.) are also (ca) introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to denote that the agent performs the action as a necessity or obligation 170].

1. necessity: ávaśya-ṁ kar-távya-ḥ / kar-tavyà-ḥ / kar-aṇīya-ḥ / kār-yà-ḥ / kŕ-t-ya-ḥ `must necessarily be done'.

2. obligation: sahásra-ṁ dā-távya-am/dā-tavyà-m/dé-yam `obliged to pay a thousand pieces'.

$3.3.172 śak-i lIṄ ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 denoted by the t.t. kŕtya 171] as well as (ca) (l-substitutes of) lIṄ are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.93] to denote (the agent's) capacity (śak-i) to perform the action.

bhávat-ā khálu bhārá-ḥ vo-dḥávya-ḥ/vo-ḍhavayà-ḥ/vah-anīy-aḥ/vāh-yà-ḥ = bhávān khálu bhārá-ṁ váh-e-t `you are able to carry the load'.

$3.3.173 āśíṣ-i ¹lIṄ-²lOṬ-au

(The l-substitutes of) lIṄ and lOṬ (Optative and Imperative Moods) are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.93] to express benediction (āśíṣ-i).

cirám jīv-yā-t/jīv-a-tu bhávān `may you live long'. The specific lIṄ here is the Benedictive or Precative Mood and is derived as follows: jīv+1IṄāśíṣi = jīv+yāsu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+t (4.100,103,107) = jīv+yās+s+t = jīv-yā0̸+0̸+t (8.2.29) = jīv-yā-t. jīv+lOṬ = jīv+ŚaP+tu (4.86) = jīv-a-tu.

$3.3.174 ¹KtíC=²Kt-aú ca saṁjñā-yām

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1] KtíC and Ktá are also (ca) introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to express benediction 173] to derive a name (saṁjñā-yām).

1. tan-u-tāt = tan+KtíC = tan-tí- (6.4.39) `a weaver'; san-u-tāt = san+KtiC = sā0̸-tí- / san-tí- / sa0̸-tí (6.4.42,45) `gift'; similarly: bhū-tí- `existence'; man-tí- `respect'.

2. Ktá: dev-ās=enam de-yās-uḥ = deva-dattá-ḥ (cf. 6.2.148).

$3.3.175 māṄ-i lUṄ

(The l-substitutes of) lUṄ (Aorist) are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with the privative particle māṄ.

Exception to all other l-members. mā kr̥+lUṄ = mā á-kār+si̱C+s (1.44; 4.100; 7.2.1) = mā+á-kār+s+īṬ+s (7.3.96) = mā 0̸-kār-ṣ-ī-ḥ (6.4.74; 8.4.1) `don't do (it)'.

$3.3.176 sma=uttar-e lAṄ ca

[The l-substitutes of lUṄ 175] as well as (ca) of lAṄ (Imperfect) are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with the particle sma following [particle māṄ 175] (sma=uttar-e).

mā sma+kr̥+laṄ/lUṄ = mā sma kar-o-ḥ (6.4.74/kār-ṣ-ī-ḥ).

$3.4.1 dhātu-sam-bandh-é praty-ayāḥ

Affixes (praty-ayāḥ) [which are introduced under specific conditions of time such as past (bhūt-é 2.84), present (várt-a-m-āne 2.128) or future (bhav-i-syát-i 3.3)] occur also when their verbal stems are connected with other verbal stems (dhātu-sambandhé) [and the actions denoted are related to other actions referring to dfferent times].

In the sentence agni-ṣṭoma-yāj-ī=a-syá putrá-ḥ=jan-i-tā `to him a son will be born who will have performed the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice' the word agni-ṣṭoma-yājín- denotes one who has actually performed that sacrifice in the past (bhūté 2.84ff.) while the word jani-i-tās+Ḍā represents the future (lR̥Ṭ 3.13). The reference to jan-i-tās- gives agni-ṣṭomá-yāj-ín- (basically applying to the past) a future meaning. The main verb with personal l-substitutes (tiṄ=antas) determines the general trend of other affixes despite their time differences.

$3.4.2 kriyā-sam-abhi-hār-é lOṬ, lOṬ-aḥ=¹hí-²sv-aú vā ca ¹tá-²dhvám-oḥ

(The l-substitutes of) lOṬ (Imperative Mood) are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to denote all times 1] when the action is repetitive (kriyā-sam-abhi-hār-é) and the substitute affixes °-hí and °-svá replace (the l-substitutes of) lOṬ (lOṬ-aḥ), but optionally (vā) the affixes °ta and °dhvám (of lOṬ).

lu-nī-hí lu-ní-hí iti=evá=ayáṁ lu-nāti/lav-i-ṣyá-ti/á-lāv-ī-t `he cuts/will cut/has cut repeatedly or intensively (as if some one said: "cut, cut")'; instead of ay-ám lu-nā-ti the string can have: im-aú lu-nī-táḥ / im-é lu-n-ánti with an alternative lu-nī-tá lu-nī-tá or lu-nī-dhvám lu-nī-dhvám and similarly lu-nī-ṣvá lu-nī-ṣvá for lu-nī-hí lu-nī-hí.

ádhī-ṣva ádhī-ṣva/ádhī-dhvam ádhī-dhvam ity evá=ayám/imé ádhīte/ádhīy-ate `he studies/they study repeatedly or intensively (as if some one said: "study, study")'.

$3.4.3 sam-uc-cay-é=anya-tará-syām

[The l-substitutes of lOṬ 2] are optionally (anya-tarásyām) introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] when there is an accumulation (sam-ut=cay-é) of many verbal stems [to denote all times 1 when the action is repetitive or intensive and substitute affixes °-hí and °svá replace the l-substitutes of lOṬ, but optionally the affixes °tá and °-dhavám 2].

1. accumulation of a single verbal stem: bhrāṣṭra-m áṭ-a, maṭha-m áṭ-a, khadūra-am áṭ-a ity evá=ayám áṭ-a-ti/aṭ-i-ṣyáti/āṭ-ī-t `roams continuously (lit. `go to the fireplace, go to college, go to the inner apartment', thus thinking he roams/will roam/has roamed continuously)'.

2. accumulation of different verbal stems: sáktū-n píb-a, dhānāḥ khād-a ity evá=ayám abhy-áva-har-a-ti `consumes without stopping (lit. `drink barley meal, eat fried rice', thus thinking he eats continuously)'.

3. chándaḥ ádhī-ṣva, vy-ākár-aṇa-m ádhī-ṣva/ádhī-dhvam ity evá=ayám ádhī-te/imé ádhī-y-ate `continuously he studies/they study (lit. `study metrics, study grammar', thus thinking he studies/they study continuously)'.

$3.4.4 yathā-vidhí=anu-pra-yog-á-ḥ pūrva-smin

In the first case (pūrva-smin = referred to in 2 above) the subsequent clause employs (the same verbal stem) as the one (after which the l-substitutes of lOṬ are introduced) (yathá-vidhí anu-pra-yogáḥ).

The examples have been cited accordingly under 2 above.

$3.4.5 sam=ut=cay-é sāmānya-vacaná-sya

In the case of accumulation (of verbal stems: sam-ut=cay-é as in 3 above) [the subsequent clause employs a verbal stem] which denotes the sense common (to all the verbal stems: sāmānya-vacaná-sya) [after which the l-substitutes of lOṬ are optionally introduced 3].

The examples are cited accordingly under 3 above.

$3.4.6 chándas-i ¹lUṄ-²lAṄ-³lIṬ-aḥ

In the domain of Chándas (the l-substitutes of) lUṄ (Aorist), lAṄ (Imperfect) and lIṬ (Perfect) are [optionally 3 introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to denote all times in relation to other verbal stems 1].

1. lUṄ: ahám té-bhyaḥ=á-kar-am námaḥ = ahám té-bhyaḥ kar-ó-mi námaḥ `I make obeisance to them'. The Aorist form is derived thus: kr̥+lUṄ = kr̥+Cli̱+am (1.43; 4.101) = á-kr̥+aṄ+am (1.59) = ákar-am (7.4.16), the accent being dropped by 8.1.28.

2. lAṄ: agní-m adyá hotār-am á-vr̥-nī-ta=ayám yáj-a-m-āna-ḥ `this sacrificer chooses today Agni as the Priest'. vr̥+lAṄ = ávr̥+Śnā+ta (1.81) = á-vr̥-nī-ta (6.4.113) = ávr̥-ṇī-ta (8.4.1) for vr̥-ṇī-té.

3. lIṬ: adyá ma-mār-a = mr̥+lIṬ = ma-mr̥+ṆaL (6.1.8; 7.4.66); = ma-mār-a (7.2.115) = adyá mri-yá-te `dies today'.

$3.4.7 lIṄ=arth-e lEṬ

(The l-substitutes of) lEṬ (Subjunctive Mood) are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 in the domain of Chándas 6] to denote the meanings of lIṄ (Optative or Potential Mood 3.156,161).

juṣ+lEṬ = juṣ+si̱P+t (1.34; 4.97) = joṣ+iṬ+s+t (7.2.35; 3.98) = joṣ-i-s+aṬ+t (4.94) = jóṣ-i-ṣ-a-t (8.3.59) `let him take pleasure in' (RV 2.35.1) for the regular current form: juṣ+lIṄ = juṣ+Śa+sīyu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+tá (1.77, 4.102,107) = juṣ+a+0̸-īy+0̸+tá (7.2.79) = juṣ+a+ī0̸+tá (6.1.66) = juṣ-e-tá (6.1.87).

Similarly tār-i-ṣa-t `let him stretch forth'; né-ṣ-a-t `may he lead'; pát-ā-ti vi-dyút `may lightning fall' [= pat+ŚaP+āṬ+ti (94)].

$3.4.8 ¹upa-saṁ-vāda=²ā-śaṅkay-os=ca

[In the domain of Chándas 6 the l-substitutes of lEṬ are introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote a mutual accord (upa-saṁ-vādá) or apprehension (ā-śaṅk-ā).

upa-saṁ-vādá: ahám evá paśū-nām īś ai `as for me, I shall control the cattle' [īś+lEṬ = īś+e (79) = īś+ai (93)].

$3.4.9 tum=arth-é ¹sé-²seN-³áse=⁴aseN-⁵Ksé-⁶KaseN+⁷ádhyai=⁸ádhyaiN-⁹Kádhyai-¹⁰KadhyaiN-¹¹Śádhyai-¹²ŚadhyaiN-¹³tavaí-¹⁴táveṄ-¹⁵taveN-aḥ

[In the domain of Chándas 6 the kr̥t 1.93 affixes 1.1] (beginning with) sé and (ending with 15) taveN are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote the sense (of the kr̥t 1.93 affix 1.1 tumu̱N).

(1) sé: vac+sé = vak-ṣé (8.2.30; 3.57) = vák-tuṁ : vak-ṣé rāy-aḥ `to speak of wealth'.

(2) seN: = ̄́-se: iṆ+seN = é-ṣe = é-tum `to go'.

(3) áse: jīv-áse = jīv-i-tum `to live'.

(4) aseN = ̄́-ase: jīv-ase.

(5) Ksé: pra+iṆ+Ksé = pra+i-ṣe = pre-ṣé = praí-tum `to send'.

(6) KaseN = ̄́-ase: śri+KaseN = śrí+ase = śríy-ase (6.4.77) `to find support'.

(7) ádhyai: upa+ā+car+ádhyai = upā-car-ádhyai `to approach'.

(8) adhyaiN = ̄́-adhyai: upā-cár-adhyai.

(9) Kádhyai: ā+hu+Kádhyai = ā-huv-ádhyai `to sacrifice'.

(10) KadhyaiN = ̄́-Kadhyai: śri+KadhyaiN = śríy-adhyai `to find support'.

(11) Śádhyai: mad+Ṇic+ŚaP+Śádhyai = mād-ay-ádhyai `to cause exhilaration'.

(12) ŚadhyaiN = ̄́-Sadhyai: pā+ŚaP+adhyai = píb-adhyai (6.1.97) = pā-tum `to drink'.

(13) távaí = ̄́-tavaí (6.1.200): pā-tavaí = pā-tum.

(14) táveṄ: sūtáve = sótum `to give birth to'.

(15) taveN = ̄́-tave: kár-tave = kár-tum `to drink'.

$3.4.10 prayaí rohíṣyai a-vyathíṣyai

[In the domain of Chándas 6 the irregular expressions] prayaí `to advance', roh-íṣyai `to ascend' and a-vyath-íṣyai `for not trembling' are introduced [to denote the sense of the kr̥t 1.93 affix 1.1 tumu̱N].

By interpretation the forms are derived as follows: pra+yā+Kaí = pra-y0̸+aí (6.4.64) = pra-y-aí = pra-yā-tum `to advance, go forward'.

ruh+íṣyai = roh-íṣyai `to mount, ascend'. naÑ+vyath+íṣyai = a-vyath-íṣyai `not to torment'.

$3.4.11 dr̥śé vikhyé ca

[In the domain of Chándas 6 the irregular expressions] dr̥ś-é `to see' and vikhy-é `to consider, behold' are introduced [to denote the sense of the kr̥t 1.93 affix 1.1 tumu̱N 9].

dr̥ś+Ké = dr̥ś-é = dráṣ-ṭum; vi+cakṣ+Ké = vi-khyā+Ké = vi-khy0̸+é (6.4.64) = vi-khy-é = vi-khyā-tum.

$3.4.12 śak-i ¹Ṇamu̱L-²Kamu̱L-au

[In the domain of Chándas 6 the kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1] Ṇamu̱L and Kamu̱L are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to denote the sense of the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 tumu̱N 9] when co-occurring with the verbal stem śak- `be able' (V 15).

agním vai devā vi-bhāj-am nā-śak-nuv-an `the gods were incapable of dividing Agni': vi+bhaj+Ṇamu̱L = vi-bhāj-am (7.2.116; 6.1.193).

apa-lúp-am nā-śak-nuv-an `were unable to cut off' = apa-lóp-tum.

$3.4.13 īśvar-e ¹tosu̱N-²Kasu̱N-au

[In the domain of Chándas 6 the kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1] tosu̱N and Kasu̱N are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 to denote the sense of the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 tumu̱N 9] co-occurring [with the nominal padá 1.4] īśvara.

īś-vara-ḥ=abhi-cár-i-toḥ/vi-líkh-aḥ/vi-tŕd-aḥ `capable of enchanting/scratching/piercing'. abhi+car+iṬ+tosūN = abhi-cár-i-tos = abhi-cár-i-toḥ (8.3.15). vi+likh/tr̥d+Kasu̱N = vi-líkh-as/vi-tŕd-as = vi-líkh-aḥ/vi-tŕd-aḥ.

$3.4.14 kr̥tya=arth-é ¹tavaí-²Ken-³Kénya-⁴tvaN-aḥ

[In the domain of Chándas 6 the kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1] tavaí, KeN, Kénya and tvaN are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote the sense of kŕtya 1.95 affixes (1.1).

anu+iṆ+tavaí = ánv-e-tavaí (6.1.200) = anv-e-távya- `to go along, follow'; ava+gāh+KeN = ava-gāh-e = ava-gāh-i-tavyàT `to be plunged'; dr̥ś+saN+Kénya = di-dr̥ś+sa+Kénya = di-dr̥ṣ-sa-énya (8.2.36) = di-dr̥k-ṣ0̸-éṇya (8.2.41; 6.4.48; 8.3.59) = di-dr̥k-ṣ-i-távya- `deserving of being seen'; kr̥+tvaN = kár-tva- = kar-távya- `to be accomplished'.

$3.4.15 ava-cákṣ-e ca

[In the domain of Chándas 6 the irregular expression] ava-cákṣ-e `to be perceived' is also (ca) introduced [with the meaning of kŕtya 14 affixes 1.1].

ava+cakṣ+eŚ = ava-cákṣ-e (with irregular accent) = ava-khyā-távya- `to look down upon'.

$3.4.16 bhāva-láksaṇ-e ¹sthā=²iṆ-³kr̥-⁴vádi̱-⁵cári̱-⁶hu-⁷tami̱-⁸jáni̱-bhyas tosu̱N

[In the domain of Chándas 6 the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] tosu̱N is introduced [after 1.2 verbal stems 1.91] sthā- `remain, stand' (I 975), iṆ- `go' (II 36), kr̥- `do, perform' (VIII 10), vád- `speak' (I 1058), cár- `move; graze' (I 591), hu- `offer an oblation' (III 1), tám- `grow tired' (IV 93) and ján- `be born' (IV 41) when expressing verbal action (bhāva-lákṣaṇ-e) [to denote the sense of the kŕt 1.93 affix tumu̱N 9].

ā saṁ-sthā-toḥ = saṁ-sthā-tum `up to the end or finish'; purā sūrya-sya ud-é-toḥ [= ud+iṆ+tosu̱N] `before the rising of the sun'; apa-kár-toḥ = apa-kar-tum `to remove, for removing'; pra-vád-i-toḥ = pra-vád-i-tum `for uttering'; pra-cár-i-toḥ = pra-cár-i-tum `for proceeding'; ho-toḥ = hó-tum `for offering an oblation'; tám-i-toḥ `for becoming tired'; vi-ján-i-toḥ `for originating'.

$3.4.17 ¹sr̥pi̱-²tr̥d-oḥ Kasu̱N

[In the domain of Chándas 6 the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Kasu̱N is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] sr̥p- `creep' (I 1032) and tr̥d- `pierce' (VII 9) [to express verbal action 16 in the sense of the kŕt 1.93 affix tumu̱N 9].

vi-sr̥p+Kasu̱N = vi-sŕp-aḥ `to be scattered'; similarly ā-tŕd-aḥ `for piercing'.

$3.4.18 ¹álam=²khálv-oḥ prati-ṣedháy-oḥ prācām Ktvā

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Ktvā is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with the particles álam and khálu expressing a prohibition (prati-ṣedháy-oh) according to Eastern Grammarians (prācām).

The reference to [prācām] is to indicate that this rule is optional.

álam/khálu kr̥+Ktvā = kr-tvā = na kar-távyam `do not do'. álam bāle rud-i-tvā `do not cry, little girl'; alternately álam ródan-ena `enough of crying'.

$3.4.19 udīc-ām māṄ-aḥ=vy-atīhār-é

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1Ktvā 18 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] māṄ- `exchange, barter' (I 1010) for expressing reciprocity (vy-atī-hār-é) according to Northern Grammarians (udīc-ām).

The verbal stem involved here is [meṄ] but is represented by [ā] replacement of the stem vowel before [Ktvā] by 6.1.45 and indicates a general metarule that such a replacement with a marker in the stem includes the original stems, as in the rule 1.1.20 [dā-dhā=GHU=a-dāP] where the stem [dāP] includes [daiP] also.

apa+me+Ktvā = apa+mā+Lyap (6.1.45; 4.70) = apa-mi-t-ya (6.1.71); yāc-i-tvā ápa-may-a-te = apa-mí-t-ya yāc-a-te `demands an exchange'.

$3.4.20 ¹para=²avara-yog-é ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ktvā 18 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote what is situated on that side (pára-°) or this side (°-ávara-yoge) (of some object).

The particle [ca] here is for the recurrence of [Ktvā] from 18 above.

1. pára: á-prāp-ya nadī-m párvata-ḥ sthi-tá-ḥ `the hill is on that side of the river'.

2. ávara: ati-krám-ya tu párvata-ṁ nadī sthi-tā `the river lies beyond the hill', i.e., the hill is situated on this side of the river, whereas in (a) the river is on the far side away from the hill.

$3.4.21 samāná-kartr̥kay-oḥ pūrva-kāl-é

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ktvā 18 is introduced after 1.2] that one of two [verbal stems 1.91] having the same agent (sa-māná-kartr̥kay-oḥ) whose action precedes that of the other (pūrva-kāl-é).

bhuj+Ktvā = bhuk-tvā vráj-a-ti `having eaten (= after eating) he goes'. This rule is applied even when there are more than tow verbs having the same agent: snā-tvā pī-tvā bhuk-tvā vráj-a-ti `goes out after having bathed, drunk and eaten'.

$3.4.22 ābhīkṣṇy-e Ṇamu̱L ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 Ktvā 18] and (ca) Ṇamu̱L are introduced [after 1.2 that one of two verbal stems 1.91 having the same agent, whose action precedes that of the other 21] when that action is repeated (ābhīkṣṇy-e).

bhuj+Ṇamu̱L = bhój-am bhoj-am / bhuk-tvā bhuk-tvā vráj-a-ti `goes after repeatedly eating'. The expressions are doubled to indicate [ābhīkṣṇya] (8.1.4) and the second repetition does not bear the udātta accent (8.1.3).

$3.4.23 ná yád-i=án-ā-kāṅkṣ-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes Ktvā 18 and Ṇamu̱L 22] are not (ná) introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with yád `when', provided [the two verbs having the same agent and whose actions follow one another 21] do not require a third one to complete the sense (án-ā-kāṅkṣe).

yád ayám bhuṅk-té tá-taḥ páṭh-a-ti `he eats and then studies', but yád ayám bhuk-tvā vráj-a-ti ádhī-te=evá tá-taḥ pára-m `having eaten, he goes out and then reads'.

$3.4.24 vibhāṣā=¹ágr-e=²prathamá-³pūrve-ṣu

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 Ktvā 18 and Ṇamu̱l 22] are optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 1.2 that one of the two verbal stems 1.91 having the same agent whose action precedes that of the other 21] co-occurring with [nominal padás 1.4] ágre-, prathamá- and pūrva- `before, first'.

ágr-e/prathamá-m/pūrva-m bhój-am/bhuk-tvā vráj-a-ti `having first eaten, he goes', alternating with ágr-e/prathamá-m/pūr-va-m bhuṅk-té, tá-taḥ=vráj-a-ti.

$3.4.25 kármaṇ-i=ā-kroś-é kr̥Ñ-aḥ KHamu̱Ñ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Khamu̱Ñ is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] kr̥Ñ- `do, perform' (VIII 10), co-occurring with [a nominal padá 1.4] functioning as its direct object (kármaṇ-i) to denote censure (ā-kroś-é).

cora-śabdá-m uc-cār-ya króś-a-ti `he abuses: "you are a thief, you are a robber"' = cora+0̸=kr̥+KHamūÑ = cora+mu̱M+kār-am (6.3.67; 7.2.115) króś-a-ti.

$3.4.26 svādum-i Ṇamu̱L

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] Ṇamu̱L is introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 kr̥Ñ- 25 whose action precedes that of another verbal stem having the same agent 21] co-occurring with [the nominal padá 1.4] svādu-m (and its synonyms) `tasty, delicious' (with a final increment m).

svādu-m+kr̥+Ṇamu̱L = svādu-ṁ-kār-am bhuṅk-té `eats, after sweetening the food'; similarly lavaṇa-ṁ-kār-am bhuṅk-té `having added salt (to the food), eats'.

$3.4.27 ¹anyáthā=²evám=³kathám=⁴itthám-su siddha=a=prayogá-s=cét

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 kr̥Ñ-25] co-occurring with [indeclinable padás 1.4] anyáthā `otherwise', evám `thus', kathám `how' and itthám `thus', if the non-introduction of the verbal stem yields the same meaning (siddha=a-prayogá-s=cét).

anyáthā+kr̥+Ṇamu̱L = anyathā-kār-am bhuṅk-té = anyáthā bhuṅk-té `eats otherwise', both expressions being identical in meaning.

Similarly: evaṁ-kār-am/kathaṁ-kār-am/itthaṁ-kār-am bhuṅk-té `eats in this manner/which manner?/in this manner', equivalent to evám/kathám/itthám bhuṅk-té.

$3.4.28 ¹yáthā-²táthay-or asūyā-prati-vacan-é

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 kr̥Ñ- 25] co-occurring with the indeclinable [padás 1.4] yáthā `in what manner, how?' and tá-thā `in that manner' for expressing an indignant response (to a question: asūyā-prati-vacan-é) [if the non-introduction of the verbal stem yuelds the same meaning 27].

yathā-kār-am/tathā-kār-am bhok-ṣy-é kíṁ táva=an-éna `I will eat in this/that manner, what is it to you?' = yáthā/táthā bhok-ṣy-é, kíṁ táva=an-éna?.

$3.4.29 kárman-i ¹dr̥śi-²víd-oḥ sākaly-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇasmu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] dr̥ś- `see, perceive' (I 1037) and víd- `know' (II 55) co-occurring with [a nominal padá 1.4] functioning as their direct object (kármaṇ-i) to denote a totality (sākaly-e).

kanyā+dr̥ś+Ṇamu̱L = kanyā-darś-am var-áy-a-ti = yāḥ yāḥ kanyāḥ páśy-a-ti tās tā var-áy-a-ti `he woos each girl he sees'.

brāhmaṇá+víd+Ṇamu̱L = brāhmaṇa-véd-am bhoj-áy-a-ti = yám yám brāhmaṇám vét-ti = jā-nā-ti/lábh-a-te/vi-cār-áy-a-ti vā tān sárvān bhoj-áy-a-ti `feeds each and every brahmin he knows'.

$3.4.30 yā-vat-i ¹vinda̱-²jīv-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] vind- `gain' (VI 138) and jīv- `live' (I594) co-occurring with the indeclinable [padá 1.4] yā-vat `as much as, as long as'.

yā-vat+vind+Ṇamu̱L = yāvad-véd-am bhuṅk-té `one eats as much as one gets' = yā-vat=vind-á-te tā-vat=bhuṅk-té.

yā-vat+jīv+Ṇamu̱L = yāvaj-jīv-am (8.4.40) ádhī-te = yāvat=jīv-a-ti tā-vat=ádhī-te `learns throughout his life'.

$3.4.31 ¹cárman=²udáray-oḥ pūr-é-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] pūr-í- `fill up' (X 261) co-occurring [with the nominal padás 1.4] cárman- `skin' and udára- `stomach' [functioning as its direct objects 29].

cárma pūr-ay-án str̥-ṇā-ti = carma0̸¹+pūr-i+Ṇamu̱L = carma-pūr-0̸+am (6.4.51) = carma-pūr-aṁ str̥-ṇā-ti `he spreads (some thing) so as to cover the whole skin'.

Similarly: udara-pūr-am bhuṅk-té = udára-m pūr-áy-an bhuṅk-té `he eats so as to fill his stomach fully'.

$3.4.32 varṣa-pra-māṇ-é=ū-lpa-s=ca=asyá=anyátarāsyam

[The kr̥t 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 pūr-í 31] with optional replacement by lopa (0̸) of phoneme [ū] when expressing the amount of rainfall (varṣa-pra-māṇ-é).

goṣ-padá-m pūr-áy-an = goṣ-pada+0̸¹+pūr-i+Ṇamu̱L = goṣ-pada-pūr-0̸=am/goṣ-pada-pr-ám vr̥ṣ-ṭá-ḥ devá-ḥ `it rained as much as to fill a cow's hoofmark' i.e., `as much as a cow's footstep can hold'.

The significance of the expression [asyá] in the rule is to limit the 0̸ replacement to the verbal stem: mūṣikā-bila-pūr-am/mūṣikā-bila-pr-ám = `as much as to fill in a rat-hole'.

$3.4.33 cel-e knop-é-ḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] knop-í- (= knūy+ṆíC I 514) `make wet', co-occurring with [the nominal padá 1.4] cela- `cloth' [functioning as its direct object 29 to denote the amount of rainfall 32].

cela-ṁ kno-p-áy-an = cela+0̸¹=knop-í+Ṇamu̱L = cela-knóp-0̸-am vr̥ṣṭá-ḥ devá-ḥ `it has rained enough to wet the cloth'. Similarly vastra-knóp-am/vasana-knóp-am

$3.4.34 ¹ní-mūla-²sá-mūlay-oḥ káṣ-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] káṣ- `scrape' (I 716) co-occurring with [nominal padás 1.4] ní-mūla- `down to the roots' and sá-mūla- `along with the roots' [functioning as its direct objects 32].

nímūla-ṁ/sámūla-ṁ kaṣ-a-ti = ni-mūla-kāṣ-aṁ kás-a-ti `scrapes down to the roots' and similarly sa-mūla-kāṣ-am káṣ-a-ti `totally uproots'.

$3.4.35 ¹śuṣ-ká-²cūrṇá-³rūkṣé-ṣu piṣ-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] piṣ- `grind' (VII 15) co-occurring with [the nominal padás 1.4] śuṣ-ká- `dry', cūrṇá- `flour' and rūkṣá- `dry' [functioning as its direct objects 29].

śuṣ-ká-m pi-na-ṣ-ṭi (3.1.78; 8.4.41) = śuṣ-ka+0̸¹+piṣ+Ṇamu̱L = śuṣ-ka-péṣ-am pi-ná-ṣ-ṭi `grinds it dry'; similarly cūrṇa-péṣ-am/rūkṣa-péṣ-am pi-ná-ṣ-ṭi `grinds into meal/grinds it dry'.

$3.4.36 ¹sá-mūla=²á-kr̥ta-³jīvé-ṣu ¹han-²kr̥Ñ-³gráh-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] han- `kill, strike' (II 2), kr̥Ñ- `do, perform' (VIII 10) and gráh- `seize' (IX 61) co-occurring [respectively 1.3.10] with [nominal padás 1.4] sá-mūla- `along with the roots', á-kr̥ta- `not made' and jīvá- `life' [functioning as their direct objects 29].

sá-mūla-ṁ han-ti = sa-mūla+0̸¹+han+Ṇamu̱L = sa-mūla+ghan+Ṇamu̱L (7.3.54) = sa-mūla+ghat+Ṇamu̱L (7.3.32) = sa-mūla-ghāt-am (7.2.116) hán-ti `destroys everything including the roots'.

Similarly: a-kr̥-ta-kār-aṁ kar-ó-ti `does what has not been done before'; jīva-grāh-aṁ gr̥h-ṇā-ti = jīv-ant-am gr̥h-ṇā-ti `captures alive'. Description

$3.4.37 kár-aṇ-e han-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] han- `strike, kill' (II 2), co-occurring [with a nominal padá 1.4] denoting an instrument (kár-aṇ-e).

pāṇí-nā hán-ti = pāṇi+0̸¹+han+Ṇamu̱L = pāṇi-ghāt-aṁ hán-ti `strikes with the hand'.

$3.4.38 snéh-an-e piṣ-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] piṣ- `grind' (VII 15) co-occurring with [the nominal padá 1.4] having the sense of `lubricating' (snéh-an-e) [to indicate an intrument 37].

udak-éna pi-ná-ṣ-ṭi= udaka-péṣ-am pi-ná-ṣ-ṭi `grinds with water'; likewise taila-péṣ-am/ghr̥ta-péṣ-am pi-ná-ṣ-ṭi `grinds with oil/clarified butter'.

$3.4.39 hást-e ¹várt-í-²gráh-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] vart-í (= vŕt- I 795+ṆíC) `cause to turn or revolve' and gráh- `seize' (IX 61), co-occurring with [the nominal padá 1.4] hásta- `hand' (and its synonyms) [denoting an instrument 37].

hást-ena vart-áy-a-ti = hasta+0̸¹+vart-i+Ṇamu̱L = hasta-várt-0̸-am vart-áy-a-ti `turns or revolves with the hand'; similarly kara-várt-am/pāṇi-várt-am vart-áy-a-ti.

hást-ena gr̥h-nā-ti = hasta-grāh-am/kara-grāh-am/pāṇi-grāh-am gr̥h-ṇā-ti `grasps or seizes with the hand'.

$3.4.40 sv-é puṣ-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] puṣ- `nourish' (IX 57), co-occurring with (synonyms of) [the nominal padá 1.4] svá- `one's own' [denoting an instrument 37].

sv-éna puṣ-ṇā-ti = sva+0̸¹+puṣ+Ṇamu̱L = sva-póṣ-am puṣ-ṇā-ti `nourishes by one's self'; similarly go-póṣ-am puṣ-ṇā-ti `gav-ā puṣ-ṇā-ti. Description

$3.4.41 adhi-kár-aṇ-e bandh-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇmu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] bandh- `bind' (IX 37) [co-occurring with a nominal padá 1.4] denoting a locus or substratum (adhi-kár-aṇ-e).

cakr-é badh-nā-ti = cakra+0̸¹+bandh+Ṇamu̱L = cakra-bándh-am badh-nā-ti `ties to a wheel'. Description

$3.4.42 saṁjñā-yām

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 bandh- 41] to denote a name (saṁjñā-yām).

krauñcám iva badh-nā-ti = krauñca+bandh+Ṇamu̱L = krauñca-bandh-ám badh-nā-ti `ties a knot in the shape of a heron'. Formation according to 45 below. Similarly mayūrikā-bándh-am/aṭṭālikā=bándh-am bad-dhá-ḥ. These are names of special formations.

$3.4.43 kartr-ór ¹jīvá-²púruṣay-or ¹náśi-²vah-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 verbal stems 1.91] naś- `disappear' (IV 850) and vah- `bear' (I 1051), co-occurring (respectively 1.3.10) [with nominal padas 1.4] jīvá- `life' and púruṣa- `person' denoting agents (kartr-oḥ).

jīvá-ḥ náś-ya-ti = jīva+naś+0̸¹+Ṇamu̱L = jīva-nāś-aṁ náś-ya-ti `life disappears, dies'; so also púruṣa-ḥ váh-a-ti = puruṣa-vāh-aṁ váh-a-ti `a person (becoming a servant) carries (another person)'.

$3.4.44 ūrdhv-é ¹śuṣi̱-²pūr-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 verbal stems 1.92] śuṣ- `become dry' (IV 74) and pūr- `fill up' (IV 43) co-occurring with [the nominal padá 1.4] ūrdhvá- `upright' [as agent 43].

vr̥kṣādi-ḥ ūrdhvá-ḥ tíṣṭh-an śúṣ-ya-ti = ūrdhva-śóṣ-am śúṣ-ya-ti `dries up/withers while still upright'. Similarly: ūrdhva-pūr-am pūr-ya-te `fills up while still upright'. Description

$3.4.45 upa-mān-e kármaṇ-i ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring [with a nominal padá 1.4] functioning as a direct object (kármaṇ-i) and also (ca) serving as an object of comparison (upa-mān-e).

1. upamāne: ghr̥tá-m iva ní-hi-ta-ḥ = ghr̥ta+0̸¹+ni-dhā+Ṇamu̱L = ghr̥ta+ni-dhā+yu̱K+am = ghr̥ta-ni-dhā-y-am ní-hi-ta-ḥ `preserved like clarified butter'. Cf. 42 above.

2. ajaká-nāś-am naṣ-ṭá-ḥ = ajaká iva naṣ-ṭá-h. Description

$3.4.46 káṣ-ādi-ṣu yathā-vidhí=anu-pra-yogá-ḥ

In the case of [verbal stems 1.91] beginning with káṣ- `scrape' (34 above) the subsequent verbal stem is the same [as the one after 1.2 which the kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced].

Examples cited under 34-45 on this basis.

$3.4.47 úpa-daṁś-as tr̥tīyā-yām

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] úpa+daṁś- `eat as a relish or side dish' (I 1038), co-occurring with [a nominal padá 1.4 ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (tr̥tīyā-yām).

mūlak-ena upa-dáś-ya = mūlaka+0̸¹+upa+daṁś+Ṇamu̱L = mūlaka+upa-dáṁś-am = mūlakopa-dáṁś-am bhuṅk-té `he eats radish as a side dish' where mūlaka- functions as the direct object of upa-daṁś-, but as an instrument of the second verbal stem bhuj-. Description

$3.4.48 hiṁsā=arthānāṁ ca sa-māná-kartr̥kā-ṇām

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 verbal stems 1.91] denoting `strike, hurt, injure' (hiṁsā=arthānām), having the same agent (sa-māná-kartr̥kāṇām) [as the subsequent verbal stem 46, co-occurring with a nominal padá (1.4 ending in 1.1.72) the third sUP triplet 47].

daṇḍ-éna upa-há-t-ya = daṇḍa+0̸¹+upa+han+Ṇamu̱L = daṇḍopa-ghāt-am gāḥ kāl-áy-a-ti `herds the cattle by striking with a stick'.

$3.4.49 saptamy-ām ca=úpa-¹pīḍA-²rudha̱-³karṣ-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] úpa+pīḍ- `press down, hurt' (X 11), úpa-rudh- `block' (VII 1) and úpa+kr̥ṣ- draw towards one's self' (I 1039), co-occurring with [a nominal padá 1.4 ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet (saptamyām) as well as (ca) [the third 47].

pārśváy-oḥ/pārśvā-bhyām upa-pīḍ-ya = pārśva+0̸¹+upa-pīḍ+Ṇamu̱L = pārśvopa-pīḍ-am śé-te `sleeps, pressing down his sides'.

vrajopa-ródh-am = vraj-é vraj-éna vā upa-rúdh-ya gāḥ sthā-p-áy-a-ti `herds the cattle into the cow-pen'.

pāṇy-upa-kárṣ-am = pāṇí-nā/pāṇ-aú vā upa-kŕṣ-ya dhānāḥ sáṁ-gr̥h-ṇā-ti `he collects the fried rice with his hand, drawing it towards him'.

$3.4.50 sam-ā-sátt-au

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 co-occurring with a nominal padá 1.4 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh 49 or the third sUP triplet 47] to denote an immediate contiguity (sam-ā-sát-t-au).

kéée-ṣu/kéś-aih gr̥h-ī-tvā yúdh-y-ante = keśa+0̸¹+grah+Ṇamu̱L = keśa-grāh-am yúdh-y-ante `they fight each other, taking hold of each other's hair'; similarly hasta-grāh-am yúdh-y-ante. Description

$3.4.51 pra-māṇ-e ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 co-occurring with a nominal padá 1.4 ending in 1.1.71 the seventh 49 or the third sUP triplet 47] to denote a measure (of length: pra-māṇ-e).

dvy-aṅgul-é/dvy-aṅgul-éna ut-kŕṣ-ya = dvy-aṅgula+0̸¹+ut-kŕṣ+Ṇamu̱L = dvy-aṅgulot-kárṣ-am khaṇḍikām chi-ná-t-ti `he cuts a piece of the length of two fingers'.

$3.4.52 apa=ā-dān-e parīpsā-yām

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91, co-occurring with a nominal padá 1.4] functioning as a stable point of separation (apādān-é 1.4.24) to denote haste (parīpsā-yām).

śayyā-yāḥ ut-thā-ya = śayyā+0̸¹+ut+sthā+Ṇamu̱L = śayyot-tthā-y-am (7.3.33) dhāv-a-ti `rising from the bed he runs immediately'.

$3.4.53 dvitīyā-yāṁ ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 co-occurring with a nominal padá 1.4 ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet also [to denote haste 52].

yaṣṭí-m gr̥h-ī-tvā = yaṣṭi+0̸¹+grah+Ṇamu̱L = yaṣṭi-grāh-am yúdh-y-ante `they fight, having hastily grabbed sticks'.

$3.4.54 sva=aṅg-é=á-dhruv-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 co-occurring with a nominal padá 1.4 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 53] denoting a non-vital (á-dhruv-e) member of one's body (svāṅg-é).

ákṣi-ṇ-ī ni-káṇ-ya = akṣi+0̸¹+ni-kaṇ+Ṇamu̱L = akṣi-ni-kāṇ-am jálp-a-ti `he speaks after closing his eyes'. Similarly bhrū-vi-kṣép-am = bhrúv-au vi-kṣíp-ya kath-áy-a-ti `he speaks after raising his eyebrows'; but ut-kṣíp-ya śíraḥ kath-áy-a-ti `he speaks bending his head to one side', since it is a vital member of the body.

$3.4.55 pari-kliś-yá-m-ān-e ca

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91, co-occurring with a nominal padá 1.4 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 53] totally afflicted by that action (pari-kliś-yá-m-āne).

úraḥ piṣ-ṭvā = uras+piṣ+Ṇamu̱L = uraḥ-péṣ-am yúdh-y-ante `they fight, crushing chests'; similarly śiraḥ-péṣ-am yúdh-y-ante `they fight, crushing heads'.

$3.4.56 ¹viśi̱-²páti̱-³padi̱-⁴skand-āṁ ¹vy-āp-yá-m-āna-²ā-sev-yá-m-ānay-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] viś- `enter' (VI 130), pát- `fly, fall' (I 898), pad- `go' (IV 60) and skand- `leap' (I 1028) [co-occurring with nominal padás 1.4 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 53] to denote complete pervasion (vy-āp-yá-a-āna-°) or total absorption (ā-sev-yá-m-ānay-oḥ).

1. gehá-m anu-pra-viś-ya = geha+0̸¹+anu-pra-viś+Ṇamu̱L = gehānu-pra-véś-am ās-te `entering (each) house he sits down' = geháṁ gehám anu-pra-véś-am āste. gehám anu-pra-véś-m anu-pra-véś-am ās-te. gehānu-pra-pāt-am/gehá-ṁ gehá-m anu-pra-pāt-am ās-te, anu-pra-pāt-am amu-pra-pāt-am = gehám anu-pra-pát-ya ās-te. gehānu-pra-pād-am/geháṁ gehá-m anu-pra-pād-am/gehá-m anu-pra-pād-am anu-pra-pād-am ās-te. gehāva-skánd-am/geháṁ gehá-m ava-skánd-am/gehá-m ava-skánd-am ava-skánd-am ās-te = gehá-m ava-skád-ya ās-te `jumping from house to house, he sits down'.

Reduplication introduced by 8.1.4 does not apply to the compound which conveys the meaning, but when no composition takes place, the substantive is reduplicated when indicating pervasion and the verbal form to denote absorption.

$3.4.57 ¹ás-ya-ti-²tr̥ṣ-aḥ kriyā=antar-é kālé-ṣu

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] as- `toss' (IV 100) and tr̥ṣ- `be thirsty' (IV 118) to express an interruption in the action (kriyā=antar-é), co-occurring with a nominal padá 1.4 denoting expressions of time (kālé-ṣu) [ending in 1.1.71 the second sUP triplet 53].

dvy-ahá-m aty-ás-ya = dvy-aha+0̸¹+aty+as+Ṇamu̱L = dvy-ahāty-ās-am gāḥ pā-y-áy-a-ti `makes the cattle drink at an interval of two days'.

Similarly: dvy-ahá-m tr̥ṣ-i-tvā = dvy-aha-tárṣ-am gāḥ pāy-áy-a-ti `makes the cattle drink, after making them thirsty for two days'.

$3.4.58 nāmn-i=¹ā-diśi̱-²gráh-oḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 Ṇamu̱L 26 is introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] ā+diś- `announce' (VI 3) and gráh- `seize, grasp' (IX 61) [co-occurring with the nominal pada 1.4] nāman- `name' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 53]

nāma ā-diś-ya = nāman+0̸¹+ā-diś+Ṇamu̱L = nāmā-déś-am (8.2.7) ā-caṣ-ṭe `he speaks after announcing his name'. Similarly nāma-grāh-am = nāma gr̥h-ī-tvā ā-caṣ-ṭe

$3.4.59 avyay-é=á-yathābhipreta=ākhyān-e kr̥Ñ-aḥ ¹Ktvā-²ṆamuL-au

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1] Krvā and Ṇamu̱L are introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] kr̥Ñ- `do, perform' (VIII 10), co-occurring with an indeclinable (ávyay-e) [nominal padá1.4] to express some thing in an undesirable or improper manner [á+ya-thā+abhi+pra+i-ta+ā-khyān-e].

The expression [á-yathābhi-preta=ākhyān-e] refers to a loud announcement of an unpleasant item of news or a low announcement of a pleasant one.

uccaíh kr̥-tvā / uccaiḥ-kār-am = uccais+kr̥+Ṇamu̱L á-priya-m ā-caṣ-ṭe `announces an unpleasant item of news in a loud voice'; likewise nīcaíḥ kr̥-tvā/nīcaiḥ-kār-am priyá-m ācaṣ-ṭe `announces a pleasant item of news in a low voice'.

$3.4.60 tiryác-i=apa-varg-é

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 Ktvā and Ṇamu̱L 59 are introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 kr̥Ñ- `do, perform' 59] co-occurring with [the indeclinable 59 nominal padá 1.4] tiry-ác `obliquely' to denote the sense of completion (apa-varg-é).

tiry-ák kr̥-tvā = tiryak-kŕt-ya/tiryak-kār-aṁ ga-tá-ḥ `he left, after having finished (something . . .)' but tiryák kr̥-tvā kāṣṭhá-m ga-tá-ḥ `he left, after placing the piece of wood obliquely'.

$3.4.61 sva=aṅg-é tas-pratyay-é ¹kr̥-²bhv-óḥ

[The kŕ 1.93 affixes 1.1 Ktvā and Ṇamu̱L 59 are introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91] kr̥- `do, perform' (VIII 10) and bhū- `become (I 1) [co-occurring with nominal padás 1.4] denoting members of one's body (svāṅg-é) [ending in 1.1.72] the affix °tás (5.4.45).

mukha-táḥ kr̥-tvā = mukha-taḥ-kŕ-t-ya/mukha-taḥ-kār-aṁ ga-tá-ḥ `he left facing (something. . .)'.

pr̥ṣṭha-tó bhū-tvā = pr̥ṣṭha-to-bhū-ya/pr̥ṣṭha-to-bhāv-aṁ ga-tá-h `he left, turning back'. Description

$3.4.62 ¹nā-²dhā-artha-pratyay-e Cvi̱=arth-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 Ktvā and Ṇamu̱L 59 are introduced after 1.2 the verbal stems 1.91 kr̥- and bhū- 61, co-occurring with an indeclinable 59 nominal padá 1.4 ending in 1.1.72] the affixes (°-pratyay-é) having the sense of nā (5.2.27) or of dhā (5.3.42) when they denote the meaning of affix Cvi̱ (5.4.50).

1. °-nā: nānā kr̥-tvā = nānā-kŕ-t-ya/nānā-kār-aṁ ga-tá-ḥ = á-nānā nānā kr̥-tvā ga-ta-ḥ `he left, after making manifold what was not so before'. Similarly nānā bhū-tvā = náná-bhūya/nānā-bhāv-aṁ ga-tá-ḥ `having become manifold he left'.

2. °dha: dvi-dhā kr̥-tvā = dvi-dhākŕ-t-ya/dvi-dhā-kār-aṁ ga-tá-ḥ `he left, after making (something) two-fold'; likewise dvi-dhā bhū-tvā = dvi-dhā-bhū-ya/dvi-dhā-bhāv-aṁ ga-tá-ḥ `becoming double he left'. Description

$3.4.63 tūṣṇīm-i bhúv-aḥ

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 Ktvā and Ṇamu̱L 59 are introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] bhū- `become' (I 1) co-occurring with [the indeclinable 59 nominal padá 1.4] tūṣṇī-m `silently'.

tūṣṇīm bhū-tvā = tūṣṇīm-bhū-ya/tūṣṇīm-bhāv-am `having become silent'.

$3.4.64 anv-ác-i ānu-lomy-e

[The kŕt 1.93 affixes 1.1 Ktvā and Ṇamu̱L 59 are introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91 bhū- 63, co-occurring with the indeclinable 59 nominal padá 1.4] anv-ác `friendly' to denote a friendly disposition (ānu-lomy-e).

anvág bhū-tvā = anvag-bhū-ya/anvag-vhāv-am ās-te `he remains well-disposed'; but anvág bhū-tvā tíṣṭh-a-ti `he remains a follower or servant'.

$3.4.65 ¹śaka̱-²dhŕṣÁ-³jñā-⁴glā⁵gháṭA-⁶rabhA-⁷labhA-⁸kráma̱-⁹sáhA-¹⁰árhÁ-¹¹asti=arthe-ṣu tumu̱N

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1] tumu̱N is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] co-occurring with (verbal stems) śak- `be able' (V15), dhr̥ṣ `dare' (V 22), jñā- `know' (IX 36), glā (= glaí-) `weary, tire' (I 868), gháṭt- `strive' (I 800), rabh- `begin' (I 1023), labh- `obtain' (I 1024), krám- `march' (I 502), sáh- `be capable of' (I 905), árh- `merit, deserve' (I 776) and verbal stems having the meaning of as- `be' (II 56).

śak-nó-ti bhók-tum `is able to eat'; dhr̥ṣ-ṇó-ti bhók-tum `dares to eat'; jā-nā-ti bhók-tum `knows how to eat'. glāy-a-ti bhók-tum `tires of eating'; gháṭ-a-te bhók-tum `strives to eat'; ā-rabh-a-te bhók-tum `begins to eat'; lábh-a-te bhók-tum `gets (something) to eat'; prá-kram-a-te bhók-tum `proceeds to eat'; sáh-a-te bhók-tum `is capable of eating'; árh-a-ti bhók-tum `deserves to eat'; ás-ti/bháv-a-ti/víd-ya-te bhók-tum `there is (something) to eat'.

$3.4.66 pary-āp-ti-vacané-ṣu=alam-arthé-ṣu

[The kŕt 1.93 affix 1.1 tumu̱N 65 is introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91, co-occurring with the indeclinable 59 nominal pada 1.4] álam `sufficient' and its synonyms (alam-arthé-ṣu) to denote competence (pary-āpti-vacané-ṣu).

páry-āp-ta-ḥ/álam bhók-tum = bhók-tum pār-áy-a-ti `is competent to eat' or `is in a proper condition to eat'. But álaṁ kr̥-tvā `enough of eating' (18 above), and páry-āp-ta-ṁ bhuṅk-té `eats sufficiently'. Description

$3.4.67 kartár-i kŕt

[The affixes 1.1] denoted by the t.t. kŕt (1.93ff.) are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote the agent (kartár-i).

kr̥+ṆvuL = kār-aka- `doer, agent' = kr̥+tŕC = kar-tŕ- (1.133).

$3.4.68 ¹bháv-ya-²gé-ya-³pra-vac-anīya=⁴upa-sthān-īya-⁵ján-ya=⁶āplāv-ya=⁷ā-pāt-yā vā

[The irregular expressions] bháv-ya- to ā-pāt-yā are introduced to denote [the agent 67] optionally (vā).

All these derivatives are generated with kŕtya affixes [yàT, ṆyàT or anīyaR] and by 70 below denote either the abstract action itself (bhāv-é) or the direct object (kármaṇ-i). The irregularity lies in the fact that these optionally denote the agent also.

bháv-a-ty asau/bhūyá-te an-éna = bhū+yaT = bháv-ya- (7.3.84) `who exists (agent)/existence' (bhāv-é) (Accent by 6.1.113). Similarly: gé-ya- `singer' or `to be sung'; pra-vac-anīya- `explicator' or `to be explained'; upa-sthā-p-anīya- `waiter' or `to be waited upon'; ján-ya-te asaú/ján-yam an-éna vā `producer' or `produced'; ā-plāv-yà- = ā-plav-a-te asaú `immerser or dipper' and ā-plāv-ya-te an-éna `to be dipped or immersed'; ā-pāt-yà = ā-pat-a-ti asau `assailant' or ā-pāt-yàm an-éna `to be assailed'.

$3.4.69 l-aḥ kármaṇ-i ca bhāv-é ca=á-karmake-bhyaḥ.

l-members [= lAṬ, lIṬ, lUṬ, lR̥Ṭ, lEṬ, lOṬ, lAṄ, lIṄ, lUṄ and lR̥Ṅ] are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote [the agent 67] as well as (ca) the direct object (kármaṇ-i) and [after 1.2] intransitive [verbal stems 1.91 (á-karmake-bhyaḥ)] to denote the abstract action (bhāv-é) in addition to (ca) [the agent 67].

[l] is the cover-term for all l-members denoting tenses and moods, differentiated from one another by specific markers: lAṬ `Present Indicative', lIṬ `Perfect', lUṬ `Periphrastic (or non-Sigmatic) Future', lR̥Ṭ `Sigmatic Future', lEṬ (`Subjunctive Mood'), lOṬ `Imperative Mood', comprise one sub-class denoted by Ṭ-IT (with marker Ṭ); and lAṄ `Imperfect', lIṄ `Optative (or Potential) Mood', lUṄ `Aorist' and lR̥Ṅ `Conditional' forming a second sub-class denoted by Ṅ-IT (with marker Ṅ).

By introducing the t.t. [á-karma-ka] for `intransitive verbal stems' the inference is to be drawn that active and passive constructions are associated with transitive verbal stems while active and impersonal constructions are associated with intransitive stems: (a) Transitive: deva-dattá-aḥ grāma-ṁ gácch-a-ti `D. goes to the village' (active construction); (b) Intransitive: deva-adattá-ḥ ās-te `D. is sitting' (active construction). But (a) deva-datt-éna grāma-ḥ gam-yá-te `the village is reached by D.' (passive) and (b) ās-yá-te deva-datt-éna `sitting by D. is taking place' (impersonal).

$3.4.70 táy-or evá ¹kŕtya-²Ktá-³KHáL-arthāḥ

[The affixes 1.1] denoted by the t.t. kŕtya (I 95ff.), Ktá and those having the meaning of affix KHaL are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote them alone (táy-or evá) [= kármaṇ-i ca bhā-vé ca 69].

1. kŕtya: kr̥+távya- = kar-távya-ḥ káṭa-ḥ `the mat must be made' (kármaṇ-i); ās-i-távya-m `sitting must take place' (bhāv-é).

2. Ktá: káṭa-ḥ kr̥-ṭá-ḥ `the mat is made' (passive); ās-i-tá-m bhávat-ā `sitting by you has taken place' (bhāv-é).

3. KHaL+artha: su+kr̥+KHaL = su-kár-a-ḥ káṭa-ḥ the mat is easily made' (passive); īṣad-āḍhya-m-bháv-am bhávat-ā `becoming rich by you is easily (taking place)' (bhāv-é).

$3.4.71 adi-karmáṇ-i Ktá-ḥ kartár-i ca

[The affix 1.1] Ktá is also (ca) introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] to denote the agent in addition to (ca) [the direct object and abstract action (kármaṇ-i bhāv-é ca) 69] when referring to the first moment of an action (= incipient action).

pra-kr̥tá-ḥ káṭa-ṁ deva-dattá-ḥ `D. began to make a mat' (active construction); prá-kr̥ta-ḥ káṭa-ḥ deva-datt-éna `the mat was being made by D.' (passive); pra-kr̥tá-ṁ deva-datt-éna `making by D. began to take place' (impersonal).

$3.4.72 ¹gáty=artha²á-karma-ka=³śliṣÁ-⁴śīṄ=⁵shthā=⁶āsA-⁷vasÁ-⁸jána̱-⁹ruhÁ-¹⁰jīr-ya-ti-bhyaḥ

[The affix 1.1 Ktá 71 is introduced after 1.1 a verbal stem 1.91] denoting `movement' (gáty-artha-) and those which are intransitive (á-karma-ka-) as well as śliṣ- `embrace, clasp' (IV 77), śīṄ- `lie down' (II 22), sthā- `remain' (I 975), ās- `sit down' (II 11), vas- `dwell, reside' (I 1054), ján- `be born' (IV 41), ruh- `climb, ascend; germinate' (I 912) and jr̄- `grow old' (IV 22) [to denote the agent 71 in addition to the direct object and abstract action 69].

gatá-ḥ deva-dattá-ḥ grāmām (agent) `D. went to the village'; gatá-ḥ grāma-ḥ deva-datt-éna `the village was reached by D.' (direct object); ga-tá-ṁ deva-datt-éna `going by D. took place' (abstract action).

Similarly: ās-i-tá-ḥ bhávān kártar-i `you sat down'; ās-i-tá-m bhávat-ā bhāv-é `sitting by you (took place)'.

upa-śliṣṭá-ḥ gurú-m bhávān kartár-i `you contacted the teacher'; úpa-śliṣṭa-ḥ gurú-ḥ bhávat-ā `the teacher was contacted by you (kármaṇ-i); upa-śliṣṭá-m bhávat-ā bhāv-é `contact by you took place'.

upa-śay-i-tá-ḥ gurú-m bhávān kartár-i `you slept after the teacher'; úpa-śay-i-ta-ḥ gurú-ḥ bhávat-ā kármaṇ-i `the teacher was followed by you in sleeping'; upa-śay-i-tá-m bhávat-ā `sleeping after by you took place' (abstract action).

upa-sthitá-ḥ gurú-m bhávān kartár-i `you approached the teacher'; úpa-sthi-ta-ḥ gurú-ḥ bhávat-ā kármaṇ-i `the teacher was approached by you'; upa-sthi-tá-m bhávat-ā bhāv-é `approaching by you took place'.

upās-i-tá-ḥ gurú-m bhávān kartár-i `you served the teacher'; úpās-i-ta-ḥ gurú-ḥ bhávat-ā kármaṇ-i `the teacher was served by you'; upās-i-tá-m bhávat-ā bhāv-é `serving by you took place'.

anūṣ-i-táḥ gurú-m bhávān kartár-i `you dwelt near the teacher'; ánūṣ-i-ta-ḥ gurúḥ bhávat-ā kármaṇ-i, anūṣ-i-tá-m bhavat-ā bhāv-é.

anu-jātá-ḥ māṇavaká-ḥ māṇavikā-m kartár-i `the boy came to birth after the girl'; ánu-jāt-ā māṇavikā māṇavak-éna kármaṇ-i; anu-jātá-m māṇavak-éna bhāv-e.

ā-rū-ḍhá-ḥ vr̥kṣá-m bhávān kartár-i `you climbed the tree'; ā-rūḍha-ḥ vr̥kṣá-ḥ bhávat-ā kármaṇ-i; ā-rūḍhá-m bhávat-ā bhāv-é.

anu-jīrṇá-ḥ vr̥ṣalī-ṁ deva-dattá-ḥ kartár-i `D. destroyed the Vr̥.'; ánu-jīrṇā vr̥ṣalī deva-datt-éna kármaṇ-i; anu-jīrṇá-m deva-datt-éna bhāv-é. Description

$3.4.73 ¹dāśá-²goghn-aú sam-pra-dā-e

(The irregular expressions) dāśá- and goghná- are introduced [as derived from verbal stems 1.91] to denote the indirect object (sam-pra-dān-e).

dās-anti tásmai = dāś+áC = dāś-á- recipient'; normally the kŕt affix is agent-oriented, but in this case represents the sampradāna kāraka (1.4.21).

Similarly ā-ga-tā-ya tásmai gā-ṁ hán-ti = go+0̸¹+han+ṬaK = go-h0̸n+á (6.4.98) = go-ghn-á (7.3.54) `a guest for whom the host slaughters a cow'.

$3.4.74 bhīmá=āday-aḥ=apa=ā-dān-e

(The irregular class of expressions) beginning with bhīmá- `fierce' are introduced [as derived from verbal stems 1.91] to denote the apādāna kāraka (1.4.24 = ablative).

Exception to 67 above. bí-bhe-ti a-smāt = bhī+maK Uṇādi = bhī-má `one from whom fear arises'. Description

$3.4.75 tā-bhyām anyá-tra=úṆ=āday-aḥ

[The class of affixes 1.1] beginning with úṆ are introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 in kārakas 1.4.23] other than (anyá-tra) those two (tā-bhyām) [= sam-pra-dāna 73 and apā-dāna 74].

The uṆ-ādi-sūtra-s which list these affixes do not constitute an integral part of the Aṣṭ, but are included in the kŕt section (3.1 above); as such they should normally denote the agent, but by this general rule they are introduced to denote other kārakas as well: kr̥ṣ-i-tá-h as-aú = kr̥ṣ-í- (direct object) `agriculture, cultivation'; tan-yá-te an-éna = tán-tuN `thread' (instrument) and car-i-tá-m a-smín = cár-man- `skin' (locus, substratum).

$3.4.76 Ktá-ḥ=adhi-kár-aṇ-e ca ¹dhraúvya-²gáti-³prati=ava-sāna=arthe-bhyaḥ

[The affix 1.1] Ktá is introduced [after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91] denoting a static action (dhraúvya) or movement (gáti) or eating (praty-ava-sāna=arthe-bhyaḥ) [to derive nominal stems] denoting a locus (adhi-kár-aṇ-e) also.

The force of particle [ca] in the sūtra is to indicate that in addition to adhi-kár-aṇa kāraka, others applicable by previous rules are also optionally introduced.

1. static action (dhraúvye): ās-i-tá-ḥ deva-dattá-ḥ kartár-i; ās-i-tá-ṁ deva-datt-éna bhāv-é; idám e-ṣām ās-i-tám = ās-te a-smín `this is their place of sitting' (locus).

2. gáty-arthe: yā-tá-ḥ deva-dattá-ḥ grāma-m kartár-i; yā-tá-ḥ grāma-ḥ deva-datt-éna kármaṇ-i; yā-tá-ṁ deva-datt-éna bhāv-é; idám e-ṣām yā-tá-m = yā-nti a-smín adhikáraṇ-e.

3. pratyavasāna=arthe: bhuk-tá-ḥ odaná-ḥ deva-datt-éna kárma-ṇ-i; bhuk-tá-ṁ deva-datt-éna bhāv-é; idám e-ṣām bhuk-tá-m = bhuj-yá-te a-smín. Description

$3.4.77 la̱-sya

In the place of l-members.

This is a governing rule extending up to the end of this chapter. The cover term for l-members is either l (69 above) or la̱. The expression [la̱-sya] will recur in each of the following sūtras in this section.

$3.4.78 ¹tiP-²tás-³jhi=⁴siP-⁵thás-⁶thá=⁷miP-⁸vás-⁹más=¹⁰tá=¹¹ātām=¹²jha=¹³thās-¹⁴āthām-¹⁵dhvám=¹⁶íṬ-¹⁷váhi-¹⁸máhiṄ

[The eighteen substitute affixes 1.1] beginning with tiP and ending with mahiṄ replace [the l-members 77 introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91].

Literally speaking, these are replacements [= in the place of 77 above] of l-members.

All these eighteen substitute affixes are designated by the siglum (praty-ā-hārá) tiṄ (1.4.101). Parasmaipadá (active voice) is assigned to all l-members by 1.4.99, modified by the next following sūtra 100 whereby the siglum taṄ denotes members constituting the Ātmanepadá (middle voice). Thus the first nine are Parasmaipadá endings and the second nine are Ātmanepadá endings. They are further classified into three triplets each (1.4.101) constituting three persons: third, second and first. In that order, and within each triplet they constitute the three numbers: singular, dual and plural (1.4.102). The t.t. vibhákti applies to them (1.4.104).

$3.4.79 Ṭ-IT-aḥ=ātmanepadā-nām ṬE-r e

The phoneme [e] is the substitute for the syllable commencing with the last vowel of Ātmanepadá l-substitutes (taṄ) [of l-members 77] with marker Ṭ as IT (= lAṬ, lIṬ, lUṬ, lR̥Ṭ, lEṬ and lOṬ).

tá, ātām, jha; thās, āthām dhvám and íṬ- váhi and máhi are respectively replaced by t-é, āt-e, ánt-e; sé, āth-e, dhv-é; é, váh-e, máh-e of l-members having Ṭ as an IT marker.

lAṬ: pac+lAṬ = pác+ŚaP(1.68)+ta = pác-a-te `cooks'; pac+yaK+ta (1.67) = pac-yá-te `is cooked', etc. The Present Indicative conjugation of this stem: pác-a-te, pác-e-te, pác-ante; pác-a-se, pác-ethe, pác-a-dhve; pác-e, pác-ā-vahe, pác-ā-mahe. The morpho-phonemic changes involved will be explained at the proper places.

$3.4.80 thā-aḥ=sé

[The substitute affix 1.1] sé replaces [the whole of 1.1.55] thās [of l-members 77 with marker Ṭ 79 introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91].

pác+lAṬ = pác+ŚaP+thās = pác-a-se `thou dost cook/art cooking'.

$3.4.81 lIṬ-as ¹tá-²jhay-or ¹éŚ-²iréC

[The substitute affixes 1.1] éś and iréC replace (respectively 1.3.10) l-substitutes tá and jha of [l-member 77] lIṬ 'Perfect'.

pac+lIṬ = pac+ta = pac-pac+ta (6.1.8) = pa0̸-pac+ta (7.4.60) = 0̸0̸-pec+é = pec-é (6.4.120); pac+jha = pec-iré `he,she/they have cooked'.

$3.4.82 parsmaipadā-nām ¹ṆaL-²átus-³ús-⁴thaL-⁵áthus-⁶á-⁷ṆaL-⁸vá-⁹māḥ

[The substitute affixes 1.1] ṆaL, átus, ús, thaL, áthus, á, ṆaL, vá and má [respectively 1.3.10] replace (the nine) Parasmaipada' [l-substitutes 78 tiP, tás, jhi, siP, thás, thá, miP, vás and más of l-member 71 lIṬ 81].

pac+lIṬ+tiP = pa-pac+ṆaL (6.1.8; 7.4.60) = pa-pāc-a (7.2.116) `he/she has cooked'; pa-pac+tás = pec-átuḥ (8.3.15) `they two have cooked'; pa-pac+jhi = pec-úḥ `all of them have cooked'; pa-pac+siP = pa-pac+thaL = pa-pák-tha (7.2.62)/péc-i-tha (7.2.63); pa-pac+thá = pec-á pap-pac+miP = pa-pac+ṆaL = pa-pác-a/pa-pāc-a (7.1.91); pa-pac+vás = pec-i-vá (7.2.35); pa-pac+más = pec-i-má. Description

$3.4.83 víd-aḥ=lAṬ-aḥ=vā

[The nine substitute affixes 1.1 beginning with ṆaL] optionally (vā) replace [the Parsmaipadá 82 l-substitutes of l-member 77] lAṬ introduced [after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] víd- `know' (II 55).

vid+lAṬ = vid+0̸¹+tiP/vid+ṆaL = vét-ti (7.3.86; 8.4.55)/véd-a; vit-táḥ/vid-átuḥ; vid-ánti/vid-úḥ vét-si/vít-tha; vit-tháḥ/vid-áthuḥ; vit-thá/vid-á; véd-mi/véd-a; vid-váḥ/vid-vá; vid-más/vid-má.

$3.4.84 bruv-aḥ pañcā-nām ādi-táḥ=āha̱-ḥ=bruv-aḥ

[The substitute affixes 1.1 ṆaL. átus, ús, thaL and áthus 82 optionally 83] replace the first (ādi-táḥ) five (pañcā-nām) [Parasmaipadá l-substitutes 82 of l-member 77 lAṬ 83 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] brū- `speak' (II 35) with the substitute morpheme āh- replacing (the whole of 1.1.55) brū.

brū+0̸¹+tiP = brav-ī-ti (7.3.93)/āh+ṆaL = āh-a; brū-táḥ/āh-átuḥ; bruv-anti/āh-úḥ; brav-īiṣi/āh+thaL = āt=tha (8.2.35); brū-tháḥ/āh-áthuḥ (°-s → °-ḥ 8.3.15). Description

$3.4.85 lOṬ-aḥ=lAṄ-vát

[The l-substitutes of l-member 77] lOṬ `Imperative Mood' are like those of [l-member 77] lAṄ `Imperfect'.

By the recurrence of [vā] from 83 above, interpretation limits this equivalence to a few substitutes only, introduced by 99 and 101 below; 99 refers to the 0̸ replacement of final [°-s] of vás and más, and 101 refers to the replacement of tás-thás-thá-miP respectively by tām-tám-tá-am. Thus pac+lOṬ = pác+ŚaP+tás = pác-a-tām; similarly pác+a+thas=pác-a-tam; pác-a+tha = pác-a-ta.

$3.4.86 e-r u-ḥ

The phoneme [u] replaces the phoneme [i] [of l-substitutes 78 of l-member 77 lOṬ 85].

The affixes subject to this replacement are tiP, jhi, siP and miP; of these siP is replaced by hí (87) and miP by ni (89) and this rule is not applicable there as they are subsequent rules (1.4.2). pac+ŚaP+tiP = pác-a-tu; pác-a+jhi = pác-a-anti = pác-a+antu = pác-antu (6.1.97; 7.1.3).

$3.4.87 se-r hí=a-P-IT=ca

[The substitute affix 1.1] hí, without IT-marker P, replaces siP [of the l-substitute 78 of l-member 77 lOṬ 85, introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91].

pác+ŚaP+si = pác-a+hí = pác-a+0̸¹ (6.4.106). The recurrence of marker P of siP which would apply to its substitute (1.1.56) is specifically blocked out by this rule. Thus iṆ+lOṬ = iṆ+0̸¹+siP = i-hí, since without marker P the substitute [hi] is considered a Ṅ-IT (1.2.4) which automatically blocks guṇa replacement of the stem-final vowel (1.1.5).

$3.4.88 vā chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the substitute affix 1.1 hi 87 for l-substitute siP 78 of l-member 77 lOṬ 85] is optionally (vā) [not marked by P as IT 87].

yu- (II 23 `mix')+lOṬ = yu+Ślu+hi (2.4.76) = yu-yu+hi=yu-yo-dhí (6.4.103) where this affix is minus marker P 87 above, but in prī- (IX 2)+lOṬ = prī-ṇī (6.4.113)+hi = prī-ṇī-hí this affix is associated with marker P (by 1.1.56) and being a Ṅ-IT (1.2.4) does not operate guṇa replacement of the class-marker-final of °-nī-.

$3.4.89 me-r ni-ḥ

[The substitute affix 1.1] ni replaces (the whole of 1.1.55) [l-substitute 77 of lOṬ 85] mi(P) [introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91].

pac+lOṬ+miP = pac+ŚaP+miP = pác+a+ni = pác+a+āṬ-ni = pác-āni (92).

$3.4.90 ām eT-aḥ

The syllable ām replaces phoneme e(T) [of l-substitutes 78 of l-member 77 lOṬ 85].

By 79 above [e] is the substitute for the syllable beginning with the last vowel of all Ātmanepadá l-substitutes of l-members with marker Ṭ, and by this rule this [e] is now replaced by the syllable [ām]: pac+lOṬ = pac+ŚaP+te79 = pác-a-tām; similarly the remaining forms of this paradigm are: pác-e-tām (7.2.81), pác-antām, pác-e-thām. Description

$3.4.91 ¹sa̱-²vā-bhyām ¹va=²am-au

The elements va and am (respectively 1.3.10) replace [the substitute vowel e of l-substitutes 78 of l-member 77 lOṬ 85] co-occurring after phonemes [s, v].

Exception to [ām] 90 above. l-substitutes of lOṬ where [e] occurs after [s, v] are respectively [sé], [dhvé], the singular and plural of the second person: [sé] is replaced by [svá] and [dhvé] by [dhvám]: pac+lOṬ = pac+ŚaP+sé/dhvé = pác-a-sva/pác-a-dhvam. Description

$3.4.92 āṬ=uttamá-sya P-IT=ca

[The initial increment 1.1.46] ā(Ṭ) constitutes the beginning of l-substitutes of the first person (uttamá-sya) [of l-member 77 lOṬ 85] and it functions as though it were marked with P as IT.

By the marker P or āṬ it functions as though it were not marked with Ṅ as IT so that it operates guṇa replacements by 7.3.84,86: kr̥+lOṬ = kr̥+ú (1.79)+ni/va/ma = kar-ó+āni/āva/āma kar-áv-āṇi/kar-áv-āva/kar-áv-āma (7.3.84; 8.4.2).

$3.4.93 eT-aḥ=ai

The phoneme ai replaces the phoneme e(T) [of the first person 92 l-substitutes 78 of l-member 77 lOṬ 85].

This has reference to Ātmanepadá l-substitutes of the first person: kr̥+lOṬ = kr̥+ú+āṬ+e (1.9) = kar-ó+ā-e = kar-áv+ā+ai = kar-áv-ai (6.1.88); kar-áv-āvahai, kar-áv-āmahai. Exception to [ām] 90.

$3.4.94 lEṬ-aḥ ¹aṬ-²āṬ-au

[The initial increments 1.1.46] aṬ and āṬ are [inserted at the beginning of l-substitutes 78 of l-member 77] lEṬ `Subjunctive Mood'.

juṣ+lEṬ = júṣ+siP1.34+tiP = jóṣ+iṬ+siP+t0̸ (97; 1.34; 7.2.35) = jóṣ-i-ṣ-aṬ=t = jóṣ-i-ṣ-a-t (8.3.59) `may he/she be pleased'.

pat+lEṬ = pát+ŚaP+āṬ + tiP = pát-ā-ti `may (one) fall/fly'. Description

$3.4.95 āT-aḥ=ai

The phoneme /ai/ replaces phoneme ā(T) [of l-substitutes 78 of l-member 77 lEṬ 94].

The affixes in question are ātām/āthām the dual of the third and second person Ātmanepadá l-substitutes. mantr+Ṇíc+lEṬ = mantr-í+ŚaP+āte = mantr-é+a+aite = mantr-áy-aite; similarly mantr-áy-aithe. Description

$3.4.96 vā=eT-aḥ=anyá-tra

[The phoneme /ai/ 95] optionally (vā) replaces the phoneme [e] [of l-substitutes 78 of l-member 77 lEṬ 94] elsewhere (anyá-tra: i.e., other than that prescribed in 95 above).

īś+lEṬ = īś+e = īś-ai/īś-e; śī+e = śe+ai (7.4.21) = śay-ai, but mantr-áy-aite/°-aithe.

$3.4.97 iT-as=ca lópa-ḥ parasmaipadé-ṣu

The substitute lopa (= 0̸) [optionally 96] replaces phoneme [i(T)] of Parasmaipadá [l-substitutes 78 of l-member 77 lEṬ 94].

The l-substitutes in question are tiP, jhi, siP and miP; jóṣ-i-ṣ-a-t/pat-ā-ti (cf. 94 above).

$3.4.98 s-aḥ=uttamá-sya

[Substitute lopa (0̸) 97 optionally 96 replaces] the phoneme [s] of the first person (uttamá-sya) [Parasmaipadá 97 l-substitutes 78 of l-member 77 lEṬ 94].

The l-substitutes concerned are vas/mas: kr̥+lEṬ = kr̥+ú+āṬ+vas/mas = kar-o+ā+vas/mas = kar-áv-ā-va/kar-áv-ā-vaḥ (8.3.15); kar-áv-ā-ma/kar-áv-ā-maḥ. Description

$3.4.99 nítyaṁ Ṅ-IT-aḥ

[The substitute lopa (0̸) 97] necessarily (nítyam) replaces [the phoneme /s/ of the first person 98 Parasmaipadá 97 l-substitutes 78 of l-members 77] having marker Ṅ as IT.

pac+lAṄ = pac+ŚaP+vas/mas = áṬ+pac+ŚaP+va/ma (6.4.71; 7.3.101).

pac+lIṄ = pac+ŚaP+yāsu̱Ṭ-vas/mas (103) = pac-a-yā0̸-va/ma (7.2.79) = pac-a-iy-va/ma (7.2.80) = pac-a-i0̸-va/ma 6.1.66 = pác-e-va/pác-e-ma.

pac+lUṄ = áṬ+pac+si̱C+vas/mas (1.44) = á-pāk-ṣ-va/á-pāk-ṣ-ma (7.2.3; 8.2.30; 3.59).

pac+lR̥Ṅ = áṬ+pac+sya+vas/mas = á-pak-ṣyā-va/°-ma (7.3.101; 8.3.59).

$3.4.100 iT-as=ca

[The substitute lopa (0̸) 97 necessarily 99] replaces the phoneme [i(T)] of the [Parasmaipadá 97 l-substitutes 78 of l-members 77 having marker Ṅ as IT 99].

The l-substitutes involved are tiP, jhi, siP and miP: for miP a separate rule provides for its complete replacement by am (101 below).

pac+lAṄ = á-pac-a-t0̸, ápac-an0̸0̸ (8.2.23), á-pac-a-s0̸.

pac+lIṄ = pac-e-t0̸; pac-e-s0̸.

pac+lUṄ = á-pāk-ṣ-ī-t0̸; á-pāk-ṣ-ī-s0̸.

pac+lR̥Ṅ = á-pak-ṣya-t0̸, á-pak-ṣya-s0̸. Description

$3.4.101 ¹tás-²thás-³thá-⁴miP-ām ¹tām-²tám-³tá=⁴am-aḥ

[The substitute affixes 1.1] tām, tám, tá and am (respectively 1.3.10) replace the l-substitutes tás, thás, thá and miP [of Parasmaipadá 97 of l-members 77 having marker Ṅ as IT 99].

pac+lAṄ = á-pac-a-tām/°-tam/°ta/ á-pac-am (6.1.97).

pac+lIṄ = pác-e-tām/pác-e-tam/pác-e-ta, pác-ey-am.

kr̥+lUṄ = á-kār-ṣ-ṭām/á-kār-ṣ-ṭam/á-kār-ṣ-ṭa/á-kār-ṣ-am.

pac+lR̥Ṅ = á-pak-ṣya-tām/°-tam/°ta/ á-pak-ṣy-am (6.1.97).

$3.4.102 lIṄ-aḥ sīyu̱Ṭ

[The initial increment 1.1.46] sīyu̱Ṭ constitutes the beginning of [l-substitutes 78 of l-member 77] lIṄ `Optative/Potential Mood'.

pac+lIṄ = pác+ŚaP+ta = pác-a+sīy+su̱Ṭ-ta (107) = pac+a+0̸īy+0̸+ta (7.2.79) = pac+a+ī0̸+ta (6.1.66) = pác-eta; pác-ey-ātām; pác-eran (105), pác-ethāh, pác-ey-āthām, pác-edhvam; pác-eyam, pác-evahi, pác-emahi. Description

$3.4.103 yāsu̱Ṭ parasipadé-ṣu=udātta-ḥ=Ṅ-IT=ca

[The initial increment 1.1.46] yāsu̱Ṭ with high-pitched accent (udātta-ḥ) [constitutes the beginning of] Parasmaipadá [l-substitutes 78 of l-member 77 lIṄ 102] and functions as though marked with Ṅ as IT.

Exception to [sīyu̱Ṭ] 102. Being considered as marked with Ṅ it does not operate guṇa replacements under 7.3.84,86 (1.1.5).

kr̥+lIṄ = kr̥+u+yās-t0̸ = kur-u-yās-su̱Ṭ-t (107; 6.4.110) = kur-0̸-yā0̸-0̸-t (6.4.109; 7.2.79) = kur-yāt, kur-yā-tām, kur-yúḥ (108; 6.1.96); kur-yāḥ, kur-yātam, kur-yāta; kur-yām, kur-yāva, kur-yāma. Description

$3.4.104 K-IT=āśíṣ-i

[The initial increment 1.1.46 yāsu̱Ṭ with udātta accent 103 constituting the beginning of Parasmaipadá 103 l-substitutes 78 of l-member 77 lIṄ 102] is deemed to be marked with K as IT and denotes benediction (āśíṣ-i).

This is the Precative or Benedictive Mood. The difference in the IT-marker is with reference to samprasāraṇa replacement (6.1.15).

yaj+lIṄ āśíṣi = yaj+yāsu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+t0̸ = iaj+yās-s-t (6.1.15) = ij-yās-s-t (6.1.108) = ij-yā0̸-0̸-t (8.2.29); ij-yās-tām, ij-yās-uḥ.

jāgr̥+lIṄ āśíṣ-i = jāgar+yās+s+t (107; 7.3.85) = jāgar-yā0̸+0̸-t (8.2.29) = jāgar-yāt, jāgar-yās-tām, jāgar-yāsuḥ, but in the Optative forms [yāsu̱Ṭ] being deemed a Ṅ-IT prevents guṇa replacement by 7.3.85: jāgr̥-yāt, jāgr̥-yúḥ. Description

$3.4.105 jha-sya raN

[The substitute affix 1.1] raN replaces [the Ātmanepadá 102 l-substitute 78] jha [of l-member 77 1iṄ 102].

Exception to 7.1.3. pac+lIṄ = pac+ŚaP+jha = pac+a+sīyu̱Ṭ+jha = pac-a+0̸īy+raN = pác-a+ī0̸-raN 6.1.66 = pác-eran. Description

$3.4.106 íṬ-aḥ=áT

(The substitute element) á(T) replaces [the l-substitute 78] íṬ `first person singular Ātmanepadá' [of l-member 77 lIṄ 102].

pác+lIṄ = pác+ŚaP+siyu̱Ṭ+íṬ = pác-a+0̸īy+á = pác-eya. Description

$3.4.107 suṬ ¹ti̱-²th-oḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46] su̱Ṭ constitutes the beginning of phonemes [t], [th] contained in [the l-substitutes 78 of l-member 77 lIṄ 102].

This is not an exception to 102-3 above and there is no competition between these two increments, since [sīyu̱ṭ, yāsu̱ṭ] are the general increments of all l-substitutes of lIṄ while the present increment applies only to such of them as contain the two phonemes [t, th]. The affixes in question are ti, tás, thá of Paramaipada and tá, thās, ātām and āthām of Ātmanepada'. The actualization of the phoneme [s] of these increments is realized only in the Precative Mood (lIṄ āśíṣ-i) since they are replaced by 0̸ in the Optative by 7.2.79.

bhū+lIN āśíṣ-i = bhū+yās+s+t0̸ = bhū-yā0̸-0̸-t (8.2.29) = bhū-yāt, bbū-yās-tām, bhū-yāsuḥ. Description

$3.4.108 jhe-r Jús

[The substitute affix 1.1] Jús replaces [the l-substitute 78] jhi [of l-member 77 lIṄ 102].

Exception to 7.1.3. pac+lIṄ = pác+ŚaP+yāsu̱Ṭ+jhi = pác-a-yā0̸+us (7.2.79) = pác-a-īy+us (7.2.80) = pác-eyuḥ. Description

$3.4.109 ¹sīC=²abhyàsta-³vídi̱-bhyas=ca

[The substitute affix 1.1 Jús 108 replaces the l-substitute 78 jhi 108 of l-members 77 with IT marker Ṅ 99 introduced after 1.2] the Aorist marker si̱C, reduplicated [verbal stems 1.91 and the verbal stem] víd- `know' (II 55).

áṬ+kr̥+si̱C+jhi = á-kār-ṣ-Jus = á-kār-ṣ-uḥ (6.4.75; 7.2.1).

á-da-dā+jhi = a-da-duḥ (6.1.96).

á-vid+jhi = ávid-uḥ. Description

$3.4.110 āT-aḥ

[The substitute affix 1.1 Jús 108 replaces the l-substitute 78 jhi 108 introduced after 1.2 the Aorist marker si̱C 109 introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme long ā(T).

dhā+lUṄ = á-dhā+si̱C+jhi = á-dhā+0̸¹+Jus (2.4.77) = á-dhuḥ (6.1.96). Description

$3.4.111 lAṄ-aḥ śākaṭāyaná-sya=evá

According to the grammarian Śākaṭāyaná only, [the substitute affix 1.1 Jús 108 replaces the l-substitute 78 jhi 108 of l-member 77] lAṄ `Imperfect' [introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91 ending in 1.1.72 the phoneme °ā 110].

This is an optional rule. yā+lAṄ = áṬ+yā+0̸¹+jhi = á-yā+Jus = á-yuḥ according to Ś. but á-yā+ant = á-yān0̸ (8.2.23) according to other grammarians.

$3.4.112 dviṣ-as=ca

[According to the grammarian Śākaṭāyaná 111 the substitute affix 1.1 Jús 108 replaces the l-substitute 78 jhi 108 of l-member 77 lAṄ 111 introduced after 1.2 the verbal stem 1.91] dviṣ- `hate' (II 3).

dviṣ+lAṄ = áṬ+dviṣ+0̸¹+jhi = á-dviṣ+Jus = á-dviṣ-uḥ according to S. only, but á-dviṣ-an according to others.

$3.4.113 ¹tiṄ-²Ś-IT sārvadhātukam

The t.t. sārvadhātuka denotes the l-substitute [affixes 1,1] implied by the siglum tiṄ (78) and those marked with Ś as IT.

Besides the eighteen l-substitutes designated by the siglum tiṄ affixes with IT marker Ś are: KHáŚ, Śá, ŚátR̥, Śádhyai, ŚadhyaiN, ŚaP, ŚānáC, ŚānaN, ŚāyáC, ŚnáM, Śnā, Śnú, ŚyaN, Ślu and CānáŚ.

As a t.t. occurs in: 1.2.4; 3.1.67; 6.1.186; 4.87,110; 7.2.76; 3.8r,87,95; 4.21,25.

$3.4.114 ārdhadhātuka-m śéṣa-ḥ

The t.t. ārdha-dhātuka denotes the residue (śéṣa-ḥ) [of affixes 1.1 introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91].

These are (a) affixes which generate verbal stems (1.5-30) (b) verbal and (c) primary nominal affixes comprising the whole of the kr̥t section (1.93ff.).

As a t.t. occurs in: 1.1.4; 2.4,35-56; 3.1.31; 6.4.46-68; 7.2.35; 3.64; 4.49.

$3.4.115 1IṬ ca

[The t.t. ārdha-dhātuka 114] also denotes (ca) [the l-substitutes 78 of l-member 77] 1IṬ `Perfect Tense'.

Exception to 113 above. This rule blocks out the introduction of class-markers (vi-kar-aṇa-s) to build up the theme of the Present System in the first place, and secondly makes applicable the operation of 7.2.35 whereby initial increment iṬ may constitute the beginning of some of these l-substitutes: pac+1IṬ = pa-pac-iṬ=vá/má = 0̸0̸-pec-i-vá/má (6.4.120).

$3.4.116 lIṄ āśíṣ-i

[The t.t. ārdhadhātuka 114 also 115] denotes [the l-substitutes 78 of l-member 77] lIṄ when denoting benediction (āśíṣ-i) `Precative or Benedictive Mood'.

Exception to 113 above. Consequently class-markers are not introduced after verbal stems before these l-substitutes. Precative of bhū sattā-yām (I 1): bhū+yās+s+t = bhū-yāt, bhū-yāstām, bhū-yāsuḥ contra Optative bháv-et, bháv-etām, bháv-eyuḥ. Description

$3.4.117 chándas-i=ubhayá-thā

In the domain of Chándas both (ubhayá-thā) [= sārvadhātuka 113 and ārdhadhātuka 114 denote the l-substitutes 78 implied by the siglum tiṄ and affixes with marker Ś as IT 113 as well as residual affixes 114 introduced after 1.2 a verbal stem 1.91].

vr̥dh+ṆíC+ŚaP+antu / várdh+0̸-antu = várd-antu/vardh-áy-antu. 0̸ replacement of [ṆíC] occurs by virtue of [antu] being considered as ārdhadhātuka (6.4.51).

su+as+KtiN = sv-ás-ti where the verbal stem is not replaced by [bhū-] by virtue of [KtiN] being considered as sārva-dhātuka.

$4.1.1 ¹Nī-²āP-³prātipadik-āt

[After 3.1.2] expressions [ending in 1.1.72 (feminine 4) affixes 3.1.1] Ṅī and āP and nominal stems (prātipadik-āt 1.2.45-46).

This is a governing rule heading this section, extending up to the end of the fifth chapter, and will recur in the following sūtras as required in each individual case. [Ṅī] is the cover term for [ṄīN, ṄīP and ṄīṢ] which are introduced in the following rules; and similarly [āP] is the cover term for [CāP, ṬāP and ḌāP]. While items ending in these affixes are also prātipadikás, their inclusion in this governing rule is for the purpose of fixing the relative position of these affixes with reference to others introduced in this large section.

Three classes of affixes are included in this major section: (a) declensional affixes (2); (b) feminine affixes (3-91); (c) secondary nominal affixes denoted by the t.t. taddhitá (76ff. which is a very large group). Certain classes of affixes must follow feminine affixes, like the declensional affixes which necessitates their inclusion in the governing rule.

$4.1.2 ¹sU=²au-³Jas=⁴am-⁵auṬ=⁶Śas=⁷Ṭā-⁸bhyām-⁹bhis=¹⁰Ṅe-¹¹bhyām-¹²bhyas=¹³ṄasI-¹⁴bhyām-¹⁵bhyas-¹⁶Ṅas-¹⁷os-¹⁸ām=¹⁹Ṅi-²⁰os-²¹suP

[The affixes 3.1.1] sU, au, Jas; am, auṬ, Śas; Ṭā, bhyām, bhis; Ṅe, bhyām, bhyas; ṄasI. bhyām, bhyas; Ṅas,os, ām and Ṅi, os, suP are introduced [after 3.1.2 expressions ending in 1.1.72 (feminine affixes) Ṅī and āP and (other) nominal stems 1].

These twenty-one affixes constitute the declensional endings, divided into seven triplets (1.4.103) denoted by the t.t. [vibhákti 1.4.104], and in the order in which they appear have the appropriate ordinals denoting them: [prathamā] `nominative' (with vocative as a sub-class) (sU-au-Jas); [dvitīyā] `accusative' (am-auṬ-Śas); [tr̥tīyā] `instrumental' (Ṭā-bhyām-bhis); [caturthī] `dative' (Ṅe-bhyām-bhyas); [pañcamī] `ablative' (ṄasI-bhyām-bhyas); [ṣaṣṭhī] `genitive' (Ṅas-os-ām); [saptamī] `locative' (Ṅi, os, suP). In the order in which they appear in each triplet they denote the singular, dual and plural endings (1.4.102). The application of these endings are given in 2.3.2ff. together with 1.4.22-23.

1. Items ending in Ṅī: nadī f. `river': nadī+sU = nadī+0̸ (6.1.68); nadī+au/auṬ = nady-aú (6.1.105); nadī+Jas = nady-áḥ (6.1.105); nadī+am = nadī-m (6.1.107); nadī+Śas = nadī-ḥ (6.1.102); nadī+Ṭā = nady-ā; nadī-bhyām, nadī-bhih; nadī+Ṅe = nadī+āṬ-e (7.3.112) = nady-aí (6.1.88); nadī-bhyām, nadī-bhyaḥ; nadī+ṄasI = nadī+ā+as = nady-āḥ; nadī-bhyām, nadī-bhyaḥ; nady-óḥ; nadī+ām = nadī+nu̱Ṭ-ām (7.1.54) = nadī-nām; nadī+Ṅi - nadī=āṬ-ām (7.3.116) = nady-ām; nady-óḥ; nadī-ṣu (8.3.59).

2. Items ending in āP: kalā `art': kalā+sU = kalā+0̸ (6.1.68); kalā+au/auṬ = kalā+Śī (7.1.18) = kal-é; kalā+Jas/Śas = kalāḥ (6.1.102); kalā+am = kalā-m (6.1.107); kalā+Ṭā = kale+ā (7.3.105) = kaláy-ā (6.1.78) kalā-bhyām, kalā-bhiḥ; kalā+Ṅe = kalā+yāṬ-e (7.3.113) = kalā-yai (6.1.88); kalā-bhyām, kalā-bhyaḥ; kalā+ṄasI = kalā+yā-as = kalā-yāḥ (6.1.101); kalā+os = kalé+os (7.3.105) = kaláy-oḥ (6.1.78); kalā-nām; kalā+yā+Ṅi = kalā-yā-ām (7.3.116) = kalā-yām; kalā-su.

3. Nominal stems: vidyút- `lightning': vidyút+sU = vidyút+0̸ (6.1.68); vidyút+au/auṬ = vidyút-au; vidyút+Jas/Śas = vidyút-aḥ; vidyút-am; vidyút-ā, vidyúd-bhyām (8.4.53), vidyúd-bhiḥ; vidyút-e, vidyúd-bhyām, vidyúd-bhyaḥ; vidyút-aḥ, vidyúd-bhyām, vidyúd-bhyaḥ; vidyút-aḥ, vidyút-oḥ, vidyút-am; vidyút-i, vidyút-oḥ, vidyút-su.

$4.1.3 striy-ām

In the domain of the feminine gender (= with reference to the feminine gender).

This is a governing rule, heading this section and extending up to 81 below, and will recur in each of the subsequent statements of this section in which the appropriate affixes are introduced after nominal stems to derive feminine stems.

$4.1.4 ¹ajá=ādi=²aTas=ṬāP

[The affix 3.1.1] ṬāP is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with ajá- `goat' and those [which end in 1.1.72] the phoneme short a(T) [to derive feminine nominal stems 3].

1. ajá+ṬāP = ajā `she-goat'; similarly eḍaka+ṬāP = eḍakā `ewe'.

2. The inclusion of nominal stems ending in short °-a in the ajá-class is [I] either to block out the introduction of ṄīṢ (63) with reference to words denoting species, or to the husband (48) or words which end in names of flowers etc., (49) [II] or to block out ṄīP in relation to words denoting age (20) or where the derivative word ends in an affix with the marker Ṭ (15).

$4.1.5 ¹r̥T=²ne-bhyaḥ=ṄīP

[The affix 3.1.1] ṄīP is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.71] the phoneme short r̥ or °-n [to derive a feminine nominal stem 3].

1. °-r̥: kr̥+tr̥N+ṄīP = kár-tr̥+ī = kár-tr-ī `doer, producer'.

2. °-n: daṇḍ-ín+ṄīP = daṇḍ-ín-ī `carrying a stick'. Description

$4.1.6 uK=IT-as=ca

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5] is also introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72 an affix 3.1.1] with marker denoted by the siglum uK (= u, r̥, l̥) as IT [to derive a feminine nominal stem 3].

pac+ŚatR̥ = pac+ŚaP+átR̥+ī = pác-at+nu̱M+ī (7.1.81; 6.1.97) = pác-ant-ī `cooking'; similarly from the verbal stem bhū+ŚatR̥+ṄīP = bháv-ant-ī `pre-Pāṇinian t.t. for the Present Tense;, but from the pronominal stem bhávatU+ṄīP = bhávat-ī `you (respectfully), your honor'. Description

$4.1.7 van-aḥ=ra̱ ca

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] °-van and (ca) the phoneme [r] replaces the [stem-final 1.1.52] phoneme [to derive a feminine 3 stem 1.]

While this affix is already introduced by 5 above, the specific mention here is for the stem-final replacement by phoneme [r]: dhā+Kvani̱P+ṄīP (3.2.74) = dhī+van+ī (6.4.66) = dhī-var-ī `fisherman's wife'; go+dā+van+ṄīP = go-dā-var-ī `n.pr. of a river'. Description

$4.1.8 pād-aḥ=anya-tará-syām

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5] is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72] °-pād (occurring as a final member of a compound) [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

dv-aú pād-aú a-syá = dvi-pād- (5.4.140) `bi-ped, two-legged'/dví-pād (6.2.197 for accent options)+ṄīP dvi-pád-ī/dví-padi-ī (6.4.130) `consisting of two feet', alternating with dvi-pād-/dví-pād- which is both m. and f.

$4.1.9 ṬāP=r̥c-i

In the domain of R̥g-Veda [the affix 3.1.1] ṬāP is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.71 °-pād 8].

Exception to ṄīP 8. dví-pād/dvi-pād+ṬāP = dví-pad-ā/dvi-pád-ā `a verse consisting of two feet' (in the RV); similarly trí-pad-ā/tri-pád-ā.

$4.1.10 ná ¹ṣaṭ-²svasr̥=ādi-bhyaḥ

[The affix 3.1.1 generating a feminine nominal stem 3] is not introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1] denoted by the t.t. ṣaṣ (1.1.20) and the [class of nominal stems 1] beginning with svásr̥- `sister'.

The t.t. ṣaṣ denotes the following number-words: páncan- `5', ṣáṣ- `6', saptán- `7', aṣṭán- `8', návan- `9', dáśan- `10' etc.; páñcan+Jas = páñcan+0̸¹ (7.1.22) = pánca0̸ (8.2.7) stríy-aḥ púmāṁs-aḥ=vā `five women or men' where the number-word serves both as f. and m.

The class of words represented by svásr̥-class consist of: svásr̥- `sister', duhitŕ- `daughter', nánāndr̥- `husband's sister', yātr̥- `husband's brother's wife', mātŕ- `mother' and the number words tisŕ- `3', catasŕ- `4'. Description

$4.1.11 man-aḥ

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5 is not 10 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] °-man(i̱N 3.2.74ff.).

Exception to 5 above. dā-man- m. f. `giver, donor, bestower'; pā-man- f. `scabies'.

$4.1.12 an-aḥ=bahuvrīhé-ḥ

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5 is not 10 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1] denoted by a Bahuvrīhí (compound) [ending in 1.1.72] the element °an [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

śóbhana-am párva a-syāḥ = su-parván `possessing beautiful joints'; (both m. and f.) but áti-krāntā rājān-am = átr-rājan+ṄīP áti-rāj0̸n (6.4.134)+ī = áti-rājñ-ī `superior to a king'.

$4.1.13 ḌāP=ubhā-bhyām anya-tará-syām

[The affix 3.1.1] ḌāP is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2] both (ubhā-bhyām) [nominal stems 1 ending in 1.1.72 °-man 11 and Bahuvirīhí compounds ending in 1.1.72 °-an 12 to derive feminine 3 nominal stems 1].

1. °-man: pāman+ḌāP = pāma0̸+ā (6.4.143) = pā-mā. pā-me/pā-mā, pā-mān-au, pā-mān-aḥ (12).

2. °-an: bahav-aḥ yáj-vān-aḥ a-syāḥ = bahu-jay-ván+ḌāP = bahu-yajv0̸0̸+ā (6.4.143) = bahu-yajvā, bahu-yajvé, bahu-yajvāḥ/bahu-yajvā, bahu-yaj-vān-au, bahu-yaj-vān-aḥ `who has offered many sacrifices'.

$4.1.14 án-upa-sarjan-āt

[After a nominal stem 1] which is not a subordinate member (upa-sárj-ana) of [a compound 1.2.43].

This is a governing rule heading this section and extending up to 81 below, and will recur in each of the subsequent rules of this section. [Upa-sárj-ana] is defined by 1.2.43 as that expression which is introduced with the first sUP triplet in the section dealing with compounds (2.1.3ff.). In a Bahuvrīhí compound all the constituent members are [upa-sárjana-s] or subordinate members. Thus in kúru-ṣu cár-a-ti = kuru+0̸¹+car+Ṭa (3.1.16)+ṄīP (15) = kuru-car-ī `wandering in the Kuru country', but in baháv-aḥ kuru-car-āḥ a-syām = bahu-kucurá+ṬāP = bahu-curu-car-ā (nagarī) `city in which there are many wanderers from the Kuru country' where 4 above applies.

$4.1.15 ¹Ṭ-IT=²ḍha=³áṆ=⁴aÑ=⁵dvayasáC=⁶daghnáC-⁷mātráC=⁸tayaP-⁹-ṭhaÑ-¹⁰kaÑ-¹¹KvaraP-aḥ

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72 the affixes 3.1.1] with marker Ṭ as IT, and [affixes] ḍha, áṆ, aÑ, dvayasáC, daghnáC, mātráC, tayaP, ṭháK, ṭhaÑ, KaÑ and KvaraP [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

1. ending in an affix with marker Ṭ: kuru+car+Ṭa+ṄīP = kuru-car+0̸+ī (6.4.148), but pac+lAṬ = pac+ŚaP+ŚānáC+ṬāP (3.2.124) = pác-a-m-ānā since lAṬ has two markers.

2. °-ḍha: su-parnī+ḍhaK (120) = sauparṇ0̸+eyá+ī (6.4.148) sauparṇ-ey0̸-ī (6.4.148).

3. °-áṆ: kumbh-ám kar-ó-ti = kumbha+0̸¹+kr̥+áṆ (3.2.1)+ṄīP = kumbha-kār-ī `lady pot-maker'.

4. °-aÑ: utsa+aÑ+ī (86) = aúts-ī `lady descendant of U.'

5. °-dvayasáC: ūru-dvayasá+ī - ūru-dvayas-ī `reaching up to the thigh'.

6. °-daghnáC: ūru-daghná+ī = ūru-daghn-ī `ibid.'

7. °-mātráC: ūru-mātrá+ī = ūru-mātr-ī `ibid.'

8. °-tayaP: pánca+tayaP+ī = pánca-tay-ī `five-fold'.

9. °-ṭháK: akṣ-aír dīv-ya-ti = akṣa+ṭháK (4.2)+ī = ākṣa+iká+ī (7.3.50) = ākṣ-ik-ī `lady gambling with dice'.

10. °-ṭhaÑ: lavaṇ-ám páṇ-yam a-syāḥ = lavaṇá+ṭhaÑ+ī lāvaṇ-ika+ī = lāvaṇ-ik-ī `lady dealing in salt'.

11. °-KaÑ: tā-dr̥ś+KaÑ+ī (3.2.60) = tā-dŕś-a+ī = tā-dŕś-ī `like that'.

12. °-KvaraP: naś+KvaraP+ī = náś=var-ī (3.2.163) `fragile, perishable'.

$4.1.16 yaÑ=as=ca

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] yaÑ [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

gargá+yaÑ+ṄīP = gārg-ya+ī = gārg-y0̸+ī (6.4.148) = gārg0̸+ī (6.4.150) = gārg-ī `female descendant of Garga'.

$4.1.17 prāc-ām Ṣpha taddhitá-ḥ

According to Eastern Grammarians (prāc-ām) [the affix 3.1.1] Ṣpha is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 yaÑ 16 to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1] and it is classed as a taddhitá (76ff.).

The purpose of classifying [Ṣpha] as a taddhitá affix is to qualify the stem ending in it as a prātipadiká (1.2.46). The marker Ṣ operates the affix ṄīṢ (41 below).

gargá+yaÑ = gārg-ya+Ṣpha = gārgy-āyaṇa- (7.1.2)+ṄīṢ (41) = gārgy-āyaṇ-ī (8.4.2) = gārg-ī (by 16 above). Description

$4.1.18 sarvátra ¹lóhita=ādi=²kata=ante-bhyaḥ

[The affix 3.1.1 Ṣpha 17] is introduced, according to all Grammarians (sarvá-tra) [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with lóhita- and ending with kata- `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 yaÑ 16].

This class of nominal stems is a sub-set of the major class beginning with gárga- (105); this is an obligatory rule replacing the option implied by the previous reference to Eastern Grammarians; [sarvá-tra] stands for `according to all Grammarians' [sarve-ṣām ācāryā-ṇām mat-ena].

lóhita+yaÑ = laúhit-ya+Ṣpha+ṄīṢ = lauhity-āyana+ī = lauhity-āyan-ī `female descendant of Lóhita'; similarly kāty-āyan-ī `female descendant of Kata'.

$4.1.19 ¹kauravyá-²māṇḍūkā-bhyāṁ ca

[The affix 3.1.1 Ṣpha 17] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] kaurav-yá and māṇḍūka- [to derive feminine 3 nominal stems 1].

kuru+Ṇyá 152 = kaurav-yá (6.4.146; 6.1.79)+Ṣpha+ī - kaurav-y-āyaṇ-ī (8.4.2) `female descendant of Kauravyá'.

Similarly māṇḍūk-āyan-ī `female descendant of Māṇḍūka'.

$4.1.20 váyas-i pratham-é

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1] denoting the first part of life (váyas-i pratham-é `teens') [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

kumārá+ṄīP = kumār-ī `maiden, girl, virgin'; similarly kiśor-ī `female colt'; bárkar-ī `kid'. Exceptions to ṬāP 4.

$4.1.21 dvigó-ḥ

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 consisting of] a Dvigú (compound 2.1.52) [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

aṣṭā-nām adhyāyā-nāṁ sam-ā-hār-á-ḥ = aṣṭán+0̸¹+adhyāyá+ṄīP = aṣṭa0̸+adhyāyá+ī (8.2.7) = aṣṭā-dhyāy-ī `a collection of eight chapters (title of the present work)'; similarly pañcā-nām pūlā-nāṁ sam-ā-hār-áḥ = pañca-pūl-ī `a collection of five bunches'.

$4.1.22 a-¹pari-māṇa-²bistá=³ā-cita-⁴kambalyé-bhya-ḥ ná taddhita-lúK-i

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5] is not (ná) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 consisting of a Dvigú (compound) 21] not [ending in 1.1.72] a word denoting a measure (parimāṇa) or [ending in 1.1.72] °-bistá-, °-ā-cita-, and °-kambl-yá-, when there is a replacement by luk (0̸) of a taddhitá (5.1.28) affix [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

pañcá-bhir áśv-aiḥ krī-tā = pañcan+0̸¹+aśva+ṭhaK (5.1.37)+ṬāP = pañca0̸+aśva+0̸¹+ā (8.2.7; 5.1.28) = pañc-āśv-ā `bought with five horses'; dv-aú bist-aú pác-a-ti = dvi+0̸¹+bista+ṭhaK (5.1.52) = div-bista+0̸¹ (5.1.28)+ṬāP = dvi-bist-ā `who cooks two bistás of grain'. Similarly dv-aú ācit-au pác-a-ti = dvy-ācit-ā; dvā-bhyām kambalyā-bhyām krī-tā = dvi-kambaly-ā `bought with two blankets'. Description

$4.1.23 kāṇḍá=ant-āt kṣétr-e

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5 is not 22 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 consisting of a Dvigú compound 21 ending in 1.1.72 the nominal stem 1] °-kāṇḍá- [when there is replacement by 1uK of a taddhitá affix 22 to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1] denoting a field (kṣétr-e).

dv-é kāṇḍ-é pramāṇam a-syāḥ = dvi+0̸¹+kāṇḍa+dvayasáC = dvi-kāṇḍa+0̸¹ (by a vārttika on 5.2.37)+ṬāP = dvi-kāṇḍ-ā `having a measure of two kāṇḍa-s' (of a field: kṣetra-bhakté-ḥ); but dvi-kāṇḍ-ī rájju-ḥ `a rope measuring two kāṇḍa-s'.

$4.1.24 púruṣ-āt pra-māṇ-e=anya-tará-syām

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5] is optionally (anya-tará-syām) [not 22 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 comprising a Dvigu' compound 21 ending in 1.1.72 the nominal stem 1] °púruṣa- `person' to denote a measure (pramāṇ-e) [for deriving a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

dv-aú púruṣ-au pramāṇam a-syāḥ parikhā-yāḥ = dvi-0̸¹+puruṣa+dvayasáC = dvi-puruṣa=0̸¹+ṄīP/ṬāP = dvi-puruṣ-ī/dvi-puruṣ-ā `a moat having the width of two men'.

$4.1.25 bahuvrīhé-r ūdhas-aḥ=ṄīṢ

[The affix 3.1.1] ṄīṢ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1] constituting a Bahuvrīhí compound [ending in 1.1.72 the nominal stem 1] °-ūdhas `udder' [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

ghaṭá iva ūdhaḥ a-syāḥ = ghaṭa+0̸¹+ūdhan (5.4.131)+ṄīṢ = ghaṭodh0̸n+ī (6.4.134) = ghaṭodhn-ī `(a cow) whose udder is like a jar'; similarly kuṇḍodhn-ī but prāp-tā ūdhaḥ = prāptodhás- `a female calf which has reached her mother's udder'.

$4.1.26 ¹saṁkhyā=²ávyaya=āde-r ṄīP

[The affix 3.1.1] ṄīP is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 constituting a Bahuvrīhí compound ending in 1.1.72 the nominal stem 1 ūdhas- 25] co-occurring with numerals (saṁkhyā) or indeclinables (ávyaya) as prior members (ādé-ḥ)[to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

1. saṁkhyā: dv-é ūdhas-ī a-syāḥ = dvī-0̸¹+ūdhas+ṄīP = dvy-ūdhan+ī = dvy-ūdh0̸n-ī (6.4.134) = dvy-ūdhn-ī `(a cow) having two udders'.

2. avyaya: nír-ga-ta-m ūdhaḥ a-syāh = nír-ūdhas+ṄīP = nír-ūdhn-ī `a cow having no udders'.

The difference between [ṄīP] and [ṄīṢ] is in accentuation only.

$4.1.27 ¹dāman=²hāyána=ant-āt=ca

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5] is also introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 consisting of a Bahuvrīhí compound 25 with numerals as prior members 26] and °-dāman- `rope' and hāyána- `year' as posterior members (°-ant-āt) [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

dvé dāman-ī a-syāḥ = dvi-0̸¹+dāman+ṄīP = dvídām0̸n-ī `tied with two ropes'; dv-aú hāyán-au a-syāḥ = dví-hāyan-ī `two years old'.

$4.1.28 an-aḥ=upadhā-lopín-aḥ=anya-tará-syām

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5] is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 consisting of a Bahuvrīhí compound 24 ending in 1.1.72] °-an and subject to 0̸-(lopa) replacement of its penultimate (phoneme) (upadhā-lopín-aḥ) [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

śóbhana-ḥ rājā a-syāḥ = su+rāján+ṄīP = su-rāj0̸ñ-ī (6.4.134; 6.2.172) = su-rājñ-ī / su-rāján+Ḍāp (13) = su-rāj-ā/su-rāj-án- (12).

$4.1.29 nítyam ¹saṁjñā-²chándas-oḥ

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5] is necessarily (nítya-m) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 consisting of a Bahuvrīhí compound 25 ending in 1.1.72 °-an and subject to 0̸ replacement of its penultimate phoneme 28 to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1] in the names and Chándas.

1. saṁjñā: su-rājñ-ī, áti-rājñ-ī `names of villages'.

2. chándas-i: pañca-dāmn-ī gaú-ḥ `a cow, tied with five ropes'.

$4.1.30 ¹kévala-²māmaká-³bhāga-dhéya-⁴pāpá=⁵ápara-⁶samāná=⁷ārya-kr̥ta-⁸su-maṅgalá-⁹bheṣaj-āt=ca

[In the domain of names and of Chándas 29 the affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] kévala- `sole', māmaká- `mine', bhāga-dhéya- `share', pāpá- `wicked, evil', ápara- `another', samāná- `equal', ārya-kr̥-ta- `made by an Aryan', su-maṅgalá- `auspicious'; and bheṣajá- `remedy' [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

kévala+ṄīP = kéval-ī `n.pr. of a Jyotis', contra kéval-ā in the spoken language (s.l.). Similarly: māmak-ī (= māmik-ā s.l.), n.pr.; bhāga-dhéy-ī bhāga-dhéy-ā; pāp-ī pāp-ā; ápar-ī ápar-ā; samān-ī `n. of a metre' (s.l. samān-ā); ārya-kr̥t-ī ārya-kr̥t-ā; su-maṅgal-ī su-maṅgal-ā; bheṣaj-ī bheṣaj-ā `healing'.

$4.1.31 rātre-s=ca á-Jas-a̱u̱

[In the domain of names and Chándas 29 the affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] rātri- `night' except before the nominative plural [sUP ending 2] Jasi̱.

rātri+ṄīP = rātrī+sU/au/am = rātrī/rātry-au/rātrī-m; but rātri+Jas = rātre+Jas (7.3.109) = rātray-aḥ. Description

$4.1.32 ¹antár-vat-²pátivat-or nu̱K

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] antár-vat and páti-vat- and the increment nu̱K constitutes the final element (of these nominal stems) [to form feminine 3 nominal stems 1].

antár-vat+ṄīP = antár-vat-n-ī `pregnant'; páti-vat-n-ī `(a wife) whose husband is still alive'.

$4.1.33 pátyu-r na̱-ḥ=yajña-saṁ-yog-é

(The substitute phoneme) [n] replaces [the final phoneme 1.1.52 of the nominal stem 1] páti- `husband, master, lord' [before the feminine 3 affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5 introduced after 3.1.2 it to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1] for expressing a participation in the performance of a sacrifice (yajña-saṁ-yog-é).

páti+ṄīP = pát-n-ī `wife, entitled to participate in a sacrifice with her husband', but grām-sya páti-r iy-ám brāhmaṇ-ī `this brahmin lady is the village-head'.

$4.1.34 vibhāṣā sá-pūrva-sya

[The substitute phoneme n 33] optionally (vibhāṣā) [replaces the stem-final phoneme 1.1.52 of the nominal stem páti- 33 before the feminine 3 affix 3.1.2 ṄīP 5 introduced after 3.1.2 it to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1] when it is preceded by a prior member (sá-pūrva-sya) [which is not an upasárjana 14].

vr̥ddhā páti-ḥ = vr̥ddhá+ṬāP+sU+páti+sU = vr̥ddha-0̸+0̸+pati+sU = vr̥ddha-patí-h/°-pat-n-ī `old wife' but grāma-sya páti-r iy-ám brāhmaṇ-ī; sthūlá-ḥ páti-ḥ=a-syāḥ = sthūlá-pati-/sthūlá-patn-ī since the governing rule 14 applies not to the word [páti -] but to an expression ending in it.

$4.1.35 nítya-ṁ sa-pátnī=ādi-ṣu

[The substitute phoneme n 33] necessarily (nítya-m) replaces [the stem-final phoneme 1.1.52 of the nominal stem 1-class 1] beginning with sa-patn-ī [ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 ṄīP5].

samāná-ḥ páti-r a-syāḥ = sa-pát-n-ī `co-wife'; vīrá-pat-n-ī `hero's wife'; éka-pat-n-ī `a woman who has only one husband'.

$4.1.36 pūtá-krato-r ai ca

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] pūtá-kratu- and the phoneme /ai/ replaces [the stem-final 1.1.52 phoneme to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

pūta-kratu+ṄīP = pūta-krat-ai+ī = pūta-kratāy-ī (6.1.78) `wife of P.'

$4.1.37 ¹vr̥ṣā-kapi=²agní-³kusitá-⁴kúsīdā-nām udātta-ḥ

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] vr̥ṣā-kapī, agní-, kusitá-, kúsīda-, (and) high-pitched (udātta-ḥ) [phoneme /ai/ replaces (their stem-final phonemes 1.1.52) 36 to derive feminine 3 nominal stems 1].

vr̥ṣā-kapi+ṄīP = vr̥ṣā-kapaí+ī = vr̥ṣā-kapāy-ī `wife of V.'

Similarly: agnāy-ī, kusitāy-ī, kusīdāy-ī. Description

$4.1.38 mánor au vā

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] mánu- `n.pr.' and the element /au/ [as well as the high-pitched element aí 37 replace the stem-final (1.1.52) phoneme to derive the feminine 3 nominal stem 1] optionally (vā).

The option indicated by [vā] makes both [au] and [ai] optional, generating three forms: mánāv-ī/manāy-ī/mánu- `wife of Manu'.

$4.1.39 várṇ-āt=ánudātt-āt tá̱=upadh-āt t-aḥ na̱-ḥ

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīP 5 is introduced optionally 38 after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1] denoting a color-name (várṇ-āt) [ending in 1.1.52] a low-pitched vowel (ánudātt-āt) and containing phoneme [t] as penultimate (tópadhāt) and phoneme [n] replaces (this) [t] [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

éta- `variegated color'+ṬāP/ṄīP = ét-ā `hind' (4) / éna+ī = én-ī `a river'. Similarly: hárit-ā/háriṇ-ī, śyét-ā/śyén-ī. If these words do not contain penultimate [t] the following rule 40 applies.

$4.1.40 anyá-taḥ=ṄīṢ

[The affix 3.1.1] ṄīṢ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 denoting color names 19] other than those (anya-táḥ) [containing phoneme /t/ as penultimate, ending in 1.1.52 a low-pitched vowel 36 to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

sāráṅga+ṄīṢ = sāraṅg-ī `a kind of spotted deer'; similarly kalmāṣa+ī = kalmāṣ-ī `speckled or spotted cow', but kr̥ṣṇá+ṬāP = kr̥ṣṇ-ā `black cow'. Description

$4.1.41 ¹Ṣ-IT=²gaura=ādi-bhyaḥ

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72 an affix 3.1.1] containing marker Ṣ as IT and [the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with gaurá- `fawn-colored' [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

nr̥t+ṢvuN+ṄīṢ (3.1.145) = nárt+aka+ī = nart-ak-ī `danseuse'; similarly raj-ak-ī laundress'; jalp+ṢākaN+ṄīṢ (3.2.155) = jálp-āka+ī = jalp-āk-ī `garrulous woman'.

gaurá+ī = gaur-ī `fawn-colored; N.Pr. of Śivás consort'.

$4.1.42 ¹jānapada-²kuṇḍá-³góṇa-⁴sthála-⁵bhāja-⁶nāgá-⁷kālá-⁸nīla-⁹kuśá-¹⁰kāmuka-¹¹kábar-āt ¹vŕtti=²ámatra=³ā-vápana=⁴á-kr̥trimā-⁵śrāṇā-⁶sthaúlya-⁷várṇa=⁸án-ā-cchādana=⁹ayo-vikārá-¹⁰maithuna=icchā-¹¹keśa-veśé-ṣu

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] (beginning with) jāna-pada- `country' and (ending with) kábara- `braid' [to derive feminine 3 nominal stems 1] to denote respectively (1.3.10) `the mode of life (vŕtti)', etc. to `tress of hair'.

(1) jānapada+ṄīṢ = jānapad-ī vŕtti-h `country life', but jāna-pad-ī ṄīP `lady inhabitant of a country'.

(2) kuṇḍ-ī = ámatra-m `a vessel' contra kúṇḍ-ā (4) `n.pr. of Durgā'.

(3) goṇ-ī = āvápana- `sack, gunny bag' contra góṇ-ā `kind of grass'.

(4) sthál-ī = á=krtr̥imā `tableland, eminence; sthál-ā `artificially raised earth, a mound'.

(5) bhāj-ī = śrāṇā `rice gruel', bhāj-ā `bent stick',

(6) nāg-ī = sthaúlya-m `obesity', nāg-ā `moon's path through the constellation Svāti'.

(7) kāl-ī = várṇa `black color, n.pr. of a divinity', kāl-ā `n.pr. of several plants'.

(8) nīl-ī = án=ācchādan-e `indigo'; nīl-ā ā-cchādan-e `coverlet'.

(9) kuś-ī = ayo-vikār-é `plough-share', kúś-ā `rope'.

(10) kāmuk-ī = maithuna=icchā-yām `lustful woman', kāmuk-ā `loving, in love with'.

(11) kabar-ī = keśa-veś-e `plaited hair', kabar-ā `n.pr. of some plants or of a planet'. Description

$4.1.43 śóṇ-āt prā-ām

[The affix 3.1.1 Ṅīṣ 40 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] śóṇa- `red, crimson' [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1] according to Eastern Grammarians (prāc-ām).

The reference to [prāc-ām] here is for the purpose of showing that this rule is optional.

śóṇa+ṄīṢ/ṬāP = śoṇ-ī/sóṇ-ā váḍavā `reddish mare'.

$4.1.44 vā=uT-aḥ=guṇa-vácan-āt

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40 is introduced] optionally (vā) [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme short u(T) constituting a qualifying word (guṇa-vácan-āt) [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

paṭú/paṭv-ī `clever'; mr̥dú-/mr̥dv-ī `soft'. Description

$4.1.45 bahú=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40] is also (ca) [optionally 44 introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with bahú- `many' [to derive feminine 3 nominal stems 1].

The inclusion of [bahú-] in this class, while it is covered by the preceding rule, is for the purpose of the following rule 46.

bahú/bahv-ī `numerous'; pad-dhatí-/paddhat-ī `course, line'; aṁhatí-/aṁhat-ī `anxiety, distress'; gá-ti/ga-t-ī `movement' etc. Description

$4.1.46 nítya-ṁ chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40] is necessarily (nítya-m) introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1 beginning with bahú- 45 to derive feminine 3 nominal stems 1].

bahv-ī. Description

$4.1.47 bhúv-as=ca

[In the domain of Chándas 46 the affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40 is necessarily 46 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] °-bhū [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

vi-bhū+Ḍu (3.2.180)+ṄīṢ = vi-bhv-ī `omni-present'; similarly pra-bhv-ī `ruler, mistress'. Description

$4.1.48 puṁ-yog-āt=ākhyā-yām

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1] (denoting a masculine name) to designate a female by virtue of her relationship with the male (represented by that masculine name) as a wife (puṁ-yog-āt)

gáṇaka+ṄīṢ = gaṇak-ī = gáṇaka-sya strī `wife of an astrologer', but gáṇ-ak-ā `woman astrologer'; so also praṣṭhá-sya strī = praṣṭh-ī `chief's wife', but praṣṭh-ā `lady chief'. Description

$4.1.49 ¹índra-²váruṇa-³bhavá-⁴śarvá-⁵rudrá-⁶mr̥ḍá-⁷himá=⁸áraṇya-⁹yáva-¹⁰yávana-¹¹mātulá-¹²ācāryā-ṇām ānu̱K

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] (beginning with) 1 índra- (and ending with) 12 ācāryà-, with the incremental element ān(u̱K) inserted after them [to derive feminine 3 nominal stems 1].

índra+ānu̱K+ṄīṢ = indr-āṇ-ī (8.4.2) `wife of Indra'; similarly varuṇ-ān-ī, bhav-ān-ī, śarv-āṇ-ī, rudr-āṇ-ī, mr̥ḍ-ān-ī. These six denote the names of gods and their consorts, but the rest are derived in specific meaning situations: him-ān-ī `glacier'; araṇy-ān-ī `large forest'; yav-ān-ī `duṣṭá-ḥ yáva-ḥ `inferior oats or barley'; yavan-ān-ī = yávana-sya lípi-ḥ `script of Ionians'; by a vārttika option is enjoined on the use of this [ānu̱K] after [upādhyāya-] and [mātula-]: mātul-ān-ī/māatul-ī `maternal uncle's wife' and (upādhyāy-ān-ī/upādhyāy-ī `preceptor's wife'); similarly retroflexion is blocked by a vārttika in ācāry-ān-ī/ācāry-ī (blocking operation of 8.4.2) `wife of the preceptor'.

$4.1.50 krī-t-āt káraṇa-pūrv-āt

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] °krī-tá- `bought, purchased', preceded (in composition) by a prior member denoting the means (káraṇa-pūrv-āt) (with which the purchase is made) [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

vástr-eṇa krī-yá-te sā = vástra+0̸¹+krīta+Ṅīṣ = vastra-krīt-ī `purchased with cloth'. Here the original stem after which the feminine affix is introduced is the compound vástra-krī-ta- = vástr-eṇa krī-tá-, but alternately if the compound consisted of prior member vastra- + posterior member krī-tá+ṬāP vástr-eṇa krī-tā the result would yield vástra-krī-t-ā. Description

$4.1.51 Kt-āt alpa=ākhyā-yām

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] °-Ktá [preceded in composition by a prior member denoting the means 50 to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1] indicating a small quantity (alpa=ākhyā-yām).

álp-air abhr-aír ví-lip-tā = abhrá+0̸¹+vi=lip-ta+ṄīṢ = abhra-vi-lip-t-ī dyaú-ḥ `the sky covered with a few clouds', but cándanānu-lip-t-ā brāhmaṇī `a brahmin lady covered copiously with sandal paste'.

$4.1.52 bahuvrīhé-s=ca=ánta=udātt-āt

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40 is introduced] also (ca) [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1] consisting of a Bahuvrīhí (compound) [ending in 1.1.72 the affix Ktá] and a high-pitched (udātt-āt) accent [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

ūrū bhinn-aú = ásaṁyuk-tau yá-syāḥ = ūru+0̸¹+bhinná+ṄīṢ = uru-bhinn-ī `whose thighs are not joined' (i.e., having a rent in the thighs); the final udātta accent is by 6.2.170. Similarly keśa-vi-lūn-ī `whose hair has been shaved off'. Where the compound is not accented on the final syllable affix ṬāP is introduced: dántāḥ jātāḥ a-syāḥ = dánta-jā-ta+ā = dánta-jā-t-ā `whose teeth have grown (of a female child)' since by 6.2.171 final accent is optional and this rule applies only to such compounds which have necessarily the final udātta accent. In the case of a non-Bahuvrīhi compound: pāda-pat-itá+ṬāP (2.1.32; 6.2.144) = pāda-patit-ā `fallen at one's feet'.

$4.1.53 á-svāṅga-pūrva-pad-āt=vā

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40] is introduced optionally (vā) [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 consisting of a Bahuvrīhí compound ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 Ktá and a high-pitched final accent 52] preceded by a prior member (°pūrva-pad-āt) not denoting a member of one's body (á-svāṅga-°) [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

palāṇḍu-r bhakṣ-itá-ḥ aná-yā = palāṇḍu-bhakṣ-itá+ṄīṢ = palāṇḍu-bhakṣ-it-ī `who has eaten onion'; similarly surā pī-tā aná-yā = surā-pī-t-ī `who has imbibed liquor' with alternative forms palāṇḍu-bhakṣit-ā, surā-pīt-ā respectively. Description

$4.1.54 svāṅg-āt=ca=upa-sárj-an-āt=á-saṁyoga=upadh-āt

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40 is optionally 53 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1] also denoting a member of one's body (ca svāṅg-āt) and serving as a subordinate member (upa-sárj-an-āt) [occurring at the end 1.1.72 of] a compound (1.2.43) and not containing a conjunct penultimate (á-saṁyoga=upadh-āt) [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

candrá-ḥ=iva múkha-m a-syāḥ = candrá-mukha+ī = candra-mukh-ī `moon-faced lady', alternating with cándra-mukh-ā; áti-krān-tā keśān = áti-keśa+ī/ā = ati-keś-ī/áti-keś-ā mālā `a garland extending beyond the hair'; but when not an upasárjana: śíkh-ā `tuft of hair on the head'; when containing a conjunct penultimate: su-gulphá+ṬāP = su-gulph-ā `whose ankles are beautiful'. Description

$4.1.55 ¹nāsikā=²udára=³óṣṭha-⁴jáṅghā-⁵dánta-⁶kárṇa-⁷śŕṅg-āt=ca

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40] is also introduced [optionally 53 after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1 denoting the following members of one's body] nāsikā `nose', udára- `stomach or abdomen', óṣṭha- `lip', jáṅghā `shank', dánta- `tooth', kárṇa- `ear' and śŕṅga- `horn', [serving as upasárjana-s occurring at the end of a compound 54 to derive feminine 3 nominal stems 1].

Exception to 54 above with reference to not containing a conjunct penultimate, and a prior exception to 56 below with reference to poly-syllabic stems [bahv-áC].

túṅga-nāsika+ṄīṢ = tuṅga-nasik-ī/túṅga-nasik-ā `long-nosed'; similarly tanūdar-ī/tanūdar-ā `slim-waisted'; bimboṣṭh-ī/bímboṣṭh-ā `red-lipped'; dīrgha-jaṅgh-ī/dīrghá-jaṅgh-ā `long-shanked or long-legged'; sama-dant-ī/samá-dant-ā `possessing even teeth'; cāru-karṇ-ī/cāru-karṇ-ā `possessing nice ears'; tīkṣṇa-śr̥ṅg-ī/tīkṣṇá-śr̥ṅg-ā `sharp-horned'.

By a general metalinguistic principle that a prior exception blocks only the immediately following rule, the present rule does not block the operation of 57 below.

$4.1.56 ná ¹kroḍa=ādi-²bahv-aC-aḥ

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40] is not introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with kroḍā- `flank of a horse' or those containing more than two (bahv-áC-aḥ) syllables [denoting the limbs of one's body, occurring as subordinate members (upasárjana-s) in a compound 54 to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

Since ṄīṢ is blocked, ṬāP is introduced by 4 above: kalyāṇa-kroḍ-ā `a mare with auspicious flanks'.

bahv-áC: pr̥thú-jaghan-ā `large-hipped'; mahā-lalāṭ-ā `possessing a large forehead'.

$4.1.57 ¹sahá-²náÑ-³víd-ya-m-āna-pūrv-āt

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40 is not 56 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1 denoting a part of one's body occurring as a subordinate member in a compound 54] preceded by (°-pūrv-āt) the prior members sahá `with, accompanied by', the privative particle náÑ and víd-ya-m-āna- `existing, present' [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

sahá kéś-air várt-a-te = sá-keśa+ṬāP = sákeś-ā `hairy'; so also a-keś-ā `bald, hairless' and víd-ya-m-ān-a-keś-ā `possessing hair, hairy, hirsute'.

$4.1.58 ¹nakhá-²múkh-āt saṁjñā-yām

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40 is not 56 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] nakhá- `nail' and múkha- `face' [occurring as subordinate members in a compound 54 to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1] when it signifies a proper name (saṁjñā-yām).

śūrpa-ṇakh-ā (4) `n.pr. of Rāvaṇa's sister'; gaurá-mukh-ā `n.pr. of a woman', but tāmra-nakh-ī `red-nailed' and candra-mukh-ī `moon-faced'. Description

$4.1.59 dīrgha-jihv-ī ca=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas the expression [dīrgha-jihv-ī] `long-tongued' is introduced [as derived with affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40, contra 54 above, to signify a name 58].

Exception to 54 since the expression [jihvā] has a conjunct penultimate and the inclusion of particle [ca] is for the recurrence of [saṁjñā-yām] from 58: `n.pr. of a demonness'.

$4.1.60 dík-pūrva-pad-āt ṄīP

[The affix 3.1.1] ṄīP is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 denoting a member of one's body and not containing a conjunct penultimate 54] preceded by a direction word (dík-pūrva-pad-āt) as a prior member [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

Affix ṄīP replaces ṄīṢ wherever it was introduced by previous rules, under these specified conditions. The difference is only in accentuation: prāṅ-mukha+ṄīP/ṬāP = prāṅ-mukh-ī/°-mukh-ā `facing east', but prāg-gulph-ā (conjunct penultimate) `having the ankles turned towards the east' (54).

$4.1.61 vāh-aḥ

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72] °-vāh- (= °vah+Ṇvi̱ 3.2.64) `bearer' [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

ditya-ṁ váh-a-ti = ditya+0̸¹+vah+Ṇvi̱+ṄīṢ = ditya-vāh+ī = ditya-ūṬHah+ī (6.4.132) = dityauh-ī (6.1.89) `a two-year old cow'.

$4.1.62 ¹sakhī=²a-śiśv-ī=iti bhāṣā-yām

In the domain of the (current) spoken language (bhāṣā-yām) [the feminine 3 nominal stems 1] sakh-ī `lady companion' and a-śiśv-ī `without a child, childless' are introduced [as derived with affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40].

In the domain of Chándas, however, no affix is needed: sákhā saptá-pad-ī bhav-a `be my companion in seven steps (around the nuptial fire)'. Similarly a-śiśú-m iva mām ay-áṁ śíśu-r abhí-man-ya-te `this child considers me (f.) as childless'.

$4.1.63 jāte-r á-strī-viṣay-āt=á-ya̱=upadh-āt

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1] denoting a species (jāte-ḥ) which is not feminine by origin (á-strī-viṣay-āt) and does not contain phoneme [y] as penultimate (á-ya̱=upadh-āt) [to derive a feminine 3 stem 1].

kukkuṭá+ṄīṢ = kukkuṭ-ī `hen'; máyūra+ī = mayūr-ī `pea-hen'; śvan+ī = śun-ī `bitch, she-dog' (6.4.133), but makṣikā `fly' since it is in the domain of feminine stems, and kṣatriya+ṬāP `a woman of the warrior caste' since the stem contains [y] as penultimate.

$4.1.64 ¹pāká-²kárṇa-³parṇá-⁴púṣpa-⁵phála-⁶mūla-⁷vāla=uttara-pad-āt=ca

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] pāká- `cooking', kárṇa- `ear', parṇá- `leaf', púṣpa- `flower', phála- `fruit', mūla- `root', vāla- `tail' occurring as final members (uttara-pad-āt) of a compound [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

odana-pāká+ṄīṢ = odana-pāk-ī `Barleria Caerulea'; similarly: śaṅku-karṇ-ī `having pointed ears'; śāla-parṇ-ī `n.pr. of a plant'; śaṅkha-puṣp-ī `n.pr. of a plant species'; dāsī-phal-ī, darbha-mūl-ī, go-vāl-ī `names of various plants'. Description

$4.1.65 iT-aḥ=manuṣya-jāté-ḥ

[The affix 3.1.1 ṄīṢ 40 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme short i(T) denoting a human species (manuṣya-jāté-ḥ) [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

ávanti+NyaṄ (171) = āvantya- `citizen of Avanti' +ṄīṢ = ávanti+0̸¹+ī (176) = avant-ī `lady resident of Avanti'. Similarly dákṣa+iÑ(95)+ṄīṢ = dākṣ-i+ī = dākṣ-ī `female descendant of Dákṣa' aúdameyi+ī = audamey-ī. Description

$4.1.66 ūṄ uT-aḥ

[The affix 3.1.1] ūṄ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme short u(T) [denoting a human species 65, not containing phoneme /y/ as penultimate 63, to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

kuru+ūṄ = kur-ū `a lady resident of Kuru country'; brahma-bandhu+ū = brahma-bandh-ū `nominal brahmin woman', but adhvaryú- both m. and f., since it contains /y/ as penultimate.

$4.1.67 bāhú=ant-āt saṁjñā-yām

[The affix 3.1.1 ūṄ 66 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1] ending in the expression °-bāhú `arm' (in composition) [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem] forming a personal name (saṁjñā-yām).

bhadrá-bāhu+ū = bhadra-bāh-ū `n.pr. of a woman' but vr̥ttaú bāhū a-syāḥ = vr̥ttábāhu- `possessing rounded arms'.

$4.1.68 paṅgó-s=ca

[The affix 3.1.2 ūṄ 66] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] paṅgú- `lame, paralyzed' [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

paṅgu+ū = paṅg-ū `lame or crippled lady'.

$4.1.69 ūrú-uttara-pad-āt=aúpamy-e

[The affix 3.1.2 ūṄ 66 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72] °-ūrú- `thigh' as a final member (°-uttara-pad-āt) of a compound [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1] expressing comparison (aúpamy-e).

karabhá-sya ūrū iva ūrū a-syāḥ = karabhóru+ū = karabhor-ū `a woman whose thighs resemble the trunk of an elephant', but vr̥ttaú ūrū a-syāḥ = vr̥ttóru- `possessing round thighs' since there is no comparison.

$4.1.70 ¹sáṁ-hita-²śaphá-³lákṣaṇa-⁴vāmá=āde-s=ca

[The affix 3.1.1 ūṄ 66] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1 ūrú- occurring as a final member in composition 69] co-occurring with sáṁ-hita- `joined', śaphá- `hoof', lákṣaṇa- `mark', and vāmá- `handsome' as prior members (°-āde-ḥ) [to derive feminine 3 nominal stems 1].

This covers such cases where comparison is not involved.

saṁ-hitaú ūrū a-syāḥ = saṁ-hitóru+ū = saṁ-hitor-ū `whose thighs are joined'; similarly: śaphor-ū since the hoof is joined. Although in the underlying structure śaphaú iva sáṁ-śliṣṭau ūrū a-syāḥ the expression [iva] showing comparison has relevance not to [śaphá-] as an object of comparison, but to [sáṁ-śliṣṭa-].

lakṣaṇor-ū `having a mark or sign on the thighs'; vāmor-ū `possessing handsome thighs'. Description

$4.1.71 ¹kádru-²kamaṇḍalv-os=chándas-i

[The affix 3.1.1 ūṄ 66 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 31] kádru- and kamaṇḍalu- respectively signifying `brown' and `a gourd or vessel made of wood to carry water' [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1] in the domain of Chándas.

kádru+ūṄ = kadr-ū `n.pr. of a divine personification'; so also kamaṇḍal-ū `water vessel'. Description

$4.1.72 saṁjñā-yām

[The affix 3.1.1 ūṄ 66 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1 kádru- and kamaṇḍalu- 71 to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1] when denoting a name (saṁjñā-yām).

This is in the domain outside Chándas: kadr-ū `n.pr. of a daughter of Dákṣa married to sage Kaśyapa'. kamaṇḍal-ū `n. of an animal'.

$4.1.73 ¹śārṅgaravá=ādi=²aÑ-aḥ=ṄīN

[The affix 3.1.1] ṄīN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem-class 1] beginning with śārṅgaravá- `n.pr. of a person' and those [ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] aÑ [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

1. śārṅgaravá+ṄīN = śārṅgarav-ī `n.pr. of a woman'.

2. bida+aÑ (104)+ṄīN = baída+ī = baíd-ī `a female descendant of Bida', but baída-sya strī = baída+ṄīṢ (65) = baid-ī `wife of Baida'. Description

$4.1.74 yaṄ-as=CāP

[The affix 3.1.1] CāP is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] yaṄ [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

By interpretation the affix [yaṄ] here serves as a cover term for taddhita affixes [ÑyaṄ and ṢyaṄ] respectively introduced by rules 171 and 78 below.

1. ÑyaṄ: āmbaṣṭhá+ÑyaṄ (171)+CāP = āmbaṣṭhya+ā = āmbaṣṭhy-ā `a woman of the Āmbaṣṭhá country'.

2. ṢyaṄ: kroḍa+iÑ (96) = kraúḍ-i+ṢyaṄ (80)+CāP = krauḍ0̸+ya+ā = krauḍ-y-ā (6.4.148) `female descendant of Kroḍa'.

$4.1.75 āvaṭy-āt=ca

[The affix 3.1.1 CāP 74] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] āvaṭya- `descendant of Avaṭa' [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

avaṭa+yaÑ = āvaṭ-ya+CāP (105) = āvaṭ-y-ā `female descendant of Avaṭa'.

$4.1.76 taddhit-āḥ

(Here begins the section on) taddhitá [affixes 3.1.1].

This is a governing rule extending up to the end of the fifth chapter. The t.t. [taddhitá] designating the affixes introduced in this section, will recur in each of the subsequent sūtras.

As a t.t. occurs in: 1.1.38; 2.46,49,76ff.; 3.8; 2.1.51; 4.1.17,22; 5.4.92; 6.1.61,164; 2.155; 3.39,62; 4.133,144,150,151; 7.2.117ff. 8.1.57; 3.101.

$4.1.77 yūn-as tí-h

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] tí is introduced [after the nominal stem 1] yúvan- `youth, teen-ager' [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

yúvan+tí = yuva0̸+tí (8.2.7) = yuva-tí- `maiden, young woman'. Description

$4.1.78 ¹áṆ-²iÑ-or án-ārṣay-or gurú=upottamay-os=ṢyáṄ gotr-é

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] ṢyáṄ replaces [the taddhitá 76 affixes 3.1.1] áṆ and iÑ introduced as patronymics (gotr-é) [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1] containing a heavy penultimate syllable (gurú=upottamay-oḥ) excluding the names of ŕṣis `seers' (án-ārṣay-oḥ) [before a feminine 3 affix 3.1.1].

kárīṣa-sya gandhá-ḥ iva gandhá-ḥ a-syá = karīṣa-gandh-í- (5.4.137) `n.pr. of a man'; karīṣa-gandhér ápatya-m = karīṣa-gandhí+áṆ (92)→ṢyaṄ+ṬāP = kārīṣa-gandh-í+ṢyáṄ+CāP (74) = kārīṣa-gandh-y-ā (6.4.148) `female descendant of Karīṣa-gandhi'. Similarly kaumuda-gandh-y-ā `female descendant of Kumuda-gandhí'.

varāhá-sya ápatya-m = varāha+iÑ (95) = vārah-a+ṢyaṄ+CāP = vārāh-y-ā `female descendant of Varāha'.

Counter examples: (a) not containing a heavy penultimate syllable: upagu+aṆ+ṄīP (15) = aupa-gavá (6.4.146)+ī = aupagav-ī `female descendant of Upagu'; (b) names of sages: vásiṣṭha+áṆ+NīP (15,114) = vāsiṣṭh-ī `female descendant of Vásiṣṭha'.

$4.1.79 gotra=avayav-āt

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 ṢyaṄ replaces the taddhitá 76 affixes 3.1.1 áṆ and iÑ 78 introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1] representing well-known families (gotra=avayav-āt) [before a feminine 3 affix 3.1.1].

puṇika-sya ápatya-m = puṇika+iÑ (95)→ṢyaṄ+CāP (74) = pauṇik-y-ā `female descendant of Puṇika'.

This rule is for including expressions which do not have a heavy penultimate syllable. Here the word [gotrá-] is not taken in its technical sense (162) so that even the daughter of Puṇika will be denoted by pauṇik-yā. Description

$4.1.80 kraúḍi=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 ṢyaṄ 78] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with kraúḍ-i- `descendant of Kroḍá' [to derive a feminine 3 nominal stem 1].

The role of [ṢyaṄ] differs here from that in 78-79 where it is a replacing element [ādesá] while here it is a regular affix [pratyayá]. This [kraúḍi-class] includes expressions not necessarily ending in the affixes áṆ or iÑ or containing a heavy penultimate syllable: kraúḍ-i+ṢyaṄ+CāP = krauḍ-y-ā `female descendant of Króḍa'; similarly caupayat-y-ā `f. descendant of Copayata'. Description

$4.1.81 ¹daíva-yajñi-²śaúci-vr̥kṣi-³sātya-m-ugri-⁴kāṇṭhe-viddhi-bhyaḥ=anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 ṢyaṄ 78] is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] daíva-yajñ-i, śaúci-vr̥kṣ-i, sātya-m-ugr-i and kāṇṭhe-viddh-i- [before a feminine 3 affix 3.1.1].

daíva-yajñ-i+ṢyaṄ+CāP/daīva-yajñi+ṄīṢ (65) = daiva-yajn-y-ā/daiva-yajn-ī `female descendant or daughter of Deva-yajna'. Likewise: śauci-vr̥kṣ-y-ā/°vr̥kṣ-ī; sātya-mugry-ā/sātya-m-ugr-ī; kāṇṭhe-viddh-y-ā/°viddh-ī, respectively `female descendants or daughters of Śuci-vr̥kṣa, Satya-m-ugra and Kaṇṭhe-viddha'.

$4.1.82 sámarthā-nām pratham-āt=vā

[A taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] is introduced optionally (vā) [after 3.1.2] the first (pratham-āt) padá syntactically (and semantically) connected with others (samarthā-nām) (provided by the rules themselves).

This is a governing rule and the three words [sámarthā-nām], [pratham-āt] and [vā] will recur in this section extending up to 5.2.150 as required by the context. Thus in 92 below [tásya=ápatyam] the first expression [tá-sya] represents any nominal stem denoting the name of a person syntactically and semantically connected with [ápatya-m] and the affix [áṆ 83] is generally introduced after such a name to denote a descendant optionally so that úpago-r ápatya-m/upagu+áṆ = aupagav-á- can be optionally used in any given context.

$4.1.83 prāg dīvyat-aḥ=áṆ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 3.1.2] (under meaning conditions listed in the subsequent rules) prior to (prāk) 4.4.2 [t-éna dīv-ya-ti khán-a-ti jáy-a-ti ji-tá-m].

This is also a governing rule or [adhikārá] extending up to the end of the third quarter of this chapter. The affix [áṆ] is the [utsargá] or general affix which may be replaced by others under specific conditions to be stated in the subsequent rules.

$4.1.84 aśva-patí=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 83 is introduced] also [after 3.1.2 the nominal-stem-class 1] beginning with (°-ādi-bhyas) aśva-patí- `n.pr.' (to denote the meanings listed in this section).

This listing of meanings begins with 92 below; the present pādá primarily deals with patronymic affixes, but with 2.1 a variety of meanings is listed.

This is a prior exception to 85 below where affix [Ṇyá] is introduced. aśva-patí+áṆ = āśva-pat0̸-á (6.4.148; 7.2.117) = āśva-pat-á- `descendant of Aśvapatí (92)'.

$4.1.85 ¹díti=²áditi-³ādityá-⁴páti=uttara-pad-āt Ṇyá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] Ṇyá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] díti-, áditi-, ādityá- `names of persons' and those ending in (uttara-pad-āt) °-páti- (as posterior member in composition) [to denote the meanings listed in this section 83ff.].

diti+Ṇyá = dait-yá- `descendant of Diti' (92); similarly ādit-yá- `descendant of Aditi'.

ādit-yá-ḥ devátā=a-syá háviṣ-aḥ = ādityá+Ṇyá = ādit0̸0̸+yá-m (6.4.148,150) = ādit-yá-ṁ hávi-ḥ `sacrificial oblation sacred to Āditya'. Similarly prajā-patí+Ṇyá = prājā-pat-yá-ṁ hávi-ḥ `sacrificial oblation sacred to Prajāpati' (2.24); if the sense of 92 is specified, 6.4.148,151 applies for 0̸ replacement of syllable [ya] of [ādityá] before the affix [Ṇyá] to derive the patronymic. The nominal-class beginning with [aśva-pati-] is a prior exception to this.

$4.1.86 útsa-ādi-bhyaḥ=aÑ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal-stem-class 1] beginning with útsa- `well' [to denote the meanings listed in this section 83ff.].

Exception to áṆ 83. úts-e bhavá-ḥ (3.53) = útsa+aÑ = aúts-a- occurring or located in a spring, water-hole or well'; similarly uda-pāná+aÑ = aúda-pān-a-.

$4.1.87 ¹strī-²púṁsā-bhyām ¹naÑ-²snaÑ-au bhávan-āt

[The taddhitá 76 affixes 3.1.1] naÑ and snaÑ are (respectively 1.3.10) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems] strī `woman' and púṁs- `man' [to denote the meanings listed in 83ff.] prior to 5.2.1 [dhānyā-nām bhávan-e kṣétr-e khaÑ].

strī-ṣú bhavá-ḥ (3.53)/strī-ṇām samūhá-ḥ (2.37)/strī-bhyáḥ=ā-ga-ta-ḥ (3.74)/strī-bhyáḥ hi-tá-ḥ (5.1.5) = strī+naÑ = straí-ṇa-ḥ; similarly paúṁ-sna-ḥ. Description

$4.1.88 dvigó-r luK=án-apaty-e

luk (0̸¹) replaces [a taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 belonging to this section 83ff.] excluding patronymic affixes (án-apaty-e 92ff.) [whose meaning serves as a condition for forming a Dvigú compound] introduced [after 3.1.2 that] Dvigú compound.

pañcá-su kapāle-ṣu sáṁ-s-kr̥-ta-ḥ = pañca+0̸¹+kapāla+áṆ (2.16) = pañca-kapāla+0̸¹ = pañca-kapālá- `prepared in five vessels'; dv-aú ved-aú ádhī-te véd-a vā = dvi+0̸¹+veda+áṆ (2.59) = dvi-vedá+0̸¹ `who has studied two Vedas', but dváy-or deva-dattáy-or ápatya-m = dvi+0̸+devadatta+iÑ (95) = dvaí-devadatt-i-.

$4.1.89 gótr-e=á-luK=aC-i

In the domain of patronymic [affixes 3.1.1] (gótr-e) replacement by luK (0̸¹) [of those taddhitá 76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced by 2.4.63ff.] does not take place before [affixes 3.1.1] beginning with a vowel (aC-i) [in the meanings listed in this section prior to (4.2) 83].

gargā-ṇām chātr-āḥ = gargá+yaÑ (105)+cha (2.114) = gārgya+cha = gārgy0̸+īya (6.4.148) = gārg0̸-īya (6.4.150)+Jas = gārg-īy-āḥ `pupils of Gargá'.

$4.1.90 yūn-i luK

luK (0̸¹) replaces the yúvan (163ff.) [affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 before an affix 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel 89 to denote the meanings listed in this section prior to (4.2) 83].

phāṇṭāhr̥ta-sya ápatya-m = phāṇṭā-hr̥ta+iÑ (95), tá-sya ápatya-m yúvā = phāṇṭāhr̥ti+Ṇá (150) = phāṇṭāhr̥t-á-h, tásya chāttrāḥ = phāṇṭāhr̥t-i+0̸¹+áṆ (2.112)+Jas = phāṇṭāhr̥t-āḥ `disciples or pupils of the yúvan descendant of Phāṇṭāhr̥ti'.

Descendant of Tika = tika+phiÑ 154 = taík-āyani (7.1.2); his yúvan descendant: taík-āyani+cha (2.114) = taik-āyan-īya- (149); his pupils or disciples: taík-āyani+0̸¹+cha (2.114) +Jas = taik-āyan-īy-āḥ.

The luK replacement is supposed to take place when the yúvan affix is introduced and not afterwards: glucuka+phiN (160) = glucuk-āyani-+áṆ→0̸¹+áṆ = glaucuk-ayaná- where, otherwise, affix cha would have operated (2.114) in the place of áṆ.

$4.1.91 ¹phaK-²phiÑ-or anya-tará-syām

[luK (0̸¹) 90] optionally (anyatarásyām) replaces [the yúvan 90 affixes 3.1.1] phaK and phiÑ introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 before an affix 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel 89 to denote the meanings listed in this section prior to (4.2) 83].

gargá-sya ápatya-m = gargá+yaÑ (105) = gārg-ya-ḥ; gārgya-sya ápatya-m yúvā = gārg-ya+phaK (101) = gragy-āyaṇá-ḥ; ta-sya chāttrāḥ = gārgya+0̸¹+cha+Jas = gārg-īyāh/gārgy-āyaṇ-īyāḥ

yaska-sya ápatya-m = yaska+áṆ (112) = yāsk-á-ḥ; tá-sya ápatya-m yúvā = yāsk-á+phiÑ = yāsk-āyani-ḥ; tá-sya chāttrāḥ = yāsk-á+0̸¹+cha+Jas = yāsk-īyāḥ/yāskāyan-īyāḥ.

$4.1.92 tá-sya=ápatya-m

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 83] is introduced [after 3.1.1 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (tá-sya) to denote a descendant (ápatya-m).

[ápatya-m] here designates progeny beginning with the son (or daughter) in opposition to the t.t. [gotrá 162] which denotes one beginning with the grandchild.

úpagor apatyam = úpagu+áṆ = aupa-gav-á- `descendant (from the son onwards) of Úpagu'; similarly āśva-pat-á (84). Description

$4.1.93 éka-ḥ=gotr-é

Only one patronymic (gotr-é 162) [affix 3.1.1] is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1] to denote a gotrá descendant (at whatever level).

[Gotrá 162] is defined as a descendant commencing from the grandchild; a restriction is, therefore, necessary to indicate a descendant beyond the grandchild and the recursive use of these affixes. Thus the son of Gargá will be garga+iÑ (98) = gārg-i-, and his son will be garga+yaÑ = gārg-ya- (105) since he is a gotrāpatyá (162) of Gargá; now the son of this Gārgya will also be Gārgya-.

$4.1.94 gotr-āt=yūn-i=á-striy-ām

When denoting a yúvan (163ff.) descendant [the taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72] a gotrá [affix 3.1.1] (gotr-āt) except in the case of a feminine derivative (á-striy-ām).

gārg-ya-sya ápatyam yúvā = gārg-ya+pháK (101) = gārgy-āyaṇá-ḥ `son of Gārgya who is a yúvan', but garga-sya ápatyam caturthám strī = garga+iÑ+ṄīṢ (65,95) = gārg-ī `great-great-granddaughter of Garga'.

$4.1.95 aT-aḥ=iÑ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] iÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme short a(T) [and terminating in the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

dákṣa-sya ápatyam = dákṣa+iÑ = dākṣ0̸+iÑ = dākṣ-i- (6.4.148) `descendant of Dákṣa'. Similarly dāśa-rath-i- `son or descendant of Dáśaratha'.

$4.1.96 bāhú=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 iÑ 95] is also introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem-class 1] beginning with bāhú- `n.pr.' [ending in the 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

bāhór ápatyam = bāhú+iÑ = bāhó+iÑ = bāhav-i- (6.4.146; 6.1.78) `descendant of Bāhú'.

$4.1.97 su-dhātú-r aka̱Ṅ ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 iÑ 95 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] su-dhātr̥- `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92] and the substitute aka̱Ṅ replaces (its stem-final 1.1.53).

sudhātú-r ápatyam = sudhātŕ+iÑ = sudhāt-ak-iÑ = saúdhāt-ak-i.

Exception to 1.1.51 in the matter of r̥ replacement, since the substitute is [ak] and not [a].

$4.1.98 gotr-é kuñja=ādi-bhyas=CpháÑ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] CpháÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with kuñja- `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet] to denote a gotrá descendant (162).

The affix [CpháÑ] has two IT markers; C here governs the accent (6.1.163) and Ñ operates under 7.2.117.

kuñjá-sya gotrāpatyám = kuñjá+CpháÑ = kauñj-āyaná- `descendant of K. beginning with the grandchild'.

$4.1.99 naḍá=ādi-bhyaḥ pháK

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] pháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with naḍá- `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant beginning with the grandchild (gotr-é) 98].

naḍá-sya gotrāpatyám = naḍá+pháK = nāḍ-āyaná- (6.1.165; 7.1.2; 2.118) `descendant of Naḍá beginning with the grandchild', but naḍá+iÑ = nāḍ-i- (95) `son of N.'

$4.1.100 hárita=ādibhyaḥ=aÑ-aḥ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 pháK 99 is introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with hárita- `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a gotrá 98 descendant 92] while [terminating in 1.1.72 the taddhita 76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ (104).

This class of nominal stems is a sub-set of the "bidá-class" (104) by reason of which [aÑ] is introduced after it to denote a gotrá descendant. Thus the gotrá descendant of Hárita is hárita+aÑ = hārit-a- and by the present rule is also hārit-a+pháK = hārit-āyaná- when he is at the same time a yúvan descendant (163). This obviates the restriction of the governing rule 93 above.

$4.1.101 ¹yaÑ=²iÑ-os=ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 pháK 99] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1 ending in 1.1.72 the taddhitá 76 affixes 3.1.1] aÑ and iÑ [and terminating in the sixth sUP triplet to denote a gotrá descendant 92,98].

1. yaÑ: garga+yaÑ = gārg-ya- (105); gārgy-a+pháK = gārgy-āyaṇá- `Gārgya's son, i.e., great-grandson of Garga'.

2. iÑ: dákṣa+iÑ = dākṣ-i+phaK = dākṣ-āyaṇá- `great-grandson of Dákṣa'.

The affix [pháK] is introduced only after the gotrá affixes [yaÑ and iÑ] but not others. This rule blocks the operation of 2.48 and 3.10.

$4.1.102 ¹śarád-vat-²śunaká-³darbh-āt ¹bhŕgu-²vatsá=³āgrāyaṇé-ṣu

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 pháK 99 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] śarád-vat-, śunaká- and darbhá- `proper names' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 92 to denote a gotrá descendant 98] when signifying respectively a Bhŕgu, Vatsá and Āgrāyanṇá (1.3.10).

śarádvat+pháK = śārad-vat-āyaná- `gotrá descendant of Ś.' if he is a Bhārgavá, but when not so, śarád-vat+aÑ (104) = śārad-vat-a-.

śunaká+pháK = śaunak-āyaná- `gotrá descendant of Śaunaká' if he is a member of the Vatsá clan, otherwise śaúnak-a(Ñ 104).

darbhá+pháK = dārbh-āyaṇá- `gotrá descendant of D.', otherwise darbhá+iÑ (95) = dārbh-i-. Description

$4.1.103 ¹dróṇa-²párvata-³jīvant-āt=anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 pháK 99] is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] dróṇa-, párvata- and jīvantá- `proper names' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 92 to denote gotrá descendants 98].

Exception to iÑ (95). dróṇa-sya gotrāpatyám = dróṇa+pháK/iÑ = drauṇ-āyaní-/draúṇ-i- `gótra descendant of Dr.'

Similarly: pārvat-āyaní-/pārvat-i-; jaivant-āyaní-/jaívant-i-. Description

$4.1.104 án-r̥ṣi=ānantary-e bidá=ādibhyaḥ=aÑ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with bidá- `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 92 to denote a gotrá descendant 98, but after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1] not designating Vedic seers (án-r̥ṣi) to denote an immediate (ānantary-e) [descendant 92].

bidá+aÑ = baíd-a- `gotrá descendant of Bidá' but paútr-aÑ-/daúhitr-aÑ respectively (1.3.10) denoting `son's son/daughter's son'.

$4.1.105 gargá=ādibhyaḥ=yaÑ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] yaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with gargá- `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 92 to denote a gotrá descendant 98].

gargá+yaÑ = gārg0̸+ya (6.4.148, 7.2.117) `gotrá descendant of G.' Similarly vatsá- : vāts-ya-; agasti- : āgast-ya-, etc. Description

$4.1.106 ¹mádhu-²babhrv-ór ¹brāhmaṇá-²kaúśike-ṣu

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 yaÑ 105 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] mádhu- and babhrú- `proper names' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 92 to denote a gotrá descendant 98] representing respectively (1.3.10) a brahmin and a Kaúśika.

mádhu+yaÑ = mādho+ya- (6.4.146) = mādhav-ya- (6.1.79) `a brahmin gotrá descendant of Mádhu', otherwise madhu+áṆ (92) = mādhav-á. Similarly bābhrav-ya- `gotrá descendant of Babhrú, if a Kauśika', otherwise bābhrav-á. Description

$4.1.107 ¹kapí-²bodh-āt=āṅgiras-é

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 yaÑ 105 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] kapí- and bodhá- `proper names' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 92 to denote a gotrá descendant 98] designating an Āṅgirasá.

kapí+yaÑ = kāp-ya-, bodhá+yaÑ = baúdh-ya `gotrá descendants respectively of Kapí and Bodhá belonging to the Āṅgirasá clan' but elsewhere kapi+ḍháK (122) = kāp-eyá-, bodha+iÑ (95) = baúdh-i-. Description

$4.1.108 vataṇḍ-āt=ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.2 yaÑ 105] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] vataṇḍa- `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 92 to denote a gotrá descendant 98 designating an Āṅgirasá 107].

vataṇḍa+yaÑ = vātaṇḍ-ya- `gotrá descendant of V belonging to the Āṅgirasá clan', otherwise vātaṇḍ-á (Ṇ 83). According to commentaries beginning with Kāśikā this expression is included in the class of stems beginning with śiva- (112) after which taddhitá affix [áṆ] is introduced, but since it occurs as No. 22 in the list, it is an open question whether 83 or 112 is relevant here. Similarly this is also included in the gargá- class, but its specific mention here is for the purpose of restricting it to an Āṅgirasa only.

$4.1.109 luK striy-ām

luK (0̸¹) replaces [the taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 yaÑ 105 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1 vataṇḍa- 108 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 92 to denote] a female (striy-ām) [gotrá descendant 98 representing the Āṅgirasá clan 107].

vataṇḍa+yaÑ+ṄīN 73 = vataṇḍa+0̸¹+ṄīN = vátaṇḍ-ī `grand-daughter of V.'; when not an Āṅgirasá: vataṇḍa+yaÑ (105)+Ṣpha (18)+ṄīṢ (41) = vātaṇḍy-āyan-ī/vataṇḍa+áṆ (112) +ṄīP (15) = vātaṇḍ-ī. Since this stem is included in the śiva-class of expressions (112) affix [áṆ] is also introduced, but is blocked by 108 when designating an Āṅgirasá.

$4.1.110 aśva=ādibhyaḥ pháK

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] pháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with áśva- `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 92 to denote a gotrá descendant 98].

áśva+pháK = āśv-āyaná-; similarly áśman+pháK = āśma0̸-āyanā- (6.4.144) `gotrá descendant of Áśman'.

$4.1.111 bharg-āt traígart-e

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 pháK 11 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] bhargá- `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 92 to denote a gotra' descendant 98] to designate a Traígarta.

bhargá+pháK = bhārg-āyaṇá- `a gotra descendant of Bhargá belonging to the Traígarta clan'; elsewhere bhargá+iÑ (95) = bhārg-i-. Description

$4.1.112 śivá=ādibhyaḥ=áṆ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with śivá- `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

śivá+áṆ = śaiv-á- `descendant of Śivá'; with this sūtra the expression [gotr-é 98] does not recur, and consequently represents [ápatyam 92] instead. So affix [áṆ] introduced after the nominal stem [vataṇḍa-] can equally result from 83 or 112 when not referring to an Āṅgirasá (cf. 108).

vataṇḍa+áṆ = vātaṇḍ-á- `a descendant of Vataṇḍa other than an Āṅgirasá'.

$4.1.113 á-vr̥ddhā-bhyaḥ=¹nadī-²mānuṣī-bhyaḥ=tán-nāmikā-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 83(112) is introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1] denoting the names of rivers or women employed as such (tán-nāmikā-bhyaḥ) whose first vowel is not [ā, ai or au] (á-vr̥ddhā-bhyaḥ 1.1.73) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

Exception to ḍháK (120 below),

1. river names: yamúnā-yāḥ ápatyam = yamúnā+áṆ = yāmun-á- `son of Yamúnā; similarly airāvat-á- `son of Írāvatī'.

2. feminine personal names: cintitā-yāḥ ápatyam = cintitā+áṆ = caintit-á-.

But if the stem belongs to the vr̥ddha type: candrabhāga+yaÑ+CāP = cāndra-bhag-y-ā; tá-syāḥ ápatyam = cāndra-bhāg-y-ā+ḍháK = cāndra-bhāg0̸0̸-eyá- (6.4.151) = cāndra-bhāg-eyá-; and when the stem does not designate either a river or a woman's name: suparṇā+ḍháK = sau-parṇ-eyá- = su-parṇā-yāḥ ápatyam. vinatā-yāḥ ápatyam = vainateyá-. Description

$4.1.114 ¹ŕṣi=²andhaká-³vr̥ṣṇí-⁴kúru-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 83 (112)] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] consisting of the names of Vedic seers (ŕṣi-°) and those belonging to the race of Andhaká, Vr̥ṣṇí and Kúru [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

1. Vedic seers: vásiṣṭha+áṆ = vāsiṣṭh-á-. viśvā-mitra+áṆ = vaiśvā-mitr-á-.

2. Andhaká: śvaphalka-sya ápatyam = śvāphalk-á-.

3. Vr̥ṣṇí: vasu-devá+áṆ = vāsudev-á-.

4. Kuru: nakulá-sya ápatyam = nākul-á-.

$4.1.115 mātú-r uT ¹saṁkhyā-²sám=³bhadrá-pūrvā-yāḥ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 83 (112) is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] °-mātŕ- `mother', preceded by numerals (saṁkhyā-°), sám-° and bhadrá-° as prior members (°pūrvā-yāḥ) (in composition) [terminating in the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92] and phoneme short u(T) replaces (the stem-final 1.1.52).

ṣaṇ-ṇām mātr̄-ṇām ápatyam = ṣaṭ+mātr̥+áṆ = ṣāṇ-māt-ur-á- (1.1.51). Similarly: sám-mātur ápatyam = sām-mat-ut-á-; bhadra-mātúr ápatyam = bhādra-māt-ur-á-. Description

$4.1.116 kanyā-yāḥ kanīna ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 83 (112) is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] kanyā `maiden, young woman' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92] and the substitute kanīna replaces [the whole of 1.1.55] the nominal stem.

kanyā-yāḥ ápatyam = kanyā+áṆ = kānīna+á = kānīn-á- `descendant of an unmarried woman or girl'.

$4.1.117 ¹vikarṇá-²śuṅgá-³chagal-āt ¹vatsá-²bharádvāja=³átri-ṣu

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 83 (112) is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] vikarṇá-, śuṅgá and chagalá- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92] belonging (respectively 1.3.10) to the clan of Vatsá, Bharádvāja and Átri.

vikarṇá-sya ápatyam = vikarṇa+áṆ = vaikarṇ-á- = vātsya-, but elsewhere vaíkarṇ-i(Ñ 95).

śuṅgá-sya ápatyam = śauṅg-á- = bhārádvāja- but elsewhere śaúṅg-iÑ.

chagalá-sya ápatyam = chāgal-á- = ātreyá- but elsewhere chāgal-i(Ñ 95).

$4.1.118 pīlā-yāḥ=vā

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 83 (112)] is introduced optionally (vā) [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] pīlā `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

pīlā-yāḥ ápatyam = pīlā+áṆ/ḍháK = pail-á-/pail-eyá- (120). Description

$4.1.119 ḍháK ca maṇḍūk-āt

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 83 (112)] as well as (ca) ḍháK are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] maṇḍūka- `n.pr. [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

maṇḍūka-sya ápatyam = maṇḍūka+áṆ/ḍháK = māṇḍūk-á-/māṇḍūk-eyá.

$4.1.120 strī-bhyáḥ=ḍháK

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] ḍháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72] feminine [affixes 3.1.1 (= 4ff.) ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

suparṇá+ṬāP+ḍháK = suparṇā+ḍháK = sauparṇ-eyá- = suparṇā-yāḥ ápatyam `son or descendant of S.' Similarly vinatā-yāḥ āpatyam = vainat-eyá-. Description

$4.1.121 dvy-áC-aḥ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 ḍháK 120 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72 a feminine affix 120] and consisting of two syllables (dvy-áC-aḥ) [terminating in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

dattā-yāḥ ápatyam = dattā+ḍháK = dātt-eyá-; exception to áṆ 113; cf. yamúnā-yāḥ ápatyam = yāmun-á(Ṇ 113). Description

$4.1.122 iT=as=ca=án-iÑ=aḥ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 ḍháK 120 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72] phoneme short i(T) excluding [the affix 3.1.1] °-iÑ [and terminating in the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

átrer ápatyam = átri+ḍháK = ātr-eyá-; but dákṣa+iÑ (95)+pháK (101) = dākṣ-i+pháK = dākṣ-āyaṇá = dākṣer ápatyam. Description

$4.1.123 śubhrá=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 ḍháK 120] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with śubhrá- `n.p.' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

śubhrá-sya ápatyam = śubhrá+ḍháK = śaubhr-eyá-.

These classes of nominal stems listed in the Gaṇa-pāṭha are of two types: closed and open; in the former the rule applies to those listed under the particular class while in the latter the list is only by way of illustration (ākŕti-) and covers all such occurrences as may be found in actual usage. This particular class is an open class and provides for such forms as gāṅg-eyá-, pāṇḍav-eyá- etc. Description

$4.1.124 ¹vikarṇá-²kuśītak-āt kāśyap-e

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 ḍháK 120 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] vikarṇá- and kuśītaka- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92] belonging to the clan of Kāśyapa.

vikarṇá-sya ápatyam = vikarṇa+ḍháK = vaikraṇ-eyá- = kāśyapa, but elsewhere vaíkarṇ-i (95); similarly kauśītak-eyá- contra kaúśītak-i(Ñ 95). Description

$4.1.125 bhruv-áḥ=vu̱K ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 ḍháK 120 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] bhrū [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92] and (ca) the final increment vu̱K is inserted after bhrū.

bhruv-áḥ ápatyam = bhrū+vu̱K+ḍháK = bhrauv-eyá-.

$4.1.126 kalyāṇī=ādī-nām ina̱Ṅ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 ḍháK 120 is introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with kalyāṇī [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92] and the element ina̱Ṅ replaces the stem-final (1.1.53).

kalyāṇy-āḥ ápatyam = kalyāṇ-in+ḍháK = kalyāṇin-eyá-; su-bhagā āḥ ápatyam = saubhāg-in-eyá-. Description

$4.1.127 kulaṭā-yāḥ=vā

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 ḍháK 120 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] kulaṭā [ending in the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92 and the stem-final (1.1.53) substitute element ina̱Ṅ 126] replaces its stem-final optionally (vā).

kulaṭā-yāḥ ápatyam = kulaṭā+ḍháK/kulaṭ-in+ḍháK = kaulaṭ-eyá-/kaulaṭ-in-eyá-. Description

$4.1.128 caṭakāyāḥ=airáK

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] airáK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] caṭakā [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

caṭakā-yāḥ ápatyam = caṭakā+airáK = cāṭak-airá-.

$4.1.129 godhā-yāḥ=ḍhráK

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] ḍhráK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] godhā [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

godhā-yāḥ ápatyam = godhā+ḍhráK = godhā+eyráK = gaudh-e0̸rá (6.1.66) = gaudh-erá-. Since this stem is also included in the class beginning with śubhrá (123) we have the alternate form godhā+ḍhaK = gaudh-eyá-.

$4.1.130 āráK udīc-ām

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] ārá̱K is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1 godhā ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92] according to Northern Grammarians (udīc-ām).

godhā-yāḥ ápatyam = godhā+āráK = gaudh-ārá-.

$4.1.131 kṣudrā-bhyaḥ=vā

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 ḍhraK 129 is introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1 in the feminine gender 120] expressing physical or moral deformity (kṣudrā-bhyaḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92] optionally (vā).

kāṇā-yāḥ ápatyam = kāṇā+ḍhraK/ḍhaK(120) = kāṇ-erá-/kāṇ-eyá-; dāsy-āḥ ápatyam = dās-erá-/dās-eyá-. Description

$4.1.132 pitr̥-ṣva-ús=chaṆ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] chaṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] pitr̥-ṣvasŕ- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

pitr̥-ṣvas-úr ápatyam = pitr̥-ṣvasr̥+chaṆ = paitr̥-ṣvasr-īya- `son or descendant of paternal aunt'.

$4.1.133 ḍháK-i lopa-ḥ

[Before the taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] ḍháK introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem pitr̥-ṣvasŕ- 132 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92] substitute lopa (0̸) replaces its stem-final (1.1.52).

pitr̥-ṣvasúr ápatyam = pitr̥-ṣvasŕ+dháK = paitr̥-ṣvas0̸-eyá = paitr̥-ṣvas-eyá-. Description

$4.1.134 mātr̥-ṣvas-ús=ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 chaṆ 132 is introduced] also [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 3.1.2] mātr̥-ṣvasŕ- `maternal aunt, mother's sister' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92, and before taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 ḍháK introduced after 3.1.2 it, lopa (0̸) replaces its stem-final phoneme 133].

mātr̥-ṣvasúr ápatyam = mātr̥-ṣvasŕ+chaṆ/ḍháK = mātr̥-ṣvasr-īya-/°-ṣvas-eyá-.

$4.1.135 cátuṣ-pād-bhyaḥ=ḍhaÑ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] ḍhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1] designating quadrupeds (cátuṣ-pād-bhyaḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

kamaṇḍalo-r ápatyam = kamaṇḍalu+ḍhaÑ = kāmaṇḍal0̸-eya (6.4.147) = kāmaṇḍal-eya- `descendant of K.' Description

$4.1.136 gr̥ṣṭí=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 ḍhaÑ 135] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with gr̥ṣṭí- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

gr̥ṣṭé-r ápatyam = gr̥ṣṭí+ḍhaÑ = gārṣṭ-eya (6.4.148).

This rule applies where the stem represents a biped, since under 135 quadrupeds are already covered.

$4.1.137 ¹rājan-²śvásur-āt=yàT

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] rājan- and śváśura- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

rājñ-aḥ ápatyam = rājan+yàT = rājan-yà- (6.4.168) `son or descendant of a king'; similarly śváśura-sya ápatyam = śvaśur-yà- `son or descendant of the father-in-law'.

$4.1.138 kṣatr-āt gha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] gha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] kṣatrá- [ending in the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

kṣatrá-sya ápatyam = kṣatrá+gha = kṣatr-íya-. Description

$4.1.139 kúl-āt kha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] kha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] kúla- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

kúla-sya ápatyam = kúla+kha = kul-īna-. Description

$4.1.140 á-pūrva-pad-āt=anya-tará-syām ¹yÀt=²ḍhakaÑ-au

[The taddhitá 76 affixes 3.1.1] yàT and ḍhakaÑ are optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1 kúla- 139] when not preceded by a prior member (á-pūrva-pad-āt) in composition [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

When the option is exercised not to introduce these two affixes, affix [kha 139] will operate; thus three affixes may be introduced under the constraint mentioned in this rule: kúla-sya ápatyam = kula+yàT/ḍhakaÑ/kha = kúl-ya-/kaúl-eyaka-/kul-īna-. Description

$4.1.141 mahā-kul-āt=¹aÑ-²khaÑ-au

[The taddhitá 76 affixes 3.1.1] aÑ and khaÑ are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] mahā-kulá- [optionally 140, ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

mahā-kulá-sya ápatyam = mahā-kula+aÑ/khaÑ = māhā-kula-/māhā-kul-īna- `son or descendant of a great family' = mahā-kul-īna-(139).

$4.1.142 dúṣ-kul-āt ḍháK

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] ḍháK is introduced [optionally 140 after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] dúṣ-kula- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

dúṣ-kul-asya ápatyam = dúṣ-kula+ḍhaK/kha(139) = daúṣ-kul-eya- / duṣ-kul-īna- `descendant of a low family'. Description

$4.1.143 svás-us=cha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] svásr̥- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

svás-ur ápatyam = svásr̥+cha = svasr-īya- `sister's son or descendant'.

$4.1.144 bhrāt-ur vyàT=ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 cha 143] as well as (ca) vyàT are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] bhrātr̥- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

bhrāt-ur ápatyam = bhrātr̥+cha/vyàT = bhratr-īya-/bhrātr̥-vyà `son or descendant of the brother'.

$4.1.145 vyaN sapátn-e

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] vyaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1 bhrātr̥- ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to] denote a rival (sapátn-e).

bhrātr̥+vyaN = bhrātr̥-vya- `rival, foe, adversary'. Description

$4.1.146 revátī=ādi-bhyaḥ=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with revátī [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

reváty-āḥ ápatyam = revátī+ṭháK = raivat-iká- `son or descendant of Revátī'.

$4.1.147 gotra-stríy-āḥ kútsan-e Ṇá ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaK 146] and (ca) Ṇá are introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1] designating a female gotrá descendant (gotra-stríy-āḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92] when expressing reproach (kútsan-e).

gargá+yaÑ (105)+ṄīP (16) = gārg0̸0̸+ī (6.4.151); gārgy-āḥ ápatyam = gārg-ī+ṭháK/Ṇá = gārg-iká-/gārg-á- `illegitimate or bastard son or descendant of Gārgī'.

$4.1.148 vr̥ddh-āt=ṭhaK sauvīré-ṣu bahulám

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced variously (bahu-lám) [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1] containing phonemes [ā, ai or au] in the first syllable (vr̥ddh-āt 1.1.73) denoting Sauvīrá gotrá [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92 when expressing reproach 147].

When this affix is not introduced the alternate affix is phaK (101). bhāga-vitte-r ápatyam = bhāga-vitti+ṭháK/pháK = bhāga-vitt-iká-/bhāga-vitt-āyaná- `illegitimate or wicked son or descendant of Bh.' When reproach is not expressed: bhāga-vitt-āyaná-. Description

$4.1.149 phe-s=cha ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 148] and (ca) cha are introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72 the taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] phi(Ñ 154ff.) [containing a vŕddhi vowel in its first syllable and representing the Sauvīrá gotrá 148, terminating in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92 when expressing reproach 148].

yamunda-sya ápatyam = yamunda+phiÑ(154) = yāmund-āyani-ḥ, tá-sya ápatyam = yāmund-āyani+ṭháK/cha = yāmund-āyani-ká-/yāmund-āyan-īya- `despicable son or descendant of Yām'.

$4.1.150 ¹phāṇṭāhr̥ti-²mimatā-bhyām ¹Ṇá-²phiÑ-au

[The taddhitá 76 affixes 3.1.1] Ṇá and phiÑ are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] phāṇṭāhr̥ti- and mimata- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92 belonging to the Sauvīrá gotra 148].

Non-observance of rule 2.2.34 [álpa=aC-taram] in the order of the two nominal stems forming the compound is indicative of blocking metarule 1.3.10 so that both affixes are introduced after each stem: phāṇṭāhr̥ti+Ṇá/phiÑ = phāṇṭāhr̥t-á-/phāṇṭāhr̥t-āyani- `son or descendant of Ph.' Similarly maimat-á/maímat-āyani- son or descendant of Mimata'. When not representing the Sauvīrá gotrá: with affix [phaK 101]: phāṇṭāhr̥t-āyaná-, maimat-āyaná-. Description

$4.1.151 kúru=ādi-bhyaḥ=Ṇyá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] Ṇyá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with kúru- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

kúro-r ápatyam = kuru+Ṇyá = kaurav-yá-ḥ (sg.) and (pl.) kaurav-yāḥ `son(s) or descendant(s) of Kúru'. Here [Kúru] represents a person other than a kṣatriya, since for a kṣatriya [Kúru] 172 below provides the same affix [Ṇyá] which belongs to the [tad-rāja] group replaced by 0̸¹ in the plural forms (2.4.72): kaurav-yá-ḥ, kaurav-yaú, kúrav-aḥ.

$4.1.152 ¹sénā=anta-²lákṣaṇa-³kārí-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] Ṇyá 152 is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1 ending in 1.1.72] °-sénā `army', [the nominal stem 1] lákṣaṇa- and those designating artisans (kārí-bhyaḥ) also (ca) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

hári-ṣeṇa-sya ápatyam = háriṣeṇa+Ṇyá = hāriṣeṇ-yá- `son or descendant of H.'; similarly lākṣaṇ-yá, nāpit-yá- `son or descendant of Lakṣaṇa or a barber'.

$4.1.153 udīc-ām iÑ

According to Northern Grammarians [the taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] iÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1 ending in 1.1.72 °-senā or the nominal stem lákṣaṇa- and those designating artisans 152, terminating in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

hāri-ṣeṇi-i; lākṣaṇ-i; nāpit-i. Description

$4.1.154 tiká=ādi-bhyaḥ phiÑ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] phiÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1 beginning with 1.1.72] tiká- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

tiká-sya ápatyam = tiká+phiÑ = taík-āyani- `son or descendant of T.'

$4.1.155 ¹kaúsalya-²kārmāryā-bhyāṁ ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 phiÑ 154] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] kaúsalya- and kārmāryá- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

By a vārttika these expressions are derived from [kosala-, karmāra] with an initial augment yu̱Ṭ at the head of the affix introduced.

kosala-sya ápatyam = kosala+yu̱Ṭ-phiÑ = kaúsal0̸-y-āyani-; karmāra-sya ápatyam = karmāra+yu̱Ṭ+phiÑ = kārmār0̸-y-āyaṇi-. Description

$4.1.156 áṆ-aḥ=dvy-áC-aḥ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 phiÑ 154] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2] a dissyllabic [nominal stem 1] (dvy-áC-aḥ) [ending in 1.1.71 the affix 3.1.1] áṆ [and terminating in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

kart-úr ápatayam = kartŕ+áṆ (83,92) = kārtr-á-, kārtr-á-sya ápatyam = kārtr-á+phiÑ = kārtr-āyaṇi `son or descendant of Kārtrá'. But dākṣ-iÑ+pháK (101) = dākṣāyaṇá-; poly-syllabic: úpago-r ápatyam = aupagav-áṆ+iÑ= aúpagav-i `son of Aup.' Description

$4.1.157 udīc-ām vr̥ddh-āt=á-gotr-āt

According to Northern Grammarians [the taddhita 76 affix 3.1.1 phiÑ 154 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1] whose first syllable contains a vŕddhi vowel (1.1.73 vr̥ddhāt) and which is not a patronymic (á-gotrāt) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

āmrá-gupta-sya ápatyam = āmra-gupt-āyani-, alternating according to other grammarians with āmra-gupt-i. Description

$4.1.158 vākina=ādī-nām ku̱K ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 phiÑ 154 is introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1] beginning with vākina- [and ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92] and (ca) final increment ku̱K is inserted after the stem-final (before the affix).

vākina-sya ápatyam = vākina-ku̱K+phiÑ = vākina-k-āyani-.

$4.1.159 putrá=ant-āt=anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 phiÑ 154] is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72] °-putrá- [whose first syllable contains a vŕddhi vowel and which is not a patronymic 157, ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92 and final increment ku̱K is inserted after the stem-final before the affix 158].

By 157 above affixes phiÑ (according to Northern Grammarians) and iÑ (according to others 95) are both introduced after these stems ending in °putrá-; the present rule provides for final increment ku̱K to be inserted after the stem before affix phiÑ, optionally, so that three sets of forms are realized: stem+phiN/ku̱K+phiN/iÑ: gārgī-putr-āyaṇi-/gārgī-putra-k-āyaṇi-/gārgī-putr-i-.

$4.1.160 prāc-ām á-vr̥ddh-āt phiN bahulám

According to Eastern Grammarians [the taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] phiN is introduced variously (bahulám) [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1] not containing a vŕddhi vowel (á-vr̥ddh-āt 1.1.73) in its first syllable [and ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

glucuka-sya apatyam = glucuka+phiN = glúcuk-āyani- according to Eastern Grammarians, but according to others glucuka+iÑ (95) = glaúcuk-i-.

$4.1.161 máno-r jāt-au ¹aÑ-²yàT-au ṣu̱K ca

[The taddhitá 76 affixes 3.1.1] aÑ and yàT are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] mánu, with final increment ṣu̱K inserted after the stem-final to denote species (jāt-au).

manu+aÑ/yàT = mānu-ṣ-a-/manu-ṣ-yà- `human being, homo sapiens'.

$4.1.162 ápatyam paútra-prabhr̥ti gotrám

(The t.t.) gotrá denotes a descendant beginning with the grandson.

As a t.t. occurs in: 2.4.63; 4.1.78,89,93,94,147; 2.29,111; 5.1.134; 6.2.69; 3.43,85; 8.3.91.

$4.1.163 jīvat-i tu váṁśy-e yúvā

(The t.t.) yúvan denotes, however (tu), [a descendant beginning with the grandson 162] if the elder representative of the line (váṁśy-e) is alive (jīv-at-i).

As a t.t. occurs in: 1.2.65; 2.4.58; 4.1.90,94,167.

gargá-sya ápatyam paútra-prabhr̥ti = gotrāpatyám = garga+yaÑ (105) = gārg-ya-; gārgya-sya ápatyam = gārgy-āyaṇá- (101); gargá-sya ápatyam = garga+iÑ = gārg-i- (95). In the line of descent father-son-grandson-greatgrandson (Gargá-Gārgi-Gārgya-Gāgyāyaṇá) if either Garga or Gārgi is alive, Gārgyāyaṇá will be a yúvan descendant and not a gotra descendant.

$4.1.164 bhrātar-i ca jyāyas-i

[The t.t. yúvan 163] also denotes (a younger brother) if the elder brother (jyāyas-i bhrātar-i) [is alive 163 as a descendant starting with the grandson 162].

If the gotrá descendant of Garga (viz. Gārg-ya) is alive, his younger brother will be Gārgȳayaṇá by this definition.

$4.1.165 vā=anyá-smin sá-piṇḍ-e sthávira-tare jīvat-i

[The t.t. yúvan 163] optionally (vā) denotes [a gotrá descendant 163] if an older (sthávira-tar-e) relation [of the elder brother 164] within seven generations (sá-piṇḍ-e) above is alive (jīvat-i).

If an uncle or grand-uncle or cousin older than the descendant is alive, the descendant will be either a gotrá or yúvan descendant and will be called either Gārgya or Gārgyāyaṇá (cf. illustrations to 163-4 above).

$4.1.166 vr̥ddhá-sya ca pūjā-yām

[The t.t. yúvan 163 optionally 165 denotes] a descendant starting with the grandson (vr̥ddhásya) when expressing respect (pūjā-yām).

[vr̥ddhá] is, according to commentators, a pre-Pāṇinian t.t. for [gotrá]. Gārgya may also be referred to as Gārgyāyaṇá as a mark of respect.

$4.1.167 yūn-as=ca kutsā-yām

[The t.t. yúvan 163] also (ca) [optionally 165 denotes] a yúvan descendant to express reproach (kutsā-yām).

gārg-ya-ḥ/gārgy-āyaṇá-ḥ jālma-ḥ `G. is a wretch'. Description

$4.1.168 jana-pada-śabd-āt kṣatríy-āt=aÑ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1] denoting a country (jana-pada-śabd-ā) which at the same time denotes a royal family (kṣatríy-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

pañcālá-sya ápatyam = pañcālá+aÑ = pāñcāl-a- `descendant of P.' Similarly aíkṣvāk-a- (6.4.174) `descendant of Ikṣvākú'.

But when country names are not signified by kṣatríya names: druhyó-r ápatyam = druhyú+áṆ (83,92) = drauhyav-á-; similarly brāhmaṇá-sya pañcālá-sya ápatyam = pañcālá+iÑ (95) = pāñcāl-i-. Description

$4.1.169 ¹sālveyá-²gāndhāri-bhyāṁ ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 aÑ 168] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] sālveyá- and gāndhāri- [denoting a country which is at the same time a designation of a royal family 168, ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

As both these words have a vr̥ddhi vowel in their first syllable they would normally be governed by 171 below, but this is a prior exception to that: sālveyá-sya ápatyam = sālveyá+aÑ = sālvey-a-; gāndhāri+aÑ = gāndhar-a-; these also designate the ruler of these regions.

$4.1.170 ¹dvi=áC-²magádha-³kaliṅga-⁴sūramas-āt=áṆ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1 designating countries which at the same time denote a royal family 168] consisting of two syllables (dvy-áC-°) and [the nominal stems 1] magádha-, kaliṅga- and sūramasa- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

áṅga-sya ápatyam = áṅga+áṆ = āṅg-á- `ruler of Aṅga (174). Similarly: māgadh-á-, kāliṅg-á-, sauramas-á- `ruler of Magadha, Kaliṅga, Sūramasa respectively'.

$4.1.171 ¹vr̥ddhá=²iT-³kosala=⁴ajād-āt=ÑyaṄ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] ÑyaṄ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1 denoting simultaneously country and royal family names 168] containing a vŕddhi vowel in their first syllable (vr̥ddhá-°) or those [ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme short i(T) and [the nominal stems 3.1.1] kosala- and ajādá- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92].

1. āmbaṣṭhá-sya ápatyam = āmbaṣṭhá+ÑyaṄ = āmbaṣṭh-ya-. (6.4.148).

2. °-i: avanti+ÑyaṄ = āvant-ya-; kunti+ÑyaṄ = kaúnt-ya-.

3. kosala-sya ápatyam rājā (174) = kosala+ÑyaṄ = kaúsal-ya-.

4. ajādá-sya ápatyam = ājād-ya-.

$4.1.172 ¹kúru-²n-ādi-bhyaḥ=Ṇyá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] Ṇyá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] kúru- and those with initial phoneme [n-] (n-ādi-bhyaḥ) [simultaneously designating names of regions and their ruling class 168, ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92 or king 174].

By 152 affix [Ṇyá] has been introduced after the stem [kúru-] to denote a descendant; its inclusion here is for the purpose of designating the king (rājan 174). kúrū-ṇām ápatyam rājā vā = kúru+Ṇyá = kaurav-yá-.

niṣadha-sya ápatyam rājā vā = naiṣadh-yá. Description

$4.1.173 ¹sālva=avayavá-²pratyágratha-³kalakūṭá=⁴aśmak-āt=iÑ

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] iÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] designating divisions of Sālvá `name of a locality' (sālva=avayava-°) and [the nominal stems] pratyágratha-, kalakūṭá- and aśmaká- [denoting simultaneously names of regions and their rulers 68, ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92 or the ruler 174].

By interpretation the divisions of Sālva are enumerated as under: [Udumbára], [Tilakhala-], [Madrakārá- Yugandhará-], [Bhuliṅga-] and [Śaradaṇda]. The word sālvá- is derived as follows: sālv-ā nāma kṣatríy-ā; tá-syāḥ ápatyam = sālvā+ḍhaK/áṆ (113) = sālv-eyá/sālv-á-; sālvá-sya nivāsa-ḥ = sālvá-ḥ janapadá-ḥ (2.81): udumbára+iÑ = udumbára-sya ápatyam rājā vā = aúdumbar-i-; similarly: taílakhal-i-; mādrakār-i-; yaúgandhar-i-; bhaúliṅg-i-; śāradaṇḍ-i-. pratyágratha-sya ápatyam rājā vā = prātyagrath-i-; likewise kālakūṭ-i-; āśmak-i-. Description

$4.1.174 té tad-rāj-āḥ

Those (té) [taddhitá 76 affixes 3.1.1] (introduced by 168ff.) are denoted by the t.t. tadrājá.

The affixes involved are: [aÑ 168, áṆ 170, ÑyaṄ 171, Ṇyá 172 and iÑ 173] denoting the ruler (tád-rāja-).

As a t.t. occurs in: 2.4.62; 5.3.119.

$4.1.175 kamboj-āt=luK

luK (0̸¹) replaces [the taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1] kamboja- [designating simultaneously the name of a region and its ruler 168, ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92 or the ruler 174].

kamboja-sya ápatyam rājā vā = kamboja+aÑ (168) = kamboja+0̸¹ = kamboja-.

$4.1.176 striy-ām ¹avanti-²kunti-³kúru-bhyas=ca

[luK (0̸¹) 175 replaces the taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] avanti-, kunti- and kúru- [designating simultaneously names of regions and their rulers 168, ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92 or the ruler 174] before feminine (affixes: striy-ām).

avante-ḥ ápatyam/rājā vā = avanti+ÑyaṄ (171) = avanti+0̸¹+ṄīṢ (65) = avant-ī; similarly kunt-ī `female descendant of or queen of Kunti'. kúrū-ṇām ápatyam strī/rājñī vā = kúru+Ṇyá (172) = kuru+0̸¹+ūṄ (66) = kur+ū. Description

$4.1.177 aT-as=ca

[luK (0̸¹) 175] also (ca) replaces [the taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1] short a(T) (= aÑ, áṆ) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 designating simultaneously the name of a region and its ruler 168, ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a descendant 92 or the ruler 174 before a feminine 176 affix 3.1.1].

śūrasena-sya ápaṭyam strī/rājñī vā = śūrasena+aÑ (168) = śūrasena+0̸¹+NīṢ = śūrasen-ī `queen or princess of Ś.'

madrá-sya ápatyam strī/rājñi vā = madrá+áṆ = madra+0̸¹+ṄīṢ = madr-ī `queen or princess of M.' Description

$4.1.178 ná ¹prācya-²bhárga=ādi-³yaudheyá-ādi-bhyas=ca

[luK (0̸¹) 175] does not replace [the taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 a(= aÑ, áṆ) 178 (5.3.117) introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1 designating names of princes] of the East (prācya-°) [and classes of nominal stems 1] beginning with bhárga- and yaudheyá- conglomerates [before feminine 176 affixes 3.1.1].

1. Eastern Region: pañcālā-nām rājñī = pañcālá+aÑ (168)+ṄīN (73) = pāncāl-a+ṄīN = pāncāl-ī `queen or princess of Pañcālá'.

2. bhárga-class: bhárga+áṆ (170)+ṄīP (15) = bhārg-á+ī = bhārg-ī.

3. yaudheyá-class: yaudheyá+aÑ (5.3.117)+ṄīN (73) = yaúdhey-ī `queen or princess of Y.'

$4.2.1 t-éna ra-kt-áṁ rāg-āt

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83] is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (t-éna) denoting a color (rāg-āt) to express the sense of dying (rak-tám).

The word [rāgá-] is derived from the verbal stem rañj- (I 1048) : raj-yá-te an-éna = rañj+GHaÑ (3.3.19) = ra0̸j+GHaÑ (6.4.27) = rāg-á- `color', specifically that which transforms what is white or uncolored.

kaṣāy-eṇa rak-tá-ṁ vástra-m = kaṣāya+áṆ+am = kāṣāy-áṁ vástra-m `cloth dyed with red coloring'; but devadatt-éna rak-tá-ṁ vástra-m `cloth dyed by D.' where D. is the agent and not the instrument (káraṇa).

$4.2.2 ¹lākṣā-²rocanā-³śákala-⁴kardám-āt ṭháK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] lākṣā `lac', rocanā `a bright yellow pigment', (śákala- `black pigment' and kardáma- `mud') [ending in the third sUP triplet to denote the sense of `dyeing with' 1].

The original sūtra had only the first two nominal stems; the two additions made by a vārttika have been incorporated in the Kāśika version of Aṣṭ. while the Siddhānta-Kaumudī retains the original reading.

lākṣá-yā rak-tá-m = lākṣā+ṭháK = lākṣ0̸-iká (6.4.64; 7.3.50) `dyed with lac'; similarly raucan-iká- `dyed with a bright yellow pigment'; śākal-iká- `dyed with black pigment' and kārdam-igá- `dyed with mud'. Description

$4.2.3 nákṣatr-eṇa yuk-tá-ḥ kālá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] denoting a constellation (nákṣatr-eṇa) [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 1] to denote the time (kālá-ḥ) of conjunction (yuk-tá-ḥ with the moon).

The conjunction (yóga) here, represented by the participle (yuk-tá-) is that of the moon with the particular constellation. puṣy-èṇa yuk-tá-ḥ kāla-ḥ = puṣyà+áṆ = pauṣ0̸0̸+á- (6.4.149 vārṭ) `the day when the moon is in conjunction with the constellation P'.

$4.2.4 luP=á-viśeṣ-e

luP (0̸³) replaces [the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 denoting the name of a constellation 3 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 1 to denote the period of conjunction 3] when there is no specific mention (of day or night: á-veśeṣ-e).

adyá pusyà-ḥ `today the moon is in conjunction with the asterism Puṣyà' but puṣya+áṆ+ṄīP (1.15) = pauṣ-ī rātri-ḥ/pauṣ.ám áha-ḥ. Description

$4.2.5 saṁjñā-yām ¹śrávaṇa-²aśvatthā-bhyām

[luP (0̸³) 4 replaces the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] śrávaṇa and aśvatthá- [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 1] to denote a name (saṁjñā-yām).

śrávaṇa+áṆ = śrávaṇa+0̸³+ṬāP = śrávaṇ-ā rātri-ḥ `the night in which the moon is in conjunction with the constellation Śrávaṇa'. Similarly aśvatthá+luP = aśvatthá-ḥ muhūrtá-ḥ `the particular time when the moon is in conjunction with the constellation Aśv.' When a proper name is not implied: śrávaṇa+áṆ+ṄīP (15) śrāvan-ī rātri-ḥ (1.83,15); āśvatth-ī rātri-ḥ. Description

$4.2.6 dvaṁdv-āt=cha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 denoting names of asterisms 3] comprising a Dvaṁdvá compound (2.2.3) [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 1 to denote the time of conjunction (with the moon) 3, whether specified or not 4].

rādhā=anurādhā=bhyām yuk-tā rātri-ḥ = rādhānurādhā+cha = rādhānurādhīya+ṬāP (1.4) = rādhānurādh-īy-ā rātri-ḥ `the night when the moon is in conjunction with the constellations R. and A.'

$4.2.7 dr̥ṣ-ṭá-ṁ sāma

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 1] to denote the sense of `seen' (dr̥ṣ-ṭá-m), the object seen being a sāman.

vásiṣṭh-ena dr̥ṣ-ṭá-m = vásiṣṭa+áṆ = vāsiṣṭhá-m sāma `S. perceived or seen by V.'; the Vedic ŕṣis are called `seers' (draṣṭār-aḥ) and the eternal Vedas are revealed to them; they are not the authors but the perceivers of the sacred hymns.

$4.2.8 kále-r ḍháK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] káli- [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 1 to denote the sense of `sāman has been perceived by' 7].

káli-nā dr̥ṣ-ṭá-m = káli+ḍháK = kāl0̸+eyá-ṁ sāma `sāman perceived by Káli'. Description

$4.2.9 vāmádev-āt=¹ḌyàT=²Ḍy-aú

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] ḌyàT and Ḍyá are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] vāmádeva- [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 1 to denote the sense of `sāman perceived by' 7].

vāmá-dev-ena dr̥ṣ-ṭá-m = vāmá-deva+ḌyaT/Ḍyá = vāma-dev-yà-/°-dev-yá `sāman perceived by V.'

$4.2.10 pári-vr̥-ta-ḥ=rátha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 1] to denote the sense of `enveloped' (pári-vr̥-ta-ḥ), the object being a chariot (rátha-ḥ).

vástr-eṇa pári-vr̥-ta-ḥ rátha-ḥ = vástra+áṆ = vāstr-á-ḥ `a chariot covered or enveloped by a cloth'.

$4.2.11 pāṇḍu-kambalāt=íni̱-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] íni̱ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] pāṇḍu-kambalá' `white rug or blanket' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 1 to denote the sense of `chariot enveloped with' 10].

pāṇḍu-kambl-éna pári-vr̥-ta-ḥ rátha-ḥ = pāṇḍu-kambalá+ín = pāṇḍu-kambal-ín- `chariot covered with a white rug'.

$4.2.12 ¹dvaípa-²vaíyāghr-āt=aÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] dvaíp-a- `panther's skin' and vaíyāghr-a- `tiger's skin' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 1 to denote `chariot covered or enveloped with' 10].

dvaíp-eṇa pári-vr̥-ta-ḥ = dvaipa+aÑ = dvaíp0̸-a- `chariot covered with panther skin'; similarly vaíyāghra+aÑ = vaíyāghr0̸-a-. Description

$4.2.13 kaumār-á=á-pūrva-vacan-e

The expression kaumār-á is introduced [as derived with the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1 kumārī] to denote the sense of `not betrothed to anyone before' (á-pūrva-vacan-e).

This form is derived from kumārī `virgin', ending in the second sUP triplet with affix áṆ to denote the husband: á-pūrva-pati-ṁ kumārī-m páti-r upá-pan-na-ḥ = kumārá+ṄīP+áṆ = kaumar-áḥ páti-ḥ `who has married a maiden who was not married previously'; similarly á-pūrva-pati-ḥ kumārī páti-m upá-pan-nā = kaumārá+ṄīP (1.15) = kaumār-ī `a maiden not previously married but now married'.

$4.2.14 tá-tra=úd-dhr̥-ta-m ámatre-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 aṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet (tá-tra) and designating a vessel (ámatre-bhyaḥ) to denote the sense of `lifted and placed therein'.

śárāve-ṣu úd-dhr̥-ta-m = śárāva+áṆ = śārāv-a-ḥ odaná-ḥ `rice lifted and placed in dishes'. The term [úd-dhr̥-ta-] normally denotes `lifting up' and should govern the fifth sUP triplet (ablative case) but the notion of lifting and placing denotes the locus and justifies the use of the locative. Kāśikā gives a technical meaning to this term as bhuktá = úc=chiṣ=ṭa- `leavings, remnants of food (after eating)'.

$4.2.15 sthaṇḍil-āt śayitár-i vrat-é

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] sthaṇḍila- `bare ground' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 14] to denote the sense of `sleeping thereon' (śayitar-i) as part of a vow (vrat-é).

sthaṇḍil-e śáy-i-tuṁ vratá-m a-syá = sthaṇḍila+áṆ = sthaṇḍil0̸+áṆ = sthāṇḍil-á-ḥ bhikṣú-ḥ `an ascetic who sleeps on the bare ground in fulfilment of a vow'.

$4.2.16 sáṁ-s-kr̥-ta-m bhakṣ-āḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 14] to denote items of food (bhakṣ-āḥ) cooked therein (sáṁ-s-kr̥-ta-m).

bhrāṣṭr-e sáṁskr̥t-am = bhrāṣṭra+áṆ = bhrāṣṭr-á-ḥ apūpá-ḥ `cake fried in the frying pan'.

$4.2.17 ¹śūla=²ukh-āt=yàT

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] śūla- `spit' and ukhā `cooking pot' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 14 to denote items of food cooked therein 16].

śūl-e sáṁskr̥tam = śūla+yaT = śūl-ya- `roasted on a spit'; úkh-ya- `cooked in a pot' (6.4.64). Description

$4.2.18 dádhn-aḥ=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] dádhi- `curds' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 14 to denote items of food cooked therein 16].

dádhan-i sáṁskr̥tam = dádhi+ṭháK = dādh-iká- (7.3.50) `cooked in curds'.

$4.2.19 udaśvít-aḥ=anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 18] is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] udaśvít- `whey' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 14 to denote items of food cooked therein 16].

Alternates with the general affix áṆ (1.83): udaśvít-i sámskr̥tam = udaśvít+ṭháK/áṆ = audaśvit-ká- (7.3.51)/audaśvit-á- `cooked in whey'.

$4.2.20 kṣīr-āt=ḍhaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] kṣīrá- `milk' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 14 to denote items of food cooked therein 16].

kṣīr-é sáṁskr̥tam = kṣīrá+ḍhaÑ = kṣaír=eya- (7.1.2) `cooked in milk'. Description

$4.2.21 sā=a-smín paurṇamāsī=iti saṁjñā-yām

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (sā) and denoting the name of the full-moon night (paurṇamāsī) to designate a name (saṁjñā-yām) of the period in which that full-moon night falls.

The form so derived denotes either the month, fortnight or year. In the original sūtra the word [saṁjñā-ȳam] did not occur, but was introduced by later Pāṇinīyas on the authority of a vārttika. The derived word does not signify a period of less than fifteen days or the intercalary month.

pauṣī paurṇamāsī a-smín = pauṣī+áṆ = pauṣ0̸+á- (6.4.148) = pauṣ-á-ḥ māsa-ḥ/ardha-māsá-ḥ/saṁvatsará-ḥ `month/half-month/year in which the Pauṣī full-moon night occurs'.

$4.2.22 ¹āgrahāyaṇī=²aśvatth-āt=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] āgrahāyaṇī and aśvatthá- `names of full-moon nights' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to designate the name of the period in which these full-moon nights occur 21].

ágr-e hāyana-m a-syāḥ = agrá+0̸¹+hāyana+áṆ (5.4.3)+ṄīP (1.15) = āgra-hāyaṇ-ī paurṇamāsī a-smín = āgra-hāyaṇ-ī+ṭháK = āgra-hāyaṇ-iká- month/half-month/year in which Āg. full-moon occurs'; similarly: aśvatth-éna yuk-tā paurṇamāsī a-smín = āśvatth-iká- `month/half-month/year in which the full-moon is in conjunction with the asterism Aśv.'

$4.2.23 vibhāṣā ¹phālgunī-²srávaṇā-³kārttikī-⁴caitrī-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 22] is optionally introduced (vibhāṣā) [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] phālgunī, śrávaṇā. kārttikī and caitrī `names of full-moon nights' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote the period in which they occur 21].

The option is in respect of the obligatory affix áṆ (1.83): phālgunī paurṇamāsī a-smín = phālgunī+ṭháK/áṆ = phālgun-iká/phālgun-á- `month/fort-night/year in which the Ph. full-moon night occurs'; similarly: kārttik-iká/kārttik-á-; śrāvaṇ-iká-/śrāvaṇ-á-; caitr-iká-/caitr-á-. Description

$4.2.24 sā=a-syá devá-tā

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] representing a divinity (devá-tā) [ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (sā) to denote `that is its (a-syá) divinity'.

índra-ḥ devá-tā a-syá háviṣ-aḥ = índra+áṆ = aindr-á-ṁ háviḥ `a sacrificial oblation of which Indra is the divinity'.

$4.2.25 ká-sya iT

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] ká- `n. of a divinity' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `that is its divinity' 24] and the substitute element short i(T) replaces (its stem-final phoneme 1.1.52 before the affix).

ká-ḥ prajā-patí-r devá-tā a-syá = ká+áṆ = ki+dṆ = kai+á (7.2.115) = kāy-á-ṁ (6.1.78) hávi-ḥ `sacrificial oblation offered to Ka'.

$4.2.26 śukr-āt=ghaN

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ghaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] śukrá- `n. of a divinity' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `he is its divinity; 24].

śukrá+ghaN - śúkr0̸-iya-ṁ háviḥ `sacrificial oblation offered to Śukrá'.

$4.2.27 ¹apó-náptr̥=²apāṁ-náptr̥-bhyāṁ gha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] gha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1] apó-náptr̥- and apāṁ-náptr̥- `n.pr. of divinities' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `he is its divinity 24].

apó-náptr̥+gha = apo-naptr-íya-ṁ háviḥ; apāṁ-naptr-íya-ṁ háviḥ.

$4.2.28 cha ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha (= īya 7.2.2) is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1 apó-náptr̥- and apāṁ-náptr̥- 27 ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `he is its divinity 24].

apo-naptr-īya-/apāṁ-naptr-īya-.

$4.2.29 mahendr-āt=¹gha=²áṆ-au ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] gha and áṆ are introduced in addition to (ca) [cha 28 after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] mahendrá- `n.pr. of a divinity' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `he is its divinity' 24].

mahendrá+gha/áṆ/cha = mahendr-íya-/māhendr-á-/mahendr-īya-.

$4.2.30 sóm-āt=ṬyáṆ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṬyáṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] sóma- `n.pr. of a divinity' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `he is its divinity' 24].

sóma-ḥ devátā a-syá háviṣ-aḥ = sóma+ṬyáṆ = saum-yá-ṁ háviḥ, saum-yá+ṄīP (1.15) = saum0̸0̸+ī r̥K (6.4.148, 150).

$4.2.31 ¹vāyú=²r̥tú-³pitŕ=⁴úṣas-aḥ=yàT

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] vāyú-, r̥tú, pitŕ- and úṣas- `names of divinities' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `he is its divinity' 24].

vāyú+yàT = vāyo+yàT (6.4.146) = vāyav-yà- (6.1.79); r̥tav-yà-; pítr-ya- (7.4.27; 6.4.148) uṣas-yà-. Description

$4.2.32 ¹dyāvā-pr̥thivī-²śúnāsīra-³marútvat=⁴agnī-ṣóma-⁵vāstoṣ-páti-⁶gr̥ha-medh-āt=cha ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha, in addition to (ca) [yàT 31 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] dyāvā-pr̥thivī, śúnā-sīra-, marút-vat-, agnī-ṣóma-, vāstoṣ-páti- and gr̥ha-medhá- `names of divinities' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `he is its divinity 24].

dyaúś ca pr̥thivī ca = dyāvā-pr̥thivy-aú devá-te asyá = dyāvā-pr̥thivī+cha/yàT = dyāvā-pr̥thiv-īya-/°-pr̥thiv-yà-, `of which Heaven and Earth are divinities'. Similarly: śunā-sīr-īya-/°-sīr-yà-; marut-vat-īya-/°-marut-vat-yà-; agnī-ṣom-īya-/°-ṣom-yà-; vāstoṣ-pat-īya-/°-pat-ya-; gr̥ha-medh-īya-/°-medh-yà-. Description

$4.2.33 agné-r ḍháK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] agní- `n. of a divinity' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `he is its divinity' 24].

agní-r devá-tā a-syá = agní+ḍháK = āgn-eyá- `consecrated to Agní as divinity'.

$4.2.34 kālé-bhyaḥ=bhava-vát

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 3.1.2] designating time (kālé-bhyaḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `he is its divinity' 24] are the same as those introduced [after 3.1.2] in the section dealing with bháva affixes (3.11-52 below).

māsa-ḥ devá-tā a-syá = māsa+ṭhaÑ (3.11) = mās-ika- `consecrated to Māsa (`month') as divinity'; similarly sāṁvatsar-ika- consecrated to Saṁvatsará (`year') as divinity'.

$4.2.35 ¹mahā-rājá-²proṣṭha-pad-āt=ṭhaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] mahārājá- and proṣṭha-padá- [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `he is its divinity' 24].

mahārājá-ḥ devá-tā a-syá = mahārājá+ṭhaÑ = māhā-rāj-ika-; proṣṭha-padá+ṭhaÑ = praúṣṭha-pad-ika-. Description

$4.2.36 ¹pitr̥vyà-²mātulá-³mātāmahá-⁴pitāmah-āḥ

The finished expressions pitr̥vyà- `father's brother', mātulá- mother's brother', mātāmahá- `mother's father' and pitāmahá- `father's father' are introduced as derivatives [with taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1].

The actual derivation is given by vārttikas: pitŕ+vyàT = pitr̥-vyà-; mātr̥+ḌuláC = māt-ulá-; mātr̥/pitr̥+ḌāmaháC = mātā-mahá-/pitā-mahá-. This last affix is deemed to be marked with Ṣ as IT so that the maternal/paternal grandmothers are derived from these expressions with affix [ṄīṢ]: mātā-mah-ī/pitā-mah-ī.

$4.2.37 tá-sya sam-ūhá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (tá-sya) to denote a `collection thereof' (tásya samūháḥ).

The scope of application of this rule is restricted to stems denoting conscious objects (cittavát- 47), having ánudātta accent on their first syllable (ánudāttādi- 44), and not being a patronymic (á-gotra- 46) and not covered by any of the subsequent rules up to 51 below: cf. 44, 46 and 47 in this connection where respectively [aÑ], [vuÑ] and [ṭháK] are introduced in the place of [áṆ].

śúkā-nām samūhá-ḥ = śúka+áṆ = śauk-á-m `a flight of parrots'. Similarly: kākā-nām samūhá-ḥ = kāk-á-m `flight of crows'.

$4.2.38 bhikṣā=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 3.1.1] beginning with bhikṣā `alms' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `a collection thereof' 37].

The repetition of [áṆ] in this rule when it was already recurring by the governing rule 1.83 is to block out the operation of 44 below in the case of [bhikṣā] et al.

bhikṣā-ṇām samūhá-ḥ = bhikṣā+áṆ = bhaikṣ-á-m `collection of alms'. garbh-íṇī-nām samūhá-ḥ = gārbhiṇ-á-m (6.4.164) `group of pregnant women'.

$4.2.39 ¹gotrá=²ukṣán=³úṣṭra=⁴urabhra-⁵rājan-⁶rājanyà-⁷rāja-putrá-⁸vatsá-⁹manuṣyà=¹⁰aj-āt=vuÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] gotrá [affixes 3.1.1] and [the nominal stems 1.1] ukṣán- `ox', úṣṭra- `camel', urabhra- `ram', rājan- `king', rājanyà- `royal personage', rāja-putrá- `prince', vatsá- `calf', manuṣyà- `man' and ajá- `goat' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `a collection or group thereof' 37].

By interpretation the word [gotrá] denotes a descendant in general and not its technical meaning (1.162) of one starting with the grandson, this being confined to the section on patronymics only.

aupagavā-nām = upagór-ápatyā-nāṁ samūhá-ḥ = aupagav-á+vuÑ = aúpagav-aka-m `a group of Upagú's descendants'.

Similarly: aúkṣ-aka-m `herd of oxen'; aúṣṭr-aka-m, aúrabhr-aka-m; rāj-aka-m; rājany-aka-m; rāja-putr-aka-m; vāts-aka-m; mānuṣy-aka-m; āj-aka-m. Description

$4.2.40 kedār-āt=yaÑ=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yaÑ is introduced in addition to (ca) [vuÑ 39 after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] kedāra- `irrigated field' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `a collection thereof' 37].

kedārā-ṇām samūhá-ḥ = kedāra+yaÑ/vuÑ = kaídār-ya-m/kaídār-aka- `a group of irrigated fields'.

$4.2.41 ṭhaÑ kavacín-as=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] kavacín- `covered with armor', in addition to (ca) [kedāra- 40, ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `a collection thereof' 37].

kavacín-ām samūhá-ḥ = kavacín+ṭhaÑ = kavaci0̸+ikaÑ (6.4.144) = kāvac0̸-ika- (6.4.148) `a group of armor-bearers'; similarly kedārā-ṇām samūhá-ḥ = kaídār-ika-m. Description

$4.2.42 ¹brāhmaṇá-²māṇavá-³vāḍav-āt=yaN

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] brāhmaṇá- `brahmin', māṇavá- `pupil, lad' and vāḍava- `brahmin' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `a collection of group thereof' 37].

brāhmaṇā-nāṁ samūhá-ḥ = brāhmaṇá+yaN = brāhmaṇ-ya-m `a group of brahmins'; similarly māṇav-ya-m; vāḍav-ya-m. Description

$4.2.43 ¹grāma-²jána-³bándhu-⁴sahāyé-bhyas=taL

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] taL is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] grāma- `village', jána- `individual, person', bándhu- `kin' and sahāyá- `ally' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `a collection thereof' 37].

grāmā-ṇāṁ samūhá-ḥ = grāma+taL+ṬāP (1.4) = grāmá-t-ā `a group of villages' and likewise: janá-tā `population, people in general'; bandhú-t-ā `group of kinspeople'; sahāyá-t-ā `group of allies or aides'.

$4.2.44 án-udātt-āde-r aÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] containing a low-pitched vowel (án-udātta-°) on its first syllable (°-ādé-ḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `a collection thereof' 37].

kapótā-nāṁ samūhá-ḥ = kapóta+aÑ = kāpot-a-m `a flight of pigeons'; mayūrā-ṇāṁ samūhá-ḥ = māyūr-a-m `a flight of peacocks'. Description

$4.2.45 kháṇḍika=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 aÑ 44] is also introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with kháṇḍika- `pupil' (i.e., one who learns section by section) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `a group thereof' 37].

The stems have a high-pitched accent (udātta) on their first syllable and are thus excluded from the previous rule;

kháṇḍikā-nāṁ samūhá-ḥ = kháṇḍika+aÑ = khāṇḍik-a-m `a group of pupils'. Description

$4.2.46 cáraṇe-bhyaḥ=dharma-vát

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1] denoting names of Vedic schools (cáraṇe-bhyaḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `a collection thereof' 37] are the same as those introduced in section (3.126-33 below) for dhárma.

In 3.116 below [gotra-caraṇ-āt=vuÑ] that affix is restricted by a vārttika to denote either [dhárma] or [āmnāyá] and it is the first significance which is involved here. kaṭhā-nāṁ samūhá-ḥ = kaṭhá+vuÑ = kāṭhak-a-m `a group of Ks.' kalāpā-nāṁ samūhá-ḥ = kālāpak-a-m. Description

$4.2.47 ¹á-citta-²hastín-³dhenó-s=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] denoting inanimate objects (á-citta-°) and [the nominal stems 1.1] hastín- `elephant', and dhenú- `milch cow' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `a collection or group thereof' 37].

Exception to [aÑ] and [áṆ].

1. inanimate: apūpā-nāṁ samūhá-ḥ = apūpá+ṭháK = āpūp-kiá-m `a collection of cakes'.

2. hastí-nāṁ samūhá-ḥ = hastín+ṭháK = hāsti-ká-m `herd of elephants'.

3. dhenū-nām samūhá-ḥ = dhainu-ká-m. Description

$4.2.48 ¹kéśa=²áśvā-bhyāṁ ¹yaÑ=²ch-au=anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] yaÑ and cha are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] kéśa- `hair' and áśva- `horse' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `a collection thereof' 37] optionally (anya-tará-syām).

The option here is with respect to the affix [ṭháK 47 above]. kéśā-nāṁ samūhá-ḥ = kéśa+yaÑ/ṭháK = kaíś-ya-m/kais-iká-ṁ; áśvā-nām samūhá-ḥ = aśva+cha/áṆ (37) = aśv-īya-m/āśv-á-m. Description

$4.2.49 pāśa=ādi-bhyaḥ=yá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with pāśa- `noose' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `a collection there of' 37].

pāśā-nāṁ samūhá-ḥ = pāśa+ya+ṬāP (1.4) = pāś-y-ā `a collection of nooses'. These derivatives are naturally feminine and the affix [ṬāP 1.4] is introduced after affix [yá]. Similarly: tr̥ṇ-y-ā `a cluster or stack of grass'.

$4.2.50 ¹khála-²gó-³ráth-āt

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yá 49 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] khála- `threshing floor', gó- `cow or bull' and rátha- `chariot' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `a collection thereof' 37].

khálā-nām: samūhá-ḥ = khala+yá+ṬāP = khal-y-ā `a collection of threshing floors'; gav-y-ā `herd of cattle'; rath-y-ā `group of chariots'. Excluded from 49 above, since 51 applies only to these.

$4.2.51 ¹íni̱-²trá-³kaṭyáC-as=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] íni̱, trá and kaṭyáC are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1 khála-, gó- and rátha- 50, ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `a collection thereof' 37].

khala+ín+ṄīP (1.5) = khal-ín-ī; gó+trá+ṬāP (1.4) = gó-tr-ā; rátha+kaṭyá+ṬāP = ratha-kaṭy-ā. Description

$4.2.52 viṣayá-ḥ=deś-é

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 37] to denote a region dominated or inhabited (by the agent) (viṣayá-ḥ=deś-é).

śibī-nāṁ viṣayá-ḥ deśá-ḥ = śibi+áṆ = śaib-á-ḥ `country dominated by the Śibis'. Similarly āṅg-á-ḥ/vāṅg-á-ḥ country dominated or inhabited by Aṅgas/Vaṅgas'.

$4.2.53 rājanyà=ādi-bhyaḥ=vuÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with rājanyà- `royal personage' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 37 to denote `a region dominated or inhabited by' 52].

rājanyā-nāṁ viṣayó deśá-ḥ = rājanyà+vuÑ = rājany-aka-ḥ `country inhabited or dominated by royal personages'.

$4.2.54 ¹bhaúriki=ādi-²aíṣukāri=ādi-bhyaḥ ¹vidhaL=²bhaktaL-au

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] vidhaL and bhaktaL are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the classes of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with bhaúriki- and with aíṣu-kāri- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 37 to denote a region inhabited or dominated by them 52].

bhaúrikī-nāṁ viṣayá-ḥ deśá-ḥ = bhaúriki+vidhaL = bhaurikí-vidha-ḥ; aiṣukāri+bhaktaL = aiṣukārí-bhakta-ḥ `country dominated or inhabited by Aiṣ.'

$4.2.55 sá-ḥ=a-syá=ādí-r iti=chándas-aḥ pragāthé-ṣu

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] designating a meter (chándas-aḥ) [ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (sá-ḥ) to denote `it is the beginning (ādí-ḥ) in stanzas (pra-gāthé-ṣu).

paṅktí-r ādí-r a-syá = panktí+áṆ = pāṅkt-á-ḥ pragāthá-ḥ `stanza beginning with a paṅktí metre'.

$4.2.56 saṁ-grām-é ¹pra-yój-ana-²yod-dhŕ-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] designating the object (pra-yoój-ana-°) or the combatant (°-yod-dhŕ-bhyaḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 55] to denote a battle (saṁ-grām-é).

súbhadrā pra-jój-ana-m a-syá saṁ-grāmá-sya = súbhradrā+áṆ = saubhadr-á-ḥ `battle fought for winning Súbhadrā'; bharatāḥ yoddhār-aḥ a-syá = bharatá+áṆ = bhārat-áḥ sám-grāmá-ḥ `battle in which the Bharatás are the warriors'.

$4.2.57 tád a-syām pra-hár-aṇa-m iti krīḍā-yām Ṇá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ṇá is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] denoting a weapon (pra-hár-aṇa-m) [ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (tád) to denote a game or sport in which it is a weapon (a-syām krīḍā-yām).

daṇḍá-ḥ pra-hár-aṇa-m a-syām = daṇḍá+Ṇa+ṬāP = dāṇḍ-ā krīḍā `a game in which sticks are used as a weapon'; similarly mauṣṭ-ā `a game of fisticuffs or fist fight'.

$4.2.58 GHaÑ-aḥ sā=a-syām kriyā=iti Ña-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ña is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 terminating in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] GHaÑ, expressing action (kriyā), [ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (sā) to denote `this action (kriyā) is taking place in this (a-syām).

pat+GHaÑ = pāta-ḥ `alighting, chase'; śyená-sya pātá-ḥ a-syām kriyā-yām = śyena+0̸¹+pātá+Ña+ṬāP = śyaína+nu̱M+pāt-ā (6.3.71) = śyaína-m-pāt-ā `falconry'. Description

$4.2.59 tád ádhīte tád véda

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet (tád) to denote `studies or knows it' (ádhīte/véda).

chándaḥ ádhīte/véda vā = chándas+áṆ = chāndas-á-ḥ `who studies or knows Chándas (= metrics/Vedas)'; vy-ā-kár-aṇa-am ádhīte véda vā = vai-yā-kar-aṇá-ḥ `who studies or knows grammar'.

$4.2.60 ¹krátu=²ukthá=ādi-³sūtra=ant-āt=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1] designating names of a sacrifice (krátu-°) and the class of expressions beginning with ukthá- `n.pr. of a recitation' and words ending in °sūtra- [terminating in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `studies or knows that' 59].

agni-ṣṭomá-m ádhīte véda vā = agni-ṣṭomá+ṭháK = āgni-ṣṭom-iká-ḥ `who studies or knows A.'; similarly aukth-iká- `who knows or studies U.'; vārttika-sūtrá-m ádhīte véda vā = vārttika-sūtr-iká-ḥ. Description

$4.2.61 kráma=ādi-bhyaḥ=vuN

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with kráma- `a mode of Vedic recitation' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `studies or knows that' 59].

kráma-m ádhīte véda vā = kráma+vuN = krám-ika-ḥ; padám ádhīte véda vā = pád-ika-ḥ `who studies or knows the Pada-pāṭha'.

$4.2.62 anu-brāhmaṇ-āt=ínī-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] íni̱ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] anu-brāhmaṇá- `secondary Brāhmaṇa' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `studies or knows that' 59].

anu-brāhmaṇá-m ádhīte véda vā = anu-brāhmaṇa+ín = anu-brāhmaṇ-ín-. Description

$4.2.63 vasantá=ādi-bhyaḥ=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with vasantá- `a text pertaining to Spring' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `studies or knows that' 59].

vasantá-m ádhīte véda vā = vasantá+ṭháK = vāsant-iká-ḥ.

$4.2.64 proktāt=luK

luK (0̸¹) replaces [the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] a proktá (3.101-11) [affix 3.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `studies or knows that' 59].

pāṇini-nā proktá-m = pāṇini+cha (114) = pāṇin-īya-m, tád ádhīte véda vā = pāṇin-īya+áṆ = pāṇin-īya0̸¹-ḥ `who studies or knows P.'

In the feminine gender, affix [Ṭāp 1.4] functions: pāṇin-īy-ā; if 0̸¹ did not replace áṆ by this rule, the masculine and feminine forms would have been *pāṇin-īy-á-/*pāṇin-īy-ī (1.15).

$4.2.65 sūtr-āt=ca ká̱=upadh-āt

[luK (0̸¹) 64 replaces the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] designating a sūtra `aphorism' containing phoneme [k] as penultimate and [ending in 1.1.71 the second sUP triplet to denote `studies or knows that' 59].

pānin-īya-m áṣṭaka-m ádhīte véda vā = áṣṭaka+áṆ = aṣṭak-á-ḥ `who studies or knows P's Aṣṭ.'

$4.2.66 ¹chándas=²brāhmaṇā-n-i ca tád-viṣayā-ṇi

The names of Vedic and Brāhmaṇa texts [ending in 1.1.72 proktá 3.101-11 affixes 3.1.1, with 0̸¹ replacing them 64] denote the same (tád-viṣayā-ṇ-i = `learner or knower' 59 of the texts).

kaṭh-éna proktám ádhīte véda vā = kaṭha+Ṇíni̱ (3.104) = kaṭha+0̸¹ (3.107) = kaṭhá+áṆ (1.83) = kaṭhá+0̸¹ (64) = kaṭhá-ḥ `who studies or knows the K. recension promulgated by K.' Similarly aitarey-éṇa proktá-m brāhmaṇá-m ádhīte véda vā = aitareyá+Ṇín = aitarey-ín+áṆ (1.83) = aitarey-ín+0̸¹ (64) = aitarey-ín- `who studies or knows Ait. Br.'

$4.2.67 tád a-smín ás-ti=iti deś-é tán-nāmn-i

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1, ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (tád) to denote `it is in this place' (a-smín deś-é ás-ti) bearing its name (tan-nāmn-i).

udumbárāḥ a-smín déś-e s-ánti = udumbára+áṆ = audumbar-á-ḥ `n.pr. of a place abounding in Ud. trees (Ficus Glomerata)'; similarly pārvat-á-ḥ `n.pr. of a hilly region'.

$4.2.68 t-éna nír-vr̥t-ta-m

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (t-éna) to denote `completed by him' (nír-vr̥t-ta-m) [to indicate a placename 67].

kuśāmb-ena nír-vr̥t-tā nágar-ī = kuśāmba+áṆ+ṄīP (1.15) = kauśāmb-ī `n.pr. of a city built or completed by K.'

$4.2.69 tá-sya ni-vās-á-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (tá-sya) to denote `a residence' (ni-vās-áḥ) [indicating a placename 67].

śibīnāṁ viṣayo deśá-ḥ = śibi+áṆ = śaib-á-ḥ(52). Description

$4.2.70 á-dūra-bhava-s=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 69] to denote `situated not far from it' (á-dūra-bhava-ḥ) [indicating a placename 67].

vidiśā-yāḥ á-dūra-bhava-ṁ nágara-m = vidiśā+áṆ = vaidiś-á-m `n.pr. of a city near V.'

$4.2.71 o-r aÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme-class [u] [terminating in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets denoting the meanings listed in 67-70 above to indicate a placename 67].

1. karkaṭav-aḥ a-smín deś-é s-ánti = karkaṭu+aÑ = kārkatav-a-ḥ `n.pr. of a place abounding in K. (Numidian) cranes'; similarly: kākṣatav-a-ḥ `region teeming with kakṣatu plants'.

2. According to Nyāsa on Kāśikā the following three examples illustrate 67-69:

(a) araḍav-aḥ a-smín deś-é s-ánti = araḍu+aÑ = āraḍava-m (67).

(b) kakṣatu-nā nír-vr̥t-ta-m = kākṣatav-a-m (68).

(c) karkaṭelū-nāṁ nivāsá-ḥ = kārkaṭelav-a-m (69). Description

$4.2.72 matO-s=ca bahu=áC=aṅg-āt

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 aÑ 71 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] which is polysyllabic (bahu=ác=aṅg-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] matUP [and terminating in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70 above to indicate a placename 67].

sidhrakā-vān a-smín ás-ti = sidhrakā-vat+aÑ = saídhrakā-vat-a-m `n.pr. of a region (abounding in sidhraka trees)'.

The qualifying word [bahu=áC=aṅga] applies to the pre-affixal base before affix [matUP], so that in non-polysyllabic pre-affixal stems this affix has no domain: mālā-vat+áṆ = mālāvat-á-m.

$4.2.73 bahu=áC-aḥ kūpe-ṣu

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 aÑ 71 is introduced after 3.1.2] a poly-syllabic (bahu=áC-aḥ) [nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70] to designate a well (kūpe-ṣu).

dīrghá-varatr-eṇa nír-vr̥t-ta-ḥ = dīrghá-varatra+aÑ = daírgha-varatr-a-ḥ kūpa-ḥ (68) `a well completed or built by D.'

vr̥kṣa-mūlá-sya ádūra-bhava-ḥ = vārkṣa-mūl-a-ḥ kūpa-ḥ (70) `a well situated near the roots of a tree'.

$4.2.74 udák ca vípāś-aḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 aÑ 71 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70 to designate a well 73] situated on the northern bank of the river Vípāś.

This provides for the introduction of [aÑ] after non-polysyllabic stems also, provided the situation of the well is as specified: datt-éna nír-vr̥t-ta-ḥ kūpa-ḥ = dātt-a-ḥ `well situated on the northern bank of river V. and built or completed by D.'

$4.2.75 sáṁ-kala=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 76 affix 3.1.1 aÑ 71] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with sáṁ-kala- `multitude' [ending in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70 above indicating a placename 67].

sáṁ-kal-ena nír-vr̥t-ta-ḥ = sāṁ-kal-a-ḥ `built or completed by S.' (a region) 68.

$4.2.76 strīṣú ¹sauvīrá-²sālvá-³prāk-ṣu

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 aÑ 71 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70 to designate placenames 67] in the feminine gender (strī-ṣú) situated in the Sauvīrá and Sālvá and the Eastern regions.

1. Sauvīra: dattā-mitr-eṇa nír-vr̥t-tā nágarī (68) = dāttā-mitr-ī (1.15) `n.pr. of a city built by D.'

2. Sālva: vídhūmāgni-nā nír-vr̥t-tā = vaídhūmāgn-ī nágarī.

3. Prāc-i: kakand-ena nír-vr̥t-tā = kākand-ī nágarī. Description

$4.2.77 suvāstu=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with su-vāstu- `n.pr. of a river' [ending in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70 above indicating a placename 67].

su-vāsto-r á-dūra-bhava-ṁ nágara-m (70) = suvāstu+áṆ = sauvāstav-á-m `n.pr. of a city near the river S.' This is an exception to 71 above (aÑ) and also a prior exception to 85 below: sauvāstav-á+ṄīP (1.15) = sauvāstav-ī nadī. Description

$4.2.78 roṇī

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] roṇī [ending in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70 above indicating a placename 67].

The expression [roṇī] in the sūtra is indicative of the fact that the affix is introduced after it when it occurs either by itself or as a final member in composition: roṇī+áṆ = rauṇ-áḥ kūpa-ḥ `a well built or completed by R.' Similarly ājaka-roṇ-á-ḥ `well built or completed by Ajakaroṇī'.

$4.2.79 kA=upadh-āt=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] containing phoneme [k] as penultimate also (ca) [and ending in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70 above indicating a placename 67].

trí-saṅku-nā nír-vr̥t-ta-ḥ = trai-saṅkav-á-ḥ kūpa-ḥ (73) `well built or completed by T.' Exception to aÑ (71,73).

$4.2.80 ¹vuÑ-²chaṆ-³ká-⁴ṭháC=⁵ilá-⁶sá-⁷ini̱-⁸rá-⁹ḍhaÑ-¹⁰Ṇyá-¹¹yá-¹²pháK-¹³phiÑ-¹⁴iÑ-¹⁵Ñya-¹⁶káK-¹⁷ṭháK-aḥ ¹arīhaṇa-²kr̥śāśva=³ŕśya-⁴kúmuda-⁵kāśá-⁶tŕṇa-⁷prekṣā-⁸áśman-⁹sákhi-¹⁰sáṁ-kāśa-¹¹bála-¹²pakṣá-¹³kárṇa-¹⁴sutaṁ-gamá-¹⁵pragadín-¹⁶varāhá-¹⁷kúmuda=ādi-bhyaḥ

[The seventeen taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] beginning with vuÑ and ending with ṭháK are respectively introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stem classes 1.1] beginning with arīhaṇa- and ending with kúmuda-² [terminating in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70 above (i.e., to denote a placename deś-e tan-nāmn-i)].

(1) arīhaṇa+vuÑ = ārī-haṇ-aka- `n.pr. of a locality'.

(2) kr̥śāśva+chaṆ = kārśāśv-īya-.

(3) ŕśya+ká = r̥śya-ká-.

(4) kúmuda¹+ṭháC = kumud-iká-.

(5) kāśá+íla = kāś-íla-.

(6) tŕṇa+sá = tr̥ṣa-sá-.

(7) prekṣā+ín = prekṣ-ín-.

(8) áśman+rá = aśma0̸-rá (6.4.144).

(9) sákhi+ḍhaÑ = sākh-eya-.

(10) sáṁ-kāśa+Ṇyá = sāṁ-kāś-yá- `n.pr. of a town'

(11) bála+yá = bal-yá- (6.4.148).

(12) pakṣá+pháK = pākṣ-āyaṇá-.

(13) kárṇa+phiÑ = kārṇ-āyani-.

(14) sutaṁ-gamá+iÑ = saútaṁ-gam-i-.

(15) pragadín+Ñya = prāgad0̸0̸-ya (6.4.144,148).

(16) varāhá+káK = vārāha-ká-.

(17) kúmuda²+ṭháK = kaumud-iká-.

$4.2.81 janapad-é luP

luP (0̸³) replaces [the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 to denote the appropriate meanings listed in 67-70 above] when designating an inhabited country (janapad-é).

pañcālā-nāṁ ni-vās-á-ḥ janapadá-ḥ = pañcālá+áṆ (69)+Jas = pañcālá+0̸³+Jas = pañcālāḥ. Replacement by luP (0̸³) does not affect either gender or number (1.2.51).

$4.2.82 varaṇā=ādi-bhyas=ca

[luP (0̸³) replaces the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with varaṇā also (ca) [to denote the appropriate meanings listed in 67-70 above denoting a placename 67].

This rule covers cases of stems which do not designate an inhabited country; varaṇā-nām ádūra-bhava-ṁ nágara-m (70) = varaṇā+áṆ-0̸³+Jas = varaṇāḥ `a city near V.' Description

$4.2.83 śárkarā-yāḥ=vā

[luP (0̸³) 81] optionally (vā) replaces [the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] śárkarā `rocks' [to denote the appropriate meanings listed in 67-70 above to denote a placename 67].

This word is included in the nominal stem-classes beginning with [kúmuda¹ (4)] and [varāhá-(16)] of 80 above, so that four affixes are alternately introduced after it: [áṆ 1.83], [ṭháC (80d)], [káK (80p)], [0̸³]; śārkar-á- (1.83), śarkar-iká- (80d), śārkara-ká- (80p) and śarkarā. Description

$4.2.84 ¹ṭháK-²ch-au ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] ṭháK and cha are also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 śárkarā 83 ending in the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70 above].

śárkarā+ṭháK/cha = śārkar-iká- / śarkar-īya-. Description

$4.2.85 nady-ām matUP

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] matUP is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70 above] when designating a river (nady-ām).

udumbárāḥ yá-syām s-ánti = udumbára+matuP+ṄīP (1.6) = udumbarā- (6.3.119)+vat-ī = udumbarā-vat-ī (6.1.219; 8.2.9) `n.pr. of a river on the banks of which abound Udumbára trees (Ficus Glomerata)'.

$4.2.86 mádhu=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 matUP 85] is also introduced (ca) [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with mádhu- `honey, mead' [ending in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70 above denoting a placename 67].

This rule is to designate objects other than rivers: mádhu a-smín á-sti = mádhu+matUP = mádhu-mat- `region abounding in honey, land of honey'.

$4.2.87 ¹kúmuda-²naḍá-³vetasé-bhyaḥ=ḌmatUP

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḌmatUP is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] kúmuda- `lotus', naḍá- `reed' and vetasá- `cane' [ending in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70 above denoting a placename 67].

kú-muda+ḌmatUP = kúmud0̸¹+matUP (6.4.143) = kúmud-vat- (8.2.9); on the same pattern: naḍ-vát-, vetas-vát- (6.1.176; 8.2.10) `regions abounding respectively in lotuses, reeds and canes'.

$4.2.88 ¹naḍá-²śād-āt=ḌvaláC

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḌvaláC is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] naḍá- `reed' and śāda- `young grass' [ending in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70].

naḍá+ḌvaláC = naḍ0̸¹+valá (6.4.143) = naḍ-valá- `region abounding in reeds'; similarly śād-valá- `region where young grass is in abundance'.

$4.2.89 śíkhā-yāḥ=valáC

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] valáC is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] śíkhā `peak, summit' [ending in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70 above].

śíkhā-valá-m nāma nágara-m `n.pr. of a city abounding in peaks or summits'.

$4.2.90 utkará=ādi-bhyas=cha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with utkará- `rubbish, heap' [ending in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70 above denoting a placename 67].

utkará+cha = utkar-īya-m nágaram `a city abounding in rubbish/heap'. Description

$4.2.91 naḍá=ādī-nāṁ ku̱K ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 cha 90 is introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with naḍá- `reed' [ending in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the meanings listed in 67-70 above] and (ca) the final increment (k) is introduced after it (before the affix cha).

naḍá+cha = naḍa-k-īya-m nágara-m `city abounding in reeds'. Description

$4.2.92 śéṣ-e

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] provided by rules in the section beginning here are introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 when the meaning conditions are] the remainder (śéṣ-e) [with reference to those specified before in 1.92-2.70].

This is a governing rule [adhikārá] heading this section extending up to 3.24 below. The precise meaning conditions are stated from 3.25 onwards. [śéṣ-e] thus signifies `previously unspecified' and will be rendered as such below.

$4.2.93 ¹rāṣṭrá=²avāra-pār-āt=¹gha=²kh-au

[The taddhita 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] gha and kha are [respectively 1.3.10] introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] rāṣṭrá- `kingdom' and avāra-pārá- `the nearer and farther banks' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

rāṣṭrá+gha = rāṣṭr-íya- `born in the kingdom' (3.25).

avāra-pārá+kha = avāra-pār-īṇa- `belonging to both shores or banks'. By interpretation affix [kha] is introduced after the individual constituents of the compound expression and after a change in their order also: pārāvar-īṇa-; avār-īṇa- `belonging to this bank' and pār-īṇa- `belonging to that bank'.

$4.2.94 grām-āt=¹yá-²khaÑ-au

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] yá and khaÑ are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] grāma- `village' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

grāma=yá/khaÑ = gram-yá-/grām-īṇa- `occurring in or proper to the village' (3.25,53, etc.).

$4.2.95 káttri=ādi-bhyas=ḍhakaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍhakaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with kát-tri `three blameworthy objects' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

kát-tri+ḍhakaÑ = kāt-tr-eyaka- (3.53) `what belongs to kát-tri'; similarly paúṣkar-eyaka- `pertaining to the blue lotus' púṣkara+ḍhakaÑ.

$4.2.96 ¹kúla-²kukṣí-³grīvā-bhyas=¹śván=²así=³alaṁ-kāré-ṣu

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḍhakaÑ 95 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] kúla- `family', kukṣí- `sheath' and grīvā `neck' to denote [respectively 1.3.10] a dog (śván-), a sword (así-) and an ornament (alaṁ-kāré-su).

kúla+ḍhakaÑ = kaúl-eyaka-ḥ = śvā (3.53) `a dog' but in other senses: kula+áṆ (1.83) `born' (3.25) or `occurring in (3.53) a family'. Similarly kaúkṣ-eyaka-ḥ = así-ḥ `sword' but kaukṣ-á (Ṇ 1.83) `born in a sheath or cocoon'; graív-eyaka-ḥ = alaṁ-kārá-ḥ `necklace'; but graiv-áṆ `pertaining to the neck'.

$4.2.97 nadī=ādi-bhyas=ḍháK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with nadī `river' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

nadi+ḍhaK = nād-eya- (3.53) `belonging to the river'; mahī+ḍhaK = māh-eya- `belonging to the earth'.

$4.2.98 ¹dakṣiṇā-²paścāt-purás-as=tyáK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] tyáK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] dakṣiṇā `in the south', paścāt `behind' and purás `before, in front' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

dakṣiṇā+tyáK = dākṣiṇā-tyá- `born or originating in the south'; pāścāt-tyá- `born or originating in the west'; pauras-tyá- `born or originating in the east' (3.25,53).

$4.2.99 kāpiśy-ās=ṢphaK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṢpháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] kāpiśī `n.pr. of a city' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

kāpiśī+SpháK = kāpiś-āyaná-m mádhu `honey originating in K.'; and kāpiś-āyaná+ṄīṢ (1.41) = kāpiś-āyan-ī drākṣā `grape originating in K.'

$4.2.100 ranko-r á-manuṣye=áṆ ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] raṅku- `n.pr. of a region' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92] to designate (an object) other than a human being (á=manuṣy-e) in addition to (ca) [ṢpháK 99].

raṅku+áṆ/ṢpháK = rāṅkav-á-ḥ / rāṅkav-āyaṇá-ḥ `a species of antelope originating in R. region', but raṅku+vuÑ = rāṅkav-aka-ḥ (124) manuṣyà-ḥ `a man born or originating in R.'

$4.2.101 ¹dyú-²prāc=á³pāc=⁴údac-⁵pratīc-áḥ=yàT

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] dyú- (div-) `sky'. prāc- `turned towards the east', ápāc- `turned towards the west', údac- `turned towards the north' and pratīc- `turned towards the west' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

dív+yàT = dív-ya- `celestial, heavenly, originating in the sky' (3.53); prāc-ya- `eastern', apāc-yà- `western', udīc-yà- `northern', pratīc-yà- `western'.

$4.2.102 kanthā-yās=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] kanthā `n.pr. of a village' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

kanthā+ṭháK = kānth-iká- `born or originating in K.'

$4.2.103 várṇ-au vuK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 kanthā 102] situated in the Várṇu region [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

The word [várṇu] designates a region near the river Várṇu. kanthā+vuK = kānth-aká- `born or originating in K. in the region of V.' `n.pr. of a village or city'.

$4.2.104 ávyay-āt tyaP

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] tyaP is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] consisting of an indeclinable (ávyay-āt) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

amā+tyaP = amā-tya- `ministerial officer'; ihá-tya- `being here'; kvá-tya- `being where?'; ní-tya- `permanent'.

$4.2.105 ¹aiṣámas=²hyás=³śvás-aḥ=anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 tyaP 104] is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] aiṣámas- `in the current year', hyás `yesterday' and śvás `tomorrow' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

aiṣámas+tyaP = aiṣámas-tya- `of this or current year'; hyás-tya- `pertaining to yesterday'; śvás-tya- `pertaining to tomorrow'.

The alternate forms are generated with affixes [Ṭyu/ṬyuL] by 3.23 below. aiṣámas+tu̱Ṭ+Ṭyu/TyuL=aiṣamas-t-ána-/aiṣámas-tana-; hyas-t-ána-/hyás-t-ana-; śvas-t-ána-/śvás-t-ana-.

$4.2.106 ¹tīra-²rūpya=uttarapad-āt ¹aÑ-²Ñ-au

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] aÑ and Ña are [respectively 1.3.10] introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1] tīra- `bank, shore' and rūpya- `silver', occurring as posterior members (in composition: uttara-pad-āt) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

kaka-tīr-é bháva-ḥ = kaka-tīrá+aÑ = kāka-tīr-a- `originating in K.' (3.53); in like manner: vr̥ka-rūpy-é bháva-ḥ = vr̥ka- rūpya+Ña = vārka-rūpy-a-. The first expression generates the feminine with affix [ṄīP 1.15] and the second with [ṬāP 1.4] respectively.

$4.2.107 dík-pūrva-pad-āt=á-saṁjñā-yam Ña-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ña is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] co-occurring with a direction word as a prior member (dík-pūrva-pad-āt) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92] to derive an expression not signifying a proper name (á-saṁjñā-yām).

pūrva-syāṁ śālā-yam bháva-ḥ (3.53) = pūrva+0̸¹+śālā+Ña = paúrva- śāl-a- `belonging to the eastern chamber', but when denoting a proper name: pūrveṣukāmsamī (2.1.50)+áṆ = pūrv=aiṣukāma- sam-á- (7.3.14).

$4.2.108 madré-bhyaḥ=aÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] madrá- `n.pr. of a people' [co-occurring with a direction word as prior member in composition 107 to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

pūrve-ṣu madré-ṣu bháva-ḥ = pūrva-madrá+aÑ = paúrva-madr-a- `belonging to Eastern Madra'; similarly āpara-madr-a-.

$4.2.109 udīcya-grām-āt=ca bahu=áC-aḥ=ánta=udātt-āt

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 aÑ 108 is introduced after 3.1.2] a poly-syllabic (bahu=áC-aḥ) [nominal stem 1.1] designating a village name (grām-āt) in the north (udīcyà-°) ending in a high pitched vowel (ánta=udātt-āt) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

śiva-pur-é bháva-ḥ = śiva-pura+aÑ = śaíva-pur-a- `belonging to S.' Similarly mahā-nagará+aÑ = māhā-nagar-a-.

$4.2.110 ¹prasthá=uttara-pada=²paladī=ādi-³ká̱=upadh-āt=áṆ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1] with prasthá- as final member (prasthá=uttara-pada-°) (in composition) and [the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with paladī and those with phoneme [k] as penultimate (ká̱-upadh-āt) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

1. māhakī-prasthá+áṆ = māhakī-prasth-á- `belonging to M.' Exception to 109 above as these are all northern villages.

2. paladī+áṆ = pālad-á- `belonging to P.' Those placenames in this group which denote Vāhīka villages block out affixes [ṭhaÑ, Ñiṭha 117 below].

3. k-penultimate: nilīnaka+áṆ = nailīnak-á- `belonging to N.'

$4.2.111 káṇva=ādi-bhyaḥ=gotr-é

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83] is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with káṇva- `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72] a patronymic affix (gotr-é) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

káṇva-sya gotrāpatyam = káṇva+yaÑ (1.105) = kāṇv-ya-ḥ; tá-sya chāttrāḥ = kāṇv-ya+áṆ = kāṇvy0̸+á (6.4.148) = kāṇv0̸+á- (6.4.151)+Jas = kāṇv-āḥ. Prior exception to [cha] (114 below).

$4.2.112 iÑ-as=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix áṆ 1.93] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the patronymic affix 111] iÑ [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

Prior exception to [cha 114] below. dákṣa-sya gotrāpatyá-m : dákṣa+iÑ = dākṣ-i-ḥ; tá-sya chāttr-āḥ = dākṣ-i+áṆ = dākṣ-á+Jas = dākṣ-āh `pupils of Dākṣi'.

$4.2.113 ná dví=aC-aḥ prācya-bharaté-ṣu

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83] is not introduced (ná) [after 3.1.2] a dissyllabic (dvy-áC-aḥ) [nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the patronymic affix 111 iÑ 112] pertaining to the Eastern Bharatá lineage [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92]

Exception to the preceding rule, whence the subsequent rule (114) becomes applicable: prauṣṭhá-sya gotrāpatyá-m = prauṣṭhá + iÑ = praúṣṭh-i-ḥ; tá-sya chāttr-āḥ : praúṣṭhi+cha (114) = prausth-īya+Jas = prauṣṭh-īy-āḥ `pupils of Praúṣṭhi', but pānnāgares=chāttr-āḥ = pānnāgar-áṆ+Jas (112); and when not a prācya-bharata: dākṣ-āḥ (112).

$4.2.114 vr̥ddh-āt=cha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] containing a vr̥ddhi vowel in its first syllable (1.1.73) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

śālā-yām bháva-ḥ = śālā+cha = śāl-īya- `originating or belonging to a hall or chamber' (3.53). By 1.1.74 pronominal stems beginning with [tyád-] also come under the definition of this technical term: tyád+cha = tyad-īya- `his', mad-īya- `mine', tvad-īya- `thine', asmad-īya- `ours', yuṣmad-īya- `yours'.

$4.2.115 bhávat-as=¹ṭháK=²chaS-au

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] ṭhaK and chaS are introduced [after 3.1.2 the pronominal stem 1.1] bhávat(U) (= honorific second person pronoun) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

The marker [S] of [chaS] is to indicate that the pre-affixal stem is defined as a pada (1.4.16): bhávat+ṭháK/chaS = bhāvat-ká- (7.3.51)/bhavad-īya- `your honor's'.

$4.2.116 kāśí=ādi-bhyas=¹ṭhaÑ-²Ñi̱ṭh-au

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ and Ñi̱ṭha are introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with kāśí- `n.pr.' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

The difference between these two affixes is seen only in the feminine derivatives: [ṄīP] with [ṭhaÑ] and [ṬāP] with [Ñi̱ṭha] (cf. 1.15,4 respectively): kāśí+ṭhaÑ/Ñiṭha (+ fem. affixes) = kāśí+ṭhaÑ+ṄīP = kāś-ik-ī; kāśi+Ñi̱ṭha+ṬāP = kāś-ikā `originating in K.'

$4.2.117 vāhīka-grāmé-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ and Ñi̱ṭha 116 are introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] denoting names of villages in the Vāhīka region (vāhīka-grāmé-bhyaḥ) [containing vŕddhi vowels in their first syllables 114 to denote previously unspecified meanings 93].

śākalá+ṭhaÑ/Ñi̱ṭha = śākal-ika+ṄīP/ṬāP = śākal-ik-ī/ -ik-ā `pertaining to Ś.' Exception to 114 [cha].

$4.2.118 vibhāṣā=uśīnáre-ṣu

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ and Ñi̱ṭha 116] are optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 denoting names of villages in the Vāhīka region 117 containing vŕddhi vowels in their first syllable 114 to denote previously unspecified meanings 92] when they designate names of villages in Uśīnára.

saudarśaná+ṭháÑ/Ñi̱ṭha = saú-darśan-ik-ī/°-ikā alternating with affix [cha 114] sau-darśan-īy-ā `belonging to the rgion of S.'

$4.2.119 o-r deś-é ṭhaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme-class [u] denoting a placename (deś-é) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

niṣādá-karṣu+ṭhaÑ = naíṣāda-karṣu-ka- (7.3.51) `of the locality N.'

$4.2.120 vr̥ddh-āt prāc-ām

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 119 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the phoneme-class [u], denoting a region 119] situated in the east [prāc-ām] [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92] provided the stem is a member of the vr̥ddhá class (1.1.73).

While this rule could have been covered by the previous rule, its separate mention is to restrict that operation only to names of regions constituting the vr̥ddhá (1.1.73) type.

nāpita-vāstú+ṭhaÑ = nāpita-vāstu-ka- `originating in N.', but when not containing a vr̥ddhi vowel in the first syllable: malla-vāstú+áṆ (1.83) = mālla-vāstav-á `belonging to M.'

$4.2.121 ¹dhánvan=²yá̱=upadh-a̱t=vuÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 containing a vŕddhi vowel in its first syllable 120] designating a desert (dhánvan-) or one containing the phoneme [y] as penultimate [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

pāre-dhanván-i jātá-ḥ (3.25) = pāre-dhanván+vuÑ = pāre-dhanv0̸0̸+aka- (6.4.144) = pāre-dhanv-aka- `born in P.' Similarly aírāvat-aka- `born in Airāvata'. kāmpily0̸-aka-, sāṁkaśy0̸-aka-.

$4.2.122 ¹prasthá-²purá-³váha=ant-āt=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 121] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 a vr̥ddhá type 120 nominal stem 1.1] ending in (°-ant-āt) °-prasthá-, °-purá- or °-váha- [denoting a region 119 to indicate previously unspecified meanings 92].

°-prastha-: mālā-prasth-é bháva-ḥ = mālā-prasthá+vuÑ = mālā-prath-aka- `born in M.'

°-purá-: nāndī-purá+vuÑ = nāndī-pur-aka- `born in N.'

°-váha-: pailuvah-é bháva=ḥ = paílu-vah-aka- `born in P.'

$4.2.123 ¹rá̱=upadha=²īT-oḥ prāc-ām

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 121 is introduced after 3.1.2 a vr̥ddhá-type 120 nominal stem 1.1 designating a locality 119] in the eastern region (prāc-ām) containing the phoneme [r] as penultimate or [ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme long [ī(T)] [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

1. pāṭaliputra+vuÑ (3.25) = pāṭali-putr-aka- `born in P.'

2. kākandī+vuÑ = kākand0̸-aka- `born in K.'

$4.2.124 ¹janapadá²-tad-avadhy-ós=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 121] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 a vr̥ddhá-type 120 nominal stem 1.1 designating a locality 119] representing a populated region or country (janapadá-°) or one denoting its limit (°-tad-avadhy-óḥ) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

1. janapadá-: ābhi-sāre bháva-ḥ = ābhi-sāra+vuÑ = ābhi-sār-aka- (3.53) `occurring in or pertaining to Ābhi.'

2. tad-avadhí-: aupuṣṭ-e bháva-ḥ = aúpuṣṭ-aka- `occurring in or pertaining to the country bordering Aup.'

$4.2.125 á-vr̥ddh-āt=ápi bahu-vacana-viṣay-āt

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 121 is introduced even (api) after 3.1.2] a non-vr̥ddhá-type [as well as vr̥ddhá-type 120 nominal stem 1.1 designating a populated region or country or its limit 124] occurring in the plural (bahuvacana-viṣay-āt) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

aṅge-ṣu bháva-ḥ = aṅga+vuÑ = āṅg-aka-ḥ `being in the Aṅga country, an inhabitant of A.'

ajamīḍhe-ṣu jātá-ḥ = ājamīḍha+vuÑ = ājamīḍh-aka-ḥ `native of country bordering on Ajām'.

dārve-ṣu bháva-ḥ = dārva+vuÑ = dārv-aka-ḥ `belonging to Dār'. kālanjare-ṣu jātá-ḥ = kālanjar-aka-ḥ `born in K.'

$4.2.126 ¹kaccha=²agní-³váktra-⁴varttá=uttara-pad-āt

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 121 is introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1] °-kaccha- `marsh', °-agni- `fire', °-váktra- `face' and -varttá- `livelihood, sustenance', occurring as final members (uttara-pad-āt in composition) [designating localities 119, whether vr̥ddhá 120 or non-vr̥ddhá 125, to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

Kāśikā has a variant reading [gartta] for [varttá-].

dāru-kacché-ṣu jā-tá-ḥ = dāru-kacch-aka-ḥ; pippalī-kacchá+vuÑ = paíppalī-kacch-aka-ḥ `born in Pip.'

kāṇḍagní+vuÑ = kāṇdāgni-ka-ḥ; vibhujāgní+vuÑ = vaíbhuj-āgn-ika-ḥ.

bāhu-vartá+vuÑ = bāhu-vart-aka-ḥ; cakra-vartá+vuÑ = cākra-vart-aka-ḥ.

$4.2.127 dhūmá=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 121] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with dhūmá- [designating localities 119 to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

This class of stems contains both vr̥ddhá and non-vr̥ddhá types: dhūm-é bháva-ḥ = dhaúm-aka-ḥ `belonging to Dh.'

$4.2.128 nágar-āt ¹kútsana-²prāvīṇyay-oḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 121 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] nágara- `city' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92] to express either a sense of reproach (kútsana-°) or competency (prāvīṇyay-oḥ).

nágar-e bháva-ḥ/jā-tá-ḥ = nágara+vuÑ = nāgar-aka-ḥ (a) `knave, cunning person'; (b) `an accomplished person'.

$4.2.129 áraṇy-āt=manuṣy-è

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 121 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] áraṇya- `forest, wood' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92] to specify a human being (manuṣy-è).

araṇya+vuÑ = āraṇy-aka-ḥ manuṣyà-ḥ `forester, woodsman', but with reference to non-human beings: araṇya+áṆ (1.83) = āraṇy-á- `born or originating in a forest'.

$4.2.130 vibhāṣā ¹kúru-²yugandharā-bhyām

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 121] is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] kúru- and yugandhará- `n.pr. of inhabited regions' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

Option is in respect of the obligatory rule 125 above.

kúru-ṣu bháva-ḥ = kúru+vuÑ = kaúrav-aka-ḥ or kúru+áṆ = kaurav-á-ḥ `belonging to the Kúrus'.

yugandhará+vuÑ/áṆ = yaúgandhar-aka-/yaugandhar-á-.

$4.2.131 ¹madrá=²vŕjy-oḥ kaN

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] kaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] madrá- and vŕji- [denoting names of inhabited localities 124 to signify previously unspecified meanings 92].

madré-ṣu bháv-ḥ/jātá-ḥ = madrá+kaN = mádra-ka-ḥ. vŕji-ṣu jā-tá-ḥ = vŕji-ka-ḥ.

$4.2.132 ká̱=upadh-āt=áṆ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] containing phoneme [k] as penultimate (ká̱=upadh-āt) [designating an inhabited locality 124 to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

r̥ṣiké-ṣu jā-tá-ḥ : r̥ṣiká+áṆ = ārṣik-á-ḥ `born in R̥.'

$4.2.133 kaccha=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 aṆ 132] is also introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with kaccha- [denoting names of inhabited localities 124 to signify previously unspecified meanings 92].

kaccha+áṆ = kācch-á- `born or originating in K.' (3.25,53).

$4.2.134 ¹manuṣyà-²tát-sthay-or vuÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1 beginning with kaccha- 133 designating inhabited localities 124 to denote previously unspecified meanings 92] to indicate a human being (manuṣyà-°) or his characteristics (°tát-sthay-oḥ).

kaccha+vuÑ = kācch-aka- `a person born or belonging to K. or his smile/speech/crest of hair etc.', but kaccha+áṆ (133) = kācch-á-ḥ gaú-ḥ `a bull originating in K.'

$4.2.135 á-padāt-au sālv-āt

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 134 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] sālvá- [signifying a habited locality 124 to denote previously unspecified meanings 92 designating a human being or his characteristics 134] other than a foot-soldier or infantry-man (á-padāt-au).

sālvá+vuÑ = sālv-aka- `a person born or belonging to S., or his characteristic, such as smile/speech etc.'; but sālvá+áṆ = sālv-á-ḥ padātí-ḥ `infantryman of S.' (133).

$4.2.136 ¹go-²yavāgv-ós=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 134] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 sālvá- 135 signifying an inhabited locality 124 to denote previously unspecified meanings 92] to designate a bull or cow (gó-°) and barley gruel (yavāgv-óḥ).

sālv-aka-ḥ gau-ḥ `a bull originating in S.'; sālv-ik-ā yavāgū-ḥ (1.4; 7.3.44) `barley gruel originating in S.'

$4.2.137 gárta=uttara-pad-āt=cha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] co-occurring with °-gárta- as a final member (in composition: uttara-pad-āt) [denoting an inhabited locality 124 to indicate previously unspecified meanings 92].

With reference to villages located in Vāhīka country (117 above) this affix blocks out [thaÑ], [Ñi̱ṭha] by virtue of metarule 1.4.2. vr̥ka-gart-é bháva-ḥ = vr̥ka-garta+cha = vr̥ka-gart-īya-ḥ `belonging to V.'

$4.2.138 gaha=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 cha 137] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with gahá- `cave, cavern' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

Not all items included in this class of nominal stems denote an inhabited locality (janapadá) or a region (deśá) despite the governing rule [déś-e 119] above. gah-e jā-tá-ḥ = gaha+cha = gah-īya-ḥ `cave-born'.

$4.2.139 prāc-āṁ káṭa=āde-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 cha 138 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] with káṭa-° as a prior member (°ādé-ḥ in composition) [designating an inhabited locality 119] in the eastern region (prāc-ām) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

The expression [káṭa=ādi] normally indicates a class [gaṇa] of nominal stems headed by that expression, but there is no corresponding list in the GP. Therefore, it represents [káṭa-] as a prior member of a compound nominal stem, as the following illustrative examples show, though the sūtra does not use the term [pūrva-pada] here [cf. 4.1.53,60,140; 2.107; 3.60; 4.64; 5.1.112; 6.2.1; 7.3.19 and 8.3.106]; it is substituted by [°-ādí]. This unusual fact has not been noted by Kāśikā or SK. In general [°-ādi], when not connected with a gaṇa listing, is confined to phoneme groups: [a-ka-kha=ādi] (8.4.18), [iC=ādi] (3.1.36), [eka-ha̱L-ādi] (6.3.59) or with technical terms: [an-ādeśá=ádi] (6.4.120), [anudātta=ādi] (4.2.44) etc.

kaṭa-nagar-é bháva-ḥ = kaṭa-nagar-īya-ḥ `originating in K.'

kaṭa-palval-īya- `born in Kata-palvala'.

$4.2.140 rājñ-aḥ ka̱ ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 cha 137 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] rājan- `king' and (ca) phoneme [k] replaces its (stem-final 1.1.52) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

rājan+cha = rājak-cha = rājak-īya- `pertaining to the king, regal, royal'.

$4.2.141 vr̥ddh-āt=¹aka=²iká=ant-āt khá̱=upadh-āt

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 cha 137 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] containing vowels [ā, ai or au] in its first syllable (vr̥ddh-āt) and ending in (°-ant-āt) in the elements °aka- or °-ika or containing phoneme [kh] as penultimate [designating a locality 139 to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

1. °-aka-: brāmaṇaka+cha= brāhmaṇak-īya- `born or originating in the locality of Br.' Exception to [áṆ 79].

2. °-ika-: śālmalika+chá = śālmalik-īya- `born or belonging to S.'

3. kh-penultimate: áyo-mukha+cha = ayo-mukh-īya-.

$4.2.142 ¹kanthā-²palada-³nágara-⁴grāma-⁵hradá=uttara-pad-āt

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 cha 137 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1 containing phonemes [ā], [ai] or [au] in their first syllable 141] co-occurring with °kanthā `sort of garment', °-palada- `kind of building material', °-nágara- `city', °-grāma- `village' and hradá- `pond, pool, lake' as final members (uttara-pad-āt: in composition) [designating localities to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

(1) dākṣi-kantha+cha = dākṣi-kanth-īya-. `belonging to D.' Similarly (2-5): dākṣi-palal-īya-/°-nagar-īya-/°-grām-īya-/°-hrad-īya-.

$4.2.143 párvat-āt=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 cha 137] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] párvata- `hill, mountain' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

párvat-e bháva-m = parvat-īya-m `born or originating in the region of P.'

$4.2.144 vibhāṣā=á-manuṣy-e

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 cha 137] is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 párvata- 143 to denote previously unspecified meanings 92] when signifying a non-human entity (á-manuṣy-e).

párvat-e bháva-m = parvat-īya-m/párvata+áṆ = pārvat-á-m phála-m `fruit originating in P. region', but parvat-īya-ḥ manuṣyà-ḥ.

$4.2.145 ¹kr̥kaṇa-²-parṇ-āt bharádvāj-e

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 cha 137 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] kr̥kaṇa- and parṇá- [designating localities 119] of Bharádvāja region [to denote previously unspecified meanings 92].

kr̥kaṇa+cha = kr̥kaṇ-īya- `of K. in Bharádvāja country', but kārkaṇ-á (Ṇ 1.83) elsewhere.

parṇ-īya- `of Parṇa in Bh. country', but pārṇ-á- elsewhere.

$4.3.1 ¹yuṣmád-²asmád-or anya-tará-syām khaÑ=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] khaÑ, in addition to (ca) [cha 2.137 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] consisting of (the second and first personal pronouns respectively 1.3.10) yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' optionally (anya-tará-syām) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92].

The use of this option also permits the introduction of the general affix [áṆ 1.83]. yuṣmád+khaÑ/cha/áṆ = yuṣmāka+khaÑ/cha/áṆ (2) = yaúṣmāk-īṇa-/yuṣmad-īya-/yauṣmāk-á- `yours'; similarly āsmāk-īna-/asmad-īya-/āsmāk-á- `ours'.

$4.3.2 tá-smin=áṆ-i ca ¹yuṣmāka=²asmāk=au

Before that (tá-smin) [= taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 khaÑ 1] and áṆ substitute morphemes yuṣmāka- and asmāka- replace [the whole of 1.1.55 yuṣmád- and asmád- 1 respectively 1.3.10].

The operation of metarule 1.3.10 with respect to the two affixes [khaN] and [áṆ] in connection with the two personal pronominal stems is blocked by the device of yoga-vibhāga by splitting the rule into two parts [tásmin] and [áṆi ca . . .]. The illustrations are already cited under 1 above.

$4.3.3 ¹távaka-²mámak-au=eka-vacan-é

[Before the taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 khaÑ 1 and áṆ 2] the substitute morphemes távaka- and mámaka [respectively 1.3.10 replace the whole of 1.1.55 yuṣmád- and asmád- 1] when signifying a single person (eka-vacan-é).

yuṣmád-sg.+khaÑ/áṆ = távaka+khaÑ/áṆ = tāvak-īna-/tāvak-á- `thine' and māmak-īna-/māmak-á- `mine'.

$4.3.4 árdh-āt=yàT

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] árdha- `half' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92].

árdha+yàT = árdh0̸+ya- (6.1.148) = árdh-ya `pertaining to half'.

$4.3.5 ¹para=²ávara=³adhamá=⁴uttamá-pūrv-āt=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 4] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 árdha- 4] co-occurring with pára-° `more distant', ávara-° `less distant', adhamá-° `lower', uttamá-° `upper' as prior members (°pūrv-āt in composition) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 1.92].

parārdhá+yàT = parārdh-yà- `being at the more distant side of half' and similarly: avarārdh-yà- `being on the near side of half'; adhamārdh-yà- `being on the lower half' and uttamārdh-yà- `being on the upper half'.

$4.3.6 dík-pūrva-pad-āt=ṭhaÑ=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 4] as well as thaÑ (ca) are introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.52 °ardha- 4] co-occurring with direction words as prior members (dík-pūrva-pad-āt in composition) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92].

pūrvārdhá+ṭhaÑ/yaT = paúrvārdhika-/pūrvārdh-yà- `being on the eastern half-side'; similarly dākṣiṇārdh-ika-/dakṣiṇārdh-yá- `being on the southern half-side'.

$4.3.7 ¹grāma-²janapadá=eka-deś-āt=¹aÑ-²ṭhaÑ-au

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] aÑ and ṭhaÑ are introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in °-árdha 4, co-occurring with direction words as prior members in composition 6] signifying a part of a village (grāma=ekadeśá) or of an inhabited locality (janapada=eka-deśāt) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92].

imé khálu asm-ākam grāma-sya/janapadásya vā paúrvārdh-āḥ +aÑ / paúrvārdh-ikāḥ +ṭhaÑ `these are, indeed, the eastern sections of our village or inhabited locality'.

$4.3.8 mádhy-āt má-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] má is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] mádhya- `center, middle' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92].

mādhya+má- = madhya-má- `central, situated in the middle'.

$4.3.9 á sām-prati-k-é

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] á is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 mádhya- 8 to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92] to express suitability or fitness (sām-prati-k-é).

mádhya+á = madhy0̸+á (6.4.148) = madhy-á- `median, average'.

$4.3.10 dvīp-āt=anu-samudr-ám yaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] dvīpá- `island' situated near the sea (anu-samudr-ám) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92].

dvīpá+yaÑ = dvaíp-ya- `pertaining to a peninsula, having water on both sides'; the word [dvīpá-] literally signifies a peninsula, having water on both sides, and if that water happens to be part of a sea or ocean, the affix in question is [yaÑ]; in other situations it is either [áṆ 1.83] or [vuÑ 2.133-34]: dvaip-á- (1.83)/dvaíp-aka- (2.133-34).

$4.3.11 kāl-āt=ṭhaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] thaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] designating divisions of time (kāl-āt) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92].

māsa+ṭhaÑ = mās-ika- `monthly'; ārdha-mās-sika- `half-monthly, fortnightly'; sāṁ-vatsar-ika- `annual, yearly'.

The expression [kālá-] recurs in the subsequent sūtras up to and including 24 below.

$4.3.12 śrāddh-é śarád-aḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 11 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] śarád- `autumn' [signifying time 11 to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92] to designate funerary rites (śrāddh-é).

śarád+ṭhaÑ = śārad-ika- `autumnal funeral rite'; in other senses: śarad+áṆ (16) = śārad-á- `autumnal'.

$4.3.13 vibhāṣā ¹róga-²ātapáy-oḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 11] is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 śarád- 12 to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92] for indicating either a disease (róga-) or `sunshine, heat' (°ātapáy-oḥ).

śarad+ṭhaÑ/áṆ = śārad-ika-ḥ/śārad-á-ḥ róga-ḥ/ātapá-ḥ `autumnal disease/autumnal heat or sunshine'.

$4.3.14 ¹níśā-²prádoṣā-bhyāṁ ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 11 is introduced optionally 13] also (ca) [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] níśā `night' and prá-doṣa- `twilight' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92].

níśā+ṭhaÑ/áṆ = naíś-ika-/naiś-á- `nocturnal'; similarly prā-doṣ-ika-/prā-doṣ-á- `pertaining to the twilight'.

$4.3.15 śvás-as tu̱Ṭ ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 11 is optionally 13 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 3.1.2] śvás- `tomorrow', and the initial increment tu̱Ṭ is inserted at the beginning of the affix (1.1.46) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92].

śvas+ṭhaÑ = śvas+tu̱Ṭ-ṭhaÑ = śaúvas-t-ika- (7.3.3)/śvás-tya- (2.105)/śvás-t-ana-/śvas-t-ána- (+Ṭyu/ṬyuL 23 below) `pertaining to tomorrow'.

$4.3.16 ¹saṁ-dhí+vélā=ādi=²r̥tú-³nákṣatre-bhyaḥ=áṆ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem-class 1.1] beginning with saṁ-dhi-velā `connecting or linking period of time (such as twilight etc.)' and those designating seasons (r̥tú-) or asterisms (°-nákṣatre-bhyaḥ) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92].

1. saṁ-dhi-velā+áṆ = sāṁ-dhi-vel-á- `pertaining to twilight, etc.'

2. r̥tu-: grīṣmá+áṆ = graiṣm-á- `relating to summer'; so also śiśíra+áṆ = śaiśir-á- `autumnal'.

3. nákṣatra: tiṣyà+áṆ = taiṣ-á (6.4.149) `relating to the Tiṣyà asterism or lunar mansion'.

$4.3.17 prāvŕṣ-aḥ=éṇya-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] éṇya is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] prāvŕṣ- `rainy season, monsoon' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92].

prāvŕṣ+éṇya- = prāvr̥ṣ-éṇya-ḥ balāhaká-ḥ `rain-(cloud)'.

$4.3.18 varṣā-bhyas=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] varṣā `rain' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92].

varṣā+ṭháK = vārṣ-iká-ṁ vāsaḥ `(cloth fit for the) rainy (season), rain-(coat)'.

$4.3.19 chándas-i ṭhaÑ

In the domain of Chándas [the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 varṣā 18 to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92].

varṣā+ṭhaÑ = vārṣ-ika-: nábhaś ca nabhasyá-ś ca vārṣ-ik-au= r̥tū `Nábhas and Nabhasyá (= August-September) are rainy seasons'.

$4.3.20 vasant-āt=ca

[In the domain of Chándas 19 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 19 is also introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] vasantá- `spring' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92].

mádhu-ś ca mādhava-ś ca vāsant-ik-au=r̥tū `Mádhu and Mādhava (March-April and April-May) constitute the spring season'.

$4.3.21 hemant-āt=ca

[In the domain of Chándas 19 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 19] is also introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] hemantá- `winter' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92].

sáhaś ca sahasyà-ś ca haímant-ik-au=r̥tū `Sáhas and Sahasyà (November-December and December-January) constitute winter season'.

$4.3.22 sarvá-tra=áṆ ca ta-lopá-s=ca

In all domains (sarvá-tra) [= domain of Chándas and elsewhere, the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 hemantá- 21] with the substitute element lopa (0̸) replacing the syllable [ta] of the stem (or alternately phoneme/t/) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92].

The two interpretations are due to the uncertainty of the status of vowel [a] of syllable [ta] of [hemantá-]; the second alternative is based on the assumption that it is used for ease of pronunciation and is not a part of the element to be replaced, which is then subject to 6.4.148. hemanta+áṆ = heman0̸0̸+á- = haiman-á-/heman0̸a+á = heman0̸+á (6.4.148) = haiman-á- (6.4.22) `pertaining to winter'.

$4.3.23 ¹sāyám=²cirám=³prāhṇ-e=⁴pragé=⁵ávyaye-bhyaḥ Ṭyu-ṬyuL-au tu̱-Ṭ ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] Ṭyu and ṬyuL are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] sāyám `at even-tide', cirám `for a long time', prāhṇe `in the morning' pragé `at dawn' and indeclinables (°ávyaye-bhyaḥ) [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92], and the initial increment tu̱Ṭ is inserted at the head of these affixes.

sāyám+Ṭyu/ṬyuL = sāyam+t-ána-/sāyám-t-ana- (6.1.193) `vesperine'; similarly: ciraṁ-t-ána-/ciráṁ-t-ana- `long- or ever-lasting'; prāhṇe-t-ána-/prāhṇé-t-ana- `matutinal'; prage-t-ána-/pragé-t-ana- `early at day-break'; doṣā-t-ána-/doṣā-t-ana- `nocturnal'.

$4.3.24 vibhāṣā ¹pūrvāhṇá=²aparāhṇā-bhyām

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 Ṭyu and ṬyuL 23] are optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] pūrvāhṇá- `forenoon' and aparāhṇá- `afternoon' [to denote previously unspecified meanings 2.92 and the initial increment tu̱Ṭ is inserted at the head of these affixes 23].

pūrvahṇe-t-ána-/pūrvahṇé-t-ana-/paúrvāhṇ-ika- (+ṭhaÑ 11) `matutinal'; aparāhṇe-t-ána-/aparāhṇé-t-ana/āparāhṇ-ika- `occurring in the afternoon'.

$4.3.25 tá-tra jā-tá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet (tá-tra) to denote `born there' (jā-tá-ḥ).

With this sūtra the section headed by 2.92 comes to the end. Here onwards specific meaning conditions as well as the sUP triplets associated with the nominal stems are stated. srughn-e jā-tá-ḥ = srughna+áṆ = sraughn-á-ḥ `born in S'. Similarly mathurā-y-ām jā-tá-ḥ = māthur-á-ḥ `born in M.'

$4.3.26 prāvŕṣ-as=ṭhaP

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaP is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] prāvŕṣ- `rainy season, monsoon' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `born at that time' 25].

prāvŕṣ-i jā-tá-ḥ = prāvŕṣ+ṭhaP = prāvŕṣ-ika-ḥ `born during the rainy season'.

$4.3.27 saṁjñā-y-āṁ śarád-aḥ=vuÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] śarád- `autumn' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 25 to denote `born at that time' 25] for deriving a proper name (saṁjñā-y-āṁ).

śarád-i jā-tá-ḥ = śarád+vuÑ = śārad-aka-ḥ `n.pr. of a plant, a variety of Darbha grass' or `a variety of beans'.

$4.3.28 ¹pūrvāhṇá=²aparāhṇá=³ārdrā=⁴mūla-⁵prádoṣa=⁶avaskar-āt=vuN

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] purvāhṇá- `forenoon', aparāhṇá- `afternoon', ārdrā `n.pr. of a constellation', mūla- `n.pr. of a constellation', prádoṣa- `twilight' and avaskará- `dung' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `born in that (place or time) 25 to derive a proper name 27].

purvāhṇ-é jā-tá-ḥ = pūrvāhṇa+vuN = pūrvāhṇ-aka- `born in the forenoon'; similarly: áparāhṇ-aka- `born in the afternoon'; ārdr-aka-, mūl-aka- `born under the constellations Ārdrā/Mūla'; prádoṣ-aka- `born in the twilight' and ávaskar-aka- `n.pr. of an insect born in ordure'.

$4.3.29 path-áḥ pántha ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuN 28 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] páthin- `path' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `born in that (place)' 25] and the substitute pántha- replaces (the whole of 1.1.55) the nominal stem.

path-í jā-tá-h = pántha+vuN = pánth-aka-ḥ `born on the roadside'. Description

$4.3.30 amāvāsyā-y-āḥ=vā

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuN 28] is optionally (vā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] amāvāsyā `new-moon night' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `born at that time' 25].

amāvāsyā-y-ām jā-tá-ḥ = amāvāsyā+vuN/áṆ (16) = ámāvāsy-aka-ḥ/āmāvāsy-á-ḥ `born on a new-moon night'.

$4.3.31 á ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] á is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 amāvāsyā 30, ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `born at that time' 25].

amāvāsyā+á = amāvāsy0̸+á (6.4.148) = amāvāsy-á- `born in new-moon night'.

$4.3.32 ¹síndhu=²apakarā-bhyām kaN

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] kaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] síndhu- `n. of a river, Indus' and apakará- `n. of a locality' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `born there' 25].

síndh-au jā-tá-ḥ = síndhu+kaN = síndhu-ka- `born in the river Indus'; similarly ápa-kara-ka- `born in the Ap. region'. Description

$4.3.33 ¹áṆ=²aÑ-au ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] áṆ and aÑ are also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1 síndhu- and apakará- 32 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `born there' 25].

síndhu+áṆ/aÑ = saindhav-á-/sáindhav-a- = síndhu-ka (32 above); similarly: āpakar-á-/āpakar-a/ápakara-ka-.

$4.3.34 ¹śráviṣṭhā-²phálgunī=³anurādhā=⁴svātí-⁵tiṣyà-⁶púnarvasu-⁷hásta-⁸víśākhā=⁹áṣāḍhā-¹⁰bahul-āt=luK

luK (0̸¹) replaces [the taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] beginning with (1) śráviṣṭhā and terminating with (10) bahulá- `names of asterisms or lunar mansions' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `born at that time' 25].

(1) śráviṣṭhā-su jā-tá-ḥ = śráviṣṭha+Ṭāp+áṆ (16) = śráviṣṭha+ṬāP+0̸¹ = śráviṣṭha+0̸¹ (1.2.49) = śráviṣṭha-ḥ `born under the constellation Śr.' Similarly: (2) phálguna-ḥ; (3) anurādhá-ḥ; (4) svātí-ḥ; (5) tisyà-ḥ; (6) púnarvasu-ḥ; (7) hásta-ḥ; (8) víśākha-ḥ; (9) áṣāḍha-ḥ; (10) bahulá-ḥ.

$4.3.35 ¹sthāna=anta-²go-śālá-³khara-śāl-āt=ca

[luK (0̸¹) 34] also replaces (ca) [the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] ending in °sthāna- `place' and [nominal stems 1.1] go-śālá- `cow-pen' and khara-śālá- `stable for donkeys' [ending in the seventh sUP triplet to denote `born there' 25].

go-sthān-é jā-tá-ḥ = go-sthāná+áṆ (1.83) = go-sthāná+0̸¹ = go-sthān-á-ḥ `born in G.' Similarly: go-śālá-ḥ /khara-śālá-ḥ `born in a cow-pen/ass-stable'.

$4.3.36 ¹vatsa-śālā=²abhijít=³aśva-yúj=⁴śatá-bhiṣaj-aḥ=vā

[luK (0̸¹) 34] optionally (vā) replaces [the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] vatsa-śālā `stall for calves', abhi-jít-, aśva-yúj- and śatá-bhiṣaj- `names of lunar mansions or asterisms' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `born therein or thereunder' 25].

vatsa-śālā-y-āṁ jā-tá-ḥ = vatsa-śālā+aṆ = vatsa-śālá+ṬāP+0̸¹ = vatsa-śālá+0̸¹ = vatsa-śālá-ḥ `born in a stall for calves'; likewise: abhi-jít-, aśva-yúj-, śatá-bhiṣaj- `born under the respective lunar mansions'; all alternating with vātsa-śāl-á, ābhi-jit-á-, āśva-yuj-á-, śāta-bhiṣaj-á +áṆ. Description

$4.3.37 nákṣatre-bhyaḥ=bahulám

[luK (0̸¹) 34] variously (bahulám) replaces [the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] designating the name of an asterism (nákṣatre-bhyaḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `born at that time' 25].

róhiṇy-āṁ jā-tá-ḥ róhiṇī+áṆ (16) = rauhiṇ-á-ḥ/róhiṇa+ṄīP+0̸¹ = róhiṇa-0̸¹ (1.2.49; 4.1.39) = róhiṇa-ḥ. Description

$4.3.38 ¹kr̥-tá-²lab-dhá-³krī-tá-⁴kúśal-āḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 25] to denote the senses of kr̥tá- `made', labdhá- `gained', krītá- `bought' and kúśala- `adept, expert, proficient' [in that 25]

srughna+áṆ = sraughn-á- `made, gained, bought or proficient in Śr.'

$4.3.39 prāya-bhavá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 25] to denote the sense of `usually or abundantly found' (prāya-bhavá-ḥ) [therein 25].

mathurā-y-ām prāya-bhavá-ḥ = mathurā+áṆ (1.83) = māthur-á-ḥ `abundantly existing in M.'

$4.3.40 ¹upa-jānú=²upa-karṇá=³upa-nīvé-s=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] upa-jānú- `near the knee', upa-karṇá- `near the ear' and upa-nīví- `near the girdle' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 25 to denote `usually or abundantly found' 39 therein 25].

upa-jānú+ṭháK = aupa-jānu-ká- `usually situated near the knee' (7.3.51); similarly: aupa-karṇ-iká- `usually found near the ear' and aupa-nīvi-ká- `usually situated near the girdle'.

$4.3.41 saṁ-bhū-t-é

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 25 to denote] the sense of `adequacy, suitability' (saṁ-bhū-té).

rāṣṭr=e sam-bhū-tá-ḥ rāṣṭra+gha (2.83) = rāṣṭr-íya-ḥ `suitable or adequate for a kingdom'.

$4.3.42 kóś-āt=ḍhaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] kóśa- `cocoon' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 25 to denote `fit, suitable, adequate' 4l].

kóś-e sam-bhū-tá-m = kóśa+ḍhaÑ = kaúś-eya-ṁ vástra-m `(cloth) suited to the cocoon (i.e., silk)'.

$4.3.43 kāl-āt ¹sādhú-²púṣpyat-³pacyá-m-āne-ṣu

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 25] designating a division of time (kāl-āt) to denote the meanings `good or proper' (sādhú-), `flowering' (°-púṣpyat-) or `is ripening' (°-pac-yá-m-āne-ṣu) [`at that time' 25].

1. hemanté-ṣu sādhú-ḥ = hemantá+áṆ (16) = haiman-á-ḥ (22) (prākārá-ḥ) `a surrounding wall proper or good for the winter'.

2. vasant-é púṣp-ya-nti = vasantá+áṆ+ṄīP (1.15)+Jas = vāsanty-áḥ kanda-lat-āḥ `vernal creepers good for flowering'.

3. śarád-i pac-yá-nte = śarád+áṆ+Jas = śārad-āḥ śālay-aḥ `rice ripening in autumn'; similarly graiṣm-āḥ yáv-āḥ `barley ripening in summer'.

$4.3.44 up-t-é ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 25, designating a division of time 43] to denote `sown' (up-t-é) [at that time 25].

hemant-é up-yá-nte = hemanta+áṆ (16) = hainman-á (22)+Jas = haiman-āḥ/haimant-āḥ yáv-āḥ `barley sown during winter'.

$4.3.45 āśva-yujy-āḥ=vuÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] āśva-yuj-ī `day of full moon in conjunction with the lunar mansion aśva-yúj-' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 25 to denote `sown' 44 at that time 25].

Exception to [ṭhaÑ 11 above]: āśva-yujy-ām up-t-āḥ = āśva-yuj-ī+vuÑ = āśva-yuj-ak-āḥ māṣ-āḥ `māṣa lentils (Phaseolus Radiatus) sown during the full moon day of Āś.'

$4.3.46 ¹grīṣmá-²vasant-āt=anya-tára-syām

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 45] is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] grīṣmá- `summer' and vasantá- `spring' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 25 to denote `sown' 44 at that time 25].

grīṣmá+vuÑ = graíṣm-aka-/graiṣm-á- (16) `sown during summer'; so also vāsant-aka-/vāsant-á- `sown during spring'.

$4.3.47 déya-m r̥ṇ-é

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 25 designating time-words 43] to denote `to be repaid as a debt' [at that time 25] (déy-am r̥ṇé).

mās-e déyam r̥ṇá-m = māsa+ṭhaÑ (11) = mās-ika-m `a debt repayable in a month'.

$4.3.48 ¹kalāpín=²aśvatthá=³yava-bus-āt=vuN

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] kalāpín- `period during which peacocks spread their tails' aśvatthá- `the period when the tree Ficus Religiosa bears fruit' and yava-busá- `time for producing chaff from barley' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 25 to denote `a debt payable 47 at that time' 25].

kalāpín-i kāl-é déya-m r̥ṇá-m = kalāpín+vuN = kálāp0̸0̸-aka-m (6.4.144) `debt repayable at the K. time'. Similarly áśvatth-aka- `debt repayable at A. time'; yáva-bus-aka-m `debt repayable at the time of producing chaff from barley'.

$4.3.49 ¹grīṣmá=²avara-sam-āt=vuÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] grīṣmá- `summer time' and avara-samā- `less than a year' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 25 to denote a debt repayable 47 at that time 25].

grīṣm-é déya-m r̥ṇá-m = grīṣmá+vuÑ = graíṣm-aka-m `a debt repayable in summer'; ávarā-su samāsu déya-m = āvara-sam-aka-m r̥ṇam `a debt repayable in less than a year'.

$4.3.50 ¹saṁvatsará=²āgra-hāyaṇī-bhyām ṭhaÑ=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 49] as well as (ca) ṭhaÑ are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] saṁ-vatsará- `year' and āgra-hāyaṇī `full moon day when the moon is in conjunction with Agra-hāyaṇa' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 25 to denote `a debt repayable' 47 at that time 25].

saṁ-vatsar-é déya-m = saṁ-vatsará+ṭhaÑ/vuN = sāṁ-vatsar-ika-m/sāṁ-vatsar-aka-m `debt repayable at the end of a year'; āgra-hāyaṇ-ika/āgra-hāyaṇ-aka- `debt repayable on the full moon day of Agr.'

$4.3.51 vy-ā-har-a-ti mr̥gá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 25 designating time-words 43] to denote `a wild beast (mr̥gá-ḥ) is prowling' (vy-ā-har-a-ti) [at this time 25].

níśā-y-āṁ vyā-har-a-ti = níśā+ṭhaÑ (14) = naíś-ika-ḥ/naiś-á-ḥ (16) `a wild beast prowling at night'.

$4.3.52 tád a-syá soḍhá-m

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 consisting of time-words 43 ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (tád) for deriving a stem to denote `this is his (a-syá) habit, custom or practice' (soḍhá-m).

niśā-saha-car-i-tám adhy-áy-ana-m = níśā, tát soḍhám a-syá = chāttrá-sya = níśā+ṭhaÑ (14)/áṆ (16) = naíś-ika-ḥ/naiś-á-ḥ `(a pupil) accustomed to study at night'. Similarly prādoṣ-ika-/prādoṣ-á- `accustomed to study at twilight'.

$4.3.53 tá-tra bháva-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet (tá-tra) to derive a stem denoting `being or obtaining there' (tá-tra bháva-ḥ).

srughn-e bháv-a-ḥ = srughna+áṆ (1.83) = sraughn-á-ḥ `being or obtaining in S.'

$4.3.54 díś=ādi-bhyaḥ=yàT

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with díś- `direction' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `being or obtaining there' 53].

diś-í bháva-m = diś+yàT = díś-ya-m `what obtains or occurs in the direction or region'; similarly várg-e bháva- = várg-ya- `found or obtaining in the group'. Description

$4.3.55 śarīra=avayav-āt=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 54 is introduced] also (ca) [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] designating a member of the body (śarīra=avayav-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `being or obtaining therein' 53].

kaṇṭh-é bháva-m = kaṇṭhá+yàT = kánth-ya-m `velar, occurring in the velum or throat'; similarly tāl-au bháva-m = tālav-yà-m `palatal', mūrdhan-yà- `retroflex', dánt-ya- `dental' and óṣṭh-ya- `labial', nāsik-yà- `nasal', kárṇ-ya- `being in or near the ear'.

$4.3.56 ¹dŕti-²kukṣí-³kalaśi-⁴vastí=⁵ásti=⁶áher ḍhaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] dr̥tí- `leather bag', kukṣí- `abdomen', kalaśi- `jar', vastí- `bladder', ásti- `existence' and ahí- `serpent' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `being or obtaining there' 53].

dŕt-au bháva-m = dŕti+ḍhaÑ = dārt-eya-m `contained or being in a leather bag'; kaúkṣ-eya-m/kālaś-eya-m/vāst-eya-m/āst-eya-m/āh-eya-m `being or found in the abdomen/a jar/the bladder/in existence/in the serpent' respectively.

$4.3.57 grīvā-bhyaḥ=áṆ ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḍhaÑ 56] as well as (ca) áṆ are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] grīvā `nape of neck' [ending in the seventh sUP triplet to denote `found or obtaining there' 53].

grīvā-y-ām bháva-m = grīvā+áṆ/ḍhaÑ = graiv-ám/gráiv-eya-m `being or found in the nape of the neck'.

$4.3.58 gambhīr-āt=Ñya-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ñya is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] gambhīrá- `profound, deep' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `found or obtained there' 53].

gambhīr-é bháva-m = gambhīrá+Ñya = gāmbhīr-ya-m `found or occurring in profundity or depth'.

$4.3.59 avyayī-bhāv=āt=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 Ñya 58] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] consisting of an Avyayī-bhāvá compound (2.1.6) [to denote `being or obtaining therein' 53].

By interpretation the application of this rule is restricted to items beginning with [pari-mukhám] `round or about the face' which is not included in the traditional Gaṇapāṭha lists. pari-mukha+am (2.4.83)+Ñya = pari-mukha+0̸ (2.4.71)+Ñya = pari-mukha+Ñya = pāri-mukh-ya-m = pari-mukh-ám bháva-m `being around or about'.

$4.3.60 antáḥ-pūrva-pad-āt=ṭhaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 consisting of an Avyayī-bhāvá compound 59] with antár-° `in, within' as a prior member (pūrva-pad-āt) [to denote `being or obtaining therein' 53].

véśman-i bháv-am = antar-veśmán+ṬáC+am= antar-veśm-ám (5.4.108) bháv-am = antar-veśm-á+ṭhaÑ = āntar-veśmik-am `being or found inside the house' = āntar-geh-ik-am. Description

$4.3.61 grām-āt ¹pári=²ánu-pūrv-āt

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 60] is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 consisting of an Avyayī-bhāvá compound 59 ending in 1.1.72] °grāma- `village', co-occurring with preverbs pári-°, ánu-° [to denote `being or obtaining therein' 53].

pari-grām-ám/anu-grām-ám bháva-ḥ = pāri-grām-ika-ḥ `being around the village', ānu-grām-ika-ḥ `being in the village'.

$4.3.62 ¹jihvā-mūlá=²aṅgúle-s=cha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] jihvā-mūla- `root of the tongue' and aṅgúli- `finger' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `being or obtaining therein' 53].

jihvā-mūl-é bháv-am = jihvā-mūlá+cha = jihvā-mūl-īy-am `being at the root of the tongue'; aṅgul-īy-am `being on the finger'.

$4.3.63 várga=ant-āt=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 cha 62] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] °-várga- `class' [terminating in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `being or obtaining therein' 53].

ka-varg-é bháv-am = ka-varg-īy-am `being in the velar class'. Description

$4.3.64 á-śabd-e ¹yàT-²kh-au=anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] yàT and kha are optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 °-várga- 63] when not denoting phonemes (á-śabd-e) [terminating in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `being or obtaining therein' 53].

The option is in respect of affix [cha 63]. vāsudeva-vargá+yàT/kha/cha = vāsu-deva-várg-ya-/vāsu-deva-varg-īṇa-/vāsu-deva-varg-īya- `being in the party of V.' Cf. 6.2.131.

$4.3.65 ¹kárṇa-²lalāṭ-āt kaN alaṁ-kār-é

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] kaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] kárṇa- `ear' and lalāṭa- `forehead' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `being or obtaining therein' 53] when signifying an ornament (alaṁ-kār-é).

kárṇ-e bháv-ā = kárṇa+kaN+ṬāP (1.4) = kárṇ-ik-ā (7.3.44) `an ear ornament (`being on the ear')'; in other senses kárṇ-ya-m (55); lalāṭ-e bhav-ā = lálāṭ-ik-ā `an ornament (worn by women) on the forehead'; in other meanings lalāṭ-yà-m `being on the forehead' (55).

$4.3.66 tá-sya vy-ā-khyān-e=iti ca vy-ā-khyā-távya-nāmn-aḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] representing a text commented upon (vy-ā-khyā-távya-nāmn-aḥ) [ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (tá-sya) to derive a stem denoting its commentary (vy-ā-khyān-e) as well as (ca) [to denote `being or obtaining there' 53].

sUP-ām vy-ā-khyāna-ḥ = sUP+áṆ (1.83) = saup-á-ḥ `a commentary on declensional affixes'; similarly sUP-su bháva-m = saup-á-m `found or occurring in the declensional system'.

$4.3.67 bahu=áC=aḥ=ánta=udātt-āt=ṭhaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2] a poly-syllabic (bahv-áC-aḥ) [nominal stem 1.1] with a high-pitched accent on its final syllable (ánta=udātt-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet, representing a text to be commented upon to denote its commentary 66 and `being or occurring therein' 53].

ṣa-tva=ṇa-tváy-or vidhāyaka-śāstrá-sya vy-ā-khyāna-m = ṣa-tva-ṇa-tvá+ṭhaÑ = ṣā-tva-ṇa-tv-ika-m `a commentary on a text dealing with retroflexion of the phonemes /s/, /n/, found or occurring in the domain of retroflexion of /s/, /n/'.

$4.3.68 ¹krátu-²yajñé-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 67] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1] consisting of names of Vedic sacrifices (krátu-°) and domestic sacrifices (°-yajñé-bhyaḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote the commentaries on them 66 or `found or occurring in them' 53].

1. krátu-: agni-ṣṭomá-sya vy-ā-khyāna-ḥ = āgni-ṣṭom-ika-ḥ `a commentary on Agniṣṭomá'. rājñ-ā sū-yá-te = rājan+0̸¹+sū+KyaP (3.1.114) = rāja-sū-ya+ṭhaÑ = rāja-sū-y-ika- where the original polysyllabic stem is not marked with final udātta accent; similarly vāja-pé-ya+ṭhaÑ = vāja-pe-y-ika-.

2. yajñá: pāka-yajñá-sya vy-ā-khyāna-ḥ = pāka-yajñ-ika-ḥ.

$4.3.69 adhy-āyé-ṣu=éva=ŕṣe-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 67 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] designating the name of a Vedic seer (ŕṣe-ḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a commentary on that text 66 and also `being or obtaining therein' 53] to derive a stem indicating a chapter only (adhy-āyé-ṣu=éva).

vásiṣṭh-ena dr̥ṣṭá-ḥ mántra-ḥ = vásiṣṭha-ḥ, tá-sya vy-ākhyāna-ḥ/ta-tra bhava-ḥ vā = vásiṣṭha+ṭhaÑ = vāsiṣṭh-ika-ḥ adhy-āyá-ḥ.

$4.3.70 ¹pauroḍāśá-²puroḍāś-āt=ṢṭhaN

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṢṭhaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] pauroḍāśá- `a mantra consecrating Puroḍāśa' and puroḍāśá- `a text dealing with puroḍāśá' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a commentary thereon 66 or `being or obtaining therein' 53].

pauroḍāśá+ṢṭhaN = paúroḍāś-ika-ḥ `a commentary on Paur./being or obtaining therein'; similarly puroḍāśá+SṭḥaN = puro-ḍāś-ika-ḥ. In both illustrations the feminine form is derived with affix [ṄīṢ (1.41)].

$4.3.71 chándas-aḥ=¹yàT=²áṆ-au

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] yàT and áṆ are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] chándas- `Veda' [ending in 1.1.73 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a commentary on it 66 or `being or obtaining therein' 65].

Prior exception to 72 below, blocking out the affix [ṭhaK]. chándas-aḥ vy-ā-khyāna-ḥ = chándas+yàT/áṆ = chandas-yà-ḥ/chāndas-á-ḥ `a commentary on Ch./found or occurring in Ch.'

$4.3.72 ¹dvy-áC=²r̥T=³brāhmaṇá=⁴ŕc-⁵prathamá=⁶adhvará-⁷puraṣ-cáraṇa-⁸nāmākhyāt-āt ṭhaK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] consisting of two syllables (dvy-áC), or [ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme short r̥(T), and [the stems] brāhmaṇá- `a class of Vedic texts', ŕc- `stanza or verse of R̥g-Veda', prathamá- `first', adhvará- `sacrificial rite', puraś-cáraṇa- `preliminary rite' and nāma=ākhyātá- `nomen and verbum' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a commentary thereon 66 or `being or obtaining therein'53].

1. dvy-áC: íṣṭe-ḥ vy-ā-khyāna-ḥ/íṣṭ-au vā bháva-ḥ = íṣṭi+ṭháK = aíṣṭ-ika-ḥ `commentary on a text dealing with sacrifice [íṣṭi].

2. °r̥T-: cátur-hotr̥+ṭháK = cātur-hotr̥-ká-ḥ `commentary on/or found or occurring in C.'

3. brāhmaṇá: brāhmaṇá+ṭháK = brāhmaṇ-iká- `commentary on/or found or occurring in Br.' prātham-iká-, ārc-iká-.

4. Similarly: ādhvar-iká-, pauraṣ-caraṇ-iká-, nāmākhyāt-iká- where by interpretation this last is also to be considered in addition as two separate expressions generating nām-iká-/ākhyāt-iká-. Description

$4.3.73 áṆ r̥g-ayaná=ādi-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix áṆ] is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with r̥g-ayaná- `n. of a text on the study of the RV' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote a commentary on it 66 or `found or obtaining therein' 53].

r̥g-ayaná-sya vy-ā-khyāna-ḥ/r̥g-ayan-é bháva-ḥ = r̥g-ayaná+áṆ = ārg-ayan-á- `commentary on/or found or occurring in R̥.' Exception to [ṭhaÑ 67, cha 2.114]. Non-retroflexion by 8.4.3.

$4.3.74 tá-taḥ=ā-ga-tá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the fifth sUP triplet (tá-taḥ) to denote `arrived from there' (tá-taḥ=ā-ga-tá-ḥ).

mathurā-y-āḥ ā-ga-tá-ḥ = mathurā+áṆ (1.83) = māthur-á-ḥ `arriving or arrived from Mathurā'.

$4.3.75 ṭháK=āya-sthāné-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1] denoting names of revenue offices (āya-sthāné-bhyaḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the fifth sUP triplet to denote `arrived from there' 74].

śulka-śālā-y-āḥ ā-ga-tá-ḥ = śulka-śālā+ṭháK = śaulka-śāl-iká-ḥ `arrived or arriving from the custom house'.

$4.3.76 śuṇḍika=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with śuṇḍika- `tavern' [ending in 1.1.72 the fifth sUP triplet to denote `arrived from there' 74].

śuṇḍik-āt ā-ga-tá-ḥ = suṇḍika+áṆ = sauṇḍik-á-ḥ `arrived from the tavern'.

$4.3.77 ¹vidyā-²yóni-saṁ-bandhe-bhyaḥ=vuÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1] designating a person related (°sam-bandhe-bhyaḥ) either through transmitted knowledge (vidyā-°) or consanguinity (°-yóni-°) [ending in 1.1.72 the fifth sUP triplet to denote `arrived from there'74].

1. vidyā-°: upādhyāyād ā-ga-tá-ḥ = upādhyāyá+vuÑ = aúpādhyāy-aka-ḥ `come from the teacher'.

2. yóni-°: pitāmah-āt ā-ga-tá-m = paitāmah-á-m `coming from the paternal grandfather'.

$4.3.78 r̥T=as=ṭhaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] short r̥(T) designating a person related through transmitted knowlege or consanguinity 77, ending in 1.1.72 the fifth sUP triplet to denote `arrived from there' 74.

1. hótur ā-ga-tá-m = hótr̥+ṭhaÑ = haútr̥-ka-m (7.3.51) `coming from the H. priest'.

2. bhrātúr ā-ga-tá-m = bhrātr̥-ka-m. Description

$4.3.79 pitúr yàT=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 78] as well as (ca) yàT are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] pitŕ- `father' [ending in 1.1.72 the fifth sUP triplet to denote `coming from him' 74].

pitúr ā-ga-tá-m = pitŕ+yàT/ṭhaÑ = pitrī+yàT (7.4.27) = pitr0̸+ya (6.4.148) = pítr-ya-m/paítr̥-ka-m `coming from the father, paternal'.

$4.3.80 gotr-āt=aṅka-vát

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] designating a patronymic descendant (gotr-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the fifth sUP triplet to denote `arrived from there' 74] are like those introduced to denote a sign (aṅka-vát 126-27 below).

úpago-r gotrāpatyé-bhyaḥ ā-ga-tá-m = aupagavá+vuÑ = aúpa-gav-aka-m (126); gargásya gotrāpatye-bhya-ḥ ā-ga-tá-ḥ = gārg-ya+áṆ (127) = gārgy0̸+á (6.4.148) = gārg0̸+á (6.4.151) = gārg-á-ḥ. Description

$4.3.81 ¹hetú-²manuṣyè-bhyaḥ=anya-tará-syām rūpya-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] rūpya is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] designating a cause (hetú-°) or a human being (°-manuṣyè-bhyaḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the fifth sUP triplet to denote `coming from that' 74] optionally (anya-tará-syām).

1. hetú: sam-āt=ā-ga-tá-m = sama-rūpya-m/sama+cha (2.1.38) = sam-īya-m `come from a similar cause'.

2. manuṣyà: deva-datt-āt=ā-ga-tá-m = deva-datta-rūpya-m/deva-datta+áṆ (1.83) = daiva-datt-á-m. Description

$4.3.82 máyaṬ=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 rūpya 81] and (ca) máyaṬ are introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 designating a cause or human being 81, ending in 1.1.72 the fifth sUP triplet to denote `coming from that' 74].

sama-máya-m; deva-datta-máya-m. Alternate forms are as given under 81 above. Feminine stems are derived with affix [ṄīP 1.15].

$4.3.83 prá-bhav-a-ti

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the fifth sUP triplet 74] to denote `arising therefrom or thence' (prá-bhav-a-ti).

himavát-aḥ prá-bhav-a-ti = himavát+áṆ (1.83) ṄīP (1.15) = haima-vat-ī `the river Ganges (arising from H.)'. Similarly dārad-ī `the river Indus (arising from Darada)'.

$4.3.84 vidūr-āt=Ñya-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ñya is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] vídūra- `n.pr. of a place' [ending in 1.1.72 the fifth sUP triplet 74 to denote `arising therefrom or there' 83].

vídūr-āt prá-bhav-a-ti = vidūra+Ñya = vaídūr-ya-ḥ maṇi-ḥ `gem or precious stone arising from the region of V.'

$4.3.85 tád gácch-a-ti ¹páthin-²dūtáy-oḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet (tád) to denote `goes there' (tád gácch-a-ti) to indicate a path (páthin-) or a messenger (°dūtáy-oḥ).

mathurā-ṁ gácch-a-ti = mathurā+áṆ (1.83) = māthur-a-ḥ `a road/messenger going to Mathurā'.

$4.3.86 abhi-níṣ-krām-a-ti dvār-am

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 85] to denote a gate (dvār-am) which leads towards that (abhi-níṣi-kram-ā-ti).

srughnam abhi-níṣ-krām-a-ti = srughna+áṆ = sraughn-ám dvār-am `a gate leading towards Srughna'.

$4.3.87 adhi-kŕ-t-ya kr̥-t-é granth-é

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 85] designating the subject on which the work (granth-é) is based to denote that book (adhi-kŕ-t-ya kr̥-t-é).

sú-bhadr-ām adhi-kŕ-t-ya kr̥-tá-ḥ = súbhadrā+áṆ (1.83) = saubhadr-á-ḥ granthá-ḥ `a text composed on Súbhadrā as subject'.

$4.3.88 ¹śiśu-krandá-²yama-sabhá-³dvaṁdvá=⁴indra-jananá=ādi-bhyas=cha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] śiśu-krandá- `cries of children', yama-sabhá- `assembly of Yama', a Dvaṁdvá compound and [the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with indra-jananá- `birth of Indra' [designating the subject on which the work is based to denote that work 87].

śiśu-krand-ám adhi-kŕ-t-ya kr̥-tá-ḥ = śiśu-krandá+cha = śiśu-krand-īya-ḥ granthá-ḥ; yama-sabh-īya-ḥ; śyena-kapot-īya-ḥ `a book on hawks and doves'; indra-janan-īya-ḥ `a text dealing with the topic of Indra's birth'.

$4.3.89 sá-ḥ=a-syá ni-vāsá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (sá-ḥ) to denote `that is his residence' (a-syá ni-vāsá-ḥ).

mathurā ni-vāsá-ḥ a-syá = mathurā+áṆ (1.83) = māthur-á-ḥ `resident of Mathurā'.

$4.3.90 abhi-jána-s=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 89] also (ca) to denote [that is his 89] ancestral residence (abhi-jana-ḥ).

srughna-ḥ abhi-jána-ḥ a-syá = srughna+áṆ (1.83) = sraughn-á-ḥ `a person whose ancestral home is Sr.'

$4.3.91 āyudha-jīví-bhyas=cha-ḥ párvat-e

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1] designating a mountain (párvat-e) [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 89 representing the ancestral residence 90] to denote mercenaries (āyudha-jīví-bhyaḥ).

hr̥d-gola-ḥ párvata-ḥ abhi-jana-ḥ e-ṣām = hr̥d-gola+cha = hr̥d-gol-īya+Jas = hr̥d-gol-īy-āḥ `mercenaries whose ancestral home is Hr̥.'

$4.3.92 śaṇḍika=ādi-bhyaḥ=Ñya-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ñya is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with śaṇḍika- `n.pr. of a place' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 89 to denote `this is his ancestral residence' 90].

śaṇḍika-ḥ abhi-jána-ḥ a-syá = śaṇḍika+Ñya = sāṇḍik-ya-ḥ `one whose ancestral home is Śaṇḍika'.

$4.3.93 ¹síndhu-²takṣa-śilā=ādi-bhyaḥ=¹áṆ=²aÑ-au

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] áṆ and aÑ are (respectively 1.3.10) introduced [after the classes of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with síndhu- and takṣa-śilā [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 89 to denote the ancestral residence 90].

síndhu-ḥ abhi-jána-ḥ a-syá = síndhu+áṆ = saindhav-á-ḥ `whose ancestral residence is in the Indus region'. takṣa-śilā abhi-jána-ḥ a-syá = takṣa-śilā+aÑ = tākṣá-śil-a-ḥ. Description

$4.3.94 ¹tūdī-²śalātura-³varmatī-⁴kūcavār-āt ¹ḍháK-²chaṆ-³ḍhaÑ-⁴yáK-aḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] ḍháK, chaṆ, ḍhaÑ and yáK are [respectively 1.3.10] introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] tūdī, śalātura-, varmatī and kūcavāra- `placenames' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 89 to denote ancestral residences 90].

tūdī+ḍháK = taud-eyá-ḥ `whose ancestral home is T.' śalātura+chaṆ = śālātur-īya-ḥ; varmatī+ḍhaÑ = vārmat-eya-ḥ; kūcavāra+yáK = kauca-vār-yá-ḥ. Description

$4.3.95 bhák-ti-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 89] to denote `this is the object of devotion or worship' (bhák-ti-ḥ).

vāsu-devá-ḥ bhák-ti-r a-syá = vāsudevá+vuN (98) = vāsudev-aka-ḥ `devotee or worshiper of V'; similarly árjun-aka-ḥ (98). Description

$4.3.96 á-citt-āt á-¹deśa-²kāl-āt=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] designating an inanimate thing (á-citt-āt) other than those representing locality or time (á-deśa-kāl-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 89 to denote the object of devotion or worship 95].

apūp-āḥ bhák-ti-r a-syá = apūpá+ṭháK = āpūp-iká-ḥ `person fond of cakes', but deva-dattá+áṆ = daiva-datt-á-ḥ (1.83); srughna+áṆ = sraughn-á-ḥ; graiṣm-á-ḥ (16) (counter-exx. for animate, locality and time respectively).

$4.3.97 mahārāj-āt=ṭhaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] mahārājá- `great king, emperor' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 89 to denote the object of devotion 95].

mahārājá-ḥ bhák-tir a-syá = mahārājá+ṭhaÑ = māhārāj-ika-ḥ. Description

$4.3.98 vāsudevá= árjunā-bhyām vuN

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] vāsudevá- and árjuna- `names of persons' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 89 to denote objects of devotion 95].

vāsudev-aka-h, árjun-aka-ḥ (cf. 95 above).

$4.3.99 ¹gotrá-²kṣatríya=ākhye-bhyaḥ=bahulám vuÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuÑ is introduced variously (bahulám) [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1] representing patronymics (gotrá-°) or warriors (°kṣatríya=ākhye-bhyaḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 89 to denote the object of devotion 95].

1. gotrá: aupagav-á-ḥ bhák-ti-r a-syá = aupagav-á+vuÑ = aúpagav-aka-ḥ.

2. kṣatríya: nakulá-ḥ bhák-ti-r a-syá= nakulá+vuÑ = nākul-aka-ḥ, but pāṇin-á+cha = pāṇin-īya-ḥ (2.114).

$4.3.100 jana-padín-āṁ jana-pada-vát sárvaṁ jana-pad-éna samāná-śabdā-nām bahu-vacan-é

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1] designating rulers of populated localities (jana-padín-ām) which are identical with the names of localities (jana-pad-éna samāná-śabdā-nām) in the plural (bahu-vacan-é) are the same as those introduced after the name denoting the locality (jana-pada-vát) [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 89 to denote the object of devotion 95].

aṅg-āḥ bhák-ti-r a-syá = aṅga+vuÑ (2.124) = āṅg-aka-ḥ `a devotee or lover of Aṅga country or its prince'.

$4.3.101 t-éna prókta-m

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (t-éna) to denote `promulgated or propagated by him' (próktam).

This propagation denotes original authorship by another since that situation has already been covered by 87 above. any-éna kr̥-tā māthur-éṇa prok-tā = mathurā+áṆ+ṄīP (1.15) = māthur-ī vŕt-ti-ḥ `propagated by Māthura'.

$4.3.102 ¹tittirí-²vara-tantu-³kháṇḍika=⁴ukh-āt=cha-Ṇ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] chaṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] tittirí-, vara-tantu-, kháṇḍika- and ukhá- `proper names' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet to denote `promulgated or propagated by him' 101].

tittirí-ṇā prók-ta-m = tittirí+chaṆ = taittir-īya-; in like manner: vāra-tantav-īya-, khāṇḍik-īya-, aukh-īya-. Description

$4.3.103 ¹kāśyapa-²kaúśikā-bhyām ŕṣi-bhyām Ṇíni̱-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ṇíni̱ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] kāśyapa- and kaúśika- `n.pr. of ŕṣi-s' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet to denote `promulgated or propagated by him' 101].

kāśyap-ena próktam kálp-am = kāśyapa+Ṇíni̱ = kāśyap-ín-; kaúśika+Ṇíni̱ = kauśik-ín-. `propagated by K'. Description

$4.3.104 ¹kalāpin=²vaísampāyana=ante-vāsi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ṇíni̱ is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] denoting names of pupils of Kalāpín and Vaíśampāyana [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet to denote `promulgated by him' 101].

There are four pupils of Kalāpín: [Harídru-], [Chagalín-], [Tumburu-] and [Úlapa]. harídru-ṇā prók-ta-m = harídru+Ṇíni̱ = hāridrav-ín- `promulgated by H.'; similarly chagalin+ḍhinu̱K=chāgal-eyín (109); aulap-ín-. Description

The pupils of Vaíśampāyana are nine: [Ālámbi-, Palaṅga-, Kámala-, R̥cābha-, Aruṇi-, Tāṇḍya-, Śyāmāyana-, Kaṭhá- and Kalāpin-] ālámbi-nā prók-tam = ālámbi+Ṇini̱ = ālamb-ín- `promulgated by Ā.' Similarly: pālaṅg-ín-, kāmal-ín-, ārcabh-ín-, āruṇ-ín-, tāṇḍ-ín- (6.4.148, 151), śyāmāyan-ín-, kaṭhá+Ṇin-luK (107) = kaṭhá+0̸¹; kalāpín+aṆ (108) = kālāp-á-. Description

$4.3.105 purāṇa-pro-ktéṣu brāhmaṇa-kalpé-ṣu

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 Ṇíni̱ 103 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 101 to derive stems 1.1] designating either Brāhmaná (texts) or Kálpa (sūtras) propagated in ancient times (purāṇa-prok-té-ṣu).

bhallu-nā purāṇa-muní-nā prók-ta- = bhallu+Ṇín = bhāllav-ín- `Brāhmaṇa text promulgated by the ancient sage Bhallu'.

piṅg-ena purāṇa-muní-nā prók-ta- = piṅga+Ṇín = paiṅg-ín- `a Kalpa-sūtra promulgated by the ancient sage Piṅga'.

$4.3.106 śaúnaka=ādi-bhyas=chándas-i

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 Ṇíni̱ 103 is introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with śaúnaka- `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet to denote `propagated by him' 101] designating the Veda (chándas-i).

śaúnak-ena prók-ta- = śaúnaka+Ṇín = śaunak-ín- `a Veda text propagated by Ś.' But śaúnak-ena prók-tā śikṣā = śaúnaka+cha (2.114) = śaunak-īy-ā (1.4). Description

$4.3.107 ¹kaṭhá-²cárak-āt=luK

The substitute luK (0̸¹) replaces [the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 Ṇíni̱ 103 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] kaṭhá- and cáraka- `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet to denote `propagated by him' 101].

kaṭh-éna prók-ta- = kaṭhá+Ṇín = kaṭhá+0̸¹ = kaṭhá- `propagated by Kaṭhá'; similarly cáraka+áṆ (101; 1.83) = caraka+0̸¹ = cáraka-. Description

$4.3.108 kalāpín-aḥ=áṆ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] kalāpín `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet to denote `propagated by him' 101].

kalāpín-ā prók-ta- = kalāpín+áṆ = kālāp0̸0̸-á (by a vārttika on 6.4.144) = kālāp-á- `Vedic text propagated by Kalāpin'.

$4.3.109 chagalín-aḥ=ḍhínu̱K

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍhínu̱K is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] chagalín- `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet to denote `propagated by him' 101].

chagalín-ā prók-ta- = chagalín+ḍhínu̱K = chāgal-eyín- `Vedic text propagated by Ch.'

$4.3.110 ¹pārāśarya-²śilāli-bhyām ¹bhikṣu-²naṭa-sūtráy-oḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 Ṇíni̱ 103 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] pārāśarya- and śilálin- `n.pr.' [ending in 1 1.72 the third sUP triplet to denote `propagated by him' 101] to designate [respectively 1.3.10] Bhikṣu-sūtrá and Naṭa-sūtrá.

pārāśary-eṇa prók-tam = pārāśarya+Ṇíni̱- = pārāśar0̸0̸-ín- `Bhikṣu-sūtrá propagated by P.' Similarly śailāl-ín- `Naṭa-sūtrá propagated by Ś.'

$4.3.111 ¹karmanda-²kr̥śāśv-āt=íni̱-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] íni̱ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] kr̥śāśva- and karmanda `n.pr.' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet to denote `propagated by him' 101 to designate respectively 1.3.10 Bhikṣu-sūtrá and Naṭa-sūtrá 110].

karmand-ena prok-tam = karmanda+ín = karmand-ín- `Bhikṣu-sūtrá propagated by Kar.'; similarly kr̥śāśv-ín- `Naṭa-sūtrá propagated by Kr̥ś.' These two texts deal respectively with the duties of monks and of actors.

Interpretation of rules 101-111 generally illustrate them by extending these formations to denote those who study or know the texts referred to in 2.59 together with 2.66. In consequence the plural forms are given as indicating those who study or know these texts.

$4.3.112 t-éna=éka-dik

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (t-éna) to denote `having the same direction with that' (t-éna= éka-dik).

su-dāmn-ā=éka-dik = su-dāmán+áṆ+Ṅīp (1.15) = sau-daman-ī (6.4.167) vi-dyút `lightning moving in the direction of Mount Sudāmán'.

$4.3.113 tási̱-s=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] tás is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet to denote `having the same direction with that' 112].

su-dāmán+tási̱ = su-dāma0̸-tás (8.2.7) = su-dāma-táḥ (8.3.15) = sau-dāman-ī (cf. 112). Description

$4.3.114 úras-aḥ=yàT=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 tási̱ 113] as well as (ca) yàT are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] úras- `chest', [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet to denote `having the same direction with that' 112].

úras-ā=éka-dik = úras+yaT/tás = uras-yà-ḥ/uras-táḥ `having the same direction as the chest'.

$4.3.115 úpa-jñā-t-e

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 112] to denote `discovered by him' (úpa-jña-t-e).

pāṇini-nā úpa-jñā-ta-m = pāṇini+cha (2.114) = pāṇin-īya-ṁ vy-ā-káraṇa-m `grammar discovered by P.'

$4.3.116 kr̥-t-é granth-é

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 112] to denote `a text has been composed by him' (kr̥-t-é granth-é).

vára-ruci-nā kr̥-t-āḥ ślok-āḥ = vára-ruci+áṆ+Jas (1.83) = vāra-ruc-āḥ. Description

$4.3.117 saṁjña-y-ām

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 112 to denote `made by him' 116] to form a name (saṁjñā-y-ām).

mákṣikā-bhiḥ kr̥-tá-m = mákṣikā+áṆ = mākṣik-á-m `honey (= `made by bees').

$4.3.118 kúlāla=ādi-bhyaḥ=vuÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with kúlāla- `potter' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 112 to denote `made by him' 116 to form a name 117].

kúlāl-ena kr̥-tá-m = kúlāla+vuÑ = kaúlāl-aka-m `pottery'.

$4.3.119 ¹kṣudrā-²bhramará-³vaṭara-⁴pādap-āt=aÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] kṣudrā- `small bee', bhramará- `bee', vaṭara- `bee' and pāda-pa- `bee' [ending in 1.172 the third sUP triplet 112 to denote `made by it' 116 to form a name 117.]

kṣudrā-bhiḥ/bhramar-aíḥ/vaṭar-aiḥ/pāda-p-aíḥ kr̥-tám = kṣaúdr-a-m/bhrāmar-a-m/vāṭar-a-m/pādap-a-m `honey'.

$4.3.120 tá-sya=idám

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (tá-sya) to denote `this is his' (tá-sya=idám).

úpa-gor idám = upa-gu+áṆ = aupa-gav-á-m `belonging to Up.' Description

$4.3.121 ráth-āt=yàT

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] rátha- `chariot' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `this is its' 120].

rátha-sya=idám = ratha+yàT = ráth-ya-m `belonging to the chariot (such as wheel, axle, etc.)'.

$4.3.122 páttra-pūrv-āt=aÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem °-rátha- 121] co-occurring with a word denoting a draught animal as a prior member (in composition: páttra-pūrv-āt) [and ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `this belongs to it' 120].

aśva-rathá-sya idám = aśva-rathá+aÑ = āśva-rath-á-m cakrá-m `(a wheel) belonging to the horse-chariot'.

$4.3.123 ¹páttra=²adhvaryú-³pariṣád-as=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 aÑ 122] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] denoting draught animals (páttra-), adhvaryú- `n. of an officiating priest', and pariṣád- `assembly' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `this belongs to it/him' 120].

áśva-sya idám vahanīya-m = áśva+aÑ = āśv-a-m `horse-load (= a load fit for a horse to carry)'. ādhvaryav-a- `belonging to the Adh. priest'; pāriṣad-a- `belonging to the assembly'.

$4.3.124 ¹halá-²sīr-āt=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] halá- and sīra- `plough' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `this belongs to it' 120].

halá-sya/sīra-sya idám = halá-/sīra+ṭhák = hāl-iká-m/sair-iká-m `belonging to the plough'.

$4.3.125 dvaṁdv-āt=vuN ¹vairá-²maíthunikay-oḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuN is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] consisting of a Dvaṁdvá compound [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `this belongs to it' 120] to express enmity (vairá-°,) or marriage relationship (°-maíthunikay-oḥ).

1. vaira: kākolūká-sya vairá-m = kākolūka+vuN = kākolūk-ika+ṬāP (1.4) = kākolūk-ik-ā `pertaining to crows and owls (natural enemies)'. Similarly bābhravya-śālaṅkāyan-ik-ā `enmity between B. and S.'

2. maithunikā: atri-bharadvājáy-or vivāhá-ḥ = atri+bharadvājá+vuN = átri-bharadvāj-ik-ā `marriage between A. and Bh. families'.

$4.3.126 ¹gotrá-²cáraṇ-āt=vuÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1] designating patronymics (gotrá-°) and those representing Vedic schools (°-cáraṇ-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `this belongs to it' 120].

1. gotrá: aupa-gav-á-sya idám = aupa-gav-á+vuÑ = áupa-gav-aka-m `belonging to Aupagavá'.

2. cáraṇa: kaṭhá-sya idám = kāṭhak-a-m `belonging to the Kaṭha school of Vedic studies'.

By interpretation the meanings under 2. are restricted to signify law (dhárma) and tradition (ā-mnā-y-á) only.

$4.3.127 ¹saṁghá=²aṅká-³lákṣaṇe-ṣu=¹aÑ-²yaÑ-³iÑ-ām áṆ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1 terminating in 1.1.72 the affixes 3.1.1] aÑ, yaÑ and iÑ [and ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 120] to derive stems expressing an assemblage (saṁghá-°), a mark (°-aṅká-°) or a characteristic (°-lákṣaṇe-ṣu).

Exception to [vuN 126]. The metarule 1.3.10 does not operate here.

1. aÑ: bidá-sya gotrāpatyá-sya = baída-sya (1.104) idáam = baída+áṆ = baid-á-ḥ saṁghá-ḥ/anká-ḥ; baid-á-m lákṣaṇa-m.

2. yaÑ: garga-sya gotrāpatyá-sya = gārgya-sya (1.105) idám = gārg-ya+áṆ = gārg-á-ḥ saṁghá-ḥ/aṅká-ḥ; gārg-ám lákṣaṇa-m.

3. iÑ: dākṣe-r idám = dākṣi+áṆ = dākṣ-á-ḥ saṁghá-ḥ/aṅká-ḥ dākṣ-á-m lákṣaṇa-m. Description

$4.3.128 śākal-āt=vā

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 127] is optionally (vā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] śākalá- `follower of Śákalya' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `this belongs to him' 120 to derive a stem expressing an assemblage, mark or characteristic 127].

śākalá+áṆ/vuÑ (126) = śākal-á-/śākal-aka- = śākalá-sya idám. Description

$4.3.129 ¹chandogá=²aukthiká-³yājñiká-⁴bahv-r̥cá-⁵naṭ-āt=Ñya-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ñya is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] chandogá- `a priest of the Sāma-Veda', aukthiká- `who knows the recitation of [uktha]', yājñiká- `sacrificer', bahv-r̥cá- `who knows the many stanzas of R̥g Veda' and naṭá- `actor, dancer' [ending in 1.172 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `this belongs to him' 120].

chandogā-nām dhárma-ḥ/āmnāyá-ḥ = chandoga+Ñya = chāndog-ya-ḥ `law or tradition of Chandogá-s'. Similarly: aúkthik-ya-, yājnik-ya-, bāhv-r̥c-ya-, nāṭ-ya-. Description

$4.3.130 ná ¹daṇḍa-māṇavá=²ante-vāsí-ṣu

[The taddhitá affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 126] is not (ná) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1 consisting of patronymics 126 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `this belongs to him' 120] for deriving stems signifying primary pupils (daṇḍa-māṇavá- `staff-pupil') or advanced pupils (ante-vāsí-ṣu).

gó-kakṣa-sya gotrāpatyásya = gaú-kakṣ-ya-sya (4.1.105) imé = gaúkakṣ-ya+áṆ+Jas (127) = gau-kakṣ-āh `primary or advanced pupils of Gau.'

$4.3.131 raivatiká=ādi-bhyas=cha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with raivatiká [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `this belongs to him' 120].

reváty-āḥ ápatyam = revátī+ṭháK (1.4) = raivat-ik-á- (1.46), tá-sya idám = raivat-ik-á+cha= raivat-ik-īya-m `belonging to Raiv.' Description

$4.3.132 ¹kaupiñjalá-²hāsti-pad-āt=áṆ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] kaupiñjalá- and hāsti-padá- [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `this belongs to him' 120].

kúpiñjala-sya ápatyam = kúpiñjala+áṆ = kaupiñjal-á-ḥ, tá-sya idám = kaupiñjal-á+áṆ = kaupiñjal-á-m `belonging to Kaup.'; similarly hāsti-padá-sya idám = hāsti-pad-á-m.

$4.3.133 ātharvaṇiká-sya=ika-lopas=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ 132 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem ātharvaṇiká `who studies or knows the Atharva-Veda' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `this belongs to him' 120] with substitute lopa (0̸) replacing the element °-ika-.

átharvaṇ-ā prókta-m ádhīte véda vā = átharvan+áṆ (1.83)+ṭhák (2.63) ātharvan-iká-ḥ, tá-sya=idám = ātharvan-iká+áṆ = ātharvan-0̸-áṆ = ātharvaṇ-á-m `belonging to Ātharvaṇiká'.

$4.3.134 tá-sya vi-kār-á-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (tá-sya) to denote `transformation of that' (tá-sya vi-kār-á-ḥ).

The repetition of the word [tá-sya] in this sūtra while it was available by anuvr̥tti (recurrence) from 120 above is to block out the affixes introduced in the section beginning with 2.92 onwards to convey the specific senses mentioned from here onwards.

The illustrations cover the following types of stems subject to this operation: (a) stems denoting inanimate objects or (b) having low-pitched accent (andātta) on the first syllable or (c) not containing the vowel phonemes [ā, ai, au] in the first syllable, members of the tyad-class or denoting place-names in the east with vowel phonemes [e,o] in their first syllable (1.1.73-75).

áśman-aḥ vi-kār-á-ḥ = áśman+áṆ = āsm0̸0̸+á-ḥ (by an interpreting vārttika on 6.4.144, contra 6.4.167) `transformation of a rock or stone', but āśman-á- (6.4.167) `belonging to the rock' (120).

$4.3.135 avayav-é ca ¹prāṇín=²óṣadhi-³vr̥kṣé-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced from 1.83 onwards occur after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1] signifying names of animals (prāṇín-°), herbs (°- óṣadhi-°) or trees (°-vr̥kṣé-bhyaḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `transformation of that' 134] in addition to (ca) `this is its limb' (avayav-é).

1. prāṇín: kapóta-sya vikāra-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = kapóta+aÑ (154) = kāpot-a-ḥ `modification/limb of a pigeon'.

2. óṣadhi: mūrvā-yāḥ vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = mūrvā+áṆ (1.83) = maurv-á-ḥ `transformation/limb of mūrvā (kind of hemp)'.

3. vr̥kṣá: píppala+áṆ = paippal-á-ḥ `modification/limb of Ficus Religiosa'.

$4.3.136 bilvà=ādi=bhyyaḥ=áṆ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with bilvà- `wood-apple tree' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `this is its transformation' 134 or `its limb' 135].

bilvà-sya- vi-kārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = bilvà+áṆ = bailv-á-ḥ. This is a prior exception to [aÑ 140] and [máyaṬ 144] where these would have become applicable to members of this class: ikṣu+áṆ= aikṣav-á-ḥ instead of *aíkṣav-a-ḥ/*ikṣu-máya-ḥ.

$4.3.137 ká̱=upadhāt=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 136] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] containing phoneme [k] as penultimate [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `this is its modification' 134 or `its limb' 135].

Prior exception to [áÑ 139-40]: tarkó-r vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = tarkú+áÑ = tārkav-á-ḥ `modification or limb of a spindle'.

$4.3.138 ¹trápu-²játu-n-oḥ ṣu̱K

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 136 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] trápu- `tin' and játu `lac' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote their modification 134 or limb 135] with the final increment [ṣ] inserted after the stem final [1.1.46].

trápu-ṇ-o vikārá-ḥ = trāpu+ṣ-áṆ `modification or transformation of tin'; similarly játu-n-o vikārá-ḥ = jātu-ṣá-ḥ. Description

$4.3.139 o-r aÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 terminating in 1.1.72] the phoneme-class [u] [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134 or limb 135].

devadāró-r vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = deva-dārū+aÑ = daíva-dārav-a-ḥ `modification/limb of the Devadāru tree'. Exception to [áṆ 1.83 and 136ff.]. This rule supplements the succeeding rule by covering stems which have an udātta accent on their first syllable.

$4.3.140 án-udātta=ādes=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 aÑ 139] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] containing an ánudātta `low-pitched' accent on the first syllable (án-udātta=āde-ḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134 or limb 135].

dadh-án-i tíṣṭh-a-ti = dadhi-tthá-ḥ, tásya vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ- = dadhi-tthá+aÑ = dādhi-tth-a- `produced from or a limb of the tree Feronia Elephantus'; similarly kapitthá-sya vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = kāpitth-a-.

$4.3.141 palāśá=ādi-bhyaḥ=vā

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 aÑ 139] is optionally (vā) introduced [after 1.3.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with palāśá- `the Butea Frondosa tree' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134 or limb 135].

palāśá-sya vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = palāśá+aÑ/áṆ = pālāś-a-ḥ/pālāś-á-ḥ `produced from or a limb of P.' The difference in the two derivatives is in accent only. This class of stems consists of both udātta=ādi and ánudātta=ādi stems and the option applies to both.

$4.3.142 śamy-ā-s=ṬlaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṬlaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] śamī `the Prosopis Spicigera tree' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134 or limb 135].

śamy-ā-ḥ vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = śamī+ṬlaÑ = śāmī-la+ṄīP (1.15) = śāmī-l-ī `made ofŚamī (a ladle)'; śāmī-l-a-m bhás-ma `ash from the tree Ś.'

$4.3.143 máyaṬ=vā=etáy-or bhāṣā-y-ām á-¹bhakṣyà=²ācchādanay-oḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] máyaṬ is optionally (vā) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] in these two (etáy-oḥ) [meanings: its modification 134 or limb 135] excluding food (°-bhakṣyà) or clothing (°-ācchādaniyoh) in colloquial speech (bhāṣā-y-ām).

áśman-o vikāra-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = áśman+máyaṬ/áṆ = ásma-máya-/āśm-á-/āśman-á- (6.4.167).

$4.3.144 nítyam ¹vr̥ddhá-²śara=ādi-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 máyaṬ 143] is necessarily (nítyam) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] belonging to the vr̥ddhá- type (1.1.73-75) and the class of words beginning with śará- `a kind of reed, Saccharum Sara' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote their modification 134 or limb 135, excluding food or clothing, in colloquial speech 143].

1. vr̥ddhá stems: āmrá-sya vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = āmra-máya- `modification or part of the mango tree'.

2. śarā-ṇ-ām vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = śara-máya-.

In non-colloquial speech 143-44 do not apply: bailv-á-ḥ khādir-ó vā yūpa-ḥ. Similarly: maudgá-ḥ sūpa-ḥ bhakṣyè, kārpās-á-m ācchādanam. Description

$4.3.145 gó-s=ca pūrīṣ-e

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 máyaṬ 143] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] gó- `cow f., bull m.' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134] to mean `cowdung' (pūrīṣ-e).

gó-r vikārá-ḥ pūrīṣam = go-máya-m `cow-dung'; in other senses: go+yaT (160) = gáv-ya-m `produced from the cow (such as milk, butter, etc.)'.

$4.3.146 piṣṭ-āt=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 máyaṬ 143] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stam 1.1] piṣṭá- `flour' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134].

piṣṭá-sya vikārá-ḥ = piṣṭa-máya- `made of flour'. Description

$4.3.147 saṁjñā-y-āṁ kaN

[The taddhita 1.76 affix 3.1.1] kaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 piṣṭá- `flour' 146 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134] to derive a name (saṁjñā).

piṣṭá-sya vikārá-ḥ = píṣṭa+kaN = píṣṭa-ka-ḥ `cake made of flour'.

$4.3.148 vrīhé-ḥ puroḍāś-é

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 máyaṬ 143 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] vrīhí- `rice' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134] to designate a sacrificial cake (puroḍāś-é).

vrīhī-ṇ-ām vikārá-ḥ = vrīhi-máya-ḥ puroḍāśá-ḥ. Description

$4.3.149 á-saṁjña-y-ām ¹tíla-²yávā-bhyām

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 máyaṬ 143 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] tíla- `sesamum' and yáva- `barley' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134] when not forming a name (á-saṁjñā-y-ām)

tíla-sya vikārá-ḥ = tila-máya- `produced from sesamum'; so also yáva-sya vikārá-ḥ = yava-máya-; but as names: tail-á-m (1.83)/yāv-a-ka- (1.83; 5.4.29) `sesamum oil/a particular item of food made of barley'.

$4.3.150 dvy-áC-as=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 máyaṬ 143 is introduced after 3.1.2] a dissyllabic [nominal stem 1.1] (dvy-áC-as) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134 or limb 135].

parṇā-n-ām vikārá-ḥ = parṇa-máya-ḥ `made of leaves'; so also darbha-máya-, śara-máya- `made of grass, reeds'.

$4.3.151 ná=¹uT-vát=²várdhra-³bilv-āt

[The taddhitá 1.i6 affix 3.1.1 máyaṬ 143] is not (ná) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 containing two syllables 150] (one of which is) short phoneme [u] (uT-vat) [and nominal stems 1.1] várdhra- `strap, thong' and bilvà- `wood-apple tree, Aegle Marmelos' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote their modification 134 or limb 135, in the domain of Chandas 150].

Exception to 150 above. múñja-sya vikārá-ḥ = múñja+áṆ (1.83) = mauñj-á- `produced from Múñja grass'; garmút-aḥ=vikārá-ḥ = gārmut-á- `modification of Garmút beans'; similarly várdhra-sya vikārá-ḥ = várdhra+áṆ+ṄīP (1.15) = vārdhr-ī `leather strap'; bilvà+áṆ = bailv-á- `made from B.' Description

$4.3.152 tāla=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ

[The taddhitá 1.16 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with tāla- `the Palmyra tree' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134 or limb 135].

tāla-sya vikārá-ḥ = tāla+áṆ = tāl-á- `made from the Tāla tree'.

$4.3.153 jātá-rūpe-bhyaḥ pari-māṇ-e

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 1.83 is introduced after 1.3.2 nominal stems 1.1] signifying gold (jātá-rūpe-bhyaḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134] when the modification is one of weight or measure (pari-māṇ-e).

hāṭaka-sya vikārá-ḥ niṣka-ḥ = hāṭaka+áṆ = hāṭak-á-ḥ `transformation of gold into a niṣka coin'; similarly: jāta-rūp-á-, tāpaniy-á- but hāṭaka-máy-ī yaṣṭí-ḥ `a stick made of gold' which is not a measure or weight.

152-153 are exceptions to [máyaṬ 143] and [aÑ 154].

$4.3.154 ¹prāṇín-²rajatá=ādi-bhyaḥ=aÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1] designating animals (prāṇín-°) and the class of words beginning with rajatá- `silver' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134 or limb 145].

1. prāṇín- : kapóta-sya vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = kapóta+aÑ = kāpot-a- `modification or limb of pigeon' and similarly māyūr-a- `modification or limb of a peacock'.

2. rajatá=ādi: rājat-a- `made of silver'; sīsa-sya vikārá-ḥ = saís-a- `modification of lead'.

$4.3.155 Ñ-IT-as=ca tát-pratyay-āt

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 aÑ 154] is also (ca) introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 terminating in 1.1.72 an affix 3.1.1 with marker [Ñ] (Ñ-IT-as) [denoting the meanings of modification 134 and limb 135] (tát-pratyay-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134 or limb 135 only].

Exception to [máyaṬ 143]. The affixes denoting [vikārá-/avayavá-], ending in marker [Ñ] are: aÑ (139,154,168), ṬlaÑ (142), vuÑ (157), ḍhaÑ (159) and yaÑ (168).

dáivadārava-sya vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = dáivadārava+aÑ = dáivadārav-a- `a post or stake made in the forest of D. trees' (139); similarly dādhitth-a- (140), pālāś-a- (141), śāmī-la- (142), kāpot-a (154), aūṣṭrak-a- (157), aíṇey-a- (159), kāṁs-ya-, pārásav-a (168). Description

$4.3.156 krīta-vát parimāṇ-āt

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] signifying a measure (parimāṇ-āt) [to denote a modification 134 or limb 135] are identical with those introduced [in the section 5.1.18ff.] to denote `purchased by him (krīta-vát 5.1.37).

Exception to [áṆ 1.83]. Numerals are included under `measure' for this purpose.

niṣká-sya vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = niṣká+ṭháK (5.1.20) = naiṣk-iká- `modification of part of a N.' Similarly śatá+ṭhaN/yàT (5.1.21) = śát-ika-/śát-ya- modification or part of a hundred'.

$4.3.157 úṣṭr-āt=vuÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] úṣṭra- `camel' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134 or limb 135].

úṣṭra-sya vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = úṣṭra+vuÑ = aúṣṭr-aka- `produced from or a limb of a camel'.

$4.3.158 ¹úmā=²ūrṇay-or vā

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 157] is optionally (vā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] úmā `flax' and ūrṇā `wool' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134].

úmā-y-āḥ vikārá-h = úmā+vuÑ/áṆ (1.83) = aúm-aka-/aum-á- `produced from flax'; similarly ūrṇā-y-āḥ vikārá-ḥ = aúrṇ-aka-/aurṇ-á- `made of wool'. Description

$4.3.159 eṇy-āḥ=ḍhaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] eṇī `antelope, doe' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134 or limb 135].

eṇy-āḥ vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = eṇī+ḍhaÑ = aíṇ-eya- `produced from or a limb of the doe antelope', but eṇa-sya vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = eṇa+áṄ = aíṇ-a- (154). Description

$4.3.160 ¹gó-²páyas-or yàT

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] gó- `cow, bull' and páyas- `milk, water' [ending in 1 1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134 or limb 135].

gó-r vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = gó+yàT = gáv-ya- `produced from the cow or its limb' similarly páyas-o vikārá-ḥ = payas-yà- `milk product'.

$4.3.161 dró-s=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT 160 is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] drú- `wood' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134].

dró-ḥ vikār-áḥ = dru+yàT = dráv-ya- `wood product'. Description

$4.3.162 mān-e váya-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] váya is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 drú- `wood' 161 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134] to signify a measure (mān-e).

drór vikāráḥ = dru+váya- = dru-váya- `a wooden measure'. Description

$4.3.163 phál-e luK

luK (0̸¹) replaces [the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134 or limb 135] when designating a fruit (phál-e).

āmalaky-āḥ vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = āmalaka+ṄīṢ+(máyaṬ 144→luK) āmalaka+0̸¹ (1.2.49) = āmalaka-m `the fruit of the Āmalaka tree'.

$4.3.164 plakṣá=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with plakṣá- `the Ficus Religiosa tree' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134 or limb 135 when designating its fruit 163].

plakṣá-sya vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ phála-m = plakṣá+áṆ = plākṣ-á-m `the fruit of the Ficus Religiosa tree'.

$4.3.165 jambv-āḥ=vā

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 164] is optionally (vā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] jambū `the rose-apple tree' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134 or limb 135 when signifying its fruit 163].

jambv-āḥ vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ = jambū+áṆ/áṆ→luk = jāmbav-ám/jambú `rose-apple'. Description

$4.3.166 luP ca

luP (0̸³) [optionally 165 replaces the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 jambū `rose-apple tree' 165 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134 or limb 135 when signifying its fruit 163].

jambū+áṆ/áṆ→luK/áṆ-luP = jāmbav-á-m/jambú/jambū; by 1.2.51 when replacement of an affix by luP occurs the original stem retains its gender and number.

$4.3.167 harītakī=ādi-bhyas=ca

[luP (0̸³)] also (ca) replaces [the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with harītakī `Myrobalan' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134 or limb 135 when signifying its fruit 163].

harītaky-āḥ vikārá-ḥ/avayavá-ḥ phálam = harītakī+áṆ→luP = harītakī `the fruit of Myrobalan'.

$4.3.168 ¹kaṁsīya-²paraśavyày-or ¹yaÑ=²aÑ=au luK ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] yaÑ and aÑ are introduced respectively (1.3.10) [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] kaṁsīya- `bronze' and paraśavyà- `iron' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its modification 134] and luK (0̸¹) replaces [the affixes cha 5.1.1 and yàT 5.1.2 respectively (1.3.10) of these stems].

kaṁsīya-sya vikārá-ḥ = kaṁsa+cha+yaÑ = kaṁsa+0̸¹+yaÑ = kāṁs-ya- `made of bronze'. paraśavyà-sya vikārá-ḥ = paraśu+yàT+aÑ = paraśu+0̸¹+aÑ = pāraśav-a- `made of iron'. Description

$4.4.1 prāk=váhate-s=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] (in this section) preceding (prāk) the sūtra [tád váhati rátha-yugá-prāsaṅgám (76 below)].

This is a governing rule [adhikāra-sútra] and the affix [ṭháK] or its replacements will recur in the following sūtra-s 2-75.

$4.4.2 t-éna dīv-ya-ti khán-a-ti jáy-a-ti ji-tá-m

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (t-éna) to denote (a) plays with it (dīv-ya-ti), (b) digs with it (khán-a-ti), (c) wins with it (jáy-a-ti) and conquered with it (ji-tá-m).

1. akṣ-aír dīv-ya-ti = akṣá+ṭháK = ākṣ-iká-ḥ `who gambles with dice'.

2. ábhry-ā khán-a-ti = ábhri+ṭháK = ābhr-iká-ḥ `who digs with a spade'.

3. akṣ-aír jáy-a-ti = ākṣ-iká-h `who wins with dice'

4. akṣ-aír ji-tá-m = ākṣ-iká-m `won with dice'.

$4.4.3 sáṁ-s-kr̥-ta-m

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2] to denote `seasoned or garnished with it' (sáṁ-s-kr̥-ta-m).

dadh-n-ā sáṁ-s-kr̥-ta-m = dádhi+ṭháK = dādhi-ká-m `seasoned or garnished with curds'; similarly marica+ṭháK = māric-iká-m `seasoned with pepper'. Description

$4.4.4 ¹kulattha-²ká̱=upadh-āt=áṆ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] kulattha- `the pulse Dolichos Uniflorus' and those containing phoneme [k] as penultimate [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2 to denote `seasoned or garnished with it' 3].

Exception to [ṭháK 1].

1. kulatth-ena sáṁ-s-kr̥-ta-m = kulattha+áṆ = kaulatth-á-m `mixed with pulse K.'

2. tittiḍīk-ena sáṁ-s-kr̥-ta-m = tittiḍīka+áṆ = taittiḍīk-á- `seasoned or spiced with tamarind'.

$4.4.5 tár-a-ti

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2] to denote `crosses with it' (tár-a-ti).

uḍup-éna tár-a-ti = uḍupá+ṭháK = auḍup-iká-ḥ `who sails across by boat'.

$4.4.6 go-pucch-āt=ṭhaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] go-pucchá- `ox-tail' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2 to denote `crosses with it' 5].

go-pucch-éna tár-a-ti = go-pucchá+ṭhaÑ = gaú-pucch-ika-ḥ `who goes across holding on to the tail of an ox'.

$4.4.7 ¹naú-²dvy-áC-as=ṭhaN

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] naú- `boat' and those containing two syllables (dvy-áC-aḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2 to denote `crosses with it 5].

1. nāv-ā tár-a-ti = naú+ṭhaN = nāv-ika-ḥ `sailor (who crosses by boat).

2. pláv-ena tár-a-ti = pláv-ika-ḥ `sailor'; bāhú-bhyām tár-a-ti = bāhu-ka-ḥ `who swims across with his arms'.

$4.4.8 cár-a-ti

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2] to denote `moves or eats with it' (cár-a-ti).

śakaṭ-ena cár-a-ti = śakaṭa+ṭhák = śākaṭ-iká-ḥ `travels by a chariot'; dadh-n-ā cár-a-ti = dādh-iká-ḥ `eats with curds'.

$4.4.9 ā-karṣ-āt=ṢṭhaL

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṢṭhaL is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] ākarṣá-`touch-stone' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2 to denote `moves with it' 8].

ākarṣ-éṇa cár-a-ti = ākarṣa+ṢṭhaL = ākárṣ-ika-ḥ `who moves with a touch-stone'; a variant reading is ākaṣa- with a derivative ākáṣ-ika-. Feminine derivative with ṄīṢ (1.41). Description

$4.4.10 parpá=ādi-bhyas=ṢṭhaN

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṢṭhaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem-class 1.1] beginning with parpá- `wheel-chair' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2 to denote `moves with it' 8].

parp-éṇa cár-a-ti = parpá+ṢṭhaN = párp-ika-ḥ m./parp-ik-ī f. (1.41) `moves with a wheel-chair'.

$4.4.11 śva-gaṇ-āt=ṭhaÑ=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ, in addition to (ca) [ṢṭhaN 10 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] śva-gaṇá- `a pack of dogs' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2 to denote `moves with it 8].

śva-gaṇ-ena cár-a-ti = śva-gaṇá+ṭhaÑ/ṢṭhaN = śvā-gaṇ-ika-ḥ/śvá-gaṇ-ika-ḥ `who moves with a pack of dogs'.

$4.4.12 vétana=ādi-bhyaḥ=jīv-a-ti

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with vétana- `wages' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2]to denote `earns his livelihood with it' (jīv-a-ti).

vétan-ena jīv-a-ti = vétana+ṭháK = vaitan-iká-ḥ `who lives with wages'.

$4.4.13 ¹vasná-²kraya-vikray-āt=ṭhaN

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] vasná- `salary' and kraya-vikrayá- `buying and selling' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2 to denote `earns his livelihood with it' 12].

vasn-éna jīv-a-ti = vasná+ṭhaN = vásn-ika-ḥ `lives by earning salary or wages'; similarly kráya-vikray-ika-ḥ `who earns his livelihood by buying and selling'; separately kray-éṇa/vikray-éṇa jīv-a-ti = kráy-ika-ḥ/víkray-ika-ḥ. Description

$4.4.14 ā-yudh-āt=cha ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha in addition to (ca) [ṭhaN is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] ā-yudh-a `weapon' [ending in 1 1.72 the third sUP triplet 2 to denote `earns his livelihood with it 12].

ā-yudh-ena jīv-a-ti = ā-yudh-a+cha/ṭhaN = ā-yudh-īya-ḥ/ā-yudh-ika-ḥ `a mercenary who earns his livelihood with weapons'.

$4.4.15 hár-a-ti=ut-saṅgá=ādi-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with ut-saṅg-á- `lap' [ending in 1 1.72 the third sUP triplet 2] to denote the sense of `carry away, bear' (hár-a-ti).

ut-saṅg-éna hár-a-ti = ut-saṅg-á+ṭháK = aut-sang-iká-ḥ `who carries with his lap'.

$4.4.16 bhástrā=ādi-bhyas=ṢṭhaN

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṢṭhaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with bhástrā `leather pouch or bag' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2 to denote `carry away' 15].

bhástray-ā hár-a-ti = bhástrā+ṢṭhaN = bhástr-ika-ḥ m., -ikī f. `who transports with a leathern bag'. Description

$4.4.17 vibhāṣā ¹vivadhá-²vīvadh-āt

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṢṭhaN 16] is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] vivadhá- and vīvadhá- `a shoulder yoke' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2 to denote `carries or bears with it' 15].

vivadh-éna/vīvadh-éna hár-a-ti = vīivadhá+ṢṭhaN/ṭháK = vívadh-ika-m (°-ikī f.) / vīvadh-ika- (°-ikī f.) / vaivadh-iká- (-ikī f.) `who carries with a shoulder yoke'.

$4.4.18 áṆ kūṭilikā-y-āḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] kūṭilikā `moving crookedly' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2 to denote `carries or bears with it' 15].

kūṭilikay-ā hár-a-ti = kūṭilikā+áṆ = kauṭilik-á-ḥ mr̥gá-ḥ `who carries while moving crookedly (said of an animal)'.

$4.4.19 nír-vr̥t-t-e=akṣa-dyūtá=ādi-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with akṣa-dyūtá- `gambling with dice' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2] to denote `originated or accomplished by it' (nír-vr̥t-t-e).

akṣa-dyūt-éna nír-vr̥tta-m = akṣa-dyūtá+ṭháK = ākṣa-dyūt-iká-m vairám `(enmity) engendered by gambling with dice'.

$4.4.20 Ktre-r maP=nítya-m

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] maP is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] Ktrí (3.3.38 occurring after verbal stems with marker ḌU as IT) [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2 to denote `originated or accomplished by it' 19] necessarily (nítya-m).

pāk-éna nír-vr̥t-ta-m = ḌU-pac-AṢ+Ktrí+maP = pak=trí-ma-m `completed by cooking'; similarly kr̥-trí-ma- `artificial, accomplished by fashioning'.

$4.4.21 ¹apa-mí-t-ya-²yācitā-bhyāṁ káK= kaNau

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] káK and kaN are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] apa-mí-t-ya- `debt' and yāc-i-tá `alms' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2 to denote `originated or accomplished by it' 19.]

apa-mí-t-ya nír-vr̥t-ta-m = apa-mí-t-ya+káK = āpa-mi-t-ya-ká-m `achieved by barter' (according to Kāśikā and S. Kaumudī) where [apa-mí-t-ya] is construed as a gerund, but the nominal stem occurs in AV. Similarly yācit-éna nír-vr̥t-ta-m = yācita-ka-m `received through alms'. Description

$4.4.22 sáṁ-sr̥ṣ-ṭ-e

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK i is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2] to denote `mixed with it' (sáṁ-sr̥ṣ-ṭ-e).

dadh-n-ā sáṁ-sr̥ṣ-ṭa-m = dádhi+ṭháK = dādhi-ká-m `mixed with curds'. Description

$4.4.23 cūrṇ-āt=íni̱-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] íni̱ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] cūrṇa- `powder' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUp triplet 2 to denote `mixed with it' 22].

cūrṇ-ena sáṁ-sr̥ṣ-ṭa-m = cūrṇa+ín = cūrṇ-ín- `covered with powder'. Description

$4.4.24 lavaṇ-āt=luK

luK (0̸¹) replaces [the taddhitá 1.72 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] lavaṇá- `salt' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2 to denote `mixed with it' 22].

lavaṇ-éna sáṁ-sr̥ṣ-ṭa-m = lavaṇá+ṭháK→luK = lavaṇá- `salted; mixed with salt'.

$4.4.25 mudg-āt=áṆ

[The taddhitá 1.72 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] mudgá- `Mung bean' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2 to denote `mixed with it' 22].

mudgá+áṆ = maudg-á- `mixed with M. beans'.

$4.4.26 vy-áñjan-air úpa-sik-t-e

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] denoting a condiment (vy-áñjan-aiḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2] to denote `sprinkled with' (úpa-sik-t-e).

dadh-n-ā úpa-sik-ta-m = dádhi+ṭháK = dādhi-ká-m `sprinkled with curds'; similarly páyas-ā úpa-sik-ta-m = pāyas-iká-m `sprinkled with water/milk'. Description

$4.4.27 ¹ójas=²sáhas=³ámbhas-ā várt-a-te

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] ójas- `strength', sáhas- `violence' and ámbhas- `water' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 2] to denote `proceeds with' (várt-a-te).

ójas-ā várt-a-te = ojas+ṭháK = aujas-iká- `endowed with strength'; similarly: sāhas-iká- `violent' and āmbhas-iká- `aquatic'. Description

$4.4.28 tát ¹práti=²ánu-pūrva-m ¹īpa-²loman=³kūla-m

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] °-īpá- `water', °-loman- `hair' and °-kūla- `bank, shore' co-occurring with the preverbs práti-° and ánu-° as prior members (°-pūrvam) (ending in 1.1.27) the second sUP triplet (tát) [to denote `remaining with' 27].

pratīpá-m várt-a-te = pratīpá+ṭháK = prātīp-iká- `moving against the current'; similarly ānv-īp-iká- `moving with the current'; prāti-lom-iká-/ānu-lom-iká `moving against/along the bank'.

$4.4.29 pari-mukhá-ṁ=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] parimukhá `round or about the face' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28 to denote `remaining with' 27].

pari-mukhá-ṁ várt-a-te = pāri-mukh-iká- `(always) facing (the master) = attendant, servant'.

$4.4.30 prá-yacch-a-ti garhyà-m

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28] to denote `gives what is blameworthy' (prá-yacch-a-ti garhyà-m).

dvi-guṇá-m = dvi-guṇārthá-m prá-yacch-a-ti = dvi-guṇa+ṭháK = dvai-guṇ-iká-ḥ `who lends money for the purpose of doubling it (by usury)'.

$4.4.31 ¹kúsīda-²daśa=ekādaś-āt ¹ṢṭhaN=²ṢṭháC-au

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] ṢṭhaN and ṢṭháC are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] kúsīda- `interest-bearing loan' and daśa=ekādaśá- `lending money at 10 % interest' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28 to denote `gives what is blameworthy' 30].

kúsīda-m prá-yacch-a-ti = kusīda+ṢṭhaN = kúsīd-ika-ḥ (°-ikī f. 1.41) `usurer, money-lender'. Similarly daśa=ekādaśá-m prá-yacch-a-ti = daśaikādaśá+ṢṭháC = daśaikādaś-iká-ḥ `who charges 10 % interest'.

$4.4.32 úñch-a-ti

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28] to denote `gleans it' (úñch-a-ti).

badarā-ṇ-i uñch-a-ti = badara+ṭháK = bādar-iká-ḥ `who gleans or gathers jujube fruit'.

$4.4.33 rákṣ-a-ti

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28] to denote `protects it' (rákṣ-a-ti).

samājá-ṁ rákṣ-a-ti = sāmāj-iká-ḥ `guardian of the assembly'.

$4.4.34 ¹śábda-²dardura-ṁ kar-ó-ti

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] śábda- `sound' and dardura- `a particular kind of pot' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28] to denote `produces it' (kar-o-ti).

śábda-ṁ kar-ó-ti = śábda+ṭháK = śābd-iká-ḥ `grammarian, linguist' similarly dārdur-iká-ḥ `potter'.

$4.4.35 ¹pakṣín-²mátsya-³mr̥gā-n hán-ti

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] designating birds (pakṣín-°), fish (°-mátsya-°) and animals (°-mr̥gā-n) [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28] to denote `kills them' (hán-ti).

pakṣíṇ-aḥ hán-ti = pakṣí0̸+ikáK (6.4.144) = pākṣ0̸-iká-ḥ (6.4.148) `bird hunter'; māyūr-iká-ḥ `hunter of peacocks'.

mátsyā-n hán-ti = mātsy-iká-ḥ `fisherman' (vārtt. on 6.4.149); similarly śāphar-iká-ḥ `a fisherman catching Ś. fish'.

mr̥gā-n hán-ti = mārg-iká-ḥ `animal-hunter'; so also sūkarā-n hán-ti `hunter of wild-boars': saukar-iká-ḥ. Description

$4.4.36 pari-panthá-ṁ=ca tíṣṭh-a-ti

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] pari-panthá- `by or on the way' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28] to denote `remains' (tíṣṭh-a-ti) in addition to (ca) [kills, strikes' 35].

pari-panthá-m tíṣṭh-a-ti/hán-ti = pari-panthá+ṭháK = pāri-panth-iká- `highway robber/murderer'.

Note that 35-36 constitute a natural hemistich of an anuṣṭubh verse.

$4.4.37 ¹māthá=uttara-pada-²padavī=³anupadá-ṁ dhāv-a-ti

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] co-occurring with °-māthá- `way, road' as final member (°-uttara-pada-° of a compound), and the words padavī `footpath' and anu-padá- `following closely' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 29] to denote `runs' (dhāv-a-ti).

daṇḍa-māthá-ṁ dhāv-a-ti = daṇḍa-māthá+ṭháK = dāṇḍa-māth-iká- `who runs on a straight road'; similarly pādav-iká- `running on the sidewalk, footpath or pavement'; ānu-pad-iká- `pursuer, shadower'.

$4.4.38 ā-krand-āt=thaÑ ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is introduced, in addition to (ca) [ṭháK 1 after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] ā-krand-á `battle-field or place of lamentation' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28 to denote `runs' 37].

ā-krand-á-ṁ dhāv-a-ti = ā-krand-á+ṭhaÑ/ṭháK = ā-krand-ika-ḥ/ā-krand-iká-ḥ `runs on the battle-field or a place of lamentation'.

$4.4.39 padá=uttara-pada-ṁ gr̥h-ṇā-ti

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] co-occurring with °padá- as a final member (°-uttara-pada-ṁ of a compound) [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28] to denote `grasps it' (gr̥h-ṇā-ti).

pūrva-padá-m gr̥h-ṇā-ti = pūrva-pada+ṭháK = paurva-pad-iká- `who grasps the preceding member (of a compound)'.

$4.4.40 ¹prati-kaṇṭhá=²ártha=³lalāma-ṁ ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.1 the nominal stems 1.1] prati-kaṇṭhá- `throat by throat', ártha- `sense, import, meaning' and lalāma- `an ornament' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28 to denote `grasps it' 39].

prati-kaṇṭhá-ṁ gr̥h-ṇā-ti = prati-kaṇṭhá+ṭháK = prāti-kaṇṭh-iká- `who seizes throat by throat'; similarly ārth-iká- `who grasps the meaning'; lālām-iká- `who holds the ornament'.

$4.4.41 dhárma-ṁ cár-a-ti

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] dhárma- `law' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28] to denote `observes or practises it' (cár-a-ti).

dhárma-ṁ cár-a-ti = dharma+ṭháK = dhārm-iká- `who observes or practises law'.

$4.4.42 prati-path-ám é-ti ṭhaN=ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1] as well as ṭhaN are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] prati-path-á- `path by path' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28] to denote `goes along it' (é-ti).

prati-path-á-m é-ti = prati-path-á+ṭhaN/ṭháK = práti-path-ika-/prāti-path-iká- `who goes along each path'.

$4.4.43 samavāyā-n sam-á-vaiti

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] signifying an assemblage (sam-ava=āyā-n) [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28] to denote `assembles it' (sam-áva+e-ti).

samavāyā-n sam-ávai-ti = samavāyá+ṭháK = sāmavāy-iká- `frequenter of communities'.

$4.4.44 pari-ṣád-aḥ=Ṇyá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ṇyá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] pari-ṣád- `assembly' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28 to denote `frequents it' 43].

pari-ṣád-aṁ sam-ávai-ti = pariṣad+Ṇyá- = pāri-ṣad-yá- `assemblyman, councillor'.

$4.4.45 sénā-y-āḥ=vā

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 Ṇyá 44] is optionally (vā) introduced [after the nominal stem 1.1] sénā `army' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28 to denote `frequents it' 43].

sénā-ṁ sam-ávai-ti = śenā+Ṇyá/ṭháK = sain-yá-/sain-iká- `soldier'.

$4.4.46 saṁjñā-y-āṁ ¹lalāṭa-²kukkuṭy-áu páśy-a-ti

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] lalāṭa- `forehead' and kukkuṭī `hen' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 28] to denote `sees it' (paśy-a-ti) when deriving a proper name (saṁjñā-y-ām).

lalāṭa-m páśy-a-ti = lalāṭa+ṭháK = lālāṭ-iká- `a negligent servant'; kukkuṭī-m paśy-a-ti = kaukkuṭ-iká-ḥ bhikṣú-ḥ `wandering (monk)'. These meanings are derived from the fact that in the first case the person looks at the forehead of the master from a distance without performing his duties and in the second case he walks looking down on the ground.

$4.4.47 tá-sya dharm-yà-m

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (tá-sya) to denote `one's proper duty or obligation' (dharm-yà-m).

śulka-śālā-y-āḥ dharm-yà-m = śulka-śālā+ṭháK = śaulka-śāl-iká-m `behavior proper to a custom-house'; similarly ā-kará-sya dharmyà-m = ākar-iká-m `miner's duty'.

$4.4.48 áṆ máhiṣī=ādi-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with máhiṣī `principal queen' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `one's duty or obligation' 47].

máhiṣy-āḥ dharmyàm = máhiṣ-á-m `duties proper to the principal queen'.

$4.4.49 r̥T-aḥ=aÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 terminating in 1.1.72] the vowel phoneme short [r̥] (r̥T-aḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `one's proper duty' 47].

hót-ur dharmyàm = hótr̥+aÑ = haútr-a-m `duty of the Hótr̥-priest'.

$4.4.50 ava-kray-á-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 47] to denote `its revenue' (ava-kray-á-ḥ).

śulka-śālā-y-āḥ ava-kray-á-ḥ = śulka-śālā+ṭháK = śaulka-śāl-iká-ḥ `custom-house revenue'.

$4.4.51 tád a-syá páṇya-m

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (tád) to denote `his commodity for sale' (a-syá páṇya-m).

apūpā-ḥ páṇya-m a-syá = apūpá+ṭháK = āpūp-iká-ḥ `a dealer in cakes'; similarly módaka+ṭháK = maudak-iká-ḥ `a dealer in sweetmeats'.

$4.4.52 lavaṇ-āt=ṭhaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] lavaṇá- `salt' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote one's commodity for sale 51].

lavaṇá-m páṇya-m a-syá = lavaṇá+ṭhaÑ = lāvaṇ-ika-ḥ `salt dealer'. Description

$4.4.53 kiśara=ādi-bhyas=ṢṭhaN

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṢṭhaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with kiśara- `n.pr. of a perfume' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote one's commodity for sale 51].

kiśara-ḥ páṇya-m a-syá = kiśara+ṢṭhaN = kíśar-ika-ḥ (°-ik-ī f. 1.41) `dealer in perfumery' Description

$4.4.54 śalālu-n-aḥ=anya-tarás-syām

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṢṭhaN 53] is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] śalālu- `n: of a perfume' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote one's commodity for sale 51].

śalālu páṇya-m a-syá = śalālu+ṢṭhaN/ṭháK = śálālu-ka-ḥ/śālālu-ká-ḥ `dealer specializing in Ś. perfume'. Feminine derivatives are: śalālu-kī/śālālu-kī (resp. 1.41, 15).

$4.4.55 śílpa-m-

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 51] to denote that `it is one's art' (śílpa-m).

mr̥daṅga-vādaná-m śílpa-m a-syá = mr̥daṅga+ṭháK = mārdang-iká-ḥ `expert drum-player'; similarly vaiṇ-iká-ḥ `expert player on the Vīṇā'.

$4.4.56 ¹maḍḍuka-²jharjar-āt=áṆ=anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] maḍḍuka- and jharjhara- `kinds of drums' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 51 to denote one's art 55].

The option is with respect to the general affix [ṭháK 1].

maḍḍuka+áṆ/ṭháK = māḍḍu-ká-ḥ/māḍḍuk-iká-ḥ `expert player on M. drum'; similarly jhārjhar-á-ḥ/jhārjhar-iká-ḥ.

$4.4.57 pra-hár-aṇa-m

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 51] to denote `this is [one's 51] weapon' (pra-hár-aṇa-m).

así-ḥ pra-hár-aṇa-m a-syá = así+ṭháK = āsi-ká-ḥ `swordsman'.

dhánuḥ pra-hár-aṇa-m a-syá = dhānuṣ-ká-ḥ `archer'. Description

$4.4.58 paraśvadh-āt=ṭhaÑ ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is introduced in addition to (ca) [ṭháK 1 after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] paraśvadha- `hatchet' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `this is one's' 51 weapon 57].

paraśvadha+ṭhaÑ/ṭháK = pāraśvadh-ika-ḥ/pāraśvadh-iká-ḥ `hatchet-man'.

$4.4.59 ¹śaktí-²yaṣṭy-ór īkáK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] īkáK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] śaktí- `dart, spear' and yastí- `stick' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `this is one's' 51 weapon 57].

śaktí-ḥ pra-hár-aṇa-m a-syá = śakti+īkáK = śākt-īká-ḥ `wielder of darts or spears'; so also yāṣṭ-īká-ḥ `whose weapon is a stick'.

$4.4.60 ¹ásti-²nāsti-³diṣṭá-m matí-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] ás-ti `there is', ná=as-ti `there is not' and diṣṭá- `fate' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `this is [one's 51] belief (matí-ḥ)].

ás=ti matí-r a-syá = asti+ṭháK = āst-iká-ḥ `theist'; so also nāst-iká-ḥ `atheist' and daiṣṭ-iká-ḥ `fatalist'. Description

$4.4.61 śīla-m

[The taddhitá 1.72 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 51] to denote `[this is one's 51] habit or nature' (śīla-m).

apūpa-bhakṣaṇ-ám śīla-m a-syá = apūpá+ṭháK = āpūp-iká-ḥ `who has for his regular diet cakes'; similarly audan-iká-ḥ `accustomed to eat rice'.

$4.4.62 cháttra=ādi-bhyaḥ=Ṇá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ṇá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with chát-tra- `shelter, cover' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `this is one's 51 habit or nature 61].

chát-tra-ṁ śīla-m a-syá = chat-tra+Ṇá = chāt-tr-á-ḥ `accustomed to take shelter (under a preceptor), pupil'.

$4.4.63 kárma=adhy-áyan-e vr̥t-tá-m

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] signifying an action (kárman) [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 51] to denote `occurring in [one's 51] study' (adhy-áyan-e).

éka-m anyád adhy-áy-an-e vr̥t-tám = ekānyá+ṭháK = aikāny-iká-ḥ `(a pupil) who commits a single error in the course of his study'; similarly dvaiyany-iká-ḥ/traiy-any-iká-ḥ. Description

$4.4.64 bahu=áC-pūrva-pad-āt=ṭháC

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháC is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] co-occurring with a polysyllabic prior member (bahu=áC-pūrva-pad-āt in composition) [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 51 to denote `occurring in (one's 51) study' 63].

dvā-daśa anyā-n-i kármā-ṇ-i adhy-áyan-e vr̥t-tá-m = dvā-daśānyá+ṭháK = dvādaśāny-iká-ḥ `(a pupil) who commits twelve errors in his study'. The difference between the two affixes is with reference to the vr̥ddhi replacement of the first syllable: trayodaśāny-iká-ḥ. Description

$4.4.65 hi-tá-m bhakṣā-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `this is his 51] wholesome diet (hi-tá-m bhakṣā-ḥ).

odana-bhakṣaṇá-m hi-tá-m a-syá = odaná+ṭháK = audan-iká-ḥ `whose wholesome diet is rice'.

$4.4.66 tád a-smaí dī-yá-te ní-yuk-ta-m

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (tád) to denote `is allotted to him rightfully' (a-smaí dī-yá-te ní-yuk-ta-m).

ágr-e bhój-ana-m a-smaí ní-yuk-ta-ṁ dī-yá-te = ágra-bhojana+ṭháK = āgra-bhojan-iká-ḥ `entitled to be served first with food'.

$4.4.67 ¹śrāṇā-²māṁsa=odan-āt=Ṭi̱ṭhaN

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ṭi̱ṭhaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] śrāṇā `rice gruel' and māṁsaudaná- `rice mixed with meat' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `is allotted to him rightfully' 55].

If only these two nominal stems were involved the affix [ṭhaÑ] might as well have been introduced in the place of [Ṭi̱ṭhaN]; the purpose of so introducing this affix is to indicate, according to interpretation, that besides the compound māṁsaudaná-, odaná- also is subiect to the same operation.

śrāṇā a-smaí dī-yá-te ní-yuk-ta-m = śrāṇā+TịṭhaN = śrāṇ-ika-ḥ `entitled to be served with rice gruel'; odaná+ṬiṭhaN = ódan-ika-ḥ `entitled to be served with rice'.

$4.4.68 bhak-t-āt=áṆ=anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is optionally (anyatarásyām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] bhak-tá- `food' [ending in 1 1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `it is alloted to him rightfully 66].

bhaktám asmaí níyuktaṁ dīyáte = bhaktá+áṆ/ṭháK = bhākt-á-ḥ/bhākt-iká-ḥ `entitled to be served with food'.

$4.4.69 tá-tra ní-yuk-ta-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet (tá-tra) to denote `appointed or employed there'(niyuktaḥ).

śulka-śālā-y-āṁ níyuktah = śulkaśālā+ṭháK = śaulka-śāl-iká-ḥ `employed at the custom-house'.

$4.4.70 agāra=ant-āt=ṭhaN

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] co-occurring with °-agāra- `house' as a final member (agārānt-āt in composition) [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `appointed or employed therein 69].

devāgār-é níyukta-ḥ = devāgārá+ṭhaN = dévāgār-ika-ḥ `temple employ, church employ'; so also bhāṇḍāgār-ika-ḥ `employed in the treasury'.

$4.4.71 adhy-āy-ín-i=á-¹deśa-²kāl-āt

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] specifying an improper place or time (á-deśa-kāl-āt) and [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 69] to denote a student (adhy-āy-ín-i).

1. á-deśa: śmaśān-e ádhī-te = śmaśana+ṭháK = śṁāśān-iká-ḥ `(a pupil) studying in the crematorium'.

2. a-kāla: caturdaśy-am ádhī-te = cāturdaś-iká-ḥ `who studies on the fourteenth day of a fortnight'.

$4.4.72 ¹kaṭhiná=anta-²pra-stār-á-³saṁ-sthāne-ṣu vy-áva-har-a-ti

[The taddhitá 1.i6 attix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 1.1] co-occurring with °-kaṭhiná- `thicket, clump, forest' as a final member (°-antāt of a compound) and the words prastārá- `jungle, forest' and saṁ-sthāna- `public place' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 69] to denote `transacts business [there 69]' (vy-áva-iar-a-ti).

1. vaṁśa-kaṭhin-é vy-áva-har-a-ti = vaṁśa-kaṭhiná+ṭháK = vāṁśa-kaṭhin-iká-ḥ `who transacts business in a bamboo thicket'.

2. pra-stār-é vy-áva-har-a-ti = prāstār-iká-ḥ `who carries on business/trade in a jungle'.

3. saṁ-sthān-e vy-áva-har-a-ti = sāṁsthan-iká-ḥ `who carries on business in a public place'.

$4.4.73 ní-kaṭ-e vás-a-ti

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 1 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] ni-kaṭa- `near' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 69] to denote `he lives [there 69] (vás-a-ti).

níkaṭ-e vás-a-ti = níkaṭa+ṭháK = naikaṭ-iká-ḥ bhikṣū-ḥ `lives near (a village) [said of an ascetic]'.

$4.4.74 ā-vas-áth-āt=ṢṭhaL

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṢṭhaL is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] ā-vas-áth-a- `house' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 69 to denote `one lives (there 69)'73].

ā-vas-áth-e vás-a-ti = ā-vas-áth-a+ṢṭhaL = ā-vas-áth-ika-ḥ m. (°-ikī f. 1.41) `who resides in a house'

$4.4.75 prāk=hi-t-āt=yàT

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1] beginning with this section up to 5.1.5 below [tá-smai hi-tá-m].

This constitutes a governing rule (adhikārá) and the affix [yáT] recurs in all subsequent rules of this section unless otherwise specified up to 5.1.4 inclusive.

The section governing the affix [ṭháK 1ff.] ends here.

$4.4.76 tád váh-a-ti ¹rátha-²yugá-³prāsaṅgá-m

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT 75 is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] rátha- `chariot', yugá- `yoke' and prāsaṅgá- `a kind of yoke for cattle' [ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet [tád] to denote `bears or carries that' (tád váh-a-ti).

rátha-ṁ váh-a-ti = ratha+yàT = ráth-ya-ḥ (6.1.13) `which draws the chariot'. yugá-ṁ váh-a-ti = yúg-ya-ḥ `yoke-bearer'; prāsaṅgá-ṁ váh-a-ti = prāsaṅg-yà-ḥ. Description

$4.4.77 dhúr-aḥ=yàT= ḍháK-au

[The taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] yàT and ḍhaK are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] dhúr- `beam of a plough' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `bears or carries that' 76].

dhúr-aṁ váh-a-ti = dhúr+yàT/ḍháK = dhúr-ya-ḥ/dhaur-eyá-ḥ `(a beast) carrying the beam of a plough'.

$4.4.78 kha-ḥ sarva-dhur-āt

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] kha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] sarva-dhur-ā `entire burden' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `bears or carries that' 76].

sarva-dhurā-ṁ váh-a-ti = sarva-dhurā+kha = sarva-dhur0̸¹-īṇa-ḥ `bearing the whole burden'.

$4.4.79 eka-dhur-āt=luK ca

luK (0̸¹) also (ca) replaces [the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 kha 78 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] eka-dhur-ā `a single shaft' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `bears or carries it 78].

eka-dhur-ā-ṁ váh-a-ti = eka-dhurā+kha/kha→luk = eka-dhur-īṇa-ḥ/eka-dhur-á-ḥ (1.2.49) `bearer of a single shaft'.

$4.4.80 śakaṭ-āt=áṆ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] śakaṭa- `cart' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `bears or carries it' 76].

śakaṭa-ṁ váh-a-ti = śakaṭa+áṆ = śākaṭ0̸¹+á-ḥ (6.4.148) `who draws the cart'.

$4.4.81 ¹hala-²sīr-āt=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1.] halá- and sīra- `plough' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `bears or carries it' 76].

halá-ṁ/sīra-ṁ váh-a-ti = halá/sīra+ṭháK = hál-iká-ḥ/sair-iká-ḥ `who bears the ploughshare'.

$4.4.82 saṁjñā-y-āṁ jány-āḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] jánī `a young married woman' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `bears or carries her' 76 to form a name (saṁjñā-y-ām)].

jánī-ṁ váh-a-ti = janī+yàT+ṬāP (1.4) = ján0̸-yā (6.4.148) `bridesmaid (who introduces the bride to the bridegroom)'.

$4.4.83 vídh-ya-ti=á-dhanuṣ-ā

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 76] to denote `pierces with [it 76]' (vídh-ya-ti) other than with a bow (á-dhanuṣ-ā).

padá-ṁ vídh-y-anti = padá+yàT+Jas = pad+yàT+Jas (6.3.53) = pád-yāḥ śárkarā-ḥ `piercing the foot (said of gravel)'. But pād-aū vídh-ya-ti dhánuṣ-ā `pierces the feet with a bow'. Description

$4.4.84 ¹dhána-²gaṇá-m lab-dhā

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] dhána- `wealth' and gaṇá- `troop' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 76] to denote `receives [that 76]' (lab-dhā).

dhán-aṁ lab-dhā = dhána+yàT = dhán0̸-ya-ḥ `wealthy'; similarly gaṇá-m lab-dhā = gáṇ-ya-ḥ `who acquires a multitude'.

$4.4.85 ánn-āt=Ṇá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ṇá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] ánna- `food' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 76 to denote `obtains [that 76]' 84].

ánna-ṁ lab-dhā = ánna+Ṇá = ānn-á-ḥ `one who gets food'.

$4.4.86 váśa-ṁ ga-tá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1.] váśa- `control, subjection' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 76] to denote `has gone to or under [that 76]' (ga-tá-ḥ).

váśa-ṁ ga-tá-ḥ = váśa+yT = váś-ya-ḥ `subjected, gone under subjection or control of'.

$4.4.87 padá-m a-smín dŕś-ya-m

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] padá- `foot-print' [ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (padá-m) to denote `is to be seen or visible in this' (a-smín dŕś-ya-m).

padá-m a-smín kardám-e dŕś-ya-m = padá+yT = pád-ya-ḥ kar-dáma-ḥ `(mud) in which a footstep is to be seen'.

$4.4.88 mūla-m a-syá=ā-barhí

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] mūla- `root' [ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (mūla-m) to denote `fit for eradication or uprooting' (ā-barhi).

mūla-m e-ṣām māṣā-ṇ-ām ā-barhí = mūla+yaT+Jas = mūl-yā-ḥ māṣā-ḥ `these plants of M. beans are fit for uprooting'.

$4.4.89 saṁjñā-y-ām dhenuṣyā

(The irregular expression) dhenuṣ-yā is introduced as a name (saṁjña-y-ām) `a cow whose milk has been pledged as repayment of a debt' [irregularly derived with the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75].

dhenu+yàT = dhenu+ṣu̱K+yàT+ṬāP = dhenu-ṣ-yā Description

$4.4.90 gr̥ha-patí-nā sáṁ-yuk-t-e Ñya-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ñya is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] gr̥ha-patí- `master of the house' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet (gr̥ha-patí-nā) to denote `joined with' (sáṁ-yuk-t-e)].

gr̥ha-patí-nā sáṁ-yuk-ta-ḥ agní-ḥ = gr̥ha-patí+Ñya = gārha-pat0̸-ya-ḥ `domestic [fire] joined with the master of the house'.

$4.4.91 ¹naú-²váyas=³dhárma-⁴vísa-⁵mūla-⁶mūla-⁷sītā-⁸tulā-bhyas=¹tār-yà-²túl-ya-³prāp-ya-⁴vádh-ya=⁵ā-nām-yà-⁶samá-⁷sá-mita-⁸sám-mi-te-ṣu

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] naú `boat', váyas- `age', dhárma- `law,' víṣa- `poison', mūla-¹ `root', mūla-² `capital, value', sītā `furrow made by a plough', and tulā `balance' [ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet to denote [respectively 1.3.10] `to be crossed' (tār-yà-), `equal to' (túl-ya-), `to be attained' (prāp-ya-), `to be killed' (vádh-ya-), `to be bent down' (ā-nām-yà-), `equivalent to' (samá-), `measured out' (sá-mita-), and `equal to' (sám-mita-).

1. nāv-ā tār-yà-m = naú+yàT = nāv-yà-m (6.1.79,213) `to be crossed by boat, navigable'.

2. váyas-ā túl-ya-ḥ = vayas-yà-ḥ `companion, friend (of the same age group)'.

3. dhárm-eṇa prāp-ya-m = dhárm-ya-m `attainable by law, righteous'.

4. víṣ-eṇa vádh-ya-ḥ = víṣ-ya-ḥ `to be killed by poison'.

5. mūl-ena¹ ā-nām-yà-m = mūl-ya-m¹ `to be uprooted/extirpated'.

6. mūl-ena² samá-ḥ = mūl-ya-ḥ² `equivalent in value'.

7. sītay-ā sá-mi-ta-m = sīt-ya-m kṣetra-m `(a field) measured by the number of furrows'.

8. tuláy-ā sám-mi-ta-m = túl-ya-m `having the same weight, equivalent'.

$4.4.92 ¹dhárma-²páthin=³ártha-⁴ny-āy-āt=án-ape-t-e

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] dhárma- `law', páthin- `path', ártha- `interest' and ny-āy-á- `rule, law' [ending in 1.1.72] the fifth sUP triplet (°-ny-āy-āt) to denote `not deviating from' (án-ape-t-e).

dhárm-āt án-ape-ta-m = dhárma+yàT = dhárm-ya-m `not deviating from law, legal, moral'; similarly páth-ya-m (6.4.144) `not diverting from the path'; árthāt ánapetam = árth-ya-m `not departing from interest'; ny-āy-ya-m `not deviating from the rule'.

$4.4.93 chándas-o nír-mi-t-e

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] chándas- `wish, desire' [ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet to denote `created' (nír-mi-t-e).

chándas-ā nír-mi-ta-ḥ = chándas+yàT = chands-yà-ḥ `willingly created'.

$4.4.94 úrasa-aḥ=áṆ ca

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced in addition to (ca) [yàT 75 after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] úras- `chest, bosom' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet to denote `created' 93].

úras-ā nír-mi-ta-ḥ = úras+yàT = uras-yà-ḥ `produced from one's bosom, legitimate'. úras+áṆ = auras-á-.

$4.4.95 hŕdaya-sya priy-á-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT 75 is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] hŕdaya- `heart' [ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (hŕdaya-sya) to denote `dear to' (priy-á-ḥ).

hŕdaya-sya priy-á-ḥ = hŕdaya+yàT = hŕd+yàT (6.3.50) = hŕd-ya-ḥ `dear to one's heart, hearty'. Description

$4.4.96 bándh-an=e ca=ŕṣ-au

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 hŕdaya- `heart' 95 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 95] to denote a Vedic incantation (ŕṣ-au) which bewitches (bándh-an-e) or `casts a spell'.

hŕdaya-sya bándh-ana-m ŕṣi-ḥ = hŕd-ya-ḥ mántra-ḥ `a Vedic spell for bewitching'.

$4.4.97 ¹matá-²jána-³hal-āt ¹káraṇa-²jalpá-³kárṣe-su

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] ma-tá- `knowledge', ján-a- `individual' and halá- `plough' [ending in 1.1.72] in the sixth sUP triplet to denote [respectively 1.3.10] `a means' (kár-aṇa-), `gossip' (jalp-á-) and `dragging' (kárṣ-a-).

ma-tá-sya kár-aṇa-m = ma-tá+yàT = mát-ya-m `means of acquiring knowledge'; similarly jána-sya jalpá-ḥ = ján-yaḥ `rumor, gossip'; halá-sya kárṣ-á-ḥ = hál-ya-ḥ `dragging of the plough'. Description

$4.4.98 tá-tra sādhū-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet (tá-tra) to denote `it is good for it' (tátra sādhū-ḥ).

The expression [sādhú- `good'] also denotes `proper, suitable, expert in'. sāma-su sādhū-ḥ = sāman+yàT = sāman-yà-ḥ (6.4.168) for retention of [n] `expert in Sāma Veda'. Similarly kármaṇ-i sādhū-ḥ = karmaṇ-yà-ḥ `good in action'.

$4.4.99 pratijaná=ādi-bhyḥ khaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] khaÑ is introduced[after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with prati-janá- `each person/adversary' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `is good for it' 98].

prati-jan-é sādhū-ḥ = prati-janá+khaÑ = prāti-jan-īna-ḥ `good/suitable for each person/adversary'.

$4.4.100 bhak-t-āt=Ṇá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ṇá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] bhak-tá- `food, nourishment' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `is good for it' 98].

bhak-t-é sādhū-ḥ = bhakta+Ṇá = bhāk-t-á-ḥ śāli-ḥ `(rice) suitable as nourishment'.

$4.4.101 pari-ṣád-aḥ=Ṇyá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ṇyá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] pari-ṣád- `assembly' ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `is good for it' 98.

pari-ṣád-i sādhū-ḥ = pari-ṣád+Ṇya = pāri-ṣad-yá-ḥ `proper/fit for the assembly'.

$4.4.102 kathā-ādi-bhyas=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 1.16 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with kathā `narrative, story' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `is good for that' 98].

kathā-y-āṁ sādhū-ḥ = kathā+ṭháK = kāth-ika-ḥ `suitable for a narrative'. Description

$4.4.103 guḍá=ādi-bhyas=ṭhaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with guḍá- `molasses' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `good for that' 98].

guḍ-é sādhū-ḥ = guḍá+ṭhaÑ= gaúḍ-ika-ḥ `good for molasses'.

$4.4.104 ¹páthin-²átithi-³vasáti-⁴svapatéḥ=ḍhaÑ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] páthin- `path', á-tithi- `guest', vas-á-ti `residence', sva-pati- `one's master' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `good for that' 98].

path-í sādhū-ḥ = páthin+ḍhaÑ = pātha0̸0̸+eya- (6.4.144) = pāth-eya- `good or suitable for the road'. Similarly: átithi+ḍhaÑ = ātith-eya- (6.4.148) `proper for the guest'; vāsat-eya- `suitable for a residence' and svā-pat-eya- `good for one's master'. Description

$4.4.105 sabhā-y-āḥ=yá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] sabhā `assembly' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `good for that' 98].

sabhā-y-āṁ sādhū-ḥ = sabhā+yá- = sabh0̸+yá (6.4.148) = sabh-yá-ḥ `fit for the assembly'.

$4.4.106 ḍha-s=chandas-i

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍha is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stem 1.1 sabhā `assembly' ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `good for that' 98].

sabhā-y-āṁ sādhū-ḥ = sabh-éya-ḥ. Description

$4.4.107 sa-mān-a-tīrth-é vās-ī

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] sa-māna-tīrthá- `the same preceptor' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 98] to denote `residing there' (vās-ī).

samāna-tīrth-é vās-ī = samāna-tīrthá+yàT = sa-tīrtha+yàT (6.3.87) = sa-tīrth-yà-ḥ `living with the same preceptor, co-disciple'.

$4.4.108 sa-māna=udar-é śay-itá-s=ó ca=udātta-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] sa-māna=udará- `the same womb' [ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet to denote `lying [therein 98]' (tá-tra śay-i-tá-ḥ) with phoneme [ó] bearing the udātta accent.

samānodar-é śay-i-ta-ḥ = samānodará+yàT = samānódar-ya-ḥ bhrātā `uterine brother'. Description

$4.4.109 sódar-āt=yá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] sódara- `the same womb' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 98 to denote `lying (therein 98)' 108].

sa-mān-e udar-e śay-i-ta-ḥ = sa+udara+yà (6.3.88) = sodar-yá-ḥ `uterine brother'.

$4.4.110 bháv-e chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 98] to denote `occurring or being [therein 98]' [tá-tra 98] (bháv-e).

namo médh-yā-ya ca vidyut-yā-ya ca: médh-e bháva-ḥ = médha+yàT = médh-ya-ḥ `wise one'; similarly vi-dyut-i bhava-ḥ = vi-dyūt+yàT= vidyut-yà-ḥ `brilliant one'.

$4.4.111 ¹pāthas=²nadī-bhyām ḌyáṆ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḌyáṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] pāthas- `heaven' and nadī `river' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 98 to denote `being or occurring [therein 98]'. 110].

From hereon up to the end of this chapter these rules pertain to the domain of Chandas (110).

pāthas-i bháva-ḥ = pāthas+ḌyáṆ = pāth0̸0̸+yá (6.4.143) = pāth-yá-ḥ `heavenly'; similarly nadī+ḌyáṆ = nād0̸+yá = nād-yá- `fluvial, riverine'. Description

$4.4.112 ¹veśantá-²himávad-bhyām áṆ

[The taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] veśantá- `pool' and hima-vát- `-snow-clad peak or mountain' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 98 to denote `occurring or being [therein 98]' in the domain of Chandas 110].

veśant-é bháv-ā = veśantá+áṆ+ṄīiP (1.15) = vaiśant-ī `being or occurring in the pool'; so also himavát+áṆ+ṄīP = haima-vat-ī `occurring in the snow-clad mountains' etc. (referring to water)'.

$4.4.113 srótas-ạh=vibhāṣā ¹ḌyàT=²Ḍy-aū

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] ḌyaT and Ḍyá are optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] srótas- `river' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 98 to denote `being or occurring (therein 98) 110].

srótas-i bháva-ḥ = srótas+ḌyàT/Ḍyá/yàT = srót0̸0̸-ya-ḥ/srot-yá-ḥ (6.4.143)/srotas-yà-ḥ `being or occurring in the river'.

$4.4.114 ¹sa-garbhá-²sa-yūthá-³sa-nu-t-āt=yaN

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] sa-garbhá- `same womb', sa-yūthá- `same herd' and sanutá- [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 98 to denote `being or occurring (therein 98) 110].

1. sa-garbh-é bháva-ḥ = sa-garbha+yaN = sá-garbh0̸-ya-ḥ `uterine brother' in: ánu-bhrātā sá-garbh-ya-ḥ.

2. sa-yūth-é bhava-ḥ = sa-yūtha+yaN = sá-yūth-yaḥ `belonging to the same herd' in: ánu-sakhā sáyūth-ya-ḥ.

3. sa-nu-t-é bháva-ḥ = sá-nu-t-ya-ḥ `furtive'.

The word sanuta- is not found in Chándas, but the form there is sanutar- ind. `aside, secretly, clandestinely' and sanu-tara- mfn. `furtive'. Nyāsa glosses it in two ways: samānám nu-tá-m yá-sya as a Bahuvrīhi or samāná-ṁ ca tad nutá-m ca as a Karmadhāraya compound while Padamañjari glosses nutá- as núti- which is also the gloss of SK.

$4.4.115 túgr-āt=ghaN

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá16 affix 1.76] ghaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] túgra- `n.pr. of Bhujyu's father' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 98 to denote `being or occurring [therein 98] 11O].

túgr-e bháva-ḥ = túgra+ghaN = túgr0̸-iya-ḥ `descendant of T.' Description

$4.4.116 ágr-āt=yàT

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] ágra- `tip' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 98 to denote `being or occurring [therein 98] 110].

ágr-e bháva-ḥ = ágr0̸-ya-ḥ ágra+yàT `at the top, foremost'.

$4.4.117 ¹gha=²ch-au ca

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá affixes 3.1.1] gha and cha are also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 ágra- `tip' 116 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 98 to denote `being or occurring [therein 98] 110].

ágr-e bháva-ḥ = ágra+gha/cha = agr-íya-ḥ/agr-īya-ḥ. Description

$4.4.118 ¹samudrá=²abhr-āt=gha-ḥ

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] gha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] samudrá- `sea, ocean' and abhrá- `cloud' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 98 to denote `being or occurring [therein 98]' 110].

1. samudr-é bhávā = samudrá+gha = samudr0̸-iya+ṬāP = samudr-íyā `belonging to the sea': samudr-íyā-ṇ-ām nadī-n-ām.

2. abhr-é bháva-ḥ = abhrá+gha = abhr-íya-ḥ `occurring in the cloud' in abhr-íya-sya=iva ghósa-ḥ. Description

$4.4.119 barhíṣ-i dat-tá-m

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] barhís `layer of kuśa grass' [ending in 1.1.72]the seventh triplet (barhíṣ-i) to denote `given' (dat-tá-m).

barhíṣ-i dat-tá-m = barhís+yàT = barhiṣ-yà-m `oblation offered on the B.'

$4.4.120 dūtá-sya¹bhāga-²kárman-ī

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] dūtá- `messenger, ambassador' [ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (dūtá-sya) to denote (his) role (bhāga-°) or function (°-kárman-ī).

dūtá-sya bhāga-ḥ/kárma vā = dūtá+yàT = dūt-ya-m `role or function of an ambassador'.

$4.4.121 ¹rákṣas=²yātū-n-āṁ hán-an-ī

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] rákṣas-`demon' and yātú- `sorcerer [ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (°-ȳatū-n-ām) to denote `destruction, killing' (hán-an-ī).

rákṣas-ām hán-an-ī = rákṣas+yàT+ṬāP = rakṣas-y-ā `killing demons'. Similarly yātū-n-āṁ hán-an-ī = yātú+yàT+ṬāP = yātav-y-ā `destruction of sorcerers'. Description

$4.4.122 ¹revátī-²jágatī-³haviṣyā-bhyaḥ pra-śás-y-e

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] revátī `n. of a lunar mansion', jágatī `n. of a metre' and haviṣyā `what is suitable for oblation' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet] to denote `praise or eulogy' (pra-śás-y-e).

1. reváty-āḥ pra-śás-ya-m = revátī+yàT = revat0̸-yà-m (6.4.143) `eulogy of R.'; similarly: jagat-yà-m `praise of J.'; haviṣyā+yàT = haviṣy0̸+yàT (6.4.148) = haviṣ0̸+yà- (8.4.64) = haviṣ-y-à `eulogy of items suitable for oblation'.

$4.4.123 ásura-sya svá-m

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] ásura- `demon' [ending in 1 1.76] the sixth sUP triplet (ásura-sya) to denote `property of' (svá-m).

ásura-sya svá-m = asura+yàT = asur-yà-m `property of an A.' Description

$4.4.124 māyā-y-ām áṆ

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 ásura- `demon' 123, ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 123] to denote `his illusion' (māyā-y-ām).

ásura-sya māyā = ásura+áṆ+ṄīP (1.15) = āsur0̸+áṆ+ṄīP = āsur-0̸+ī `illusion created by an Asura'.

$4.4.125 tád-vān ā-sām upa-dhā-n-o mántra=iti íṣṭakā-su luK ca matO-ḥ

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] matUP (tád-vān) and [terminating in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet denoting a sacred formula (upa-dhāno mántra-ḥ) to designate the bricks (íṣṭakā-su) and luK (0̸¹) replaces [the affix] matUP (luK ca matO-ḥ).

várcas-vān upa-dhā-n-o mátra-ḥ ā-sām íṣṭakā-n-ām = várcas-vat+yàT = várcas-0̸¹+yàT+ṬāP+Jas = varcas-y-ā-ḥ `bricks set up with the upadhāna mantra containing the word [várcas-vat-]'.

$4.4.126 aśví-mān áṆ

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] aśví-mat- `containing the word [aśvín-] [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 125 denoting an upadhāna mantra for setting up sacrificial bricks to designate those bricks and luK replaces the affix matUP 125].

aśví-mān upa-dhān-o mántra-ḥ=ā-sām íṣṭakā-n-ām = aśví-mat+áṆ = aśvín+0̸¹+áṆ+ṄīP+Śas = āśvin-ī-ḥ ūpa-dadhā-ti `he lays down the bricks set up with the upadhāna mántra containing the word [aśvín-]'.

$4.4.127 vayasyā-su mūrdh-n-ó matUP

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.2] matUP is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] mūrdhán- `head' to denote the vayasyā bricks.

The upadhāna mántras which contain both the words váyas-vat- and mūrdhán-vat may be signified by either of these two words; in the case of [vayasyā] rule 125 has operated; by this rule the affix [matUP], replaced by 125, is re-introduced.

mūrdhan+vátUP+ṄīP = murdhan-vát-ī+Śas (6.1.176; 8.2.16) = mūrdhan-vát-ī-r ūpa-dadhā-ti `he lays down the bricks set up with the upadhāna mantra containing the word [mūrdhan-vát-]'.

$4.4.128 matU=arth-e ¹māsa-²tanv-óḥ

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] with the sense of [affix] matUP when designating names of months (māsa-°) or the body (°-tanv-óḥ).

nábhā-ṁ-si víd-ya=ante yá-smin mās-e sá-ḥ : nábhas+yàT = nabhas-yà-ḥ `a cloudy month'; ójaḥ a-syām tanv-ām víd-ya-te sā : ójas+yàT+ṬāP (1.4) = ojas-y-ā tanū-ḥ `powerful body'. Description

$4.4.129 mádho-r Ña ca

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ña is introduced in addition to (ca) [yàT 75 after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] mádhu `honey' [to denote the sense of affix matUP to designate a month or body 128].

mádhu víd-ya-te a-smín mās-e = mádhu+Ña/yàT = mādhav-a-ḥ/madhav-yà-ḥ (6.4.146; 1.79) `the month of honey (second month of spring)'. By interpretational extension luK (125) also is introduced: mádhu-ḥ.

mádhu víd-ya-te a-syām tanv-ām = madhu+Ña/yàT+ṬāP = mādhav-ā/madhav-y-ā/mádhu-ḥ `a body fit to drink Soma'.

$4.4.130 ójas-aḥ=áhan-i ¹yàT-²kh-au

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] yàT and kha are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] ójas- `power' [to denote the sense of affix matUP 128] for designating a day (áhan-i).

ójaḥ a-smín áhan-i várt-a-te = ójas+yàT/kha = ojas-yà-m/ojas-īna-m áhaḥ `a powerful day'.

$4.4.131 ¹veśás=²yáśa=āde-r bhág-āt=yaL

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yaL is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] bhága- `fortune', co-occurring with veśás-° `strength' and yáśas- `glory' as prior members (°-āde-ḥ in composition) [to denote the sense of affix matUP 128].

veśo-bhagá-ḥ víd-ya-te yá-sya sá-ḥ = veśo-bhagá+yaL = veśo-bhág-ya-ḥ `possessing nourishing strength'; so also yaśo-bhag-ó víd-ya-te yá-sya sá-ḥ = yaśo-bhág-ya-ḥ `rich in glory'. Description

$4.4.132 kha ca

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] kha also (ca) is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 bhága- co-occurring with veśás-°- and yáśas-° as prior members in composition 131 to denote the sense of the affix matUP 128].

veśo-bhagá-/yaśo-bhagá+kha = veśo-bhag-īna-ḥ/yaśo-bhag-īna-ḥ. A separate rule has been framed in order to block the operation of metarule 1.3.10.

$4.4.133 pūrv-aiḥ kr̥-tá-m ¹íni̱-²y-áu ca

[In the domain of Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affixes 3.1.1] ín and yá are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] pūrva- `ancient' [ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (pūrv-aiḥ) to denote `made by' (kr̥-tá-m) in addition to (ca) [the affix kha 132].

pūrv-aiḥ kr̥-ta-m = pūrva+ín/yá/kha = pūrv-ín- /pūrv-yá-/ pūrv-īṇa- : `created by ancestors'.

$4.4.134 ad-bhíḥ sáṁ-s-kr̥-ta-m

[In Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] áp- `water' [ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (ad-bhíḥ) to denote `sanctified with' (sáṁ-s-kr̥-ta-m).

ad-bhíḥ sáṁ-s-kr̥-ta-m = áp+yàT = áp-ya-m háviḥ `(oblation) sanctified/purified with water'.

$4.4.135 sahásr-eṇa saṁ-mit-aū gha-ḥ

[In the Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] gha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] sahásra- `a thousand' [ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (sahásr-eṇa) to denote `equal to, comparable, on a par with' (sáṁ-mit-au).

sahásr-eṇa saṁ-mití-ḥ = sahásra+gha = sahasr0̸-íya-ḥ `a thousandfold, on a par with a thousand'.

$4.4.136 mat-AU ca

[In the Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 gha] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 sahásra- `1000' ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet] to denote the meaning of the affix matUP.

sahásra-m a-syá víd-ya-te = sahásra+gha sahasr-íya-ḥ `possessing a thousand'.

$4.4.137 sóma-m árh-a-ti yá-ḥ

[In the Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] yá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] sóma- `n. of the sacred drink' [ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet (sóma-m) to denote `deserves it' (árh-a-ti).

sóma-m árh-a-ti = sóma+yá- = som-yá- `deserving of sóma = fit for participating in a sacrifice'.

$4.4.138 máy-e ca

[In the Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yá 137 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1 sóma- 137] also to denote the sense of the affix máyaṬ.

[máyaṬ] is introduced by the following rules: 4.3.82,143ff., 148ff.; 5.2.47; 4.21ff. with different sUP triplets of the stems. The same will apply in the case of this stem.

sóma-m pra-kr̥-tá-m = soma-maya-m = soma+yá = som0̸-yá-m (5.4.21) `consisting of soma'. Description

$4.4.139 mádho-ḥ

[In the Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] mádhu- `mead, honey' [to denote the sense of the affix máyaṬ 138].

mádhu pra-kr̥-tá-m a-smín = mádhu+yàT = madhav-yà- = madhu-máya- `consisting wholly of honey'.

$4.4.140 váso-ḥ sam-ūh-é ca

[In the Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] vásu- `excellent, good, riches' to denote `a collection' (sam-ūh-é) as well as (ca) [the sense of affix máyaṬ 139].

vásu+yàT = vasav-yà- `a collection of riches/consisting wholly of excellence' (5.4.21).

$4.4.141 nákṣatr-āt=gha-ḥ

[In the Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] gha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 1.1] nákṣatra- `asterism' in (a pleonastic) sense.

nákṣatra+gha = nakṣatr0̸-íya- `asterism'. Description

$4.4.142 sárva-dev-āt tātiL

[In the Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1] tātiL is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] sárva- `all' and devá- `divinity' (in a pleonastic sense).

sárva+tātiL = sarvá-tāti - `all'; so also devá-tāti- `god, divinity'.

$4.4.143 ¹śivá-²śám=³áriṣṭa-sya kar-é

[In the Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 tātiL 142 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1] śivá- `favorable', śám `auspicious' and áriṣṭa- `freedom from injury' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet] to denote `performance, doing' (kar-é).

śivá-sya kará-ḥ = śivá-ṁ kar-ó-ti = śivá-tāti-ḥ `making auspicious, favorable'; similarly śáṁ-tāti-ḥ; ariṣṭá-tāti-ḥ `making free from injury'.

$4.4.144 bhāv-é ca

[In the Chándas 110 the taddhitá 1.76 affix 3.1.1 tātiL is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 1.1 śivá- `favourable', śám- `auspicious' and áriṣṭa- `freedom from injury' 143 ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet] to denote `the state or condition of' (bhāv-é).

śivá-sya bhāv-á-ḥ = śivá-tāti-ḥ `the state of blissfulness'; śáṁ-tāti-ḥ `the state of blessedness'; ariṣṭá-tāti-ḥ `the state of being free from injury'.

$5.1.1 prāk=krīt-āt=cha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 9.1.1] in this section beginning here and extending up to and including 36 below [prāk krīt-āt: t-éna krī-tá-m 37] to denote the senses indicated therein.

This is a governing rule heading this section, and the affix [cha] as the (utsarga) will recur in the subsequent rules unless otherwise specified.

$5.1.2 ¹u-²gáv=ādi-bhyaḥ=yàT

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme-class [u] and [the class of nominal stems 1.1] beginning with go- `cow, bull' [to denote the meanings listed prior to 37 below 1].

The meanings listed are: [5. tá-smai hi-tá-m; 12. tad-arthá-m vi-kŕ-te-ḥ pra-kŕ-t-au; 16. tád a-syá tád a-smín syāt].

1. °-u: śaṅkú+yàT = śaṅko+yàT (6.4.146) = śaṅkav-yà- (6.1.79) `suitable for a stake'.

2. gó+yàT = gáv-ya- `suitable or proper for a cow/bull'.

$5.1.3 kambál-āt=ca saṁjñā-y-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 2 is introduced] also (ca) [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] kambála- `blanket, rug' to designate a name (saṁjñā-y-ām).

kambála+yàT = kambal0̸-yà-m `a measure of wool equal to 100 [pala-s]'; in other senses kambála+cha = kambal-īya (1). Description

$5.1.4 vibhāṣā ¹hávis=²apūpá=ādi-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 2] is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] hávis- `sacrificial offering' and the class of words beginning with apūpá- `cake' [in the meanings listed prior to 37 below 1].

1. hávis+yàT = haviṣ-yà- `suitable for an oblation'; this word stands for itself as well as its synonyms (by interpretation, and by its inclusion in the [gó]-class, 2 above) yàT is necessarily introduced, but the option holds good for its synonyms: āmikṣa+yàT/cha = ā-mikṣ0̸+yà-m/ā-mikṣ-īya-m dádhi `suitable for making (curds)'.

2. apūpá+yàT/cha = apūp-yà-/apūp-īya- `suitable for making cakes'.

$5.1.5 tá-smai hi-tám

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 listed prior to 37 below are introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the fourth sUP triplet (tá-smai) to denote `good or beneficial for it (tá-smai hitám).

vatsé-bhyaḥ hi-tá-ḥ go-dhúk = vatsá+cha (1) = vats-īya-ḥ `suitable for the calves (such as cow's milk)'. So also háviṣ-e hi-tá-m = haviṣ-yà-m; apūpā-ya hi-tá-m = apūp-īya-m. Description

$5.1.6 śarīra=avayav=āt=yàT

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] denoting members of the body (sarīra=avayav-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the fourth sUP triplet to signify `good/beneficial for it' 5].

Exception to [cha 1]. dánte-bhyaḥ hi-tá-m = dánta+yàT = dánt-ya-m `beneficial to the teeth'; similarly káṇṭh-ya-m/óṣṭh-ya-m/nābh-ya-m/nás-ya-m `good for the throat/lips/navel/nose'.

$5.1.7 ¹khála-²yáva-³māṣa-⁴tilá⁵vŕṣa-⁶bráhmáṇ-as=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 6] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] khála- `threshing floor', yáva- `barley', māṣa- `a kind of lentil, Phaseolus Radiatus', tilá- `sesamum', vŕṣa- `bull' and brahmán- `n. of an officiating priest' [ending in 1.1.72 the fourth sUP triplet denote `good/beneficial for it' 5].

khálā-ya hi-tá-m = khála+yàT = khál-ya-m `good for the threshing floor'; so also: yáv-ya-m/māṣ-ya-m/tíl-ya-m/vŕṣ-ya-m/brahmaṇ-yà-m.

$5.1.8 ¹ajá=²ávi-bhyām thyaN

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] thyaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] ajá `goat' and ávi- `sheep' [ending in 1.1.72 the fourth sUP triplet to denote `good/beneficial for it'5].

ajā-ya hi-tā = ajá-thyaN+ṬāP (4.1.4) = ája-thy-ā `yellow jasmine (which is good for the goat)'. Similarly ávi-thy-ā `n. of a plant (supposed to be beneficial to sheep)'.

$5.1.9 ¹ātmán=²viśva-janá-³bhóga=uttara-pad-āt kha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kha is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] ātmán- `one's self'. viśva-janá- `all men, mankind' and expressions co-occurring with °-bhóga- as a final member (°uttara-pad-āt in composition) [ending in 1.1.72 the fourth sUP triplet to denote `good or beneficial for that' 5].

1. ātmán-e hi-tá-m = ātmán+kha = ātman-īna-m (6.4.167) `beneficial to one's self';

2. viśva-jané-bhyo hi-tá-m = viśva-jan0̸-īna-m `good/fit for all mankind';

3. mātr̥-bhogā-ya hi-ta-ḥ = mātr̥-bhog0̸-īṇa-ḥ `good for the enjoyment of the mother'.

$5.1.10 ¹sarvá-²púruṣā-bhyām ¹Ṇá-²ḍhaÑ-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] Ṇá and ḍhaÑ are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] sarvá- `all' and púruṣa- `person' [ending in 1.1.72 the fourth sUP triplet to denote `good/beneficial for that' 5].

sárva-smai hi-tá-m = sarvá+Ṇá = sārv-á-m `beneficial to all', púruṣā-ya hi-tá-m = púruṣa+ḍhaÑ = paúruṣ0̸-eya-m `beneficial/proper to a person'.

$5.1.11 ¹māṇavá-²cárakā-bhyām khaÑ

[The taddhitá 4.1.1 affix 3.1.1] khaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] māṇava- `pupil' and cáraka- `wandering student' [ending in 1.1.72 the fourth sUP triplet to denote `good/beneficial for that' 5].

māṇavā-ya hi-tá-m = māṇavá+khaÑ = māṇav0̸-īna-m `beneficial for a pupil'; similarly cārak0̸-īna-m `proper for a wandering student'.

$5.1.12 tad-arthá-ṁ vi-kŕ-te-ḥ pra-kŕ-t-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced prior to 37 below are introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] signifying a by-product (vi-kŕ-te-ḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the fourth sUP triplet 5] to denote the source (pra-kŕ-t-au).

áṅgāre-bhyaḥ hi-tā-n-i kāṣṭhā-n-i = áṅgāra+cha1+Śi = aṅgār0̸-īyā-ṇ-i `wood serviceable for turning into charcoal'; similarly prākārā-ya hi-tā-ḥ = prākār0̸-īyā-ḥ=íṣṭakā-ḥ `bricks suitable for building a wall'; śaṅkú+yàT = śaṅkav0̸yà-m (2) dāru `wood suitable for turning into a stake'.

$5.1.13 ¹chadís=²upa-dhí-³balé-ḥ=ḍhaÑ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] chadís- `roof', upa-dhí- `part of a wheel between the nave and the circumference, spokes' and balí- `sacrificial offering' [ending in 1.1.72 the fourth sUP triplet 5 and denoting a by-product to denote the source 12].

chadíṣ-e hi-tā-ni tŕṇā-n-i = chadís+ḍhaÑ = chādiṣ-eyā-ṇi `grass suitable for thatching a roof'; similarly upadhí+ḍhaÑ = aúpadh0̸-eya-m dāru `wood suitable for connecting the nave to the circumference as spokes'; balí+ḍhaÑ = bal0̸-eyā-ḥ taṇḍulā-ḥ `(grains of rice) suitable as a sacrificial offering'.

$5.1.14 ¹r̥ṣabhá-²upānáh-or Ñya-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.1 affix 3.1.1] Ñya is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] r̥ṣabha- `bull' and upānáh- `sandal' [ending in 1.1.72 the fourth sUP triplet 5, signifying a by-product to denote the source 12].

ŕṣabha+Ñya = ārṣabh0̸-ya-ḥ vatsá-ḥ `a calf destined to grow into a bull'. Similarly upānáh+Ñya = aúpānah-ya-ḥ múñja-ḥ `muñja grass suitable for being made into a sandal'.

$5.1.15 cármaṇ-aḥ=aÑ

[The taddhitá 4.1.1 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] cárman- `leather, hide, pelt' [ending in 1.1.72 the fourth sUP triplet 5 to designate a by-product to denote its source 12].

vardhr-aí idám = vardrhī+aÑ = vārdhr0̸-a-m cárma `leather suitable for making a strap or thong'; similarly varatrā-y-ai id-ám = varatrā+aÑ = vāratr0̸-a-m cárma `ib.' Description

$5.1.16 tád a-syá tád a-smín s-yāt=iti

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 listed prior to 37 below 1 occur after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (tád) to denote `may possibly be (s-yāt) of it (a-syá) or in it (a-smín).

prāsādá-ḥ ā-sām íṣṭakā-n-ām s-yāt = prāsādá+cha1+Jas = prāsād0̸-īyā-ḥ íṣṭakā-ḥ `bricks of which a mansion may possibly be built'; parikhā a-syām s-yāt = parikhā+ḍhaÑ = pārikh0̸-eyī bhūmi-ḥ `earth in which a moat may possibly be built' (17).

$5.1.17 parikhā-y-āḥ=ḍhaÑ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] parikhā `moat, ditch' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `it may possibly of or in it' 16].

Example cited above under 16.

$5.1.18 prāk=váte-s=ṭhaÑ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 an appropriate sUP triplet to denote the senses] indicated in this section beginning here and extending up to 115 below [t-éna túlya-m kriyā cét váti-ḥ].

This is a governing rule (adhi-kār-á-) within another governing rule (1) but extending beyond it. The affix [ṭhaÑ] will recur in each of the subsequent rules unless otherwise specified.

$5.1.19 ā=árh-āt=a-¹go-pucchá-²saṁkhyā-³pari-māṇ-āt=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] excluding go-pucchá- `cow's tail', number-words (saṁ-khyā) and names of measures (pari-māṇ-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplet to denote the senses indicated in the section] beginning here and extending up to 63 below [tád árh-a-ti].

This is also a governing rule within another governing rule (18) forming a sub-section of the preceding (18), and affix [ṭháK] will normally recur in the subsequent rule unless otherwise specified, up to 63 below. The exclusion of the words [go-pucchá-, etc.] will be illustrated at the appropriate places (37 etc.).

Within the governing sphere of affix [ṭhaÑ (18-115)] its exception is introduced in this sub-section 19-63.

$5.1.20 á-sam-ās-e niṣká=ādi-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 19 is introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with niṣká- `n. of a coin' when not forming a compound (á-sam-ās-e) [ending in 1.1.72 the appropriate sUP triplets to denote the senses introduced in the section (19-63) 19].

niṣk-éṇa krī-tá-m = niṣká+ṭháK = naiṣk0̸-iká-m `purchased with the niṣká'; here the affix [ṭháK] blocks out the more general affix [ṭhaÑ 19], but in composition (samās-e) affix [ṭhaÑ] operates: ut-tama-niṣk-éṇa krī-tá-m = ut-tama-niṣka+ṭhaÑ = út-tama-naiṣk-ika-m (7.3.17). The difference between these two affixes is in accentuation only. The exclusion of compounds in this section does not debar them from the normal affix in the earlier section: e.g., go/su-go+yàT = gáv-ya-/su-gav-yà-/ati-su-gav-yà- etc. Description

$5.1.21 śat-āt=ca ¹ṭhaN-²yàT-au=á-śat-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] ṭhaN and yàT are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] śatá- `hundred' [to denote the senses listed in this section 19-63] also (ca) [when not forming a compound 20] and not denoting the number 100 (á-śat-e).

śat-éna krī-tá-m = śatá+ṭhaN/yàT = śát0̸-ika-m/śát0̸-ya-m `bought for a hundred pieces' but śatá-m prā-māṇ-a-m a-syá = śatá+kaN (22) = śáta-ka-m `measuring a hundred'.

dvaú ca śatá-ṁ ca = dví0̸-śata-m, t-éna krī-tá-m = dví-śata0̸+kaN (22) = dví-śata-ka-m `bought for 200'. But śatá-m pari-māna-m a-syá = śata+kaN = śáta-ka-m (22,57-8).

$5.1.22 saṁkhyā-y-āḥ=á-¹ti-²śat=antā-y-āḥ kaN

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] designating number words (saṁkhyā-y-āḥ) excluding those [ending in 1.1.72] °-ti and °-śat [to denote meanings listed in the section 19-63].

Exception to [ṭhaÑ 18]. páñca-bhiḥ krī-tá-ḥ = páñcan+kaN = pánca0̸-ka-ḥ (8.1.7) `bought with 5 pieces', but saptaty-ā krī-tá-ḥ = saptatí+ṭhaÑ (18) = sāptat0̸-ika-ḥ `bought with 70' and catvāriṁśát+ṭhaÑ = cātvariṁśat-ka- `bought with 40'. Description

$5.1.23 vatO-r iṬ=vā

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 22] with optional (vā) initial increment i(Ṭ) inserted at its head (1.1.46) is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 designating numerals 22 ending in 1.1.72 the affix] °-vatU [to denote the meanings listed in the section 19-63].

tā-vat-ā krī-tá-m = tāvat+kaN/iṬ-kaN = tā-vat-ka-m/tā-vat-i-ka-m `bought for so much'.

$5.1.24 ¹viṁśatí-²triṁśát=bhyām ḌvuN á-saṁjñā-y-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.1 affix 3.1.1] ḌvuN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] viṁśatí- `20' and triṁśát- `30' [to denote the meanings listed in 19-63 of this section] when not forming a name (á-saṁjñā-y-ām).

viṁśaty-ā krī-tá-ḥ = viṁśatí+ḌvuN = víṁśa0̸0̸+aka- (6.4.142) = víṁś-aka-ḥ `bought for 20'; similarly tríṁś-aka-ḥ `bought for 30'. Description

$5.1.25 kaṁs-āt=Ṭi̱ṭhaN

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ṭi̱ṭhaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] kaṁsá- `n. of a particular measure equal to two āḍhaka-s' [to denote the meanings listed in 19-63 of this section].

kaṁs-éna krī-tá-ḥ = kaṁsá + Ṭi̱ṭhaN = káṁs0̸-ika-ḥ m./°-kī (f. 4.1.15) `bought with the price of a kaṁsa'.

$5.1.26 śūrp-ād aÑ anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] śūrpa- `winnowing basket' [to denote the meanings listed in this section 19-63].

śūrp-eṇa krī-tá-m = śūrpa+aÑ = śaúrp0̸-a-m/śūrpa+ṭhaÑ = śaúrp0̸-ika-m `purchased by the winnowing basket' (18).

$5.1.27 ¹śatá-māna-²víṁśatika-³sahásra-⁴vásan-āt=áṆ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] śatámāna- `n. of a weight', víṁśatika-, sahásra- `names of monetary units' and vásana- `cloth' [to denote the meanings listed in this section 19-63].

śatámān-ena krī-tá-m = śatámāna+áṆ = śātamān0̸-a-m `bought with the ś. weight'; similarly: vaiṁśatik0̸-a-m/sāhasr0̸-á-m `bought with 20/1000 pieces (of money)' and vāsan0̸-á-m `purchased with cloth'.

$5.1.28 ¹ádhi=ardha-pūrva-²dvigó-r luK á-saṁjñā-y-ām

luK (0̸¹) replaces [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] co-occurring with ádhy-ardha-° `one and a half' as a prior member (°-pūrva- in composition) and a Dvigú compound [to denote the meanings listed in this section 19-63] when not forming a name (saṁjñā-y-am).

adhy-ardha-kaṁs-éna krī-tá-m = adhy-ardha-kaṁsá+Ṭi̱ṭhaÑ (25) = adhy-ardha-kaṁsa+Ṭi̱ṭhaÑ→luk = adhy-ardha-kaṁsá-m `bought with 1 1/2 kaṁsas'.

dvā-bhyāṁ kaṁsā-bhyāṁ krī-tá-m = dvi0̸-kaṁsá+0̸¹ = dvi-káṁsa-m `bought with 2 kaṁsas'. Cf. 6.2.122 for accent.

When a name is formed: páñca lóhiny-aḥ parimāṇam a-syá = páñca+lóhita+ṄīP (4.1.39)+ṭhaÑ (57) = páñca-lohit0̸+0̸+ṭhaÑ (1.2.49) pāñca-lohit-ika- `n.pr. of a measure equal to five lohinī-s'.

$5.1.29 vibhāsā kārṣāpaṇa-sahásrā-bhyām

[luK (0̸¹)] optionally (vibhāṣā) replaces [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] kārṣāpaṇa- `n. of a coin' and sahásra- `1000' [co-occurring with ádhy-ardha-° as a prior member in composition or a Dvigu compound 28 to denote meanings listed in 19-63 of this section].

adhy-ardha-kārṣapaṇ-éna krī-tá-m = adhy-ardha-kārṣāpaṇa+Ṭi̱ṭhaN→0̸¹/Ṭi̱ṭhaN = adhy-ardha-kārṣāpaṇá-m/adhy-ardha-kārṣāpaṇ0̸-ika-m `bought with 1 1/2 k.' Similarly dvi-kārṣāpaṇá-m/dvi-kārṣā-paṇ0̸-ika-m.

ádhy-ardha-sahasr-eṇa krī-tá-m = adhy-ardha-sahasrám/adhy-ardha-sāhasr0̸-á-m; dvi-sahasrá-m/dvi-sāhasr0̸-á-m (27; 7.3.17).

$5.1.30 ¹dvi-²tri-pūrv-āt niṣk-āt

[luK (0̸¹) optionally 29 replaces the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] niṣká- `n. of a coin' co-occurring with dví-° or trí-° as a preceding member (°-pūrv-āt in composition) in a Dvigú compound 28 to denote the meanings listed in 19-63 of this section.

dvā-bhyāṁ niṣkā-bhyāṁ krī-tá-ḥ = dvi0̸+niṣka+ṭhaÑ/ṭhaÑ→luK = dví-naiṣk0̸-ika-ḥ (18)/dvi-niṣká-ḥ `purchased with 2 n.'; similarly trí-naiṣk-ika-ḥ/tri-niṣká-ḥ.

$5.1.31 bist-āt=ca

[luK 28 optionally replaces the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] bista- `n. of a coin' [co-occurring with dví-° or trí-° as preceding members in a Dvigú compound 30 to denote meanings listed in 19-63 of this section].

dvi-bistá+ṭhaÑ/ṭhaÑ→luK = dví-baist-ika-/dvi-bistá- `purchased with 2 b.'; similarly: trí-baist-ika-/tri-bistá-. Description

$5.1.32 víṁśatik-āt kha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] víṁśatika- `n. of a coin' [co-occurring with ádhy-ardha-° as a preceding member in composition or final member of a Dvigu compound 28 to denote meanings listed in 19-63 of this section].

adhy-ardha-viṁśatik-éna krí-tá-m = adhy-ardha-viṁśatiká+kha = adhy-ardha-viṁśatik0̸-īna-m; similarly dvi-viṁśatik-īna-m. Description

$5.1.33 khāry-āḥ=īkaN

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] īkaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] khārī `n. of measure' [co-occurring with ádhy-ardha-° as a preceding member in composition and as final member in a Dvigú compound 28 to denote the meanings listed in 19-63 of this section].

ádhy-ardha-khāry-ā krī-tá-m = ádhy-ardha-khārī+īkaN = ádhy-ardha-khār0̸-īka-m `bought by 1 1/2 kh.' Similarly trí-khār-īka-m. Description

$5.1.34 ¹paṇá-²pādá-³māṣa-⁴śat-āt=yàT

[The taddhitá 4.1.1 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] paṇá-, pādá-, māṣa- and śatá- `names of measures' [co-occurring with ádhy-ardha-° as preceding member in composition or at the end of a Dvigú compound 28 to denote the meanings listed in 19-63 in this section].

adhy-ardha-paṇá+yàT = adhy-ardha-paṇ0̸-yà-m/dvi-paṇ-yà-m; adhy-ardha-pād-yà-m/dvi-pād-yà-m; adhy-ardha-māṣ-yà-m/dvi-māṣ-yà-m; adhy-ardha-śat-yà-m/dvi-śat-yà-m.

$5.1.35 śāṇ-āt=vā

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 34] is optionally (vā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] śāṇa- `n. of a coin' [co-occurring with adhy-ardha-° as final member in composition or as final member in a Dvigú compound 28 to denote the meanings listed in 19-63 of this section].

adhy-ardha-śāṇ-éna krī-tá-m = adhy-ardha-śāṇá+yàt/ṭhaÑ (18)→luK (28) adhy-ardha-śāṇ0̸-yà-m/adhy-ardha-śāṇá-m; dvi-śāṇ-yà-m/dvi-śāṇá-m.

$5.1.36 ¹dvi-²tri-pūrv-āt=áṆ ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ, in addition to (ca) [yàT 35 and ṭhaÑ 18 are introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 śāṇa- 35] co-occurring with dví-° `2' and trí-° `3' as preceding members (°-pūrv-āt in composition) to denote meanings listed in 19-63 of this section.

dvā-bhyāṁ śāṇā-bhyāṁ krīi-tá-m = dvi0̸+śāṇá+áṄ/yàT/ṭhaÑ →luK (28) = dvai-śāṇ0̸-á-m/dvi-śāṇ-yà-m/dvi-śāṇá-m; similarily trai-śāṇ-ám/tri-śāṇ-yà-m/tri-śāṇá-m.

$5.1.37 t-éna krī-tá-m

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with ṭhaÑ 18 onwards are introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (t-éna) to denote `bought/purchased with' (krī-tá-m).

Thirteen affixes are involved here: 1. ṭhaÑ (18), 2. ṭháK (19), 3. ṭhaN (21), 4. kaN (22); 5. yàT (21, 34, 39); 6. iṬ+kaN (23); 7. ḌvuN (24); 8. Ṭi̱ṭhaN (25); 9. aÑ (26); 10. áṆ (27); 11. luK (28-31); 12. kha (32); and 13. īkaN (33).

The illustrations are given under the particular sūtra-s introducing these affixes.

$5.1.38 tá-sya nimitta-m ¹saṁ-yogá=²ut-pāt-aú

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with ṭhaÑ 8 are introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (tá-sya) to denote `the reason (nimitta-m) in the form of either a connection (saṁ-yogá-°) or a portent(°ut-pāt-aú)'.

1. śatá-sya nimitta-ṁ dhana-patí-nā saṁ-yogá-ḥ = śatá+yàT/ṭhaN (21) = śát0̸-ya-ḥ/śát0̸-ika-ḥ `an understanding with a rich person for the loan of a hundred pieces (such as a pledge or promissory note)'.

2. śatá-sya nimitta-ṁ ut-pātá-ḥ dakṣiṇākṣi-spánd-ana-m = śát-ya-m/śát-ika-m `the twitching of the right eye as an omen for gaining a hundred pieces'.

$5.1.39 go-dvy-áC-aḥ=a-¹saṁkhyā-²pari-māṇa=áśva=ade-r yàT

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] gó- `cow, bull', and dissyllabic words (dvy-áC-aḥ) excluding the class of words denoting numbers (saṁkhyā) or measures (°parimāṇa-°) or those beginning with áśva- `horse' [to denote `the reason in the form of either a connection or a portent' 38].

1. gó+yàT = gáv-ya- `cause or portent for gaining a cow'.

2. dvy-áC: yáśas+yàT = yaśas-yà- `reason or portent for acquiring fame or renown'.

3. Exceptions: [saṁkhyā]: pañcā-nām nimittam saṁ-yogá-ḥ/utpātá-ḥ = páñca+kaN (22) = páñca-ka-ḥ; similarly [parimāṇa]: prasthá+ṭhaÑ (57) = prāsth0̸-ika-ḥ and [áśva= ādi]: áśva+ṭháK = āśv0̸-iká-ḥ. Description

$5.1.40 putr-āt=cha=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha, in addition to (ca) [yàT 39 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] putrá- `son' [ending in the sixth sUP triplet to denote the reason/cause in the form of either a connection or a portent 38].

putrá-sya nimitta-ṁ saṁ-yogá-ḥ/utpātá-ḥ = putrá+cha/yàT = putr0̸-īya-ḥ/pútr0̸-ya-ḥ.

$5.1.41 ¹sarva-bhūmí-²pr̥thivī bhyām ¹áṆ²aÑ-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] áṆ and aÑ are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] sarva-bhūmíi- `whole earth' and pr̥thivī `earth' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `the reason/cause in the form of connection or portent 38].

sarva-bhūmé-r nimittam saṁ-yogáḥ/utpātá-ḥ = sarva-bhūmí+áṆ = sārva-bhaum0̸-á-ḥ (7.3.20); pr̥thivī+aÑ = pārthiv0̸-a-ḥ.

$5.1.42 tá-sya=īś-vará-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 áṆ and aÑ 41 are introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 sarva-bhūmí- and pr̥thivī 41 ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (tá-sya) to denote `its lord or ruler' (īś-vará-ḥ)

The repetition of [tá-sya] in this rule when it was already recurring from 38 above is to block out the meanings indicated in that rule.

sarva-bhūmé-ḥ/pr̥thivy-āḥ īś-vará-ḥ = sārva-bhaum-á-ḥ/pārthiv-a-ḥ (41) `king, sovereign, emperor'.

$5.1.43 tá-tra vid-i-tá iti ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 áṆ and aÑ 41 are respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 sarva-bhūmí- and pr̥thivī 41 ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet (tá-tra) to denote `known as' (vid-i-tá iti).

sarva-bhūm-aú/pr̥thivy-ām vid-i-tá-ḥ = sārva-bhaumá-ḥ/pārthiv-a-ḥ `world-renowned'.

$5.1.44 ¹loká-²sarva-lok-āt=ṭhaÑ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] loká- `world' and sarva-loká- `entire world' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `known therein as' 43].

lok-é/sarva-lok-é vid-i-tá-ḥ = loká/sarva-loká+ṭhaÑ = laúk0̸-ika-/sārva-lauk-ika- (7.3.20) `known in the (whole) world'.

$5.1.45 tá-sya vāp-á-ḥ

[The thirteen taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with ṭhaÑ 18 are introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (tá-sya) to denote `its field' (vāp-á-ḥ).

prasthá-sya vāp-á-ḥ kṣétra-m = prasthá+ṭhaÑ (18) = prāsth0̸-ika-m `(a field) sown with a quantity of seed measuring a prasthá'; similarly draúṇ-ika-m kṣétra-m. Description

$5.1.46 pātr-āt=ṢṭhaN

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṢṭhaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] pātra- `a measure of capacity' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote `its field' 45].

pātra-sya vāp-á-ḥ kṣétra-m = pātra+ṢṭhaN = pātr0̸-ika-m `(a field) sown with a quantity of seed measuring a p.' pātr-ik-ī (ṄīṢ 4.1.41) kṣetra-bhak-tí-ḥ `part of a field so sown'.

$5.1.47 tád a-smín ¹vŕd-dhi=²āyá-³lābhá-⁴śulká=⁵upa-dā dī-yá-te

[The thirteen taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with ṭhaÑ 18 are introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (tád) to denote `an interest (vŕddhi-°), rent (°=āyá-°), profit (°-lābhá-°), tax (°-sulká-°) or bribe (°upa-dā) is given (dī-yá-te) in it (a-smín)'.

páñca a-smín vŕd-dhi-ḥ/āyá-ḥ/lābh-á-ḥ/śulká-ḥ/upa-dā dī-yá-te = páñca+kaN (22) = pánca-ka-ḥ `five pieces given in it'; so also śatá-m a-smín dī-ya-te = śatá+thaN/yaT (21) = śát0̸-ika-/śát-ya-. Description

$5.1.48 ¹pūraṇa=²ardh-āt=ṭhaN

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] signifying ordinals (pūraṇa-°) and the expression ardhá- `half' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote an interest, rent, profit, tax or bribe given it it 47].

Exception to [ṭháK 19] and [Ṭi̱ṭhaN 25]. dvi-tīya-ḥ vŕddhi-r ādi-r a-smín dī-yá-te = dvi-tīya+ṭhaN = dví-tīy0̸-ika- `an operation or transaction in which interest etc. is doubled'; Similarly árdh0̸-ika- `a deal in which interest etc. is halved'.

$5.1.49 bhāg-āt=yàT=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT, in addition to (ca) [ṭhaN 48 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] bhāgá- `share' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote interest, rent, profit, tax or bribe given in it 47].

bhāg-á-ḥ vr̥ddhi=ādi-r a-smín dī-yá-te = bhāgá+yàT/ṭhaN = bhāg0̸-ya-/bhāg0̸-ika- `an operation in which interest etc. is halved or divided'.

In 48-9 the words [ardhá-], [bhāgá-] denote half [rūpaka-] according to Kāśikā.

$5.1.50 tád=hár-a-ti-váh-a-ti=ā-vah-a-ti bhār-āt=vaṁśa=ādi-bhyaḥ

[The thirteen taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with ṭhaÑ 18 are introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] bhārá- `load', co-occurring with the class of [nominal stems 4.1.1].beginning with vaṁśá- `bamboo' [ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet (tád) to denote `carries' (hár-a-ti), `conveys' (váh-a-ti) or `brings it' (ā-vah-a-ti).

vaṁśa-bhārá-ṁ hár-a-ti/váh-a-ti/āvah-a-ti = vaṁśa-bhārá+ṭháK (19) vāṁśa-bhār0̸-iká- `who carries/conveys/brings a load of bamboos'.

This rule is also interpreted as: "introduced after the class of nominal stems beginning with vaṁśá-, denoting weight [bhār-āt] etc.", which gives the string: bhāra-bhūtā-n vaṁśā-n hár-a-ti etc = vaṁśa+ṭháK= vāṁś-iká- yielding the same sense, but a different string.

$5.1.51 ¹vasná-²drávyā-bhyāṁ ¹ṭhaN-²kaN-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] ṭhaN and kaN are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] vasná- `salary, wages' and drávya- `money' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `carries/conveys, brings it' 50].

vasná-ṁ hár-a-ti/váh-a-ti/ā-vahati = vasná+ṭhaN = vásn0̸-ika-; drávya+kaN = drávya-ka-.

$5.1.52 ¹sám-bhav-a-ti=²áva-har-a-ti-³pác-a-ti

[The thirteen taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with ṭhaÑ 18 are introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 50] to denote `capable of containing' (sám-bhav-a-ti), `taking away' (áva-har-a-ti) or `cooking' (pác-a-ti).

prasthá-ṁ sám-bhav-a-ti/áva-har-a-ti/pác-a-ti = prasthá+ṭhaÑ (18) = prāsth0̸-ika- `capable of containing/taking/cooking one [prasthá] measure (of grains)'; prasthá-m pác-a-ti brāhmaṇī = prāsth-ika+ṄīP (4.1.15) = prāsthik0̸-ī `a brahmin lady capable of cooking one prasthá (of grains)'.

$5.1.53 ¹āḍhaka=²ācita-³pātr-āt kha-ḥ=anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kha is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] āḍhaka-, ācita- and pātra- `names of measures of capacity' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 50 to denote `capable of containing/taking away/cooking' 52].

āḍhaka-ṁ sám-bhav-a-ti/áva-har-a-ti/pác-a-ti = ādhaka+ṭhaÑ (18)/kha = āḍhak-ika-/°ikī f./āḍhak0̸-īna- (°īnā f. 4.1.4) `capable of holding/taking away/cooking one ād.'; similarly: ācit-ika-/ācit-īna-; pātr-ika-/pātr-īṇa-. Description

$5.1.54 dvigó-s=ṢṭhaN=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1]ṢṭhaN in addition to (ca) [kha is optionally 53 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of a Dvigú compound [ending in 1.1.72 āḍhaka-, ācita or pātra- 53, ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `capable of containing/taking away/cooking' 51].

With reference to the affixes [kha 55, ṢṭhaN 54] operation of [luK] introduced by 28 above is blocked, while it governs the affix [ṭhaÑ 18].

dvy-āḍhaká-ṁ sám-bhav-a-ti/áva-har-a-ti/pác-a-ti = dvy-āḍhaká+ṢṭhaN/kha/ṭhaÑ→luK (28) = dvy-āḍhak0̸-ika-/dvy-āḍhak0̸-īna-/dvy-āḍhaká-`capable of containing/taking away/cooking 2 āḍhaka-s', the corresponding fem. forms being dvy-āḍhak-ikī (4.1.41), dvy-āḍhak-īnā (4.1.4), dvy-āḍhakī (4.1.15).

Similarly the feminine forms for the other two derivatives are: dvy-ācit-ikī, dvy-ācit-īnā, dvy-ācit-ī; dvi-pātr-ikī, dvi-pātr-īṇā, dvi-patr-ī.

$5.1.55 kulij-āt=¹luK-²kh-au ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] luK (0̸¹) and kha are also (ca) optionally 53 introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] kulija- `name of a measure' [occurring at the end of a Dvigú compound 54 and terminating in 1 1.72 the second sUP triplet 50 to denote `capable of holding,taking away or cooking' 52 in addition to affix 3.1.1 ṢṭhaN 54].

Since the option applies also to luK, 28 above becomes optional with reference to a Dvigú ending in [°-kulija-] and consequently four forms result: dvé kulij-e sám-bhav-a-ti/áva-har-a-ti/pác-a-ti = dvi0̸+kulijá+ṢṭhaN/kha/ṭhaÑ→luK (18,28)/ṭhaÑ (18) = dvi-kulij0̸-ik-ī/dvi-kulij-īnā-/dvi-kulij-ā/dvaí-kulij-ikī `capable of holding, taking away or cooking 2 kulija-s'.

$5.1.56 sá-ḥ=a-syá=¹áṁśa-²vasná-³bhŕtay-aḥ

[The thirteen taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with ṭhaÑ 18 are introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (sá-ḥ) to denote his (a-syá) share (áṁśa-ḥ), price (vasná-) or salary (bhŕti-).

páñca áṁśa-ḥ/vasná-m/bhŕti-r a-syá = páñca+kaN (22) = pánca-ka-ḥ `whose share, price or salary is five pieces'.

$5.1.57 tád a-syá pari-māṇa-m

[The thirteen taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with ṭhaÑ 18 are introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (tád) to denote its (a-syá) measure (pari-māṇa-m).

prasthá-ḥ pari-māṇa-m a-syá = prasthá+ṭhaÑ (18) = prāsth0̸-ika-ḥ rāśí-ḥ `a heap measuring one prastha'; khārī pari-māṇa-m a-syá = khārī+īkaN = khār0̸-īka-ḥ (33); śatá+yaT/ṭhaN (21) = śat-ya-ḥ/śát-ika-ḥ.

$5.1.58 samkhyā-y-āḥ ¹saṁjñā-²saṁghá-³sūtra-⁴adhy-áy-ane-ṣu

[The thirteen taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with ṭhaÑ 18 are introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of a numeral (saṁ-khyā), [designating measures and ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 57] to denote its name (saṁ-jñā), group (saṁghá), aphorism (sūtra) or study (adhy-áy-ana).

1. saṁ-jñā: páñca eva = páñca+kaN (22) = pánca-kā-ḥ `the five' (śakúnay-aḥ birds)'.

2. saṁ-ghá-: páñca pari-māṇa-m a-syá = pánca-ka-ḥ `a collection of five'.

3. sūtra-: aṣṭ-aú adhy-aȳ-āḥ pari-māṇa-m a-syá sūtra-sya=áṣṭa-ka-m `another name for Pāṇini's sūtra-s'.

4. adhy-áy-ana-: áṣṭa-ka-ḥ adhī-tá-ḥ `studied eight times'. Description

$5.1.59 ¹paṅktí-²viṁśáti-³triṁśát-⁴catvāriṁśát-⁵pañcāśát-⁶ṣaṣṭí-⁷saptatí=⁸aśītí-⁹navatí-¹⁰śatá-m

The expressions paṅk-tí- `n. of a metre', viṁśá-ti- `20', triṁśát- `30', catvāriṁśát- `40', pancāśít- `50', ṣaṣṭí- `60', saptatí- `70', aśītí- `80', nava-tí- `90' and śatá- `100' are introduced [as derived with various affixes [ti, śat and ta] to denote `its measure' 58].

páñca pari-māṇa-m a-syá = pañcan+tí = pañc0̸0̸+tí = paṅk-tí-; dv-aú daśát=au pari-māṇa-m a-syá = vin+śáti = viṁ-śati-; similarly for other forms which are introduced as finished expressions by a process called [nipātana] since framing individual rules will increase the number of statements.

$5.1.60 ¹pañcat=²daśát-au varg-e vā

The expressions pañcát- `consisting of 5' and daśát `consisting of 10' are optionally (vā) introduced [to denote `its measure' 57] to designate a class (varg-e).

páñcan+Ḍáti̱ = pañc0̸0̸-át/pánca-ka-ḥ várga-ḥ `a class of 5'; similarly daś-át/dáśa-ka-ḥ várga-ḥ. Description

$5.1.61 saptán-aḥ=aÑ chándas-i

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced, in the domain of Chándas, [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] saptán- `7' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `its measure' 57 to designate a class 60].

saptá pari-māṇa-m e-ṣāṁ várgā-ṇ-ām = sápta+aÑ = sāpt0̸-a- in saptá sāptā-n-i=á-sr̥j-a-t `he created seven classes each consisting of seven'.

$5.1.62 ¹triṁśát=²catvāriṁśat-or brāhmaṇ-é saṁjñā-y-ām ḌáṆ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḌáṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] triṁśát- `thirty' and catvāriṁśát- `forty' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `its measure' 57] when designating a Brāhmaṇá (text).

The locative [brāhmaṇ-é] in this rule is not indicative of domain (viṣaya-saptamī) but of sense only (abhi-dheya-saptamī) and therefore signifies both the Brāhmaṇá and secular texts.

triṁśát adhy-āy-āḥ pari-māṇa-m e-ṣām brāhmaṇā-n-ām = triṁśat+ḌáṆ+Śi=traiṁś0̸0̸-ā-n-i brāhmaṇā-n-i `a Br. text consisting of 30 chapters'; similarly cātvāriṁś-ā-n-i brāhmaṇā-n-i. Description

$5.1.63 tád árh-a-ti

[The thirteen taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with ṭhaÑ 18 are introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet (tád) to denote `deserves it' (árh-a-ti).

śveta-cchatrá-m árh-a-ti = śveta-cchatrá+ṭháK (19) = śvaíta-cchatr0̸-iká=ḥ `who deserves a white umbrella'; śatá-m árh-a-ti = śata+ṭhaN/yaT (21) śát0̸-ika-ḥ/śát0̸-ya-ḥ `deserving a hundred pieces'.

$5.1.64 chéda=ādi-bhyaḥ nítyam

[The thirteen taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with ṭhaÑ 18 onwards are introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with chéda- `cutting off' and [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote 83] necessarily (nítya-m) [`deserves `it' 63].

chéda-ṁ níty-am árh-a-ti = chéda+ṭháK = haid0̸=iká-ḥ `who necessarily deserves mutilation'.

$5.1.65 śīrṣa-cched-āt=yàT=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT, in addition to (ca) [ṭháK 19 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] śīrṣa-cchedá- `decapitation' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 63 to denote `necessarily deserves it' 63].

śīrṣa-cchedá-ṁ nítya-m árh-a-ti = śīrṣa-cchedá+yàT/ṭháK = śīrṣa-cched0̸-yà-ḥ/śairṣa-cched0̸-iká-ḥ `necessarily deserving decapitation'.

$5.1.66 daṇḍá=ādi-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 65 is introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with daṇḍá-`punishment' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `deserves it' 63].

The reading of this sūtra is according to Kāśikā and Siddhānta-kaumudī; Boehtlingk and Renou have [daṇḍādibhyo yaḥ] instead, but the accentuation of certain accented words thus formed denote affix [yàT] instead, and it is also confirmed by Patañjali on 3.1.92 (2) where he confirms the introduction of [yàT] after [han-] with optional replacement of the verbal stem by [vadhá-], which is included in this class. Besides this, the three other words in this class are: íbh-ya-, gúh-ya-, médh-ya-.

daṇḍá-m árh-a-ti = daṇḍa+yàT = dáṇḍ0̸-ya-ḥ `who deserves punishment'; vadhá-m árh-a-ti = vádh-ya-ḥ `deserves death'.

Note: there is the reading [yàT] in the place of [yá] recorded by Boehtlingk and Renou; the repetition of this word here when it is already available from the preceding sūtra is to block out the recurrence of [nítya-m] from 69.

$5.1.67 chándas-i ca

In the domain of Chándas [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 65 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `deserves it' 63].

Exception to the remaining twelve affixes beginning with ṭhaÑ 18.

udaká-m árh-anti = udaká+yàT+Jas = udak0̸-y-āḥ; yūpa-m árh-a-ti = yūp0̸-ya-ḥ palāśá-ḥ `p. which deserves to be used as a sacrificial post'.

$5.1.68 pātr-āt=ghaN=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ghaN is introduced, in addition to (ca) [yàT 65 after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] pātra- `vessel' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `deserves it' 63].

pātra-m árh-a-ti = pātra+ghaN/yàT = pātr0̸-iya-ḥ/pātr0̸-ya-ḥ `worthy or fit to partake of a meal'.

$5.1.69 kaḍaṅkará-dákṣiṇ-āt=cha ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha as well as (ca) [yàT 65 are introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.4] kadaṅkará- `stalks of pulses' and dakṣiṇā `fees, gratuity' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `deserves it' 63].

kaḍankará-m árh-a-ti = kaḍaṅkará+cha/yàT = kaḍaṅkar0̸-īya-ḥ / kaḍaṅkar0̸-yà-ḥ gau-ḥ `a bull worthy of being fed with straw' and similarly dákṣiṇā-m árh-a-ti = dákṣiṇā+cha/yaT dakṣiṇ0̸-īya-ḥ/dakṣiṇ0̸-yà-ḥ `deserving gratuity'.

$5.1.70 sthālī-bil-āt

[The taddhitá 4.1.?6 affixes 3.1.1 cha 69 and yàT 65 are introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] sthālī-bilá- `interior or hollow of a cooking vessel' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `deserves it' 63].

sthālī-bilá-m árh-a-ti = sthālī-bilá+cha/yàT = sthālī-bil0̸-īya-/sthālī-bil0̸-ya- `(a dish) worthy of being cooked within the cooking vessel'.

$5.1.71 ¹yajñá=²r̥tv-íg-bhyāṁ ¹gha-²khaÑ-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] gha and khaÑ are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] yajñá- `sacrifice' and r̥tv-íj- `n. of an officiating priest' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `deserves it' 63].

yajñá-m árh-a-ti = yajñá+gha = yajn0̸-íya-ḥ `worthy of performing a sacrifice'; r̥tv-íj-am árh-a-ti = r̥tv-íj+khaN = ārtvij-īna- `worthy of officiating as a r̥tv-íj'.

$5.1.72 pārāyaṇa-turāyaṇa-cāndrāyaṇá-ṁ vart-áy-a-ti

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] pārāyaṇa- `reading through', turāyaṇa- `n. of a sacrifice' and cāndrāyaṇá- `fast regulated by the phase of the moon' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet]to denote `performs' (vart-áy-a-ti).

pārāyaṇa-ṁ/turāyaṇa-ṁ/cāndrāyaṇá-ṁ vart-áy-a-ti = pārāyaṇ0̸-ika-ḥ/taúrāyaṇ-ika-ḥ/cāndrāyaṇ-ika-ḥ `who reads through a full text/performer of the T. sacrifice/observer of the C. fast'.

$5.1.73 saṁ-śay-ám ā-panna-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] saṁ-śay-á- `doubt' [ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet to denote `fallen into' (ā-pan-na-ḥ).

saṁ-śay-á-m ā-pan-na-ḥ = saṁ-śay-á+ṭhaÑ = sāṁ-śay0̸-ika-ḥ `doubtful, uncertain'.

$5.1.74 yójana-ṁ gácch-a-ti

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] yójana- `n. of a unit of distance' [ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet to denote `goes, covers, traverses' (gácch-a-ti).

yójana-ṁ gácch-a-ti = yójana+ṭhaÑ = yaújan0̸-ika-ḥ `who covers a distance of one yojana'.

$5.1.75 path-áḥ=ṢkaN

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṢkaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] páthin- `path' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `goes, covers' 74].

pánthā-n-aṁ gácch-a-ti = páthin+ṢkaN = páthi0̸-ka-ḥ (°-kī f. 4.1.41) `way-farer'. Description

$5.1.76 pánth-o Ṇá nítya-m

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ṇá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 páthin-, ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 74] to denote `necessarily (nítya-m) [goes or covers' 74] and the substitute pánth- replaces the [whole 1.1.55] stem.

pánthān-aṁ nítya-ṁ gácch-a-ti = páthin+Ṇá = pānth-á-ḥ `who necessarily travels a road each day, an almsman'.

$5.1.77 ut-tara-path-éna=ā-hr̥-ta-ṁ ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] ut-tara-path-á- `northern route' [ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet to denote `brought or conveyed through it' (ā-hr̥-ta-m) in addition to (ca) [goes or travels by it 74].

ut-tara-path-éna ā-hr̥-ta-m = ut-tara-pathá+ṭhaÑ = aút-tara-path0̸-ika-ṁ `brought via the northern route'; uttara-path-éna gácch-a-ti = aút-tara-path-ika-ḥ `a traveler going via the northern route'.

$5.1.78 kāl-āt

[The thirteen taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with ṭhaÑ 18 onwards are introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] denoting time (kāl-āt) in the section beginning here and extending up to 96 inclusive below.

This is a governing rule (adhi-kār-á) and the word [kāl-āt] will recur in all the subsequent rules of this section.

$5.1.79 t-éna nír-vr̥t-ta-m

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] comprising a time-word 78 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet (t-éna) to denote `accomplished within it' (nír-vr̥t-ta-m).

áhn-ā nír-vr̥t-ta-m = áhan+ṭhaÑ = āh0̸n-ika-m (6.4.134) `to be completed or accomplished within a day'; similarly ṣāṇ-mās-ika-m/ārdha-mās-ika-m `accomplished in six months/a fortnight'.

$5.1.80 tám ádhīṣṭa-ḥ bhr̥-tá-ḥ=bhū-tá-ḥ=bhāvī

[The thirteen taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with ṭhaÑ 18 are introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 comprising a time-word 78 ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet (tá-m) to denote the senses of (1) invited to teach (ádhīṣ-ṭa-ḥ), hired (bhr̥-tá-ḥ), lasted (bhú-tá-ḥ) or will last (bhāvī).

māsa-m ádhīṣ-ṭa-ḥ/bhr̥-tá-ḥ/bhū-tá-ḥ/bhāv-ī = māsa+ṭhaÑ (18) = mās0̸-ika-ḥ = adhy-āp-aka-ḥ/karma-kārá-ḥ/vy-ādh-í-ḥ/ut-sav-á-ḥ `(a) invited to teach for a month; (b) hired for a month; (c) lasted for a month; (d) will last for a month'.

$5.1.81 mās-āt=váyas-i ¹yàT-²kh-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] yàT and kha are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] māsa- `month' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `born' (bhū-ta-ḥ) 80] to designate age (váyas-i).

Though the meaning conditions of 80 recur in the succeeding rules, here only the third meaning is pertinent.

māsa-m bhū-tá-ḥ = māsa+yàT/kha = mās0̸-ya-ḥ/mās-īna-ḥ `one month old (= born a month back)'.

$5.1.82 dvigó-r yaP

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yaP is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of a Dvigú compound [ending in 1.1.72 the time-word 78 māsa- `month' 81 and terminating in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `born' 80 to designate age 81].

dv-aú mās-au bhū-tá-ḥ = dvi0̸+māsá+yaP = dvi-mās0̸-yá-ḥ `aged two months'.

$5.1.83 ṣaṇ-mās-āt=ṆyàT=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṆyàT, in addition to (ca) [yaP 72 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] ṣaṇ-māsá- `six months' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `born' 80 to designate `age' 81].

ṣaṇ-māsạ-m bhū-tá-ḥ = ṣaṇ-māsá+ṆyàT /yaP = ṣāṇ-mās0̸-yà-ḥ / ṣaṇ-mās-yá-ḥ `aged six months'; with the governing affix [ṭhaÑ 18] which is covered by [ca] also: ṣāṇ-mās-ika-ḥ. Description

$5.1.84 á-vayas-i ṭhaN=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaN, in addition to (ca) [ṆyàT 83 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 ṣaṇ-māsá- `six months' 83 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `lasted' 80] when not designating age (á-vayas-i).

ṣaṭ=māsā-n bhū-tá-ḥ = ṣaṇ-māsá+ṭhaN/ṆyàT = ṣáṇ-mās0̸-ika-ḥ / ṣāṇ-mās-yà-ḥ roga-ḥ `(a malady) which has lasted six months'.

$5.1.85 sámā-y-āḥ kha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] sámā `year' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `invited to teach, hired, lasted or will last' 80].

sámā-m ádhīṣ-ṭa-ḥ/bhr̥-tá-ḥ/bhū-tá-ḥ/bhāv-ī = sámā+kha = sam0̸-īna-ḥ `invited to teach/hired/lasted/will last for a year'.

$5.1.86 dvigó-r vā

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kha 85] is optionally (va) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 sámā `year' 85 occurring at the end of 1.1.72]a Dvigú compound [terminating in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `invited to teach, hired, lasted or will last' 80 and `accomplished' 79].

Beginning here and extending up to 93 below the meaning conditions prescribed in 79 and 80 recur in each sūtra.

The option is with reference to the governing affix [ṭhaÑ].

dv-é sám-e nír-vr̥t-ta-ḥ/ádhīṣ-ṭa-ḥ/bhr̥-tá-ḥ/bhū-tá-ḥ/bhāv-ī vā dvi-samā+ṭhaÑ/kha = dvaí-sam0̸-ika-ḥ/dvi-sam0̸-īna-ḥ `accomplished/invited to teach/hired/lasted/will last two years'.

$5.1.87 ¹rātri=²áhan-³saṁ-vatsar-āt=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kha 85 is optionally 86 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] rātri- `night', áhan- `day' and saṁ-vatsará- `year' [occurring as final members of a Dvigú compound 86 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `accomplished 79, invited to teach, hired, lasted or will last' 80].

The option is with reference to the governing affix [ṭhaÑ 18].

dvā-bhyāṁ rātri-bhyāṁ nír-vr̥t-ta-ḥ, dv-é rātr-ī ádhīṣ-ṭa-ḥ/bhr̥-tá-ḥ/bhū-tá-ḥ/bhāv-ī vā = dvi-ratrí+ṭhaÑ/kha = dvaí-rātr0̸-ika-ḥ/dvi-rātr0̸-īṇa-ḥ `accomplished within, or invited to teach/hired/lasted/will last two nights'.

Similarly: dvaíy-ahn-ika-ḥ (7.3.3)/dvy-ah-īna-ḥ (6.4.134); dví-sāṁ-vatsar-ika-ḥ (7.3.15)/dvi-saṁvatsar-īṇa-ḥ.

$5.1.88 varṣ-āt=luK ca

luK (=0̸¹) optionally 86 replaces the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 18 or kha 85 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1' varṣá- `year' [forming the final member of a Dvigú compound 86 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `accomplished within 79 or invited to teach, hired, lasted or will last' 80].

dvā-bhyāṁ varṣā-bhyāṁ nír-vr̥t-ta-ḥ, dv-aú varṣ-aú ádhīṣ-ṭa-ḥ/bhr̥-tá-ḥ/bhū-ta-ḥ/vā = dvi-varṣá+ṭhaÑ/kha/→luk = dvi-vārṣ0̸-ika-ḥ (7.3.16)/dvi-varṣ-īṇa-ḥ/dvi-varṣá-ḥ `accomplished within two years, or invited to teach/hired/lasted'

°bhāv-ī : dvaí-varṣ-ika-ḥ [+ṭhaÑ 18] (7.3.16). Description

$5.1.89 citta-vát-i nítya-m

[luk (0̸¹) 88] necessarily (nítya-m) replaces [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 varṣá- `year' 88 forming a final member of a Dvigú compound 86 ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `invited to teach, hired, lasted or will last' 80 or in the third sUP triplet to denote `accomplished by' 79] to designate an animate item (citta-vát-i).

dv-aú varṣ-aú ádhīṣ-ṭa-ḥ/bhr̥-tá-ḥ/bhū-tá-ḥ/bhāv-ī vā, dvā-bhyāṁ varṣā-bhyāṁ nír-vr̥t-ta-ḥ = dvi-varṣá+0̸¹ = dvi-varṣá-ḥ dāraka-ḥ. Description

$5.1.90 ṣáṣṭi-k-āḥ ṣaṣṭi-rātr-éṇa pac-y-ánte

The expression ṣáṣṭi-ka- is introduced to denote the sense of `ripened in sixty nights' (ṣaṣṭi-rātr-éṇa pac-y-ánte).

By interpretation affix kaN is introduced after the Dvigú compound [ṣaṣṭi-rātr-á] with 0̸ replacement of [°rātra-]: ṣaṣṭi-rātr-éṇa pac-y-ánte = ṣaṣṭi-0̸+kaN = ṣáṣṭi-ka- `name of a particular type of rice (ripening in 60 nights)'.

$5.1.91 vatsará=ant=āt=cha-s=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] vatsará- `year' occurring as a final member (°-ant-āt of a compound) [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `invited to teach, hired, lasted or will last 80 or in the third sUP triplet to denote `accomplished with' 79].

id-vatsará-m/idā-vatsará-m ádhīṣ-ṭa-ḥ/bhr̥-tá-ḥ/bhū-tá-ḥ/bhāv-ī, id-vatsar-éṇa/idā-vatsar-éṇa nír-vr̥t-taḥ = id-vatsará/idā-vatsará+cha = id-vatsar0̸-īya-ḥ/idā-vatsar0̸-īya-ḥ.

The words id-vatsará-/idā-vatsará- are defined by Padamañjarī as pañca-varṣ-é yug-é dváy-or varṣáy-oḥ saṁjñ-e `one of the names given to two single years in a period of five years'.

$5.1.92 ¹sám-²pári-pūrv-āt kha ca

[In the domain of Chándas 91 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kha in addition to (ca) [cha 91 is introduced after 3.1.1 the nominal stem 4.1.1 vatsará- `year' 91] co-occurring with the preverbs sám-° and pári-° as prior members (°-pūrv-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet to denote `invited to teach, hired, lasted or will last' 80 or the third sUP triplet to denote `accomplished within' 79].

saṁ-vatsará-/pari-vatsará+kha/cha = saṁvatsar0̸-īṇa-ḥ/°-īya-ḥ; pari-vatsar-īṇa-ḥ/°-īya-ḥ; cf. preceding sūtra for sense.

$5.1.93 t-éna ¹pari-jáy-ya-²lábh-ya-³kār-ya-⁴su-kár-am

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (t-éna) to denote `to be conquered (pari-jáy-ya-), gained (lábh-ya-), accomplished (kār-ya-) or easily achieved (su-kár-am)'.

mās-ena pari-jáy-ya-ḥ/lábh-ya-ḥ/kār-ya-ḥ/su-kár-am = māsa+ṭhaÑ = mās0̸-ika-ḥ `to be conquered, gained, accomplished or easily achieved within a month'.

$5.1.94 tád a-syá brahma-cár-ya-m

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet (tád) to denote `this is the duration of his (a-syá) practice of abstinence' (brahma-cárya-m).

māsa-ṁ brahma-cárya-m a-syá = māsa+ṭhaÑ = mās0̸-ika-ḥ `who practises continence for a period of one month'.

An alternate interpretation is: the affix ṭhaÑ is introduced after a time-word (78) ending in the first sUP triplet (tád) to denote `this is his period of continence': māsa-ḥ a-syá brahma-cárya-sya = mās-ika-m `the period of his continence is one month'.

$5.1.95 tá-sya ca dákṣiṇā yajñá=ākhye-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] designating names of sacrifices (yajña=ākhye-bhyaḥ) [ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (tá-sya) to denote `this is his gratuity or sacrificial fee (dákṣiṇā)'.

agni-ṣṭomá-sya dákṣiṇā = agni-ṣṭomá+ṭhaÑ = āgni-ṣṭom0̸-ik-ī (4.1.15) `sacrificial fee for the A. sacrifice'. Similarly vāja-pey-ikī, rāja-sūy-ikī etc. Description

$5.1.96 tá-tra ca dī-yá-te kār-yà-m bhav-a-vát

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 which is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 comprising a time-word 78 ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet (tá-tra) to denote `is given in that' (dī-yá-te) or `is to be done therein (kār-yà-m) is the same as that introduced to denote a state or condition (bhav-a-vát 4.3.53ff.).

mās-e dī-yá-te/kār-yà-m = māsa+ṭhaÑ (4.3.11) = mās0̸-ika-m `what is given or to be done in a month' as in the case of mās-e bháv-a-m (4.3.53). Description

$5.1.97 vy-ùṣṭa=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with vy-ùṣṭa- `dawn' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `it is given or done in that' 96].

vy-ùṣ-ṭ-e dī-yá-te/kār-yà-m vā = vy-ùṣ-ṭa+áṆ = vaiy-uṣ-ṭá-m (7.3.3) `what is given or to be done at dawn'.

$5.1.98 t-éna¹yathā-kathā-cá-²hástā-bhyāṁ ¹Ṇá-²yàT-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] Ṇá and yàT are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] yathā-kathā-cá `in any manner' and hásta- `hand' [ending in 1.1.72]the third sUP triplet (t-éna) [to denote `is given or to be done 96] by it'.

yathā-kathā-cá dī-yá-te/kār-yà-ṁ vā = yathā-kathā-cá+Ṇá = yāthā-kathā-c0̸-á-m `is given or to be done in any manner or somehow'; hást-ena dī-yá-te/kār-yàṁ vā = hásta+yàT = hást0̸-ya-m `is given or to be done by hand'.

$5.1.99 sam-pād-ín-i

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 98] to denote `is fit or suitable for' (sam-pād-ín-i).

karṇa-veṣṭakā-bhyām sam-pād-i = karṇa-veṣṭaká+ṭhaÑ = kārṇa-veṣṭak0̸-ika-m `(a face) fit for earrings'.

$5.1.100 ¹kārman-²véṣ-āt=yàT

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] kárman- `action' and véṣa- `costume' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet to denote `is fit or suitable for it' 99].

kármaṇ-ā sam-pād-í = kárman+yàT = karmaṇ-yà-m śarīra-m (6.4.168) `(body) fit for activity'; véṣ-eṇa sam-pād-í = véṣa+yàT = véṣ0̸-ya-ḥ naṭa-ḥ `(an actor) fit for (wearing) costumes'.

$5.1.101 tá-smai prá-bhav-a-ti saṁ-tāpá=ādi-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with saṁ-tāpá- `penitence' [ending in 1.1.72] the fourth sUP triplet (tá-smai) to denote `is equal to or capable of' (prá-bhav-a-ti).

saṁ-tāpā-ya prá-bhav-a-ti = saṁ-tāpá+ṭhaÑ=sāṁ-tāp0̸-ika- `capable of heating or warming up'; similarly saṁ-grāmā-ya prá-bhav-a-ti = sāṁ-grām-ika-ḥ `capable of fighting'.

$5.1.102 yóg-āt=yàT=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT, in addition to (ca) [ṭhaÑ 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] yóga- `union' [ending in 1.1.72 the fourth sUP triplet to denote `is equal to or capable of' 101].

yógā-ya prá-bhav-a-ti = yóga+yàT/ṭhaÑ = yóg0̸-ya-/yaúg0̸-ika- `capable of attaining union'.

$5.1.103 kármaṇ-aḥ=ukaÑ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ukaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] kárman- `action, activity' [ending in 1.1.72 the fourth sUP triplet to denote `is equal to or capable of' 101].

kármaṇ-e prá-bhav-a-ti = kárman+ukaÑ = kārm0̸0̸-uka-m (6.4 144) `n.pr. of a bow (lit. capable of action)'.

$5.1.104 samayá-s tád a-syá prā-p-ta-m

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] samayá- `opportune moment' [ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (tád) to denote `has arrived for it' (a-syá pr-āp-ta-m).

samayá-ḥ pr-āp-ta-ḥ a-syá = samayá+ṭhaÑ = sāmay0̸-ika-ṁ kār-yà-m `(an action) for which the opportune moment has arrived'.

$5.1.105 r̥tó-r áṆ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] r̥tú- `season' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `has arrived for it' 104].

r̥tú-ḥ pr-āp-ta-ḥ a-syá = r̥tú+áṆ = ārtav-á-m púṣpá-m `seasonal (flower)'. Description

$5.1.106 chándas-i ghaS

In the domain of Chándas [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ghaS is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 r̥tú- `season' 105 ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `has arrived for it' 104].

ay-ám te yóni-r r̥tv-íya-ḥ (RV 3.29.10) = r̥tú-ḥ pr-āpta-ḥ a-syá r̥tú+ghaS `seasonal'. The marker [S] of the affix indicates that the stem before it is a padá (1.4.16) and therefore blocks the operation of 6.4.146.

$5.1.107 kāl-āt=yàT

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] kālá- `time' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `has arrived for it' 104].

kālá-ḥ pr-āp-ta-ḥ a-syá = kālá+yàT = kāl0̸-ya-ḥ tāpíḥ `(heat) occurring in poper time, seasonal'.

$5.1.108 pra-kr̥ṣ-ṭ-é ṭhaÑ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 kālá- `time'107 ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 104] signifying `long-standing' (pra-kr̥ṣ-ṭ-é) [to denote `its' (a-syá) 104].

pra-kr̥ṣ-ṭá-ḥ = dīrghá-ḥ kālá-ḥ a-syá = kālá+ṭhaÑ = kāl0̸-ika-m r̥ṇá-m `long-standing (debt)'. Description

$5.1.109 pra-yój-ana-m

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 104] to denote [its 104] `purpose, object, or proper occasion' (pra-yój-ana-m).

indra-mahá-ḥ pra-yój-ana-m a-syá = indra-mahá+ṭhaÑ = aíndra-mah0̸-ika-m `whose object, purpose or proper occasion is the festival in honor of Indra'.

$5.1.110 ¹ví-śākhā=²aṣāḍh-āt áṆ ¹manthá-²daṇḍáy-oḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] víśākhā and a-ṣāḍh-ā `names of asterisms' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 104 to denote its 104 object, purpose or proper occasion 109 to signify respectively 1.3.10] a churning stick (manthá°) and a staff (°daṇḍáy-oḥ).

ví-śākhā pra-yój-ana-m a-syá = vi-śákhā+áṆ = vai-śākh0̸-á-ḥ manthá-ḥ `a churning stick used on the occasion of V.' Similarly ā-ṣāḍh-á-ḥ daṇḍa-ḥ `a staff carried by an ascetic on the occasion of Pūrvāṣāḍhā'.

$5.1.111 anu-pra-vác-ana=ādi-bhyaḥ=cha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with anu-pra-vác-ana- `repetition of a Vedic passage' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 104 to denote its 104 object, purpose or proper occasion 109].

anu-pra-vác-ana-m pra-yój-ana-m a-syá = anu-pra-vác-ana+cia = anu-pra-vac-an0̸-īya-m `whose object, purpose or proper occasion is repetition of a Vedic passage'.

$5.1.112 sam-āp-an-āt sá-pūrva-pad-āt

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 cha 111 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] sam-āp-ana- `accomplishment, achievement' co-occurring with a prior member (in composition: sá-pūrva-pad-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 104 to denote its 104 object, purpose or proper occasion 109].

chandaḥ-sam-āp-aná-m pra-yój-ana-m a-syá = chandaḥ-sam-āp-aná+cha = chandaḥ-sam-āp-an0̸-īya-m `whose object, purpose or occasion is the achievement of the study of Chándas'.

$5.1.113 aíkāgārikaṬ caur-é

The irregular expression aík-āgār-ika-(Ṭ) is introduced to denote a thief (caur-é) [as derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 18].

ekāgāra-m pra-yój-ana-m a-syá = ekāgārá+ṭhaÑ = aíkāgāra-ika- (literally) `whose object is an empty house (eka+agāra)' = a thief. This rule has been contradicted by the Várttika-kārá and Patañjali since they accept the position that the word has the udātta accent on the first syllable. Others indicate the irregularity in confining the meaning to a thief only, while a third view of interpretation holds that the affix is [ikaṬ] with irregular vr̥ddhi of the initial syllable *aikāgar-íka-, and the marker[Ṭ] then provides for the feminine form *aikāgār-ík-ī (4.1.15) while [ṭhaÑ] yields aíkāgār-ik-í (4.1.15).

$5.1.114 ā-kāl-ika-Ṭ=ādy-antá-vac-an-e

The (unusual) expression ākalikaṬ is introduced to denote beginning and end (of an action: an instantaneous action) [as derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 18 by 109 above].

This rule also is contradicted by the Vārttikakārá, but Patañjali tries to justify it by indicating that the expression [samāna-kālá-] is the original stem which is irregularly replaced by [ā-kāla- = ā-vr̥tta-kāla-]; the unusualness of the expression is with respect to its meaning only. Some interpreters (including Kāś) posit, as in 112, the affix [íkaṬ] and both Vārt. and Bhās. add another affix [ṭhaN].

samāna-kāl-aú ādy-ant-aú a-syá = ākāla+ṭhaÑ/ṭhaN = ā-kāl-ik-ī/ā-kāl-ik-ā = vi-dyút `(lightning which is) momentary or instantaneous'; ā-kāl-ika-ḥ = stan-ay-ítnu-ḥ `(thunder which is) instantaneous' (= having the beginning and ending at the same moment)'. The difference between the two affixes is with reference to feminine forms only. If [íkaṬ] is regarded as the affix in question the form would be: ā-kāl-íka- m./°-ik-ī. Description

$5.1.115 t-éna túl-ya-ṁ kriyā céd váti̱-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] váti̱ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (t-éna) to denote only an action similar to that (t-éna túl-ya-m céd).

brāhmaṇ-éna túl-ya-ṁ várt-a-te = brāhmaṇa-vát `like a Br.'

$5.1.116 tá-tra tá-sya=iva

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 váti̱ 115 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet (tá-tra) or in the sixth (tá-sya) to denote the meanings associated with iva `like, similar'.

1. mathurā-y-ām iva = mathurā-vát `as in Mathura'.

2. deva-dattá-sya iva = deva-datta-vát `like Devadatta's'.

$5.1.117 tád arh-á-m

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 váti̱ 115 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet (tád) to denote `deserves it' (tád arh-á-m).

rājān-am árh-a-ti = rājan+vát = rāja0̸-vát (8.1.7) `deserving the king'.

$5.1.118 upa-sárg-āt=chándas-i dhātv-arth-é

In the domain of Chándas [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 váti̱ 115 is introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] comprising pre-verbs (upa-sárg-āt) to denote the meanings of verbal stems (dhātv-arth-é).

úd+váti̱ = ud-vát = úd-gatá- `height, elevation'; similarly ni-vát = ni-gatá- `depression, declivity'. Description

$5.1.119 tá-sya bhāv-á-ḥ=¹tvá-²taL-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] tvá and taL are introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (tá-sya) to denote its essential state or condition (tá-sya bhāv-á-ḥ)

áśva-sya bhāv-á-ḥ =áśva+tvá/taL = aśva-tvá-/aśvá-tā `the state, nature or condition of being a horse, horseness'.

$5.1.120 ā ca tv-āt

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 tvá and taL 119] are also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] under conditions listed in the subsequent rules up to 136 below. i.e., the end of the pāda[brahmaṇạ-s-tvá-ḥ 136].

This rule provides for the introduction of these two affixes (as governing affixes) in addition to those specifically mentioned in each of the succeeding rules.

$5.1.121 ná náÑ-pūrv-āt tatpuruṣ-āt=a-¹cátura-²saṁ-gatá-³lavaṇá-⁴vaṭa-⁵yudhá-⁶kata-⁷rása-⁸láse-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced hereafter] do not occur [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] comprising tatpuruṣa compounds co-occurring with the privative particle náÑ as a prior member (°-pūrv-āt) excluding [the nominal stems 4.1.1] cátura- `able', saṁ-ga-tá- `harmonious', lavaṇá- `salt', vaṭa `bunyan tree', yudhá- `fighter', kata- `name of a Vedic seer', rása- `taste' and lása- `active'.

There is a variant reading [budhá-] for [yudhá-]. accepted by Boehtlingk and Renou meaning `wise man'.

By 128 below affix [yáK] is introduced after a compound stem ending in the word [°-pati-] but the compound náÑ+pati = a-pati- has only two forms to denote its state or condition: a-pati+tvá-m/a-patí-tā. Exceptions stated in this rule are: ā-catur-yá-m, ā-saṁ-gat-yá-m, ā-lavaṇ-yá-m, ā-vaṭ-yá-m, ā-yudh-yá-m/ā-budh-yá-m, ā-kat-yá-m, ā-ras-yá-m and ā-las-yá-m (124).

$5.1.122 pr̥thú=ādi-bhyaḥ=imáni̱C=vā

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] imáni̱C is optionally (vā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with pr̥thú- `broad, wide' and [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its essential state or condition 119].

pr̥thó-r bhāv-á-ḥ = pr̥thú+imáni̱C /tvá/taL (119)/áṆ (131) = prath0̸-imán- (6.4.161)/pr̥thu-tvá-/pr̥thú-tā/pārthav-á- `wideness, expanse'.

$5.1.123 ¹várṇa-²dr̥ḍhá-ādi-bhyaḥ ṢyaÑ ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṢyaÑ, in addition to (ca) [imáni̱C 122 is introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] consisting of color words (várṇa-°) and the class of words beginning with dr̥ḍhá- `firm' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote their essential condition or state 119].

1. śuklá-sya bhāv-á-ḥ = śuklá+ṢyaÑ/imáni̱C = śaúkl0̸-ya-m/śukl-imán-, śukla-tvá-m/śuklá-tā `whiteness'.

2. Similarly dārḍh0̸-ya-m/dr̥ḍha-tvá-m/dr̥ḍhá-tā/dr̥ḍh-imán- `firmness'.

$5.1.124 ¹guṇa-vác-ana-²brāhmaṇá=ādihyaḥ kármaṇ-i ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 SyaÑ 123 is introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] consisting of qualifying words (guṇa-vác-ana-°) and the class of words beginning with brāhmaṇá- `brahmin' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 119] to denote `his function or duty' in addition to (ca) [his essential condition or state 119].

Beginning here, up to the end of this pāda both [bhāv-á 119 and kárman-] denote the significance of forms generated by these rules.

1. jaḍa-sya bhāv-á-ḥ/kárma vā = jaḍa+ṢyaÑ = jāḍ0̸-ya-m/jaḍa-tvá-m/jaḍá-tā jaḍimań- `stiffness, intertia'.

2. brāhmaṇá-sya bhāv-á-ḥ/kárma vā = brāhmaṇ0̸-ya-m/brāhmaṇa-tvá-m/brāhmaṇá-tā `state or duty of a brahmin'.

$5.1.125 sten-āt=yàT=na-lopa-s=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] stená- `thief' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote his essential condition or state 119 or his function or duty 124] and 0̸ (lopa) replaces the syllable [na] of the stem.

stená-sya bhāv-á-ḥ/kárma vā = stená+yàT = ste0̸0̸-ya- = sté-ya-m `the state or function of a thief'. Description

$5.1.126 sákhy-ur yá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] sákhi- `friend, companion' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its essential condition or state 119 or its function or duty 124].

sákhy-ur bhāv-á-ḥ/kárma vā = sákhi+ya = sakh0̸-yá-m `companionship or its duty/function'.

$5.1.127 ¹kapí-²jñāty-ór ḍháK

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] kapí- `ape, monkey' and jnātí- `kin' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its essential condition or state 119 or its duty/function 124].

kapé-r bhāv-á-ḥ/kárma vā = kapí+ḍháK = kāp0̸-eyá-m `the state or duty of an ape or monkey'; similarly jñāt0̸-eyá-m `the state or function of kinship'.

$5.1.128 ¹páti=anta-²puró-hita=ādi-bhyaḥ=yáK

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yáK is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] terminating in °-páti- (in composition: °-anta-) and the class of words beginning with puró-hita- `chaplain' [ending in 1 1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its essential condition or state 119 or its function or duty 124].

1. senā-paté-r bhāv-á-ḥ/kárma vā = senā-patí+yáK = sainā-pat0̸-yá-m `the state or function of an army general'.

2. puró-hita-sya bhā-vá-ḥ/kárma vā = puró-hita+yáK = pauro-hit0̸-yá-m `the state or duties of chaplainship'.

$5.1.129 ¹prāṇa-bhr̥t=jātí-²vayo-vác-ana=³ud-gā-tŕ=ādi-bhyaḥ=aÑ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] representing species of animate beings (prāṇa-bhr̥t-jātí-), and those expressing age (°vayo-vác-ana-°) and the class of words beginning with ud-gā-tŕ- `chanter' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its essential condition or state 119 or duty 124].

1. áśva-sya bhāv-á-ḥ/kárma vā = áśva+aÑ = āśv0̸-a-m `state or function of being a horse'. kaú-mar-á-m `state or duty of k.'

2. ud-gā-tú-r bhāv-á-ḥ/kárma vā = ud-gā-tŕ+aÑ = aúd-gā-tr-a-m `state or duties of a chanter'.

$5.1.130 ¹hāyaná=anta-²yúvan=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] co-occurring with °-hāyaná- `year' as final member (°-anta-° in composition) and the class of words beginning with yúvan- `youth' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its essential condition or state 119 or its function or duty 124].

1. dvi-hāyaná-sya bhāv-á-ḥ/kárma vā = dvi-hāyaná+áṆ = dvai-hāyan0̸-á-m `state or activity of two years'.

2. yūn-aḥ bhāv-á-ḥ kárma vā = yúvan+áṆ = yauvan-á-m `state or duties of being a youth'.

$5.1.131 iK=ant-āt=ca laghú-pūrv-āt

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 130 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 terminating in 1.1.72] the vowel phoneme comprised by the siglum iK (= i,u,r̥,l̥) preceded by a light vowel (laghú-pūrv-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its essential condition or state 119 or its duty/function 124].

śúce-r bhāv-á-ḥ kárma vā = śúci+áṆ = śauc0̸-á-m `the state or function of being pure', but kaṇḍū-tvá-m `the state or function of itchiness'.

$5.1.132 ya̱=upadh-āt=gurú=upottam-āt=vuÑ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] containing phoneme [y] as penultimate (°-upadh-āt) and a heavy penultimate syllable (gurú=upottam-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its essential condition/state 119 or its duty/function 124].

ram-aṇīya-sya bhāv-á-ḥ kárma vā = ram-aṇīiya+vuÑ = rām-aṇīy0̸-aka-m `state or function of beauty, loveliness' but kṣatriya-tvá-m `state or function of being a kṣatriya'.

$5.1.133 ¹dvaṁdvá-²mano-jñá=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 132] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] comprising Dvaṁdvá compounds and the word-class beginning with mano-jñá- `lovely' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its condition/state 119 or duty/function 124].

1. go-pāl-a-paśu-pāl-ā-n-ām bhāv-á-ḥ kárma vā = go-pāla-paśu-pālá+vuÑ = gaú-pāla-paśu-pāl0̸-ik-ā (ṬāP 4.1.4; 7.3.44) `the state/duties of cowherds and herdsmen'.

2. Similarly mano-jñá+vuÑ = māno-jñ0̸-aka-m `the state or function of loveliness'.

$5.1.134 ¹go-trá-²cáraṇ-āt ¹ślāghā=²aty-ā-kārá-³tad-ave-té-ṣu

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuÑ 132 is introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] denoting patronymics (gotrá-°) or names designating Vedic schools (°-cáraṇ-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its condition or state 119 or its duties/functions 124] when signifying boasting (ślāghā°), contempt (°-aty-ā-kāra-°) or acquired knowledge (°-tad-av-té-ṣu).

gārgya-tv-éna ślāgh-a-te = gārgya+vuÑ = gārg0̸0̸+aka+ṬāP (6.4.148,151; 4.1.4) = gārg-ik0̸-ā (7.3.44): gārg-ikay-ā ślāgh-a-te/aty-ā-kur-u-te `boasts as belonging to the G. family / shows contempt to others'. Similarly gārg-ika-m ave-tá-ḥ `acquired the knowledge of the G. family'.

$5.1.135 hótrā-bhyas=cha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] comprising cognates of hótrā (names of sacrificial priests) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its state/condition 119 or duty/function 124].

acchā-vāká-sya bhāv-á-ḥ kárma vā = acchā-vāká+cha = acchā-vāk0̸-īya-m `state or duty of being an A. priest'.

$5.1.136 bráhmaṇ-as tvá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] tvá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] bráhman- `officiating priest' [forming a cognate of hótrá 135, ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its state/condition 119 or duty/function 124].

bráhmaṇ-aḥ bhāv-á-ḥ kárma vā = bráhman+tvá = brahm0̸-tvá-m `the state or duties of the Bráhman priest'.

$5.2.1 dhānyā-n-ām bháv-an-e kṣétr-e khaÑ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] khaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] denoting names of grains (dhānyā-n-ām)[ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet to denote the field (kṣétr-e) in which they are grown (bháv-an-e).

mudgā-n-ām bháv-ana-m kṣétra-m = mudgá+khaÑ = maúdg0̸-īna-m `a field in which Mung beans are grown'; similarly kulattha+khaÑ = kaúlatth0̸-īnam `a field in which K. grain is grown'.

$5.2.2 ¹vrīhí²śāly-or ḍháK

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] vrīhí- `rice' and śāli- `rice' [ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet [to denote fields in which they are grown 1].

vrīhī-ṇ-ām bháv-ana-ṁ kṣétra-m = vrīhí+ḍháK = vraih0̸-eyá-m/śāl0̸-eyá-m `rice field'.

$5.2.3 ¹yáva-²yáva-ka-³ṣáṣṭi-k-āt=yàT

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] yáva-, yáva-ka- `barley' and ṣáṣṭi-ka- `a variety of rice' (1.90) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote fields in which they are grown 1].

yávā-n-ām bháv-ana-ṁ kṣétra-m = yáva+yàT = yáv0̸-ya-m; yáva-ka+yàT : yava-k-yà-m `barley field'; similarly ṣaṣṭik0̸-yà-m `rice field'. Description

$5.2.4 vibhāṣā ¹tilá-²māṣa=³úmā-⁴bhaṅgā-⁵áṇu=bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 3] is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] tilá- `sesamum', māṣa- `Phaseolus Radiatus', úmā `flax', bhaṅgā `hemp' and áṇu- `Panicum Miliatus' [ending in the sixth sUP triplet to denote fields in which they are grown 1].

tilā-n-ām bháv-ana-ṁ kṣétra-m = tilá+yàT/khaÑ (1) = tíl0̸-ya-m/taíl0̸-īna-m; similarly: māṣ-ya-m/māṣ-īṇa-m; úm-ya-m/aúm-īna-m; bháṅg-ya-m/bhāṅg-īna-m; aṇav-yà-m/āṇav-īna-m. Description

$5.2.5 sarva-carmáṇ-aḥ kr̥-tá-ḥ ¹kha-²khaÑ-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] kha and khaÑ are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] sarva-carmán- `entire or whole leather' [ending in 1.1.72]the third sUP triplet to denote `wholly made of' (kr̥-tá-ḥ).

The word [sarvá-°] here is really connected with the verbal derivative[kr̥-tá-] rather than with [cárman-].

sarva-carmáṇ-ā kr̥-tá-ḥ = sarva-carmán+kha/khaÑ = sarva-carm0̸-īṇa-ḥ/sārva-carm-īṇa-ḥ `wholly made of leather'.

$5.2.6 yathā-mukhá- saṁ-mukhá-sya dárś-ana-ḥ kha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] yathāmukha-m `face to face' and saṁ-mukha- `facing' [ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (°-sya) to denote a mirror or reflecting surface (dárś-ana-ḥ).

yathā-mukhá-m/saṁ-mukhá-sya dárś-ana-ḥ = yathā+mukhá+kha/saṁ-mukhá+kha = yathā-mukh0̸-īna-ḥ/saṁ-mukh0̸-īna-ḥ `looking straight at (said of a mirror)'.

$5.2.7 tát sarvá=āde-ḥ ¹pathin=²aṅgá-³kárman=⁴páttra-⁵pātra-ṁ vy-āp-no-ti

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kha 6 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] páthin- `path', aṅgá- `limb', kárman- `action', páttra- `conveyance' and pātra- `vessel', co-occurring with sarvá-° as a prior member (°-ādé-ḥ in composition) [ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet (tad) to denote `covers' (vy-āp-no-ti).

sárva-m pánthān-am = sarvá0̸-path-a-m (4.74) vy-āp-no-ti = sarva=path0̸-īna-ḥ `covering or traversing the whole route'; likewise: sarvāṅg-īṇa-ḥ (8.4.2) `covering all limbs'; sarva-karm-īṇa-ḥ `performing all acts'; sarva-pattr-īṇa-ḥ `occupying the whole conveyance'; sarva=pātr-īṇa-ḥ `covering the entire vessel'.

$5.2.8 ā-pra-padá-m pr-āp-no-ti

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kha 6 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] ā-pra-padá-m `up to the forepart of the foot' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 7] to denote `reaches' (prāp-no-ti).

ā-pra-pradá-m pr-āp-no-ti = ā-prapadá+kha = ā-prapad0̸-īna- `reaching up to the forepart of the foot (said of a cloth)'.

$5.2.9 ¹anu-padá-²sarvá-anna=³aya=an-ay-ám ¹baddhā-²bhakṣ-áy-a-ti-³néye-ṣu

[The taddhitá 4.1.1 affix 3.1.1 kha 6 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] anu-padá- `length of the foot', sarvānna- `all nourishment' and ayānayá- `right and left moves in chess' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 7] to denote [respectively 1.3.10] `bound (baddhā), eats (bhakṣ-áy-a-ti) and to be led (né-ye-ṣu)'.

1. anu-padá-m bad-dhā = anu-padá+kha = anu-pad0̸-īna- `fitting the foot';

2. sarvānna-m bhakṣ-áy-a-ti = sarvānn-īna- `who consumes all the food';

3. ayānayá-ṁ né-ya-ḥ = ayānay0̸-īna- `moving from right to left and from left to right (said of chessmen)'.

$5.2.10 ¹parovará-²param-pará-³putra-pautrá-m ánu-bhav-a-ti

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kha 6 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] parovará- `higher and lower', param-pará- descendent starting with the greatgrandson' and putra-pautra- `son and grandson' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 7] to denote `experiences, enjoys' (ánu-bhav-a-ti).

1. párā-n=ca ávarā-n=ca ánu-bhav-a-ti = parovara+kha = paro-var0̸-īṇa-ḥ `experiencing the higher and lower (generations)';

2. párā-n=ca pára-tarā-n=ca ánu-bhav-a-ti = param-pará+kha = param-par0̸-īna-ḥ `enjoying grandsons and greatgrandsons';

3. putra-pautrā-n ánu-bhava-ti = putra-pautr0̸-īṇa-ḥ `experiencing the sons and grandsons'.

$5.2.11 ¹avāra-pārá=²aty-antá=³anu-kāmá-m gām-ī

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kha 6 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] avāra-pārá- `this and the opposite banks', aty-antá- `absolute, perfect' and anu-kāmá- `desire, longing' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 7] to denote `proposes to go' (gām-ī).

1. avāra-pārá-ṁ gām-ī = avāra-pārá+kha = avāra-pār0̸-īṇa-ḥ `who proposes to cover both shores';

2. aty-antá-ṁ gām-ī = aty-ant0̸-īna-ḥ `who intends going to the very end'; (c) anu-kām0̸-īna-ḥ `who is apt to act as he pleases, self-indulgent'.

$5.2.12 samā-ṁ-samā-m ví-jā-ya-te

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kha 6 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] samā-ṁ-samā-m `year by year, every year' to denote `gives birth to' (ví-jā-ya-te).

samā-ṁ-samā-m ví-jā-ya-te = samā-ṁ-samā-0̸+kha = samā-ṁ-sam0̸-īna+ṬāP = samā-m-sam-īn 0̸+ā gaú-ḥ `(a cow) bearing a calf every year'.

$5.2.13 adya-śv-īn-ā ava-ṣṭab-dh-e

The (irregular) expression adya-śv-īn-ā is introduced to denote one whose delivery is imminent (áva-ṣṭab-dh-e).

The affix kha is introduced after the irregular compound adya+śvás with 0̸ replacement of stem-final [s]: adya-śva0̸+kha = adya-śv0̸-īn-ā gaú-ḥ `a cow in parturition, about to give birth'. Some interpreters, however, do not accept the recurrence of [ví-jā-ya-te] in this rule, yielding expressions like adya-śv-īna-m már-aṇa-m `imminent death', and adya-śv-īna-ḥ vi-yog-á-ḥ `imminent separation'.

$5.2.14 ā-gav-īna-ḥ

The (irregular) expression ā-gav-īna- is introduced [as derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kha 6].

āṄ+gó+kha = ā-gav-īna-ḥ `a person who serves in return for the loan of a cow until the debt is repaid'.

$5.2.15 anu-gú=alaṁ-gām-ī

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kha 6 is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] anu-gú `behind or following the cow' to denote `competent to look after or guard (alaṁ-gām-ī).

anu-gú+kha = anu-gav-īna-ḥ `(a cowherd) able to guard the cow he follows'.

$5.2.16 ádhvan-aḥ=¹yàT-²kh-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] yàT and kha are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] ádhvan- `road' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 7 to denote `competent to traverse 15].

ádhvān-am alaṁ-gām-ī = ádhvan+yàT/kha = adhvan-yà-ḥ/adhvan-īna-ḥ `competent to traverse the road, traveler'.

$5.2.17 abhy-a-mitr-āt=cha ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha, in addition to (ca) [yàT and kha 16, is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] abhy-a-mitrá-m `against the enemy' [ending in 1.1.72 the second sUP triplet 7 to denote `competent to encounter' 15].

abhy-a-mitrá-m alaṁ-gām-ī = abhy-a-mitrá+cha/yàT/kha = abhy-a-mitr0̸-īya=ḥ/°-mitr-yà-ḥ/°-mitr-īṇa-ḥ `competent to encounter the enemy'.

$5.2.18 goṣṭh-āt khaÑ bhū-ta-pūrv-é

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] khaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] goṣṭhá- `cow pen' [ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet to denote `was formerly' (bhūta-pūrv-e).

bhūta-pūrv-á-ḥ goṣṭhá-ḥ = goṣṭha+khaÑ = gaúṣṭh0̸-īna-ḥ `a place which was formerly a cow shed'.

$5.2.19 áśva-sya=eka=aha=gamá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 khaÑ 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] áśva- `horse' [ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet to denote `(distance) covered in one day' (ekāha-gam-á-ḥ).

áśva-sya ekāha-gam-á-ḥ = aśva+khaÑ = āśv0̸-īna-ḥ `distance covered by a horse in one day'.

$5.2.20 ¹śāl-īna-²kaúp-īn-e ¹á-dhr̥ṣ-ṭa-²á-kāryay-oḥ

The expressions śāl-ina- and kaúp-ína- are introduced [as derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 khaÑ 18] to denote [respectively 1.3.10] `modest' (á-dhr̥ṣ-ṭa-°) and `indecent attire' (°-á-kāryay-oh).

śālā-pra-veś-ana-m árh-a-ti = śālā+khaÑ = śāl-īna-ḥ `worthy of admission to a hall or assembly'; kūpa=ava-tár-aṇa-m árh-a-ti = kūpa+khaÑ = kaúp0̸-īna-m `suitable for going down in a well or hole, cod piece, loin cloth, swim briefs'.

$5.2.21 vrāt-ena jīv-a-ti

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 khaÑ 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] vrāta- `group of peripatatic laborers' [ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet to denote `lives by' (jīv-a-ti).

vrāt-ena jīv-a-ti = vrāta+khaÑ = vrāt0̸-īna-ḥ `living by itinerant labor'.

$5.2.22 sāpta-pad-īna-ṁ sakh-yá-m

The expression sāpta-pad-īna- is introduced [as derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 khaÑ 18] to denote `companionship' (sakh-yá-m).

saptá-bhiḥ pad-aíḥ áv-āp-ya-te = sapta-padá+khaÑ = sāpta-pad0̸-īna-m `amity', sāpta-pad-īna-ḥ = sákhā `companion'.

$5.2.23 haíyaṁ-gav-īna-ṁ saṁjñā-y-ā

The expression haíyaṁ-gav-īna-ṁ `clarified butter; biestings' is introduced to form a name (saṁjñā-y-ām).

By interpretation this is derived as follows: hyas-tana-go-dohá-sya vi-kār-á-ḥ = hiyaṅ-gu+khaÑ = haíyaṅ-gav-īna-m (7.3.3) to denote [ghr̥-tá-] `clarified butter, ghee'.

$5.2.24 tá-sya ¹pāká-²mūl-e ¹pīlú=adi-²kárṇa=ādi-bhyaḥ ¹kuṇaP=²jāháC-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] kuṇaP and jāháC are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the classes of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with pīlú- `a species of tree' and kárṇa- `ear' to denote [respectively 1.3.10] `its season for ripening' (pāká-°) and `its roots' (°-mūl-e).

pīlū-n-ām pāká-ḥ = pīlú+kuṇaP = pīlú-kuṇa-ḥ `season for the ripening of the P. fruit'. kárṇa-sya mūla-m = kárṇa+jāháC = karṇa-jāhá-m `root of the ear'. Description

$5.2.25 pakṣ-āt tí-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] tí is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] pakṣá- `lunar fortnight' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its root 24].

pakṣá-sya mūla-m = pakṣá+tí = pakṣa-tí-ḥ `beginning or first day of the lunar fortnight'.

$5.2.26 t-éna vit-tá-ḥ ¹cuñcuP-²caṇaP-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] cuñcuP and caṇaP are introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (t-éna) to denote `known by it' (vit-tá-ḥ).

vidyáy-ā vit-tá-ḥ = vidyā-cuñcu-ḥ/vidyā-caṇa-ḥ `well-known or renowned by knowledge'.

$5.2.27 ¹ví-²náÑ-bhyām ¹nā-²nāÑ-au ná-sahá

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] nā and nāÑ are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] comprising the pre-verb particle ví-° and nāÑ-° to denote the sense of separation (ná-sahá).

vi-nā `without'; náÑ+nāÑ = nā-nā `variously, diversely'.

$5.2.28 vé-ḥ ¹śāláC-²śaṅkaṭáC-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] śāláC and śaṅkatáC are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] comprising the preverb particle ví-° to denote a pleonastic sense.

ví+śāláC = ví-śālá- `extended, wide'; similarly ví-śaṅkaṭá-. Description

$5.2.29 ¹sám-²prá=³úd-as=ca kaṭáC

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kaṭáC is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] comprising the pre-verb particles sám-°, prá-° and úd-° as well as (ca) [vi-° 28 to denote a pleonastic sense 28].

ví-kaṭá-m/saṁ-kaṭá-m/pra-kaṭá-m/ut-kaṭá-m `dreadful, large/crowded together, contracted/manifest, evident/immense'.

$5.2.30 áv-āt kuṭāráC ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kuṭāráC, in addition to (ca) [kaṭáC 29 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] comprising the preverb particle áva-° [to denote a pleonastic sense 28].

áva+kuṭāráC/kaṭáC = ava-kuṭārá-m/ava-kaṭá-m `deep, profound'.

$5.2.31 na-t-é nāsikā-y-āḥ saṁjñā-y-āṁ ¹ṭīṭáC-²nāṭáC-³bhrāṭáC-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] ṭīṭáC, nāṭáC and bhrāṭáC are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] represented by the preverb particle áva-° 30 to denote a snub nose [na-t-é nāsikā-y-āḥ].

nāsikā-y-āḥ na-tá-m = ava-ṭīṭá-/ava-nạṭá-/ava-bhrāṭá- `snub-nosed' m., `snub nose' n.

$5.2.32 né-r ¹biḍáC-²birīsáC-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] biḍáC and birīsáC are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] represented by the preverb ní-° [to denote a snub nose 31].

ni-biḍá-m/ni-birīsá-m = nāsikā-y-āḥ na-tá-m `snub nose'.

$5.2.33 ¹ináC-²piṭáC-¹cika-²ci ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] ináC and piṭáC are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] represented by the preverb particle ní-° 32 [to denote a snub nose 31] and the substitutes cika- and ci- [respectively 1.3.10] replace it before these affixes.

ní+ináC = cika+ináC = cik0̸-iná-ḥ; cí+piṭáC = ci+piṭá-ḥ. Description

$5.2.34 ¹úpa=²ádhi-bhyām tyakaN ¹ā-san-na=²ā-rū-ḍhay-oḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] tyakaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the preverb particles] úpa-° and ádhi-° to denote [respectively 1.3.10] proximity (ā-san-na-°) and elevation (°-ā-rū-ḍhay-oḥ).

úpa+tyakaN = úpa-tyaka+ṬāP = úpa-tyak0̸-ā `low land, place near a hill or mountain'; similarly ádhi-tyak-ā `highland, plateau, tableland'. Because of the governing word [saṁjñā-yām 31] operating here, 7.3.34 does not apply.

$5.2.35 kármaṇ-i ghaṭá-ḥ=aṭháC

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] aṭháC is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] kárman- `activity' [ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet to denote `zealously engaged in'.

kármaṇ-i ghaṭá-ḥ = kárman+aṭháC = karm0̸0̸-aṭhá-ḥ `zealously engaged in activities'.

$5.2.36 tád a-syá sáṁ-jā-ta-ṁ-tārakā=ādibhyaḥ itáC

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] itáC is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with tārakā `star' [ending in 1.1.72] in the first sUP triplet (tád) to denote where they are manifested (a-syá sáṁ-jā-ta-m).

tārakā-ḥ sáṁ-jātā-ḥ a-syá nábhas-aḥ = tārakā+itáC = tārak0̸-itá-ṁ nábha-ḥ `the sky, studded with stars'; similarly púṣpā-ṇ-i sáṁ-jā-tā-n-i a-syá vr̥kṣá-sya = puṣp0̸-itá-ḥ vr̥kṣá-ḥ `(a flowering tree) in full blossom'.

$5.2.37 pra-māṇ-e ¹dvayasáC-²daghnáC-³mātráC-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] dvayasáC, daghnáC and mātráC are introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 36 to denote `it is the measure of this' (pra-māṇ-e)].

ūrú-ḥ pra-māṇa-m a-syá púruṣa-sya = ūrú-dvayasá-/°-daghná-/°-mātrá- `as high as the thigh'.

$5.2.38 ¹púruṣa-hastí-bhyām áṆ ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ, in addition to (ca) [dvaya-sáC, daghnáC and mātráC 37, is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] púruṣa- `person' and hastín- `elephant' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 36 to denote `it is the measure of this' 37].

púruṣa-ḥ pra-māṇa-m a-syá = puruṣa+áṆ/dvayasác/daghnáC/mātrác = paurus0̸-á-/puruṣa-dvayasá-/°-daghná-/-°mātrá- `as high as a person or man'; similarly hāstin-á- (6.4.164)/hasti-dvayasá-/°-daghná-/°-mātrá- `as tall as an elephant'.

$5.2.39 ¹yád=²tád=³eté-bhyaḥ pari-māṇ-e vatUP

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] vatUP is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] yád- `which', tád- `that' and etád- `this' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 36] to denote its volume (pari-māṇ-e).

yát pari-māṇa-m a-syá = yád+vatUP = yád-vat- = yáā-vat (6.3.91) = yā-vat- `as large as'; similarly tā-vat-/etā-vat- `that large/this large'.

$5.2.40 ¹kím=²idám-bhyām v-aḥ gha̱-ḥ

The element gha̱ (=iy) replaces the phoneme [v] of [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 vatUP 39 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] kím `who, what, which' and idam `this' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 36 to denote its volume 39].

kím pari-māṇa-m a-syá = kím+vatUP = kím+gh-atUP = kī+gh-atUP (6.3.90) = kī+iy-a-t (7.1.2) = k0̸-íy-at (6.4.64) `how large (in size or volume)', similarly idám+vatUP = ī-iy-at = 0̸-íy-at- `this large'. Description

$5.2.41 kím-aḥ saṁkhyā-pari-māṇ-é Ḍáti ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ḍáti, in addition to (ca) [vat-UP 39 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] kím- `which' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 36] to denote numerical dimension (saṁkhyā-pari-māṇ-é).

kā saṁ-khyā pari-māṇa-m e-ṣām = kím+Ḍáti = k0̸0̸+áti (6.4.143) = k-áti+(Jas→0̸¹ 7.1.22) `how many?': besides kíyat+Jas (40) = kíyant-aḥ. Description

$5.2.42 saṁkhyā-y-āḥ=ava-yav-é tayaP

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] tayaP is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] consisting of numerals (saṁkhyā-y-āḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 36] to denote `this is the number of its parts (ava-yav-é).

páñca ava-yav-āḥ a-syá = páñcan+tayaP = páñca0̸-taya- `consisting of five parts'.

$5.2.43 ¹dví-²trí-bhyām taya-sya=ayáC=vā

The substitute element ayáC optionally (vā) replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] taya introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 consisting of the number words 42] dví- `2' and trí- `3' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 36 to denote `this is the number of its parts' 42].

dv-aú ava-yav-aú a-syá = dví+tayaP = dví+ayáC/tayaP = dv0̸-ayá-/dví-taya- `consisting of two'; similarly tr-ayá-/trí-taya- `consisting of three'. Description

$5.2.44 ubh-āt udāttaḥ nítya-m

[The substitute element ayáC 43] necessarily (nítya-m) replaces [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 tayaP 42 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] ubhá- `both' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 36 to denote `this is the number of its parts' 42] and bears the udātta accent (on its first syllable).

ubh-aú pari-māṇa-m a-syá = ubhá+tayaP = ubha+ayaC = ubh0̸+áya `of both kinds'.

$5.2.45 tád a-smínn ádhi-ka-m iti dáśa=ant-āt Ḍá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ḍá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] ending in °-dáśa-(°-ant-āt in composition) [terminating in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (tád) to denote `it is in excess in this' (a-smín=ádhi-ka-m).

ékā-daśa ádhi-ka-m a-sminn = ékā-daśan+Ḍá = ekā-daś0̸0̸á- (6.4.144) = ekā-daś-á-m śatá-m `111'.

$5.2.46 ¹śát=anta=²viṁśaté-s=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 Ḍá 45] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 consisting of numerals 42] °śat and viṁśatí `20' [ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet to denote `it is in excess in this 45'.

triṁśát ádhi-ka-m a-smín śat-é = triṁśát+Ḍá = triṁśát+Ḍá = triṁś0̸0̸+á-, (6.4.143) = triṁś-á-m śatá-m `130'; similarly viṁśatí+Ḍá = viṁśa0̸0̸+á (6.4.142) = viṁś-á-m śatá-m `120'. Description

$5.2.47 saṁkhyā-y-āḥ=guṇá-sya ni-mān-e máyaṬ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] máyaṬ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of number-words (saṁkhyā-y-āḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 45] to denote `equivalent value for barter of this' (guṇá-sya ni-mān-e).

yávā-n-āṁ dv-aú bhāg-aú ni-māna-m a-syá udaśvit-bhāgá-sya = `a mixture of water and buttermilk is twice as costly as barley' = dvi+máyaṬ = dvi-máya-m udaśvít yávā-n-ām.

$5.2.48 tá-sya pūr-aṇ-e ḌáṬ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḌáṬ is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1 consisting of numerals 47 ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (tá-sya) to denote an ordinal (pūr-aṇ-e).

ékā-daśā-n-ām pūr-aṇa-ḥ = ékā-daśan+ḌáṬ = ekā-daś0̸0̸=á- (6.4.143) `eleventh'.

$5.2.49 na̱=ant-āt=á-saṁkhyā=āde-r ma̱Ṭ

The initial increment ma̱Ṭ is inserted at the head of [1.1.46 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌáṬ 48 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 consisting of a numeral 47] ending in the phoneme [n] (na̱=ant=āt), not co-occurring after another numeral (°-ādeḥ) as a prior member in composition [to denote its ordinal 48].

pañcā-n-ām pūr-aṇa-ḥ = pañcan+ḌáṬ = panc0̸0̸/+m-á-ḥ (6.4.143) `fifth'; similarly: sapta-má-/aṣṭa-má-/nava-má-/daśa-má- `7th/8th/9th/10th' but ekā-daś-á-ḥ (48) `11th'.

In the sūtra-s 49-53 the elements introduced are increments instead of affixes, which is proved by 53 where [tithu̱K] indicates its true nature as an increment since the derived form has the accent on the final syllable (53).

$5.2.50 tha̱Ṭ ca chándas-i

The initial increment tha̱Ṭ is inserted at the head of [1.1.46 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌáṬ 48 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 consisting of a numeral 47 ending in the phoneme /n/ and not co-occurring with other numerals as a prior member in composition 49 and terminating in the sixth sUP triplet to denote an ordinal 48] in the domain of Chandas.

pañcā-n-ām pūr-aṇa-ḥ = páñcan+ḌáṬ = pañca0̸+th-áṬ = pañca-th-á-ḥ `5th'; so also sapta-th-a-h `7th'. The particle [ca] in the rule denotes that as an alternative [ma̱Ṭ] also functions as an initial increment and the forms cited under 49 occur optionally.

$5.2.51 ¹ṣáṭ-²káti-³katipayá-⁴catúr-āṁ thu̱K

The final increment thu̱K (1.1.46) is inserted at the end of [the nominal stems 4.1.1] ṣáṣ- `six', káti- `how many?', katipayá- `several, some' and catúr- `four' [before the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌáṬ 48 introduced after 3.1.2 them, ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote their ordinals 48].

saṇ-ṇ-ām pūr-aṇa-ḥ = ṣáṣ+ḌáṬ = ṣaṣ+ṭh-á-ḥ `sixth'; similarly kati+th-á- `how-manieth?', katipaya+th-á- `so-manieth' and catur+th-á- `fourth'. Description

$5.2.52 ¹bahú-²pūga-³gaṇá-⁴saṁghá-sya tithu̱K

The final increment tithu̱K is inserted at the end of (1.1.46) [the nominal stems 4.1.1] bahú- `many', pūga- `mass', gaṇá- `series' and saṁghá- `collection, group' [before 1.1.66 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌáṬ 48 introduced after 3.1.2 them, ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote their ordinals 48].

bahū-n-ām pūr-áṇa-ḥ = bahú+ḌáṬ = bahu+tith-á-ḥ `manieth'; similarly: pūga-tith-á `who completes a pūga'; gaṇa-tith-á-/saṁ-gha-tith-á- `who completes a gaṇá / saṁ-ghá'.

$5.2.53 vatOr ithu̱K

The final increment ithu̱k is inserted at the end of (1.1.46) [the nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] vatU(P), [denoting a numeral 1.1.23, before 1.1.66 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌáṬ to denote its ordinal 48].

yā-vat-ām púr-aṇa-ḥ = yā-vat+ith+á-ḥ `how-manieth' and tā-vat+ith-á-ḥ `that-manieth'. Description

$5.2.54 dvé-s tīya-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] tīya is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 consisting of the numeral 47] dví- `two' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its ordinal 48].

dváy-oḥ pūr-aṇa-ḥ = dví+tīya-h = dvi-tīya-ḥ `second'.

$5.2.55 tré-ḥ sam-pra-sār-aṇa-m

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 tīya 54 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 comprising the numeral 47] trí- `three' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its ordinal 48], and sam-pra-sār-aṇa (1.1.45) replaces its semi-vowel before that affix.

trayā-ṇ-ām pūr-aṇa-ḥ = trí+tīya = tr̥-tīya-ḥ (6.1.108) `third'. Description

$5.2.56 viṁ-śatí=ādi-bhyaḥ tamaṬ=anya-tará-syām

The initial increment tamaṬ is inserted at the head of (1.1.42) [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌáṬ 48 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 comprising numerals 47] consisting of the class of expressions beginning with viṁśatí- `20' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its ordinals 48] optionally (anya-tará-syām).

viṁśaté-h pūr-aṇa-ḥ = viṁśatí+ḌáṬ (48)/viṁśati+tamaṬ-ḌáṬ = viṁśa0̸0̸+á = viṁś-á-ḥ/viṁśati+tama+á = viṁśati-tam-á-ḥ (6.1.97) `20th'; similarly triṁś-á-ḥ/triṁśati-tam-á-ḥ `30th' etc.

$5.2.57 nítya-ṁ ¹śatá=ādi-²māsa=³ardha-māsá-⁴saṁ-vatsar-āt=ca

[The initial increment tamaṬ 56] is necessarily inserted at the head of [1.1.42 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌáṬ 48 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 comprising numerals 47] beginning with śatá-`100' and the words māsa- `month', ardha-māsá `half-month/fortnight' and saṁvatsará- `year' [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet denoting ordinals or completing of it' 48].

śatá-sya pūr-aṇa-ḥ = śatá+tamaṬ-ḌáṬ = śata-tama+á = śata-tam-á-ḥ `100th', and similarly sahasra-tam-á-ḥ `1000th'; māsa-tam-á-ḥ `completing the month, i.e., last day of the month'; ardha-māsa-tam-á-ḥ `last day of the fortnight'; saṁ-vatsara-tam-á-ḥ `end or last day of the year'.

$5.2.58 ṣaṣṭí-āde-s=ca=á-saṁkhyā-āde-ḥ

[The initial increment tamaṬ 56 is necessarily 57 inserted at the head of 1.1.42 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌáṬ 48 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 comprising the numerals 47] beginning with ṣaṣṭí-`60', not co-occurring with a numeral as a prior member (°-āde-ḥ in composition) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet to denote its ordinal 48].

ṣaṣṭī-n-ām pūr-aṇa-ḥ = ṣaṣṭi+tamaṬ-ḌáṬ = ṣaṣṭi-tam-á-ḥ `60th'; similarly: saptati-tam-á-ḥ `70th', but eka-ṣaṣṭ-á-ḥ/eka-ṣaṣṭi-tam-á-ḥ (56) `61st'.

$5.2.59 matAU cha-ḥ ¹sūktá-²sāmn-oḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] to denote the meanings of (affix) matUP for designating a hymn (sūktá-°) or a melody (°-sāmn-oḥ).

1. sūktá: acchā-vāka-śabdá-ḥ a-smín ás-ti = acchā-vāká+cha = acchā-vāk-īya-ṁ sūktá-m `a hymn in which the word (acchā-vaka) occurs'.

2. sāman: vāra-vanta-śabdá-ḥ a-smín ás-ti = vāravanta+cha = vāra-vant0̸-īya-ṁ sāma `a sāman chant in which the word [vāra-vant-] occurs'.

$5.2.60 ¹adhy-āyá-²anu-vākáy-or luK

The substitute luK (0̸¹) replaces [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 cha 59 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 to denote the sense of the affix matUP 59] for designating a chapter (adhy-āyá-°) or a passage or section (°-anu-vākáy-oḥ) [of a sacred text].

By interpretation this replacement is made optional.

gardabhāṇḍa-sábdá-ḥ a-smín ás-ti = gardabhāṇḍá+cha→luK/cha = gardabhāṇḍá-ḥ/gardabhāṇḍ0̸-īya-ḥ adhy-āya-ḥ `a chapter in which the word (gardabhāṇḍá-) occurs' or anu-vāko vā.

$5.2.61 vi-muk-ta=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with ví-muk-ta- `a word occurring in a sacred text' [to denote the meanings of matUP 59 for designating a chapter or section (of a sacred text) 60].

vi-muk-ta-śabdá-ḥ a-smín ás-ti = ví-muk-ta+áṆ = vai-muk-t0̸-á-ḥ adhy-āyá-ḥ/anu-vāká-ḥ `a chapter or section (of a sacred text) containing the word [ví-muk-ta-]'.

$5.2.62 go-ṣád=ādi-bhyaḥ vuN

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with go-ṣád- `a word cited in a sacred text' [to denote the senses of affix matUP 59 to designate a chapter or section (of a sacred text) 69].

go-ṣad=śabdá-ḥ a-smín ás-ti = goṣád+vuN = gó-ṣad-aka-ḥ adhy-āyá-ḥ anuvākó vā `chapter or section containing the word go-ṣád-'.

$5.2.63 tá-tra kúśala-ḥ path-áḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuN 62 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] páthin- `path' [ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet (tá-tra) to denote `skilled in it' (tá-tra kúśala-ḥ).

path-í kúśala-ḥ = páthin+vuN = páth0̸0̸-aka-ḥ (6.4.144) `skilled in roads, guide'.

$5.2.64 ā-karṣá=ādi-bhyaḥ kaN

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with ā-karṣ-á- `magnet' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet to denote `skilled in it' 63].

There is a variant reading [ā-kaṣ-á- `touchstone'].

ā-karṣ-é kúśala-ḥ = ā-karṣ-á+kaN = ā-karṣa-ka-ḥ `specialist in magnetism'; with v.l. ā-kaṣa-ka-ḥ `goldsmith'.

$5.2.65 ¹dhána-²híraṇy-āt kām-é

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 64 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] dhana- `riches, wealth' and hiraṇya- `gold' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 83] to denote `a desire for' (kam-e).

dhán-e kāmá-ḥ = dhána+kaN = dhána-ka-ḥ `cupidity, covetousness'. Similarly híraṇya-ka-ḥ `avidity or eagerness for gold'.

The reason for introducing [kaN] while the preceding [vuN] affix would have yielded the required surface forms is with respect to stems of the [ā-karṣ-a-] class ending in [°u] and [°i] which should not come under the operation respectively of 6.4.146,148.

$5.2.66 sva=aṅgé-bhyaḥ prá-si-t-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 64 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] representing limbs of one's body (sva-aṅgé-bhyaḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 63] to denote `is attached to or engaged in it' (prá-si-t-e).

kéśe-ṣu prá-si-ta-ḥ = kéśa+kaN = kéśa-ka-ḥ `bestowing care upon the hair'; similarly dántauṣṭha-ka-ḥ, kéśa-nakha-ka-ḥ. Description

$5.2.67 udár-āt=ṭháK=ā-dyū-n-é

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] udára- `stomach' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 63 to denote `is attached to or engaged in' 66] for designating `voraciousness' (ā-dyū-n-é).

udár-e prá-si-ta-ḥ = udára+ṭháK = audar0̸-iká-ḥ `glutton'.

$5.2.68 sasy-éna pári-jā-ta-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 64 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] sasyá- `good quality, merit' [ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet to denote `abundantly provided with' (pári-jā-ta-ḥ)

sasy-éna pári-jā-ta-ḥ = sasyá+kaN = sásya-ka-ḥ `richly meritorious'.

$5.2.69 áṁśa-ṁ hār-ī

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 64 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] áṁśa- `share, division' [ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet to denote `necessarily inheriting' (hār-ī 3.3.170).

áṁśa-ṁ hārī = áṁśa+kaN = áṁśa-ka-ḥ `legal heir'.

$5.2.70 tántr-āt=á-cira=apa-hr̥-t-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 64 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] tántra- `loom' [ending in 1.1.72] the fifth sUP triplet to denote `just taken off or removed from' (á-cira-apa-hr̥-t-e).

tántr-āt ácirāpahr̥-ta-ḥ = tántra+kaN = tántra-ka-ḥ paṭa-ḥ `(cloth) just removed from the loom, fresh from the loom'.

$5.2.71 ¹brāhmaṇa-ka=²úṣṇi-k-e saṁjñā-y-ām

The expressions brāhmaṇa-ka- `n. of a country' and úṣṇi-kā- `rice broth' are introduced as proper names (saṁjñā-y-ām) [ending in 1.1.72 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 64].

ā-yudh-a-jīv-ín-aḥ a-smín déś-e s-ánti = brāhmaṇá+kaN = brāhmaṇa-kā-ḥ; álpa-m ánna-ṁ yá-syām sā = uṣṇá+kaN+ṬáP (4.1.4) = úṣṇi-k0̸-ā (7.3.44) = yavāgū-ḥ. Description

$5.2.72 ¹śītá=²uṣṇa-bhyām kāríṇ-i

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 64 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] śītá- `cold' and uṣṇá- `hot' [ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet to denote `works thus' (kāríṇ-i).

śī-tá-ṁ kar-ó-ti = śī-ta+kaN = śī-ta-ka-ḥ `slack or negligent workman'; similarly uṣ-ṇá-ṁ kar-ó-ti = úṣ-ṇa-ka-ḥ `fast or competent worker'.

$5.2.73 ádhi-ka-m

The expression ádhi-ka- `excessive' is introduced [as derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 64].

adhy-ā-rū-ḍha-ḥ = adhi+kaN = ádhi-ka- `grown beyond, more, in excess' as in ádhi-ka-ḥ dróṇa-ḥ khāry-āḥ `the dr. measure is larger than the kh. measure'.

$5.2.74 ¹ánu-ka=²ábhi-ka=³ábhī-ka-ḥ kam-i-tā

The expressions ánu-ka-, ábhi-ka and ábhī-ka are introduced [as derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 64] to denote a lover (kam-i-tā).

ánu-/abhí-/+kaN = ánu-ka-/ábhi-ka/ábhī-ka- = kam-i-tŕ-.

$5.2.75 pārśv-éna=ánv-icch-a-ti

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 64 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] pārśvá- `fraudulent means' [ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet to denote `desires to seek' (ánv-icch-a-ti).

pārśv-éna ánv-icch-a-ti = pārśvá+kaN = pārśva-ka-ḥ `seeking by fraudulent means'.

$5.2.76 ¹ayaḥ-śūlá-²daṇḍa=ajinā-bhyāṁ ¹ṭháK-²ṭhaÑ-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] ṭháK and ṭhaÑ are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] ayaḥ-śūlá- `iron dart' and daṇḍa=ajiná- `a staff and antelope skin' [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet to denote `desires to seek' 75].

The word [ayaḥ-śūlá-] has a derived meaning of `a violent or painful act'. ayaḥ-śūl-éna ánv-icch-a-ti = ayaḥ-śūla+ṭháK = ayaḥ-śūl0̸-iká-ḥ `who seeks to gain things by violence'; similarly daṇḍājiná+ṭhaÑ = dāṇḍajin0̸-ika-ḥ = dāmbh-ika-ḥ `hypocrite, cheat, rogue' since literally it means `who seeks to gain things through sham like carrying a staff and deer skin as the marks of an ascetic'.

$5.2.77 tāva-tithá-ṁ gráh-aṇa-m iti luK=vā

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 64 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of ordinals (tāva-tith-á-m) [ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 75] to denote `acquires after so many efforts' (tāva-tith-á-ṁ gráh-aṇa-m) and optionally (vā) the substitute luK (0̸¹) replaces the affix generating the ordinal.

dvi-tīy-ena rūp-éṇa granthá-ṁ gr̥h-ṇā-ti = dvit-īya+kaN/0̸¹+kaN = dví-0̸0̸0̸0̸-ka-m/dví-tīya-ka-m `successfully masters the book the second time'.

$5.2.78 sá e-ṣām grāma-ṇī-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 64 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (sá-ḥ) to denote `he is their chief' (e-ṣām grāma-ṇī-ḥ).

deva-dattá-ḥ grāma-ṇī-r e-ṣām te = deva-dattá+kaN+Jas = déva-datta-k-āḥ `villagers headed by Deva-dattá'.

$5.2.79 śr̥ṅkhala-m a-syá bándh-ana-ṁ karabh-é

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 64 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] śr̥ṅkhala- `shackle or clog' [ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet to denote `this is its fetter' (a-syá bándh-ana-m) designating a young camel (karabh-é).

śr̥ṅkhala-m a-syá bándh-ana-m = śr̥ṅkhala+kaN = śr̥ṅkhala-ka-ḥ `a young camel which is clogged or shackled or fettered'.

$5.2.80 út-ka-ḥ ún-manāḥ

The expression út-ka- is introduced [as derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 64] to denote `eager, ardently desiring' (un-manāḥ).

ud-ga-tá-m mánaḥ yá-sya = ut+kaN = út-ka-ḥ. Description

$5.2.81 ¹kālá-²pra-yój-an-āt=rog-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 64 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of a time-word (kālá-°) or signifying a cause (°-pra-yój-an-āt) to designate a disease (róg-e).

dvi-tīy-e áhn-i bháv-a-ḥ = dvi-tīya+kaN = dví-tīya-ka-ḥ róga-ḥ `(a fever) which occurs every other day'; similarly viṣa-puṣp-aír jan-i-tá-ḥ = viṣa-puṣpá+kaN = víṣa-puspa-ka-ḥ `disease caused by poisonous flowers'.

$5.2.82 tád a-smínn ánna-m prāy-é saṁjñā-y-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 64 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] representing an item of food (ánna-m) [ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet [tád] to denote `is the main dish [prāy-é] on this occasion (a-smín)' to form a name (saṁjñā-y-ām)

guḍāpūp-āḥ prāy-éṇa ánna-m a-syām = guḍāpūpa+kaN+ṬāP (4.1.4) = gúḍāpūpi-k-ā paurṇa-mās-ī `a full-moon night when the main dish consists of treacle mixed with cakes'.

$5.2.83 kulmāṣ-āt=aÑ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] kulmāṣa- `sour gruel' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `is the main dish on this (occasion)' 82].

kulmāṣ-aḥ prāy-éṇa ánna-m a-syām = kulmāṣa+aÑ = kaúlmāṣ0̸-a+ṆīP (4.1.15) = kaúlmāṣ0̸-ī paurṇa-mās-ī `the full-moon night on which the main dish is sour gruel'.

$5.2.84 śrótriyaN=chándaḥ=ádhī-te

The expression śrótriyaN is introduced to denote `one who studies the Veda [chándaḥ=ádhī-te].

Interpretation of this states that in the string chándaḥ ádhī-te, chándas- is replaced by the substitute śrotra- before (1.1.66) it: chándaḥ=ádhī-te = chándas+ghaN = śrotra+ghaN = śrótr0̸-iya-ḥ Description

$5.2.85 śrāddhá-m an-éna bhuk-tá-m ¹íni̱-²ṭhaN-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] íni̱ and ṭhaN are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] śrāddhá- `food offerings to the deceased ancestors' ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `is eaten by him' (bhuk-tám an-éna).

śrāddhá-m an-éna bhuk-tá-m = śrāddhá+ín/ṭhaN = śrāddh0̸-ín-/śrāddh0̸-ika- `who has eaten the food offered to the deceased ancestors'.

$5.2.86 pūrv-āt=íni̱-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] íni̱ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] pūrva-m (ind.) `previously' [to denote `done by him 82].

The more general expression `done by him' is derived from the fact that [an-éna] represents the [kartŕ-] by interpretation and extends the meaning from [bhuk-tá-] to other activities. pūrva-m an-éna ga-tá-m/bhuk-tá-m/pī-tá-m vā = pūrva+ín- = pūrv0̸-ín- `who has gone/eaten/drunk previously'.

$5.2.87 sá-pūrv-āt=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 íni̱ 86] is also introduced [after 2.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 pūrva-m 86] when co-occurring with another [nominal stem 4.1.1] as a prior member (sá-pūrv-āt in composition) to denote `done by him previously' 86.

kr̥-tá-m pūrv-am an-éna = kr̥ta0̸-pūrva+ín- = kr̥ta-pūrv0̸-ín- `who has previously made'; similarly gata-pūrv-ín, bhukta-pūrv-ín-, pī-ta-pūrv-ín-. Description

$5.2.88 iṣ-ṭa=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 íni̱ 86] is also introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with iṣ-ṭá- `offered in sacrifice' [to denote `by him' 85].

iṣ-ṭá-m an-éna = iṣ-ṭa+ín = iṣ-ṭ0̸-ín- `who has offered a sacrifice'; similarly pūr-tá-m an-ena = pūrt0̸-ín `who has fulfilled'. Description

$5.2.89 chándas-i ¹pari-panth-ín=²pari-paríṇ-au pary-ava-sthā-tár-i

In the domain of Chándas the expressions pari-panth-ín- and pari- par-ín- are introduced [as derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 íni̱ 86] to denote an `antagonist' (pary-ava-sthā-tár-i).

mā tvā pari-panth-ín-o vid-an/mā tvā pari-paríṇ-o vid-an `may your adversaries not recognize you'.

$5.2.90 anu-pad-ī=anv-eṣ-ṭā

The expression anu-pad-ín- is introduced [as derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 íni̱ 86] to denote `one who goes after or searching or follows' (anv-eṣ-ṭā).

padá-sya paścāt = anu-padá-m (2.1.6; 4.18) ánv-icch-a-ti = anupada+ín = anu-pad0̸-ín-. Description

$5.2.91 sākṣ-āt draṣṭár-i saṁjñā-y-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 íni̱ 86 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of the indeclinable sākṣ-āt `with or before one's eyes' to denote the perceiver' (draṣ-ṭā) for forming a name (saṁjñā-y-ām).

sākṣ-āt draṣ-ṭā = sākṣa+ín = sākṣ0̸-ín- `witness, spectator'.

$5.2.92 kṣetr-iyáC para-kṣetr-é cikit-s-yà-ḥ

The expression kṣetr-iyáC is introduced to denote `curable in another body' (para-kṣetr-é ci-kit-s-yà-ḥ).

para-kṣetr-é ci-kit-s-yà-ḥ = 0̸-kṣetra+gháC= kṣetr-iyá- `a person suffering from an incurable disease'.

$5.2.93 indr-iyá-m=¹indra-lingá-m=²índra-dr̥ṣ-ṭa-m-³índra-sr̥ṣ-ṭa-m-⁴índra-juṣ-ṭa-m-⁵índra-dat-ta-m iti vā

The expression indr-iyá- is introduced to denote the following senses: (1) means (lingá-m) by which the self is inferred (índra-°); (2) perceived by the Self (índra-dr̥ṣ-ṭa-m); (3) created by the Self (°-sr̥ṣ-ṭa-m); (4) nourished by the Self (°-juṣ-ṭa-m), or (5) given by the Self (°-dat-ta-m).

The taddhitá (4.1.76) affix (3.1.1) gháC is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem (4.1.4)índra- in these senses.

$5.2.94 tád a-syá=ás-ti=a-smín=iti matUP

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] matUP is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (tád) to denote `belongs to this (a-syá ás-ti) or exists in this (a-smín ás-ti).

gāv-aḥ a-syá s-ánti = gó+matUP = gó-mat- `possessing cows or cattle'; similarly vr̥kṣ-āḥ a-smín s-ánti = vr̥kṣá+matUP vr̥kṣa-vát- `abounding in trees' (accent by 6.1.176).

Interpretation gives the following ranges of meaning associated with this affix: (1) bhū-man- `richness' as in gó-mat- `rich in cattle'; (2) nindā `censure' as in kuṣṭh-ín- `leprous'; (3) pra-śaṁs-ā `praise' as in rūpa-vát-ī (6.1.176 for accent) `handsome or lovely woman'; (4) nitya-yogá- `inherence': kṣīr-íṇ-aḥ vr̥kṣ-āḥ `the trees are full of sap'; (5) ati-śāy-ana- `excessiveness: udar-íṇ-ī kanyā `pregnant damsel'; (6) sam-sarg-á- `accompaniment, contact': daṇḍ-ín- `holding a staff'; (7) asti-vivak-ṣā `sense of being': ásti-mat- `possessed of properties'. Description

$5.2.95 rása=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix matUP 95 is introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with rása- `taste' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belongs to this or exists in this' 95].

rása-ḥ a-syá/a-smín vā ás-ti = rása+matUP = rása-vat- (8.2.9) `tasty, delicious/full of sap, etc.'; likewise gandha-vát-/śábda-vat-, sparśa-vát- `possessing smell/sound/touch' etc. as functions of the sense organs. In other senses other affixes can be introduced as in rūp-íṇ-ī kanyā `beautiful maiden', rūp-ika-ḥ dāra-ká-ḥ (115) `handsome boy'. In the present rule, the stems included in this class are restricted in meanings to the functions of the sense organs and to mono-syllabics only. In other meaning situations other affixes can operate.

$5.2.96 prāṇi-sth-āt=āTo láC=anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] láC is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] representing something found in an animate being (prāṇi-sth-āt) [ending in 1.1.72] the long vowel phoneme [ā] optionally (anya-tará-syām) [to denote `belongs to this or exists in this' 94].

cūḍā a-syá/a-smín vā ás-ti = cūḍā+láC = cūḍā-lá-/cūḍā+matUP = cūḍā-vat- `having a lock of hair on the crown of the head'. Likewise karṇikā-lá-/kárṇikā-vat- `possessing long ears', but śíkhā-vān pra-dīp-á-ḥ `a lamp having a crested flame'.

$5.2.97 sidhmá=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 láC 96] is also introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with sidhmá- `leper' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belongs to this or exists in this' 94 optionally 96].

sidhmá-ḥ a-syá/a-smín vā ás-ti = sidhmá+láC/matUP = sidhma-lá-/sidhma-vát- `leprous'; gaḍu-lá-/gáḍu-vat- `hump-backed'.

$5.2.98 ¹vatsá=²áṁsā-bhyām ¹kāmá-²bál-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 láC 96 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] vatsá- `calf' and áṁsa- `shoulder' [ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet to denote [respectively 1.3.10] affectionate (kāmá-°) and strong (°-bál-e).

The governing meanings of matUP recur here as in the following sūtra-s also but [láC] alone is operative in these meanings. vatsa-lá- `affectionate, but vatsa-vát-ī gaú-ḥ `a cow having a calf'; aṁsa-lá- `strong, powerful' but áṁsa-vān dúr-bala-ḥ `a person having weak shoulders'.

$5.2.99 phén-āt=iláC ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] iláC is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] phéna- `foam' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belongs to this or exists in this' 94] in addition to (ca) [affix láC 96].

phéna+iláC/láC = phen0̸-ilá-/phena-lá- `frothy, foamy'. Description

$5.2.100 ¹lóman=ādi-²pāman=ādi-³picchá=ādi-bhyaḥ ¹śá-²ná=³iláC-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] śá, ná and iláC are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with lóman- `hair', pāman- `n. of a disease' and picchá- `tail feather' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belongs to this or exists in this' 94].

lómān-i a-syá/a-smín vā sánti = loman+śá = loma0̸-śá- `hairy, hirsute'; pāman+ná = pāma0̸-ná- `suffering from scabies'; picchá+iláC = picch0̸-ilá- `having a tail feather'. Description

$5.2.101 ¹pra-jñā-²śrad-dhā=³arc-ā-⁴vŕtti-bhyaḥ Ṇá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ṇá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] pra-jñā `intellect', śrad-dhā `faith', arcā `object of worship' and vŕt-ti- `subsistence' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belongs to this or exists in this' 94].

pra-jñā a-syá/a-smín vā ás-ti = prajñā=Ṇá = prā-jñ0̸-á- `wise, intelligent'; the expression [anya-tará-syām] recurs in all rules subsequent to 96 and consequently the affix matUP also operates under these meaning conditions: pra-jñā-vat-. Similarly śrād-dh0̸-á-/śrad-dhā-vat- `having faith, true believer'; ārc0̸-á-/arcā-vat- `possessing an object of worship'; vārt-t0̸-á-/vŕt-ti-mat- `having subsistence'.

$5.2.102 ¹tápas-²sahásrā-bhyām ¹víni̱=²íni̱

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] víni̱ and íni̱ are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] tápas- `mortification' and sahásra- `1000' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belongs to this or exists in this' 94].

tápaḥ a-syá/a-smín vā ás-ti = tapas+vín- `an ascetic'; similarly sahásra+íni̱ = sahasr0̸-ín- `possessing 1000 pieces'.

$5.2.103 áṆ ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 tápas- and sahásra- 102, ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `having this or existing in this 94].

tapas+áṆ = tāpas-á- `ascetic, anchorite'; sahásra+áṆ = sāhasr0̸-á- `having or containing 1000 pieces'.

$5.2.104 ¹síkatā-²śárkara-bhyām=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 103] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] síkatā `sand' and śárkarā `gravel' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belongs to this or exists in this' 94].

síkatāḥ a-syá/a-smín vā s-ánti = síkatā+áṆ = saikat0̸-á- `containing sand'; likewise śárkarā+áṆ = śārkar0̸-á- `consisting of gravel or sugar candy'.

$5.2.105 deś-é ¹luP=²iláC=au ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] luP (=0̸³) and iláC, in addition to (ca) [áṆ 103 and matUP 94 are introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 síkatā and śárkarā 104, ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `a region having this or existing in this' 94].

luP replacement is of matUP and its allomorphs.

síkatāḥ a-smín deś-é víd-y-ante = síkatā+luP/ilaC/áṆ/matUP = síkatāḥ/sikat0̸-ilá-h/saikat0̸-á-ḥ/síkatā-vān deśá-ḥ. Similarly śárkarāḥ/śarkar0̸-ilá-/śārkar0̸-á-ḥ/śárkarā-vān.

$5.2.106 dánta un-na-tá uráC

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] uráC is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] dánta- `tooth' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to this or existing in this' 94] to designate `prominent' (un-na-t-é).

dántāḥ un-na-tāḥ a-syá = dánta+uráC = dant0̸-urá- `having prominent teeth'.

$5.2.107 ¹ūṣa-²suṣi-³muṣká-⁴mádho-ḥ rá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] rá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] ūṣa- `salt marsh', suṣi- `tube, hole', muṣká- `testicle' and mádhu- `sweetness' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to this or being in this' 94].

ūṣa+rá = ūṣa-rá-ṁ kṣétra-m `a field full of salt, saline field'; similarly suṣi-rá- `containing holes or tubes'; muṣka-rá- `possessing testicles'; madhu-rá- `sweet'.

$5.2.108 ¹dyú-²drú-bhyām má-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] má is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] dyú- `sky' and drú- `wood' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to this or being in this' 94].

dyaú-ḥ a-syá ás-ti = dyu+má- `bright day(?)'; similarly dru-má- `consisting of wood, a tree'.

$5.2.109 kéś-āt=vá-ḥ=anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] vá is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] kéśa- `hair' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

The repetition of the word [anya-tará-syām] here when it was already recurring from 96 above is to provide for introduction of affixes [ini̱, ṭhaN 115 below] and [matUP 94] above.

kéśā-ḥ a-syá víd-y-ante = kéśa+vá/ini̱/ṭhaN/matUP = keśa-vá-/keś0̸-ín-/kéś0̸-ika-/kéśa-vat- `hairy, hirsute'.

$5.2.110 ¹gāṇḍī=²ajag-āt saṁjñā-y-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 vá 109 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] gāṇḍī/gāṇḍi and ajaga- [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94] to form proper names (saṁjnā-y-ām).

gāṇḍī-vá-/gāṇḍi-vá- `name of Arjuna's bow'; similarly ajaga-vá- `name of Siva's bow'.

$5.2.111 ¹kāṇḍa=²āṇḍ-āt ¹īraN=²īráC-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] īraN and īráC are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] kāṇḍa- `a single joint of a stalk' and āṇḍá- `egg' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

kāṇḍa+īraN = kāṇḍ0̸-īra- `having joints in the stalk'; so also āṇḍa+īráC = āṇḍ0̸-īrá- `virile/containing eggs'.

$5.2.112 ¹rájas=²kr̥ṣí=³ā-sutí-⁴pari-ṣád-aḥ valáC

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] valáC is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] rájas- `impurity, menstrual discharge', kr̥ṣí- `agriculture', ā-su-tí- `pressing, extraction, distilling' and pari-ṣád `assembly' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

rájas+valáC+ṬāP (4.1.4) = rajas-val-ā `a menstruating woman'; so also: kr̥ṣí+valáC = kr̥ṣí-valá- (6.3.118) `cultivator, agriculturist'; ā-sutī-valá- `distiller, brewer'; pari-ṣad-valá- `assembly person, counsellor'.

$5.2.113 ¹dánta-²śíkh-āt saṁjñā-y-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 valáC 112 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] dánta- `tooth' and śíkhā `tuft, crest of hair on the head' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94] to form names (saṁjñā-y-ām).

dánta+valáC = dantā-valá- (6.3.118) `an elephant'. Similarly śikhā-valá- `a pea-cock'.

$5.2.114 ¹jyotsnā-²tamisrā-³śr̥ṅg-iṇá-⁴ūrjas-vín=⁵ūrjas-valá-⁶go-mín-⁷maliná-⁸malīmas-āḥ

The expressions jyot-snā `moon-light', tamisarā `darkness', śr̥ṅg-iṇá- `horned', ūrjas-vín-, ūrjas-valá- `vigorous'. go-mín- `possessing cattle', maliná- and malīmasá- `soiled, dirty' are introduced [as derived with appropriate taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 denoting `belonging to or being in this' 94].

jyótis+ná+ṬāP = jyot0̸s-n0̸+ā = jyots-nā; támas+rá+Ṭāp = tamis+rá+ā = tamis-r-ā; śr̥ṅga+ináC = śr̥ṅg0̸-iṇá-; ūrj+asu̱K+víni̱/valáC = ūrjas-vín/°valá-; go+míni̱ = go-mín-. mala+ináC/īmasáC = mal0̸-iná-/°-īmasá-. Description

$5.2.115 aT-aḥ=¹íni̱-²ṭhaN-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] íni̱ and ṭhaN are introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 terminating in 1.1.72] the phoneme short [a] [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

The governing term [anya-tará-syām 96, 109] recurs in these rules to enable the introduction of the general affix matUP 94. daṇḍá-ḥ a-syá/a-smín vā ás-ti = daṇḍá+íni̱-/ṭhaN/matUP = daṇḍ-ín-/dáṇḍ-ika-/daṇḍa-vát- `carrying a staff'; chattr-ín-/cháttr-ika-/cháttra-vat- `umbrella bearer', but kháṭvā-vat `possessing a bedstead'.

$5.2.116 vrīhí=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 íni̱ and ṭhaN 115] are also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with vrīhí- `rice' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

vrīháy-aḥ a-syá/a-smín vā s-ánti = vrīhí+íni̱/ṭhaN = vrīh0̸-ín-/vrīh0̸-ika-/vrihi-mát- `consisting of rice'.

This class consists of stems which do not end in phoneme short [a]. [vrīhí-] occurs again in the next class of stems beginning with [tunda-] but there stands for its synonyms only.

$5.2.117 túnda=ādi-bhyaḥ=iláC ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] iláC is introduced [after 3.1. 2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with túnda- `protuberant belly' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94.] in addition to (ca) [the affixes íni̱, ṭhaN 115 and matUP 94].

túnda-ḥ a-syá/a-smín vā ás-ti = túnda+iláC/íni̱/ṭhaN/matUP = tund0̸-ilá-/tund-ín-/túnd-ika-/túnda-vat- `having a protuberant belly'; udar-ilá-/udar-ín-/údar-ika-/udára-vat- `possessing a large belly'; śāl-ilá-/śāl-ín-/śāl-ika-/śāli-mat- `containing rice' as a synonym of [vrīhí-] occurring in this class.

$5.2.118 ¹éka-²gó-pūrv-āt=ṭhaÑ nítya-m

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭhaÑ is necessarily (nít-ya-m) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] co-occurring with éka-° `one' and gó-° `cow/bull' as prior members (°-pūrv-āt in composition) [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

éka-śata-m a-syá/a-smín ás-ti = éka-śata+ṭhaÑ = aíka-śat0̸-ika- `possessing or containing 101 pieces'. Similarly go-sahará+ṭhaÑ = gaú-sahasr0̸-ika- `possessing or containing 1000 cattle'.

$5.2.119 ¹śata-²sahasra=ant-āt=ca niṣk-āt

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭhaÑ 118] is also introduced (ca) [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] ending in °śatá- `100' or sahásra- `1000' as final members in composition (°-ant-āt) [after 3.1.2] niṣká- `name of a coin' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

niṣka-śatá-m a-syá a-smín vā ás-ti = niṣka+śatá+ṭhaÑ = naíṣka-sat-ika- possessing or containing 100 niska-s'. Similarly naíṣka-sahas-rika- `possessing or containing 1000 niṣka pieces'.

$5.2.120 rūp-at=¹ā-ha-ta-²pra-śaṁsáy-oḥ=yaP

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yaP is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] rūpa- `shape, form' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94] to designate a punched coin (ā-ha-ta-°) or `praise, worth' (°-pra-śaṁsáy-oḥ).

ā-ha-ta-ṁ rūpa-m a-syá/a-smín vā = rūpa+yaP = rūp0̸-ya- `a punch-marked coin'; prá-śas-ta-ṁ rūpa-m a-syá= rūp-ya- `handsome, lovely'. Description

$5.2.121 ¹as-²māyā-³medhā-⁴sráj-aḥ=víni̱-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] víni̱ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the element °-as, and the words māyā `illusion', medhā `intellect' and sráj- `garland' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

1. °-as: yáś-aḥ a-syá ás-ti = yaś-as-vín- `glorious, renowned'; tap-as-vín- `ascetic'; pay-as-vín- `full of milk or water'; 2. māyā-vín- `magician, sorcerer'; 3. medhā-vín- `intelligent, wise'; 4. srag-vín- `possessing garlands, containing garlands'.

$5.2.122 bahulá-ṁ chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 víni̱ 121] is variously (bahulá-,) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

1. occurs: ágne tej-as-vín `O brilliant Agni!'; mekhalā-vín- `possessing a girdle'; 2. does not occur: sūrya-ḥ várcas-vān `the powerful sun'.

$5.2.123 ūrṇā-y-āḥ=yúS

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yúS is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] ūrṇā `wool' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

ūrṇā a-syá/a-smín vā ás-ti = ūrṇā+yúS = ūrṇā-yú- `woolly, containing wool'. The marker [S] indicates that before this affix the stem is regarded as a padá (1.4.16), blocking out the operation of 6.4.64 whereby stem-final [°-ā] would have been replaced by 0̸.

$5.2.124 vāc-o gmíni̱-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] gmíni̱ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] vāc- `speech' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

vāk a-syá ás-ti = vāc+gmín = vāg-gmín- = vāg-mín- `eloquent'.

$5.2.125 ¹āláC=²āṭáC-au bahu-bhāṣ-íṇ-i

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] āláC and āṭáC are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 vāc 124 ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94] to signify a garrulous person.

vāc-ālá-/vāc-āṭá- `garrulous person'.

$5.2.126 sv-ām-ín=aiśvar-y-e

The expression sv-āmín- is introduced [as derived with the taddhita 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 āmína̱C introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 svá-] `wealth' (aiśvar-ye) to designate `master of wealth'.

The derivation above is by interpretation: svá-m a-syá ás-ti = sva+āmína̱C = sv-āmín-. Description

$5.2.127 árś-as=ādi-bhyaḥ=áC

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] áC is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with árś-as `hemorrhoids' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

árś-āṁs-i a-syá s-ánti = árś-as+áC = arś-as-á `one afflicted with hemorrhoids'; uras+áC = ur-as-á- `possessing a strong chest'.

$5.2.128 ¹dvaṁdvá=²upa-tāp-á-³garh-y-āt prāṇi-sth-āt íni̱-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] íni̱ is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] consisting of Dvaṁdvá compounds, and words denoting `disease' (upa-tāp-á-°).`contempt' (garh-yà-°) occurring in animate or living beings (prāṇi-sth-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

1. kaṭaka-valay-é a-syā-ḥ s-táḥ = kaṭaka-valayá+ín+ṆīP (4.1.5) = kaṭaka-valay0̸-ín-ī `lady wearing a bracelet and a girdle'; 2. kuṣṭha+ín = kuṣṭh0̸-ín-, kilās0̸-ín- `leper, leprous'. 3. kakud-ā-vart-ín- `a horse having a curl on its hump'; kāka-tāluk0̸-ín- `having the palate of a crow, contemptible', but puṣpa-phala-vát- `possessing flowers and fruit' (said of a tree).

$5.2.129 ¹vātá=²atī-sār-ā-bhyām ku̱K ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 íni̱ 128 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] vā-tá- `flatulence' and atī-sār-á- `diarrhea' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this 94] and (ca) final increment ku̱K is inserted after them (before the affix).

vā-tá-ḥ a-syá/a-smín ás-ti= vāta+ku̱K+ín = vā-ta-k-ín- `flatulent'; similarly atī-sār-a-k-ín- `afflicted with diarrhea'.

$5.2.130 váyas-i pūr-aṇ-āt

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 íni̱ 128 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of ordinals (pūr-aṇ-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94] indicating age (váyas-i).

pañca-má-ḥ māsa-ḥ a-syá = pañca-ma+íni̱ = panca-m0̸ín- `aged 5 months'.

$5.2.131 sukhá=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 íni̱ 128 is introduced] also (ca) [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with sukhá- `happiness' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

sukh-ám a-syá ás-ti = sukhá+íni̱ = sukh0̸-ín- `happy'; duḥ-kha+íni̱ = duḥ-kh-ín- `miserable, sad, unhappy'.

$5.2.132 ¹dhárma-²śīla-³várṇa=ant-āt=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 íni̱ 128] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] co-occurring with °-dhárma- `law', °-śīla- `behavior' and °-várṇa- `caste' as final members (°-ant-āt in composition) [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

brāhmaṇā-n-āṁ dhárma-ḥ a-syá ás-ti = brāhmaṇa-dharmá+íni̱ = brāhmaṇa-dharm0̸-ín- `who follows the laws prescribed for brahmins'; similarly: brāhmaṇa-śīl0̸-ín-/°varṇ0̸-ín- `behaving like a br./belonging to the br. caste'.

$5.2.133 hást-āt=jāt-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 íni̱ 128 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] hásta- `hand' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94] to designate a species (jā-t-au).

hásta-ḥ a-syá ás-ti = hast0̸-ín- `elephant'. Description

$5.2.134 várṇ-āt=brahma-cār-íṇ-i

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 íni̱ 128 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] várṇa- `caste' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94] to designate a student of the Veda (brah-ma-cār-íṇ-i).

várṇa-ḥ a-syá ás-ti = varṇ0̸-ín- `a student of the Vedá (belonging to the first three várṇa-s or castes), but in other meanings: várṇa+matUP (94) = várṇa-vat-.

$5.2.135 púṣkara=ādi=bhyaḥ=deś-é

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 íni̱ 128 is introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with púṣkara- `lotus' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94] to designate a locality (deś-é).

púṣkarā-ṇ-i a-syāṁ s-ánti = puṣkar0̸-ín+ṆīP (4.1.5) = puṣkar-íṇ-ī `a locality abounding in lotuses'. In other senses: púṣkara+matUP. Description

$5.2.136 bála=ādi-bhyaḥ matUP=anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] matUP is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with bála- `strength' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94, in addition to the affix íni̱ 128].

bála-m a-syá ás-ti = bála+matUP/íni̱ = bála-vat-/bal0̸-ín- `powerful, mighty'.

$5.2.137 saṁjñā-y-ām ¹man-²mā-bhyām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 íni̱ 128 is introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1 terminating in 1.1.72] °-mán- and °ma- and [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94] when forming a name (saṁjnā-y-ām).

1. °-mán: prathimā a-syá ás-ti = prathi-mán+íni̱ = prathim0̸0̸+ín- (6.4.144) = prathim-ín+ṆīP (4.1.5) = prathim-ín-ī `the earth (possessing wideness or extent)'.

2. °-ma: hó-ma-ḥ a-syá ás-ti = hom-ín `sacrificer'.

$5.2.138 ¹kám=²śám=bhyāṁ ¹bá-²bhá-³yúS=⁴tí-⁵tú-⁶tá-⁷yáS-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] bá, bhá, yúS, tí, tú, tá and yáS are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] kám- `water' and śám- `prosperity' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94]

kám a-syá ás-ti = kam-bá-/kam-bhá-/kaṁ-yú-/kan-tí-/kan-tú-/kan-tá-/kaṁ-yá- `a cloud'; similarly: sáṁ-bá-/śam-bhá-/sáṁ-yú-/śan-tí-/śan-tú-/śan-tá-/śaṁ-yá- `happy, fortunate'. The marker [S] in the affixes indicates that the stems are regarded as padá-s and 8.4.58 as well as 8.3.23 operate.

$5.2.139 ¹tundi-²vali-³vaṭe-r bhá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] bhá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] tundi- `prominent navel', vali- `wrinkle, pleat' and vaṭi- `a species of ant' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

1. tundi-r a-syá ás-ti = tundi-bhá- `having a prominent navel'; 2. vali-bhá- `wrinkled, pleated'; 3. vaṭi-bhá- `having or containing a variety of ants'.

$5.2.140 ¹ahám=²súbhám-or yúS

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yúS is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] ahám `I' and śubhám `good fortune, auspiciousness' [ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet to denote `belonging to or being in this' 94].

ahám a-syá ás-ti = aham+yúS = ahaṁ-yú- `proud, haughty, possessing a strong ego'; similarly śubham+yúS = śubhaṁ-yú- `fortunate, lucky, auspicious'.

$5.3.1 prāk=diś-aḥ=vi-bhak-tí-ḥ

The technical term (t.t.) vi-bhak-tí- denotes the taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced here-after, prior to (prāk) 27 below: [dik=śabdé-bhyaḥ sapta-m-ī=pañca-m-ī=prathamā-bhyaḥ díg-deśá-kālé-ṣu=ástāti-ḥ]

This governing rule heads the section 1-26 of this pāda, and the t.t. [vibhaktí-] will recur in each of them.

$5.3.2 ¹kím=²sarvá-nāman=³bahú-bhyaḥ á-dvi=ādi-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affixes 3.1.1 introduced in this section occur after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] consisting of kím- `who, which, what', all pronominal stems (°-sarvá-nāma-°) and bahú- `many', excluding the sub-class (of pronominal stems) beginning with dví- `2'.

Since [kím] is normally included in the sub-class of pronominal stems headed by [dví-], its separate mention at the beginning of this rule is to block out the exclusion applying to this sub-class. kú-tas(i̱L 7), kú-tra(L 10) but dvā-bhyām, dváy-os. This excluded sub-class consists of dví-, yuṣmád-, asmád, bhávatU and kím. Description

$5.3.3 idám-aḥ=iŚ

The element iŚ replaces [the whole of 1.1.55] idám- `this [before the taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affixes listed in the section 1-26 below 1].

idám+há (11) = i-há `in this, here'.

$5.3.4 ¹etá=²it-au ¹ra̱-²th-oḥ

The substitute elements (= allomorphs) etá- and /it/ [respectively 1.3.10 replace the whole of 1.1.55 idám 3 before the taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with] phonemes [r] and [th].

idám+rhiL = etá+rhiL = etá-rhi (16) `at this time'; idam+thámu̱ = it+thám (24) `thus'. Description

$5.3.5 etád-aḥ=an

The substitute element /an/ [replaces the whole of 1.1.55] etád- `this' [before the taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affixes 3.1.1 listed hereafter until 26 below 1].

Interpretation divides this rule into two parts by the usual procedure of yoga-vi-bhāg-a-: [etád-aḥ]: "the substitute element etá- and it- replace the whole of etád- before vibhaktí affixes beginning with [r, th] respectively" etád+rhiL = etá-rhi; etád+thámu̱ = it-thám.

Then [an] which replaces the whole of etád- before vibhaktí affixes: etad+traL (10) = án+tra = a0̸-trá (8.2.7) `here'.

The reading [aŚ] is a variant found in Kāśikā which serves the same purpose; the present reading is according to Patañjali.

$5.3.6 sárva-sya sá-ḥ=anya-tará-syām d-i

The substitute element sá- [replaces the whole of 1.1.55 the pronominal stem 4.1.1] sarvá- `all' optionally (anya-tará-syām) before vibhaktí 1 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with phoneme [d]

sarvá+da = sa-dā `always, at all times' (15) but not in sárva-ṁ da-dā-ti = sarva+dā+Ka+Ṭāp (3.2.3; 4.1.4) = sarva-d0̸-á+ā = sarva-d-0̸-ā = sarva-d-ā brāhmaṇī `a brahmin lady who gives up everything'.

$5.3.7 pañcamy-ās=tasi̱L

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affix 3.1.1] tasi̱L is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 consisting of kím-, pronominal stems and bahú- excluding the sub-class beginning with dví- 2 ending in 1.1.72] the fifth sUP triplet (pañcamy-āḥ) [optionally 6].

kim+ṄasI/bhyām/bhyas = kim+0̸+tasi̱L (2.4.71) = kú-tas (7.1.104) `whence?'; similarly sarvá-tas `from all sides'; bahú-tas `from many sides'.

$5.3.8 táse̱-s=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affix 3.1.1 tasi̱L 7] also replaces (ca) [the whole of 1.1.55 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] tási̱ (4.44-45) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 consisting of kím-, pronominal stems and bahú-, excluding the sub-class beginning with dví- 2].

kím+tási̱ = kím+tasi̱L = kú-tas `whence?' and similarly sarvá-tas, bahú-tas. The difference between [tási̱] and [tasi̱L] is in accentuation only.

$5.3.9 ¹pári=²abhí-bhyām=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affix 3.1.1 tasi̱L 7] is also introduced (ca) [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] consisting of the preverbs pári- `around' and abhí- `on both sides'

pári+tasi̱L = parí-tas `on all sides'; abhí+tasi̱L = abhí-tas `on both sides'.

$5.3.10 saptamy-ās=traL

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affix 3.1.1] traL is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 consisting of kím-, pronominal stems and bahú-, excluding the sub-class beginning with dví- 2, ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet (sapta-m-y-āḥ).

kím+Ṅi/os/suP = kím+0̸+traL = kú-tra (7.2.104) `where?'; sarvá-tra `everywhere', bahú-tra `in many places', but dváy-os.

$5.3.11 idám-aḥ=há-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affix 3.1.1] há is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] idám- `this' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 10].

idam+Ṅi/os/suP = idam+0̸+há = iŚ+há (3) = i-há `here, in this place'.

$5.3.12 kím-aḥ=àT

[The taddhitá 1.4.76 vibhaktí 1 affix 3.1.1] àT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 3.1.2] kím- `which, what, who' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 10].

kím+Ṅi/os/suP = kím+0̸¹+àT = kva+à (7.2.105) = kv-à (6.1.97) `where?'. Description

$5.3.13 vā há ca=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the taddhitá 4.1.72 vibhaktí 1 affix 3.1.1] há is also (ca) optionally (vā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 kím- 12 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 10].

kim+Ṅi/os/suP = kim+0̸¹+há = ku-há/kú-tra (10). Description

$5.3.14 ítarā-bhyaḥ=ápi dr̥ś-y-ánte

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with tasi̱L 7] are also seen (dr̥ś-y-ante) introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 sUP triplets 7] other than (ítarābhyaḥ) [the fifth 7 or the seventh 10]

By interpretation this is restricted to co-occurrence with words bhávatU `your honour', dīrghāyus- `long-living', āyuṣ-mat- `enjoying long life' and devā-n-ām-priyá- `beloved of the gods': sá bhávān/tá-tra bhávān/tá-to bhávān; tá-m bhávant-am/tá-tra bhávant-am/tá-to bhav- ant-am etc,. Description

$5.3.15 ¹sarvá=²éka=³anyá=⁴kím-⁵yád=⁶tád-aḥ kāl-é dā

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affix 3.1.1] dá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] sarvá- `all', éka- `one' anyá- `another', kím- `what, who, which', yád `which' (relative), tád- `that', [ending in the seventh sUP triplet 10] to denote time (kāl-é).

sárva-smin kāl-é = sarva-dā/sa-dā (6) `always, at all times'; eka-dā `once'; anya-dā `another time'; ka-dā `when' and ta-dā `then, at that time'.

$5.3.16 idám-aḥ=rhiL

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affix 3.1.1] rhiL is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] idám- `this' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 10 to denote the time 15].

a-smín kāl-é = idám+rhiL = eta+0̸¹+rhil (4) = etá-rhi `at this time, now'.

$5.3.17 adhúnā

The irregular expression adhúnā is introduced as replacement for [the nominal stem 4.1.1 idám- 16 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 10 to denote time 15].

a-smín kāl-é = adhúnā `now'. According to Patañjali [idám] is replaced by [aŚ] before affix [dhúnā] giving the surface form a-dhúnā or [idám] is replaced by 0̸ before affix [ádhunā] yielding ádhunā.

$5.3.18 dānīm ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affix 3.1.1] dānīm is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 idám- ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 10 to denote time 15].

a-smín kāl-é = idám+Ṅi/os/suP = idám+0̸¹+dānīm = iŚ+dānīm = i-dānīm `at this time, now'.

The present rule confirms the position of [ádhuná 17] as a taddhitá vibhaktí affix rather than an irregularly formed expression. In view of the Vedic form adhunā one would have to associate marker [C] with that affix.

$5.3.19 tád-aḥ=dā ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affix 3.1.1] dā in addition to (ca) [dānīm 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] tád- `that' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 10 to denote time 15].

ta-smín kāl-é = tad+0̸¹+dā = taa+dā = ta-dā (7.2.102; 6.1.97) `then, at that time'/ta-dānīm (18).

$5.3.20 táyor ¹dā-²rhiL-au ca=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affixes 3.1.1] dā and rhiL are also (ca) respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 those two (táy-oḥ) [nominal stems 4.1.1 idám- 16 and tád- 19, ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 10 to denote time 15].

a-smín kāl-é = idám+0̸+dā = iŚ+dā = i-dā/i-dānīm (18).

tá-smin kāl-é = tad+0̸¹+rhiL = taa+rhiL = tá-rhi/ta-dānīm. Description

$5.3.21 án-adya-tan-e rhiL anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affix 3.1.1] rhiL is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] comprising kím- `what, who, which', pronominal stems and bahú- `many', excluding the sub-class beginning with dví- 2, [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh sUP triplet 10] when referring to a period of time not belonging to the current day (án-adya-tan-e).

kím+rhiL/dā = ká-rhi/ka-dā (7.2.103) `when? (in the future not belonging to the current day)'. Similarly yá-rhi/ya-dā, tá-rhi/ta-dā. Description

$5.3.22 ¹sadyás=²parút-³parāri-⁴aiṣámas=⁵paré-dyav-i=⁶adyá=⁷pūrve-dyús=⁸anye-dyús=⁹anya-tar-e-dyús=¹⁰itar-e-dyús=¹¹apar-e-dyús=¹²adhar-e-dyús=¹³ubhay-e-dyús=¹⁴uttar-e-dyúḥ

The indeclinable expressions sadyás `on the same day', parút `last year', parāri `the year before last', aiṣámas `in the current year', paré-dyav-i `tomorrow', adyá `today', pūrv-e-dyús `on the day before', any-e-dyús `on another day', anya-tar-e-dyús `on either of two days', itar-e-dyús `on a different day', apar-e-dyús `on the day after', adhar-e-dyús `on the day before yesterday', ubhay-e-dyús `on both days' and uttar-e-dyús `on a subsequent day' are introduced [to denote time 15].

Interpretation attempts to analyze these surface forms as consisting of nominal stems ending in the seventh sUP triplet to indicate the period of time with replacement elements and a variety of vibhaktí affixes which cannot be generalized. The method of nipātana in these cases is the briefest and avoids proliferation of rules.

$5.3.23 pra-kār-a-vác-an-e thāL

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affix 3.1.1] thāL is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 comprising kím- `what, which, who' and pronominal stems and bahú- `many', excluding the sub-class beginning with dví- 2] to denote mode or manner (pra-kār-a-vác-an-e).

k-éna pra-kār-éṇa = kim+0̸¹+thāL=ka+thámu̱ (25) = ka-thám (7.2.103) `in what manner, by what means?'; similarly yá-thā tá-thā, sarvá-thā etc. Description

$5.3.24 idám-as thámu̱-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affix 3.1.1] thámu̱ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] idám- `this' [to denote mode or manner 23].

an-éna pra-kār-éṇa = idám+0̸¹+thámu̱ = it-thám (4) `this, in this manner'.

$5.3.25 kím-as=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affix 3.1.1 thámu̱ 24] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] kím- `what, which, who' [to denote mode or manner 23].

k-éna pra-kār-éṇa = kím+0̸¹+thámu̱ = ka-thám (7.2.103) `how, in what manner?'.

$5.3.26 thā het-aú ca=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the taddhitá 4.1.76 vibhaktí 1 affix 3.1.1] thā is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 kím- `what, who, which?' 25] to denote the cause (het-aú) in addition to (ca) [mode or manner 23].

kím+thā = ka-thā (7.2.103): (a) k-éna hetú-nā = ka-thā ná pr̥cch-á-si `for what reason are you not asking?' (b) k-éna pra-kār-éṇa = ka-thā devā ās-an `in what shape or manner were the gods?'. Description

$5.3.27 dik=śabdé-bhyaḥ ¹sapta-mī-²pañca-mī-³prathamā-bhyaḥ=¹díś-²deśá-³kālé-ṣu=ástāti̱-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ástāti̱ is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] consisting of direction-words (díś-°) [ending in 1.1.72] the seventh (saptamī-°), fifth (°-pañcamī-°) or first (°-prathamā-bhyaḥ) sUP triplets to denote a direction (díś-°) or locality (°-deśá-°) or time (°-kālé-ṣu).

By interpretation the operation of 1.3.10 is not applicable in this rule. pūrva-smin vás-a-ti/pūrva-smāt ā-ga-tá-ḥ/pūrva-ṁ ram-aṇīya-m = pūrva+ástāti̱ = pur-ástāt (40) vás-a-ti/ā-ga-tá-ḥ/ram-aṇīya-m.

$5.3.28 ¹dákṣiṇa=²úttarā-bhyām atásu̱C

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] atásu̱C is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] dákṣiṇa- `south' and út-tara- `north' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh, fifth or first sUP triplets to denote direction, locality or time 27].

dakṣiṇa-smin/daksina-smāt/dakṣiṇa-m = dákṣiṇa+0̸¹+atásu̱C = dakṣiṇ0̸-atás=vás-a-ti/ā-ga-tá-ḥ/ram-aṇīya-m; similarly uttar-atás. Description

$5.3.29 vibhāṣā ¹pára=²ávarā-bhyā

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 atásu̱C 28] is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.2] pára- `the one on the other side' and ávara- `the one on this side' [comprising direction words 27, ending in 1.1.72 the seventh, fifth or first sUP triplets to denote direction, locality or time 27].

pára-smin/pára-smāt/pára-m = pára+atásu̱C/ástāti̱ = par0̸=atás/par0̸-ástāt vás-a-ti/ā-ga-tá-ḥ/ram-aṇīya-m; Similarly avar-atás/avar-ástāt vás-a-ti/ā-ga-tá-ḥ/ram-aṇīya-m.

$5.3.30 añce̱-r luK

luK (0̸¹) replaces [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ástāti̱ 27 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] °-añc- [comprising direction words ending in 1.1.72 the seventh, fifth or first sUP triplets to denote direction, locality or time 27].

prācy-ām diś-í vás-a-ti = prācī+0̸¹+ástāti̱→luK = prāk vás-a-ti/ā-ga-tá-ḥ/ram-aṇīya-m.

$5.3.31 upári=upariṣṭāt

The expressions upá-ri and upá-riṣṭāt are introduced [to denote the sense of direction, locality or time' 27].

Interpretation analyzes these forms from the string ūrdhvá+riL/risṭāti̱L = upá+ri/upá-riṣṭāt vás-a-ti/ā-ga-tá-ḥ/ram-aṇīya-m.

$5.3.32 paścāt

The expression paścāt is introduced [to denote the sense of direction, locality or time' 27].

Interpretation again analyzes this form from the string ápara-smin/ápara-smāt/ápara-m = apara+āti̱ = paśca+āt = paśc0̸-āt where the stem [ápara- `west'] is replaced by the morpheme [paśca-].

$5.3.33 ¹paśca-²paścā ca=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas the expressions paścá and paścā are introduced [to denote the sense of direction, locality or time' 27].

The function of interpretation is to attempt to give the underlying structure of such formations given as nipātana-s in the sūtra-s. Here it indicates that affixes [á], [ā] are introduced after [ápara- `west'] which is then replaced by the substitute morpheme [paśca-] as in the previous sūtra: ápara+á/ā = pasca+á/ā = pasc0̸-á/pasc0̸-ā `western, behind'. Description

$5.3.34 ¹úttara=²ádhara=³dákṣiṇ-āt=āti̱-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] āti̱ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] úttara- `north', ádhara- `below' and dákṣiṇa- `south' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh, fifth or first sUP triplets to denote direction, locality or time 27].

úttara-smin/úttara-smāt/úttara-m = úttara+āti̱ = uttar0̸-āt vás-a-ti/ā-ga-tá-ḥ/ram-aṇīya-m; similarly: adhar0̸-āt; dakṣiṇ0̸-āt vás-a-ti/ā-ga-tá-ḥ/ram-aṇīya-m.

$5.3.35 enaP=anya-tará-syām á-dūre=á-pañcamy-āḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] enaP is introduced optionally (anya-tará-syām) [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 consisting of direction words 27 úttara- `north', ádhara- `below' and dákṣiṇa- `south' 34 ending in the seventh and first sUP triplets 27] excluding the fifth (á-pañcamy-āḥ) to indicate `vicinity' (á-dūr-e).

úttara-smin/úttaram = úttara+enaP / āti̱ (34) = úttar0̸-eṇa / uttar0̸-āt vás-a-ti/ram-aṇīya-m; ádhar-eṇa/adhar=āt; dákṣiṇ-ena / dakṣiṇ-āt etc. Description

$5.3.36 dákṣiṇ-āt āC

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] āC is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 consisting of the direction word 27] dákṣiṇa `south' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh or first sUP triplet 27 excluding the fifth 35 to denote direction, locality or time 27].

dákṣiṇa-smin/dákṣiṇa-m = dáksiṇa+āC = dáksiṇ0̸-ā vás-a-ti/ramaṇīyam, but dakṣiṇa-táḥ ā-ga-tá-ḥ.

$5.3.37 āhi ca dūr-é

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] āhi, in addition to (ca) [āC 36, is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 consisting of the direction word 27 dákṣiṇa- `south' 36 ending in the seventh or first sUP triplet 27, excluding the fifth 35 to denote direction, locality or time 27] which is distant (dūr-é).

dákṣiṇa-syām/dákṣiṇa-m = dákṣiṇa+āhi/āC = daksin0̸-āhi/°-ā vás-a-ti/ram-aṇīya-m. Description

$5.3.38 úttar-āt=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 āC 36 and āhi 37] are also (ca) [introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 consisting of the direction word 27] úttara- `north' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh and first sUP triplets 27 excluding the fifth 35 to denote a direction, locality or time 27 which is distant 37].

úttara-syām/úttara-m = uttar0̸-āhi/uttar0̸-ā vás-a-ti/ram-aṇīya-m. Description

$5.3.39 ¹pūrva=²ádhara=³ávarā-n-ām ási̱ ¹pur=²adh=³av-as=ca=e-ṣām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ási̱ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 consisting of direction words 27] pūrva- `east', ádhara- `below' and ávara- `inferior' [ending in 1.1.72 the seventh, fifth or first sUP triplets to denote direction, locality or time 27] and the substitute elements pur-, adh- and av- [respectively 1.3.10] replace these stems (e-ṣām).

pūrva-syām/°-smin, pūrva-syāḥ/°-smāt, pūrv-ā/pūrva-m = pūrva+ási̱ = pur-ás vás-a-ti/ā-ga-tá-ḥ/ram-aṇīya-m.

Similarly: adhara+ási̱ = adh-ás; avara+ási̱ = av-ás. Description

$5.3.40 ástāt-i ca

[Before 1.1.66 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ástāti̱ introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 consisting of direction words 27 pūrva- `east', ádhara- `below' and ávara- `inferior' 39 ending in 1.1.72 the seventh, fifth or first sUP triplets to denote direction, locality or time 37, the substitute morphemes pur-, adh- and av- (respectively 1.3.10) replace these stems 39].

pūrva+ástāti̱ = pur-ástāt vás-a-ti/ā-ga-tá-ḥ/ram-aṇīya-m; likewise: adhara+ástāt = adh-ástāt; avara+ástāt= av-ástāt. In both 39 and 40 since the substitute morphemes consist of more than single phonemes they replace the whole of the substituends by 1.1.55.

$5.3.41 vibhāṣā=ávara-sya

[The substitute morpheme av- 39] optionally replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the nominal stem 4.1.1 consisting of the direction word 27] ávara- `inferior, below' [before the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ástāti̱ 40].

avara+ástāti̱ = av-ástāt/avar0̸-ástāt vás-a-ti/ā-ga-tá-ḥ/ram-aṇīya-m.

$5.3.42 saṁkhyā-y-āḥ=-vidhā=arth-é dhā

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] dhā is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] comprising a numeral (saṁkhyā-y-āḥ) to denote mode or manner (vidhā=arth-é).

eka-dhā `once'; dvi-dhā `twice'; tri-dhā `thrice' etc. Description

$5.3.43 adhi-kar-aṇa-vi-cāl-é ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 dhā 42] is also (ca) introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1 consisting of numerals 42 to denote a modification of a substance (adhi-kar-aṇa-vi-cāl-é).

dvi-dhā ku-rú / sapta-dhā ku-rú `divide (something) into two/seven parts'. Description

$5.3.44 ék-āt=dh-áḥ=dhyamu̱Ñ=anya-tará-syām

The substitute morpheme dhyamu̱Ñ optionally (anya-tará-syām) replaces [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix dhā 42 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 consisting of the numeral 42] éka- `one' to denote mode or manner 42 or modification of a substance 43.

éka+dhyamu̱Ñ/dhā = aíka-dhyam/eka-dhā bhuṅk-té/ku-rú `eats once only/make into a single entry (what was a collection of objects before)'.

$5.3.45 ¹dvi-²try-os=ca dhamu̱Ñ

The substitute morpheme dhamu̱Ñ [optionally 44 replaces the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 dhā 42 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 consisting of numerals 42] dví- `2' and trí- `3' [to denote mode or manner 42 or modification of a substance 43].

The particle [ca] in the rule implies recurrence of [anya-tará-syām] from the preceding rule: dví+dhamuÑ/dhā = dvaí-dham/dvi-dhā; traí-dham/tri-dhā. Description

$5.3.46 edhāC ca

The substitute morpheme edhāC also [optionally 44 replaces the whole of 1.1.55 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 dhā 42 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 consisting of numerals 42 dví- `2' and trí- `3' 45 to denote mode or manner 42 or modification of a substance 43].

dví+edhāC/dhamuÑ/dhā = dv0̸-edhā/dvaí-dham/dvi-dhā tr-edhā/traí-dham/tri-dhā. Description

$5.3.47 yāp-y-è pāśaP

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] pāśaP is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 pleonastically to denote (something) as insignificant or unimportant (yāp-y-è).

vaiy-ā-kar-aṇá+pāśaP = vaiyākaraṇá-pāśa-ḥ = kuts-i-tá-ḥ vaiyākaraṇá-ḥ `an insignificant grammarian'.

$5.3.48 pūraṇāt=bhāg-é tīy-āt=aN

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] aN is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of an ordinal (pūraṇ-āt) [ending in 1.1.72] °-tīya- (2.54-55) to denote a fraction (bhāg-é).

dvi-tīya+aN= dví=tīy0̸-a- `one half'; similarly tr̥-tīya+aN = tŕ-tīy0̸-a- `one third'.

$5.3.49 prāk=ékā-daśá-bhyaḥ=á-cchandas-i

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 aN 48 is introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1 consisting of ordinals 48] preceding [prāk] eleventh (ékā-daśa-) [to denote a fraction 48] excluding the domain of Chándas (á-cchandas-i).

pañca-má+aN = pánca-m0̸-a `one-fifth'; sapta-má+aN = sápta-m-a- `one-seventh'; nava-má/daśa-má+aN = náva-m-a/dáśa-m-a- `one-ninth/one-tenth', but ékā-daśa+ḌáṬ (2.48) = ekā-daś0̸-á- `one-eleventh'. Description

$5.3.50 ¹ṣaṣṭhá=²aṣṭa-mā-bhyām Ña ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ña, in addition to (ca) [aN 48 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 consisting of ordinals 48] ṣaṣṭhá `sixth' and aṣṭa-má `eighth' [to denote a fraction, excluding the domain of Chándas 49].

ṣaṣṭha+Ña/aN = ṣāṣṭh0̸-a-/ṣáṣṭh0̸-a `one-sixth'; similarly aṣṭa-má+Ña/aN = āṣṭa-m0̸-a/áṣṭa-m0̸-a- `one-eighth'.

$5.3.51 ¹māna-²paśu=aṅge-bhyaḥ ¹kaN-²luK-au ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kaN and luK (0̸¹) replacement [of aN 48 or Ña 50] as well as (ca) [aN 48 or Ña 50 are introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 consisting of the ordinals 48 ṣaṣṭhá- `6th' and aṣṭa-má- `8th' 50 to denote fractions 48] relating to a measure (māná-) or limbs of an animal (°-paśu-aṅgé-bhyaḥ) [respectively 1.3.10].

By meta-rule 1.3.10 [kaN] is introduced after [ṣaṣṭhá-] and luK after [aṣṭa-má-] while aN and Ña are valid for both: ṣaṣṭhá+kaN = ṣáṣṭha-ka- `one-sixth of a measure'; elsewhere: ṣaṣṭhá+aN/Ña = ṣáṣṭh0̸-a-/ṣāṣṭh0̸-a-.

aṣṭa-má+aN/Ña→luK = aṣṭamá- `one-eighth of an animal limb'; elsewhere: aṣṭa-má+aN/Ña = áṣṭa-m0̸-a-/āṣṭa-m0̸-a-.

$5.3.52 ék-āt=ākíni̱C ca=á-sahāy-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ākíni̱C is introduced in addition to (ca) [kaN and luK replacement 51 (of kaN or ākíniC) after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] éka- `one' to denote `alone, not accompanied by any other' (á-sahāy-e).

éka+ākíni̱C/kaN/kaN/ākíni̱C→luK = ek0̸-ākín-/éka-ka-/éka- `alone, solo, sole'.

$5.3.53 bhū-ta-pūrv-é cáraṬ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] cáraṬ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] signifying `was so before' (bhū-ta-pūrv-é).

āḍhyá-ḥ bhū-ta-pūrvá-ḥ = āḍhyá+cáraṬ = āḍhya-cára- (m.)/°cár-ī (f. 4.1.15) `who was formerly rich'.

$5.3.54 ṣaṣṭhy-ā rūpya ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] rūpya, in addition to (ca) [cáraṬ 53 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (ṣaṣṭhy-āḥ) [to denote `belonging to him previously or formerly'53].

deva-dattá-sya bhūta-pūrvá-ḥ gaú-ḥ = devadatta+rūpya-/cáraṬ = devadatta=rūpya-ḥ/° cára-ḥ gaú-ḥ `a bull formerly belonging to Devadatta'.

$5.3.55 ati-śāy-an-e ¹tamaP=²iṣṭhaN-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] tamaP and iṣṭḥaN are introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] to denote `superlative excellence' (ati-śāy-an-e).

āḍhyá+tamaP = āḍhyá-tama- `richest, most prosperous'; paṭu+iṣṭhaN = páṭ0̸-iṣṭha- `most skilled, ablest'.

$5.3.56 tiṄ-as=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 tamaP and iṣṭhaN 55] are also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2] verbal stems [ending in 1.1.72] the personal l-substitutes tiṄ [to denote superlative excellence 55]

pác-a-ti+tamaP = pác-a-t-tama+ām (4.11) = pac-a-ti-tam-ām `cooks the best'. The affix [iṣṭhaN], however, is not illustrated as it can occur only after qualifying words [guṇa-vácana-], cf. 58 below.

$5.3.57 ¹dvi-vac-aná-²vi-bhaj-ya=upa-pad-é ¹taraP=²īyasu̱N-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] taraP and īyasu̱N are introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1 and verbal stems ending in 1.1.72 personal l-substitutes tiṄ 56] to express a comparison between two co-occurring objects (dvi-vacaná-°) or that from which something is to be distinguished' (°vi-bhaj-ya=upa-pad-é).

āḍhyá+taraP = āḍhyá-tara- `richer or more opulent of two'; pac-a-ti-tar-ām `cooks the better of two'; paṭu+īyasu̱N = páṭ0̸-īyas- `cleverer or abler of two'.

$5.3.58 áC=ād-ī guṇa-vác-an-āt=evá

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] beginning with a vowel phoneme (aC=ādī) [= iṣṭhaN 55, īyasu̱N 57 are introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] which are qualifying words (guṇa-vác-an-āt) only (evá).

paṭú+iṣṭhaN/īyasuN = páṭ0̸-iṣṭha-/īyas- or alternately paṭú-tama-/tara- `most competent/more competent' but pāc-aka-tama/°-tara- `best/better of cooks'.

$5.3.59 tu-s=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel phoneme (iṣṭhaN 55, īyasu̱N 57) 58 are introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 in the affixes 3.1.1] °-tr̥- (= tr̥N 3.2.135, tŕC 3.3.169).

kár-tr̥+iṣṭhaN = kár0̸0̸-iṣṭha- (6.4.154): ā-su-tí-ṁ kár-iṣṭha-ḥ `best distiller of all'; similarly duh+tr̥N/tr̥C+ṄīP = dóh+tr̥+ṄīP+īyasu̱N = dóh+tr̥+0̸+īyasuN (by vārt. 11 on 6.3.35) = dóh+0̸0̸-īyas+ṄīP (6.4.154) dóh-īyas-ī dhe-nú-ḥ `the better of two milk-cows'.

$5.3.60 pra-śás-ya-sya śra-ḥ

The substitute morpheme śra replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the nominal stem 4.1.1] pra-śás-ya- `praiseworthy' [before 1.1.66 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel (iṣṭhaN 55 and īyasu̱N 57) 58].

pra-śás-ya+iṣṭhaN/īyasuN = śŕa+iṣṭha/īyas = śréṣṭha-/śréyas- `most/more praiseworthy, best/better'.

$5.3.61 jya ca

The substitute morpheme jya also replaces the whole of 1.1.55 the nominal stem 4.1.1 praśásya- `praiseworthy' 60 before 1.1.66 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel phoneme 58 (= iṣṭhaN 55 and īyasu̱N 57).

pra-śás-ya+iṣṭhaN+īyasu̱N = jya+iṣṭhaN/īyasu̱N = jyéṣṭha-/jyā-yas- (6.4.160). Description

$5.3.62 vr̥ddhá-sya ca

[The substitute morpheme jya 61] also replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] vr̥ddhá- `old, aged' [before 1.4.66 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel phoneme 58 (= iṣṭhaN 55 and īyasu̱N 57)].

vr̥ddhá+iṣṭhaN/īyasu̱N = jya+iṣṭha/ā-yas (6.4.160) = jyéṣṭha-/jyāyas- `eldest, oldest/elder, older'.

$5.3.63 ¹antiká-²bāḍhay-or ¹neda-²sādh-au

The substitute morphemes neda- and sādha- respectively 1.3.10 replace [the whole of 1.1.55 the nominal stems 4.1.1] antiká- `near' and bāḍha- `good' [before 1.1.66 the taddhitá 4.1.1 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel phoneme 58 (= iṣṭhaN 55 and īyasu̱N 57)].

antiká+iṣṭhaN/īyasu̱N = neda+iṣṭha-/īyas- = néd0̸-iṣṭha-/īyas- `nearest/nearer'; bāḍhá+iṣṭhaN/īyasu̱N = sādha+iṣṭha-/īyas-; sādh0̸-iṣṭha-/īyas- `best/better'.

$5.3.64 ¹yúvan=²álpay-oḥ kaN anya-tará-syām

The substitute morpheme kaN optionally (anya-tará-syām) replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the nominal stems 4.1.1] yúvan- `youth' and álpa- `small' [before 1.1.66 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes beginning with a vowel phoneme 58 (= iṣṭhaN 55 and īyasu̱N 57)].

yúvan+iṣṭhaN/īyasu̱N = kán-iṣṭha-/kán-īyas- `youngest/younger'; alternately: yu-0̸0̸0̸+iṣṭha/iyas (6.4.156) = yo+iṣṭha/īyas (6.4.146) = yáv-iṣṭha-/yáv-īyas-; similarly álpa+iṣṭhaN/īyasu̱N = kán-iṣṭha-/kán-īyas-, álp0̸-iṣṭha-/álp-īyas `smallest/smaller'.

$5.3.65 ¹vin-²matOr luK

luK (0̸¹) replaces [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] °-vin- (2.21) and matUP (2.94) introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1 before 1.1.66 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes beginning with a vowel phoneme 58 (= iṣṭhaN 55 and īyasu̱N 57).

1. °-vín-: srag-vín+iṣṭhaN/īyasu̱N = sráj-0̸¹+iṣṭha/īyas `most/more covered with garlands'.

2. °-matUP-: tvác+matUP+iṣṭha/īyasu̱N = tvác+0̸¹-iṣṭha- / īyas- `possessing the best/better skin'.

$5.3.66 pra-śaṁs-ā-y-ām rūpaP

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] rūpaP is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] to denote praise (pra-śaṁs-ā-y-ām).

prá-śas-ta-ḥ vaiyā-kar-aṇ-á-ḥ = vaiyākaraṇa-rūpa-ḥ `an excellent grammarian'.

$5.3.67 īṣad-a-sam-āp-t-aú ¹kalpaP-²déśya-³deśīyaR-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] kalpaP, déśya- and deśīyaR are introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] to denote `not quite fully' (īṣad-a-sam-āp-t-aú).

īṣad-a-sam-āp-tá-ḥ páṭu-ḥ = paṭú-kalpa-ḥ/°déśya-ḥ/deśīya-ḥ `not quite fully accomplished'. Applicable also in the case of verbal stems ending in personal l-substitutes tiṄ (56): pác-a-ti-kalpam `not quite fully cooks'. Description

$5.3.68 vibhāṣā sUP-aḥ=bahúC pur-ástāt tu

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] bahúC is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced before (pur-ástāt tu) [a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] a sUP triplet [to denote `not quite fully' 67].

īṣad-a-sam-āp-tá-ḥ páṭu-ḥ = bahú-paṭu-ḥ `not quite so fully sharp'. Alternate forms can be generated with the affixes listed in 67 above.

$5.3.69 pra-kār-a-vác-an-e jātīyaR

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] jātīyaR is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] to denote a specific characteristic (pra- kār-a-vác-an-e).

mr̥du-pra-kār-á-ḥ = mr̥du-jātīya-ḥ `belonging to the class of soft objects'.

The affix [thāL] which is also introduced (22 above) to denote a mode or manner differs from this which signifies an object possessing that mode or manner.

$5.3.70 prāk=iv-āt ká-ḥ

In the section beginning here and extending prior to 96 below [iv-e prati-kŕ-t-au 96, the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ká- is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 the denote the senses listed in this section].

This is a governing rule (adhi-kār-á-) and the affix [ká-] will recur in each subsequent rule prior to 96 below, unless otherwise specified.

$5.3.71 ¹ávyaya-²sarva-nāmn-ām áka̱C prāk ṬE-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] áka̱C is introduced before the syllable beginning with the last vowel [prāk ṬE-ḥ, cf. 1.1.64] of [nominal stems 4.1.1] consisting of indeclinables (á-vy-aya-°) and pronominal bases (°-sarva-nāmn-ām) [and verbal stems ending in 1.1.72 personal l-substitutes 56 to denote the senses listed in this section 70-95].

Exception to [ká-]. 1. ávy-ay-a: uccais+áka̱C = ucc-ák- ais `with a high pitch'; 2. sarva-nāmán: sarva+Jas+áka̱C = sarva+Śī+áka̱C (7.1.17) = sarv+áka̱C+a+ī = sarv-ák-e `all'; 3. tiṄ: pac-a-ti+áka̱C = pac-a-t-ák-i `cooks'.

Since this affix is inserted after the simplex or declined nominal stem sometimes it occurs after the simple stem or sometimes after the declined stem: (a) simple nominal stem: yuṣmā-bhis+áka̱C = yusm-ák-ā-bhis `by you (pl.)'; (b) declined nominal stem: tvay-ā+áka̱C = tvay-ák-ā `by thee'.

$5.3.72 ka̱-sya ca da-ḥ

The phoneme [d] replaces [the final 1.1.72] phoneme [k] of [an indeclinable 71 nominal stem 4.1.1 in the presence of the affix áka̱C 71].

dhik+áka̱C = dh-ak-ik = dh-ák-id = dh-ák-it (8.4.56); pr̥thak+áka̱C = pr̥th-ák-ak = pr̥th-ak-ad = pr̥th-ák-at `separately'.

$5.3.73 á-jña-t-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ká 70 or áka̱C 71] is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 or a verbal stem ending in 1.1.72 the l-substitute tiṄ 56] to denote `unknown' (á-jñā-t-e).

áśva+ká- = aśva-ká- `a certain horse whose ownership is unknown'; pác-a-ti+áka̱C = pac-a-t-ák-i `does he cook?'.

$5.3.74 kuts-i-t-é

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ká 70 or áka̱C 71] is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 or a verbal stem ending in 1.1.72 the l-substitute tiṄ 56] pejoratively (kuts-i-t-é).

kuts-i-tá-ḥ áśva-ḥ = aśva-ká-ḥ `a nag'; pác-a-ti+áka̱C = pac-a-t-ák-i `cooks badly'. Description

$5.3.75 saṁjñā-y-āṁ kaN

[The taddhitá 4.1.1 affix 3.1.1] kaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] to denote a name (saṁjñā-y-ām) [pejoratively 74].

kuts-i-tá-ḥ śūdrá-ḥ = śūdrá+kaN = śūdra-ka-ḥ `Name of a person (= contemptible śūdrá)'.

$5.3.76 anu-kamp-ā-y-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ká 70 or áka̱C71 is respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 or a verbal stem ending in 1.1.72 the l-substitute tiṄ 56] to denote compassion' (anu-kamp-ā-y-ām).

putrá+ká- = putra-ká- `poor son/child'; similarly vatsa-ká- `poor or dear calf'. svap-i-t-ák-i `sleeps poorly'. Description

$5.3.77 nī-t-au ca tád-yuk-t-āt

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ká 70 or áka̱C 71 is respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 or a verbal stem ending in 1.1.72 the l-substitute tiṄ 56] to denote an act of relief (nī-t-au) associated with that (compassion 76: tád-yuk-t-āt).

hánta te dhāna-ká-ḥ dhāna+ká+Jas `See! here are barley grains for you'; e-hi+áka̱C = e-h-ák-i `please come'.

$5.3.78 bahv-áC-aḥ manuṣya-nāmn=aḥ ṭháC=vā

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháC is optionally (vā) introduced [after 3.1.2] a polysyllabic (bahv-áC-aḥ) [nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of a personal name (manuṣya-nāmn-aḥ) [to denote compassion 76 or an act of relief associated with it 77].

The option is with reference to affix [ká-]. devadattá+ṭháC/ká- = dev0̸-iká- (83) / devadatta-ká- `poor Devadatta!'. Description

$5.3.79 ¹ghaN-²iláC-au ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] ghaN and iláC, in addition to (ca) [ṭháC 78 and ká 70 are introduced after 3.1.2 a polysyllabic 78 nominal stem 4.1.1 consisting of a personal name 78 to denote compassion 76 or an act of relief associated with it 77].

devadattá+ghaN/iláC/ṭháC/ká- = dév0̸-iya-/dev0̸-ilá-/dev0̸-iká- (83)/devadatta-ká-. Description

$5.3.80 prāc-ām úpa=āde-r ¹aḍáC=²vuC-au ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] aḍáC and vuC, in addition to (ca) [ghaN, iláC 78, ṭháC 78 and ká 70 are introduced after 3.1.2 a polysyllabic 78 nominal stem 4.1.1 consisting of a personal name 78] co-occurring with úpa-° as a prior member (°-āde-ḥ in composition) [to denote compassion 76 or an act of relief connected with it 77] according to Eastern Grammarians (prāc-ām).

upendra-datta+aḍáC/vuC/ghaN/iláC/ṭháC/ká = up0̸0̸-aḍá-/úp-aka-/úp-iya-/up-ilá-/up-iká-/upendra-datta-ká- (83).

$5.3.81 jāti-nāmn-aḥ kaN

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affx 3.1.1] kaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 consisting of a personal name 76] expressing a species (jāti-nāmn-aḥ) [to denote compassion 76 or an act of relief associated with it 77].

vyāghrá+kaN = vyāghra-ka- `poor Vy.'; similarly síṁha-ka-, śárabha-ka- etc.

$5.3.82 ajína=anta-sya=uttara-pada-lopás=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 81 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 consisting of a personal name 78] co-occurring with °-ajína- `skin' as final member (°-anta-sya in composition) [to denote compassion 76 or an act of relief associated with it 77] and (ca) lopa (=0̸) replaces the final member (uttara-pada-lopá-ḥ).

ánu-kamp-i-ta-ḥ vyāghrājina-ḥ = vyāghrājina+kaN = vyāghrá-0̸+kan = vyāghra-ka-ḥ.

$5.3.83 ¹ṭha=²áC=ād-au=ūrdhvá-ṁ dvi-tīy-āt=aC-aḥ

[Lopa (0̸) replacement 82 of syllables] takes place following the second one (dvi-tīy-āt=aC-aḥ) [occurring in this section 70-95 before 1.1.66 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes ṭháC 78 and those beginning with a vowel (aC=ād-au = ghaN, iláC 79, ṭháC 78, aḍáC, vuC 80)].

ánu-kamp-i-ta-ḥ deva-dattá-ḥ = deva-0̸+ṭháC/ghaN/iláC = dev-iká-/dév-iya-/dev-ilá-; upendra-dattá+ṭháC/ghan/iláC/aḍáC/vuC = upa+iká = up0̸-iká-/úp-iya-/up-ilá-/up-aḍá-/up-aká-.

$5.3.84 ¹śévala-²suparí-³viśālá-⁴váruṇa-⁵aryamán=ādī-n-āṁ tr̥-tīy-āt

[Lopa (0̸) replacement 82 of syllables] takes place following the third (tr̥-tīy-āt) [of nominal stems 4.1.1 occurring in this section 70-95 before the taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes ṭháC and those beginning with a vowel 83 (= ghaN, iláC, 79) introduced after nominal stems 4.1.1] co-occurring with śévala-°, suparí-°, viśālá-°, váruṇa°- and aryamán-° as prior members (°ādī-n-ām in composition).

anu-kamp-i-tá-ḥ śevala-dattá-ḥ = śevala-dattá+ṭháC/ghaN/iláC = śeval0̸-iká-ḥ/śéval-iya-ḥ/śeval-ilá-ḥ; on the same pattern:

supar-iká-/súpar-iya-/supar-ilá-; viśāl-ika-/víśāl-iya-/viśāl-ilá-; varuṇ-iká-/váruṇ-iya-/varuṇ-ilá-; aryam-iká-/áryam-iya-/aryam-ilá- (6.4.144).

$5.3.85 álp-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 ka 70 and áka̱C71 are respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 or a verbal stem ending in 1.1.72 the l-substitute tiṄ 56] to denote `small' (álp-e).

álpa-m tailá-m = taila+ká = taila-ká-m `a small quantity of oil'; pác-a-ti+áka̱C = pac-a-t-ák-i `cooks a little'.

$5.3.86 hrasv-é

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ká 70 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] to denote `short' (hrasv-é).

hrasvá-ḥ vr̥kṣá-ḥ = vr̥kṣa+ká- = vr̥kṣa-ká-ḥ `a short or stunted tree'; daṇḍá+ká = daṇḍa-ká- `a short staff'. Description

$5.3.87 saṁjñā-y-ām kaN

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 to denote `shortness' 86] for deriving a name (saṁjñā-y-ām).

hrasvá-ḥ vaṁśá-ḥ = vaṁśá+kaN = váṁśa-ka-ḥ `n.pr.' and similarly véṇu-ka-ḥ/dáṇḍa-ka-ḥ etc.

$5.3.88 ¹kuṭī-²śámī-³śuṇḍā-bhyaḥ rá-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] rá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] kuṭī `hut', śámī `a species of tree' and śuṇḍā `trunk of an elephant' [to denote shortness or diminution 86].

hrasvā kuṭī/śámī/śuṇḍā = kuṭī-rá-/śamī-rá-/śuṇḍā-rá- `low hut / short or stunted S. tree / short trunk of an elephant.

$5.3.89 kutv-āḥ ḌupáC

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḌupáC is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] kutū `a leather oil bottle' [to denote shortness of diminution 86].

hrasvā kutū = kutū+ḌupáC = kut0̸+upá- (6.4.143) `a diminutive leather oil bottle'.

$5.3.90 ¹kāsū-²goṇī-bhyāṁ ṢṭaráC

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṢṭaráC is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] kāsū `lance' and goṇī `sack' [to denote shortness or diminution 86].

hrasvā kāsū/goṇī = kāsū/goṇī+ṢṭaráC+ṄīṢ (4.1.41) = kāsū-tarī/goṇī-tarī `diminutive lance/sack'.

$5.3.91 ¹vatsá=²ukṣán=³áśva-⁴r̥ṣabhé-bhyaḥ tanu-tv-é

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṢṭaráC 90 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] vatsá- `calf', ukṣán- `bull', áśva- `horse' and r̥ṣabhá- `bull' to denote `tenderness' (tanu-tv-é).

vatsa-tará- m. (°-tarī f.) `weaned calf, not yet adult'; so also ukṣa-tará- (°rī f.)/aśva-tará- (°rī f.)/r̥ṣabha-tará- (°rī f.) `young bull/mule/young bull'.

$5.3.92 ¹kím=²yád-³tád-aḥ nir-dhār-aṇ-e dváy-or éka-sya ḌataráC

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ḍatarác is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] comprising the pronominal bases kím- `what, which, who', yád- `who, which (relative)' and tád- `that' (correlative) for determining (nir-dhār-aṇ-e) one among two (dváy-or éka-sya).

kím+ḌataráC = k0̸-atará- `which of (any) two?' and similarly y-atará-/t-atará- `which of two'/`that of two'.

$5.3.93 vā bahū-n-āṁ jāti-pari-praśn-é ḌatamáC

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḌatamáC is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 comprising the pronominal bases kím- `who', yád- `who' and tád- `that' to determine one 92] among many (bahū-n-ām) optionally (vā) in a question involving genus or caste [jāti-pari-praśné].

kím+ḌatamáC = k0̸-atamá-ḥ bhávat-ām kaṭhá-ḥ? `which of many among you is a follower of the K. school?'. Similarly y-atamá-/t-atamá-.

The option is with reference to [áka̱C 71]. ya-ká-ḥ bhávat-ām kaṭhá-ḥ? When a question involving genus or caste is not pertinent, no affix is required: yá-ḥ bhávat-ām kaṭhá-ḥ sá ā-gacch-a-tu `the one who is a follower of K. school among you may come'.

$5.3.94 ék-āt=ca prāc-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌataráC 92 or ḌatamáC 93 is] also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] éka- `one' [to determine respectively one among two 92 or among many 93] according to Eastern Grammarians (prāc-ām).

eka+ḌataráC/ḌatamáC = eka-tará/°-tamá- `one of two/many'. Description

$5.3.95 ava-kṣép-aṇ-e kaN

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] to denote derision (ava-kṣép-aṇ-e).

vy-ā-kár-aṇa- + kaN = vyā-karaṇa-ka- `bad grammar, a little knowledge of grammar' as in: vy-ā-kar-aṇa-k-éna tváṁ garv-i-tá-ḥ `you, boasting of your little knowledge of grammar'.

$5.3.96 iv-e prati-kŕ-t-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 95 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] to denote the sense of `like, similar to' (iv-e) for signifying an image or likeness or model (prati-kŕ-t-au).

aśvá-ḥ iva ay-ám = aśvá-kaN = áśva-ka-ḥ `a model, image or imitation of a horse'. The expression [iv-e] recurs in the following rules up to 112 below.

$5.3.97 saṁjñā-y-āṁ ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 95 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 to denote the sense of `like, similar to' 96] for deriving a name (saṁjñā-y-ām).

aśvá+kaN = áśva-ka-ḥ `n. of an object, similar to a horse'.

$5.3.98 lup=manuṣy-è

luP (0̸³) replaces [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 95 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 to denote the sense of `like, similar to' 96] when deriving the name of a person (manuṣy-è).

cañcā iva manuṣyà-ḥ = cañcā+kaN→luP = cancā+0̸³ `straw-man, scarecrow'. Replacement by 0̸³ luP retains the gender and number of the original underived form (1.2.52).

$5.3.99 jīvikā=arth-é ca-á-paṇ-y-e

[luP (0̸³) 98] also (ca) replaces [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 95 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem to denote the sense of `like, similar to' 96] when it is made a means of livelihood [jīvikā= arth-é] and is not for sale (á-paṇ-y-e).

vāsudeva-prati-kr̥-tí-ḥ = vāsudevá+kaN→luP = vāsudevá-ḥ `an image of Vasudeva used as a means of livelihood' but áśva-kā-n ví-krī-ṇā-ti `sells images of horses'.

$5.3.100 deva-pathá=ādi-bhyas=ca

[luP (0̸³) 98] also (ca) replaces [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.2 kaN 95 introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with deva-path-á- `heaven, the path of gods' [to denote `like, similar to' for signifying an image or likeness 96 or to derive a name 97].

deva=patha-prati-kr̥-tí-ḥ = deva-pathá+kaN→luP = deva-pathá-ḥ `n.pr. of a place'.

$5.3.101 vasté-r ḍhaÑ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍhaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] vastí- `bladder' [to denote `like, similar to' 96].

From here the affixes introduced are both for or other than for [prati-kŕ-t-au] or general likeness. vastí-r iva = vastí+ḍhaÑ = vāst0̸+eya- = vāst-eya- `resembling a bladder, bladder-like'. Description

$5.3.102 śilā-y-āḥ ḍha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḍha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] śilā `rock' [to denote `like, similar to' 96].

śilā iva = śilā+ḍha = sil0̸-éya- `resembling a rock, rock-like'. According to some interpreters this rule is divided into two by the process of [yoga-vi-bhāg-a] yielding two affixes [ḍhaÑ 101], [ḍha 102] yielding an alternate form śilā+ḍhaÑ = śaíl-eya-.

$5.3.103 śākhā=ādi-bhyaḥ yàT

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with śākhā `branch' [to denote `like, similar to' 96].

śākhā iva = śākhā+yàT = śākh0̸-ya- `resembling a branch, branch-like'; similarly múkha-m iva = múkha+yàT = múkh-ya- `resembling a face'.

$5.3.104 dráv-ya-ṁ ca bháv-y-e

The expression dráv-ya- is introduced [as derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 103] to denote `good, proper, suitable' (bháv-y-e).

drú-r iva = drú+yàT = dro+yaT (6.4.146) = dráv-ya, (6.1.79) the irregularity being in the meaning of the expression.

$5.3.105 kuśa=agr-át=cha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] kuśāgrá- `tip of the kuśa grass' [to denote `like, similar to' 96].

kuśāgra-m iva = kuśāgra+cha = kuśāgr0̸-īya- `sharp like the tip of the kuśá grass'.

$5.3.106 sam=ās=āt=ca tád-vi-ṣay-āt

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 cha 105] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of a compound (sam-ās-āt) to denote `like, resembling' (96: tád-vi-ṣay-āt).

kāka-tāla iva = kāka-tāla+cha = kāka-tāl0̸-īya `accidental' (like the alighting of a crow and breaking of a branch simultaneously).

$5.3.107 śárkarā=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with śárkarā `gravel' [to denote `like, resembling' 96].

śárkarā iva = śárkarā+áṆ = śārkar0̸-á- `resembling gravel'. Description

$5.3.108 aṅgúli=ādi-bhyas=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with aṅgúli- `finger' [to denote `like, resembling' 96].

aṅgúli-r iva = aṅgúli+ṭháK = āṅguli-ká- `finger-like'.

$5.3.109 eka-śālā-yā-s=ṭháC=anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháC is optionally (anya-tará- syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] eka-śālā `single hall or room' [to denote `resembling, like' 96].

eka-śālā iva = eka-śālā+ṭháC/ṭháK = eka-śāl0̸-iká-/aika-śāl-iká- `resembling a single hall or room'.

$5.3.110 ¹karká-²lóhit-āt=īkáK

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] īkáK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] karká- `white horse' and lóhita- `red' [to denote `like, resembling' 96].

karká iva = karká+īkáK = kārk0̸-īká- `like or resembling a white horse'; similarly lauhit-īká- `ruddy, reddish'. Description

$5.3.111 ¹pratná-²pūrva-³víśva-⁴im-āt thāL chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] thāL is introduced [after the nominal stems 4.1.1] pratná- `ancient', pūrva- `anterior', víśva- `universal' and imá- `this' [to denote `like, resembling' 96].

pratná iva = pratná-thā `formerly'; similarly: pūrvá-thā `previously'; viśvá-thā `universally'; imá-thā `thus, in this way'.

$5.3.112 pūg-āt=Ñya-ḥ=á-grāmaṇī-pūrv-āt

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ñya is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] signifying a peripatetic group of workers [pūg-āt] except when it is derived from the leader of the group (á-grāmaṇī-pūrv-āt).

lóhita-dhvaja+Ñya = laúhita-dhvaj0̸-ya- `peripatetic group carrying a red flag', but deva-dattá-ḥ grāma-ṇī-r e-ṣām = deva-datta+kaN+Jas = déva-datta-kā-ḥ.

$5.3.113 ¹vrāta-²CphaÑ-r á-striy-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 Ñya 112 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] representing wild tribes [vrāta-°] or those [ending in 1.1.72 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] CphaÑ (4.1.98) pleonastically, but not in the feminine gender (á-striy-ām).

kapota-pāk-āḥ iva = kapota-pāk-a+Ñya = kāpota-pāk0̸-ya- `n.pr.of a wild tribe eating doves'. kuñja+CphaÑ (4.1.98) = kauñj0̸-āyaná+Ñya = kaúñj-āyan0̸-ya-ḥ/kaúñj-āyan-y-au/kaunj-āyan-āḥ (2.4.62). But in the feminine gender: kapota-pāk-á+ṄīṢ (4.1.63) = kapota-pāk-ī. Description

$5.3.114 ā-yudh-a=jīv-i-saṁ-gh-āt-ÑyaṬ=vāhīke-ṣu á-¹brāhmaṇa-²rājan-y-āt

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ÑyaṬ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] designating a mercenary group (ā-yudh-a-jīv-i-saṁ-gh-āt) pleonastically, residing in the Vāhīka country, excluding the names of brahmins and warriors (°-rājany-āt).

kṣúdraka+ÑyaṬ = kṣaúdrak0̸-ya-ḥ, kṣaúdrak-y-au/kṣúdrak-āḥ (2.4.62). (f. kṣaúdrak-ya+ṄīP 4.1.15 = kṣaúdrak0̸0̸-ī 6.4.150.)

But 1. brahmins: gó-pāl-a-k-āḥ `N. of a mercenary family of brahmins'; 2. warriors: śālaṅk-āyanā-ḥ `N. of a mercenary family of warriors residing in Vāhīka region'.

$5.3.115 vŕk-āt=ṬéṇyaṆ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṬéṇyaṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] vŕka- [designating a mercenary group 114] pleonastically.

vŕka+ṬéṇyaṆ = vārk0̸-éṇya-ḥ/vār-/éṇy-au/vŕkā-ḥ (2.4.62).

$5.3.116 ¹dāmani=ādi-²trí-garta-ṣaṣṭh-āt=cha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with dāmani- `n. of a mercenary group' and those denoting the six Trígarta groups, pleonastically.

1. dāmani+cha = dāman0̸-īya-ḥ/dāman-īy-au/dāmanay-aḥ (2.4.62).

2. The six Trígarta groups are constituted by: Kauṇḍopa-ratha-, Dāṇḍaki-, Kraúṣṭaki-, Jālamāni-, Bráhma-gupta- and Jānaki-. kauṇḍop-ratha+cha = kauṇḍopa-rath0̸-īya-ḥ/°-rathīy-au / kauṇḍopa-rathā-ḥ. Description

$5.3.117 ¹párśu=ādi-²yaudhéya=ādi-bhyām ¹áṆ=²aÑ-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] áṆ and aÑ are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with párśu- and with yaudhéya- [names of mercenary groups 114] pleonasti- cally.

1. párśu+áṆ = parśo+áṆ = pārśav-á-ḥ/pārśav-aú/párśav-aḥ.

2. yaudhéya+aÑ = yaúdhey0̸-a-ḥ/yaúdhey-au/yaudhéyā-ḥ

$5.3.118 ¹abhi-jít=²vida-bhŕt-³śālā-vat=⁴śíkhā-vat=⁵śámī-vat=⁶ūrṇā-vat=⁷śrú-mat=áṆ-aḥ yaÑ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yaÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] abhi-jít-, vida-bhŕt-, śālā-vat-, śíkhā-vat-, śámī-vat-, ūrṇā-vat- and śrú-mat- `proper names' [ending in 1.1.72 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ pleonastically.

abhijít+áṆ+yaÑ = ābhi-jit-á+yaÑ = ābhi-jit-0̸-ya-ḥ/°-jity-au / ābhijit-ā-ḥ (2.4.62); on the same pattern: vaída-bhr̥t-ya-ḥ/°-bhr̥ty-au / vaida-bhr̥tā-ḥ; śālā-vat-ya-ḥ/°-vaty-au / śālā-vatā-ḥ; śaíkhā-vat-ya-ḥ/°-vaty-au / śaikhā-vatā-ḥ; śāmī-vat-ya-ḥ/°-vat-y-au / śāmī-vatā-ḥ; aúrṇā-vat-ya-h/°-vat-y-au / aurṇā-vatā-ḥ; śraú-mat-ya-ḥ/°-mat-y-au / śrau-matā-ḥ. Description

$5.3.119 Ñya-āday-as tad-rājā-ḥ

The technical term tad-rāja denotes [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] beginning with Ñya (112).

These affixes are: [Ñya 112, ÑyaṬ 114, ṬéṇyaṆ 115, cha 116, áṆ, aÑ 117, yaÑ 118]. By 2.4.62 these are replaced by 0̸¹ in the plural except after feminine stems.

$5.4.1 pādá-śatá-sya saṁkhyā=āde-r vīpsā-y-ām vuN lopa-s=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] vuN is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] °-pādá- or °-śatá co-occurring with a numeral as a preceding member (in composition: saṁkhyā-āde-ḥ) to denote a distribution (vīpsā-y-ām) with lopa (0̸) replacement of the [stem-final 1.1.52].

dvaú dvaú pād-aú dá-dā-ti = dvi-pād0̸+vuN = dvi-pad+vuN+ṬāP (6.4.130; 4.1.4) = dví-pad-aka+ṬāP = dví-pad-ik0̸-ā-ṁ (7.3.44) dá-dā-ti `he gives two quarters to each'. Similarly dv-é dv-é śat-é dá-dā-ti = dví-sát-ikā-ṁ dá-dā-ti `distributes 200 pieces to each'. Stems ending in the affix [vuN] are generally realized as feminine in gender.

$5.4.2 ¹daṇḍá-²vy-ava-sarg-áy-os=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 vuN 1] is also (ca) introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 °-pādá- `quarter' or °-śatá- `hundred' co-occurring with numerals as preceding members in composition 1 to denote a fine (daṇḍá-) or a gift (°-vy-ava-sarg-áy-oḥ) [with 0̸ replacement of the stem-final phoneme 1].

dv-aú dv-aú pād-aú daṇḍ-i-tá-ḥ/vy-áva-sr̥j-a-ti = dví-pad-ikā-ṁ daṇḍ-i-tá-ḥ/vy-áva-sr̥j-a-ti `he is fined/donates two quarters'. Similarly dví-śat-ikā-ṁ daṇḍitá-ḥ/vyávasr̥jati `fined/donates 200 pieces'.

$5.4.3 sthūla=ādi-bhyaḥ pra-kār-a-vác-an-e kaN

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with sthūla- `gross' to denote mode or manner (pra-kār-a-vác-an-e).

sthūla-pra-kār-á-ḥ = sthūla+kaN = sthūla-ka- `possessing grossness'; similarly áṇu-ka- `possessing lightness' Description

$5.4.4 án-aty-anta-ga-t-au Kt-āt

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 3 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] Ktá to denote an action not yet completed (án-aty-anta-ga-t-au).

bhid+Ktá+kaN = bhin-ná+kaN (8.2.42) = bhín-na-ka- `not yet fully broken'; similarly chid+Ktá+kaN = chín-na-ka- `not yet fully split'.

$5.4.5 ná sāmi-vác-an-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 3] is not (ná) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 Ktá 4] when co-occurring with sāmí `half' as an úpapada (3.1.92).

sāmí+kr̥+Ktá = sāmi-kr̥-tá-m `half-done or half-finished'; sāmi-bhuk-tá-m `half-eaten'. The expression [°-vác-ana-m] implies synonyms of [sāmí-]: ardha-bhuk-tá-m/nemi-bhuk-tá-m etc. Description

$5.4.6 br̥haty-ā ā-cchād-an-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 3] is pleonastically introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] br̥hatī `lofty, high' to denote `a coverlet' (ācchādane).

br̥h-at-ī+kaN = bŕh-at-i-k-ā (7.4.13). Description

$5.4.7 ¹a-ṣaḍ-aks-á=²āś-i-tá-ṁ-gu=³álaṁ-karman=⁴álam-puruṣa=⁵ádhy-uttara-pad-āt kha-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kha is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] a-ṣaḍ-akṣ-á- `not containing six eyes', āśitaṁ-gú- `where cows are fed', álaṁ-karman- `fit for action', álaṁ-puruṣa- `enough for a man' and expressions [ending in 4.1.72] the indeclinable °-ádhi `concerning' as a posterior member (in composition).

1. a-ṣaḍ-akṣ-á+kha = a-ṣaḍ-akṣ-0̸+īna- = a-ṣaḍ-akṣ-īṇa- `secret (= not known to six eyes or three persons)'.

Similarly: 2. āś-i-ta-ṁ-gú+kha = āśitaṁ-gav-īna- `a place where cows are fed'. 3. alaṁ-karm-īṇa- `fit for any work'; alaṁ-puruṣ-īṇa- `sufficient for a man'; 4. īś-var-e ádhi īśvarādhi+kha = is-var-ādh-īna- `subservient or dependent on God'.

$5.4.8 vibhāṣā=añce-r á-dik-striy-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kha 7] is optionally (vibhāṣā) [introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] °añc- which is not a direction word in the feminine gender (á-dik-striyām).

prāc+kha = prac-īnam/prāk `eastern'; similarly arvāc-īna-m/arvāk `recent', but prāc-ī dik, prāc-īn-ā brāhmaṇ-ī `aged brahmin lady'. Description

$5.4.9 jāti=ant-āt=cha bándhu-n-i

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] cha is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] co-occurring with °-jāti- `genus, caste' as a final member (°-ant-āt in composition) to denote a connection or appropriateness (bándhu-n-i).

The word [bándhu-] here denotes a sign or item which is appropriate or associated with a specific caste or genus. brāhmaṇa-jātí+cha = brāhmaṇa-jāt0̸-īya- `proper or associated with a brahmin, belonging to a brahmin'.

$5.4.10 sthāna=ant-āt=vibhāṣā sá-sthān-ena=iti cét

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 cha 9] is pleonastically introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] co-occurring with °-sthāna- `place' as a final member (°-ant-āt in composition) to denote something which is made to take its place (sá-sthān-ena=iti cét) optionally.

pitú-r iva sthāna-m a-syá = pitr-ā túl-ya-ḥ = pitŕ-sthāna+cha = pitr̥-sthān0̸-īya-/pitŕ-sthāna- `who takes the place of the father or stands in the place of the father'.

$5.4.11 ¹kím=²eT=³tiṄ=⁴ávyaya=GH-ĀT=āmu̱=á-dravya-pra-karṣ-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] āmu̱ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] kím- `who, what, which', expressions [ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme [eT], verbal stems [ending in 1.1.72] l-substitute tiṄ, indeclinables (ávyaya-), co-occurring with the affix [3.1.1] GHA (1.1.22 = taraP, tamaP) except when (the comparative or superlative degree) refers to the object itself (á-drav-ya-pra-karṣ-e).

1. kím+taraP/tamaP = kím-tara-/°-tama+āmu̱ = kim-tar0̸-ām/°-tam-ām `which of two/many?'.

2. purvāhṇe+taraP/tamaP = pūrvāhnẹ=tar-ām/°-tam-ām `more/most in the morning'.

3. pac-a-ti-tar-ām/°-tam-ām `cooks better/best'.

4. uccais-tar-ām/°-tam-ām `higher/highest' but uccaís-tara-ḥ párvata-ḥ `the mountain is higher'.

$5.4.12 ámu̱ ca=chándas-i

In the domain of Chandas [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ámu̱ in addition to (ca) [āmu̱ 11 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 consisting of kím-, expressions ending in phoneme /eT/, verbal stems ending in l-substitute tiṄ and indeclinables, co-occurring with the affixes denoted by GHA except when referring to the object itself 11].

prá+taraP = pra-tara+ám/ām = pra-tar0̸-ám/pra-tar-ām náy-ā-maḥ `we are leading further'.

$5.4.13 anu-gād-ín-as=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] anu-gād-ín- `echoing other's words'.

anu-gād-ín+ṭháK = ānu-gād0̸0̸-iká- `repeating another's words'.

$5.4.14 ṆáC-as striy-ām aÑ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] aÑ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the kr̥t affix 3.3.43] ṆáC in the feminine gender (striy-ām).

paras-pará-m vy-áva-kroś-anti = vy-áva-kruś+ṆáC+aÑ+ṆīP (4.1.15) = vy-āva-kros-á+aÑ+ī = vyāva-kroś-0̸-ī várt-a-te `mutual abuse takes place'. Similarly vy-āva-hās-ī `mutual laughter'.

$5.4.15 áṆ ínu̱Ṇ-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] áṆ is introduced pleonastically [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] ínu̱Ṇ (3.3.44).

sám+kūṭ+ínuṆ+áṆ = sāṁ-kūṭ-ín+áṆ = sāṁ-kūṭ-in-á-m `conflagration'; sāṁ-rāv-iṇ-á-m `general uproar'.

$5.4.16 vi-sār-íṇ-aḥ mátsy-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 15 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] vi-sār-ín `which slips' to denote a fish (mátsy-e).

vi-sār-ín+áṆ = vai-sār-iṇ-á- `fish'. Description

$5.4.17 saṁ-khyā-y-āḥ kriyā=abhy-ā-vr̥t-ti-gáṇ-an-e kr̥tvásu̱C

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kr̥tvásu̱C is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] comprising numerals (saṁkhyā-y-āḥ) to denote the counting of the repetition of an action (kriyā+abhy-ā-vr̥t-ti-gáṇ-an-e).

páñcan+krtvásu̱C = pañca0̸=kr̥tvás `five times' (8.2.7); so also sapta-kr̥tvás `seven times'. Description

$5.4.18 ¹dví-²trí-³catúr-bhyām su̱C

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] su̱C is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 comprising the numerals 17] dví- `two', trí-`three' and catúr- `four' [to denote the counting of the repetition of an action 17].

dví+su̱C = dví-ḥ `twice'; trí-su̱c = trí-ḥ `thrice' and catúr+su̱C = catúr-s = catur-0̸ (8.2.24) = catúḥ (8.3.15) `four times'. Description

$5.4.19 éka-sya sakŕt=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 su̱C 18 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 comprising the numeral 17] éka- `one' [to denote the counting of an action 17] and the substitute morpheme sakŕt- replaces [the whole (1.1.55)] stem.

éka+su̱C = sa-kŕ-t+su̱C = sa-kŕ-t0̸ (6.1.68) `once' Description

$5.4.20 vibhāṣā bahó-r dhā=a-vi-pra-kr̥ṣ-ṭa-kāl-é

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] dhā is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 comprising the numeral 17] bahú- `many, numerous' [to denote the counting of the repetition of an action 17] in the not too distant time (a-vi-pra-kr̥ṣ-ṭa-kāl-e).

bahú+dhā/kr̥tvásu̱C = bahu-dhā/°-kr̥tvás `many times' in: bahu-dhā divasá-sya bhuṅk-té `eats several times a day' but bahu-kr̥tváḥ māsa-sya bhuṅk-té `eats numerous times in a month'. Description

$5.4.21 tát pra-kr̥-ta-vac-an-é máyaṬ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] máyaṬ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet (tád-°) pleonastically to denote `made thereof, consisting thereof' (pra-kr̥-ta-vac-an-é).

ánna-m prá-kr̥-ta-m = anna+máyaṬ = anna-máya-m `consisting of food'.

$5.4.22 sam-ūha-vát=ca bahú-ṣu

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] introduced after a collection (sam-ūhá-° 4.2.37) are also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the first sUP triplet 21] and in the plural (bahú- su) in addition to (ca) [affix 3.1.1 máyaṬ to denote `consisting thereof'27].

módakā-ḥ prá-kr̥-tā-ḥ = módaka+ṭháK (4.2.47)/máyaṬ = maudak0̸-iká-m/modaka-máya-m `abounding in or consisting of modaka-s'.

$5.4.23 ¹án-anta=²ā-vas-athá=³itiha=⁴bheṣaj-āt=Ñyaḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ñya is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] án-anta- `endless', ā-vas-athá- `residence', iti-ha- `so indeed (it was)' and bheṣajá- `remedy' pleonastically.

án-anta eva = ánanta+Ñya = ān-ant0̸-ya- `endless, infinite'; similarly ā-vasath-ya-/aíti-h-ya-/bhaíṣaj-ya- `habitation, residence/tradition, history/remedy, medicine'.

$5.4.24 deváta=ant-āt tād-arth-y-e yàT

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] yàT is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] co-occurring with °-devátā `divinity' as a final member (°-ant-āt in composition) and ending in 1.1.72 the fourth sUP triplet (tād-arthy-e 2.1.36) to denote `meant for it'.

agni-devatā-yai idám = agni-devatā+yàT= agni-devat0̸-yà-m `meant for or consecrated to the divinity Agni'.

$5.4.25 ¹pāda=²arghā-bhyāṁ ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 yàT 24] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] pādá- `foot' and arghá- `homage, worship' [ending in the fourth sUP triplet to denote `meant for or consecrated to it 24].

pādā-ya idám = pādá+yàT = pād0̸-ya-m `water meant for washing the feet as an act of worship'; similarly arghārtha-m udaka-m = árgh-ya-m `water offered at the respectful reception of a guest'.

$5.4.26 átithe-r Ñya-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] Ñya is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] átithi- `honored guest' [ending in 1.1.72 the fourth sUP triplet to denote `meant for him' 24].

átithay-e idám = átithi+Ñya = ātith0̸-ya-m `hospitality'.

$5.4.27 dev-āt taL

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] taL is introduced pleonastically [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] devá- `divinity, god'.

devá evá = devá+taL+ṬāP (4.1.4) = devá-tā.

$5.4.28 áve-ḥ ká-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ká is introduced pleonastically [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] ávi- `sheep'.

ávi-r evá = ávi+ká = avi-ká-ḥ `sheep'. Description

$5.4.29 yāvá=ādi-bhyaḥ kaN

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] kaN is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with yāvá- `a kind of food made from barley'.

yāvá evá = yāvá+kaN = yāva-ka-ḥ. Description

$5.4.30 lóhit-āt=maṇ-aú

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 29 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] lóhita- `red' when designating a gem (maṇ-aú).

lóhita-ḥ evá = lóhita+kaN = lóhita-ka-ḥ `a red gem'. Description

$5.4.31 várṇ-e ca=á-nity-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 19 is pleonastically introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 lohitá- `red' 30] to denote a non-permanent color (á-nity-e várṇ-e).

lohitá+kaN = lóhita-ka-ḥ `blushing red (through anger, pressure, etc.) but lohitá-ḥ gaú-ḥ `red bull'. Description

$5.4.32 rak-t-é

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 29 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 lóhita- `red' 30] for denoting (something) dyed red (rak-t-é).

lóhit-ena rak-tá-ḥ = lóhita+kaN = lóhita-ka-ḥ `(cloth) dyed red'.

$5.4.33 kāl-āt=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 kaN 29] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] kālá- `black' [to denote a non-permanent color 31 or (something) dyed with it 32].

kāl-éna rak-tá-ḥ = kālá+kaN = kāla-ka-ḥ paṭá-ḥ `cloth dyed black'; kāla-ka-m múkha-m vaí-lakṣaṇ-y-ena `a face turned black through embarassment'.

$5.4.34 vi-nay-á=ādi-bhyas=ṭháK

[The taddhitá 4.1.7& affix 3.1.1] ṭháK is introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with vi-nay-á- `good or moral conduct, humility' pleonastically.

vi-nay-á evá = vi-nay-á+ṭháK = vai-nay0̸-ika- `good behavior, true modesty/humility'. samaya eva = sāmay-ika- `proper time'.

$5.4.35 vāc-áḥ vy-ā-hr̥-ta=arthā-y-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ṭháK 34 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] vāc- `speech' to denote conveyance of an oral message (vy-ā-hr̥-ta=arthā-y-ām).

vāc+ṭháK = vāc-iká- `an oral communication'. Description

$5.4.36 tád-yuk-t-āt kármaṇ-aḥ=áṆ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] aṆ is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] kár-man- `occupation' when it is associated with it (tad-yuk-t-āt) [= the conveyance of an oral message 35].

kár-ma evá = kár-man+áṆ = kārmaṇ-á- (6.4.167) `an action in consonance with a verbal message'.

$5.4.37 óṣadhe-r á-jā-t-au

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ 36 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] óṣadhi- `herb' when it is not designated as a genus (á-jā-t-au).

óṣadhi+áṆ = auṣadh0̸-á-m dá-dā-ti/pib-anti `gives/drink a herbal remedy', but óṣadhay-aḥ `herbs'.

$5.4.38 pra-jñá=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 áṆ] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with pra-jña `intelligent, wise', pleonastically.

pra-jña-ḥ evá = pra-jñá+áṆ = prājn0̸-á-ḥ `wise man'; so also vaṇíg evá = vaṇíj+áṆ = vāṇij-á-ḥ `merchant'.

$5.4.39 mŕd-as tikaN

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] tikaN is introduced pleonastically [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] mŕd- `earth, dust, soil, mud'.

mŕd+tikaN+ṬāP (4.1.4) = mŕt-tik0̸-ā. Description

$5.4.40 ¹sá-²sn-aú pra-śaṁs-ā-y-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] sá and sná are introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] mŕd- `earth, dust, soil, mud' 39 to denote excellence (pra-śaṁs-ā-y-ām).

mr̥d+sá/sná+ṬāP = mr̥t-s-ā/mr̥t-sn-ā `excellent or good quality earth'. Exception to [rūpaP 5.3.66].

$5.4.41 ¹vŕka-²jyéṣṭhā-bhyāṁ ¹tiL-²tātiL-au ca=chándas-i

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1] tiL and tātiL are [respectively 1.3.10 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] vŕka- `wolf' and jyéṣṭhá- `most excellent or superior' [to denote excellence 40] in the domain of Chándas.

vŕka + tiL = vr̥ká-ti-ḥ `killer-wolf'; similarly jyéṣṭhá+tātiL = jyeṣṭhá-tāti-ḥ `highest excellence, superiority'.

$5.4.42 ¹bahú=²álpa=arth-āt=śás kārak-ād anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] śás is introduced optionally (anya-tará-syām) [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] synonymous with bahú- `many' and álpa- `a few' [ending in 1.1.72] a case affix (kārak-āt).

Since no specific kāraka is mentioned, all of them beginning with kárman- are relevant here: bahū-n-i/bahú-bhiḥ/bahú-bhyaḥ dá-dā-ti `gives much/with much/to many/from many' = bahu+śás= bahu-śáḥ dá-dā-ti; the genitive is not a kāraka: bahū-n-ām svāmī `lord of many'; similarly álpa-m/álp-ena/álpā-ya/álp-āt dá-dā-ti = alpa-śáḥ da-dā-ti `gives a few/with a few/to a few/from a few'.

$5.4.43 ¹saṁkhyā=²ekavacan-āt=ca vīpsā-y-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 śás 42 is] also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] representing number-words (saṁkhyā-°) and expressions in the singular (°-eka-vac-an-āt) to express a distributive sense (vīpsā-y-ām), [optionally 42].

dv-aú dv-aú = dví+śás = dvi-śáḥ módak-au dá-dā-ti `distributes two módaka-s each'; similarly niṣká-ṁ niṣká-ṁ dá-dā-ti niṣká+śás = niṣka-śáḥ dá-dā-ti `distributes a niṣka each'.

$5.4.44 prati-yog-é pañcamy-ās tási̱-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] tás is [optionally 92 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the fifth sUP triplet (pañcamy-āḥ) co-occurring with the particle práti-°. (2.3.11).

pra-dyumná-ḥ vāsudev-āt práti/vásudeva+tás práti `Pradyumná is the representative of Vāsudevá'.

$5.4.45 apa=ā-dān-e ca=á-¹hīya-²ruh-oḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 tási̱ 44] is also (ca) [optionally 42 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the fifth sUP triplet 44] to denote ablation (apa=ā=dān-e 1.4.24) excluding that associated with (verbal stems) hī-yá `to be abandoned' and rúh- `ascend'.

grām-āt/grāma-tás ā-gacch-a-ti `comes from the village'; cor-āt/cora-tás bí-bhe-ti `fears the thief'; adhy-ay-an-āt/adhy-ay-ana-tás párā-jay-a-te `overcome by study'; but sārth-āt hī-yá-te `is abandoned from the caravan' and párvat-ād áva-roh-a-ti `descends from the mountain'.

$5.4.46 ¹ati-grah-á=²á-vyath-ana=³kṣépe-ṣu á-kar-tar-i tr̥-tīyā-y-āḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.16 affix 3.1.1 tási̱ 44 is introduced optionally 42 after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the third sUp triplet (tr̥-tīyā-y-āḥ) but not denoting the agent (á-kar-tar-i) to express `excess' (ati-grah-á-0̸), `non-yielding' (°-ávyathana-°) or `blame' (°-kṣépe-ṣu).

1. cāritr-éṇa/cāritra-tás áti-gr̥h-ya-te `excels (others) through conduct/behavior'; 2. vr̥t-t-éna/vr̥t-ta-tás ná vyáth-a-te `does not yield (to any) through conduct'; 3. vr̥t-t-éna/vr̥t-ta-tás kṣip-tá-ḥ `blamed on account of behavior'. But deva-datt-éna kṣip-tá-ḥ `blamed by D.' Description

$5.4.47 ¹hī-yá-m-āna-²pāpa-yog-āt=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 tási̱ 44] is also (ca) introduced [optionally 42 after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet, but not denoting the agent 46], co-occurring with the verbal stem hī-yá- `be abandoned' or the nominal stem pāpá- `sin'.

vr̥t-t-éna/cāritr-éṇa = vr̥t-ta-tás/cāritra-tás hī-yá-te `is abandoned on account of behavior'; similarly vr̥t-ta-tás/cāritra-tás pāpá-ḥ `a sinner through behavior'.

$5.4.48 ṣaṣ-ṭhy-ā vy-ā-śray-é

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 tási̱ 44 is introduced optionally 42 after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet (ṣaṣ-ṭhy-āḥ) to denote `taking the part of' (vy-ā-śray-é).

dev-āḥ árjunasya/arjuna-tás á-bhav-an `the gods took the side of Arjuna'. Description

$5.4.49 róg-āt=ca=apa-náy-an-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 tási̱ 49] is also (ca) introduced optionally 42 after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 designating a malady (róg-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 the sixth sUP triplet 48] to denote its removal (apa-nay-an-é) or cure.

pra-vāh-ik-ā-y-āḥ apa-náy-ana-ṁ kur-ú = pra-vāh-ik-ā-tás kur-ú `cure diarrhoea'. Description

$5.4.50 ¹kr̥=²bhū=³ás-ti-yog-e sam-pad-ya-kar-tár-i Cvi̱ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] Cvi̱ is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] which is the agent of the verbal stem sám-pad-ya- `become', co-occurring with (the verbal stems) kr̥- `make' (VIII 10), bhū- `become (I 1) or as- `be' (II 56).

A vārttika restricts the application of this rule to [a-bhū-ta-tad-bhāv-é] `becoming what it was not before'. Kāśikā accepts this as part of the sūtra itself.

á-śuk-la-ḥ śuk-lá-ḥ sám-pad-ya-te = śukla+Cvi̱+bhū = suklī+bhū- (7.4.12) `turn or become white', similarly suklī+kr̥- `make white'.

$5.4.51 ¹árus=²mánas=³cákṣus=⁴cétas=⁵ráhas=⁶rájas-āṁ lópa-s=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 Cvi̱ 50 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] árus- `wound', mán-as- `mind', cákṣ-us- `eye', cét-as- `awareness, consciousness', ráh-as- `secrecy, privacy', ráj-as- `passion' [co-occurring with the verbal stems kr̥- `make', bhū- `become' or as- `be', and serves as the agent of the verbal stem sám-pad-ya- 50] with lopa (0̸) replacing the stem-final phoneme [1.1.52].

án-arus=árus=sám-pad-ya-te = árus+Cvi̱+kr̥- = aru0̸+Cvi̱+kr̥- = arū+0̸+kr̥- (6.1.67; 7.4.16) `inflict a wound, wound'. Similarly: un-man-as+Cvi̱+kr̥- = un-mana0̸+Cvi̱+kr̥- = un-manī+0̸-kr̥- `cause perplexity'; un-manī=bhū- `become perplexed'; uc-caksū-kr̥-/bhū- `make one raise the eye/raise the eye; vi-cetī+kr̥-/bhū- `make one become aware of/become aware of'; vi-rahī+kr̥-/bhū- `separate from/become separate'. vi-rajī+kr̥-/bhū- `render free from passion/become free from passion'.

$5.4.52 vibhāṣā sāti̱ kārt-sn-y-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] sāti̱ is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 which is the agent of the verbal stem sám-pad-ya- `become', co-occurring with the verbal stems kr̥- `make', bhū- `become' or as- `be' 50] when the transformation is complete (kārt-sn-y-e).

bhásman+sāt/Cvi̱+bhū- bhasma0̸-sāt (8.2.7)/bhasmī-bhū- `be fully turned to ashes'.

$5.4.53 abhi-vi-dh-aú sám-pad-ā ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 sāti̱ 52 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] co-occurring with the verbal stem sám-pad- `become' as well as (ca) [with kr̥- `make', bhū- `become' and as- `be' 50] to denote a partial transformation (abhi-vi-dh-aú),

udaka-sāt sám-pad-ya-te/udakī-bhav-a-ti lavaṇá-m `the salt turns partially into water'.

$5.4.54 tad-adh-īna-vác-an-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 sāti̱ 52 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 co-occurring with the verbal stem sám-pad- `become' 53 or with kr̥- `make', bhū- `become' or as- `be' 50] to denote `is dependent on him' (tad-adh-īna-vaca-n-e).

rāja-sāt kar-ó-ti/sám-pad-ya-te = rājādh-īna-m kar-ó-ti `brings under the control of the king'; with °-bháv-a-ti `becomes subject to the king'. Description

$5.4.55 dé-y-e trā ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] trā in addition to (ca) [sāti̱ 52 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 co-occurring with the verbal stem sám-pad- `become' 53 or with kr̥- `make', bhū- `become' or as- `be' 50] to denote `be given (under the control of that)' (dé-y-e).

brāhmaṇa-trā/brāhmaṇa-sāt kar-ó-ti/sám-pad-yate/bháv-a-ti. Description

$5.4.56 ¹devá-²manuṣyà-³púruṣa-⁴purú-⁵mártye-bhyaḥ dvi-tīy-ā-sapta-my-ór bahulám

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 trā 55] is variously (bahulá-m) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] devá- `divine being', manuṣyà- `man', púruṣa- `person', purú- `many' and már-tya- `mortal' [ending in 1.1.72] the second or seventh sUP triplet (dvi-tīy-ā-sapta-my-óḥ).

dev-ān gácch-a-ti = deva-trā gácch-a-ti `goes to the gods'; devé-ṣu/deva-trā vás-a-ti `abides with gods'; similarly: manuṣya-trā/puruṣa-trā/puru-trā/martya-trā `to or among men/persons/many/mortals'.

$5.4.57 a-vy-ak-ta-anu-kar-aṇ-āt=dvi-áC=avara=ardh-āt án-it-au ḌāC

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḌāC is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] representing an echo-word (avyakta=anukaraṇ-āt) consisting of at least two syllables in its (constituent) half (dvi=áC=avara=ardh-āt), not followed by the particle [iti] [co-occurring with the verbal stems kr̥- `make', bhū- `become or as- `be' 50].

paṭat+ḌāC = paṭat-paṭat+ḌāC = paṭa0̸-paṭa0̸-ā = paṭa-paṭ-ā kar-ó-ti (6.1.100) `makes a sound like paṭpat'. But paṭat+iti = paṭ0̸0̸-iti = paṭ-iti (6.4.98).

$5.4.58 kr̥ñ-aḥ ¹dvi-tīya-²tr̥-tīya-³śámba-⁴bīj-āt kr̥ṣ-aú

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌāC 57 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] dvi-tīya- `second' tr̥-tīya- `third', śámba- `opposite direction' and bīja- `seed' co-occurring with the verbal stem kr̥Ñ- `make' to denote ploughing (kr̥ṣ-aú).

dvi-tīya-m kárṣ-aṇa-m kar-ó-ti = dvi-tīya+ḌāC = dvi-tīy0̸-ā kar-ó-ti `ploughs a second time'; similarly: tr̥-tīy-ā kar-ó-ti `ploughs a third time' and śámb-ā/bīj-ā kar-o-ti `ploughs in the reverse or opposite direction/ploughs and seeds simultaneously'.

$5.4.59 saṁkhyā-y-aḥ guṇá=antá-y-āḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌāC 57] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of a numeral (saṁkhya-y-āḥ) co-occurring with °-guṇá- `times' as a final member (°-antā-y-āḥ in composition) [and with the verbal stem kr̥Ñ- to denote ploughing 58].

dvi-guṇá-m = dvi-guṇá+ḌáC = dvi-gun0̸-ā kar-ó-ti `ploughs twice'. Description

$5.4.60 sam-ay-āt=ca yāp-anā-y-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḌāC 57 is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] sam-ay-á- `time' [co-occurring with the verbal stem kr̥Ñ- 58] to denote `neglect, procrastination' (yā-p-anā-y-ām).

samayá+ḌāC = samay0̸-ā kar-ó-ti `procrastinates'. Description

$5.4.61 ¹sá-pat-tra-²níṣ-pat-tr-āt=ati-vyáth-an-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌāC 57 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] sá-pat-tra- `feathered' and níṣ-pat-tra- `unfeathered' [co-occurring with the verbal stem kr̥Ñ- 58] to denote `intense pain' (ati-vyáth-an-e).

sá-pat-tra+ḌāC = sa-pat-tr0̸-ā kar-ó-ti `wound with a feathered arrow in such a way that the feather enters the body'; so likewise niṣ-pat-tr-ā kar-ó-ti `wounds in such a way that the arrow becomes unfeathered when emerging from the other side of the body'.

$5.4.62 níṣ-kul-āt=niṣ-kóṣ-aṇ-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌāC 57 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] níṣ-kula- `without family' [co-occurring with the verbal stem kr̥Ñ- 58] to denote `evisceration or dismemberment' (niṣ-kóṣ-aṇ-e).

níṣ-kula+ḌāC = niṣ-kul0̸-ā kar-ó-ti `exterminates by dismemberment' but níṣ-kulā-n kar-ó-ti śatrū-n `destroys the families of enemies'.

$5.4.63 ¹sukhá-²pri-y-āt ānu-lom-y-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌāC 57 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] sukhá- `happiness, bliss' and priy-á- `dear' [co-occurring with the verbal stem kr̥Ñ- 58] to denote `complaisance' (ānu-lom-y-e).

sukhá+ḌāC = sukh0̸-ā kar-ó-ti `makes happy, gladdens'; similarly priy-ā kar-ó-ti `acts friendly towards, endears'.

$5.4.64 duḥ-kh-āt prāti-lom-y-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌāC 57 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] duḥ-kha- `misery, unhappiness' [co-occurring with the verbal stem kr̥Ñ- 58] to denote `distress, inconvenience, pain' (prāti-lom-y-e).

duḥ-khá+ḌāC = duḥ-kh0̸-ā kar-ó-ti `causes pain, distresses'.

$5.4.65 śūl-āt pāk-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌāC 57 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] śūla- `spit' [co-occurring with the verbal stem kr̥Ñ- 58] to denote `roasting, cooking' (pāk-e).

śūla+ḌāC = śūl0̸-ā kar-ó-ti `roasts on the spit'.

$5.4.66 sat-y-āt á-śap-ath-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌāC 57 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] sat-yá- `truth' [co-occurring with the verbal stem kr̥Ñ- 58] when not signifying an oath (á-śap-ath-e).

sat-yá+ḌāC = sat-y0̸-ā kar-ó-ti `concludes a bargain' but sat-yá-ṁ kar-ó-ti brāmaṇá-ḥ `the brahmin utters an oath'.

$5.4.67 mad-r-āt pari-vā-p-an-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 ḌāC 57 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] mad-rá- `auspicious' [co-occurring with the verbal stem kr̥Ñ- 58] to denote shaving of the head (pari-vā-p-an-e).

mad-rá+ḌāC = mad-r0̸-ā kar-ó-ti `shaves off (the head), tonsures'.

$5.4.68 sam-āsa=ant-āḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced hereafter, beginning with this section and extending up to the end of this chapter] occur at the end(°-ant-āḥ) of compound expressions (sam-āsá-°,).

This is a governing rule heading this section for forming certain compounds ending in these specific affixes. The word [samāsāntá-] recurs in each of the following rules till the end of this chapter.

$5.4.69 ná pūj-an-āt

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced in the section 68-160] do not occur (ná) [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 co-occurring with another as a prior member in composition 68 and] expressing laudation (pūj-an-āt).

śóbh-an-o rājā = sú+rājan- `good king' blocking out the operation of 91 below. Similarly áti-śay-i-ta-ḥ rājā = áti-rājan- `an extraordinary king'. Description

$5.4.70 kím-aḥ kṣép-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced in the section 68-160 do not occur 69 after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] co-occurring with kím-° (as a prior member in composition) denoting pejoration (kṣép-e).

kím+rājan- `a king (who does not protect), an evil ruler'; kím-go- `an ox (which does not carry)', but ká-sya rājā = kim+rājan+ṬáC = kim-rāj0̸0̸-á- (91; 6.4.144) `whose king?'.

$5.4.71 náÑ-as tatpuruṣ-āt

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced in the section 68-160 do not occur 69 after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of a compound co-occurring with the negative particle náÑ-° (as a prior member in) a Tatpuruṣá compound.

náN+rājan- = á-rājan `not a king'; similarly á-sakhi- `not a friend or companion'; exception to 91 below.

$5.4.72 path-áḥ=vibhāṣā

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affixes 3.1.1 introduced in the section 68-160 do not occur 69] optionally (vibhāṣā) [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 consisting of a negative Tatpuruṣa compound 71 ending in 1.1.72] °-páthin- `path'.

ná pánthā-ḥ = náÑ+páthin- = á-pathin/apath0̸0̸+á (74) = a-path-á- `not a path.' Description

$5.4.73 bahvrīh-aú saṁkhy-éy-e ḌáC á-¹bahu-²gaṇ-āt

[The samāsānta 68 taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] ḌáC is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of a Bahuvrīhí compound according to 2.2.25 above (sam-khy-éy-e), excluding those ending in (1.1.72) °-bahú- `many' and °-gaṇá- `troop,group'.

dáśā-n-āṁ sam-īp-è y-é s-ánti = upa+daśan+ḌáC+Jas = upa-daś0̸0̸-á+Jas = upa-daś-ā-ḥ `whose number is approximately 10'; dv-aú vā tráy-o vā = dvi+tri+ḌáC+Jas = dvi-tr-āḥ `two or three', but bahūn-n-āṁ sam-īp-é y-é = úpa-bahu+Jas = úpa-bahav-aḥ `a good many'; so also úpa-gaṇ-āḥ `constituting a small class or number less than a troop'.

$5.4.74 ¹ŕc=²púr=³áp=⁴dhúr-⁵path-ām á=án-akṣ-e

The samāsāntá 68 taddhitá 4.1.76 affix á is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 3.1.2] ŕc- `a stanza of RV', púr- `fortified city', áp- `water', dhúr- `pole of a carriage' excluding one connected with the axle (án-akṣ-e) and páthin- `path' [occurring as final members of a compound 68].

1. bahu+r̥c+á = bahv-r̥c-á- `pertaining to RV.'; ardh-ar-c-á- `half a r̥c'; 2. lalāṭa-pur-á- `n.pr. of a city'; 3. dvi+ap+á = dvi-ip-á- (6.3.97) = dv-ī-p-á- `island'; 4. rājan+dhur+á- = rāja0̸-dhur-á (8.2.7)+ṬāP (4.1.4) = rāja-dhur-0̸-ā `the yoke or burden of kingship' but akṣa+dhur = akṣa-dhúr- `pole connecting the axle'; 5. jala-pathin+á = jala-path0̸0̸+á- (6.4.144) `sea-lane'.

$5.4.75 áC ¹práti=²ánu=³áva-pūrv-āt ¹sāman=²lómn-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] áC is introduced at the end of the compound 68 nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 °-sāman- `chant' or °-lóman- `hair', co-occurring with the particles práti-, ánu-° and áva-° (in composition).

prati-ga-tá-ṁ sāma/prati-ga-tá-ṁ vā sáma a-syá = práti-sāman+áC = prati-sām0̸0̸-á-m (6.4.144); sāma prati = prati-sāmá-m (2.1.6); anu-sām-á-ḥ/anu-sām-á-m = ánu-ga-ta-ṁ sāma an-éna/anu-ga-tá-ṁ sāma; áva-ga-ta-m sāma an-éna = ava-sām-á-ḥ, ava-ga-tá-m sāma = anu-sām-á-m. Similarly prati-lom-á-m, anu-lom-á-m, ava-lom-á-m. Description

$5.4.76 akṣṇ-áḥ=á-darś-an-āt

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1] áC 75 is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] co-occurring with ákṣi- `eye` [as a final member in composition 68] when it does not imply `seeing' (á-darś-an-āt).

lavaṇá-m ákṣi iva = lavaṇá+ákṣi+áC = lavaṇākṣ0̸-á- `n.pr.' (2.1.56); similarly puṣkarākṣ-á-; brāhmaṇa-sya akṣi = brāhmaṇākṣi-. Patañjali emends this rule by suggesting replacing [a-darś-an-āt] by [á-prāṇy-aṅg-āt] to enable generating forms like kabarā-kṣ-á- `bridle' and gav-ākṣ-á- `window'. Description

$5.4.77 ¹a-catur-á=²vi-catur-á-³su-catur-á-⁴strī-puṁs-á-⁵dhenv-anaḍuh-á=⁶r̥k-sām-á=⁷vāṅ-manas-á=⁸akṣibhruv-á=⁹dāra-gav-á=¹⁰ūrv-aṣṭhīv-á-¹¹pad-aṣṭhīv-á-¹²nakta-ṁ-div-á-¹³ratri-ṁ-div-á=¹⁴ahar-div-á-¹⁵sa-rajas-á-¹⁶niḥ-śreyas-á-¹⁷puruṣāyus-á-¹⁸dvy-āyuṣ-á-¹⁹try-āyuṣ-á=²⁰r̥g-yajuṣ-á-²¹jātokṣ-á-²²mahokṣ-á-²³vr̥ddhokṣ-á=²⁴upa-śun-á-²⁵goṣṭha-śv-āḥ

The expressions beginning with a-catur-á- and ending with goṣṭha-śv-á- are introduced [as derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 áC 75]: (1) having less than four, (2) containing various quarters of verses, (3) whose quarters are good, (4) female and male, (5) cow and bull, (6) strophe and melody, (7) speech and mind, (8) eye and eye-brow, (9) a wife and a cow, (10) thigh and knee, (11) foot and thigh, (12) night and day, (13) night and day, (14) day after day, (15) entirely, (16) most excellent, (17) life span of man, (18) two life-spans, (19) three life-spans, (20) RV and YV, (21) young bull, (22) large bull, (23) old bull, (24) near the dog, and (25) dog in the manger respectively.

$5.4.78 ¹bráhman=²hastí-bhyāṁ várcas-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 áC is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] várcas- `luster' co-occurring with bráhman-° `sacred knowledge' and hastín- `elephant' [in composition 68].

brahma0̸-varcaś+áC (8.2.7) = brahma-varcas-á-m `pre-eminence in sacred knowledge'; similarly hasti-varcas-á-m `the strength of an elephant'. Description

$5.4.79 ¹áva-²sám-³andhé-bhyas támas-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 áC 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] támas- `darkness' co-occurring after áva-°, sám-° or andhá-° `blind' [in composition 68].

ava-tamas-á-m `light obscurity or darkness'; sam-tamas-á-m `great obscurity'; andha-tamas-á-m `blind darkness'.

$5.4.80 śvás-aḥ ¹vasīyas=²śréyas-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 áC 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-vás-īyas- `richer' and śréyas- `better' co-occurring after śvás- `tomorrow' [in composition 68].

śvo-vas-īyás+áC = śvo-vas-īyas-á- `bestowing future welfare'; śvaḥ-śreyas-á- `progressive improvement'.

$5.4.81 ¹ánu=²áva-³tap-t-āt ráhas-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 áC 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-ráh-as- `secret', co-occurring after ánu-°, áva-° or tap-tá- `hot' [in composition 68].

anu-rah-as-á-m `clandestinely, secretly'; ava-rah-as-á- `desolate'; tap-ta-rah-as-á-m `a secret which no one knows'.

$5.4.82 práte-r úr-as-aḥ sapta-mī-sth-āt

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 áC 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-úras- `chest, breast', co-occurring after the particle práti-° [in composition 68] when denoting the sense of the seventh sUP triplet (sapta-m-ī-sth-āt).

úras-i várt-a-te = praty-uras+áC = praty-uras-á-m `upon or against the breast; but prati-ga-tá-m úraḥ = práty-uras-.

$5.4.83 anu-gav-á-m ā-yām-é

The expression anu-gav-á- is introduced [as derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsántá 68 affix 3.1.1 áC 75 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal compound stem 4.1.1 anu-gú-] to denote the equivalent length of a cow (ā-yā-m-é).

anu-gu+áC (2.1.16) = anu-go+áC (6.4.146) = anu-gav-á-m yā-na-m `a cart having the length of a cow or bull', but gáv-ām paśc-āt = anu-gú (2.1.6; 1.2.48). Description

$5.4.84 dvi-stāvā tri-stāvā védi-ḥ

The expressions dvis-tāvā `having a double dimension' and tris-tāvā `having a triple dimension' are introduced for denoting a Vedic altar (védi-ḥ) [as derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 69 affix 3.1.1 áC 75].

dvis-tā-vat-ī+áC = dvis-tā-vat0̸+áC (6.4.148) = dvis-tāv0̸0̸+á+ṬāP = dvis-tāv-ā (irregular 0̸ replacement of syllable beginning with the last vowel) and similarly tris-tā-v-ā.

$5.4.85 upa-sarg-āt ádhvan-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 áC 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] ádhvan- `way, route' co-occurring after (1.1.67) a preverb particle (upa-sarg-āt) [in composition 68].

pra-ga-tá-ḥ ádhvān-am = pra+adhvan+áC = prādhv0̸0̸-á-ḥ rátha-ḥ `a chariot which has traversed a long distance', but para-má-ś ca asaú ádhvā ca = paramādhván- `high-way'. Description

$5.4.86 tatpuruṣá-sya=aṅgúle-ḥ ¹saṁkhyā-²ávyaya-āde-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 áC 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of a Tatpuruṣá compound [ending in 1.1.72 the nominai stem 4.1.1] °-aṅgúli- `finger', co-occurring with a numeral (saṁkhyā-°) or an indeclinable (°-ávyaya-°) as a prior member (°-ade-ḥ).

dv-é aṅgúl-ī pra-mā-ṇa-m a-syá = dví+angúli+áC = dvy-angul0̸+á- `having the measure of two fingers'; nir-ga-tá-m aṅgúli-bhyaḥ = nir+aṅgul-á- `slipped/dropped from the fingers'.

$5.4.87 ¹áhan=²sarvá=³eka-deśá-⁴sáṁ-khyā-ta-⁵púṇy-āt=ca rātre-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 áC 75 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °rātri- `night', co-occurring with °áhan-° `day', sarvá-° `all', expressions signifying eka-deśá- `a portion', sáṁ-khyāta-° `enumerated, counted' and púṇya-° `auspicious', as well as (ca) [with numerals and indeclinables in a Tatpuruṣá compound 86].

1. áhan+rātri+áC = ahar+rātr0̸-á- = aharU+rātr-á- (8.2.68) = aha-u+rātr-á- (6.1.114) = aho-rātr-á-ḥ `day and night'; 2. sarva-rātr-á-ḥ `whole night'; 3. pūrva-°/apara-rātr-á-ḥ `first part/second part of night'; 4. saṁ-khyā-ta-rātr-á-ḥ `enumerated or counted night'; 5. puṇya-rātr-á-ḥ `auspicious night'; 6. dv-é rātrī sam-ā-hr̥-te = dvi-rātr-á-ḥ `two nights'; 7. ati-krān-tá-ḥ rātri-m = ati-rātr-á-ḥ `passed beyond the night'. 3. and 4. are formed according to 2.2.1 and 2.1.57 respectively.

$5.4.88 áhn-aḥ ahna-ḥ=eté-bhyaḥ

The substitute morpheme ahna- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °ahan- `day' [as a final member of a compound 68, co-occurring with] these [eté-bhyaḥ = sarvá-° `all', expressions signifying eka-deśá- `portion', sáṁkhyāta-° `enumerated' and púṇya-° `auspicious' 87 as well as numerals and indeclinables 86].

1. sarva+ahan+ṬáC 91 = sarva+ahna+á- = sarva+ahn0̸-á (6.4.148) = sarvāhn-á-ḥ (8.4.7) `whole day'; 2. purvā-hṇ-á-ḥ/aparāhṇ-á-ḥ `forenoon/afternoon'; 3. saṁ-khyā-tāhn-á-ḥ `enumerated day'; 4. dvy-ahn-á-ḥ `two days'; 5. nir-ahṇ-á-ḥ `passed beyond the day'; the compound with [puṇya-°] is barred by 90 below.

$5.4.89 ná saṁkhyā=āde-ḥ sam-ā-hār-é

[The substitute morpheme ahna- 88] does not (ná) replace [the whole of 1.1.55 the nominal stem 4.1.1 °-áhan- `day' 88] co-occurring with numerals (saṁkhyā-°) as prior members (°-āde-ḥ in composition 88) when forming a collective compound (sam-ā-hār-é).

dv-é áhan-ī sam-ā-hr̥-t-e = dvi+ahan+ṬáC (91) = dvy-ah0̸0̸-á-ḥ `a collection or group of two days'.

$5.4.90 ¹ut-tamá=²ékā-bhyāṁ ca

[The substitute morpheme ahna- 88 does not 89] also (ca) replace [the nominal stem 4.1.1 °-áhan- `day' 88] co-occurring with the last word (uttamá-° of the group listed in 87) and éka-° `one'.

púṇya+áhan+áC = punyāh0̸0̸/-áC = puṇyāh-á-ḥ `auspicious day'; similarly ekāh-á-ḥ `a single day'.

$5.4.91 ¹rājan=²áhan=³sákhi-bhyas=ṬáC

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1] ṬáC is introduced [after the nominal stems 4.1.1] rājan- `king', áhan- `day' and sákhi- `companion, friend' [occurring at the end of a compound 68].

mahān rājā = mahát+0̸-rājan+ṬáC = maha-ā+rāj+0̸0̸-á- (6.3.46) = mahā-rājá- `great king, emperor'. paramá+áhan+ṬáC = paramāh0̸0̸-á- = parmāh-á- (6.4.145) `excellent day'. rājñ-aḥ sákhā = rājan+sákhi+ṬáC = rāja-sakh0̸-á- `companion or friend of the king'.

$5.4.92 gó-r á-taddhita-luK-i

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] gó- `cow, bull' [co-occurring as a final member 1.1.72 of a Tatpuruṣá 86 compound] provided it does not occur in one involving a luK (=0̸¹) replacement of a taddhitá affix (á-taddhita-luK-i).

paramá-s=ca asaú gaú-s=ca = paramá+gó+ṬáC = paramá-gav-á-ḥ `excellent bull'; pañcā-n-āṁ gáv-āṁ sam-ā-hār-á-ḥ = pañca0̸+go+ṬáC = pañca-gav-á-m (2.1.51) `a herd of five cows/bulls'; But pañcá-bhir gó-bhih krī-tá-ḥ = pañca0̸+go+ṭháK (5.1.37) = pañca-go+0̸³ (5.1.28) = panca-gú- (1.2.48) `bought with five cows/bulls'.

$5.4.93 agra=ā-khyā-y-ām úras-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] úras- `chest, breast' [occurring as a final member 1.1.72 of a Tatpuruṣá compound 86] to denote `the most excellent (of its kind)' (agra=ā-khyā-y-ām).

áśvā-n-ām úraḥ = aśva+uras+ṬáC = aśvoras-á-ḥ `most excellent horse'.

$5.4.94 ¹ánas=²áśman=³áyas-⁴sáras-āṁ ¹jā-ti-²saṁ-jñā-y-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix ṬáC 91 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] án-as- `chariot', áś-man- `rock', áy-as- `iron' and sár-as- `pool' [occurring as final members of 1.1.72 of Tatpuruṣá compounds 86] to denote a genus (jāti-°) or a name (°-saṁ-jñā-y-ām).

1. úpa+ánas+ṬáC = upānas-á-m `space in a chariot'; 2. a-mr̥-ta+aś-man+ṬáC = a-mr̥-tāś-m0̸0̸-á-ḥ `a variety of rock'; 3. kāla+ayas+ṬáC = kālāyas-ám `a variety of iron'; lohitāyas-á-m `copper'; 4. maṇḍūka-saras-á-m `fish-pond'; jala-saras-á-m `n.pr.' Description

$5.4.95 ¹grāma-²kauṭā-bhyāṁ ca tákṣṇ-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] tákṣan- `carpenter' co-occurring [after 31.1.67] grāma-° `village' or kauṭá- `independent' [in a Tatpuruṣá compound 86].

grāma-sya tákṣā = grāma0̸+takṣán+ṬáC = grāma-takṣ0̸0̸-á-ḥ (6.4.144) `village carpenter'; similarly kuṭy-ām bháv-a-sya takṣā = kauṭá+takṣan+ṬáC = kauṭa-takṣ-a-ḥ `independent or self-employed carpenter' but rājñ-aḥ tákṣā = rāja0̸-takṣán- `king's carpenter'. Description

$5.4.96 át-eḥ śúun-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] śván- `dog' co-occurring [after 1.1.67] the preverb particle áti-° [in a Tatpuruṣá compound 88].

ati-krān-tá-ḥ śvān-am = áti+śvan+ṬáC = ati-śv0̸-á-ḥ varāhá-ḥ `a wild boar which outruns a dog'; ati-śv-á-ḥ sévaka-ḥ `a servant as faithful as a dog'.

$5.4.97 upa-mā-n-āt á-prāṇi-ṣu

[The taddhitá samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 śván- `dog' 96] when employed as an object of comparison (upa-mā-n-āt) to denote inanimate objects (á-prāṇi-ṣu).

ā-karṣ-á-ḥ śvā=iva = ā-karṣ-a+śvan+ṬáC = ā-karṣ-a-śv0̸0̸-á-ḥ `a magnet shaped like a dog'; phalaka-śv-á-ḥ `a dice in the shape of a dog', but náÑ+śvan- = á-śvan- `not a dog' and vānara-ḥ śvā=iva vānara-śván- `dog-like ape or monkey'. Description

$5.4.98 ¹út-tara=²mr̥gá-pūrv-āt=ca sákth-n-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] sákthi- `thigh' co-occurring [after 1.1.67] út-tara-° `left', mr̥gá-° `animal, deer' and pūrva-° `anterior' [in a Tatpuruṣá compound 86] as well as (ca) [items denoting an object of comparison 97].

1. uttara+sakthí+ṬáC = uttara-sakth-á-m `left thigh'; 2. mr̥gá-sakth0̸-á-m `thigh of an animal or deer'; 3. pūrva-sakth0̸-á-m `upper part of the thigh'; 4. phalaka-saktha-n Description

$5.4.99 nāv-áḥ=dvigó-ḥ

[The taddhitá samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] naú- `ship, boat' occurring at the [end of 1.1.72] a Dvigú compound [provided it does not occur in one involving the luK (0̸¹) replacement of a taddhitá affix 92].

dv-é nāv-au sam-ā-hr̥-te = div+nau+ṬáC = div-nāv-á-m `a convoy of two boats'; dv-é nāv-au dhána-m a-syá = dví+naú+ṬáC+dhana = dvi-nāv-á-dhana-ḥ `whose assets consist of two boats' (2.1.52); dvā-bhyāṁ naú-bhyām ā-ga-tá-m = dvi-nāv-á-rūpya-m but rājñ-aḥ naú-ḥ = rāja0̸-naú-ḥ `royal boat' pañcá-bhir naú-bhiḥ krī-tá-m = pañca+nau+ṭháK→luK (4.1.88) = pañca-naú- (5.1.28) `bought with five boats'.

$5.4.100 ardh-āt=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 naú- `boat' 99] co-occurring with ardhá-° `half' [in a Tatpuruṣá compound 86].

ardhá-m nāv-áḥ = ardha+nau+ṬáC = ardha-nāv-á-m `half a boat'.

$5.4.101 khāry-āḥ prāc-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] khārī `n.pr. of a measure, [co-occurring after 1.1.67 ardhá-° 100 in a Tatpuruṣá compound 86 or in a Dvigú compound 99] according to Eastern Grammarians (prāc-ām).

1. ardhá-ṁ khāry-āḥ = ardha+khārī+ṬáC = ardha-khār0̸-á-m/ardha-khārí (1.2.48) `half a khārī'.

2. dv-é khāry-aú sam-ā-hr̥-t-é = dvi+khārī+ṬáC/(ṭháK→luk 4.1.80; 5.1.28) div-khar0̸-ám/dvi-khārí (1.2.48) `a heap of 2 khārī-s'.

$5.4.102 ¹dví-²trí-bhyām añjalé-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-añjalí- `a measure of corn', co-occurring [after 1.1.67] dví-° `two' and trí- `three' [in a Dvigú compound 99, but not when involving a luK replacement of a taddhitá affix 92].

dv-aú añjal-ī sam-ā-hr̥-t-é = dvi+añjali+ṬáC = dvy-añjal°-á-m `two añjalí measures'; similarly try-añjal-á-m `tree añjali measures'; but dváy-or añjalí-ḥ = dvy-añjalí-ḥ; dvā-bhyām añjalí-bhyām krī-tá-ḥ = dvi+anjali+ṭháK→luk dvy-añjalí-ḥ `bought with two añjalí measures'.

$5.4.103 ¹an-²as-ant-āt nápuṁsak-āt=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] °-an or °-as and neuter in gender (nápuṁsak-āt) [occurring at the end of 1.1.172 a Tatpuruṣá compound 86].

1. °-an: hastín-aḥ cár-maṇ-i = hasti0̸-carman+Ṅi (8.2.7) = hasti-carman+ṬáC+Ṅi = hasti-carm0̸0̸-á+i = hasti-carm-é ju-hó-ti `offers an oblation on an elephant hide'.

2. °-as: devá+chándas+ṬáC+Śi = deva-cchandas-á+Śi = deva-cchandas-ā-n-i `n.pr. of a metre'.

$5.4.104 bráhmaṇ-aḥ jāna-pada=ākhyā-y-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-bráh-man- `brahmin' [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Tatpuruṣá compound 86] when designating someone belonging to that locality (jāna-pada-ā-khyā-y-ām).

This rule implies that the prior member should be the name of a locality (jana-padá-). súrāṣṭre-ṣu bráh-mā = súrāṣṭra+bráh-man+ṬáC = surāṣṭra-brah-m0̸0̸-á-ḥ `a brahmin resident of Sur.'

$5.4.105 ¹kú-²mahát=bhyām anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samasantá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is] optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-bráh-man- co-occurring [after 1.1.67] kú-° and mahát-° [in a Tatpuruṣá compound 86].

1. kú-brah-man+ṬáC = ku-brah-m0̸0̸-á-/kú-brah-man- `vile brahmin'; similarly 2. mahát+bráh-man- = maha-ā-brahm-á- (6.3.44) = mahā-brahm-á-/mahā-brah-mán- `great brahmin'.

$5.4.106 dvaṁdv-āt ¹cU-²da̱-³ṣa̱=⁴ha̱-ant-āt sam-ā-hār-é

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of a Dvaṁdvá compound [ending in 1.1.72] a palatal phoneme (cU-°) or [d] or [ṣ] or [h] when denoting a collection (sam-ā-hār-é).

1. cU: vāk ca tvák ca = vāk0̸=tvac-ṬáC+am = vāk-tvac-á+am (6.1.97) `speech and touch'; íḍ ca ūrk ca = iḍ-ūrj+ṬáC = iḍ-ūrj-á-m `food and strength'; 2. [°d]: samíd=ca dr̥ṣád=ca = samid-dr̥ṣad-á-m `firewood and stone'; sampad-vipad-á-m `good and bad fortune'; 3. [°-ṣ]: vāk ca viprúṭ ca = vāg-vipruṣ-á-m `speech and drops falling from the mouth'; 4. [°-h]: chát-tram ca upā-nát=ca = chattro-pānah-á-m `umbrella and sandals'. Description

$5.4.107 avyayībhāv-é śarád=pra-bhr̥ti-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with (°-pra-bhr̥-ti-bhyaḥ) °-śarád- `autumn' occurring [at the end of 1.1.12 of] an Avyayībhāvá compound.

śarád-aḥ sam-īpá-m = upa-śarad+ṬáC = upa-śarad-á-m `approaching or near autumn', but parama-śarád- `good autumn'.

$5.4.108 an-as=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is introduced] also (ca) [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the syllable °-an- [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 an Avyayībhāvá compound 107].

rājñ-aḥ sam-īpá-m = upa+rājan+ṬáC = upa=rāj0̸0̸-á-m (6.4.144) = upa-ráj-á-m `near the king'; ātmán-i = adhi+ātman+ṬáC = adhy-ātm-á-m `within the Self'.

$5.4.109 nápuṁsak-āt=any-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 9.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91] is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the syllable °-an- 108] in neuter gender [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 an Avyayībhāvá compound 107].

cármaṇ-aḥ sam-īpá-m = upa+carman+ṬáC = upa-carm0̸0̸-á-m/upa-carmá `near the skin'; similarly carmaṇ-i = adhi-carm-á/adhi-carm0̸0̸-á-m `in/on the skin'.

$5.4.110 ¹nadī-²paurṇa-māsī-³āgra-hāy-aṇī-bhyaḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is optionally 109 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] nadī `river', paurṇa-māsī `full-moon night' and āgra-hāy-aṇ-ī `full-moon night of Agra-háy-aṇa-' [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 an Avyayībhāvá compound 107].

1. nady-āḥ sam-īpá-m = upa+nadi̱+ṬáC = upa-nad0̸-á-m `near the river'/upa-nadí; similarly 2. upa-paurṇa-mās-á-m/upa-paurṇa-māsí `approaching or near the full-moon night'; 3. upāgra-hāy-aṇ-á-m/upāgra-hāy-aṇí `approaching or near the full-moon night of Agra-hāy-aṇa'

$5.4.111 jha̱Y-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91 is optionally 109 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the phonemes denoted by the siglum jha̱Y(= all stops) [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 an Avyayībhāvá compound 1.07].

samídh-aḥ sam-īpá-m = upa+samidh+ṬáC = upa-samidh-á-m `near the fire-wood' alternately upa-samít; similarly upa-dr̥ṣad-á-m/upa-dr̥ṣát `near the rock'.

$5.4.112 giré-s=ca senaka-sya

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṬáC 91] is also (ca) [optionally 109 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-girí- `mountain' [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 an Avyayībhāvá compound 107] according to the grammarian Senaka.

The mention of the Senaka is honorific, since the optionality of this rule is provided by the recurring word [anya-tará-syām] from 109 above. giré-ḥ sam-īpá-m = upa-giri/upa-giri+ṬáC = upa-gir0̸-á-m `near the mountain'. Description

$5.4.113 bahuvrīh-aú ¹sákthi=²akṣṇó-ḥ sva=aṅg-āt ṢáC

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1] ṢáC is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] sákthi- `thigh' and ákṣi- `eye' denoting one's limbs (svāṅg-āt) when occurring at [the end of 1.1.72] a Bahuvrīhí compound.

The expression [bahuvrīh-aú] is the governing word recurring in each succeeding rule up to the end of this chapter.

dīrghá-ṁ sákthi a-syá = dīrgha+sakti+ṢáC = dīrgha-sakth0̸-á- m.n. `possessing long thighs'; the difference between affix [ṢáC] and [ṬáC 91-112] is in the accentuation of the feminine derivative, respectively with ṄīṢ and ṄīP: dīrgha-sakth-á+ṄīṢ = (4.1.41) = dīrgha-sakth-0̸-ī. For further elucidation cf. 6.2.198. Similarly sahásrā-ṇ-i ákṣī-ṇ-i a-syá = sahasra+akṣi+ṢáC = sahasrākṣ0̸-á-ḥ `n.pr. of Indra, possesser of a thousand eyes'.

When the stems do not denote one's limbs: dīrghá-sakthi śakaṭa-m `a cart with a long shaft' and sthūlá+akṣi- = sthūlākṣi-r ikṣu-ḥ `sugar-cane with large eye-like protuberances'.

$5.4.114 aṅgúle-r dāru-ṇ-i

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ṢáC 113 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-aṅgúli- `finger' [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113] to denote a piece of wood (dāru-ṇ-i).

dv-é aṅgúl-ī yá-sya tát = dvi+aṅguli+ṢáC = dvy-aṅgul0̸-á-m dāru `a piece of wood measuring 2 fingers in width'. But páñca aṅgúlay-aḥ a-syá = páncāṅguli-r hásta-ḥ `hand possessing 5 fingers'.

$5.4.115 ¹dví-²trí-bhyāṁ Ṣá mūrdhn-áḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1] Ṣá is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-mūrdhán- `head', co-occurring [after 1.1.67] dví-° `2' and trí-° `3' [in a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

dv-aú mūrdhān-au a-syá = dvi+mūrdhan+Ṣá = dvi-mūrdh0̸0̸/-á-ḥ `two-headed'; similarly tri-mūrdh-á-ḥ `three-headed', but uccaír-mūrdhan- `whose head is (held) high'.

Affix [Ṣá] is introduced here in order to provide for the optional final udātta accent by 6.2.197, whereas it would have been blocked by affix [ṢáC 113] which makes the final udātta accent non-optional: dvi-mūrdh-á-/dví-mūrdh-a-/dvi-mūrdhán-/dví-mūrdhan-.

$5.4.116 aP ¹pūr-aṇ-ī-²pra-māṇy-oḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1] aP is introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] consisting of ordinals in the feminine gender (pūr-aṇ-ī-°) or the word pra-māṇ-ī `authority' [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

kalyāṇī pañcamī ā-sāṁ rātrī-ṇ-ām = kalyāṇī+pañcamī+aP+ṬāP+Jas kalyāṇī-pañcam0̸+aP+Jas = kalyāṇī-pañcam-āḥ rātray-aḥ `nights of which the fifth is auspicious'; similarly strī pramāṇī e-ṣām = strī+pramāṇī+aP+Jas = strī-pramāṇ-āḥ kuṭumb-ín-aḥ `members of a family headed by a woman'.

$5.4.117 ¹antár-²bahír-bhyāṁ ca lómn-aḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 aP 116 is introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-lóman- `hair', co-occurring [after 1.1.67] the indeclinables antár- `within' and bahís- `outside' [in a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

antar-ga-tā-n-i lómān-i a-syá = antár+loman+aP = antár-lom0̸0̸+aP (6.4.144) = antár-lom-a-ḥ pra-vār-á-ḥ `a coverlet, whose hairy part is turned inwards'; similarly bahír-lom-a-ḥ `whose hairy part is turned outwards'.

$5.4.118 áC=nāsikā-y-āḥ saṁjñā-y-āṁ nas-aṁ ca á-sthū-l-e

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1] áC is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-nāsikā `nose' [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113] not co-occurring [after 1.1.67] the word sthū-lá- `big, gross' or its synonyms (as a prior member) to derive a name (saṁjñā-y-ām) and the substitute element nas- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55] nāsikā.

drú-r iva nāsikā a-syá = dru+nāsikā+áC = dru-ṇas-á-ḥ `tree-nosed'; similarly vadhr-e bhav-ā = vādhr-ī, sā nāsikā a-syá = vādhrī+nāsikā+áC = vādhrī-ṇas-á-ḥ `rhinoceros'; gaú-r iva nāsikā a-syá = go-nas-á-ḥ `cow-nosed (i.e., a variety of snake)'. But tuṅgā/sthūlā nāsikā a-sya = tuṅga-nāsik-á/sthū-la-nāsik-á- `long-nosed/big-nosed (= wild boar)'.

$5.4.119 upa-sarg-āt=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 áC 118] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 °-nāsikā `nose'] co-occurring [after 1.1.67] a preverb particle (upa-sarg-āt) [in a Bahuvrīhí compound 113 and the substitute element nas- replaces the whole of 1.1.55 the stem nāsikā 118].

ún-na-t-ā nāsikā a-syá = un+nas+áC = un-nas-á-ḥ `having a prominent nose' = pra-ṇas-á-ḥ. Description

$5.4.120 ¹su-prāt-á-²su-śv-á-³su-div-á-⁴śāri-kukṣ-á-⁵catur-aśr-á=⁶eṇī-pad-á=⁷aja-pad-á-⁸proṣṭha-pad-ā-ḥ

The irregular expressions su-prāt-á- `early morning', su-śv-á- `having a happy tomorrow', su-div-á- `having a bright or good day', śāri-kukṣ-á- `having a belly like that of the śāri bird', catur-aśr-á- `four-cornered', eṇī-pad-á- `possessing feet like those of an antelope', aja-pada-á- `having feet like those of a goat' and proṣṭha-pad-á- `having feet like those of a bull, n.pr. of a month' are introduced as [derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 áC 118].

1. śóbh-ana-m prātár a-syá = su+prātar+áC = su-prāt0̸-á- with irregular replacement of stem-final [r] by 0̸. Similarly:

2. śóbh-ana-m śváḥ a-sya = su-śvas+áC = su-śv-á-.

3. su+divā a-syá = su-div-á-; 4. śāre-r iva kukṣi-r a=syá śāri-kukṣi+áC = śāri-kukṣ-á-; 5. cátasr-aḥ áśray-aḥ a-syá = catur-aśr-á-; 6. eṇy-āḥ iva/ajá-sya iva/próṣṭha-sya iva/pād-áu a-syá = eṇī-pad-á-/aja-pad-á-/prosṭḥa-pad-á- (6.4.130).

Irregularity refers to the first three expressions; the rest are governed by 6.4.144 for the 0̸ replacement of stem finals.

$5.4.121 ¹náÑ-²dús-³sú-bhyaḥ ¹háli-²sákthy-or anya-tará-syām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 áC 118] is optionally (anya-tará-syām) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-háli- `plough' and sákthi- `thigh', co-occurring [after 1.1.67] the preverb particles náÑ-°, dús-° or sú-° [in a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

1. á-vid-ya-m-ānā hali-r a-syá = náÑ+háli+ác = a-hal0̸-á-/a-halí- (6.2.172) `lacking a plough'; similarly dur-hal-á-/dúr-hali- `owning a bad plough' and su-hal-á-/su-halí- (6.2.172) `owning a good plough'. Similarly:

2. á-vid-ya-m-āna-ṁ sákthi a-syá = náÑ+sákthi+áC = a-sakth0̸-á-/a-sakthí- `thigh-less'; duḥ-sakth-á-/dúḥ-sakthi- `having a bad thigh'; su-sakth-á-/su-sakthí- `possessing a good thigh'.

$5.4.122 nítya-m ási̱C ¹prajā-²medháy-oḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1] ási̱C is necessarily (nítya-m) introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] prajā `progeny' and medhā `wisdom' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the particles náÑ-°, dús-° or sú-° 121 in a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

1. á-vid-ya-m-ānā prajā a-syá = náÑ+prajā+ási̱C = a-praj0̸-ás- `childless, barren'; similarly duṣ-praj-ás-/su-praj-ás- `possessing bad/good progeny'.

2. á-vid-ya-m-ānā medhā a-syá = náÑ+medhā+ási̱c = a-medh0̸-ás- `lacking wisdom'; dur-medh-ás-/su-medh-ás- `having wrong/right knowledge'.

$5.4.123 bahu-prajās=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas the expression bahu-praj-ás- is introduced [as derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 ási̱C 122 as a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

bahu-prajā nír-r̥ti-m ā-vi-ve-śa (RV 1.164.32) `one possessing a large progeny encounters adversity'. Outside Chándas the form is bahu-prajá- (6.2.175). Description

$5.4.124 dhárm-āt=áni̱C kéval-āt

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1] áni̱C is introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-dhárma- `law', co-occurring [after 1.1.67] a single (kéval-āt prior member) [at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

kalyāṇa-ḥ dhárma-ḥ a-syá = kalyáṇa-dharma+áni̱C = kalynāḍharm0̸-án- `whose law is auspicious', but para-má-ḥ svá-ḥ dhárma-ḥ a-syá = paramá+svá+dharma- `possessor of the highest personal or self-law'.

$5.4.125 jambhā ¹sú-²hár-i-ta-³tŕṇa-⁴sóme-bhyaḥ

The expression jambh-án- occurs as a final member [of a Bahuvrīhí compound 113] when co-occurring [after 1.1.67] sú-°, hári-ta-° or tŕṇa- and sóma-° respectively denoting `good, beautiful/green/grass/moon'.

jambh-án is here derived with affix [áni̱C 124] śób-ana-ḥ jámbha-ḥ a-syá = su+jambha+án- = su-jambh0̸-án- `having a well-shaped jaw'; harita-jambh-án- `possessing a green jaw'; tr̥ṇa-jambh-án- `graminivorous, having teeth showing grass'; soma-jambh-án- `possessing a moon-like jaw, n.pr. of a person', but pat-i-tá-jambha- `whose teeth have all fallen'.

$5.4.126 dakṣiṇermā lub-dha-yog-é

The expression dakṣiṇerm-án `wounded on the right side' is introduced [as a Bahuvrīhí compound 113] to denote a connection with a hunter (lub-dha-yog-é) [as derived with the taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 áni̱C 124].

dakṣiṇa-m īrmá-m = vraṇa-m a-syá = dakṣiṇerma+áni̱C = dakṣiṇerm0̸-án- (said of an animal hunted by a hunter), but dákṣiṇerma-m śakaṭa-m `a cart, broken on the right side'.

$5.4.127 íC karma-vy-ati-hār-é

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1] íC is introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of [a Bahuvrīhí compound 113] denoting reciprocity of action (karma-vy-atī-hār-é).

kéśe-ṣu kéśe-ṣu gr̥h-ī-tvā idám yuddhá-m prá-vr̥t-ta-m = keśa+keśa+íC = keśā-keś0̸-í (6.3.137) `hair-to-hair/head-to-head fight'.

$5.4.128 dvi-daṇḍ-í=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 íC 127] is also (ca) introduced [after 3.1.2 the class of Bahuvrīhí compounds 113] beginning with dvi-daṇḍ-í-.

dv-aú daṇḍ-aú pra-hár-aṇa-m yá-smin = dvi+daṇḍa+íc = dvi-dand0̸-í- (2.3.27) `two staffs against two staffs', but dvi+daṇḍa+ṬāP = dví-daṇḍ0̸-ā śālā `a hall measuring two poles'.

$5.4.129 ¹prá-²sám-bhyāṁ jānu-n-or jñu-ḥ

The substitute morpheme jñu- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the nominal stem 4.1.1] jānu- `knee' [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113] co-occurring [after 1.1.67] the preverb particles prá-° and sám-° (in composition).

prá-kr̥ṣ-ṭ-e jānu-n-ī a-syá = prá+jānu = prá-jnu- `possessing shapely knees' or = pra-ga-t-é jānu-n-ī a-syá `bow-legged, having the knees apart'; similarly sáṁ-jñu- `knock-kneed'. Description

$5.4.130 ūrdhv-āt vibhāṣā

[The substitute morpheme jñu- 129] optionally replaces (vibhāṣā) [the whole of 1.1.55 the nominal stem 4.1.1 jānu- `knee' 129 at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113] when co-occurring [after 1.1.67] ūrdhvá-° `high` (in composition).

ūrdhv-é jānu-n-ī a-syá = ūrdhvá-jnu-/ūrdhvá-jānu- `having the knees raised (in a sitting or squatting position)'.

$5.4.131 ūdhas-aḥ=ana̱Ṅ

The substitute morpheme ana̱Ṅ replaces [the stem-final 1.1.53] [of the nominal stem 9.1.1] °-ūdhas- `udder' [at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

kuṇḍá-m iva ūdhaḥ a-syāḥ = kuṇḍa+ūdhas→ana̱Ṅ+ṄīṢ (4.1.25) = kuṇḍodh-an+ṄīṢ (6.1.97) = kuṇḍodh0̸n-ī (6.4.134) = kuṇḍodhn-ī `having udders full'; so also ghaṭodhn-ī, literally `having udders shaped like a pitcher'.

$5.4.132 dhánuṣ-as=ca

[The substitute morpheme ana̱Ṅ 131 replaces the stem-final 1.1.53 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] °dhánus- `bow' [at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

śārṅgá-ṁ dhánur a-syá = śārṅgá+dhanu-s→ana̱Ṅ = śārṅgá-dhanv-an- `who wields the bow called Śārṅgá'; similarly: gāṇḍī-vá- dhanv-an-/púṣpa-dhanv-an- `n.pr. of Arjuna/Cupid'.

$5.4.133 vā saṁjñā-y-ām

[The substitute morpheme ana̱Ṅ 131] optionally (vā) replaces [the stem-final 1.1.53 of the nominal stem 4.1.1 dhánus- `bow' 132 occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113] to derive a name (saṁjñā-y-ām).

śatá-dhanus-/śatá-dhanv-an- `n.pr. of a king'; so also dr̥ḍhá-dhanus-/dr̥ḍhá-dhanv-an- `n.pr. of a king'. The present rule, however, does not apply to 132 above although they are proper names.

$5.4.134 jāyā-y-āḥ niṄ

The substitute element niṄ replaces [the stem-final of 1.1.53 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °jāyā `wife' [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

yuvatí-r jāyā a-syá = yúvan+0̸+jāyā (6.3.34) = yúva0̸+jāy-ā-→niṄ (8.2.7) = yúva-jā-ni- (6.1.66) `possessing a young wife'; similarly vr̥d-dhá-jā-ni- `having an old wife'.

$5.4.135 gandhá-sya iT ¹úd=²pūti-³sú-⁴surabhí-bhyaḥ

The substitute morpheme iT replaces [the stem-final 1.1.52 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-gandhá- `odor, smell, scent', co-occurring [after 1.1.67] úd-°, pūti-° `foul', sú-° `good' and surabhí-° `perfumed, fragrant' [as prior members in a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

ud-ga-tá-ḥ gandhá-ḥ a-syá = út+gandh-a→iT = údgandh-i `fragrant' similarly: pūti-gandh-i- `foul-smelling'; sú-gandh-i- `sweet-smelling' and surabhí-gandh-i- `strong-smelling; when the compound is not a Bahuvrīhí: su-gandhá-ḥ `sweet smell'; vyāghra-sya gandhá-ḥ = vyāhra-gandhá-ḥ `tiger scent'. Description

$5.4.136 alpa=ā-khyā-y-ām

[The substitute morpheme iT 135 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 of the nominal stem 4.1.1 gandhá- 135] signifying `a little' (alpa-ā-khyā-y-ām) [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

sūpa-sya gandhá-ḥ = álpa-ḥ a-smín = sūpa-gandh-i bhój-ana-m/(Uṇādi III 26) `(a dinner course) consisting of only a trace of soup'; similarly ghr̥-tá-gandh-i- `having only a trace of clarified butter'.

$5.4.137 upa-mān-āt=ca

[The substitute morpheme iT 135] also (ca) replaces [the stem-final 1.1.52 of the nominai stem 4.1.1 gandhá- 135] co-occurring [after 1.1.67] another stem denoting an object of comparison (upa-mān-āt) [as a prior member in a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

pádma-sya iva gandhá-ḥ a-syá = pádma-gandh-i- `smelling like a lotus' = út-pala-gandh-i-. Description

$5.4.138 pādá-sya lopa-ḥ=á-hastin=ādi-bhyaḥ

Lopa (=0̸) replaces [the stem-final 1.1.52 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-pādá- `foot' [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113] except when co-occurring [after 1.1.67 the nominal stems 4.1.1] in the class headed by hastín- `elephant'.

vyāghrá-sya iva pād-aú a-syá = vyāghrá+pād-a→0̸ = vyāghrá-pād- `whose feet resemble those of a tiger'. But hastí-pāda- `whose feet resemble those of an elephant'.

$5.4.139 kumbhá-pad-ī-ṣu ca

The word-class [comprising Bahuvrīhí compounds 113] beginning with kumbhá-pad-ī is introduced [as derived with a replacement of stem-final 1.1.52 of the nominal stem °-pāda- `foot' 138 occurring at the end of 1.1.72 the compound 113].

kumbhá-sya iva pād-aú a-syāḥ = kumbhá+pada+ṄīP = kumbhá-pad-ī (6.4.130) (→kumbhá+pad0̸+ṄīP). Description

$5.4.140 ¹saṁ-khyā-²sú-pūrva-sya

[Lopa (0̸) 138 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 of the nominal stem 4.1.1 °-pādá- `foot' 138 co-occurring after 1.1.67] a numeral (saṁ-khyā-°) or sú-° [in a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

dv-aú pād-aú a-syá = dví-pād-a→0̸ = dvi-pād- `biped'; so also trí-pād- `triped' and catúṣ-pād- `quadruped'. Similarly śóbh-an-au pād-aú a-syá = su-pād- `having well-shaped feet'.

$5.4.141 váyas-i dánta-sya datR̥

The substitute morpheme datR̥- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-dánta- `tooth' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a numeral or sú-° 140 at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113] to denote age (váyas-i).

dv-aú dánt-au a-syá = dví+danta- = dví-datR̥ `having two teeth (as an indication of age)', but dví-danta-ḥ kuñjara-ḥ `two-tusker elephant'. śóbh-an-āḥ dánt-āḥ a-syá = su-dátR̥- `having a beautiful set of teeth'.

$5.4.142 chándas-i ca

In the domain of Chándas [the substitute morpheme datR̥- 141] also (ca) replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the nominal stem 4.1.1 °-dánta- occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

The context here is not one indicative of age and without reference to prior members specified before.

ubhá-ya-dat-a ā-labh-a-te (RV 10.90.10): ubhá-ya-datR̥- `having teeth in both jaws', the RV passage indicating `sacrifice (an animal) having teeth in both jaws'.

$5.4.143 striy-āṁ saṁjñā-y-ām

[The substitute morpheme datR̥ 141 replaces the whole of 1.1.55 the nominal stem 4.1.1 danta- `tooth' 141 occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113] to derive a feminine name (striy-āṁ saṁjñā-y-ām).

áyaḥ iva dántā-ḥ a-syāḥ = áyas+danta+ṄīP (4.1.6) = áyo-dat-ī `n.pr. of a person', but sama+danta=ṄīṢ (4.1.55) = sama-dant0̸-ī `whose teeth are even'. Description

$5.4.144 vibhāṣā ¹śyāvá=²árokā-bhyām

[The substitute morpheme datR̥ 141] optionally (vibhāṣā) replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the nominal stem 4.1.1 dánta- `tooth', co-occurring after 1.1.67 the nominal stems 4.1.1] śyāvá-° `dark brown' and ároka-° `not bright' [in a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

śyāvāḥ dánt-āḥ a-syá = śyāvá-danta-/śyāvá-datR̥- `whose teeth are dark'; similarly á-roka-danta-/°-datR̥- `whose teeth are not bright'.

$5.4.145 ¹ágra=anta-²śuddhá-³śúbhra-⁴vŕṣa-⁵varāhé-bhyas=ca

[The substitute morpheme datR̥ 141] also (ca) [optionally 144 replaces the whole of 1.1.55 the nominal stem 4.1.1 danta- `tooth' 141 co-occurring after 1.1.67 the nominal stems 4.1.1] (ending in: °-anta-°) °-ágra-° `tip' and the words śuddhá-° `pure', śúbhra-° `bright', vŕṣa-° `bull' and varāhá-° `wild boar' [in a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

The particle [ca] in this rule is for inclusion of other unspecified co-occurring stems preceding [dánta-] in composition.

kuḍmalā-n-ām = mukulā-n-ām ágrā-ṇ-i iva dántā-ḥ a-syá = kuḍmalāgrá-danta-/°-datR̥- `possessing teeth like the tips of buds'; suddhá-danta-/°-datR̥- `having pure or clean teeth'; śúbhra-danta-/°-datR̥- `endowed with bright teeth'; vŕṣa-danta-/°-datR̥- `having teeth like those of a bull'; varāha-danta-/°-datR̥- `having teeth like those of a wild boar'; and áhi-danta-/°-datR̥- `possessing teeth like those of a snake'.

$5.4.146 kákuda-sya=ava-sthā-y-āṁ lópa-ḥ

Lopa 0̸ replaces [the stem-final 1.1.55 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-kákuda- `hump' [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113] to denote age (ava-sthā-y-ām) or condition.

á-saṁ-jā-ta-ṁ kákud-am a-syá = á-saṁ-jā-ta-kakud-a→0̸ = á-saṁ-jā-ta-kakud- `whose hump has not yet manifested (= young, not adult)'; ún-na-ta-kakud `high-humped (= aged, old)' sthū-lá-kakud- `large-humped (= strong)', but śvetá-kakuda- `white-humped' (not indicative of physical condition denoting age etc.).

$5.4.147 trí-kakud=párvat-e

The expression trí-kakud- `three-peaked' is introduced to denote a mountain (párvat-e) [as derived with the 0̸ replacement 146 of the stem-final of 1.1.55 the nominal stem °-kákuda- 146 occurring at the end of 1.1.72 of a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

trī-ṇ-i kákudā-n-i a-syá = trí-kakud0̸ = trí-kakud-.

$5.4.148 ¹úd=²ví-bhyām kākuda-sya

[Lopa 0̸ 147 replaces the stem-final 1.1.55 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-kākuda- `palate' co-occurring [after 1.1.67] the preverb particles úd-° and ví-° [in a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

úd-ga-ta-ṁ kākauda-m a-syá = út-kākud-a→0̸ = út-kākud- `endowed with a high or elevated palate'; similarly ví-kākud- `having a malformed or cleft palate'.

$5.4.149 pūrṇ-āt vibhāṣā

[Lopa (0̸) 146] optionally replaces [the stem-final 1.1.55 of the nominal stem 4.1.1 kākuda- `palate' 149, co-occurring after 1.1.67 the nominal stem 4.1.1] pūrṇá- `full' [in a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

pūr-ṇá-ṁ kākuda-m a-syá = pūr-ṇá-kākuda-/°-kākud `whose palate is fully developed'.

$5.4.150 ¹su-hŕd=²dúr-hr̥d-au ¹mitrá=²a-mítray-oḥ

The expressions su-hŕd- and dúr-hr̥d- are introduced [respectively 1.3.10] to denote a `friend' and an `enemy or adversary'.

This nipātana rule provides for the replacement of the nominal stem [hŕdaya-] co-occurring after sú-° and dús-° in a Bahuvrīhí compound by the replacement morpheme hŕd-. In other senses: śóbh-ana-m hŕdaya-m a-sya = su-hr̥dayá-ḥ = kāruṇika-ḥ `compassionate' and duṣṭá-m hŕdaya-m a-sya = dúr-hr̥daya-ḥ `cruel, hard-hearted'.

$5.4.151 úras=pra-bhr̥-ti-bhyaḥ kaP

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1] kaP is introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1 beginning with °-úras- `chest, breast' [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

vy-ūḍha-m úraḥ a-syá = vy-ūḍha+uras+kaP = vy-ūḍhoras-ka-ḥ `broad-chested'. Description

$5.4.152 ín-aḥ striy-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 kaP 151 is introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] °ín- [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 112] to derive a feminine stem (striy-ām).

baháv-aḥ daṇḍ-ín-aḥ a-syām śālā-y-ām = bahu+daṇḍ-ín+KaP+ṬāP = bahu-daṇḍi0̸ (8.2.7) +kaP+ṬāP = bahu-daṇḍí-k0̸-ā = bahu-daṇḍí-k-ā śālā `a hall occupied by many carrying staffs' but bahu-daṇḍ-ín-/bahu-daṇḍí-ka- m. `a king'.

$5.4.153 ¹nadī=²r̥T-as=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsānta 68 affix 3.1.1 kaP 151] is also introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] denoted by the t.t. nadī (1.4.3ff.) and those [ending in 1.1.72] the short vowel phoneme [r̥T] [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

(a) bahvy-áḥ kumāry-áḥ-áḥ a-smín déś-e = bah+kumārī+kaP+sU = bahu-kumārī-ka-ḥ déśa-ḥ `(a locality) abounding in many unmarried girls'; (b) baháv-aḥ kartār-aḥ a-smín déś-e = bahu-kartŕ-ka-ḥ `(a place) teeming with active people'.

$5.4.154 śéṣ-āt vibhāṣā

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 kaP 151] is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1, occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a bahuvrīhí compound 113] not covered by the above rules (śeṣ-āt).

bahvy-áḥ khatvā-ḥ a-smín = bahu-kahaṭvā-kaP = bahu-khaṭvá-ka- (7.4.15)/bahu-khaṭvá- (1.2.48) `(a place) containing many bedsteads'.

$5.4.155 ná saṁjñā-y-ām

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 kaP 151] is not (ná) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1, occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113] when denoting a name (saṁjñā-y-ām)

víśv-e devā-ḥ a-syá = viśvá-deva- `name of a person'; so also víśvá-yaśas-. Description

$5.4.156 īyas-as=ca

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 kaP 151 is not 155 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 consisting of a Bahuvrīhí compound 113 ending in 1.1.72] °-īyas-.

baháv-ah śréyā-ṁ-s-aḥ a-syá = bahu-śréyas- `endowed with many excellences'. Description

$5.4.157 vand-i-t-é bhrātu-ḥ

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 kaP 15 is not 155 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-bhrātr̥- designating `praised' (vand-i-t-é) [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

śóbh-ana-ḥ bhrātā a-syá = su-bhrātŕ- `whose brother is praiseworthy or excellent', but mūrkhá-bhrātr̥-ka- `one who has a foolish brother'.

$5.4.158 r̥T-as=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 kaP 151 is not 155 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.4 ending in 1.1.72] the short vowel phoneme [r̥T] [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

ha-t-ā mātā a-syá = hatá-mātr̥- `one whose mother is killed'.

$5.4.159 ¹nāḍī-²tantry-óḥ sva=aṅg-é

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 kaP 151 is not 155 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °nāḍī- `artery' and tantrī `ibid' denoting parts of one's body (svāṅg-é) [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

bahvy-áḥ nāḍy-áḥ a-syá = bahu-nāḍí (1.2.48) kāya-ḥ `a body, containing many arteries'; similarly bahu-tantrí-. bahu-nāḍī-ka-ḥ stambhá-ḥ `a pillar containing many holes' and bahu-tantrī-k-ā vīṇā `many-stringed Indian lute (vīṇā)'.

$5.4.160 níṣ-pra-vāṇi-s=ca

And (ca) the expression níṣ-pra-vāṇi- `fresh from the loom' is introduced [to indicate that the taddhitá 4.1.76 samāsāntá 68 affix 3.1.1 kaP 151 is not 155 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1 pra-vāṇ-ī `weavers' shuttle' occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a Bahuvrīhí compound 113].

nir-ga-t-ā pra-vāṇ-ī yá-smāt = níṣ-pra-vāṇ-i- (1.2.48) `(cloth fresh from the loom)'.

$6.1.1 éka=aC-aḥ=dv-é prathamá-sya

Two (dv-é syllables) replace the first [prathamá-sya] syllable (of a verbal stem which contains) a single syllable (ékāC-aḥ).

This is a governing rule (adhi-kār-á-) heading this section extending up to 12 below, and the three expressions will recur in each of them. The purport of this rule is to state that the first syllable of a mono-syllabic verbal stem is reduplicated under conditions stipulated in the subsequent rules.

$6.1.2 áC=āde-r dvi-tīya-sya

[Two syllable 1] replace the second (dvi-tīya-sya) syllable [of a verbal stem] beginning with (°-āde-ḥ) a vowel (aC-°) (and contains two or more syllables).

This is also a governing rule having the same extension as the above and is an exception to 1 above. The expression [dvi-tīya-sya] implies that the verbal stem consists of at least two syllables.

Rule 1 is illustrated by pac-: *pac-pac-.

Rule 2 is illustrated by: at+saN = at+iṬ-saN (7.2.35; 3.1.32) = at-i-sa- the desiderative derived stem from the simple stem at- containing three syllables, beginning with an initial vowel: a=t-i=sa-: a=ti-ti=ṣa (8.3.59). Description

$6.1.3 ná=n-d-r-āḥ saṁ-yog-á=āday-aḥ

The phonemes [n, d, r] constituting the initial of a consonant nexus (saṁ-yog-á=āday-aḥ) [forming part of the second syllable of a polysyllabic verbal stem beginning with a vowel 2] are not (ná) [duplicated 1].

und+saN = und+iṬ-saN = un=di-ṣa- (derived desiderative stem) : un-di-di-ṣa (exception to 7.4.60 below) `desires to wet'; similarly from ad-ḍ- : aḍ-ḍi-ḍi-sa- `wish to assail' and arc- : ar-ci-ci-ṣa- `wish to worship or honor'. Description

$6.1.4 pūrva-ḥ abhy-ās-á-ḥ

The technical term (t.t.) abhy-ās-á denotes the first [pūrva-ḥ] of [these two replacements 1].

Thus in pac-pac- the first half bears the t.t. abhy-ās-á or reduplicated syllable; similarly in a-ti-ti-ṣa-, un-di-di-ṣa-, aḍ-ḍi-ḍi-ṣa-, ar-ci-ci-sa-. Description

$6.1.5 ubh-é abhy-às-ta-m

The t.t. abhy-ás-ta- denotes both [replacement syllables 1 of the verbal stem].

As a t.t. (a) abhy-ās-á- occurs in 1.3.71; 3.2.6; 6.1.7-12, 17,136; 4.78, 119-126; 7.3.55-58; 4.55-97; 8.3.61,54; 4.21,54 and (b) abhy-às-ta- occurs in 3.4.109; 6.1.33, 189, 190, 192; 4.112-13; 7.1.78-79; 3.87.

$6.1.6 jákṣ-i-ti=āday-aḥ ṣaṭ

[The t.t. abhy-ás-ta- 5] denotes the six (verbal stems) beginning with jákṣ-i-ti (in addition to itself).

These seven verbal stems are: jákṣ- `eat', jāgr̥- `wake up', dáridrā- `be needy', cákās- `shine', śās- `chastise', dīdhī- `reflect' and vévī- `move', constituting nos. 62-68 of the second class of verbal stems beginning with ad- `eat'.

$6.1.7 túj-ādī-nāṁ dīrghá-ḥ=abhy-ās-á-sya

The long [vowel 1.2.28] replaces (the vowel) of the reduplicated syllable (abhy-ās-á-sya) of the class of verbal stems similar to túj- `strike, hurt' (I 163).

In the expression [túj-ādi-] the word [°-ādi-] denotes `similar to' and the class is to be constituted from actual occurrences in the language, since it is not listed in the Gaṇa- or Dhātu-pāṭha-s. Examples are: tū-tuj-āna-, mā-mah-āna-, dā-dhār-a, tū-tāv-a. Such forms occur only in the Chándas: tu-tój-a etc. in non-Chándas usage.

$6.1.8 lIṬ-i dhātór án-abhy-ās-a-sya

[Two syllables replace the first syllable of a mono-syllabic verbal stem 1 or the second of a polysyllabic verbal stem beginning with a vowel 2] if the stem does not contain a reduplicated syllable (án-abhy-ās-a-sya) [before 1.1.66 the 1-substitutes 3.4.78] of lIṬ (Perfect Tense).

pac+lIṬ = pac-pac+ṇaL (3.4.82) = pa0̸-pāc-a (7.2.116; 7.4.66). = pa-pāc-a `has cooked'; similarly pra+ūrṇu+lIṬ = prá+ūrṇu-nu+ṆaL = prór-ṇu-nāv-a `has covered'. Description

$6.1.9 ¹saN-²yáṄ-oḥ

[Two syllables replace the first syllable of a monosyllabic verbal stem 1 or the second of a polysyllabic verbal stem beginning with a vowel 2, if the stem does not already contain a reduplicated syllable 8 before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1] saN and yáṄ.

1. pac+saN = pac-pac+saN = pa0̸-pac+saN (7.4.60) = pí-pac+saN+ŚaP+tiP (3.1.68; 7.4.83) = pí-pak-ṣa-ti (8.2.30; 3.59) `wishes to cook'.

2. pac+yáṄ = pac-pac+yáṄ = pa0̸-pac-yá+ŚaP+te = pā-pac-yá-te (6.1.97; 7.4.83) `cooks repeatedly or intensively'.

$6.1.10 Śl-au

[Two syllables replace the first syllable of a monosyllabic verbal stem 1 or the second of a polysyllabic verbal stem beginning with a vowel 2 when the stem does not already contain a reduplicated syllable 8 before 1.1.66 the replacement marker] Ślu (of ŚaP 2.4.75).

By 2.4.75 the substitute marker Ślu replaces the class-marker ŚaP denoting the agent, introduced after the class of verbal stems beginning with [hu- III 1]. hu+ŚaP+tiP = hu+Ślu+tiP = hu-hu+0̸²+tiP = ju-hu+tiP (7.4.62) = ju-hó-ti (7.3.84) `sacrifices'; similarly bhī+Ślu+tiP = bhī-bhī+0̸³+ti-bhé-ti (7.4.59; 8.4.54) `fears'.

$6.1.11 CaṄ-i

[Two syllables replace the first syllable of a monosyllabic verbal stem or the second syllable of a polysyllabic verbal stem beginning with a vowel 1-2 when the stem does not already contain a reduplicated syllable 8 before 1.1.66 the substitute Aorist marker] CaṄ (3.1.48).

1. pac+ṆíC+Cli̱ (3.1.41) = pac+ṆiC+CáṄ (3.1.48) = pāc+0̸+CáṄ (6.4.51) = pac+CáṄ (7.4.1) = pa0̸-pac+CáṄ (7.4.60) = áṬ+pa-pac+CaṄ (6.4.71) = á-pi-pac+CaṄ (7.4.93) = á-pī-pac+CaṄ (7.4.94) = á-pī-pac-a- (7.4.94) = á-pī-pac-a-t `caused (someone) to cook'.

2. áṭ+ṆiC+CaṄ = āṬ+aṭ-i+CaṄ = ā+a-ṭi-ṭi+CaṄ+t = ā+aṭi-ṭ0̸-a-t = āṭi-ṭ-a-t `caused (someone) to wander'.

$6.1.12 dāś-vān sāh-vān mīḍh-vān=ca

(The Perfect Participles) dāś-vás- `who has given', sāh-vás- `who has overpowered' and mīḍh-vás- `who has wetted' are introduced (as irregularly derived forms).

1. dāś+KvásU = dās-vásU without reduplication (8) and initial increment iṬ before affix KvásU.

2. sah-KvásU = sāh-vás with a change of voice from middle to active, replacement of short penultimate by long vowel, and without reduplication or initial increment iṬ for KvásU.

3. mih+KvásU = mīḍh-vás without reduplication and increment iṬ and replacement of short penultimate by long vowel.

$6.1.13 ṢyáṄ-aḥ sam-pra-sār-aṇa-m ¹putrá-²páty-os tatpuruṣ-é

Samprasāraṇa (= vocalization 1.1.54) replacement of [the affix 3.1.1] ṢyáṄ takes place in a Tatpuruṣá compound with °-putrá `son' and °-páti- `spouse, husband' (as final members 1.1.72).

Kárīṣa-sya iva gandhá-ḥ a-syá = kárīṣa-gandh-i- (5.4.137), tá-sya ápatya-m = kárīṣa-gandh-i+(áṆ→ṢyáṄ+ṬāP 4.1.78) = kārīṣa-gandh0̸-y-ā+putrá = kārīṣa-gandh-iā+putrá- = kārīṣa-gandh-í+putrá- (6.1.108) = kārīṣa-gandh-ī-putrá- (6.3.139) `son of Kārīṣa-gandh-y-ā'. Similarly kaumuda-gandh-ī-patí- `husband of Kaumuda-gandh-y-ā'.

$6.1.14 bándhu-n-i bahuvrīh-aú

[Samprasāraṇa (vocalization) replacement of the affix 3.1.1 ṢyaṄ 13 takes place] in a Bahuvrīhí compound [ending in 1.1.72 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °bándhu- `kin, relative'.

kaumuda-gandh-y-ā bándhu-r a-syá = kúmuda-gandhi+áṆ+ṢyaṄ+ṬāP+bandhu- = kaumudagandh+i+ā+bandhu- = kaumuda-gandh-ī-bandhu-ḥ (6.3.139) `a kinsman of Kaumudagandhyā'.

$6.1.15 ¹vaci̱-²svapi̱-³yajA=ādi-n-āṁ K-IT-i

[Samprasāraṇa (vocalization) 13 replaces the semivowels 1.1.45 of the verbal stems] vac- `speak' (II 54), svap- `lie down, sleep' (II 59) and the class of verbal stems beginning with yaj- `sacrifice' (I 1051-59) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1] with IT marker K.

The yaj- class of verbal stems are: yaj- `sacrifice', vap- `sow', vah- `carry, convey', vas- `reside', ve- `weave', vye- `cover' and hve- `challenge, summon'.

(a) vac+Ktá = uac+Ktá = uc+Ktá (108) = uk-tá- (8.2.30) `spoken, uttered'; similarly (b) svap+Ktá = sup-tá- `fallen asleep'; (c) yaj+Ktá = ij-Ktá (108) = iṣ-ṭá- `sacrificed'; vap+Ktá = up-tá- `sown'; vah+Ktá = uh+Ktá = uḍh+tá- (8.2.40) = uḍh-ḍhá- (8.4.41) = ū0̸=ḍhá- (8.3.13; 6.3.21) `borne'; vas+iṬ-Ktá = uṣ-i-tá- `dwelt'; ve+Ktá- = u=tá- `woven'; vye+Ktá = vie+Ktá = vī-tá- (4.2; 3.37) `covered'; hve+Ktá = hue+Ktá = hū-tá (6.4.2) `challenged'. In the case of vye- 37 below blocks further vocalization of the initial semivowel after that of the second. It also is a pointer that when an expression is subject to vocalization and consists of a nexus of two semivowels, the second undergoes that vocalization.

$6.1.16 ¹grahi̱-²jyā-³vayi̱-⁴vyadhi̱-⁵vaṣ-ṭi-⁶vic-á-ti-⁷vr̥śc-á-ti-⁸pr̥chh-á-ti-⁹bhr̥jj-á-tī-n-ām Ṅ-IT-i ca

[Samprasāraṇa (vocalization) 13 replaces the semivowels 1.1.45 of the verbal stems] grah- `seize' (IX 61), jyā `grow old' (IX 29), vay- (Substitute morpheme for ve- `weave' 2.4.41 I 1055), vyadh- `pierce' (IV 72), vaś- `desire' (II 70), vyac- `deceive' (VI 12), vráśc- `cut' (VI 11), prach- `ask' (VI 120) and bhrasj- `roast' (VI 4) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1] with IT marker Ṅ in addition to (ca) [K 15].

1. grah+īṬ+Ktá (7.2.37; 3.84) = gr̥h-ī-tá- `clasped, seized'; grah+Śnā+tiP = gr̥h-ṇā-ti `clasps, seizes' since [Śnā] is Ṅ-IT by 1.2.4.

2. jyā+Ktá = jiā+Ktá = jī+Kta (108) = jī+tá (4.2) = jī-ná- (8.2.44) `grown old'; jyā+Śnā+tiP = ji-nā-ti `grows old'.

3. vay- being a replacement morpheme for veÑ before l-substitutes of 1IṬ only K-IT affixes follow it (1.2.5): vay+1IṬ = vay+atus = va0̸-vay+atus = u-uy+atus (17) = ūy-atus `they two have woven'.

4. vyadh+Kta = viadh+Kta = vidh+dhá- (8.2.40) = vid-dhá- `pierced'; vyadh+ŚyaN+tiP = vídh-ya-ti `pierces'.

5. vaś+iṬ+Ktá = uś-i-tá `desired'; vaś+0̸¹+ánti = uś-ánti `they desire' (1.2.5).

6. vyac+Ktá = vyac+iṬ-KLtá = vic-i-tá- (37) `deceived'; vyac+Śá+tiP = vic-á-ti `deceives'.

7. vraśc+Kta = vr̥sc+ná (8.2.45) = vr̥0̸c+ná (8.2.29) = vr̥k-ṇá- (8.2.30; 4.1) `cut'; vraśc+Śá+tiP = vr̥sc-á-ti `cuts'.

8. prach+Ktá = pr̥ch+tá = pr̥ṣ-ṭa- (8.2.36; 4.41) `asked'; prach+Śá+tiP = pr̥cch-á-ti `asks'.

9. bhrasj+Ktá = bhra0̸j+Ktá = bhr̥ṣ-ṭ-á- `roasted'; bhrasj+Śá+tiP = bhr̥jj-á-ti (8.4.40,53). Description

$6.1.17 lIṬ-i=abhy-ās-á-sya=ubhayé-ṣām

[Before 1.1.66 l-substitutes 3.4.78] of lIṬ "Perfect Tense" [samprasāraṇa (vocalization) of semivowels 13] of the reduplicated syllable (abhy-ās-á-sya) of both (ubhayé-ṣām) [classes of verbal stems enumerated in 15 and 16 above] takes place.

1. vac+1IṬ = vac+ṆaL (3.4.82) = va0̸-vac+ṆaL = u-vāc-ca (193; 7.2.116), u-vác-i-tha; similarly su-ṣvāp-a, su-ṣváp-i-tha, i-yāj-a, i-yáj-i-tha; u-vāp-a, u-váp-i-tha; etc.

2. jyā+lIṬ = jyā+au (7.1.34) = ji-jy-aú, ji-jy-i-thá (4.64); similarly ja-grāh-a, u-váy-i-tha; u-vāś-a, u-váś-i-tha; vi-vyāc-a, vi-vyác-i-tha; etc. Description

$6.1.18 svāp-é-s=CáṄ-i

[Before 1.1.66 substitute marker] CáṄ [of Cli 3.1.48 samprasāraṇa (vocalization) of the semivowel 13 of the verbal stem] svāp-í- (= svap+ṆíC) `cause to sleep' takes place.

svap+ṆíC+CáṄ = áṬ+svap-svap+CáṄ = á-su-sup+0̸+CáṄ (16) = a-sū-sup-a (7.4.94) = a-sū-ṣup-a- (8.3.59); svāp-yá-te, svāp-i-tá-. Description

$6.1.19 ¹svapi̱-²syami̱-³vyeÑ-ām yáṄ-i

[Before 1.1.66 the intensive marker] yáṄ [samprasāraṇa (vocalization) 13 replaces the semivowel of the verbal stems of] svap- `lie down, sleep' (II 59), syam- `cry' (I 878) and vyeÑ- `cover, wrap' (I 1056).

(a) svap+yáṄ = su-sup-yá = so-sup-yá (7.4.82) = so-ṣup-yá-te (8.3.59) `repeatedly sleeps'; (b) syam+yáṄ = se-sim-yá-te `cries repeatedly or intensely'; (c) vye+yáṄ = vi+yáṄ = vi-vi-yá = ve-vī-yáte (7.4.82; 6.4.2; 7.4.25) `wraps repeatedly'.

Both in 18 and 19 vocalization takes place before reduplication.

$6.1.20 ná vaś-aḥ

[Samprasāraṇa (vocalization) 13] does not (ná) [replace the semivowel 13 of the verbal stem] vaś- `desire' (II 70) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 yáṄ 19].

vaś+yáṄ = va0̸-vaś+yá- = vā-vaś-yá- (7.4.83) `desire repeatedly or intensively'.

$6.1.21 cāy-aḥ kī

The substitute morpheme kī replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the verbal stem] cāy- `honor' (I 929) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 yáṄ 19].

cāy+yáṄ = kī+yáN: = ce-kī-yá- (7.4.62,92) `honor repeatedly or intensively'.

$6.1.22 sphsāy-aḥ sphī niṣṭhā-y-ām

The substitute morpheme sphī replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the verbal stem] sphāy- `swell' (I 516) [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1] denoted by the t.t. niṣṭhā (= Ktá, KtávatU 1.1.26).

sphāy+Ktá/KtávatU = sphī-tá/sphī-távat- `swollen'. Description

$6.1.23 sty-aḥ prá-pūrva-sya

[Samprasāraṇa (vocalization) replaces the semivowel 13 of the verbal stem] styai- `to sound, crowd' (I 959) [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 denoted by the t.t. niṣṭhā (1.1.26) 22] when it is preceded (in composition) by the preverb particle prá-°.

prá+stya-Ktá/Ktávat = pra-stī-tá-/°-távat- `crowded together'; cf. 8.2.54 for the alternate form pra-stī-ma-; replacement by vocalization blocks the replacement of phoneme [t] by [n] introduced by 8.2.42. But sám+styai+Ktá/KtávatU = saṁ-styā-ná- (45) `coagulated, condensed'.

$6.1.24 ¹drava-mūrtí-²spárśay-oḥ śy-aḥ

[Samprasāraṇa (vocalization) of the semivowel 13 of the verbal stem] śyai- (= śyā-) `go' (I 1012) takes place [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 denoted by the t.t. niṣṭhā 22] to denote coagulation (drava-mūrti-°) or touch (°-spárśay-oḥ).

śyā+Ktá/KtávatU = śī-ná-/śī-návat- (8.2.47) when denoting `coagulation', e.g., ghr̥-tá- `ghee, clarified butter'; śī-tá-/śī-távat- `cold' to denote `touch'. In other senses: saṁ-śyā-ná- (8.2.43) `contracted'.

$6.1.25 prátes=ca

[Samprasāraṇa (vocalization) replaces the semivowel 13 of the verbal stem śyā- `go' 24] when it co-occurs [after 1.1.67] the preverb particle práti-° (in composition) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 denoted by the t.t. niṣṭhā 22].

prati+śyā+Ktá/KtávatU = prati-śī-ná-/°-návat- to denote not only the senses of coagulation and touch (24) but others also.

$6.1.26 vibhāṣā ¹abhí=²áva-pūrva-sya

[Samprasāraṇa (vocalization) of the semivowel 13 of the verbal stem śyā `go' 24 takes place] optionally (vibhāṣā) when co-occurring [after 1.1.66] the preverb particles abhí-° or áva-° (in composition) [before niṣṭhā 22 affixes 3.1.1].

abhí+śyā+Ktá/KtávatU = abhi-śīná/-návat/abhi-śyā-ná/°-návat- `coagulated' and abhi-śī-tá-/°śyā-ná- `cold'. Similarly ava-śī-ná-/°-śyā-ná- `coagulated'; ava-śī-tá-/ava-śyā-ná- `cold'.

$6.1.27 śr̥-tá-m pāk-e

The expression śr̥-tá- is introduced to denote `cooked' (pāk-é) [as derived with optional samprasāraṇa (vocalization) replacement of the semivowel 13 of the verbal stem śrā- `cook' (I 848), co-occurring with or without the causative marker ṆíC].

This is a regulated option (vy-ava-sthi-ta-vibhāṣā): (a) necessarily in the case where milk or sacrificial oblation is indicated and (b) not occurring in other meanings.

śrā+Ktá/śrā+ṆíC+Ktá = śr̥-tá- `cooked' (with reference to milk or sacrificial oblation), but śrā-ṇá- (8.2.43) elsewhere. Similarly śra-p-i-tá- (4.92). Description

$6.1.28 pyāy-aḥ pī

The substitute morpheme pī replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 of the verbal stem] pyāy `swell' (I 517) [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 denoted by the t.t. niṣṭhā 22].

This is also a regulated option, the word (vibhāṣā) continuing to recur from 26 above: (a) necessarily when not co-occurring with preverbs and (b) not at all otherwise.

pyāy+Ktá/KtávatU = pī-ná-/°-návat- `fat, obese, swollen', but ā-pyā-ná-ś candrámāḥ `waning moon' and nevertheless ā-pī-ná- when referring to a well or udder. The replacement of phoneme [t] by [n] of Ktá(-vat-) is by 8.2.45. These forms could also have been realized by the vocalization of the semivowel of [pyāy-] as: pyāy+Ktá = piāy+ná- = piy+ná (108) = piy+ná- = pi0̸-ná- (66) = pī-ná- with irregular replacement of the short vowel by the long; it was much simpler to suggest replacement of the verbal stem itself by the substitute morpheme.

$6.1.29 ¹lIṬ=²yáṄ-os=ca

[The substitute morpheme pī replaces the verbal stem pyāy- `wax, swell' before 1.1.66 the l-substitutes of] lIṬ "Perfect Tense" or the intensive marker yáṄ [3.1.22] also (ca).

1. ā-pyāy+lIṬ = ā-pī+eŚ = ā-pi-pī+eŚ (3.4.81; 7.4.56) = ā-pi-py-e (4.82).

2. ā-pyāy+yáṄ = ā-pī+yáṄ = ā-pe-pī-ya-te (7.4.82) `waxes frequently or intensively'.

$6.1.30 vibhāṣā śve-ḥ

[Samprasāraṇa (vocalization) replaces the semivowel 13 of the verbal stem] śvi- `swell' I 1059 optionally (vibhāṣā) [before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of lIṬ or the intensive marker yáṄ 29].

(a) śvi+lIṬ = śvi+ṆaL = ś0̸i-śvi+ṆaL (7.4.60) = śi-śvaī+a = (7.2.115) śi-śvāy-a (78) `has swollen'; (b) śu+ṆaL = śu-śāv-a; (c) śvi/śu+yáṄ = śe-śvī-yá-/śo-śū-ya- (7.4.25).

By 15 above [śvi] being a member of the [yaj-class] and lIṬ being K-IT (1.2.5), samprasāraṇa replacement of the semivowel which necessarily takes place under that rule is made optional here, while it is made optional before yaṄ where no samprasāraṇa was formerly indicated.

$6.1.31 Ṇ-aú ca ¹saN=²CáṄ-oḥ

[Samprasāraṇa (vocalization) replaces the semivowel of the verbal stem śvi- `swell' optionally 30] when co-occurring with the causative marker ṆíC [before 1.1.66] the desiderative marker saN and the substitute Aorist marker CáṄ [replacement of Cli̱ of lUṄ (3.1.48)].

1. śvi+ṆíC+saN = śvi/śu+ṆiC+saN = ś-i-śvai+ṆíC+iṬ-saN = śi-śvay-e+i-saN = śí-śvāy-ay-i-ṣa- śú-śāv-ay-i-ṣa- `wish to swell'.

2. śvi/śu+ṆíC+CáṄ = a-śi-śvai+0̸+CáṄ=t (4.51) = á-śi-śvay-a-t (7.4.1) á-śū-sau+0̸-a-t = á-śū-śav-a-t (7.4.94).

A metarule states that operations connected with samprasāraṇa vocalization have priority over internal operations so that 7.2.115-6 etc. can only operate after the operations connected with vocalization are completed.

$6.1.32 hv-aḥ samprasāraṇam

Samprasāraṇa (vocalization of the semivowel of the verbal stem) hvā- (= hveÑ I 1057) `challenge' takes place [when co-occurring with the causative marker ṆíC before the desiderative marker saN or the Aorist substitute marker CáṄ of Cli̱ 31].

The use of the expression [samprasāraṇa] when it was already recurring from 13 above is to block out the recurrence of [vibhāṣā] from 30 above.

1. hvā+ṆíC+saN = hu+ṆíC+saN = ju-hu+ṆíC+saN (7.4.62) = ju+hau+ṆíC+iṬ-saN = ju-hāv-e-i-sa- (7.3.84) = jú-hāv-ay-i-ṣa- (8.3.59) `desire to challenge'.

2. hvā+ṆíC+CáṄ-t = hu+ṆíC+CáṄ-t = á-jū-hau-i-a-t = á-ju-háv-0̸-a-t (4.51) = ájū-hav-a-t (7.4.1,94) `has caused to challenge'.

$6.1.33 abhy-às-ta-sya ca

[Samprasāraṇa (vocalization) replaces the semivowel 13] of the reduplicated verbal stem (abhyàsta-sya) also [of hvā- `challenge' 32].

hvā+lIṬ = hu+lIṬ = hu+ṆaL = hu-hu+ṆaL = ju-hāv-a (7.2.115; 4.52) `has summoned'; hvā+yáṄ+te = hu+yáṄ+te = jo-hū-yá-te (7.4.62.82). Description

$6.1.34 bahulá-m chándas-i

In the Chándas [samprasāraṇa] (vocalization) replaces the semivowel [of the verbal stem hvā- `summon, call' 32] variously (bahulá-m).

indrāgnī huv-é `I call upon Indra and Agni': hvā+ŚaP+é = hu+0̸¹+é (2.4.76) huv-é (6.4.77); hváy-ā-mi marút-aḥ śivā-n `I call upon the auspicious or beneficent breezes'.

$6.1.35 cāy-aḥ kī

[In the Chándas 34] the substitute morpheme kī replaces [the whole of the verbal stem] cāy- `honor' (I 929) [variously 34].

ny ànyám cikyúr ná ní cikyur anyám (RV 1.164.38) `they did not worship another': cāy+lIṬ = kī+lIṬ = kī+ús = ci-kī+ús = ci-ky-ús (4.82; 7.4.62); ni+cāy+Ktvā = ni-cāy+LyaP (7.1.37) = ni-cāy-ya `having worshipped or honored'. Description

$6.1.36 ¹ápa-spr̥dh-e-thām=²ān-r̥c-ús=³ān-r̥h-ús-⁴ci-cyu-ṣé-⁵ti-tyāj-a-⁶śrātā-ḥ-⁷śri-tám=⁸āśīr-taḥ

[In the Chándas 34] the irregularly derived expressions ápa-spr̥dh-e-thām `you two have competed with each other', ān-r̥c-uḥ `they have worshipped', ci-cyu-ṣe `thou hast shaken', ti-tyāj-a `has abandoned', śrātāḥ `cooked', śri-tá-m `mixed', āśīr, āśīrta- `milk mixed with Soma' are introduced.

The corresponding regular forms for the first five above are: (a) apā-spr̥dh-e-thām/áspardh-e-thām (Imperfect); (b) ān-arc-ús, ān-arh-ús (Perfect); (c) cu-cyuv-i-ṣé (lIṬ Perfect Tense); (d) ta-tyāj-a (Perfect). The remaining four forms are irregular derivatives from the verbal stem śrīÑ `cook' (IX 3).

$6.1.37 na sam-pra-sār-aṇ-e sam-pra-sār-aṇa-m

Sam-pra-sār-aṇa (vocalization) replacement of a semivowel does not take place [before 1.1.66] another samprasāraṇa replacement.

This rule implies that vocalization replacement takes place from right to left; for an exception see 38 below. The repetition of the word [samprasāraṇa] in this rule while it was already recurring from 18ff. above is to indicate that it is a general rule, not restricted to cases previously discussed; e.g., by 6.4.133 the word yuvan- `youth' undergoes this vocalization before non-taddhita affixes: yúvan+Śas = yu-un-as = yūn-as and no further vocalization takes place. vyadh+Ktá = vi-a-dh+dhá- (8.2.40) = vid-dhá- (8.4.53) `pierced'; vyac+iṬ-Ktá- = vic-i-tá- `deceived'; in both these cases semivowel [v] is not further vocalized before the vocalization of [y].

$6.1.38 lIṬ-i vay-o y-aḥ

[Before 1.1.66 l`substitutes of] lIṬ (Perfect Tense) [sam-pra-sār-aṇa (vocalization) does not 37 replace the semivowel /y/ of the verbal stem] vay- [substitute for veÑ- 2.4.41].

veÑ+lIṬ = vay+ṆaL = va-vāy-a = u-vāy-a/ūy-atus/ūy-us (17).

$6.1.39 va̱-s=ca=a-syá=anya-tará-syām K-IT-i

[Before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of lIṬ 38] with IT-marker K, the phoneme [v] replaces [phoneme /y/ of the verbal stem substitute vay- 38] optionally (anya-tará-syām).

ūy-átus (38)/ūv-átus but uvāy-a, uváy-i-tha since these l-substitutes are not K-IT (being substitutes for affixes with P as IT).

$6.1.40 veÑ-aḥ

[Samprasāraṇa (vocalization) does not replace the semivowel 37 of the verbal stem] veÑ- `weave' (I 1055) [before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of lIṬ 38 with it marker K 39].

This rule blocks the operation of both 15 and 17 above. veÑ+lIṬ = vā+lIṬ (45) = vā+aú (7.1.34) = va-vaú, va-v0̸-átus, va-v-ús (4.64). Description

$6.1.41 LyaP-i ca

[Samprasāraṇa (vocalization) does not replace the semivowel 37 of the verbal stem veÑ- `weave' (I 1055) 40] also [before 1.1.66 the substitute affix] LyaP (for Ktvā 7.1.37).

pra+veÑ+Ktvā = pra-vā+LyaP (45; 7.1.37) = pra-vā-ya `having woven'. Description

$6.1.42 jy-as=ca

[Samprasāraṇa (vocalization) does not replace the semivowel 37 of the verbal stem] jyā- `grow old' (IX 29) also (ca) [before 1.1.66 the absolutive or gerundial affix 3.1.1 substitute LyaP 41].

pra+jyā+Ktvā = pra-jyā-ya- `having aged'. Description

$6.1.43 vy-as=ca

[Samprasāraṇa (vocalization) does not replace the semivowel 37 of the verbal stem] vyā- (= vyeÑ- I 1056) `wrap, cover' also (ca) [before 1.1.66 the absolutive substitute affix 3.1.1 LyaP 41].

pra-vyeÑ+LyaP = pra-vyā-ya (45) `having enveloped'.

$6.1.44 vibhāṣā páre-ḥ

[Samprasāraṇa (vocalization) does not replace the semivowel 37 of the verbal stem vyā- (= vyeÑ I 1056) `wrap, envelop, cover' 43] when it co-occurs [after 1.1.67 the preverb participle] pári-° optionally.

pari-vyā-ya/pari-vī-ya (6.4.2) `having wrapped around', blocking out the [tu̱K] increment (61) through 6.4.2 by metarule 1.4.2.

$6.1.45 āT=eC-aḥ=upa-déś-e=áŚ-IT-i

The substitute phoneme long vowel āT replaces [the stem-final 1.1.52 vowels] denoted by the siglum eC (= e, o, ai, au) occurring in verbal stems when first introduced (in the Dhātu-pāṭha) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1] not marked by Ś as IT.

meṄ pra-ṇi-dā-ne (1010) `trade, exchange, barter' +tumu̱N = mā-tum; but meṄ+ŚaP+te = máy-a-te (78); glai+tumu̱N = glā=tum `to be wearied' but glā+ŚaP+tiP = glāy-a-ti; śo+tumu̱N = śā-tum `to whet'; śo+ŚyaN+tiP = ś-yá-ti (7.3.71) `whets'.

$6.1.46 ná vy-aḥ=lIṬ-i

[The substitute phoneme ā 45] does not (ná) replace [the stem-final vowel (e) 45 of the verbal stem] vyā (= vyeÑ I 1056) `wrap, envelop, cover' [before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of] lIṬ "Perfect Tense".

sam+vye+lIṬ = sam-vi-vye+ṆaL = sam-vi-vyāy-a (78; 7.2.115) `has enveloped securely'; sam-vi-vyáy-i-tha `thou hast wrapped well'. Description

$6.1.47 ¹sphur-á-ti-²sphul-á-ty-or GHaÑ-i

[The substitute phoneme ā replaces the phoneme /o/ 46 of the verbal stems] sphúr-, sphúl- `throb' (VI 95-96) [before 1.1.66 the kr̥t 3.1.93 affix 3.1.1] GHaÑ.

vi-sphur-/sphul+GHaÑ = vi-sphār-á-/vi-sphāl-á- (7.2.115; 6.2.144) `trembling, throbbing'.

$6.1.48 ¹krī-²íṄ-³jī-n-ām Ṇ-au

[The substitute phoneme ā replaces the phoneme ai 45 of the verbal stems] krī- `buy' (IX 1), íṄ- `study' (II 37) and jí- `win' (I 593), co-occurring [before 1.1.66 the causative marker] ṆíC.

1. krī+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = krai+í+a+ti = krā-pu̱K+i+a+ti (7.3.36) = krāp-é+ti (7.3.84) = krāp-áy-a-ti (78) `causes to buy'.

2. ádhi+iṄ+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = ádhi+ā-pu̱K+í+a+ti = ádhy-āp-ay-a-ti `teaches, instructs'.

3. ji+ṆíC+ŚaP+ti = jā-p-áy-a-ti `causes to win'.

$6.1.49 sídh-ya-te-r á-pāra-laukik-e

[The substitute phoneme ā replaces the phoneme e of the verbal stem 45] sidh- `accomplish, succeed' (IV 83) [co-occurring with the causative marker ṆíC 48] when no reference is made to the other world (á-pāra-laukik-e).

sidh+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = sedh+é+a+ti = sādh-áy-a-ti `succeeds, accomplishes', but sedh-áy-a-ti táp-as tāpasá-m `asceticism enlightens the ascetic (with reference to the other world)'.

$6.1.50 ¹mī-nā-ti-²mi-nó-ti-³dīṄ-āṁ LyaP-i ca

[The substitute phoneme ā replaces the vowel phoneme of the verbal stems 45] mī- `injure' (IX 4), mi- `scatter' (V 4) and dīṄ- `decay, perish' (IV 26) [before 1.1.66 the substitute absolutive affix 3.1.1] LyaP [of Ktvā] and [affixes not marked by Ś as IT 45].

1. pra+mī+tumu̱N = pra-mā-tum `to injure'; pra+mī+LyaP = pra-mā-ya `having injured'.

2. ni+mi+tumu̱N/+LyaP = ni-mā-tum/pra-mā-ya `to scatter/having scattered'.

3. upa+dī+tumu̱N/LyaP = upa=dā-tum/upa-dāya `to destroy/having destroyed'.

$6.1.51 vibhāṣā lī-ya-te-ḥ

[The substitute phoneme ā 45] optionally (vibhāṣā) replaces [phoneme e 45 of the verbal stems] lī(Ṅ IV 31) and lī- (IX 31) `adhere, stick' [before 1.1.66 the substitute affix LyaP 50 and those which are not marked by Ś as IT 45].

vi+lī+LyaP = vi-lā-ya/vi-lī-ya `having adhered or stuck'; vi-lā-tum/vi-lé-tum `to stick or adhere'.

$6.1.52 khide̱-s=chándas-i

In the Chándas [the substitute phoneme ā 45 optionally 51 replaces the phoneme e 45 of the verbal stem] khid- `be distressed' (IV 61).

khid+lIṬ = ci-khid+ṆaL = ci-khéd-a/ci-khād-a `has been distressed'; in non-Chándas: khed-áy-a-ti `causes distress'.

$6.1.53 apa-gur-o Ṇamu̱L-i

[The substitute phoneme ā replaces the phoneme o 45 optionally 51 of the verbal stem] apa+gur- (gurĪ ud-yám-an-e VI 103) `exert' [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] Ṇamu̱L.

apa-gur+Ṇamu̱L = apa-gór-am apa-gor-am/apa-gār-am apa-gār-am (3.4.22; 8.1.4); asy-apa-gār-am/°apa-gór-am yudh-ya-nte (3.4.53) `they fight, brandishing swords'.

$6.1.54 ¹ci-²sphúr-or Ṇ-au

[The substitute phoneme ā 45 optionally 51 replaces the phonemes denoted by the siglum eC 45 of the verbal stems] ci- `pile, collect' (V 5) and sphúr- `throb' (VI 95) [before 1.1.66 the causative marker] ṆíC.

1. ci+ṆíC = cai+é+ŚaP+tiP = cāy-áy-a-ti/cā-p+áy-a-ti (7.3.36) `causes (someone) to pile or gather'.

2. sphúr+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = sphor-áy-a-ti/sphār-áy-a-ti causes to throb'.

$6.1.55 pra-ján-e vī-ya-te-ḥ

[The substitute phoneme ā replaces the phoneme ai 45 optionally 51 of the verbal stem] vī- (II 39) when denoting the sense of `become enciente or pregnant' (pra-ján-e) [before 1.1.66 the causative marker ṆíC 54].

pra-vī+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = pra-vāy-áy-a-ti/pra-vā-p-áy-a-ti `make pregnant, inseminate'.

$6.1.56 bí-bhe-te-r hetu-bhay-é

[The substitute phoneme ā replaces the phoneme ai 45 optionally 51 of the verbal stem] bhī `fear' (III 2) [before 1.1.66 the causative marker ṆíC 54] to denote fear arising from the agent of the causative (hetu-bhay-é 1.3.68).

bhī+ṆiC+ŚaP+tiP = bhā-p-áy-a-te `frightens, causes fear', alternating with bhī+ṣu̱K+ṆíC+ŚaP+te = bhīṣ-áy-a-te (7.3.40). When the cause of the fear is other than the agent of the causative verb: kuñcikay-ā enám bhāy-áy-a-ti `causes fear with a bamboo stick'.

$6.1.57 nítya-ṁ smay-a-te-ḥ

[The substitute phoneme ā 45] necessarily (nítya-m) [replaces the phoneme ai 45 of the verbal stem] smi- `smile' (I 996) [before 1.1.66 the causative marker ṆíC 54 to denote fear arising from the agent of the causative verb 56].

vi+smi+ṆíC+ŚaP+te = vi-smā-p-ay-a-te but when fear is not so denoted: vi-smāy-ay-a-ti `causes wonder, astonishes'. Description

$6.1.58 ¹sr̥ji-²dr̥ś-or jha̱L-i=aM=á-K-IT-i

The infixed increment aM is inserted after the [last vowel 1.1.47 of the verbal stems] sr̥j- `project' (VI 121) and dr̥ś- `see' (I 1037) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1] beginning with non-nasal consonaants (jha̱L-i) excluding those marked with K as IT.

1. sr̥j+tumu̱N = sr-á-j+tumu̱N (77) = sráṣ-ṭum (8.2.36; 4.41) `to project', but sr̥j+Kta = sr̥ṣ-tá- `projected, created'.

2. dr̥ś+tumu̱N = dr-á-ṣṭum; dr̥ś+Kta = dr̥ṣ-ṭá-.

$6.1.59 ánudātta-sya ca=ŕT=upadha-sya=anya-tará-syām

[The infixed increment aM 58] is optionally (anya-tará-syām) inserted [after the last vowel 1.1.47 of verbal stems] which are low-pitched (ánudātta-sya) [when first introduced (in the Dhp.)] and contain the short vowel r̥(T) as penultimate (°=upa-dhá-sya) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with non-nasal consonants excluding those with K as IT 58].

tr̥p+tumu̱N = tr-á-p+tum/tárp-tum/tárp-i-tum (7.2.45) `to please'; similarly: dr-á-p-tum/dárp-tum/dárp-i-tum `to be foolish'; but from vŕhŪ̀ ud-yam-e (VI 57): vr̥h+tumu̱N = várh+tum = várḍh+tum (7.3.84; 8.2.31) = várḍh+dhum (8.2.40) = várḍh+ḍhum (8.4.41) vár0̸=ḍhum (6.3.111) `to raise, elevate'.

$6.1.60 śīrṣán=chandas-i

In the Chándas the expression śīrṣan- is introduced (as a synonym of śíras- `head').

śīrsṇ-ā hi tátra sóma-m krī-tám hár-a-nti `they carry the Soma purchased on the head'.

$6.1.61 y-e ca taddhit-e

[The substitute morpheme śīrṣán- 60 replaces the whole of 1.1.52 the nominal stem śíras- `head' before 1.1.66] a taddhitá affix [3.1.1] beginning with phoneme y-°.

śíras-i bháv-a-ḥ = śíras+yàT (4.3.55) = śīrṣaṇ-yà-ḥ (4.168; 8.4.2) `chief, foremost, at the head', but śíraḥ icch-áti = śíras+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP = śiras-yá-ti (97).

$6.1.62 aC-i śīrṣá-ḥ

The substitiute morpheme śīrṣá- replaces [the whole of 1.1.52 the nominal stem 4.1.1 śíras- `head' before 1.1.66 a taddhitá affix 61] beginning with a vowel (aC-i).

hastín-aḥ iva śíraḥ asyá = hastí0̸-śiras- `elephant-faced'; hastí-siras-aḥ ápatya-m = hasti-śīrṣa+iÑ (4.1.96) = hāsti-śīrṣ0̸-i-ḥ `descendant of Hastíśiras'.

$6.1.63 ¹pád-²dát=³nás=⁴mās=⁵hŕd=⁶níś=⁷asán=⁸yūṣán=⁹doṣán=¹⁰yakán=¹¹śakán-¹²udán=¹³āsán Śas-pra-bhr̥-ti-ṣu

The substitute morphemes pád-, dát-, nás-, mās-, hŕd-, níś- asán-, yūṣán-, doṣán-, yakán-, śakán-, udán- and āsán- [respectively 1.3.10 replace the whole of 1.1.52 the nominal stems 4.1.1] (pādá- `foot', dánta- `tooth', nāsikā `nose', māsa- `month', hŕdaya- `heart', níśā `night', ásr̥j- `blood', yūṣa- `soup', dós- `arm', yákr̥t- `liver', śákr̥t- `ordure, dung', udaká- `water' and āsyà- `oral cavity') [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1] beginning with Śas (4.1.2).

pādá+Śas/Ṭā/bhyām/bhis, etc. = pád-aḥ/pad-ā/pad-bhyām/pad-bhíḥ, etc.; similarly: dát-aḥ/°-ā/°-bhyām/°-bhyām/°-bhíḥ; nāsikā+Śas = nás-aḥ; māsa+Śas = mās-aḥ; hŕdaya-Śas = hŕd-aḥ; níśā+Śas = níś-aḥ; asr̥k+Śas = as0̸n-áḥ; yūṣa+Śas = yūṣ0̸ṇ-áḥ; dós+Śas = doṣ0̸ṇ-áḥ; yákr̥t+Śas = yak0̸n-áḥ; āsya+yàT = āsan-yà-m prāṇá-m ūc-uḥ `they spoke of the air within the oral region'. In the case of 7-13 of the examples above (4.134) operates to replace penultimate vowel of the stem before an affix beginning with y- or a vowel.

Kāsikā has the reading [āsana-] for [āsyà], cf. Siddhānta-Kaumudī where Kāśikā has been criticized for a wrong reading.

$6.1.64 dhātv=ādéḥ ṣ-aḥ sa-ḥ

The substitute dental phoneme s replaces the retroflex phoneme ṣ-° occurring as the initial of a verbal stem (dhātv-āde-ḥ) [when first introduced in the Dhp. 45].

ṣáhA márṣ-aṇ-e I 905: sáh+ŚaP+te = sáh-a-te `bears, endures'; ṣicÀ kṣár-aṇ-e VI 140: sic+Śá+tiP = si-nu̱M-c+á-ti (7.1.59) = siñc-á-ti `sprinkles'.

The purpose of representing verbal stems with initial retroflex sibilant [ṣ-] is in connection with the operation of 8.3.59. Such verbal stems are also listed by another enumeration: all verbal stems with initial s-°, followed by a vowel or dental stops are introduced in the Dhp. with initial retroflex [ṣ], in addition to the following: smi- `smile', svid- `sweat', svad- `taste', svanj- `clasp', svap- `sleep', and excluding sr̥p- `creep, crawl', sr̥j- `project', str̥- `strew, cover', str̄- `ib.', styai- `coagulate', sek- `go, move' and sr̥- `move'.

$6.1.65 ṇ-aḥ na-ḥ

The substitute phoneme dental n replaces retroflex phoneme ṇ- [occurring as initial of a verbal stem when first introduced in the Dh. 45],

ṇīÑ prāp-aṇ-e I 950 `lead': nī+ŚaP+tiP = náy-a-ti; ṇamÁ pra-hav-tvé I 1030: nám-a-ti `bows, bends'.

The purpose of so representing such verbal stems in the Dhp. is in connection with the operation of 8.4.14. The exceptions are nr̥t- `dance', nand- `be pleased', nard- `sound', nakk- `disappear', naṭ- `fall down', nath- `seek' and nadh- `help'.

$6.1.66 lópo v-y-or va̱L-i

Lópa (= 0̸) replaces phonemes [v] or [y] [before 1.1.66] the phonemes denoted by the siglum va̱L (= all consonants excluding [y]).

div+lIṬ = div+KvásU (3.2.107) = di0̸-div+KvásU = di-di0̸-vas- = di-di-vás- `who has sported'; similarly ūy+Ktá- = ū0̸-tá- `woven', but ūy-yá-te `is woven' and div+ŚyaN+tiP = dīv-ya-ti, but dív-am iccháti = div+KyaC+ŚaP+tiP = div-yá-ti `desires heaven'.

$6.1.67 ve̱-r á-pr̥k-ta-sya

[Lópa (0̸) 66 replaces the single phoneme affix 3.1.1] (á-pr̥k-ta-sya 1.2.41) vi̱.

[vi̱] is the cover term for the following affixes: (a) kr̥t: Kvi̱N, Kvi̱P, Ṇvi̱, Ṇvi̱N, vi̱C and vi̱Ṭ; (b) taddhita: Cvi̱.

ghr̥-tá-m spr̥-śá-ti = ghr̥-ta+spr̥ś+Kvi̱N (3.2.87) = ghr̥-ta-spŕś+0̸ `touching clarified butter'; bráhmāṇ-aṁ hán-ti = bráhman+han+Kvi̱P = brahma0̸+han+0̸ (8.2.7) = brahma-hán- `slayer of bráhman' (3.2.87). árdha-m bháj-a-te = árdha+bhaj+Ṇvi̱ = ardha-bhāj+0̸ `sharing half' (3.2.62). śvetā-ḥ enam váh-a-nti = śveta+vah+Ṇvi̱N (3.2.71) = śveta-vāh+0̸ `borne by white steeds'; úpa-yaj-a-te = upa-jay+vi̱C (3.2.73) = upa+yáj+0̸ `additional formula at an animal sacrifice'; kravyá-m át-ti = kravya+ad+vi̱Ṭ (3.2.69) = kravyād+0̸ `flesh-eater'.

$6.1.68 ¹ha̱L=²Ṅī=³āP=bhyaḥ dīrgh-āt ¹sU-²ti̱-³si̱=á-pr̥k-ta-m ha̱L

[Lópa (0̸) 66 replaces] a single phoneme consonantal (á-pr̥k-ta-m ha̱L affix) sU (4.1.2) introduced [after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] a consonant (ha̱L-°) or the long vowel (dirgh-āt) [of the feminine affixes 3.1.1] Ṅī or āP as well as the [affixes 3.1.1] t(i̱) and s(ị) (3.4.78) introduced [after 3.1.2 a verbal stem 3.1.91] ending in a consonant.

[Ṅī] and [āP] are cover terms respectively for affixes ṄīN, ṄīP, ṄīṢ and CāP, ṬāP, ḌāP.

1. ha̱L: rājan+sU = rājān+sU (6.4.8) = rājān+0̸ = rājā+0̸ (8.2.7) = rājā; nadī+sU = nadī+0̸ = nadī; ramā+sU = ramā+0̸ = ramā.

2. bhr̥Ñ+lAṄ = áṬ+bhr̥+Ślu+tiP/siP = á-bi-bhar+t/s (4.71; 7.4.76; 7.3.84; 3.4.100) = á-bi-bhar+0̸ = á-bi-bhar. But in the case of grāma-ṁ+náy-a-ti = grāma+nī+KviP = grāma-ṇī+sU = grama-ṇī-ḥ `village-head' and niṣ-krān-tá-ḥ kauśāmby-āḥ = níṣ-kauśāmbi+sU = níṣ-kauśāmbi-ḥ `who has departed from Kauśāmbī'.

$6.1.69 ¹eṄ=²hrasv-āt sam-búd-dhe-ḥ

[Lópa (0̸) replaces 86 a consonantal phoneme 68] of the vocative singular (sam-búd-dhe-ḥ) [affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the vowel denoted by the siglum eṄ (= e, o) or a short (vowel hrasv-āt 1.2.28).

1. eṄ: agní+sU (voc.) = ágne+sU (7.3.108) = ágne+0̸ = ágne `O Agni'; similarly vāyu+sU = vāyo+s = vāyo+0̸ = vāyo.

2. short vowel: devá+sU = déva+0̸ = déva!; nadī+sU = nádi+s (7.3.107) nádi+0̸ = nádi; vadhū+sU = vádhu+s = vádhu+0̸ = vádhu. Description

$6.1.70 Śe-s=chándas-i bahulá-m

[In the domain of Chándas lópa 0̸ 66] variously (bahulá-m) replaces [the affix 3.1.1] Śi (7.1.20).

yád+Śi kṣétra+Śi = yaa+Śi (7.2.102) = ya+Śi (97) = ya+nu̱M+Śi (7.1.72) = yā-n-i kṣétrā-ṇ-i = yā0̸ kṣetrā0̸ with 0̸ replacement of Śi along with its operation of the infixed increment (by 8.2.7).

$6.1.71 hrasvá-sya P-IT-i kr̥t-i tu̱K

[The final increment 1.1.46] tu̱K is inserted [at the end of 1.1.46 a verbal stem before 1.1.66] a kr̥t [affix 3.1.1] with marker P as IT when the stem (ends in 1.1.72) a short (vowel 1.2.28).

sóma-ṁ su-távān = sóma+su+Kvi̱P (3.2.90) = soma-sú-t+0̸ = soma-sút- `who has pressed Soma'; similarly agní-ṁ ci-távān = agni-cí-t+0̸ = agni-cít- `who has piled the sacrificial fireplace'; pra+kr̥+Ktvā = pra-kr̥-LyaP = pra-kŕ-t-ya `having taken up'. Here LyaP replacement of Ktvā, being a P-IT operates the final increment tu̱K.

$6.1.72 sáṁ-hitā-y-ām

In the domain of continuous utterance (sáṁ-hitā-y-ām).

This is a governing rule [adhi-kār-á-] heading this section up to and including 157 below, and the expression [sáṁ-hitā-y-ām] recurs in each of the subsequent rules dealing with euphonic combination in continuous speech.

$6.1.73 ch-e ca

[The final increment tu̱K 71 is inserted at th end of a short vowel 71 before 1.1.66] the phoneme ch [in continuous utterance 72].

gám+ŚaP+tiP = gách-a-ti (7.3.77) = gá-tu̱K-ch-a-ti = ga-c-ch-á-ti (8.4.40) = gácch-a-ti `goes'. Description

$6.1.74 ¹āṄ-²māṄ-os=ca

[The final increment tu̱K 71 is inserted at the end of particles] āṄ and māṄ [before 1.1.66 the phoneme ch 73 in continuous utterance 72].

āṄ+chāyā = ā+tu̱K+chāyā = ā-c-chāyā (8.4.40) = īṣac-chāyā `a little shadow'; āṄ+chād-áy-a-ti = ā-t+chād-ay-a-ti = ā-c-chād-ay-a-ti `covers, wraps, envelopes'.

māṄ+āṬ-chait-s-īt/áṬ+chid-a-t (lUṄ 3rd sing.) = mā+0̸chait-s-ī-t/chid-a-t (6.4.74) = mā+tu̱K+chait-s-īt/chid-a-t = māc-chait-s-īt/māc-chid-a-t `let him not cut'.

By denoting the particle ā with marker Ṅ, this operation is blocked in the case of its counterpart without that marker denoting either a sentence or remembrance (vākyà- or smár-aṇa-) as a necessary operation (76 below): ā chāyā/āc-chāyā `oh! the shadow'.

$6.1.75 dīrgh-āt

[The final increment tu̱K 71 is inserted after 1.1.67] a long (vowel 1.2.28: dīrgh-āt) [before 1.1.66 the phoneme ch in continuous utterance 72].

hrīch+SaP+tiP = hrī-t-ch-a-ti = hrīcch-a-ti (8.4.40) `feels shy'; so also mlech-: mlécch-a-ti `speaks indistinctly'; ápa+cho+yaṄ+ŚaP+te = apa+chā+ya+te = apa-cā-chā-ya-te (45) = apa-cā+t+chā-ya-te = apa-cāc-chā-ya-te `continuously breaks'.

$6.1.76 padá=ant-āt=vā

[The final increment tu̱K 71] is optionally (vā) inserted [after 1.1.67 a long vowel 75] occurring at the end of a padá [before 1.1.66 the phoneme ch 75 in continuous utterance 72].

kuṭī-chāyā = kuṭī-tu̱K+chāyā = kuṭī-c-chāyā/kuṭī-chāyā `shadow of a hut'.

$6.1.77 iK-aḥ ya̱Ṇ aC-i

The substitute semivowel phonemes denoted by the siglum ya̱Ṇ (=y, v, r, l) [respectively 1.3.10] replace the vowel phonemes denoted by the siglum iK (= i, u, r̥, l̥) (before 1.1.66) a vowel phoneme (aC-i) [in continuous utterance 72].

dádhi/mádhu+átra = dádhy-/mádhv-átra `curds/honey here'. nadī/vadhū+Ṭā = nady-ā/vadhv-ā `by the river/by the daughter-in-law'. mātŕ+Ṭā = mātr-ā `by the mother'. l̥+ā-kr̥-ti-ḥ = l-ā-kr̥-ti-ḥ `configuration of the phoneme l̥'.

For an exception to this rule cf. 101 below.

$6.1.78 eC-aḥ=¹ay-²av-³āy-⁴āv-aḥ

The substitute elements ay, av, āy and āv [respectively 1.3.10] replace the vowels denoted by the siglum eC (= e, o, ai, au) [before 1.1.66 a vowel phoneme 77 in continuous utterance 72].

cí+LyuṬ = cé+LyuṬ (7.3.84) = cé+ana- (7.1.1) = cáy-ana- `piling up'; lū+LyuṬ = ló+ana- = láv-ana- `cutting, reaping'; cí+ṆvuL = caí+aka- (7.1.1; 2.115) = cāy-aka- `gatherer'; similarly lū+ṆvuL = laú+aka- = lāv-aka `reaper'.

$6.1.79 va̱=anta-ḥ y-i praty-ay-é

[Before 1.1.66] an affix (praty-ay-é) with initial phoneme y-° (y-i) elements ending in phoneme °-v (= av, āv 78: va̱=anta-ḥ) [respectively replace the vowels o and au of eC 78].

babhró-r ápatyam = babhrú+yaÑ (4.1.105) = babhro+yaÑ (4.146) = bābhrav-ya-ḥ (7.2.117) `gotrá descendant of Babhrú'. nāv-ā tār-yà-m = naú+yàT (4.4.91) = nāv-yà-m `navigable'.

$6.1.80 dhāto-s tán-nimitta-sya=evá

[Before 1.1.66 an affix with initial phoneme y-° the substitute elements ending in °-v (= av, āv) 79 respectively 1.3.10 replace the vowels o and au of eC 78] provided (evá) only that these vowels are replacements caused by that affix itself of the verbal stem-final (dhāto-ḥ) [in continuous utterance 72].

lū+yàT (3.1.97) = lo+yàT (7.3.84) = láv-ya- `reapable'; lū+ṆyàT (3.1.125) = lau+yà (7.2.117) = lāv-yà- `necessarily to be cut'. But āṄ+veÑ+yaK+te 3rd p. sg. passive of the Pres. Tense = ā-ū-ya-te = o-ya-te `is woven', with the corresponding Imperfect āṬ+ū+yaK+ta = aú-ya-ta (90) `was woven'; in both situations the initial diphthongs are not caused by the affix yáK and thus do not come under the operation of this rule.

$6.1.81 ¹kṣáy-ya-²jáy-ya-au śakya=arth-é

The expressions kṣáy-ya- and jáy-ya- are introduced to denote the sense of `capable of' (śak-ya=arth-e).

kṣé-tuṁ śák-ya-m = kṣi+yàT = kṣé+yaT = kṣáy-ya-m `capable of being destroyed' where /e/ is replaced irregularly by /ay/. Similarly jé-tuṁ śák-ya-m = jáy-ya-m `capable of being conquered', against the regular forms kṣé-ya-/jé-ya- `to be destroyed'/`to be conquered'.

$6.1.82 kráy-ya-s tad-arth-é

The expression kráy-ya- is introduced to denote `exhibited for the purpose of sale' (tad-arth-é).

krī+yaT = kré+ya- = kráy-ya- `displayed for the purpose of sale', but kré-ya- `vendible, purchaseable'.

$6.1.83 bháy-ya- pra-váy-y-e ca=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas the expressions bháy-ya and pra-váy-yā are introduced as special forms.

bí-bhe-ti a-smāt = bhī+yàT (3.3.113) = bhe+yàT = bháy-ya- `should be afraid of'; in opposition to non-Chándas bhé-ya- `to be feared or dreaded'; pra+vī+yàT = pra-ve+yàT+ṬāP (4.1.4) = pra-váy-y-ā `fit for impregnation' versus non-Chándas pra-vé-y-ā `to be impregnated'.

$6.1.84 éka-ḥ pūrva-paráy-oḥ

A single substitute replaces both the preceding and succeeding phonemes (pūrva-paráy-oḥ) [in continuous utterance 72].

This is a governing rule (1.3.11) heading this section which extends up to and including 112 below. This will, therefore, recur in the subsequent rules of this section.

$6.1.85 anta=ādi-vát=ca

[A single substitute element which replaces both the preceding and succeeding phonemes 84 in continuous utterance 72] functions as the final (anta-°) of the preceding unit and the initial (ādi-vat) of the following unit.

In the expression vr̥kṣ-aú vr̥kṣá+au/auṬ, resulting from the single replacement [au] of stem-final [a] and the affix [au] of sUP, [au] is considered as the initial of sUP and the final of [vr̥kṣá-] so that by 1.4.14 one can define vr̥kṣaú as a Padá. Similarly in the expression brahma-bandh-ū = brahma-bandhú+ūṄ f. the single replacement [ū] resulting from the replacement-final [u] of brahma-bandhú- m. and the feminine affix [ūṄ] is considered as the final of the nominal stem and therefore sUP can be introduced after it by 4.1.1.

$6.1.86 ¹ṣa-tva-²tu̱K-or á-sid-dha-ḥ

[A single substitute element replacing the preceding and succeeding phonemes 84 in continuous utterance 72] is deemed inoperative for the purpose of replacement by retroflex /ṣ/ or for the final augment tu̱K.

In kím+sU á-sic-a-t = ká+s (7.2.103)+á-sic-a-t = kárU+á-sic-a-t (8.2.66) = ká-u+á-sic-a-t (113) = kó+á-sic-a-t (87) = kó-sic-a-t (109), dental /s/ is not replaced by the retroflex sibilant, since by this rule the single replacement of padá-final /o/ and the following /a/ blocks out the operation of 8.3.59.

In ádhi+iṄ+Ktvā = adhi+i+LyaP = adh-ī-LyaP (7.1.37), the single substitute /ī/ of the preverb final /i/ and the initial /i/ of the verbal stem /iṄ/ is considered inoperative and thus does not block out the operation of 71 above: adh-ī-t-ya `having studied'. Description

$6.1.87 āt=guṇá-ḥ

[A single phoneme 84] denoted by the t.t. guṇá (1.1.2 = a, e, o) replaces [both the vowel following 1.1.67] the phoneme-class /a/ as well as the phoneme-class /a/ [preceding 1.1.66 that vowel phoneme 77 in continuous utterance 72].

devá+índra- = dev-e-ndrá- `king of gods'; nár-air īḍ-ya-ḥ nára+īḍya- = nár-e-ḍya- `to be praised by men'; ā+i-táḥ = é-taḥ `they two come'; prá+īkṣ-a-te = pr-é-kṣ-a-te `sees'; párā+īkṣ-e-ta = par-e-kṣ-e-ta `one should look at'; uṣṇa+udaka- = uṣṇ-o-daká- `hot water'; kutsā+úk-ti = kuts-o-k-tí- `slander, contemptuous speech'; karabhá+ūrú- = karbh-óru- `whose thighs resemble the trunk of an elephant'; jihvā+ūrdhva-bhāgá- = jihv-o-rdhva-bhāgá- `upper part of the tongue'; devá+ŕṣi = dev-ar-ṣí (1.1.51) `divine seer' (Nārada); in this case /a/ being the most proximate to both phonemes among the guṇá vowels, replaces them and by 1.1.51 a vowel replacement of vocalic /r̥/ by a simple vowel (a, i, u) is always accompanied by the phoneme /r/ which gives the working rule that the guṇá and vr̥ddhi grades of /r̥/ are respectively /ar/ and /ār/ and of /l̥/ are /al/ and /āl/: tava+l̥ kāraḥ = tav-al-kār-a-ḥ `your sonant lateral /l̥/'.

$6.1.88 vŕd-dhi-r eC-i

[A single substitute 84] denoted by the t.t. vŕd-dhi (1.1.1 = ā, ai, au) replaces [both 84 the vowel 77 following the vowel-class /a/ 87] represented by the siglum eC (= e, o, ai, au) [and the vowel phoneme-class /a/ preceding 1.1.66 it 84 in continuous utterance 72].

śveta+eḍaka- = śvet-ai-ḍaká- `white ram'; brahma+odana- = brahm-au-daná- `rice meant for a brahman'; brahma+aitikā-yana- = brahm-ai-tikāyaná- `brahmin descendant of Itika'; tīkṣṇá+auṣadhá- = tīkṣṇ-au-ṣadhá- `bitter medicine'.

$6.1.89 ¹é-ti=²édh-a-ti=³ūṬH-su

[A single substitute 84 denoted by the t.t. vŕddhi 88 replaces both 84 the preceding 1.1.66 phoneme-class /a/ and the following 1.1.67 eC 84,88 before 1.1.66] the expressions é-ti `goes', édh-a-ti `grows' and the substitute element ūṬH (of °-vāh- 4.132 below) [in continuous utterance 72].

úpa+e-mi/e-ṣi/e-ti = úp-ai-mi/°-ṣí/°-ti but úpa+i-tas = up-e-tas `they two approach'; úpa+édh-a-te = úp-ai-dh-a-te `grows'; praṣṭha-vāh+Śas = praṣṭha-ūṬH-h+Śas (4.132) = praṣṭh-au-h-as = praṣṭhauh-aḥ acc. plur. `young bulls trained for the plough'.

The (recurrent expression) [eC-i] applies here properly only to the strong forms of the verbal stem [iṆ gat-au II 36] since in the weaker forms guṇá does not take place. Also it is not relevant to [ūṬH].

$6.1.90 āṬ-as=ca

[A single substitute 84 denoted by the t.t. vŕddhi (1.1.1 = ā, ai, au) 88 replaces both 84 the vowel denoted by the siglum aC 77 occurring after 1.1.67] the initial increment āṬ and āṬ (4.72) [preceding it 84, in continuous utterance 72].

āṬ+īkṣ+ŚaP+ta = aí-kṣ-a-ta `saw'; ubh+lUṄ = āṬ+ubh+siC+t (3.1.44) = ā-ubh+iṬ-s+īṬ+t (7.2.35; 3.96) = aú-bh-i-0̸-ī-t (8.2.28) = aú-bh-ī-t `has filled with'; r̥dh+lAṄ = āṬ+r̥dh+Śnu+t = ār-dh-no-t `prospered'.

$6.1.91 upa-sarg-āt r̥T-i dhāt-au

[A single substitute 84 denoted by the t.t. vŕddhi (1.1.1 = ā, ai, au) 88 replaces both 84] the preverb [final 1.1.52 phoneme-class /a/ 87] and the (initial 1.1.54) syllabic resonant /r̥/ of a verbal stem (dhāt-au) [occurring after 1.1.67 it in continuous utterance 72].

úpa+r̥cch-a-t- = úp-ār-cch-a-ti `importunes'. Description

$6.1.92 vā sUP-y āpiśale-ḥ

[A single substitute 84 denoted by the t.t. vŕddhi (1.1.1 = ā, ai, au) 88] optionally (vā) replaces [both 84 the pre-verb final 91 phoneme-class /a/ 87 and the initial syllabic resonant /r̥/ 91] of a denominative (sUP-i) [verbal stem 91 in continuous utterance 72] according to the grammarian Āpiśali.

r̥ṣabhá-m ātmán-aḥ icch-á-ti = r̥ṣabhá+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP = r̥ṣabhī-yáti (7.4.33) `desires a bull for one's self': with the preverb prá+r̥ṣabhī-ya-ti = pr-ār-ṣabhī-ya-ti/pr-ár-ṣabhīya-ti. Since option is indicated by the indeclinable /vā/ Āpiśali's name is for honorific purpose only.

$6.1.93 ā=oT-aḥ=¹am-²Śas-oḥ

[The single substitute phoneme 84] /ā/ replaces [both 84 stem-final 1.1.52] phoneme /o/ [and the following initial vowel 84 of the affix 3.1.1] am and Śas (4.1.2) [in continuous utterance 72].

gó+am/Śas = g-ā-m/g-ā-ḥ (8.3.15) acc. sing./plur. of gó- `cow, bull'. Description

$6.1.94 eṄ-i para-rūpá-m

[A single substitute 84] consisting of the second of two (contiguous phonemes para-°) [replaces both the preceding 84 pre-verb-final phoneme-class /a/ 87 and the following 84] vowel denoted by the siglum eṄ (= e, o) [of a verbal stem 91 in continuous utterance 72].

Exception to 88 above. úpa+el-ay-a-ti = úp-e-l-ay-a-ti impels towards; úpa+oṣ-ay-a-ti = úp-o-ṣ-ay-a-ti `burns down'. Description

$6.1.95 ¹óm=²āṄ-os=ca

[A single substitute 84 consisting of the second of two contiguous phonemes 94 replaces both the preceding 84 stem-final phoneme-class /a/ 87 and the following vowel 84] of the particles óm and āṄ [in continuous utterance 72].

kā oóm ity á-voc-a-t = k-óm ity á-voc-a-t `who uttered Óm?'. āṄ+vah+tr̥- = ā+uḍh+dhr̥- (8.2.40) = ā+uḍh+ḍhr̥- (8.4.41) = ā+o0̸-ḍhr̥- (8.3.13) = ó-ḍhr̥- `harbinger'; so also adyá+oḍhŕ- = ady-o-ḍhŕ- `harbinger of today'. Description

$6.1.96 us-i á-pada=ant-āt

[A single substitute 86 consisting of the second of two contiguous phonemes 94 replaces] a non-padá-final (á-pada=ant-ā) [phoneme-class /a/ 87 preceding the substitute affix 3.1.1] °-us [and the initial vowel of °-us following it 84 in continuous utterance 72].

dā+lUṄ = áṬ+dā+(Cli̱→si̱C→0̸ 3.1.43.44; 2.4.77)+us (3.4.108) = á+dā+us = á-d-us `they have given'; chid+lIṄ = chid+ŚnaM+yās+Jus (3.4.103,108) = chi-n0̸-d+yā0̸+us (4.11; 7.2.79) = chind-yā+us = chind-y-ús `they should cut off'.

$6.1.97 aT-aḥ=guṇ-é

[A single substitute 84 consisting of the second of two continuous phonemes 94 replaces a non-padá-final 96] short vowel /a(T)/ [preceding 84] a guṇá vowel (= a,e,o) [and the guṇa vowel following it 84 in continuous utterance 72].

pác+ŚaP+jhi = pác-a+anti (7.1.3) = pac-a-nti `they are cooking'; yáj+ŚaP+íṬ = jáj-a+e (3.4.79) = yáj-e `I am sacrificing'. Description

$6.1.98 a-vyak-ta=anu-kár-aṇa-sya=at-aḥ it-au

[A single substitute 84 consisting of the second of two contiguous phonemes 94 replaces the final 1.1.52] element /at/ of an echo-word (a-vyak-ta=anu-kár-aṇa-sya) [preceding (1.1.66) 84] the indeclinable iti [and the initial phoneme 1.1.54 of iti following it 84 in continuous utterance 72].

paṭat+iti = paṭ-i-ti; jhaṭat+iti = jhaṭ-i-ti. Description

$6.1.99 ná=ā-mreḍ-i-ta-sya=ánt-ya-sya tu vā

[A single substitute 84, consisting of the second of two contiguous phonemes 94] does not (ná) replace [the element /at/ 99] of a re-duplicated (ā-mreḍ-i-ta-sya) [echo-word 98 and the following initial 1.1.54 phoneme of iti 98], but (tu) will optionally (vā) replace [the final 1.1.52] phoneme [of the echo-word and the initial of iti 98 in continuous utterance 72].

paṭ-at-paṭ-ad-iti/paṭ-at-paṭa+ti = paṭ-at-paṭ-e-ti. Description

$6.1.100 nítya-m ā-mreḍ-i-t-e ḌāC-i

[A single substitute 84 consisting of the second of two contiguous phonemes 94] necessarily (nítya-m) replaces [the final phoneme 1.1.52 of the element /at/ 99 of the first half as well as the second half] of the echo-word co-occurring with [affix 3.1.1] ḌāC.

By 5.4.57 affix ḌāC is introduced after echo-words, with re-duplication of the echo-word; this rule operates prior to the operation of 0̸ replacement of the syllable beginning with the last vowel (6.4.143): paṭ-at+ḌāC = paṭ-at-paṭ-at+ḌāC = paṭ-at-paṭ-0̸0̸+ā (97) = paṭ-at-paṭ-ā kar-o-ti = paṭ-a0̸-paṭ-ā kar-o-ti. Description

$6.1.101 aK-aḥ sá-varṇ-e dīrghá-ḥ

[A single substitute 94] long (vowel: dīrghá-ḥ 1.2.28) replaces [both 84] a vowel denoted by the siglum aK (= a, i, u, r̥, l̥) and [the following 84] homogeneous vowel (sá-varṇ-e) [in continuous utterance 72].

Exception to the general rule 77 with reference to [iK]. daṇḍá+ágra- = daṇḍ-ā-grá `tip of a staff'; kaví+índra = kav-ī-ndrá- `poet laureate'; mádhu+udaká- = madh-ū-daká- `honey and water'; pitŕ+r̥ṇá- = pit-r̄-ṇa- `debt owed to the father'.

$6.1.102 prathamáy-oḥ pūrva-savarṇá-ḥ

[The single substitute 84 long vowel 101] homologous to the first of two contiguous vowels (pūrva-sa-varṇá-ḥ) [denoted by the siglum /aK/ 101] replaces [both the nominal stem-final 1.1.52 vowel aK 101 and the initial aC vowel 77 of the affixes 3.1.1] of the first and second (prathamáy-oḥ) sUP triplets introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1 in continuous utterance 72].

agní+au = agn-ī `two fires'; similarly vāyú+au = vāy-ū `two winds'; hará+Jas = har-ā-ḥ `Hara-s'; in this instance both 101 and 102 can operate to give the expected surface form, but by metarule 1.4.2 the later rule prevails. Though 97 can also cover the situation it blocks the operation of 101 but not of 102, by a general metarule that a prior exception blocks the operation of an immediately following rule and not one which follows it later.

$6.1.103 tá-smāt=Śas-aḥ=na̱-ḥ puṁs-í

After (tá-smāt) [that single substitute 84 long vowel replaces both the stem-final aK and initial vowel of affix 3.1.1] Śas, phoneme /n/ replaces [the final phoneme 1.1.52] of Śas [in continuous utterance] in the case of masculine [nominal stems 4.1.1] (puṁs-í).

hará+Śas = har-ā-s = har-ā-n; hári+Śas = hár-ī-s = hár-ī-n; vāyú+Śas = vāy-ū-n; pitŕ+Śas = pit-r̄-n. Description

$6.1.104 ná=āt=iC-i

[A single substitute 84 long vowel 101 homologous to the first of two contiguous vowels 102] does not (ná) replace [both 84] the phoneme-class /a/ [and the following vowel 84 denoted by the siglum] iC (= all vowels other than the phoneme-class /a/) [before 1.1.66 the first and second sUP triplets 102 introduced after nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.52] the phoneme-class /a/.

hará+au = har-aú (88); śālā+Śī (7.1.18) = śāl-e (87) `two halls'; vána+Śī (7.1.19) = ván-e `two forests', sárva+Śī (7.1.17) = sárv-e `all'. Description

$6.1.105 dīrgh-āt=Jas-i ca

[A single substitute 84 long vowel 101 homogeneous with the first of two contiguous vowels 102 does not replace 104 both 84 stem-final 1.1.52] long vowel (dīrgh-āt) [and the following 84 initial vowel 77 of the affix 3.1.1] Jas and (ca) [the initial vowels denoted by the siglum iC 102 in continuous utterance 72].

nadī+Jas = nady-áḥ (77) `rivers'; nadī+au = nady-aú `two rivers'. Rules 102-107 deal only with the first and second sUP triplets.

$6.1.106 vā chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [a single substitute 84 long vowel 101 homogeneous with the first of two contiguous vowels 102 does not 105] optionally (vā) replace [both the stem-final long vowel and the following initial vowel 84 of Jas 105 or the first and second sUP triplets 102 beginning with iC 104 in continuous utterance 72].

mārutī+Jas = mārut-ī-ḥ/māruty-áḥ cátasr-aḥ `four Mārutī-s'; similarly vārāh-ī/vārāhy-aú `two V. sāman-s'.

$6.1.107 am-i pūrva-ḥ

[A single substitute 84] homologous to the first (pūrva-ḥ) [of two contiguous vowels denoted by the siglum aK 101 replaces that vowel as well as the following initial vowel 84 of the affix 3.1.1] am [of the second sUP triplet 102 in continuous speech 72].

devá+am = dev-á-m; mālā+am = māl-ā-m; hári+am = hár-i-m; nadī+am = nad-ī-m; dhenú+am = dhen-ú-m; vadhū+am = vadh-ū-m. In the case of nominal stems ending in /-r̥/ 7.3.110 replaces the stem-final with guṇá and being a later rule, takes precedence over this by virtue of the metarule 1.4.2.

$6.1.108 sam-pra-sār-aṇ-āt=ca

[A single substitute 84 vowel homologous to the first of two contiguous vowels 107] also (ca) replaces [both 84] the sam-pra-sār-aṇa vowel (=iK) [and the vowel following it 84 in continuous utterance 72].

yaj+Ktá = iaj+tá (15) = ij+tá = iṣ-ṭá- (cf. 15 above). Description

$6.1.109 eṄ-aḥ pada=ant-āt=aT-i

[A single substitute 84 vowel homologous to the first of two contiguous vowels 107] denoted by the siglum /eṄ/ (= e,o) replaces [both 84] padá-final eṄ and [the following 84] short initial /a/ of (the following padá) [in continuous utterance 72].

ágne+átra = ágn-e-tra `O Agni! here'; similarly vandé+ahám = vand-é-hám `I salute'; vāyo+atra = vāy-o-tra. Description

$6.1.110 ṄasI-Ṅas-os=ca

[A single substitute 84 vowel denoted by the siglum eṄ 109] replaces [both itself and the following short initial /a/ 109 of the affixes 3.1.1] ṄasI and Ṅas (4.1.2) [in continuous utterance 72].

agní+ṄasI/Ṅas = agné+as (7.3.111) = agn-é-s = agn-é-ḥ (8.3.15); similarly vāyú+ṄasI/Ṅas = vāy-ó-s = vāy-óḥ. Description

$6.1.111 r̥T-aḥ=uT

[A single substitute 84 vowel] short /u/ replaces [both the stem-final 1.1.52] short vowel /r̥/ [and the following 84 initial short /a/ of the sUP triplets ṄasI and Ṅas 110 in continuous utterance 72].

mātŕ+ṄasI = māt-úr-s = māt-úr0̸ (8.2.24) = māt-úḥ (8.3.15). Description

$6.1.112 khya̱-ty-ā̱t pára-sya

[A single substitute 84 vowel short /u/ 111 replaces the initial short /a/ of the sUP triplets ṄasI and Ṅas 110 after 1.1.67] °-khy- and °-ty- [of nominal stems 4.1.1 in continuous utterance 72].

sákhi+ṄasI/Ṅas = sákhy+as = sakhy-us (77) = sakhy-uḥ; páti+ṄasI/Ṅas = páty+as = páty-us = páty-uḥ. Description

$6.1.113 aT-aḥ=rO-ḥ=á-plut-āt=á-plut-e

[The substitute short vowel /u/ 111 replaces] rU (8.2.66) when it is preceded and followed by (1.1.66-67) a non-prolated (á-plut-āt+á-plut-e) short phoneme /a/ [in continuous utterance 72].

hará+sU+á-tra = hará-rU+á-tra = hará+u+átra = haró+átra (87) = har-ó-tra (109).

$6.1.114 ha̱Ś-i ca

[The substitute short vowel /u/ 111] also (ca) replaces [rU when it is preceded by a non-prolated short vowel a 113 before 1.1.66] a voiced consonant (ha̱Ś-i) [in continuous utterance 72].

hará+sU+hás-a-ti = hará+rU+hás-a-ti = hará-u+hás-a-ti = haró hás-a-ti `Hará laughs'. Description

$6.1.115 pra-kŕ-ty-ā=antaḥ-pādá-m á-v-y-a̱-par-e

[A padá-final vowel denoted by the siglum eṄ (= e,o) and short /a/ following it 109] retain their forms (pra-kŕ-ty-ā) when occurring within a quarter of the r̥k-verse (antaḥ-pādá-m), provided it is not followed by phonemes /v/ or /y/ [in continuous utterance 72].

śu-jāt-e áśva-sūnr̥t-e (RV 5.79.1) `O well-born one, who art pleased with horses'; ádhvaryo ádri-bhih su-tá-m (RV 9.51.1) `O Adhvaryu! (the soma) has been pressed with stones', but té á-vad-an = t-é-vad-an `they spoke'. té-yaj-anta = té á-yaj-anta `they sacrificed'.

$6.1.116 ¹avyāt=²avadyāt=³áva-kramus=⁴á-vrata=⁵ayám=⁶ávantu=⁷avas-yú-ṣu

[Pada-final eṄ (= e,o) 109 occurring within a r̥k-verse quarter 115 and the following short vowel /a/ retain their forms 115] also when [short vowel /a/ occurs as initial 1.1.54] of av-yāt `may he assist', a-vad-y-āt `from disgrace', áva-kram-us `they have trampled underfoot', á-vrata- `impiety', ayám `this', áv-a-ntu `may they protect' and avas-yú- `desiring assistance' [in continuous utterance 72].

These are exceptions to the constraints placed on the phoneme /a/ by the preceding rule of not being followed by phoneme /v/ or /y/.

1. ágniḥ prathamó vásu-bhir no avyāt `May Agni, the foremost, assist us with wealth' (T.S. 2.1.11.3).

2. mitra-m aho a-vady-āt (R.V. 4.4.15).

3. mā śivāso áva-kram-uḥ (R.V. 7.32.27) `may happiness not overcome'.

4. té no á-vrat-ā-ḥ `they behave impiously towards us'.

5. śatá-dhāro ayám maṇí-ḥ `this jewel has a hundred edges'.

6. té no av-a-ntu pitár-aḥ (R.V. 10.15.1) `may the Manes protect us.

7. kusikā-so av-as-yáv-aḥ (R.V. 3.42.9) `descendants of Kuśika, desirous of assistance'.

$6.1.117 yájuṣ-i=uraḥ

In the domain of Yajur-Veda [padá-final /o/ of the nominal stem 4.1.1] úras- `chest, breast' [and following short phoneme /a/ 109 retain their form 115 in continuous utterance 72].

úro antárikṣa-m (V.S. 3.42.9) `the chest is the intermediate region'.

$6.1.118 ¹āpo=²jusāṇó=³vŕṣṇo=⁴várṣ-iṣṭhe=⁵ámbe=⁶ámbāle=⁷ámbike-pūrv-e

[In the domain of Yajur-Veda 117 padá-final vowels denoted by the siglum eṄ (=e,o) 109 of the expressions] āp-o `waters', juṣ-āṇ-ó `pleasing', vŕṣṇ-o `man's', várṣ-iṣṭh-e `in the highest', and ámbe/ámbāle preceding ámbike [retain their shape 115 before 1.1.66 short vowel /a/ 119 in continuous utterance 72].

1. āp-o asmān mātár-aḥ sundh-ay-a-ntu (V.S. 4.2) `may the motherly waters purify us'.

2. jus-āṇo aptúr ājya-sya (V.S. 5.35) `busy loving clarified butter'.

3. vŕṣṇ-o aṁśú-bhyāṁ gábhasti-pū-taḥ (V.S. 7.1) `purified by a man's hands with two Soma libations'.

4. várṣ-iṣṭh-e ádhi nāk-e (T.S. 1.1.8.1) `in the highest heaven'.

5. ámbe ámbāle ámbike `O mothers!'. These vocatives are not subject to the operation of 7.3.107 in YV.

$6.1.119 áṅga ity-ād-au ca

[In the Yajur-Veda 117 padá-final eṄ (= e,o) of the nominal stem 4.1.1] áṅga- `limb' (i.e., áṅg-e) and (ca) initial /a/ of the following expression aṅge (tad-ād-au) [both retain their shape in continuous utterance 72].

aindrá-ḥ prāṇ-ó áṅge aṅge ní-dīdhy-at `the breath of Indra meditated on each limb'.

$6.1.120 ánu-dātt-e ca ¹kU-²dhá̱-par-e

[In the Yajur-Veda 117 padá-final eṄ 109] and (ca) [the following 1.1.66] low-pitched (án-udātt-e) [short vowel /a/ 109] preceding velar stops (kU-° 1.1.69) or phoneme /dh/ [both retain their original shapes 115 in continuous utterance 72].

ayám só agní-ḥ `this is that Agni' (V.S. 5.37) but adhás+ágr-e adhó+ágre = adh-ó-gre (109). Description

$6.1.121 á-vap-a-thās-i ca

[In the Yajur-Veda 117 padá-final eṄ (= e,o) 109 and the following ánudātta short vowel /a/ 109 of the verbal form] á-vap-a-thās `thou hast sown' [both retain their original form 115 in continuous utterance 72].

trī rudré-bhyo a-váp-a-thās (K.S. 30.6.32) `thou has sown thrice for the Rudra-s'. The verbal form [á-vap-a-thās] loses its high-pitched accent when following a non-verbal form by 8.1.28, but by 8.1.30 yád rudré+bhyas á-vap-a-thās=yád rudré-bhy-ó-vap-a-thās the verbal padá retains its original accent and is thus subject to 109.

$6.1.122 sarvá-tra vibhāṣā go-ḥ

[Pada-final eṄ 109 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] go- `cow f., bull m.' and [the following short vowel /a/ 109 both retain their original form] optionally (vibhāṣā) everywhere (sarvá-tra) [i.e., in the Chándas and elsewhere in current speech, in continuous utterance 72].

gó+ágra-m = gó-agram/g-ó-gram `headed by cattle'. Description

$6.1.123 avaṄ sphóṭāyana-sya

According to the grammarian Sphóṭāyana the substitute avaṄ replaces [the stem-final 1.1.53 of the nominal stem 4.1.1 go- `cow, bull' 122 before 1.1.66 a vowel 77 in continuous utterance 72].

gó+ágra-m = gava+ágra-m = gav-ā-gra-m/gó-agram/g-ó-gra-m; go+ajiná-m = gav-ā-jinám/g-o-jiná-m `cow-hide'; go+odaná-m gav-au-daná-m/gav-o-daná-m `cattle-feed'; go+uṣṭrá- gav-o-ṣṭrá-m `cows and camels'. But gó+akṣa- = gav-ā-kṣa- `window' without option.

$6.1.124 índr-e nítya-m*

[The substitute element avaṄ 123] necessarily (nítya-m) replaces [the stem-final 1.1.52 of the nominal stem 4.1.1 go- `cow, bull' 123 before 1.1.66] índra- [in continuous utterance 72].

gó+índra- = gava+indrá = gav-e-ndrá- `lord of cattle (= bull)'. Description

$6.1.125 plu-tá=pra-gŕh-y-ā-ḥ aC-i nítya-m

Prolated (plu-tá-°) vowels and pra-gŕh-ya vowels (1.1.11) necessarily (nítya-m) [retain their original form 115 before 1.1.66] vowels (aC-i) [in continuous utterance 72].

According to Patañjali the word [nítya-m] occurs only in this rule and not in 124 above, since its separate mention following 123 itself indicates the absence of option. The use of this word here is to block the operation of 127 below.

dévadatta!3 ihá ās-ana-m alam-kur-u `Devadatta! please grace this seat'; agní+au = agn-ī (102)+iti, vāy-ū iti, śāl-e iti. Description

$6.1.126 āṄ-aḥ=ánu-nās-ika-s=chándas-i

In the Chándas a nasalized (ánu-nās-ika-ḥ) particle /ā/ replaces āṄ [before 1.1.66 a vowel 77 in continuous utterance 72].

āṄ+ap-áḥ = ā ap-áḥ. Description

$6.1.127 iK-aḥ=á-sa-varṇ-e śākalya-sya hrasvaśs=ca

According to the grammarian Śākalya [a padá-final 109 vowel denoted by the siglum] iK (= i, u, r̥, l̥) [retains its form 115 before 1.1.66] non-homogeneous [vowels 77] (á-sa-varṇ-e) and the (corresponding) short vowel replaces it [in continuous utterance 72].

dádhi+átra = dádhi átra/dádhy-átra, mádhu átra/mádhv-atra; kumārī+átra = kumārí átra/kumāry-átra; vadhū+atra = vadhú átra/vadhv-á-tra. Description

$6.1.128 r̥T-y aK-aḥ

[According to the grammarian Śākalya 127 padá-final vowel 109 denoted by the siglum] aK (= a, i, u, r̥, l̥) [retains its form 115 and the corresponding short vowel replaces it 127 before 1.1.66] the short vowel /r̥/ [in continuous utterance 72].

brahma+r̥ṣí = brahma-r̥ṣí-/brahmar-ṣí `brahmin sage'; kháṭvā+r̥śya-h = kháṭva-ŕśya-ḥ/kháṭv-ár-śya-ḥ.

$6.1.129 á-plu-ta-vat=upa-sthi-t-é

[A prolated vowel (plu-tá) 125] is treated like a non-prolated one (á-plu-ta-vat) [before 1.1.66] the indeclinable iti (upa-sthi-t-é) used in the Padapāṭha (for separating padá-s).

su-śloká3+iti (8.2.84)/su-ślok-é-ti (87). Description

$6.1.130 ī3 cākra-varmaṇ-á-sya

According to the grammarian Cākra-varmaṇ-á [the prolated vowel 125] ī3 [is treated like a non-prolated vowel 123 before 1.1.66 vowels 77 in continuous utterance 72].

This is an optional rule: ás-tu hī3 iti/as-tu h-ī-ti; ci-nú hī3 idam = cinú-h-ī-dam. Description

$6.1.131 div-aḥ=uT

The substitute short vowel /u/ replaces [padá-final 109 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] dív- `heaven, sky'.

div-í kām-ó+a-syá = dív+0̸+kāma-ḥ = dí-u-kāma-ḥ = dyú-kāma-ḥ `n.pr. (lit. whose desire is in heaven)'; dív+bhis = dyú-bhis; vímalā dyaú-r a-smín = vímala+div- = vimala-dyu = di-u `bright day'. But when not padá-final: div+au/Jas/am/Śas = dív-au, dív-as, dív-am/dív-as. Description

$6.1.132 etád=tád-oḥ sU-lopá-ḥ=á-k-oḥ á-naÑ-sam-ās-e ha̱L-i

Lopa (0̸) [zero affix 3.1.1] replaces [the first sUP triplet 4.1.1] sU introduced [after 3.1.2 the pronominal stems] etád- `this' and tád- `that' not co-occurring with [the affix ák(a̱C) 5.3.71] or with the privative particle náÑ in composition (á-naÑ-sam-as-e) [before 1.1.66] a consonant (ha̱L-i).

etád+sU = etáa+sU (7.2.102) = et-á+sU (97) = esá+sU (7.2.106) = eṣá-sU (8.3.57)+dá-dā-ti = eṣá0̸ da-dā-ti `this one gives'; so also tád+sU ná dá-dā-ti = sá-0̸ ná dá-dā-ti `he does not give'; but eṣá-ka+sU dá-dā-ti = eṣá-ka+rU dá-dā-ti (8.2.66) = eṣá-ka+u dá-dā-ti (113) = eṣá-ko dá-dā-ti; náÑ+etád+sU dá-dā-ti = án-eṣa+sU = án-eṣo dá-dā-ti.

$6.1.133 sya-ś chándas-i bahulá-m

In the Chándas [lópa (0̸) replaces the first sUP triplet sU 132] variously, [introduced after 3.1.2 the pronominal stem 4.1.1] syá- (= tyád-) `that one' [in continuous utterance 72].

eṣá syá te paav-a-ta indra sóma-ḥ (R.V. 9.97.46) `here, O Indra, that soma flows off clearly for you', contra yá-tra syó ni-pat-et `where that one may fall down'.

$6.1.134 s-aḥ=aC-i lóp-e cét pāda-pūr-aṇá-m

[In the Chándas 133 lópa (0̸) replaces the first sUP triplet sU, introduced after 3.1.2 the pronominal stem 4.1.1 tád- 132 before 1.1.66] a vowel (aC-i), if by that replacement (cét) the quarter-verse can become complete (pāda-pūr-aṇá-m) [in continuous utterance 72].

sédu rājā kṣay-a-ti carṣaṇī-nām (R.V. 1.32.15) for sá-ḥ íd. This rule is extended to the epic language on the basis of the maxim chando-vát kaváy-aḥ kur-v-ánti: sáiṣá dāśarathī rāmá-ḥ for sá+sU+eṣá+sU. Description

$6.1.135 su̱Ṭ k-at pūrva-ḥ

The initial increment su̱Ṭ is inserted before (pūrva-ḥ) the phoneme /k/ [in continuous utterance 72].

This is a governing rule heading this section and extending up to and including 157 below, and recurs in the subsequent rules in this section.

$6.1.136 ¹aṬ=²abhyāsa-vy-av-āy-é=ápi

[The initial increment su̱Ṭ is inserted before the phoneme /k/ 135] even (ápi) when there is intervention (between them vy-av-āy-é) by áṬ (4.72) or the reduplicated syllable (°-abhy-ās-á-°) [in continuous utterance 72].

sám+kar-ó-ti = sáṁ-skar-o-ti `adorns' (137); sám+kr̥+lAṄ = sam+áṬ+kr̥+u+t = sam-á-su̱Ṭ-kar-o-t (7.3.84) = sam-á-skar-o-t; sam+kr̥+lIṬ = sáṁ+ca-s-kār-a; sam+kr̥+lUṄ = sam-á-s-kār-ṣ-ī-t. This is also a governing rule along with 136.

$6.1.137 ¹sám-²pári=³úpe-bhyḥ kar-ó-t-au bhūṣ-aṇ-e

[The initial increment su̱Ṭ is inserted before the phoneme /k/ 135 of the verbal stem] kar-ó-ti (= kr̥- `do, produce' VIII 10), co-occurring with the pre-verbs sám-°, pári-° and úpa-° to denote `adorn, beautify' [even with the intervention of áṬ or the reduplicated syllable 136 in continuous utterance 72].

sáṁ-s-kar-o-ti, sam-á-s-kar-o-t, sáṁ-ca-s-kār-a; saṁ-s-kár-tum, saṁ-s-kar-tŕ-, saṁ-s-kar-távya-m; pari-ṣ-kar-tŕ- (8.3.70), pari-ṣ-kár-tum; upa-s-kár-tum, upa-s-kar-tŕ-. Description

$6.1.138 sam-av-āy-é ca

[The initial increment su̱Ṭ is inserted before the phoneme /k/ 135 of the verbal stem kar-ó-ti, co-occurring with the preverbs sám-°, pári-° and úpa-° 137, even with the intervention between them by áṬ or the reduplicated syllable 136 in continuous utterance 72] also (ca) to denote `assemblage, collection' (sam-av-āy-é).

sáṁ+kr̥ta- = sáṁ-s-kr̥-ta- `assembled, put together'; so also pári-ṣ-kr̥-ta- `combined'; úpa-s-kr̥-ta- `assembled'.

$6.1.139 úp-āt ¹prati-yat-ná-²vai-kr̥-tá-³vākya=adhy-ā-hār-é-ṣu

[The initial increment su̱Ṭ is inserted before the phoneme /k/ 135 of the verbal stem kar-ó-ti 137] co-occurring with the preverb úpa-° [in continuous utterance 72] to denote the senses of `make an effort' (prati-yat-ná-°), `transform' (°vai-kr̥-tá-°) and `fill an ellipsis in a sentence' (°-vākya=adhy-ā-hār-é-ṣu).

1. edho-daká-sya úpa-s-kur-u-te `makes an effort to prepare fuel and water (for the sacrifice)'.

2. úpa-s-kr̥-ta-m bhu-ṅ-k-té `eats stale food'.

3. úpaa-s-kr̥-ta-m adh-ī-té `studies (the text) with elaboration (i.e., filling the gaps)'.

$6.1.140 kir-á-t-au láv-an-e

[The initial increment su̱Ṭ is inserted before the phoneme /k/ 135 of the verbal stem] kir-á-ti (= kr̄ VI 116) `scatter' [co-occurring with the preverb úpa-° 139 in continuous utterance 72] to denote `reap, cut, split' (láv-an-e).

upa+kr̄+Ṇamu̱L = upa-su̱Ṭ+kār-am mádrakā lu-n-ánti `the citizens of Madrá scatter and cut' but deva-dattá-ḥ úpa-kir-a-ti `D. scatters'. Description

$6.1.141 hiṁsā-y-ām práte-s=ca

[The initial increment su̱Ṭ is inserted before the phoneme /k/ 135 of the verbal stem kir-á-ti `scatters' 140] co-occurring with the preverb práti-° and also (ca) [úpa-° 139] to denote `hurt, injure' (hiṁsā-y-ām) [in continuous utterance 72].

práti+kr̄+Ktá = práti-s-kīr-ṇa- (7.1.10; 8.2.42,83) = úpa-s-kīr-ṇa- `hurt, injured, violated', but úpa-kīr-ṇa- `bestrewed', práti-kīr-ṇa- `scattered'. Description

$6.1.142 áp-āt=¹cátuṣ-pād=²śakúni-ṣu=ā-lékh-an-e

[The initial increment su̱Ṭ is inserted before the phoneme /k/ 135 of the verbal stem kir-á-ti 140] co-occurring with the preverb ápa-° [in continuous utterance 72] to denote `the scraping of the earth (vi-lékh-an-e) by quadrupeds (cátuṣ-pād-°) and birds (°-śakúni-ṣu)'.

ápa-s-kir-a-te vr̥ṣabhá-ḥ `the bull scratches the ground'. ápa-s-kir-a-te bhakṣy-ā-rthī kukkuṭá-ḥ `the rooster scratches the earth in search of food', but ápa-kir-a-ti Devadattá=ḥ `Devadattá scatters'. Description

$6.1.143 ku-s-tumburū-ṇ-i jā-ti-ḥ

The expression kústumburu- `coriander' is introduced [with the initial increment su̱Ṭ inserted before the phoneme /t/] to denote a genus (jā-ti-ḥ) [in continuous utterance 72].

kú-s-tumburu- m. `coriander or cilantro plant', n. `its seed' but kuts-i-tā-n-i tumburū-ṇ-i = kú-tumburū-ṇ-i `fruit of Diospyros embriopteris = indukī'. Description

$6.1.144 a-para-s-par-ā-ḥ kriy-ā-sātat-y-é

The expression a-para-s-par-ā-ḥ is introduced [with initial increment su̱Ṭ 135 inserted before the phoneme /p/] to denote `continuity of action' (sā-tat-y-é) [in continuous utterance 72].

a-para-s-par-ā-ḥ gácch-a-nti `they go one after another (= in succession)' but apara-par-āḥ sārth-ā-ḥ gácch-a-nti `the ones and the others (traders) go (simultaneously)'.

$6.1.145 go-ṣ-padá-m ¹sevitá=²á-sevita-³pramāṇe-ṣu

The expression go-ṣ-padá-m is introduced [with initial increment su̱Ṭ 135 inserted before the phoneme /p/] to denote a locality which is occupied (sevitá-°) or not occupied (°-á-sev-i-ta-°) or a measure of quantity (°=pra-mā-ṇe-su) [in continuous utterance 72].

gāv-aḥ pád-y-a-nte a-smín = go+pad+GHá (3.3.118) = go-ṣ-padá-m `a locality frequented by cattle'; á-goṣpadam áraṇyam `a forest not frequented by cattle'; go-ṣ-pada-mātrá-m kṣétra-m `a part of a field the size of a cow's hoof' but gó-ḥ padám = go-padá-m `impression of a cow's hoof in soil'.

$6.1.146 ā-s-padá-m prati-ṣṭhā-y-ām

The expression ā-s-padá-m is introduced [with initial increment su̱Ṭ 135 inserted before the phoneme /p/] to denote a fixed place (prati-sṭhā-y-ām) [in continuous utterance 72].

ā+pad-ya-te a-smín = ā-s-pad+GHá (3.3.118) = ā-s-padá-m `place, seat, abode, dignity', but ā pad-āt (2.1.13; 3.10) = ā-padá-m ind. `up to the foot'. Description

$6.1.147 ā-ś-cár-ya-m á-ni-ty-e

The expression ā-ś-cár-ya-m is introduced [with initial increment su̱Ṭ 135 inserted before phoneme /c/] to denote `something unusual' (á-ni-ty-e) [in continuous utterance 72].

āṄ+car+yàT = ā-ś-cár-ya-m `wonderful, marvellous, astonishing' but ā-cár-ya- `to be practiced or performed'. Description

$6.1.148 várc-as-k-e=ava-s-kar-á-ḥ

The expression ava-s-kár-a- is introduced [with initial increment su̱Ṭ 135 before the phoneme /k/] to denote `ordure, excrement' (várc-as-k-e) [in continuous utterance 72].

ava+kr̄+aP (3.3.57) = ava-s-kar-á- `excrement, ordure' but ava-kar-á- `dust, sweepings'.

$6.1.149 apa-s-kar-ó ratha=aṅgá-m

The expression apa-s-kár-a is introduced [with initial increment su̱Ṭ 135 before phoneme /k/] to denote a part of a chariot (rathāṅgám) [in continuous utterance 72].

apa+kr̄+aP = apa-s-kar-á- `any part of a chariot' but apa-kar-á- `scattering'. Description

$6.1.150 vi-ṣ-kir-á-ḥ śakúni-r vā

The expression vi-ṣ-kir-á- is introduced [with initial increment su̱Ṭ 135 before the phoneme /k/] optionally (vā) to denote a bird (śakúni-ḥ) [in continuous utterance 72].

vi+kr̄+Ká (3.1.135) = vi-ṣ-kir-á-/vi-kir-á- `a gallinaceous bird such as domestic fowl, partridge, quail' etc., while vi-kir-á- has also the general sense of `scattering'.

$6.1.151 hrasv-āt=candrá=ut-tara-pad-e mántr-e

[The initial increment su̱Ṭ 135 is inserted before the nominal stem 4.1.1] °cándra- as a final member (in composition: °uttara-pad-é), co-occurring with [a prior member ending in 1.1.72] a short (vowel 1.2.28), in the domain of Mántra [in continuous utterance 72].

sú+cándra- = su+su̱Ṭ+candra- = su-ś-candrá- (8.4.40); hari+candra- = hári-ś-candra- `n.pr.' (cf. 153 below), but sūryā-candra-más-au `sun and moon' but in non-Chands su-candrā paurṇa-māsī, hári-candra-. Description

$6.1.152 práti-ṣ-kaśa-s=ca kaśe̱-ḥ

The expression prati-ṣkaś-á- is introduced [with initial increment su̱Ṭ 135 before the phoneme /k/] of the verbal stem kaś- `move' (II 14) co-occurring with the preverb práti-° [in continuous utterance 72].

práti+kaś+áC (3.1.134) = prati+su̱Ṭ+kaś-á- `emissary, agent', but prati-ga-tá-ḥ káś-ām = práti-kaś-a-ḥ `a horse not responding to or obeying the whip'.

$6.1.153 ¹prá-s-kaṇva-²harí-s-candr-au=ŕṣ-ī

The expressions prá-s-kaṇva- and hári-ś-candra- are introduced [with initial su̱Ṭ 135 respectively before 1.2.10 phonemes /k/ and /c/] to denote names of Vedic seers (ŕ-ī) [in continuous utterance 72].

hari-ś-candra- is included here for the purpose of showing its occurrence outside the domain of Mántra also (cf. 151).

$6.1.154 ¹má-s-kar-a-²ma-s-kar-íṇ-au ¹véṇu-²pari-vrāj-akay-oḥ

The expressions má-s-kar-a and ma-s-kar-ín- are introduced [with initial increment su̱Ṭ 135 inserted before the phoneme /k/] to denote [respectively 1.3.10] a bamboo (véṇu-°) and a wandering monk (°-pari-vrāj-akay-oḥ) [in continuous utterance 72].

In other senses: mákara- `sea monster, whale, shark'; makar-ín- `ocean'. Description

$6.1.155 ¹kā-s-tīra=²ajá-s-tund-e nágar-e

The expressions kā-s-tīra- and ajá-s-tunda are introduced [with initial increment su̱Ṭ 135 before the phoneme /t/] to denote the names of cities [in continuous utterance 72].

But kā-tīra- `bad shore or bank'; aja-tundá- `protruding belly of a ram'. Description

$6.1.156 kār-a-s-kar-ó vr̥kṣá-ḥ

The expression kār-a-s-kar-á is introduced [with initial increment su̱Ṭ 135 before the phoneme /k/] to denote a tree [in continuous utterance 72].

But kār-a-kar-á- (3.2.21) `acting as agent'.

$6.1.157 pāra-s-kar-á=pra-bhr̥-tī-n-i ca saṁjñā-y-ām

The class of expressions beginning with pāra-s-kar-á- is introduced [with initial increment su̱Ṭ 135 before the initial consonantal phoneme of the posterior member in composition] to form names (saṁjñā-y-ām) [in continuous utterance 72].

pārá-ṁ kar-ó-ti = pāra+kr̥+Ṭa (3.2.20) = pāra+su̱Ṭ+kar-á- = pāra-s-kar-á-; rátha-m pā-ti = rátha+pā+Ká+ṬāP (3.2.3) ratha-s-pā nad-ī. Description

$6.1.158 án-udatta-m padá-m eka-várja-m

With the exception of one syllable (eka-várja-m) [for which an udātta `high-pitch' or svaritá `circumflex, high and low pitch' accent is introduced] a padá (1.4.14ff.) bears the ánudātta `low pitch' accent.

This is a metarule governing accentuation. Accent rules introduce either an udātta or svaritá- accent on a particular syllable of a padá, the rest bearing the anudātta accent. A nominal stem (prātipadiká) or a verbal stem (dhātu) or an affix (praty-ayá) has its particular udātta or svaritá accent, and when a padá is generated by a combination of stem and affix, the padá bears the udātta or svaritá accent on a single syllable, the rest being ánudātta. Thus by 162 below the final syllable of a verbal stem is considered to bear the udātta accent in general. Thus from the verbal stem lū- `cut' (IX 13) we derive the theme lū+Śnā where the class-marker also bears the udātta accent, so that the theme will be lu-nā- before l-substitutes tiP, tás, ánti, generating the Present Indicative forms lu-nā-ti (tiP being anudātta by 3.1.4), lu-nī-tás, lu-n-ánti; further if we derive the comparative form lu-nī-tás+taraP+ām we arrive at lu-nītas-tar-ā-m. A grammatical form or padá may consist of stems (pra-kŕ-ti), increments (āgama), replacements (ādeśá) and affixes (praty-ay-á), each of which may be bearing its own accent, but when the surface form emerges it can have only one accented syllable, leaving all others without accent. The last step in the successive derivation will determine the final position of the accent in the padá.

$6.1.159 ¹karṣ-á=²āT-vat-aḥ GHaÑ-aḥ=ánta=udātta-ḥ

The final syllable (ánta-ḥ) of an expression [ending in 1.1.72 the kr̥t 3.1.93 affix 3.1.1] GHaÑ bears the udātta accent when it is derived from [the verbal stem 3.1.91] kr̥ṣ- `draw, drag' (VI 6) or from those containing the vowel phoneme long /ā/ (āT-vat-aḥ).

This is a prior exception to 197 below. Under normal conditions the marker Ñ of GHaÑ introduces the udātta accent on the initial syllable of the derived form.

kr̥ṣ+GHaÑ = karṣ-á- (7.2.86) `dragging, ploughing'; pac+GHaÑ = pāk-á- (7.2.116; 3.52) `cooking'; rañj+GHaÑ = rāg-á- (4.27) `dying, coloring'; dā+GHaÑ = dā+yu̱K+á (7.3.33) dā-y-á- `donation, presenting'; dhā-y-á- `bearing'. Description

$6.1.160 uñch-á=ādī-n-āṁ ca

[The final syllable 159 of the class of derived nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with uñch-á- `gleaning' [derived with various affixes 3.1.1 such as GHaÑ, aP, etc. bears the udātta accent 159].

uñch+GHaÑ = uñch-á-; gr̄+aP = gar-á- `poison' but in other meanings regularly gár-a- (197). Description

$6.1.161 án-udātta-sya ca yátra=udātta-lopá-ḥ

[The udātta accent 159 replaces] an ánudātta syllable when the preceding udātta syllable is replaced by lopa (0̸) on account of it.

kumārá+ṄīP = kumār0̸+ī = kumār-ī `maiden' (4.1.20; 6.4.148); path-ín+Śas = path0̸0̸+as (7.1.88) = path-ás, path-ā, path-é etc.; kumudá+ḌmatUP (4.2.87) = kumud0̸+mat- = kumud-vát (8.2.10) `abounding in lotuses'. Description

$6.1.162 dhāto-ḥ

[The final syllable 159] of a verbal stem [bears the udātta accent 159].

ḌU-pac-AṢ pāk-é (I 1045): pác+ŚaP+tiP = pác-a-ti `cooks'; ūrṇúÑ ācchād-an-e (II 30): ūrṇú+0̸²+tiP = ūrṇó-ti `covers'; gup+āya+ŚaP+tiP = gop-āyá+a+ti = gop-āy-á-ti (97) `protects'. Description

$6.1.163 C-IT=aḥ

[The final syllable 159 of a nominal stem 4.1.1] marked with C as IT or [ending in 1.1.72 an affix 3.1.1 so marked bears the udātta accent 159].

kṣetriyáC = kṣetriyá- `incurable in the present life' (5.2.92). bhās+GHuráC = bhās-urá (3.2.161) `shining'; similarly bhañj+GHuráC = bhaṅg-urá- (7.3.52) `fragile'.

$6.1.164 taddhitá-sya

[The final syllable 159] of a taddhitá derivative [i.e., a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 a taddhitá affix 3.1.1 marked with C as IT 163 bears the udātta accent 159].

kuñja+CphaÑ (4.1.98)+Ñya (5.3.113) = kauñj0̸-āyaná+Ñya = kaúñj-āyan0̸-ya-ḥ `descendant of Kuñja', but in the plural affix [Ñya] is replaced by 0̸¹ (2.4.62): kuñja+CphaÑ+0̸¹+Jas = kunj-āyan-āḥ since affix [CphaÑ] remains in position, marker [Ñ] functioning to operate 7.1.117 and C the present rule; [Ñya] becomes inoperative by 1.1.63.

$6.1.165 K-IT-aḥ

[The final syllable 159 of a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 a taddhitá 164 affix 3.1.1] with marker K as IT [bears the udātta accent 159].

naḍá+phaK = nāḍ0̸-āyaná- (7.1.2; 2.118) `descendant of Naḍá'.

$6.1.166 tisŕ-bhyaḥ Jas-aḥ

[The final syllable 159 of the sUP triplet 4.1.2] Jas introduced [after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] tisŕ- f. `three' [bears the udātta accent 159].

This is a prior exception to 8.2.4. tisŕ+Jas = tisr-áḥ f. `3'. By 8.2.4 the semivowel substitute of an udātta or svaritá vowel operates a svaritá on the following vowel, and since Jas is ánudātta (3.1.4) and /r/ is the substitute for /r̥/ which bears the udātta accent, the form realized by the operation of that rule would have been *tisr-àḥ, but this prior exception blocks that rule. Cf. also 174 and 179 below.

$6.1.167 cátur-aḥ Śas-i

[The final syllable 159 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] cátur- `four' [bears the udātta accent 150 before 1.1.66 the sUP triplet 4.1.2] Śas.

cátur+Śas = catúr-aḥ paśya `look at the four', but cátasr-aḥ paśya f.

$6.1.168 s-au éka=aC-as=tr̥-tīyā=ādir vi-bhák-ti-ḥ

sUP triplets (vi-bhák-ti-ḥ) beginning with the third (tr̥-tīyādi-ḥ) [bear the udātta accent 159] when introduced [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] which are monosyllabic (éka=aC-aḥ) [before 1.1.66 the seventh sUP triplet] su.

The binding condition here is that the nominal stem should be monosyllabic before the locative plural affix su.

vāc+su = vāk-ṣú whence vāc-ā, vāg-bhyām, vāg-bhíḥ but vāk, vāc-au, vāc-aḥ, vāc-am and rājan+suP = rāja0̸-su: rājñ-ā, rājñ-e etc.; similarly tváy-ā, máy-ā since the locative plural forms are yuṣmā-su, asmā-su (dissyllabic).

$6.1.169 ánta=udatt-āt=uittara-pad-āt=anya-tará-syām á-nitya-sam-ās-e

[sUP triplets beginning with the third 168, introduced after 3.1.2 a monosyllabic 168 nominal stem 4.1.1] constituting the final member of a compound which is not obligatory (á-ni-tya-sam-ās-e) and bears the udātta accent on its final syllable, optionally (anya-tará-syām) [bear the udātta accent 159].

para-m-ā vāk = parama0̸+vāc- `highest speech' +Ṭā = parama-vāc-ā/parama-vāc-ā, but á-vāc- `absence of speech; dumbness' generates á-vāc-ā, á-vāc-e, etc. (6.2.2); on the other hand a-vāc (2.172) `speechless, dumb': a-vāc-ā/a-vāc-ā brāhmaṇ-éna `by a non-speaking brahmin' which is a non-obligatory compound (2.2.11). In the case of obligatory compounds: agni-cít-ā, soma-sút-ā, etc., since these are not governed by (2.2.11).

$6.1.170 añce̱-s=chándas-i=á-sarva-nāma-sthā-ne

[sUP triplets] excluding those denoted by the t.t. sarvanāma-sthāna (1.1.42-43 Śi, sUṬ) [bear the udātta accent 159 when introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] °-añc- in the domain of Chándas.

By 222 below a nominal stem ending in °-añc- bears the udātta accent on the last syllable of the prior member when 0̸-replacement reduces it to °-c- only: dadhī-c (3.138)+Śas = dadhī-c-áḥ' dadhī-c-ā, dadhī-c-é, etc. Description

$6.1.171 ¹ūṬH=²idám=³pád-ādi=⁴áp-⁵púm-⁶raí-⁷dyú-bhyaḥ

[sUP triplets excluding those denoted by the t.t. sarvanāma-sthāna 170 (= Śi, sUṬ: weak declensional endings) bear the udātta accent 159 when introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] °-ūṬH (4.132) and idám- `this', word-class beginning with °-pád- (63 above up to niś-). °-áp- `water', °-púṁs- `male', °-raí- `riches' and °dív- `heaven'.

1. praṣṭha-vāh+Śas = praṣṭha+ūṬHāh+Śas (4.132) = praṣṭhauh-áḥ (89), praṣṭhauh-é, etc.; 2. ā-bhyām, ā-bhíḥ, etc.; 3. ni-pad-áḥ/ni-pad-ā; dat-áḥ, dat-ā, etc. 4. ap+Śas = ap-áḥ, ap-sú; 5. puṁs-áḥ, puṁs-ā etc.; 6. rāy-áḥ, rāy-é, etc.; 7. div-ā, div-é, div-áḥ etc. Description

$6.1.172 aṣṭán-o dīrgh-āt

[sUP triplets excluding those denoted by the t.t. sarvanamasthāna 170 bear the udātta accent 159 when introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] aṣṭán- `eight' [ending in 1.1.72] a long (vowel 1.2.28: dīrgh-āt 7.2.84).

aṣṭā-bhíḥ/°-bhyáḥ etc., but when not ending in a long vowel: aṣṭá-su.

$6.1.173 Śátu-r á-nu̱M-aḥ ¹nadī=²áC=ādī

The feminine (nadī) [affix ṄīP 4.1.6 introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] ŚátR̥ without the infixed increment nu̱M (a-nu̱M-aḥ) (7.1.80) [and bearing the udātta accent on the final syllable 169] as well as [sUP triplets excluding those denoted by the t.t. sarvanāma-sthāna 170] beginning with a vowel (áC=ādī) [bear the udātta accent 159].

tud+Śá+ŚatR̥+ṄīP = tud-á-at+ṄīP = tud-á-t+ī (97) = tudat-ī contra tud-ánt-ī `piercing' (7.1.80). tudát+Śas = tudat-áḥ/°-ā/°-é etc., but tud-ánt-aḥ; likewise dá-d-at-aḥ, dád-at-ā since this has the udātta accent on the initial syllable.

$6.1.174 udātta-yaṆ-aḥ ha̱L-pūrv-āt

[The feminine affix (ṄīP) 173 as well as sUP triplets excluding those denoted by the t.t. sarvanāma-asthāna 170 beginning with a vowel 173 bear the udātta accent 159 when introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] whose (final 1.1.72) udātta vowel is replaced by a semivowel (udātta-yaṆ-aḥ) preceded by a consonant (ha̱L-pūrv-āt).

kr̥+tŕC+ṄīP = kar-tŕ+ī = kar-tr-ī f. `doer, agent', but kr̥+tr̥N+Ṭā/Ṅe = kár-tr-ā/kár-tr-e etc.

This rule is a prior exception to 8.2.4. In the Bahuvrīhi compound bahu-tita-ú brāhmaṇ-ī `a brahmin lady possessing many sieves', the udātta accent falls on the final syllable by 2.175 below and bahu-tita-ú+Ṭā = bahu-dtita v-ā, since the semivowel replacement of the udātta vowel is not preceded by a consonant, the present rule does not operate and by 8.2.4 the following anudātta vowel of the sUP triplet bears the svaritá accent.

$6.1.175 ná=¹ūṄ-²dhātv-oḥ

[sUP triplets excluding those indicated by the t.t. sarvanāmasthāna 170 beginning with a vowel 173 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 whose final udātta vowel of the feminine affix 3.1.1] ūṄ (4.1.66) or of a verbal stem (°dhāto-ḥ) [is replaced by a semivowel preceded by a consonant 174] does not (ná) [bear the udātta accent 159].

brahma-bandhu+ūCanuN = brahma-bandh-ū+Ṭā = brahma-bandhv-ā (8.2.4) `by a brahmin-like lady'; khala-pū+Ṭā = khalapv-ā (6.4.83; 8.2.4) `by a sweeper'. Description

$6.1.176 ¹hrasvá-²nu̱Ṭ=bhyām matUP

[The taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] matuP [bears the udātta accent 159 when introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] a short (vowel 1.2.28: hrasvá-°) [bearing the udātta accent 169] or the initial increment nu̱Ṭ (8.2.16).

1. agní+matUP = agni-mát- `maintaining a sacrificial fire'; similarly kr̥+tŕC+matUP = kar-tr̥-mát- `active', but kr̥+tr̥N+matUP = kár-tr̥-mat-.

2. akṣí+matUP = akṣ-án+matUP (7.1.76) = akṣán+nu̱Ṭ+matUP (8.2.16) = akṣá0̸-n=mat (8.2.7) akṣa-ṇ-vát- (8.2.9; 4.2) `having eyes'; similarly astha-n-vát- `possessing bones' or śīrṣa-ṇ-vát- `having a head', but vásu-mat `rich, wealthy'. Description

$6.1.177 n-ām anya-tará-syām

[The sixth sUP triplet 4.1.2] n-ām optionally (anya-tará-syām) [bears the udātta accent 159 when introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 a short udātta vowel 176 before affix matUP 176].

agní+ām = agní+nu̱Ṭ-ām (7.1.54) = agnī-n-ām/agnī-n-ām (7.3.102) since this stem ends ind a short udātta vowel before the matUP. But vásū-n-ām. Description

$6.1.178 Ṅy-ās=chándas-i bahulá-m

In the domain of Chándas [the sixth sUP triplet n-ām 177 bears the udātta accent 159] variously (bahulá-m) [when introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the feminine affix 3.1.1] Ṅī.

bahú+ṄīP (4.1.45) = bahv-ī+ām = bahv-ī-n-ām pitā (RV 6.75.5) `father of many (daughters)', but jáy-ant-ī-n-ām marút-aḥ (RV 10.103.8).

$6.1.179 ¹ṣáṣ-²trí-³catúr-bhyaḥ ha̱L=ādi-ḥ

[A sUP triplet] beginning with a consonant (ha̱L-ādi-ḥ) [bears the udātta accent 159 when introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stems 4.1.1 denoting number words covered by the t.t.] ṣáṣ (1.1.24) and trí- `three' and catúr- `four'.

ṣáṣ+bhis = ṣáḍ+bhis (8.4.53) = ṣaḍ-bhíḥ; ṣaḍ-bhyáḥ, ṣaṇ-ṇ-ām; pañcā-n-ām, saptā-n-ām, etc.

tri-bhíḥ, tri-bhyáḥ, trayā-ṇ-ām catur-bhíḥ, catur-bhyáḥ etc. For an exception see 172 above: aṣṭá-su. Description

$6.1.180 jha̱L-i úpottama-m

The penultimate (úpa=uttama-m) [of a polysyllabic padá derived from the number words denoted by the t.t. ṣáṣ as well as tri- and catúr- 179 before 1.1.66 sUP triplets beginning with] non-nasal consonantal phonemes (jha̱L-i) [bears the udātta accent 159].

1. páñcan+bhis = pañcá0̸-bhis = pañcá-bhiḥ/°-bhyaḥ; saptá-bhiḥ saptá-bhyaḥ; but before initial nasal phoneme: saptā-n-ām, pañcā-n-ām.

2. tisŕ-bhiḥ; catúr-bhyah; in the case of non-polysyllabic padás: ṣaḍ-bhíḥ, tri-bhyáḥ. Description

$6.1.181 vibhāṣā bhāṣā-y-ām

In the domain of current speech (bhāṣā-y-ām) [the penultimate syllable of a polysyllabic padá derived from the number words denoted by the t.t. ṣáṣ as well as trí- `3' and catúr `4' 179 with sUP triplets beginning with non-nasal consonants 180 bears the udātta accent 159] optionally.

1. pañcá-bhiḥ/pañca-bhíh; saptá-bhiḥ/sapta-bhíḥ.

2. tisŕ-bhiḥ/tisr̥-bhíḥ, catasŕ-bhiḥ/catasr̥-bhíḥ; aṣṭá-su/aṣṭa-sú (cf. 172 above).

$6.1.182 ná ¹gó-²śván-³sAU=a-varṇa=⁴rāj=⁵áṅ=⁶krúṅ=⁷kŕd-bhyaḥ

[The operations indicated in 168-181] do not (ná) take place [after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1] gó- `cow/bull', śván- `dog', a stem [ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme class /a/ [before 1.1.66 the suP triplet] sU, rāj- `ruler, king', a stem [ending in 1.1.72] °-áñc-, or °-krúñc- `curlew' and kŕ-t- `doer, agent'.

1. gó: gáv-ā, gó-bhyām (blocking 168 above); sugú-nā, sugáv-e (blocking 169).

2. śvan: śun-ā, śun-é, parma-śún-ā etc.

3. sAU=a-varṇa: yá-h, yébhyaḥ, té-bhyaḥ.

4. rāj: rāj-ā, parma-rāj-ā etc.

5. áñc: prāñc-ā, prānc-e but prāc-ā etc.

6. krúñc: krúñc-ā, parama-krúñc-ā etc.

7. kr̥t: kŕt-ā, kŕt-e, parama-kŕt-e etc.

$6.1.183 div-o jha̱L

[A sUP affix 4.1.2] beginning with a non-nasal consonant (jha̱L) [does not 182 bear the udātta accent 159 when introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] dív- `heaven, sky'.

dív+bhyām = dyú-bhyām (131) but div-ā. This rule blocks the operation of either 168 or 171.

$6.1.184 nŕ ca=anya-tará-syām

[A sUP triplet 4.1.2 beginning with a non-nasal consonant 182] optionally (anya-tará-syām) [does not 182 bear the udātta accent 159 when introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] nŕ- `man'.

nŕ-bhiḥ/nr̥-bhíḥ (168).

$6.1.185 T=IT svar-i-tá-m

An element marked with T as IT bears the svar-i-tá accent.

vac+ṆyaT = vāk-yà- (7.2.116; 3.52); kr̥+ṆyàT = kār-yà-.

$6.1.186 ¹tāsi̱=²án-udātta=IT=³ṄIT=⁴aT=upa-deś-āt la-sārvadhātuká-m ánu-dāttam á-¹hnu=²iṄ-oḥ

A sārvadhātuka (3.4.113) [affix 3.1.1 replacing an] l-member (=tiṄ 3.4.78 and ŚatR̥, ŚānaC 3.2.124-25) bears the anudātta accent when introduced [after 3.1.2 the tense marker] tāsi̱ (3.1.33) or verbal stems with anudātta or Ṅ as IT markers, excluding the stems hnuṄ `hide' (II 72) and iṄ [with ádhi-°] (II 37) and short aT which have been introduced as such when first introduced (in the Dhp.).

1. kr̥+tāsi̱+Ḍā (2.4.85) = kar-t0̸0̸+ā (6.4.143); kr̥+tāsi̱+ras/ras = kar-tā0̸-rau/ras (7.4.51).

2. anudātta=IT: āsA upa-veś-an-e (II 11)+te = ās-te `sits'.

3. Ṅ-IT: śīṄ svap-n-é (II 22)+te = śé-te `sleeps'.

4. aT=upa-deś-a: themes ending in short vowel /a/: pác+ŚaP+tás = pác-a-taḥ `they two cook'; tud+Śá+tas = tud-á-taḥ `they two vex'.

5. In other cases: ci+Snu+tiP/tás = ci-nó-ti/ci-nu-tás; here, although /Śnú/ is a Ṅ-IT by 1.2.4, it is so only in so far as it affects the preceding morpheme. In pac+ŚaP+vás/más = pác-ā-vas/mas the accent shift to the l-substitutes is not blocked by /a of ŚaP/ being replaced by /ā/(7.3.101) since in grammatical operation the theme still ends in /a/. Similarly in han+tás = ha0̸=tás the theme is still ha-n→0̸ blocking out the operation of this rule, though /tás-/ here is preceded by /ha/. But exceptions to 3. above are: hnu-té `hides', yad adhī-té (8.1.30) `that he studies'.

$6.1.187 ādí-ḥ siC-aḥ=anya-tará-syām

The first (ādi-ḥ) syllable (of a verbal stem) [ending in 1.1.72 the Aorist Marker] si̱C optionally (anya-tará-syām) [bears the udātta accent 159].

mā hi Kr̥+si̱C+tām = mā hi kār-ṣ-tām/kār-ṣ-ṭām (7.2.1; 8.4.2,41); mā hi lāv-i-ṣ-ṭām/lāv-i-ṣ-ṭām since normally the marker C of si̱C indicates that the syllable containing it bears the udātta accent.

$6.1.188 ¹svap=ādi=²hiṁs-ām aC-i=an-iṬ-i

[The first syllable 187 of the class of verbal stems] beginning with sváp- `sleep, lie down' (II 59-61) and hiṁs- `hurt, injure' (VII 19) [optionally 187 bears the udātta accent 159 before 1.1.66 a sārvadhātuka affix replacing an l-member 186] beginning with a vowel excepting that of the initial increment iṬ (aCi=an-iṬ-i).

The verbal class beginning with [svap-] consists of: svap-, śas-, an- and jakṣ-; svap+0̸¹+anti = sváp-anti/svap-ánti; śvás-anti/śvas-ánti; hiṁs+ŚnaM+anti = hi-na-ns+anti hi-n0̸-0̸-s-anti (4.111,23) = híṁs-anti/hiṁs-ánti (8.3.24). But svap+tás = svap+iṬ-tás = svap-i-táḥ (7.2.76). Description

$6.1.189 abhy-às-tā-n-ām ādi-ḥ

The first (ādi-ḥ) syllable of a reduplicated verbal theme [bears the udātta accent 159 before 1.1.66 a sārvadhātuka affix replacing an l-member 186 beginning with a vowel other than the initial increment iṬ 188].

dā (III 9)+Ślu+jhi = dá-dā-ati = dá-d0̸-ati (4.112) `they give'; similarly dá-d-atu `let them give'; já-kṣ-atu `let them eat', but jakṣ+iṬ+tás = jakṣ-i-tás.

$6.1.190 án-udātt-e ca

Also (ca) [the first syllable of a reduplicated verbal theme 189 bears the udātta accent 159 before a sārvadhātuka affix 186] not containing an udātta accent (án-udātt-e).

dā+Ślu+tiP = dá-dā-ti `gives'; hā+0̸¹+ti = já-hā-ti `abandons'; mā hi dá-dhā-t : dhā+lAṄ+t = dhā+0̸³+t `let him not bear'; dá-dhā-ti `bears'.

$6.1.191 sarvá-sya sUP-i

[The first syllable 189 of the pronominal stem 4.1.1] sarvá- `all' [bears the udātta accent 159 before 1.1.66] sUP triplets (sUP-i).

sárva-ḥ, sárv-au, sárv-e but sarvá+taraP/tamaP = sarvá-tara-/°-tama-.

$6.1.192 ¹bhī-²hrī-³bhr̥-⁴hu-⁵máda̱-⁶janA-⁷dhanA-⁸daridrā-⁹jāgar-ām pūrva-m P-IT-i

The syllable preceding (pūrva-m) [a sārvadhātuka affix replacing an l-member 186] with marker P as IT [bears the udātta accent 159 when introduced after 3.1.2 the reduplicated themes of] bhī- `fear' (III 2), hrī `be ashamed' (III 3), bhr̥- `bear' (III 5), hu- `offer an oblation' (III 1), mád- `rejoice' (I 853), jan- `be procreated' (III 24), dhan- `run' (III 23), daridrā `be in need' (II 64) and jāgr̥- `wake up' (II 63).

Affixes with marker P referred to here are [tiP, siP, miP] with their replacements. (a) bi-bhé+ti/ṣi/mi; (b) ji-hré-mi/ṣi/ti; (c) bi-bhár-mi/ṣi/ti; (d) ju-hó-ti/ṣi/mi; (e) ma-mát-tu, ma-mád-at; (f) ja-ján-at; (g) da-dhán-at; (h) daridrā-ti/si/mi; (i) jā-gár-ti/ṣi/mi.

$6.1.193 L-IT-i

[The syllable preceding 192 an affix 3.1.1] with marker L as IT [bears the udātta accent 159].

kr̥+saN+ṆvuL = cí-kīr-ṣa+ṆvuL = ci-kīr-ṣ0̸-aka- (4.148) `wishing to do, desirous of doing'; bhaúriki+vidhaL = bhaurikí-vidha- (4.2.54). Description

$6.1.194 ādí-r Ṇamu̱L-i=anya-tará-syām

[Before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] Ṇamu̱L the first (ādí-ḥ) syllable (of a verbal stem) optionally (anya-tará-syām) [bears the udātta accent 159].

lū+yaṄ+Ṇamu̱L = ló-lū-y0̸+am lo-lū-y-am/lo-lū-y-am lo-lū-y-am `having repeatedly cut'. Description

$6.1.195 aC-aḥ kar-tr̥-yaK-i

[Before the marker 1.1.66] yáK (3.1.67 of passive construction) used reflexively (kartr̥-yaK-i) [the initial syllable of verbal stems 194 which end in 1.1.72] a vowel (aC-i) [when first introduced (in the Dhp.) 186 optionally 194 bears the udātta accent 159].

lū-ya-te/lū-yá-te kedāra-ḥ svayá-m evá `the field is reaped by itself', but bhid-yá-te svayá-m evá `breaks automatically' and lū-yá-te kedarā-ḥ Deva-datt-éna `the field is being reaped by Devadattá'.

For the verbal stems jan-, san- and khan- also the present rule applies as by 4.62 the stem-final is replaced by ā before affixes beginning with non-nasal consonants: jā-ya-te/jā-yá-te; sā-ya-te/sā-yá-te; khā-ya-te/khā-yá-te. Description

$6.1.196 thaL-i ca sá-iṬ-i=íṬ=anta-ḥ=vā

[Before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] thaL (3.4.82), co-occurring with initial increment iṬ, either iṬ or the final (ánta-ḥ) syllable or (vā) [the initial syllable 194 bears the udātta accent 159].

When this rule does not operate, the general rule 193 operates, giving in all four different placements for this suprasegmental phoneme: lū+lIṬ = lū=thaL = lu-lū+iṬ-thaL = lu-lo+iṬ+thaL = lu-lav-í-tha/lu-lav-i-thá/lú-lav-i-tha/lu-láv-i-tha `thou hast cut'.

$6.1.197 Ñ-N-IT-y ādí-r nítya-m

[Before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1] with marker Ñ or N the initial (ādí-ḥ) syllable [of the stem] necessarily (ní-tya-m) [bears the udātta accent 159].

gargá+yaÑ (4.1.105) = gārg0̸-ya- (4.148) `gotrá descendant of Gargá'; vāsudevá+vuN = vāsudeva0̸-aka- (4.3.98) `a partisan of Vāsudeva'; similarly árjun-aka-.

$6.1.198 ā-mantr-ita-sya ca

[The initial syllable 197] of a vocative (ā-mantr-i-ta-sya) also (ca) [bears the udātta accent 159].

dévadatta! háre! vāyo! etc.

$6.1.199 ¹pathí-²math-óḥ sarvanāmasthān-é

[The initial syllable 197 of the nominal stems 4.1.1] pathín- `path' and mathín- `churning stick' [bears the udātta accent 159 before 1.1.66 sUP triplets] denoted by the t.t. (sarva-nāma-sthān-é).

pánthāḥ (7.1.85-87)/pánthān-au/pánthān-aḥ/pánthān-am/pánthān-au; mánthā-ḥ/mánthān-au/mánthān-aḥ/mánthān-am/mánthān-au. But path-áḥ/path-ā/path-é/path-í etc.

$6.1.200 ántas=ca távai yugapát

[The initial syllable 197] as well as (ca) the final (ánta-s) syllable of an expression [ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] távai (3.4.9) simultaneously (yugapát) [bear the udātta accent 159].

kr̥+távai = kár-tavaí `to do'; mlécch-i-tavaí `to speak indistinctly'.

$6.1.201 kṣáy-a-ḥ ni-vās-é

[The initial syllable 197 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] kṣáy-a- [bears the udātta accent 159] when denoting the sense of `residence' (nivāsé).

kṣiy-ánti ní-vas-a-nti a-smín = kṣi+GHá (3.3.118) = kṣáy-a- `residence'; the normal affix is [áC 3.3.56] yielding kṣi+áC = kṣay-á- `destruction, consumption'. Description

$6.1.202 jáy-a-ḥ kár-aṇa-m

[The initial syllable 197 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] jáy-a- [bears the udātta accent 159] to denote `instrument or means of victory' (kár-aṇ-e).

jáy-anti an-éna = ji+GHá = jáy-a (3.3.118) `instrument or means of victory' as in já-ya-ḥ áśva-ḥ `horse of victory' but ji+aC = jay-á- (3.3.56) `victory'. In the case of both [GHá, áC] the normal accent should fall on the final syllable; however, affix GHa is in operation as the derived form is a saṁjñā or name.

$6.1.203 vŕṣa=ādī-n-āṁ ca

[The initial syllable 197 of the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with vŕs-a- `bull' [bears the udātta accent 159] also (ca).

vr̥ṣ+Ká (3.1.135) = vŕṣ-a- `bull' (exception to 3.1.2); jvar+áC (3.1.134) = jvár-a- `temperature, fever' against normally expected word-final accentuation.

$6.1.204 saṁjñā-y-ām upa-mā-na-m

[The initial syllable 197 of a nominal stem 4.1.1] serving as an object of comparison (upa-mā-na-m) in a proper name (saṁjñā-y-ām) [bears the udātta accent 159].

cáncā `straw-man, scare-crow'; vádhrikā `eunuch'; khára-kuṭī `barber's shop'; dās-ī `n.pr.'; in the generation of these forms there is 0̸³ replacement of affix kaN (5.3.98).

$6.1.205 niṣṭhā ca dvy-áC án-āT

[The initial syllable 197] of dissyllabic (dvy-áC) [nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affixes 3.1.1] denoted by the t.t. niṣṭhā, excluding those with vowel phoneme /ā/ in the first syllable (án-āT) [serving as proper names 204 bears the udātta accent 159].

dā+Kta = dad+Kta (7.4.46) = dát-taḥ; gúp-ta=ḥ when occurring as proper names; but otherwise dat-tá- `given'. gup-tá- `protected'; similarly for the polysyllabic rakṣ-i-tá- even when denoting a proper name; likewise trā-tá- `protected'.

$6.1.206 ¹śúṣ-ka=²dhŕṣ-ṭ-au

[The initial syllable 197 of the nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 niṣṭhā affixes 205] śúṣ-ka- `dry' and dhŕṣ-ṭa `bold, daring' [bears the udātta accent 159].

śuṣ+Ktá = śuṣ+ká (8.2.51) = śúṣ-ka-; dhr̥ṣ+Ktá = dhŕṣ-ṭa-. Description

$6.1.207 āś-i-ta-ḥ kar-tā

The expression āś-i-ta- used as an agent (kar-tā) (noun) [bears the udātta accent 159 on its initial syllable 197].

āś-i-ta-ḥ deva-dattá-ḥ `Devadattá has eaten' (exception to 2.144) but āś-i-tá-m ánna-m `food has been eaten' (passive construction) and āś-i-ta-m devadatt-éna `eating has taken place' (by Devadattá) [impersonal construction].

There are three views on the derivation of this expression: (a) aś+Ktá with high pitched accent on the initial and replacement of the vowel by the corresponding long one; (b) aś+ṆíC+Kta with initial udātta accent or (c) āṄ+aś+Kta contra 2.144 below. Description

$6.1.208 rik-t-é vibhāṣā

[The initial syllable 197 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] rik-tá- [ending in 1.1.72 in a niṣṭhā affix 205] optionally (vibhāṣā) [bears the udātta accent 159].

ric+Kta = rík-ta-/rik-tá- (8.2.30) `emptied, voided'.

$6.1.209 ¹júṣ-ṭa=²ár-p-i-t-e ca=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the initial syllable 197 of the nominal stems 4.1.1] júṣ-ṭa- `pleasant' and ár-p-i-ta- `inserted, fixed' also (ca) [optionally 208 bears the udātta accent 159].

júṣ-ṭa-/juṣ-ṭá-; ár-p-i-ta-/ar-p-i-tá-. Description

$6.1.210 nítya-ṁ mántr-e

In the domain of Mántra [the initial syllable 197 of the nominal stems 4.1.1 júṣ-ṭa- `pleasant' and ár-p-i-ta- `inserted, fixed'] necessarily (nítya-m) [bears the udātta accent 159].

júṣ-ṭa; ár-p-i-ta-.

$6.1.211 ¹yuṣmád=²asmád-or Ṅas-i

[The initial syllable 197 of the pronominal stems 4.1.1] yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' [bears the udātta accent 159 before 1.1.66 the sUP triplet] Ṅas (genitive singular).

yuṣmád+Ṅas = tava+Ṅas (7.2.96) = tava+aŚ (7.1.27) = táva (97) `thine'; similarly asmád+Ṅas = máma `mine'.

$6.1.212 Ṅay-i ca

[The initial syllable 197 of the pronominal stems 4.1.1 yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' bears the udātta accent 159 before 1.1.66 the sUP triplet] Ṅe also (ca).

The two rules 211-12 have been separated to avoid the operation of metarule 1.3.10. yuṣmád+Ṅe = tubhya+Ṅe (7.2.95) = tubhya+am (7.1.28) = túbhy-a-m (97) `to thee'; so also asmad+Ṅe = máhy-a-m `to me'. Description

$6.1.213 yàT-aḥ=á-nāv-aḥ

[The initial syllable 197 of a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] yàT, [consisting of two syllables 205, bears the udātta accent 159] excluding the [nominal stem 4.1.1] naú- `boat' [before it 1.1.66].

ci+yàT (3.1.97) = cé-ya- `to be piled'; but naú+yàT = nāv-yà- `navigable' and kr̥+saN+yaT = ci-kīr-ṣa+yaT = ci-kīr-s0̸-yà- = ci-kīr-ṣ-yà- `desiring to be done'.

$6.1.214 ¹īḍA-²vánda̱-³vŕ-⁴śáṁsa̱-⁵duh-āṁ ṆyàT-aḥ

[The initial syllable 197 of the nominal stems 4.1.1 derived with affix 3.1.1] ṆyàT [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stems] īḍ- `praise' (II 9), vánd- `salute' (I 11), vŕ-(IX 38) `choose', śáṁs- `praise' (I 764) and duh- `milk' (II 4) [bears the udātta accent 159].

īḍ-/vánd-/vŕ-/śáṁs-/duh-/+ṆyàT = īḍ-ya- `to be praised'; vánd-ya- `to be saluted'; vār-ya- `to be chosen'; śáṁs-ya- `to be praised'; dóh-ya- `to be milked'. Description

$6.1.215 vibhāṣā ¹veṇú=²indhānay-oḥ

[The initial syllable 197 of the nominal stems 4.1.1] veṇú- `reed, bamboo' and indh-āna- `who kindles' optionally (vibhāṣā) [bears the udātta accent 159].

vé-ṇu-/ve-ṇú-; idh+Cānጠ= indh+Cānጠ= i0̸+na-dh+Cānጠ= i-n0̸-dh+Cānጠ(4.23, 111) = indh-āná-/índh-āna-; indh+ŚānáC = indh+ŚānaC (186) = i0̸-ná-dh+ŚānaC = i-n0̸-dh+ŚānaC (4.111) = indh-āna- (161). Description

$6.1.216 ¹tyāg-a-²rāg-a=³hās-a-⁴kúh-a-⁵śváṭh-a-⁶kráth-ā-n-ām

[The initial syllable 197 of the nominal stems 4.1.1] tyāg-a- `renouncing', rāg-a- `passion', hās-a `laughter', kúh-a- `deceiver', śváṭh-a- `speech' and kráth-a- `destruction' [optionally 215 bears the udātta accent 159].

The first three forms are derived with affix [GHaÑ] and the rest with affix [áC]. tyaj/ranj/has+GHaÑ = tyāg-a-/tyāg-á- (159); rāg-a-/rāg-á-; hās-a-/hās-á-; kuh/śvaṭh-/krath+áC = kúh-a-/kuh-á-; śváṭh-a-/śvaṭh-á-; kráth-a/krath-á-. Description

$6.1.217 úpa=ut-tama-m R-IT-i

The penultimate (úpottaman) syllable [of a (polysyllabic) nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 an affix 3.1.1] with marker R as IT [bears the udātta accent 159].

kr̥+anīyaR = kar-aṇīya- (8.4.3) `to be accomplished'; paṭú+jātīyaR = paṭu-jātīya- (5.3.69). Description

$6.1.218 CaṄ-i=anya-tará-syām

[The penultimate syllable 217 of a polysyllabic grammatical form ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] CaṄ (3.1.48) optionally (anya-tará-syām) [bears the udātta accent 159].

mā hí cī-kar-á-tām/cī-kár-a-tām `do not cause him to make'. This form is derived as follows: kr̥+ṆíC+CáṄ+tām = áṬ+cī-kār-í-→0̸+a+tām (4.51) = á-cī-kar-a-tām (7.4.1), and with privative particle [mā] 0̸ replaces the initial increment [áṬ] leaving cī-kar-a-tām which then gets the placement of accent by this rule.

$6.1.219 matO-ḥ pūrva-m āT saṁjñā-y-āṁ striy-ām

The phoneme long /ā(T)/ preceding (pūrva-m) [the affix 3.1.1] matU(P) [in a derivative nominal stem 4.1.1] in the feminine gender denoting a name (saṁjñā-y-ām) [bears the udātta accent 159].

udumbára+matUP+ṄīP = udumbarā-vat-ī (3.119) `n.pr. of a river'; so also śará+matUP+ṄīP = śarā-vat-ī (3.120) `n.pr. of a river', but ikṣú+matUP+ṄīP = ikṣu-mát-ī (176), ajirá+matUP+ṄīP = ajira-vat-ī (220).

$6.1.220 ánta-ḥ=avaty-āḥ

The final syllable (ánta-ḥ) of [a derived nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] °-a-vat-ī [bears the udātta accent 159 when denoting a name in the feminine gender 219].

ajirá+matUP+ṄīP = ajira-vat-ī `n.pr. of a river' and likewise khadir-a-vat-ī. Description

$6.1.221 ī-vaty-āḥ

[The final syllable 220 of a derived nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 in] °-ī-vat-ī [bears the udātta accent 159 when denoting a name in the feminine gender 219].

ahī-vat-ī (3.120), munī-vat-ī `names of rivers'. Description

$6.1.222 c-au

[The final syllable 220 of the prior member 219 bears the udātta accent 159 before 1.1.66 the following element] °c- (= replacement of °-añc- 4.138).

Before affix [Kvi̱N] introduced after [añc-] by 3.2.59 the penultimate nasal is replaced by 0̸ (4.24) [= a0̸c = ac] and before weak affixes beginning with a vowel it is further reduced by 0̸ replacement to [c] by 4.138; it is before this reduced posterior stem that the prior member has its final vowel accented with udātta: dádhi+añc+Kvi̱N+Śas = dadhi+0̸c+as = dadhī-c-as (3.138). Description

$6.1.223 sam-ās-á-sya

[The final syllable 220 of a nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of a compound (sam-ās-á-sya) [bears the udātta accent 159].

rājñ-aḥ púruṣa-ḥ = rāja0̸+0̸+puruṣá-ḥ (8.2.7) `royal servant'. This is a general rule [ut-sarg-á], exceptions to which are dealt with in subsequent sections of the next pādá.

$6.2.1 bahu-vrīh-aú pra-kŕ-ty-ā pūrva-padá-m

In a Bahuvrīhí compound the prior member (pūrva-padá-m) retains its (original) accent.

This is an exception to 1.223. The word udātta (1.159) and svar-i-tá- (1.185) recur as needed in this section to characterize the accent of the prior member. In the compound kārṣ-ṇa-ḥ uttarāsaṅgá-ḥ a-syá = kārṣṇottarā-saṅga-ḥ the udātta accent should fall on the final syllable, but in the Bahuvrīhí compound derived from these constituent members to denote `whose upper or outer garment is made out of the skin of the black antelope' the prior member retains its original accent: kr̥ṣ-ṇa+aÑ = kārṣ-ṇ-a- (1.197) as against kārṣṇa-ḥ uttarasāṅgá-ḥ = kārṣṇottarāsaṅgá-ḥ `skin of the black antelope' (1.223). When the prior member has no accent at all, 1.223 will operate as in sama-ḥ bhā-gá-ḥ a-syá = sama-bhāg-á-ḥ `receiving an equal share'.

$6.2.2 tatpuruṣ-é ¹túlya=artha-²tr̥-tīyā-³saptamī-⁴upamāna=⁵ávyaya-⁶dvi-tīyā-⁷kŕtyā-ḥ

In a Tatpuruṣá compound [the prior member retains its original accent 1] if it consists of synonyms of túlya- `comparable, similar' or [ends in 1.1.72] the third or seventh sUP triplets or serves as an object of comparison (upa-māna-°) or is an indeclinable (°-ávyaya-°) or [ends in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet or in a kŕtya [affix 3.1.1].

Exception to 1.223. (1) túl-ya-ḥ śvetá-ḥ = túlya-śveta-ḥ `similar whiteness'; sa-dŕś-a-loh-i-ta-ḥ `same redness' (2.1.68); (2) śaṅkuláy-ā khaṇḍá-h = saṅkulā-khaṇḍa-ḥ `cut off with a pair of nippers'; (3) akṣé-su śauṇḍa-ḥ = akṣá-śauṇḍa-ḥ `fond of gambling'; (4) śastrī iva śyām-ā = śastrī-śyām-ā `blue like the blade of a knife'; (5) ná brāhmaṇaá-ḥ = á-brāhmaṇa-ḥ `not a brahmin'; níṣ-krān-ta-ḥ kauśāmby-āḥ = níṣ-kauś-āmbi-ḥ `who has departed from Kauśāmbī'; (6) muhūrtá-m sukhá-m = muhūrtá-sukha-m `momentary happiness'; (7) bhoj-yà-m lavaṇá-m = bhoj-yà-lavaṇa-m `salt fit to be eaten' from bhuj+ṆyàT (3.1.124). Kŕtya affixes are dealt with in 3.1.95ff.

$6.2.3 várṇa-ḥ várṇe-ṣu=án-et-e

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2 the first member retains its original accent 1] if it is a color-word (várṇa-ḥ) co-occurring [before 1.1.66] another color-word (várṇe-ṣu), excluding the word éta- `variegated'.

kr̥ṣ-ṇá-sāraṅga- `spotted black', but kr̥ṣ-ṇ-ai-tá-ḥ `shining black or black-spotted.

$6.2.4 ¹gādhá-²lavaṇáy-oḥ pra-mā-ṇ-e

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2] denoting a measure (pra-mā-ṇ-e) [the prior member retains its original accent 1] when co-occurring [before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] gādhá- `shallow, fordable' and lavaṇá- `salt'.

śámba-sya gādhá-m = śámba-gādha-m `water as shallow as the depth of an oar'; similarly ar-ítra-gādha-m `as deep as the length of a pestle'; gó-ḥ lavaṇá-m = gó-lavaṇa-m `as much salt as can be given to a cow'.

$6.2.5 dāyād-ya-ṁ dāy-ā-d-é

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2] denoting an inheritance (dāyād-ya-m) [the prior member retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] dāy-ā-dá- `heir'.

vidyā-y-āḥ dāy-ā-d-áḥ = vidyā-dāy-ā-d-a-ḥ `heir to knowledge, inheritor of knowledge'.

$6.2.6 prati-bandh-í ¹cirá-²kr̥cchráy-oḥ

[In a Tapturuṣá compound 2 the first member 1] denoting obstruction or difficulty (prati-bandh-í) [retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-cirá- `long' and °-kr̥cchrá- `difficult'.

gám-ana-ṁ ca yát cirá-ṁ ca = gám-ana-cira-m `slowed down or delayed in departure'; similarly gám-ana-kr̥cchra-m (2.1.57,72) `an obstacle or difficulty involved in the departure'.

$6.2.7 pad-é=apa-deś-é

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2] denoting a pretext (apa-deś-é) [the first member retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °padá-.

mūtra-pad-ena pra-sthi-tá-ḥ `started to go on the pretext of urinating'; similarly uc-cār-á-pad-ena- `on the pretext of defecating', but víṣ-ṇo-ḥ padám = viṣ-ṇu-padá-m `V.'s footstep'. Description

$6.2.8 ni-vāt-é vāta-trā-ṇ-é

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2] denoting `protection from the wind' (vā-ta-trā-ṇ-é) [the first member retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °ni-vā-tá- `sheltered from the wind'.

kúṭ-ī evá ni-vā-tá-m = kúṭ-ī-ni-vā-ta-m `a hut sheltering from the wind', but rāja-nivāt-é vas-a-ti `lives in the vicinity of the king'.

$6.2.9 śārad-é án-ārtav-e

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2 the first member retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-śārad-á- employed in a sense other than autumnal (án-ārtav-e).

rájju-śārada-m udaká-m `water freshly drawn from the well with a rope'; similarly dr̥śát-śārad-ā-ḥ sák-tav-aḥ `freshly ground groats', but parama-śāradá- `best autumnal (produce)'.

$6.2.10 ¹adhvaryú-²kaṣāyay-or jā-t-au

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2] denoting a genus (jā-t-au) [the prior member retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °adhvaryú- `n. of an officiating sacrificial priest' and °-kaṣāya-a `decoction'.

prāc-y-ā-dhvaryu- `n. of an officiating priest of the Kaṭhá school'; sarpir-maṇḍá-kaṣāya- `decoction made from the scum of melted butter', but param=ā=dhvaryú- `the highest adhvaryú priest' and parama-kaṣāyá- `best decoction'.

$6.2.11 ¹sa-dŕś-a-²práti-rūpay-oḥ sādr̥śy-e

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2 the first member retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °sadŕś-a- `resembling' and °-práti-rūpa- `image, likeness' to denote resemblance (sādr̥ś-y-e).

pi-tŕ-sa-dr̥ś-a- `resembling the father'; mā-tŕ-prati-rūpa- `an image of the mother' but uttama-sa-dr̥ś-á- `highest likeness'.

$6.2.12 dvig-aú pra-mā-ṇ-e

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2 the first member retains its original accent 2 when co-occurring before 1.1.66] a Dvigú compound (as a prior member) to denote a dimension (pra-mā-ṇ-e).

saptá sám-ā-ḥ pra-mā-ṇa-m a-syá = sapta0̸-samá+mātráC (5.2.37) = sapta-samá+0̸ (by a vārttika) `aged seven years'; prāc-ya-ś ca asaú sapta-samá-ś ca = prācya-sapta-sama- `an eastern lad aged seven years'.

$6.2.13 ¹gan-távya-²páṇ-ya-ṁ vāṇij-é

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2 the first member retains its original accent 1] if it denotes (a locality) which is to be reached (gan-távya-°) or (an object) which is to be sold (°páṇ-ya-m), co-occurring [before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-vāṇij-á- `merchant, trader'.

mad-rá-vāṇij-a-ḥ = madr-é vāṇij-á-ḥ/madr-é ga-t-vā vy-áva-har-a-ti `a merchant carrying on trade in Madrá'; gó-vāṇij-a-ḥ `cattle rancher', but parama-vāṇij-á-ḥ `best merchant'.

$6.2.14 ¹mātrā=²upa-jñā=³upa-kram-á=⁴chāy-é ná-puṁs-ak-e

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2] occurring in the neuter gender (ná-puṁs-ak-e) [the first member retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °mātrā `measure', °-upa-jñā `invention', °upa-kram-á- `initiation' and °-chāyā `shadow' (2.4.2ff.).

bhikṣā-y-ās túl-ya-pra-mā-ṇa-m = bhikṣā-mātra-m `equivalent measure of alms'; pāṇiná-sya upa-jñā = pāṇin-ó-pa-jna-m `invention of Pāṇiná'; āḍhyá-sya upa-kram-a-ḥ = āḍhy-ó-pa-kram-a-ṁ (2.4.21) prāsādá-ḥ `a mansion begun by the rich'; íṣū-ṇ-ām chāyā = íṣu-cchāya-m (2.4.22) `shadow cast by a mass of arrows'.

$6.2.15 ¹sukhá-²priyáy-or hi-t-é

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2 the first member retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-sukhá- `happiness' and °-priy-á- `dear' to denote `beneficial' (hi-t-é).

gám-ana-m sukhá-m = gám-ana-su-kha-m `pleasure consisting in going'; similarly gám-ana-priy-a-m `beneficial for going'. Description

$6.2.16 prī-t-au ca

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2 the first member retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1 °-sukhá- `happiness' and °-priyá- `dear' 15] also (ca) to denote `pleasure' (prī-t-au).

The three words [su-khá-, priy-á-, prī-ti-] having the same significance, the use of [prī-ti-] here is to indicate the intensity of that feeling. brāhmaṇ-á-su-kha-m pāya-sa-m `the milk pudding delightful to the brahmin'; kanyā-priy-a-ḥ mr̥d-aṅga-ḥ `the drum delightful to the maiden'. But rāja-sukhá-m `king's welfare or happiness' and rāja-priy-á-m. Description

$6.2.17 svá-m svāmín-i

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2 the first member 1] denoting possession (svá-m) [retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-svāmín- `possessor, owner'.

gó-svāmin- `cattle owner'; áśva-svāmin- `horse owner', dhána-svāmin- `owner of riches', but parama-svāmin- `chief owner'. Description

$6.2.18 páty-au=aíś-var-y-e

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2 the first member bears its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-páti- `master, chief' to denote `ruler, chief' (aíś-var-y-e).

gr̥há-pa-ti- `head of the household'; sénā-pa-ti- `army chief'; nára-pa-ti/nŕ-pa-ti- `king, ruler of men', but vr̥ṣalī-pa-tí- `husband of a vr̥ṣalī'.

$6.2.19 ná ¹bhū-²vāc=³cit=⁴didhiṣu

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2, with °pá-ti- `master, ruler' 18 as a posterior member, the first members 1 consisting of the nominal stems 4.1.1] bhū-° `earth', vāc-° `speech', cít-° thought' and didhiṣū- `a widow remarried' do not (ná) [retain their original accent1].

bhū-pa-tí-/vāk-pa-tí-/cit-pa-tí-/didhiṣū-pa-tí- `king, ruler of earth/master of speech/controller of thought/husband of a remarried widow' respectively.

$6.2.20 vā bhúv-ana-m

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2 with °-pá-ti- `master, chief' 18 as a final member, the first member 1 consisting of the nominal stem 4.1.1] bhúv-ana-° `earth' optionally (vā) [retains its original accent 1].

bhúv-ana-pa-ati-/bhuv-ana-pa-tí- `lord of the earth, king, emperor'.

$6.2.21 ¹ā-śaṅká=²ā-bādhá-³néd-īyas-su sam-bhāv-an-e

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2 the first member retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °ā-śaṅk-á- `fear', °-ā-bādh-á- `obstacle, impediment' or °-néd-īyas- `very near, nearer' to denote an assumption (sam-bhāv-an-e).

gám-an-ā-śaṅk-a-m `apprehension about going'; gám-an-ā-bādh-a-m `obstacle or impediment for going' and gám-ana-ned-īyas- `imminent departure'; in all these cases it is an assumption and not an actual occurrence.

$6.2.22 pūrv-e bhū-tá-pūrv-e

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2 the first member retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-pūva- `preceding' to denote [something which had] occurred earlier (bhū-ta-pūrv-e).

āḍhyá-ḥ bhū-tá-pūrva-ḥ = āḍhyá-pūrva-ḥ (2.1.57,72) `formerly rich'.

$6.2.23 ¹sá-vidha-²sá-nīḍa-³sá-mar-yāda-⁴sá-veśa-⁵sá-deśe-ṣu sāmīp-y-e

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2 the first member retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-sá-vidha-, °-sá-nīḍa-, °sá-mar-yāda-, °-sá-veśa- and °-sá-deśa- to denote `proximity, neighborhood' (sāmīp-y-e).

mad-rá-sa-vidha-m/°sa-nīḍa-m/sa-maryāda-m/sa-veśa-m/sa-deśa-m `in the vicinity or neighborhood of Madrá'.

$6.2.24 ví-spaṣ-ṭa=ādī-n-i guṇa-vác-ane-ṣu

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 2 first members 1 consisting of nominal stem-class 4.1.1] beginning with ví-spaṣ-ṭa- `evident, apparent' [retain their original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66] qualifying words (guṇa-vác-ane-ṣu: adjectives).

ví-spaṣ-ṭa-kaṭu-ka-m (2.1.4) `evidently acid' (accent by 49 below); ví-citra-lavaṇa- `variously salty'.

$6.2.25 ¹śra-²jya=³avamá-⁴kan-⁵pāpá-vat-su bhāv-e karma-dhār-ay-é

In a Karmadhārayá compound [the first member 1 consisting of] an action noun (bhāv-e) [retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °śra- (5.3.60), °-jya- (5.3.61), °-avamá- `lowest', °-kan- (5.3.64) and °-pāpá- `evil, bad'.

gám-ana-śr-e-ṣṭha=/°-śr-e-yas `most/more excellent departure'; gám-ana-jy-e-ṣṭha/°-jyā-yas- `ibid.'; gám-an-ā-vama- `last or final departure'; gám-ana-kan-iṣṭha-/°kan-īyas- `shortest/shorter departure'; gám-ana-pāp-iṣṭha/°-pāp-īyas- `most/more wicked departure'.

$6.2.26 kumārá-s=ca

[In a Karmadhārayá compound 25 the first member 1] kumārá- `youth' [retains its original accent 1].

kumār-ī śram-aṇ-ā = kumārá+ṄīP+śram-aṇ-ā = kumārá+0̸+śram-aṇ-ā (2.1.70; 6.3.34) `young female ascetic'.

$6.2.27 ādí-ḥ práty-enas-i

[In a Karmadhārayá compound 25] the initial syllable (ādí-ḥ) [of the first member 1 kumārá- 26 bears the (udātta) accent 1, when co-occurring before 4.1.1 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-práty-enas- `the nearest or closest heir' (of a dead person).

kúmāra-praty-enas- `a young heir (responsible for the debts of his deceased father)'.

$6.2.28 pūge-ṣu=anya-tará-syām

[In a Karmadhārayá compound 25 the initial syllable 27 of the first member 1 kumārá- `youth' 26 bears (the udātta) accent 1] optionally (anya-tará-syām) [when co-occurring before 1.1.66 nominal stems 4.1.1] denoting a group of people (pūge-ṣu).

kúmāra-cātaka-/kumārá-cātaka- `a group of youths led by Cātaka' in the plural [°-cātak-ā-ḥ]: cātaka+Ñya (5.3.112)+Jas = cātaka+0̸+Jas (2.4.62); this option also provides for the operation of 1.223: kumāra-cātak-ā-ḥ. Description

$6.2.29 ¹iK=anta=²kālá-³kapāla-⁴bhagāla-⁵śárāve-ṣu dvig-aú

In a Dvigú compound [the first member retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] a vowel denoted by the siglum iK (= i, u, r̥, l̥), time words (°-kālá-°), °-kapāla- `pot', °-bhagāla- `skull' and °śárāva- `dish'.

páñca aratnáy-aḥ pra-mā-ṇa-m a-syá (2.1.51) = páñc-ā-ratni- `measuring five cubits'; páñca mās-ā-ḥ bhū-t-ā-ḥ = páñca-māsa+yaP (5.1.82) = páñca-mās-ya-ḥ `five months old'; pánca-su kapāle-ṣu sáṁ-s-kr̥-ta-ḥ = páñca-ka-pāla-ḥ puroḍāśá-ḥ (4.2.16) `prepared in five pots'; similarly páñca-bhagāla-ḥ `prepared in five skulls'; páñca-śarāva-ḥ `prepared in five dishes'.

$6.2.30 bahú=anya-tára-syām

[In a Dvigú compound 29 the first member 1] bahú- `many' optionally (anya-tará-syām) [retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 a phoneme denoted by the siglum iK or time-words, °-kapāla-, °-bhagāla- or °-śárāva- respectively denoting `pot/skull/dish' 29].

bahv-àratni-/bahv-aratní (8.2.4; 6.1.223); bahú-mās-ya-/bahu-mās-yá-; bahú-kapāla-/bahu-kapālá-; bahú-bhagāla-/bahu-bhagālá-; bahú-śarāva-/bahu-śarāvá-.

$6.2.31 ¹díṣ-ṭi-²ví-tas-ty-os=ca

[In a Dvigú compound 29 the first member 1 optionally 30 retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] díṣ-ṭi- and ví-tas-ti- `measures of length'.

páñca díṣṭay-aḥ pra-mā-ṇa-m a-syá = páñca-diṣ-ṭi-/pañca-diṣ-ṭí- `five díṣti-s long'; similarly páñca-vi-tas-ti-/pañca-vi-tas-tí- `five vítasti-s long'.

$6.2.32 sapta-m-ī ¹sid-dhá-²śúṣ-ka-³pak-vá-⁴bandhé-ṣu=á-kāl-āt

[The first member of a compound 1] excluding time-words (á-kāl-āt) [ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet (saptamī) [retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-siddhá- `prepared', °-śúṣ-ka- `dried', °-pak-vá- `cooked', °-bandhá- `tied'.

The compounds are derived by 2.1.41. It is a prior exception to 144 below. sāṁkāśy-é sid-dhá-ḥ = sāṁkāśyá-sid-dha-ḥ `prepared in Sāṁkāśyá; ā-tap-á-śuṣ-ka-ḥ `sun-dried'; bhrāṣṭra-pak-va-ḥ `cooked in a frying pan'; cakrá-bandha-ḥ `attached to the wheel'. But pūrv-ā-hṇ-e-sid-dhá-ḥ `prepared in the forenoon'. Cf. 2 above.

$6.2.33 ¹pári-²práti=³úpa=⁴áp-ā-ḥ ¹varj-yá-m-āna=²aho-rātra=ava-yavé-ṣu

The preverb particles pári-°, práti-°, úpa-°, ápa-° [occurring as prior members of a compound retain their original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 (final members)] denoting what is excluded (varj-yá-m-āna°) or parts of a day or of a night (°-aho-rātra-ava-yavé-ṣu).

pári-tri-garta-m/ápa-tri-garta-m vr̥ṣ-ṭó devá-ḥ (2.1.12) `it rained outside (i.e., excluding) Trigarta'; práti-pūrv-ā-hṇa-m `each forenoon'; úpa-pūrv-ā-hṇa-m `near forenoon'; práti-pūrva-rātra-m `each evening'.

$6.2.34 ¹rājan-yà-²bahu-vac-ana-dvaṁdv-é ándhaka-vŕṣṇi-ṣu

In a Dvaṁdvá compound constituted by names of warriors (rājan-yà-°) in the plural (°-bahu-vac-aná-°) [the first member retains its original accent 1] when referring to Ándhaka-s or Vŕṣṇi-s.

śvāphalká-caitraka-rodhak-ā-ḥ `n.pr. of three Ándhaka warrior families'. śíni-vāsudev-ā-ḥ `n.pr. of two Vr̥ṣṇi warrior families'; but dvaipa-haimāyan-ā-ḥ who are not warriors, although belonging to the Ándhaka and Vŕṣṇi clans; similarly saṁ-karṣ-aṇa-vāsudev-aú since this is a dual Dvaṁdvá or vr̥ṣṇi-kumār-ā-ḥ since it is a genitive Tatpuruṣá compound and kuru-pañcāl-ā-ḥ as they do not belong to the clans specified above.

$6.2.35 saṁ-khy-ā

[In a Dvaṁdvá compound 34 the first member 1] constituting a numeral word (saṁ-khy-ā) [retains its original accent 1].

ékā-daśa `eleven'; dvā-daśa `twelve'; trayó-daśa `13'.

$6.2.36 ā-cār-yà=upa-sarj-anas=ca=ante-vās-ī

[In a Dvaṁdvá compound 34 the first member retains its original accent 1] if the constituent members of the compound denote names of pupils (ante-vās-ī) derived from their teacher's name (ā-cār-yà=upa-sarj-ana-ḥ).

apiśala-sya ápatyam = apiśala+iÑ (4.1.95) = āpiśal-i-ḥ ā-cār-yà-ḥ: t-éna pr-ó-ktam adh-īy-ate = āpiśal-i+áṆ+Jas = āpiśal-ā-ḥ, te ca pāṇinīy-ā-ś = āpiśalá-pāṇinīy-ā-ḥ `pupils of Āpiśali and Pāṇini'.

$6.2.37 kārtá-kaujapa=āday-aḥ

[In the class of Dvaṁdvá compounds 34] beginning with (°-ādáy-aḥ) kārtá-kaujap-au `descendants of Kr̥ta and Kujapa' [the first member retains its original accent 1].

kr̥tá-sya ápatya-m+kújapa-sya ápatyam = kr̥ta+áṆ+kujapa+áN+au (4.1.114) = kārt-á=kaujap-au. Description

$6.2.38 mahān ¹vrīhí=²apar-ā-hṇá=³gr̥ṣṭí=⁴iṣv-āsá-⁵jābālá-⁶bhārá-⁷bhārata-⁸hailihilá-⁹rauravá-¹⁰prá-vr̥d-dhe-ṣu

[The first member of a compound 1] mahát- `great' [retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-vrīhí- `rice', °-apar-ā-hṇá- `afternoon', °gr̥ṣṭí- `a cow which has calved for the first time', °-iṣv-āsá- `archer', °-jābālá- `n.pr. of a person', °-bhārá- `burden', °-bhārata- `descendant of Bharatá', °-hailihilá- `of a sporty or wanton woman', °-rauravá- `n.pr. of a hell', °-prá-vr̥d-dha- `grown'.

mahān vrīhí-ḥ = mahā-vrīhi-ḥ (3.46) `long-grained rice'; similarly: mah-ā-par-ā-hṇa- `a late hour in the afternoon'; mahā-gr̥ṣṭi- `a primiparous cow'; mah-é-ṣv-āsa- `great archer'; mahā-jābāla- `n.pr. (= elder Jābāla)'; mahā-bhāra- `heavy load'; mahā-bhārata- `the Great Epic of the descendants of Bharatá'; mahā-hailihila- `great Hailihila'; mahā-raurava- `n.pr. of a hell'; mahā-pra-vr̥d-dha- `greatly overgrown'.

$6.2.39 kṣullaká-s=ca vaiśva-dev-é

[The first member 1 mahát- `great' 38] as well as (ca) [the nominal stem 4.1.1] kṣullaká- `small insignificant' [of a compound retain their original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-vaiśva-devá- `consecrated to the universal gods (viśve-devā-s).

kṣullaká-vaiśva-deva-m `n.pr. of a small oblation consecrated to the Viśve Dev-ā-s'; mahā-vaiśva-deva-m `n.pr. of a more elaborate offering to Viśve Dev-ā-s'.

$6.2.40 úṣṭra-ḥ ¹sādí-²vāmy-óḥ

[The nominal stem 4.1.1] úṣṭra- `camel' [occurring as a first member in a compound retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °sādín- `rider' and °-vāmī `mare'.

úṣṭra-sād-in- `camel rider'; úṣṭra-vāmī `camel mare'. Kāśikā notes these forms as neuters ending in °-sādi, °-vāmi while Siddhānta-Kaumudī has °-sād-ín-, °-vām-ī.

$6.2.41 gaú-ḥ ¹sād-á-²sād-í-³sārathi-ṣu

[The nominal stem 4.1.1] gó- `cow/bull' [as a first member of a compound retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-sād-á-, °-sād-ín- `rider' and °-sārathi- `charioteer'.

gó-ḥ sād-á-ḥ/gā-m sād-áy-a-ti vā = gó-sād-a-/gó-sād-in- `cattle rider'; gó-sārathi- `cattle charioteer'. The question whether sād-i or sād-in- is the form occurring in this and the above rules is open to question. If sād-i, it is to be derived from sada+iÑ (4.1.95) and if sād-ín-: sad+Ṇini̱ (3.2.78). Description

$6.2.42 ¹kurú-gārha-pat-a-²rik-ta-guru=³á-sū-ta-jar-at-ī=⁴á-ślī-la-dr̥-ḍha-rūp-ā-⁵pāré-vaḍavā-⁶taittilá-kadrū-ḥ-⁷páṇya=kambala-ḥ=dāsī-bhārā-ṇ-āṁ ca

[The first members of the following compounds 1] kurú-gārha-pata-, rík-ta-guru/rik-tá-guru-, á-sū-ta-jar-at-ī, áślī-la-dr̥-ḍha-rūp-ā, pāré-vaḍavā, taittilá-kadr-ū, páṇ-ya-kambala- and the class of compounds beginning with dāsī-bhāra- [retain their original accent 1].

kurū-ṇ-ām gārha-pat-á-m = kurú-gārha-pat-a-m `headship of the Kurú clan'; rík-ta-ḥ/rik-tá-ḥ gurú-ḥ = rík-ta-guru-/rik-tá-guru- (1.208) `indigent teacher'; á-sū-t-ā jár-at-ī = á-sū-ta-jarat-ī `a woman who has become old without bearing children'; á-slī-l-ā dr̥-ḍhá-rūp-ā = á-ślī-la-dr̥-ḍha-rūp-ā `a woman of an unpleasant but strong figure'; pāré váḍavā iva = pāré-vaḍavā `like a mare on the opposite side'; taittilā-n-āṁ kadr-ū-ḥ = taittilá-kadr-ū `a soma vessel of Taittila(?)'; páṇ-ya-kambala- `a blanket of a definite size and fixed price' as a n.pr.; in other senses: paṇ-ya-kambalá- `a blanket for sale'. dāsy-āḥ bhārá-ḥ = dāsī-bhāra-ḥ `the burden of a dāsī'; devá-hū-ti- `invocation of the gods'.

$6.2.43 caturthī tád-arthe

[The first member of a compound retains its original accent 1 when it ends in 1.1.72] the fourth sUP triplet (caturthī) [co-occurring before 1.1.66 (a posterior member)] denoting (something) intended for what the prior member signifies (tád-arth-e).

yūpā-ya dāru = yūpa-dāru `wood intended for the purpose of a sacrificial post'; kuṇḍalā-ya híraṇya-m = kuṇḍalá-hiraṇya-m `gold intended for the purpose of earrings'.

$6.2.44 árth-e

[The first member of a compound 1 ending in 1.1.72 the fourth sUP triplet 43 retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] ártha- `object, purpose' (as a posterior member).

mā-tr-é idam = mā-tŕ+artha-m = mātr-àrtham (8.2.4) `meant for the mother'; similarly devá-tā+artha-m = devátārtha-m `intended for the gods'. Description

$6.2.45 Kt-é ca

[The first member of a compound 1 ending in 1.1.72 the fourth sUP triplet 43 retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] Ktá.

gó-bhyaḥ, hi-tá-m = gó-hi-ta-m `beneficial to cattle'; similarly gó-rakṣ-i-ta-m `reserved for cattle'. Description

$6.2.46 karma-dhāray-é=á-niṣṭhā

In a Karmadhārayá compound [the first member 1 consisting of a nominal stem 4.1.1] not (ending in 1.1.72) affixes denoted by the t.t. niṣṭhā (1.1.26: Ktá, KtávatU) [retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 Ktá 45].

śréṇi-kr̥-t-ā-ḥ (2.1.59) `made into rows'; but śreṇy-ā kr̥-tá-m śreṇi-kr̥-tá-m (144) `made with rows'; so also kr̥-tá-m ca tad á-kr̥-ta-m ca =kr̥-t-ā-kr̥-tá-m `made and unmade'.

$6.2.47 á-hī-n-e dvi-tīyā

[The first member of a compound 1 ending in 1.1.72] the second sUP triplet (dvi-tīy-ā) [retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 Ktá 45] when not signifying separation (a-hī-n-e).

kaṣṭá-ṁ śri-tá-ḥ = kaṣṭá-śri-ta-ḥ (2.1.24) `fallen into misfortune'; grāma-ṁ ga-tá-ḥ = grāma-ga-ta-h `gone to the village', but kāntāra-m at-ī-ta-ḥ = kantār-ā-t-ī-tá-ḥ `passed beyond the wood'. Exception to 144 below.

$6.2.48 tr̥-tīyā kár-maṇ-i

[The first member of a compound 1 ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (tr̥-tīy-ā) [retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 Ktá 45] used in the passive construction (kár-maṇ-i) [= denoting the object].

ahí-nā ha-tá-ḥ = ahí-ha-ta-ḥ `stung by a serpent'; nakh-aír nír-bhin-na-ḥ = nakhá-nir-bhin-na-ḥ `torn by the nails' but ráth-ena yā-tá-ḥ = ratha-yā-táḥ `has gone by car'. Constraint on 2 above.

$6.2.49 gá-ti-r án-antara-ḥ

A member of the gáti-class (1.4.60) [occurring as a first member of a compound retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 Ktá 45 to denote the object 48] without intervention (án-antara-ḥ).

prá-kr̥-ta- `(something) was commenced'; abhy-úd-dhr̥-ta- `(something) was lifted up'; sam-ud-ā-hr̥-ta- `was talked to/addressed (someone)' but pra-kr̥-tá-ḥ káṭa-ṁ devadattá-ḥ `Devadattá started making a mat' (3.4.71).

$6.2.50 tá̱=ād-au ca N-IT-i kŕt-i=á-t-au

[A member of the gáti-class 49 occurring as the first member of a compound retains its original accent 1 when occurring immediately 49 before 1.1.66] a kŕt [affix 3.1.1] beginning with phoneme /t/, excluding [the affix 3.1.1] tu, with /N/ as IT-marker.

prá+kr̥+tr̥N = prá-kar-tr̥-`producer'; prá+kr̥+tumu̱N = prá-kar-tum `to begin producing' but prá+kr̥+tr̥C + pra-kar-tŕ- `doer' and ā+gam+tuN = ā-gán-tu- `accidental'. Prior exception to 139 below.

$6.2.51 távai ca=ánta-s=ca yugapát

[A member of the gáti-class 49 occurring as a first member of a compound retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring immediately 49 before 1.1.66 a final member ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] távai [which bears the udātta accent] on its final (ánta-s=ca) accent simultaneously (yugapát).

ánu+i+távai = ánv-e-tavaí `to follow'; ápa-bhāṣ-i-tavaí `to speak incorrectly'; exceptions to 139 below.

$6.2.52 án-iK=anta-ḥ=áñc-a-t-au va̱-praty-ay-é

[A member of the gáti-class 49] not ending in a vowel phoneme denoted by the siglum iK (= i,u) [occurring as a first member of a compound retains its original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66] the expression °-añc- followed by affix va̱ (= Kvi̱N 2.2.59).

prá+añc+Kvi̱N = pr-ā-ñc- `turned eastwards'; similarly pár-ā-ñc- `turned away, averted' but prati+añc+Kvi̱N = praty-áñc- `turned westwards'; ánu+añc+Kvi̱N = anv-áñc- `going after, following'.

$6.2.53 ¹ní=²ádh-ī ca

[The gáti members 49] ní-° and ádhi-° also (ca) [as prior members of a compound retain their original accent 1 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 °-añc followed by the affix va̱ 52].

Exception to 52 above: ní+añc+Kvi̱N = ny-àñc- `turned downwards'; ádhi+añc+Kvi̱N = ádhy-añc- `tending upwards' but adh-ī-c-ā (1.222). Description

$6.2.54 īṣát=anya-tará-syām

The indeclinable īṣát `a little' [occurring as a first member of a compound retains its original accent 1] optionally (anya-tará-syām).

īṣát-kaḍāra-ḥ (2.2.7) `slightly tawny', alternating with īṣat-kaḍārá-ḥ (1.223) but īṣát+bhid+KHaL = īṣad-bhéd-am (139) `fragile'.

$6.2.55 hiraṇya-pari-mā-ṇa-ṁ dhán-e

[The first member of a compound 1] denoting a quantity of gold (hiraṇya-pari-mā-ṇa-m) [retains its original accent 1 optionally 54 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-dhána- `riches'.

dv-aú suvárṇ-au pari-mā-ṇa-m a-syá = dvi-suvarṇá-m (2.1.51); tád evá dhánam = dvi-suvarṇá-dhana-m/dvi-suvarṇa-dhaná-m `wealth consisting of two measures of gold'. In the case of a Bahuvrīhi compound dví-suvarṇa-`owner of two measures of gold' the prior member retains its accent and when the fresh Bahuvrīhí compound is generated the same option operates: dví-suvarṇa-dhana-/dvisuvarṇa-dhaná-.

$6.2.56 prathamá-ḥ=á-cira=upa-sam-pat-t-au

[The nominal stem 4.1.1] prathamá- `first, foremost' [occurring as a first member of a compound retains its original accent 1 optionally 54] while denoting recent acquisition (ácira=upa-sam-pat-t-au).

prathamá-ś ca vaiyākaraná-ś ca = prathamá-vaiyākaraṇa-ḥ/prathama-vaiyākaraṇá-ḥ `a beginner in the study of grammar' but prathama-vaiyākaraṇá-h. `first/foremost among grammarians'.

$6.2.57 k-atará- k-atam-aú karmadhāray-é

In a Karmadhārayá compound [the nominal stems 4.1.1] k-atará- `which of two?' and k-atamá- `which of many?' [occurring as first members of a compound retain their original accent 1 optionally 54].

k-atará-kaṭha-ḥ/k-atara-kaṭhá-ḥ (2.1.63) `which of you two is an adherent of Kaṭhá school?'; similarly k-atamá-kaṭha-ḥ/k-atama-kaṭhá-ḥ.

$6.2.58 ārya-ḥ ¹brāhmaṇa-²kumāray-oḥ

[The nominal stem 4.1.1] ārya- `noble, Aryan' [occurring as a first member of a compound retains its original accent 1 optionally 54 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-brāhmaṇá- `brahmin' and °-kumārá- `youth'.

ārya-brāhmaṇa-/ārya-brāhmaṇá- `a noble brahmin or one belonging to the Aryan race'; ārya-kumāra-/ārya-kumārá- `a noble youth or one belonging to the Aryan race'.

$6.2.59 rājā ca

Also (ca) [the nominal stem 4.1.1] rājan- [occurring as a first member of a compound retains its original accent 1 odptionally 54 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1 °-brāhmaṇá- `brahmin' and °-kumārá- `youth' 58].

rāja-brāhmaṇa-/rāja-brāhmaṇá- `a brahmin king'; rāja-kumāra-/rāja-kumārá- `royal prince'.

$6.2.60 ṣaṣṭhī práty-enas-i

[The first nominal stem 4.1.1 rājan- `king' 58 ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet [in a compound retains its original accent 1 optionally 54 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] práty-enas- `heir-apparent, representative, regent'.

rāja-praty-enas-/rāja-praty-enás- `viceroy' = rājñ-as+práty-enas- but rājā ca asaú práty-enāś ca = rāja-praty-enás- `a regent king'. Description

$6.2.61 Kt-e nitya=arth-é

[Before 1.1.66 (a posterior member of a compound) ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] Ktá [the first member retains its original accent 1 optionally 54] when denoting the sense of `always, constantly' (nitry=arth-é).

nítya-pra-has-i-ta-/ni-tya-pra-has-i-tá- `always laughing'; similarly sa-ta-tá-pra-has-i-ta-/sa-ta-ta-pra-has-i-tá- `ibid', but muhūrta-pra-has-i-tá- `laughing for an instant'.

$6.2.62 grāma-ḥ śilpín-i

[The nominal stem 4.1.1] grāma- `village' [occurring as a prior member of a compound retains its original accent 1 optionally 54 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1] denoting an artisan (śilpín-i).

grāma-nāpita-/grāma-nāpitá- `village barber' but grāma-rathyā `village street' and parama-nāpitá- `chief barber'. Description

$6.2.63 rājā ca pra-śaṁsā-y-ām

[The nominal stem 4.1.1] rājan- `king' [occurring as a prior member in a compound retains its original accent 1 optionally 5 4] also (ca) when denoting the sense of praise (pra-śaṁsā-y-ām).

rāja-nāpita-/rāja-nāpitá-: (a) as a Karmadhāraya compound: rājā ca asaú nāpita-ś ca `barber (having the quality of a king)'; (b) as a genitive Tatpuruṣa: rājñ-aḥ nāpitá-ḥ `royal or king's barber'. Description

$6.2.64 ādí-r udātta-ḥ

The initial (ādí-ḥ) syllable [of the first member of a compound 1] bears the udātta accent.

This is a governing rule [adhi-kār-á] covering the section beginning here and extending up to 91 inclusive below. The words [ādí, udātta] respectively recur up to and inclusive of 91 and 136 below.

$6.2.65 ¹saptamī-²hār-íṇ-au dharm-y-è=á-har-aṇ-e

[The initial syllable 64 of the first member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64 if it ends in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet (saptamī-°) or denotes the name of a collector of taxes (°=hār-íṇ-au) [co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1] denoting `what is lawful' (dharm-y-è), excluding [the nominal stem 4.1.1] hár-aṇa- `fodder given to an animal'.

stūp-e-śāṇa-ḥ (2.1.44; 6.3.9,10) `n. of a tax: a whetstone presented at a reliquary as part of a local custom'; múkuṭ-e-kārṣāpaṇa-m `n. of a tax for a royal diadem'; hál-e-dvi-pad-ik-ā/hál-e-tri-pad-ik-ā `names of various types of taxes'; yājñik-ā-śva- `a horse presented to a sacrificer as his dues'; vaíyākaraṇa-hastin- `an elephant presented to a grammarian', but vāḍava-har-aṇá-m `fodder given to a mare'.

$6.2.66 yuk-t-é ca

[The initial syllable 64 of a first member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1] denoting (someone) appointed (yuk-t-é to look after the object denoted by it).

áśva-ballava- `horse groom'; gó-maṇinda-/gó-saṁ-khya- `cowherd'.

$6.2.67 vibhāṣā=ádhy-akṣ-e

[The initial syllable 64 of a first member of a compound 1] optionally (vibhāṣā) [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-ádhy-akṣ-a- `supervisor'.

áśv-ā-dhyakṣa/aśv-ā-dhyakṣá- `overseer in charge of horses'.

$6.2.68 pāpa-ṁ ca śilp-ín-i

[The initial syllable 64 of a first member of a compound 1] pāpa- `evil, bad' [optionally 67 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1] denoting an artisan (śilp-ín-i).

pāpa-nāpita-/pāpa-nāpitá- `a bad or inefficient barber'.

$6.2.69 ¹gotrá=²antevāsín=³māṇavá-⁴brāhmaṇé-ṣu kṣép-e

[The initial syllable 64 of a first member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 nominal stems 4.1.1] denoting patronymics (gotrá-°) or names of pupils (°-ante-vās-ín-°) or student (°-māṇava-°) or (°-brāhmane-ṣu) to imply a pejorative sense (kṣép-e).

1. jáṅghā-vāts-ya-ḥ = yó jaṅghā-dāná-ṁ dá-dā-mi ahám iti vāts-ya-ḥ sám-pad-ya-te `a descendant of Vatsá who boasts of making a gift of his shanks'; bhāryā-sauśruta-ḥ `hen-pecked descendant of Suśruta'; 2. kúmārī-dākṣ-ā-ḥ `pupils of Dākṣi desiring to win maidens'; ódana-pāṇin-īy-ā-ḥ `who study Pāṇini with the sole purpose of gaining a rice plate'; 3. bhíkṣā-māṇava- `one who becomes a student for the main purpose of seeking alms'; 4. dāsī-brāhmaṇa- `a brahmin infatuated with a slave girl'.

$6.2.70 áṅgā-n-i mair-ey-e

[The initial syllable 64 of a first member of a compound 1] denoting the constituent elements (áṅgā-n-i) [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-mair-eya- `a kind of liquor'.

gúḍa-maireya- `liquor prepared from molasses'; mádhu-maireya- `liquor made from honey', but parama-maireyá- `best liquor'. Description

$6.2.71 bhak-ta=ā-khy-ās tád-arthe-ṣu

[The initial syllable 64 of a first member of a compound 1] denoting an item of food (bhak-ta=ā-khy-ā-s) [co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1] (signifying a receptacle to contain it: tád-arthe-ṣu) [bears the udātta accent 64].

bhíkṣā-kaṁsa- `an alms-bowl to receive food'; śrāṇā-kaṁsa- `a vessel for containing rice gruel'.

$6.2.72 ¹gó-²bíḍāla-³siṁhá-⁴saindhavé-ṣu upa-mā-n-e

[The initial syllable 64 of a first member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-gó- `cow/bull', °-bíḍāla- `cat', °-siṁhá- `lion' and °-saindh-avá- `a horse from the Sindhu region', serving as objects of comparison (upa-mā-n-e).

1. dhān-ya-ṁ gaúr iva = dhān-ya-gav-a- (ṬáC 5.4.92) `grain arranged in the shape of a cow/bull'; 2. bhikṣā-biḍāla- `alms arranged in the shape of a cat'; 3. tŕṇa-siṁha- `grass or hay arranged in the shape of a lion'; 4. sák-tu-saindhava- `barley meal arranged in the shape of a horse'.

$6.2.73 ak-e jīv-ik-ā=arth-é

[The initial syllable 64 of a first member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] °-aka- (7.1.1) when the compound denotes a means of livelihood (jīv-ik-ā=arth-é).

dánta-lekh-aka- `professional painter of teeth (2.2.17); nákha-lekh-aka- `manicure'. Description

$6.2.74 prāc-āṁ krīḍā-y-ām

[The initial syllable 64 of a first member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in the affix 3.1.1 °-aka- 73] to denote a sport in the Eastern country (prāc-āṁ krīḍā-y-ām).

úddālaka-puṣpa-bhañj-ik-ā (2.2.17 q.v.).

$6.2.75 áṆ-i ní-yuk-t-e

[The initial syllable 64 of a first member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] áṆ to denote a functionary (ní-yuk-t-e).

chát-tra-dhār-a- `parasol-bearer'; kámaṇḍalu-grāh-a- `bearer of the kamaṇḍalu'. Exception to 3.1.3.

$6.2.76 śilp-ín-i ca á-kr̥Ñ-aḥ

And (ca) in a compound denoting an artisan (śilpín-i) [the initial syllable 64 of the first member 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix áṆ 75] except that derived with verbal base kr̥Ñ- `do' (VIII 10).

Exception to 3.1.3. tántu-vāya- = tantu+ve+áṆ (3.2.1) `weaver'; túnna-vāya- `a tailor'; vāla-vāy-a- `hair weaver or dresser' but kumbha-kār-á- `potter'; ayas-kār-á- `blacksmith'.

$6.2.77 saṁjñā-y-āṁ ca

Also (ca) in a compound denoting a proper name (saṁjñā-y-ām) [the first member 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 áṆ 75 except that derived from the verbal stem kr̥Ñ (VIII 10) 76].

tántu-vāy-a-ḥ = kīṭa-ḥ `silk-worm or any worm which builds a cocoon', but ratha-kār-á- `n.pr. of a brahmin'. Exception to 3.1.3.

$6.2.78 gó-tánti-yáva-m pāl-é

[The initial syllable 64 of a first member of compounds 1] gó- `cow/bull', tán-ti- `cord, string' and yáva- `barley' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-pālá- `guardian, protector'.

gó-pāl-a- `cowherd'; tánti-pāl-a- `a guardian of calves tied to a long cord by means of smaller strings'; yáva-pāl-a- `guardian of a barley field'.

$6.2.79 Ṇín-i

[The initial syllable 64 of a first member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] Ṇíni̱.

púṣpā-ṇ-i hár-a-ti = púṣpa+hr̥+Ṇíni̱ (3.2.81) = púṣpa-hār-in- `repeatedly plucking flowers'.

$6.2.80 upa-mā-nam śabda=arthá-pra-kr̥-t-au=evá

[The initial syllable 64 of a first member of a compound 1] serving as an object of comparison (upa-mā-na-m) [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 Ṇíni̱ 79] and solely (evá) denoting sound by itself (śabd-ā-rthá-pra-kr̥-t-au: without the aid of preverbs).

úṣṭra-ḥ iva króś-a-ti = uṣṭra+kruś+Ṇíni̱ = úṣṭra-kroś-in- `making a noise like a camel'; dhvāṅkṣa-ḥ iva raú-ti = dhvāṅkṣa+ru+Ṇíni̱ = dhvāṅkṣa-rāv-in- `cawing like a crow';' but gardabhá-ḥ iva úc-car-a-ti = gárdhabha+úc-car+Ṇíni̱ gardabh-o-c-cār-ín- `braying like a donkey'. Description

$6.2.81 yúk-ta=ā=roh-in=āday-as=ca

[The initial syllable 64 of the first members of compounds 1] beginning with yúk-t-ā-roh-in- `who mounts an animal which is harnessed' also (ca) [bears the udātta accent 64].

Besides final members ending in affix Ṇíni̱ this class includes many others with various types of affixes.

$6.2.82 ¹dīrghá-²kāśá-³túṣa-⁴bhrāṣṭra-⁵vaṭa-m j-é

[The initial syllable 64 of a first member of a compound 1 consisting of nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] a long (dīrgha-° = vowel 1.2.28) or kāśá- `n. of a herb', túṣa- `bran', bhrāṣṭra- `frying pan' and vaṭa- `bunyan or Indian fig tree' [co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-ja- [bears the udātta accent 64].

kuṭy-ām jā-tá-ḥ = kuṭī+jan+Ḍá (3.2.97) = kúṭī-ja-ḥ born in a hut'; similarly śámī-ja- `produced in the Śamī tree'; kāśa-ja-/túṣa-ja-/váṭa-ja- `produced in the kāśa grass/bran/banyan tree'.

$6.2.83 ant-y-āt pūrva-m bahv-áC-aḥ

The penultimate syllable (ant-y-ā pūrva-m) [of a (poly-syllabic) first member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1 °-ja- 82].

upa-sára-ja- `born from impregnation or covering (said of animals)'; mandúra-ja- `born in a stable', but dag-dha-jā-n-i tŕṇān-i `grass grown on burnt ground'.

$6.2.84 grām-e á-ni-vas-ant-aḥ

[The initial syllable 64 of a first member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-grāma- not denoting a place of residence' (á-ni-vas-ant-ah).

índriya-grāma- `group of sense organs'; váṇig-grāma- `a company of merchants', but dākṣi-grāmá- `a village where descendants of Dakṣa reside'.

$6.2.85 ghóṣa=ādi-ṣu

[The initial syllable 64 or a first member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with ghóṣa- `a settlement of herdsmen'.

dākṣi-ghoṣa- `a settlement of herdsmen belonging to the descendants of Dakṣa'; similarly dākṣi-hr̥da- `n.pr. of a lake'. Description

$6.2.86 chāttrí=āday-as śālā-y-ām

[The initial syllable 64 of the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with chāttr-ín- `pupil, student' [as first members of compounds 1 bears the udādtta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-śālā `hall (of residence)'.

chāt-tr-i0̸-śālā `residence hall for pupils', alternating with chāt-tr-i-śāla-m (2.4.25). Description

$6.2.87 pra-sth-é=¹á-vr̥d-dha-m ²á-karkī=ādī-n-ām

[Before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-pra-sthá- `plain or level country' (as a final member of a compound) [the initial syllable of the first member 1] excluding [nominal stems 4.1.1 of] the vr̥ddhá-type (1.1.73-75) and the class of [nominal stems] beginning with karkī-° `sign of Cancer' [bears the udātta accent 64].

índra-prastha-, kúṇḍa-pra-stha- `names of localities', but 1. māhaki-pra-sthá-, 2. karkī-pra-sthá- `names of localities'. Description

$6.2.88 mālā=ādī-n-āṁ ca

[Before 1.1.66 the nominal stem °-pra-sthá- `level country' as a final member of a compound 87], the initial syllable 64 of the first member 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when constituting the class of [nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with mālā-° `garland'.

Exception to the constraint on vr̥ddhá-type of 87 above. mālā-pra-stha-, śālā-pra-stha- `names of localities'.

$6.2.89 á-¹mahat=²nava-ṁ nágar-e=án-udīc-ām

[Before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-nágara- (as a final member of a compound) [the initial syllable 64 of the first members 1] excluding [the nominal stems 4.1.1] mahát- `great' and náva- `new' [bears the udātta accent 64] when denoting cities excluding those of the North (án-udīc-ām).

súhma-nagara-m, púṇḍra-nagara-m `names of cities', but 1. mahā-nagará-m, nava-nagará-m; 2. nadī-nagarám, kāntī-nagará-m `names of cities in the North'.

$6.2.90 árm-e ca a-varṇá-m dvy-áC try-áC

[Before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-árma- `ruins' (as a posterior member of a compound) [the initial syllable 64 of the first member 1 consisting of a nominal stem 4.1.1] containing two or three syllabics (dvy-áC, try-áC) and [ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme-class /a/ [excluding mahá(t) and náva- 89 bears the udātta accent 64].

dát-t-ā-rma-, gúp-t-ā-rma-, kúkkuṭ-ā-rma- `names of localities'; but kapiñjal-ā-rmá- (4 syllabics), br̥had-armá- (not ending in phoneme /a/), mah-ā-rmá, nav-ā-rmá- `names of localities'.

$6.2.91 ná ¹bhū-tá=²ádhi-ka-³saṁ-jīvá-⁴madrá=⁵áśman=⁶kájjala-m

[The initial syllable 64 of first members of compounds 1 consisting of nominal stems 4.1.1] bhū-tá-° `past', ádhika-° `in excess', saṁ-jīvá-° `living together', mad-rá-° `n. of a locality', áśman-° `rock' and káj-jala-° `collyrium' does not (ná) [bear the udātta accent 64].

Exception to 90 above. bhūt-ā-rmá-m, adhi-k-ā-rmá-m, saṁ-jīv-ā-rmá-m, madr-ā-rmá-m, aśm-ā-rmá-m, kaj-jal-ā-rmá-m `names of localities'.

$6.2.92 ánta-ḥ

The final (ánta-ḥ) syllable [of the first member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64].

This is a governing rule [adhi-kār-á-] heading this section and extending up to and including 110 below. The word [ánta-ḥ] will recur in each of them with [pūrva-padá-m 1].

$6.2.93 sarvá-ṁ guṇa-kārtsn-y-é

[The final syllable 92 of the first member 1] sarvá- `all' [bears the udātta accent 64] when denoting `fulness of quality' (guṇa-kārtsny-é).

sarvá-śveta-ḥ `all white' but parama-śvetá-ḥ `brightest white'; but when quality is not in question: sarva-sauvarṇá- `all made of gold'; similarly when fulness is not in question: sarve-ṣ-ām śveta-tara-ḥ = sarva-śvetá-ḥ `whiter than all'.

$6.2.94 saṁjñā-y-āṁ ¹girí-²ni-kāyáy-oḥ

In a proper name (saṁjñā-y-ām) [the final syllable 92 of the prior member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-girí- `hill, mountain' and °-ni-kāy-á- `mass, group'.

añjanā-giri- (3.117) `n.pr. of a mountain'; sāpiṇḍí-ni-kāy-a- `n.pr. of a locality inhabited by Sāpiṇḍi-s'; similarly mauṇḍí-nikāya- `n.pr. of a locality inhabited by Maúṇḍi-s'; but brāhmaṇa-ni-kāy-á- `a group of brahmins'.

$6.2.95 kumāry-āṁ váyas-i

[The final syllable 92 of the first member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 4.1.1 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-kumār-ī `maiden' for denoting age (váyas-i).

vr̥d-dhá-kumārī `old maid'; jarát-kumārī `aging maiden'. Description

$6.2.96 udak-é=á-keval-e

[The final syllable 92 of the first member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-udaká- `water' for denoting a mixture (á-keval-e).

guḍá-miśra-m udaká-m = guḍ-ò-daka-m (8.2.6)/gud-ó-daka-m `water mixed with molassess' but uṣṇá-m udaká-m = uṣṇ-o-daká-m `hot water'. Description

$6.2.97 dvig-aú krát-au

[The final syllable 92 of a first member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] consisting of a Dvigú compound to designate a sacrifice (krá-t-au).

gargá-tri-rātr-ā-ḥ `n.pr. of a Vedic sacrifice lasting three days', but rātri-m ati-krān-tá-ḥ = ati-rātr-á-ḥ `who has passed the night' (5.4.87).

$6.2.98 sabhā-y-āṁ nápuṁsak-e

In a compound in neuter gender (ná-puṁsak-e) [the final syllable 92 of the first member bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-sabhā `assembly'.

go-pālá-sabha-m `an assembly of cowherds'; strī-sabha-m `an assembly of women', but rāja-sabhā `royal assembly'.

This rule operates only under the situation described in 2.4.23-24 for obligatory neuter gender and not to 25 where it is optional: so ram-aṇīya-sabhá-m `lovely assembly' has the accent according to 1.223.

$6.2.99 púr-e prāc-ām

[The final syllable 92 of the first member of a compound 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-púra- `city' with reference to those situated in the East (prāc-ām).

lalāṭá-pura-m, kāñcī-pura-m, śivadattá-pura-m, kārṇí-pura-m `names of cities in the East', but śiva-purá-m `name of a city situated elsewhere'.

$6.2.100 ¹á-riṣ-ṭa-²gauḍá-pūrv-e ca

[The final syllable 92 of the first member of a compound 1 consisting of the nominal stems 4.1.1] á-riṣ-ṭa-° and gauḍá-° also (ca) [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1 °-púra- `city' 99].

a-riṣ-ṭá-pura-m, gauḍá-pura-m `names of cities'; the significance of [°-pūrv-e] in this rule is to extend the operation to prior members headed by [áriṣṭa-, gauḍá-] also: ariṣṭa-śri-tá-pura-m, gauḍa-bhr̥t-yá-pura-m. Description

$6.2.101 ná ¹hāstiná-²phála-ka-³mārdey-ā-ḥ

[The final syllable 92 of the first member of a compound 1 consisting of the nominal stems 4.1.1] hāstiná-, phála-ka- and mārdeyá- does not (ná) [bear the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1 °-púra- `city' 99].

This rule blocks the operation of 99 with reference to cities situated in the East: hāstina-purá-m, phala-ka-purá-m, mārdeya-purá-m. Description

$6.2.102 ¹kusūla-²kūpa-³kumbhá-⁴śāla-m bíl-e

[The final syllable 92 of the first member of a compound 1 consisting of the nominal stems 4.1.1] kusūla-° `granary', kūpa-° `well'; kumbhá-° `jar' and śālā `hall' [co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-bila- `hollow, aperture, hole' [bears the udātta accent 64].

kusūlá-bila-m `empty space in a granary'; kūpá-bila-m `excavated portion or hollow of a well'; śālā-bila-m `space within a hall'.

$6.2.103 dik=śabd-ā-ḥ ¹grāma-²jana-padá=³ā-khyā-na-⁴cānarāṭe-ṣu

[The final syllable 92 of the prior member of a compound 1] consisting of direction words (dik=śabd-dā-ḥ) [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-grāma- `village', °-janapadá- `inhabited locality', °-ā-khyā-na- `narration' and °-cānarāṭa- `n.pr. of a locality'.

1. pūrv-é-ṣukāma-śamī/apar-é-ṣu-kāma-śamī (8.2.6) `n.pr. of a village (grām-e)'; 2. pūrvá-pañcāl-ā-ḥ `name of an inhabited region (janapad-é)'; 3. pūrvá-yāyāta-m `first part of a narrative on Yayāti' (ā-khyā-n-e); 4. pūrvá-cānarāṭa-m `eastern half of Cānarāṭa'.

The first three expressions beginning with [grāma-] denote the domain while the fourth refers to itself'.

$6.2.104 ā-cār-yà=upa-sarj-anas=ca=ante-vāsī

[The final syllable 92 of direction words 103 functioning as first words in compounds 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 nominal stems 4.1.1] indicating names of pupils (ante-vāsī) derived from those of their preceptors (ācāryà=upa-sarj-ana-ḥ).

pūrvá-pāṇin-īy-ā-ḥ `earlier pupils of Pāṇini', but pūrva-pāṇin-īyá-ṁ vyākáraṇa-m `pre-Pāṇinian grammar'.

$6.2.105 ut-tara-pada-vr̥d-dh-aú sarvá-ṁ ca

[The final syllable 92 of direction words 103 and the nominal stem 4.1.1] sarvá- `all' [functioning as first members of compounds 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 nominal stems 4.1.1] as posterior members undergoing a vŕddhi (1.1.1) replacement (uttara-pada-vr̥ddh-aú) (of the initial syllable 7.3.10,12,13).

pūrvá-pāñcāla-ka- `eastern P. locality', sarvá-pāñcāla-ka- `the whole P. country' where the posterior member undergoes vŕddhi replacement of its initial syllable; but sarva-bhās-á (°bhās+aC 3.1.134), sarva-kār-aka- (°kr̥+ṆvuL 3.1.133) do not come under (7.3.10).

$6.2.106 bahu-vrīh-aú víśva-ṁ saṁjña-yām

In a Bahuvrīhí compound deriving a proper name (saṁjñā-y-ām) [the final syllable 92 of the first member 1] víśva- `all, universal' [bears the udātta accent 64].

viśvá-deva- n.pr. `concerning all gods' but víśve ca te dev-ā-ḥ = viśva-dev-ā-ḥ; and as an adjective víśve dev-ā-ḥ ya-sya = víśva-deva-; víśva-m mitra-m ya-sya = víśva-mitra- but viśvā-mitra- n.pr. of a Vedic seer'. Description

$6.2.107 ¹udára=²áśva=³íṣu-ṣu

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound forming a proper name 106 the final syllable 92 of the first member 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-udára- `stomach', °-áśva- `horse' and °-íṣu- `arrow'.

1. vŕka-sya iva udára-m a-syá = vr̥k-ó-dara- `n.pr. of Bhīma, second of the Pāṇḍava brothers'; dāma udár-e a-syá = dām-ó-dara- `n.pr. of Kr̥ṣṇa'. 2. hári-r áśva-ḥ a-syá har-y-àśva-ḥ (8.2.4) `n.pr. of a person'; 3. suvarṇá-paṅkh-ā-ḥ íṣav-aḥ a-syá = suvarṇa-paṅkh-é-ṣu-/suvarṇa-paṅkh-è-ṣu- (8.2.6).

$6.2.108 kṣép-e

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound forming a proper name 106 the final syllable 92 of the first member 1 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1 °-udára- `stomach'; °-áśva- `horse' and °-íṣu- `arrow' 107] to denote a pejorative sense (kṣép-e).

1. kuṇḍá+udára- = kuṇḍ-ó-dara-, ghaṭ-ó-dara- `n.pr. (pot-bellied)'; 2. kaṭuk-ā-śva-, spand-i-t-ā-śva- `n.pr.'; 3. calācal-é-ṣu-/calācal-è-ṣu- (8.2.6), anighāt-é-ṣu-/anighāt-è-ṣu `n.pr.'

$6.2.109 nadī bándhu-n-i

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 106 the final syllable 92 of the prior member 1 consisting of nominal stems 4.1.1] defined by the t.t. nadī (1.4.3) [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring before 1.1.66 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-bándhu- `kin'.

gārgī-bandhu- `who has Gārgī as a kinswoman', but bráhma-bandhu- `who has a brahmin as a kinsman'.

$6.2.110 niṣṭhā=upa-sarg-á-pūrva-m anya-tará-syām

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 106 the final sylslable 92 of a first member 1 ending in 1.1.72 the affixes 3.1.1] denoted by the t.t. niṣṭhā (1.1.26) and preceded by preverbs (upa-sargá-pūrva-m) [bears the udātta accent 64] optionally (anya-tará-syām).

prá-dhau-ta-m múkha-m yá-sya = pra-dhau-tá-mukha-/pra-dhau-ta-mukhá- (167) alternating with prá-dhauta-mukha- (169) `whose face has been washed'.

$6.2.111 uttara-pada=ādíḥ

(In the section beginning here and extending up to and inclusive of 138 below) the initial syllable of the final member (uttara-pada=ādí-ḥ of a compound) [bears the udātta accent 64].

This is a governing rule [adhi-kār-á] and the expression [uttara-pada-ādí] will recur in each of the following rules in this section.

$6.2.112 kárṇa-ḥ ¹várṇa-²lákṣaṇ-āt

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 106 the initial syllable of the final member 111] °-kárṇa- `ear' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 a nominal stem 4.1.1] denoting a color (várṇa-°) or a mark (°-lákṣaṇ-āt).

1. śukl-aú kárṇ-au yá-sya = śukla-kárṇa- `white-eared'.

2. dātra-ṁ kárṇ-e yá-sya = dātrā-kárṇa- (3.115) `(an animal) branded with the mark of a sickle on its ear'; but śóbhan-au kárṇ-au yá-sya = su-karṇá- (172). Description

$6.2.113 ¹saṁjñā=²aúpam-yay-os=ca

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 106] forming a name (saṁjñā-°) or resemblance (aúpam-y-e) [the initial syllable of the posterior member 111 °-kárṇa- 112 bears the udātta accent 64].

1. maṇí-ḥ kárṇ-e yá-sya = maṇi-kárṇa-ḥ `n.pr.'; 2. gór iva kárṇ-au yá-sya = go-kárṇa-ḥ `whose ears resemble those of a cow'; similarly khara-kárṇa- `camel-eared'.

$6.2.114 ¹kaṇṭhá-²pr̥ṣṭhá-³grīvā-⁴jángha-ṁ ca

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 106 constituting either a name or a resemblance 113, the initial syllable of the final members consisting of the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-kaṇṭhá- `throat', °-pr̥ṣṭhá- `back', °-grīvā `neck' and °-jáṅghā `thigh' [bears the udātta accent 64].

1. śíti-ḥ kaṇṭhá-ḥ a-syá = śiti-káṇṭha-ḥ `n.pr. (white-faced)'; so also nīla-káṇṭha- `n.pr. of Śiva'. khára-sya iva kaṇṭhá-ḥ yá-sya = khara-káṇṭa-ḥ `camel-throated'. 2. kāṇḍa-pŕṣṭha-, nāka-pŕṣṭha- proper names; 3. su-grīva-, nīla-grīva-; 4. nārī-jáṅgha-, tāla-jaṅgha- proper names.

When indicating resemblance (aúpamya-): 1. go-pŕṣṭha-, aja-pŕṣṭha-; 2. go-grīva-, aśva-grīva-; 3. eṇī-jáṅgha-, go-jáṅgha-.

$6.2.115 śŕṅga-m ava-sthā-y-āṁ ca

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 106 constituting a name or resemblance 113] as well as (ca) `age' (ava-sthā-y-ām) [the initial syllable of the posterior member 111] °-śŕṅga- `horn' [bears the udātta accent 64].

1. age: ud-ga-ta-śŕṅga- `whose horns are just jutting out'; dvy-aṅgula-śŕṅga- `whose horns are two digits long'; 2. name: r̥śya-śŕnga- `n.pr. of a sage'; 3. aúpamya: go-śŕṅga- `cow-horned'. Description

$6.2.116 náÑ-aḥ=¹jár-a-²már-a-³mi-trá-⁴mr̥-t-ā-ḥ

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 106 the initial syllable of the posterior members 111 consisting of the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-jára- `aging', °-mára- `dying', °-mitrá- `friend' and °-mr̥-tá- `dead' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67] the privative particle náÑ.

This is a prior exception to 172 below. a-jára-/a-mára-/a-mítra-/a-mŕ-ta- `not aging or declining/immortal/foe, enemy/not dead (mfn.), ambrosia (n.)' respectively.

$6.2.117 só-r ¹man-²as-ī=a-¹lóman=²uṣás-ī

[In a Bahuvrīhi compound 106 the initial syllable of the final member 111 ending in 1.1.72 the affixes 3.1.1] °-man- (3.2.74) and °-as- (Uṇ-ādi ásu̱Ṅ), excluding [the nominal stems] lóman- `hair' and uṣás- `dawn' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the particle] sú-°.

śóbh-ana-ṁ kárma yá-sya = su-kár-man- `virtuous, performing good deeds'; śóbh-ana-ḥ dhárma-ḥ yá-sya = su-dhárm-an- (5.4.124) `well maintaining'. 2. śóbh-ana-ṁ yáśaḥ yá-sya = su-yáś-as- `renowned, famous', but su-lomán-/s-ū-ṣás- (172) `possessing beautiful hair/beautiful dawn'.

$6.2.118 krátu=āday-aḥ

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 106 the initial syllable of the final member 111 belonging to the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with °-krátu- `intelligence' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the particle sú-° 117].

su-krátu- `skillful, intelligent, wise'; su-dŕs-ī-ka- `handsome'; su-prát-ī-ka- `lovely, beautiful'.

$6.2.119 ādi=udāttáṁ dvy-áC chándas-i

In the Chándas [the initial syllable of the final member 111 of a Bāhuvrīhi compound 106] which is dissyllabic (dvy-áC) and bears the udātta accent on its first syllable (ādy-udāttá-m) [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the particle sú-° 117].

śóbh-ana-ḥ áśva-ḥ yá-sya = sú+áśva-h = sv-áśva-ḥ `owner of a good horse'; but śóbh-an-au bāhū yá-sya- = su-bāhú- (172) `having handsome arms'. Prior exception to 172.

$6.2.120 ¹vīrá-²vīr-y-aù ca

[In a Bahuvrīhi compound 106 the initial syllable of the posterior member 111] °-vīra- `hero' or vīr-yà- `strength, power' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the particle sú-° 117 in the Chándas 119].

su-vīra- `rich in heroes'; su-vīr-ya- `powerful, strong'. By 1.213 vīra+yaT = *vīr-ya- should have the accent on its initial syllable, and would thus come under the preceding rule, but its inclusion in this rule implies that contrary to 1.213 it has the svarita accent on its final syllable.

$6.2.121 ¹kūla-²tīra-³tūla-⁴mūla-⁵śālā=⁶ákṣa-⁷samá-m avyayī-bhāv-é

In an Avyayībhāvá compound [the initial syllable of the final members 111 consisting of the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-kūla-, °-tīra- `bank, shore', °-tūla- `cotton', °-mūla- `root', °-śālā `hall, mansion', °-ákṣa- `axle' and °-samá- `equal' [bears the udātta accent 64].

kūla-sya/tīra-sya sam-īpá-m = upa-kūla-m/upa-tīra-m, `near the bank'; pari-mūla-m `around the roots'; pari-śāla-m `around the hall'; su-sáma-m `very evenly'; up-ā-kṣa-m `near the axle'; but kumbhá-sya samīpám = upa-kumbhá-m `near the pitcher'.

$6.2.122 ¹kaṁsá-²manthá-³śūrpa-⁴pāyyà-⁵kāṇḍa-ṁ dvig-aú

In a Dvigú compound [the initial syllable of the final member 111 consisting of nominal stems 4.1.1] °-kaṁsá- `vase', °-manthá- `mixed drink', °-śūrpa- `winnowing basket', °-pāyyà- `n. of a measure' and °-kāṇḍa- `section' [bears the udātta accent 64].

1. dvā-bhyāṁ kaṁsā-bhyāṁ krī-tá-ḥ = dvi+kaṁsa+ṬiṭhaN-0̸ (5.1.25,28) = dvi-káṁsa-ḥ `bought with two kaṁsa-s'. Similarly 2. dvi+mantha+ṭhaK-0̸ (5.1.19,28) = dvi-mántha- `purchased with 2 mantha-s'; 3. dvi+śūrpa+aÑ-0̸ (5.1.26,28) = dvi-śūrpa- `bought with 2 śūrpa-s'; 4. dvi+pāyya+ṭhaN-0̸ (5.1.18,28) = dvipāyya- `purchased with 2 pāyyà-s'; 5. dv-é kāṇḍ-e pra-mā-ṇa-m a-syá = dvi+kāṇḍa+mātráC-0̸ (5.2.37+vārṭ) = dvi-kāṇḍa- `measuring 2 kāṇḍda-s' but parama-kāṇḍá-. Description

$6.2.123 tatpuruṣ-é śālā-y-āṁ ná-puṁs-ak-e

In a Tatpuruṣá compound in the neuter gender (nápuṁsake) [the initial syllable of the final member 111] °śālā- `hall, mansion' (2.4.25) [bears the udātta accent 64].

brāhmaṇa-śāla-m/kṣatriya-śāla-m `the hall or mansion of brahmins/warriors' but dr̥-ḍhá-śāla-m brāhmaṇa-kulá-m `the brahmin family has a permanent hall of residence' which is a Bahuvrīhí compound; similarly brāhmaṇa-śālā f. `brahmins' hall of residence'.

$6.2.124 kanthā ca

[In a neuter Tatpuruṣá compound 123 the initial syllable of the posterior member 111] °-kanthā `city' [bears the udātta accent 64].

sauśami-kántha-m/āhvara-kántham (20) `names of cities'.

$6.2.125 ādí-s=cihaṇa=ādī-n-ām

[In a neuter Tatpuruṣá compound 123 ending in 1.1.72 the nominal stem 4.1.1 °-kanthā `city' 124] the initial syllable (ādi-ḥ) [of the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with cihaṇa-° [bears the udātta accent 64].

The repetition of the word [ādi-ḥ] here while it was already recurring from 111 is to indicate that it is the initial syllable of the first members which bears the accent. cíhaṇa-kantha-m/máḍara-kantha-m/vaítula-kantha-m `names of various cities'.

$6.2.126 ¹cela-²kheṭa-³káṭuka-⁴kāṇḍa-ṁ garhā-y-ām

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 123 the initial syllable of the final members 111] °cela- `clothes', °-kheṭa- `grass', °-káṭuka- `sharp, bitter' and °-kāṇḍa- `arrow' [bears the udātta accent 64] when denoting censure (garhā-y-ām).

1. putrá-s cela-m iva = putra-céla-h (2.1.56) `bad son'; 2. upānat-khéṭa-m `a miserable shoe'; 3. dadhi-káṭu-ka-m `stale or sharp curds'; 4. bhūta-kāṇḍa-m `harmful being'; but parama-celá-m. Description

$6.2.127 cīra-m upa-mā-na-m

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 123 the initial syllable of the final member 111] °-cīra- `rag, tatter', serving as an object of comparison (upa-mā-na-m) [bears the udātta accent 64].

vás-tra-ṁ cīra-m iva = vas-tra-cīra-m `rag-like cloth, tattered cloth' but parama-cīrá-m. Description

$6.2.128 ¹palalá-²sūpa-³śāka-m miśr-é

[In a Tatpuruṣa compound 123] denoting a mixture (miśr-e) [the initial syllable of the final members 111] °-palalá- `a kind of sweetmeat', °-sūpa- `sauce, soup' and °-śāka- `vegetable' [bears the udātta accent 64].

1. guḍa-pálala-m `sweetmeat mixed with molasses'; 2. mūla-ka-sūpa-ḥ `sauce or soup mixed with radishes'; 3. mudga-śāka-m `vegetables mixed with moong beans'.

$6.2.129 ¹kūla-²sūda-³sthalá-⁴karṣ-ā-ḥ saṁjñā-y-ām

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 123 the initial syllable of the final members 111] °-kūla- `bank', °-sūda- `dried post', °-sthalá- `ground' and °-kárṣa- `labor' [bear the udātta accent 64] when deriving names (saṁjñā-y-ām).

1. dākṣi-kūla-m/deva-sūda-m/dāṇḍāyana-sthál-ī/dākṣi-kárṣa-ḥ `names of villages'.

$6.2.130 á-karmadhāray-e rāj-yà-m

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 123] excluding a Karmadhārayá [the initial syllable of the final member 111] °-rāj-yà- `kingdom' [bears the udātta accent 64].

brāhmaṇā-n-āṁ rājyà-m = brāhmaṇa-rājya-m `a brahmin kingdom'; but parama-rāj-yá-m. Description

$6.2.131 várgya=āday-as=ca

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 123 excluding a Karmadhārayá 130 the initial syllable of the final member 111 consisting of the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with várg-ya- `partisan' [bears the udātta accent 64].

The várg-ya-class is a sub-member of the diś- class (4.3.54) after which affix [yàT] is introduced in which [varga-] occurs as the next entry. vāsudeva-várg-ya-/arjuna-várg-ya- `a partisan of Vāsudeva/Arjuna' but parama-varg-yá- `best or most prominent partisan'.

$6.2.132 put-rá-ḥ puṁ-bhyáḥ

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 123 the initial syllable of the final member 111] °-putrá- `son' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67] masculine (puṁ-bhyáḥ) [nominal stems 4.1.1].

kaunaṭi-pútra-/dāmaka-pútra- `son of Kaunaṭi/Dāmaka' but gārgī-putrá- `son of Gārgī (f.)'.

$6.2.133 ná=¹ā-cār-yà-²rājan=³r̥tv-íj-⁴sáṁ-yuk-ta-⁵jñā-tí=ā-khyā-y-ām

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 123 the initial syllable of the final member 111 °-put-rá `son' 132] does not (na') [bear the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the nominal stems 4.1.1] ā-cār-yà- `teacher, preceptor', rājan- `king', r̥tv-íj- `n. of an officiating priest', sáṁ-yuk-ta- `wife's kinsfolk' and jnā-tí- `kin' as well as their synonyms (°-ākhyā-y-ām).

Exception to 132 above. 1. ācārya-putrá-/upādhyāya-putrá- preceptor's son'; 2. rāja-putrá-/īśvara-putrá- `prince'; 3. r̥tv-ik-pdutrá-/yājnika-putrá- `son of a priest'; 4. saṁ-yuk-ta-putrá-/śyāla-putrá- `son of wife's brother'; 5. jñāti-putrá-/pitr̥vya-putrá-/mātula-putrá- `paternal/maternal cousin'.

$6.2.134 cūrṇá-ādī-n-i=á-prāṇi-ṣaṣṭhy-āḥ

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 123 the initial syllable of the final member 111 consisting of the nominal class 4.1.1] beginning with °-cūr-ṇá- `flour, meal' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the sixth sUP triplet, excluding words denoting animate objects (á-prāṇi-ṣaṣṭhy-āḥ).

mudga-cūr-ṇa-m `moong bean flour'; masūra-cūr-ṇa-m `lentil flour', but matsya-cūr-ṇá-m. Description

$6.2.135 ṣáṭ ca kāṇḍa-ādī-n-i

[The initial syllable of the final members 111] consisting of any of the six [nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with °-kāṇḍa- `arrow' [= 126 above, °-cīra- `rag' 127, °-palala- `kind of sweetmeat' 128, °-sūpa- `sauce, soup' 128, °-śāka- `vegetable' 128 and °-kūla- `bank' 129] also [bears the udātta accent 64].

126: when censure is not implied: darbha-kāṇḍa-m/śara-kāṇḍa-m`stalk of dhoop grass/reed'; 127: when not an object of comparison: kuśa-cīra-m `rag made of K. grass'; 128: when not denoting a mixture: tila-pálala-m `sesame cake'; mudga-sūpa-ḥ `moong-bean soup'; mūlaka-śāka-m `radish'; 129. nadī-kūla-m `river-bank'.

The constraints [garhā 126, upamāna 127, miśrá 128, saṁjñā 129] do not apply in this rule so that the operations of 126-29 are extended by this rule to situations not restricted by these constraints.

$6.2.136 kuṇḍá-ṁ vána-m

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 123 the initial syllable of the final member 111] °-kuṇḍá- `bowl' [bears the udātta accent 64] when denoting a forest (vána-m).

darba-kúṇḍa-m `n.pr. of a forest (literally a forest of dhoop grass)'; but mr̥t-kuṇḍá-m `earthen bowl'. Description

$6.2.137 pra-kŕ-ty-ā bhagāla-m

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 123 the final member 111] °-bhagāla- `skull' and its synonyms retain their original accent (pra-kŕ-ty-ā).

kumbhī+bhagāla-m/°-kapāla-m/°-naḍāla-mn `skull serving as a bowl'. The word [pra-kŕ-ty-ā] will recur in the subsequent rules up to 143 below.

$6.2.138 śíte-r nitya=a=bah-v=aC=bahuvrīh-aú=á-bhasat

In a Bahuvrīhí compound [the final member 111] consisting of an obligatory (nítya-°) non-polysyllabic (°-á-bahv-aC) [nominal stem 4.1.1] excluding °-bhasád- `pudendum' [retains its original accent 137 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the nominal stem 4.1.1] śíti-° `white'.

śiti-pāda- `white-footed'; śiti-kákṣa- `white-shouldered', but darś-anīya-pāda- possessing handsome legs', śíti+kakud (a→0̸ 5.4.146) = śí-ti-kakud- `white-humped' and śí-ti-bhasad- `having a white pudendum'.

$6.2.139 ¹gá-ti-²kār-aka=³upa-pad-āt kŕt

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 123 the final member 111 ending in 1.1.72] a kŕt (3.1.93ff.) [affix 3.1.1 retains its original accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67] a gá-ti particle (1.4.60), kār-aka (1.4.23) or an upa-padá (3.1.92).

1. gáti: pra+kr̥+LyuṬ = pra-kár-aṇa- `production'; pra+kr̥+ṆvuL = pra-kār-aka- `producer'.

2. kāraka: idhmá-m prá-vr̥śc-ya-te y-éna = idhma+pra+vraśc+LyuṬ = idhma-pra-vráśc-ana- `axe'; stamb-é rám-a-te = stamb-e+ram+aC (3.2.13) = stamb-e-ram-á- `taking pleasure in a clump of grass'.

3. upapada: īṣat+kr̥+KHaL = īṣat-kár-a- (3.3.126) `doing little'. Description

$6.2.140 ubh-é vánas-páti-ādi-ṣu yugapát

In the class of compounds beginning with vánas-páti- both (ubh-é) [=the prior 1 and final 111 members simultaneously retain their original accents 140].

ván-as-pá-ti- `lord of the forest'; br̥hát-ām pá-ti-ḥ = bŕh-as-pá-ti-ḥ `n.pr. of the preceptor of gods'; tanū-ná-pāt `n.pr.'; śúna iva śépha-ḥ a-syá = śún-aḥ-śépha-ḥ `n.pr.' The word [Tatpuruṣá 123] does not recur here as the gaṇa-list consists of Bahuvrīhí-s also.

$6.2.141 deva-tā-dvaṁdv-é ca

[In a Dvaṁdvá compound composed of] names of divinities (devatā-dvaṁdv-é) also (ca) [both 140 first 1 and final 111 members retain their original accents 137 simultaneously 140].

índrā-sóm-au `Indra and Soma'; índrā-váruṇ-au `Indra and Varuṇa'.

$6.2.142 ná=uttara-pad-é=ánudātta=ād-au=á-¹pr̥thivī-²rudrá-³pūṣán=⁴manthí-ṣu

[In a Dvaṁdva compound consisting of names of divinities 141 both first 1 and final 111 members] do not (ná) [bear their original accents 137 simultaneously 140 when the posterior member 111] begins with an ánudātta syllable, excluding °-pr̥thivī `Earth Goddess', °-rudrá-, °-pūṣán- `names of divinities' and °-manth-ín- `sacred beverage'.

índra+agní = indr-a-gnī, indra-vāyū, etc., but dyāvvā-pr̥thi-vy-aú, sómā-rudr-aú, índrā-pūṣaṇ-aú, śukrā-manth-ín-au. Description

$6.2.143 ánta-ḥ

[In the section beginning here and extending up to the end of this quarter [pādá]] the final syllable (ánta-ḥ) [of the final member of a compound 111 bears the udātta accent 64].

This is a governing rule [adhi-kār-á] and recurs in each of the subsequent rules to the end of the section.

$6.2.144 ¹tha=²átha-³GHaÑ-⁴Ktá=⁵áC=⁶aP=⁷ítra-⁸Kā-ṇ-ām

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111 ending in 1.1.72 the affixes 3.1.1] °-tha-, °-átha-, °-GHaÑ, °-Ktá-, °-áC-, °-aP-, °-ítra- and °-Ká- [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 a gáti, kāraka or upapadá- 139].

General exception to 139 above.

1. tha: su+nī+KthaN = su-nī-thá- `who guides well'; this is a uṆādi affix. Similarly ava-bhr̥-thá- `purification of the sacrificer'.

2. átha (uṆādi): ā-vas-athá- `dwelling place, residence'; upa-vas-athá- `day of fasting'.

3. GHaÑ: pra-bhid+GHaÑ = pra-bhed-á- `splitting'; kāṣṭha-bhed-á `splitting wood'.

4. Ktá: dūr-ād-ā-ga-tá- `arrived from afar' (2.1.39) = (dūr-āt+ā-ga-ta- 49); ví+śuṣká- (1.206) = vi-śuṣ-ká- `dried variously'; ā-tapa-śuṣ-ká- (2.1.32) `sun-dried'.

5. áC: prá+kṣi+áC = pra+kṣáy-a- (1.201) = pra-kṣay-á- `excellent residence'; pra+ji+aC = pra+jáy-a- (1.202) = pra-jay-á- `excellent instrument of conquest'.

6. aP: prá+lū+aP = pra-lav-á- `chip, fragment'; pra+sū+aP = pra-sav-á- `begetting'.

7. ítra: prá+lū+ítra = pra-lav-itrá- `cutting, reaping'; pra-sū+ítra- = pra-sav-itrá- `begetting, generating'.

8. Ká: gā-m várṣ-a-ti = gó+vr̥ṣ+Ká = go-vr̥ṣ-á- `bull' while vŕs-a- by itself has udātta accent on its initial syllable (1.203).

But sú stu-tá-m where sú is a karma-pra-vac-anīya (1.4.94) and not a gáti.

$6.2.145 ¹sú=²upa-mā-n-āt Ktá-ḥ

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] °-Ktá [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67] the particle sú-° or a word denoting its object of comparison (upa-mā-n-āt) [consisting of either a gáti, kāraka or upapadá 139].

su-kr̥-tá- `well-done'; su-pī-tá- `well drunk'. Exception to 49. vŕkair iva áva-lup-ta-m = vr̥k-ā-va-lup-tá-m `rushed upon (a prey) as by wolves' (2.1.32; exception to 48). śaśa-plu-tá-m `jumped like a hare'; siṁha-vi-nard-i-tá-m `roared like a lion'. Exceptions to 48 above.

$6.2.146 saṁjñā-y-ām án-ā-ci-ta=ādī-n-ām

In proper names (saṁjñā-y-ām) [the final syllable of the last member of a compound 111 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 Ktá 145], excluding the class of derivatives beginning with ā-ci-ta- `collected, heaped up' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 a gáti, kāraka or upapadá 139].

1. sam-bhū-tá- `n.pr. of Rāmāyaṇa'; upa-hū-tá- `name of Śākalya'; pari-jag-dhá- `name of Kaúṇḍinya' . Exception to 49 above.

2. dhanuṣ-khā-t-ā `name of a river'; kuddala-khā-t-á-m nágara-m; hasti-mr̥d-i-t-ā bhūmi-ḥ `name of a locality'; exceptions to 48 above. But ā-ci-ta- `heaped, piled'; ā-sthā-p-i-ta- `established', etc. Description

$6.2.147 pra-vr̥d-dhá-ādī-n-āṁ ca

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111 belonging to the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with °-pra-vr̥d-dhá- `extended, grown, strong' [ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 Ktá 145 bears the udatta accent 64].

pra-vr̥d-dhá-ṁ yāna-m `extended (of a vehicle)', pra-vr̥d-dhá-ḥ vr̥ṣalá-h `strong (of a V.)'; kháṭvā-m ā-rū-ḍha-ḥ = khaṭv-ā-rū-ḍhá-ḥ (2.1.26) `low, vile'; kavi-śas-tá- `praised by wise men'. Exceptions to 48-49 above.

$6.2.148 kārak-āt=¹dattá=²śru-táy-or evá āśíṣ-i

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 Ktá 145 consisting of] °-da-t-tá- `given' and °-śru-tá `heard' only (evá) [bears the udātta accent 64 to denote a name 146] when expressing benediction (āśíṣ-i).

dev-ā-ḥ ená-ṁ de-yās-uḥ = deva-dat-tá-h. `n.pr. of a person (as god-given)'; víṣṇu-r enáṁ śrū-yā-t = viṣṇu-śru-tá-ḥ `n.pr. of a person (as one listened to by V.)'. But devá-pāl-i-ta- (48) `protected by gods'; similarly dev-aiḥ khā-t-ā = devá-khā-t-ā.

$6.2.149 ittham-bhūt-éna kr̥-tá-m iti ca

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 Ktá 145, co-occurring after 1.1.67 a kāraka 148 bears the udātta accent 64] also (ca) when the compound means `done by one in that particular condition' (ittham-bhūt-éna).

sup-t-éna prá-lap-i-ta-m = sup-ta-pra-lap-i-tá-m `uttered during sleep'; pra-mat-t-éna gī-tá-m = pra-mat-ta-gī-tá-m `sung while intoxicated, drunken song'. Exceptions to 48.

$6.2.150 ana-ḥ ¹bhāva-²kárma-vac-ana-ḥ

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] °-ana-, denoting a state (bhāva-°) of action or the object (°-kárma-vac-ana-ḥ 3.3.116) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a kāraka 148, bears the udātta accent 64].

odana=bhoj-aná-m `eating of boiled rice'; payaḥ=p-ā-ná-m `drinking milk' (gen. Tat. comp.); rāja-bhoj-an-ā-ḥ śālay-aḥ `rice eaten by royalty'; rāj-ā-cchād-anā-n-i vāsāṁs-i `costumes worn by royalty' (3.3.113). But danta=dhāv-ana-m (LyuṬ 3.3.117) `tooth-brush'; ni-dárś-ana-m `indication'. Cf. 2.3.65. Description

$6.2.151 ¹man-²KtiN=³vyā-khyā-na-⁴śáy-ana=⁵ās-ana-⁶sthā-na-⁷yāj-aka=ādi-⁸krī-t-ā-ḥ

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111 ending in 1.1.72] °-man-, °KtiN- and [the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-vy-ā-khyā-na- `explanation, commentary', °-śáy-ana `lying down'; °-ās-ana- `sitting down', °-sthā-na- `place' and the word-class beginning with °-yāj-aka- `sacrificer' and °-krī-tá- `bought' [bears the udātta accent when co-occurring after 1.1.67 a kāraka 148].

1. man: rátha-sya vártma = ratha-vart-mán- `chariot road'; 2. KtiN: pāṇin-e-ḥ kŕ-ti-ḥ = pāṇini-kr̥-tí-ḥ `Pāṇini's work'; 3. chánd-as-aḥ vy-a-khyāna-m = chando-vy-ā-khyāná-m `a gloss or commentary on Chándas'; 4. rājñ-aḥ śáy-ana-m = rāja-śay-aná-m `royal bedstead'; 5. similarly rāj-ā-saná-m `royal throne'; 6. gáv-ām sth-ā-na-m = go-sthánā-m `cow-pen'; exceptions to 150; 7. brāhmaṇa-yāj-aká- `brahmin sacrificer' (2.2.9); 8. go-krī-tá- `bought with a cow/bull', exception to 48 above. All are exceptions to 139 above. Cf. 2.3.65.

$6.2.152 saptamy-āḥ púṇya-m

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111] °-púṇya- `merit' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the seventh sUP triplet (saptamy-āḥ).

ved-é púṇya-m = veda-puṇyá-m `merit accruing from a study of the Vedá'. Exception to 2 above.

$6.2.153 ¹ūná=artha-²kalahá-m tr̥-tīya-y-āḥ

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111] denoting the sense of `less by' (ūná-artha-°) and the word °-kal-ahá- `strife' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the third sUP triplet (tr̥-tīyā-y-āḥ).

Exception to 2 above. 1. māṣ-eṇa ūná-m = mās-o-ná-m `less by a māṣa (in weight)'; 2. vāc-ā kalahá-ḥ vāk-kalahá-ḥ `verbal strife', así-bhih kalahá-ḥ = asi-kalahá-ḥ `fighting with swords'.

According to interpretation [ūná] stands also for its synonyms, while some take [°-ártha-°] stands for itself: māṣa-vi-kalá- `less by a māṣa (in weight)' and dhāny-ā-rthá = dhāny-èna ártha-ḥ `wealth through grains'. Description

$6.2.154 miśrá-ṁ ca=án-upa-sarga-m á-saṁ-dh-au

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111] °-miśrá- `mixed with' [bears the udātta accent 64 when] not [co-occurring after 1.1.67] a preverb (án-upa-sarga-m), [but co-occurring after 1.1.67 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the third sUP triplet 153] and not signifying an alliance (á-saṁ-dh-au).

guḍa-miśrá-/tila-miśrá- `mixed with molasses/sesamum' (exception to 2 above) but brāhmaṇa-miśra-ḥ rājā `a king who allies himself with brahmins' and guḍá-sam-miśra- (2) `mixed well with molasses'.

$6.2.155 náÑ-aḥ guṇa-prati-ṣedh-é ¹sam-pād-ín=²arhá-³hi-tá=⁴álam-arth-ā-s taddhit-ā-ḥ

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111 ending in 1.1.72] taddhitá (4.1.76ff.) [affixes 3.1.1] signifying `fit for that' (sam-pād-ín-° 5.1.99), `deserving it' (°-arhá- 5.1.63), `good for it' (°-hitá-° 5.1.5) or `capable of effecting it' (°-álam-arth-ā-ḥ 5.1.101) [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67] the privative particle náÑ-°, negating their quality (guṇa-prati-ṣedh-é).

1. sam-pād-in: karṇa-véṣṭakā-bhyāṁ sam-pād-í múkha-m = karṇa-véṣṭaka+ṭhaÑ (5.1.99) = kārṇa-veṣṭak-ika-m, ná kārṇa-veṣṭak-ika-m = a-kārṇa-veṣṭak-iká-m `unfit for earrings (said of a face)'; 2. arhá: chéda-m árh-a-ti = chéda+ṭhaK (5.1.63) = chaid-iká-ḥ; ná chaid-iká-ḥ = a=chaid-iká-ḥ `not deserving mutilation'; 3. hitá: vatsé-bhyo hi-tá-ḥ = vatsá+cha (5.1.5) = vats-īya-ḥ, ná vats-īya-ḥ = a-vats-īyá-ḥ `not good or suitable for calves'; 4. álam-artha: saṁ-tāpā-ya prá-bhav-a-ti = sam-tāpá+ṭhaÑ (5.1.101) = sāṁ-tāp-ika-ḥ; ná sāṁ-tāp-ika-ḥ = a-sāṁ-tāp-iká-ḥ `unable to warm up or heat'. All are exceptions to 2 above.

$6.2.156 ¹yá-²yàT-os=ca á-tad-arth-e

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111 ending in 1.1.72 taddhitá 155 affixes 3.1.1] °-yá-, °-yàT-, not signifying `serve its purpose' (á-tad-arth-e) also (ca) [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the privative particle náÑ to negate these qualities 155].

pāśā-n-āṁ sam-ūh-á-ḥ = pāśa+ya+ṬāP = pāś-y-ā, ná pāś-y-ā = a-pāś-y-ā `not a collection of nooses'; dánte-ṣu bháv-a-m = danta+yàT = dánt-ya-m, ná dánt-ya-m = a-dant-yá-m `not dental'. Exceptions to 2 above, but pād-ā-rthám udaká-m = pāda+ydàT = pād-ya-m, ná pād-ya-m = á-pād-ya-m (2) (5.4.25).

$6.2.157 ¹áC=²K-aú=á-śak-t-e

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111 ending in 1.1.72 the affixes 3.1.1] °-áC- and °-Ká- [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the privative particle náÑ to negate these qualities 155] to denote incapacity (á-śak-t-au).

1. áC: a-pac-á- (3.1.134) `incapable of cooking'; a-jay-á- (3.3.56) `incapable of winning'.

2. Ká: a-vi-kṣip-á- (3.1.135) `incapable of throwing asumder'. But á-pac-a- `not cooking'. Description

$6.2.158 ā-kroś-é ca

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111 ending in 1.1.72 the affixes 3.1.1 °-áC- and °-Ká- 157 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the privative particle náÑ-° 155] also (ca) to denote an intention to abuse (ā-kroś-é).

1. áC: a-paṭh-á- `unable to read, illiterate'; 2. Ká: a-vi-likh-á- (3.1.135) `incapable of writing, ignorant, illiterate', both indicating abuse. Exception to 2 above.

$6.2.159 saṁ-jñā-y-ām

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111] denoting a name (saṁjñā-y-ām) [bears the udātta accent 64 when signifying contempt 158 and co-occurring after 1.1.67 the privative particle náÑ-° 155].

a-deva-dat-tá-ḥ `does not deserve to be called Deva-dat-tá'.

a-yajña-dat-tá-ḥ `unfit to be called Yajña-dat-tá'.

$6.2.160 ¹kŕt-ya=²uka=³iṣṇúC-⁴cāru=āday-aḥ

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111 ending in 1.1.72 the affixes 3.1.1] denoted by the t.t. kŕtya (3.1.95ff.) and °-uka- (3.2.154), °-iṣṇúC- (3.2.136ff.) and the class of [nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with °-cāru- `beautiful, charming' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the privative particle náÑ-° 155].

1. kŕtya: náÑ+kr̥+távya- = a-kar-tavyá- `not to be done'; similarly a-kar-aṇīyá-; 2. uka: náN+ā+gam+ukaÑ (3.2.154) = an-ā-gām-uká- `not accidental'; 3. iṣṇúc: an=alaṁ-kar-iṣṇú- `not decorating or adorning'; 4. náÑ+cāru- = a-cārú- `unpleasant'; ná sādhú-ḥ = a-sādhú-ḥ `improper, unfit'. Exceptions to 2 above.

$6.2.161 vibhāṣā ¹tr̥N=²ánna-³tīkṣ-ṇá-⁴śúci-ṣu

[The final syllable 143 of the last member of a compound 111 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] °-tr̥N- and the expressions °-ánna- `food', °-tīkṣ-ṇá- `sharp' and °-śúci- `pure' optionally (vibhāṣā) [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the privative particle náÑ-° 155].

1. tr̥N: náÑ+kr̥+tr̥N = a-kar-tŕ/á-kar-tr̥- (2) `non-agent'.

2. an-anná-/án-anna- `rice or food not deserving of its name, inedible'; 3. a-tīks-ná-/á-tīkṣ-ṇa- `not sharp, bland'; 4. a-śucí-/á-śuci- `impure'.

$6.2.162 bahuvrīh-aú=¹idám=²etád=³tád-bhyaḥ ¹prathamá-²pūr-aṇay-oḥ kriyā-gaṇ-an-é

In a Bahuvrīhí compound [the final syllable 143 of the last members 111] °-prathamá- `first' and an ordinal (°-pūr-aṇay-oḥ) [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the pronominal stems 4.1.1] idám-° `this', etád-° `this' and tád-° `that' to indicate the number of times the action takes place (kriyā-gaṇ-an-é).

idam-prathamá- `(some action) of which this is the first'; etad-dvi-tīyá- `(an action) of which this is the second occurrence'; tat-tr̥-tīyá- `(an action) of which that is the third occurrence'.

$6.2.163 saṁ-khyā-y-āḥ stána-ḥ

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 162 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111] °-stána- `breast, udder' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67] a numeral (saṁ-khyā-y-āḥ).

dv-aú stán-au yá-sy-ā-ḥ = dvi-stan-ā `possessing two breasts or udders'; catuḥ-stan-ā `having four udders'. Exception to 1 above.

$6.2.164 vibhāṣā chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the final syllable 143 of the last member 111 of a Bahuvrīhí compound 162 °-stána- `breast, udder'] optionally (vibhāṣā) [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 a number-word 163].

dvi-stan-ā/dví-stan-ā; catuḥ-stan-ā/catúḥ-stan-ā. Description

$6.2.165 saṁjñā-y-ām ¹mitrá=²ajínay-oḥ

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 162 the final syllable 143 of the last members 111] °-mitrá- `friend' and °-ajína- `hairy skin of an antelope' [bears the udātta accent 64] to derive proper names (saṁjñā-y-ām).

devá-ḥ mitrá-ṁ yá-sya = deva-mitrá-ḥ; vŕka-m ajína-m a-syá = vr̥k-ā-jiná- `both proper names'; when not deriving names: priy-á-mitra- `to whom friends are dear' and mah-ā-jina- `who has a large hairy skin of an antelope'.

$6.2.166 vy-av-ā-y-ín-aḥ=ántaram

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 162 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111] °-ántara- `intervening' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 a nominal stem 4.1.1] denoting the object of intervention (vy-av-ā-y-ín-aḥ).

vástra-m ántara-m á-sya = vastr-ā-ntará-m `separated by a covering cloth', but ātmā = sva-bhāv-á-ḥ ántara-ḥ a-syá = ātm-ā-ntara-ḥ `of a different nature'.

$6.2.167 múkha-ṁ sva=aṅgá-m

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 162 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111] °-múkha- `face' denoting a limb of one's body (sv-ā-ṅgá-m) [bears the udātta accent 64].

gaurá-m múkha-m a-syá = gaura-mukhá-ḥ `white-faced'; bhadrá+múkha- = bhadra-mukhá- `auspicious-faced', but dīrghá+múkha- = dīrghá-mukh-ā śālā `a hall (of residence) with a tall entrance'.

$6.2.168 ná=¹á-vy-aya=²dik=śabdá-³gó-⁴mahát-⁵sthū-lá-⁶muṣṭí-⁷pr̥thú-⁸vatsé-bhyaḥ

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 162 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111 °-múkha- `face' denoting a limb of one's body 167] does not (ná) [bear the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67] 1. indeclinables (á-vy-aya-°), 2. direction-words (°-dik=śabdá-°), 3. gó-° `cow, bull', 4. mahát-° `big', 5. sthū-la- `gross, heavy', 6. muṣṭí-° `fist', 7. pr̥thú-° `wide' and 8. vatsa- `calf'.

1. ucc-aíḥ múkha-m a-syá = ucca-aír-mukha-ḥ `having the face turned upwards'; 2. prāṅ-mukha- `having the face turned eastwards'; 3. gó-mukha- `cow-faced'; 4. mahā-mukha- `big-faced'; 5. sthū-lá-mukha- `heavy-faced'; 6. muṣṭí-mukha- `possessing a fist-like face'; 7. pr̥thú-mukha- `wide-faced'; 8. vatsá-mukha- (1) `calf-faced'.

$6.2.169 ¹niṣṭhā=²upa-mā-n-āt=anya-tará-syām

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 162 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111 °-múkha- `face 167 does not 168] optionally (anya-tará-syām) [bear the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] denoted by the t.t. niṣṭhā (1.1.26) or an expression denoting an object of comparison (°-upa-mā-n-āt).

pra-kṣāl-i-ta-mukhá- (167)/pra-kṣāl-i-tá-mukha- (110)/prá-kṣāl-i-ta-mukha- (49) `whose face has been washed'.

simhá-sya múkham iva múkham a-syá = siṁha-mukhá-ḥ/siṁhá-mukha-ḥ `lion-faced'.

$6.2.170 ¹jā-ti-²kālá-³sukhá=ādi-bhyaḥ=án-ā-cchād-an-āt Ktá-ḥ=á-¹kr̥-ta-²mi-ta-³prati-pan-n-ā-ḥ

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 162 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] °Ktá-, excluding °-kr̥-tá- `done, made', °-mi-tá- `measured' and °-prati-pan-ná- `promised' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 nominal stems 4.1.1] denoting genus (jā-ti-°) excluding one denoting a cover (án-ā-cchād-an-āt), time-words (°-kālá-°) and the class of [nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with sukhá-° `happiness, pleasure'.

1. jā-ti: sāraṅga-jag-dhá- `who has eaten an antelope'; palāṇḍu-bhakṣ-i-tá- `who has eaten onions'.

2. kālá: māsa-jā-tá- `born a month ago'; sam-vat-sara-jā-tá- `born a year ago'.

3. sukha-jā-tá- `whose birth has been pleasant'; duhkha-jā-tá- `whose birth has been unpleasant'.

Exceptions: putrá-jā-ta- `to whom a son has been born' since putrá- is not a genus-word. vás-ana-chan-na- `cloth-covered'; kúṇḍa-m kr̥-tá-m y-éna = kúṇḍa-kr̥-ta- `by whom a kuṇḍa has been made'; similarly kúṇḍa-mi-ta- `by whom a kúṇḍa has been measured' and kúṇḍa-prati-pan-na-ḥ by whom a kúṇḍa has been promised'.

$6.2.171 vā jā-t-é

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 162 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111] °-jā-tá- `born' optionally (vā) [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 nominal stems 4.1.1 denoting genus-names, time-words or the word-class beginning with sukhá-° 170].

1. danta-jātá-/dánta-jā-ta- `whose teeth have emerged'; 2. māsa-jā-tá-/māsa-jā-ta- `born a month ago'; 3. su-kha-jā-tá-/su-khá-jā-ta- `whose birth has been pleasant'.

$6.2.172 ¹náN-²súbhyām

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 162 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the particles] náÑ-° and sú-°.

1. á-vid-ya-m-ān-ā-ḥ yáv-ā-ḥ a-syá = a-yavá-ḥ `destitute of barley'; 2. su-yavá- `abounding in barley'. Description

$6.2.173 kaP-i pūrva-m

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 162 the last member 111 ending in 1.1.72 the samāsāntá 5.4.68 affix 3.1.1] kaP [and co-occurring after 1.1.67 the particles náÑ and sú 172 bears the udātta accent 64] on the syllable [preceding 1.1.66] kaP (kaP-i pūrva-m).

a-kumār-ī-ka- `denuded of maidens'; su-kumār-ī-ka- `abounding in maidens'. Description

$6.2.174 hrasvá=ant-e ánt-y-āt pūrva-m

[In a Bahuvrīhi compound 162 the final member 111 ending in 1.1.72 samāsāntá 5.4.68 affix 3.1.1 kaP 173] preceded by a short vowel (hrasv-ā-nt-e) [before 1.1.66 kaP], the syllable before 1.1.66 that short vowel (ánt-y-āt pūrva-m) [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the particles náÑ-° and sú-° 172].

a-vrīhi-ka- `destitute of rice'; su-māṣa-ka- `rich in māṣa beans'.

$6.2.175 bahó-r naÑ-vát=ut-tara-pada-bhūmn-i

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 162 the final member 111, co-occurring after 1.1.67 the nominal stem 4.1.1] bahú-° `many' [has the same udātta accent 64 as when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the particle] náÑ (172-74, 116) when expressing the abundance of the posterior member (ut-tara-pada-bhūmn-i).

116. bahu-jár-a- `very old'; bahu-már-a- `frequently dying'; bahu-mítra- `teeming with friends'; bahu-mŕ-ta- `where many have died'.

172. bahu-yavá- `abounding in large quantities of barley'.

173. bahu-kumār-ī-ka- `teeming with maidens'.

174. bahu-vrīhi-ka- `extremely rich in rice'.

But bahú-ṣu mánaḥ a-syá = bahú-manas- `mindful of many'; since it does not qualify the posterior member.

$6.2.176 ná guṇá=āday-aḥ=ava-yav-āḥ

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 162 the final member 111, co-occurring after 1.1.67 the nominal stem 4.1.1 bahú-° `many' 175 and comprising the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with °-guṇá-, and denoting an integral part (of something else: ava-yav-ā-ḥ) does not (ná) [bear the udātta accent 64 on the final syllable 143].

bahú-guṇ-ā rájju-ḥ `rope consisting of many strands'; bahv-àkṣara-m padá-m (8.2.4) `a polysyllabic expression'; but bahu-guṇá- `possessing many qualities' (172).

$6.2.177 upa-sarg-āt sva=aṅgám dhruvá-m á-parśu

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 162 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111] denoting an unchanging (dhruvá-m = constant) limb of one's body (sv-ā-ṅgá-m), excluding [the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-párśu- `side' [co-occurring after 1.1.67] a preverb particle (upa-sarg-āt) [bears the udātta accent 64].

sa-ta-tá-ṁ yá-sya pra-ga-tám pr̥ṣṭhá-ṁ sá-h = pra-pr̥ṣṭhá-ḥ `having a protuberant back'; similarly pra+udará- = pr-o-dará- `big-bellied'. Exceptions: dars-anīya-lālaṭa- `possessing a fine forehead' (not preceded by a preverb); prá-śākha-ḥ vr̥kṣa-ḥ `a tree with high branches', since a branch is not covered by sv-ā-ṅgá; úd-bāhu- `whose hand is raised' since this is not a natural stable position.

$6.2.178 vána-ṁ sam-ās-é

In a compound (sam-ās-é) [the final syllable 143 of the posterior member 111] °-vána- `forest, wood' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb particle 177].

By using the expression [sam-ās-é] the governing role of Bahuvrīhí comes to an end, and we are now concerned with compounds in general. pra-vaṇá- = prá-kr̥ṣ-ṭa-m/pra-ga-tá-ṁ vā vána-m a-syá/prá-kr̥ṣ-ta-m/pra-ga-tá-ṁ vā vána-m realized either as a Bahuvrīhí or a Tatpuruṣá compound: `possessing an excellent forest/an excellent forest'. Similarly nir-vaṇá- (retroflexion by 8.4.5).

$6.2.179 antáḥ

[In a compound 178 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111 °-vána- `forest, wood' 178 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the particle] antár-° `within'.

antar-vaṇá- (8.4.5) `a region situated within a forest'.

$6.2.180 ánta-s=ca

[In a compound 178 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111] °-ánta- `end, edge' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb particle 177].

prá+ánta- = pr-ā-ntá- `edge, extremity'; pary-antá- `circumference'. Description

$6.2.181 ná ¹ní-²ví-bhyām

[In a compound 178 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111 °-ánta- `end, edge' 180] does not (ná) [bear the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverbs 177] ní-° or ví-°.

ní+ánta- = ny-ànta- (8.2.4) `proximity'; vy-ànta- `separated, remote'. Exception to 180 above.

$6.2.182 páre-r ¹abhito-bhāv-í-²maṇḍalá-m

[In a compound 178 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111] denoting something possessing two opposite sides (abhi-to-bhāv-í-°) and [the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-maṇḍalá- `circle' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb 177] pari-°.

pári+kūla- = pári-kūlá- `lying on both sides of the banks', so also pari-tīrá-; pari-maṇḍalá- = parí-tas=maṇḍalá-m `circumference'.

$6.2.183 pr-ā-t=á-sva=aṅga-ṁ saṁjñā-y-ām

[In a compound 178 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111] denoting an object excluding the limbs of one's body (á-sv-ā-ṅga-m) [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb 177] prá-° to derive a name (saṁjñā-y-ām).

prá+kóṣṭha- = pra-koṣṭhá-m `courtyard, quadrangle'; pra-gr̥há-m `front part of the house'; pra-dvārá-m `place before the door', but prá-hasta-m `open hand', prá-pada-m `division of a verse into four quarters without reference to the sense'. Exceptions to 2 above.

$6.2.184 nir-udaká=ādī-n-i ca

[In the class of compounds 178] beginning with nir-udaká- `arid or dry land, desert' [the final syllable 143 of the last member 111 bears the udātta accent 64].

nir-ulapá-/nir-upalá- `grassland, free from stones or rocks'; niṣ-kāla-ká-ḥ = niṣ-krān-ta-ḥ kāla-k-āt `one who has shaved his hair, an ascetic'. In the case of Bahuvrīhí and Prādi-Tatpuruṣas this rule is an exception to 1 and 2 above, but where an Avyayī-bhāvá is involved it is already covered by 1.223.

$6.2.185 abhé-r múkha-m

[In a compound 178 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111] °-múkha- `face' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb 177] = abhí-°.

abhí+múkha-m = abhi-mukhá-m `facing, confronting'; exception to 177.

$6.2.186 áp-āt=ca

[In a compound 178 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111 °-múkha- `face' 185 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb 177] ápa-° also (ca).

apa-mukhá-m `having the face averted'. The composition in 185-86 is either a Bahuvrīhí or a Prādi-Tatpuruṣá type and is an exception to both 1 and 2 above; when regarded as Avya-yī-bhāvá, 1.223 applies yielding the same result.

$6.2.187 ¹sphíga-²pū-ta-³vīṇā-⁴áñjas=⁵ádhvan=⁶kukṣí-⁷sīra-nāma-⁸nāma ca

[In a compound 178 the final syllable 143 of the last members 111] °-sphíga- `hip, buttock', °-pū-ta- `ibid', °-vīṇā- `Indian lute', °-áñjas- `unguent', °-ádhvan- `road', °-kukṣí- `stomach', a word signifying `plough' (sīra-nāma) and °-nām-an- `name [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb 177 ápa-° 186].

apa-sphigá- `with malformed buttocks'; apa-pūtá- `having badly formed hips'; apa-vīṇá- `without a Vīṇā'; ap-ā-ñjás- `without unguent'; ap-ā-dhván- `bad or wrong road'; apa-kukṣí- `malformed belly'; apa-sīrá-/apa-halá- `possessing a poor plough'; apa-nāmán- `bad name'. In the case of [°-ádhvan-] when 5.4.85 does not apply the present rule operates, while in the former case we have ápa+ádhvan+áC = ap-ādhv-á-. Description

$6.2.188 ádhe-r upari-sthá-m

[In a compound 178 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111] denoting something above (upari-sthá-m) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb 177] ádhi-° [bears the udātta accent 64].

ádhi+dánta- = adhi-dantá- = adhy-ā-rū-ḍhá-ḥ dándta-ḥ `redundant tooth'.

$6.2.189 ¹áno-r á-pra-dhā-na-²kán-īyas-ī

[In a compound 178 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111] which is subordinate (á-pra-dhā-na) and [nominal stem 4.1.1] °-kán-īyas- `younger' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb 177] ánu-°.

ánu-gata-ḥ jyéṣṭha-m = anu-jyeṣṭhá-ḥ `following the seniormost'; but anu-ga-tá-ḥ kánīyān = ánu-kanīyas- `younger following the senior', since the posterior member is not subordinate.

$6.2.190 púruṣas=ca anv=ā-diṣ-ṭa-ḥ

[In a compound 178 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111] °-púruṣa- `person' who has been mentioned previously (anv-ā-diṣ-ṭa-ḥ) [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb 177 ánu-° 189].

anv-ā-diṣ-ṭa-ḥ púruṣa-ḥ = anu-puruṣá-ḥ `afore-mentioned person'. But anu-ga-ta-ḥ púruṣa-ḥ = ánu-puruṣa-ḥ `follower'. Description

$6.2.191 áte-r á-¹kr̥t-²pad-é

[In a compound 178 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111] not [ending in 1.1.72] a kŕt [affix 3.1.1] (3.1.93ff.) and [the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-padá- `foot' [co-occurring after 1.1.68 the pre-verb 177] áti-° [bears the udātta accent 64].

1. aty-aṅkuśá-ḥnāga-ḥ `an elephant, beyond or past the elephant hook, uncontrollable'; ati-kaśá-ḥ aśva-ḥ `beyond the whip, unmanageable (of a horse); 2. ati-pad-ā śak-var-ī `(of a meter) too long by a foot'. But áti-kār-aka- NvuL `good k.'

$6.2.192 né-r á-ni-dhā-n-e

[In a compound 178 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb 177] ní-° to denote `not hiding' (á-ni-dh-ā-n-e).

ni-mūlá-m (3.4.34) `down to the roots'; ni-tr̥ṇá-m `down to the grass', but ní-hi-tā vāc = ní-vāc- `whisper' f.; `one who whispers' mfn.

$6.2.193 práte-r aṁśú=āday-as tatpuruṣ-é

In a Tatpuruṣá compound [the final syllable 143 of the last members 11 of the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with °-aṁśú- `ray' [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb 177] práti-°.

prati-ga-tá-ḥ aṁśú-ḥ = praty-aṁśú-ḥ (2.2.18) `refracted ray'; prati-janá- `foe, adversary'. But prati-ga-t-ā-ḥ aṁśav-aḥ a-syá = práty-aṁśu-ḥ `whose rays are refracted'.

$6.2.194 úp-āt ¹dvy-áC=²ajína-m á-gaura-āday-aḥ

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 193 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111] consisting of two syllables (dvy-áC-°) and the [nominal stem 4.1.1] °-ajína- `hairy skin of an antelope', excluding the word-class beginning with °-guará- [bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb] úpa-°.

upa-ga-tá-ḥ devá-m = upa-devá-ḥ `who has taken refuge in God' but úpa-gaura- = úpa-ga-ta-ḥ gaurá-m and upa-ga-tá-ḥ soma-ḥ a-syá = úpa-soma-ḥ. Description

$6.2.195 só-r ava-kṣép-a-ṇ-e

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 193 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb 177] sú-° to denote censure (ava-kṣép-aṇ-e).

su-sthaṇḍilá-m `beautiful place' (said with envy and censure) in the phrase: ihá khálu idānīm su-sthaṇḍil-é su-sphī-tā-bhyām su-praty-ava-si-t-á-ḥ ās-svá `here, in this beautiful place, returning from abroad, sit down with your fattened limbs now'.

$6.2.196 vibhāṣā=ut-pucch-é

[In a Tatpuruṣá compound 193] ut-pucchá- [the final syllable 143 of the last member 111] optionally (vibhāṣā) [bears the udātta accent 64].

ut-krān-tá-ḥ púcch-āt = ut-pucchá-ḥ/út-puccha-ḥ `gone beyond the tail', but úd-asta-m puccha-m a-syá = út-puccha-ḥ `who has raised the tail'.

$6.2.197 ¹dví-²trí-bhyām ¹pád-²dát=³mūrdhá-su bahuvrīh-aú

In a Bahuvrīhí compound [the final syllable 143 of the posterior members 111] °pád- `foot', °-dát- `tooth' and °-mūrdhán- `head' [optionally 196 bears the udātta accent 64].

dv-aú pād-aú a-syá = dvi-pād/dví-pād (5.4.140) `biped'; similarly tri-pād/trí-pād `three-footed, tripod'.

dvi-dát-/dví-dat- (5.4.141) `having two teeth or tusks'; tri-dát-/trí-dat- `possessing three teeth'.

dvi-mūrdhán-/dví-mūrdhan- `two-headed'; tri-mūrdhán-/trí-mūrdhan- `three-headed', but dvi+mūrdhan+ṢáC = dvi-murdh-á- (5.4.115, 6.4.144). This shows that samāsānta affixes are not obligatory in all cases.

$6.2.198 sakthá-ṁ ca=á-kra=ant-āt

[In a Bahuvrīhí compound 197 the final syllable 143 of the last member 111] °-sakthá- (5.4.113 = °-sakthi+ṢáC) [optionally 196 bears the udātta accent 64 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 a nominal stem 4.1.1] not [ending in 1.1.72 the syllable] °kra- (á-kra=ant-āt).

gaura-sakthá-/gaurá-saktha- `having white thighs', but cákra-saktha- `bow-legged'. Description

$6.2.199 pára=ādi-s=chándas-i bahulá-m

In the domain of Chándas the initial syllable of the final member (pár-ā-di-ḥ) [bears the udātta accent 64] variously (bahulá-m).

añji-sakthá-m ā=labh-e-ta `one should sacrifice an animal whose thighs are anointed'; r̥ju-bāhu- `straight-armed'; vāk-páti- `master of speech'; on the other hand: tri-cakrá- `three-wheeled'; marúd-vr̥d-dha- `rejoicing in the Maruts'; dívo-dāsa- `n.pr. of sage Bharadvāja'.

$6.3.1 á-luK=udttara-pad-é

(In the section beginning here and extending up to 24 below) luK (0̸¹) replacement [of sUP triplets 2.4.71 introduced after 3.1.2 the first member of a compound] does not (á-luK) take place (before 1.1.66) the final member (uttara-pad-é).

This is a governing rule [adhi-kārá]; the first word recurs in subsequent rules up to 24 below, while the second word [uttara-pad-é] recurs throughout this pādá.

$6.3.2 pañcamy-āḥ stoká=ādi-bhyaḥ

[Before 1.1.66 a final member of a compound, luK (0̸¹) does not replace 1] the fifth sUP triplet (pañcamy-àḥ) [introduced after 3.1.2 the first members denoted by the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with stoka-° `a little'.

stok-āt + muk-tá-ḥ = stokān-muk-tá-ḥ (2.1.39) `hardly liberated'; antik-ād-ā-ga-tá-ḥ `arrived from near'.

$6.3.3 ¹ójas=²sáhas=³ámbhas=⁴támas-as tr̥-tīya-y-āḥ

[Before 1.1.66 a final member of a compound, luK (0̸¹) does not replace 1] the third sUP triplet [introduced after 3.1.2 the first members] ój-as-° `strength', sáh-as-° `power', ámbh-as-° `water' and tám-as-° `darkness'.

ój-as-ā+kr̥-tá = ój-as-ā-kr̥-ta- (2.1.32) `done with strength; sáh-as-ā-kr̥-ta- `done forcibly'; ámbh-as-ā-kr̥-ta- `made or produced with water'; tám-as-ā-kr̥-ta- `done with or by darkness'. (accent by 2.2).

$6.3.4 mán-as-as=saṁjñā-y-ām

[Before 1.1.66 a final member of a compound 0̸¹ does not replace 1 the third sUP triplet 3 introduced after 3.1.2 the first member] mán-as-° `mind, thought' when deriving a proper name (saṁjñā-y-ām).

mán-as-ā-datt-ā/mán-as-ā-gup-t-ā `n.pr. of persons', but máno-dat-ta- `mentally given'.

$6.3.5 ā-jñā-y-ín-i ca

[Before 1.1.66 a final member of a compound 0̸¹ does not replace 1 the third sUP triplet 3 introduced after 3.1.2 the first member mán-as-° `mind, thought' 4] when that final member is ā-jñā-y-ín- `able to know, capable of knowing'.

mán-as-ā+ā-jnā-y-ín- = mán-as-ā-jnā-y-in- `who is able to know through the mind, mentally perceptive'.

$6.3.6 āt-mán-as=ca pūr-aṇ-e

[Before 1.1.66 a final member of a compound 1 consisting of] an ordinal (pūr-aṇ-e) [luK (0̸¹) does not replace 1 the third sUP triplet 3 introduced after 3.1.2 the first member] āt-mán- `self, soul'.

āt-mán-ā-pañca-ma-ḥ `fifth with oneself'.

$6.3.7 vai-y-ā-kar-aṇa=ā-khyā-y-ām caturthy-āḥ

[Before a final member of a compound 0̸¹ does not replace 1] the fourth sUP triplet (caturthy-āḥ) [introduced after 3.1.2 the first member āt-mán-° `self' 6] to denote a technical term in grammar (vai-y-ā-kar-aṇa=ā-khyā-y-ām).

āt-man-e-padá-m/āt-man-e-bhāṣā `the middle voice'.

$6.3.8 pára-sya ca

[Before a final member of a compound 0̸¹ does not replace 1 the fourth sUP triplet 7 introduced after 3.1.2 the first member] pára-° `another' also (ca) [to denote a technical term in grammar 7].

para-smai-padá-m/para-smai-bhāṣā `active voice'.

$6.3.9 ¹ha̱L=²aT=ant-āt saptamy-āḥ saṁjñā-y-ām

[Before a final member of a compound 0̸¹ does not replace 1] the seventh sUP triplet (saptamy-āḥ) [introduced after 3.1.2 a first member ending in 1.1.72] a consonant (ha̱L-°) or in short a(T) to derive a name (saṁjñā-y-ām).

1. ha̱L-anta: yudh-í-ṣṭhira-/gav-í-ṣṭhira- `names or persons'; tvac-í-sāra- `bamboo'.

2. aT=anta: áraṇy-e-tilaka- `wild sesamum'.

$6.3.10 kāra-nāmn-i ca prāc-āṁ há̱L=ād-au

[Before a final member of a compound 1] beginning with a consonant (há̱L-ād-au) [luK (0̸¹) does not replace 1 the seventh sUP triplet 8 introduced after 3.1.2 a first member denoting] a tax (kāra-nāmn-i) in the eastern region (prāc-ām).

kūp-e-śāṇa-ḥ `tax raised on wells'; dr̥-ṣád-i-māṣa-k-ā-ḥ `tax raised on millstones'; hal-é-dvi-pad-ik-ā `tax raised on ploughshares' etc.

$6.3.11 mádhy-ād gur-aú

[Before 1.1.66 a final member of a compound 1] °-gurú- `heavy' [luK (0̸¹) does not replace 1 the seventh sUP triplet 9 introduced after 3.1.2 the first member] mádhya-° `center, middle'.

mádhye-guru- `heavy in the middle or center'.

$6.3.12 á-¹mūrdhan=²mastak-āt sva=aṅg-āt á-kām-e

[Before 1.1.66 a member of a compound 1] excluding °-kāmá- `love', [luK (0̸¹) does not replace 1 the seventh sUP triplet 9 introduced after 3.1.2 a first member ending in 1.1.72 a consonant or short a(T) 9] denoting a limb of one's body (sv-ā-ṅg-āt) other than mūrdhán-° `head' and mástaka-° `head, skull'.

kaṇṭh-é kālá-ḥ a-syá = kaṇṭh-é-kāla-ḥ `black-throated, n.pr. of Śivá; úr-as-i lómān-i a-syá = úr-as-i-loman- `hairy-chested'; but múkh-e kāmá-ḥ a-syá = múkha-kāma-ḥ `face-loving'; angúl-au trā-ṇá-ḥ = aṅgúli-trā-ṇa-ḥ `thimble'; jáṅghā-y-ām váli-ḥ = jáṅghā-vali-ḥ `a fold in the thigh'; mūrdhán-i śíkhā a-syá = murdhá-śikha-ḥ/mástaka-śikha- `having a tuft on the head'.

$6.3.13 bandh-é ca vibhāṣā

[Before 1.1.66 a final member of a compound 1] °-bandhá- `arrangement, formation' [0̸¹ does not 1] optionally (vibhāṣā) [replace 1 the seventh sUP triplet 9 introduced after 3.1.2 a first member ending in 1.1.72 a consonant or short vowel a(T) 9].

hást-e-bandha-/hastá-bandha- `formation in the shape of a hand'; cakr-é-bandha-/cakrá-bandha- `bow-legged'; but gúp-t-au bandhá-ḥ = gúp-ti-bandha-ḥ `imprisonment, incarceration'.

$6.3.14 tatpuruṣ-é kŕt-i bahulá-m

In a Tatpuruṣá compound [before 1.1.66 a final member 1 ending in 1.1.72 an affix 3.1.1] denoted by the t.t. kŕt (3.1.93ff.) [luK (0̸¹) does not 1] variously (bahulá-m) [replace 1 the seventh sUP triplet 9 introduced after 3.1.2 the first member].

stamb-é rám-a-te = stamb-é+ram+áC (3.2.13) = stamb-e-ram-á-ḥ `delighting in a clump of tall grass'; similarly karṇ-e jáp-a-ti = kárn-e-jap+áC = karṇ-e-jap-á-ḥ `informer, tale-bearer', but kúru-ṣu cár-a-ti = kuru-car+Ṭa- (3.2.16) = kuru-car-á- `moving/grazing in the Kúru region'.

$6.3.15 ¹prā-vŕṣ=²śarád-³kālá-⁴dív-āṁ j-é

[Before the 1.1.66 the final member of a compound 1] °-já- `born' [luK (0̸¹) does not 1 replace 1 the seventh sUP triplet 9 introduced after 3.1.2 the first members] prā-vŕṣ-° `rainy season', śarád-° `autumn', kālá-° `time' and dív-° `day, heaven'.

pra-vŕṣ-i jā-tá-ḥ = prā-vr̥ṣ-i+jan+Ḍá (3.2.97) = prā-vr̥ṣ-i-já-ḥ `born in the rainy season'; similarly: śarad-i-já-/kāl-e-já-/div-i-já- `born in autumn/time or season/heaven'.

$6.3.16 vibháṣá ¹varṣá-²kṣará-³śará-⁴vár-āt

[Before 1.1.67 the final member of a compound 1 °-já- `born' 15, luK (0̸¹) 1] optionally (vibhāṣā) [does not replace 1 the seventh sUP triplet 9 introduced after 3.1.2 the first members] varṣá-° `rainy season', kṣará-° `cloud', śará-° `reed' and vára-° `enclosure'.

varṣ-e-já/varṣa-já- `born in the rainy season'; kṣar-e-já-/kṣara-já- `cloud-born'; śar-e-já-/śara-já- `born in a bed of reeds'; vare-já-/vara-já- `born in an enclosure'. All these are generated with affix Ḍa (3.2.97).

$6.3.17 ¹GHA-²kālá-³tane-ṣu kāla-nāmn-aḥ

[Before 1.1.66 the final member of a compound 1 ending in 1.1.72 the affixes 3.1.1] denoted by the t.t. GHA (1.1.22: °-taraP, °-tamaP), and [the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-kālá- `time' and [nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] °-tana- [luK (0̸¹) 1 optionally 16 does not replace 1 the seventh sUP triplet 9 introduced after 3.1.2 a first member ending in 1.1.72 a consonant or the short vowel a(T) 9] denoting a time-word (kāla-nāmn-aḥ).

1. pūrv-ā-hṇ-é-tare/pūrv-ā-hṇá-tare `a little later in the morning' (4.3.23); apar-ā-hṇé-tam-e/apar-ā-hṇá-tam-e `extremely late in the evening'.

2. pūrv-ā-hṇé-kāl-e/pūrv-ā-hṇá-kāl-e `in the forenoon period'.

3. pūrv-ā-hṇ-é-tan-e/pūrv-ā0̸hṇá-tan-e `matitudinal, belonging to the morning'. But rātri-tarā-y-ām `later in the night'.

$6.3.18 ¹śayá-²vāsá-³vāsí-ṣu=á-kāl-āt

[Before 1.1.66 the final members of a compound 1] °-śay-á- `lying down', °-vās-á- and °vās-ín- `inhabitant' [luK (0̸¹) 1 optionally 16 does not replace 1 the seventh sUP triplet 9 introduced after 3.1.2 a first member] when not denoting a time-word (á-kāl-āt).

kh-e śe-te = kh-e/kha+śī+áC (3.2.15) = kh-e-śay-á-/kha-śay-á- `reclining or floating in the air'; grām-e-vāsa-/grāma-vāsa- `residence in the village'; grām-e úś-i-tum śīla-m a-syá = grām-e/grāma+vas+Ṇíni̱ (3.2.78) vrata-m a-sya (3.2.80) = grām-e-vās-ín-/grāma-vās-ín- `habitually residing in the village/or as an act of vow'. But pūrv-ā-hṇa-śay-á- `sleeping in the morning or forenoon'; the constraint on the prior member ending in a consonant or short vowel /aT/ (9) holds here: bhūmi-śay-á- `lying on the bare ground'.

$6.3.19 ná=¹ín=²sid-dhá-³badh-nā-ti-ṣu

[Before 1.1.66 a final member 1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] °-ín- and [the nominal stems 4.1.1] °sid-dhá- and (derivatives of the verbal stem) bandh- `bind, tie, fix, fasten' (IX 37) [non-replacement by luK (= á-luK) 1 of the seventh sUP triplet 9 introduced after 3.1.2 the first member] does not (ná) take place.

sthaṇḍile śáy-ana-śīla-ḥ = sthandila+0̸¹+śī+Ṇíni̱ (3.2.78,80) = sthaṇḍila-śāy-ín- `who sleeps on the bare ground habitually or in observance of a vow'. sāṁkāśy-e sid-dhá-ḥ = sāṁkāś-ya-sid-dha-ḥ `made or prepared in S.'; cakr-é bad-dhá-ḥ = cakrá-bad-dha-ḥ `built in the form of a wheel (said of a stanza)'.

$6.3.20 sth-é ca bhāṣā-y-ām

[Before 1.1.66 the final member of a compound 1] °-sthá- `situated in' [non-replacement by luK 1 of the seventh sUP triplet 9 introduced after 3.1.2 the first member does not 19] also (ca) [take place 19] in the spoken language (bhāṣā-y-ām `current speech').

same-e tiṣṭh-a-ti = sama+0̸¹+sthā+Ká (3.2.77) = sama-sth-á-ḥ `being level'; vi-ṣam-e tiṣṭh-a-ti = viṣama-sth-á- `standing uneven'; parvata-sthá- `standing on the hill'. Exception to 14 above, but which explains hr̥d-i-sthá- `situated in the heart' by the expression [bahulá-m] there. In Chándas ā-kha-r-e-ṣṭh-á- `abiding in a hole'.

$6.3.21 ṣaṣṭhy-āḥ=ā-kroś-é

[Before 1.1.66 a final member of a compound luK (0̸¹) does not replace 1] the sixth sUP triplet (ṣaṣṭhy-āḥ) [introduced after 3.1.2 a first member] when denoting an insult (ā-kroś-é).

caurá-sya+kúla-m = caurasya-kulá-m `family of a thief', but brāhmaṇa-kulá-m `the family of a brahmin'.

$6.3.22 putr-é anya-tará-syām

[Before 1.1.66 the final member of a compound 1] -put-rá- `son' [luK does not replace 1 the sixth sUP triplet 21 introduced after 3.1.2 a first member] optionally (anya-tará-syām) [to denote an insult 21].

dāsy-āḥ-putrá-/dāsī-putrá- `son of a slave girl' but brāhmaṇī-put-rá- `son of a brahmin lady'.

$6.3.23 r̥T-o ¹vid-y-ā-²yoní-sam-bandhe-bhyaḥ

[Before 1.1.66 the final member of a compound luK (0̸¹) does not replace 1 the sixth sUP triplet 21 introduced after 3.1.2 the first member ending in 1.1.72] the short vowel r̥(T) and expressing kinship through the pursuit of knowledge or consanguinity (vid-y-ā-yoní-sam-bandhe-bhyaḥ).

hot-u-ḥ-putrá-/hot-u-r-ante-vās-ín `son/pupil of the Hotr̥-priest' but guru-putrá- `preceptor's son'.

$6.3.24 vibhāṣā ¹svásr̥=²páty-oḥ

[Before 1.1.66 the posterior members of a compound 1] `-svásr̥- `sister' and °-pá-ti- `husband, spouse' [non-replacement by luK (0̸¹) takes place] optionally (vibhāṣā) [of the sixth sUP triplet 21 introduced after 3.1.2 a prior member ending in 1.1.72 short vowel r̥(T) and expressing kinship through the pursuit of knowledge or consanguinity 23].

māt-ú-ḥ svásā = māt-u-ḥ-ṣvasā/māt-u-ḥ-svasā (8.3.85)/mātr̥-ṣvasā `maternal aunt'; duhit-ú-ḥ páti-ḥ = duhit-u-ḥ-páti-/duhitr̥-patí- `daughter's husband, son-in-law'.

$6.3.25 āna̱Ṅ r̥T-aḥ=dvaṁdv-é

In a Dvaṁdvá compound constituted by [nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the short vowel r̥(T) [expressing kinship through the pursuit of knowledge or consanguinity 23] the element āna̱Ṅ replaces [the stem-final 1.1.53 of the prior member before 1.1.66 the posterior member 1].

hó-tā ca pó-tā ca = hotr̥+potr̥+au = ho-t-ān-pot-ār-aú = ho-t-ā0̸-po-tār-aú (8.2.7;6.4.11); pitā-putr-aú (22) since [pudtrá-] recurs here from above. But pitā ca pitā-mahá-ś=ca = pitr̥-pitā-mahaú `father and grand-father'.

Since the substitute element is [ān] and not a member of the siglum [aṆ of 1.1.51] that rule does not operate here.

$6.3.26 deva-tā-dvaṁdv-é ca

In a Dvaṁdvá compound consisting of names of divinities (deva-tā-dvaṁdv-e) [the substitute element āna̱Ṅ 25 replaces the stem-final 1.1.53 of the prior member before 1.1.66 the posterior member 1] also (ca).

índra+váruṇa+au = índr-ān+váruṇa+au = índr-ā0̸-váruṇ-au (8.2.7) `Indra and Varuṇa'; similarly índrāsóm-au, índr-ā-bŕh-as-pá-t-ī. Description

$6.3.27 īT=agné-ḥ ¹sóma-²váruṇay-oḥ

[The substitute element long vowel] ī(T) [replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 of the prior member] agní-° `n. of a divinity' [before 1.1.66 the posterior members 1] °-sóma- and °-váruṇa-° `names of divinities' [in a deva-tā-dvaṁdvá compound 26].

agní+sóma+au = agn-ī-ṣóm-au; agn-ī-váruṇ-au.

$6.3.28 iT=vŕd-dh-au

[The substitute element short vowel] i(T) [replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 of the first member agní-° 27 before 1.1.66 a final member 1 of a deva-tā-dvaṁdvá compound 26] undergoing a vŕd-dhi (1.1.1) replacement.

agn-ī-váruṇ-au devá-t-e a-syāḥ = āgni-vāruṇ-ī `consecrated to the divinities Agni and Varuṇa' (4.2.24 áṆ+ṄīP 4.1.15). Similarly āgni-mārut-á-. Description

$6.3.29 dív-aḥ=dyāvā

The substitute morpheme dyāvā [replaces the whole of 1.1.55 the first member of a devatā-dvaṁdvá compound 26] dív-° `heaven' [before 1.1.66 a final member 1].

dív+kṣām-ā = dyāvā-kṣāmā/dyāvā-bhūm-ī `Heaven and Earth'.

$6.3.30 divása̱-s=ca pr̥thivy-ām

[In a devatā-dvaṁdvá compound 26, before 1.1.66 the final member 1] °-pr̥thivī the substitute morpheme divas-, in addition to (ca) [dyāvā 29 replaces the first member div-° 29].

dyaús=ca pr̥thivī ca = divás-pr̥thivī/dyāvā-pr̥thivī `Heaven and Earth'.

$6.3.31 uṣāsā=uṣás-aḥ

[In a Dvaṁdvá compound constituted by names of divinities 26] the substitute morpheme uṣāsā [replaces the first member] uṣás-° `dawn' [before 1.1.66 the final member 1].

uṣás+nákta+Ḍā (7.1.39) = uṣāsā-nákt-ā `dawn and night'. Similarly uṣāsā-sūrya-m `dawn and sun'.

$6.3.32 mātára-pitár-au udīc-ām

The expression mātára-pitár-au `mother and father' is introduced [as a Dvaṁdvá compound 25] according to Northern Grammarians.

The element [ara̱Ṅ] replaces the stem-final of the first member according to Northern Grammarians' cf. RV mātára-pitárā (5.6.7). According to other grammarians: mātā-pitár-au. Description

$6.3.33 pitárā-mātárā ca=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas the expression pitárā-mātárā is introduced [as a Dvaṁdvá compound 25].

The substitute element [arāṄ] replaces the stem-final of the prior member before the final member, while the sUP triplet introduced at the end of the compound is replaced by ā (7.3.39). Elsewhere mātā-pitár-au.

$6.3.34 striy-āḥ puṁ-vát=bhāṣ-i-tá-puṁsk-āt an-ūṄ sa-mā-ná=adhi-kar-aṇ-e striy-ām á-¹pūr-aṇī-²priyā=ādi-ṣu

A feminine-denoting [nominal stem 4.1.1] which has a masculine counterpart in the same sense (bhāṣ-i-tá-puṁsk-āt) is treated like a masculine (puṁ-vát), provided it does not [end in 1.1.72 the feminine affix 4.1.66] °-ūṄ and co-occurs [before 1.1.66 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] a feminine affix (striy-ām 4.1.3ff.) having the same frame of reference (sa-mā-ná=adhikar-aṇe), excluding ordinals (°-pūr-aṇ-ī-°) and the class of words beginning with °-priy-ā `dear'.

darś-anīy-ā bhār-yā a-syá = darś-anīya-bhār-ya- `whose wife is beautiful', but kháṭvā-bhār-ya- since the word kháṭvā has no masculine counterpart. Similarly droṇī-bhar-ya- (droṇī having no masculine counterpart in the sense of cattle fodder or a wooden trough or tub in which cattle are fed). But brahma-bandh-ū-bhār-ya- where the prior member ends in °-ūṄ, and similarly kalyāṇī pañca-mī yā-sāṁ t-ā-ḥ = kalyāṇī-pañcam-ā-ḥ rātray-aḥ `group of five nights (of which the fifth is auspicious)'; kalyāṇī priy-ā yá-sya = kalyāṇī-priy-a-ḥ; when the frame of reference is not the same: kalyāṇy-āḥ mātā = kalyāṇī-mā-tā.

$6.3.35 tasi̱L=ādi-ṣu ā kr̥tvásu̱C-aḥ

[A feminine-denoting nominal stem which has a masculine counterpart in the same sense is treated like a masculine, provided it does not end in 1.1.72 the feminine affix °-ūṄ 34 before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1] beginning with °-tasi̱L (5.3.7) and ending with °-kr̥tvásu̱C (5.4.17).

The affixes referred to are: tasi̱L (5.3.7-9), traL (10), dā (15), dānīm (18-19), rhiL (20), thāL (23), thámu̱ (24), thā (26), ástāti̱ (27), atásu̱C (28), āti (34), enaP (35), āC (36), āhi (37), ási̱ (39), tiL, tātiL (41), dhā (42), dhyamuÑ (44), dhamuÑ (45), pāśaP (47), aN (48), Ña (50), KaN (51), ākíni̱C (52), cáraṬ (53), rūpya (54), tamaP, iṣṭhaN (55), taraP, īyasu̱N (57), rūpaP (66), kalpaP, déśya, deśīyaR (67), jātīyaR (69), ká (70-96), akáC (71), kaN (75), ṭháC (78), ghaN, iláC (79), aḍáC, vuC (80), rá (88), ḌupáC (89), ṢṭaráC (90), ḌataráC (92), ḌatamáC (93), ḍhaÑ (101), ḍha (102), yàT (103), cha (105), áṆ (107), ṭháK (108), īkáK (110), Ñya (112), ÑyaṬ (114), ṬéṇyaṆ (115), áṆ, aÑ (117), yaÑ (118), vuN (5.4.1), kha (7), āmu̱ (11), ámu̱ (12), kr̥tvásu̱C (17). Of these affixes the following are principally involved: traL, tasi̱L, taraP, tamaP, cáraṬ, jātīyaR, kalpaP, déśya-, deśīyaR, rūpaP, pāśaP, ṭháK, thāL, dā, rhiL, tiL, tātiL.

tá-syāḥ = tá-tas; tá-syām = tá-tra respectively denoting `thence' and `in that there' etc.

$6.3.36 ¹KyáṄ=²mān-ín-os=ca

[A feminine-denoting nominal stem which has a masculine counterpart in the same sense is treated like a masculine, provided it is not ending in 1.1.72 the feminine affix ūṄ 34 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] °-KyáṄ [and final member 1] °-mān-ín- `believing, being of opinion'.

1. éṇī+KyáṄ+ŚaP+te = éta+KyáṄ+ŚaP+te = etā-yá-te `acts like a hind' (3.1.11); similarly śyenī iva ā-car-a-ti = śyená+KyáṄ+ŚaP+te = śyenā-yá-te `behaves like a she-hawk'.

2. darś-anīy-ā-m imām mán-ya-te ayám = darśanīya+man+Ṇíni̱ (3.2.82) = darś-anīya-mān-ín- `who deems her as beautiful or worth seeing'.

$6.3.37 ná ká̱=upa-dhā-y-āḥ

[A feminine-denoting nominal stem 34] containing the phoneme /k/ as penultimate is not (ná) [treated like the corresponding masculine 34 before 1.1.66 a posterior member 1].

pāc-ik-ā bhār-yā a-syá = pāc-ik-ā-bhār-ya- `whose wife is a cook'; pāc-ik-ā-kalp-ā `not quite a cook'; pāc-ik-ā+KyáṄ+ŚaP+te = pācikā-yá+a+te = pāc-ik-ā-yá-te (1.97) `acts like a cook', pāc-ik-ā-mān-ín-ī (36). Description

$6.3.38 ¹saṁjñā-²pūraṇy-os=ca

[A feminine-denoting nominal stem 34] signifying either a name (saṁjñā-°) or an ordinal (°-pūr-aṇy-oḥ) is also (ca) [not treated 37 like the corresponding masculine 34 before 1.1.66 a final member 1].

1. dat-tā bhār-yā a-syá = dat-tā-bhār-ya-ḥ `whose wife is Dattā'.

2. pañca-m-ī bhār-yā a-syá = pañcamī-bhār-ya- `having a fifth wife'.

$6.3.39 vr̥d-dhi-ni-mit-tá-sya ca taddhitá-sya á-rak-ta-vi-kār-e

[A feminine-denoting nominal stem 34 ending in 1.1.72] a taddhitá (4.1.76ff.) [affix 3.1.1] which operates a vŕddhi replacement (of the initial syllable of that stem 7.2.117-18), excluding those signifying color (°-rak-tá-° 4.2.1) or transformation (°-vi-kār-é 4.3.134) [is not 37 treated like the corresponding masculine 34 before 1.1.66 the final member 1].

mathurā-y-ām bháv-ā = mathurā+áṆ (4.3.53)+ṄīP (4.1.5) = māthur-ī bhār-yā a-syá = māthurī-bhār-ya-ḥ `whose wife is a resident of Mathurā'; but kaṣāy-eṇa rak-t-ā = kāṣāy-ī bŕhat-ik-ā a-syá = kāṣāy-á-br̥hat-ik-ā `whose mantle is colored or dyed red'; so also lohá-sya vi-kār-á-ḥ = loha+áṆ (4.2.134)+ṄīP (4.1.15) = lauh-ī īṣā a-syá = lauh-á+īṣa- = lauh-é-ṣa- `(a cart) having a metal pole'.

$6.3.40 sva=aṅg-āt=ca īT-aḥ=á-mān-in-i

[A feminine-denoting nominal stem 34] signifying a part of one's body (sv-ā-ṅg-āt) [ending in 1.1.72] the long vowel ī(T) [having a masculine counterpart in the same sense 34 is not 37 treated like a masculine 34 before 1.1.66 a final member 1] excluding °-mān-ín- `being of opinion, believing'.

dīrghá-keśī bhār-yā a-syá = dīrghá-keśī-bhār-ya-ḥ `whose wife has long hair', but paṭv-ī bhār-yā a-syá = paṭú-bhār-ya-ḥ `whose wife is clever'; so also dīrghá-keś-ī-m iyám ayám mán-ya-te = dīrgha-keśa-mān-ín- `who deems her as having long hair'.

$6.3.41 jāte-s=ca

[A feminine-denoting nominal stem 34 having a masculine counterpart in the same sense 34] signifying genus (jāte-ḥ) also (ca) [is not 37 treated as a masculine 34 before 1.1.66 a final member 1, excluding °-mān-ín- `being of opinion, believing' 40].

kaṭh-ī bhār-yā a-syá = kaṭh-ī-bhār-ya-ḥ `whose wife belongs to the K. recension of YV', but kaṭh-ī-m ātmān-am mán-ya-te = kaṭha-mān-ín-ī `who considers herself as a student of K. recension'.

$6.3.42 puṁ-vát ¹karma-dhārayá-²jātīya-³deśīye-ṣu

[A feminine-denoting nominal stem having a masculine counterpart in the same sense 34] is treated like a masculine (puṁ-vát) in a Karmadhārayá compound or [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1] °-jātīya(R) and °-deśīya(R).

This is an exception to the preceding five rules 37-41.

1. exception to 37: pāc-ik-ā vŕndār-ik-ā = pāc-aka-vr̥ndār-ik-ā `an excellent cook'; similarly pāc-aka-jātīya-/°-deśīya-.

2. exception to 38: dat-tā vŕndār-ik-ā = dat-ta-vr̥ndār-ik-ā `excellent Dattā'; so also dat-ta-jātīya-/°-deśīya-. pañcama-vr̥ndār-ikā/°jātīyā/°-desīyā.

3. exception to 39: sraughna-jātīyā/deśīyā.

4. exception to 40: dīrgha-keśa-vr̥ndār-ikā/°jātīya/°desīyā.

5. exception to 41: kaṭha-vr̥ndār-ikā/°jātīyā/°deśīyā.

$6.3.43 ¹GHA-²rūpa-³kalpa-⁴célaṬ-⁵brúva-⁶gotrá-⁷matá-⁸haté-ṣu Ṅyaḥ=án-eka=aC-aḥ hrasvá-ḥ

A short (hrasva-ḥ vowel 1.2.28) replaces [the feminine 4.1.3 affix 3.1.1] Ṅī occurring at the [end of 1.1.52] of a polysyllabic (án-eka-aC-aḥ) stem [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1] denoted by the t.t. GHA (1.1.22: taraP, tamaP), and rūpaP (5.3.66), kalpaP (5.3.67), and [the final members 1] °-célaṬ (2.126), °-brúva- `calling one's self by a name without a title to it', °-gotrá- `lineage', °ma-tá- `considered' and °-ha-tá- `destroyed, struck down'.

brāhmaṇí-tarā/°tamā=brāhmaṇī+taraP/tamaP; on the same basis: brāhmaṇí-rūpā/°kalpā; brāhmaṇi-cel-ī/°bruv-ā/°go-trā, °ma-tā/°ha-tā. Description

$6.3.44 nady-āḥ śéṣa-sya=anya-tará-syām

[A short vowel 43] optionally (anya-tará-syām) [replaces the stemfinal 1.1.52 of] a feminine stem (nady-āḥ) not ending in Ṅī or a monosyllabic feminine ending in °-ī (śéṣa-sya: 1.4.3-4) [before 1.1.66 the affixes denoted by 1. the t.t. GHA, rūpaP, kalpaP, and final members 1 °-célaṬ, °-brúva-, °-gotrá-, °-ma-tá- and °-ha-tá- 43].

brahma-bandhū+taraP/tamaP = brahmabandhú+tarap/tamaP etc. Similarly: brahma-bandhū/°bandhu- + cel-ī/°-bruvā/°gotrā/°-ma-tā, °-ha-tā. Likewise: strī/strí+taraP/tamaP/rūpaP/kalpaP+ṬāP; strī/stri+celī/bruvā/gotrā/ma-tā/ha-tā.

$6.3.45 uK=IT-as=ca

[A short vowel 43 optionally 44 replaces the stem-final of a feminine stem derived with an affix 3.1.1 with a marker containing vowels] denoted by the siglum uK (=u, r̥, l̥) as IT [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 denoted by the t.t. GHA and rūpaP, kalpaP and final members 1 °-célaṬ, °-brúva-, °-gotrá-, °-ma-tá- and °-hatá 43].

śra+īyasUN+ṄīP+taraP+ṬāP = śre-yas-ī/śré-yas-i+tarā/tamā/°rūpā/°kalpā; śre-yas-ī/śre-yas-i+celī/°bruvā/°gotrā/°ma-tā/°ha-tā.

$6.3.46 āT=mahát-aḥ ¹sa-mā-ná=adhi-kar-aṇa-²jatīyay-oḥ

The substitute long vowel āT replaces [the final phoneme 1.1.52] of [the nominal stem 4.1.1] mahát-° `great' [before 1.1.66 a posterior member 1] having the same frame of reference (sa-mā-na=adhi-kar-aṇa-°) and [the affix 3.1.1] °-jātīyaR (5.3.69).

mahān devá-ḥ = mahát+0̸¹+devá+sU = maha-ā-devá-ḥ = mahā-devá-ḥ `the Great God Śiva'; so also mahā-brāhmaṇá- `great brahmin'; mahā-bala- `possessed of great strength'; mahā-jātīya- `moderately large'; mahā-bhāratá- `the great epic dealing with the deeds of Bharata's descendants'. But mahát-aḥ pu-trá-ḥ = mahat-putrá-ḥ `son of a great person' (absence of same frame of reference).

$6.3.47 dvy-àṣṭan-aḥ saṁkhyā-y-ām á-¹bahuvrīhi=²aśīty-oḥ

[The substitute long vowel ā(T) 46 replaces the final phoneme 1.1.52] of dví-° `two' and aṣṭán-° `eight' [before 1.1.66 a final member 1] consisting of a numeral (saṁ-khyā-y-ām), excluding a Bahuvrīhí compound or [before 1.1.66] °-aśītí- `eighty'.

dv-aú ca dáśa ca = dví+dáśa = dvā-daśa `12' (accent by 2.35). Similarly aṣṭā-daśa `eighteen'.

Exceptions: (a) bahuvrīhi compound: dv-aú va tráy-aḥ vā a-smín = dvi-tr-ā-ḥ (5.4.73) `consisting of two or three'; (b) °aśītí-: dví+aśtí- = dvy-àśīti- `82'.

$6.3.48 tré-s tráyaḥ

The substitute morpheme tráyas- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 of the numeral 47] trí-° `three' [before 1.1.66 a final member 1 consisting of number words excluding a Bahuvrīhí compound or °aśītí- `eighty' 47].

trí+dáśan = tráyas+dáśan+sU = tráyo-daśa0̸ (1.68; 8.2.7) thirteen'; tráyo-viṁśat `33', but tráyo vā dáśa vā a-smín = tri-daś-ā-ḥ (5.4.73) consisting of three or ten'; try-àsīti- `83'. Description

$6.3.49 vibhāṣā catvāriṁśát-pra-bhr̥-t-au sarvé-ṣām

[Before 1.1.66 numerals 47] beginning with °-catvāriṁśát- `40' [other than in a Bahuvrīhí compound or °-aśītí- `80' 47] operations introduced for all (sarvé-ṣāṁ dví-°, aṣṭán- 47 and trí-° 48) take place optionally (vibhāṣā).

dví-°/dvā+catvāriṁśat- `42'; trí-°/tráyas-°+catvāriṁśat- `43'; aṣṭá-°/aṣṭā-°+pañcāśat- `85'.

$6.3.50 hŕdaya-sya hŕd=¹lekhá-²yàT=³áṆ-⁴lāsé-ṣu

The substitute morpheme hŕd- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 ] hŕdaya- `heart' [before 1.1.66 a final member 1] consisting of °-lekhá- `line, scratch, furrow', and [affixes 3.1.1] °-yàT- and °-áṆ- and the expression °-lās-á- `jumping, palpitating'.

hŕdayam likh-á-ti = hŕd+likh+áṆ (3.2.1) = hr̥l-lekh-á-ḥ (8.4.60) `anxiety'; hŕdaya-sya priy-á-ḥ = hŕd-ya-ḥ (4.4.95) `dear to the heart'; hŕd+áṆ = hārd-á- (4.3.120) `relating to the heart'; hŕdaya-sya lās-á-ḥ = hr̥l-lāsá- `palpitation'. Description

$6.3.51 vā ¹śoká-²ṢyaÑ-³róge-ṣu

[The substitute morpheme hŕd- 50] optionally (vā) replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 hŕdaya- `heart' 50 before 1.1.66 the final members 1] °-śoká- `sorrow', [the affix 3.1.1] ṢyaÑ (5.1.123) and °-róga- `disease'.

hŕdaya-sya śoká-ḥ = hŕt+śoká-ḥ = hr̥c-choká-ḥ (8.4.40,63) hr̥daya-śokáḥ `heart-ache'; sú-hr̥daya+ṢyaÑ = saú-hr̥day0̸-ya-/saú-hārd-ya- (7.3.19) `amity, friendship'; hŕdaya-sya róga-ḥ = hr̥daya-rogá-ḥ/hr̥d-rogá-ḥ `heart disease'.

$6.3.52 pādá-sya padá=¹ājí=²ātí=³gá-⁴úpa-ha-te-ṣu

The substitute morpheme padá- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55] pādá- `foot [before 1.1.66 final members 1] °-ājí- `who goes', °-ātí `who goes', °-gá- `ibid.' and °-úpa-ha-ta- `struck by'.

pādā-bhyām áj-a-ti/át-a-ti/gácch-a-ti = padá+aj/at+iṆ uṆ-ādi pad-āj-í-/pad-āt-í-, padá+gam+Ḍa (3.2.48 vārt.) = pada-gá- `foot-soldier, infantryman'. Similarly pād-éna úpa-ha-ta-ḥ = pad-ó-pa-ha-ta-ḥ `kicked by the foot' (accent by 2.2 and 1.161).

$6.3.53 pád yàT-i=á-tad-arth-e

The substitute morpheme pád- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55] pādá- `foot' 52 [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] yàT (4.4.83) except when denoting the sense of `suitable for it' (á-tad-arth-e).

pād-aú vídh-ya-ti = pādá+yàT = pád+yàT = pád-ya- `piercing the foot', but pād-ārthá-m udaká-m = pādá+yaT = pād0̸-ya-m (5.4.25) `meant for the foot'.

$6.3.54 ¹himá-²kāṣí-³há-ti-ṣu ca

[The substitute morpheme pád- 53 replaces the whole of 1.1.55 pādá- `foot' 52 before 1.1.66 the final members 1] °-himá- `snow', °-kāṣ-ín- `rubbing' and °-há-ti- `stroke' also (ca).

pādá-sya himá-m = pád+himá-m = pad-dhimá-m (8.4.68) `chill or coldness in the foot'; pād-aú káṣ-i-tum śīla-m a-syá = pád+kaṣ+Ṇíni̱ (3.2.78) = pat-kāṣ-ín- `pedestrian'; pādā-bhyāṁ han-yá-te = pādā-bhyām+han+KtiN : há-ti-ḥ = pád+há-ti = pád-dha-ti-ḥ (2.2) `foot-path, trail'.

$6.3.55 ŕc-aḥ ś-é

[The substitute morpheme pád- 53 replaces the whole of 1.1.55 pādá- `foot' 52 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] °-śás- (5.4.43) to denote a quarter of an ŕc- (RV verse).

pādá+śas = pád+śás = pac-cháḥ (8.4.40,55,63) gāyatrī-m śáṁs-a-ti `praises the Gāyatrī verse quarter by quarter' but pāda-śáḥ kārṣāpaṇa-m dá-dā-ti `donates a kārṣāpaṇa quarter by quarter'.

$6.3.56 vā ¹ghóṣa-²miśrá-³śábde-ṣu

[The substitute morpheme pád- 53] optionally (vā) [replaces the whole of 1.1.55 pādá- `foot' 52 before 1.1.66 the final members 1] °-ghós-a- `sound, noise', °-miśr-á- `mixed' and °-śábd-a- `sound'.

pādá-sya ghóṣ-a-ḥ/śábd-a-ḥ = pāda-ghoṣ-áḥ/°-śabd-á-ḥ or pad-ghoṣ-á-ḥ/pac-chabd-á-ḥ (8.4.40,55,63) `sound of foot-steps'; pād-éna miśr-á-ḥ = pādá-miśr-a-ḥ/pán-miśr-a-ḥ (2.1.31; 8.4.45) `mixed with quarter(s)'.

$6.3.57 udaká-sya udá-ḥ saṁjñā-y-ām

The substitute morpheme udá- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55] udaká- `water' [before 1.1.66 a final member 1] when deriving a name (saṁjñā-y-ām).

udaká-sya meghá-ḥ = uda-meghá-ḥ tá-sya ápatya-m = aúda-megh-i- (4.1.95) `father of Aúdameghi'; udaká-ṁ váh-a-ti = udá+vah+áṆ (3.2.1) = uda-vāh-á-ḥ tá-sya ápatya-m = aúda-vāh-i-ḥ `father of Aúdavāhi'. In both cases the basic form is inferred from the names of sons. When not signifying names: udaka-meghá- `rain-cloud' and udaka-vāh-á- `water-carrier'. Description

$6.3.58 ¹péṣam-²vās-á-³vāh-ana-⁴dhí-ṣu

[The substitute phoneme udá- replaces the whole of 1.1.55 udaká- `water' 57 before 1.1.66 final members 1] °-péṣam `grinding in', °-vās-á- `living in', °-vāh-ana- `carrier' and °-dhí- `receptacle'.

udak-éna pi-ná-ṣ-ṭi = udá+piṣ+Ṇamu̱L (3.4.38) = uda-péṣ-am pi-ná-ṣ-ṭi `grinds with water'; udaká-sya vās-á-ḥ = uda-vās-á-ḥ `living in water, aquatic'; similarly uda-vāh-aná- `water-carrier'; udaká-ṁ dhīyá-te a-smín = uda+dhā+Kí = uda-dh-í-ḥ (3.3.93) `sea, ocean'. Description

$6.3.59 eka-há̱L=ād-au pūr-ay-i-távye=anya-tará-syām

[The substitute morpheme udá- replaces the whole of 1.1.55 udaká- `water' 37] optionally (anya-tará-syām) [before 1.1.66 a final member 1] beginning with a single consonant (eka-há̱L-ād-au) denoting (something) to be filled up (pūr-ay-i-távy-e).

udaká-sya kumbhá-ḥ = uda-kumbhá-ḥ `water-jug or jar'; but udaka-sthalá-m `water cauldron' (beginning with a conjunct consonant) and udaka-parvatá-ḥ (which is not something to be filled up). Option provides for alternate forms such as udaka-kumbhá-ḥ without the substitute phoneme replacing the prior member.

$6.3.60 ¹manthá=²odaná-³sáktu-⁴bindú-⁵vájra-⁶bhārá-⁷hār-á-⁸vīvadhá-⁹gāhé-ṣu ca

[The substitute morpheme udá 57 optionally 59 replaces the whole of 1.1.55 udaká- `water' 57] also (ca) [before 1.1.66 the final members 1] °-manthá- `mixed beverage', °-odaná- `rice', °-śaktu- `barley meal', °-bindú- `drop', °vájra- `water-jar', °-bhār-á-, °-hār-á- `carrier', °-vīvadhá- `carrying pole or yoke' and °-gāh-á- `plunger'.

udak-éna manthá-ḥ = udá-mantha-ḥ `beverage mixed with water'; similarly ud-aú-dana- `rice boiled with water'; both alternating with udaká-mantha-ḥ and udak-aú-dana-ḥ. Likewise udaká-sya bindú-ḥ = udaka-bindú-ḥ/uda-bindú-ḥ `drop of water'; similarly udaka-vajrá-/uda-vajrá- `water jet'; udaka-bhārá-/°-hār-á, uda-bhār-á-/°-hār-á `water carrier'; udaka-vīvadhá/uda-vīvadhá- `yoke or pole for transporting water'; udakám gāh-a-te = udaká-/udá+gāh+áṆ (3.2.1) = udaka-gāh-á-ḥ/uda-gāh-á-ḥ `plunger, diver'.

$6.3.61 iK-aḥ=hrasvá-ḥ=á-Ṅy-aḥ gālava-sya

A short (hrasvá-ḥ vowel 1.2.28) replaces [the stem-final 1.1.72] vowel denoted by the siglum iK (i, u, r̥, l̥) (of a first member) not [terminating in 1.1.72] the feminine affix Ṅī (= ṄīP, ṄīṢ, ṄīN) [before 1.1.66 a final member 1] according to the grammarian Gālava.

grāma-ṁ náy-a-ti = grāma+0̸¹+nī+Kvi̱P = grāma-ṇī-ḥ, tá-sya put-rá-ḥ = grāma-ṇī-/grāma-ṇi-°putrá-ḥ `son of a village headman'; brahma-bandhū-putrá/brahma-bandhu-putrá- `son of a nominal brahmin' but gārg-ya+ṄīP = gārg-0̸0̸+ī (4.148,150) = gārg-ī, tá-syāḥ putrá-ḥ = gārgī-putrá-ḥ `son of Gārgī'.

$6.3.62 éka taddhit-é ca

[Before 1.1.66 a final member 1] or (ca) a taddhitá [affix 3.1.1] (4.1.76ff.) [a short vowel replaces the stem-final 1.1.72 vowel 61] of éka-° `one' (in the feminine with ṬāP 4.1.4).

éka-syāḥ ā-ga-tá-m ékā+rūpya-m = eka-rūpya-m (4.3.81) `descended from the same woman'; eka-máya-m (4.3.82) `consisting of one (f.)'; eka-tvá-m/eká-tā (5.1.19) `one-ness'; eka-kṣīrá-m = éka-syāḥ kṣīrá-m `milk of one and the same cow' = eka-dug-dhá-m. Description

$6.3.63 ¹Ṅī=²āP-oḥ ¹saṁjñā-²chándas-oḥ=bahulá-m

[A short vowel 61] variously (bahulá-m) replaces [the stem-final 1.1.52 of the feminine affixes 4.1.3] Ṅī and āP [before 1.1.66 a posterior member 1] in the domain of names or of Chándas.

1. domain of names: reváty-āḥ putrá-ḥ = revati-putrá-ḥ n.pr. (son of Revátī), but nāndī-ṁ kár-o-ti = nāndī+kr̥+Ṭá (3.2.21) = nāndī-kar-á-ḥ `speaker of the prologue (in a stage play)'; śilāy-āḥ váh-a-ḥ = śilā-vah-á-ḥ n.pr., but lómakāy-āḥ gr̥h-á-m = lomaka-gr̥h-á-m (2.2.8) n.pr.

2. domain of Chandas: kumārī-ṁ dá-dā-ti = kumāri-dā- `bestower of a daughter'; urvi-dā `bestower of the earth' but phālgunī-paurṇamāsī = phālgunī ca asaú paurṇamāsī ca `full-moon night in the month of Phālguna'. ajā-y-āḥ kṣīrá-m = aja-kṣīrá-m `goat's milk' but ūrṇā-y-āḥ sūtra-m = ūrṇā-sūtrá-m `woolen fiber'.

$6.3.64 tv-é ca

[A short vowel 61 variously 63 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 feminine affixes Ṅī and āP 63 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] tvá (5.1.119) also (ca) [in the Chándas 63].

ajā-y-āḥ bhāv-á-ḥ = aja-tvá-m/ajā-tvá-m `condition of being a she-goat', but rohiṇī-tvám `the state of being Róhiṇī'. Since there is no possibility of deriving a name with this affix, examples occur only in the domain of Chandas.

$6.3.65 ¹íṣṭa-kā=²iṣī-kā-³mālā-n-āṁ ¹citá-²tūla-³bhār-í-ṣu

[A short vowel 61 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 feminine affix āP 63 of the first members] íṣṭa-kā-° `brick', iṣī-kā-° `a kind of reed' and mālā-° `garland' [respectively 1.3.10, before 1.1.66 the posterior members 1] °-ci-tá- `piled', °-tūla- `clump', and °-bhār-ín- `bearer'.

íṣṭa-kā-bhis=ci-tá-ḥ = íṣṭa-ka-ci-ta-ḥ (2.1.32) `piled with bricks'. iṣī-kā-y-ās tūla-m = iṣī-ka-tūlá-m `clump of reeds'; mālā-m bhár-tum śīla-m a-syāḥ mālā+bhr̥+Níni̱ (3.2.78)+ṄīP (4.1.5) = māla-bhār-íṇ-ī kan-yā `maiden habitually wearing a garland'.

$6.3.66 KH-IT-i=án-a-vy-aya-sya

[A short vowel 61 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 of a first member] excluding indeclinables (án-a-vy-aya-sya) [before 1.1.66 posterior members 1 ending in 1.1.72 the affixes 3.1.1] with marker KH as IT.

The affixes with KH as IT are: KHáC (3.2.38), KHamu̱Ñ (3.4.25), KHaL (3.3.126), KHጠ(3.2.28), KHiṣṇúC (3.2.57), KHukaÑ (3.2.57) and KHyuN (3.2.56).

kālī-m ātmāna-am mán-ya-te = kālī+0̸¹+man+KHጠ(3.2.83) = kālī+mu̱M+man+ጠ(67) = kālī-m+man+ŚyaN+á (3.1.69)+ṬāP = kāli-ṁ-man-y-ā `who considers herself as dark'; the intervention of [mu̱M] does not block this operation according to Kāśikā, while Bhaṭṭoji suggests that replacement precedes the augmentation. In the case of indeclinables: doṣā-man-yá-m áhaḥ `day passing for night'; divā-man-y-ā rātri-ḥ `night passing for day'.

$6.3.67 ¹árus=²dviṣát=³áC=anta=sya mu̱M

[The infixed increment] mu̱M is inserted [after the last vowel 1.1.47 of the nominal stems 4.1.1] árus- `wound', dviṣ-át- `hostile, foe, enemy' and those [ending in 1.1.72] in a vowel (áC=anta-sya) [excluding indeclinables 66, before 1.1.66 an affix with marker KH as IT 66].

áruḥ tud-á-ti = arus+tud+Khጠ(3.2.35) = aru-m-s+tud+Śá+á = arum0̸-tud-á-ḥ (8.2.23) `painful, hurting the wound'; dviṣ-ánt-am tāp-áy-a-ti = dviṣ-át+tāp-i+KHáC (3.2.39) = dviś-a-mu̱M-t+tap-á- = dvis-a-n-0̸-tap-á- (4.94; 8.4.65) `chastising the enemy'; kāli-m-man-y-ā (66). Description

$6.3.68 iC-aḥ=éka=aC-aḥ=am-pratyaya-vát=ca

[Before 1.1.66 a posterior member 1 ending in 1.1.72 an affix 3.1.1 with marker KH as IT 66] the increment [am] is inserted [after 1.1.67] a monosyllabic prior member (éka=aC-aḥ) [ending in 1.1.72] a vowel phoneme denoted by the siglum iC (= all vowels excluding phoneme class a), and this increment functions like the [affix 3.1.1] [am] (of sUP).

gā-m ātmān-am mán-ya-te = go+0̸¹+man+KHጠ(3.2.83) = go+am+man+ŚyaN+aŚ = gā-m+man-y-á-ḥ `thinking oneself a cow'; similarly striy-am-man-y-á- `thinking oneself a woman' (4.8), but with a polysyllabic stem: lékhā iva bhrū-r a-syāḥ = lékhā-bhrū-ḥ `whose eyebrow is like a line' yields: lekhā-bhru-m-man-y-á- (66). Description

$6.3.69 ¹vāca-ṁ-yam-á-²pura-ṁ-dar-aú

The expressions vāca-ṁ-yam-á- and pura-ṁ-dar-á- are introduced [with increment /am/ which functions like the affix /am/ 68].

vāc-am yácch-a-ti = vāc+0̸¹+yam+KHáC (3.2.40) = vāc-aṁ+yam-á- `who restrains his speech as an act of religious observance'; púr-am dār-áy-a-ti = pur+am+dr̥+ṆíC+KHáC (3.2.41) = pur-aṁ-dr̥+0̸+á (4.51) = pur-aṁ-dar-á- `destroyer of city forts, n.pr. of Indra'.

$6.3.70 kār-é ¹sat-yá=²agadásya

[Before the final member 1] °-kār-á- `agent, doer' [the infixed increment mu̱M 67 is inserted after the last vowel 1.1.47 of the first members] sat-yá-° `truth' and agadá-° `drug, medicine'.

The expression [kār-á-] is derivable either by itself with affix GHaÑ or as a posterior member of a kr̥t compound (3.2.1): satyám kar-ó-ti = satya+mu̱M+kr̥+áṆ (3.2.1) = satya-ṁ-kār-á-ḥ/satyásya kār-á-ḥ `ratification'; similarly a-gada-ṁ-kār-á-ḥ `physician'. Description

$6.3.71 ¹śyená-²tilá-sya pāt-é Ñ-e

[Before 1.1.66 the taddhita 4.1.76ff. affix 3.1.1] °Ña- (4.2.58) [introduced after 3.1.2 the final member 1] °-pāt-á- [the infixed increment mu̱M 67 is inserted after the last vowel 1.1.47 of the first members] śyená-° `falcon' and tilá-° `sesamum'.

śyená-sya pāt-áḥ a-syām krīḍā-y-ām = śyena-pāt-a+Ña+ṬāP (4.1.4) śyaína+mu̱M+pāt0̸-a+ṬāP = śyaína-m-pāt-ā mr̥ga-y-ā `hunting with a falcon, falconry'. Similarly taíla-m-pāt-ā `a game in which sesamum seeds are thrown'.

$6.3.72 rātre-ḥ kŕt-i vibhāṣā

[Before 1.1.66 a final member 1 ending in 1.1.72] a kŕt (3.1.93) [affix 3.1.1, the infixed increment mu̱M 67] is optionally (vibhāṣā) [inserted after the last vowel 1.1.47 of the first member] rātri-° `night'.

rātr-au cár-a-ti = rātri+cár+Ṭá (3.2.16) = rātri+mu̱M+car-á- = rātri-ṁ-car-á-/rātri-car-á- `nocturnal wanderer', but rātri-m-many-á- (KHaŚ 3.2.53) [66].

$6.3.73 na̱-lop-áḥ náÑ-aḥ

[Before 1.1.66 a final member 1] lopa (0̸) replaces the phoneme /n/ of the privative particle náÑ.

náÑ+brāhmaṇá-ḥ = á-brāhmaṇa-ḥ (2) `non-brahmin'.

$6.3.74 tá-smāt=nu̱Ṭ=aCi

After that (tá-smāt) [= 0̸ replacement of phoneme /n/ of náÑ 73 before 1.1.66 a final member 1 beginning with 1.1.51] a vowel (aC-i), [the initial increment 1.1.46] nu̱Ṭ is inserted at the beginning [of the final member 1].

náÑ+áśva- = 0̸á+áśva- (73) = á+n-aśva- `not a horse'; so also á-n-ā-tur-a- `not eager'; á-n-īśa- `not a king' etc. If the increment were for [náÑ] instead of the posterior member 8.3.32 would have operated, yielding unacceptable forms like *an-n+aśva-.

$6.3.75 ¹ná-bhrāj=²ná-pāt=³ná-vedas=⁴nā-satyā-⁵ná-muc-i-⁶ná-kula-⁷ná-kha-⁸ná-puṁs-aka-⁹ná-kṣatra-¹⁰ná-kra-¹¹nā-ke-ṣu pra-kŕ-ty-ā

[The privative particle náÑ 73] retains its original form (pra-iŕ-ty-ā) in the expressions ná-bhrāj- `cloud', ná-pāt- `nephew', ná-vedas- `ignorant', nā-satyā (nom.du.) `the Aśvin twins', ná-muc-i- `n.pr. of a demon', ná-kula- `mongoose' and as n.pr. `the fourth Pāṇḍava brother', ná-kha- `nail', ná-puṁs-aka- `neuter', ná-kṣatra- `asterism', ná-kra- `alligator, crocodile' and n-ā-ka- `heaven'.

These expressions are variously derived: 1. ná bhrāj-a-te = ná-bhrāj+Kvi̱P = ná-bhrāj- (3.2.177); 2. ná pā-ti = ná+pā+ŚatR̥ = pā+0̸¹+at = ná-pāt; 3. ná vét-ti = ná+vid+asu̱N = ná-ved-as-; 4. ná-saty-aú = á-saty-au, ná á-saty-au = n-ā-saty-a+Ḍā (7.1.39) = n-ā-saty-ā; 5. ná muñc-á-ti = na+muc+Ki = ná-muc-i- (3.1.135); 6. ná kúla-m a-syá = ná-kula-; 7. ná khá-m a-sysá = ná-kha-; 8. ná strī ná púmān = ná-puṁs-aka-; 9. ná kṣár-a-te/kṣī-yá-te vā = ná-kṣatra-; 10. ná krām-a-ti = ná+kram+Ḍa = ná-kra-; 11. ná á-kam a-smín = n-ā-ka-. Description

$6.3.76 éka=ādi-s=ca=éka-sya ca=ādu̱K

[The privative particle náÑ 73, co-occurring with the number-word] éka-° `one' as a first member (éka=ādi-s) [retains its original form 75] and the final increment ādu̱K is inserted after éka-° (1.1.46).

ék-ena ná viṁśa-tí-ḥ = éka+ād+ná+viṁśatí- = ék-ān-na-viṁśati-ḥ `nineteen (lit. not twenty by one)'.

$6.3.77 ná-ga-ḥ=á-prāṇi-ṣu=anya-tará-syām

The expression ná-ga- is introduced to denote an inanimate object (á-prāṇi-ṣu) [with the privative particle náÑ 73 retaining its original form 75 before a final member 1] °-ga.

ná gácch-a-ti = ná+gam+Ḍa = ná-ga-/0̸á-ga- `tree, mountain', but á-ga-ḥ vr̥ṣalá-ḥ sīt-éna `V. is unable to move on account of chill'. The expression °gá- gam+Ḍá is formed prior to its composition with náÑ as in the case of ná+krá = ná-kra- (10 above in 76). Description

$6.3.78 sahá-sya sá-ḥ saṁjñā-y-ām

The substitute element sá- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55] sahá-° `with' [before 1.1.66 a final member 1] to derive a name (saṁjñ-ā-y-ām).

sahá aśvatth-éna = sá+aśvattha-m = s-ā-śvattha-m `n.pr. of a forest'; similarly sá-palāśa-m, sá-siṁśapa-m. sahá yodh-i-tá-vān = saha+yudh+Kvani̱P (3.2.96) = saha-yúdh-van- `fighting together'; saha-kŕ-t-van- `working together'. [But RV. sa-jí-t-van- `victorious']. Description

$6.3.79 ¹grantha=antá=²ádhi-k-e ca

[The substitute element sá- replaces the whole of 1.1.55 sahá- 78] also (ca) when it denotes `up to the end of a text' (grantha=anta-°) or `more, in excess; (°-ádhi-k-e) [before 1.1.66 a final member 1].

1. sahá kaláy-ā = kalā=antam = sahá+kalā = sa-kalá-m (2.1.6) `up to the end of the section on kalā (a chapter in an astronomical work); similarly sa-muhūrtá-m'.

2. dróṇ-ena sahá khārī = sá-droṇā khārī (2.2.28) `a khārī measure in excess by a droṇa'.

$6.3.80 dvi-tīy-e ca=án-upa=aty-ay-e

[The substitute element sá- replaces the whole of 1.1.55 sahá- 78 when the final member 1] also (ca) refers to a second item (dvi-tīy-e) which is not directly perceived (án-up-ā-ty-ay-e).

agní-nā sahá kapóta-ḥ = sá+agni-ḥ kapóta-ḥ = s-āgni-ḥ kapóta-ḥ `a pigeon whose presence is indicative of a fire (which is not perceived)'; so also piśāc-éna sahá vātyā = sá-piśācā vātyā (2.2.28) `a hurricane (indicative of the presence of) a piśācá (which is inferred but not directly perceived)'.

$6.3.81 avyayī-bhāv-é ca=á-kāl-e

In an Avyayībhāvá compound [the substitute element sá replaces the whole of 1.1.55 sahá-° 78 before 1.1.66 a final member 1] not designating time-words (á-kāl-e).

sahá cakr-éṇa dhe-hí = sa-cakrá-ṁ dhe-hí (2.1.6: yauga-pad-ya-) `place with a wheel'; sahá dhúray-ā pr-ā-ja = sa-dhurá-m pr-ā-ja `drive with a plough', but saha-pūrv-ā-hṇá-m `with the morning'.

$6.3.82 vā=upa-sárj-ana-sya

[The substitute element sá- 76] optionally (vā) [replaces the whole of 1.1.55 sahá- before 1.1.66 a final member 1] in a Bahuvrīhí compound (upa-sárj-ana-sya).

putr-éṇa sahá = sá-putra-ḥ/sahá-putra-ḥ (2.2.28) `accompanied by the son'; but saha-yúdh-van- `brother-in-arms'. Description

$6.3.83 pra-kŕ-ty-ā āśíṣ-i=a-¹gó-²vatsá-³halé-ṣu

[sahá 78] retains its original form (pra-kŕ-ty-ā) [before 1.1.66 the final members 1] excluding °-gó- `cow/bull', °-vatsá- `calf' and °hal-á- `plough', when expressing blessing (āśíṣ-i).

sv-astí devadattā-ya sahá-putrāya `may welfare attend upon Devadatta, accompanied by his son(s)'; but sv-astí bhávat-e sá-gav-e/sahá-gav-e (82) `welfare to your honor, accompanied by cattle' and similarly svastí bhá-vat-e sáha-vatsā-ya/sá-vatsā-ya/sahá-halā-ya/sá-halā-ya.

$6.3.84 samāná-sya chándas-i a-¹mūrdhán=²prá-bhr̥-ti=³udarké-ṣu

In the domain of Chándas [the substitute element sá- 78 replaces the whole of 1.1.55 of the nominal stem] samāná- `common, equal, similar' [before 1.1.66 a final member of a compound 1] excluding °-murdhán- `head', °-prá-bhr̥-ti- `commencement' and °-udarká- `consequence'.

anu-bhrātā sá-garbhya-ḥ (= samān-é gárbh-e bháva-ḥ = sá=garbh-ya-ḥ 4.4.114) `consanguinous younger brother', but sa-māná-mūrdhan- `equal-headed', samāná-pra-bhr̥-ti- `beginning equally' and samān-ó-darka- `consequence'. Description

$6.3.85 ¹jyótis-²janapadá-³rātri-⁴nābhi-⁵nāman=⁶gotrá-⁷rūpá-⁸sthāna-⁹várṇa-¹⁰váyas-¹¹vac-aná-¹²bándhu-ṣu

[The substitute element sá 78 replaces the whole of 1.1.55 samāná- `common, similar, equal' before 1.1.66 final members of compounds 1] °-jyótis- `light', °-janapadá- `inhabited locality', °-rātri- `night', °-nābhi- `navel', °-nā-man- `name', °-gotrá- `family, lineage', °-rūpá- `form, shape', °-sthāna- `place', °-várṇa- `color', °-váy-as- `age', °-vac-aná- `word' and °-bándhu- `kin'.

samāná-m jyótir a-syá = sá-jyotis- `having the same or similar luster'; similarly: sá-janapada-/sá-rātri/sá-nābhi/sá-nāman/sá-gotra-/sá-rūpa-/sá-sthāna-/sá-varṇa-/sá-vayas-/sá-vac-ana-/sá-bandhu- `fellow countryman/having a similar night/having the same nave or centre/having the same name/belonging to the same family or lineage/similar in form/sharing the same place/of same or similar color or homogeneous/of the same or identical age/having similar speech/sharing the same kin'.

$6.3.86 cár-aṇ-e brahma-cār-íṇ-i

[The substitute element sá- replaces the whole of 1.1.55 samāná- `similar, equal' 84 before 1.1.66 the final member of a compound 1] °-brahma-cār-ín- `student of the Veda' to denote a school or branch of the Veda (cár-aṇ-e).

samāna-ḥ brahma-cārī = sá-brahma-cār-ī `fellow student of the same branch of the Veda'.

$6.3.87 tīrth-é y-è

[The substitute element sá 78 replaces the whole of 1.1.55 samāná- `similar' 84 before 1.1.66 the final member of a compound 1] °-tīrthá- `preceptor, teacher, adviser' co-occurring with [affix 3.1.1] °yà- (= yàT 4.4.107).

samāna-tīrth-é vās-ī (4.4.107) = sa-tīrth-yà-ḥ `sharing a common teacher or preceptor, co-student'.

$6.3.88 vibhāṣā=udár-e

[The substitute element sá 78 replaces the whole of 1.1.55 samāná- `similar' 84 before 1.1.66 the final member of a compound 1] °-udára- `womb' [co-occurring with the affix 3.1.1 °-yà- 87] optionally (vibhāṣā).

samān-o-dar-é śay-i-tá-ḥ = sa+udara+yá (4.4.109) = s-o-dar-yá-/samān-ó-dar-ya- (yàT 4.4.108) `co-uterine'.

$6.3.89 ¹dr̥ś=²dr̥śa=³vatU-ṣu

[The substitute element sá 78 replaces the whole of 1.1.55 samāná- 84 before 1.1.66 the final members of a compound 1] °dŕś-, °-dŕśa- `perceiver' and [the affix 3.1.1] °-vatU(P).

samāná-m ātmān-am páśy-a-ti = samāná+dr̥ś+Kvi̱N = sa-dŕś-/sa+dr̥ś+KaN = sa-dŕś-a- (3.2.60+vārt.) `like, similar, resembling'. The expression [°vatU-ṣu] is with reference to the following sūtra-s.

$6.3.90 ¹idám-²kím-or ¹īŚ-²kī

The substitute elements īŚ- and kī [respectively 3.1.10] replace [the whole of the pronominal stems 4.1.1] idám- `this' and kím- `who, what, which?' [before 1.1.66 final members of compounds 1 °-dŕś-, °-dŕś-a- `perceiver' and affix 3.1.1 vatU(P) 89].

idám+dŕś/dr̥ś-a- = ī-dŕś/dŕś-a- `like this'; idám+vatUP = ī+gh-atUP (5.2.4) = ī+iy-at (7.1.2) 0̸-íy-at- (4.148) `this much'; similarly kī-dŕś-/dŕś-a- `like who, what or which?' and k-íy-at `how much?'. Description

$6.3.91 ā sarva-nāmn-aḥ

The substitute element /ā/ replaces [the stem-final 1.1.52] of pronominal stems (sarva-nāmn-aḥ) [before 1.1.66 final members in a compound °-dŕś-, °dŕś-a- and affix °-vatUP 89].

tád+dŕś-/dŕśa-/vatU = ta-ā+dŕś/dŕś-a-/vatU = tā-dŕś-/dŕś-a- `like that' and tā-vat- `that much'. Similarly yā-dŕś-/dŕś-a- `like what (relative)' and yā-vat- `as much'. Description

$6.3.92 ¹víṣvañc-²deváy-os=ca ṬE-r adri=áñc-a-tau va̱-praty-ay-é

The substitute element adri- replaces the syllable beginning with the last vowel (ṬE-r) of (the first members) víṣv-añc- `going in all directions' and devá-° `divinity' and (ca) [pronominal stems 91 before 1.1.66 the final member of a compound 1] °-añc- co-occurring with the affix -v (= Kvi̱N 3.2.59).

vísv-ag añc-a-ti = víṣv-añc+añc+Kvi̱N = viśv-adri+añc+0̸ (6.1.87) = viṣv-adry-añc- `all-pervading'; similarly tad+añc+Kvi̱N = t-adri+añc+0̸ = t-adry-áñc- `turned towards that'. Description

$6.3.93 sám-aḥ sami

The substitute element sami- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55] sám-° [before 1.1.66 the final member in a compound 1 °-añc- co-occuring with affix v (Kvi̱N) 92].

sám+añc+Kvi̱N = sami+áñc+0̸ = samy-áñc- `turned together in one direction'.

$6.3.94 tirás-as tiri=a-lop-é

The substitute element tiri- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55] tirás- `across, beyond' [before 1.1.66 the final member in a compound 1 °-añc co-occurring with the affix v (Kvi̱N) 92] when 0̸-replacement (lopa) of the phoneme /a/ (4.138) does not take place.

tirás+añc+Kvi̱N = tiri+áñc+0̸ = tiry-áñc-au/tiry-añc-aḥ, tiry-añc-am, but before weak affixes beginning with vowels: tirás+añc+Kvi̱N+Śas/Ṭā/Ṅe/Nas = tirás-c-as/ā/e/as etc. (4.138). Description

$6.3.95 sahá-sya sadhrí-ḥ

The substitute element sadhrí- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55] sahá- [before 1.1.66 the final member in composition 1 °-añc- co-occurring with the affix v (Kvi̱N) 92].

sahá-añc+Kvi̱N = sadhri+áñc+0̸ = sadhry-àñc- `turned in the same direction'. Before weak affixes beginning with a vowel: sadhrī-c+Śas/Ṭā/Ṅe etc.

$6.3.96 sadhá ¹māda-²stháy-os=chándas-i

In the Chándas the substitute element sadhá- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 sahá- 95 before 1.1.66 final members in composition 1] °-mād-a- `intoxicating' and °-sthá- `remaining, standing'.

sahá mād-ena várt-a-te = sadha+mād-a- `drinking together, carousel' and similarly sahá tiṣṭh-a-ti = sadha+sthā+Ka (3.2.4) = sadhá-stha- `standing together, present'. The accent in the first shows that it is a regular kr̥t=anta samāsa while in the second it is sadhá+stha- (2.2.28). In addition RV has sadhá-vīra- `joined with heroes', sadhá-stu-ti- `joint praise', sadhá-stu-t-ya- `ibid', and Gaṇapāṭha records sadhá-mitra- as a n.pr.

$6.3.97 ¹dví=²antár=³upa-sarg-é-bhyaḥ áp-aḥ īT

The substitute phoneme long ī(T) replaces [the initial phoneme 1.1.54 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-áp- `water' [after 1.1.67 first members in a compound] dví-° `two', antár-° `within', and preverbs.

dvír ga-tā-ḥ āp-aḥ a-smín = dvi+ap+á (5.4.74) = dvi-īp-á- = dv-ī-pá-ḥ `island, peninsula'; similarly antar-īp-á-ḥ = antar-ga-tā-ḥ āp-aḥ a-smín `island'; saṁ-ga-tā-ḥ āp-aḥ a-smín = sam-īp-á- `contiguous, proximate'.

$6.3.98 ūT=án-or déś-e

The substitute element long ū(T) replaces [the initial phoneme 1.1.54 of the nominal stem 4.1.1 °-áp- `water', co-occurring after 1.1.67 the first member in a compound] ánu-° when indicating the name of a locality (déś-e).

anu-ga-tā-ḥ āp-aḥ a-smín = anu+ap+á- = anu+ūp+á = an-ūp-á- `n.pr. of a locality', but anv-īp-á- `watery'.

$6.3.99 ¹á-ṣaṣṭhī=²á-tr̥-tīya-sthasya=anyá-sya du̱K ¹āśís=²āśā=³ā-sthā=⁴ā-sthi-tá=⁵ut-su-ká=⁶ūtí-⁷kār-aka-⁸rāgá=⁹che-ṣu

The final increment du̱K is inserted [after the nominal stem] anyá-° `another, other, else' not [ending in 1.1.72] the sixth or third sUP triplets [before 1.1.66 final members of a compound 1] °-āśís- `benediction', °-āśā- `hope', ā-sthā `regard', °-ā-sthi-tá- `occupied', °-ut-su-ká- `eager', °-ū-tí- `assistance, aid, help', °-kār-aka- `agent, doer', °-rāgá- `passion' and [the affix 3.1.1] cha (4.2.138).

anyā āśīḥ = anya-d-āśís- `a different benediction or blessing'; similarly: anya-d-āśā `a different wish'; anya-d-āsthā another or different wish'; anya-d-ā-sth-tá- `occupied differently'; anya-d-ut-su-ká- `eager for something else'; anya-d-ūtí- `a different aid'; anya-t-kar-aká- `a different agent'; anya-d-rāgá- `a different passion'; anyá+cha (4.2.138) = anya-d-īya- `belonging to another'. But anyá-sya āśīḥ = anyāsīh, any-éna ā-sthita-ḥ = any-ā-sth-i-ta-h. Description

$6.3.100 árth-e vibhāṣā

[The final increment du̱K 99] optionally (vibhāṣā) [is inserted after the nominal stem 4.1.1 anyá- `another, other, else' 99 before 1.1.66 the final member in compound 1] °-ártha- `purpose, object, use'.

anyá-smai idám = anya+arthá-m = any-ā-rthám/anya-d-arthám (2.1.36) `for another purpose, object or use'.

$6.3.101 kó-ḥ kat tatpuruṣ-é=aC-i

The substitute element kát- (or kád-) replaces [the whole of 1.1.55] kú- `bad' in a Tatpuruṣá compound [before 1.1.66 a final member 1] beginning with a vowel (aC-i 1.1.54).

kú+áśva = kád-aśva- (2.2) `a bad horse'; similarly kád-aja- `worthless goat'; kád-anna-m `stale or spoiled food' but kú-brāhmaṇa-ḥ `vile brahmin'. Description

$6.3.102 ¹rátha-²vadáy-os=ca

[The substitute element kát- or kád] also (ca) [replaces the whole of 1.1.55 ku-° in a Tatpuruṣá compound 101 before 1.1.66 the posterior members 1] °-rátha- `chariot' and °-vad-á `speaker'.

kú+ratha- = kád-ratha- `bad or inferior chariot'; kád-vad-a- `bad speaker, speaking ill or indistinctly'. Extension of 101 to posterior members beginning with a consonant.

$6.3.103 tŕṇ-e ca jā-t-au

[The substitute element kát- or kád-] also (ca) [replaces the whole of 1.1.55 kú-° in a Tatpuruṣá compound 101 before 1.1.66 the final member 1] °-tŕṇa- `grass' to denote a genus (jā-t-au).

kú+tr̥ṇa- = kát-tr̥ṇa- `water-house leek or Pistia Stratiotis' but kuts-i-tám tŕṇa-m = kú-tr̥ṇa-m `rotten grass'.

$6.3.104 kā ¹páthin=²ákṣay-oḥ

The substitute element kā replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 kú-° in a Tatpuruṣá compound 101 before 1.1.66 the posterior members 1] °-páthin- `path' and °-ákṣi- `eye'.

kú+páthin = kā-path-á- (5.4.74) `bad road'; similarly kú+akṣi- = kā+akṣ-á- = k-ā-kṣ-á- `evil eye'.

$6.3.105 īṣad-arth-é

[The substitute element kā replaces the whole of 1.1.55 kú-° in a Tatpuruṣá compound 101 before 1.1.66 a final member 1] when it means `a little' (īṣad-arth-é).

īṣát madhurá-m = kā-madhura-m `sweetish'; similarly kā-lavaṇa- `slightly saltish'.

$6.3.106 vibhāṣā púruṣ-e

[The substitute element kā-° 104] optionally (vibhāṣā) [replaces the whole of 1.1.55 kú-° in a Tatpuruṣá compound 101 before 1.1.66 the final member 1] °-púruṣa- `person'.

kā-puruṣa-/kú-puruṣa- `a contemptible person', but īṣát-puruṣa-ḥ = kú-puruṣa-ḥ `somewhat less than a man'. Description

$6.3.107 kava-ṁ ca=uṣ-ṇ-é

The substitute element kava-° as well as (ca) [kā-° 104 replace the whole of 1.1.55 kú-° in a Tatpuruṣá compound 101 before 1.1.66 the final member 1] °-uṣ-ṇa- `hot' [to denote the sense of `a little, slightly' 105].

The word [vibhāṣā] recurs here from the preceding sūtra and brings into operation [kád-] also from 101 above.

kavá-/kā/kád+uṣ-ṇa- = kav-ó-ṣ-ṇa-/k-ó-ṣ-ṇa-/kád-uṣ-ṇa- `tepid, slightly warm'.

$6.3.108 path-í ca=chándas-i

[The substitute element kavá-° 107 optionally 106 replaces the whole of 1.1.55 kú-° in a Tatpuruṣá compound 101 before 1.1.66 the final member 1] °-páthin- `path' in addition to (ca) [kā-° 104 and kú-° 101] in the domain of Chándas.

kú+páthin+á [5.4.74] = kava-path-á-/kā-path-á-/ku-path-á- `wrong or bad road'.

$6.3.109 pr̥ṣ-o-dara=ādī-n-i yath-o-pa-diṣ-tá-m

The class of compounds beginning with (°-ādī-n-i) pŕṣ-o-dara- `having a spotted belly' is introduced as currently taught (by the learned speakers: yath-o-pa-diṣ-ṭá-m).

These involve a number of irregularities which have not been subjected to specific rules. Thus pŕṣad udáram a-syá = pŕṣa0̸+udara- = pŕṣ-o-dara-.

$6.3.110 ¹saṁ-khyā-²ví-³sāy-á=pūrva-sya ahná-sya áhan anya-tará-syāṁ Ṅ-au

The substitute morpheme áhan- optionally (anya-tará-syām) replaces [the final member of a compound 1] °-ahná- [before 1.1.66 the seventh sUP triplet 4.1.2] Ṅi, [when co-occurring after 1.1.67] a numeral (saṁ-khyā-°), ví-° and sāyá-° `evening'.

dváy-or áhn-or bháv-a-ḥ = dvi+ahan+ṭhaÑ (2.1.51; 4.3.11) dvi+ahan+0̸¹ (4.1.88) = dvi+ahan+ṬáC (5.4.91) = dvi+ahna+TáC (5.4.88) = dvy-ahn0̸-á (4.148); dvy-ahn-á+Ṅi = dvy-ahan+Ṅi = dvy-ahan-i/dvy-ah0̸n-i (4.136); similarly vy-apa-ga-tá-m áh-aḥ = vy-ahn-á-ḥ, tá-smin = vy-ahan-i/vy-ahn-i; sāy-á-m áhn-aḥ = sāy-ā-hná-ḥ, tá-smin sāy-ā-hán-i/sāy-ā-hn-í. In addition to these the regular forms: dvy-ahn-é/vy-ahn-é/sāy-ā-hn-é.

$6.3.111 ḍh-rá̱-lop-e pūrva-sya dīrghá-ḥ=aṆ-aḥ

A substitute long (vowel: dīrghá-ḥ 1.2.28) replaces a vowel denoted by the siglum aṆ (= a, i, u) [before 1.1.66] a lópa (0̸) replacement of phonemes /ḍh, r/ when immediately preceding it (pūrva-sya).

lih+Ktá = liḍh+Ktá (8.2.31) = liḍh+dhá (8.2.40) = liḍh+ḍhá (8.4.41) = li0̸+ḍha (8.3.13) = lī-ḍhá- `licked'.

agní+sU+rátha+sU = agní+rU+rátha+rU (8.2.66) = agnír rátha-ḥ (8.3.15) = agní-0̸ rátha-ḥ (8.3.14) = agnī rátha-ḥ `fire chariot'; but dr̥h+Ktá = dr̥ḍh+ḍhdá- = dr̥0̸-ḍhá- `fixed, firm'. The metarule 8.2.1 is not operative here since [ḍh-ra̱-lop-e] is specifically mentioned in this rule.

$6.3.112 ¹sáhi̱-²vah-or oT=a-varṇá-sya

The substitute phoneme /o/ replaces the phoneme-class /a/ of the verbal stems sáh- `endure, bear' (I 905) and vah- `carry' (I 1053) [before 1.1.66 0̸ replacement of the phoneme /ḍh/ 111].

sáh+tumu̱N = sáḍh-tum = sáḍh+dhum = sáḍh+ḍhum = sá0̸+ḍhum = *sā-ḍhum (222) = só-ḍhum `to endure'; similarly sah+tr̥N/távya = só-ḍhr̥-/so-ḍhávya- etc. Likewise váh+tr̥N = váḍh+dhr̥N = váḍh+ḍhr̥- = vá-0̸+dhr̥- = vó-ḍhr̥- `carrier, bearer', but vah+Ktá = uh+Ktá (1.15) = uḍh+dhá uḍh+ḍhá = u0̸-ḍha = ū-ḍhá- `borne, carried'.

$6.3.113 sā-ḍhyai sā-ḍvhvā sā-ḍha=iti ni-gam-é

In the Vedic tradition (ni-gam-é) the expressions sā-ḍhyai, sā-ḍhvā and sā-ḍhr̥- are introduced [without the replacement of the stem vowel /a/ 112].

sah+dhyaiN/Ktvā = sáḍh+dhyaiN/Ktvā = sáḍh+ḍhyaiN/ḍhvā = sā0̸-ḍhyai/sā-ḍhvā `having prevailed or conquered'; similarly sáh+tr̥N = sáḍh+ḍhr̥- = sā-ḍhr̥- `conqueror'. The implication of [iti] in this rule is to extend the scope of this rule: sah+Ktá = saḍh+ḍhá- = sā0̸-ḍhá- `overcome, prevailed', cf. á-sā-ḍha- `invincible'. In current speech: so-ḍhvā, só-ḍhr̥-, so-ḍhá-.

$6.3.114 sáṁ-hi-t-ā-y-ām

In continuous utterance.

This is a governing rule [adhi-kār-á] extending up to the end of this Pāda and it recurs in all the subsequent rules of this section.

$6.3.115 kárṇ-e lákṣana-sya a-¹viṣ-ṭá-²aṣṭán-³páñcan=⁴maṇi-⁵bhin-ná-⁶chin-ná-⁷chid-rá-⁸sruvá-⁹svasti-ká-sya

[Before 1.1.66 the final members in a compound 1] °-kárṇa- `ear' [the substitute long vowel 111 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 of the prior members] denoting the brand mark (lákṣaṇa-sya), excluding viṣ-ṭá-° `pierced', aṣṭán-° `eight', páñcan-° `five', maṇí-° `jewel', bhin-ná-° `cleft', chin-ná-° `split', chid-rá- `bored', sruvá-° `ladle' and svastiká-° `the swastika mark' [in continuous utterance 114].

dātra-m kárṇ-e yá-sya = dātrā-kárṇa- `branded with the mark of a sickle on the ear' (accent according to 2.112); but viṣ-ṭa-kárṇa-, aṣṭa-kárṇa-, pañca-kárṇa-, maṇi-kárṇa-, bhinna-kárṇa-, chin-na-kárṇa-, chidra-kárṇa-, sruva-kárṇa-, svastika-kárṇa-. For maṇi-kárṇa- as n.pr. cf. 2.113. Description

$6.3.116 ¹náhi̱-²vŕti̱-³vŕṣi̱-⁴vyadhi̱-⁵rúci̱-⁶sáhi̱-⁷táni̱-ṣu Kv-au

[A long vowel 111 replaces the stem-final vowel 1.1.52 of a prior member of a compound before 1.1.66 posterior members 1 consisting of verbal stems] náh- `bind' (IV 57), vŕt- `turn' (I 795), vŕṣ- `rain' (I 738), vyadh- `pierce' (IV 72), rúc- `please' (I 781), sáh- `endure, bear, tolerate' (I 905) and tán- (VIII 1) `extend' co-occurring [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] Kvi̱ (= Kvi̱N, Kvi̱P) [in continuous utterance 114].

úpa-nah-ya-te = úpa-nah+Kvi̱P = upā-náh- `sandal'; similarly parī-ṇáh- `enclosure'; upā-vŕt- `return'; prā-vŕṣ- `rainy season, monsoon'; hŕdaya-ṁ vídh-ya-ti = hr̥dayā-vídh- `piercing the heart'; nī-rúc- `tasteless, insipid'; ŕti-ṁ sáh-a-te = r̥tī-ṣáh- `conquering enemies' and pári-tan-o-ti = pari+ta0̸+Kvi̱P (4.40) = parī-ta+tu̱K+0̸ = parī-tát (1.71) `encircling'.

$6.3.117 ¹vána-²giry-óḥ saṁjñā-y-āṁ ¹koṭará-²kiṁśulaka=ādī-n-ām

[Before 1.1.66 the final members of a compound 1] °-vána- `forest' and °-girí- `hill, mountain' [a long substitute vowel 111 replaces the stem-final vowel of the classes of first members] beginning with koṭará-° `name of a plant' and kiṁ-śulaka- `name of a plant' [respectively 1.3.10 in continuous utterance 111] to derive a name (saṁjñā-y-ām).

koṭarā-ṇ-ām vána-m = koṭarā-vaṇá-m `n.pr. of a forest containing Ipomoea Turpenthum or Alangium decapetalum'.

kiṁśulakā-girí- `n.pr. of a mountain'.

$6.3.118 val-é

[Before 1.1.66 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] °-valá- (= valáC 5.2.112ff.) [a long substitute vowel replaces 111 the stem-final vowel 1.1.52 of the first member in composition 1 in continuous utterance 114].

kr̥ṣí+valáC = kr̥ṣī-valá (5.1.112) `farmer'. dánta+valáC = dantā-valá- (5.2.113) `elephant'; ā-su-tí+valá- = ā-su-tī-valá- `distiller, brewer'. Description

$6.3.119 mat-AU bahv-áC-aḥ=án-ajira=ādī-n-ām

[Before 1.1.66 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] matU(P) [a long substitute vowel 111 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 of a polysyllabic nominal stem 4.1.1] excluding those beginning with ajirá-° `rapid' [in continuous utterance 114 to derive names 117].

udumbára+matUP+ṄīP (4.1.4) = udumbarā-vat-ī (4.2.85; 6.1.220; 8.2.9) `n.pr. of a river'; but vrīhi-mát-ī (1.176) `n.pr. of a river' (dissyllabic) and in non-proper names: vála-ya-vat-ī `wearing bracelets'; similarly ajira-vat-ī, khadira-vat-ī etc. (1.220). Description

$6.3.120 śará=ādī-n-āṁ ca

[Before 1.1.66 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 matUP 119 a long substitute vowel 111] also (ca) [replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 of the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with śará- `reed' [to derive proper names 117 in continuous utterance 114].

Exception to the constraint of polysyllabic stems in 119 above. śará+matUP+ṄīP = śarā-vat-ī (1.220) `n.pr. of a river'; so also ahī-vat-ī, munī-vat-ī, hánū-mat-ī etc. Description

$6.3.121 iK-aḥ=váh-e=á-pīl-óḥ

[Before 1.1.66 the final member in composition 1] °-váh-a- `bearer, carrier' [a long substitute vowel 111 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52] vowel denoted by the siglum iK (i, u, r̥, l̥) [of the first members 1] excluding pīlú-° `n.pr. of a tree' [in continuous utterance 114].

ŕṣī-ṇ-ām váh-a-ḥ = r̥ṣī-vah-á-ḥ `carrying sages'; kapī-vah-á- `carrying monkeys' but piṇḍa-vah-á-. pīlu-vah-á-. Description

$6.3.122 upa-sarg-á-sya GHaÑ-i=á-manuṣy-e bahulá-m

[A substitute long vowel 111] variously (bahulá-m) [replaces the final vowels 1.1.52 of] preverb particles (upa-sarg-á-sya) [before 1.1.66 a posterior member 1 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] GHaÑ, except when denoting a human being (á-manuṣy-e) [in continuous utterance 114].

ví+klid+GHaÑ (3.3.19) = vī-kled-á- `getting wet'; ví+mr̥j+GHaÑ- = vī-mārg-á- `a broom'; apā-mārg-á- `the plant Achyranthus Aspera'. But: prá+siv+GHaÑ = pra-sev-á- `sack or leather bottle', and ní+sad+GHaÑ = ni-ṣād-á- `hunter'.

$6.3.123 iK-aḥ kāś-é

[Before 1.1.66 the final member 1] °-kāś-á- `appearance' [the substitute long vowel 111 replaces the final vowel 1.1.52 of a preverb 122 ending in 1.1.72] a vowel denoted by the siglum iK (i, u, r̥, l̥) [in continuous utterance 114].

ni+kāś-á- = nī-kāś-á- `appearance, look'; similarly anū-kāś-á= `reflection (of light)' but pra-kāś-á- `light'. Description

$6.3.124 d-as t-i

[Before 1.1.66 the t-replacement] (of the verbal stem) dā- `give' (III 9) [7.4.47, a substitute long vowel 111 replaces the final vowel 1.1.52 of a preverb 122 denoted by the siglum iK 123 in continuous utterance 114].

ni+dā+Ktá = ni+t+Ktá (7.4.47) = nī-t-tá- `passed down as a gift'. So also parī-t-tá- `given away', but pra-t-tá-.

$6.3.125 aṣṭán-aḥ saṁjñā-y-ām

[Before 1.1.66 a final member in composition 1 a substitute long vowel 111 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 of the prior member] aṣṭán- `eight' to derive a proper name (saṁjñā-y-ām) [in continuous utterance 114].

aṣṭ-aú vakrā-ṇ-i a-syá = aṣṭā-vakra-ḥ `n.pr. of a person' but aṣṭá-putra- `person having eight sons'.

$6.3.126 chándas-i ca

In the Chándas also (ca) [before 1.1.66 a final member in composition 1 a substitute long vowel 111 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 of prior member aṣṭán- `eight' 125 in continuous utterance 114].

aṣṭá-su kapāle-ṣu sáṁ-s-kr̥-ta-m = aṣta0̸-kapāla+áṆ (4.4.3; 8.2.7) = aṣṭa+kapāla+0̸ (4.1.88) = aṣṭā-kapāla- `offered in eight pans'; similarly aṣṭā-hiraṇya- `consisting of eight pieces of gold', aṣṭā-pad-ī `verse consisting of eight lines'.

$6.3.127 cíte-ḥ kaP-i

[Before 1.1.66 the samāsāntá 5.4.68 affix 3.1.1] °-kaP (5.4.151) [the substitute long vowel 111 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] cí-ti-° `layer' [in continuous utterance 114].

ékā cí-ti-r a-syá = éka+cí-ti+kaP = éka-ci-tī-ka-ḥ `having one layer of bricks'; similarly trí-ci-tī-ka- `three-layered'.

$6.3.128 víśva-sya ¹vásu-²rāṭ-oḥ

[Before 1.1.66 final members in composition 1] °-vásu- `riches' and °-rāṭ `king' [a substitute long vowel 111 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] víśva-° `all, universal' [in continuous utterance 114].

víśva-ṁ vásu = viśvā-vasu- `n.pr. of Viṣṇu' (accent by 2.106). In the case of °-rāṭ the rule applies only when the stem rāj- `king' has that form at the end of a padá: viśvā-rāṭ, viśvā-rāṭ-bhyām/bhis/bhyas/su but viśva-rāj-am/au/as/ā/e/i/os.

$6.3.129 nár-e saṁjñā-y-ām

[Before 1.1.66 the final member in composition 1] °-nára- `man' [the substitute long vowel 111 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 of the prior member víśva- `all, universal' 128] to derive a name (saṁjñā-y-ām) [in continuous utterance 114].

víśv-e nár-ā-ḥ a-smín = viśvā-nara- `n.pr. of the father of Agní'; cf. vaíśvā-nar-i `Agni, son of Viśvā-nara'.

$6.3.130 mitr-é ca=ŕṣ-au

[Before 1.1.66 the final member in composition 1] °-mitrá- `friend' [a substitute long vowel 111 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 of the prior member víśva- `all' 128 to derive a name 129] denoting a Vedic seer (ŕṣ-au) [in continuous utterance 114].

viśvā-mitra- `n.pr. of a Vedic seer', but víśva-m mitrá-m a-syá = víśva-mitra- `having all as friends'. Description

$6.3.131 mántr-e ¹sóma=²áśva=³indriyá=⁴viśvá-devya-sya mat-AU

In the Mántra (section of the Veda) [a substitute long vowel 111 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 phoneme of first members 1] sóma-° `n.pr. of a sacred plant', áśva-° `horse', indiryá-° `sense organ', and viśvá-dev-ya- `relating to all divinities' [before 1.1.66 the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] matU(P) [in continuous utterance 114].

sóma+matUP+ṄīP (4.1.4) = somā-vat-ī `containing soma' (8.2.9; 6.1.220); similarly aśvā-vat-ī `possessing horses'; cf. RV 10.97.7. indriyā-vat-ī `powerful, mighty'; viśva-devyā-vat-ī `dear to all gods'.

$6.3.132 óṣsadhe-s=ca ví-bhak-t-au=á-prathamā-y-ām

[In the Mántra section of the Veda 131 a substitute long vowel 111 replaces the stem-final phoneme 1.1.52 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] óṣadhi-° `herb, plant' [before 1.1.66] ví-bhak-ti (1.4.104) [affixes 3.1.1] excluding the first sUP triplets (á-prathamā-y-ām) [in continuous utterance 114].

óṣadhī+bhis/bhyas but oṣadhi+sU/am = óṣadhis/óṣadh-i-m, oṣadhi-patí- `lord of herbs'. Description

$6.3.133 r̥c-i ¹tú-²nú-³gha-⁴makṣú-⁵taṄ-⁶kú-⁷tra=⁸uruṣ-yā-ṇ-ām

In the R̥gveda [a substitute long vowel 111 replaces the final phoneme 1.1.52 of the particles] tú, nú, gha, makṣú, the l-substitute taṄ, the particle kú, [the affix 3.1.1] traL and the finite verbal form uruṣyá `do thou protect' [in continuous utterance 114].

1. ā tū na indra vr̥tra-han; 2. nū márta-ḥ; 3. utá vā ghā syāl-āt (RV 1.109.2); 4. makṣū gó-mant-am ī-mahe (RV 8.33.3); 5. bhár-a-tā jā-tá-ved-as-am (RV 10.176.2); 6. kū-manas- `wicked-minded'; 7. á-trā te bhad-rā; 8. uruṣyā ṇaḥ (RV 1.91.15). Description

$6.3.134 iK-aḥ suÑ-i

[In the R̥gveda 133 a substitute long vowel 111 replaces the stem-final vowel 1.1.52] denoted by the siglum iK (= i,u,r̥,l̥) [before 1.1.66 the particle] °súÑ [in continuous utterance 114].

abhī ṣū ṇaḥ sákhī-n-ām (RV 4.36.33) (8.3.107; 4.27).

$6.3.135 dvy-áC-aḥ=aT-as tiṄ-aḥ

[In the R̥gveda 133 a substitute long vowel 111 replaces the final phoneme 1.1.52] aT of a dissyllabic (dvy-áC-aḥ) verbal form (tiṄ-aḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 l-substitute] tiṄ (= a finite verbal form) [in continuous utterance 114].

vid-mā hí tvā gó-pati-m śūra gó-n-ām (RV 10.47.1) `we recognize you, O hero, as the lord of all cattle'. But áśvā bhav-a-ta vāj-ín-aḥ (VS 9.6); ā dev-ā-n vak-ṣi yák-ṣi ca (RV 5.26.1). Description

$6.3.136 ni-pāt-á-sya ca

[In the R̥gveda 133 a long substitute vowel 111] also replaces [the final phoneme 1.1.52 aT 135] of a particle (ni-pāt-á-sya) [in continuous utterance 114].

evā te (RV 10.20.10); ácchā jar-i-tār-aḥ (RV 1.2.2). Description

$6.3.137 anyé-ṣām ápi dr̥ś-yá-te

[A substitute long vowel 111] is seen (dr̥ś-yá-te) to replace [the phoneme aT 135] of other (anyé-ṣām) (padá-s) [in continuous utterance 114].

keśā-keśí, daṇḍā-daṇḍí, kacā-kací (2.2.27); jala+sah+Ṇvi̱ = jalā-sāh- (3.2.63). śvan+danta-/daṁṣṭra-/karṇa- = śvā-dantá- `dog's tooth'; śvā-daṁṣṭra-/karṇa- `having tusks/ears like a dog'.

$6.3.138 c-au

[Before 1.1.66] the form °-c° of °-añc- (resulting from 92 above and 4.24,138 below) [a substitute long vowel 111 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 vowel phoneme of the first member in composition 1].

dadhi+c+Śas = dadhī-c-áḥ and similarly dadhī-c+ā/é/ós/í.

$6.3.139 sam-pra-sār-aṇa-sya

[Before 1.1.66 a final member of a compound 1 a substitute long vowel 111 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 vowel phoneme] resulting from vocalization (sam-pra-sār-ṇa-sya) substitution (of a semivowel 1.1.45) [in continuous utterance 114].

kārīṣa-gandhe-r ápatya-m = kārīṣa-gandhi+áṆ (4.1.92) = kārīṣa-gandhi+ṢyáṄ (4.1.78)+CāP (4.1.74) = kārīṣa-gandh0̸-yā+putrá- = karisa-gandhiā-putra (1.13) = kārīṣa-gandhi-putrá- (1.108) = kārīṣa-gandhī-putrá- `son of a female descendant of Kārīṣa-gandhi'.

$6.4.1 áṅga-sya

[The operations stated hereafter, up to the end of the seventh adhyāyá `chapter' apply generally to the pre-affixal] base or stem (áṅga-sya).

This is a governing rule [adhi-kār-á] heading the section 6.4.1 to 7.4.97 and the word [áṅga-sya] will recur in each subsequent rule.

$6.4.2 ha̱L-aḥ

[A substitute long vowel 3.111 replaces the pre-affixal stem-final 1.1.72 samprasāraṇa vowel 3.129 denoted by the siglum aṆ (of iK) 111 following 1.1.67] a consonant (ha̱L-aḥ) [of the pre-affixal stem 1].

hve+Ktá = hue+tá- (1.15) = hu+tá- (1.108) = hū-tá- `called, summoned, challenged'; but nir+ve+Ktá = nir-u-tá- where the vocalized vowel is not preceded by a pre-affixal consonant `non-woven', and tri+tīya- = tr̥-tīya- (5.2.55) `third' since /r̥/ is not a member of the [aṆ] siglum. So also in vyadh+Ktá = vidh+dhá- (6.2.40; 4.53) the sam-pra-sār-aṇa vowel [i] is not pre-affixal final.

$6.4.3 nām-i

[A substitute long vowel 3.111 replaces the áṅga-final 1 (1.1.72) vowel before 1.1.66] the sixth sUP (plural) triplet °-n-ām.

devá+n-ām (7.1.54) = devā-n-ām `of gods/divinities'; similarly agnī-n-ām/vāyū-n-ām/pitr̄-ṇ-ām respectively from agní-/vāyú-/pi-tŕ-.

$6.4.4 ná ¹tisŕ-²cátasr̥

[A substitute long vowel 3.111] does not (ná) [replace the áṅga-final 1 (1.1.72) of the nominal pre-affixal 1 stems] tisŕ- `three' (f.) and cátasr̥- `four' (f). [before 1.1.66 the sixth sUP triplet °-n-ām 3].

tisr̥-ṇ-ām/catasr̥-ṇ-ām. (Accent by 1.179).

$6.4.5 chándas-i ubhayá-thā

In the domain of Chándas [a substitute long vowel 3.111] both (ubhayá-thā) [does and does not replace the áṅga 1 final 1.1.72 vowel of tisŕ- `three' (f). and cátasr̥- `four' (f.) 4 before 1.1.66 the sixth sUP triplet °-n-ām 3].

tisr̥-ṇ-ām/tisr̄-ṇ-ām; catasr̥-ṇ-ām/catasr̄-ṇ-ām.

$6.4.6 nŕ ca

[A substitute long vowel 3.111] also [both does and does not replace the áṅga 1 final 1.1.72 vowel of the nominal stem 4.1.1] nŕ- `man' [before 1.1.66 the sixth sUP triplet °-n-ām 3].

nr̥-ṇ-ām/nr̄-ṇ-ām `of men'.

$6.4.7 na̱=upa-dhā-y-āḥ

[A substitute long vowel 3.111 replaces the] penultimate (upa-dhā-y-āḥ) vowel [of a pre-affixal 1 stem ending in 1.1.72 the phoneme] /n/ [before 1.1.66 the sixth sUP triplet °-n-ām 3].

páñcan+n-ām (7.1.55) = páñca0̸+n-ām (8.2.7) = pañcā-n-ām `of five' (1.179 for accent).

$6.4.8 sarva-nāma-sthān-é ca=á-sam-bud-dh-au

[A substitute long vowel 3.111 replaces the penultimate vowel of an áṅga 1 ending in 1.1.72 the phoneme /n/ 7 before 1.1.66] strong (sarva-nāma-sthān-é) sUP triplets, excluding the vocative singular (sam-búd-dh-au).

rāj-an+sU = rāj-an+0̸ (1.68) = rāj-ā0̸ (8.2.7); rāj-an+au = rāj-ān-au; rāj-an+Jas = rāj-ān-as = rāj-ān-aḥ (8.3.15) rāj-an+am = rāj-ān-am but in the vocative: rāj-an+0̸ (8.2.8) and rāj-an+Ṅi = rāj-an-i; similarly sāman+Śi = sāmān-i. Description

$6.4.9 vā ṣá̱-pūrva-sya ni-gam-é

In Vedic tradition (ni-gam-é) [a substitute long vowel 3.11] optionally (vā) replaces [the penultimate 7 vowel] preceded by (°-pūrva-sya) phoneme /ṣ/ [of an áṅga 1 ending in 1.1.72 the phoneme /n/ 7 before 1.1.66 the strong sUP triplets excluding the vocative singular 8].

tákṣan+au/Jas/am = tákṣaṇ-au/am/as/tákṣāṇ+am/au/as, but in the colloquial speech: tákṣāṇ-au/am/as.

$6.4.10 ¹sá̱=anta-²mahát-aḥ saṁ-yog-á-sya

[A substitute long vowel 3.111 replaces the penultimate vowel 7 preceding áṅga 1] final /s/, forming a conjunct (sam-yog-á-sya) [with phoneme /n/ 7] as well as [the penultimate vowel 7 of the pre-affixal stem 1] mahát- `great' [before strong sUP triplets excluding the vocative 8].

1. śrá+īyasu̱N = śr-é-yas+sU = śr-é-ya-n-s+sU (7.1.70) = śr-é-yā-n-s+0̸ (1.68) = śr-é-yān0̸ (8.2.23). Similarly śr-é-yā-ṁ-s+am/au/as Jas (8.3.24). So also yáśas+Śi = yáśā-ṁ-s-i.

2. mahát+sU = mah-á-n-t+sU = mah-á-n-t+0̸ (1.68) = mah-ā-n0̸ (8.2.23), mah-ā-n-tau/am/as. Description

$6.4.11 ¹áp-²tr̥N-³tŕC-⁴svásr̥-⁵náp-tr̥-⁶néṣ-ṭr̥-⁷tváṣ-ṭr̥-⁸kṣat-tŕ=⁹hó-tr̥-¹⁰pó-tr̥-¹¹pra-śās-tr̄-ṇ-ām

[A substitute long vowel 3.111 replaces the penultimate vowel 7 of pre-affixal stems 1] áp- `water', [those ending in 1.1.72 the affixes 3.1.1] tr̥N and tŕC and svásr̥- `sister', náp-tr̥- `nephew', nés-ṭr̥- `n. of an official priest', tváṣ-ṭr̥- `n.pr. of a divinity', kṣat-tŕ- `charioteer, coachman, attendant', hótr̥-, pótr̥- and pra-śās-tŕ- `names of officiating priests' [before 1.1.66 strong sUP triplets excluding the vocative singular 8].

1. áp+Jas = āp-as = āp-aḥ (8.3.15); baháv-aḥ āp-aḥ e-ṣú taḍāge-ṣu = bahv-áp+Śi = bahv-ā-m-p-i (7.1.72) taḍāgā-n-i `pools overflowing with water'.

2. kár-tr̥/kar-tŕC+au = kár-tār-au/kar-tār-au. Similarly: svásār-au, náptār-au, néṣṭār-au, tváṣṭār-au, kṣat-tār-au, hó-tār-au, pó-tār-au, pra-śās-tār-au, etc. Description

$6.4.12 ¹ín-²hán-³pūṣán=⁴arya-mṇ-āṁ Ś-au

[A substitute long vowel 3.111 replaces the penultimate vowel 7 of an áṅga 1 ending in 1.1.72] °-ín-, °-hán-, °-pūṣ-án- and °-arya-mán- `names of divinities' [before 1.1.66 the sUP triplet] Śi.

1. baháv-aḥ daṇḍ-ín-aḥ e-ṣām s-ánti = bahu-daṇḍ-ín+Śi = bahu-daṇḍ-īn-i `consisting of numerous staff-bearers'; 2. vr̥trá-m ha-távān = vr̥trá+han+KviP (3.2.87) = vr̥tra-hán-; baháv-aḥ vr̥tra-háṇ-aḥ y-éṣu tā-n-i = bahu-vr̥tra-hā-ṇ-i; similarly bahu-pūṣāṇ-i, bahv-aryamāṇ-i.

The present rule is meant to restrict the operation of 8 above: vr̥tra-háṇ-au/Jas/am. Description

$6.4.13 s-AU ca

[A substitute long vowel 3.111 replaces the penultimate vowel 7 of an áṅga 1 ending in 1.1.72 °-ín-, °-hán-, °-pūṣ-án- and °-arya-mán- `names of divinities' 12 before non-vocative 8 sUP triplet] sU also.

daṇḍ-ín+sU = daṇḍ-īn+0̸ (1.68) = daṇḍ-ī0̸ (8.2.7); similarly vr̥tra-hā, pūṣā, arya-mā, but vocative singular: dáṇḍ-in, vŕtra-han, pūṣ-an, árya-man (8.2.8). Description

$6.4.14 ¹atU=²ás-anta-sya ca=á-dhāto-ḥ

[Before 1.1.66 a non-vocative 8 sUP triplet sU 13 a substitute long vowel 3.111 replaces the penultimate vowel 7 of a pre-affixal stem 1] other than a verbal stem (á-dhāto-ḥ) [ending in 1.1.72] °atU- or °-as-.

1. °-atU represents three affixes: (a) in bháv-atU `your honor, your worship', the second honorific personal stem and (b) KtávatU, (c) matUP/vatUP/ḌmatUP. (a) bhávat+sU = bháva-n-t+sU (7.1.70) = bháv-ānt+0̸ (1.68) = bháv-ā-n (8.2.23); (b) kr̥-távā-n; (c) gó-mā-n; in the generation of this form the replacement takes place prior to augmentation by 7.1.70.

2. °-as: su-yaś-ás+sU = su-yaś-ās=0̸ (1.68) = su-yaś-āḥ `having good reputation'; but in píṇḍa-ṁ grás-a-ti = piṇḍa+grás+Kvi̱P, °-grás-, being a verbal stem, results in piṇḍa-grás+0̸ (1.68) = piṇḍa-gráḥ `who eats a ball of rice'.

$6.4.15 ánu-nās-ika-sya ¹Kvi̱-²jha̱L-oḥ K-Ṅ-IT-i

[A substitute long vowel 3.111 replaces the penultimate vowel 7 of an áṅga 1 ending in 1.1.72] a nasal phoneme (ánu-nās-ika-sya) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] Kvi̱ or those beginning with non-nasal consonants (°-jha̱L-oḥ) with marker K or Ṅ as IT.

pra+śám+Kvi̱P = pra-śām+0̸ `unhurt, painless, tranquil'. pra-śām+sU = pra-śān+0̸ (8.2.64); pra+tam+Kvi̱P = pra-tām-, pra+dam+Kvi̱P = pra=dām-.

śam+Ktá = śām+tá- = śān-tá- `quiet, calm, pacified'; similarly from dam+Ktá = dān-tá- (8.4.58), but gam-yá-te `is understood' gam+yáK. gam+tr̥N = gán-tr̥- `goer', the first though a K-IT is an affix beginning with a semivowel, while the second, though beginning with a non-nasal stop is not a K-IT.

$6.4.16 ¹aC=²hanÁ-³gam-āṁ saN-i

[A substitute long vowel 3.111 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 vowel of the pre-affixal 1 verbal stems ending in 1.1.72] a vowel (aC-°) and han- `hurt, kill' (II 2), gam- `go' (I 1031) [before 1.1.66 the desiderative marker] saN [beginning with non-nasal consonant (jha̱L) 15].

1. ci+saN+ŚaP+tiP=cí+sa+a+ti (1.9) = cí-cī-ṣ-a-ti (1.97; 8.3.57) `desires to pile up'; 2. han+saN+ŚaP+tiP = ha0̸-han+sa+a+ti (2.9; 7.4.60) = ji-han-s-a-ti (1.97; 7.4.62, 79) = ji-ghan-s-a-ti (7.3.55) = ji-ghān-s-a-ti = ji-ghāṁ-s-a-ti (8.3.24) `desires to kill'; similarly 3. ádhi+gam+saN+ŚaP+te (2.4.48) = ádhi-ji-gāṁ-s-a-te `wishes to know', but ádhi-ji-gam-i-ṣ-a-ti (7.2.35; 4.62) `desires to go'.

$6.4.17 tan-ó-te-r vibhāṣā

[A substitute long vowel 3.111] optionally (vibhāṣā) replaces [the vowel of the pre-affixal stem 1] tan- `extend' (VII 1) [before 1.1.66 the desiderative marker saN 16 beginning with a jha̱L (non-nasal consonant)].

tan+saN+ŚaP+tiP = ti-tan+sa+a+ti (1.9; 7.4.79) = ti-taṁ-s-a-ti/ti-tāṁ-s-a-ti (8.3.24) `desires to extend', but ti+tan+iṬ-saN+ŚaP+tiP (7.2.49:Kāśikā) = ti-tan-i-ṣ-a-ti.

$6.4.18 krám-as=ca Ktv-i

[A substitute long vowel 3.111 optionally 17 replaces the vowel of the pre-affixal stem 1] krám- `stride' (I 502) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] Ktvā [beginning with jha̱L (non-nasal consonant) 15].

kram+Ktvā = krām+tvā = krān-tvā (8.4.58) `having stridden', but kram-i-tvā (7.2.56). Description

$6.4.19 ¹c-ch-²v-oḥ ¹ś-²ūṬH=ánu-nās-ik-e ca

The substitute elements ś and ūṬH [respectively 1.3.10] replace the phonemes /c-ch/ and /v/ [of pre-affixal stems 1 before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a non-nasal consonant with K or Ṅ as IT marker 15] as well as nasal consonants (ánu-nās-ik-e ca).

prach+náṄ (3.3.90) = pracch+ná (1.73) = praś-ná- `query, question, interrogation'; prach+Ktá = pr̥cch+tá- (1.13,16) = pr̥ṣ-ṭá- (8.2.36; 4.41) `asked'; śábda-m pr̥cch-á-ti = śabda+prach+Kvi̱P = śabda-prāś- (Uṇādi 2.58).

div+ná = di-ū+ná- dyū-ná- (8.2.49) `playing, sporting' but dyū-tá- `desiring victory vi-ji-gī-ṣ-ā; akṣ-aír dīv-ya-ti = akṣa+div+Kvi̱P = akṣa-di-ūṬH+0̸ = akṣa-dyū- `gambling with dice'. Description

$6.4.20 ¹jvárÁ-²tvára̱-³srívi̱=⁴ávi̱-⁵máv-ām upa-dhā-y-ās=ca

[The substitute element ūṬH replaces phoneme /v/ 19 of the pre-affixal 1 verbal stems] jvár- `be feverish' (I 813), tvár- `hasten' (I 812). srív- `become dry' (IV 3), áv- `protect, aid' (I 631) and máv- `move, go' (I 630) as well as (ca) of the penultimate phoneme (upa-dhā-y-āḥ) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 Kvī and those beginning with non-nasal consonants with marker K or Ṅ as IT or with nasal consonants 19].

1. jvár+Kvi̱P = jū-ar = jūr- `fever'; jvár+KtiN = jūr-ti- `fever'; jvár+Ktá = jūr-ṇá- (8.2.42) `had temperature'.

2. Similarly: tūr, tūr-ti- `haste'; tūr-ṇá- `has hastened'.

3. srív-: sriū = srū- `dryness, aridity'; srū-tá- `withered'.

4. áv: ū- `protector, savior'; ū-tí- `protection'; ū-tá- `protected'.

5. máv-: mū- `mover'; mū-ti- `moving', mū-tá- `has moved'. Description

$6.4.21 r-āt=lópa-ḥ

Lopa (0̸) replaces [phonemes /c-ch/ and /v/ 19 after 1.1.67] phoneme /r/ [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 Kvi̱ and those beginning with non-nasal consonants with marker K or Ṅ as IT 15].

1. múrch+Kvi̱P = múr0̸+0̸ = múr- `swoon'; murch+Ktá = mūr-tá- (8.2.76) `formed' and murch+KtiN = mūr-ti- `material form, embodiment'.

2. túrv+Kvi̱P = túr0̸+0̸ = túr- `running a race'; túrv+KtiN/Ktá = tūr-ti- `overwhelming', tūr-ṇá- `overpowered, overwhelmed' (8.2.42).

$6.4.22 á-sid-ha-vat=á-tra=ā bh-āt

[In the section beginning here and extending up to the end of this chapter, operations introduced by the subsequent rules are considered] inoperative (á-sid-dha-vat) (with respect to other operations stated in the subsequent rules) up to 129 below (ā bh-āt) beginning with [bha-sya].

as+lOṬ+siP = as+0̸¹ (of ŚaP 2.4.72)+hí (3.4.57) = a-e+hí (119) = e-hí (1.97); but by 101 hí itself is replaced by dhí when preceded by a pre-affixal non-nasal consonant (jha̱L). To arrive at the correct form e-dhí the operation by 119 is not supposed to have taken place in applying 101. Normally in the situation as+hi both 101 and 119 are competitive and by metarule 1.4.2, 119 would prevail and would make 101 inapplicable. The present governing rule corrects this situation and yields the expected surface form.

This principle also applies to the section governed by the adhi-kār-á sūtra 129 below.

$6.4.23 Śn-āt=na̱-lopá-ḥ

Lópa (0̸) replaces the [áṅga 1] phoneme /n/ [after the class-marker 1.1.67] ŚnáM (3.1.78).

anj (VII 2)+ŚnáM+Tip = a+ná+nj+tiP (1.1.47) = a-ná-0̸j+ti = a-ná-k-ti (8.2.30) `smears, anoints'. Description

$6.4.24 án-iT=IT-ām ha̱L-aḥ=upa-dhā-y-āḥ K-Ṅ-ITi

[Lópa (0̸) 23] replaces the penultimate (upa-dhā-y-āḥ) [phoneme /n/ 23 of pre-affixal 1 verbal stems] not marked by I as IT (an-iT=IT-ām) [ending in 1.1.72] a consonant (ha̱L-aḥ) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1] with marker K or Ṅ as IT.

sráns- (I 790) `fall' Ktá = sra0̸s-tá= = sras-tá- `fallen', but from ṬU-nád-Í (I 67)+yáK+te = na-n-d-yá-te `is filled with delight'. Description

$6.4.25 ¹danśÁ-²sanjÁ-³svanj-ām Śap-i

[Lopa (0̸) 23 replaces penultimate phoneme 24 /n/ 23 of pre-affixal 1 verbal stems] danś- (I 1038) `bite', sanj- `attach' (I 1036) and svanj- `embrace' (I 1025) [before 1.1.66 the Present System marker] ŚaP (3.1.68).

1. danś+ŚaP+tiP = dá0̸ś-a-ti = dáś-a-ti `bites'; similarly: 2. sanj+ŚaP+tiP = sáj-a-ti `clings, sticks'; 3. svanj+ŚaP+tiP = sváj-a-ti `embraces, clasps'.

$6.4.26 ranje̱-s=ca

[Lópa (0̸) 23] also (ca) replaces [the penultimate 24 phoneme /n/ 23 of the verbal áṅga 1 of] ranj- `to be dyed or colored' (I 1048) [before 1.1.66 the Present System marker ŚaP 25].

ranj+ŚaP+tiP = rá0̸j-a-ti = ráj-a-ti `dyes'. A separate rule has been framed for the following application restricted to this verbal stem only.

$6.4.27 GHaÑ-i ca ¹bhāv-á-²kár-aṇay-oḥ

[Lópa (0̸) 23] also (ca) replaces [the penultimate 24 phoneme /n/ 23 of the verbal áṅga 1 ranj- 26 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] GHaÑ to denote a state (bhāv-á-°) or an instrument (°-kár-aṇay-oḥ).

1. ranj+GHaÑ = rā0̸g-á-: āścár-y-aḥ rāg-á-ḥ `wonderful is the state of the color'; 2. raj-yá-te an-éna = ranj+GHaÑ = rāg-á-ḥ (7.2.116, 3.52, 6.1.159) `dye', but ráṅg-a- `stage' = ráj-a-nti tá-smin. Description

$6.4.28 syáda-ḥ jáv-e

The expression syád-a- is introduced [with the affix GHaÑ 27 and 0̸ replacement 24 phoneme /n/ 23 of the verbal áṅga 1] syand- `flow' (I 798) to denote speed (jáv-e).

syand+GHaÑ = syá0̸d-a- `speed', but syánd-a- `flow, trickle'. Description

$6.4.29 ¹av-o-d-á=²édh-a=³ód-man-⁴pra-śrath-á-⁵hima-śrath-āḥ

The expressions av-o-d-á-, édh-a, ód-man-, pra-śrath-á- and hima-śrath-á- are introduced [with affixes 3.1.1 GHaÑ and mani̱N and 0̸ replacement of penultimate 24 phoneme /n/ 23 of the verbal áṅga-s und- `wet' (VII 20), co-occurring after preverb ava-°, indh- `kindle' (VII 11), with Uṇ-ādi affix °-man- and śranth- `discharge' (IX 39) co-occurring after prá-° and himá-°].

1. ava+und+GHaÑ = ava+od-á- = av-o-d-á- `humidity'; 2. indh+GHaÑ = i0̸dh+GHaÑ = édh-a- `combustible'; 3. und+mani̱N ú0̸d+man- = ód-man- `flooding'; 4. prá+śranth+GHaÑ = pra-śrath-á- `laxity'; 5. himá+sranth+GHaÑ = hima-śrath-á- `loosening or melting of ice'.

$6.4.30 ná=ance̱-ḥ pūjā-y-ām

[Lópa (0̸) replacement 23 of the penultimate 24 phoneme /n/ 23 of the verbal áṅga 1] anc- (1.203) does not (na) take place [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 with marker K or Ṅ as IT and beginning with a consonant 24] to denote honor (pūjā-y-ām).

The verbal stem ánc-Ú gáti-pūj-anay-oḥ (I 203) has two distinct range of meanings: `movement' and `honor' and the present rule applies only when the second meaning is denoted. anc+Ktá = anc+iṬ+Ktá (7.2.53) = añc-i-tá- `honored', but úd+anc+Ktá = ud-a0̸c+Ktá- = ud-ak-tá- (8.2.30) `lifted up, raised'.

$6.4.31 Ktv-i ¹skandi̱-²syandy̱-oḥ

[Lópa (0̸) 23 replacement of the penultimate 24 phoneme /n/ 23 of the verbal áṅga-s 1] skand- `leap' (I 1028) and syand- `flow' (I 798) [does not take place 30 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] Ktvā.

1. skand+Ktvā = skant-tvā (8.4.55) `having leapt'.

2. syand+Ktvā = syant-tvā/syand-i-tvā (7.2.44) `having flown or trickled'.

$6.4.32 ¹já̱=anta-²naś-ām vibhāṣā

[Lópa (0̸) 23 replacement of the penultimate 24 phoneme /n/ 23 does not take place 30] optionally (vibhāṣā) [of the verbal áṅga 1 stems] ending in 1.1.72 the phoneme /j/ or of naś- `disappear' (IV 85) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 Ktvā 31].

ranj+Ktvā = raṅk-tvā/ra0̸k-tvā = rak-tvā `having dyed'.

naś+Ktvā = na-nu̱M-ś+ktvā (7.1.60) = na-ṁ-ṣ-ṭvā/naṣ-ṭvā/ (8.2.36; 4.41) `having disappeared'.

$6.4.33 bhanje̱s=ca CiṆ-i

[Lópa (0̸) replacement 23 of the penultimate 24 phoneme /n/ 23 does not 30 optionally 32 take place of the verbal áṅga 1] bhanj- `break' (VI 16) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] CiṆ (3.1.66).

áṬ+bhanj+CiṆ (3.1.66) = á-bhanj-i/á-bhāj-i `was broken'. Description

$6.4.34 śās-aḥ=iT=¹áṄ-²ha̱L-oḥ

The substitute phoneme short i(T) replaces [the penultimate 24 vowel of the verbal áṅga 1] śās- `teach, instruct' (II 66) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] áṄ and those beginning with a consonant (°-ha̱L-oḥ) [with K or Ṅ as IT marker 24].

śās+lUṄ = śās+Cli̱ (3.1.43) = áṬ+śis+aṄ+t (3.1.56) = á-śiṣ-a-t (8.3.60) `has instructed'; śās+Ktá = śiṣ-ṭá- (8.3.60; 4.41) `taught'; but śās+0̸¹+tiP = śās-ti and śās+0̸¹+tas śiṣ-ṭáḥ where l-substitute °-tas is regarded as Ṅ-it by 1.2.4.

$6.4.35 śā h-au

The substitute morpheme śā- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the verbal áṅga 1 śās- `teach' (II 66) 34 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] °-hí (3.4.87).

śās+hí = śā-dhí (22, 101) `please instruct/teach'. All constraints (34, 3.4.87-88: a-P-IT/P-IT) are inoperative here.

$6.4.36 hán-te-r ja-ḥ

The substitute morpheme ja- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the verbal áṅga 1] han- `kill, strike' (II 2) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 hí 35].

han+hí = ja-hí `kill, hurt, strike'. Here °-hí is not subject to 0̸¹ replacement by 105 below because of the governing rule 22 above.

$6.4.37 án-udātta=¹upa-deś-a-²ván-a-ti-³tan-ó-ti=ādī-n-ām anu-nās-ika-lopá-ḥ jha̱L-i K-Ṅ-IT-i

Lópa (0̸) replaces a nasal stop (anu-nās-ika-lopá-ḥ) [of the áṅga 1 of verbal stems] which are low-pitched (ánudātta-°) when first introduced (upadeśé: in the Dhp.), ván- `like' (I 491) and the class of stems beginning with tán- `extend' (VIII 1) [before the affixes 3.1.1 beginning with] non-nasal consonants (jha̱L-i) with marker K or Ṅ as IT.

1. Verbal stems which are low-pitched when first introduced and ending in a nasal stop are: yam- `check, restrain' (I 1033), ram- `sport' (I 906), nam- `bend, bow down' (I 1030), gam- `go' (I 1031), han- `kill, hurt, strike' (II 2) and man- `think' (IV 67). Before affix Ktá: ya-tá-, ra-tá-, na-tá-, ga-tá-, ha-tá-, ma-tá-.

2. van+KtiN = vá0̸-ti- `liking', but van+KtíC = van-tí- (39).

3. tan+Ktá = ta0̸-tá- = ta-tá- `extended'; tan+lUṄ = tan+si̱C+ta (3.1.44) = áṬ+tan+0̸+ta (2.4.79) = á-ta-ta since this l-substitute is a Ṅ-IT by 1.2.4.

$6.4.38 vā LyaP-i

[Lópa (0̸) 37] optionally (vā) replaces [the nasal stop 37 of the áṅga 1 of verbal stems which are low-pitched when first introduced, ván- `like' (I 491) and the class of verbal stems beginning with tán- `extend' (VIII 1) 37 before 1.1.66 the substitute morpheme 7.1.37] LyaP (for Ktvā).

This is a regulated option (vy-ava-sth-ta-vi-bhāṣ-ā): 0̸ necessarily operates in the case of pre-affixal stems not ending in /n/ and optionally in the case of those ending in /m/.

1. pra+yám+LyaP = pra-yá0̸-tu̱K+ya = pra-yá-t-ya/°yám=ya; pra-rá-t-ya/°rám-ya-, etc.

2. ā-há-t-ya; pra-má-t-ya, pra-vá-t-ya, pra-kṣá-t-ya-. Description

$6.4.39 ná KtiC-i dīrghá-s=ca

[Lópa (0̸) 37] does not (ná) replace [the nasal stop 37 of the áṅga 1 of the verbal stems which are low-pitched when first introduced (in the Dhp), ván- `like' (I 491) and the class of verbal stems beginning with tán- `extend' (VII 1) 37 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] KtíC nor (ca) the substitute long (vowel 1.2.28) replaces [the aṅgá 1 vowel 15].

yam+KtíC = yan-tí (8.4.58) `restraint'; similarly van-tí-/tan-tí `liking/extension'.

$6.4.40 gam-aḥ Kv-a̱u̱

[Lópa (0̸) replaces the nasal stop 37 of the áṅga 1 of the verbal stem] gam- `go' (I 1031) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] Kvi̱(P).

ádhvān-am gácch-a-ti = ádhvan+0̸¹+gam+Kvi̱P = adhva0̸+gá0̸+Kvi̱P (8.2.7) = adhva-gá-t- `traveller'.

$6.4.41 ¹vi̱Ṭ=²van-or ánu-nās-ika-sya=āT

The substitute long vowel /ā(T)/ replaces [the final phoneme 1.1.52 of an áṅga 1 ending in 1.1.72] a nasal stop (ánu-nās-ika-sya) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1] vi̱Ṭ (3.2.67) and van (3.2.75).

1. ap-sú jā-ya-te = áp+jan+vīṬ (3.2.67) = ap-ja-ā+0̸ (1.67) = ab-jā- (8.4.53) `born in water, aquatic'; similarly gā-m san-ó-ti = go-ṣā- `bestower of cattle'; dádhi krām-a-ti = dadhi-krā- `n.pr. of a divinity'; ágr-e gácch-a-ti = ágr-e+gam+vi̱Ṭ = agr-e-gā- `leader'.

2. ví-jā-ya-te = vi+jan+vani̱P (3.2.75) = vi-ja-ā+van = vi-jā-van- `born, come into existence'.

$6.4.42 ¹jánÁ-²sánÁ-³khán-āṁ ¹saN=²jha̱L-oḥ

[The substitute long vowel ā(T) 41 replaces the áṅga 1 final phoneme 1.1.52 of the verbal stems] ján- `be born' (III 24, IV 41), sán- `gain, donate' (I 492, VIII 2) and khán- `dig' (I 927) [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1] saN and those beginning with a non-nasal consonant (°jha̱L) [with marker K or Ṅ as IT 37].

The recurring expression [jha̱l-i] from 37 onwards also qualifies the desiderative marker [saN].

saN: san+saN+ŚaP+tiP = sí-san+saN+ŚaP+tiP (1.9; 7.4.60, 79) = sí-ṣa-ā+sa+a+ti (8.3.59) = sí-ṣā-sa-ti (1.97)/sí-san-i-ṣa-ti (8.3.61 for non-retroflexion of the stem-sibilant), jí-jan-i-ṣa-ti, cí-khan-i-ṣa-ti.

The inclusion of [saN] in this rule is restricted only to the verbal stem [san-] which is optionally [sa=iṬ 7.2.49] while the other two are necessarily so, whence the constraint [jha̱L] applies only to it.

$6.4.43 y-e vibhāṣā

[The substitute long vowel āT 41] optionally (vi-bhāṣ-ā) replaces [the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the verbal stems ján- `be born', sán- `gain, donate' and khan- `dig, excavate' before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with] phoneme y-° [with marker K or Ṅ as IT 37].

jan+yaK+te = ja-ā-yá-te = jā-yá-te/jan-yá-te, but jan+ŚyaN+te = jā-ya-te (7.3.79). jan+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = ja-ja-ā-yá-a-te = jā-jā-yá-te (1.97; 7.4.83)/ja-n-jan-yá-te (7.4.85).

Similarly: sā-yá-te/san-yá-te; sā-sā-yá-te/san-san-yá-te = saṁ-san-yá-te (8.3.24); khā-yá-te/khan-yá-te; cā-khā-yá-te/caṅ-khan-yá-te.

$6.4.44 tan-ó-te-r yáK-i

[The substitute long vowel āT 41 optionally 43 replaces the áṅga 1 final phoneme 1.1.52 of the verbal stem] tán- `extend' (VII 1) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] yáK.

tan+yáK+te = ta-ā-yá-te = tā-yá-te/tan-yá-te `is stretched'. Description

$6.4.45 sán-aḥ KtíC-i lópa-s=ca asyá=anya-tará-syām

[The substitute long vowel āT 41 optionally 43 replaces the áṅga 1 final phoneme 1.1.52 of the verbal stem] sán- `gain, donate' (I 492, VII 2) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] KtíC (3.3.174), and optionally (anya-tará-syām) lópa (0̸) also (ca) replaces it.

san+KtíC = san-tí-/sa-ā+ti- = sā-tí-/sa0̸+tí = sa-tí- `gain, donation'.

$6.4.46 ārdha-dhātu-k-e

(In the section beginning here and extending up to 69 below the phrase) `before an ārdha-dhātu-ka (3.4.114-17)' [affix 3.1.1] will recur in each operation.

This is a governing rule [adhi-kār-a-sūtrá].

$6.4.47 bhrasj-aḥ ¹ra̱=²upa-dháy-oḥ ra̱M anya-tará-syām

The infixed (1.1.47) substitute phoneme r(a̱M) optionally (anya-tará-syām) replaces both the phoneme /r/ and the penultimate (°-upa-dháy-oḥ) [of the áṅga 1 of the verbal stem] bhrasj- `roast' (VI 4) [before 1.1.66 an ārdha-dhātu-ka 46 affix 3.1.1].

bhrasj+tumuN = bhrájj+tumuN (8.4.40,53) = bh0̸-á-ra̱M-0̸-j+tum = bhárṣ-ṭum/bhráj+tum = bhráṣ-ṭum (8.2.36; 4.41); bhrasj+tr̥N/távya- = bhárṣ-ṭr̥-/bhráṣ-ṭr̥-, bharṣ-ṭávya-/bhraṣ-ṭávya-.

$6.4.48 aT-aḥ lopa-ḥ

Lopa (0̸) replaces [the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 phoneme] short a(T) [before 1.1.66 an ārdhadhātula 46 affix 3.1.1].

kr̥+saN+tumu̱N = kr̥+saN+iṬ-tum = cí-kīr-ṣa+i-tum = cí-kīr-ṣ0̸-i-tum = cí-kīr-ṣ-i-tum `wishing to do'; dhinv+ú+tiP (3.1.80) = dhina+ú+ti = dhin0̸-ú+ti = dhin-ó-ti, dhin-ú-taḥ. kr̥+saN+Ṇvu̱L = cí-kīr-ṣa+ṆvuL = ci-kīr-ṣ0̸-aka- `who wishes to do', blocking out 7.2.115; kr̥+saN+yáK+te = cí-kīr-ṣá+yá-te = ci-kīr-ṣ0̸-yá-te = ci-kīr-ṣ-yá-te blocking out 7.4.1. Here the metarule 1.4.2 is contravened. So also in the case of 47 above: bhrasj+Ktá- = bhr̥ṣ-ṭá- where vocalization (1.16) blocks the operation 47 above.

$6.4.49 ya-sya ha̱L-aḥ

[Lópa (0̸) 48 replaces áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 syllable] ya- [after 1.1.67] a consonant [before 1.1.66 an ārdhadhātuka 46 affix 3.1.1].

bhid+yáṄ+iT-tumu̱N = bé-bhid-ya+i-tum = bé-bhid-0̸0̸-i-tum = bé-bhid-i-tum `to break frequently'; similarly be-bhid-i-távya- `should be broken repeatedly'.

Since the syllable [ya] is involved in this operation it does not apply to verbal stems like īrṣy- `envy', mavy- `bind' whence īrṣy-i-tum, mávy-i-tum; the constraint `after a consonant' blocks this operation in ló-lū-y-i-tum `to cut or reap repeatedly'.

$6.4.50 Kyá-sya vibhāṣā

[Lopa (0̸) 48] optionally (vibhāṣā) replaces [the áṅga 1 final syllable ya after a consonant 49 of the affix 3.1.1] Kyá (= KyáC 3.1.8, and KyáṄ 3.1.11) [before 1.1.66 an ārdhadhātuka 46 affix 3.1.1].

ātmán-ah samídh-am icch-á-ti = sam-ídh+KyáC (3.1.8)+iṬ-tumu̱N = sam-idh-yá+i-tum = sám-idhy-i-tum (48)/sámidh0̸-i-tum = sám-idh-i-tum; similarly sam-íd iva ā-car-a-ti = sam-ídh+KyaṄ+iṬ+tumu̱N = sám-idh-y-i-tum/sám-idh-i-tum. Description

$6.4.51 Ṇé-r an-iṬ-i

[Lópa (0̸) 48 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52] causative marker Ṇí(C) [before 1.1.66 an ārdhadhatūka 46 affix 3.1.1] not co-occurring with initial increment iṬ.

Exception to replacement by (iyaṄ 77 below) or (yaṆ 82) or guṇá (7.3.84) or vŕddhi (7.2.115) or by a long vowel (7.4.25).

1. takṣ+ṆíC+lUṄ = takṣ+í+CaṄ (3.1.48)+t = áṬ (71)+takṣ+i+CaṄ+t á-ta-takṣ+i+a+t (1.11; 7.4.60) = á-ta-takṣ+0̸-a-t = á-ta-takṣ-a-t `has fashioned'; exception to 77 below.

2. aṭ+Ṇí+lUṄ = āṬ (72)+a-ṭi-ṭí (1.2)+CaṄ+t = ā-ṭi-ṭ-0̸-a-t = ā-ṭi-ṭ-a-t `has wandered'; exception to yaṆ 82.

3. kr̥+ṆíC+LyuṬ+ṬāP = kār-í+ana+ā = kār-0̸-aṇ-ā = kār-aṇ-ā `instigation, urging'; exception to guṇá (7.3.84).

4. kr̥+ṆíC+ṆvuL = kār-í+aka- = kār-0̸-aka- = kār-aka- `urger, instigator, producer'; exception to vŕddhi on account of marker Ṇ of ṆvuL(7.2.115).

$6.4.52 niṣṭhā-y-āṁ s-e-Ṭ-i

[Lópa (0̸) 48 replaces the causative marker Ṇí 51 before 1.1.66 the ārdhadhātuka 46 affixes 3.1.1] denoted by the t.t niṣṭhā (1.1.26: Ktá, KtávatU) co-occurring with initial increment iṬ (sa=iṬ-i).

kr̥+ṆíC+Ktá- = kār-i+iṬ-Ktá = kār-0̸-i-tá- = kār-itá- `caused to be done', but kr̥+ṆíC+iṬ+tumu̱N = kār-e-i-tum = kār-ay-i-tum `cause to do'. Description

$6.4.53 jan-i-tā mántr-e

The expression jan-i-tŕ- `progenitor' is introduced in the Mántra section of the Veda [with lópa (0̸) 46 replacement of the causative marker Ṇí 51 before 1.1.66 the seṬ 52 ārdhadhātuka 46 affix 3.1.1 tŕC].

yó naḥ pi-tā jan-i-tā (RV 10.82.3) `who is our father progenitor': = jan+ṆíC+iṬ+tŕC+sU = jan-0̸-i-tŕ+sU = jan-i-tā (7.1.94; 6.4.11). Cf. 92 below, for exception to 7.2.115.

$6.4.54 śam-i-tā yajñ-e

The expression śam-i-tŕ- `carver of the sacrificial meat' is introduced in the domain of sacrifice (yajñ-e) [with lópa (0̸) 46 replacement of the causal marker Ṇí 51 before 1.1.66 the seṬ 52 ārdhadhātuka 46 affix 3.1.1 tŕC].

śr̥-tá-m havíḥ śam-i-taḥ `Oh carver of cooked sacrificial oblation!' : śam+ṆíC+iṬ-tŕC+sU = śam-i-tā. Description

$6.4.55 ay ¹ām=²ánta=³ālú=⁴āyya=⁵itnú=⁶iṣṇú-ṣu

The substitute element ay replaces [Ṇí 51 before 1.1.66 ārdhadhatuka 46 kŕt 3.1.93 affixes 3.1.1] °-ām (3.1.35), °-ánta (Uṇādi), °-ālú(C 3.2.158), °-āyya (Uṇādi), °-itnú (Uṇādi) and °-iṣṇú(C 3.2.136) and °-KHiṣṇú-C (3.2.57).

1. °-ām: kr̥+ṆiC+ām+ca-kār-a (3.1.35,40) = kār-i+ām ca-kār-a = kār-ay-āṁ ca-kār-a (or kār-e+ām = kār-ay-āṁ ca-kār-a) `has caused to make' (7.3.84).

2. °-ánta: maṇḍ+ṆíC+ánta- = maṇḍ-ay-ánta- `ornament'.

3. °-ālúC: spr̥h+ṆíC+ālúC = spr̥h-ay-ālú- `desirous'.

4. °-āyya: spr̥h+ṄíC+āyya- = spr̥h-ay-āyya- ibid.

5. °-itnú: stana+ṆíC+itnu = stan0̸-í+itnú- (48) = stan-ay-itnú- `thunder'.

6. °iṣṇú: pāra+ṆíC+iṣṇú = pār0̸-ay-iṣṇú- = pār-ay-iṣṇú `conveying to the opposite shore'.

$6.4.56 LyaP-i laghú-pūrv-āt

[The substitute element ay 55 replaces the causative marker Ṇí 51] preceded by a metrically light syllable (laghú-pūrv-āt) [before 1.1.66 the substitute ārdhadhātuka 46 affix 3.1.1] LyaP.

pra+nam+ṆíC+LyaP = pra-ṇam-áy-ya `having caused to bow down' (the verbal stem being a M-IT, 7.2.115 is inoperative by 92 below), but pra+pat+ṆíC+LyaP = pra-pāt-0̸-ya (51) `having caused to fall down'.

$6.4.57 vibhāṣā āp-aḥ

[The substitute element ay 55] optionally (vibhāṣā) replaces [the causative marker ṆíC 51 introduced after the verbal stem] āp- `attain, reach' (V 14) [before 1.1.66 the substitute ārdhadhātuka 46 affix 3.1.1 LyaP 56].

pra+āp+ṆíC+LyaP = pr-ā-p-áy-ya/pr-āp+0̸-ya = prāp-ya `having caused to attain or reach'.

$6.4.58 ¹yu-²pluv-or dīrghá-s=chandas-i

In the domain of Chándas a substitute long (vowel 1.2.28) replaces [the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 of the verbal stems] yu- `mix' (II 23) and plu- `float, swim' (I 1007) [before 1.1.66 the ārdhadhātuka 46 substitute affix 3.1.1 Lyap 56].

dānty anu-pūrvá-m vi-yū-ya (RV 10.131.2); yátrā yó dákṣiṇā pari-plū-ya (KaṭḥS. 25.3) but in the spoken language saṁ-yú-t-ya, ā-plú-t-ya (1.71). Description

$6.4.59 kṣíy-aḥ

[A substitute long vowel 58 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 of the verbal stem] kṣi- `destroy, waste away' (1.255), `reside' (VI 114) [before the ārdhadhātuka 46 substitute affix 3.1.1 Lyap 56].

prá+kṣi+LyaP = pra-kṣī-ya `having wasted away (I)/having resided (VI)'.

$6.4.60 niṣṭhā-y-ām á-ṆyaT=arth-e

[A substitute long vowel 58 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 of the verbal stem kṣí- `waste away/reside/ (I 255/VI 114) before 1.1.66 ārdhadhātuka 46 affixes 3.1.1] denoted by the t.t. niṣṭhā (1.1.26: Ktá-, KtávatU) when the meaning implied is not that of the affix ṆyàT.

Affix [ṆyàT] implies either an impersonal [= bhāv-é] or passive [kár-maṇ-i] construction; consequently the context here refers to the active [kar-tár-i] construction.

ā-kṣi+Ktá = ā-kṣī-ṇá- (8.2.46; 4.2), pari-kṣī-ṇá- `vanished'; pra-kṣī-ṇá- `destroyed, perished', but in passive and impersonal constructions kṣi-tá-. Description

$6.4.61 vā ¹ā-kroś-á-²daí-n-yay-oḥ

[The substitute long vowel 58] optionally (vā) replaces [the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 of the verbal stem kṣí- `waste away/reside (I 255/VI 114)' 59 before 1.1.66 the ārdhadhātuka 46 affixes 3.1.1 denoted by the t.t. niṣṭhā, when not expressing the sense of the affix ṆyàT 60] to indicate reproach (ā-kroś-á-°) or pity (°-daí-n-yay-oḥ).

1. ā-kroś-é: kṣi-t-ā-yus-/kṣī-ṇ-ā-yus- `whose life-span is miserable' in a curse with é-dhi `may your life be miserable'; 2. daí-n-y-e: kṣi-tá-/kṣī-ṇá- in the expression kṣi-tá-ḥ/kṣī-ṇá-ḥ ayám tap-as-vī `(alas!) this ascetic is emaciated'. Description

$6.4.62 ¹syá-²si̱C-³sīyu̱Ṭ-⁴tāsi̱-su ¹bhāv-á-²kár-maṇ-oḥ upa-deś-é ¹aC=²hanÁ-³gráhA-⁴dr̥ś-āṁ CiṆ-vát=iṬ ca

When the impersonal (bhāv-é) or passive (kár-maṇ-i) construction is denoted by the l-replacements (3.4.69), those operations which apply [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] °-CiṆ also [optionally 61 apply before 1.1.66 the l-markers] °-syá-, °-si̱C-, °-sīyu̱T and °-tāsi-, and (ca) if the operations are applied then initial increment iṬ is inserted before them and is valid after verbal stems [which end in 1.1.72] a vowel (aC-°) as well as the verbal stems han- `kill, strike, hurt' (II 2), gráh- `seize' (IX 61) and dr̥ś- `see, perceive' (I 1037).

1. Stems ending in vowels: ci+sya (3.1.33)+te/cāy+iṬ+sya+te (7.2.115) = ce-ṣyá-te/cāy-i-ṣyá-te as in áT+ci+CiṆ+ta = á-cāy-i0̸ (104); similarly: á-ci+síC+ātām/á-ci+iṬ+siC+ātām = á-ce-ṣ-ātām/á-cāy-i-ṣ-ātām; so also ce-ṣī-ṣ-ṭa/cāy-i-ṣī-ṣ-ṭa; ce-tās-mi/cāy-i-tās-mi. [syá, tāsi̱] introduced by 3.1.33; [síC] by 3.1.44; [sīyu̱Ṭ] by 3.4.102.

2. han-i-ṣyá-te/ghān-i-ṣyá-te after áṬ+han+CiṆ = a-ghān-i (7.4.54); á-ha0̸-s-ātām/á-ghān-i-ṣ-ātām; vadh-i-ṣī-ṣ-ṭa/ghān-i-ṣī-ṣ-ṭa; han-tās-mi/ghān-i-tās-mi.

3. grah-ī-ṣyá-te/grāh-i-ṣyá-te after áT+grah+CiṆ = á-grāh-i; á-grah-ī-ṣ-ātām/á-grāh-i-ṣ-ātām; grah-ī-ṣī-ṣ-ṭa; grāh-i-ṣī-ṣ-ṭa; grah-ī-tās-mi/grāh-i-tās-mi. 7.2.37 applies only to [iṬ] introduced by 7.2.35 but not to that introduced by this rule.

4. drak-ṣyá-te/darś-i-ṣyá-te after áṬ+dr̥ś+CiṆ+ta = á-darś-i-0̸. á-dr̥k-ṣ-ātam/á-darś-i-ṣ-ātām; dr̥k-ṣī-ṣ-ṭa/darś-i-ṣī-ṣ-ṭa; draṣ-ṭās-mi/darṣ-ṭās-mi/darś-i-tās-mi (1.58).

Since this is an extension of operations within the governing rule 1 of [áṅga], it blocks out the operations of áṅga replacements introduced by 2.4.42-43 for [han-], 2.4.5 for [iṆ `go' II 36] and 2.4.48-50 for [iṄ `study' II 37].

$6.4.63 dīṄ-aḥ yu̱Ṭ=aC-i K-Ṅ-IT-i

[The initial increment 1.1.46] yu̱Ṭ is inserted at the head [of an ārdhadhātuka 46 affix 3.1.1 beginning with 1.1.54] a vowel (aC-i) with marker K or Ṅ as IT [introduced after 3.1.2 the áṅga 1 stem] dīṄ- `perish' (IV 26).

úpa+dī+lIṬ+eŚ (3.4.81) = úpa-di-dī+eŚ (1.8; 7.4.59) = úpa-di-dī+yu̱ṬeŚ = úpa-di-dī-y-e (eŚ being a K-IT by 1.2.5). So also úpa-di-dī-y-āte/úpa-di-dī-y-ire.

$6.4.64 āT-aḥ lópa-ḥ iṬ-i ca

Lópa (0̸) replaces [the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52] phoneme āT (long ā) [before 1.1.66 the initial increment 1.1.46] iṬ and (ca) [ārdhadhātuka 46 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel with marker K or Ṅ as IT 63].

1. °-iṬ: pā+lIṬ+thaL = pa-pā (1.8; 7.4.59)+iṬ+thaL = pa-p0̸-i-tha = pa-p-í-tha `thou hast drunk'; similarly pa-pā+us = pa-p0̸-us = pa-p-úḥ `they have drunk' (K-IT 1.2.5).

2. Ṅ-IT: prá+dā+aṄ+ṬāP (3.3.106) = pra-d0̸+á+ā = pra-d-ā = prá-dī-ya-te `gift'. Description

$6.4.65 īT=yàT-i

The substitute phoneme long ī(T) replaces [áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 phoneme ā(T) 64 before 1.1.66 the ārdhadhātuka 46 affix 3.1.1] yàT.

dā+yàT = dī+yàt = dé-ya- (7.3.84) `to be given or donated'. The relevance of substitute long phoneme /ī/ becomes clear in the following sūtra-s; here the same result would have been realized with a substitute short /i/ vowel.

$6.4.66 ¹GHU-²mā-³sthā-⁴gā-⁵pā-⁶já-hā-ti-⁷s-āṁ ha̱L-i

[The substitute phoneme long ī(T) 65 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 long phoneme āT 64 of verbal stems] denoted by the t.t. GHU (1.1.20: having the shape of dā or dhā, with the exception of dāP/daiP) and mā- `measure' (II 53, III 6, IV 34), sthā- `stop, remain' (I 975), gā- `go, move' (I 998) `praise' (III 25), `sing, sound' (I 965) and substitute morpheme for iṆ (2.4.45), for iṄ (2.4.48-50), pā- `drink' (I 972), hā- `abandon (III 8) and sā- (= so- IV 39) `destroy' [before 1.1.66 ārdha-dhātuka 46 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with] a consonant (ha̱L-i) [with marker K or Ṅ as IT 63].

1. GHU: dā+yáK+te = dī-yá-te `is given'; 2. mā+yáK+te = mī-yá-te `is measured'; similarly 3. sthī-yá-te, 4. gī-yá-te, 5. pī-yá-te, 6. hī-yá-te, 7. áva-sī-ya-te.

dā+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = de-dī-y-á-te (1.9; 7.4.82); me-mī-yá-te, te-ṣṭhī-yá-te, je-gī-yá-te, pe-pī-yá-te, je-hī-yáte, áva-se-sī-ya-te.

$6.4.67 e-r lIṄ-i

The substitute vowel phoneme /e/ replaces [áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 vowel phoneme āT 64 of verbal stems denoted by the t.t. GHU as well as mā-, sthā-, gā-, pā-, hā- and sā- 66 before 1.1.66 ārdhadhātuka 46] l-substitutes of lIṄ [with marker K or Ṅ as IT 63].

dā+lIṄ+t = dā+yāsu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ-t (3.4.103,107) = de-yā+0̸+0̸+t (7.2.70) = de-yā-t (since increment [yāsu̱Ṭ] is Ṅ-IT) `let him give'; similarly: me-yā-t, sthe-yā-t, ge-yā-t, pe-yā-t, he-yā-t, áva-se-yā-t; but dā+sīyu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+tá (3.4.102, 107) = dā-sī-ṣ-ṭá (1.66; 8.3.59; 4.41).

$6.4.68 vā anyá-sya saṁ-yog-á=āde-ḥ

[The substitute phoneme /e/ 67] optionally [vā] [replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 phoneme āT 64 of the verbal stems] other than (anyá-sya) [those listed in 66 above] which begin with a conjunct consonant (sam-yog-á=āde-ḥ) [before 1.1.66 ārdhadhātuka 46 l-substitutes of lIṄ 67 with K or Ṅ as IT marker 63].

glai+lIṄ+t = glā+yāsu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+t (1.45) = gle-yā+0̸0̸-t (7.2.79) = gle-yā-t/glā-yā-t `may (he/she/it) become tired', but glā+sīyu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+tá = gla-sī-ṣ-ṭá. Description

$6.4.69 ná LyaP-i

[The substitute phoneme e 67] does not (ná) replace the [áṅgá 1 final 1.1.52 phoneme āT 64 of the verbal stems listed in 66 above before 1.1.66 the ārdhadhātuka 46 substitute affix 3.1.1] LyaP (for Ktvā).

pra+dā+LyaP = pra-dā-ya `having gifted'; similarly: pra-mā-ya, pra-sthā-ya, pra-gā-ya, pra-pā-ya, pra-hā-ya, ava-sā-ya. Description

$6.4.70 may-a-te-r iT=anya-tará-syām

The substitute phoneme short i(T) optionally (anya-tarásyām) replaces the [áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 long vowel āT 64 of the verbal stem] meṄ- `exchange, trade, barter' (I 1010) [before 1.1.66 the ārdhadhātuka 46 substitute affix 3.1.1 LyaP 69 (for Ktvā)].

apa+me+LyaP = apa-mā-ya/apa-mí-t-ya (1.71) `having exchanged or bartered'.

$6.4.71 ¹lUṄ-²lIṄ=³lR̥Ṅ-k-ṣu=áṬ=udātta-ḥ

The initial increment (1.1.46) áṬ is inserted, with high pitch (udātta-ḥ) [at the head of a verbal áṅga 1 before 1.1.66 the l-substitutes of] lUṄ (Aorist), lAṄ (Imperfect) and lR̥Ṅ (Conditional).

1. kr̥+lUṄ = kr̥+tiP (3.4.77) = kr̥+t (3.4.100) = kr̥+Cli̱+t (3.1.43) kr̥+si̱C+t (3.1.44) = kār+s+t (7.2.1) = kār+s+īṬ+t (7.3.96) = áṬ-kār-ṣ-ī-t = á-kār-ṣ-ī-t. The insertion of the initial increment may take place at any stage of the various operations. It may, however, be convenient to consider the theme itself to be áṬ+kr̥- before l-substitutes of the three tenses are in place, since it is an áṅga increment.

2. kr̥+lAṄ = áT+kr̥+u+tiP = á-kar+o+t (3.1.79; 7.3.84) `did'.

3. kr̥+lR̥Ṅ + á-kr̥+sya+tiP = á-kr̥+iṬ-sya+t (3.1.33; 7.2.70; 3.4.100) = á-kar-i-ṣya-t `if he had done'. Description

$6.4.72 āṬ áC=ādī-n-ām

The initial increment (1.4.46) āṬ [with high pitch 71 accent is inserted at the head of a verbal áṅga l] beginning with a vowel (áC=ādī-n-ām) [before 1.1.66 the l-substitutes of lUṄ, lAṄ and lR̥Ṅ 71].

1. lUṄ (Aorist): īkṣ+lUṄ = āṬ+īkṣ+iṬ+si̱C+ta (7.2.35) = aíkṣ-iṣ-ṭa (1.90; 8.3.59; 4.41) `has perceived'.

2. lAṄ (Imperfect): īkṣ+lAṄ = ā+īkṣ+ŚaP+ta = aí-kṣ-a-ta (1.90) `saw'.

3. lR̥Ṅ (Conditional): īkṣ+lR̥Ṅ = aíkṣ+iṬ-sya+ta (3.1.33; 7.2.35) = aíkṣ-i-ṣya-ta (8.3.59) `if he had seen'. Description

$6.4.73 chándas-i=ápi dr̥ś-yá-te

In the Chándas [the initial increment āṬ 72 with high pitched accent 71] is seen (dr̥ś-yá-te) [inserted at the head of a verbal áṅga l] (ápi) [other than one beginning with a vowel 72].

su-rúc-o vená ā-váḥ (VS 13.3): ā-vr̥+lUṄ+t = ā-vr̥+0̸+t (2.4.8) ā-var+t (7.3.84) = ā-var+0̸ (1.68) = ā-vaḥ (8.3.15).

yuj+lAṄ = ā+yuj+SnaM+t = ā-yu-na-j+t = ā-yu-na-j+0̸ (1.68) = ā-yu-na-k (8.2.30).

$6.4.74 ná māṄ-yog-e

[The initial increments aṬ 71 and āṬ 72] are not (ná) [inserted at the head 1.1.46 of a verbal áṅga 1 before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of lUṄ, lAṄ and lR̥Ṅ 71] when co-occurring with the prohibitive particle māṄ.

mā+á-kār-ṣ-ī-ḥ = mā kār-ṣ-ī-ḥ `do not do it'. mā+á-kar-o-s = mā kar-o-ḥ `do not do'. Similarly mā bhavān īkṣ-i-ṣ-ṭa/īkṣ-a-ta (72).

$6.4.75 bahulá-ṁ chándas-y á-māṄ-yog-e=ápi

In the Chándas [the initial increments áṬ and āṬ 72 with high-pitched accent 71 are not inserted 74 at the head of 1.1.46 a verbal áṅga l] even (ápi) when the prohibitive particle māṄ is not co-occurring [or co-occurring (with the verbal form)] variously (bahulá-m).

1. ján-i-ṣ-ṭhāḥ+ugrá-ḥ = ján-i-ṣ-ṭhā ugrá-ḥ = á-jan-i-ṣ-ṭhāḥ `hast been born'; 2. mā vaḥ kṣétr-e para-bījā-n-i á-vāp-s-uḥ.

The force of the expression [bahulám] is to indicate non-conformity with the constraints restricting the operation of this rule.

$6.4.76 iray-aḥ re

The substitute element re [variously 75 replaces the whole of 1.1.55 the l-substitute] ire (C) (3.4.81 of jha) [in the Chándas 75].

dhā+lIṬ = dhā+jha = da-dhā+iréC (1.8; 3.4.81) = da-dh0̸+iréC (64) = da-dh-ré `they have borne' for da-dh-iré, but ca-kr-iré `they have made'. Description

$6.4.77 aC-i ¹Śnu-²dhātu-³bhruv-ām ¹y-²v-or ¹iya̱Ṅ=²una̱Ṅ-au

The substitute elements iya̱Ṅ and uva̱Ṅ [respectively 1.3.10 replace 1.1.53] the vowels i and u [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 beginning with] a vowel (aC-i) [when they are áṅgá 1 final 1.1.52 of a theme ending in 1.1.72] the present class marker Śnu (3.1.73), or of a verb (°-dhātu-°) or of [the nominal stem 4.1.1] bhrū `brow'.

1. āp+lOṬ = āp+Śnú+jhi = āp-nú+anti (7.1.3) = āp-núv-anti `they attain'.

2. kṣi+lIṬ = ci-kṣi+ús (1.8; 3.4.82) = ci-kṣiy-úḥ (1.189) `have wasted away or emaciated'; similarly lū+lIṬ = lu-lū+ús = lu-luv-úḥ `they have cut'.

3. bhrū+au = bhrúv-au, but vadhū+au = vadhv-aù.

Guṇá and Vŕddhi replacements block the operation of this rule: ci+LyuṬ/ṆvuL = cé+ana (7.3.84) = cáy-ana- (1.78)/caí+ṆvuL (7.2.115) = cāy-aka-. Description

$6.4.78 abhy-ās-á-sya=á-sa-varṇ-e

[The substitute elements iya̱Ṅ and uva̱Ṅ 77 respectively 1.3.10 replace the vowels i, u 77 occurring at the end of 1.1.72] the reduplicative syllable (abhy-ās-á-sya) [before 1.1.66] a non-homogeneous vowel (á-sa-varṇ-e).

iṣ+lIṬ = i-iṣ+ṆaL (1.8; 3.4.82) = iy-éṣ-a (7.3.84) `has desired'; so also uṣ+ṆaL = u+óṣ+ṆaL = uv-óṣ-a `has burnt'; but from iṆ- `go' (II 36): i+lIṬ = i+ús = i-i+us = i-iy+ús (77) = īy-úḥ, īy-átuḥ and iy-āy-a (7.2.115). Description

$6.4.79 striy-āḥ

[The substitute element iya̱Ṅ 77 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 vowel ī 77 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] strī `woman, female' [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel 77].

strī+au/Jas = stríy-au/stríy-aḥ; strī+ām = strī+nu̱Ṭ+ām = strī-ṇ-ām (7.1.54; 8.4.2).

$6.4.80 vā ¹am-²Śas-oḥ

[The substitute element iya̱Ṅ 77] optionally (vā) [replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 vowel ī 77 of the nominal stem 4.1.1 strī `woman' 79 before 1.1.66 the sUP triplets] am and Śas (4.1.2).

strī+am/Śas = strī-m (1.107)/stríy-am; strī-ḥ (1.102)/stríy-aḥ. Description

$6.4.81 iṆ-aḥ ya̱Ṇ

The semivowel y(a̱Ṇ) replaces [the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 of the verbal stem] iṆ- `go' (II 36) [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel 77].

i+jhi = i+ánti (7.1.3) = y-ánti `they go'; similarly i+lOṬ = i+0̸¹+antu (7.1.3; 3.4.86) = y-ántu `let them go/they may go'.

$6.4.82 e-ḥ án-eka=aC-aḥ=á-saṁ-yog-a-pūrva-sya

[The semivowel ya̱Ṇ 81 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 phoneme /i/ 77] of a polysyllabic verbal stem (án-eka=aC-aḥ), not preceded by (°-pūrva-sya) a conjunct consonant (á-saṁ-yoga-°) [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel 77].

nī+lIṬ = ni-nī+átus = ni-ny-átuḥ; ni-ny-úḥ; grāma-ṇī+au = grāma-ṇy-aù (8.4.2) but yava-krī+au = yava-kríy-au `two purchasers of barley'. Description

$6.4.83 o-ḥ sUP-i

[The semivowel substitute v of ya̱Ṇ 81 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52] vowel phoneme /u/ [of a polysyllabic verbal stem, not preceded by a conjunct consonant 82 before 1.1.66] sUP triplets [beginning with a vowel 77].

khála-m pu-nā-ti = khála+0̸¹+pū+Kvi̱P = khala-pū (3.2.178)+au khala-pv-aú (1.174) `two sweepers of a threshing floor'; but lū+Kvi̱P+au = lúv-au `two reapers'; kaṭa-prū+au = kaṭa-prúv-au `two gamblers'.

$6.4.84 varṣā-bhv-as=ca

[A substitute semivowel v of ya̱Ṇ 81 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the nominal stem 4.1.1] varṣā-bhū- `rain-born' [before 1.1.66 sUP triplets 83 beginning with a vowel 77].

varṣā-bhū+au = varṣā-bhv-aú. This is a prior exception to 85 below.

$6.4.85 ná ¹bhū-²su-dhíy-oḥ

[A substitute semivowel ya̱Ṇ 81] does not replace [the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the nominal stems 4.1.1] bhū `becoming' and su-dhī `shrewd' [before 1.1.66 sUP triplets 83 beginning with a vowel 77].

prati-bhū+au = prati-bhúv-au `two sureties'; su-dhī+au = su-dhíy-au `two intelligent persons'.

$6.4.86 chándas-i ubha-yá-thā

In the Chándas both (ubhyá-thā) [iya̱Ṅ-uva̱Ṅ 77 and ya̱Ṇ 81 replace the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the nominal stems 4.1.1 bhū `becoming' and su-dhī- `shrewd' 85 before 1.1.66 sUP triplets 83 beginning with a vowel 77].

váne-ṣu ci-trá-m vi-bhv-àm viśé-viśe (RV 4.7.1) = vi-bhúv-am viśé (TS 1.5.5); su-dhy-ò/su-dhíy-o háv-yam agne. Description

$6.4.87 ¹hu-²Śnuv-oḥ sārva-dhātu-k-e

[A substitute semivowel ya̱Ṇ 81 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the verbal stem] hu- `sacrifice' (III 1) and [of a polysyllabic 82 verbal stem ending in 1.1.72 the present class-marker] Śnu (3.1.732) [not preceded by a conjunct consonant 82, before 1.1.66] the sārva-dhātuka (3.4.113) [affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel 77].

hu+lAṬ = hu+Ślu+jhi (2.4.75) = ju-hu+ati (1.10; 7.1.4) = jú-hv-ati `they sacrifice'; jú-hv-atu `let them sacrifice'.

su+lAṬ = su+Śnu+jhi = su-nu+anti = su-nv-ánti `they distil'; but āp-nuv-ánti `they reach/attain'.

$6.4.88 bhúv-aḥ vu̱K ¹lUṄ-²lIṬ-oḥ

The final increment (1.1.46) vu̱K is inserted after the verbal stem bhū- `become' (I 1) [before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of] lUṄ (Aorist) and lIṬ (Perfect) tenses [beginning with a vowel 77].

1. bhū+lUṄ = áṬ (71)+bhū+si̱C (3.1.44-0̸¹ 2.4.77)+jhi = á-bhū-ant (3.4.100) = á-bhū-v-ant = á-bhū-v-an0̸ (8.2.23) = á-bhū-v-an `they have become'.

2. bhū+lIṬ = ba-bhū+ṆaL (1.8; 3.4.82) = bá-bhū-v+ṆaL = ba-bhū-v-a `has become'.

$6.4.89 ūT=upa-dhā-y-āḥ góh-aḥ

The substitute phoneme ūT replaces the penultimate (upa-dhā-y-āḥ) phoneme [of the verbal áṅga 1 of] góh- (= gúh- I 944) `hide' [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel 77].

The allomorph [góh-] in the rule is to indicate that wherever the verbal stem [gúh-] undergoes a Guṇá replacement, it is replaced by long /ū/, not otherwise.

ní-guh+ŚaP+tiP = ní-*goh-a-ti (7.3.84) = ni-gūh-a-ti `hides'; ni-guh+ṆvuL = ni-*góh-aka- = ni-gūh-aka- `hiding', but ní-guh+lIṬ = ní+guh+atus (3.4.82) = ní-ju-guh-atuḥ `they have been hiding' where lIṬ l-substitutes being K-IT (1.2.5) do not operate Guṇá replacement of the light penultimate vowel.

$6.4.90 doṣ-aḥ Ṇ-aú

[The substitute phoneme ūT 89 replaces the penultimate phoneme 89 of the áṅga 1 of the verbal stem] doṣ- (= duṣ- IV 76) `sin, perish, injure' [before 1.1.66 the causative marker] Ṇí(C).

duṣ+ṆíC = doṣ-í (7.3.86) ŚaP+tiP (3.1.68) = dūṣ-áy-a-ti `spoils, corrupts', but duṣ+GHaÑ = dóṣ-a- `fault'.

$6.4.91 vā cit-ta-vi-rāg-é

[The substitute phoneme ūT 89] optionally (vā) replaces [the penultimate phoneme 89 of the áṅga 1 of the verbal stem doṣ- `spoil, sin, perish' 90 before 1.1.66 the causative marker Ṇí 90] when denoting a disturbance of the mind (cit-ta-vi-rāg-é).

cit-tá-ṁ doṣ-áy-a-ti/dūṣ-áy-a-ti `agitates the mind'.

$6.4.92 M-IT-āṁ hrasva-ḥ

A substitute short (vowel 1.2.18 hrasvá-ḥ) replaces [the penultimate 89 vowel of the áṅga of verbal stems which are designated as marked with] M as IT [before 1.1.66 the causative marker Ṇí(C) 90].

In the Dhātupāṭha verbal stems beginning with [ghaṭ- I 800] and ending with [phaṇ- I 873] are so designated.

ghaṭ+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = *ghāt-í-a-ti (7.2.116) = ghaṭ-áy-a-ti (7.3.94; 6.1.78) `brings about'.

$6.4.93 CiṆ- Ṇamu̱L-or dīrghá-ḥ=anya-tará-syām

A substitute long (vowel: dīrghá-ḥ 1.2.28) optionally (anya-tará-syām) replaces [the penultimate 89 vowel of the aṅga 1 of verbal stems with M as IT marker 92 before 1.1.66 the causative marker ṆíC 90] co-occurring with CiṆ or Ṇamu̱L.

1. śam+ṆíC+CíṆ = áṬ+śām-i+CiṆ+ta = á-sām-0̸+í+0̸ (148; 104) = á-śām-i/á-śam-i `has quietened'.

2. śam+ṆíC+Ṇamu̱L = śām-i+Ṇamu̱L = śām+0̸+am = śām-am śām-am/śám-am śam-am.

$6.4.94 KHaC-i hrasvá-ḥ

A substitute short (hrasvá-ḥ vowel 1.2.18) replaces [the penultimate 89 vowel of the áṅga 1 of a verbal stem before 1.1.66 the causative marker and stem-forming affix Ṇí (90) co-occurring with the affix 3.1.1] KHáC (3.2.38ff.).

divṣ-ánt-aṁ tāp-áy-a-ti = dviṣát+tap+ṆíC+KHáC (3.2.39) = dviṣ-át+tāp-í+KHáC (7.2.116) = dviṣ-a+mu̱M-t+tāp-i+KHáC (3.67) = dviṣ-am-t+tap+0̸+á (51) = dviṣ-ant-tap-á- (8.4.58) = dviṣ-an0̸-tap-á- (8.2.23) = dviṣ-an-tap-á- `chastiser of enemies'; similarly púr-aṁ dār-áy-a-ti = pura+dār-i+KHáC = pura+mu̱M+dār-i+á = pura-n+dār-0̸-á- = puran-dar-á- `destroyer of city forts, n.pr. of Indra'.

$6.4.95 hlād-aḥ niṣṭhā-y-ām

[A substitute short vowel 94 replaces the penultimate 89 vowel of the áṅga 1 of the verbal stem] hlād- `rejoice' (I 27) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 denoted by the t.t.] niṣṭhā (1.1.26: Ktá, KtāvatU).

pra+hlād+Ktá- = pra-hlān-ná- (8.2.42) = pra-hlan-ná- `has rejoiced', but prá-hlād+Ṇí+ŚaP+tiP = prá-hlād-ay-a-ti `causes to rejoice'. Description

$6.4.96 chād-é-r GHe á-dvi=upa-sarg-a-sya

[A substitute short vowel 94 replaces the penultimate 89 vowel of the áṅga 1 of the verbal stem] chād-í- (= chad+ṆíC I 290) `wrap, envelope, cover', not co-occurring with two pre-verb particles [before 1.1.66 affix 3.1.1] GHá (3.3.118).

úraś chād-áy-a-ti `covers the chest': uras+0̸¹+chād-i=GHá = uras-chād-0̸+á- = uraś-chad-á-; 0̸ replacement of ṆíC does not operate the governing rule 22 or 1.1.62 as a result of this specific rule. But sam-upa-cchād-á- `a good coverlet'. Description

$6.4.97 ¹ís-²man-³traN-⁴kvi̱-ṣu ca

[A substitute short vowel 94 replaces the penultimate 89 vowel of the áṅga 1 of the verbal stem chād-í- `cover' 96 before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1] °-ís-, °-man-, °-traN- and Kvi̱.

The first three affixes belong to the Uṇādi group; 1. chād-í+ís = chād-0̸+ís = chad-ís- `cover, roof'; 2. chād-í+man = chád-0̸+man- = chád-man- `roof'; 3. chād-í+traN = chát-tra- `parasol, umbrella'; 4. tanú-ṁ chād-áy-a-ti = tanu-cchād-0̸+Kvi̱P = tanu-cchád- `coat of mail, armour'.

$6.4.98 ¹gama̱-²hanÁ-³jána̱-⁴khána̱-⁵ghas-āṁ lópa-ḥ K-Ṅ-IT-i án-aṄ-i

Lópa (0̸) replaces [the penultimate 89 vowel of the áṅga 1 of the verbal stems] gam- `go' (I 1031), han- `kill, injure' (II 2), ján- `be born' (III 24) IV 41, khán- `dig, excavate' (I 927), ghas- `eat, consume' (I 747) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1] with marker K or Ṅ as IT, excluding aṄ [beginning with a vowel 77].

1. gam+lIṬ = gam+átus = ja-gam+átus = ja-g0̸m-átus = ja-gm-átuḥ (1.8; 7.4.60, 62), ja-gm-úḥ but á-gam-a-t.

2. han+lIṬ = han+átus/ús = ja-ghan+átus/ús (7.3.55) = ja-ghn-átuḥ/ja-ghn-úḥ. Similarly: ja-jñ-átuḥ/jajñ-úḥ; ja-jñ-é, jajñ-āte/jajñ-íre; ca-khn-átuḥ; ja=kṣ-átuḥ but á-ghas-aṄ-t = á-ghas-a-t. Description

$6.4.99 ¹táni̱-²páty̱-os=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [lópa (0̸) 98 replaces the penultimate 89 vowel of the áṅga 1 of verbal stems] tán- `extend' (VIII l) and pát- `fly, fall' (I 898) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel 77 with marker K or Ṅ as IT 98].

ví+tan+lIṬ = ví-tan+iréC (3.4.81) = ví-ta-tan-iréC = ví-ta-tn-ire `have extended'; similarly: pa-pat+má (1.8; 7.4.60) = pa-pat+iṬ-má (7.2.35) = pa-pt-i-má `we have fallen'.

$6.4.100 ¹ghasi̱-²bhás-or ha̱L-i ca

[In the domain of Chándas 99 lópa (0̸) 98 replaces the penultimate 99 vowel of the áṅga 1 of the verbal stems] ghas- `eat; devour, consume' (I 747) and bhás- `devour' (III 18) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1] beginning with a consonant (ha̱L-i) as well as (ca) [with vowels 77, with marker K or Ṅ as IT 98].

1. ád+KtiN = ghás+KtiN (2.4.39) = gh0̸s+tí = gh-dhí (8.2.40) = g-dhí- (8.4.53); samānī g-dhí-ḥ = sá-g-dhi-ḥ `eating together, common meal'.

2. bhas+lOṬ = bhas+Ślu+tām (2.4.75; 3.4.101) = ba-bhas+tām (1.10; 7.4.60; 8.4.54) = ba-bh0̸s+tām = ba-bh0̸+tām (8.2.26) = ba-bh+dhām (8.2.40) = bab-dhām (8.4.53). bhas+Ślu+jhi = ba-bhas+ati = ba-bh0̸s-ati = bá-ps-ati (8.4.55). Description

$6.4.101 ¹hu-²jha̱L-bhyaḥ=hé-r dhí-ḥ

The substitute element dhí replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the substitute affix 3.1.1] hí (for siP 3.4.87) [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stem] hu- `sacrifice' (III 1) and those [ending in 1.1.72] a non-nasal consonant (jha̱L-bhyaḥ).

1. hu+lOṬ = hu+Ślu+hí (3.4.87) = ju-hu+hí (1.10) = ju-hu-dhí.

2. bhid+lOṬ = bhid+ŚnaM+hí = bhi-na-d+hí (3.1.78) = bhi-n0̸-dh+hí (111) = bhi-ndh+dhí = bhi-nd-dhí; but i-hí, svap-i-hí, krī-ṇī-hí. Description

$6.4.102 ¹śru-²śr̥-ṇú-³pr̄-⁴kr̥-⁵vr̥-bhyas=chándas-i

In the Chándas [the substitute element dhí replaces hí 101 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stems] śru-/śr̥-ṇú- `listen, hear' (I 989), pr̄- `fill, fill up' (III 4, IX 19), kr̥- `do' (VIII 10) and vr̥- `cover' (V 8).

1. śru-dhī háva-m indra (RV 2.11.3) `listen to the invocation, O Indra!'; 2. śr̥-ṇu-dhī gir-aḥ `harken to the speech' (RV 8.13.7); 3. pūr-dhí (RV 8.78.10) `fulfill'; 4. urú ṇas kr̥-dhi (RV) `make us wide'; 5. ápā-vr̥-dhi (RV 1.7.6) `un-cover'. Description

$6.4.103 á-Ṅ-IT=as=ca

[In the domain of Chándas 102 the substitute element dhí replaces hí 101] even when it is not marked with Ṅ as IT (3.4.87-88).

3.4.87 introduces the lOṬ substitute of [siP] as [hi] without marker P as IT and thereby makes it a Ṅ-IT by 1.2.4 while 3.4.88 makes this optional in the case of Chándas. The present rule indicates that in this case also, [dhí] replaces [hí]: sóma rāran-dhí (RV 1.91.13) `O Soma! be pleased' as derived from: ram+Ślu+dhí = ra-ram+dhí = rā-ran-dhí with a long vowel replacing the reduplicated syllable and without 0̸ replacement of stem-final nasal (37 above). Similarly yu+Ślu+hí = yu-yo-dhí, since [hí] is not a Ṅ-IT and permits operation of 7.3.86 for guṇa replacement of penultimate light vowel.

$6.4.104 CíṆ-aḥ luK

luK (0̸¹) replaces [the affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2] the Aorist marker CíṆ (3.1.66).

By 3.1.66 CíṆ is introduced after verbal stems before the taṄ triplet [ta] in passive and impersonal constructions. Thus corresponding to kri-yá-te `is done', the Aorist form is: áṬ (71)+kr̥+CiṆ+ta = á-kār-i+ta (7.2.115) = á-kār-i+0̸¹ = á-kār-i; but in a-kār-i-tarām, tar-ām is not replaced by 0̸¹ because of the 0̸¹ replacement of [ta] being present after CiṆ by 1.1.68.

$6.4.105 aT-aḥ hé-ḥ

[luK (0̸¹) 104 replaces the substitute affix 3.1.1] hí [introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal áṅga 1 ending in 1.1.72] the short vowel a(T).

pac+ŚaP+hí = pác-a+hí = pác-a+0̸¹ = pdác-a `cook', but i+0̸¹+hi = i-hí `go'. svap-i-hí `lie down'. Description

$6.4.106 uT-as=ca praty-ay-āt=á-saṁyog-a-pūrv-āt

[luK (0̸¹) 104] also (ca) replaces [the substitute affix 3.1.1 hí introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal áṅga 1 terminating 1.1.72 in] an affix [ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme short u(T), not preceded by a conjunct consonant (á-saṁyog-a-purv-āt).

su+lOṬ = su+Śnú+hí = su-nú+hí = su-nú+0̸¹ = su-nú `listen, hear'; similarly tan+lOṬ = tan-ú+hí = tan-ú+0̸¹ = tan-ú `spread, extend', but āp-nú+hí = āp-nu-hí `reach'.

$6.4.107 lópa-s=ca=a-syá=anya-tará-syām ¹m-²v-oḥ

Lopa (0̸) optionally (anya-tará-syām) replaces [the affix 3.1.1 class-marker ending in 1.1.72 short uT, not preceded by a conjunct consonant 106 before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with] m-° or v-°.

su+lAṬ = su+Śnú+vás/más = su-nu-vás/°-más = su-n0̸=vás/más = su-nu-váh/su-n-váh; su-nu-máḥ/su-n-máḥ; tan+lAṬ = tan-u+vás/más = tan-u-váḥ/tan-váḥ; tan-u-máḥ/tan-máḥ. Description

$6.4.108 nítya-ṁ kar-ó-te-ḥ

[Lópa (0̸) 107] necessarily (nítya-m) replaces [the class marker affix 3.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the phoneme °-uT 106, introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 1] kar-ú- (= kr̥- VIII 10+ú) `do' [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 beginning with v-° or m-° 107].

kr̥+lAṬ = kr̥+ú+vás/más = kur-ú+vás/más (110) = kur+0̸+vás/más = kur-váḥ/kur-máḥ. The operation of 8.2.77 which would have replaced short [u] by the long one is blocked by 8.2.79.

$6.4.109 y-e ca

[Lópa (0̸) 107 replaces the class-marker °-ú- 106 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal aṅga 1 kr̥- `do' (VIII 10) 109 before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 beginning with] y-° also (ca) [necessarily 108].

kr̥+lIṄ = kr̥+u+yās-t (3.4.100) = kur-u+yās+su̱Ṭ+t (110; 3.4.107) = kur-0̸-yā0̸+0̸+t = kur-yā-t (7.2.79), kur-yā-tām/kur-y-úḥ. Description

$6.4.110 aT-aḥ uT sārva-dhātu-k-e

The substitute phoneme short uT replaces the phoneme short aT [of the verbal áṅga kar-ú- 108 ending in 1.1.72 the class marker °-ú- 106 before 1.1.66] sārvadhātuka [affixes 3.1.1 with marker K or Ṅ as IT 98].

kr̥+ú+tás/ánti (Ṅ-IT 1.2.4) = kar-ú+tás/ánti (7.3.84) = kur-u-tás/kur-v-ánti, but kar-ó-ti (P-IT); similarly kar-ú+hí = ku-rú+0̸ (106).

$6.4.111 ¹Śná=²as-or aT=lopá-ḥ

Lópa (0̸) replaces the short vowel a(T) of the present class marker Śna(M 3.1.78) and the verbal stem as- `be' (II 56) [before 1.1.66 sārvadhātuka 110 affixes with marker K or Ṅ as IT 98].

1. rudh+lAṬ = rudh+ŚnáM+tás/ánti = ru-na-dh+tás/ánti = ru-n0̸-dh+tás/ánti = rundh+dhás (8.2.40) = rund-dháḥ (8.3.15; 4.53)/rundh-ánti.

2. as+lAṬ = as+0̸¹+tás/ánti = 0̸s-táḥ/0̸s-ánti. Description

$6.4.112 ¹Śnā=²abhy-às-tay-or āT-aḥ

[Lópa (0̸) 111 replaces] the phoneme long ā(T) occurring in the present class marker Śnā (3.1.81) or [as áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 of] a reduplicated verbal theme [before 1.1.66 sārvadhātuka 110 affixes 3.1.1 with marker K or Ṅ as IT 98].

1. krī+lAṬ = krī+Śnā+áte (3.4.79, 7.1.4) = krī-ṇā+áte (8.4.2) = krī-ṇ0̸-áte `they buy'; krī+lOṬ = krī+Snā+átām = krī-ṇā+átām = kri-ṇ0̸-átām = krī-ṇ-átām `let them purchase'.

2. dā+lAṬ = dā+Ślu+áte = da-dā+áte (1.10; 7.4.59) = dá-d0̸+ate `they give', dá-d-atām `let them give'. Description

$6.4.113 ī ha̱L-i=á-GHO-ḥ

The substitute phoneme ī replaces [the phoneme long ā occurring in the present class marker Śnā or as áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 of a reduplicated verbal theme 112] excluding those denoted by the t.t. GHU (1.1.20) [before 1.1.66 sārvadhātuka 110 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with] a consonant (ha̱L-i) [with marker K or Ṅ as IT 98].

1. krī+lAṬ = krī+Śnā+tás/thás/vás/más = krī-ṇā+tás/thás/vás/más = krī-ṇī-táḥ/tháḥ/váḥ/máḥ.

2. mā+Ślu+té = ma-mā-té (1.10; 7.4.59) = mi-mā-té (7.4.76) = mi-mī-té, mi-mā+áte = mí-m-ate (112). dā+Ślu+tás = da-dā+tás = da-d0̸+tás (112) = dat-táḥ (8.4.55).

$6.4.114 iT=daridra-sya

The substitute phoneme short i(T) replaces [the phoneme long ā(T) 112 occurring as áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 of the verbal stem] daridrā- `be needy' (II 64) [before 1.1.66 sārvadhātika 110 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a consonant 113 with marker K or Ṅ as IT 98].

dari-drā+lAṬ = dari-drā+0̸+vás/más = dari-dri-váḥ/máḥ but dari-drā-tiP.

$6.4.115 bhiy-aḥ=anya-tará-syām

[The substitute phoneme iT 114] optionally (anya-tará-syām) replaces [the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 vowel of the verbal stem] bhī- `fear' (III 2) [before 1.1.66 sārvadhātuka 110 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a consonant 113 with marker K or Ṅ as IT 98].

bhī+lAṬ = bhī+Ślu+tás/thás = bi-bhī+tás/thás, bi-bhi-tás/thás but bhī+yáK+te = bhī-yá-te since [yáK] is ārdhadhātuka.

$6.4.116 já-hā-te-s=ca

[The substitute short vowel i(T) 114] also (ca) [optionally 115 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 vowel of the verbal stem] hā- `abandon' (III 8) [before 1.1.66 sārvadhātuka 110 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a consonant 113 with marker K or Ṅ as IT 98].

hā+lAṬ = hā+Ślu+tás/thás = ja-hā+tás/thás = ja-hī-tás/thás (113), ja-hi-tás/thás but já-hā-tiP. Description

$6.4.117 ā ca h-aú

The substitute phoneme ā, in addition to (ca) [short i(T) 114 optionally 115 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 of the verbal stem hā- `abandon' (III 8) before 1.1.66 sārvadhātuka 110 affix 3.1.1] hí.

hā+lOṬ = hā+Ślu+hí = ja-hā-hí/ja-hi-hí (116)/ja-hī-hí (113) (1.10; 7.4.59,62).

$6.4.118 lópa-ḥ=y-i

Lopa (0̸) replaces [the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 vowel of the verbal stem hā- `abandon' (III 8) 116 before 1.1.66 a sārvadhātuka 110 affix 3.1.1 beginning with] y-° [with marker K or Ṅ as IT].

hā+lIṄ = hā+Ślu+yāsu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+tām (3.4.103,107) = ja-hā+yā0̸+0̸+tām (7.2.79) = ja-h-yā-tām; ja-h-y-úḥ (1.96).

$6.4.119 ¹GHU=²as-or eT=h-aú=abhy-ās-a-lopá-s=ca

The substitute vowel e(T) replaces [the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of verbal stems] denoted by the t.t. GHU (1.1.20) and as- `be' (II 55) [before 1.1.66 sārvadhātuka 110 affix 3.1.1] hí and lopa (0̸) replaces the reduplicated syllable (abhy-ās-a-lopá-ḥ).

1. dā+lOṬ = dā+Ślu+hí = da-dā+hí = 0̸0̸-de-hí = de-hí `give!'.

2. as+lOṬ = as+0̸¹+hi = ae+hí = e+hí (1.97) = e+dhí (22, 101). Description

$6.4.120 aT-aḥ eka-ha̱L-madhy-é=án-ādeśa=āde-r lIṬ-i

[The substitute vowel e(T) 119] replaces the short vowel a(T) which occurs between single consonants (eka-ha̱L-madhy-é) [in a verbal aṅga l] whose initial is not replaced (án-ādeśa-āde-ḥ) (in the reduplicated syllable 1.8) [before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of] lIṬ (Perfect) [with marker K or Ṅ as IT 98 and 0̸ replacement of the reduplicated syllable 119].

raṇ+lIṬ = ra-raṇ+átus/ús (1.8) = 0̸0̸-reṇ-átus/ús = reṇ-átuh/úḥ `have resounded', but ra-rāṇ-a +ṆaL. So also ram+lIṬ = ra-ram+éŚ/āte/iréC = 0̸0̸-rem-é/āte/iré.

Counter-examples: rās+lIṬ = ra-rās+é/āte/iréC = ra-rās-é/āte/-iré, since by 7.4.59 the short vowel replaces the long one in the reduplicated syllable; similarly kaṇ+lIṬ = ca-kaṇ+átus/ús through the operation of 7.4.62.

The constraint on the initial replacement of the verbal theme before lIṬ is for the purpose of applying this rule to situations where this replacement is conditioned by lIṬ itself: 1.64-65 which are general rules do not come under this operation: ṣah+lIṬ = sah+lIṬ = sa-sah+éŚ = seh-é `has endured', and similarly ṇam+liṬ = nam+lIṬ = na-nam+átus/ús = nem-átus/ús since the replacement of retroflex initials by corresponding dentals is not specifically related to lIṬ alone.

$6.4.121 thaL-i ca sa=iṬ-i

[The substitute vowel e(T) 119 replaces the short vowel a(T) which occurs between single consonants 120 of a verbal áṅga 1 whose initial is not replaced in a reduplicated syllable before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of lIṬ 120] also (ca) [before 1.1.66 the lIṬ substitute] thaL co-occurring with initial increment iṬ [with 0̸ replacement of the reduplicated syllable 119].

pac+iṬ-thaL = pa-pác+i-thaL = 0̸0̸-péc-i-tha `hast cooked', but when not so co-occurring with [iT.]: pa=pác+tha = pa-pák-tha (8.2.80).

$6.4.122 ¹tr̄-²phálÁ-³bhajÁ-⁴tráp-as=ca

[The substitute vowel e(T) 119 replaces the short vowel a(T) of the aṅga 1 of the verbal stems] tr̄- `cross, traverse' (I 1018), phál- `fructify' (I 563), bhaj- `share, serve' (I 1047) and tráp- `be ashamed' (I 399) [before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of lIṬ 120 with marker K or Ṅ as IT 98] as well as (ca) [before 1.1.66 thaL co-occurring with initial increment iṬ 121].

1. tr̄+lIṬ = ta-tar+átus/ús (7.4.11) = 0̸0̸-ter-átus/ús = ter-átuḥ/úḥ `have crossed over'; tér-i-tha. Similarly: 2. phel-átuḥ/úḥ; phél-i-tha `have/hast fructified; 3. bhej-átuḥ/úḥ; bhéj-i-tha `have/hast shared or served'; 4. trep-átuḥ/úḥ; trép-i-tha `have/hast become ashamed'.

Exception to 120 with reference to the constraint [án-ādeśa=ādi-].

$6.4.123 rādh-aḥ hiṁsā-y-ām

[The substitute phoneme e(T) 110 replaces the vowel ā(T)112 of the áṅga 1 of the verbal stem] rādh- (IV 84) when designating the sense of 'hurt, injury' (hiṁsā-y-ām) [before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of lIṬ 120 with marker K or Ṅ 98 and also before thaL co-occurring with initial increment iṬ 121 with 0̸ replacement of the reduplicated syllable 119].

ápa+rādh+lIṬ = ápa-ra-rādh/atus/us/i-thaL = ápa-redh-atuḥ/uḥ/ápa-redh-i-tha `have/hast injured'.

In the Dhātupāṭha the verbal stem [rādh-] is defined as [rādhÁ á-kar-ma-k-āt vŕd-dh-au=evá] (intransitive) `increase' only (IV 71) while [rādhA sáṁ-sid-dh-au] occurs as (V 16) and [radhÁ hiṁsā-saṁ-rād-dhy-oḥ IV 84]. The association of [hiṁsā] with (V 16) is justified by the general theory of [an-eka-artha-tva] `multiple senses of verbal stems' since [radh-] which has this meaning has an infixed nasal increment before l-substitutes of lIṬ (7.1.61).

$6.4.124 vā ¹jr̄-²bhrámÚ-³trás-ām

[The substitute phoneme e(T) 119] optionally (vā) replaces [the short vowel a(T) 120 of the áṅga 1 of the verbal stems] jr̄- `become old, age' (IV 22; IX 24), bhrám- `ramble, err' (IV 96), and trás- `tremble' (IV 10) [before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of lIṬ 120 with marker K or Ṅ as IT 98 and 0̸ replacement of the reduplicated syllable 119 and before thaL co-occurring with initial increment iṬ 121, with 0̸ replacement of the reduplicated syllable 119].

1. jr̄+lIṬ = ja-jar+átus/ús (7.4.11) = 0̸0̸=jer-átus/ús = jer-átuḥ/úḥ/jér-i-tha `have/hast grown old or senile'.

2. bhrem=átuḥ/úḥ/bhrém-i-tha `erred, rambled'.

3. trep-átuḥ/úḥ/trép-i-tha `trembled'.

$6.4.125 pháṇ-āṁ ca saptā-n-ām

[The substitute phoneme e(T) 119 optionally 124 replaces the short vowel a(T) 120 of the áṅga 1 of the class of verbal stems consisting of] seven (saptā-n-ām) beginning with phaṇ- `go' (I 873-79) [before 1.1.66 the l-substitutes of lIṬ 120 with marker K or Ṅ as IT and before thaL co-occurring with the initial increment iṬ 121 with 0̸ replacement of the reduplicated syllable 119].

The seven verbal stems are I 873-79: 873 pháṇ- `go, move', 874 rāj- `shine', 875 bhrāj-/876 bhrās/877 bhlāś- `shine', 878 syám- `sound' and 879 sván- `sound'.

1. pheṇ-átuḥ/pheṇ-úḥ/phén-i-tha; pa-phaṇ-átuḥ/úḥ/pa-pháṇ-i-tha.

2. rej-átuḥ/ra-rāj-átuḥ; réj-i-tha/ra-rāj-i-tha.

3. bhrej-é/ba-bhrāj-é; bhrej-iré/ba-bhrāj-iré.

4. bhreś-é/ba-bhrāś-é; bhreś-iré/ba-bhrāś-iré.

5. bhleś-é/ba-bhlāś-é; bhleś-iré/ba-bhlāś-iré.

6. syem-átuḥ/sa-syam-átuḥ; syém-i-tha/sas-syám-i-tha.

7. sven-átuḥ/sa-svan-átuḥ; svén-i-tha/sa-sván-i-tha. Description

$6.4.126 ná ¹śása̱-²dádA-³v=ādi-⁴guṇā-ṇ-ām

[The substitute phoneme e(T) 119] does not (ná) replace [the áṅga 1 vowel a(T) 120 of verbal stems] śas- `cut' (I 763), dad- `give' (I 17), those beginning with the phoneme v-° (v-ādi-°) and where a(T) is the result of a Guṇá replacement [before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of lIṬ 120 with marker K or Ṅ as IT 98 and before thaL co-occurring with the initial increment iṬ 121 and 0̸] does not [replace the reduplicated syllable 119].

1. ví-śas+lIṬ = ví-śa-śas-atuḥ; ví-śa-śas-i-tha `dissected'. Similarly: 2. da-dad-iré `have given'; 3. va-vam-átuḥ, va-vám-i-tha `have vomited'; 4. ví+śr̄+atus = ví-śa-śar=atuḥ; ví-śa-śar-i-tha `have/hast injured'.

$6.4.127 árvaṇ-as tR̥=á-sAU=á-naÑ-aḥ

The substitute element tR̥ replaces [the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the nominal stem 4.1.1] árvan- `courser' [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1] excluding the sUP triplet sU, provided the stem does not co-occur with the privative particle náÑ (á-naÑ-aḥ).

árvan+au/Jas/am = árvatR̥+au/Jas/am = árva-nu̱M-t+au/Jas/am (7.1.70) = dárvant-au/aḥ/am but árvan+sU = árvān+sU (8) = árvān+0̸ (1.68) = árvā+0̸ (8.2.7) = árvā; similarly án-arvā, án-arvāṇ-au/aḥ/am.

árvan+ṄīP (4.1.5) = árvatR̥+ī = árvat-ī; árvan+áṆ = ārvat-á-. Description

$6.4.128 maghávā bahulá-m

[The substitute element tR̥ 127] variously (bahulá-m) replaces [the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the nominal stem 4.1.1] maghá-van- `n.pr. of Indra, the liberal' [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1].

maghá-van+sU/au/Jas/am = maghá-vatR̥+sU/au/Jas/am = maghávā/maghá-vān, maghá-vān-au/aḥ/am; maghá-vant-au/aḥ/amm; maghávan+Śas/Ṭā = maghón-aḥ/ā; maghá-vat-aḥ/ā. maghávan+ṄīP = maghón-ī/maghá-vat-ī; maghá-van+áṆ = māgha-van-á-/māgha-vat-á-. Description

$6.4.129 BHA-sya

(The operations introduced hereafter, up to the end of this chapter apply to the pre-affixal stem 1.4.18-19 designated by the technical term) BHA.

This is a governing rule and the expression [BHA-sya] will recur in all subsequent rules in this chapter.

$6.4.130 pād-áḥ pád-

[The substitute morpheme] pád- replaces [the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-pād- `foot' [occurring at the end of a compound 5.4.138-40 before 1.1.66 affixes beginning with a vowel or y-° 1.4.18 other than those designated by the t.t. sUṬ or Śi 1.1.42-43].

The t.t. [BHA] represents a sub-section of [áṅga] before weak affixes [á-sarva-nāma-sthāna] beginning with a vowel or the semivowel y-° or those ending in °-t- or °-s- before affixes having the sense of the affix matUP (1.4.18-19) and naturally fall within the governing rule 1 of this major section.

dv-aú pād-au a-syá = dvi-pād (5.4.140)+Śas/Ṭā/Ṅe = dvi-pád-aḥ/ā/e; dv-aú dv-aú pād-au dá-dā-ti = dvi-pād+vuN (5.4.1)+ṬāP = dví-pad-ik-āṁ (7.3.44) dá-dā-ti `gives two quarters each'; vyāghrá-sya pād-au iva pādau a-syá = vyāghrá-pād-, tásya ápatya-m = vyāghrá-pād+yaÑ (5.4.138; 4.1.105) = vaíyāghra-pad-ya-ḥ (7.3.3).

$6.4.131 vásO-ḥ sam-pra-sār-aṇa-m

Vocalization of the semivowel (sam-pra-sār-aṇa-m 1.1.45) [of the affix 3.1.1] °-vásU- (= KvásU 3.2.107) [occurring as aṅgá 1 final 1.1.52 of a BHA stem 129] takes place.

vid+vásU+Śas/Ṭā/Ṅe = vid-úṣ-as/ā/e; vid-vás+ṄīP = vid-úṣ-ī; (1.108; 8.3.59). vid-vás+áṆ = vai-duṣ-á-. Description

$6.4.132 vāh-aḥ ūṬH

[The sam-pra-sār-aṇa 131 substitute element] ūṬH replaces [the semivowel 131 of áṅga 1 final 1.1.52] °vāh- [of a BHA 129 stem].

praṣṭhá-ṁ váh-a-ti = praṣṭhá+0̸¹+vah+Ṇvi̱ (3.2.64) = praṣṭha-vāh+Śas/Ṭā/Ṅe = praṣṭha+ūṬHāh+aḥ/ā/e = praṣṭh-aú-h-aḥ/ā/e (1.89, 108).

$6.4.133 ¹śván=²yúvan=³maghón-ām á-taddhit-e

[Vocalization of the semivowel 131 of the BHA 129 nominal stems 4.1.1] śván- `dog', yúvan- `youth' and maghá-van- `bountiful, n.pr. of Indra' replaces [the semivowel v 131 before 1.1.66 non-taddhitá affixes 3.1.1].

1. sván+Śas/Ṭā/Ṅe = śuan+as/ā/e = śún-aḥ/ā/e (1.108); similarly 2. yúvan+Śas/Ṭā/Ṅe = yu-uan+as/ā/e = yūn-aḥ/ā/e (1.101, 108); 3. maghón-aḥ/ā/e. But sván+aÑ (4.3.154) =śaúva0̸-a- (7.3.4).

The present rule operates only on these stems ending in /n/: yuva-tí (4.1.77)+Śas = yuvat-ī-ḥ (1.102).

$6.4.134 aT=lupá-ḥ an-aḥ

Lópa (0̸) replaces the short vowel a(T) [of the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 syllable] °-an [of a BHA stem 129].

rāj-an+Śas/Ṭā/Ṅe = rāj-0̸ñ-aḥ/ā/e; rāj-an+ṄīP = rāj-0̸ñ-ī.

$6.4.135 ¹ṣa-pūrva-²hán-³dhr̥-tá-rājñ-ām áṆ-i

[Lópa (0̸) replaces the short vowel a(T) 134 of the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 syllable °-an 134 of nominal stems] when it is preceded by the phoneme /ṣ/ or [of the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-hán- `destroyer, slayer' and dhr̥-tá-rāj-an- `n.pr.' [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] áṆ.

1. ukṣ-án+áṆ (4.1.92) = aukṣan+á = aukṣ-0̸ṇ-á- (8.4.1) = aukṣ-ṇ-á- `descendant of Ukṣán' but takṣ-an+Ṇyá (4.1.151) = tākṣ-aṇ-yá.

2. bhrūṇa-hán+áṆ = bhrauṇagh-n-á- (7.3.54) `descendant of Bhrūṇa-hán'.

3. dhr̥-tá-rāj-an+áṆ = dhār-ta-rāj0̸ñ-á- `descendant of Dhr̥-tá-rāj-an'. Exception to 144 and 167 below.

$6.4.136 vibhāṣā ¹Ṅi-²Śy-oḥ

[Lópa (0̸) 134] optionally (vibhāṣā) replaces [the short vowel a(T) 135 of the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 syllable °-an 135 of a BHA stem 129 before 1.1.66 the sUP triplets] Ṅi (locative singular) and Śī (nominative-accusative neuter dual 7.1.19).

rāj-an+Ñi = rāj-0̸ñ-i = rāj-an-i/rāj-ñ-i.

sām-an+Śī = sām-0̸-n-ī = sām-an-ī/sām-n-ī. Description

$6.4.137 ná saṁ-yog-āt=¹vá̱=²m=ant-āt

[Lópa (0̸) 134] does not (na) replace [the short vowel a(T) 135 of the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 syllable °an 135 of a BHA stem 129] if it is preceded by a conjunct consonant (saṁ-yog-āt) [ending in 1.1.72] °-v or °m [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel or the semivowel y-°, 1.4.18].

áthar-van+Śas/Ṭā/Ṅe = áthar-vaṇ-aḥ/ā/e; áthar-van+áṆ = āthar-vaṇ-á-. bráh-man+Śas/Ṭā/Ṅe = bráh-maṇ-aḥ/ā/e; bráh-man+áṆ = brāh-maṇ-á-, but tákṣ-an+Śas/Ṭā/Ṅe = táks-ṇ-aḥ/ā/e (135), similarly sām-n-ā. Description

$6.4.138 ac-aḥ

[Lópa (0̸) replaces the short vowel a(T) 135 of the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52] °ac [of a BHA stem 129 before affixes beginning with a vowel or the semivowel y-° 1.4.18].

[°-ac-] here denotes the verbal stem [anc-] with 0̸ replacement of the nasal phoneme (24 above). dádhi áñc-a-ti = dádhi+añc+Kvi̱P = dadhi+a0̸c+0̸ (24; 1.67)+Śas/Ṭā/Ṅe = dadhi+0̸c-as/ā/e = dadhī-c-aḥ/ā/e; dadhi+ac+áṆ = dādhī-c-á- (3.138).

$6.4.139 úd-aḥ īT

The substitute long vowel ī(T) replaces [the short vowel a(T) 135 of áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 °-ac- of a BHA stem 129 after 1.1.67 the preverb particle] úd-° [before 1.1.66 affixes beginning with a vowel or the semivowel y-° 1.4.18].

úd+añc-a-ti = ud+anc+Kvi̱N (3.2.59) = úd-anc+0̸+Śas/Ṭā/Ṅe = úd-a0̸c+as/ā/e (3.138) = ūd-īc-aḥ/ā/e. úd-anc+kha (5.4.8) = ud-īc-īna- `northern'; úd-anc+yàT (4.2.101) = ud-īc-yà- `being or living in the north'.

$6.4.140 āT-aḥ dhāto-ḥ

[Lópa (0̸) 134 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52] long vowel ā(T) of a verbal (dhāto-ḥ) [BHA stem 129 before 1.1.66 affixes beginning with a vowel or the semivowel y-° 1.4.18].

kīlāla-m píb-a-ti = kīlāla+pā+vi̱C = kīlāla-pā- `drinking the beverage of gods' +Śas/Ṭā/Ṅe = kīlāla-p0̸-as/ā/e. Description

$6.4.141 mántre-ṣu āṄ-i ādé-r ātmán-aḥ

In the Mántra section of the Veda [lópa (0̸) 135 replaces] the initial (ādé-ḥ) phoneme [of the nominal stem 4.1.1] ātmán- `self' [before 1.1.66 the sUP triplet] āṄ (instrumental singular = Ṭā).

ātmán+āṄ = ātmán-ā = 0̸tmán-ā but elsewhere ātmán-ā. Description

$6.4.142 ti viṁśaté-r Ḍ-IT-i

[Lópa (0̸) 135 replaces the aṅga 1 final 1.1.52 syllable] °-ti [of the BHA stem 129] viṁśa-tí- `twenty' [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1] with marker Ḍ as IT.

viṁśa-ty-ā krī-tá-ḥ = viṁśa-tí+ḌvuN (5.1.24) = viṁśa+0̸0̸+vuN = víṁśa+aka- (7.1.1) = víṁś0̸-aka- (148) = víṁś-aka- `bought, with twenty pieces'. viṁśa-té-ḥ pūr-aṇa-ḥ = viṁśa-tí+ḌáṬ (5.2.48) = viṁśa+0̸0̸+á- = viṁś-á- `20th'.

$6.4.143 ṬE-ḥ

[Lópa (0̸) 135 replaces the aṅgá 1 final syllable 1.1.52 of a BHA 129 stem] (beginning with the last vowel ṬE-ḥ 1.1.64) [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 with marker Ḍ as IT 142].

kú-mud-a+ḌmatUP (4.2.87) = kú-mud-0̸+matUP = kú-mud-vat- (= *kú-mut+vat 8.4.56, being a BHA stem by 1.4.19; 8.2.10) `abounding in lotuses'. Similarly vetasá-/naḍá+ḌmatUP vetas-vát-/naḍ-vát. triṁśát-ā krī-tá-ḥ = triṁśát+ḌvuN (5.1.24) = tríṁś-0̸0̸+aka- = tríṁś-aka- `purchased for thirty pieces'.

$6.4.144 n-as taddhit-é

[Lópa (0̸) 135 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 syllable beginning with the last vowel 143 of a BHA stem 129 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme /n/ [before 1.1.66] a taddhitá (4.1.76) [affix 3.1.1].

agni-śarman+iÑ (4.1.96) = āgni-śarm0̸0̸+i = āgni-śarm-i `descendant of Agni-śarman'.

$6.4.145 áhn-as=¹Ṭá-²kh-or evá

[Lópa (0̸) 134 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 syllable beginning with the last vowel 143 of a BHA stem 129 ending in 1.1.72 the nominal stem 4.1.1] °-ahan- `day' only (evá) [before 1.1.66 the taddhitá 144 affixes 3.1.1] Ṭa(C 5.4.91) and kha (5.1.87).

dv-é áhan-ī sam-ā-hr̥-t-e = dví+áhan+ṬaC (5.4.91) = dvi+ah0̸0̸+á- = dvy-ah-á- `a period of two days'. dv-é áhan-ī adh-ī-ṣ-ṭa-ḥ/bhr̥-tá-ḥ/bhū-tá-ḥ/bhāv-ī = dví+áhan+kha = dvy-ah0̸0̸-īna-ḥ = dvy-ah-īna-ḥ `accomplished in two days', but ahn-ā nír-vr̥t-ta-m = áhan+ṭhaÑ (5.1.79) = āh0̸n-iká-m `diurnal'. Description

$6.4.146 o-r guṇá-ḥ

Substitute Guṇá (1.1.2: a,e,o) replaces [the aṅga 1 final 1.1.52 phoneme] /u/ [of a BHA stem 129 before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 144 affix 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel or semivowel y-° 1.4.18].

babhrú+yaÑ (4.1.106) = bābhro+ya = bābhrav-ya- (1.79) `descendant of Babhrú`. So also mádhu+yaÑ = mādhav-ya- `brahmin descendant of Mádhu'; śaṅkú+yàT (5.1.2) = śaṅko+yàT = śaṅkav-yà `fit for a peg'. Description

$6.4.147 ḍh-e lópa-ḥ á-kadrv-āḥ

Substitute lópa (0̸) replaces [the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of a BHA stem 129 ending in 1.1.72 the phoneme-class u 146 before 1.1.66 taddhitá 146 affix 3.1.1] ḍha (= éya- 7.1.2) excluding that of °kadrū `n.pr.'

kamaṇḍalu+ḍhaÑ = kāmaṇḍal0̸+eya- = kāmaṇḍal-eya- `descendant of Kamaṇḍalu' but kadrū+ḍháK (4.1.120) = kādro+eyá- (146, 7.2.118) = kādrav-eyá- (1.78) `descendant of Kadrū'.

$6.4.148 y-a-sya īT-i ca

[The substitute lópa (0̸) 147 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.66 phonemes /i/ or /a/ of BHA stems 129 before 1.1.66] the phoneme long ī(T) as well as (ca) [taddhitá 144 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel or semivowel y-° 1.4.18].

1. °-i:0̸ : dákṣa-sya ápatya-ṁ strī = dákṣa+iÑ (4.1.95)+ṄīṢ (4.l.65) = dākṣ0̸-i+ī = dākṣ0̸-ī `female descendant of Dákṣá. duli+ḍháK (4.1.122) = daul0̸-eyá- = daul-eyá- `descendant of Duli'.

2. °-a:0̸ : dákṣa+iÑ = dākṣ0̸-i- `descendant of Dákṣa'. kumārá+ṄīP (4.1.20) = kumār0̸+ī (1.161) `maiden'. Description

$6.4.149 ¹sūrya-²tiṣyà-³agástya-⁴mátsyā-n-āṁ y-aḥ upa-dhā-y-āḥ

[Lópa (0̸) 147 replaces the áṅga l] penultimate (upa-dhāy-āḥ) phoneme /y/ [of the BHA stems 129] sūrya- `sun', tiṣyà- `n.pr. of an asterism or lunar mansion', agástya- `n.pr. of a seer', and mátsya- `fish' [before 1.1.66 the phoneme long ī(T) 148 as well as taddhitá 144 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel or semivowel y-° 1.4.18].

sūry-eṇa éka-dik = sūrya+áṆ (4.1.112)+ṄīP (4.1.15) = saury0̸+á+ī (148) = saury+0̸-ī (148) = saur0̸-ī = saur-ī balākā `a crane moving in the direction of the sun'; similarly tiṣỳ-eṇa yuk-tá-ḥ kālá-ḥ = tiṣyà+áṆ = taisy0̸+á (148) = taiṣ-á-ḥ; agástya-sya ápatyaṁ strī = agástya+áṆ+NīP = āgast-ī; mátsya+ṄīṢ = māts-ī. Description

$6.4.150 ha̱L-as taddhitá-sya

[Lópa (0̸) 147 replaces the áṅga 1 penultimate phoneme y 149 of a BHA stem 129 occurring after 1.1.67] a consonant (hda̱L-aḥ) belonging to a taddhitá [affix 3.1.1 before 1.1.66 the long phoneme ī(T)148].

gargá+yaÑ (4.1.105) = gārg0̸-ya+ṄīP (4.1.16) = gārg-0̸0̸+ī (148, 150) `female descendant of Gargá', but kārikā+ḍháK (4.1.120)+ṄīP (4.1.15) = kdārik0̸+eyá+ī = kdār-ik-ey0̸-ī (6.4.148).

vaid-yá-sya bhāryā = vaid-ya+ṄīṢ (4.1.48) = vaid-0̸-0̸-ī = vaid-ī. Description

$6.4.151 āpat-ya-sya ca taddhit-é=án-āT-i

[Lópa (0̸) 147 replaces the penultimate phoneme y 149] of a patronymic (āpat-ya-sya) [affix 3.1.1 occurring after 1.1.67 a consonant 150 of a BHA stem 129 before 1.1.66] a taddhitá [affix 3.1.1] which does not begin with the long vowel ā(T) (án-āT-i).

gārg-ya (4.1.105)+vuN (sam-ūh-é 4.2.37) = gārg+0̸a+vuÑ = gārg-0̸-aka- = gārg-aka- `a group of Gargá's descendants', but gārg-ya+phaK (4.1.101) = gārg-y0̸+āyaná- (148) = garg-y-āyaṇá- (8.4.2) `descendant of Gārgya' and kārik-eyá+iÑ = kārikey0̸+iÑ = kārik-ey-i- `gotra descendant of Kārikeyá'.

$6.4.152 ¹Kyá-²Cvy-os=ca

[Lópa (0̸) 147 replaces the penultimate phoneme y 149 of a patronymic affix 152 occurring after 1.1.67 a consonant 150 of a BHA stem 129] also (ca) [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1] Kyá (= KyáC 3.1.8. KyáṄ 3.1.11) and Cvi̱.

1. Kyá: ātmán-aḥ vāts-yam icch-á-ti = vāts-ya+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP (3.1.8) = vāts0̸a+KyáC+a=ti vāts-ī-yá-a-ti (7.4.33) = vāts-ī-yá-ti (1.97).

2. Cvi̱: á-vāts-ya-ḥ vāts-ya-ḥ bháv-a-ti = vāts-ya+Cvi̱+bháv-a-ti = vāts-0̸a+Cvi̱+bhav-a-ti = vāts-ī=bhav-a-ti (7.4.32). Description

$6.4.153 bilvà-ka=ādi-bhyas=cha-sya luK

luK (0̸¹) replaces [the affix 3.1.1] cha (4.2.90) [introduced after 3.1.2 the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with bilvà-ka- [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a BHA stem 129 before 1.1.66 taddhitá 151 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a vowel or semivowel y-° 1.4.18].

This is a sub-group included in the class of nominal stems headed by naḍá- `reed' with final increment [ku̱K 4.2.91] before the affix [cha]. bilv-ā-ḥ a-syāṁ s-ánti = bilvà+ku̱K+cha (4.2.91)+ṬāP = bilva-k0̸-īya+ā = bilva-k-īy0̸-ā; tá-syāṁ bháv-a-ḥ = bilvà-ku̱K+cha+ṬāP+áṆ = bilva-ku̱K+cha+ā+áṆ = bilva-k-0̸+0̸+áṆ (64) = bailva-k-á `growing in a Bilvà grove or forest'.

$6.4.154 tu-r ¹iṣṭhaN=²imáni̱C-³īyas-su

[Lópa (0̸) 147 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 affix 3.1.1] °-tr̥- (= tr̥N, tŕC) [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a BHA stem 129 before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1] °-iṣṭhaN-, °-imáni̱C- and °-īyasUN.

1. kr̥+tr̥+iṣṭhaN = kar+0̸¹+iṣṭhaN = kár-iṣṭha- `doing most'.

2. duh+tŕC+īyasUN+ṄīP (4.1.6) = doh+tŕ+īyas+ī (7.3.84) = dóh+0̸0̸+īyas-ī = dóh-īyas-ī `yielding more milk'.

The inclusion of affix [imani̱C] is for the following rules; the other two occur in the Chándas (5.3.59).

$6.4.155 ṬE-ḥ

[Lópa (0̸) 147 replaces the áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 syllable of a BHA stem 129] beginning with the last vowel (1.1.64) [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 °-iṣṭhaN-, °-imáni̱C- and °-īyasUN 154].

laghú+iṣṭhaN/imáni̱C/īyasUN = lágh-iṣṭha-/lagh-imán-/lágh-īyas `shortest, lightest/shortness, lightness/shorter, lighter.

$6.4.156 ¹sthūlá-²dūrá-³yúvan=⁴hrasvá-⁵kṣip-rá-⁶kṣudrā-ṇ-āṁ yá̱Ṇ=ādi páram pūrva-sya ca guṇá-ḥ

[Lópa (0̸) 147 replaces áṅga 1 final 1.1.52 syllable] beginning with a semivowel (yá̱Ṇ-ādi pára-m) [of the BHA stems 129] sthūlá- `gross', dūrá- `far', yúvan- `young', hrasvá- `short', kṣip-rá- `rapid' and kṣud-rá- `small' [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 °-iṣṭhaN-, °-imáni̱C- and °=īyasUN 154] while guṇá (1.1.2) replaces the preceding [vowel iK 1.1.3].

1. sthū-lá+iṣṭhaN/imáni̱C/iyasUN = stho+0̸0̸-iṣṭha/imán/īyas = stháv-iṣṭha=/sthav-imán-/stháv-īyas- `grossest/grossness/grosser'; similarly: 2. dáv-iṣṭha-/dav-imán/dáv-īyas- `farthest/far/farther'; 3. ydáv-iṣṭha-/yav-imán-/yáv-īyas- `youngest/youth/younger'; 4. hrás-iṣṭha-/hras-imán-/hrás-īyas- `shortest/shortness/shorter'; 5. kṣép-iṣṭha-/kṣep-imán-/kṣép-īyas- `fastest/fastness/faster'; 6. kṣód-iṣṭha-/kṣod-imán-/kṣód-īyas- `smallest/smallness/smaller'.

$6.4.157 ¹priy-á-²sthi-rá-³sphi-rá-⁴urú-⁵bahu-lá-⁶gurú-⁷vr̥d-dhá-⁸tr̥p-rá-⁹dīrghá-¹⁰vr̥ndārakā-ṇ-ām ¹pra-²stha-³spha-⁴var-⁵baṁhi-⁶gar-⁷varṣi-⁸trap-⁹drāghi-¹⁰vr̥nd-ā-ḥ

The substitute morpheme elements pra-, stha-, spha-, var-, baṁhi-, gar-, varṣi-, trap-, drāghi- and vr̥ndá- [respectively 1.3.10 replace the nominal BHA stems 129] priy-á- `dear', sthi-rá- `firm', sphi-rá- `fat', urú- `broad, wide, large', bahu-lá- `thick', gurú- `heavy', vr̥d-dhá- `increased', tr̥p-rá- `satisfying', dīrghá- `long' and vr̥ndāraka- `excellent [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 iṣṭhaN, imáni̱C and īyasUN 154].

1. priy-á+iṣṭhaN/imáni̱C/īyasUN = pra+iṣṭha-/imán/īyas- = pr-é-ṣṭha=/pre-mán-/pr-é-yas- `dearest/dearness/dearer'; similarly: 2. sthirá-: sth-é-ṣṭha-/sth-e-mán-/sth-é-yas- `firmest/firmness/firmer'; 3. sphi-rá-: sph-é-ṣṭha-/sph-e-mán-/sph-é-yas- `fattest/fatness/fatter'; 4. urú-: vár-iṣṭha/vari-mán/vár-īyas- `largest/largeness/larger'; 5. bahu-lá-: báṁh-iṣṭha-/baṁh-imán-/baṁh-īyas- `thickest/thickness/thicker'; 6. gurú-: gár-iṣṭha-/gar-imán/gár-īps `heaviest/heaviness/heavier'; 7. vr̥d-dhá-: várṣ-iṣṭha-/varṣ-imán-/várṣ-īyas- `oldest/senility/older'; 8. tr̥p-rá-: tráp-iṣṭha-/trap-imán-/tráp-īyas- `most satisfying/satisfaction/more satisfying'; 9. dīrghá-: drāgh-iṣdṭha-/drāgh-imán-/drāgh-īyas- `longest/length/longer'; 10. vr̥ndāraka-: vŕnd-iṣṭha-/vr̥nd-íman-/vŕnd-īyas- `most excellent / excellence / more excellent'.

$6.4.158 bahó-r lópa-ḥ=bhū ca bahó-ḥ

Lópa (0̸) replaces [the initial phoneme 1.1.54 of the affixes 3.1.1 imán-iC and īyas-UN 154 introduced after 1.1.67 the nominal stem 4.1.1] bahú- `many', and the substitute element bhū- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55] of bahú-.

The affix iṣṭhaN is mentioned separately in the following sūtra. bahú+imán/īyasUN = bhū+imán-/bhū+īyas = bhū-0̸mán/bhū-0̸yas- = bhū-mán-/bhū-yas- `abundance/more abundant'.

$6.4.159 iṣṭha-sya yi̱Ṭ ca

The initial increment yi̱Ṭ is inserted at the head of [affix 3.1.1] iṣṭha(N) [introduced after 1.1.67 the nominal BHA stem 129 bahú- `many' and the substitute element bhū- replaces the whole of 1.1.55 bahú- 158].

bahú+iṣṭhaN = bhū-yi̱Ṭ+iṣṭha = bhū-y-iṣṭha- `most abundant'. Description

$6.4.160 jy-āt=āt=īyas-aḥ

The substitute phoneme long ā(T) [replaces the initial 1.1.54 of the affix 3.1.1] īyas(UN) [introduced after 1.1.67 the replacement BHA stem 129] jya- [for pra-śas-ya- or vr̥d-dhá- (5.3.62)].

jyá+īyasUN = jyá+āyas- = jyā-yas- `better/older'. Description

$6.4.161 ra r̥T=aḥ=há̱L-āde-r laghó-ḥ

The substitute element ra replaces the phoneme short r̥(T) preceded by a consonant (há̱L-āde-ḥ), constituting a light syllable (laghó-ḥ) [of a BHA stem 129 before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 iṣṭhaN, imáni̱C and īyasUN 154].

pr̥thú-iṣṭhaN/imáni̱C/īyasUN = prath0̸+iṣṭjaN/imáni̱C/i̱yasUN (155) = práth-iṣṭha-/prath-imán-/práth-īyas- `broadcast, widest/breadth, width/broader, wider'; but from r̥jú- `upright, straight': ŕj-iṣṭha-/r̥j-imán-/ŕk-īyas- `most upright/righteousness/more upright'; kŕṣ-ṇiṣṭha- `blackest'.

$6.4.162 vibhāṣā=r̥j-ós=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the substitute element ra 161] optionally (vibhāṣā) replaces [the short vowel r̥T 161 of the BHA stem 129] r̥jú- `straight, upright' [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 iṣṭhaN, imáni̱C and īyasUN 154].

ŕj-iṣṭha-/ráj-iṣṭha- etc.

$6.4.163 pra-kŕ-ty-ā éka=aC

A monosyllabic [BHA stem 129] (éka=aC) retains its original shape (pra-kŕ-ty-ā) [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 iṣṭhaN/imáni̱C and īyasUN 154].

sraj+vin5.2.121+iṣṭhaN = sraj+0̸¹ (5.3.65) = sráj-iṣṭha- `possessing the most garlands'; similarly sráj-īyas-. sruc+matUP = *sruc+vat (8.2.10)+īyasUN = sruc+0̸¹ (5.3.65)+īyasUN = srúc-īyas- `owning a large number of sacrificial ladles'. But from vásu+matUP+iṣṭhaN = vás0̸ (155)+0̸¹ (5.3.65)+iṣṭha- = vás-iṣṭha- `wealthiest'.

$6.4.164 ín áṆ-i=án-apaty-e

[Before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] áṆ which is not patronymic (án-apaty-e: 4.1.92ff.) [a BHA 1.29 nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] °-ín- [retains its original form 163].

saṁ-kūṭ-a+ínu̱Ṇ (3.3.44)+áṆ (5.4.15) = sāṁ-kūṭ0̸-ín+áṆ = sāṁ-kūṭ-in-ám `total conflagration'; srag-víṇ-aḥ idám = srag-vín+áṆ (4.3.120) = srāg-viṇ-ám `pertaining or belonging to one who wears a garland', but medhā-vín-aḥ ápatya-m = medhā-vín+áṆ (4.1.92) = maidhā-v0̸0̸-á-ḥ (144).

$6.4.165 ¹gāth-ín=²vidath-ín=³keś-ín-⁴gaṇ-ín=⁵paṇ-ín-as=ca

[The BHA stems 129 of] gāth-ín-, vidath-ín-, keśín-, gaṇ-ín- and paṇ-ín- `names of persons' [retain their original form 1.63] also (ca) [before the affix 3.1.1 áṆ 164 (when designating a descendant 4.1.92)].

A separate rule has to be framed because the restriction `not a patronymic affix' is not applicable to these stems.

1. gāth-ín-aḥ ápatya-m/idám = gāth-ín+áṆ = gāth-in-á- `descendant of or belonging to Gāth-ín'. Similarly: 2-5: vaidath-in-a-/kaiś-in-á-/gāṇ-in-á-/pāṇ-in-á-.

$6.4.166 saṁ-yog-á=ādi-s=ca

[A BHA 129 nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 °ín- 164 retains its original form 163 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 áṆ 164] when °-ín- is preceded by a conjunct consonant (saṁ-yog-á=ādi-ḥ).

śaṅkh-ín+áṆ (4.1.92) = śāṅkh-in-á- `descendant of Śaṅkhin'. Similarly vajr-ín+áṆ = vājr-iṇ-á-.

$6.4.167 an

[A BHA 129 nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] °-an- [retains its original form 163 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 áṆ 164, either non-patronymic 164 or patronymic 165].

Exception to 144. For a prior exception cf. 135 above.

sāmn-aḥ idám = sā-man+áṆ (4.3.120) = sāman-á- `relating to a chant'.

$6.4.168 y-e ca á-¹bhāva-²kar-maṇ-oḥ

[A BHA 129 nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 °-an- 167 retains its original form 163 before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1] beginning with the semi-vowel y-° when not expressing a state (bhāva-°) or an action (°-kár-maṇ-oḥ).

sāma-su- sādhú-ḥ = sā-man+yàT (4.4.98) = sā-man-yà-ḥ `fit or proper for a sāman', but rājñ-aḥ bhāv-á-ḥ karma vā = rāj-an+yáK = rāj-0̸+yá-m (144) = rāj-yám.

$6.4.169 ¹ātmán=²ádh-vān-au kh-e

[The BHA 129 nominal stems 4.1.1] āt-mán- `self' and ádh-van- `road' [retain their original form 163 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] kha.

1. ātmán-e hi-tá-ḥ = āt-mán+kha (5.2.16) = āt-man-īna-ḥ `good or suitable for oneself'; 2. ádh-vān-am alaṁ-gām-ī = ádh-van+kha (5.1.9) = adh-van-īna-ḥ `traveler'. But āt-mān-am práti = prati+āt-man+ṬáC (2.1.6; 5.4.108) = praty-atm0̸-a-m; ádhvān-am práti = praty-adhv-á-m (5.4.84).

$6.4.170 ná má̱-pūrva-ḥ=ápaty-e=á-var-maṇ-aḥ

[A BHA 129 nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 °-an- 167] preceded by the phoneme /m/, excluding the word vár-man-, does not (ná) [retain its original form 163 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 áṆ 164] introduced to derive patronymics (ápaty-e).

su-ṣā-mṇ-aḥ ápatya-m = su-ṣā-man+áṆ = sau-ṣā-m0̸-á- (144) = sau-ṣā-m-á- `descendant of Suṣāmán' but sút-van-aḥ ápatya-m = sút-van+áṆ = saut-van-á-ḥ. When [áṆ] is not patronymic: car-maṇ-ā pári-vr̥-ta-ḥ rátha-ḥ = car-man+áṆ (4.2.10) = cār-maṇ-a-ḥ (167).

$6.4.171 brāhm-á-ḥ=á-jā-t-au

The expression brāh-m-á `proper to a brahmin' is introduced [with 0̸ replacement of BHA 179 final 1.1.72 °-an- 167 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] bráh-man- [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 áṆ 164] except when denoting genus (á-jā-t-au).

When indicating genus: bráh-man+áṆ = brāh-maṇ-á- (167). The present rule is an exception to 144 above.

$6.4.172 kārm-á-ḥ tāc-chīl-y-e

The expression kār-m-á is introduced [with 0̸ replacement of BHA 129 final 1.1.72 °-an- 167 of the nominal stem 4.1.1 kár-man- before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 Ṇá 4.4.62] to denote habitual nature (tāc-chīl-y-e).

kár-ma śīla-m a-syá = kár-man+Ṇá = kār-m0̸-á-ḥ `habitually active, laborious' but kár-maṇ-aḥ idám = kar-man+áṆ/kár-maṇ-ā yuk-tá-m = kar-man+áṆ (5.4.36) = kār-maṇ-á-m.

$6.4.173 aukṣ-á-m án-apty-e

The expression aukṣ-á- `proper to a bull' is introduced [with 0̸ replacement of BHA 129 final 1.1.72 °-an- of the nominal stem 4.1.1 ukṣ-án- `bull' before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 áṆ 164] when not introduced as a patronymic (án-apaty-e).

When used as a patronymic: ukṣ-ṇ-áḥ ápatya-m = ukṣ-án+áṆ = auk-ṣ0̸ṇ-á- (135) = auk-ṣṇ-á-.

$6.4.174 ¹dāṇḍin-āyaná-²hāstin-āyaná-³ātharvaṇ-iká-⁴jaihmāśin-eyá-⁵vāsin-eyani-⁶bhraúṇa-hat-ya-⁷dhaí-vat-ya-⁸sāravá-⁹aikṣvāká-¹⁰maítreya-¹¹hiraṇ-máyā-n-i

The expressions beginning with dāṇdin-āyaná- (numbering eleven) are introduced as fully formed derivatives.

1. daṇḍ-ín-aḥ ápatya-m = daṇḍ-ín+phaK (4.1.99) = dāṇḍ-in-ayaná- (°-in- retaining its original form 163); 2. hast-ín+phaK = hāst-in-āyaná-; 3. áthar-vaṇ-ā pr-ók-ta-ḥ granthá-ḥ = áthar-van-; tám adh-ī-te = átharvan+ṭháK (4.2.63) = āthar-vaṇ-iká-; 4. jihm-āśín-aḥ ápatyam = jihm-ā-ś-ín+ḍhaK (4.1.123) = jaihmāś-in-eya-; 5. vās-ín-aḥ ápatya-m = vās-ín+phiÑ (4.1.157) = vās-in-āyani-; 6. bhrūṇa-hán+ṢyaÑ (5.1.124) = bhraúṇa-ha-t-ya- (with /t/ replacing /n/ of the verbal stem). 7. dhī-van+ṢyaÑ = dhaí-vat-ya-; 8. saráyv-ām bháv-a-ḥ = sarayū+aṆ = sārav-á- (with /va/ replacement of /yū/ of the nominal stem); 9. ikṣvākú-ṣu jana-padé-ṣu bháv-a-ḥ = aikṣvāka- (4.1.168); ikṣvākó-r ápatya-m = ikṣvākú+áṆ = aikṣvāk-á- (with 0̸ replacement of stem-final /u/); 10. mitrayó-r ápatya-m = mitra-yú+ḍhaÑ (4.1.136) = maítr-eya- (7.3.2); 11. híraṇya- sya vi-kār-áḥ = híraṇya+máyaṬ = hiraṇ-máya- (4.3.143) (with 0̸ replacement of final syllable of the nominal stem).

$6.4.175 ¹ŕtv-ya-²vāstv-ya=³vāstv-á-⁴mādhv-ī-⁵hiraṇya-yā-n-i chándas-i

In the Chándas the five expressions beginning with ŕtv-ya- `seasonal' are introduced as fully derived (irregular) forms.

1. r̥tú+yàT (4.4.110) = r̥t-aú bháv-a-m = ŕtv-yam (exception to 146); 2. vastu+yaT = vāstv-ya-; 3. vástu+áṆ (4.3.120) = vāstv-á- = vástu-ni bháv-a-; 4. mádhu+aṆ+ṄīP = mādhv-ī; 5. híraṇya+máyaṬ (4.3.143) = hiraṇya-yá (with 0̸ replacement of the initial syllable of the affix).

The irregularity in examples 1-4 is in the replacement of stem-final vowel by the corresponding semivowel before initial y-° of the affix.

$7.1.1 ¹yu-²vo-r ¹ana-²ak-au

The substitute elements ana and aka [respectively 1.3.10] replace the cover symbols [nasalized 1.3.2] yu and vu [of affixes 2].

1. yu is the cover symbol for KHyuN (3.2.56), Ṭyu/ṬyuL (4.3.23), ṆyuṬ (3.1.147ff.), yuC (3.2.148), Lyu (3.1.134) and LyuṬ (3.3.113,115).

2. vu is the cover symbol for ḌvuN (5.1.24), ṆvuC (3.3.111), ṆvuL (3.1.133; 3.10,108ff.), vuK (4.2.103), vuC (5.3.80), vuÑ (3.2.146ff.; 4.2.39ff.), vuN (3.1.49; 4.2.61) and ṢvuN (3.1.145).

nand+Lyu (3.1.134) = nánd-ana; kr̥+ṆvuL = kār-aka- (7.2.114).

$7.1.2 ¹āyan-²ey-³īn-⁴īy-⁵iy-aḥ ¹pha̱-²ḍha̱-³kha̱-⁴cha̱-⁵gh-ām praty-ay-a=ādī-n-ām

The substitute elements āyan-, ey-, īn-, īy- and iy- [respectively 1.3.10] replace the initial phonemes ph, ḍh, kh, ch and gh of affixes.

1. Affixes with initial ph: CphaÑ (4.1.98), phaK (4.1.99ff.), phaÑ (4.1.110ff.), phi(Ñ) (4.1.149ff.), phiN (4.1.160), Ṣpha (4.1.17) and ṢphaK (4.2.99ff.).

2. With initial ḍh: ḍhaK (4.1.119ff.), ḍhaKa̱Ñ (4.1.140; 2.95ff.), ḍhaÑ (4.1.135ff.), ḍhinu̱K (4.3.109) and ḍhraK (4.1.129,131).

3. With initial kh: kha (4.1.139ff.) and khaÑ (4.1.142; 3.1 ff).

4. With inital ch: cha (4.1.143ff.) chaṆ (4.1.132,134; 2.80) and chaS (4.2.115).

5. With initial gh: gha (4.1.138 etc.), ghaC (4.4.117), ghaÑ (4.2.26 etc.) and ghaS (5.1.106).

1. naḍa+phak = nāḍ0̸-āyaná- (7.2.117); 2. vinatā+ḍhaK (4.1.120) = vainat0̸-eyá-; 3. kúla+kha (4.1.139) = kul0̸-īna-; śālā+cha = śāl0̸-īya-; kṣátra+gha (4.1.138) = kṣtar0̸-íya.

$7.1.3 jh-aḥ=anta̱-ḥ

The substitute element ant- replaces the phoneme jh- occurring [as initial of an affix 2].

The only two affixes with initial jh- are jhi and jha of the l-substitutes denoted by the siglum tiṄ (3.4.78).

bhū+ŚaP+jhi = bhó+a+ant-i (7.3.84) = bháv-a-nti (6.1.78,97) `become'. édh+ŚaP+jha = édh-a+ant-a = édh-a-nt-a (6.1.97) `grow, increase' → edh-ante (3.4.79).

$7.1.4 at=abhy-às-t-āt

The substitute element /at-/ replaces [the phoneme jh- occurring as initial of an affix 3 introduced after 3.1.2] a reduplicated verbal stem (abhy-às-t-āt : 6.1.5).

jákṣ (+ŚaP→luk 2.4.72) = jákṣ+0̸¹+jhi = jákṣ+at-i `they eat'. dā+Ślu (2.4.75)+jhi/jha = dá-dā+at-i/at-a (6.1.10) = dá-d0̸+at-i/at-a = dá-d-ati/at-e (3.4.79; 6.4.64) `they give'.

$7.1.5 ātmane-padé-ṣu=án-aT-aḥ

[The substitute element at- 4 replaces the phoneme jh- 3 occurring as initial] of an Ātmanepadá (taṄ 1.4.100) l-substitute [introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal theme] not [ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme short a(T).

āsA (II 11) upa-véś-an-e+0̸¹+jha = ās+at-e (3.4.79) `they sit'; ās+lOṬ = ās+0̸¹+jha = ās-at-0̸ām (3.4.90) `let them sit'; but víd+0̸¹+jhi (Parasmaipadá) = vid-ánt-i `they know' and édh-a-nte (= édh-a+ant-e: theme ending in -a-).

$7.1.6 śīṄ-aḥ=ru̱Ṭ

[The initial increment 1.1.46] ru̱Ṭ is inserted at the head [of /at/ replacement 5 of jh 3 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] śīṄ `lie down, sleep' (II 22).

śī+0̸¹+jha = śe+ru̱Ṭ-at-e (7.4.21) = śé-r-ate `they lie down'; śī+lOṬ = śī+0̸¹+ru̱Ṭ-at-ām (3.4.90̸) = śér-at-ām `let them lie down'. Similarly á-se-r-ata lAṄ `they lay down'.

$7.1.7 vét-te-r vibhāṣā

[The initial increment 1.1.46 ru̱Ṭ is] optionally (vibhāṣā) [inserted at the head of the /at/ 4 replacement of jha 3 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] víd- `know' (II 55).

The governing rule 5 above operates here; while [víd] is normally Parasmaipadín, it takes on Ātmanepadá l-substitutes when co-occurring with the preverb [sám-° 1.3.29]: sám+vid+0̸¹+jha = saṁ-vid+r-at-e/sáṁ-vid-at-e lAṬ; sám+vid+lOṬ = saṁ-vid+0̸¹+jha = sáṁ-vid-r-at-ām/sám-vid-at-ām; sám+vid+lAṄ = sam+áṬ-vid-r-at-a/sam-á-vid-at-a; but from vid- (VII 13): vid+ŚnáM+jha = vi-ná-d+jha = vi-n0̸-d+jh (6.4.111) = vind-at-e lAṬ, vind-at-ām lOṬ, á-vind-at-a lAṄ.

$7.1.8 bahu-láṁ chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the initial increment 1.1.46 ru̱Ṭ 6] is variously (bahulá-m) [inserted at the head of the /at/ replacement 5 of jh introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal áṅga 6.4.1].

duh+lAṄ = áṬ+duh+0̸¹+jha = á-duh+r-at-a = á-duh-r-a (41) `have milked'. á-dr̥ś-r-am a-syá ketáv-aḥ (RV 1.50.30) `I saw his rays of light': dr̥ś+lUṄ = áṬ+dr̥ś+aṄ+am (3.1.57) = á-dr̥ś-r-am (6.1.97), the expression [bahulá-m] blocking out also the operation of 7.4.16 preventing Guṇá replacement of /r̥/ of the verbal stem. The initial increment does not appear in á-duh-at-a.

$7.1.9 aT-aḥ=bhis-aḥ=ais

The substitute element ais replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the sUP triplet] bhis [introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the short vowel a(T).

devá+bhis = deva+ais = dev-aís (6.1.88) = dev-aíḥ (8.3.15), but śālā-bhiḥ, agní-bhiḥ, nadī-bhiḥ, dhenú-bhiḥ, vadhū-bhiḥ, pitŕ-bhiḥ etc.

The expression [at-aḥ] with svaritá accent 1.3.11 recurs in the following sūtras up to 17 below.

$7.1.10 bahu-lá-ṁ chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the substitute element ais 9] variously (bahulá-m) [replaces the sUP triplet bhis 9 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the short vowel aT or not].

1. After stems not ending in short vowel aT: nadī+bhis = nadī+ais = nady-aìs = nady-aìḥ.

2. Does not replace [bhis] after stems ending in [aT]: pūrva+bhis = pūrve-bhiḥ (Rv. 1.1.2) (3.103 below).

$7.1.11 ná=¹idám=²adás-or á-k-oḥ

[The substitute element ais 9] does not (ná) replace [the sUP triplet bhis 9 introduced after 3.1.2 the pronominal stems 4.1.1] idám- `this' and adás- `that' when not co-occurring with phoneme /k/.

1. idám+bhis = idáa+bhis (2.102) = id-a-bhis (6.1.97) = 0̸-a+bhis (2.103) = e-bhíḥ (6.1.168 for accent).

2. adás+bhis = adáa+bhis (2.102) = ada+bhis (6.1.97) = am-ī+bhis (8.2.80-81) = amī-bhiḥ.

idám and adás can contain the phoneme /k/ by introduction of the affix [áka̱C 5.3.71] deriving forms imá-ka/amú-ka- (7.2.108/8.2.80)+bhis = imá-k-aiḥ/amú-k-aiḥ.

$7.1.12 ¹Ṭā-²ṄasI-³Ṅas-ām ¹ina=²āt=³sy-āḥ

The substitute elements -ina, -āt and -sya [respectively 1.3.10 replace the sUP triplets] -Ṭā (instr. sing.), ṄasI (abl. sing.) and Ṅas (gen. sing.) [introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 short vowel aT 9].

devá+Ṭā/ṄasI/Ṅas = devá+ina/āt/sya = dev-éna (6.1.87)/dev-āt (6.1.101)/devá-sya but sákhi+Ṭā = sákhy-ā (6.1.77).

$7.1.13 Ṅe-r ya-ḥ

The substitute element ya replaces [the sUP triplet] Ṅe (dative sing.) [introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 in the short vowel aT 9].

devá+Ṅe = devá+ya = devā-ya (3.102), but sákhi+Ṅe = sákhy-e.

$7.1.14 sarva-nāmn-aḥ smai

The substitute element smai [replaces the sUP triplet Ṅe 13 introduced after 3.1.2] a pronominal stem (sarva-nāmn-aḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 in the short vowel aT 9].

sarvá+Ṅe = sárva+smai = sárva-smai `for all' (6.1.191 for accent).

$7.1.15 ¹ṄasI-²Ṅy-oḥ ¹smāt-²smin-au

The substitute elements smāt and smin [respectively 1.3.10] replace [the sUP triplets] ṄasI (abl. sing.) and Ṅi (loc. sing.) [introduced after 3.1.2 pronominal stems 14 ending in 1.1.72 the short vowel aT 9].

sarvá+ṄasI/Ṅi = sárva+smāt/smin = sárva-smāt / sárva-smin.

$7.1.16 pūrva=ādi-bhyaḥ=navá-bhyaḥ=vā

[The substitute elements smāt and smin 15] optionally (vā) replace [the sUP triplets ṄasI and Ṅi 15 respectively 1.3.10, introduced after 3.1.2] the nine [pronominal stems 14] beginning with pūrva- `prior'.

These nine stems are: 1. pūrva- `prior, eastern'; 2. pára- `far, distant'; 3. ávara- `posterior, hinder'; 4. dákṣiṇa- `right, southern'; 5. út-tara- `higher, upper, northern'; 6. ápara- `later, posterior'; 7. ádhara- `lower, inferior'; 8. svá `own' and 9. ántara- `interior'.

1. pūrv-āt/pūrva-smāt; pūrv-e/pūrva-smin. 2. pár-āt/pára-smāt; pár-e/pára-smin. 3. ávar-āt/ávara-smāt; ávar-e/ávara-smin. 4. dákṣiṇ-āt/dákṣiṇa-smāt; dákṣiṇ-e/dákṣiṇa-smin. 5. úttar-āt/úttara-smāt; úttar-e/úttara-smin. 6. ápar-āt/aśpara-smāt; ápar-e/ápara-smin. 7. ádhar-āt/ádhara-smāt; ádhar-e/ádhara-smin. 8. sv-āt/svá-smāt; sv-é/svá-smin. 9. ántar-āt/ántara-smāt; ántar-e/ántara-smin.

$7.1.17 Jas-aḥ Śī

The substitute element Śī replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the sUP triplet] Jas [introduced after 3.1.2 pronominal stems 14 ending in 1.1.72 the short vowel aT 9].

sarvá+Jas = sarvá+Śī = sárva+ī = sárv-e (6.1.87).

$7.1.18 auṄ-aḥ āP-aḥ

[The substitute element Śī 17 replaces the sUP triplet] auṄ (nom. acc. dual) [introduced after 3.1.2 pronominal stems 14 ending in 1.172 the feminine-forming affix 3.1.1] āP.

[āP] is a cover term for the feminine forming affixes [CāP, ṬāP, ḌāP]. a-já+ṬāP (4.4.4) = a-j0̸-ā = a-jā+au = ajā+Śī = aj-é (6.1.87) `two she-goats'; kosala+ÑyaṄ (4.4.171) = kaúsal-ya+CāP = kausal-y0̸-ā+Śī = kausal-y-é `two female descendants of Kosala' (4.1.74). sīmán+ḌāP+śī (4.1.13) = sīm-é `two borders'.

$7.1.19 ná-puṁs-ak-āt=ca

[The substitute Śī 17 replaces the sUP triplet auṄ 18 introduced] also (ca) [after 3.1.2] neuter [nominal áṅga-s 6.4.1].

vána+au = vána+Śī = ván-e `two forests'; áhan+au = áhan+Śī = áhan-ī/áh0̸n-ī (6.4.136) `two days'; dhánus+au = dhánus+Śī = dhánuṣ-ī (8.3.59) `two bows'.

$7.1.20 ¹Jas=²Śas-oḥ Śi-ḥ

The substitute element Śi replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the sUP triplets] Jas and Śas [introduced after 3.1.2 a neuter 19 áṅga 6.4.1 stem].

vána+Jas/Śas = vána+Śi = vána+nu̱m+Śi (72) = vánā-n-i (6.4.8). Similarly vāri+Jas/Śas = vārī-ṇ-i; mádhū-n-i; mánas+Jas = mánas+Śi = mánas+nu̱M+i = mánā-n-s+i = mánā-ṁ-s-i (8.3.24).

$7.1.21 aṣṭā-bhyáḥ=auŚ

The substitute element auŚ replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the sUP triplets Jas and Śas 20 introduced after 3.1.2 the number word] aṣṭán- `eight'.

By 7.2.84 the substitute phoneme /ā/ replaces the stem-final of [aṣtán-] before vibhákti affixes: aṣṭán+Jas/Śas = aṣṭá-ā+au = aṣṭā (the form quoted in the sūtra) +au = aṣṭ-aú (6.1.88).

$7.1.22 ṣaḍ-bhyaḥ=luK

luK (0̸¹) replaces [the sUP triplets Jas and Śas 20 introduced after 3.1.2 number words] denoted by the technical term ṣaṭ (1.1.24).

This class consists of number words ending in /ṣ/ or /n/: 1. ṣáṣ- `six', 2. páñcan- `five', 3. saptán- `seven', 4. aṣṭán `eight', 5. návan- `nine', dáśan- `ten'.

ṣáṣ+Jas/Śas = ṣáṣ+0̸¹ = ṣáṭ (8.2.39); similarly, páñca, saptá, náva, dáśa. 21 has already provided for aṣṭán+Jas/Śas = aṣṭ-aú. In the case of numerals, 11-18 end in °-daśan: ékā-daśan+Jas/Śas = ékā-daśan+0̸¹ = ékā-daśa0̸ (8.2.7).

$7.1.23 ¹sU=²am-or ná-puṁs-ak-āt

[luK (0̸¹) 22 replaces the sUP triplets] sU (nom. sing.) and am (acc. sing.) [introduced after 3.1.2] neuter (ná-puṁs-ak-āt) [áṅga stems 6.4.1].

dádhi+sU/am = dádhi+0̸¹ = dádhi `curds'; similarly mádhu `honey', mánas+0̸¹ = mánas = mánaḥ (8.3.15) `mind'.

$7.1.24 aT-aḥ=am

The substitute element /am/ replaces [the sUP triplets sU and am 23 introduced after 3.1.2 a neuter 23 nominal áṅga 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72] short vowel a(T).

vána+sU/am = vána+am = ván-a-m (6.1.107).

$7.1.25 adḌ Ḍatara=ādi-bhyaḥ pañca-bhyáḥ

The substitute element adḌ replaces [the whole 1.1.55 of the sUP triplets sU and am 23 introduced after 3.1.2] five [of the neuter 23 nominal áṅga-s 6.4.1] beginning with the pronominal stems Ḍátara-.

The five members are: Ḍátara, Ḍátama, ítara- `other', anyá- `another', anya-tará- `either of two, any'. The first two are affixes associated with pronominal stems.

kim+Ḍátara = k0̸0̸+atara- (6.4.143)+sU/am = k-átara+ad = k-átar0̸-at = kátarat `which of two?'; similarly kátam-at `which of many?'; itar-at `the other', anya-á-t `the other', anya-tar-á-t `any, either'.

$7.1.26 ná=ítar-āt=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the substitute element adḌ 25] does not (ná) replace [the sUP triplets sU and am 23 introduced after 3.1.2 the neuter 23 pronominal áṅga stem 6.4.1] ítara- `the other'.

ítara+sU/am = ítara+am = ítar-a-m.

$7.1.27 ¹yuṣmád=²asmád-bhyām Ṅas-aḥ=aŚ

The substitute element aŚ replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the sUP triplet] Ṅas (gen. sing.) [introduced after 3.1.2 the pronominal áṅga-s 6.4.1] yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we'.

yuṣmád+Ṅas = táva+a (2.96) = táv-a (6.1.97) `thine'; similarly asmád+Ṅas = máma+aŚ = mám-a (6.1.97) `mine'.

$7.1.28 ¹Ṅe-²prathamáy-or am

The substitute element /am/ replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the sUP triplets] Ṅe (dat. sing.) and those of the first and second (pathamáy-oḥ nominative and accusative cases) [introduced after 3.1.2 the pronominal áṅga-s 6.4.1 yuṣmád- `you' and asmád `we' 27].

yuṣmád+Ṅe = túbhya+am (2.95) = túbhy-a-m (6.1.107); yuṣmád+sU = tvá+am (2.94) = tv-á-m ; yuṣmád+au = yuvá+am (2.92) = yuvā+am (2.87-88); yuṣmád+Jas = yūya+am = yūy-á-m. yuṣmád+am = tvá+am = tvā+am (2.87) = tvām; yuṣmád+auṬ = yuv-ā-m (2.87).

The corresponding forms for asmád- are: +Ṅe = mahy-á-m; +su = ah-ám; +au = āv-ā-m; +Jas = vay-á-m; +am = mām; +auṬ/au = āvām.

$7.1.29 Śas-aḥ na̱

The substitute phoneme /n/ replaces [the initial phoneme 1.1.54 of the sUP triplet] Śas (acc. plur.) [introduced after 3.1.2 the pronominal áṅga-s 6.4.1 yuṣmád- and asmád- 27].

yuṣmád+Śas = yuṣmáā+ns = yuṣmā+ns (2.87) = yuṣmā-n (0̸ 8.2.23) = yuṣmān and similarly asmad+Śas = asmān.

$7.1.30 bhyas-aḥ=bhyam

The substitute element bhyam replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the sUP triplet] bhyas (dat. plur.) [introduced after 3.1.2 the pronominal áṅga-s 6.4.1 yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' 27].

yuṣmád+bhyas = yuṣmá-a+bhyam (2.102) = yuṣmá-bhyam (6.1.97); asmád+bhyas = asmá-a+bhyam = asmá-bhyam.

$7.1.31 pañcamy-āḥ=at

The substitute element /at/ replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the sUP triplet of] the fifth (ablative plural: pañcamy-āḥ) [bhyas 30 introduced after 3.1.2 the pronominal áṅga-s 6.4.1 yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' 27].

yuṣmád+bhyas = yusmá-a+at = yusm-á+at = yuṣm-á-t (6.1.97); asmád+bhyas = asmá-a+at (2.102) = asm-át.

$7.1.32 eka-vac-aná-sya ca

[The substitute element /at/ 31] also [ca] replaces [the whole of 1.1.72 the fifth 31] singular (eka-vac-aná-sya) sUP triplet [introduced after 3.1.2 the pronominal áṅga-s 6.4.1 yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' 27].

yuṣmád+ṄasI = tvád+at = tvá-a+at (2.102) = tv-á-t; asmád+ṄasI = má-d+at = má-a+at = m-á-t.

In the examples cited under 27ff. the replacement morphemes for yusmád-, asmád- in the singular, dual and plural numbers are only replacing the portion up to /m/ (2.91) so that the actual forms would be yuvád/āvád in the dual (2.92), and by 2.102 yuvá-a/āvá-a = yuvá-/āvá (6.1.97) respectively before sUP triplets.

$7.1.33 sām-aḥ=ākam

The substitute element ākam replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the sUP triplet] s-ām (sixth or gen. plur. 52) [introduced after 3.1.2 the pronominal áṅga-s yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' 29].

yuṣmád+am = yuṣmád+su̱Ṭ-ām (52) = yuṣmá-a+ākam = yuṣm-á+ākam = yuṣm-ākam; asmád+s-ām = asmá+ākam = asm-ā-kam.

$7.1.34 āT-aḥ au ṆaL-aḥ

The substitute phoneme /au/ replaces [the l-substitute of lIṬ 3.4.82] ṆaL [introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal áṅga 6.1.4 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme long ā(T).

pā+ṆaL = pa-pā+au (6.1.8; 7.4.59) = pá-p-au (6.1.88) `has/have drunk'.

$7.1.35 ¹tu-²hy-os tātaṄ āśíṣ-i=anya-tará-syām

The substitute element tātaṄ optionally (anya-tará-syām) replaces [the l-substitutes of lOṬ 3.4.86,87] -tu and -hí when implying a benediction (āśíṣ-i).

The marker Ṅ here of tātaṄ is for the purpose of 1.1.5 and not for 1.1.53 and so it replaces the whole of the substituenda by 1.1.55.

jīv+lOṬ = jīv+ŚaP+tu/hi = jīv-a-tāt `may he/mayest thou live long'. The accent will depend upon the original situation: su+lOṬ = su+Snú+tu/hi = su-nó-tu/su-nú/su-nú-tāt. krī+lOṬ = krī+Snā+tu/hi = krī-ṇā-tu/krī-ṇī-hí = krī-ṇī-tāt.

$7.1.36 víde̱-ḥ Śatu-r vasU-ḥ

The substitute morpheme vásU (= KvásU 3.2.107) replaces [the affix 3.1.1] ŚátR̥ (3.2.124) [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] víd- `know' (II 55).

víd+lAṬ = víd+0̸¹+tiP = vét-ti = víd+ŚátR̥ (3.2.124) = víd+KvásU = vid-vás-. According to some grammarians, through the recurrence of [anya-tará-syām 35], an alternate form is provided by víd+ŚátR̥ = vid-át-.

$7.1.37 sam-ās-é á-naÑ-pūrv-e Ktv-áḥ=LyaP

The substitute morpheme LyaP replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the affix 3.1.1] Ktvā [introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal áṅga 6.4.1] co-occurring (as a final member) in composition (sam-ās-é), excluding náÑ (á-naÑ-pūrv-e) as first member.

prá+kr̥+Ktvā = pra+kr̥+LyaP = pra+kr̥-tu̱K+Lyap (6.1.71) = pra-kŕ-t-ya `having started or begun'; similarly pārśva-taḥ-kŕ-t-ya `having placed aside' but náÑ+kr̥=Ktvā = á-kr̥-tvā (6.3.73) `not having done'.

$7.1.38 Ktvā=ápi chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the affix 3.1.1] Ktvā as well as [LyaP 37 replace the kŕt affix 3.1.93 Ktvā 37 introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal áṅga 6.4.1 co-occurring as a final member in composition excluding náÑ 37 as first member].

kr̥ṣṇá-ṁ vāso yája-m-āna-m pari-dhā-p-ay-i-tvā (KS 11.10) `having caused the sacrificer to cover himself with a black cloth'; praty-áñc-am arká-m praty-ar-p-ay-i-tvā (AV 2.12.55) `having offered a water oblation to the setting sun'; also with Lyap: ud-dhŕ-t-ya ju-hó-ti `having raised, offers a sacrificial oblation'.

$7.1.39 sUP-āṁ ¹sU-²luK-³pūrva-savarṇá=⁴ā-⁵āt=⁶Śe-⁷yā-⁸Ḍā-⁹Ḍyā-¹⁰yāC=¹¹āL-aḥ

[In the Chándas 38] the substitute elements sU, luK (0̸¹), a long vowel corresponding to the preceding one (pūrva-sa-varṇá-°), ā, āt, Śe, Ḍā, Ḍyā, yāC and āL replace the sUP triplets [introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal áṅga 6.4.1].

1. an-r̥kṣarā r̥jáv-aḥ s-antu pánthā-ḥ (= páthin+sU (RV 10.85.23) for páthin+Jas = pánthān-aḥ) `may the paths be thornless and straight'.

2. parma-é vyòman (vyòman+Ṅi → 0̸¹ for vyòman-i) `in the highest heaven'.

3. dhīt-ī for dhī-tī+Ṭā = dhī-ty-ā (RV 5.25.3) `through prayer'.

4. ubhā devā divi-spŕś-ā aśvín-ā tā hav-ā-mahe (RV 1.22.2) `we offer oblations to both divine Aśvins who touch heaven' where the dual ending [au] is replaced by [ā].

5. nátād brāhmaṇ-āt nínd-ā-mi = ná tā-n brāhmaṇā-n nínd-ā-mi `I will not curse those brahmins'.

6. ná yuṣm-é vāja-bandhav-aḥ (RV 8.68.19) = yūy-á-m; asm-é indrā-br̥has-patī (RV 4.49.4) = vay-ám.

7. urú-yā = urú-ṇā.

8. nābh-á = nābhi+Ḍā = nābhi+Ṅi = nābh-au : nābh-ā pr̥thivy-āḥ (RV 1.143.4).

9. anuṣṭ-yā = anu-ṣṭu-bh+Ḍyā = anu-ṣṭ-0̸0̸-yā = anu-ṣṭú-bh-ā.

10. sādhu-yā = sādhú+sU→yā.

11. vas-ánt-ā yáj-e-ta = vas-ánt-e yáj-e-ta `one should offer sacrificial oblations in spring'.

$7.1.40 am-aḥ ma̱Ś

[In the Chándas 38] the substitute element ma̱Ś replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the l-substitute] am (for miP 3.4.101).

vádh-ī-m vr̥trā-m = han+lUṄ = vadhá+luṄ (2.4.43) = vadhá+miP = vadhá+Cli̱+miP (3.1.43) = vadhá+Cli̱+am (3.4.101) = vadhá+si̱C+am (3.1.44) = vadh0̸+iṬ-siC+īṬ+ma̱Ś (6.4.48; 7.3.96) = vádh-ī-m for ávadh-i-ṣ-am (RV 1.165.8) `I have killed (the demon) Vr̥tra'; similarly krám-ī-m vr̥kṣá-sya śākhā-m `I climbed on a branch of a tree' = á-kram-i-ṣ-am.

$7.1.41 lópa-s t-aḥ ātmane-padé-ṣu

[In the Chándas 38] lópa (0̸) replaces the phoneme /t/ [of an l-substitute] of Ātmane-padá (3.4.78: taṄ).

gandharv-ā-psarás-aḥ á-duh-ra = á-duh-ata : áṬ+duh+lAṄ = á-duh+0̸¹+ru̱Ṭ+ata (5.8) = á-duh-r-a0̸a = á-duh-ra (6.1.97). duh-ā-m aśví-bhyām páyo aghnyeyá-m (RV 1.164.27) = dug-dh-ām : duh+lOT = duh+0̸¹+tām (3.4.101) = duh+0̸ām `may the two draw cow's milk for the two Aśvins'. dakṣiṇa-táḥ śay-e = śe-te: śī+lAṬ = śī+ta = śī+te (3.4.79) = śe+0̸e = śay-e `lies down on the right/south side'.

$7.1.42 dhvam-aḥ dhvāt

[In the Chándas 38] the substitute element dhvāt replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the l-substitute] dhvam [introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal áṅga 6.4.1].

antár éva ūṣ-māṇ-am vār-ay-a-dhvāt = vār-ay-a-dhvam (Ait.Br. 2.6.14) `cover the heat from within itself'.

$7.1.43 yáj-a-dhvainam iti ca

[In the Chándas 38] the expression yáj-a-dhv-ai-nam is also (ca) introduced [to denote the 0̸ replacement of the final phoneme /m/ of affix 3.1.1 dhvam 42 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] yaj- `sacrifice' (I 1051).

yáj-a-dhvam ena-m = yáj-a-dha0̸+ena-m = yáj-a-dhv-ai-na-m (6.1.88) `worship him' (RV 8.2.37).

$7.1.44 tá-sya tāt

[In the Chándas 38] the substitute element tāt replaces [the whole of 1.155 l-substitute of lOṬ Parasmaipadá 2nd person plural] tá (3.4.101) [introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal áṅga 6.4.1].

gātra-ṁ gātra-m a-syā nūná-ṁ kr̥-ṇu-tāt (Ait.Br. 2.6.15.16) = kr̥+lOṬ = kr̥+Śnú+tá = kr̥-ṇu+tāt.

$7.1.45 ¹taP-²tanaP-³tána-⁴thán-ā-s=ca

[In the Chándas 38] the substitute elements taP, tanaP, tána and thána (ca) [replace the whole of 1.1.55 the l-substitute of lOṬ Parasmaipadá 2nd person plural tá, introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal áṅga 6.4.1].

1. taP: śru+lOṬ = śr̥+Śnú+ta (3.1.74) = śr̥-ṇó-ta grāvāṇ-aḥ.

2. tanaP: dhā+lOṬ = dhā+Slu+tá = dá-dhā+tana.

3. tána: juṣ+lOT = juṣ+Śá+tá = juṣ+Ślu+tá = ju-juṣ+tána (6.1.10) = ju-juṣ-ṭána.

4. thana: iṣ+lOṬ = iṣ+Śá+tá = icch+luK+thána (39) = iṣ-ṭhána (8.2.36; 4.41).

$7.1.46 iT=anta-ḥ masi̱

[In the Chándas 38] the l-substitute mas (Parasmaipadá 1st per. plur.) ends in the phoneme short i(T).

dīp+ṆíC+ŚaP+mas = dīp-é+a+mas (7.3.84) = dīp-áy+ā+mas (6.1.78; 7.3.101) = dīp-áy-ā-masi `we light up'.

$7.1.47 Ktv-áḥ yaK

[In the Chándas 38 the final increment 1.1.46] yaK is introduced [after 1.1.67 the affix 3.1.1] Ktvā [when introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal áṅga 6.4.1].

dā+Ktvā = dad+Ktvā (4.76) = dat-tvā-ya `having given'.

$7.1.48 iṣ-ṭv-īnam iti ca

[In the Chándas 38] the expression iṣ-ṭv-īnam is also (ca) introduced [with the substitute element īnam replacing the final phoneme of Ktvā introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] yaj- `sacrifice, worship' (I 1051).

yaj+Ktvā = iaj+Ktvā (6.1.15) = ij+Ktvā (6.1.108) = iṣ+tvā (8.2.36) = iṣ-ṭvā (8.4.41) = iṣ-ṭv-īnam `having offered a sacrifice'.

$7.1.49 snā-tvī=āday-as=ca

[In the domain of Chándas 38] the class of (gerundial) expressions beginning with snā-tvī `having bathed' are introduced as fully derived forms.

snā+ktvā = snā-tvī; pī-tvī sóma-sya vā-vr̥dh-e (RV 3.40.7) `having drunk Soma has grown'.

$7.1.50 āt=Jase̱-r asu̱K

[In the Chándas 38 the final increment 1.1.46] asu̱K is inserted [after 3.1.67 the sUP triplet] Jas (nom. plur.) [introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal áṅga 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme-class /a/ (āt).

brāhmaṇ-ā-saḥ pítar-aḥ sómy-ā-saḥ (RV 6.75.10); yé pūrv-a-so yá úpar-ā-saḥ (RV 10.15.2).

$7.1.51 ¹áśva-²kṣīrá-³vŕṣa-⁴lavaṇā-n-ām ātma-prī-t-aú KyáC-i

[The final increment 1.1.46 asu̱K 50 is inserted after 1.1.67 the nominal áṅga-s 6.4.1] áśva- `horse', kṣīrá- `milk', vŕṣa- `bull' and lavaṇa- `salt' [before 1.1.57 the affix 3.1.1] KyáC (3.1.8) to express the delight of the agent in these (ātma-prī-t-aú).

ātmán-aḥ áśva-m icch-á-ti = áśva+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP = aśva-asu̱K+yá+a=ti = aśv-a-s-y-á-ti (6.1.97) váḍavā `the mare desires the stallion'; similarly kṣīr-a-s-y-á-ti bālá-h `the child longs for milk'; vr̥ṣ-a-s-y-a-ti gaú-ḥ `the cow longs for the bull'; lavaṇ-as-y-á-ti úṣṭra-ḥ `the camel longs for salt'. But aśvī-yáti (4.33) = `desires a horse for oneself'; kṣīrī-yá-ti/vr̥ṣī-yá-ti/lavaṇī-yáti `desires milk/a bull/salt for oneself'.

$7.1.52 ām-i sarva-nāmn-aḥ su̱Ṭ

[The initial increment 1.1.46] su̱Ṭ is inserted at the head of the sUP triplet ām (sixth or gen. plur.) [introduced after 3.1.2] pronominal stems (sarva-nāmn-aḥ).

sarvá+ām = sarvá+su̱Ṭ-ām = sárvé+s-ām (3.103) = sárve-ṣām (8.3.59). tád+ām = táa+sām (2.102) = tá+sām (6.1.97) = té-ṣām. sarvā+ām = sárvā-s-ām; tā-s-ām.

$7.1.53 tré-s tráya-ḥ

The substitute morpheme tráya- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the nominal áṅga 6.4.1] trí- `three' [before 1.1.67 the sixth sUP triplet ām 52].

trí+ām = tráya+ām = tráya+n-ām = trayā-n-ām (54; 3.102) = trayā-ṇ-ām (6.1.169 for accent, 8.4.2 for retroflexion).

$7.1.54 ¹hrasvá-²nadī=³āP-aḥ nu̱Ṭ

[The initial increment 1.1.46] nu̱Ṭ [is inserted at the head of the sixth sUP triplet ām 52, introduced after 3.1.2 nominal áṅga-s 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72] a short vowel (hrasvá-°) and those denoted by the t.t. nadī (1.4.3ff.) or those [ending in 1.1.72 the feminine affixes 4.1.3ff.] denoted by the cover term āP (= CāP, ṬāP, ḌāP).

1. devá-/hári-/sūnú/pi-tŕ+ām = devā-n-ām/hárī-ṇ-ām/sūnū-n-ām/sūnū-n-ām/pitr̄-ṇ-ām (3.102 for stem-final long vowel and 6.1.177 for alternate accent of sūnū-n-ām).

2. nadī/vadhū+ām = nadī-n-ām/vadhū-n-ām.

3. śālā+ām = śālā-n-ām.

$7.1.55 ¹ṣáṭ-²catúr-bhyas=ca

[The initial increment 1.1.46 nu̱Ṭ 54] is also (ca) [inserted at the head of the sixth sUP triplet ām 52, introduced after 3.1.2 nominal áṅga-s 6.4.1 indicating numerals 1.1.23] comprised by the t.t. ṣáṣ (1.1.24) and catúr- `four'.

1. The number words denoted by the t.t. ṣaṣ are: páñcan- `5', ṣáṣ- `6', saptán- `7', aṣṭán- `8', návan- `9', dáśan- `10'. páñcan+ām = pañcan+n-ām (6.1.179) = pañcān+n-ām (6.4.7) = pañcā0̸-nām (8.2.7); similarly ṣáṣ+am = ṣaṣ+n-ām = ṣaḍ+n-ām (8.2.39) = ṣaṇ-ṇ-ām, aṣṭā-n-ām, navā-n-ām, daśā-n-ām.

2. catur-ṇ-ām.

$7.1.56 ¹śrī-²grāma-ṇy-ós=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the initial increment 1.1.46 nu̱Ṭ 54 is inserted at the head of the sixth sUP triplet ām 52, introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal áṅga-s 6.4.1] śrī `glory' and grāma-ṇī- `village head'.

śrī+ām = śrī+n-ām (6.1.168) = śrī-ṇ-ām (8.4.2). By 1.4.5 nadī-stems are optionally covered by that t.t. before affix ām but by this rule [śrī] is exempted from that option and, so far as Chándas is concerned, [nu̱Ṭ] increment is necessarily inserted. In non-Chandas: śriy-ām/śrī-ṇ-ām.

$7.1.57 gó-ḥ pāda=ant-é

[In the Chándas 56 the initial increment 1.1.46 nu̱Ṭ is inserted at the head of the sixth sUP triplet ām 52, introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal áṅga 6.4.1] gó- `cow/bull', occurring at the end of a quarter verse of RV (pāda-ant-é).

vid-mā hí tvā gó-pati-ṁ śūra gó-n-ām `we recognize you, O hero! as the protector of (all) cattle'. (RV 10.47.2). When not so occurring: gáv-āṁ go-trá-m ud-á-sr̥j-o yád aṅgiraḥ (RV 2.23.18) `O Aṅgiras! that you have released the cattle pen'. This form also occurs occasionally at the end of a pāda: vi-rāj-aṁ gó-pati-ṁ gáv-ām (RV 10.166.1). Description

$7.1.58 iT=IT-aḥ nu̱M dhāto-ḥ

[The infixed increment 1.1.47] nu̱M [is inserted after the last vowel of a verbal áṅga 6.4.1] with marker short phoneme i(T) as IT [when first introduced (in the Dhātupāṭha)].

ṬU-nád-Í sám-r̥d-dh-au (I 67)+lAṬ = ná-nu̱M-d+ŚaP+tiP = náand-a-ti `rejoices'; kúḍ-I dāh-e (I 289)+lAṬ/tumuN = kúṇḍ-a-te `burns'/kúṇḍ-iṬ-tum = kúṇḍ-i-tum `to burn' (2.35). Description

$7.1.59 Ś-e muc-ādī-n-ām

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 58 is inserted after 1.1.67 the last vowel of the class of verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] beginning with muc- `release' (VI 136) [before 1.1.66 the present system class marker] Śa [3.1.71].

The stems included in this class are listed in the Dhp. VI 136-43: 136 mucL̥̀ mókṣ-aṇ-e; 137 lupL̥̀ chéd-an-e; 138 vidL̥̀ lābh-é; 139 lipÀ upa-deh-é; 140 ṣicÀ kṣár-aṇ-e; 241 kr̥t-Ī́ chéd-an-e; 142 khidÁ pari-ghāt-é; 143 píśÁ ava-yav-é.

muc+Śa+tiP = mu-nu̱M-c+á=ti = muñc-á-ti `releases'; similarly lump-á-ti `cuts'; vind-á-ti `gains'; limp-á-ti `smears'; siñc-a-ti `sprinkles'; kr̥nt-á-ti `cuts'; khind-á-ti `strikes'; piṁś-á-ti `cuts, divides'. But muc+tumu̱N = mók-tum (3.84; 8.2.30).

$7.1.60 ¹masji̱-²naś-or jha̱L-i

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 58 is inserted after the last vowel of the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] masj- `sink, plunge, immerse' (VI 122) and naś `disappear' (IV 85) [before 1.1.67 affixes 3.1.1] beginning with a non-nasal consonant (jha̱L-i).

1. masj+tumu̱N = má-nu̱M-sj+tum = má-n-0̸j+tum (8.2.29) = má-n-k+tum (8.2.30) = má-ṁ-k-tum (8.3.24) = má-ṅ-k-tum (8.4.58) `to plunge, immerse'.

2. naś+tumu̱N = ná-nu̱M-ś+tum = ná-ṁ-ṣ+tum (8.2.36; 3.24) = ná-ṁ-ṣ-ṭum (8.4.41) `to disappear'. But masj+LyuṬ = májj-ana- (8.4.53) `immersion'.

$7.1.61 ¹rádhi̱-²jábh-or aC-i

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 58 is inserted after the last vowel of the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] rádh- `subdue' (IV 84) and jábh- `gape, snap out' (I 451) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with] a vowel (aC-i).

1. rádh+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = ra-n-dh-í-a-ti = randh-é-a-ti (3.84) = randh-áy-a-ti (6.1.78) `cooks, delivers'; radh+ṆvuL = rá-n-dh-aka-; radh+GHaÑ = rá-n-dh-a- `subjection'.

2. jabh+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = ja-n-bh-áy-a-ti = ja-ṁ-bh-áy-a-ti (8.3.24) = ja-m-bh-áy-a-ti (8.4.58) `snaps at'; jabh+GHaÑ = já-m-bha- `tooth'.

$7.1.62 ná=iṬ-i=á-lIṬ-i rádhe̱-ḥ

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 58] is not (ná) [inserted after the last vowel of the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] rádh- `subdue' (IV 84) [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 with initial increment 1.1.46] iṬ, excluding such l-substitutes of lIṬ.

rádh+tumu̱N = rádh+iṬ-tum (2.35) = rádh-i-tum; similarly radh-i-távya-, but radh+lIṬ = ra-ra-n-dh-i-vá/°-i-má; radh+LyuṬ/ṆvuL = rá-n-dh-ana/°-aka-.

$7.1.63 rabhe̱-r á-¹ŚaP=²lIṬ-oḥ

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 58 is inserted after the last vowel of the verbal aṅgá 6.4.1] rabh- `grasp, clasp, seize' (I 1023) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with vowels 61] excluding ŚaP and the l-substitutes of lIṬ (Perfect).

ā-rabh+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = ā-ra-n-bh=ay-a-ti = ā-rambh-ay-a-ti `causes to undertake'; ā-rabh+GHaÑ = ā-ra-m-bh-á- `beginning', but ā+rabh+ŚaP+te = ā-rabh-a-te; ā-rabh+lIṬ ā-rebh-eŚ (6.4.120).

$7.1.64 labhe̱-s=ca

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 58 is] also (ca) [inserted after the last vowel of the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] labh- `gain' (I 1024) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with vowels 61, excluding ŚaP and such l-substitutes of lIṬ 63].

labh+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = la-m-bh-áy-a-ti `causes to gain', but labh+ŚaP+te = lábh-a-te; labh+lIṬ = labh+eŚ = lebh-é.

$7.1.65 āṄ-aḥ y-i

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 58 is inserted after the last vowel of the verbal áṅga 6.4.1 labh- `gain' (I 1024) 64] co-occurring with the preverb āṄ [before an affix 3.1.1 beginning with] phoneme /y-°/.

ā+labh+ṆyàT = ā-la-m-bh-yà+ṬāP = ā-la-m-bh-y-ā gaú-ḥ/váḍavā `a cow/mare to be sacrificed', but labh+yàT = lábh-ya- `to be gained'. Description

$7.1.66 úp-āt pra-śamśā-y-ām

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 58 is introduced after the last vowel of the verbal áṅga 6.4.1 labh- `gain' (I 1024) 64] co-occurring with the preverb úpa-° [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 beginning with phoneme y-° 65] to denote praise (pra-śaṁs-ā-y-ām).

úpa+labh+ṆyàT+ṬāP (3.1.124; 4.1.4) = upa-la-m-bh-y-ā vid-yā `wisdom worthy of being acquired', but upa+labh+yàT = upa-lábh-ya- `obtainable'. Description

$7.1.67 upa-sarg-āt ¹KHaL-²GHaÑ-oḥ

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 58 is inserted after the last vowel of the verbal áṅga 6.4.1 labh- `gain' (I 1024) 64] co-occurring with preverbs [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1] KHaL and GhaÑ.

īṣat+prá+labh+KHal (3.3.126) = īṣat-pra-lá-m-bh-a- `easily deceived'; prá+labh+GHaÑ = pra-la-m-bh-á- `gaining, acquisition'. But labh+GHaÑ = lābh-a- `gain, profit'; īṣát+labh+KHaL = īṣal-lábh-a- (8.4.60) `to be obtained for a little'.

$7.1.68 ná ¹sú-²dúr-bhyāṁ kévalā-bhyām

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 58] is not (ná) [inserted after the last vowel of the verbal áṅga 6.4.1 labh- `gain' 64 before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 KHal and GHaÑ 67] when co-occurring singly with the preverbs sú-° and dúr-°.

su+labh+KHaL = su-lábh-a- `easy to obtain'; similarly dur-lábh-a- `difficult to obtain, rare'. su+labh+GHaÑ = su-lābh-á-/dur-lābh-á- `easily obtainable/rare'. But su+pra+labh+KHaL = su-pra-lá-m-bha-. Description

$7.1.69 vibhāṣā ¹CíṆ-²Ṇamu̱L-oḥ

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 58] is optionally (vibhāṣā) [inserted after the last vowel of the verbal áṅga 6.4.1 labh- `gain' before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1] CíṆ and Ṇamu̱L.

1. labh+CíṆ = áṬ+labh+CiṆ (6.4.71) = á-la-m-bh-i/á-lābh-i : (labh+lUṄ = á+labh+CiṆ+ta-0̸¹ 6.4.104) `was gained'.

2. labh+Ṇamu̱L = lá-m-bh-am la-m-bh-am/lābh-am lābh-am `having gained'.

$7.1.70 ¹úK=IT-²ac-āṁ sarva-nāma-sthān-é=á-dhāt-oḥ

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 58 is inserted after the last vowel of a nominal 4.1.1 áṅga 6.4.1] with IT marker denoted by the siglum uK (= U, R̥, L̥) or one [ending in 1.1.72 such affix] excluding verbal stems (a-dhāto-ḥ), and the verbal stem ac- (= anc- : a0̸c-6.4.24) [before 1.1.66] strong sUP triplets (sarva-nāma-sthān-é).

1. bhávatU+sU = bháv-ā-n-t+sU (6.4.14) = bháv-ā-n-t+0̸ (6.1.68) = bhávā-n0̸ (8.2.23); °+au = bháva-n-t+au: °Jas/am = bháva-n-t-aḥ/bháva-n-t-am.

2. gam+ŚátR̥ = gám+ŚaP+atR̥ (3.1.68) = gácch-a+at+sU = gácch-a-t+sU (6.1.97) = gácch-a-n-t+0̸ (6.1.68) = gácch-a-n0̸ (8.2.23); gácch-a-nt-au, gácch-a-n-taḥ, gácch-a-n-t-am.

3. prá+añc-a-ti = prá+añc+Kvi̱N (3.2.59) = prāñc+Kvi̱n (6.1.101) = prā0̸c+Kvi̱N (6.4.24) = prāc+0̸ (6.1.67)+sU = prā-ñ-c+0̸ (6.1.68) = prā-ñ0̸ (8.2.23) = prāṅ (8.2.30). prāñc-au, prāñc-aḥ, prāñc-am; prāc+Śas = prāc-aḥ; prāc+Śi (1.1.42) prāñ-c-i.

4. śra+īyasUN = śréyas+sU (6.2.25) = śréyā-n-s+sU (6.4.14) = śréyā-n-s+0̸ (6.1.68) = śréyā-n0̸ (8.2.23); śréyā-ṁ-s-au (8.3.23); śréyā-ṁ-s-aḥ, śréyā-ṁ-s-am; śréyas+Śi = śréyā-ṁ-s-i; śréyas+Śas = śréyas-aḥ.

But ukhā-y-ām sráṁs-a-ti = ukhā+0̸¹+sraṁs+Kvi̱P = ukhā-srá0̸s+Kvi̱P = ukhā-srás+sU = ukhāsrás+0̸ (6.1.67) = ukhā-srát (8.2.72) `falling in the cauldron' from the verbal stem sráns-Ú ava-sráṁs-an-e (I 790). The only exception to the constraint [á-dhāto-ḥ] of this rule is in respect of áncÚ gáti-pūj-anay-oḥ I 203.

$7.1.71 yuje̱-r á-sam-ās-e

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 58 is inserted after the last vowel of the nominal áṅga 6.4.1] yuj- (VII 7) [before 1.1.66 the strong sUP affixes (sUṬ and Śi 1.1.42-3) 70].

yu-ná-k-ti = yuj+Kvi̱N (3.2.59) = yúj+sU = yú-ñ-j+0̸ (6.1.68) = yuñ0̸ (8.2.23) = yúṅ, yú-ñ-j-au, yú-ñ-j-aḥ, yú-ñ-j-am but áśvam yu-ná-k-ti = aśva+0̸¹+yuj+Kvi̱P (3.2.61) = aśva-yúj+sU = aśva-yúj+0̸ (6.1.68) = aśva-yúk (8.2.30). Description

$7.1.72 ná-puṁs-aka-sya ¹jha̱L=²aC-aḥ

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 58 is inserted after the last vowel of] a neuter (ná-puṁs-aka-sya) [nominal 4.1.1 áṅga 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72] a non-nasal consonant (jha̱L-°) or a vowel (°-aC-aḥ) [before 1.1.66 the strong sUP 1.1.42-3 triplets 70].

In the case of neuter nominal stems the only strong sUP triplet is the substitute morpheme Śi replacing both Jas and Śas (7.1.20; 1.1.42).

1. yáśas+Śi = yáśā-n-s-i (6.4.10) = yáśā-ṁ-s-i (8.3.24) `renowns'; uda-śvít+Śi = uda-śví-n-t-i `mixtures of water and buttermilk'.

2. vána+Śi = vánā-n-i (6.4.8) `forests'; dádhi+Śi = dadh-ī-n-i `curds', mádhūn-i `honeys'; kartr̄-ṇ-i (8.4.1) `agents'; but bahu-púr+Śi = bahu-púr-i `possessing many fortified cities'; vímala-div+Śi = vímala-div-i `possessing a clear sky'; catúr+Śi = catu-ā-r-i (98) = catv-ā-r-i `4'.

$7.1.73 iK-aḥ=aC-i vi-bhák-t-au

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M is inserted after the last vowel of a neuter 72 nominal 6.4.1 áṅga ending in 1.1.72] one of the vowels denoted by the siglum iK (= i, u, r̥, l̥) [before 1.1.66] vibhákti (1.4.104) [affixes = sUP triplets here, beginning with] a vowel (aC-i).

vāri+Ṭā/Ṅe/ṄasI/Ṅas/os/Ṅi = vāri-ṇ/ā/e/as/as/os/i; mádhun-ā/e/as/as/os/i; kartŕ-ṇ-ā/e/as/as/os/i.

$7.1.74 tr̥-tīyā=ādi-ṣu bhāṣ-i-tá-puṁs-k-āt puṁ-vát=gālava-sya

[A neuter 72 nominal 4.1.1 áṅga ending in 1.1.72 one of the vowels denoted by the siglum iK (= i,u,r̥,l̥) 73] which has a masculine counterpart (bhāṣ-i-tá-puṁs-k-āt) is treated like a masculine (puṁ-vát) [before 1.1.66 sUP triplets beginning with a vowel 73] starting with the third case (tr̥-tīyā-ādi-ṣu) according to the grammarian Gālava.

grāma-m náy-a-ti = grāma+nī+Kvi̱P = grāma-ṇī- m., grāma-ṇí- n. (1.2.47)+Ṭā/Ṅe/ṄasI/os/i = grāma-ṇi-n/ā/e/as/os/i : grāma-ny/ā/ás/ós/ām (3.116).

$7.1.75 ¹ásthi-²dádhi-³sákthi=⁴ákṣ-ṇ-ām ána̱Ṅ udātta-ḥ

The substitute element ána̱Ṅ with a high pitch (udātta-ḥ) accent replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final phoneme 1.1.53 of the nominal stems 4.1.1] ásthi- `bone', dádhi- `curd', sákthi- `thigh' and ákṣi- `eye' [before 1.1.66 sUP triplets with initial vowels 73 beginning with the third case 74].

1. ásthi+Ṭā/Ṅe/ṄasI/os/Ṅi = asth-án+ā/e/as/os/i = asth0̸n-ā/ (6.4.134)/e/aḥ/oḥ/asthán-i/asth-n-í; 2. dadhán-i/dadhn-í; 3. sakthán-i/sakth-n-í; 4. asthán-i/asth-n-í (6.4.136). Description

$7.1.76 chándas-i=ápi dr̥ś-yá-te

In the Chándas [the substitute element ána̱Ṅ with udātta accent 75] is also (ápi) seen (dr̥ś-yá-te) [to replace the áṅga 6.4.1 final phoneme 1.1.53 of the nominal stems 4.1.1 ásthi- `bone', dádhi- `curd', sákthi- `thigh' and ákṣi- `eye' 75].

[dr̥ś-yá-te `is seen'] implies contexts other than those specified in 75 above: (a) before affixes beginning with consonants: ásthi+bhis = asth-án+bhis = asthá0̸-bhiḥ (8.2.7; 3.15); (b) before first and second sUP triplets: ásthi+Śi = asth-ān-i (6.4.8); (c) before non-vibhákti affixes: ákṣi+matuP = akṣ-áṇ+matUP (8.4.2) = akṣ-á0̸+nu̱Ṭ-matUP (8.2.7,16) = akṣ-a-n-vát- (8.2.9; 6.1.176 for accent) = akṣ-a-ṇ-vát (8.4.2); asth-a-n-vát-.

$7.1.77 ī ca dvi-vac-an-é

[In the Chándas 76] the substitute phoneme long /ī/ replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.552 of the nominal stems 4.1.1 ásthi- `bone'; dádhi- `curd', sákthi- `thigh' and ákṣi- `eye' 75 before 1.1.66] dual sUP triplets (dvi-vac-an-é).

The expression [udātta-ḥ] recurs here from 75 above, so that the substitute has the high-pitched accent.

ákṣi+Śī (19) = akṣi+ī = akṣ-ī te indra piṅgal-é `your eyes, O Indra, are tawny-brown'; akṣ-ī-bhyām. Description

$7.1.78 ná=abhy-às-t-āt=Śatuḥ

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 58] is not (ná) [inserted after the last vowel of the affix 3.1.1] ŚatR̥- [introduced after 3.1.2] reduplicated verbal [áṅga-s 6.4.1 before 1.1.66 strong sUP triplets (1.1.42-3) 70].

dā+ŚátR̥ = dā+Ślu+ŚátR̥ = da-dā+átR̥ (6.1.10; 7.4.59) = da-d0̸-atR̥ (6.4.112) = dád-at+su/au/Jas/am = dad-at+0̸ (6.1.68), dad-at=au/aḥ/am. jakṣ+ŚátR̥+sU/au/Jas/am = jákṣat+0̸, jákṣ-at=au/aḥ/am. Exception to 70 above.

$7.1.79 vā ná-puṁs-aka-sya

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 58] is optionally (vā) [inserted after the last vowel of] a neuter (ná-puṁs-aka-sya) [nominal 4.1.1 áṅga 6.4.1 derived from a reduplicated verbal stem with affix 3.1.1 ŚàtR̥ 78 before 1.1.66 strong sUP triplets (1.1.42-3) 70].

dhā+ŚátR̥ = dhā+Ślu+átR̥ = dá-dhā-at (6.1.10; 7.4.59; 8.4.54)+Śi = dá-dh0̸-at+Śi (6.4.112) = dádh-a-n-t-i/dádh-at-i. Description

$7.1.80 ā-t ¹Śī-²nady-ór nu̱M

[The infixed increment 1.1.47] nu̱M is [optionally 79 inserted after the last vowel of the affix 3.1.1 ŚátR̥ 78 introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal áṅga 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72] the vowel phoneme /a/ [before 1.1.66 the affixes] Śī and those denoted by the t.t. nadī (3.4.3ff.).

tud+ŚátR̥ = tud+Śá+SátR̥ = tud+á-at- = tud-á-t- (6.1.97)+Śī = tud-á-n-t-ī/tud-át-ī; tud-át+ṄīP (4.1.6) = tud-á-n-t-ī/tud-at-ī; yā+ŚatR̥ = yā+0̸¹+átR̥ = yā+át+Śī = yā-n-t-ī/yāt-ī (6.1.173 for accent when nu̱M is not inserted). Similarly yāt+ṄīP = yā-n-t-ī/yāt-ī.

The reason for repeating [nu̱M] in this rule when it was already recurring from 58 onwards is to block out the recurrence of particles [ná 78] and [vā 79] simultaneously in this sūtra and avoid undesirable interpretations such as the increment may be optionally inserted before the affixes [Śī, nadī] and not at all after áṅga-s ending in the phoneme-class /a/, leading to false forms like [*kurv-á-n-t-ī] as alternative to [kurv-at-ī] but not to [kar-i-ṣy-á-n-tī].

$7.1.81 ¹ŚaP-²ŚyaN-or nítya-m

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 80] is necessarily (nítya-m) [inserted after the last vowel of affix 3.1.1 ŚátR̥ 78 introduced after 3.1.2 verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72 the present class markers] ŚaP and ŚyaN [before 1.1.66 the affixes Śī and nadī (1.4.3ff.) 80].

1. pac+ŚátR̥ = pác+ŚaP+átR̥ = pác-a+at+Śī/ṄīP = pác-a-n-t-ī (6.1.97).

2. div+ŚyaN+ŚátR̥ = dīv-ya-at+Śī/ṄīP (8.2.76) = dīv-y-a-n-t-ī (6.1.97). Description

$7.1.82 s-AU anaḍuh-aḥ

[The infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 80 is inserted after the last vowel of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] anaḍ-úḥ- `ox' [before 1.1.66 the sUP triplet] sU.

anaḍ-úh+sU = anaḍ-ú-ā-h+sU (98) = anad-vāh+sU (6.1.77) = anaḍ-vā-n-h+sU = anaḍ-vānh+0̸ (6.1.68) = anaḍ-vān0̸ (8.2.23). Description

$7.1.83 ¹dŕś=²sv-ávas=³svá-tavas-āṁ chándas-i

In the Chándas [the infixed increment 1.1.47 nu̱M 80 is inserted after the last vowel of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-dŕś- `apppearing like', sv-ávas- `affording good protection' and svá-tavas `self-strong' [before 1.1.66 the sUP triplet sU 82].

1. ī-dŕś+sU = īdŕ-n-ś+sU = ī-dŕ-ñ-ś+0̸ (6.1.68) = ī-dŕ-ñ-0̸ (8.2.23) = ī-dŕ-ṅ (8.2.30).

2. sv-avas+sU = sv-avā-n-s+sU (6.4.14) = sv-avāns/0̸ (6.1.68) = sv-avā-n0̸ (8.2.23).

3. svá-ta-vā-n. Description

$7.1.84 div-áḥ=auT

The substitute phoneme au(T) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final phoneme 1.1.52 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] dív- `sky, heaven' [before 1.1.66 the sUP triplet sU 82].

dív+sU = dí-au+sU = dyaú-s = dyaú-ḥ (8.2.66; 3.15). Description

$7.1.85 ¹pathín²mathín=³r̥bhukṣ-ām āT

The substitute phoneme long ā(T) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the nominal stems 4.1.1] pathín- `path', mathín- `churning rod or stick' and r̥bhukṣín- `n.pr. of Indra or the first of the R̥bhu-s' [before 1.1.66 the sUP triplet sU 82].

1. pathín+sU = pathí-ā+sU = pathá-ā+sU (86) = panthá-ā+sU (87) = pánth-ā-ḥ (6.1.199 for accent; 6.1.97; 8.2.66; 3.15). Similarly 2. mánth-ā-ḥ; 3. r̥bhukṣ-ā-ḥ. Description

$7.1.86 iT-aḥ=aT sarva-nāma-sthān-é

The substitute phoneme short a(T) replaces the short phoneme i(T) [of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the nominal stems 4.1.1 pathín- `path', mathín- `churning rod or stick' and r̥bhukṣín- `n.pr. of Indra' 85 before 1.1.66] strong sUP (affixes 1.1.42-3).

Exx. before [sU] cited under 85 above. pathín+au/Jas/am = páthan+au (6.1.199) = pánthan+au (87) = pánthān+au (6.4.8)/pánthān-aḥ/pánthān-am. Similarly: mánthān+au/aḥ/am; r̥bhukṣāṇ-au/aḥ/am. Description

$7.1.87 th-aḥ nth-aḥ

The substitute phoneme /nth/ replaces the phoneme /th/ [of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the nominal stems 4.1.1 pathín- `path' and mathín- `churning stick or rod' 85 before strong sUP triplets (1.1.42-3) 86].

Exx. cited under 86 above.

$7.1.88 bha-sya ṬE-r lópa-ḥ

Lópa (0̸) replaces the syllable beginning with the last vowel of BHA (1.4.18-9) stems [of the nominal 4.1.1 áṅga-s 6.4.1 pathín- `path', mathín- `churning stick' and r̥bhukṣín- `n.pr. of Indra' 85 before sUP triplets beginning with a vowel or y-° 1.4.18].

pathín+Śas/Ṭā/Ṅe/ṄasI/os/Ṅi = path-ā/é/áḥ/óḥ/í; +ām = path-ām wherein 0̸ replaces °-ín. math-ā/é/áḥ/óḥ/ām/í; r̥bhukṣ-ā/é/áḥ/óḥ/ām/í.

$7.1.89 púṁs-aḥ=asUṄ

The substitute element asUṄ replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.53 phoneme of the nominal stem 4.1.1] púṁs- `man, male' [before 1.1.66 the strong sUP triplets (1.1.42-3) 86].

púṁs+sU/au/Jas/am = púm-as+sU/au/Jas/am = púma-n-s+sU/au/Jas/am (70) = púmāns+sU/au/Jas/am = púmāns+0̸ (6.1.68)/au/as/am = púmān- (8.2.23)/pumāns-au/aḥ/am = púmāṁs-au/aḥ/am (8.3.23). Description

$7.1.90 gó-taḥ=Ṇ-IT

[The strong sUP triplets (1.1.42-3) 86 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal 4.1.1 áṅga 6.4.1] gó- `cow/bull' are treated like those having marker Ṇ as IT.

gó+sU/au/Jas = gaú-sU/au/ah = gaú-ḥ, gāv-au/aḥ (6.1.78). For gó+am/Śas cf. 6.1.93 gām/gās = gā-ḥ. Description

$7.1.91 ṆaL uttama-ḥ vā

[The Parasmaipadá first person l-substitute of lIṬ 3.4.82] ṆaL is optionally (vā) [treated like those having Ṇ as IT marker 90].

pac+ṆaL = pa-pac+ṆaL = pa-pác-a/pa-pāc-a (6.1.8; 7.4.60). But pac+ṆaL (3rd pers. sing.) = pa-pā-ca. Description

$7.1.92 sákhy-ur á-sam-bud-dh-au

[The strong sUP triplets (1.1.42-3) 86] excluding the vocative sing. (á-sam-bud-dh-au) [introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal 4.1.1 áṅga 6.4.1] sákhi- `friend, companion' [are treated like those with marker Ṇ as IT 90].

sákhi+sU/au/Jas/am = sákh-ai+au/Jas/am (7.2.115) = sákhāy-au/as/am (6.1.78). For sákhi+sU cf. 93 below.

sakhi+sU sam-bud-dh-au = sákh-e (3.108; 6.1.69).

$7.1.93 ana̱Ṅ s-AU

The substitute element ana̱Ṅ replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 2.2.53 phoneme of the nominal stem 4.1.1 sákhi- `companion' 92 before 1.1.66 the sUP triplet] sU [excluding that of the vocative singular 92].

sákhi+sU = sákh-an+sU = sákhān+s (6.4.8) = sákhān+0̸ (6.1.68) = sákhā0̸ (8.2.7); before voc. sing.: sákh-e (92 above).

$7.1.94 ¹r̥T=²uśánas=³puru-dáṁś-as=⁴an-eh-ás-āṁ ca

[The substitute element ana̱Ṅ 93] also (ca) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.53 of the nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] short r̥(T) and uśánas- `n.pr.', puru-dáṁś-as- `abounding in marvelous deeds' and an-eh-ás- `unrivaled' [before 1.1.66 the sUP triplet sU 93 excluding that of the vocative singular 92].

1. °-r̥T: kartŕ+sU = kart-án+sU = kart-ān+0̸ (6.4.8; 6.1.68) = kar-tā0̸ (8.2.7); kar-tŕ+sU (voc.) = kar-tar+sU (3.110) = kár-tar+0̸ (8.2.24) = kar-táḥ (8.3.15).

2. uśánas+sU = uśána+an+sU = uśán-a-n+sU (6.1.97) = uśán-ān+0̸ (6.1.68) = uśánā0̸ (8.2.7) = uśánā; +sU (vocative) = úśanas+0̸ = úśanas = úśanaḥ.

Similarly 3. puru-dáṁśā, anehā; voc.: púru-daṁśaḥ, ánehaḥ. Description

$7.1.95 tr̥C=vát króṣ-ṭu-ḥ

[Before 1.1.66 strong sUP triplets (1.1.42-3) 86, excluding the vocative singular 92, the nominal 4.1.1 áṅga 6.4.1] króṣ-ṭu `jackal' is treated like one [ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] tŕC.

kruś+tuN Uṇādi = króṣ-ṭu+sU/au/Jas/am = kruś+tŕC+sU/au/Jas/am = kroṣ-ṭŕ+sU/au/as/am = kroṣ-ṭ-án+sU (94) = kroṣ-ṭ-ān+0̸ = kroṣ-ṭā0̸ (6.1.68; 4.8; 8.2.7); kroṣ-ṭŕ+au/as/am = kroṣ-ṭār-au/as/am (3.110; 6.4.11); +sU (voc.) = króṣ-ṭo (3.108; 6.1.69). Description

$7.1.96 striy-āṁ ca

[Before 1.1.66] a feminine [affix 4.1.3ff.] also (ca) [the nominal 4.1.1 áṅga 6.4.1 króṣ-ṭu- `jackal' 95 is treated like one ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 tŕC 95].

króṣ-ṭu+ṄīṢ (4.1.63) = kroṣ-ṭŕ+ṄīṢ (4.1.41) = kroṣ-ṭr-ī. Description

$7.1.97 vibhāṣā tr̥-tīyā-ādi-ṣu=aC-i

[The nominal 4.1.1 áṅga 6.4.1 króṣ-ṭu- `jackal' 95 is treated like one ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1 tŕC 95] optionally (vibhāṣā) [before 1.1.66] sUP triplets with initial vowels (aC-i), beginning with the third (case: tr̥-tīyā-ādi-ṣu).

króṣ-ṭu-/kroṣ-ṭŕ+Ṭā/Ṅe/ṄasI/os/Ṅi = króṣ-ṭu-nā (3.120)/kroṣ-ṭr-ā; króṣ-ṭav-e (3.111)/kroṣ-ṭr-é; króṣ-ṭ-o-ḥ (6.1.110)/kroṣ-ṭ-ú-ḥ (6.1.111); króṣ-ṭ-au (3.118-19)/kroṣ-ṭár-i (3.110).

$7.1.98 ¹catúr-²anaḍ-úh-or āM udātta-ḥ

[The infixed increment 1.1.47] āM with high-pitched accent (ud-ātta-ḥ) [is inserted after the last vowel of the nominal 4.1.1 áṅga-s 6.4.1] catúr- `four' and anaḍ-úh- `beast of burden' [before 1.1.66 the strong sUP triplets (1.1.42-3) 86].

catúr+Jas/Śi = catu-ā-r-as/i = catvār-aḥ/catvār-i.

anaḍ-úh+sU = anaḍ-u-ā-h+sU = anaḍ-vā-n-h+sU (82) = anaḍ-vā-n0̸ (6.1.68) = anaḍ-vān0̸ (8.2.23); anaḍ-vāh=au/as/am. Description

$7.1.99 aM sam-búd-dh-au

[The infixed increment 1.1.47] aM [is inserted after the last vowel of the nominal 4.1.1 áṅga-s 6.4.1 catúr- `four' and anaḍ-úh- `beast of burden' 98 before 1.1.66] the vocative singular (sam-búd-dh-au).

1. priy-á-catur+sU = priy-á-catu-a-r+0̸ (6.1.68) = priy-á-catv-a-r = príy-a-catv-a-ḥ (8.3.15).

2. anaḍ-úh+sU = ánaḍ-u-a-h+sU = ánaḍ-v-a-n-h+0̸ (82; 6.1.68) = ánaḍ-van0̸ (8.2.23) = ánaḍ-van.

$7.1.100 r̄T-aḥ iT=dhāto-ḥ

The substitute phoneme short i(T) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52] phoneme long r̄(T) of a verbal [áṅga 6.4.1] (dhāto-ḥ).

kr̄+Śá+tiP = kir-á-ti `scatters'; kr̄+Ktá- = kir+ná- (8.2.42) = kīr-ná- (8.2.76) = kīr-ṇá- (8.4.1) `scattered'. But pitr̄-ṇ-ām. Description

$7.1.101 upa-dhā-y-ās=ca

[The substitute phoneme short i(T) 100] also replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1] penultimate (upa-dhā-y-āḥ) [phoneme long r̄(T) of a verbal stem 100].

kr̄t+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = kirt+í+a+ti = kīrt (8.2.76)+é+a+ti (7.3.84) = kīrt-áy-a-ti (6.1.78) `extols, celebrates'.

$7.1.102 uT óṣṭh-ya-pūrva-sya

The substitute phoneme short u(T) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 vowel long r̄(T) of a verbal stem 100] preceded by a labial (consonant: óṣṭh-ya-purva-sya).

pr̄+Ktá- = pur+Ktá- = pūr-tá- (8.2.57,76) `filled up'; pr̄+saN+ŚaP+tiP = pú-pur-sa+a=ti (6.1.9) = pú-pūr-ṣa-ti (8.2.76; 3.59) `desires to fill'.

$7.1.103 bahulá-ṁ chándas-i

In the Chándas [the substitute short vowel u(T) 102] variously replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 vowel long r̄ of verbal stems 100].

This is in contexts other than those specified above.

1. when r̄ is preceded by a consonant other than a labial: tr̄+KiN (3.2.171) = tá-tr̄+i (6.1.8; 7.4.66); = tá-tur-i-; +Kí=ta-tur-í.

2. Does not operate when r̄ is preceded by a labial: pr̄+KiN+tamaP = pa-pr̄+iṬ-tama = pá-pr-i-tama-; but pá-pur-i/pa-pur-í (3.2.171).

$7.2.1 si̱C-i vŕd-dhi-ḥ parasmai-padé-ṣu

Substitute vowels denoted by the t.t. vŕd-dh-i (1.1.1 = ā, ai, au) replace [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 vowel denoted by the siglum iK (= i, u, r̥, l̥ 1.1.3) of a verbal stem before 1.1.66 the Aorist marker] si̱C (3.1.44), co-occurring with Parasmaipadá l-substitutes.

By metarule 1.1.3 Vŕddhi and Guṇá used by themselves imply the substituenda as vowels represented by the siglum iK. So the áṅga vowels involved are i, u, r̥ or l̥.

áṬ+ci+si̱C+tiP = á-cai-ṣ-īṬ+t (3.4.100; 7.3.96; 8.3.59) = á-cai-ṣ-ī-t `has heaped up'; similarly pū+lUṄ = pū+si̱C+iṬ+s+īṬ+t (35; 3.96) = á-pāv-i-0̸-ī-t (8.2.28) = á-pāv-ī-t; kr̥+si̱C = á-kr̥+si̱C+īṬ+t = á-kār-ṣ-ī-t, but before Ātmanepadá l-substitutes. cyu+si̱C+ta = á-cyo-ṣ-ṭa (3.84; 8.3.59; 4.41); kr̥+si̱C+ta = á-kr̥-0̸-ta (1.2.12; 8.2.27) = á-kr̥-ta.

$7.2.2 aT-aḥ r-lá̱=anta-sya

[Substitute vr̥ddhi 1 (ā 1.1.1) replaces] the short vowel a(T) [of a verbal áṅga 6.4.1] ending in (°ánta-sya) the phonemes /r/ or /l/ [before 1.1.66 the Aorist marker si̱C followed by Parasmaipadá l-substitutes 1].

kṣar+si̱C+t = a-kṣār+iṬ-si̱C+īṬ-t = á-kṣār-i-0̸+ī-t (8.2.28) = á-kṣār-ī-t `has trickled or oozed'; similarly jval+si̱C+t = á-jvāl-ī-t `has burnt'. Prior exception to 7 below.

$7.2.3 ¹vádÁ-²vrájÁ-³há̱L-anta-sya aC-aḥ

[Substitute vŕddhi 1] replaces the vowel (aC) [of the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] vád- `speak' (I 1058), vráj- `wander; (I 272) and those ending in a consonant (há̱L-anta-sya) [before 1.1.66 the Aorist marker si̱C co-occurring with Parasmaipadá l-substitutes 1].

The expression [aC] here, like [aT in the preceding rule] is to remove the constraint of metarule 1.1.3 which stipulates that the substituenda are the vowels comprised by the siglum iK. [vád-, vráj-] though ending in a consonant, are included to block out the option introduced under 7.

1. vad+si̱C+t = á-vād+iṬ-si̱c+īṬ=t (35; 3.96) = á-vād-i-0̸-ī-t (8.2.28) = á-vād-ī-t.

2. á-vrāj=ī-t. pac+si̱C = á-pāk-ṣ-ī-t (3.96; 8.2.30) `has cooked'; bhid+si̱C = á=bhait-s-ī-t (8.4.55) `has broken'; rudh+si̱C = á-raut-s-ī-t `has blocked'.

$7.2.4 ná=iṬ-i

[Vŕddhi (1.1.1) 1] does not (ná) replace [the áṅga 6.4.1 vowel 3 of verbal stems ending in 1.1.72 a consonant 3 before 1.1.66 the Aorist marker si̱C 1] co-occurring with [initial increment 1.1.46] iṬ [followed by Parasmaipadá l-substitutes 1].

div+si̱C = á-div+iṬ-si̱C+īṬ-t (35.3.96) = á-dev-i-0̸-ī-t (3.86; 8.2.28) = á-dev-ī-t `has sported or gambled'; similarly: muṣ+si̱C = á-moṣ-ī-t `has stolen', but from stems ending in vowels, cf. 1 above.

$7.2.5 ¹h-²m-³y=anta=⁴kṣaṇa̱-⁵śvásÁ-⁶jāgr̥-⁷Ṇí-⁸śvi=⁹éT=IT-ām

[Vŕddhi (1.1.1) 1 does not 4 replace the vowel 3 of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of verbal stems ending in 1.1.72] the phonemes /h, m, y/ as also of kṣaṇ- `injure' (VIII 3), śvás- `breathe' (II 60), jāgr̥- `wake up' (II 63) and those [ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] ṆíC, as also śvi- `swell' (I 1059) and those with marker E(T) as IT [when first introduced in the Dhp.] [before 1.1.66 the Aorist marker si̱C 1 co-occurring with initial increment iṬ 4 followed by Parasmaipadá l-substitutes 1].

1. -h: grah+si̱C+t = á-grah+i-s+ī-t (35, 3.96) = á-grah-i-0̸-ī-t (8.2.28) = á-grah-ī-t (6.1.101) `has grasped or seized'; similarly: 2. syam+si̱C+t = ásyam-ī-t `has made a sound'. 3. á-vyay-ī-t `has spent money'. 4. á-kṣaṇ-ī-t `has injured'. 5. á-śvas-ī-t `has breathed'. 6. jāgr̥+si̱C = á-jāgar-ī-t (3.84) `woke up'. 7. ā+ūn+ṆíC+si̱C+t (6.4.72) = āṬ+ūn-e+i-s-ī-t = aún-ay-i-0̸-ī-t (6.1.90, 78; 8.2.28) = aún-ay-ī-t (3.1.41 blocking 3.1.48) `caused to ebb'. This is restricted to the three other verbal stems dhvan-, il-, ard- in the domain of Chándas only; elsewhere affix [CaṄ] replaces [si̱C]. 8. śvi+si̱C+t = á-śvay-ī-t (3.84) `has swollen'. 9. rag-É+i-s-ī-t = á-rag-ī-t `has doubled'. Examples 1, 5 and 9 are exceptions to 7 below.

$7.2.6 ūrṇ-ó-te-r vibhāṣā

[Vŕddhi 1 does not 4] optionally (vibhāṣā) [replace the vowel 3 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] ūrṇu- `cover' (II 30) [before 1.1.66 the Aorist marker si̱C 1 co-occurring with initial increment iṬ 4 followed by Parasmaipadá l-substitutes 1].

prá+ūrṇu+iṬ-si̱C+īṬ-t = pra+āṬ-ūrṇu+i-0̸-ī-t = praúrṇav-ī-t (3.84)/praúrṇāv-ī-t/praúrṇuv-ī-t (1.2.3; 6.4.77).

$7.2.7 aT-aḥ há̱L-āde-r laghó-ḥ

[Vŕddhi (1.1.1) 1 does not 4 optionally 6 replace] the light vowel (laghó-ḥ) a(T) [of an áṅga 6.4.1] beginning with a consonant (há̱L-āde-ḥ) [before Aorist marker si̱C 1, co-occurring with initial increment iṬ 4 followed by Parasmaipadá l-substitutes 1].

raṇ+iṬ-si̱C+īṬ-t = á-raṇ-ī-t/á-rāṇ-ī-t `has sounded', but by 3 above: á-vād-ī-t, á-vrāj-ī-t; by 2 above á-jvāl-ī-t; but in the case of a heavy syllable: á-takṣ-ī-t `has fashioned'.

$7.2.8 ná=iṬ va̱Ś-i kŕt-i

[The initial increment 1.1.46] iṬ is not (ná) [inserted at the head of] a kŕt [affix 3.1.1] (3.1.93ff.) [beginning with semivowels] and voiced stops (va̱Ś) excluding /y/.

Exception to 35 below.

1. īś+varáC (3.2.175) = īś-vará- `ruler, lord, god'. 2. dīp+rá (3.2.167) = dīp-rá- `shining'. 3. bhas+mani̱n = bhás-man- (3.2.75) `ashes'. 4. yāc+ná+ṬāP (3.3.90, 4.1.4) = yāc-ñ-ā `begging'.

Before other kŕt affixes: īś-i-tum, dīp-i-tum, bhás-i-tum, yāc-i-tum. Before non-kŕt affixes, however, 35 below operates: rud+lIṬ+vá/má = ru-rud-i-vá/má (6.1.8; 7.4.60).

$7.2.9 ¹ti-²tu-³tra-⁴ta-⁵tha-⁶sí-⁷sú-⁸sára-⁹ka-¹⁰sé-ṣu ca

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is not inserted 8] also (ca) [at the head of kŕt 8 affixes 3.1.1] °-ti-, °-tu, °-tra-, °-ta-, °-tha-, °-sí-, °-sú-, °-sára-, °-ka- and °-sá-.

Except for the first and third, all the remaining affixes are Uṇādi.

1. °-ti- = KtiN/KtíC: tan+KtíC = tan-tí- `cord, line, string', but tán-i-tum; dīp+KtiN = dīp-ti- `lustre', but dīp-i-tum.

2. °-tu(N uṆ 1.69): sac+tuN = sák-tu- `barley meal', but sác-i-tum `to associate with'.

3. °-tra (ṢṭraN uṆ 4.158): tan+ṢṭraN = tán-tra- (f. tan-tr-ī): tán-i-tum `loom/to extend'; pat+ṢṭraN (3.2.182) -pát-tra- `vehicle, cart', but pát-i-tum.

4. °-ta(N uṆ): has+taN (uṆ 3.86) = hás-ta- `hand', but hás-i-tum.

5. °-tha (KthaN uṆ 2.2): kuṣ+KthaN- = kú-ṣṭha- `n. of a plant', but kóṣ-i-tum.

6. °sí (Ksí uṆ 3.155): kuṣ+Ksí = kuṣ+sí (8.2.36) = kuk-ṣí- (8.2.41; 3.59) `stomach'.

7. °sú (súK uṆ 3.157): iṣ+súK = ik-ṣú- (8.2.41; 3.59) `sugar-cane', but éṣ-i-tum.

8. °-sára (uṆ 3.70): aś+sára- = aṣ-sára- (8.2.36) = ak-ṣára- (8.2.41; 3.59) `syllable' but áś-i-tum.

9. °-ka (kaN uṆ 3.43): śal+kaN = śál-ka- `chip', but śál-i-tum.

10. °-sá- (uṆ 3.62): vad+sá- = vat-sá- `calf', but vád-i-tum; han+sá- = haṁ-sá- (8.3.24) `swan'.

Exceptions to this rule (by vārttika): °-KtiN: ni-gŕh-ī-ti- (37) `restraint'; upa-sníh-i-ti- `becoming wet, moistening'; ni-kúc-i-ti- `contraction'; ni-páṭh-i-ti- `study, recitation'. Description

$7.2.10 eká=aC-aḥ upa-deś-é=án-udātt-āt

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is not inserted 8 at the head of an affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2] a monosyllabic (ekāC-aḥ) verbal stem bearing a low-pitched (ánudātta) accent when first introduced (in the Dhp. upa-deś-é).

By 35 below this initial increment is generally inserted at the head of an ārdhadhātuka affix beginning with all consonants excluding the semivowel y-°. The present rule is a prior exception to that and blocks this insertion. Such verbal stems are I 906-9,912; 946-1014; II 1-7; 31-57,59; III 1-13; IV 26-40,57-91; V 1-17; VI 1-6; 109-42; VII 1-7,12-17; VIII 10; IX 1-9,29-36. There are, however, some exceptions which are dealt with in separate rules. Kāśikā and Siddhanta-Kaumudī provide special kārikā-s to enumerate these for ease of reference. A few general rules may be specified here. Verbal stems end either in a vowel or a consonant. Of those ending in vowels, all except those ending in short °a- are án-udātta and so on.

pūÑ pav-an-e IX 12 has the udātta accent and so we have á-pāv-i-ṣ-am in the Aorist (lUṄ) and páv-i-tum, but from ḌU-kr̥-Ñ kár-aṇ-e (VIII 10) which is ánudātta the corresponding forms are á-kār-ṣ-am/kár-tum.

$7.2.11 ¹śrí=²uK-aḥ K-IT-i

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is not inserted 8 at the head of an affix 3.1.1] with marker K as IT [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] śrí- `lean or depend upon' (I 945) and those [which end in 1.1.72] a vowel denoted by the siglum uK (= u,r̥,l̥).

1. śrí-Ñ sevā-y-ām bears the udātta accent but the initial increment is blocked only for K-IT affixes after this stem: śrí+Ktá = śri-tá-; °+Ktvā = śri-tvā, but śri+tŕC = sri+iṬ-tŕ- = śre-i-tŕ (3.84) = śray-i-tŕ-; śray-i-tum.

2. °uK: yú míśr-aṇ-e (II 23)+Ktá = yu-tá; +Ktvā = yu-tvā; +tumu̱N = yáv-i-tum; lūÑ chéd-an-e+Ktá/Ktvā = lū-ná (8.2.44)/lū-tvā; vŕÑ var-aṇe+Ktá/Ktvā = vr̥-tá-/vr̥-tvā; +tumu̱N = vár-i-tum/vár-ī-tum (38). Description

$7.2.12 saN-i ¹gráhÁ-²gúh-os=ca

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is not inserted 8 at the head of the desiderative affix 3.1.1] saN also (ca) [when introduced after 3.1.1 the verbal aṅgá 6.4.1] gráh- `seize, grasp' (IX 61) or gúh- `hide' (I 944) as well as (ca) [after those ending in 1.1.72 vowels denoted by the siglum uK 11].

1. gráh+saN+ŚaP+tiP = jí-grah-sa-a-ti (6.1.9; 7.4.60,62,79) = jígr̥h-sa-ti (6.1.16,97) = jí-gr̥ḍh-sa-ti (8.2.31) = jíghr̥-k-ṣa-ti (8.2.37,41; 3.59).

2. Similarly: guh+saN+ŚaP+tiP = jú-ghuk-ṣa-ti.

3. °uK: rú+saN+ŚaP+tiP = rú-rū-ṣa-ti (6.4.16; 8.3.59).

śrí- (11) is not included in this rule because of the option in 49 below.

$7.2.13 ¹kr̥-²sr̥-³bhr̥-⁴vŕ-⁵stu-⁶dru-⁷sru-⁸śruv-aḥ lIṬ-i

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is not inserted 8 at the head of l-substitutes of] lIṬ (Perfect) [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] kr̥- `make' (VIII 10), sr̥- `move, flow' (I 982, III 17), bhr̥- `bear' (III 5), vŕ-Ñ `cover' (V 8), vŕ-Ṅ `choose, share' (IX 38), stu- `praise' (II 34), dru- `run' (I 992), sru- `run, ooze' (I 987) and śru- `hear' (I 989).

The verbal stems listed above, except for the cover term [vr̥] are all ánudātta while [vŕ-Ñ, vŕ-Ṅ] are both udātta. In the former case the constraint is with reference to the nature of the stem (10) and with the latter to the affix (11). 1. kr̥+lIṬ+vá/má = ca-kr̥-vá/má; 2. sa-sr̥-vá/má; 3. ba-bhr̥-vá/má; 4. va-vr̥-vá-má; va-vr̥-váhe/máhe; 5. tu-ṣṭu-vá/má (4.61, 8.3.59); 6. du-dru-vá/má; 7. su-sru-vá/má; 8. śu-śru-vá/má.

The constraint here is limited only to K-IT l-substitutes with reference to the general rule 11 above. For the stems [stu-, dru-, sru-, śru-] the option provided by 63 below is also blocked by this prior exception.

$7.2.14 ¹śví=²īT=IT-aḥ niṣṭhā-y-ām

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is not inserted 8 at the head of] niṣṭhā (Ktá-, KtávatU 1.1.26) [affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] śví- `swell' (I 1059) and those with marker long Ī(T) as IT [when first introduced in the Dhp. 10].

1. ṬU-O-śví+Ktá- = śui+tá (6.1.15) = śu-ná- (8.2.45) = śū-ná- (6.4.2) `swollen'.

2. O-laj-Ī vrīḍdā-y-ām (VI 10)+Ktá = lag+ná (8.2.30,45).

The word [niṣṭhā-y-ām] recurs in the following rules up to 35 below.

$7.2.15 ya-sya vibhāṣā

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is not inserted 8 at the head of niṣṭhā 14 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1 after which 1.1.67 insertion of the initial increment] has been made optional (yá-sya vibhāṣā).

Rule 45 below prescribes this option for the verbal stem [dhū-Ñ] `shake, agitate' and for those with marker long Ū(T) as IT: 1. ví+dhū+Ktá- = ví-dhū-ta- `shaken or tossed about' (6.2.49 for accent). 2. gúh-Ū saṁ-vár-aṇ-e (I 944)+Ktá = guḍh+Ktá- (8.2.31) =guḍh-dhá (8.2.40) = guḍh+ḍhá- (8.4.41) = gu0̸=ḍhá (8.3.13) = gū-ḍhá- (6.3.111) `hidden, secreted'.

$7.2.16 āT=IT=as=ca

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is not inserted 8 at the head of niṣṭhā 14 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] with marker Ā(T) as IT also [when first introduced in the Dhp. 10].

ÑI-míd-Ā snéh-an-e (I 779)+Ktá = mid+tá = min-ná (8.2.42).

$7.2.17 vibhāṣā ¹bhāvá=²ādi-kar-máṇ-oḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is not inserted 8 at the head of niṣṭhā 14 affixes 3.1.1] optionally (vibhāṣā) when [introduced after 3.1.2 verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1 with marker Ā as IT 15 when first introduced in the Dhp. 10] to denote an impersonal (bhāvá-°) or inceptive meaning (°-ādi-kar-máṇ-i).

The present rule blocks the operation of 15 above in the impersonal and inceptive meanings and permits the optional insertion of the initial increment. ÑI-mid-Ā+Ktá = min-ná-m/med-i-tá-m (1.2.19, 7.3.86) an-éna; pra-min-ná-/pra-med-i-tá- (3.4.71). Description

$7.2.18 ¹kṣub-dhá-²svān-tá-³dhvān-tá-⁴lag-ná-⁵mliṣ-ṭá-⁶ví-rib-dha-⁷phāṇ-ṭá-⁸bā-ḍhā-n-i ¹manthá-²mánas=³támas=⁴saktá=⁵á-vi-spaṣ-ṭa-⁶svará=⁷án-ā-yās-a-⁸bhr̥śe-ṣu

The expressions 1. kṣub-dhá-, 2. svān-tá-, 3. dhvān-tá-, 4. lag-ná-, 5. mliṣ-ṭá-, 6. ví-rib-dhá-, 7. phāṇ-ṭá- and 8. bā-ḍhá- are introduced [with affix Ktá 14, not co-occurring with initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 8] to denote [respectively 1.3.10] 1. a mixed beverage or churning rod, 2. mind, 3. darkness, 4. attached, 5. indistinct, 6. tone, 7. made without effort and 8. strong, vehement.

In other senses the expressions are: kṣubh-i-tá- `stirred'; svan-i-tá- `sounded', dhvan-i-tá- `indicated, suggested', lag-i-tá- `adhered', mlecch-i-tá- `spoken wrongly or indistinctly', ví-rebh-i-ta- `chattered', phāṇ-i-tá- `inspissated or condensed juice of sugar-cane' and bāh-i-tá- `exerted'.

The irregularly derived forms either constrain the meaning or undergo special modifications not regulated by rules framed: In the case of verbal stems mlech-, rebh- the stem vowels are shortened (by 1.1.48); in the case of lag-, Ktá→Kná. Description

$7.2.19 ¹dhŕsi̱-²śás-ī̱ vaíyāt-y-e

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is not inserted 8 at the head of niṣṭhā 14 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] dhŕṣ- `dare' (V 22) and śás- `hurt, injure' (I 763) to denote insolence (vaí-yāt-y-e).

1. ÑI-dhŕṣ-Ā prā-galbh-y-e+Ktá- = dhr̥ṣ-ṭá- (8.4.41) `impudent, audacious', but dharṣ-i-tá- (1.2.29) `over-powered, ill-treated'. The operation of 16 above is restricted by this rule in the specific sense of `insolence' only.

2. vi-śas+Ktá- = vi-śas-tá- `rude, ill-mannered' but ví-śas-i-ta- `cut up, dissected'. This stem is also introduced with marker U as IT: śás-U hiṁsā-y-ām and by 56 below and 15 above both forms are realized, but the present rule delimits their use in specific senses.

$7.2.20 dr̥-ḍhá-ḥ ¹sthū-lá-²bál-ay-oḥ

The expression dr̥-ḍhá- is introduced [without initial increment iṬ 8 inserted at the head of affix 3.1.1 Ktá 14, introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1 dŕṁh- `grow' (I 770)] to denote `stout' (sthū-lá-°) and `strong' (°-bálay-oḥ).

dŕṁh+Ktá- = dr̥0̸h+Ktá- = dr̥ḍh+dhá- = dr̥ḍha+ḍhdá = dr̥0̸-ḍhá-. In other senses: dr̥ṁh-i-tá/dr̥h-i-tá- from the twin verbal stems dr̥nh-/dr̥h- (I 770/769). The irregular derivative cited in this rule presupposes a 0̸ replacement of phonemes /nh/ in the first stem and of /h/ in the second and substitute [ḍh] replacing [t] of the affix. The derivation shown above becomes defective in deriving further derivatives of [dr̥-ḍhá-] on account of the governing rule 8.2.1 in dr̥-ḍhá+imáni̱C (5.1.123) = dra-dḥ-imán- by 6.4.161 which stipulates the restriction that /ra/ replaces /r̥/ preceded by a consonant only when it is a light syllable, but by metarule 8.2.1 dr̥ḍh+ḍhá = dr0̸-ḍhá- by 8.3.13 does not fulfil the conditions laid down by 6.4.61, and /ra/ replacement of [r̥] is blocked. Hence the need for special introduction of the finished form without subjecting it to normal derivation.

$7.2.21 pra-bh-aú pari-vr̥-ḍhá-ḥ

The expression pari-vr̥-ḍhá- is introduced as a fully formed one to denote `a sovereign, king' (pra-bh-aú) [derived with affix Ktá introduced after the verbal áṅga 6.4.1 vŕṁh-/vŕh- (I 772, 221) without the initial increment iṬ 8].

Its derivation is similar to that of [dr̥-ḍhá-] above. In other senses: pári-vr̥ṁh-i-ta/vr̥h-i-ta- `increased, augmented'. Cf. pari-vraḍh-imán- (6.4.61) `capability'.

$7.2.22 ¹kr̥cch-rá=²gáh-anay-oḥ káṣ-aḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is not inserted 8 at the head of niṣṭhā 14 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] káṣ- `rub' (I 716) to denote `difficult' (kr̥cch-rá-°) or `impenetrable, impervious' (°-gáh-anay-oh).

káṣ+Ktá- = kaṣ-ṭá- (8.4.41): kaṣ-ṭá-ḥ agní-ḥ `fire is troublesome' or kaṣ-ṭá-m vana-m `the forest is impenetrable'. But kaṣ-i-tá-m su-várṇa-m `gold has been tested on the touchstone'.

$7.2.23 ghúṣÍR á-vi-śabd-an-e

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is not inserted 8 at the head of niṣṭhā 14 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] ghúṣ-ÍR (I 683) when the sense is `not to proclaim' (á-vi-śabd-an-e).

ghuṣ+Ktá+ṬāP = ghuṣ-ṭ-ā (8.4.41) rájju-ḥ `the rope has been rubbed'; similarly ghuṣ-ṭ-aú pād-au `the two feet have been massaged'; but from the verbal stem ghuṣIR vi-sábd-an-e (X 187)+Ktá- = ghuṣ-i-tá- `proclaimed, declared, sounded'.

$7.2.24 árd-e̱-ḥ ¹sám=²ní-³ví-bhyaḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is not inserted 8 at the head of niṣṭhā 14 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] árd- `go, beg' (I 56), co-occurring with the preverbs sám-°, ní-° and ví-°.

sám+ard+Ktá = sám-arṇ-ṇa (8.2.42; 4.2) = sám-arṇa- (8.4.64) `wounded, injured'; similarly ny-àrṇa- `dissolved'; vỳ-arṇa- `oppressed, harassed', but ard-i-tá- `asked, requested'.

$7.2.25 abhé-s=ca ā-vi-dūr-y-e

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is not inserted 8 at the head of niṣṭhā 14 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1 árd- `beg, request, ask' (I 56) 24] co-occurring with the preverb abhí-° to denote `proximity' (ā-vi-dūr-y-e).

abhí+árd+Ktá+ṬāP = abhy-arṇ-ā senā `the army is in the vicinity'; abhy-arṇ-ā śarát `autumn is approaching', but abhy-àrd-i-ta- `afflicted, distressed'. Description

$7.2.26 Ṇé-r adhy-áy-an-e vr̥t-tá-m

The expression vr̥t-tá- is introduced [without initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ being inserted at the head of niṣṭhā 14 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2] the causative (Ṇé-ḥ) [áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem 3.1.1 vŕt- `turn' (I 795)] to indicate `completed a course of study' (adhy-áy-an-e).

vŕt+ṆíC+Ktá = vr̥t+0̸+tá- in this particular sense, but in other senses: vr̥t+ṆíC+iṬ+Ktá = vart-i-tá- (= vart-0̸-i-tá- 6.4.52) `turned'. Description

$7.2.27 vā ¹dān-tá-²śān-tá-³pūr-ṇá-⁴das-tá-⁵spaṣ-ṭá-⁶chan-ná-⁷jña-p-tā-ḥ

The expressions dān-tá- `subdued', śān-tá- `calm', pūr-ṇá- `full, filled up', das-tá- `exhausted', spaṣ-ṭá- `manifested', chan-ná- `covered' and jña-p-tá- `informed' are introduced optionally (vā) [without initial increment 1.46 iṬ being inserted 8 at the head of niṣṭhā 14 affix Ktá- introduced after 3.1.2 the causative stems 26 of the corresponding verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1 dám- `tame, subdue' (IV 94), śam- `be quiet' (IV 92, X 156), pr̄- `fill' (III 4, X 15), das- `waste' (IV 104), spaś- `perceive, observe' (I 936, X 141), chád- `cover' (I 851, X 290) and jña-p- `inform' (X 81)].

dam+ṆíC+Ktá = dān-tá- (6.4.15)/dam-i-tá-; similarly śān-tá-/śam-i-tá-; pūr-ṇá-/pūr-i-tá-; das-tá-/dās-i-tá-; spaṣ-ṭá-/spāś-i-tá-; cha-ná-/chād-i-tá-; jñap-tá-/jñap-i-tá (6.4.92). Description

$7.2.28 ¹rúṣi̱=²ámÁ-³tvára̱-⁴sáṁ-ghuṣa=⁵ā-svan-ām

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is not inserted 8 at the head of niṣṭhā 14 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] rúṣ- `be angry' (IV 120), ám- `be ill, ail' (I 493), tvár- `hasten' (I 812), sám+ghuṣ- `proclaim' (I 683) and ā+svan- `resound, echo' (I 879) [optionally 17].

ruṣ+Ktá-/rus+iṬ+Ktá- = ruṣ-ṭá-/ruṣ-i-tá-; abhy-ān-tá- (6.4.15; 8.4.58)/abhy-am-i-tá-; tvár+Ktá/tvar+iṬ+Ktá = tūr-ṇá- (6.4.20; 8.2.42)/tvar-i-tá-; sáṁ-ghuṣ-ṭa-/sáṁ=ghuṣ-i-tá-; ā-svān-tá-/ā-svan-i-ta-kartár-i, ā-svān-ta-/ā-svan-i-ta-kármaṇ-i. The present rule becomes necessary for the optional insertion of iṬ in order to block the operation of 15 above, since option for [rúṣ-] is prescribed by 48; similarly for [tvár-] this blocks out the constraint of 16 above; for [sáṁ-ghuṣ-] 23 becomes inoperative, while for [svan-] co-occurring with [āṄ] the restriction of 18 becomes inoperative.

$7.2.29 hŕṣe̱-r loma-su

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is not inserted 8 at the head of niṣṭhā 14 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] hŕs- `rejoice' (I 741) with reference to hair (lóma-su).

hŕṣ-Ktá+Śi = hr̥ṣ-ṭā-n-i lómān-i (6.4.8) `hair standing on end, horripulated'. There are two verbal stems involved here: hŕṣ-Ú álīk-e I 741 hŕsÁ túṣ-ṭ-au IV 119; the first one with marker [U] is necessarily an-iṬ before Ktá by 11 above while the other is not. The present option applies to both. When the reference is not to hair, the seṬ is associated with IV 119 and the an-iṬ form with I 741: hr̥ṣ-i-tá-ḥ deva-dattá-ḥ `D. is pleased' but hr̥ṣ-ṭá-ḥ `D. has lied'.

$7.2.30 ápa-ci-ta-s=ca

The expression ápa-ci-ta- `honored, respected' is introduced [optionally 27, without initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ being inserted 8 at the head of niṣṭhā 14 affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1 cāy- (I 929) co-occurring with preverb ápa-° `to honor, respect'].

ápa-cāy+Kta- = ápa-ci-ta- (with irregular allomorph ci- for cāy-)/ápa-cāy-i-ta-. Description

$7.2.31 hru hvare̱-s=chándas-i

In the Chándas the substitute element hru- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 verbal áṅga 6.4.1] hvr̥- (I 978) [be crooked' before 1.1.67 niṣṭhā 14 affixes 3.1.1].

hvr̥+Ktá (10) = hru-tá- `crooked'; in non-Chándas: hvr̥-tá-. Description

$7.2.32 á-pari-hvr̥-ta-s ca

[In the domain of Chándas 31] the expression á-pari-hvr̥-ta- `not endangered' is introduced.

Exception to 31 above.

$7.2.33 sóm-e hva-r-itá-ḥ

[In the Chándas 31] the expression hvar-i-tá- is introduced with reference to Sóma.

Guṇá and initial increment iṬ are associated with the affix Ktá: hvr̥+iṬ+ktá- = hvar-i-tá-: mā naḥ sómo hvar-i-tá-ḥ `let not Soma mislead us'.

$7.2.34 ¹gras-i-tá-²skabh-i-tá-³stabh-i-tá=⁴út-tabh-i-ta=⁵cat-tá-⁶ví-kas-ta-⁷vi-śas-tŕ-⁸śaṁs-tŕ-⁹śās-tŕ-¹⁰taru-tŕ-¹¹tarū-tŕ-¹²várutr̥-¹³varū-tŕ-¹⁴váru-trī-r=¹⁵új-jval-i-ti-¹⁶kṣár-i-ti-¹⁷kṣám-i-ti-¹⁸vám-i-ti=¹⁹ám-i-ti=itica

[In the Chándas 31] the expressions beginning with gras-i-tá- `devoured' and ending with 18 am-i-ti `goes, ails, etc.' are introduced as fully derived forms.

1. Initial increment iṬ is inserted at the head of [Ktá] introduced after the verbal stems grás+U (I 661), skánbh-Ù (IX 8), stánbh-Ù (IX 7), whereas it is blocked by 56 and 15: gras-i-tá- `devoured'; ska-bh-i-tá- (6.4.24) `arrested'; sta0̸bh-i-tá- `fixed, supported'. In non-Chándas gras-tá-, skab-dhá- (8.2.40; 4.53), stab-dhá-.

2. Initial increment iṬ is blocked after verbal stems cát-È (I 918), káś-Á (I 913, II 14): cat+Ktá+ṬāP = cat-t-ā varṣ-éṇa vi-dyút `the lightning is hidden by the rain'; in non-Chándas cat-i-tá-. uttānāy-ā hŕd-aya-ṁ yád ví-kas-ta-m (MS 2.7.4) `the heart of one lying on the back is rent asunder': non-Chándas ví-kas-i-ta- `blown'.

3. The initial increment iṬ is blocked in the case of affix [tŕC] introduced after the verbal stems śáns-Ú (I 764), śás-Ú (I 763), śās-Ú (II 66): vi+śas+tŕC- = vi-śas-tŕ- `dissector'; śaṁs+tŕC = śaṁs-tŕ- `a reciter'; śās-tŕ- `instructor'; in non-Chándas vi-sas-i-tŕ-, śaṁs-i-tŕ-, śās-i-tŕ-.

4. Initial increment uṬ/ūṬ are inserted at the head of affix [°-tŕC] introduced after the verbal áṅga-s tr̄- (I 1018), vr̥-Ñ (V 8), vr̥-Ṅ (IX 38) instead of iṬ/īṬ: tar-u-tŕ-/tar-ū-tŕ- `who crosses', vár-u-tr̥-/var-ū-tŕ- `chooser/protector'; in non-Chándas: tar-i-tŕ-/tar-ī-tŕ-; var-i-tŕ-/var-ī-tŕ-. vár-u-tr̥+ṄīP (4.1.5) = vár-u-tr̥N=ī = vár-u-tr-ī `female protector, guardian goddess'. The long increment is by 38 below. It may be noted by the accentuation of this last form that the affix is [tr̥N] instead of [tŕC] in the masculine form.

5. In the remaining five forms substitute phoneme /i/ replaces áṅga- final /a/ before [tiP] or substitute 0̸ for class-marker [ŚaP] and initial increment iṬ inserted at the head of [tiP]: úd+jval+ŚaP+tiP = új-jval-i-ti (8.4.40) `flares'; similarly kṣár-i-ti/kṣám-i-ti/ám-i-ti; alternatively kṣár+0̸+iṬ+ti; új-jval-a-ti/kṣár-a-ti/kṣám-a-ti/vám-a-ti/ám-a-ti in non-Chándas.

$7.2.35 ārdha-dhātuka-sya iṬ=va̱L-āde-ḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46] iṬ is inserted at the head of an ārdha-dhātuka (3.4.114) affix beginning with semivowels and consonants excluding y-° (va̱L=āde-ḥ).

This is a governing rule. The expression [ārdha-dhātuka-] recurs in the following sūtra-s up to 76 below, while [va̱l-ādi-] recurs up to 79. The repetition of the word [iṬ] here while it was recurring from 8 above is to block out the privative particle [ná] from that sūtra.

lū+tŕ/tumu̱N/távya = lū+iṬ+tŕ/tum/távya = lav-i-tŕ/láv-i-tum/lav-i-távya- (3.84; 6.1.78). But ās+0̸¹+te = ās-te `sits' since the affix is sārvadhātuka.

$7.2.36 ¹snú-²krámo-r an-ātmane-pada-ni-mit-t-é

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is inserted at the head of ārdhadhātuka affixes beginning with semivowels and consonants excluding y-° 35, introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] śnú- `ooze' (II 28) and krám- `tread' (I 502) when they do not cause the introduction of Ātmanepadá (middle) l-substitutes.

Ātmanepadá l-substitutes are occasioned where the impersonal (bhāv-é) or passive (kármaṇ-i) constructions, or in the active construction when reflexive (karma-kartár-i 3.1.62) or reciprocal (karma-vy-ati-hār-é 1.3.13-4) usage are involved.

1. pra+snu+tŕC = pra-snu+iṬ+tŕ = pra-snav-i-tŕ-/°-távya-/pra-snáv-i-tum `to pour out', but from snu-té: pra-sno-tŕ-/°távya-/pra-sno-tum.

2. kram-: krām-a-ti pra-kram-i-tŕ-/távya-/pra-krám-i-tum; krám-a-te: pra-kran-tŕ-/°-távya-/pra-krán-tum (8.3.23; 4.58).

$7.2.37 gráh-aḥ=á-lIṬ-i dīrghá-ḥ

A substitute long (dīrgha-ḥ vowel 1.2.28) replaces [the initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ inserted at the head of ārdha-dhātuka affixes beginning with semivowels except y-°, and consonants (va̱L-ādi) 35 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] gráh- `seize, grasp' (IX 61), excluding l-substitutes of lIṬ.

gráh+tŕC/távya/tumu̱N = grah+iṬ+tŕC/távya/tumu̱N = grah-ī-tŕ-/grah-ī-távya-, gráh-ī-tum. But grah+lIṬ = gr̥h+lIṬ+vá/má (6.1.16) = ja-gr̥h-i-vá/má (6.1.8; 7.4.60,62)

$7.2.38 ¹vr̥=²r̄T-aḥ vā

[A substitute long vowel 37] optionally (vā) [replaces the initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ inserted at the head of ārdhadhātuka affixes beginning with semivowels or consonants excluding y-° 35 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 626.4.1] vr̥-Ñ `cover' (V 8) vr̥-Ṅ `choose' (IX 38) and those [ending in 1.1.72] long r̄(T) [excluding those of lIṬ 37].

1. vr̥-Ṅ+tŕC/tádvya/tumu̱N = vr̥+iṬ+trC/tavaya/tumu̱N = var-i-tŕ-/°távya-/vár-i-tum; var-ī+tŕ-/°távya-/vár-ī-tum. But vr̥-Ñ+lIṬ+vá/má = va-var-i-vá/má; prā-vr̥+tŕC/távya/tumu̱N = prā-var-i/ī+tŕ/°távya-/prā-vár-i/ī+tum `to cover'.

2. tr̄+tumu̱N = tár-i-tum/tar-ī-tum, but hr̥+tumuN = hár-tum. Description

$7.2.39 ná lIṄ-i

[A substitute long vowel 37] does not (ná) [replace the initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ inserted at the head of ārdhadhātuka affixes beginning with semivowels and consonants excluding y-° 35 introduced after 3.1.2 verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1 vr̥Ñ (V 8) `cover' and vr̥Ṅ `choose, share' (IX 38) and those ending in long r̄(T)38] when they are l-substitutes of lIṄ (3.4.116: Precative or Benedictive Mood).

prā/ví+vr̥+lIṄ = prā/ví+vr̥+iṬ+sīyu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+ta (102, 107) = prā/ví-var-i-sīy+s+ta (6.1.66) = prā/ví+var-i-ṣī-ṣ-ṭa (8.3.58; 4.41). ā/ví+str̄+lIṄ = ā/ví+star-i-ṣī-ṣ-dṭa. Initial increment is provided by 42 below.

$7.2.40 si̱C-i ca parasmai-padé-ṣu

[A substitute long vowel 37 does not 39 replace the initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ inserted at the head of the ārdhadhātuka 31 Aorist marker 3.1.44] si̱C co-occurring [before 1.1.66] Parasmaipadá l-substitutes introduced [after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1 vr̥Ñ (V 8) `cover' and vr̥Ṅ (X 38) `share, choose' and those ending in long r̄(T) 38].

prā+vr̥Ñ (V 8)+lUṄ = prā+áṬ (6.4.71)+vr̥+iṬ+si̱C+tām (3.4.101) = prā-vāri-ṣ-ṭām (8.3.59, 4.41); ā+áṬ+str̄+iṬ+si̱C+tām = ā=stār-i-ṣ-ṭām. Before Ātmanepadá l-substitutes: prā-vari-ṣ-ṭa/prā-var-ī-ṣ-ṭa (38, 42).

$7.2.41 iṬ saN-i vā

[The initial increment 1.1.46] iṬ is optionally (vā) [inserted at the head of the ārdhadhātuka 35 desiderative marker 3.1.7] saN [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s vr̥Ñ (V 8) `cover' and vr̥Ṅ (IX 38) and those ending in 1.1.72 long r̄(T) 38].

vr̥+saN+ŚaP+tiP/vr̥+iṬ+saN+ŚaP+tiP = vú-vūr-ṣa-a-ti (1.2.9; 7.1.102; 6.4.16) = vú-vūr-ṣa-ti (6.1.97)/ví-var-i-ṣa-te/ví-var-ī-ṣa-te (38); tr̄+saN+ŚaP+tiP = tí-tīr-ṣa-ti (1.2.9; 7.1.100)/tí-tar-i-ṣa-ti/tí-tar-ī-ṣa-ti (38).

$7.2.42 ¹lIṄ-²si̱C-or ātmane-padé-ṣu

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is optionally 41 inserted at the head of ārdha-dhātuka 35 l-substitutes of] lIṄ (3.4.116) and[the Aorist marker 3.1.44] si̱C [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1 vr̥Ñ- (V 8) `cover' and vr̥Ṅ (IX 38) `share, choose' and those ending in long r̄(T) 38 co-occurring before 1.1.66] Ātmanepadá l-substitutes.

1. vr̥+lIṄ+ta = vr̥+sīyu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+tá (3.4.102, 107) = vr̥-sīy-s-ta = vr̥-sī0̸-s-ta (6.1.66; 1.2.11) = vr̥-ṣī-ṣ-ṭá (8.3.59; 4.41)/var-i-ṣī-ṣ-ṭá (3.84).

2. vr̥+lUṄ+ta = áṬ+vr̥+si̱C+ta = á+vr̥+0̸ ta (8.2.27; 1.2.11)/á-var-i-ṣ-ṭa/á-var-ī-ṣ-ṭa (38).

3. Similarly: ā-stīr-ṣ-ṭa/ā-star-i-ṣ-ṭa/ā-star-ī-ṣ-ṭa.

$7.2.43 r̥T-as=ca saṁ-yog-á=āde-ḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is optionally 41 inserted at the head of ārdhadhātuka 35 l-substitutes of lIṄ and the Aorist marker 3.1.44 si̱C co-occurring before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of Ātmanepadá 42 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme short r̥(T) with initial conjunct consonants (saṁ-yog-á=āde-ḥ).

dhvr̥+sīyu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+tá = dhvr̥-ṣī-ṣ-ṭá/dhvar-i-ṣī-ṣ-ṭá, but kr̥-ṣī-ṣ-ṭá; dhvr̥+si̱C+ādtām = á=dhvr̥-ṣ-ātām/á-dhvar-i-ṣ-ātām but á-kr̥-ta. Description

$7.2.44 ¹svár-a-ti-²sū-ti-³sū-ya-ti-⁴dhūÑ=⁵ūT=IT-aḥ vā

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is optionally 41 inserted at the head of ārdhadhātuka 35 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a semivowel or a consonant excluding y-° 35, introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] svr̥- `resound' (I 979), sū- `give birth to' (II 21, IV 24), dhū- `shake' (V 9) and those with marker U as IT (when first introduced in the Dhp.: upadeśé).

The repetition of the expression [vā] in this rule, when it was already recurring from 41 above is to block out the recurrence of the expressions of 42 above, thus reverting to the general governing rule 35.

1. svr̥+tumu̱N = svár-tum/svár-i-tum; svar-tŕ-/svar-i-tŕ; svar-távya-/svar-i-távya-. 2. sū: pra-sū+tŕC = pra-so-tŕ-/pra-sav-i-tŕ-. 3. dho-tŕ-/dhav-i-tŕ-. 4. gup-Ū: gop-tŕ-/gop-i-tŕ- etc.

In the case of [svr̥-] 70 below blocks out this option and yields the correct form svar-i-ṣyá-ti. Similarly in the case of affixes with marker K as IT, 11 above blocks out this option by a special device which commentators call pūrva-vipratiṣedha (contra 1.4.2). Patañjali, however, interprets [pára- 1.4.2] as equivalent to [iṣṭá-] `what is appropriate in the context of actual speech'; this yields the correct forms such as svr̥+Ktvā = svr̥-tvā, sū-tvā, dhū-tvā. Description

$7.2.45 radhÁ=ādi-bhyas=ca

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is optionally 41 inserted at the head of ārdhadhātuka 35 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with semivowels or consonants excluding y-° 35 introduced after 3.1.2 verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] beginning with radh- `submit, surrender' (IV 84).

This class consists of: 84. radhÁ hiṁsā-saṁ-rād-dhy-oḥ; 85. ṇaśÁ á-darś-an-e `disappear'; 86. tr̥pÁ prī-ṇ-an-e `be pleased'; 87. dr̥pÁ harṣa-móhanay-oḥ `be mad'; 88. druhÁ ji-ghāṁ-sā-y-ām `be hosstile'; 89. muhÁ vaí-cit-ty-e `be perplexed'; 90. ṣnuhÁ ud-gír-aṇe `throw up, vomit'; 91. ṣnihÁ prī-t-au `be affectionate, stick, adhere'.

1. radh+tumu̱N = rádh+dhum (8.2.40) = rád-dhum (8.4.53)/rádh-i-tum; 2. naś+tumu̱N = náṁṣ-ṭum (1.60; 8.2.38, 4.41)/náś-i-tum; 3. tŕp-tum/tr̥+aM-p-tum = tráp-tum (6.1.59)/tárp-i-tum; 4. dŕp-tum/dárp-tum/dárp-i-tum (3.86); 5. druh+tumu̱N = drógh+dhum (8.2.32,40) = dróg-dhum (8.4.53)/dróh-i-tum/droḍh+ḍhum (8.2.33,38; 4.41) = dró0̸-ḍhum (8.3.13); 6. móg-dhum/mó-ḍhum/móh-i-tum; 7. snóg-dhum/snó-ḍhum/snóh-i-tum; 8. snég-dhum/sné-ḍhum/snéh-i-tum. Description

$7.2.46 nír-aḥ kúṣ-aḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is optionally 41 inserted at the head of ārdhadhātuka 35 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with semivowels or consonants excluding y-° 35 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] kúṣ- `hurt, injure' (IX 46), co-occurring [after 1.1.67] the preverb nír-°.

nír+kuṣ+tumu̱N = niḥ-kóṣ-tum (8.3.15) = nis-kóṣ-tum (8.3.34) niṣ-koṣ-ṭum (8.3.59; 4.41)/niṣ-kóṣ-i-tum `to extract, pull out'.

$7.2.47 iṬ niṣṭhā-y-ām

The initial increment (1.1.46) iṬ is inserted at the head of niṣṭhā (1.1.26: Ktá, KtavatU) [affixes 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1 kúṣ- `hurt, injure' (X 46), co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb nír-° 46].

Exception to 15 above. The repetition of iṬ here is for the purpose of indicating that this is a necessary insertion in this context and the option-indicating [vā] will still continue in the following rules.

nir+kuṣ+Ktá = níṣ-kuṣ-i-ta- `extracted, pulled out'.

$7.2.48 ti=¹íṣÁ-²sáhA-³lúbhÁ-⁴rúṣA-⁵ríṣ-aḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is optionally 41 inserted at the head of an ārdhadhātuka 35 affix 3.1.1 beginning with] phoneme t-° (t-i) [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] íṣ- `desire' (VI 59), sáh- `endure, bear' (I 905), lúbh- `covet' (IV 238), rúṣ- `be angry' and ríṣ- `hurt, injure' (I 725).

1. íṣ+tumu̱N = éṣ-ṭum/éṣ-i-tum; 2. sáh+tumu̱N = sóḍh-tum (6.3.112; 8.2.31) = sóḍh-dhum (8.2.40) = sóḍh+ḍhum (8.4.41) = só0̸-ḍhum (8.3.13) = só-ḍhum/śáh-i-tum; 3. lúbh+tum = lóbh+dhum (8.2.40) = lób-dhum (8.4.53)/lóbh-i-tum; 4. róṣ-ṭum/róṣ-i-tum; 5. réṣ-ṭum/réṣ-i-tum. Description

$7.2.49 saN-i ¹ív=anta=²ŕdha̱-³bhrasjA-⁴dánbhU-⁵śri-⁶svr̥-⁷yú=⁸ūrṇú-⁹bhara̱-¹⁰jñapi̱-¹¹sán-ām

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is optionally 41 inserted at the head of the ārdhadhātuka 35 desiderative marker 3.1.7] saN [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72] the syllable °-iv-, and ŕdh- `increase' (IV 135), bhrasj- `roast' (VI 4), dánbhU `deceive' (V 23), śrí- `lean or depend on' (I 945), svr̥- `sound' (I 979), yú- `mix' (II 23), bhr̥- `bear' (III 5), jñap- `inform' (X 81) and sán- `gain' (VIII 2).

1. div+saN = dí-div+sa+ŚaP+tiP = dí-div-i-ṣa-ti (6.1.9,97; 8.3.59)/diūṬH+saN-a-ti (1.2.10; 6.4.19) = dyū+saN-a-ti = dú-dyū-ṣa-ti (6.1.97; 6.4.59-60; 8.3.59).

2. r̥dh+saN+ŚaP+tiP = ŕd-irdh-sa-ti (6.1.2; 7.4.55; 1.1.51) = 0̸-īrdh+sa+ti (7.4.58) = īrt-sa-ti (8.4.55)/árd-i-dhiśa-ti (3.86).

3. bhrasj+saN+ŚaP+tiP = bhra0̸j-sa-a-ti (8.2.29) = bhraṣ+saN+a+ti (8.2.36) = bí-bhr̥k-ṣa-ti (8.2.41; 3.59; 6.1.97)/bí-bhrajj-i-ṣa-ti (8.4.40,53).

4. danbh+saN+ŚaP+tiP = dí-dambh+sa-a-ti (6.1.9; 8.3.24; 4.58) = 0̸=dí0̸bh+sa=ti (7.4.56,58; 1.2.10; 6.4.24) = dhíbh+sa-ti (8.2.37) = dhíp-sa-ti (8.4.55)/dhīp-sa-ti (7.4.56)/dí-dambh-i-ṣa-ti.

5. śrí+saN+ŚaP+tiP = śí-śri-sa-a-ti = śí-śrī-ṣa-ti (6.1.97; 4.16)/śí-śray-i-ṣa-ti (3.84; 6.1.78).

6. svr̥+saN+ŚaP+tiP = sú-svūr-ṣa-ti (1.102; 9.2.77; 3.59; 6.1.97)/sí-svar-i-ṣa-ti (7.4.79).

7. yú-yū-ṣa-ti (6.4.16)/yí-yav-i-ṣa-ti.

8. ūrṇu+saN+ŚaP+tiP = ūrṇu-nu+sa-a-ti (6.1.2) = ūrṇu-nū-ṣa-ti (6.1.2; 4.16)/ūrṇu-nuv-i-ṣdsa-ti (1.2.3; 6.4.77)/ūrṇu-nav-i-ṣa-ti (3.84; 6.1.78).

9. bhr̥+saN+ŚaP+tiP = bú-bhur-sa-a-ti (8.2.77) = bú-bhūr-ṣa-ti (6.1.97; 7.2.77)/bí-bhar-i-ṣa-ti (8.3.59).

10. jñap-í+saN+ŚaP+riP = jñīp-sa-ti (4.55,58)/jí-jñap-i-ṣa-ti.

11. san+saN+ŚaP+tiP = si-sā-ṣa-ti (6.4.42)/si-ṣan-i-ṣa-ti.

$7.2.50 kliś-aḥ ¹Ktvā-²niṣṭháy-oḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is optionally 41 inserted at the head of ārdhadhātuka 35 affixes beginning with va̱L 35] Ktvā and those denoted by the t.t. niṣṭhā (1.1.26 Ktá, KtávatU) [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] kliś- `torment' (IV 52a).

1. kliś+Ktvā/Ktá = kliṣ-ṭvā (8.2.36; 4.41)/kliś-i-tvā; 2. kliṣ-ṭá-/kliś-i-ta-. Description

$7.2.51 pūṄ-as=ca

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is optionally 41 inserted at the head of ārdhadhātuka 35 affixes beginning with va̱L 35: Ktvā and niṣṭhā (Ktá, KtávatU) 50 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] pūṄ- `purify' (I 1015) also (ca).

pū+Ktvā = pū-tvā/pav-i-tvā (1.2.18); pū+Ktá = pū-tá-/pav-i-tá- (1.2.22). Description

$7.2.52 ¹vás-a-ti=²kṣudh-or iṬ

[The initial increment 1.1.46] iṬ is inserted at the head of [ārdhadhātuka 35 affixes beginning with va̱l 35: Ktvā and niṣṭhā (Ktá, KtávatU) 50 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] vás- `reside' (I 1054), and kṣudh- `be hungry' (IV 81).

1. vás+Ktvā=vás+iṬ-Ktvā = uas+i-tvā (6.1.15) = us-i-tvā (6.1.108) uṣ-i-tvā; vas+iṬ+Ktá = uṣ-i-tá- (8.3.60).

2. kṣudh+iṬ+Ktvā/Ktá = kṣudh-i-tvā/kṣudh-i-tá-.

The repetition of [iṬ] in this rule is to block out the recurrence of the option introduced from 41 onwards.

$7.2.53 ánce-ḥ pūjā-y-ām

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is inserted at the head of ārdhadhātuka 35 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with va̱L: Ktvā and niṣṭhā (Ktá, KtávatU) 50 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] ánc- when denoting `honor, worship' (pūjā-y-ām) (I 203).

The verbal stem áncÚ gáti-pūjanay-oḥ has two main meanings and the present rule restricts the operation to only one.

anc+iṬ+Ktvā/Ktá = añc-i-tvā/añc-i-tá- `honored, worshiped'. By having marker [U] as IT the initial increment is inserted optionally after it before niṣṭhā affixes (56 below) which would have blocked that insertion by 15 above, but by this rule the operation of 15 is also blocked.

In other senses: úd+anc+Kta = úda0̸k-ta-m (6.4.24; 8.2.30) udaká-ṁ kūp-āt `water has been lifted up from the well'.

$7.2.54 lúbh-aḥ vi-móc-an-e

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ is inserted at the head of ārdhadhātuka 35 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with va̱L 35: Ktvā and niṣṭhā (Ktá, KtávatU) 50 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] lúbh- (VI 22) when denoting `perplexity' (vi-móh-an-e).

lubh+iṬ+Ktvā/Ktá = lubh-i-tvā (1.2.26)/lubh-i-tá.

48 above, read with 15 would normally block out this initial increment after [lúbh-], but in this particular meaning the present rule supervenes. In other senses 15 prevails: lubh+Ktá = lub-dhá-ḥ vr̥ṣalá-ḥ=śīt-éna pīḍ-i-tá-ḥ `afflicted by cold'. Description

$7.2.55 ¹jr̄-²vráścy-oḥ Ktv-i

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is inserted at the head of ārdhadhātuka affix beginning with va̱L 35]: Ktvā [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] `grow old' (I 863, IX 24) and vraśc- `tear, cut' (VI 11).

1. jr̄+iṬ-Ktvā = jar-i-tvā/jar-ī-tvā (38). Since this verbal stem is here introduced without an IT marker, this rule does not apply to jr̄Ṣ (IV 22): jr̄+Ktvā = jīr-tvā (1.100, 8.2.77). Exception to 11 above.

2. vrasc+Ktvā = vrasc+iṬ+Ktvā = vrasc-i-tvā. Since the verbal stem is vrasc-U chéd-an-e, this is an exception to 44 above. Also, as seṬ (Ktvā) is not deemed a K-IT by 1.2.18, vocalization by 6.1.16 is effectively blocked.

$7.2.56 uT=IT-aḥ vā

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35] is optionally (vā) [inserted at the head of the ārdhadhātuka affix beginning with a semivowel or a consonant other than y-° 35: Ktvā 55 introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal áṅga 6.4.1] whose stem is marked with U as IT [when first introduced in the Dhp.: upa-deś-é].

śámÚ úpa-śam-é (IV 92)+Ktvā = śam-i-tvā/śān-tvā (6.4.15) and śam+Ktá = śān-tá- (15; 6.4.15); bhrámÚ cál-an-e (I 903) bhram-i-tvā/bhrān-tvā. Description

$7.2.57 se=a-siC-i ¹kŕta̱-²cŕta̱-³chŕda̱-⁴tŕda̱-⁵nŕt-aḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is optionally 56 inserted at the head of ārdhadhātuka 35 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with the phoneme] s-° excluding the Aorist marker si̱C (3.1.44) [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] kŕt- `cut' (VII 10), cŕt- `attach' (VI 35), chŕd- `vomit' (VII 8), tŕd- `pierce' (VII 9) and nŕt- `dance' (IV 9).

1. kr̥t+lR̥Ṭ = kr̥t+syá+tiP = kart-syá-ti/kart-i-ṣya-ti (3.86; 8.3.59); +lR̥Ṅ = áṬ+kr̥t+sya+t = á-kart-sya-t/á-kart-i-ṣya-t; +saN+ŚaP+tiP = cí-kr̥t-sa-ti (1.2.10)/cí-kart-i-ṣa-ti. But áṬ+kr̥t+iṬ+si̱C+īṬ+t = á-kart-i-0̸-ī-t = á-kart-ī-t.

2. cr̥t+syá+ti = cart-syá-ti/cart-i-ṣyá-ti; á-cart-syá-t/á-cart-i-ṣya-t, cí-cr̥t-sa-ti/cí-cart-i-ṣa-ti; á-cart-ī-t.

3. chart-syá-ti (8.4.55)/chard-i-ṣyá-ti (8.3.59); á-chart-sya-t/á-chard-i-ṣya-t; cí-cchr̥t-sa-ti/cí-cchard-i-ṣa-ti; á-chard-ī-t.

4. tart-syá-ti/tard-i-ṣyá-ti; á-tart-sya-t/á-tard-i-ṣya-t; tí-tr̥t-sa-ti/tí-tard-i-ṣa-ti; á-tard-ī-t.

5. nart-syá-ti/nart-i-ṣyá-ti; á-nart-sya-t/á-nart-i-ṣya-t; ní-nr̥t-sa-ti/ní-narti-i-ṣa-ti; á-nart-ī-t. Description

$7.2.58 game̱-r iṬ parasmaipadé-ṣu

[The initial increment 1.1.46] iṬ [is inserted at the head of ārdhadhātuka 35 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with s-° 57 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] gám- `go' (I 1031) [before 1.1.66] Parasmaipadá l-substitutes.

gam+iṬ+syá-ti = gam-i-ṣyá-ti, á-gam-i-ṣya-t; +saN: jí-gam-i-ṣa-ti. But before Ātmanepadá l-substitutes: sáṁ=gaṁ-sya-te (1.3.29)/saṁ-gaṁ-sī-ṣ-ṭa (Precative).

The repetition of [iṬ] in this rule is to block out [vā] of 56 above.

$7.2.59 ná vŕt=bhyaś catúr-bhyaḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35] is not inserted [at the head of ārdhadhātuka 35 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with s-° 57, introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] of four verbal stems beginning with vŕt- `turn, occur' (I 795) [before 1.1.66 Parasmaipadá l-substitutes 58].

The four verbal stems are: 795. vŕtU várt-an-e; 796. vŕdhU vŕd-dh-au; 797. śŕdhU śabda-kutsā-y-ām; 798. syánd-Ū pra-sráv-aṇ-e. 1-2. vr̥t/vr̥dh+syá+tiP (1.3.92) = vart-syá-ti/vart-syá-ti (8.4.55); á-vart-sya-t/ví-vr̥t-sa-ti (1.2.10). 3. śr̥dh+syá+tiP = śart-syá-ti/á-śart-syá-t/śí-śr̥t-sa-ti (1.2.10); 4. syand+syá+tiP = syant-syá-ti/á-syant-sya-t/sí-syant-sa-ti. But before Ātmanepadá l-substitutes: vart-i-ṣyá-te/vardhi-ṣyá-té śardh-i-ṣyá-te/syand-i-ṣyá-te etc. In the case of the fourth stem, this rule blocks the operation of the option in 44 above.

$7.2.60 tās-i ca kĺp-aḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is not 59 inserted at the head of ārdhadhātuka 35 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with s-° 57] as well as (ca) tās (the marker of lUṬ 3.1.33) [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] kĺp- `be able, accomplish' (I 799) [before 1.1.66 Parasmaipadá l-substitutes 58].

kĺp+tās+miP = kalp-tās-mi; kalp-syá-ti/á-kalp-sya-t/cí-kl̥p-sa-ti (1.2.10). Before Ātmanepadá l-substitutes: kalp-i-ṣyá-te/á-kalp-i-ṣya-ta/cí-kalp-i-ṣa-te.

$7.2.61 aC-as tás-vát thaL-i=án-iṬ-aḥ=nítya-m

[After 1.1.67 verbal stems ending in 1.1.72] a vowel (aC-aḥ) which do not operate the initial increment necessarily [at the head of the affix 3.1.1 tās 60, the initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is not 59 inserted at the head of an ārdhadhātuka 35 l-substitute of lIṬ 3.4.82] thaL, as in the case of tās.

yā+tās+mi: ya-yā-tha; ce-tās-mi: ci-cé-tha; ne-tās-mi: ni-né-tha; ho-tās-mi: ju-ho-tha; but ya-y-i-vá/má.

$7.2.62 upa-deś-é áT=vat-aḥ

[As in the case before 1.1.66 tās 61, the initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is not 59 inserted at the head of the ārdhadhātuka 35 l-substitute of lIṬ 3.4.82 thaL 61 introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal áṅga 6.4.1] of a stem which contains a short a(T) when first introduced (in the Dhp.: upa-deś-é) [and which does not necessarily introduce it before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 tās 60].

This rule is in respect of verbal stems which do not end in a vowel (61). pac+tās+miP = pak-tās-mi (8.2.30): pa-pák-tha from the verbal stem ḌU-pac-À-Ṣ pāk-é (I 1045); but from kŕṣ-Á vi-lékh-an-e (I 1039): karṣ-ṭās-mi: ca-kárṣ-i-tha since it does not contain the short vowel [a(T)] when first introduced in the Dhp.

$7.2.63 r̥T-aḥ bhāradvāja-sya

[As in the case before 1.1.66 affix 3.1.1 tās 61, the initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is not 59 inserted at the head of the ārdhadhātuka 35 affix 3.1.1 l-substitute of lIṬ 3.4.81 thaL 61, introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal áṅga 6.4.1 of a stem ending in 1.1.72 the phoneme] short r̥ [which does not necessarily operate it before 1.1.66 affix 3.1.1 tās 60] according to the grammarian Bhāradvāja.

smr̥+tās+miP = smar-tās-mi: sa-smár-tha. According to this grammarian, then, 61 is applicable only to verbal stems ending in the short phoneme /r̥T/ and not to any others: thus ya-y-í-tha/ya-y-i-vá/má (61), pec-í-tha (62), thus making these rules optional.

$7.2.64 ¹ba-bhū-tha=²ā-ta-tán-tha-³ja-gr̥bh-má-⁴va-vár-tha=iti ni-gam-é

The expressions ba-bhū-tha `thou has become', ā-ta-tán-tha `thou hast spread', ja-gr̥bh-má `we have seized', and va-vár-tha `thou hast covered' are introduced in the Vedic tradition (ni-gam-é).

1. tvám hí hótā prathamó ba-bhū-tha `thou hast become the first officiating priest' (TS 3.1.4.4), (for ba-bhūv-i-tha).

2. y-éna=antárikṣa-m urv-ā-ta-tán-tha `by which (power) thou hast spread out' (RV 3.11.1) (for á-tén-i-tha 6.4.121).

3. ja-gr̥bh-mā te dákṣiṇa-m indra hásta-m `we have grasped your right hand, O Indra!' (RV 10.47.1), (for ja-gr̥h-i-má).

4. va-vár-tha tváṁ hí jyótiṣ-ā `thou hast covered thyself with light' (for va-vár-i-tha).

$7.2.65 vibhāṣā ¹sr̥ji̱-²dŕṣ-oḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 25 is not 59 inserted] optionally (vibhāṣā) [at the head of ārdhadhātuka 35 affix 3.1.1 thaL 61 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] sr̥j- `project' (VI 121) and dŕś- `perceive' (I 1037).

1. sr̥j+lIṬ = sa-sr̥j-+iṬ+thaL = sa-sr-aM-j+tha: (6.1.58)/sa-sr̥j+iṬ-thaL = sa-sráṣ-ṭha (8.2.36; 4.41)/sa-sárj-i-tha.

2. dr̥ś+thaL = da-dráṣ-ṭha/da-dárś-i-tha. Description

$7.2.66 iṬ ¹át-ti=²ar-ti=³vyáy-a-ti-n-ām

[The initial increment 1.1.46] iṬ is inserted [at the head of the ārdhadhātuka 35 affix 3.1.1 thaL 61 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] ad- `eat' (II 1), r̥- `go' (III 16) vye- `cover, clothe' (I 1056).

The repetition of [iṬ] in this rule is to block out the recurrence of [vibhāṣā] from the preceding rule.

1. ad+thaL = ā-ád-iṬ-thaL = ād-i-tha (4.70).

2. r̥+iT-thaL = ā-ár-i-tha = ār-i-tha.

3. vyé+thaL = vye+iṬ+thaL = vi-vyé+i-tha = vi-vyáy-i-tha (3.84; 6.1.78). Description

$7.2.67 vásU ¹éka=aC=²āT=³ghas-ām

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is inserted at the head of ārdhadhātuka 35 affix 3.1.1] (K)vásU (3.2.107) [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] of a (reduplicated) monosyllabic stem (ek=aC-°) and stems [ending in 1.1.72] the long vowel ā(T) as well as ghas- `eat' (I 747).

The qualified "reduplicated" for monosyllabic stems arises from the fact that there is no polysyllabic stem without reduplication to block which the word monosyllabic is necessary here [with the exception of ūrṇu- and jāgr̥- (for which special vārttikas have been provided)].

1. ad+KvásU (3.2.107) = ā-ad+iṬ+vas = ād-i-vás- `who has eaten' where, after euphonic combination the theme before [vás] is monosyllabic; similarly aś+KvásU = ā-aś+vás = āś-i-vás-. pac+KvásU = pa-pac+KvásU = 0̸-pec+iṬ=vás = pec-i-vás- `has cooked' where pec- before KvásU is monosyllabic by virtue of 0̸ replacement of the reduplicated syllable by 4.58.

2. yā+KvásU = ya-yā+iṬ-KvásU = ya-y0̸-i-vás (6.4.64) = ya-y-i-vás- `who has gone'.

3. ghas+KvásU = ja-ghas+KvásU = ja-gh0̸s+i-vás (6.4.98) = jakṣ-i-vás- (8.3.60; 4.55).

$7.2.68 vibhāṣā ¹gáma̱-²hanÁ-³vídÁ-⁴viś-ām

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ] is optionally (vibhāṣā) [inserted at the head of the ārdhadhātuka 35 affix 3.1.1 vásU 67 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] gám- `go' (I 1031), han- `kill, strike' (II 2), víd- `know' (II 55) and viś- `enter' (VI 130).

1. gám+KvásU/gám+iṬ+KvásU = ja-gam+vás/ja-gam+i-vás = ja-gan-vás (8.2.64)/ja-g0̸m-i-vás (6.4.98) = ja-gmi-vás-.

2. han+KvásU = ja-han+vás/ja-han-i-vás = ja-ghan+vás/ja-ghan-i-vas- (3.55) = ja-ghan-vás- (8.2.64)/ja-gh0̸n-i-vás- (6.4.98) = ja-ghn-i-vás-.

3. vid+KvásU = vi-vid+vás-/vi-vid+i-vás- = vi-vid-vás-/vi-vid-i-vás-.

4. viś+KvásU = vi-viś-vás-/vi-viś-i-vás-. Description

$7.2.69 saniṁ-sa-san-i-vāṁs-am

The expression saniṁ-sa-san-i-vāṁs-am is introduced [as a derivative in KvásU from the verbal stem san- `gain' (VIII 2) co-occurring after sanim-° with initial increment iṬ inserted at the head of vásU 67].

This non-classical form corresponds to classical Sk. san+KvásU = sa-san+vás- = 0̸-sen-i-vás- (67).

$7.2.70 ¹r̥T=²han-oḥ sy-é

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 25 is inserted at the head of the ārdhadhātuka 35 tense-marker 3.1.33] syá [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72] the short phoneme r̥(T) as well as han- `kill, strike' (II 2).

1. kr̥+lR̥T/lR̥Ṅ = kar-i-ṣyá-ti/á-kar-i-ṣya-t (3.84; 8.3.59).

2. Similarly: han-i-ṣyá-ti/á-han-i-ṣya-t.

$7.2.71 anje-ḥ si̱C-i

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is inserted at the head of the ārdhadhātuka 35 Aorist marker 3.1.44] si̱C [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] anj- `anoint' (VII 21).

anj+lUṄ = āṬ+anj+iṬ+si̱C+īṬ+t (6.4.72; 7.3.96) = āñj-i-0̸-ī-t (8.2.28) = āñj-ī-t/; °+tām/°us = āñj-i-ṣ-tam/āñj-i-ṣ-uḥ. anjU+tumu̱N = áṅk-tum/áñj-i-tum (44).

$7.2.72 ¹stu-²su-³dhūÑ-bhyaḥ parasmai-padé-ṣu

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 34 is inserted at the head of the ārdhadhātuka 35 Aorist marker 3.1.44 si̱C71 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] stu- `praise, extol' (II 34), su- `press, extract, distil' (V 1) and dhūÑ `shake' (V 9, IX 17) [before 1.1.66] Parasmaipadá l-substitutes.

1. stu+si̱C = áṬ+stu+iṬ+si̱C+īṬ+t = ś-stau-i+0̸-ī-t (1; 3.93; 8.2.28) = á-stāv-ī-t (6.1.78) but á-sto-ṣ-ṭa (8.3.59, 4.41).

2. su+si̱C = ásau+i-0̸-ī-t = á-sāv-ī-t.

3. dhu+si̱C = á-dhau+i-0̸-ī-t = á-dhāv-ī-t.

The corresponding Ātmanepadá forms for 2-3 are: á-so-ṣ-ṭa. á-dho-ṣ-ṭa/á-dhav-i-ṣ-ṭa (44).

$7.2.73 ¹yámÁ-²ramA-³námÁ=⁴āT-ām sa̱K ca

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is inserted at the head of the ārdhadhātuka 35 Aorist marker 3.1.44 si̱C 71 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] yam- `restrain, control' (I 1033), ram- `sport' (I 906), nám- `bend down, bow' (I 867) and those [ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme long ā(T), and [the final increment 1.1.46] sa̱K is inserted after the verbal [áṅga 6.4.1 before 1.1.66 Parasmaipadá l-substitutes 72].

1. yam+siC = áṬ+yam+sa̱K+iṬ+si̱C+īṬ+t (3.96) = á-yam-s-i-0̸-ī-t (8.2.28) = á-yaṁs-ī-t (8.3.23). On the same lines: 2. á-raṁs-ī-t; 3. á-naṁs-ī-t; 4. á-yā-s=ī-t.

But before Ātmanepadá l-substitutes: á-yaṁ-s-ta/á-raṁ-s-ta/á-naṁ-s-ta. This type of Aorist is known as the s-i-ṣ-Aorist.

$7.2.74 ¹smi-²pūṄ=³r̥=⁴ánjŪ=⁵aś-ām saN-i

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is inserted at the head of the ārdhadhātuka 35 desiderative marker 3.1.7] saN [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] smi- `smile' (I 996), pūṄ- `purify' (I 1015), r̥- `go' (I 983, III 16), anj- `anoint' (VII 21) and aś- `reach, attain' (V 18).

1. smiṄ+saN+ŚaP+te = sí-smi+iṬ-sa+a=te (6.1.9) = sí-sme-i-ṣa-a-te (3.84; 8.3.59) = sí-smay-i-ṣsa-te (6.1.78, 97). Similarly 2. pūṄ+saN = pí-pav-i-ṣa-te (4.80); 3. r̥+saN = r̥+iṬ+saN+ŚaP+tiP = ári-ri-sa-a-ti (6.1.2) = ári-ri-ṣa-ti (6.1.97; 8.3.59). 4. anj+saN = áñji-ji-ṣa-ti. 5. aś+saN = āśi-śi-ṣa-te. But pūÑ (IX 12) +saN = pú-pū-ṣa-ti (6.4.16).

$7.2.75 kir-as=ca pañcá-bhyaḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is inserted at the head of the ārdhadhātuka 35 desiderative marker 3.1.7 saN 74 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] consisting of five stems beginning with kr̄- `scatter' (VI 116).

These five stems are: 116. kr̄ vi-kṣep-é; 117. gr̄ ni-gár-aṇ-e `swallow'; 118. dr̥-Ṅ ā-dar-é `respect, honor'; 119. dhr̥-Ṅ ava-sth-ā-n-e `live, remain, continue; and 120. prach-Á jñīp-sā-y-ām `ask, request, interrogate'.

1. kr̄+saN = kr̄+iṬ+saN+ŚaP+tiP = cí-kar-i-ṣa-a-ti (4.62,66,79; 3.84; 8.4.59) = cí-kar-i-ṣa-ti (6.1.97). 2. gr̄+iṬ+saN+ŚaP+tiP = jí-gar-i-ṣa-ti. 3. dr̥N:+iṬ+saN+ŚaP+te = dí-dar-i-ṣa-te. 4. dhr̥Ṅ+iṬ+saN=ŚaP+te = dí-dhar-i-ṣa-te. 5. prach+iṬ+saN+ŚaP+ti = pí=pracch-i-ṣa-ti (6.1.73). Description

$7.2.76 rud-ādi-bhyaḥ sārvadhatuk-e

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is inserted at the head of] sārvadhatuka [affixes 3.1.1 beginning with va̱L (semivowels and consonants excluding y-°) 35 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1 consisting of five verbal stems 75] beginning with rud- `cry, weep' (II 58).

These five are: 58. rudÍR aśru-vi-moc-an-é, 59. ÑI-ṣvap-Á śay-é `lie down, sleep', 60. śvás-Á pr-ā-ṇ-an-e `breathe', 61. án-Á ca pr-ā-ṇ-an-e `breathe', and 62. jákṣ-Á bhakṣá-hás-anay-oḥ `eat, laugh'.

1. rud+0̸¹+mi/vas/mas = ród-i-mi/rud-i-vás/más etc. Similarly: 2. sváp-i-mi, svap-i-vás/más. 3. śvás-i-mi, śvas-i-vaś/más. 4. án-i-mi/an-i-vás/más. 5. jákṣ-i-mi, jakṣ-i-vás/más etc.

$7.2.77 īś-aḥ sé

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is inserted at the head of the sārvadhātuka 76 l-substitute] sé [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] īś- `rule, govern' (II 10).

īs+0̸¹+thās = īs+iṬ+se (3.4.80) = īś-i-ṣe (8.3.59). (6.1.186 for accent.)

$7.2.78 ¹īḍA=²ján-or dhvé ca

[The initial increment 1.1.46 iṬ 35 is inserted at the head of the sārvadhatuka 76 l-substitute 34.78] dhvé (3.4.79) as well as [sé 77, introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] īḍ- `praise, laud' (II 9) and jan- `be born' (IV 34).

1. īḍ+0̸¹+dhve = īḍ-i-dhve; īḍ-i-ṣe (8.3.59).

2. ján-i-dhve/ján-i-ṣe.

The expressions [sé] and [dhvé] stand for the second person singular and plural l-substitutes of Ātmanepadá, including their allomorphs: īḍ-i-dhvam, īḍ-i-ṣva; ján-i-dhvam, ján-i-ṣva where the class marker [ŚyaN] is zeroed in the domain of Chándas. (Accent by 6.1.186).

$7.2.79 lIṄ-aḥ sa̱-lopá-ḥ=án-ant-ya-sya

Lopa (0̸) replaces the non-final (án-ant-ya-sya) phoneme /s/ [of the sārvadhatuka 76] lIṄ (Optative Mood) markers (yāsu̱Ṭ 3.4.103 and sīyu̱Ṭ 3.4.102 and su̱Ṭ 1.4.107).

bhū+lIṄ = bhū+ŚaP+yāsu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+tiP = bhū+a+yā0̸-0̸-t (3.4.102) = bhó-a-yāt (3.84) = bháv-a+yā-t (6.1.78) = bháv-a+iy+t (80) = bháv-ey+t (6.1.87) = bháv-e0̸-t (6.1.66) = bháv-e-t. édh+ŚaP+sīyu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+ta = édh-a+0̸iy-0̸+ta = édh-e0̸-ta = édh-e-ta. kr̥Ñ+lIṄ = kr̥+u+yās+s+t/°-sīy+s+tá = kur-u+yā0̸+0̸-t (6.4.110)/kur-u-0̸īy+0̸+tá = kur-u-yā-t/kur-v-ī0̸-tá (6.1.66) = kur-0̸-yā-t (6.4.109)/kur-v-ī-tá = kur-yā-t/kur-v-ī-tá.

In the Precative or Benedictive Mood (āśīr-lIṄ or lIṄ āśíṣ-i) which is ārdhadhātuka by definition (3.4.116), the corresponding forms derived from the verbal stem [kr̥Ñ] are:

1. kr̥+yās+s+tām/us = kri-yās-s-tam/us (7.4.28) = kri-yā0̸-s-tām/us (8.2.29) = kri-yā-s+tām/uḥ.

2. kr̥+sīy+s+tá/ātām = kr̥-ṣī0̸-ṣ-ṭá/kr̥-ṣīy-āstam.

$7.2.80 aT-aḥ yā=iya̱-ḥ

The substitute element iy replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the sārvadhātuka 76 augment 3.4.103] yā [introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal áṅga 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72] short phoneme a(T).

pác+ŚaP+yās+s+t (3.1.103,107) = pác-a+yā0̸+0̸+t (79) = pác-a+iy+t = pác-e-y+t (6.1.87) = pác-e-0̸-t (6.1.66) = pác-e-t/pác-e-tām/pác-e-y-uḥ. Accent by 6.1.186.

$7.2.81 āT-aḥ Ṅ-IT-aḥ

[The substitute element iy 80] replaces the phoneme long ā(T) [of sārvadhātuka 76 l-substitutes of l-members] with marker Ṅ as IT (Ṅ-IT-aḥ) [introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal áṅga 6.4.1 ending in the phoneme short a(T) 80].

By 1.3.12 the marker Ṅ with reference to l-substitutes denotes a member of the Ātmanepadá or middle voice (taṄ) and so the l-substitutes involved are [ātām, āthām 3.4.78] and their allomorphs.

yáj+ŚaP+āte/āthe = yáj+a+iyte/iythe = yáj-eyte/eythe = yáj-e0̸+te/the (6.1.66) = yáj-e-te/the; yáj-e-tām/thām (= yáj+ŚaP+ātām/āthām = yáj-a+iy-tām/iythām 3.4.90). Description

$7.2.82 ān-é mu̱K

[The final increment 1.1.46] mu̱K is inserted [after 1.1.67 a verbal áṅga 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72 the phoneme short a(T) 80 before 1.1.66 the sārvadhātuka 76 affix 3.1.1] °-āná- (= ŚānáC 3.2.127).

pac+ŚānáC = pác+ŚaP+āná- = pác-a+mu̱K+āna- = pác-a-m-āna- `who is cooking'. Accent by 6.1.186.

$7.2.83 īT ās-aḥ

The substitute phoneme long ī(T) replaces [the initial 1.1.54 of the sārvadhātuka 76 affix 3.1.1 āná- 82 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] ās- `sit' (II 11).

ās+0̸¹+āná- = ās-īna- `who is sitting'. Description

$7.2.84 aṣtán-aḥ ā vi-bhák-t-au

The substitute phoneme long ā replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] aṣṭán- `eight' [before 1.1.66] sUP triplets (1.4.103-4).

aṣṭán+bhis/bhyas/su = aṣṭá-ā+bhis/bhyas/su = aṣṭā-bhíḥ/bhyáḥ/sú (6.1.172 for accent). For the form aṣṭā-n-ām cf. 7.1.55 and 6.4.7, though Kāśikā records this form under the present rule. Before non-vibhákti affixes: aṣṭán+tva/taL = aṣṭa0̸-tvá-/aṣṭá0̸-tā = aṣṭa0̸-tvá (8.2.7)/aṣṭá-tā. In the rules of accentuation 6.1.172 stipulates that when aṣṭán- ends in a long vowel the accent falls on the sUP triplets, implying that when it does not end in a long vowel it retains its original accent: aṣṭá-bhiḥ/bhyaḥ/su as alternate forms.

$7.2.85 rāy-áḥ=ha̱L-i

[The substitute long vowel ā 84 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] raí- `wealth, riches' [before 1.1.66 vibhákti 84 affixes (= sUP triplets) beginning with] a consonant (ha̱L-i).

raí+bhis/bhyām/bhyas/su = rā-bhíḥ/bhyām/bhyáḥ/sú (6.1.168 for accent).

$7.2.86 ¹yuṣmád=²asmád-or án-ā-deś-e

[The substitute phoneme long ā 84 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the pronominal stems 4.1.1] yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' [before 1.1.66 vibhákti 84 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a consonant 95] and are not subject themselves to replacement (án-ā-deś-e according to 1.27ff.).

yuṣmád/asmád+bhis = yuṣmá-ā/asmá-ā+bhis = yuṣmā-bhih/asmā-bhih. Similarly yuṣmā-su/asmā-su; but yuṣmád/asmád+bhyas = yusmá-a/asmá-a+bhyam (102; 1.30) = yuṣmá/asmá+bhyam (6.1.97).

$7.2.87 dvi-tīyā-y-āṁ ca

[The substitute phoneme long ā 84 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 of the pronominal stems 4.1.1 yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' 86] also (ca) [before 1.1.66] the second (dvi-tīyā-y-ām) [vibhákti 81 sUP triplets 1.4.103-4].

yusmád+am = tva-ád+am (97) = tva-áā+am = tvá-ā+m (6.1.97) = tv-ā-m; (6.1.107); similarly asmád+am = ma-áā+am = m-ā-m.

yuṣmád/asmád+au = yuva-ád/āva-ád+au (92) = yuva-áā/āva-áā+am (1.28) = yuv-ā-m/āv-ā-m; yuṣmád/asmád+Śas = yusmá-ā/asmá-ā+ns (1.19) = yuṣmā-n0̸/asmā-n- (8.2.23) = yuṣmā-n/asmā-n. Description

$7.2.88 prathamā-y-ās=ca dvi-vac-an-é bhāṣā-y-ām

[The substitute phoneme long ā 84] also (ca) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the pronominal stems yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' 86 before 1.1.66] the first dual (prathamā-y-ās=ca dvi-vac-an-é) [vibhákti 84 sUP triplet] in the domain of the spoken language (bhāṣā-y-ām).

yuṣmád/asmád+au = yuvá-ad/āvá-ad+au (92) = yuvá-aā/āvá-aā+am (1.28) = yuv-ā-m/āv-ā-m (6.1.107), but in Chándas yuv-á-m/āv-á-m also. Description

$7.2.89 ya̱-ḥ=aC-i

The substitute phoneme y replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 of the pronominal stems yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' 86 before 1.1.66 vibhákti 84 (sUP triplets) beginning with] vowels (aC-i) [which are not subject to replacement themselves 86].

yuṣmád/asmád+Ṭā/Ṅi/os = tva-ád/ma-ád+ā/i (97) = tva-áy/ma-áy+ā/i = tváy-ā/i; máy-ā/i. yuva-ád/ava-ád+os = yuváy/āváy (6.1.97)+os = yuváy-oḥ, āváy-oḥ. Description

$7.2.90 śéṣ-e lópa-ḥ

Lópa (0̸) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the pronominal stems 4.1.1 yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' 86 before 1.1.66] the remaining (śéṣ-e) [vibhákti 84 sUP triplets (which do not condition replacement by ā 86-88 or y 89)].

yuṣmád/asmád+sU = tva-ád/aha-ád+am (94, 1.28) = tva-á0̸/aha-á0̸+am = tv-á-m/ah-á-m (6.1.107); +Jas = yūya-ád/vaya-ád+am (93; 1.28) = yūya-á0̸/vaya-á0̸+am = yūy-á-m/vay-á-m (6.1.107); +ṄasI = tva-ád/ma-ád+at (97; 1.32) = tv-á-t/m-á-t (6.1.97). +Ṅe = tubhya-ád/mahya-ád+am (95; 1.28) = tubhya-á0̸/mahya-á0̸+am = tubhy-á-m/mahy-á-m (6.1.107); +bhyas (5) = yuṣmád/asmád+at (1.31) = yuṣmá0̸/asmá-0̸+at = yusm-á-t/asm-á-t. +Ṅas = tava-ád/mama-ád+aŚ (1.27) = tava-á0̸/mama-á0̸+a = táv-a/mám-a (6.1.211 for accent). +ām (6 pl.) = yuṣmád/asmád+s-ām (1.52) = yuṣmá0̸/asmá0̸+ākam (1.33) = yuṣm-ākam/asm-ākam. Description

$7.2.91 má̱-pary-anta-sya

[The replacements introduced in the following rules up to 98 below are of that part of the nominal 4.1.1 áṅga-s 6.4.1 yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' 86] which ends with the phoneme /m/ [má̱-pary-anta-sya].

This is a governing rule and recurs through 98 below.

$7.2.92 ¹yuva=²āv-au dvi-vac-an-é

The substitute morphemes yuva- and āva [respectively 1.3.10] replace [the whole of 1.1.55 the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the pronominal stems 4.1.1 yuṣm-ád- `you' and asm-ád- `we' 86 up to the part ending with m 91 before 1.1.66 vibhákti sUP triplets 84] when denoting the dual (dvi-vacane').

yuṣm-ád/asm-ád+au/auṬ = yuva-ád/āva+ád+am (1.28) = yuva-áā/āva-á-ā+am (87, 88) = yuvām/āvām; +bhyām = yuva-ád/āva-ád+bhyām = yuva-áā/āva-áā+bhyām = yuvā-bhyām/āvā-bhyām; +os = yuva-ád/āva-ád+os = yuva-áy/ava-áy+os (89) = +yuváy-oḥ/āváy-oḥ (6.1.97).

$7.2.93 ¹yūva-²vay-au Jas-i

The substitute morphemes yūya- and vaya- [respectively 1.3.10 replace the whole of 1.1.55 the pronominal áṅga-s 6.4.1 yuṣm-ád- `you' and asm-ád- `we' 86 up to the part ending with m 91 before 1.1.66 the vibhákti sUP triplet 84] Jas.

yuṣm-ád/asm-ád+Jas = yūya-ád/vaya-ád+am (1.28) = yūya-á0̸/vaya-á0̸+am (90) = yūyám/vayám (6.1.107). Description

$7.2.94 ¹tva=²ah-au s-AU

The substitute morphemes tva- and aha- [respectively replace the whole of 1.1.55 the áṅga-s of the pronominal stems yuṣm-ád `you' and asm-ád- `we' 86 up to the part ending with m 91 before 1.1.66 the vibhákti sUP triplet 84] sU.

yuṣm-ád/asm-ád+sU = tva-ád/aha-ád+am = tva-á0̸/aha-á0̸+am = tvám/ahám (6.1.107). Description

$7.2.95 ¹tubhya-²mahy-au Ṅay-i

The substitute morphemes tubhya- and mahya- [respectively 1.3.10 replace the whole of 1.1.55 the pronominal 4.1.1 áṅga-s 6.4.1 yuṣm-ád- `you' and asm-ád- `we' 86 up to the part ending with m 91, before 1.1.66 the vibhákti sUP triplet 84] Ṅe.

yuṣm-ád/asm-ád+Ṅe = tubhya-ád/mahya-ád+am (1.28) = tubhya-á0̸/tubhya-á0̸+am (90) = túbhyam/máhyam (6.1.107). Accent by 6.1.212. Description

$7.2.96 ¹tava-²mam-au Ṅas-i

The substitute morphemes tava and mama [respectively 1.3.10 replace the whole of 1.1.55 the pronominal 4.1.1.áṅga-s 6.4.1 yuṣm-ád- `you' and asm-ád- `we' 86 up to the part ending with m 91 before 1.1.66 the vibhákti sUP triplet 84] Ṅas.

yuṣm-ád/asm-ád+Ṅas = tava-ád/mama-ád+aŚ (1.27) = tava-á0̸/mama-á0̸+aŚ = táva/máma (6.1.211 for accent).

$7.2.97 ¹tva-²m-au eka-vac-an-é

The substitute morphemes tva- and ma- [respectively 1.3.10 replace the whole of 1.1.55 the pronominal 4.1.1 áṅga-s 6.4.1 yuṣm-ád- `you' and asm-ád- `we' 86 up to the part ending with m 91, before 1.1.66 vibhákti sUP triplets 84] when denoting the singular (eka-vac-an-é).

yuṣm-ád/asm-ád+am (2nd sg.) = tva-ád/ma-ád+am = tva-áā/ma-áā+am = tvām/mām (87). +Ṭā = tva-ád/ma-ád+ā = tva-áy/ma-áy+ā (89) = tváy-ā/máyā (6.1.97). +ṄasI = tva-ád/ma-ád+at (1.32) = tva-á0̸/ma-á0̸+at (90) = tvát/mát (6.1.97). +Ṅi = tva-ád/ma-ád+i = tva-áy/ma-áy+i = tváy-i/máy-i (*89).

$7.2.98 ¹prat-ay-á=²uttara-padáy-os=ca

[The substitute morphemes tva- and ma- 97 respectively 1.3.10 replace the whole of 1.1.55 the pronominal 4.1.1 áṅga-s 6.4.1 yuṣm-ád- `you' and asm-ád- `we' 86 up to the part ending with m 91 before 1.1.66 (a taddhitá 4.1.76)] affix (praty-ay-á-°) or a final member (°-ut-tara-padáy-oḥ: in composition) [when denoting the singular 97].

yuṣm-ád/asm-ád+cha (4.2.114) = tva-ád/ma-ád+cha =d tvad-īya-/mad-īya (6.1.97; 7.1.2). táva putrá-ḥ = tvad+putrá-ḥ = tvat-putrá-ḥ; mat-putrá-ḥ `your son/my son'.

$7.2.99 ¹trí-²catúr-oḥ striy-ām ¹tisŕ-²cátsr̥

[The substitute morphemes] tisŕ- and cátasr̥- replace [the whole of 1.1.55 the áṅga-s of nominal stems 4.1.1] consisting of the number words trí- `three' and catúr- `four' [before 1.1.66 vibhákti sUP triplets 84] when denoting the feminine (gender striy-ām).

tri+Jas/Śas/bhis/bhyas/n-ām/su = tisŕ+Jas/Śas/bhis/bhyas/n-ām/su tisr-áḥ, tisŕ-bhiḥ/bhyaḥ/ṣu/tisr̥-ṇ-ām (6.1.166, 180).

cátasr-aḥ, catasŕ-bhiḥ/bhyaḥ/ṣu, catasr̥-ṇ-ām (6.1.167, 180 for accent).

$7.2.100 aC-i ra̱ r̥T-aḥ

The substitute phoneme r replaces [the áṅgá 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme] short r̥(T) [of the feminine nominal stems tisŕ- `three' and cátasr̥- `four' 99 before 1.1.66 vibhákti sUP triplets 84 beginning with] a vowel (aC-i).

tisŕ+Jas/Śas = tisr-áḥ (6.1.166); cátasr̥+Jas/Śsas = cátasr-aḥ

$7.2.101 jarā-y-āḥ jarás anya-tará-syām

The substitute allomorph jarás- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the nominal 4.1.1 áṅga 6.4.1] jarā `old age' [before 1.1.66 vibhákti sUP triplets 84 beginning with a vowel 100] variously (anya-tará-syām).

jarā/Ṭā/Ṅe/Ṅas (I)/Ṅi/os = jarás+Ṭā/Ṅe/Ṅas (I)/Ṅi/os = jaráy-ā/jarás-ā; jarā+yā+e (3.113) = jarā-y-ai/jarás-e; jarā-y-āḥ/jarás-aḥ; jarā-y-ām/jarás-i; jaráy-oḥ (3.105)/jarás-oḥ; jarā-ṇ-ām/jarás-ām. Description

$7.2.102 tyád-ādī-n-ām a-ḥ

The substitute phoneme /a/ (short) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the class of pronominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with tyád- `that' [before 1.1.66 vibhákti sUP triplets 84].

This group is a sub-set of the word-class beginning with sarvá- 1.1.27 and consists of: tyád-, tád- `that', yád- `which, what, who (relative)', etád- `this', adás- `that', idám- `this', éka- `one' and dví- `two'.

tyád+sU = tyáa+sU = syáa+sU (106) = syá-ḥ (6.1.97); etád+sU = eṣá-ḥ (8.3.58). tyád+au = tyáa+au = tyaú; +Jas = +Śī (1.17) = tyáa+ī = tyé etc. dví+bhyām/os = dvá+bhyām/os = dvā-bhyām (3.102)/dvay-oḥ (3.104; 6.1.78) etc.

$7.2.103 kím-aḥ ká-ḥ

The substitute allomorph ká replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the áṅga 6.4.1 of the pronominal stem 4.1.1] kím- `who, what, which' (interrogative) [before 1.1.66 vibhákti sUP triplets 84].

kím+sU = ká+sU = ká-ḥ (8.3.15); +au = k-aú; +Śī = k-é etc.

$7.2.104 kú ¹ti̱-²h-oḥ

The substitute allomorph kú replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the áṅga 6.4.1 of the pronominal stem 4.1.1 kím- `who, what, which' 103 before 1.1.66 vibhákti triplets 84 beginning with] phonemes t-° or h-°.

1. kím+tasi̱L (5.3.7) = kú-taḥ (8.3.15) `whence?' kím+traL (5.3.10) = kú-tra `where?'.

2. kím+há = ku-há (5.3.13) `where?'.

$7.2.105 kva àT-i

The substitute allomorph kva replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the áṅga 6.4.1 of the pronominal stem 4.1.1 kím- `who, what, which' 103 before 1.1.66 the vibhákti 84 affix 3.1.1] àT (5.3.12).

Here the marker T of [àT] is not connected with 1.1.70 but with 6.1.185 by which the affix [àT] bears the svaritá accent.

kim+àT = kva+àT = kvà (6.1.97) `where?'.

$7.2.106 ¹ta̱-²d-oḥ sa̱-ḥ s-AU án-antyay-oḥ

The substitute phoneme s replaces non-final (án-ant-yay-oḥ) phonemes t or d [of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the pronominal stem-class 4.1.1 beginning with tyád- `that' 102 before 1.1.66 the vibhákti sUP triplet 84] sU.

tyád+sU = tyáa+sU (102) = syáa+s = syá-ḥ (6.1.97; 8.3.15). adás+sU = asás+sU = asáa+au (107) = asaú.

$7.2.107 adás-aḥ au sU-lopá-s=ca

The substitute phoneme au replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the pronominal stem 4.1.1] adás- `that' [before 1.1.66 the vibhákti triplet 84 sU 106] and (ca) lópa (0̸) replaces the sUP triplet sU.

adás+sU = asá+au0̸ = asaú `that one'.

$7.2.108 idám-aḥ ma̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme m replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the pronominal stem 4.1.1] idám- `this' [before 1.1.66 the vibhákti sUP triplet 84 sU 106].

idám+sU = ida-m+0̸¹ = idá-m (1.23). By 1.1.63 0̸¹ blocks the operation of 108-9. idám+sU = idá-m+0̸ (6.1.68) = iyá-m f. (110), ayá-m m. (111). Exception to 102 above.

$7.2.109 d-as=ca

[The substitute phoneme m 108] also replaces the phoneme d [of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the pronominal stem 4.1.1 idám- `this' 108 before 1.1.66 vibhákti sUP triplets 84].

idám+au/Jas/am/Śas = imáa (102, 108)+au/Jas/am/Śas = im-aú (6.1.97), im-é/im-á-m, im-ān. Description

$7.2.110 y-a̱ḥ s-AU

The substitute phoneme y replaces [the phoneme d 109 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the pronominal stem 4.1.1 idám- `this' 108 before 1.1.66 the vibhákti sUP triplet 84] sU.

Since in the following rule the constraint [puṁs-í] is introduced, here the form generated is restricted to the feminine gender only: idá-m+sU = iyá-m+0̸ (6.1.68) = iyá-m f. Description

$7.2.111 id-áḥ=ay puṁs-í

The substitute element ay replaces the element id [of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the pronominal stem 4.1.1 idám- `this' 108 before 1.1.66 the vibhákti sUP triplet 84 sU 110] when denoting the masculine (puṁs-í).

idá-m+sU = ay-á-m+0̸ (6.1.68) = ayám m. Description

$7.2.112 ana=āP-i á-k-aḥ

The substitute element /ana/ replaces [the element /id/ 111 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the pronominal stem 4.1.1 idám- `this' 108 before 1.1.66 vibhákti sUP triplets 84] denoted by the siglum āP (from the third singular to the locative plural), provided the stem is not co-occurring with [the infixed increment] k (= áka̱C 5.3.71).

The siglum āP starts with [ā: Ṭā] and ends with marker P of [suP]. idám+Ṭā = ana-áa+Ṭā = aná+Ṭā (6.1.97) = aná+ina (1.12) = an-éna (6.1.87). aná+os = ane+os (3.104) = anáy-oḥ (6.1.78), but imák-ena/imákay-oḥ.

$7.2.113 ha̱L-i lópa-ḥ

Substitute lópa (0̸) replaces [the element id- 111 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the pronominal stem 4.1.1 idám- `this' 108 before 1.1.66 vibhákti sUP triplets 84 beginning with] a consonant (ha̱L-i).

idám+bhyām = 0̸-á-a+bhyām = á+bhyām = ā-bhyām (6.1.97; 7.3.102); á+bhis (6.1.97) = e-bhíḥ (8.3.15); á-Ṅe = a+smaí (1.14); +NasI = a-smāt (1.15); +Ṅas = a-syá (1.12); +Ṅi = a-smín (1.15). +ām = e-ṣām (1.52; 3.103); +su = e-ṣú (3.103).

Similarly in the feminine gender the pre-affixal stem will be 0̸-á-a+ṬāP before sUP triplets beginning with a vowel and ana-á+ṬāP before sUP triplets beginning with a vowel starting with the instrumental singular: (a) anáy-ā (3.105); +os = anáy-oḥ (3.105) (b) ā-bhyām, ā-bhíḥ; a-syaí (3.114); +ṄasI = a-syāḥ (3.114); +Ṅi = a-syām (3.114, 116); ā-sām (1.52); ā-sú. Description

$7.2.114 mr̥je̱-r vŕd-dhi-ḥ

The substitute phoneme denoted by the t.t. vŕd-dhi (1.1.1 ā, ai, au) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 vowel denoted by the siglum iK 1.1.3 of the verbal stem] mr̥j- `wash, cleanse, purify' (II 57) [before 1.1.66 vibhákti 84 (l-substitutes of l-members)].

Since the verbal stem mr̥j-Ū̀ śúd-dh-au is the substituendum, [vibhákti] here represents l-substitutes tiṄ (1.4.104). mrj+0̸¹+tiP (2.4.72) = mārj+ti (1.1.51) = mārṣ-ṭi (8.2.36; 4.41); °tumu̱N = mārṣ-ṭum; +távya = mārṣ-ṭávya-. Vibhákti sUP triplets and taddhitá affixes are not involved in this replacement.

$7.2.115 aC-aḥ=Ñ-Ṇ-IT-i

[A substitute vŕd-dhi 114 vowel replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52] vowel phoneme (aC-aḥ) [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1] with marker Ñ or Ṇ as IT.

The expression [aC-aḥ] is for the purpose of blocking the restriction of the metarule 1.1.3 to [iK]. níś-ci+GHaÑ = niś-cai+GHaÑ = niś-cāy-á- (6.1.78; 2.144); níṣ-pū+GHaÑ = niṣ-pāv-á-; kr̥+GHaÑ = kār-á- (6.1.159). nī/śru/kr̥+ṆaL = ni-nāy-a (7.4.59; 6.1.78)/śu-śrāv-a (7.4.60)/ca-kār-a (7.4.62, 66).

$7.2.116 aT-aḥ upa-dhā-y-āḥ

[The substitute vŕd-dhi 114 vowel (ā) replaces the áṅga 6.4.1] penultimate vowel short a(T) (upa-dhā-y-āḥ) [before affixes 3.1.1 with markers Ñ or Ṇ as IT 115].

pac+GHaÑ = pāc-á- = pāk-á- (3.53) `cooking'. pac+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = pāc-é-a-ti (3.84) = pāc-áy-a-ti (6.1.78) `makes (someone) to cook'.

$7.2.117 taddhité-ṣu aC-ām āde-ḥ

[A substitute vŕd-dhi 114 vowel (ā, ai, au 1.1.1) replaces the nominal 4.1.1 áṅga 6.4.1] first (āde-ḥ) [vowel 115 before 1.1.66] taddhitá (4.1.76ff.) [affixes 3.1.1 with markers Ñ or Ṇ as IT 115].

gargá-sya gotrāpatyá-m = gargá+yaÑ (4.1.105) = gārg0̸-ya- (6.4.148). dákṣa+iÑ = dākṣ-i (4.1.95). upagu+áṆ (4.1.92) = aupago+á (6.4.146) = aupa-gav-á (6.1.78). Description

$7.2.118 K-IT-i ca

[A substitute vŕd-dhi 114 vowel (ā, ai, au)] also (ca) [replaces the nominal 4.1.1 áṅga 4.1.2 first vowel 117 before 1.1.66 taddhitá 117 affixes 3.1.1 with marker Ñ or Ṇ as IT 115] as well as (ca) marker K.

naḍá+phaK = nāḍa+āyaná (1.2) = nāḍ0̸-āyaná- (6.4.148). Description

$7.3.1 ¹dévikā-²śiṁśápā-³ditya-vāh-⁴dīrgha-sattrá-⁵śréyas-ām āT

The substitute long vowel ā(T) replaces [the first vowel 2.117 of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the nominal stems 4.1.1] dév-ik-ā `n. of a river', śiṁśáp-ā `n. of a tree', ditya-vāh- `an animal aged two years', dīrgha-sattrá- `a long-lasting sacrificial session' and śr-é-yas- `the better' [before 1.1.66 taddhitá affixes 1.227 with marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118 as IT 2.115].

1. dévikā-y-ām bháv-am udaká-m = devikā+áṆ (4.3.53) = dāvikā+á = dāvik0̸-á-m (6.4.148) `water from the river D.'

2. śiṁśápā-y-āḥ vikārá-ḥ = śiṁśapā+aÑ/áṆ (4.3.141) = śāṁśapa-h/śāṁśapá-ḥ `made from the Ś. tree'.

3. ditya-vāh+áṆ (4.3.53) = dātya-ūṬH-h+á- (6.4.132) = dāty-au-h-á- (6.1.89) `pertaining to D.'

4. dīrgha-sattrá+áṆ (4.3.53) = dārgha-sattr0̸-á (6.4.148) `occurring in a long-lasting sacrificial session'.

5. śréyas-i bháv-a- = śréyas+áṆ (4.3.53) = śrāyas-á- `patronymic of Kaṇvá.

$7.3.2 ¹kekaya-²mitray-ú-³pra-layā-n-āṁ yá̱=āde-r iy-aḥ

The substitute element /iy/ replaces the syllable beginning with the phoneme /y-°/ [of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the nominal stems 4.1.1] kekaya- `n.pr., mitray-ú- `friendly-minded' and pra-lay-á- `final dissolution' [before 1.1.66 taddhitá affixes 2.117 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

1. kekaya-sya ápatya-m = kekaya+aÑ (4.1.168) kaíka-iy+a (2.117) = kaíkey-a- (6.1.87).

2. mitray-u-bhāv-éna ślāgh-a-te = mitray-u+vuÑ (5.1.134) = maítra-iy+aka (1.1) = maítrey-aka- `applauds in a friendly way'.

3. pra-lay-āt ā-ga-ta- = pra-lay-á+áṆ (4.3.74) = prāla-iy+á = prāley-á- (2.117; 6.1.87) `resulting from final dissolution of the universe'.

$7.3.3 ná ¹y-²vā-bhyām pada=antā-bhyām pūrv-au tu tā-bhyām aiC

[The substitute vŕd-dhi vowel 2.114 (= ā, ai, au 1.1.1)] does not (ná) replace [the first vowel 2.117 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of (the posterior member of a compound) preceded by] a padá-final (pad-ā-ntā-bhyām) phoneme y or v, but before them (tā-bhyām pūrv-au) the augment denoted by the siglum aiC (= ai, au, respectively 1.3.10) are inserted [before 1.1.66 a taddhitá affix with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

vi-śeṣ-éṇa ā-kriy-a-nte śábd-ā-ḥ an-éna = vi+ā+kr̥+LyuṬ (3.3.117) = vy-ā-kár-aṇa-m (8.4.2), tá-m adh-ī-te = vy-ā-kár-aṇa+áṆ (4.2.59) = vaiy-ā-kar-an0̸-á (6.4.148) = vaiy-ā-kar-aṇ-á-ḥ `grammarian, linguist'.

śóbh-ana-ḥ áśvaḥ = sv-aśva-ḥ, tá-sya ápatya-m = sv-asva+áṆ = sauv-aśvá-ḥ `offspring of a good horse.

$7.3.4 dvāra=ādī-n-āṁ ca

[The substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 does not 3 replace the first vowel 2.117 of the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with dvāra- `door' also (ca) [before 1.1.66 taddhitá affixes 2.117 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

This is with reference to a situation where the phonemes y and v are not occurring at the end of the first padá.

dvār-e ní-yuk-ta-ḥ = dvāra+ṭhaK (4.4.69) = dauvār0̸-iká- (6.4.148; 7.3.50) `door-keeper'. sphya-kŕt-aḥ ápatya-m = sphya-kŕt+áṆ = sphaiya-kr̥t-á- `son or descendant of S.' (4.1.92).

$7.3.5 ny-ag-ródha-sya ca kévala-sya

[The substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 does not 3 replace the first vowel 2.117 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] nyag-ródha- `bunyan tree, Ficus Indica' [preceded by phoneme y, and before it the increment ai (of aiC) is inserted before 1.1.66 taddhitá affixes 2.117 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118] when occurring by itself (kévala-sya).

By using the expression (kévala-sya) here it is implied that in the case of 3 and 4 the operation indicated takes place even when the nominal stems indicated therein occur as prior members in composition: dvāra-pālá-sya idám dvāra-pāl-á+áṆ (4.3.120) =dauvāra-pal0̸-á- etc.

nyag-ródha-sya vikārá-ḥ = nyag-ródh-a+áṆ (4.3.134) = nai-ya-g-rodh0̸-á (6.4.148) `made from the banyan tree', but ndyag-rodh-a-mūl-é bháv-ā-ḥ śālay-aḥ = nyag-rodh-a-mūlá+áṆ (4.3.53) = nyāg-rodh-a-mūl-ā-ḥ `rice growing at the roots of Ficus Indica'.

$7.3.6 ná karma-vy-ati-hār-é

[The operations introduced by 3 above] do not take place (ná) when [the nominal stem 4.1.1] expresses a reciprocity of action (karma-vy-ati-hār-é).

vy-áva-kruś-ya-te a-syām = vy-ava-kruś+ṆáC (3.3.43)+aÑ (5.4.14)+ṄīP (4.1.15) = vy-āva-kroś-ī `mutual abuse'. Description

$7.3.7 su=ā-ga-ta=ādī-n-āṁ ca

[The operations introduced by 3 above do not take place 6] also (ca) when it concerns [the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with svāgata- `welcome'.

sv-ā-ga-tá-m ity āha = sv-ā-ga-tá+ṭháK (4.4.1 vārtt. 2) = svāgat0̸-iká-ḥ `one who welcomes'. vyaḍa-sya apatya-m = vyaḍa+iÑ (4.1.95) = vyāḍ0̸-i-ḥ. Description

$7.3.8 śván=āde-r iÑ-i

[The operations introduced in 3 above do not take place 6] when it concerns [an áṅga 6.4.1 with nominal stem 4.1.1] śvan- `dog' as a prior member (ādé-ḥ in composition) [before 1.1.66 the taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1] iÑ.

The nominal stem [śván-] is included in the class of stems beginning with [dvāra-] (4 above); this rule is a further indication of the fact that the operations in 4 are applicable also to expressions which contain these words as first members in compounds, and the present constraint is only with respect to the item [śvan-] only. śvá-bhastra-sya ápatya-m = śvá-bhastra+iÑ (4.1.95) = śvā-bhastr-i.

The word [ādí-] in this sūtra is not indicative of a class as in the case of 4 above. By a vārttika this rule is extended to include the affix beginning with ik-: śva-gaṇ-éna car-a-ti = śva-gaṇá+ṭhaÑ/ṢṭhaN (4.4.11) = śvā-gaṇ-ika-ḥ/ [śvā-gaṇ-ika-ḥ/°-i-kī (4.1.41)] `one who moves with a pack of hounds'.

$7.3.9 padá=anta-sya anya-tará-syām

[The operations introduced in 3 above do not take place 6] variously (anya-tará-syām) [when it concerns the áṅga 6.4.1 of the nominal stem 4.1.1 śván- `dog' 9, co-occurring with] the final member padá- (°-anta-sya in composition).

śún-aḥ padá-m iva pad-á-m ya-sya = śván+pada- = śvā0̸-pada-m (6.3.137; 8.2.7), tá-sya śvā-pada-sya idám = śvā-pada+áṆ = śvā-pad0̸-á-m/śauvā-pad-á-m `pertaining to a wild beast'.

$7.3.10 uttara-padá-sya

(In the section beginning here and ending with 31 inclusive below) [the substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 replaces the first vowel 2.117] of the posterior member (ut-tara-padá-sya: in composition).

This is a governing rule and the expression [ut-tara-padá-sya] will recur in each of the following rules up to 31 inclusive below.

$7.3.11 ava-yav-āt r̥tó-ḥ

[A vŕd-dhi substitute phoneme 2.114 (= ā, ai, au) replaces the first vowel 2.117 of the final member of a compound 10] indicating the name of a season (r̥tó-ḥ), co-occurring with a first member marking an integral part (ava-yav-āt) [before 1.1.66 taddhitá 2.117 affixes 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

pūrva-ṁ varṣā-ṇ-ām = pūrva-varṣāḥ, tá-tra bháv-aḥ (4.3.53) = pūrva-varṣā+ṭháK = pūrvá-vārṣik0̸-a- (6.4.148) `occurring in the early half of the rainy season'.

When the prior member does not denote an integral part or limb of the season, as in pūrvā-su varṣā-su jā-tá-ḥ pūrva-varṣā+ṭhaN (4.3.11) = paúrva-varṣ0̸-ika-ḥ. Description

$7.3.12 ¹sú-²sarvá=³ardh-āt jana-padá-sya

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 (= ā, ai, au 1.1.1) replaces the first vowel 2.117 of the posterior member 10 of a compound áṅga 6.4.1] denoting an inhabited region (jana-padá-sya), co-occurring with the prior members sú-, sarvá-° `all' and ardhá-° `half' [before 1.1.66 taddhitá 2.117 affixes 3.1.1 with IT markers Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

śóbhane-ṣu pañcāle-ṣu jā-tá-ḥ = su-pancāla+vuÑ (4.2.125) = sú-pāncāl0̸-aka-ḥ; similarly: sarvá-pāñcal-aka- (6.2.105), ardhá-pāncāl-aká-. Description

$7.3.13 díś-aḥ=á-madrā-ṇ-ām

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 (= ā, ai, au 1.1.1) replaces the first vowel 2.117 of the posterior member 10 of a compound áṅga 6.4.1 denoting an inhabited region 12] excluding madrá-, co-occurring with direction words (díś-aḥ) as prior members [before 1.1.66 taddhitá 2.117 affixes 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

pūrva-pañcāla+vuÑ (4.2.124-5) = pūrvá-pāñcāl0̸-aka- (6.2.105; 4.148) `belonging to eastern P.'; but paúrva-madr-aka-.

$7.3.14 prāc-āṁ ¹grāma-²nágarā-ṇ-ām

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 (ā, ai, au 1.1.1) replaces the first vowel 2.117 of the posterior member 10 of a compound áṅga 6.4.1 denoting] names of villages (grāma-°) and townships in the eastern region (°-nagarā-ṇ-ām) [co-occurring with direction words as prior members 13, before 1.1.66 taddhitá 2.117 affixes 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

1. grāma-: pūrv-e-ṣu-kāma-śamy-ām bháv-a-ḥ = pūrv-e-ṣu-kāma-śamī+Ña (4.2.107) = pūrvaíṣu-kāma-śam0̸-a-ḥ (6.2.105) `born in or occurring in the eastern half of the village P'.

2. nágara-: pūrva-smin pāṭaliputre bháv-a-ḥ = puȳrvá-pāṭali-putr0̸-aka- (vuÑ 4.2.123). `born in the eastern half of the P. township'.

$7.3.15 saṁ-khyā-y-āḥ ¹saṁ-vatsará-²saṁkhyá-sya ca

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 (ā, ai, au 1.1.1) replaces the first vowel 2.117 of the final member 10 of a compound áṅga 6.4.1 consisting of the word] saṁ-vatsará- `year' or a number word (°-saṁ-khyá-sya) co-occurring with a number word (saṁ-khyā-y-āḥ) as a first member [before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

1. dv-aú saṁ-vatsar-aú adh-ī-ṣ-ṭá-ḥ/bhr̥-tá-ḥ/bhū-tá-ḥ/bhāv-ī = dvi-saṁvatsará+ṭhaÑ (5.1.80) = dví-sāṁvatsar0̸-ika- `of two years' duration'.

2. dv-é ṣaṣṭ-ī adh-ī-ṣ-ṭá-ḥ dvi-ṣaṣṭí+thaÑ (4.3.11) = dví-ṣāṣṭ0̸-ika- `lasting for 62 days', but dvi-māsá+ṭhaÑ = dvaí-mās0̸-ika `of two months' duration'.

$7.3.16 varṣá-sya=á-bhav-i-ṣy-at-i

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 (ā, ai, au 1.1.1) replaces the first vowel 2.117 of the final member 10 of a compound áṅga 6.4.1 consisting of the nominal stem 4.1.1] varṣá- `year' [co-occurring with a number word 15 as a first member before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118] except when denoting the future (á-bhav-i-sy-a-t-i).

dvé varṣ-é adh-ī-ṣ-ṭá-ḥ/bhr̥-tá-ḥ/bhū-tá-ḥ = dvi-varṣá+ṭhaÑ = dví-vārs0̸-ika-h `of two years' duration', but trī-ṇ-i varṣā-ṇ-i bhāv-ī = tri-varṣá+ṭhaÑ = traí-varṣ0̸-ika-ḥ `happening after three years (from now)'.

$7.3.17 pari-māṇa=anta-sya á-¹saṁjñā-²śāṇay-oḥ

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 (ā, ai, au 1.1.1) replaces the first vowel 2.117 of the final member 10 of a compound áṅga 6.4.1] ending in (°-anta-sya) [a nominal stem 4.1.1] denoting a measure (pari-mā-ṇa-°) [and co-occurring with a number word 15 as a first member before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118] except when deriving a name (saṁjñā) or the word śāṇa- `whetstone' occurs [as a posterior member 10].

dvā-bhyāṁ niṣkā-bhyāṁ krī-tá-m = dvi-niṣka+ṭháK (5.1.18,20,37) = dvi-naiṣk0̸-iká-m (6.4.148) `bought for 2 niṣka-s'. dvā-bhyāṁ su-várṇā-bhyāṁ krī-tá-m = dvi-suvarṇa+thaÑ (5.1.19,29) = dví-sauvarṇ-ika-m/adhy-ardha-su-varṇá-m (5.1.29, vart.) `purchased for 2 gold pieces'; but páñca kalāpā-n-i pari-mā-ṇa-m a-syá = pañca-kalāpa+ṭhaK = pāñca-kalāp0̸-iká-m (5.1.19,57) `n.pr.' dvā-bhyāṁ śāṇā-bhyāṁ krī-tá-m = dvi-śāṇa+áṆ (5.1.36) = dvai-sāṇ0̸-ám/dvi-sāṇ-yà-m/dvi-sāṇá-m.

$7.3.18 j-e proṣṭha-padā-n-ām

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme (ā, ai, au 1.1.1) replaces the first vowel 2.117 of the final 10 member of a compound áṅga 6.4.1] pr-o-ṣṭha-padā- `n.pr. of a lunar mansion or asterism' [before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118] to denote `born under' (j-e = jā-t-é).

pr-o-ṣṭha-padā-bhir yuk-tá-ḥ kālá-ḥ = proṣṭha-padā+áṆ (4.3.16) = pr-o-ṣṭha-padā+á-Ṇ→luP (4.2.4) = pr-o-ṣṭha-padā-su jā-tá-ḥ = proṣṭha-padā+áṆ (4.3.16) = proṣṭha-pād0̸-á- `born at the time when the moon is in conjunction with the asterism P.'

$7.3.19 ¹hŕd-²bhága-³síndhu=ante pūrva-padá-sya ca

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 (ā, ai, au 1.1.1) replaces the first vowel 2.117 of the posterior member] and also (ca) of the prior member [of a compound áṅga 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-hŕd- `heart', °-bhága- `good fortune' and °-síndhu- `river' [before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

1. su-hr̥dayá-sya idám = su-hŕd (6.3.50)+áṆ (4.3.120) = sau-hārd-á-m `belonging to a good person'; su-hr̥dayá-sya bhāv-á-ḥ = su-hŕd+ṢyaÑ (5.1.124) = saú-hārd-ya-m/saú-hr̥day-yam (6.3.51; 4.148) `friendship, amity'.

2. su-bhagá-sya bhāv-á-ḥ = su-bhagá+ṢyaÑ = saú-bhāg0̸-ya-m (6.4.148) `good fortune'; 3. saktu-pradhānāḥ síndhav-aḥ = saktu-sindhú+áṆ = sāktu-saindhav-á (6.4.146; 1.78) `barley meal or groats produced on river banks'.

$7.3.20 ánu-śat-ika=ādī-nāṁ ca

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 (ā, ai, au 1.1.1) replaces the first vowel 2.177 of both the posterior 10 and prior members 19 of a compound áṅga 6.4.1 consisting of a member of the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with ánu-śat-ika- `accompanied by a hundred' [before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

śat-éna krī-tá-ḥ = śatá+ṭhaN (5.1.21) = śát0̸-ika-ḥ (6.4.148); ánu-ga-tá-ḥ śát-ik-ena = ánu-śat-ika-ḥ (2.2.18), tá-sya idám = ánu-śat-ika+áṆ (4.3.120) = ānu-śāt-ik0̸-á-m `belonging to one accompanied by a hundred'; dev-éṣu = adhi-devá-m (2.1.6), tá-tra bháv-a-ḥ (4.3.53, 60 vārtt.) adhi-devá+ṭhaÑ = ādhi-daiv0̸-ika-m `relating to or proceeding from gods'; similarly adhi-bhū-tá+ṭhaÑ = ādhi-bhaut0̸-ika-m `belonging or relating to created beings'; ánu-hoḍ-ena cár-a-ti = ánu-hoḍa+ṭháK = ānu-hauḍ0̸-iká-ḥ `moves or sails in a boat'.

$7.3.21 deva-tā-dvaṁdv-é ca

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 (ā, ai, au 1.1.1) replaces the first vowel 2.117 of both the posterior 10 and prior 19 members of a compound áṅga 6.4.1 consisting of] Dváṁdva compounds comprising names of divinities (deva-tā-dvaṁdv-é) also (ca) [before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

agní-ś ca marút=ca = agní-marú-au devá-t-e a-syá = agní-marút+áṆ (4.2.24) = āgni-mārut-á-. By interpretation this usage is restricted to items denoting a Vedic hymn or an oblation offered in sacrifice to the divinities.

$7.3.22 ná índra-sya párasya

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114] does not (ná) [replace the first vowel 2.117] of the posterior (pára-sya) member índra- `n.pr. of a divinity' [of a compound áṅga 6.4.1 before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

sóma-ś ca índra-ś ca = sóm-éndr-au devá-t-e āsyá = som-e-ndra+áṆ (4.2.24) = saum-endr0̸-á- `dedicated to Soma and Indra'.

$7.3.23 dīrgh-āt=ca váruṇa-sya

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 (= ā, ai, au 1.1.1) does not 22 replace the final vowel 2.117 of the posterior member 10] váruṇa- `n.pr. of a divinity' [of a compound áṅga 6.4.1 co-occurring with a prior member ending in 1.1.72] a long (dīrgh-āt vowel 1.2.28) [before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

índra-ś ca váruṇa-ś ca = índrā-váruṇ-au (6.3.26) devá-t-e a-syá = índrā-váruṇa+áṆ (4.2.24) = aindrā-varun0̸-á- `consecrated to Índra and Váruṇá, but agnī-váruṇa (6.3.27)+áṆ (4.2.24) = *agni-varuṇa+áṆ (6.3.28) = āgni-vāruṇ0̸-á- `dedicated to Agní and Váruṇa'.

$7.3.24 prāc-āṁ nágara=ant-e

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 replaces the first vowel 2.117 of both posterior 10 and prior members 19 of a compound áṅga 6.4.1] ending in (°ant-e) [the nominal stem 4.1.1] nágara- `township, city' in the eastern region (prāc-ām) [before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

suhma-nagar-é bháv-a-ḥ = suhma-nagará+áṆ (4.3.53) = sauhma-nāg-ar0̸-á-ḥ `belonging to Suhma-nagara' but madra-nagar-e bháv-a-ḥ = mādra-nagar-á-ḥ.

$7.3.25 ¹jaṅgala-²dhenú-³vala-já=anta-sya víbhāṣitam úttaram

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 (= ā, ai, au 1.1.1) replaces the first vowel 2.117 of both the posterior 10 and prior members 19 of a compound áṅga 6.4.1] ending in (°anta) [the nominal stems 4.1.1] jaṅgala- `jungle, desert, arid land', dhenú- `cow' and valajá- `field', but optionally (ví-bhāṣ-i-ta-m) in the case of the posterior member (út-tara-m) [before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

1. kuru-jaṅgalé bháv-am = kuru-jaṅgalá+áṆ (4.3.53) = kauru-jāṅgal0̸-á-m (6.4.148)/°-jaṅgal-á-m `arising in the Kuru-jaṅgala country'; similarly 2. viśv-dhenu+áṆ = vaiśva-dhainav-á- (6.4.146; 1.78)/°-dhenav-á-; 3. su-varṇa-valajá+áṆ = sau-varṇa=vālaj-á-/°-valaj-á-.

$7.3.26 ardh-āt pari-mā-ṇa-sya pīrva-sya tu vā

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 replaces the first vowel 2.117 of the posterior member 10 of a compound áṅga 6.4.1] denoting a measure (pari-mā-ṇa-sya), co-occurring with [the nominal stem 4.1.1] ardhá-° `half' as a first member, optionally (vā) [replacing its first vowel before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

ardha-droṇ-éna krī-tá-m = ardha-droṇá+ṭhaÑ (5.1.37) = ārdha-drauṇ0̸-ika-/árdha-drauṇ-ika- `bought with half a droṇa'.

$7.3.27 ná=aT-aḥ pára-sya

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114] does not (ná) replace the short vowel a(T) [of the first syllable 2.117 of the final member 10 denoting a measure, co-occurring with the nominal stem 4.1.1 ardhá-° `half' as a first member and optionally replacing its first vowel 26 before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

ardha-prasth-éna krī-tá-ḥ = ardha-prasthá+ṭhaÑ (5.1.37) = ārdha-prasth0̸-ika-/árdha-prasth-ika- `bought with half a prastha' but ardha-kuḍava+ṭhaÑ = ārdha-kauḍav0̸-ika-. Description

$7.3.28 pra-vāhaṇa-sya ḍh-é

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 replaces the first vowel 2.117 of the final member 10 and optionally 26 of the first member 19 of the compound áṅga 6.4.1] pra-vāh-aṇa-° [before 1.1.66 the taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1] ḍhá (K 4.1.123).

pra-vāh-aṇa-sya ápatya-m = pra-vāh-aṇa+ḍháK = prā-vāhaṇ0̸-eyá-/pra-vāh-aṇ-eyá- `descendant of P.'

$7.3.29 tát-praty-ay-a-sya ca

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 replaces the first vowel 2.117 of the posterior member 10 of a compound áṅga 6.4.1 pra-vāh-aṇa- 28 ending in 1.1.72] that affix [= ḍháK 28] also (ca) [and optionally of the prior member 26 before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

pra-vāh-aṇ-eyá-sya ápa-tya-m = pra-vāh-aṇ-eyá+iÑ (4.1.95) = prā-vāh-aṇ-ey-0̸-i-/prá-vāh-aṇ-ey-i-; pra-vāh-aṇ-eyá+vuÑ (4.3.126) = prā-vāh-aṇ-ey0̸-aka-/prá-vāh-aṇ-ey-aka-.

$7.3.30 náÑ-aḥ ¹śúc-i=²īś-vará-³kṣe-tra-jñá-⁴kúśa-la-⁵nipuṇā-n-ām

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 (= ā, ai, au 1.1.1) replaces the first vowel 2.117 of the final members 10] °-śúc-i- `pure', °-īś-vará- `lord, ruler', °kṣetra-jñá- `the Self', °-kúśa-la- `competent, able' and °-ni-puṇ-á- `clever, adroit' [and optionally of the first member 26] náÑ-° `privative or negative particle' [before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

1. á-śuce-r ā-ga-tá-m = á-śuc-i+áṆ (4.3.74) = ā-sauc0̸-á-m/a-śauc-a-m `impurity'. 2. án-īś-vara-sya bhāv-á-ḥ = án-īś-vara+ṢyaÑ (5.1.124) = ān-aiś-var0̸-ya-m/án-aiś-var-ya-m `absence of rulership'; similarly 3. á-kṣe-tra-jña+ṢyaÑ = ā-kṣai-tra-jñ-ya-m/á-kṣai-tra-jñ-ya-m `self-ignorance'; 4. á-kuśa-l-āt ā-ga-tá-m = á-kuśa-la+áṆ (4.3.74) = ā-kau-sal0̸-á-m/a-kau-śal-á-m `incompetence'. Similarly 5. ā-nai-puṇ-á-m/a-nai-puṇ-á-m `dullness'.

$7.3.31 ¹yathā-tathá-²yathā-puráy-oḥ pary-āy-é

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 (= ā 1.1.1)] alternately (pary-āy-é) replaces [the first vowel 2.117 of the final member 10 or the first member náÑ 30 of a compound áṅga 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72 the nominal stems 4.1.1] °-yathā-tathá-m `true, precise' and °-yathā-purá-m `as before or formerly' [before 1.1.66 a taddhitá 2.117 affix 3.1.1 with IT marker Ñ or Ṇ 2.115 or K 2.118].

1. á-yathā-tatha+ṢyaÑ (5.1.124) = ā-yathā-tath0̸-ya-m/á-yāthā-tath-ya-m `truth, precision'; similarly: 2. ā-yathā-pur-yam/á-yāthā-pur-ya-m `the state or condition of not being so formerly'.

$7.3.32 han-as ta̱-ḥ á-¹CíṆ-²ṆaL-oḥ

The substitute phoneme t replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the verbal stem] han- `kill, injure, strike' (II 2) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 with Ñ or Ṇ as IT marker 2.115] excluding CíṆ and ṆaL.

From here on both the recurring items [taddhitá 2.117, K-IT 2.118] are no longer valid; only [Ñ, Ṇ] recur as IT markers.

han+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = ghāt-í-a-ti (54; 2.116) = ghāt-é-a-ti (84) = ghāt-áy-a-ti `causes to kill'; han+ṆvuL = ghāt-aka- `killer'; han+GHaÑ = ghāt-á- `killing, murder'; but han+CíṆ = áṬ-ghān-i (55; 6.4.71); han+ṆaL = ja-ghān-a (55). Description

$7.3.33 āT-aḥ yu̱K ¹CíṆ-²kŕt-oḥ

[The final increment 1.1.46] yu̱K is inserted at the end of [verbal stems ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme long ā(T) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1] CíṆ and those denoted by the t.t. kŕt (3.1.93ff.) [with marker Ñ or Ṇ as IT 2.115].

1. dā+CiṆ = á-dā-yu̱K+i = á-dā-y-i.

2. dā+ṆvuL = dā-y-aka- `donor'; dā+GHaÑ = dā-y-á- `donation, gift'.

$7.3.34 ná=udātta=upa-deś-á-sya má̱=anta-sya án-ā-came-ḥ

[The substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114] does not (ná) replace [the penultimate phoneme short a(T) 2.116 of a verbal áṅga 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72 the phoneme] °-m and is udātta `high pitched' when first introduced (upa-deś-é in the Dhp.) excluding ā+cám- `sip' (I 497, V 28) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 CiṆ and those denoted by the t.t. kŕt 33 with marker Ñ or Ṇ as IT 2.115].

śám+CiṆ = á-sam-i `has calmed down'; similarly tám+CiṆ = á-tam-i `has wearied'; śám+ṆvuL = śám-aka- `pacifier'; śám+GHaÑ = śám-a- `peace', but yam+ṆvuL/GHaÑ = yām-aka-/yām-á- `restrainer, controller/restraint, control'; and similarly ā-cām-aka-/ā-cām-á- `who sips/sipping'.

$7.3.35 ¹jáni̱-²vadhyo-s=ca

[A substitute vŕd-dhi phoneme 2.114 does not replace 34 the short penultimate phoneme a[T] 2.116 of the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] ján- `be born' and vadh- `kill' [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 CiṆ and those denoted by the t.t. kŕt 33 with Ñ or Ṇ as IT marker 2.115].

1. jan+CiṆ = á-jan-i; jan+ṆvuL = ján-aka- `progenitor'; pra-jan+GHaÑ = pra-jan-á-.

2. vadh+CiṆ = á-vadh-i; vadh+ṆvuL = vádh-aka- `murderer'; vadh+GHaÑ = vádh-a- `murder, death'. This stem is distinct from the replacement stem [vadhá-] of [han- 2.4.42] which, however, would normally yield the same results without this special rule.

$7.3.36 ¹ár-ti-²hrī-³vlī-⁴rī-⁵knūyī-⁶ksmāyī=⁷āT-ām pu̱K=Ṇ-aú

[The final increment 1.1.46] pu̱K is inserted at the end of [the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] r̥- (I 983, III 16) `go', hrī- `feel shy' (III 3), vlī- `crush, press', rī- `flow, dry' (IX 30), knūy- `be wet, make a creaky noise' (I 514), kṣmāy- `tremble, shake' (I 515) and those [ending in 1.1.72] the long phoneme ā(T) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] ṆíC.

1. r̥+ṆíC = r̥-pu̱K+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = ar-p-é-a-ti (84) = ar-p-áy-a-ti (86, 6.1.78); 2. hrī-p+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP =hre-p-áy-a-ti; 3. vle-p-áy-a-ti.; 4. re-p-áy-a-ti; 5. kno0̸-p-áy-a-ti; 6. kṣmāy-p+áy-a-ti = kṣmā0̸-p-áy-a-ti (6.1.66); 7. dā-p-áy-a-ti, sthā-p-áy-a-ti, dhā-p-áy-a-ti. Description

$7.3.37 ¹śā-²chā-³sā-⁴hvā-⁵vyā-⁶ve-⁷p-āṁ yu̱K

[The final increment 1.1.46] yu̱K is inserted at the end of [the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1 of] śā- (= śo- IV 37) `whet, sharpen', chā- (= cho IV 38) `cut', sā- (= so- IV 39) `end', hvā (= hve- I 1057) `challenge', vyā (= vye- I 1056) `wrap', ve- `weave' (I 1055) and pā- `drink' (I 972) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 ṆíC 36].

1. śā+yu̱K+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = śā-y-áy-a-ti; 2. chā-y-áy-a-ti; 3. sā-y-áy-a-ti; 4. hvā-y-áy-a-ti; 5. vyāy-áy-a-ti; 6. vā-y-áy-a-ti (6.1.45); 7. pā-y-áy-a-ti. All these are causative forms of the simplicia.

$7.3.38 v-aḥ vi-dhū-n-ane ju̱K

[The final increment 1.1.46] ju̱K is inserted at the end of [verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1] vā (= vai I 969) `dry' [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 ṆíC 36] when signifying agitation, shaking (vi-dhū-n-an-e).

vā+ju̱K+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = vā-j-áy-a-ti `fans', but ā-vā-p-áy-a-ti (36) `combs the hair'.

$7.3.39 ¹lī-²l-or ¹nu̱K=²lu̱K-au=anya-tará-syām sneha-vipātane

[The final increments 1.1.46] nu̱K and lu̱K (-1) are [respectively 1.3.10] inserted at the end [of the verbal áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the stems] lī- `cling, stick, adhere' (IV 31, IX 31) and lā- `receive, get, obtain' (II 49) (and also lā-replacement of lī: 6.1.52) optionally (anya-tará-syām) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 ṆíC 36] when denoting melting of a fatty substance (sneha-vi-pāt-an-e).

1. vi-lī+nu̱K+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = vi-lī-n-áy-a-ti/vi-lai-áy-a-ti (2.115) = vi-lāy-áy-a-ti (6.1.78) ghr̥-tá-m `causes the butter to melt'.

2. vi-lā+lu̱K+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = vi-lā-l-áy-a-ti/vi-lā-p-áy-a-ti (36).

$7.3.40 bhiy-aḥ hetu-bhay-é ṣu̱K

[The final increment 1.1.46] ṣu̱K is inserted at the end of [the verbal áṅga 6.4.1] bhī- `fear' (III 3) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 ṆíC 36] to denote fear arising from the agent of the causative (hetu-bhay-é).

bhī+ṆíC+ŚaP+te = bhī-ṣu̱K+é-a-ti = bhī-ṣ-ay-a-te (1.3.68) `causes fear' but kúñcikay-ā bhāy-áy-a-ti `causes fear (= threatens) with a bamboo shoot'. By 6.1.56 the substitute phoneme long [ā(T)] optionally replaces the stem-final vowel when fear arises from the causative agent, yielding the alternative form bhā-p-á-a-te.

$7.3.41 sphāy-aḥ va̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme v replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the verbal stem] sphāy- `swell' (I 516) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 ṆíC 36].

sphāy+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = sphāv-áy-a-ti. Description

$7.3.42 śade̱-r a-ga-t-au ta̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme t replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the verbal stem] śad- `fall, fall out' (I 908) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 ṆíC 36] when not denoting the sense of driving (á-ga-t-au).

śad+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = śāt-áy-a-ti phálā-n-i `causes the fruit to fall down', but g-ā-ḥ śād-áy-a-ti go-pāl-aka=ḥ `the cowherd drives the cattle'.

$7.3.43 ruh-aḥ pa̱-ḥ anya-tará-syām

The substitute phoneme p replaces optionally (anya-tará-syām) [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the verbal stem] ruh- `ascend, mount, grow, cultivate' (I 912) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 ṆíC 36].

ruh+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = roh-áy-a-ti/rop-áy-a-ti vrīh-ī-n `cultivates rice'.

$7.3.44 praty-ay-a-sth-āt k-āt pūrva-sya=aT-aḥ iT āP-i á-sUP-aḥ

The substitute phoneme short i(T) replaces the short phoneme a(T) preceding the phoneme k of an affix (praty-ay-a-sth-āt) [before 1.1.66 the feminine affixes 3.1.1] denoted by the cover term āP (CāP, ṬāP, ḌāP), provided it does not occur after a sUP triplet (á-sUP-aḥ).

kr̥+ṆvuL = kār-aka- (1.1; 2.115)+ṬāP = kār-ik0̸-ā (6.4.148) `agent, performer, doer', but suṣṭhú śak-nó-ti = su-śak+Kvi̱P+ṬāP = su-śák-ā `practicable, easily done'; so also in: bahav-áḥ pari-vrāj-ak-ā-ḥ a-syām nágary-ām = bahu-pari-vrāj-aká+ṬāP = bahu-pari-vrāj-ak0̸-ā nagarī since the affix [āP] occurs after a 0̸¹ (2.4.71) of a sUP triplet (1.1.62).

$7.3.45 na ¹yā-²say-oḥ

[The substitute phoneme short i(T) 44] does not (ná) replace [the short phoneme a(T), preceded by the phoneme k of an affix 44 of the pronominal stems 4.1.1] yā `which, who, what' and sā `that' [before 1.1.66 the feminine affixes denoted by the cover term āP 44].

yad+áka̱C (5.3.71)+ṬāP = y-ák-ā; tad+áka̱C+ṬāP = s-ák-ā (2.106). Description

$7.3.46 udīc-ām āT-aḥ sthān-e ¹ya-²ká-pūrvā-y-āḥ

[The substitute phoneme short i(T) 44 does not 45 replace the phoneme short a(T) 44 substitute of] the phoneme long ā(T) preceded by y or k [before phoneme k of an affix 3.1.1 co-occurring with the feminine affixes denoted by the cover term āP 44] according to Northern Grammarians (udīc-ām).

The reference to Northern Grammarians is for the purpose of indicating that this rule is optional.

1. ibhyā+ká+ṬāP = ibhya+ká+ā (4.13) = ibhya-k-ā/ibhy-i-k-ā `a rich woman; a female elephant'.

2. caṭakā+ká+ṬāP = caṭaka-ká+ā = caṭaka-k-ā/caṭak-i-k-ā `female sparrow'; similarly mūṣaka-k-ā/mūṣaki-k-ā `female mouse', but áśva+ká+ṬāP = aśvi-k-ā `mare'. Description

$7.3.47 ¹bhástrā=²eṣā=³ajā-⁴jñā-⁵dvā-⁶svā náÑ-pūrvā-ṇ-ām ápi

[According to the Northern Grammarians 46 the substitute phoneme short i(T) 44 does not 45 replace the phoneme short a(T) 44 substitute of the phoneme long ā(T) 46 of the nominal stems 4.1.1] bhástrā `leather bag', eṣā `she', a-jā `goat', jñā `knower', dvā `two' (2.102) and svā `one's self', even (ápi) when preceded by the negative or privative particle náÑ [followed by the phoneme k of an affix, co-occurring with the feminine affixes denoted by the cover term āP 44].

By the same device as in 46 above, the reference to Northern Grammarians indicates the optionality of this rule also.

1. bhastrā+ká+ṬaP = bhastra-ká+ā (4.13) = bhastra-k-ā/bhastri-k-ā `a small leather bag'; similarly: 2. eṣa-k-ā/eṣi-k-ā; 3. aja-k-ā/aji-k-ā; 4. jña-k-ā/jñi-k-ā; 5. dva-k-ā/dvi-k-ā; 6. sva-k-ā/svi-k-ā.

Also when preceded by [náÑ]: a-bhastra-k-ā/a-bhastri-k-ā etc. but áśv-ā/aśvi-k-ā. If the affix were [kaP] in the place of [ká] the expected form is bhástrā-k-ā etc. The affix [ká] is either diminutive or pleonastic in meaning.

$7.3.48 á-bhāṣ-i-ta-puṁs-k-āt=ca

[According to Northern Grammarians 46 the substitute phoneme short i(T) 44 does not replace 45 the phoneme short a(T) replacement of phoneme long ā(T) 46 of a nominal stem 4.1.1] which has no masculine counterpart (á-bhāṣ-i-ta-puṁ-s-k-āt) [preceding the phoneme k of an affix co-occurring with a feminine affix denoted by the cover term āP 44 even when preceded by the negative particle náÑ 47].

khaṭvā+ká+ṬāP = khaṭva-ká+ā (4.13) = khaṭva-k0̸-ā (6.4.148)/khaṭvi-k-ā `a small cot'; similarly a-khaṭva-k-ā/a-khaṭvi-k-ā. Description

$7.3.49 āT=ācāryā-ṇ-ām

According to (other) Grammarians (ā-cār-yā-ṇ-ām) the substitute phoneme long ā(T) replaces [the phoneme short a(T) 44 substitute of long ā(T) 46 of a nominal stem 4.1.1 which has no masculine counterpart 48, preceding phoneme k of an affix, co-occurring with the feminine affixes denoted by the cover term āP 44, even when preceded by the negative particle náÑ 47].

khaṭvā-k-ā/a-khaṭvā-k-ā.

$7.3.50 ṭha̱-sya ika̱-ḥ

The substitute element ik replaces the phoneme ṭh [of an affix 44 introduced after 3.1.2 an áṅga 6.4.1].

The following affixes contain [ṭh]: Ñi̱ṭha (4.2.116), ṭháK (4.4.1), ṭháC (4.2.80), ṭhaÑ (5.1.18), ṭhaN (4.7.13), ṭhaP (4.3.26), ṢṭháC (4.4.31), ṢṭhaN (4.3.70), ṢṭhaL (4.4.9).

akṣ-aír dīv-ya-ti = akṣá+ṭháK = ākṣ0̸-iká- (6.4.148; 2.118) `gambler with dice'.

Though by 1.3.7 palatal and retroflex stops occurring in affixes are defined as IT markers when they occur as affix initials and disappear in actual grammatical surface forms, the aspirate stops [ch, jh] and [ṭh, ḍh] are not replaced by 0̸ (1.3.9), but by special rules provided by 7.1.2 for [ch, ḍh], 7.2.3 for [jh] and by the present rule for [ṭh]. Hence they have not been indicated by capital letters as required.

$7.3.51 ¹is=²us=³uK-⁴ta̱=ant-āt ka̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme k replaces [the initial phoneme ṭh 50 of an affix 44 introduced after 3.1.2 an áṅga 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72] °-is-, °-us-, or a vowel denoted by the siglum uK (= u, r̥, l̥) or °-t-.

1. °-is-: sarpíḥ páṇ-ya-m a-syá = sarpís+ṭháK (4.4.51) = sārpiṣ-ká-ḥ `dealer in clarified butter'.

2. °-us-: dhánuḥ pra-hár-aṇa-m a-syá = dhánus+ṭháK (4.4.57) = dhānuṣ-ká-ḥ `archer'.

3. °-uK-: niṣāda-karṣv-āṁ jā-tá-ḥ = niṣāda-karṣū+ṭhaÑ (4.2.119) = niṣāda-karṣú+kaÑ (4.13) = naíṣāda-karṣu-ka-ḥ `born in N.' mātúr ā-ga-tá-m = mātŕ+thaÑ (4.3.78) = mātr̥-ka-m `maternal, coming from the mother'.

4. °t-: uda-śvít-ā sáṁs-kr̥-ta-m bhákṣ-ya-m = uda-śvít+ṭháK (4.2.19) = auda-śvit-ká-m `mixed with buttermilk'.

$7.3.52 ¹ca̱-²j-oḥ kU ¹GHIT=²ṆyàT-oḥ

A substitute velar stop (kU) replaces phoneme c or j [of an áṅga 6.4.1 before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1] with IT marker GH and ṆyàT.

Affixes with GH as IT are: GHaÑ, GHinu̱Ṇ, GHuráC. It should be noted that only kŕt affixes operate this rule, with the exception of GHa (3.3.18ff., 125).

1. GHIT: pac+GHaÑ = pāk-á- (2.115; 6.1.159) `cooking'; tyaj+GHaÑ = tyā-gá- `renunciation'.

2. ṆyaT: pac+ṆyaT = pāk-yà- `to be cooked'; mr̥j+ṆyaT = mārg-yà- `to be cleansed'.

$7.3.53 ny-aṅkú=ādī-n-āṁ ca

[A substitute velar phoneme stop (kU) replaces phonemes c or j of an áṅga 6.4.1 in the class of nominal stems 4.1.1] beginning with ny-aṅk-ú- `antelope, deer'.

ni+anc+ú (uṆ. 1.17) = ny-aṅk-ú-; masj+ú = masg-ú = madg-ú- (8.4.53) `a kind of aquatic bird'.

$7.3.54 h-aḥ han-te-r ¹Ñ-²Ṇ-IT-³ne-ṣu

[A substitute velar stop (kU) 52 replaces] the phoneme h [of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] han- `kill, injure, strike' (II 2) [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1] with Ñ or Ṇ as IT marker or the phoneme n (of han- when the penultimate vowel is replaced by 0̸ 6.4.98).

1. Ñ: han+GHaÑ = ghāt-á- (32) `killing, murder'; 2. Ṇ: han+ṆvuL = ghāt-aka- (32) `murderer, killer'; 3. n: han (+ŚaP-0̸¹ 2.4.72)+jhi = h0̸n=ánti (6.4.98) = gh-n-ánti. Description

$7.3.55 abhy-ās-āt=ca

[A substitute velar stop (kU) 52] also replaces [the phoneme h 54 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem han- `kill' (II 2) after 1.1.67] the reduplicated syllable (abhy-ās-ā-t).

han+saN+ŚaP+tiP = jí-han-sa-a-ti (6.1.9; 7.4.62,79) = jí-ghāṁ-s-a-ti (6.1.16,97; 8.3.24) `desires to kill'. han+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = jan-han-yá-te (4.85) = jaṅ-ghan-yá-te `repeatedly kills'. han+lIṬ = han+ṆaL = ja-han+ṆaL = ja-ghān-a `slayed, killed'. Description

$7.3.56 he-r a-CaṄ-i

[The substitute velar stop (kU) 52 replaces the phoneme h 54 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] hi- `incite' (V 11) [after 1.1.67 its reduplicated syllable 55] except [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] CáṄ.

hi+ṆaL = ji-ghi+ṆaL (6.1.8; 7.4.62) = ji-ghaí+a (2.115) = ji-ghāy-a (6.1.78). hi+saN+ŚaP+tiP = jí-ghī-ṣa-ti (6.1.97; 4.16). pra+ji+yaṄ+ŚaP+te = pra-je-ghī-ya-te (4.25,82); but pra+ji+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = pra+áṬ+ji+0̸+aṄ+t = prā-jī-hiy-a-t (6.4.77; 7.4.94).

$7.3.57 ¹saN-²lIṬ-or je-ḥ

[The substitute velar stop (kU) 52 replaces the stop following 1.1.67 the reduplicated syllable 56 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] ji- `win, conquer' [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1] saN and l-substitutes of lIṬ.

ji+saN+ŚaP+tiP = ji-gī-ṣa-ti (6.1.97; 4.16; 8.3.59). ji+lIṬ = ji+ṆaL = ji-gaí-a (2.115) = ji-gāy-a. Description

$7.3.58 vibhāṣā ce-ḥ

[The substitute velar phoneme (kU) 52] optionally (vibhāṣā) replaces [the stop following 1.1.67 the reduplicated syllable 55 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] ci- `pile up, collect, gather, heap' (V 5) [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 saN and l-substitutes of lIṬ 57].

ci+saN+ŚaP+tiP = cí-cī-ṣa-ti/cí-kī-ṣa-ti (6.1.97; 4.16; 8.3.59). ci+lIṬ = ci+ṆaL = ci-cāy-a/ci-kāy-a. Description

$7.3.59 na kU=āde-ḥ

[A substitute velar stop (kU) 52] does not (ná) replace [the palatal stops c or j 52 of an áṅga 6.4.1 of a verbal stem] beginning with a velar stop (kU-āde-ḥ) [before 1.1.66 affixes with marker GH as IT or ṆyàT 52].

kūj+GHaÑ = kūj-a- `cry'; kūj+ṆyàT = kūj-yà- `to be warbled'.

$7.3.60 ¹aji̱-²vr̥jy̱-os=ca

[A substitute velar stop (kU) 52 does not 59 replace the palatal stop c or j 52 of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the verbal stems] aj- `wander' (I 248) and vr̥j- `march' (I 272) [before 1.1.66 affixes with marker GH as IT or ṆyàT 52].

aj+GHaÑ/ṆyaT = sam-āj-á-/pari-vrāj-yà- `reunion, assembly'/`to be circumambulated'.

$7.3.61 ¹bhúj-a-²ny-ubj-aú ¹pāṇí=²upa-tāp-áy-oḥ

The expressions bhúj-a- `arm' and ny-ubj-á- `disease, pain' are introduced [without the velar replacement of the palatal stop j before affix GhaÑ] to denote respectively `hand' and `heat, pain'.

bhuj-yá-te an-éna = bhuj+GHaÑ (3.3.121) = bhúj-a-ḥ (absence of guṇa replacement as well as velar replacement); in other senses: bhóg-a-. ni-ubj+GHaÑ = ny-ubj-á- (absence of velar replacement); in other meanings: sam-udg-á-. Description

$7.3.62 ¹pra-yāj-á=²anu-yāj-aú yajña=aṅg-é

The expressions pra-yāj-á- `first part of a sacrifice' and anu-yāj-á- `second half of a sacrifice' (yajña=aṅg-e) are introduced [without velar replacement of palatal j before affix GHaÑ] when denoting a part of a sacrifice.

In other senses: pra-yāg-á-/anu-yāg-á-. Description

$7.3.63 vánce̱-r ga-t-aú

[The substitute velar stop (kU) 52 does not 59 replace the palatal stop c 52 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] vánc- `go crookedly, cheat' (I 204) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 with marker GH as IT or ṆyàT 52] to denote `movement' (ga-t-aú).

vánc+ṆyaT = vañc-yà- in the phrase vañc-yà-ṁ váñc-a-nti vaṇíj-aḥ = gan-távya-ṁ vaníj-aḥ gácch-a-nti `traders go in for what is easily disposed of in sales', but vanc+GHaÑ = váṅk-a-m kāṣṭha-m `flexible log'.

$7.3.64 oká-ḥ=uc-aḥ K-é

The expression oká- `house' is introduced [as derived from the verbal stem] uc- `be suitable' (IV 114) [with affix 3.1.1] Ká.

uc+Ká (3.1.35) = ok-á- [with guṇa and velar replacements]; similarly: ni+uc+Ká = ny-oká- `a bird'. Description

$7.3.65 Ṇy-e ā-vaś-ya-k-e

[A substitute velar stop (kU) 52 does not replace 59 the palatal stops c or j 52 of an áṅga 6.4.1 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] Ṇyá(T) to denote absolute necessity (ā-vaś-ya-k-e).

á-vaś-ya+pac+ṆyàT = a-vaś-ya-pāc-yà- `necessarily to be cooked', but pac+ṆyàT (3.1.124) = pāk-yà- `to be cooked'.

$7.3.66 ¹yajA-²yāca-³rúcA-⁴pra-vacÁ=⁵ŕc-as=ca

[A substitute velar stop (kU) 52 does not replace 59 the palatal stops c or j of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the verbal stems] yaj- `sacrifice, worship' (I 1051), yāc- `beg' (I 916), rúc- `like, be agreeable', pra+vac- `proclaim' (II 54) and ŕc- `praise, adore' (VI 19) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 ṆyàT 65].

1. yaj+ṆyàT = yāj-yà- `to be sacrificed'; similarly: 2. yāc-yà- `to be sought or requested'; 3. roc-yà- `to be liked'; 4. pra-vāc-yà- `to be proclaimed'; 5. arc-yà- `to be praised'.

$7.3.67 vac-aḥ á-śabda-saṁjnā-y-ām

[A substitute velar stop (kU) 52 does not replace 59 the palatal stop c 52 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] vac- `speak' (II 54) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 ṆyàT 65] when not designating a linguistic technical term (śabda-saṁ-jñā-y-ām).

vac+ṆyàT = vāc-yà- `to be uttered', but vāk-yà- `sentence, minimum unit of discourse'.

$7.3.68 ¹pra-yoj-yà-²ni-yoj-y-aù śak-ya=arth-e

The expressions pra-yoj-yà- `suitable for use' and ni-yoj-yà- `fit to be appointed' are introduced to denote the sense of `competence' (śakya=arth-e) [without velar replacement of the palatal stop j 52 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 ṆyàT 65].

In other senses: pra-yog-yà-/ni-yog-yá- `to be used/to be appointed' respectively.

$7.3.69 bhoj-yà-m bhakṣ-y-è

The expression bhoj-yà- is introduced in the sense of `food' (bhakṣ-y-è) [without velar replacement of the palatal stop j 52 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 ṆyàT 65].

In other senses: bhuj+ṆyaT = bho-gyà- `to be enjoyed'. Description

$7.3.70 GHO-r lópa-ḥ lEṬ-i vā

The substitute lópa (0̸) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of verbal stems] denoted by the t.t. GHU (1.1.20) optionally (vā) [before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of] lEṬ (Subjunctive Mood).

dá-dh-a-t rátna-n-i dāś-uṣ-e (RV 4.15.3) `let him give jewels to the donor'. This form is derived thus: dhā+lEṬ = dhā+Ślu+aṬ+tiP (3.4.94) = dá-dh0̸+aṬ+t0̸ (3.4.97) = dá-dh-a-t. Alternately in the phrase yád agní-r agnáy-e da-dā-t there is no 0̸ replacement of the stem-final.

$7.3.71 oT-aḥ ŚyaN-i

[Substitute lópa (0̸) replaces 70 the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the verbal stems ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme o(T) [before 1.1.66 the present class marker] ŚyaN (3.1.69).

ní+śo+ŚyaN+tiP = ní-ś0̸-ya-ti `whets, hones, sharpens'; áva+cho+ŚyaN+tiP = áva-ch-ya-ti `cuts'; áva-d-ya-ti `divides'; áva-s-ya-ti `terminates'.

$7.3.72 Ksa-sya aC-i

[Substitute lópa (0̸) 70 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of a verbal stem ending in 1.1.72 the substitute Aorist marker] Ksa (3.1.45) [before 1.1.66 l-substitutes (of lUṄ) beginning with] a vowel (aC-i).

duh+lUṄ = áṬ (6.4.71)+duh+Cli̱+iṬ (3.1.43) = á-duh+Ksa+iṬ (3.1.45) = á-duh-s0̸+i = ádugh-s-i (8.2.32) = ádhug-s-i (8.2.37) = á-dhuk-ṣ-i (8.3.59; 4.55) `I have milked'; similarly á-dhuk-ṣ-ā-tām/°ā-thām exceptions to 2.81 above.

$7.3.73 luK=vā ¹duhA-²dihA-³lihA-⁴gúh-ām ātman-e-pad-é dánt-y-e

The substitute luK (0̸¹) optionally (vā) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the verbal stems] duh- `milk' (II 4), dih- `smear' (II 5), lih- `lick' (II 6) and gúh- `hide' (I 944) [ending in 1.1.72 the substitute lUṄ marker Ksa 72 before 1.1.66] Ātmanepadá [l-substitutes of lUṄ beginning with] a dental phoneme (dánt-y-e).

1. duh+lUṄ = áṬ+duh+Ksa+ta = á-dugh+sa+ta/á-dugh-s0̸-ta = á-dhuk-ṣa-ta/á-dugh-0̸-ta (8.2.26) = á-dugh-dha (8.2.40) = á-dug-dha (8.4.53); á-dug-dhāḥ/á-dhuk-ṣa-thāḥ; á-dug-dhvam/á-dhuk-ṣa-dhvam; áduh-vahi/á-dhuk-ṣā-vahi. On similar lines: 2. á-dig-dha/á-dhik-ṣa-ta; 3. a-lī-ḍha/á-lik-ṣa-ta/á-lik+Ksa+ta = á-liḍh+s0̸+ta (8.2.31) = á-liḍh-dha (8.2.40) = á-liḍh-ḍha (8.4.41) = á-lī0̸-ḍha (8.3.13); á-liḍh-sa-ta = á-lik-ṣa-ta (8.2.41). 4. ny-á-gū-ḍha/ny-á-ghuk-ṣa-ta.

$7.3.74 śam-ām aṣṭā-n-āṁ dīrghá-ḥ ŚyaN-i

A substitute long (dīrghá-ḥ: vowel 1.2.28) replaces [the vowel of the áṅga-s 6.4.1] of eight (verbal stems: aṣṭā-n-ām) beginning with śam- `become quiet' (IV 92-99) [before 1.1.66 the present class marker] ŚyaN.

These eight verbal stems are: 92. śámÚ upa-śam-é; 93. támÚ kāṅkṣā-y-ām `be weary' glā-naú; 94. dámÚ upa-śam-é `subdue'; 95. śrámÚ tápas-i khéd-e ca `be fatigued'; 96. bhrámÚ án-ava-sthā-n-e `err, stray'; 97. kṣámŪ̀Ṣ sáh-an-e `bear, endure'; 98. klámÚ glā-n-aú `be tired'; 99. mádĪ́ harṣ-é `be glad'.

1. śam+ŚyaN+tiP = śām-ya-ti; 2. tām-ya-ti; 3. dām-ya-ti; 4. śrām-ya-ti; 5. bhrām-ya-ti; 6. kṣām-ya-ti; 7. klām-ya-ti; 8. mād-ya-ti. Description

$7.3.75 ¹ṣṭhívÚ-²klámi̱-³ā-cám-āṁ Ś-IT-i

[A substitute long vowel 74 replaces the vowel of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the verbal stems] ṣṭhív- `spit out' (I 592, IV 4), klám- `be tired' (IV 98) and ā+cám- `sip' (I 497) [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1] with marker Ś as IT.

1. ṣṭhív+ŚyaN+tiP = ṣṭhīv-ya-ti/ṣṭhīv-ŚaP+tiP (I 592); 2. klām-ya-ti/klām-a-ti; 3. ā-cam+ŚaP+tiP = ā-cām-a-ti, but cám-a-ti/ví-cam-a-ti. While [ṣṭhív-] is a member of both classes I and IV, the inclusion of [klam-] is to indicate that it can also belong to the ŚaP-class.

$7.3.76 krám-aḥ parasma-padé-ṣu

[A substitute long vowel 74 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 vowel of the verbal stem] krám- `tread' (I 502) [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 with marker Ś as IT 75] co-occurring with l-substitutes of Parasmaipadá.

krám+ŚaP+tiP = krām-a-ti; ā-krám+ŚaP+te = ā-kram-a-te (1.3.40).

$7.3.77 ¹íṣÚ-²gami̱-³yam-āṁ cha̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme ch replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the verbal stems] íṣ- `desire, wish' (VI 59), gam- `go' (I 1031) and yam- `sustain, hold' (I 1033) [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 with marker Ś as IT 75].

iṣ+Śá+tiP = ich-á-ti = icch-á-ti (6.1.73). gam+ŚaP+tiP = gácch-a-ti. yam+ŚaP+tiP = yácch-a-ti.

By citing the form [íṣÚ] this blocks out the two other homophonous tems [íṣÁ gá-t-au IV 19, íṣÁ ābhīkṣn-y-e IX 53].

$7.3.78 ¹pā-²ghrā-³dhmā-⁴sthā-⁵mnā-⁶dāṆ-⁷dr̥śi̱=⁸arti-⁹sarti-¹⁰śada-¹¹sad-ām ¹piba-²jighra-³dhama-⁴tiṣtha-⁵mana-⁶yaccha-⁷paśya-⁸r̥ccha-⁹dhau-¹⁰śīya-¹¹sīd-ā-ḥ

The eleven substitute morphemes beginning with pib-a- replace [respectively 1.3.10 the whole of 1.1.55 eleven áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the verbal stems] beginning with pā- `drink' (I 972) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 with marker Ś as IT 75].

There is some hesitation regarding the nature of the final vowel in the substitute morphemes: whether it is a part of the morpheme or is used for ease of pronunciation. [dhau-] indicates the first option. On the other hand [pib-a] poses the difficulty of non-application of 86 below in [píb-a-ti]. A special metarule of exegesists provides for this situation or an alternate suggestion in the case of the first option above is to provide for udātta accent on the first syllable. In the case of the first option 6.1.97 provides for the correct surface forms: (I 974-77):

1. pā+ŚaP+tiP = píb-a-ti; 2. ghrā: jíghr-a-ti; 3. dhmā: dhám-ati; 4. sthā: tíṣṭḥ-a-ti; 5. mnā: mán-a-ti; 6. dāṆ: yácch-a-ti; 7. dŕś- (I 1017): pásy-a-ti; 8. r̥ (I 983, III 17): ŕcch-a-ti; 9. sr̥- (I 983, III 17): dhāv-a-ti; 10. śad- (I 908, VI 134): śīy-a-te; 11. sad- (I 907, VI 113): sīd-a-ti/sī-dá-ti.

The respective meanings are: 1. `drinks'; 2. `smells'; 3. `blows, inflates'; 4. `remains, stands'; 5. `thinks, meditates'; 6. `gives'; 7. `sees, perceives'; 8. `goes, moves'; 9. `runs'; in other meanings like `flows': sár-a-ti; 10. `falls'; 11. `sits, settles down'.

In view of affixes with marker Ś as it, pā rákṣ-aṇ-e II 47 is not covered by this rule since 0̸¹ replaces [ŚaP] and 1.1.63 blocks any operation relating to the áṅga.

$7.3.79 ¹jñā-²ján-or jā

The substitute morpheme jā replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the verbal stems] jñā- `know' (IX 16) and ján- `be born' (IV 41) [before 1.1.66 affixes with marker Ś as IT 75].

1. jñā+Snā+tiP = jā-nā-ti `knows, cognizes'. 2. ján+ŚyaN+te = jā-ya-te `is born'. Description

$7.3.80 pū-ādī-n-ām hrasvá-ḥ

A substitute short (hrasvá-ḥ: vowel 1.2.28) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 vowel of the class of verbal stems] beginning with pū- `purify' (IX 12) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 with marker Ś as IT 75].

This group consists of IX 12-32 in the Dhatu-pāṭha. pū+Snā+tiP = pu-nā-ti/pu-nī-té; similarly: lū: lu-nā-ti/lu-nī-té; str̄: str̥-nā-ti/°-ṇī-té; vr̄: vr̥-ṇā-ti/°-ṇī-té; pū+Ktá = pū-tá; pū+KtiN = pū-ti- `purity, cleanliness'.

$7.3.81 mī-nā-te-r ni-gam-é

In Vedic tradition (ni-gam-é) [the substitute short vowel 80 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 vowel of the verbal stem] mi(Ñ IX 4) `injure, destroy' [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 with marker Ś as IT 75].

prá-mi-ṇ-anti vratā-n-i `they infringe laws', but in the spoken language prá-mī-ṇā-ti. Description

$7.3.82 míd-e̱r guṇá-ḥ

The substitute Guṇá vowel (e 1.1.2) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 vowel of the verbal stem] míd- (IV 133) `be unctuous' [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 with marker Ś as IT 75].

míd+ŚyaN+tiP/tas/jhi = méd-ya-ti/tas méd-y-a-nti (6.1.97). By 1.2.4 [ŚyaN] is regarded as a Ṅ-IT and consequently blocks the operation of 86 below. This rule provides for guṇá replacement before it. [mid-] also occurs in the bhū- class, but since [ŚaP] is not Ṅ-IT, 86 operates: mid+ŚaP+tiP = méd-a-ti.

$7.3.83 Jus-i ca

[The substitute Guṇá vowel (a, e, o) 82 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final vowel 1.1.52 (iK 1.1.3) of verbal stems before 1.1.66] the l-substitute Jus (3.4.109-11).

bhī+lAṄ = áṬ+bhī+Ślu+Jus (3.4.109) = á-bi-bhī+0̸²+us (6.1.10; 7.4.49; 8.4.54) = á-bi-bhay-uḥ (84; 6.1.78) `they feared'. But in su+lIṄ = su+Śnu+yāsu̱Ṭ+Jus = su-nu-yā0̸-us (2.79) there is no Guṇá replacement of [nu-] final since the initial increment [yāsu̱T.] of [Jus] is a Ṅ-IT (3.4.103) = su-nu-y-u-ḥ (6.1.96). kr̥+lUṄ = áṬ+kr̥+si̱C+Jus (3.4.109) = á-kār-ṣ-uḥ (2.1) where Vŕddhi replacement blocks this rule, contra 1.4.2.

$7.3.84 sārva-dhātu-ka=ārdha-dhātu-kay-oḥ

[A substitute Guṇá vowel (= a, e, o 1.1.2) 82 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 of verbal stems (ending in 1.1.72 a vowel denoted by the siglum iK = i, u, r̥, l̥ 1.1.3) before 1.1.66] sārva-dhātu-ka (3.4.113) and ārdha-dhātu-ka (3.4.114) [affixes 3.1.1].

jí+ŚaP+tiP = jé-a-ti = jáy-a-ti (6.1.78) `conquers, wins'. Similarly nī+ŚaP+tiP = náy-a-ti `leads'; su+Śnú+tiP = su-nó-ti `extracts, distils'; since [Śnu] is deemed a Ṅ-IT by 1.2.4 Guṇa replacement does not take place before it.

kr̥+tumu̱N = kár-tum `to make'; kr̥+ú+tiP = kar-ó-ti `makes' where the present class marker [ú] is ārdha-dhātu-ka, not being Ś-IT or tiṄ and itself undergoes Guṇa replacement before the sārva-dhātu-ka [tiP].

$7.3.85 jāgr-aḥ á-¹vi-²CíṆ-³ṆaL-⁴Ṅ-IT-su

[The substitute Guṇá vowel (a 1.1.2) 82 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 vowel of the verbal stem] jāgr̥- `wake up' [before 1.1.66 sārvadhātuka and ārdhadhātuka 84 affixes] excluding vi(uṆādi), CíṆ, ṆaL and those with marker Ṅ as IT.

jāgr̥+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP = jāgar-í+a=ti = jāgar-é-a-ti (84) = jāgar-áy-a-ti `wakes (someone) up'; here this rule blocks the operation of 2.115 which would have resulted in a Vr̥ddhi replacement. Similarly: jāgr̥+ṆvuL = jāgár-aka- `one who wakes.'

Exceptions: jāgr̥+vi- `watchful'; +ṆaL = ja-jāgr̥+ṆaL (6.1.8; 7.4.59-60) = ja-jāgār-a `woke up'; +CíṆ = á-jāgr̥+CiṆ = á-jāgār-i; +Ṅ-IT = jāgr̥+ŚaP-0̸¹+tás = jāgr̥-tás (1.2.4). Description

$7.3.86 ¹pú̱K=anta-²laghú=upa-dha-sya ca

[A substitute Guṇá vowel (= a, e, o 1.1.1) 82 replaces] the penultimate (°upa-dha-sya) vowel [of an áṅga 6.4.1 which ends 1.1.72 in the final increment 1.1.46] pu̱K or contains a light (laghu-°) [penultimate iK 1.1.3 before 1.1.66 sārvadhātuka and ārdhadhātuka 84 affix 3.1.1].

1. pú̱K=anta: hrī+pu̱K+ṆíC+ŚaP+tiP (36) = hrep-áy-a-ti `causes (someone) to feel ashamed'. 2. vid+0̸¹+tiP = ved+ti = vet-ti `knows'; bhid+tumu̱N = bhéd+tum = bhét-tum (8.4.55), but nind+ŚaP+tiP = nínd-a-ti `blames, censures', kūj+ŚaP+tiP = kūja-ti `hums, warbles'.

$7.3.87 ná=abhy-àsta-sya=aC-i P-IT-i sārvadhātuk-e

[A substitute Guṇá (= a, e, o) 82] does not (ná) replace [the light penultimate 86 vowel iK 1.1.3] of a reduplicated [áṅga 6.4.1 before 1.1.66] a sārvadhātuka [affix 3.1.1] with marker P as IT, beginning with a vowel (aC-i).

nij+lOṬ = nij+Ślu+miP (2.4.75) = ni-nij+0̸²+mi (3.4.89) = ni-nij-āṬ+ni (3.4.87,92 P-IT) = ne-nij-ā-ni (4.75) `I will wash or cleanse'. But ne-nij+tiP = ne-nek-ti (8.2.30). Description

$7.3.88 ¹bhū-²súv-os tiṄ-i

[The substitute Guṇá vowel (o) 82 does not 87 replace the vowel iK 1.1.3 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stems] bhū- `become' (I 1) and sū- `give birth to' (II 21) [before 1.1.66 sārvadhātuka 84 l-substitutes 3.4.78] tiṄ.

bhū+lUṄ = bhū+Cli̱ (3.1.43) = bhū+si̱C (3.1.44) = bhū+0̸¹+t (2.4.77) = áṬ+bhū-t (6.4.71) = á-bhū-t/á-bhū-s/á-bhūv-am.

sū+lOṬ = sū+ŚaP-0̸¹+i (2.4.72) = sū+āṬ+ai (3.4.92-3) = sū+ai (6.1.88) = suv-ai (6.4.77), suv-ā-vahai/°-ā-mahai. Description

$7.3.89 uT-aḥ vŕd-dhi-r luK-i ha̱L-i

A substitute vŕd-dhi vowel (au) replaces [the final vowel 1.1.52 of an áṅga 6.4.1 of a verbal stem ending in 1.1.72] the short vowel u(T) [before 1.1.66] luk (0̸²) [co-occurring with a sārvadhātuka affix 3.1.1 with P as IT marker 87, beginning with] a consonant (ha̱L-i).

yu+0̸¹+tiP = yaú-ti `mixes', but yu+tás = yu-táḥ (8.3.15); but i+0̸¹+tiP = é-ti `goes'. Description

$7.3.90 ūrṇ-ó-te-r vibhāṣā

[A substitute vŕd-dhi vowel (au) 90] optionally (vibhāṣā) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.72 vowel (u) of the verbal stem] ūrṇu- `cover' (II 30) [before a sārvadhātuka affix with marker P as IT 87, beginning with a consonant 89].

prá+ūrṇu+0̸¹+tiP = °-ūrṇo-ti/°-urṇau-ti but prórṇu-taḥ. prórṇu+lOṬ = prorṇu+āṬ+ni = prorṇav-ā-ni (84; 6.1.78).

$7.3.91 guṇá-ḥ á-pr̥k-t-e

A substitute Guṇá vowel (o 1.1.2) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 vowel iK 1.1.3 (= u) of the verbal stem ūrṇu- `cover' (II 30) before 1.1.66] a single phoneme (á-pr̥k-t-e 1.2.41) [sārvadhātuka affix with marker P as IT 97 consisting of a consonant 89].

prá+ūrṇu+lAṄ = praúrṇu+0̸¹+t = praúrṇo-t/°-ḥ (6.1.9; 4.72).

$7.3.92 tr̥ṇáh-aḥ iM

[The infixed increment 1.1.47] iM is inserted after the last vowel [of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] tr̥h- `crush, bruise' (VII 18) [before 1.1.66 a sārvadhātuka affix with marker P as IT 87 beginning with a consonant 89].

tr̥h+ŚnáM+tiP = tr̥-ṇá-h+tiP = tr̥-ṇá-i-h+ti = tr̥-ṇé-h+ti (6.1.87) = tr̥-ṇé-ḍh+ḍhi (8.2.31,40; 4.41) = tr̥-ṇé-0̸-ḍhi (8.3.13)/tr̥-ṇé-k-ṣi (8.2.41)/tr̥-ṇé-h-mi. tr̥h+lAṄ = tr̥h+ŚnaM+t = áT+tr̥-ṇa-i-h+t (6.4.71) = á-tr̥-ṇe-ḍh+ḍh = á-tr̥-ṇe-0̸-ḍ = á-tr̥-ṇe-ṭ (8.4.56), but before such affixes beginning with a vowel: tr̥h+lOṬ = tr̥-ṇá-h+āṬ-ni/va/ma = tr̥-ṇá-h+āni/āva/āma. Description

$7.3.93 bruv-aḥ īṬ

[The initial increment 1.1.46] īṬ is inserted at the head of [a sārvadhātuka affix with marker P as IT 87 beginning with a consonant 89, introduced after 3.1.2 the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] brū- `speak' (II 35).

brū+0̸¹+tiP = bro+ī-ti (84) = brav-ī-ti (6.1.78)/-ī-ṣi (8.3.59)/-ī-mi but bráv-āṇi/āva/āma and brū-tás/thás/vás/más. Description

$7.3.94 yáṄ-aḥ vā

[The initial increment 1.1.46 long īṬ 93] is optionally (vā) inserted [at the head of a sārvadhātuka affix with marker P as IT 87 beginning with a consonant 89, introduced after 3.1.2 an áṅga 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72] the intensive/frequentative marker yáṄ (3.1.22).

lap+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = la-lap-yá-a-te (6.1.9) = la-lap-y-á-te (6.1.97) = lā-lap-y-á-te (4.83)/lā-lap-0̸0̸¹+īṬ-ti (2.4.74) = lā-lap-ī-ti; bhū+yáṄ-luK (2.4.74)+tiP = bó-bho-ti/bo-bho+ī-ti = bó-bhav-ī-ti (6.1.78); vr̥+yáṄ-luK+ti = vár-var-ti (4.92)/vár-ī-var-ti (4.92).

$7.3.95 ¹tu-²rú-³stu-⁴śámi̱=⁵ám-aḥ sārvadhātuk-e

[The initial increment 1.1.46 long īṬ 93 is optionally 94 inserted at the head of] sārvadhātuka [affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a consonant 89, introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stems] tu- `be strong', rú- `cry' (II 24), stu- `praise, laud' (II 34), śam- `be calm' (IV 92) and ám- `go' (I 493).

The repetition of the word [sārvadhātuka] in this rule when it was already recurring from 87 above is to block out the qualifying marker [P-IT] associated with it in 87.

1. ud+tu+0̸¹ (2.4.73)+tiP = út-tau-ti (89)/út-tavī-ti. 2. úpa+ru+0̸¹+ti = úpa-rau-ti/úpa-rav-ī-ti; 3. úpa-stau-ti/úpa-stav-ī-ti; 4. śam+ŚyaN+dhvam = śām-ya-dhvam (74)/śám-ī-dhvam (2.4.73); 5. abhy-àm-a-ti/abhy-àm-ī-ti. Description

$7.3.96 ¹ás-ti-²si̱C-aḥ=á-pr̥k-t-e

[The initial increment 1.1.46 long īṬ 93 is inserted at the head of a sārvadhātuka 95 affix 3.1.1] consisting of a single phoneme (á-pr̥k-t-e 1.2.41) [consonant 89 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stem] as- `be' (II 56) and the substitute Aorist (lUṄ) marker si̱C.

1. as+lAṄ = āṬ+as+0̸¹+t (3.4.110; 6.4.72) = ās+ī-t/s (= ḥ 8.3.15). 2. kr̥+lUṄ = kr̥+si̱C+t (3.4.100) = áṬ+kār-ṣ+ī-t (2.1; 6.4.71; 8.3.59); ás-mi, á-kār-ṣ-am. Description

$7.3.97 bahulá-ṁ chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the initial increment 1.1.46 long īṬ 93 is inserted] variously (bahu-lá-m) at the head of [a single phoneme 96 sārvadhatuka affix 95 consisting of a consonant 89, introduced after 3.1.2 the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem as- `be' (II 56) and one ending in 1.1.72 the Aorist substitute marker si̱C 96].

1. āṬ+as+0̸¹+t = ās-t = ās+0̸ (6.1.68) = āḥ (8.3.15). 2. kṣar+lUṄ = áṬ+kṣar+si̱C+t = á-kṣār-s-t = á-kṣār-s-0̸ = á-kṣār+0̸ (8.2.24) = á-kṣā-ḥ (8.3.15)/á-kṣār-ī-t. Description

$7.3.98 rúd-as ca pañcá-bhyaḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46 long īṬ 93 is inserted at the head of a sārvadhātuka 95 affix consisting of a single phoneme 96 consonant 89 introduced after 3.1.2 the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the group of] five verbal stems beginning with rud- `cry, shed tears, weep' (II 58).

These five stems are: 58. rūd-ÍR aśru-vi-móc-an-e, 59. ÑI-ṣvap-Á nidrā-kṣay-é `sleep, lie down', 60. śvásÁ prāṇ-an-e, 61. anÁ ca prāṇ-an-e, 62 jakṣÁ bhakṣá-hás-anay-oḥ.

1. rud+lAṄ = áṬ+rud+0̸¹+t = á-rod-ī-t/-īs = -īḥ (8.2.66; 3.15); similarly: 2. á-svap-īt/-īḥ; 3. á-śvas-īt/-īḥ; 4. prāṇ-īt/-īḥ `breathed'; 5. á-jakṣ-īt/-īḥ but rod-i-mi/-ṣi/-ti (2.76).

$7.3.99 aṬ gārg-ya-gālavay-oḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46] short a(Ṭ) is inserted at the head of [a sārvadhātuka 95 single phoneme 96 consonant 89 introduced after 3.1.2 the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the group of five verbal stems beginning with rud- `cry, weep, shed tears' (II 58) 98] according to the grammarians Gārg-ya and Gālava.

rud+lAṄ = á-rud+0̸¹+t = á-rod-at/-aḥ (84); á-svap-at/-aḥ; á-śvas-at/-aḥ; prāṇ-at/-aḥ; á-jakṣ-at/-aḥ. Description

$7.3.100 ad-aḥ sárve-ṣām

[The initial increment 1.1.46 aṬ is inserted at the head of a sārvadhātuka 95 single phoneme 96 affix 3.1.1 consisting of a consonant 89, introduced after 3.1.2 the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] ad- `eat' (II 1) according to all grammarians.

ad+lAṄ = āṬ+ad+0̸¹+t = ād-at/-aḥ but ad+tiP = át-ti (8.4.55)/si/ád-mi. Description

$7.3.101 aT-aḥ dīrghá-ḥ ya̱Ñ-i

A substitute long (dīrghá-ḥ: vowel 1.2.28) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 vowel of a verbal stem ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme short a(T) [before 1.1.66 a sārvadhātuka 95 affix 3.1.1] beginning with a consonant denoted by the siglum ya̱Ñ (= semivowels, nasals or bh).

The siglum [ya̱Ñ] here stands primarily for v and m only, since [jh] is always replaced by [a(n)t 1.3ff.]. Its fuller use in relation to a succeeding rule extends it to include the consonants [y, bh].

pác+ŚaP+mi/vas/mas = pác-ā+mi/vas/-mas; édh+ŚaP+vahe/mahe = édh-ā+vahe/mahe but ci-nu-vás/-más; pác-a-ta/tha. Description

$7.3.102 sUP-i ca

[A substitute long vowel 101 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 short vowel a(T) 101 of a nominal stem 4.1.1 before 1.1.66] sUP triplets [beginning with a consonant denoted by the siglum ya̱Ñ (semivowels, nasals or bh) 101].

devá+Ṅe = devá+ya (1.13) = devā-ya; devá+bhyām = devā-bhyām, but agní-bhyām, devá-sya.

$7.3.103 bahu-vacan-é jha̱L-i eT

The substitute phoneme e(T) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 vowel of a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 short vowel a(T) 101 before 1.1.66] a plural [sUP triplet 102] beginning with a non-nasal consonant denoted by the siglum jha̱L (= all consonants other than nasals).

devá+bhyas = devé-bhyaḥ (8.2.66; 3.15); devá+su = devé-ṣu (8.3.59). In the deep structure situation [devá+bhyas] both 102 and 103 are applicable, but by metarule 1.4.2, 103 blocks 102. Exception to 102 above.

$7.3.104 os-i ca

[The substitute vowel e(T) 103] also (ca) [replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 vowel of a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 short a(T) 102 before 1.1.66 the sUP triplet] os (= gen. loc. dual).

devá+os = devé+os = deváy-oḥ (6.1.78; 8.2.66; 3.15). Description

$7.3.105 āṄ-i ca=āP-aḥ

[The substitute vowel e(T) 103] also (ca) [replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 vowel of nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the feminine affixes 3.1.1] denoted by the cover term āP (= CāP, ṬāP, ḌāP) [before 1.1.66 the sUP triplet] āṄ (= instr. sing.) as well as (ca) [os 104].

[āṄ] is deemed as a Pre-Pāṇinian technical term for his [Ṭā]. mālā+āṄ/os = māle+ā/os = mālay-ā (6.1.78)/mālay-oḥ (8.2.66; 3.15).

$7.3.106 sam-bud-dh-au ca

[The substitute vowel e(T) 103 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.51 vowel of a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the feminine affixes 3.1.1 denoted by the cover term āP 105 before 1.1.66] the vocative singular (sam-búd-dh-au) sUP triplet.

mālā+sU (voc.) = māle+0̸ (6.1.69). Description

$7.3.107 ¹ambā=artha-²nady-ór hrasvá-ḥ

A substitute short (hrasvá-ḥ: vowel 1.2.28) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 vowel of nominal stems 4.1.1] denoting the sense of ambā `mother' as well as stems denoted by the t.t. nadī (1.4.3ff.) [before 1.1.66 the vocative singular sUP triplet 106].

ambā/akkā/allā+sU (voc.) = ámba/ákka/álla+0̸ (6.1.69). nadī/vadhū+sU (voc.) = nádi/vádhu+0̸. Description

$7.3.108 hrasvá-sya guṇá-ḥ

A substitute Guṇá vowel (1.1.2) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 vowel of a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] a short (hrasvá-sya: vowel 1.2.28: iK) [before 1.1.66 the vocative singular sUP triplet 106].

agní/vāyú/pitŕ+sU (voc.) = ágne/vāyo/pítar+sU = ágne/vāyo+0̸ (6.1.69)/pítar+0̸ (6.1.68) = pítaḥ (8.3.15). Description

$7.3.109 Jas-i ca

[A substitute Guṇá vowel (a, e, o 1.1.2) 108 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 iK 1.1.3 of a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 a short vowel 108 (iK) before 1.1.66 sUP triplet] Jas also (ca).

hári/vāyú/pitŕ+Jas = háre/vāyó/pitár+as = háray-aḥ/vāyáv-aḥ/pitár-aḥ (6.1.78; 8.2.66; 3.15).

$7.3.110 r̥T-aḥ ¹Ṅi-²sarvanāmasthānáy-oḥ

[A substitute Guṇá vowel (1.1.2) 108 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 vowel (iK 1.1.3) of a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the short vowel r̥T [before 1.1.66 the sUP triplets] Ṅi (loc. sing.) and the strong triplets denoted by the t.t. sarvanāma-sthāná (= sUṬ).

pitŕ+Ṅi = pitár-i; pitŕ+au/am = pitár-au/-am. +Jas = pitár-aḥ (109 above). Though [Śi] is a strong case affix (1.1.42) the present rule does not apply to neuter stems as by 1.72 above the stem gets an infixed increment [nu̱M] whereby kartŕ+Śi = kartŕ-n+Śi thus making the áṅga not ending in [r̥] and by 6.4.8 the surface form becomes kartr̄-ṇ-i.

$7.3.111 GHE-r Ṅ-IT-i

[A substitute Guṇá vowel (1.1.2) 108 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 vowel (iK 1.1.3) of nominal stems 4.1.1] denoted by the t.t. GHI (1.4.7) [before sUP triplets] with marker Ṅ as IT.

agní/vāyú+Ṅe/ṄasI = agné/vāyó+e/as = agnáy-e/vāyáv-e; agn-é-ḥ/vāy-ó-ḥ (6.4.110; 8.2.66; 3.15). For agní/vāyú+Ṅi see 119 below. Description

$7.3.112 āṬ=nady-āḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46] āṬ is inserted at the head of [sUP triplets with marker Ṅ as IT 111, introduced after 3.1.2 nominal stems 4.1.1 denoted by the t.t.] nadī (1.4.3ff.).

nadī/vadhū+Ṅe/ṄasI/Ṅi = nadī/vadhū+āṬ-e/as/ām (116) = nady-aí/vadhv-aú, nady-āḥ/vadhv-āḥ; nady-ām/vadhv-ām. Description

$7.3.113 yāṬ āP-aḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46] yāṬ is inserted at the head of [sUP triplets having marker Ṅ as IT 111, introduced after 3.1.2 the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the feminine affixes 3.1.1 denoted by] the cover term āP (CāP, ṬāP, ḌāP).

mālā+Ṅe/ṄasI/Ṅi = mālā+yāṬ-e/as/ām (116) = mālā-yai/yās/yām. Description

$7.3.114 sarva-nāmn-aḥ syāṬ hrasvá-s=h ca

[The initial increment 1.1.46] syāṬ is inserted at the head of [sUP triplets having marker Ṅ as IT 111, introduced after 3.1.2 the áṅga-s 6.4.1] of pronominal stems (sarva-nāmn-aḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the feminine affixes 3.1.1 denoted by the cover term āP (CāP, ṬāP, ḌāP) 113] and the short (hrasvá-ḥ: vowel 1.2.28) replaces [the áṅga final 1.1.52 vowel].

sarvā+Ṅe/ṄasI/Ṅi = sárva+syāṬ-e/as/ām (116) = sárva-syai/syās/syām. Description

$7.3.115 vibhāṣā ¹dvi-tīyā-²tr̥-tīyā-bhyām

[The initial increment 1.1.46 syāṬ 114] is optionally (vibhāṣā) introduced [at the head of sUP triplets with marker Ṅ as IT 111, introduced after 3.1.2 the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of pronominal stems 114] dvi-tīy-ā `second' and tr̥-tīy-ā `third' [and the short vowel replaces their áṅga- final phoneme before 1.1.66 these triplets].

dvi-tīy-ā/tr̥-tīy-ā+Ṅe/ṄasI/Ṅi = dvi-tīya/tr̥-tīya+syāṬ-e/as/ām = dvi-tīya-syai/syās/syām // dvi-tīyā+yai/yās/yām (113). tr̥-tīya+syai/syās/syām // tr̥-tīyā-yai/yās/yām (113).

$7.3.116 Ṅe-r ām ¹nadī=²āP=³nī-bhyaḥ

The substitute morpheme ām replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the sUP triplet] Ṅi (loc. sing.) [introduced after 3.1.2 the áṅga 6.4.1 of nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72 the affixes 3.1.1 denoted by the t.t.] nadī (1.4.3ff.) or by the cover term āP (= CāP, ṬāP, ḌāP) and the [nominal stem] nī- `leader'.

1. vadhū+Ṅi = vadhū+ām = vadhū+āṬ-ām (112) = vadhv-ām. 2. mālā+Ṅi = mālā+yāṬ+ām (113) = mālā-yām. 3. senā-nī+Ṅi = senā-nī+ām = senāny-ām.

$7.3.117 ¹iT=²uT=bhyām

[The substitute morpheme ām replaces the whole of 1.1.55 the sUP triplet Ṅi 116, introduced after 3.1.2 the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of nominal stems 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] short iT or uT [belonging to nadī-type 116].

The recurrence of [nadī] here is for the purpose of denoting feminine stems ending in short [i, u] which are covered by the t.t. GHI (1.4.7) and share the characteristics of masculine stems ending in short [i, u] but are not subject to this operation. Cf. 1.4.6 for their being nadī before Ṅ-IT.

ma-tí/dhe-nú+Ṅi = ma-tí/dhe-nú+ām = ma-tí/dhe-nú+āṬ+ām (112; 1.4.6) = maty-ām/dhe-nv-ām. For alternative forms cf. 119 below.

$7.3.118 auT

The substitute morpheme auT replaces [the sUP triplet Ṅi 116 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal 4.1.1 áṅga-s 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72 short iT or uT 117].

The examples here are constituted by stems which are neither denoted by the t.t. nadī (1.4.3,6) nor by GHI (1.4.7).

sákhi/pá-ti+Ṅi = sákhi/pá-ti+au = sákhy-au/paty-au (1.4.7-8). Description

$7.3.119 aT=ca GHE-ḥ

[The substitute morpheme auT 118 replaces the sUP triplet Ṅi 116 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal 4.1.1 áṅga-s 6.4.1 denoted by the t.t.] GHI (1.4.7) and (ca) the substitute phoneme short a(T) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final phoneme 1.1.52 of these stems before 1.1.66 that sUp triplet].

agní/vāyú/ma-tí/dhe-nú+Ṅi = agní/vāyú/matí/dhenú+au = agná/vāyá/matá/dhená+au = agn-aú/vāy-aú/mat-aú/dhen-aú. Description

$7.3.120 āṄ-aḥ nā á-striy-ām

The substitute morpheme nā replaces the sUP triplet āṄ (inst. sing.) [introduced after 3.1.2 the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of GHI stems (1.4.7)] excluding feminine stems (á-striy-ām).

agní/vāyú+āṄ = agní/vāyú+nā = agní-nā/vāyú-nā; similarly from neuter stems: vāri-ṇā/mádhu-nā, but from fem. stems: maty-ā/dhenv-ā. Description

$7.4.1 Ṇ-au CaṄ-i upa-dhā-y-āḥ hrasvá-ḥ

A substitute short (hrasvá-ḥ vowel 1.2.28) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1] penultimate (upa-dhā-y-āḥ) vowel [before 1.1.66 the Aorist substitute marker] CáṄ co-occurring after the causative marker ṆíC.

kr̥+ṆíC+CáṄ+t (3.1.48) = kār-i-CáṄ+t (2.115) = kār+0̸+CáṄ+t (6.4.51) = kar+CáṄ+t = ka-kar-á-t (6.1.11) = ca-kar-á-t (4.62) = cī-kar-á-t (4.93-4) = áṬ+cī-kar-a-t (6.4.71) = á-cī-kar-a-t. Similarly from the verbal stems gaṇ-, śri-, nī-, dru-, pū-: á-jī-gaṇ-a-t/á-śi-śriy-a-t (6.1.77)/á-nī-nay-a-t/á-du-drav-a-t/a-pī-pav-a-t (4.80,93-4).

$7.4.2 ná ¹aC=lopín=²śāsÚ=³r̥T=IT-ām

[A substitute short vowel 1] does not (ná) replace [the áṅga 6.4.1 penultimate vowel 1] which undergoes a lópa (0̸) replacement of [its final 1.1.52] vowel (aC-°), of śās- `teach, instruct, command' (II 66) or those (verbal stems) with marker R̥ as IT (when introduced in the Dhp.) [before 1.1.66 the Aorist substitute marker CáṄ co-occurring after the causative marker ṆíC 1].

rāj-ān-am ati-krān-távān = ati+rāj0̸0̸+ṆíC+CáṄ+t (6.4.144) = aty-á-ra-rāj-at `has overcome the king'. śās+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = á-śa-śās-a-t. bādh-R̥+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = á-ba-bādh-a-t `has oppressed'. Description

$7.4.3 ¹bhrāja̱-²bhāsa̱-³bhāṣA-⁴dīpa̱-⁵jīvÁ-⁶mīlÁ-⁷pīḍ-ām anya-tará-syām

[A substitute short vowel 1] optionally (anya-tará-sysām) replaces [the penultimate vowel 1 of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of verbal stems] bhrāj- `shine' (I 875), bhās- `shine' (I 685), bhāṣ- `speak' (I 643), dīp- `shine' (IV 42), jīv- `live' (I 594), mīl- `shut the eye' (I 550) and pīḍ- `torment' (X 11) [before 1.1.66 the Aorist substitute marker CáṄ co-occurring after the causative marker ṆíC 1].

1. bhrāj+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = á-bi-bhraj-a-t (93)/á-ba-bhrāj-a-t. Similarly: 2. á-bī-bhas-a-t (93-4)/á-ba-bhās-a-t; 3. á-bī-bhaṣ-a-t/á-ba-bhāṣ-at; 4. á-dī-dip-a-t/á-di-dīp-a-t; 5. á-jī-jiv-a-t/á-ji-jīv-at; 6. á-mī-mil-a-t/á-mi-mīl-at; 7. á-pī-piḍ-at/á-pi-pīḍ-a-t.

The short vowel of the reduplicated syllable is replaced by the long one when the penultimate vowel of the stem is replaced by the short one by 94 below.

$7.4.4 lópa-ḥ píb-a-te-r īT=ca abhy-ās-á-sya

A substitute lópa (0̸) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final phoneme 1.1.52 of the verbal stem] pā- (I 972) `drink' [before 1.1.66 the Aorist substitute marker CáṄ co-occurring after the causative marker ṆíC 1] and the substitute long ī replaces the vowel of the reduplicated syllable (abhy-ās-á-sya).

pā+ṆíC+CaṄ+t = pāy-í+CáṄ+t (3.37) = p0̸yi+CáṄ+t = pi-py-0̸+a-t (6.4.51) = á-pī-py-a-t/tām/an. Description

$7.4.5 tí-ṣṭh-a-te-r iT

The substitute short vowel i(T) replaces [the penultimate vowel 1 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] sthā- `stand, stay, abide' (I 975) [before 1.1.66 the Aorist substitute marker CáṄ co-occurring after the causative marker ṆíC 1].

sthā+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = sthā-p-í- (3.36)+CáṄ+t = sthā-p+0̸+CáṄ+t (6.4.51) = á-ti-ṣṭhip-a-t/-tām/-an. Description

$7.4.6 ji-ghr-a-te-r vā

[The substitute short vowel i(T) 5] optionally (vā) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 penultimate 1 vowel of the verbal stem] ghrā- (= ji-ghra- 3.38) `smell' (I 973) [before 1.1.66 the Aorist substitute marker CáṄ co-occurring after the causative marker ṆíC 1].

ghrā+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = ghrā-p-í+CáṄ+t = ghrā-p-0̸+CáṄ+t = á-ji-ghrip-a-t/á-ji-ghrap-a-t. Description

$7.4.7 ur r̥T

The substitute short vowel r̥(T) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 penultimate vowel 1] r̥ [before 1.1.66 the Aorist substitute marker CáṄ co-occurring after the causative marker ṆíC 1].

This rule blocks out substitutes ir (1.101), ar (3.86), ār (2.114).

kr̄t+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = á-ci-kīrt-a-t/á-cī-kr̥t-at (93-4); vr̥t+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = á-va-vart-a-t/á-vī-vr̥t-at; mr̥j+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = á-ma-mārj-a-t/á-mī-mr̥j-at. Description

$7.4.8 nítya-ṁ chándas-i

In the Chándas [the substitute short vowel r̥(T) 7] necessarily (nítya-m) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 penultimate vowel 1 r̥ 7 before 1.1.66 the Aorist substitute marker CáṄ co-occurring after the causative marker ṆíC 1].

vr̥dh+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = á-vī-vr̥dh-a-t/-tām/-an. Description

$7.4.9 dáy-a-te-r digi lIṬ-i

The substitute morpheme digi replaces [the whole of 1.1.52 the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] de(Ṅ) `protect, guard' (1011) [before 1.1.66 the l-substitutes of] lIṬ.

The verbal stem dáyA dāna-gáti-rákṣaṇa-hiṁsā=ā-dāne-ṣu (I 510) is not coming under this rule as it is covered by 3.1.37. deṄ+lIṬ = digi+eŚ = digy-e. By interpretation the substitute replaces the whole reduplicated theme of the original stem.

$7.4.10 r̥T-as ca saṁ-yogá=āde-r guṇá-ḥ

A substitute guṇá (1.1.2) vowel replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final vowel 1.1.52 of a verbal stem ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme short r̥(T) with an initial conjunct consonant (saṁ-yog-á=āde-ḥ) [before 1.1.66 the l-substitutes of lIṬ 9].

smr̥+lIṬ = sa-smr̥+átus/ús (6.1.8; 7.4.60,66)k = sa-smar-átus/ús `remembered, recollected', but kr̥+atus/us = ca-kr-átus/ús. Description

$7.4.11 ¹r̥cch-á-ti=²r̥=³r̄T-ām

[A substitute Guṇá (1.1.2) vowel replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 vowel of the verbal stems] r̥ch- `go, move' (VI 15), r̥- `go, move' (I 983) and those [ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme long r̄(T) [before 1.1.66 the l-substitutes of lIṬ 9].

1. r̥ch+lIṬ = r̥ch+ṆaL = a-r̥ch+ṆaL (66) = ā-r̥ch+ṆaL (70) = ā+nuṬ-r̥ch+ṆaL (71) = ā-nárcch-a/átus/ús; 2. r̥+lIṬ = r̥+átus/ús = a+r̥+átus/ús = ā-r̥+átus/ús = ā-r-átus/ús; 3. kr̄+átus/ús = ca-kr̄-átus/ús (62,66) = ca-kar-átus/ús `scattered'. Description

$7.4.12 ¹śr̄-²dr̄-³pr̄-āṁ hrasvá-ḥ vā

A substitute short (hrasvá-ḥ: vowel 1.2.28) optionally (vā) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 vowel of the verbal stems] śr̄- `injure' (IX 18), dr̄- `break or split open' (IX 23) and pr̄- `protect, fill up' (IX 19) [before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of lIṬ 9].

The option is with reference to the operation of 11 above.

1. ví-śr̄+átus/sús = ví-śa-śr̥+atus/us = ví-śa-śr-atus/us; ví-śa-śar-atus/us (11); 2. ví-da-dr-atus/us; ví-da-dar-atus/us; 3. ní-pa-pr-atus/us; ní-pa-par-atus/us. Description

$7.4.13 k-e=aṆ-aḥ

[A substitute short vowel 12 replaces a (long) vowel denoted by the siglum] aṆ¹ (= a, i, u) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] ka.

jā-nā-ti = jñā+Ká (3.1.135)+ṬāP = jn0̸+á+ṬāP (6.4.64) = jnā; jnā+ká+ṬāP (5.3.70)/jnā+kaN+ṬāP (5.3.76) = jna-k-ā/jná-k-ā. (3.47). kumārī+ká+ṬāP = kumāri-k-ā (5.3.76), but go+ká+ṬāP = go-k-ā, nau-k-ā `small boat', (+uṆ-ādi affix).

$7.4.14 ná kaP-i

[A substitute short vowel 12] does not (ná) replace [a long vowel denoted by the siglum aṆ¹ (d= a, i, u) 13 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] kaP (5.4.151ff.).

bahvy-áḥ kumāry-áḥ a-syá = bahu=0̸¹+kumārī+kaP = bahu-kumarī-ka- (6.2.175 for accent); similarly bahu-vadhū-ka- `having many daughters-in-law'.

$7.4.15 āP-aḥ anya-tará-syām

[A substitute short vowel 12 does not 14] optionally (anya-tará-syām) replace [the final phoneme (long vowel) of an áṅga 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72 the feminine affixes 3.1.1] denoted by the cover term āP (= CāP, ṬāP, ḌāP) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 kaP 14].

bahvy-áḥ mālāḥ a-syá = bahu-0̸¹+mālā+kaP (5.4.151) = bahu-mālā-ka-ḥ bahu-mālá-ka-ḥ `possessing many garlands'.

$7.4.16 ¹r̥-²dr̥ś-aḥ aṄ-i guṇá-ḥ

A substitute Guṇá replaces [áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme] short r̥ and [the áṅga 6.4.1 vowel r̥ of the verbal stem] dr̥ś- `see, perceive' (I 1037) [before 1.1.66 the Aorist substitute marker] aṄ (contra 1.1.5).

By 3.1.59 this affix is introduced in the domain of Chándas after the verbal stems kr̥-, mr̥-, dr̥-, ruh- which implies that the sonant vowel [r̥] is short and thus blocks out its allophones which would otherwise be implied by 1.1.69, not being marked by T as IT.

1. kr̥+lUṄ = kr̥+Cli̱ (3.1.43) = kr̥+aṄ (3.1.59) = áT+kr̥+a-t = á-kar-a-t (6.4.71); á-mar-a-t; á-dar-a-t.

2. dr̥ś+aṄ (3.1.57) = á-darś-a-t.

$7.4.17 ás-ya-te-s thu̱K

[The final increment 1.1.46] thu̱K is inserted at the end of [the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] ás- `throw, cast, shoot at' (IV 100) [before 1.1.66 the substitute Aorist marker aṄ 16].

as+lUṄ = as+aṄ (3.1.52) = āṬ+as-thu̱K+a-t (6.4.72) = ās-th+a-t.

$7.4.18 śváy-a-te-r a-ḥ

The substitute phoneme short /a/ replaces [áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the verbal stem] śvi- `swell' (I 1059) [before the substitute Aorist marker aṄ 16].

śvi+lUṄ = śvi+aṄ+t (3.1.58) = á-śva+a-t = á-śv-a-t (6.1.97).

$7.4.19 pát-aḥ pu̱M

[The infixed increment 1.1.47] pu̱M is inserted after the last vowel [of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] pát(L̥) `fall, fly' (I 898) [before 1.1.66 the Aorist substitute marker aṄ 16].

patL̥+lUṄ = pat+aṄ+t (3.1.55) = á-pa-p-t-a-t/-tām/-an. Description

$7.4.20 vac-aḥ uM

[The infixed increment 1.1.47] uM is inserted after the last vowel [of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] vac- `speak' (II 54) [before 1.1.66 the Aorist substitute marker aṄ 16].

vac+lUṄ = vac+aṄ+t (3.1.52) = á-va-u-c+a+t = á-voc-a-t (6.1.87).

$7.4.21 śīṄ-aḥ sārva-dhdātu-ke guṇá-ḥ

A substitute guṇá vowel (= e 1.1.2) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 of the verbal stem] śīṄ- `lie down' (II 22) [before 1.1.66] sārva-dhātuka [affixes 3.1.1]. (3.4.113).

śī+0̸¹+té/āte/áte = śé-te/śáy-āte (6.1.78)/śé-r-ate (1.6). [6.1.186].

$7.4.22 aya̱Ṅ y-i K-Ṅ-IT-i

The substitute element aya̱Ṅ replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.53 phoneme of the verbal stem śīṄ- `lie down' (II 22) 21 before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1] beginning with the semivowel y-° and having marker K or Ṅ as IT.

śī+yáK+tebhāv-é = śay-yá-te `lying down takes place' (Impersonal construction); pra+śī+Ktvā = pra-śī+LyaP = pra-śáy-ya `having lain down upon'. Description

$7.4.23 upa-sarg-āt hrasvá-ḥ ūh-a-te-ḥ

A substitute short (vowel 1.2.28) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 vowel of the verbal stem] ūh- `guess, suspect' (I 679), co-occurring after a preverb [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 beginning with y-° and marked with K or Ṅ as IT 22].

sám+ūh+yáK+te = sám-uh-ya-te, but ūh-yá-te. Description

$7.4.24 é-te-r lIṄ-i

[A substitute short (vowel 1.2.28) 23 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 of the verbal stem] i- `go' (II 36) [co-occurring after a preverb 23, before l-substitutes of] lIṄ [beginning with y-° and marked by K or Ṅ as IT 22].

Exception to 25 below. úd/sám/ánu+i+yāsu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+t (3.4.103,107) = úd/sám/ánu+i-yā0̸-0̸-t (2.79) since [yāsu̱Ṭ] here is ṄIT by 3.4.103. In the case of the Precative/Benedictive it is K-IT (3.4.104) and the resulting forms are: úd/sám/ánu+i-yā0̸t (8.2.29)/-i-yās-tām/i-yās-uḥ. Description

$7.4.25 á-¹kr̥t-²sārva-dhātu-kay-oḥ dīrghá-ḥ

A substitute long (vowel 1.2.28) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 of a verbal stem ending in a vowel (denoted by the siglum aC 1.2.28), before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 beginning with y-° and marked by K or Ṅ as IT 22] excluding kŕt (3.1.93ff.) and sārvadhātuka (3.4.113).

bhr̥śa+KyáṄ+ŚaP+te = bhr̥śā-yá-te (3.1.12; 6.1.97); ci+yáK+te = cī-yá-te `is piled or heaped up'. stu+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = to-ṣṭū-ya-te (3.1.22; 6.1.9; 7.4.82) `constantly praises'. But pra+kr̥+LyaP = pra-kŕ-t-ya; ci+lIṄ = ci-nu+yāsu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+t = ci-nu-yā+0̸+0̸-t = ci-nu-yā-t; however for the Precative/Benedictive which is ārdhadhātuka: ci+yāsu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+t = cī-yā0̸0̸-t (8.2.29). Description

$7.4.26 Cv-AU ca

[A substitute long (vowel 1.2.28) 26 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme (aC 1.2.28)] also (ca) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] Cvi̱ (5.4.50).

śuci+Cvi̱+bhū+ŚaP+ti = śucī-bhav-a-ti `becomes purified'; paṭú+Cvi̱+kr̥+u+ti = paṭū-kar-o-ti `makes skillful'. Description

$7.4.27 rīṄ r̥T-aḥ

The substitute element rīṄ replaces [áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.53] short vowel r̥(T) [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 beginning with y-° 22 excluding kŕt and sārvadhātuka affixes 25, and before Cvi̱ 26].

mātr̥+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP (3.1.8) = mātrī-yá-ti `desires a mother for oneself'; mātr̥+KyáṄ+ŚaP+te = mātrī-yá-te (3.1.11) `acts like a mother'; kr̥+yáṄ+ŚaP+te (3.1.22) = ce-krī-yá-te (82); mātr̥+Cvi̱+bhū+ŚaP+ti = mātrī-bhav-a-ti `becomes a mother'. But kr̄+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = kir+yáṄ+a-te (1.100) = ce-kīr-yá-te (82) `repeatedly scatters'.

$7.4.28 riṄ ¹Śsa-²yáK-³lIṄ-k-ṣu

The substitute element riṄ replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.53 phoneme short r̥(T)27 before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1] Śa (3.1.77), yáK (3.1.67) and l-substitutes of lIṄ [beginning with y-°, excluding sārvadhatuka affixes 25].

1. ā-dr̥Ṅ+Śa+te = ā=dri-y-a-te (6.4.77) `honors, waits upon'; 2. kr̥+yáK+te = kriy-á-te `is being done'; 3. kr̥+lIṄ āśiṣ-i = kr̥+yāsu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+t/tām/us = kri-yā0̸+0̸+t (8.2.29) = kri-yā-t/kri-yās-tām/uṣ; bhr̥+Ślu+yāsu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+t = bi-bhr̥-yā0̸+0̸+t/tām/us (2.79) = bi-bhr̥-yā-t/tām/bi-bhr̥-y-ús (6.1.96).

$7.4.29 guṇá-ḥ ¹arti-²saṁ-yog-á-ādy-oḥ

A substitute Guṇá vowel (1.1.2) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 vowel r̥T 27 of the verbal stem] r̥ `go' (I 983) and those with an initial conjunct consonant (°saṁ-yog-á=ādy-oḥ) [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 yáK and l-substitutes of lIṄ 28 excluding sārvadhatuka affixes 25].

1. r̥+yáK+te = ar-yá-te (contra 1.1.5); smr̥+yáK+te = smar-yá-te `is remembered'; but kr̥+yáK=te = kriy-á-te. 2. r̥+yās+s+t/tam/us = ar-yā0̸+0̸+t (8.2.29) = ar-yā-t/ar-yās-tām/us; smar-yā-t/smar-yās-tām/us. Description

$7.4.30 yáṄ-i ca

[A substitute Guṇá vowel (1.1.2) replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme short r̥T 27 of the verbal stems r̥- `go' (I 983) and those with an initial conjunct consonant 29] also (ca) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] yáṄ (3.1.22).

1. r̥+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = ar+yáṄ+a+te = ar-ar-yá-te (6.1.2,9; 7.4.60) = ar-ār-yá-te (83). 2. svr̥+ydáṄ+ŚaP+te = svar+yáṄ+a=te = sa-svar-yá-te = sā-svar-yá-te (83). Description

$7.4.31 ī ¹ghrā-²dhm-oḥ

The substitute long vowel ī replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the verbal stems] ghrā- `smell' (I 973) and dhmā `blow, inflate' (I 974) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 yáṄ 30].

1. ghrā+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = ghrī+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = je-ghrī-yá-te (6.1.97, 7.4.82). 2. dhmā+yáṄ = dhmī+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = de-dhmī-yá-te (6.1.9,97; 7.4.60,82; 8.4.54).

$7.4.32 a-sya Cv-a̱u̱

[The substitute long vowel ī 31 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme class] a [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] Cvi̱ (5.4.50).

śukla/khaṭvā+Cvi+bhū+ŚaP+tiP = śuklī-bhav-a-ti `becomes white'; khaṭvī-bhav-a-ti `becomes a cot'. Description

$7.4.33 KháC-i ca

[The substitute long vowel ī 31] also (ca) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme class /a/ 32 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] KyáC.

ātmán-aḥ putrá-m icch-á-ti = putrá+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP (3.1.8) = putrī-yá-a-ti = putrī-yá-ti (6.1.97) `desires a son for one's self'. Exception to 25 above.

$7.4.34 ¹aśanā-yá=²udan-yá-³dhdanā-y-āḥ ¹bu-bhk-ṣā-²pi-pā-sā-³gardhé-ṣu

The verbal stems [as derived with affix 3.1.1 KyáC 33] are introduced as aś-anā-yá-, udan-yá- and dhanā-yá to denote [respectively 1.3.10] `be hungry' (bu-bhuk-ṣā), `be thirsty' (°-pi-pā-sā-°) and `covet' (°-gardhé-ṣu).

Exception to 33 above. In other senses: aś-anī-yá- `to be greedy for food without being hungry'; udakī-yá- `to wish for water (without being thirsty)'; dhanī-yá- `to wish for riches (without being greedy or covetous)'.

$7.4.35 ná=chándas-i á-putra-sya

In the Chándas [the substitute long vowel ī 31] does not (ná) replace [the áṅga 6.4.1 final phoneme a 32] excluding that of [the nominal stem 4.1.1] putrá- `son' [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 KyáC 33].

Exception to 33. mitra+KyáC+ú (3.2.170) = mitra-y-ú- (6.4.148) `friendly, affectionate, amicable' but putra+KyaC+ŚatR̥ = putra+KyáC+ŚaP+ŚatR̥+Jas = putrī-y-ánt-aḥ `desiring sons for themselves'.

$7.4.36 ¹duras-y-ú-r-²draviṇas-y-ú-r=³vr̥ṣaṇ-yá-ti-⁴riṣaṇ-yá-ti

[In the domain of Chándas 35] the expressions duras-y-ú- `wishing to do harm', draviṇa-s-y-ú- `desiring or bestowing goods', vr̥ṣaṇ-yá-ti `be in heat, desire the male' and riṣaṇ-yá-ti `fails, miscarries' are introduced [as derived with the affix 3.1.1. KyáC 33].

1. duṣṭa+KyáC = duras+ya+ú- (3.2.170) = duras-y-ú- (6.4.148) = duṣṭī-yá-ti. 2. draviṇa+KyaC+ú = draviṇas-y-ú- = draviṇī-yá-ti. 3. vr̥ṣa+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP = vr̥ṣaṇ-yá=ti = vr̥ṣī-yá-ti. 4. riṣṭa+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP = riṣaṇ-ydá-ti = riṣṭī-yá-ti.

$7.4.37 ¹áśva=²aghá-sya āT

[In the Chándas 35] the substitute phoneme long āT replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of nominal stems 4.1.1] áśva- `horse' and aghá- `evil' [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 KyáC 33].

Exception to 33. 1. áśva+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP = aśvā-yá-ti (6.1.97); 2. aghā-yá-ti; aśvā-yá+ŚaP+ŚátR̥+Jas = asvā-y-ánt-aḥ; aghā-ya+ú (3.2.170)+Jas = agha-y-áv-aḥ. Description

$7.4.38 ¹devá-²sumnáy-or yájuṣ-i kāṭhak-e

In the ritual formulae of the Kāṭhaka school [the substitute phoneme long ā(T) 37 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of the nominal stems 4.1.1] devá- `divinity' and sumná- `grace, favor' [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 KyáC 33].

devá+KyáC+ŚaP+ŚatR̥+Jas = devā-y-ánt-aḥ `becoming divine'; similarly sumnā-y-ánt-aḥ `becoming gracious'. Description

$7.4.39 ¹kaví=²adhvará-³pŕtana-sya=r̥c-í lópa-ḥ

In the domain of the R̥g-Veda the substitute lópa (0̸) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final phoneme 1.1.52 of the nominal stems 4.1.1] kaví- `poet, wise man', adhvará- `sacrifice' and pŕtanā `army, adversaries' [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 KyáC 33].

1. kavi+KyáC+ŚaP+ŚatR̥+Jas = kav0̸-y-ánt-aḥ (6.1.97) `becoming wise'; similarly: 2. adhvar-y-ánt-aḥ `becoming engaged in sacrifices'; 3. pr̥tan-y-ánt-aḥ `fighting against'. Description

$7.4.40 ¹dya-ti-²sya-ti-³mā-⁴sth-ām iT t-i K-IT-i

The substitute phoneme short i(T) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final phoneme 1.1.52 of the verbal stems] do- `cut' (IV 40), so- `end, terminate' (IV 39), mā- `measure' (IV 34) and sthā- `stay, remain' (I 975) [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1] beginning with the phoneme t-°, with marker K as IT.

1. do+Ktá = di-tá-, nír-di-ta-vat- `cut off'; 2. ava-so+Kta- = áva-si-ta-vat- `terminated'; 3. mā+Ktá-vatU = mi-távat- `measured'; 4. sthā+KtávatU = sthi-tá-vat- `remaining, standing'. Description

$7.4.41 ¹śā-²ch-or anya-tará-syām

[The substitute phoneme short i(T) 30] optionally (anya-tará-syām) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final phoneme 1.1.52 of the verbal stems] śo- (= śā-) `sharpen, whet, hone' (II 37) and cho- (= chā) `cut' (IV 38) [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 beginning with the phoneme t-° with marker K as IT 40].

1. ni+śo+KtávatU = ní-śi-ta-vat- `sharpened'/ní-śā-tavat-. 2. áva+cho+KtavatU = áva-cchi-ta-vat-/áva-cchā-tavat- `cut'.

$7.4.42 dá-dhā-te-r hi-ḥ

The substitute morpheme hi replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the áṅga 6.4.1] of the verbal stem dhā- `bear, support' (III 10) [before an affix 3.1.1 with initial t-° and marker K as IT 40].

dhā+KtávatU = hi-tá-vat-; dhā+Ktvā = hi-tvā, but pra+ṇi+dhā+Ktvā = pra-ṇi+dhā+LyaP (1.37) = pra-ṇi-dhā-ya. Description

$7.4.43 já-hā-te-ś ca Ktv-i

[The substitute morpheme hi 42] also replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] hā- `abandon, renounce' (III 8) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] Ktvā.

hā+Ktvā = hi-tvā `having abandoned or renounced', but from the verbal stem O-hā-Ṅ ga-t-au (III 7)+Ktvā = hā-tvā.

$7.4.44 vibhāṣā chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the substitute morpheme hi 42] optionally (vibhāṣā) replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem hā- `abandon' (III 8) before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 Ktvā 43].

hi-tvā/hā-tvā.

$7.4.45 ¹sú-dhi-ta-²vásu-dhi-ta-³nemá-dhi-ta-⁴dhi-ṣvá-⁵dhi-ṣīy-á ca

[In the domain of Chándas 44] the expressions sú-dhi-ta- `well placed', vásu-dhi-ta- `possession of wealth', nemá-dhi-ta- `half-supported', dhi-ṣvá `bear!', dhí-ṣīy-a `may I place' are introduced.

1-3. In the expressions ending in °-dhi-ta-, dhā is not replaced by hi- before KtávatU, an exception to 42 above. In the remaining two forms: 4. dhā+lOṬ = dhā+Ślu+sva = da-dhā+sva (6.1.10; 7.4.59; 8.4.54); 0̸ replaces the reduplicated syllable, and short vowel [i] replaces the áṅga-final before the l-substitute [svá]: dhi+svá = dhi-ṣvá (8.3.59) corresponding to the non-Chandas speech da-dh0̸+svá (6.4.112) = dhad+svá (8.2.37) = dhat-svá (8.4.55). 5. dhā+lIṄ āśiṣ-i = dhā+sīyu̱Ṭ+a = dhi-sīy-a = dhi-ṣīy-á (8.3.59) for non-Chándas dhā-sīy-á. Description

$7.4.46 d-aḥ dad GHO-ḥ

The substitute morpheme dad- replaces [the whole of 1.1.55 the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] dā- `give' (III 9) belonging to the class of stems defined by the t.t. GHU (1.1.20) [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 with initial phoneme t-° with marker K as IT 40].

dā+KtávatU = dad+távat- = dat-távat- (8.4.55), but from dāP láv-an-e (II 50)+KtávatU = dā-távat- and áva+daiP śódh-an-e (I 971)+KtávatU = áva-dā-tavat- `purified' and dheṬ pā-n-e (I 951)+KtávatU = dhā-távat- `drunk'.

$7.4.47 aC-aḥ upa-sarg-āt ta̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme t replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 of the verbal stem dā- `give' (III 9), belonging to the class of stems defined by the t.t. GHU (1.1.20) 46] co-occurring after a pre-verb [ending in 1.1.72] a vowel (aC-aḥ) [before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 with initial t-°, with marker K as IT 40].

The interpretation of this rule requires some finesse. If [aC-aḥ] as qualifying [upa-sarg-āt] is considered as an ablative, the substituendum for [t] is the initial of what follows the ablative (1.1.54), viz. [d]; in order to avoid this interpreters either take [aC-aḥ] as repeated, one in the ablative qualifying the preverb, the other in the genitive to indicate the substituendum which yields the correct result; or in the alternative consider the substitute as [tt] when by 1.1.55 it replaces the whole of the substituendum.

prá+dā+KtavatU = prá-dt+tavat = prá-tt-tavat (8.4.55) `donated', but nir-dat-tavat.

$7.4.48 ap-áḥ bh-i

[The substitute phoneme t 47 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 of the nominal stem] áp- `water' [before 1.1.66 sUP triplets with initial] bh-°.

Since this stem usually takes only the plural sUP triplets, these are [bhis, bhyas]. ap+bhis/bhyas = at+bhis/bhyas = ad-bhíḥ/bhyáḥ (8.2.66; 3.15; 4.55); accent by (6.1.68).

$7.4.49 s-aḥ s-i ārdha-dhātu-k-e

[The substitute phoneme t 47 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of a verbal stem ending in 1.1.72] dental sibilant °-s [before 1.1.66] an ārdhadhātuka [affix 3.1.1 beginning with] s-°.

vas+syá+tiP = vat-syá-ti `will abide or reside'; ad+saN = ghas+saN (2.4.37) = jí-ghas+saN (6.1.9; 7.4.62,79; 8.4.54) = jí-ghat-sa- `wish to eat', but ā-se `dost sit' (sārvadhātuka).

$7.4.50 ¹tās=²as-ty-or lópa-ḥ

The substitute lópa (0̸) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.55 phoneme of themes of verbal stems ending in the non-sigmatic future marker] tās (3.1.33) and the verbal stem as- `be' (II 56) [before an affix 3.1.1 with] initial s-°.

1. kr̥+lUṬ = kr̥+tās+siP (3.1.33) = kar-tā0̸-si = kar-tā-si. 2. ás+0̸¹+siP = a0̸-si = á-si. Description

$7.4.51 r-i ca

[The substitute lópa (0̸) 50 replaces the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of verbal themes ending in 1.1.72 the non-sigmatic future marker tās and the verbal stem as- `be' (II 56) before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 beginning with the phoneme] r-°.

kr̥+tās+rau/ras (2.4.85) = kar-tā0̸+rau/raḥ. With reference to the verbal stem [as], except for a single form cited by commentaries from the domain of Chándas, no such affix is found in non-Chándas: vy-ati+as+lIT. = vy-ati+as+re (6.4.76) vy-ati+0̸s+re (6.4.111) = vy-ati-0̸-re without reduplication. Description

$7.4.52 ha̱ eT-i

The substitute phoneme h replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 final 1.1.52 phoneme of verbal themes ending in 1.1.72 the non-sigmatic future marker tās and the verbal stem as- `be' (II 56) before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 beginning with the phoneme] e-°.

kr̥+tās+e (3.4.79) = kar-tāh-e; vy-áti-as+e = vy-ati+0̸s+e (6.4.111) = vy-áti-h-e. Description

$7.4.53 ¹y-i̱=²i-varṇay-or ¹dīdhī-²vevy-oḥ

[The substitute lópa (0̸) 50 replaces the final phoneme 1.1.52 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stems] dīdhī(Ṅ) `shine' (II 67) and vevī(Ṅ) `go' (II 58) [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with phoneme] y-° or i-°.

1. before y-°: ā-dīdhī+Ktvā = ā-dīdhī-LyaP (1.37) = ā-dīdh0̸-ya = ā-dī-dh-ya; similarly ā-vév-ya.

2. before i-/ī-°: ā-dīdhī+iṬ+tr̥C = ā-dīdh0̸-i-tŕ- = ā-dī-dh-i-tŕ-/ā-vev-i-tŕ-. ā-dīdhī+lIṄ = ā-dīdhī+0̸¹+sīyu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+ta (3.4.102,107) = dā-dīdh0̸+0̸īy+0̸+ta (2.79) = ā=dīdh-ī0̸-ta (6.1.66) = ā-dīdh-ī-ta/ā-vev-ī-ta.

$7.4.54 saN-i ¹mī-²mā-³GHU-⁴rabhA-⁵labhA-⁶śaka̱-⁷páta̱-⁸pad-ām aC-aḥ is

The substitute element /is/ replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1] vowel (aC-aḥ) phoneme [of the verbal stems] mī(Ñ) `destroy' (IX 4), miÑ (V 4 → mī- 6.4.16) `toss, fling', mā- `measure' (II 53, IV 34), meṄ `barter, exchange' (I 1010), those denoted by the t.t. GHU (1.1.20), rabh- `grasp, seize' (I 1023), labh- `take, seize, catch, gain' (I 1024), śak- `be able' (V 15), pát- `fall, fly' (I 898) and pad- `go' (IV 60) [before 1.1.66 the desiderative marker] saN (3.1.7) [beginning with s-° 49].

1. mī/mi+saN = m-is+saN = mít-saN (49); prá-mit-saN (58). 2. mā/me+saN = m-is+saN = mít-saN/ápa-mit-saN (58). 3. dā/dhā+saN = d-is/dh-is+saN = dít-saN/dhít-saN- (58). 4. ā-rabh+saN = ā-risbh+saN = ā-ri0̸bh+saN (8.2.29) = ā-rip-saN (8.4.53). 5. ālabh+saN = ā-lip-saN (58). 6. śak+saN = śisk+saN = śí0̸k+saN = śík-ṣaN (58; 8.3.59). 7. pat+saN = pist+saN = pi0̸t-saN = pít-saN (58). 8. pad+saN = pisd+saN = pi-d+saN = pít-saN (58; 8.4.55).

In all these cases 0̸ also replaces the reduplicated syllable generated by 6.1.9 (cf. 58 below). When saN is preceded by initial increment iT.: pat+saN = pi-pat+iṬ-saN+ŚaP+tiP = pi-pat-i-ṣa-ti (6.1.9; 7.4.60,79; 8.3.59) since by a vārttika pat- is optionally seṬ. Description

$7.4.55 ¹āp-²jñapi̱=³r̥dh-ām īT

The substitute phoneme long ī(T) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 vowel 54 of the verbal stems] āp- `reach, attain' (V 14), jñap- `make known, announce, proclaim' (X 81) and r̥dh- `prosper' (IV 135, V 24) [before 1.1.66 the desiderative marker saN 54 beginning with s-° 49].

1. āp+saN = īp+saN; 2. jñap+saN = jñīp-saN; 3. r̥dh+saN = īr-dh+saN (1.1.51) = īrt-saN (8.4.55). 0̸ replacement of reduplicated syllable by 58 below.

$7.4.56 dambh-aḥ iT=ca

The substitute phoneme short i(T) as well as (ca) [long ī(T) replace the áṅga 6.4.1 vowel 54 of the verbal stem] dambh- (danbhU V 23) `hurt, injure' [before 1.1.66 the desiderative marker saN 54 with initial s-° 49].

dambh+saN = da0̸bh+saN (1.2.10; 6.4.24) = dibh/dībh+saN = dhib/dhīb+saN (8.2.37) = dhíp/dhīp-saN (8.4.55), but dí-dambh-i-ṣa-ti (6.1.9,97; 7.4.60,79; 8.3.59).

$7.4.57 muc-aḥ á-karma-ka-sya guṇá-ḥ=vā

A substitute Guṇá vowel (1.1.2) optionally (vā) replaces [the áṅga 6.4.1 vowel 54 of the verbal stem] muc- `release, set free' (VI 136) when having an intransitive meaning (á-karma-ka-sya) [before 1.1.66 the desiderative marker saN 54 with initial s-° 49].

By 1.2.10 [saN] occurring after this stem would normally be K-IT, but by prescribing Guṇá replacement here 1.1.5 is blocked. muc+saN = moc+saN = mok+saN (8.2.30) = mók-ṣaN (8.3.59)/mú-muc+saN = mu-muk-ṣaN (6.1.9; 7.4.60; 8.3.59): mók-ṣa-te/mú-muk-ṣa-te vátsa-ḥ svayá-m eva `the calf frees itself' (reflexive). The marker [yáK] is not required here by a vart. on 3.1.78. When not intransitive: múmuk-ṣa-ti vátsa-ṁ devadattáḥ `D. releases the calf'. Description

$7.4.58 á-tra lópa-ḥ abhy-ās-á-sya

In this section (á-tra) [beginning with 54 above] the substitute lópa (0̸) replaces the reduplicated syllable (abhy-ās-á-sya).

54. (a) mít-sa-ti/prá-mit-sa-ti; (b) ápa-mit-sa-ti; (c) dít-sa-ti/dhít-sa-ti; (d) ā-rip-sa-ti; (e) ā-lip-sa-ti; (f) śík-ṣa-ti; (g) pít-sa-ti; (h) pít-sa-te.

55. (a) īp-sa-ti; (b) jñī-p-sa-ti; (c) īrt-sa-ti.

56. dhíp-sa-ti/dhīp-sa-ti.

57. mók-ṣa-ti/mú-muk-ṣa-ti.

The expression [abhy-ās-á-sya] will now recur up to the end of this pādá, as a governing expression.

$7.4.59 hrasvá-ḥ

A substitute short (hrasvá-ḥ: vowel 1.2.28) replaces [the vowel 54 of the reduplicated syllable 58].

nī+lIṬ = nī-nī+ṆaL (6.1.8) = ni-nī+ṆaL = ni-nāy-a (2.115; 6.1.78); ḍhauk+lIṬ = ḍhauk+éŚ = ḍu-ḍhauk+é (60; 1.1.48) = ḍu-ḍhauk-é. Description

$7.4.60 ha̱L-ādí-ḥ śéṣa-ḥ

The first consonant (ha̱L-ādí-ḥ) [of the reduplicated syllable] remains [and all the remaining are replaced by 0̸].

glai+lIṬ = glā-glā+lIṬ (6.1.8,45) = gā-glā+au = ga-glā+au (59) = ja-glā+au (62; 7.1.34) = ja-gl-aú `had become tired'.

pat+ṆaL = pat-pat+NaL = pa0̸-pāt+a (2.116) = pa-pāt-a.

aṭ+NaL = aṭ-aṭ+ṆaL = a0̸-aṭ+ṆaL = ā-aṭ+ṆaL (70) = āṭ-a. Description

$7.4.61 śá̱R-pūrv-ā-ḥ kha̱Y-aḥ

Unvoiced stops (kha̱Y-aḥ), co-occurring after sibilants (śáR-pūrvāḥ) [of the reduplicated sysllable 58] remain [and the sibilants are replaced by 0̸].

sthā+saN = sthā-sthā+saN = tha-sthā+saN (59,60) = thi-sthā-sa- (79) = ti-ṣthā-sa (8.3.59; 4.41,54). But snā+lIṬ = sa-snā+au (60) = sa-sn-aú; śru+ṆaL = śu-śrāv-á; syand+ṆaL = sa-syánd-a since they are voiced consonants preceded by sibilants.

$7.4.62 ¹kU-²h-os=cU-ḥ

A substitute palatal stop (cU 1.1.69) replaces (the corresponding 1.1.50) velar stop (kU) or the phoneme /h/ [of the reduplicated syllable 58].

The choice of the particular stop is determined by the metarule 1.1.50. kr̥+lIṬ = kr̥-kr̥+ṆaL = kar-kr̥+ṆaL (66; 1.1.51) = ka-kār-a (2.115) = ca-kār-a; gam+lIṬ = gam-gam+ṆaL = ga0̸-gām-a (60) = ja-gām-a. Similarly khan+ṆaL = ca-khān-a (60; 8.4.54); ghas+ṆaL = ja-ghā-sa.

$7.4.63 na káv-a-te-r yáṄ-i

[The substitute palatal stop (=c) 62] does not (ná) replace [the velar phoneme (k) of the verbal stem 62] ku(Ṅ) `make a sound' (I 999) [before 1.1.66 the intensive marker] yáṄ.

ku+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = ku-ku+yá+a+te (6.1.9) = ko-kū-yá-a-te (25, 82) = ko-kū-yá-te (6.1.97) `sounds repeatedly or intensively' but ku+lIṬ = ku+éŚ = cu-kuv-é (62; 6.1.77).

This rule is not applicable to ku śabd-e (II 23), kuṄ śabd-e (VI 108). Description

$7.4.64 kr̥ṣe̱-ś chándas-i

In the Chándas [a palatal stop (c) 62 does not 63 replace the velar stop (k) 62 of the reduplicated syllable 58 of the verbal stem] kr̥ṣ- `draw, drag, plough' (I 1039) [before 1.1.66 the intensive marker yáṄ 63].

kr̥ṣ+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = karī-kr̥ṣ-yá-te (66.90; 1.1.51) `ploughs repeatedly or intensively' for current carī-kr̥ṣ-yá-te.

$7.4.65 ¹dā-dhar-ti-²dár-dhar-ti-³dár-dhar-ṣi-⁴bó-bhū-tu-⁵té-tik-te=⁶ál-ar-ṣi-⁷ā-páṇī-phaṇ-at-⁸saṁ-sáni-ṣyad-at-⁹kári-kr-at-¹⁰káni-krad-at-¹¹bhári-bhr-at-¹²dávi-dhv-at-aḥ=¹³dávi-dyut-at-¹⁴tári-tr-at-aḥ=¹⁵sárī-sr̥p-at-am-¹⁶várī-vr̥j-at-¹⁷mar-mŕjy-a=¹⁸ā-ganī-gan-ti iti ca

[In the Chándas 64] the eighteen expressions (denoting irregular forms) beginning with dā-dhar-ti and ending with ā-ganī-gan-ti are introduced (as current therein).

The irregularities are in not being subject to the rules framed in the Aṣṭ.

Expressions 1-3 are derived either from the causative stem dhār-í- = dhr̥+ṆíC or from dhr̥+Ślu with 0̸ replacement of both markers [yáṄ] and [ṆíC] for the first form and augment [ruK 91] for the other two.

4. bhū+yáṄ-luK+tu = bó-bhū-tu = bó-bho-tu/bó-bhav-ī-tu.

5. tij+yáṄ-luK+te = té-tik-te = té-tik-ti.

6. r̥+Ślu+siP = ál-ar-ṣi/r̥+yáṄ-luK+siP with l-replacement in the reduplicated syllable.

7. ā-pánī=phaṇ-at is the present participle of ā-phaṇ+yáṄ-luK with nīK increment of the reduplicated syllable (RV 4.40.4).

8. sam+syand+yáṄ-luK+ŚatR̥ = saṁ-sáni-ṣyad-at- (sáni-syad-at- RV 9.110.4) with [niK] increment of the reduplicated syllable.

9. Similarly kr̥+yáṄ-luK+ŚatR̥ = kári-kr-at- (RV 3.58.9) with [riK] increment of the reduplicated syllable.

10. krand+yáṄ-luK+ŚatR̥ = káni-krad-at- with augment [niK], or as commentaries indicate krand+aṄ+t with reduplication, and non-replacement of the velar by palatal (RV 1.152.5).

11. bhr̥+yáṄ-luK+ŚatR̥ = bhári-bhr-at- with final augment [riK], non-replacement of the reduplicated syllable by iT (contra 76) and non-replacement of the voiced aspirate by the non-aspirate therein (RV 2.4.4).

12. dhvr̥+yáṄ-luK+ŚatR̥- with final increment [riK] of the reduplicated syllable and 0̸ replacement of stem vowel (RV 7.10.1).

13. dyut+yáṄ-luK+ŚatR̥- with absence of vocalization and replacement of reduplicated syllabic vowel by [a] with final increment [vuK] (RV 6.16.45).

14. tr̄+yáṄ-luK+ŚatR̥- or tr̄+Ślu+ŚatR̥- (according to commentaries) with final increment [riK] (RV 4.40.3)+Ṅas.

15. sr̥p+yáṄ-luK+ŚatR̥+am with final increment (rīK).

16. vr̥j+yáṄ-luK/Ślu+ŚatR̥- with final increment [rīK] (RV 7.24.4).

17. mr̥j+lIṬ = mr̥j+ṆaL with final increment [ru̱K] of the reduplicated syllable and of [yu̱K] of the verbal stem.

18. ā-gam+Ślu+tiP with final increment [nīK] and non-replacement of the velar stop by the palatal. (RV 6.75.3).

$7.4.66 u-r aT

The substitute short vowel a(T) replaces the phoneme-class r̥ [of the reduplicated syllable 58].

vr̥t+lIṬ = vr̥-vr̥+éŚ = va-vr̥+éŚ = va-vr-é; kr̥+ṆaL = ca-kār-a (2.115; 4.62).

$7.4.67 ¹dyúti-²svāpy-óḥ sam-pra-sār-aṇa-m

A substitute sam-pra-sār-aṇa (vocalization 1.1.45) replaces [the semivowel 1.1.45 of the reduplicated syllable 58 of verbal stems] dyút- `shine' (I 777) and svāp-í- `cause to lie down' (= svap- II 59+ṆíC).

Exception to 60 above. ví-dyut+saN+ŚaP+te = ví-diut-dyut+iṬ+saN+a-te (60; 2.35) = ví-di-dyot-i-ṣa-te (6.1.97,108; 7.3.84; 8.3.59). svap+ṆíC+iṬ+saN+ŚaP+tiP = svāp-í+i+sa+a+ti = svap-svāp-i+i-sa-a-ti (60; 1.1.59) = sua0̸-svāp-e-i-sa-a-ti (59) = su-ṣvāp-e-i-ṣa-ti (6.1.97,108; 7.3.84; 8.3.59) = su-ṣvāp-ay-i-ṣa-ti. Description

$7.4.68 vyáth-aḥ lIṬ-i

[A substitute sam-pra-sār-aṇa vowel (iK 1.1.45) replaces the semivowel (ya̱Ṇ) of the reduplicated syllable 58 of the verbal stem] vyáth- `tremble' (I 801) [before 1.1.66 the l-substitutes] of lIṬ.

vyath+lIṬ = vyath-vyath+éŚ - vi0̸-vyath+éŚ (60; 6.1.108) = vi-vyath-é.

$7.4.69 dīrghá-ḥ iṆ-aḥ K-IT-i

A substitute long (dīrghá-ḥ: vowel 1.2.28) replaces [the vowel of the reduplicated syllable 58 of the áṅga 5.4.1 of the verbal stem] iṆ `go' (II 36) [before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of] lIṬ with marker K as IT.

i+átus/ús (1.2.5) = y+átus/ús = i+y+átus/ús (1.1.59; 6.1.8) = ī-y-átus/ús; but i+ṆaL = aí+a (2.115) = i-āy+a (1.1.59; 6.1.78) = iy-āy-a; i+thaL = é+thaL/é+iṬ+tha (2.63) = i-é+tha/i-é-i-tha (1.1.59) = iy-é-tha/iy-áy-i-tha (6.1.78) since these affixes are not K=IT. It may be noted that saṁdhi replacement takes place prior to reduplication by the meta-rule 1.1.59.

$7.4.70 aT-aḥ ādé-ḥ

[A substitute long (vowel 1.2.28) 69] replaces the short vowel a(T) occurring as the initial (ādé-ḥ) [of a reduplicated syllable 58 before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of lIṬ 68].

aṭ+lIṬ = aṭ+átus/ús = a0̸+aṭ+átus/ús = ā-aṭ-átus/ús = āṭ-átus/āṭ-ús. Without this replacement 6.1.97 would have yielded *aṭ-átus/ús.

$7.4.71 tá-smāt nu̱Ṭ dví-ha̱L-aḥ

[The initial increment 1.1.46] nu̱Ṭ is inserted at the head of [an áṅga 6.4.1] containing two consonants (dví-ha̱L-aḥ) after (tá-smāt) [a substitute long vowel has replaced the initial short vowel a(T) 70 of the reduplicated syllable 58 before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of lIṬ 68].

aṅg+lIṬ = aṅg+ṆaL/átus/ús = ā-aṅg+ṆaL/átus/ús (60,70) = ā-n-aṅg+ṆaL/átus/ús = ā-náṅg-a/ā-naṅg-átus/ús `had gone'.

$7.4.72 aś-nó-te-s=ca

[The initial increment 1.1.46 nu̱Ṭ 71 is inserted at the head of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] aś- `reach, attain' (V 18) [after a substitute long vowel 69 has replaced 71 the initial short a(T) 70 of the reduplicated syllable 69 before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of lIṬ 68].

aś+lIṬ = aś+átus/ús = a0̸-aś+átus/ús (60) = ā-naś+átus/ús (70). In classical usage this verbal stem, being marked with anudātta as IT takes Ātmanepadá l-substitutes: aś+eŚ = a-aś+é = a-aś+é (60) = ā-naś-é (70). But áśÁ bhój-an-e IX 51+lIṬ = ā-aś-ṆaL/átus/ús = āś-a/āś-átus/ús. Description

$7.4.73 bháv-a-te-r a-ḥ

The substitute phoneme /a/ replaces [the vowel of the reduplicated syllable 58 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] bhū `become' (I 1) [before l-substitutes of lIṬ 79].

bhū+lIṬ = bhū-v+lIṬ (6.4.88) = bhūv+ṆaL/átus/ús = ba-bhūv-a/ba-bhūv-átus/ús (60; 8.4.54).

$7.4.74 sa-sūv-a iti nigam-é

In Vedic tradition (ni-gam-é) the expression sa-sūv-a is introduced [as derived from the verbal stem sū- `give birth to' (II 21) before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of lIṬ 68].

This stem with a Ṅ as IT-marker normally takes Ātmanepadá l-substitutes in the current speech (bhāṣā-y-ām).

sū+Ṅ+lIṬ = sū+ṆaL = sū-v+ṆaL = su-sūv+ṆaL = sa-sūv-a beside sū+éŚ = su-ṣuv-é (6.4.77; 8.3.59).

$7.4.75 nij-āṁ trayā-ṇ-āṁ guṇá-ḥ Śl-au

A substitute Guṇá vowel (1.1.2) replaces [the vowel denoted by the siglum iK 1.1.3 of the reduplicated syllable 58 of the áṅga 6.4.1] of three verbal stems beginning with nij- `wash, bathe' (III 11) [before 1.1.66 the present class marker] Ślu (2.4.74).

The other two stems are: vij-ÌR pr̥thag-bhāv-é (12) `separate' and viṣ-L̥̀ vy-āp-t-au (13) `pervade'.

1. nij+Ślu+tiP = ni0̸-nij+ti (60) = ne-nij+ti = né-nek-ti (3.86; 8.2.30). 2. vé-vek-ti. 3. vé-veṣ-ṭi. nij+lIṬ = nij+ṆaL/átus/ús = ni-néj-a, ni-nij-átus/ús. Description

$7.4.76 bhr̥Ñ-ām iT

[The substitute phoneme short i(T) replaces the vowel of the reduplicated syllable 58 of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of three verbal stems 75] beginning with bhr̥Ñ- `bear, sustain' (III 5) [before 1.1.66 the present class marker Ślu 75].

The other two stems are: 6 māṄ mān-e śábd-e ca `measure, sound' and 7 O-hā-Ṅ gá-t-au `go, depart'.

bhr̥+Ślu+tiP = bhr̥-bhr̥+0̸²+ti=bhir-bhr̥+tiP (1.1.51) = bí-bhar-ti (3.84; 4.60; 8.4.54). mā+Ślu = mí-mī-te (6.4.113). hā+Ślu+te = jí-hī-te. Description

$7.4.77 ¹arti-²pí-par-ty-oś ca

[The substitute short phoneme i(T) 76] also replaces [the vowel of the reduplicated syllable 58 of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the verbal stems] r̥- `go' (III 16) and pr̄- `fill up, sustain' (III 4) [before 1.1.66 the present class marker Ślu 75].

r̥+Ślu = ar+Ślu+tiP = a-ar-ti (60) i-ar-ti = íy-ar-ti (6.4.78). pr̄+Ślu+tiP = par+0̸²+tiP = pa-par-ti (60) = pí-par-ti. Description

$7.4.78 bahulá-ṁ chándas-i

In the Chándas [the substitute phoneme short i(T) 76] variously (bahulá-m) replaces [the vowel of the reduplicated syllable 58 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of a verbal stem].

vaśÁ kān-t-au (II 70) replaces class marker 0̸¹ by 0̸² with [i] replacing the vowel of the reduplicated syllable: vaś+Ślu+tiP = ví-vaṣ-ṭi (8.2.36; 4.41); vac- (II 54): vac+Ślu (2.4.76)+tiP = ví-vak-ti (8.2.30); sac- (I 1046)+Ślu+tiP = sí-ṣak-ti (8.3.59); ghr̥ (I 985)+Ślu=jí-ghar-ti contra dá-dā-ti; ja-ján-at=índra-m (Mait. 1.9.1); mātā yád vīrá-m da-dhán-at dhániṣṭhā (RV 10.73.1). Description

$7.4.79 saN-i aT-aḥ

[The substitute phoneme short i(T) 76] replaces the short vowel a(T) [of the reduplicated syllable 58 of an áṅga 6.4.1 of a verbal stem before 1.1.66 the desiderative marker] saN (3.1.7).

paṭh+saN+ŚaP+tiP = pá-paṭh-iṬ-sa-a-ti (2.34; 4.60) = pí-paṭh-i-ṣa-ti (6.1.97; 8.3.59) `wishes to recite/read/study'.

$7.4.80 o-ḥ ¹pU-²ya̱Ṇ=³j-i̱=á-par-e

[The substitute short vowel i(T) 76] replaces the phoneme /u/ [of the reduplicated syllable 58] occurring before (°-par-e) a labial stop (pU-°), a semivowel (°-ya̱N-°) or the phoneme /j/ when followed by the phoneme class /a/ [before 1.1.66 the desiderative marker saN 79].

1. pU: pūṄ+saN+ŚaP+te = pu-pū+iṬ+saN+a-te = pí-pav-i-ṣa-te (2.35; 3.84; 6.1.78,97; 8.3.59) `desires to purify'.

2. ya̱Ṇ: yu+saN+ŚaP+tiP = yu-yu+iṬ-saN+a=ti = yí-yav-i-ṣa-ti `desires to mix'; similarly from ru/lū+saN+ŚaP+tiP = rí-rav-i-ṣda-ti `desires to cry'/lí-lav-i-ṣa-ti `desires to reap' and from their causative stems: rí-rāv-ay-iṣ-a-ti/li-lāv-ay-i-ṣa-ti.

3. j: ju+ṆíC+saN+ŚaP+tiP = jāv-í+iṬ+sa-a-ti = ju-jāvi+i-sa-a-ti (1.1.59; 7.4.60) = jí-jāv-ay-i-ṣa-ti (3.84; 6.1.78,97; 8.3.59) `desires to cause (someone) to go'. But bú-bhū-ṣa-ti. Description

$7.4.81 ¹sráv-a-ti-²śr̥-ṇó-ti-³dráv-a-ti-⁴práv-a-ti-⁵pláv-a-ti⁶cyáv-a-tī-n-āṁ vā

[The substitute short vowel i(T) 76] optionally (vā) replaces [the vowel of the reduplicated syllable 58 of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of verbal stems] srú- `flow, run' (I 487), śru- `hear, listen' (I 989), dru- `run' (I 992), pru- (I 1006) and plu- (I 1007) `flow' and cyu- `shake about' (I 1004) [before 1.1.66 the desiderative marker saN 79, when followed by the phoneme-class /a/ 80].

1. sru+ṆíC+saN+ŚaP+tiP = srāv-í+iṬ-saN-a-ti (2.35, 115) = sú-srāv-e-i-sa-a-ti (3.84; 1.1.59) = sú-srāv-ay-i-ṣa-ti/sí-srāv-ay-i-ṣa-ti (6.1.78,97; 8.3.59). Similarly: 2. śú-śrāv-ay-i-ṣa-ti/śí-śrāv-ay-i-ṣa-ti; 3. dú-drāv-ay-i-sa-ti/dí-drāv-ay-i-ṣa-ti; 4. pú-prāv-ay-i-ṣa-ti/pí-prāv-ay-i-ṣa-ti; 5. pú-plāv-ay-i-ṣa-ti/pí-plāv-ay-i-ṣa-ti; 6. cu-cyāv-ay-i-sa-ti/cí-cyāv-ay-i-ṣa-ti but sú-srū-ṣa-ti/śú-śrū-ṣa-ti.

$7.4.82 guṇá-ḥ yáṄ-luK-oḥ

A substitute Guṇá vowel (1.1.2) replaces [the vowel (iK 1.1.3) of the reduplicated syllable 58 before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1] yáṄ and yáṄ-luK.

hu (III 1)+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = ju-hu-yá-a-te (6.1.9; 7.4.62) = jo-hū-yá-te (25; 6.1.97) `sacrifices continuously or intensively'.

hu+yáṄ-luK+ŚaP+tiP = ju-hu+0̸¹+0̸¹+tiP (Dhp II 71) = jo-ho+īṬ+tiP (3.84,94) = jó-hav-ī-ti (6.1.190).

$7.4.83 dīrghá-ḥ a-K-IT-aḥ

A substitute long (vowel 1.2.28) replaces [the vowel of the reduplicated syllable 58,] not containing a final increment with marker K as IT [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 yáṄ and yáṄ-luK 82].

pac+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = pa0̸-pac-yá-a-te (60) = pā-pac-yá-te (6.1.97) `cooks repeatedly'; pac+yáṄ-luK+īṬ+tiP (3.94) = pā-pac-ī-ti. For counter-examples see the next four sūtra-s 84-7 and 90-92 below.

$7.4.84 nīK ¹vancU-²sránsU-³dhvánsU-⁴bhránśU-⁵kásÁ-⁶páta-⁷padA-⁸skand-ām

[The final increment 1.1.46] nīK is inserted after [the reduplicated syllable 58 of verbal stems] vanc- `go crookedly' (X 136), sráns- `fall' (I 790), dhváns- `fall to pieces' (I 791), bhránś- `fall down' (I 792), kás- `go' (I 913), pát- `fall, fly' (I 898), pad- `go, tread' (IV 60) and skand- `leap' (I 1028) [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 yáṄ and yáṄ-luK 82].

1. vanc+yaṄ+ŚaP+te = vañc-vañc-yá-a-te (6.1.9) = va0̸0̸-vañc-ydá-te (60; 6.1.97) = vanī-va0̸c-yá-te (6.4.24); vanc+yáṄ-luK+īṬ+tiP = vánī-vañc-ī-ti (3.94).

Similarly: 2. srans: sanī-sras-ysá-te/sánī-sraṁs-ī-ti (8.3.24). 3. dhvans: danī-dhvas-yá-te/dánī-dhvaṁs-ī-ti. 4. bhranś: banī-bhraś-yá-te/bánī-bhraṁś-ī-ti. 5. kas: canī-kas-yá-te/cánī-kas-ī-ti. 6. pat: panī-pat-yá-te/pánī-pat-ī-ti. 7. pad: panī-pad-yá-te/pánī-pad-ī-ti. 8. skand: canī-skad-yá-te/cánī-skand-ī-ti.

$7.4.85 nu̱K aT-aḥ ánu-nāsika=anta-sya

[The final increment 1.1.46] nu̱K is inserted at the end of the short vowel a(T) [of a reduplicated syllable 58 of an áṅga 6.4.1] ending in (°-anta-sya) a nasal stop [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 yáṄ and yáṄ-luK 82].

tan+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = ta+nu̱K+tan-yá-a-te (60) = tan-tan-yá-te (6.1.97); tan+yáṄ-luK+ī-ti (3.94) = tán-tan-ī-ti `stretches continuously'; similarly jaṅ-gam-yá-te/jáṅ-gam-īti.

$7.4.86 ¹jápÁ-²jábhÁ-³dahÁ-⁴daśÁ-⁵bhanja̱-⁶páś-sāṁ ca

[The final increment 1.1.46 nu̱K 85] is also (ca) inserted [at the end of a short a(T) 85 of the reduplicated syllable 58 of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of verbal stems] jáp- `mutter' (I 424), jábh- `yawn' (I 415), dah- `burn' (I 1040), daś- `bite' (I 1038), bhanj- `smash' (VII 16) and páś- `fasten, tie, bind' (I 936) [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 yáṄ and yáṄ-luK 82].

1. jap+yaṄ+ŚaP+te = ja-nu̱K+jap+yá-a-te (60) = jañ-jap-yá-te (6.2.97); jáp+yáṄ-luK+ī+ti = jáñ-jap-ī-ti. 2. jabh: jañ-jabh-yá-te/jáñ-jabh-ī-ti. 3. dan-dah-yá-te/dán-dah-ī-ti. 4. dan-daś-yá-te/dán-daś-ī-ti. The stem form [daśÁ] in this rule is to indicate that both before yáṄ and yáṄ-luK, 0̸ replaces the nasal of the original stem [danśÁ I 1038 dáś-ane]. 5. bam-bhaj-yá-te/bám-bhañj-ī-ti. 6. pam-paś-yá-te/pám-paś-ī-ti.

$7.4.87 ¹cárÁ-²phál-os=ca

[The final increment 1.1.46 nu̱K 85] is also inserted (ca) [at the end of the short vowel a(T) 85 of the reduplicated syllable 58 of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of verbal stems] cár- `move, graze' (I 591) and phál- `bear fruit' (I 563) [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 yáṄ and yáṄ-luK 82].

1. cañ-cūr-yáte/cáñ-cur-ī-ti (88, 8.2.77). 2. pam-phul-ydá-te/pám-phul-ī-ti.

$7.4.88 uT pára-sya aT-aḥ

The substitute short vowel u(T) replaces the short vowel a(T) occurring after [the reduplicated syllable 58 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stems cár- `move, graze' (I 591) and phál- `bear fruit' (I 563) before 1.1.66 the affixes yáṄ and yáṄ-luK 82].

Exx. cited under 87 above. For meaning cf. 3.1.24 above.

$7.4.89 t-i ca

[The substitute phoneme u(T) replaces the phoneme short a(T) 88 of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the verbal stems cár- `move, graze' (I 591) and phál- `bear fruit' (I 563) before 1.1.66 an affix] with initial t-°.

1. car+KtiN = cúr+ti- = cūr-ti- (8.2.77) `moving, grazing'; 2. prá+phul+KtiN = pra-phúl-ti- `blossoming, blooming'. Description

$7.4.90 rīK ŕT=upa-dha-sya ca

[The final increment 1.1.46] rīK is inserted at the end [of the reduplicated syllable 58 of an áṅga 6.4.1] with penultimate (°-upa-dha-sya) short vowel r̥(T) [before 1.1.66 the affixes 3.1.1 yáṄ and yáṄ-luK 58] also (ca).

The implication of [ca] here is to extend the operation to other verbal stems where phoneme short [r̥T] is neither penultimate nor final. vr̥t+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = va-rīK-0̸-vr̥t-yá-a-te (60) = varī-vr̥t-yá-te (6.1.97); +yáṄ-luK = várī=vr̥t-ī-ti/vár-var-ti/vári-var-ti (91); vr̥śc+yáṄ/yáṄ-luK = varī-vr̥śc-yá-te/várī-vr̥śc-ī-ti; parī-pr̥cch-yá-te/párī-pr̥cch-ī-ti.

$7.4.91 ¹ru̱K=²riK-au ca luK-i

[The final increments 1.1.46] ru̱K and riK, as well as (ca) [rīK 90 are inserted at the end of the reduplicated syllable 58 of an áṅga 6.4.1 with penultimate short vowel r̥T 90 before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1] yáṄ-luK.

nr̥t+yáṄ-luK+īṬ+tiP = nárī-nar-ti/nár-nar-ti/nári-nar-ti/nárī-nr̥t-ī-ti (3.94), nár-nr̥t-ī-ti/nári-nr̥t-ī-ti.

$7.4.92 r̥T-as ca

[The final increments 1.1.46 ru̱K, riK 91 and rīK 90] are also (ca) inserted at the end [of the reduplicated syllable 58 of an áṅga 6.4.1 ending in 1.1.72] the short vowel r̥(T) [before 1.1.66 the affix 3.1.1 yáṄ-luK 91].

vr̥+yáṄ-luK = vár-var-ti/vári-var-ti/varī-var-ti; var-vr̥t-ī-ti (3.87)/vári-vr̥t-ī-ti/várī-vr̥t-ī-ti (3.94).

$7.4.93 saN-vát laghú-n-i CáṄpare án-aC=lop-e

When there is no lopa (0̸) replacement [of the final 1.1.52] vowel (án-aC-lop-e) [of the áṅga 6.4.1 of a verbal stem] containing a light vowel (laghú-n-i) [before 1.1.66 the causative marker ṆíC 3.1.48 co-occurring with the Aorist substitute marker] CáṄ [its reduplicated syllable 58 is] treated like [the one before 1.1.66 the desiderative marker] saN.

79. kr̥+ṆíC+CáN+t = kār-i+CáṄ+t (2.115) = ka0̸-kār-i+a+t (6.1.11; 7.4.59,60) = ca-kār-i-a-t (62) = ci-kar-0̸-t (6.4.51; 7.4.1,79) = cī-kar-a-t (94) = áṬ-cī-kar-a-t (6.4.71) = á-cī-kar-a-t.

80. pu+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = á-pī-pav-a-t; 81. á-si/su+srav-a-t.

But takṣ+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = á-ta-takṣ-at; jāgr̥+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = á-ja-jāgar-a-t since they contain a metrically heavy vowel. Similarly katha (X 37)+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = kath0̸-i+CaṄ+t (6.4.48) = á-ca-kath-a-t.

$7.4.94 dīrghá-ḥ laghó-ḥ

A substitute long (vowel 1.2.28) replaces the light (vowel) [of the reduplicated syllable 58 of an áṅga 6.4.1 of a verbal stem] containing a light vowel [before the causative marker ṆíC co-occurring with the Aorist substitute marker CáṄ 1, without 0̸ replacement of its final vowel (before ṆíC) 93].

Exx. cited under 93 above.

$7.4.95 aT ¹smŕ-²dr̄-³tvára̱-⁴práthA-⁵mrádA-⁶str̄-⁷spáś-ām

The substitute short vowel a(T) replaces the vowel of [the reduplicated syllable 58 of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of verbal stems] smŕ- `remember' (I 845), dr̄- `tear up' (IX 23), tvár- `hasten' (I 812), práth- `extend' (I 802), mrád- `crush, pound' (I 804), str̄- `strew, scatter' (IX 14) and spáś- `perceive, observe, espy' (I 936) [before 1.1.66 the causative marker ṆíC 1 co-occurring with the Aorist substitute marker CáṄ 93].

Exception to 93 and 94. 1. smr̥+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = a-sa-smar-a-t `caused (someone) to remember'; similarly: 2. dr̄: á-da-dar-a-t; 3. tvár: á-ta-tvar-a-t; 4. práth: á-pa-prath-a-t; 5. mrád: á-ma-mrad-a-t; 6. str̄: á-ta-star-a-t; spáś: á-pa-spaś-a-t. Description

$7.4.96 vibhāṣā ¹véṣṭi̱-²céṣṭy̱-oḥ

[The substitute short vowel a(T) 95] optionally (vibhāsā) replaces the vowel [of the reduplicated syllable 58 of the áṅga-s 6.4.1 of the verbal stems] véṣṭ- `wind or twist round' (I 274) and céṣṭ- `move' (I 275) [before 1.1.66 the causative marker ṆíC 1 co-occurring with the Aorist substitute marker CáṄ 93].

1. veṣṭ+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = á-va-veṣṭ-a-t/á-vi-veṣṭ-a-t. Similarly: 2. áca-ceṣṭ-a-t/á-ci-ceṣṭ-a-t.

$7.4.97 ī ca gaṇ-aḥ

The substitute long vowel ī as well as (ca) [the short vowel a(T) 95 replace the vowel of the reduplicated syllable 58 of the áṅga 6.4.1 of the verbal stem] gaṇa- `count' (X 309) [before 1.1.66 the causative marker ṆíC co-occurring with the Aorist substitute marker CáṄ 93].

gaṇa+ṆíC+CáṄ+t = gaṇ0̸+í+CáṄ+t (6.4.48) = á-jī-gaṇ-0̸-a-t (9.4.51) = á-jī-gaṇ-a-t/á-ja-gaṇ-a-t. Description

$8.1.1 sárva-sya dv-é

(In the section beginning here and extending up to 15 below, the operations introduced state) two expressions occur in the place of a whole (sárva-sya dv-é) sequence.

This is a governing rule [adhi-kār-á] and the present heading recurs in the subsequent fourteen rules.

$8.1.2 tá-sya pára-m ā-mreḍ-i-ta-m

The technical term (t.t.) āmredita denotes the second (pára-m = following) expression of the doublet (doubled sequence).

As a t.t. occurs at 6.1.99,100; 8.1.57; 2.95,103; 3.12,49. caúra caura `O thief, O thief!' and bhuṅk-té bhuṅk-te `eats and eats'; items in bold are āmreḍita-s. Description

$8.1.3 ánudattā-ṁ ca

[The āmreḍita 2] is low-pitched (ánudātta-m).

pác-a-ti pac-a-ti `cooks and cooks' (i.e., goes on cooking).

$8.1.4 ¹nít-ya-²vīpsá-y-oḥ

[Two expressions occur in the place of a whole sequence 1] to denote a repetition of an action (nítya-°) or pervasion of a thing by a property or action (°vīpsáy-oḥ).

1. repetition (nítya-°): pác-a-ti pac-a-ti (3); jálp-a-ti jalp-a-ti `constantly prattling'; bhój-am bhoj-am vráj-a-ti `each one goes out after eating'.

2. pervasion (vīpsā): grām-aḥ grāma-ḥ ram-aṇīya-ḥ `(village after village =) each village is pleasant'; púruṣa-ḥ puruṣa-ḥ ni-dhána-m úp-ai-ti `every person goes unto death'.

$8.1.5 páre-r várj-an-e

[Two expressions occur in the place of the whole of 1] of the particle pári to denote `exclusion' (várj-an-e).

pári pari trí-garte-bhyaḥ vr̥ṣ-ṭá-ḥ devá-ḥ `It rained all around Trígarta' (excluding it).

$8.1.6 ¹prá-²sám=³úpa=⁴úd-aḥ pāda-pūr-aṇ-e

[Two expressions occur in the place of the whole of 1] the particles prá-, sám-, úpa- and úd- to fill up a verse quarter line (pāda- pūr-aṇ-e).

prá prāyám agní-r bharatá-sya śr̥ṇ-v-e (RV 7.8.4); sám sam íd yuv-a-se vr̥ṣan (RV 10.191.1); úpopa me párā-mr̥ś-a (RV 1.126.7); kím nód-ud u harṣ-a-se dā-tavā u (RV 4.21.9). Description

$8.1.7 ¹upári-²ádhi-³adhás-aḥ sām-ī-py-e

[Two expressions occur in the place of the whole of 1] the particles upári-, ádhi- and adhás- respectively denoting `above/on, upon/below' to indicate proximity (sām-īp-y-e: in time or space).

upáry upari grāma-m `very near the village'; ádhy adhi grāma-m `in the vicinity of the village'; adháh adhaḥ nágara-m `in the vicinity of the city'.

$8.1.8 vāk-ya=ādé-r ā-mantr-i-ta-sya ¹asūyā-²sam-má-ti-³kóp-a-⁴kúts-ana-⁵bhárts-an-e-ṣu

[Two expressions occur in the place of the whole of 1] a sentence initial (vāk-ya=āde-ḥ) vocative (ā-mantr-i-ta-sya) to denote jealousy (asūyā-°), honoring (°-sam-má-ti-°), anger (°-kópa-°), scorn (°-kúts-ana-°) or threatening (°-bhárts-ane-ṣu).

1. asūyā: súndara sundara! vŕthā te saúndar-ya-m `O handsome one! your beauty is in vain'. 2. sam-má-ti: déva deva! vand-yàḥ á-si `Lord, you are adorable'. 3. kópa: dūr-vi-nī-ta dur-vi-nī-ta, idānīm jñā-syá-si `O ill-mannered wretch, you will soon learn'. 4. kúts-ana: dhānuṣka dhānuṣka vŕthā te dhánuḥ `O archer, your bow is useless'. 5. bhárts-ana: córa cora ghāt-ay-i-ṣyā-mi tvā `O thief, I will have you punished'. Description

$8.1.9 éka-m bahuvrīhi-vát

[Two expressions occur in the place of the whole of] the number word éka- `one' (and the resulting sequence) is treated like a Bahuvrīhí compound.

The object of this is to indicate that the sUP triplets introduced after the prior member are replaced by 0̸¹ (2.4.71) and it is treated like a masculine (6.3.34) and is accented according to 6.2.1.

ékam ekam = éka+0̸¹+eka-m akṣára-m páṭh-a-ti `recites each (and every syllable)'; ékay-ā ekay-ā ā-hu-ty-ā ju-hó-ti = ékaikay-ā `offers each (and every) oblation'. Though it functions like a Bahuvrīhí, it still retains its character as a pronominal stem: ékaika-smai/ekaika-syai, etc. Description

$8.1.10 ā-bādh-é ca

[Two expressions occur in the place of the whole of an expression 1] to denote torment (ā-bādh-é) [and the resulting sequence is treated like a Bahuvrīhi compound 9].

ga-tá-ḥ ga-ta-ḥ = ga-tá-ga-ta-ḥ `Alas! he has gone'; similarly ga-tā ga-tā = ga-tá-ga-tā f. Description

$8.1.11 karma-dhār-aya-vát úttare-ṣu

(In the section beginning here and extending up to 15 below : úttare-ṣu) [two expressions occur in the place of the whole of an expression 1 and the sequence resulting] is treated like a Karmadhārayá compound.

This results in the 0̸¹ replacement of sUP triplets introduced after the prior member (2.4.71) and the whole sequence is accented according to 6.2.223 on the final syllable of the compound.

$8.1.12 pra-kār-é guṇa-vác-ana-sya

[Two expressions occur in the place of the whole of 1] an expression denoting a property (guṇa-vác-ana-sya) to indicate that the thing possessed of that property has it only to a limited extent (pra-kār-é) [and the sequence resulting is treated like a Karmadhārayá compound 11].

paṭu-paṭú- `kind of sharp or clever or intelligent'; paṭu-paṭv-ī f. = paṭu+0̸¹-paṭv-ī. Description

$8.1.13 á-kr̥cchr-e ¹priy-á-²sukháy-or anya-tará-syām

[Two expressions occur in the place of the whole 1] optionally (anya-tará-syām) of priy-á- `dear' and sukhá- `happiness' to denote that something is done without difficulty or hardship (á-kr̥cchr-e).

priy-a-priy-éṇa/sukha-sukh-éna dá-dā-ti `donates easily, gives without any hardship' = priy-e-ṇa/sukh-e-na dadā-ti.

$8.1.14 ya-thā-sv-é ya-thā-ya-thá-m

The expression ya-thā-ya-thá-m is introduced to denote `respectively' (ya-thā-svá-m = individually, properly).

yá-ḥ ya-ḥ ātmā yád yad atm-īya-m = ya-thā-svá-m (2.1.7) = yá-thā ya-thā = ya-thā-yathá-m.

$8.1.15 dvaṁ-dvá-m ¹rahas-yà-²maryādā-vacaná-³vy-ut-krám-aṇa-⁴yajña-pātra-pra-yog-á=⁵abhi-vyák-ti-ṣu

The expression dvaṁ-dvá- is introduced to denote `a secret' (rahasyà-°), `a limit' (°maryādā-vac-aná-°), `a separation' (°vy-ut-krám-aṇa-°) `an employment of a ritual vessel' (°-yajña-pātra-pra-yog-a-°) and `manifestation' (°-abhi-vyák-ti-ṣu).

1. dv-aú dv-au bhū-tvā mantr-áy-ante = dvaṁdvá-m mantr-áy-ante `they consult secretly (in pairs)'; 2. ā-caturá-ṁ hí im-é paśáv-aḥ dvaṁ-dvá-m mithunā-y-ánte `up to the fourth generation animals co-habit'. 3. dvaṁdvá-ṁ vy-ut-krān-tāḥ `they separated into two parties'. 4. dvaṁ-dvá-ṁ ny-añc-i yajña-pātrā-ṇ-í prá-yu-na-k-ti `he employs the sacrificial vessels two by two, face downwards'. dvaṁ-dvá-ṁ sam-karṣ-aṇa-vāsu-dev-áu `the pair S. and V.'

$8.1.16 padá-sya

(In the section beginning here and extending up to and inclusive of 3.54 below, all operations introduced are) of the padá (1.4.14ff.).

This is a governing rule [adhi-kār-á] and the expression `of the padá' will recur in each subsequent rule of this section.

$8.1.17 pad-āt

(In the section beginning here and extending up to 68 inclusive below all operations introduced are) after the padá (pad-āt 1.1.67).

This also a governing rule within the major governing rule above, and the word (pad-āt) `after a padá' will recur in each rule of this sub-section.

$8.1.18 ánudātta-ṁ sárva-m á-pada-ād-au

(In the section beginning here and extending up to and inclusive of 74 below) an entire (sárva-m) [padá 16] is low-pitched (ánudātta-m) [when it occurs after 1.1.67 another padá 17] unless it occurs at the beginning of a quarter verse (á-pada=ād-au).

The word [padá-] in the compound expression [a-pada=ād-au] is not used in its technical sense (1.4.14ff.) as in 16-17 above.

This is also a governing rule and will recur in all subsequent rules up to 74 below.

$8.1.19 ā-mantr-i-ta-sya ca

[The entire 18] vocative (ā-mantr-i-ta- 2.3.48) [occurring after a padá 17 is low-pitched (ánudātta-m) unless it occurs at the head of a quarter verse 18].

ágne yám yajñá-m adhvarám viśvá-taḥ pari-bhū-r asi (RV 1.1.3) but úpa tv-ā-gne divé-dive (RV 1.1.7); pác-a-si deva-datta? `Devadattá, are you cooking', but déva-datta pac-a-si?.

$8.1.20 ¹yuṣmád-²asmád-oḥ ¹ṣaṣṭhī-²caturthī-³dvi-tīyā-sthāy-or ¹vām-²nāv-au

The substitute morphemes vām and nau [respectively 1.3.10] replace the pronominal stems yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we', co-occurring with the sixth, fourth or second sUP triplets [and are low-pitched 18 when occurring after a padá 17].

By inference these enclitics are replacements for the dual personal (first and second) pronominal stems, since in the following two sūtras special substitutes are introduced for the plural and the singular.

grāma-ḥ vām/yuvā-bhyām dī-yá-te `a village is given to both of you'; jana-padá-ḥ nau/āvā-bhyām dī-yá-te `an inhabited region is given to both of us'.

$8.1.21 bahu-vac-an-é ¹vas-²nas-su

The substitute morphemes vas and nas [respectively 1.3.10 replace the whole of 1.1.55 of the second and first personal pronominal stems yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we', co-occurring with the sixth, fourth and second sUP triplets 20, occurring after a padá 17 and are low-pitched 18] when denoting the plural (bahu-vac-an-é).

Exx. cited under 23 below.

$8.1.22 te-may-au=eka-vac-aná-sya

The substitute morphemes te and me [respectively 1.3.10 replace the whole of 1.1.55 the personal pronouns yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we', co-occurring with the sixth or fourth triplets 20 and are low-pitched 18, occurring after a padá 17] when denoting the singular.

Exx. cited under 23 below.

$8.1.23 ¹tvā-²m-au dvi-tīyā-y-āḥ

The substitute morphemes tvā and mā [respectively 1.3.10 replace the whole of the personal pronouns yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' 20] co-occurring with the second sUP triplet [when denoting the singular 22, and are low-pitched 18, occurring after a padá 17].

These four rules 20-23 introduce the enclitics [te], [me], [tvā], [mā] (sing.), [vām, nau] (dual) and [vas, nas] (plural), as replacements for the second and first personal pronominal padás respectively. The following verse illustrates this usage as quoted in the Siddhānta-Kaumudī:

1. śrīśá-s tvā-v-a-tu mā=ápī-há (acc. sing.) `May Viṣṇu protect you and me'.

2. dad-yā-t te me=ápi sá hári-ḥ (dat. sing.) `May He grant umbrage to you and me'.

3. svāmī te me=ápi sá hári-ḥ (gen. sing.) `Hari is your lord and mine'.

4. pā-tu vām ápi nau vi-bhú-ḥ (acc. dual) `May the mighty Lord protect the two of you and the two of us'.

5. sukhá-ṁ vāṁ nau da-dā-tv īśsá-ḥ (dat. dual) `May the Lord grant happiness to the two of you and the two of us'.

6. pátir-vām ápi nau hári-ḥ (gen. dual) `Hari is the protector of you two and us two'.

7. só-vyād vo naḥ (acc. plur.) `May He protect you and us'.

8. śivá-ṁ vo no dad-yā-t (dat. plur.) `May He grant you and us happiness'.

9. sev-yò-tra vaḥ sá naḥ (gen. plur. 2.3.71) `He is to be worshipped by all of you and us'.

$8.1.24 ná ¹ca-²vā-³ha=⁴áha=⁵evá-yuk-t-e

[The substitute morphemes introduced in 20-23] do not replace (ná) [the second and first personal pronouns yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' 20] when co-occurring [before 1.1.66] the particles ca `and', vā `or', ha, áha `indeed, certainly' and evá `only'.

1. hári-s tvām mām ca rakṣ-a-tu `May Hari protect you and me'.

2. grāma-s táva vā svám máma vā svám `the village is either your property or mine'. Similarly with the other particles and with dual and plural forms of pronominal stems.

$8.1.25 paśyá=arth-ais=ca=án-ā-loc-an-e

[The substitute morphemes introduced in 20-23 do not replace 24 the personal pronouns yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' 20] also (ca) when co-occurring with verbal stems denoting the sense of `perceive' (paśyá-arth-aih) excluding those which indicate perception by sight (án-ā-loc-an-e).

cétas-ā tvāṁ sám-īkṣ-a-te `perceives you with the mind'; bhak-tá-s táva rūpá-m mánas-ā dhyāy-a-ti `the devotee mentally visualizes your form', but bhak-tá-s tvā paśy-a-ti cákṣuṣ-ā `the devotee sees you (sg.) with (his) eyes'.

$8.1.26 sá-pūrvā-y-āḥ prathamā-y-āḥ vibhāṣā

[The substitute morphemes introduced in 20-23 do not 24] optionally (vibhāṣā) replace [the personal pronouns yuṣmád- `you' and asmád- `we' 20 after 1.1.67 a padá 17 ending in 1.1.72] the first sUP triplet, co-occurring after [another padá 17] (sá-pūrvā-y-āḥ).

bhak-tá-s tvám ápy ahám t-éna hári-s tvām trāy-a-te sá mām `You and I are devotees of Hari; therefore He protects you and me'; alternately t-éna hári-s tvā trāy-a-te sá mā. Description

$8.1.27 tiṄ-aḥ gotrá-ādī-n-i ¹kúts-ana=²ābhīkṣṇ-yay-oḥ

[After 1.1.67 a padá 17 ending in 1.1.72] l-substitutes tiṄ (3.4.78) the class of words beginning with go-trá- (is all low-pitched 18) when denoting a pejorative (kuts-ána-°) or frequentative (°ābhīkṣṇ-yay-oḥ) sense.

1. kúts-an-e: pác-a-ti go-tra-m `makes a livelihood by announcing his gotrá (family name or descent)'; 2. ābhīkṣṇ-y-e: pác-a-ti pac-a-ti go-tram `repeatedly proclaims (one's) go-trá'.

$8.1.28 tiṄ á-tiṄ-aḥ

[After 17] a non-verbal [padá 17 (á-tiṄ-aḥ), a padá ending in 1.1.72] l-substitutes (tiṄ) [is all anudātta 18].

deva-dat-tá-ḥ pac-a-ti `Devadattá is cooking', but bháv-a-ti pác-a-ti `cooking is taking place'.

$8.1.29 ná lUṬ

[After 1.1.67 a non-verbal 28 padá 17, a padá ending in 1.1.72] the l-substitutes of lUṬ (non-sigmatic Future) is not (na') [all anudātta 18].

śváḥ kar-tā `will do tomorrow'/kar-tā-rau/kar-tā-raḥ.

$8.1.30 ni-pāt-aír ¹yád-²yádi-³hánta-⁴kuvíd-⁵néd-⁶céd-⁷caṆ-⁸káccid-⁹yá-tra-yuk-ta-m

[A padá ending in 1.1.72 the l-substitute tiṄ 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18] when co-occurring with the particles yád `that', yádi `if', hánta `oh, well', kuvíd `perhaps', néd `not indeed', céd, caṆ `if', kác-cid `I hope that' and yá-tra `where'.

1. yát kar-ó-ti `that he does'; 2. yádi kar-ó-ti `if he does'; 3. hánta kar-ó-ti `well, he does'; 4. kuvít kar-ó-ti `perhaps he does'; 5. nét kar-ó-ti `does not indeed do'; 6. sá céd bhuṅk-te `if he eats'; 7. ayám ca = céd mar-i-ṣyá-ti `if he dies'; 8. káccid adh-ī-te `hope he studies'; 9. yá-tra bhuṅk-té `where he eats'.

$8.1.31 náha praty-ā-rambh-é

[A padá ending in 1.1.72 the l-substitute tiṄ 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30] the particle ná-ha `not indeed' to denote prohibition (praty-ārambh-é).

ná-ha bhok-ṣyá-se `certainly you will eat'. The prohibition is of the repeated denial by the responsee of the request to eat; but when prohibition is not implied: ná ha vaí tásmin=ca deś-é dakṣiṇām icch-a-nti `not indeed in that country people desire a sacrificial fee'.

$8.1.32 satyá-m praśn-é

[A padá ending in 1.1.72 the l-substitute tiṄ 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30] satyá-m `truly' to imply a question (praśn-é).

satyá-m bhok-ṣyá-se `truly you will eat?'; but when a question is not implied: satyá-ṁ vak-ṣyā-mi ná án-r̥ta-m `I speak the truth, not untruth'.

$8.1.33 aṅgá á-prāti-lom-y-e

[A padá ending in 1.1.72 the l-substitute tiṄ 18 is not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30] the particle aṅgá `true, indeed' to denote an amicable assertion (á-prāti-lom-y-e).

aṅgá pác-a `indeed you may cook', but aṅgá kūj-a, idānīm jñā-sya-si `go on, cry, you will know now'. Description

$8.1.34 hí ca

[A padá ending in 1.1.72 the l-substitute tiṄ 18 is not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30] the particle hí `for, because' also (ca) [to denote an amicable assertion 33].

sá hí páṭh-a `for certainly, you may recite', but sá hí kūj-a vr̥ṣala! idānīm jñā-sya-si `go on, O wretch, cry, you will know now'.

$8.1.35 chándas-i án-eka-m ápi sá=ā-kāṅkṣ-am

In the domain of Chándas more than one (ánekam ápi) [padá ending in 1.1.72 the l-substitute tiṄ 28 does not 29 all become ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30 the particle hí `for, because' 34] and are dependent (sākāṅkṣa-m) [on the first verbal padá].

The force of the indeclinable [ápi] is to indicate that there may be one or even more than one verbal padá.

án-r̥ta-m hí mat-tá-ḥ vád-a-ti, pāpmā ena-m vi-pu-nā-ti `If the drunkard tells a lie, sin will make him impure'.

$8.1.36 ¹yā-vad-²yá-thā-bhyām

[A verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30] the indeclinables yā-vat `as much' and yá-thā `in which manner'.

yā-vad bhuṅk-té `as long as he eats'; yá-thā bhuṅk-té `in whatever manner he eats'.

This rule applies even when the indeclinables do not precede the verb: deva-dat-tá-ḥ pác-a-ti yá-thā/yā-vat `in whatever manner/so long as Devadattá cooks'.

$8.1.37 pūjā-y-āṁ ná=án-antara-m

[A verbal padá 28, co-occurring with 39 the indeclinables yā-vat `as much' and yá-thā `in which manner'] immediately after them (án-antara-m) is [all ánudātta 18] to denote praise or honor.

The negative particle [ná] in this rule negatives the recurring [ná] from 29 above, restoring the position stated in 18 above.

yā-vat pac-a-ti śóbh-ana-m `as long as he cooks well'; similarly yá-thā pac-a-ti śóbh-ana-m `in whatever manner he cooks well'; but yā-vad/yá-thā bhuṅk-té; and with intervention: yā-vad deva-dat-tá-ḥ pác-a-ti śóbh-ana-m `as long as Devadatta cooks well'.

$8.1.38 upa-sarg-a-vy-ap-e-táṁ ca

[A verbal padá 28, co-occurring with 30 the particles yā-vat `as much' and yá-thā `in which manner' 36, but] separated from them by a preverb (upa-sarg-a-vy-ap-e-tá-m) [is all ánudātta 18] also (ca) [to denote praise 37].

yā-vat prá-pac-a-ti deva-dat-tá-ḥ śóbh-ana-m; but yā-vad deva-dat-tá-ḥ pra-pác-a-ti. Description

$8.1.39 ¹tú-²páśya-páśya-ta=³áh-aiḥ pūjā-y-ām

[A verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30] tú `but', páśy-a/páśy-a-ta `see' and áha `surely, certainly' to indicate praise [pūjā-y-ām].

1. māṇavaka-s tú bhuṅk-té śóbh-ana-m `but the lad eats well'.

2. páśy-a/páśy-a-ta māṇavaka-ḥ bhuṅk-té śóbh-ana-m.

3. áha māṇavaka-ḥ bhuṅk-té śóbh-ana-m. Description

$8.1.40 aho ca

[A verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18] also (ca) [when co-occurring with 30] the particle aho `bravo!, ah!' [to denote praise 39].

aho deva-dat-tá-ḥ pác-a-ti śóbh-ana-m `bravo! D. cooks well'. Description

$8.1.41 śeṣ-e vibhāṣā

[A verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18] optionally (vibhāṣā) [when co-occurring with 30 the particle aho `ah! bravo!` 40] to denote senses other than (śeṣ-e) [praise, honor 39].

káṭa-m aho kar-i-ṣyá-si/kari-ṣya-si (said in envy). Description

$8.1.42 purā ca par-ī-psā-y-ām

[A verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18 optionally 41 when co-occurring with 30] the particle purā `before, prior to' to denote the sense of `haste' (par-ī-p-sā-y-ām).

ádh-ī-ṣva māṇavaka purā vi-dyót-a-te/ví-dyot-a-te vi-dyút `Study, O lad, before the lightning flashes' but naḍ-ena sma purā ádh-ī-ya-te `formerly study was being done by Naḍa'. The urgency or haste in the first case is because of the tabu on conducting study during lightning.

$8.1.43 nanú iti anu-jñā=eṣ-aṇā-y-ām

[A verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30] the particle na-nú `certainly, surely' to denote the seeking of permission (anu-jñā=eṣa-aṇ-ā-y-ām).

na-nú gácch-ā-mi bhoḥ `May I go?', but in the expression á-kār-ṣ-ī-ḥ káṭa-ṁ deva-datta? na-nú kar-o-mi bhoḥ `Devadatta! have you made the mat? I will certainly make it', it is all anudātta.

$8.1.44 kíṁ kriyā-praś-n-é án-upa-sarg-am á-prati-ṣid-dha-m

[A verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30] the particle kím used interrogatively (kriyā-praś-n-é) and the verbal padá is not preceded by a preverb (án-upa-sarg-a-m) or the negative particle (á-prati-ṣid-dha-m).

kíṁ deva-dat-tá-ḥ pác-a-ti āho-svit bhuṅk-te `Is Devadattá cooking or eating?' According to some grammarians the second verb also is not all ánudātta (= bhuṅk-té).

kím deva-dat-tá-ḥ prá-pac-a-ti āho-svit prá-kar-o-ti/na paṭh-a-ti āhosvit na kar-o-ti `Is D. beginning to eat or beginning to make?' or `Is D. not reading or making?'

$8.1.45 lóp-e vibhāṣā

[A verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18] optionally (vibhāṣā) when the substitute lópa (0̸) [replaces the particle kím 45 co-occurring with it, used interrogatively and not preceded by a preverb or the negative particle 44].

The situation is identical with 44 above, without actually using the particle kím.

deva-dat-tá-ḥ pác-a-ti?/pac-a-ti? āhosvit páṭh-a-ti/paṭh-a-ti. Description

$8.1.46 é-hi-mán-y-e pra-hās-é lR̥Ṭ

[A verbal padá 28 ending in the l-substitutes of] l-member lR̥Ṭ (Sigmatic Future) [is not all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30] the expression é-hi mán-y-e `Come, I think' to denote irony (pra-hās-é).

é-hi mán-y-e odaná-m bhok-ṣyá-se `Come, I believe you will be eating rice?' (implying: `you will not, since it has already been eaten by guests'). Similarly é-hi mán-y-e ráth-ena yā-syá-si? ná hí yās-ya-si, yā-tá-s t-éna pitā `Come, I believe you will be travelling by chariot?' (implying `you will not, father has gone with it').

$8.1.47 jātu á-pūrva-m

[A verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30] the particle jātu `ever, certainly, positively' when it is not preceded [by another padá] (á-pūrva-m).

jātu bhok-ṣyá-se `you will certainly eat'; jātu kar-i-ṣyā-mi `I will positively do', but káṭa-ṁ jātu kar-i-ṣya-si `you will certainly make a mat'. Description

$8.1.48 kim-vr̥t-tá-ṁ ca cid-ut-tara-m

[A verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30] the declensional forms of the interrogative pronoun kím `who, what, which' followed by (°úttara-m) the particle cid [and not preceded by another padá 47].

káś-cid bhoj-áy-a-ti/bhuṅk-té `someone feeds/eats'; k-éna cid kar-ó-ti `makes with someone', ká-smai cid dá-dā-ti `gives to someone', ka-taráś cid kar-ó-ti, ka-tamáś cid bhuṅk-té but deva-dat-tá-ḥ kíṁ cid paṭh-a-ti `Devadattá recites something'.

$8.1.49 ¹āho=²utāho ca=án-antara-m

[A verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30] the particles āho `is it so?' or utāho `is that so?' [not preceded by another padá 47] and without intervention (án-antaram).

āho/utāho bhuṅk-té `is he eating?' but deva-dat-tá-ḥ āho/utāho bhuṅk-te? `Is Devadattá eating?' Description

$8.1.50 śéṣ-e vibhāṣā

[A verbal padá 29 is not 29 all ánudātta 18] optionally (vibhāṣā) [when co-occurring with 30 the particles āho, utāho `is it so?' 49] in the remaining (śéṣ-e) context (: when the verbal padá does not follow immediately, i.e., there is intervention).

āho/utāho deva-dat-tá-ḥ pác-a-ti/pac-a-ti `Does D. cook?' Description

$8.1.51 gaty-artha-lÓṬ-ā lR̥Ṭ ná cét kār-aka-ṁ sarva=anyat

[A verbal padá 28 ending in 1.1.72 the l-substitutes of the l-member] lR̥Ṭ (Sigmatic Future) [is not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30] (another) [verbal padá ending in 1.1.72 the l-substitutes of the l-member] lOṬ (Imperative) of verbs of movement (gaty-ártha-°), provided the case relationship (kār-aka-m) is not wholly (sarvá-°) different (°-anyat).

The kār-aka-s involved here are the agent and object only.

ā-gacch-a deva-dat-ta! grāma-m, drak-ṣyá-si ena-m `Come to the village, D., you will see him'; but pác-a devadatta odaná-m, bhok-ṣya-se ena-m `Cook (some) rice, you will feed him' where the verb is not of movement. ā-gacch-eḥ devadatta grāma-m, drak-ṣya-si enam where the verb is in the Optative Mood (lIṄ); ā-gacch-a devadatta grāma-m, pitā te odaná-m bhok-ṣya-te `Come to the village, D., your father will eat rice there' where the agents of the verbs are different.

$8.1.52 lOṬ ca

[A verbal padá ending in the l-substitutes 28 of the l-member] lOṬ (Imperative) also (ca) [is not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30 another padá ending in 1.1.72 the l-substitutes of lOṬ of verbs of movement, provided the case relationship is not all different 51].

á-gacch-a devadatta! grāma-m páśy-a `Come, Devadatta! see the village', but ā-gacch-eḥ devadatta grāma-m, paśy-a ena-m (optative); pác-a devadatta odanám, bhuṅk-ṣva ena-m `Cook rice, Devadatta and eat it', the verb is not one of motion.

$8.1.53 ví-bhāṣ-i-taṁ sá=upa-sarg-am án-uttama-m

[A verbal padá ending in the l-substitutes 28 of the l-member lOṬ 52] optionally (ví-bhāṣ-t-tam) [is not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30 another verbal padá ending in 1.1.72 the l-substitutes of lOṬ of verbs of motion, provided the case relationship is not wholly different 51] if it is co-occurring with a preverb (s-ó-pa-sargam) and is not in the first person (án-uttaman 1.4.107).

ā-gacch-a deva-dat-ta! grāma-m pra-víś-a/prá-viś-a `Come, D., enter the village', but ā-gacch-ā-ni grāma-m pra-víś-āni `I will go and enter the village'.

$8.1.54 hánta ca

[A verbal padá ending in 1.1.72 the l-substitutes 28 of the l-member lOṬ 52 co-occurring with a preverb is optionally 53 not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30] the particle hánta `well'.

hánta prá-viś-a/pra-viś-á but hánta kur-ú/pra-bhu-náj-āvahai the first without a preverb and the second with a preverb and first person [constraints implied by ca from 53 above]. Description

$8.1.55 ām-aḥ éka=antara-m ā-mantr-i-tam án-antik-e

A vocative (ā-mantr-i-ta-m 2.3.48) [is not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30] the interjection ām, but separated from it by a single [padá 17] (ék-ā-ntara-m) except when following it (án-antik-e).

ām pac-a-si déva-dat-tā3 (6.1.198; 8.2.84 for accent) `well, are you cooking, Devadatta?', but ām prá-pac-a-si deva-dat-tā3 (2 padás)/ām deva-dat-ta (no padá). Description

$8.1.56 ¹yád=²hí-³tú-para-ṁ chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [a verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18 when co-occurring with 30] the particles yád `which (relative)', hí `for' and tú `but'.

1. gáv-āṁ go-trám ud-á-sr̥j-aḥ yád angira-ḥ `O Angiras! in that thou hast released the cattle shed' (RV 2.23.18).

2. índav-aḥ vām uś-ánti hí (RV 1.2.4) `the Soma-drops like you'.

3. ā-khyā-syā-mi tu te `but I will tell you'. Normally the accent would have been on the preverb (28) but in this case the preverb loses its accent when the verb is accented (71 below).

$8.1.57 ¹caná-²cid=³iva-⁴go-trá=ādi-⁵taddhitá=⁶ā-mreḍ-i-te-ṣu=á-gate-ḥ

[A verbal padá 28 is not all ánudātta 19 when co-occurring with 30] the particles caná-, cid, iva, and the word-class beginning with go-trá-, a taddhitá affix (5.3.66-67) or an ā-mreḍ-i-ta(2) and is not preceded by a member denoted by the t.t. gáti (1.4.60).

1. deva-dat-tá-ḥ pác-a-ti caná `D. does not even cook'.

2. deva-dat-tá-ḥ pác-a-ti cid `D. also cooks'.

3. deva-dat-tá-ḥ pác-a-ti iva `D. cooks, as it were'.

4. deva-dat-tá-ḥ pác-a-ti gotrá-m `D. cooks badly/repeatedly'.

5. deva-dat-tá-ḥ pác-a-ti-kalpa-m/pác-a-ti-rūpa-m `D. has not finished cooking/is cooking well'.

6. deva-dat-tá-ḥ pác-a-ti pac-a-ti `D. cooks assiduously' but deva-dat-tá-ḥ prá-pac-a-ti caná.

$8.1.58 ca=ādi-ṣu ca

[A verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18 before 1.1.66] the class of particles beginning with ca (24) `and' [and is not preceded by a member denoted by the t.t. gáti (1.4.60) 57].

This class consists of ca, vā, ha, áha, and evá (24).

1. deva-dat-tá-ḥ pác-a-ti khād-a-ti ca `D. is cooking and eating'; 2. deva-dat-tá-ḥ pác-a-ti vā khād-a-ti vā / páca-ty áha khād-a-ty áha / pác-a-ty evá khād-a-ty evá `Devadattá either cooks or eats / certainly cooks and eats / only cooks and eats' respectively, but deva-dat-tá-ḥ prá-pac-a-ti/ca/vā/áha/evá prá-khād-a-ti/ca/vā/áha/evá. Description

$8.1.59 ¹ca-²vā-yog-e prathamā

The first [verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18] when co-occurring with the particles ca `and' and vā `or'.

gardabhān=ca kāl-áy-a-ti vīṇā-ṁ ca vād-ay-a-ti `drives the donkeys and plays on the Vīṇā also'; similarly with [vā].

$8.1.60 ha=iti kṣi-yā-y-ām

[The first verbal padá 28 is not 29 all anudātta 18] when co-occurring after the particle ha to denote an offence against customary behavior (kṣi-yā-y-ām).

svayá-ṁ ráth-ena yā-tī3 up-ā-dhy-āyá-m pad-éna gam-ay-a-ti (2.104) `oneself goes by a chariot and makes the instructor walk (lit. go by foot)'.

$8.1.61 áha iti vi-ni-yog-é ca

[The first 59 verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18, co-occurring with 30] the particle áha when denoting various commissions (vi-ni-yog-é) as well as (ca) [an offence against customary behavior 60].

tvám áha grāma-ṁ gácch-a, tvám áha áraṇya-m gacch-a `go to the village and also go to the forest'; svayá-m áha ráth-ena yā-tī3, upādhyāyá-m padātí-m gam-ay-a-ti (2.104). Description

$8.1.62 ¹ca=²áha-lop-e evá iti ava-dhār-aṇa-m

[The first 59 verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18, co-occurring with 30] a substitute lópa (0̸) replacement of particles ca and áha, and the particle evá is employed (in their place) to denote restriction (ava-dhār-aṇ-e).

1. deva-dat-tá-ḥ evá grāma-ṁ gácch-a-tu/d-° evá áraṇya-ṁ gacch-a-tu `D. alone should go to the village and also to the forest'; 2. deva-dat-tá evá grāma-ṁ gácch-a-tu/yajña-dat-tá evá áraṇyda-m gacch-a-tu `D. alone should go to the village and Y. alone should go to the forest'.

$8.1.63 ca=ādi-lop-e vibhāṣā

[The first 59 verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18] optionally (vibhāṣā) [co-occurring with 30] a substitute 0̸ replacement of the class of particles beginning with ca (= ca, vā, ha, áha and evá 24).

śuk-lā-h vrīháy-aḥ bháv-a-nti, śvet-ā-ḥ gāḥ ājyā-ya duh-anti `the grains of rice are white and they milk white cows for butter' alternating with bhav-a-nti. vrīhí-bhir yáj-e-ta/yaj-e-ta, yáv-air yaj-e-ta `should sacrifice with rice or with barley'. And similarly for the other particles.

$8.1.64 vaí-vāvá iti ca=chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the first 59 verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18 optionally 63 when co-occurring with 30] the particles vaí and vāvá.

áhar vaí devā-n-ām ās-i-t/ās-īt, rātri-r á-surā-ṇ-ām `The day was for the gods, the night for the Asura-s'.

ayáṁ vāvá hásta ās-ī-t/ās-īt na=í-tara ās-ī-t `This was the hand, not the other'. Description

$8.1.65 ¹éka=²anyā-bhyāṁ sám-arthā-bhyām

[The first 59 verbal padá 29 is not 29 all ánudātta 18 optionally 63 when co-occurring with 30 the nominal stems 4.1.1] éka- `one' and anyá- `another, the other' when they have the same significance (sám-arthā-bhyām) [in the domain of Chándas 64].

prajā-m ékā jínv-ati/jinv-ati ūrj-am ékā `one quickens the progeny, the other gains strength'. táy-or anyá-ḥ píppala-m svādu át-ti án-aśnan anyó abhí-cā-kas-ī-ti (RV 1.164.20) `Of those two one eats the sweet fruit of the Ficus Indica and the other, not eating, looks on intently'.

$8.1.66 yád-vr̥t-t-āt nítya-m

[The first 59 verbal padá 28 is not 29 all ánudātta 18] necessarily (nítya-m) [when co-occurring with 30] the declensional forms of the pronominal stem yád `which (relative)'.

yá-ḥ/y-éna bhuṅk-té, yá-m bhoj-áy-a-ti, yá-smai dá-dā-ti `who eats/with whom or what one eats/whom one feeds / to whom one gives'; yát-kāmā-s te ju-hu-más `with which desire we sacrifice to thee' (RV 10.121.10).

$8.1.67 pūj-an-āt pūj-i-tá-m ánudāttam kāṣṭha=ādi-bhyaḥ

(The posterior member of a compound which is being) praised (pūj-i-tá-m) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a prior member] belonging to the class of nominal stems 4.1.1 beginning with kāṣṭhá- `excellent' denoting praise (pūj-an-āt) becomes all ánudātta.

[The expression [kāṣṭha-ādi-bhyaḥ] has been interpolated from a vārttika in the original sūtra by Kāśikā and Siddhānta Kaumudī. This class denotes adverbs ending in °-m, and by another vārttika introduces a 0̸ replacement of this in composition.]

There are two views regarding the interpretation of this rule. Most commentators take the rule as pointing to the formation of compounds and an exception to 6.1.223 for accentuation read with 2.1.72. On the other hand Kātyāyaná and Patañjali indicate that the adverbial forms [kāṣṭha-m] etc. have the sUP triplet [am] replaced by 0̸ in this collocation.

kāṣṭha-m adhy-āy-aka-ḥ = kāṣṭh-ā-dhy-āy-aka-ḥ `an excellent scholar'; similarly kāṣṭhá-m adhy-āp-aka-ḥ = kāṣṭh-ā-dhy-āp-aka-ḥ `excellent teacher'.

The repetition of the expression (ánudātta-m) in this rule when it was already recurring from 18 above is to block out the privative particle [ná].

$8.1.68 sá-ga-ti-r ápi tiṄ

A verbal padá (tiṄ), co-occurring or not with an item denoted by the t.t. gá-ti (1.4.60: sá-ga-ti-r ápi) expressing excellence' [and after the class of words beginning with kāṣṭha-m denoting praise becomes anudātta 67].

yát kāṣṭhá-m pac-a-ti/pra-pac-a-ti `inasmuch as he cooks excellently'; yád dāruṇá-m pac-a-ti/pra-pac-a-ti `that he cooks assiduously'.

$8.1.69 kúts-an-e ca sUPi=á-go-tra-ād-au

[A verbal padá, co-occurring or not with an item denoted by the t.t. gá-ti (1.4.60) 68 becomes all ánudātta 67 before 1.1.66 an expression ending in 1.1.72] a sUP triplet, excluding the group of words commencing with go-trá- (27) to denote reproach (kúts-ane).

pac-a-ti/pra-pac-a-ti pū-tí `cooks in a questionable manner' but pác-a-ti/prá-pac-a-ti śóbh-ana-m/go-trá-m etc. Description

$8.1.70 gá-ti-r gá-t-au

An item denoted by the t.t. gá-ti (1.4.60) [becomes ánudātta 67 before 1.1.66] (another) gá-ti.

abhí+úd+dhár-a-ti = abhy-úd-dhar-a-ti (28) `lifts up'; similarly: sám+úd+ā+náy-a-ti = sam-ud-ā-nay-a-ti `assembles';

abhí+sám+pári+ā+hár-a-ti = abhi-sam-pary-ā-har-a-ti `turns out towards oneself'.

$8.1.71 tiṄ-i ca udātta-vat-i

[A gáti 70 co-occurring with] a verbal padá (tiṄ-i) containing an udātta accent [becomes ánudātta 67].

yát pra-pác-a-ti (66) `that he begins to cook'.

$8.1.72 ā-mantr-ita-m pūrva-m á-vid-ya-māna-vat

A preceding vocative (pūrva-m ā-mantr-i-ta-m) is considered as though non-existent (á-vid-ya-māna-vat).

This has an application pertaining to: 1. the accentuation of the following padá (19,28) and 2. enclitic replacements of [yuṣmád-, asmád-] (20-23).

1. déva-dat-ta yájña-dat-ta- (contra 19), déva-dat-ta! pác-a-si? `D., are you cooking?' (contra 28).

2. déva-dat-ta! táva grāma-ḥ svám `D., the village is your property' where the enclitics cannot appear.

Other applications are: yā-vad deva-dat-ta pác-a-si; (contra 37); déva-dat-ta jātu pác-a-si (contra 47); āho/utāho deva-dat-ta pác-a-si (contra 49). In all these instances the vocative is considered as non-existent.

$8.1.73 ná ā-mantr-it-e sa-māná=adhi-kar-aṇ-e sā-mān-ya-vac-aná-m

[Before 1.1.66] a vocative which is in apposition with it [the preceding vocative 72] conveying a general idea (sāmānya-vacana-m) is not (ná) [treated as though it were non-existent 72].

ágne gr̥ha-pate `O Agni, lord of the mansion!', but déva-dat-ta, páṇḍita yajña-dat-ta where páṇḍita `wise one' is in apposition with Yajñadattá and not Devadatta'.

$8.1.74 sāmānya-vac-aná-ṁ ví-bhāṣ-i-ta-ṁ vi-śeṣ-a-vac-an-é bahu-vac-an-e

[The preceding vocative 72] (in the plural number) is optionally (víbhāṣitam) [considered as non-existent 72 before 1.1.66 another vocative in apposition with it 72] denoting a specific quality (viśeṣ-vac-an-é).

The bracketed words (in the plural number: bahu-vac-an-é) are provided by Patañjali who divides the rules 73-74 as given in the Kāśikā version which includes Patañjali's insertion of [bahu-vac-ana-m] in the rule. The original reading appears to be: 73: [ná=āmantrite samānādhikar-aṇe] and 74: [sāmānya-vacanám víbhāṣitam viśeṣa-vacané] whence Kāśikā reads 74 as [vibhāṣitaṁ viśeṣa-vacane bahu-vac-aná-m]. Patañjali implies that the optionality applies only to the plural, while in the singular this rule does not apply.

dév-ā-ḥ śáraṇy-ā-ḥ/śaraṇy-ā-ḥ `O Gods, who afford shelter'; brāhmaṇ-ā-ḥ vaíy-ā-kar-aṇ-ā-ḥ/vaiy-ā-kar-aṇ-ā-ḥ `O brahmins, who are grammarians'.

$8.2.1 pūrvá-tra=á-sid-dha-m

(In the section beginning here and extending up to the end of this chapter) a rule introduced is considered inoperative with respect to an earlier rule (pūrvá-tra á-sid-dha-m) (and a rule of this section is also considered inoperative with respect to the rules introduced in the section preceding this, i.e., 1.1.1-8.1.74).

This is a governing rule [adhi-kār-á] with regard to all operations taught in the Aṣṭ. In the phrase a-smaí úd-dhar-a = asmsāy úd-dhar-a (6.1.78) = asmā0̸ úd-dhar-a (3.19 below) = a-smā úd-dhar-a further modification by saṁdhi rule 6.1.87 does not take place, because by this metarule which restores the position a-smāy úd-dhara 3.19 below is deemed not to have taken place at all with respect to 6.1.87.

$8.2.2 na̱-lopá-ḥ ¹sUP-²svára-³saṁ-jñā-⁴tu̱K=vi-dhi-ṣu kŕt-i

Substitute lópa (0̸) replacement of [stem-final 1.1.52] dental phoneme n (7 below) is [considered inoperative 1] pertaining to (a) sUP triplets, (b) accentuation (°svára-°), (c) technical terms (°saṁ-jñā°) and (d) insertion of [final increment 1.1.46] tu̱K (before 1.1.66) a kŕt (3.1.93) [affix 3.1.1].

1. rājan+bhis = rāja0̸+bhis (1.4.17; 8.2.7) = rāja+bhis, but 7.1.9 which provides an allomorph [ais] after stems ending in short [a] cannot apply because the preceding operation is considered not to have taken place at the time this becomes operative. Similarly rājan+bhyām = rāja0̸+bhyām = rāja-bhyām 7.3.102 does not apply and in rājan+su = rāja0̸+su = rāja-su 7.3.103 cannot apply.

2. rājan+matUP+ṄīP = rāja0̸-vat-ī (9) but 6.1.220 cannot apply, even though the surface form ends in °-a-vat-ī since the preceding operation generating this form is considered not to have taken place for the purpose of this operation.

3. páñca brāhmaṇy-aḥ `five brahmin ladies' where páñca = páñcan+Jas = páñcan+0̸¹ (7.1.22) = páñca0̸ (7), the feminine affix [ṬāP 4.1.4] cannot apply since [pánca0̸] is regarded as belonging to the class of number words denoted by the t.t. ṣaṣ (1.1.24; 4.1.10).

4. vr̥-trá-ṁ ha-távān = vr̥-trá+0̸+han+KviP (3.2.87)+bhyām = vr̥-tra-hán+bhyām = vr̥-tra-há+bhyām (7) the 0̸ replacement of stem-final [n 7] is considered not to have taken place with respect to the insertion of final increment tu̱K by 6.1.71.

This rule restricts the operation of 1: āt-mán-aḥ rāj-ān-am icch-á-ti = rāj-an+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP (3.1.8) = rāja0̸-yá-a-ti (1.4.15; 8.2.7) = rājī-yá-a-ti (7.4.33) = rājī-yá-ti (6.1.97) which is not blocked contrary to 1. Similarly rāj-an+KyáṄ+ŚaP+te (3.1.11) = rāj-a0̸+yá-a-te (1.4.15; 8.2.7) = rājā-yá-te (6.1.97; 7.4.85) is not blocked. rāj-ñ-aḥ áśva-ḥ = rā-jan+Ṅas áśva+sU = rāj-an+0̸¹+áśva+sU (2.4.71) = rāj-a0̸+áśva+sU (7) = rāj-ā-svá-ḥ (6.1.223) where 6.1.101 is not blocked.

$8.2.3 ná mu n-e

The substitute morpheme mu (replacing °daa of adas- `that' 80) is not (ná) [considered as inoperative 1 with respect to] the substitute morpheme nā [replacing suP triplet Ṭā introduced after 3.1.2 it 7.3.120].

adás+Ṭā = adáa+ā (7.2.102) = adá+ā (6.1.97) = amú+ā (80) = amú-nā which is not blocked, contrary to the governing rule 1. This also restricts the range of the governing rule 1 above partially.

$8.2.4 ¹udātta-²svar-itáy-or ya̱Ṇ-aḥ svar-i-tá-ḥ ánudātta-sya

A substitute svaritá accent replaces the ánudātta which occurs (immediately) after a semivowel (ya̱Ṇ-aḥ) [replacement of] an udātta or svaritá (vowel).

abhí abhí hi (8.1.4) = abhí abhi hi (8.1.3) = abhy-àbhi hi; khala-pū+ṄīP+āśā = khalapv-̄̀+āśā (6.4.83) = khalapv-ỳ+āśā = khalapvy-āśā. Cf. 6.1.174 for a prior exception. But bida+aÑ+ṄīN (4.1.73; 104)+āśā = baída+ṄīN+āśā = baíd0̸-ī+āśā (6.4.148) = baidy-āśā as the semivowel replaces an ánudātta vowel.

$8.2.5 eka=ā-deś-á-ḥ udātt-ena udātta-ḥ

A single replacement (ekādeśa-ḥ) [of an ánudātta vowel 4] with an udātta (vowel) becomes udātta.

agní+au = agn-ī (6.1.102); vr̥kṣá+ais = vr̥kṣ-aís. But pác+ŚaP+anti = pác-a-nti (6.1.97).

$8.2.6 svar-i-tá-ḥ vā ánudātt-e pada=ād-aú

[The single replacement 5] of a padá-initial (padādaú) ánudātta [and the preceding udātta vowel 5] optionally (vā) becomes svaritá.

In the compound sú+ut-thi-tá- (2.2.18) = s-ū-t-thi-ta-/s-ū̀-t-thi-ta-; ví+īkṣ-a-te = v-ī-kṣ-ate/v-̄̀-kṣa-te. guḍa/tila+udaka- = guḍá/tilá+udaka (6.2.96) = gud-ó-daka-/guḍ-ò-daka-; til-ó-daka-/til-ò-daka- `water mixed with molasses or sesamum seeds'.

$8.2.7 na̱-lop-á-ḥ prāti-pad-ika=antá-sya

The substitute lópa (0̸) replaces the final phoneme n of a nominal stem (prāti-pad-ika-antá-sya) [which functions at the same time as a padá 1.16].

rāj-an+sU = rāj-ān+sU (6.4.8) = rāj-ān+0̸ (6.1.68) = rāj-ā0̸ (1.4.17); and similarly rāja0̸+bhyām/bhyas/su; rāj-an+taL = rājá-tā (5.1.119) `kingship'. Description

$8.2.8 ná ¹Ṅi-²sam-bud-dhy-oḥ

[The substitute lópa (0̸) 7] does not (ná) replace [the final phoneme n of a nominal stem 7 which at the same time functions as a padá 1.16 before 1.1.66 sUP triplets] Ṅi and sU of the vocative (°-sam-búd-dhy-oḥ).

vyó-man+Ṅi = vyó-man+luK (7.1.39) = para-m-é vyó-man (RV 1.62.7) `in the highest heaven'; rāj-an+sU (voc.) = rāj-an+0̸ (6.1.68) = he rāj-an `O king!'. Description

$8.2.9 ¹m-²āt=upa-dhā-y-āś ca mat-Or va̱-ḥ a-yava=ādi-bhyaḥ

[The substitute phoneme v replaces the initial phoneme 1.1.54 of the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1] matUP (5.2.94) [introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] or containing the phonemes m or a as penultimate, excluding the word-class beginning with yáva- `barley'.

1. °-m: kím+matUP = kíṁ-vat. 2. penultimate m: kāma+matUP = kāma-vat- `enamored'. 3. °-a: vr̥kṣá+matUP = vr̥kṣa-vát- (6.1.176) `sylvan'. 4. penultimate a: páyas+matUP = páyas-vat- `milky, watery'.

But yáva-mat-, dalmi-mát-, ūrmi-mát- etc.

$8.2.10 jha̱Y-aḥ

[The substitute phoneme v replaces the initial phoneme of the taddhitá affix matUP 9 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] non-nasal stops (jha̱Y-aḥ).

marút+matUP = marút-vat- (1.4.19); śarád+matuP = śarád-vat-. Description

$8.2.11 saṁ-jñā-y-ām

[The substitute phoneme v replaces the initial phoneme of the taddhitá affix matUP 9 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1] to derive a name (saṁ-jñā-y-ām).

ahi+matUP+ṄīP = ahī-vat-ī (6.1.220; 3.120); kapī-vat-ī, munī-vat-ī `names of rivers' (4.2.85). Description

$8.2.12 ¹āsandī-vat=²aṣṭhī-vat-³cakrī-vat-⁴kakṣī-vat=⁵rumaṇ-vat=⁶cármaṇ-vatī

The irregular expressions āsandī-vat- `n.pr. of a village', aṣṭhī-vat- `knee', cakrī-vat- `furnished with wheels', kakṣī-vat- `n.pr. of a sage', rumaṇ-vat- `n.pr. of a mountain', and carmaṇ-vat-ī `n.pr. of a river' are introduced [with irregular replacement by phoneme v of the initial phoneme of matUP 9 introduced after the respective nominal stems].

1. āsandī-vat = āsana-vat; if properly derived from āsandī `chair'; 2. aṣṭhī-vat = ásthi-mat- `vertebrate'; 3. cakrī-vat- = cakra-vát-; 4. kakṣī-vat- = kákṣyā-vat-; 5. rumaṇ-vát- = lavaṇa-vát-; 6. carmaṇ-vatī = cárma-vat-. Description

$8.2.13 udan-vān uda-dh-aú ca

[The irregular expression] udan-vát- is introduced to denote an ocean (uda-dh-aú) and also (ca) [a name 11] [with phoneme v replacement of the initial of the taddhitá affix matUP 9].

udan-vát- = udaka-vát- (with irregular retention of stem-final n contra 7 above in these two significances).

$8.2.14 rājan-vān saú-rāj-y-e

The irregular expression rājan-vat- is introduced [with phoneme v replacing the initial of the taddhitá affix matUP 9] to denote `good government' (saú-rājy-e).

Contrary to 7 above in this sense; elsewhere rāja-vat-. Description

$8.2.15 chándas-i i-r-aḥ

In the domain of Chándas [the substitute phoneme v replaces the initial phoneme of the taddhitá affix matUP 9, introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in the phonemes] i or r.

1. °-i: trí+matUP+ṄīP = trí-vat-ī `consisting of three'; hári-vat-, agni-vát-.

2. °r: gír+matUP = gīr-vat- `possessing speech'; dhur+matUP = dhūr-vat-, āśīr-vat- etc. Description

$8.2.16 an-aḥ nu̱Ṭ

[In the domain of Chándas 15 the initial increment 1.1.46] nu̱Ṭ is inserted at the head [the taddhitá 4.1.76 affix 3.1.1 matUP 9 introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] °-an-.

ásthi+matUP = ásthi+vat (15) = asth-án+vat (7.1.76) = astha0̸+vát- (6.1.176) = astha-nu̱Ṭ+vát- `consisting of bones'.

$8.2.17 n-āt GHA-sya

[In the domain of Chándas 15 the initial increment 1.1.46 nu̱Ṭ 16 is inserted at the head of affixes 3.1.1] denoted by the t.t. GHA (= taraP, tamaP 1.1.22) [introduced after 3.1.2 a nominal stem 4.1.1 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme n.

su-pathín+taraP/tamaP = su-pathí0̸+taraP/tamaP (7) = supathí+nu̱Ṭ+taraP/tamaP = supathí-ntara-/ntama-; dasyu-hán+tamaP/taraP = dasyu-há-ntama/ntara-. Description

$8.2.18 kr̥p-aḥ r-aḥ la̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme l replaces the phoneme r of the verbal stem kr̥p- `be able or fit' (I 799).

The phonemes [r, l] referred to here represent both sonant vowels and the semivowels. Thus in the morpho-phonemic structures the semivowel /l/ replaces the corresponding semivowel [r] while the vowel phoneme [l̥] replaces the vowel phoneme [r̥]: this is indicated by 1.3.93 where this verbal stem is introduced as [kl̥p-] instead of [kr̥p-].

kr̥p+Ktá = kl̥p-tá-; kr̥p+lUṬ = kl̥p+tās+Ḍā (2.4.85) = kalp-tā. Description

$8.2.19 upa-sarg-á-sya ay-á-t-au

[The substitute phoneme l replaces the phoneme r 18] of a pre-verb (upa-sarg-á-sya) [before 1.1.66] the verbal stem ay- `go' (I 503).

prá/párā+ay-a-te = pl-ā-y-a-te/pál-ā-y-a-te `goes away/flees, escapes'.

$8.2.20 gr-aḥ yáṄ-i

[The substitute phoneme l replaces the phoneme r 18] of the verbal stem gr̄- `swallow' (VI 117) [before 1.1.66 the intensive marker] yáṄ (3.1.22).

ní+gr̄+yáṄ+ŚaP+te = ní-gir+yaṄ-a-te (7.1.100) = ní-je-gil-ya-te (6.1.97; 7.4.60,62,82).

$8.2.21 aC-i vibhāṣā

[The substitute phoneme l replaces the phoneme r 18] optionally (vibhāṣā) [of the verbal stem gr̄- `swallow' (VI 117) before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1] beginning with a vowel (aC-i).

nī+gr̄+ŚaP+tiP = ní-gir-a-ti/ní-gil-a-ti; °+LyuṬ = ni-gár-aṇa-/ni-gál-ana-; °+ṆvuL = ni-gār-aka-/ni-gāl-aka-. Description

$8.2.22 páre-ś ca ¹ghá=²aṅkáy-oḥ

[The substitute phoneme l replaces the phoneme r 18] of the pre-verb pári-° [before 1.1.66] ghá- (3.3.84 from han-) and [the nominal stem 4.1.1] aṅká- `curve' [optionally 21].

pári-han-ya-te an-éna = pari+han+aP (3.3.84) = pari-ghá-ḥ/pali-ghá-ḥ `iron bar'. pari-ga-tá-ḥ ánká-ḥ = páry-aṅka-h/pály-aṅka-ḥ `bed, couch, sofa'.

$8.2.23 saṁ-yog-a=antá-sya lópa-ḥ

The substitute lópa (0̸) replaces the final phoneme of a conjunct (saṁ-yog-a=antá-sya) [occurring at the end 1.1.72 of a padá 1.16].

gó+matUP+sU = gó-ma-n-t+sU (7.1.70) = gó-mānt+sU (6.4.14) = gó-mānt+0̸ (6.1.68) = gó-mān0̸ `owning cattle'. Similarly śréyas/bhū-yas+sU = śréyān/bhū-yān `more splendid/more'.

$8.2.24 r-aāt sa̱-sya

[The substitute lópa (0̸) 23] replaces phoneme s [occurring at the end 1.1.72 of a padá 1.16 as final member of a conjunct 23 after 1.1.67] phoneme r.

pitŕ+ṄasI = pitúr+s (6.1.111; 1.1.51) = pitúr+0̸ = pitúḥ (3.15) but ūrj+sU = ūrj+0̸ (6.1.68) = ūrk (30) in spite of 23 above. Description

$8.2.25 dh-i ca

[The substitute lópa (0̸) 23] also (ca) replaces [the phoneme s 24 before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1] beginning with dh-°.

lū+luṄ = lū+Cli̱ (3.1.43) = lū+si̱C+dhvam (3.1.44) = áṬ-lū+iṬ+si̱C+dhvam (7.2.35) = á-lo-i-s-dhvam (7.3.84) = á-lav-i-0̸-dhvam (6.1.78) = á-lav-i-dhvam/á-lav-i-ḍhvam (4.41) since [s] preceded by [i] is retroflexed by 3.59 and by 3.79 retroflexes [dh] following it.

$8.2.26 jha̱L-aḥ jha̱L-i

[The substitute lópa (0̸) 23 replaces the phoneme s 24 after 1.1.67 and before 1.1.66] a non-nasal consonant (jha̱L-o jha̱L-i).

bhid+lUṄ = á-bhid+si̱C+ta = á-bhid-0̸+ta = á-bhit-ta (4.45) but man+lUṄ = á+man+si̱C+ta = á-maṁ-s-ta (3.24). Description

$8.2.27 hrasv-ād áṅg-āt

[The substitute lópa (0̸) 23 replaces the phoneme s 24 after 1.1.67] an áṅga `pre-affixal' stem [ending in 1.1.72] a short (vowel: 1.2.28) [before 1.1.66 a non-nasal consonsant 26].

kr̥N+lUṄ = á-kr̥+si̱C+ta = á-kr̥+0̸+ta = á-kr̥-ta/thāḥ (1.2.12) but á-kr̥-ṣ-ata; similarly cyu+lUṄ = á-cyo-ṣ-ṭa (3.59; 4.41), á-lāv-i-ṣ-ṭām (= lū+lUṄ).

$8.2.28 iṬ-aḥ īṬ-i

[The substitute lópa (0̸) 23 replaces phoneme s after 1.1.67] the initial increment iṬ and before the initial increment īṬ (of a single phoneme affix following it 7.3.96).

div+lUṄ = á-div+iṬ+si̱C+īṬ+t (7.3.96) = á-dev-i-0̸-ī-t = á-dev-ī-t (7.3.84; 6.1.101). The operation of 6.1.101 here is normally blocked by the governing rule 1 of this section, but a vārttika [siC-lop-é=ekādeśa-ḥ siddhá-ḥ] under 6 above blocks out this metarule in this particular regard.

$8.2.29 ¹s-²k-oḥ saṁ-yog-á=ādy-oḥ ánt-e ca

[The substitute lópa (0̸) 23 replaces] initial phonemes (°-ādy-oḥ) s or k of a conjunct group (saṁ-yog-á-°) [occurring at the end of a padá 1.16 or before 1.1.66 a non-nasal consonant 26].

1. lasj+Ktá = lasj+ná- (45) = la0̸j+ná- = lag-ná- (30) `attached, adhered'. 2. takṣ+Ktá = ta0̸ṣ+tá- = taṣ-ṭá- `pared, chisled'. 3. sādhu-lasj+sU→0̸ = sadhu-laj = °-lak (30).

$8.2.30 cO-ḥ kU-ḥ

A substitute velar stop (kU) replaces a palatal stop (cU) [at the end of a padá 1.16 or before 1.1.67 a non-nasal consonant 16].

vāc+sU = vāc+0̸ (6.1.68) = vāk `speech'; similarly vac+lAṬ = vac+ŚaP→0̸¹+tiP = vák-ti `speaks'. bhaj+Ktá = bhak-tá- `devoted'; bhaj+KtiN = bhák-ti- `devotion'. prá+añc-a-ti = prá+añc+Kvi̱N (3.2.50) = prāñc+0̸+sU = prāñc+0̸ (6.1.68) = prāñ0̸ (7) = prāṅ.

$8.2.31 h-aḥ ḍha̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme ḍh replaces phoneme h [at the end of 1.1.72 a padá 1.16 or before 1.1.66 non-nasal consonants 26].

sáh+tumu̱N = sáḍh+tum = sáḍh+thum (40) - sáḍh-ḍhum (4.41) = só0̸-ḍhum (6.3.112; 8.3.13). Here 8.3.13 is not blocked by the governing rule 1 above on account of 6.3.112 which specifically refers to this context. lih+lAṬ = lih+Śap→0̸¹+tiP (2.4.72) = léḍh+ti (7.3.86) = léḍh+dhi (40) = léḍ+ḍhi (4.41) = lé0̸-ḍḥi (6.3.111); mádhu lé-ḍhi = mádhu+líhKvi̱P+sU = madhu+líḍh+0̸ (6.1.68) = madhu-líṭ (4.56) `honey-licker, a bee'.

$8.2.32 d-āde-r dhāto-r gha̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme gh replaces [the phoneme h at the end of 1.1.72] a verbal stem (dhāto-ḥ) beginning with the phoneme d-° [when it is padá 1.16 final 1.1.72 or occurs before 1.1.66 a non-nasal consonant 26].

kāṣṭhá-ṁ dáh-a-ti = kāṣṭha+0̸¹+dah+KviP+sU = kāṣṭha-dáh+sU = kāṣṭha-dágh+0̸ (6.1.68) = kāṣṭha-dhdágh (37) = kāṣṭha-dhak (4.53) `wood burner'. duh+Ktá = dugh+tá = dugh-dhá- (40) = dug-dhá (4.53) `milk'.

$8.2.33 vā ¹drúhÁ-²múhÁ-³ṣṇúhÁ-⁴ṣṇíh-ām

[The substitute phoneme gh 32] optionally replaces [the phoneme h 31 of the verbal stems] drúh- `injure' (IV 88), múh- `be confounded' (IV 89), snúh- `vomit' (IV 90) and sníh- `love' (IV 91) [at the end of 1.1.72 a padá 1.16 or before 1.1.66 non-nasal consonants 26].

1. drúh+tumuN = drógh/dróḍh+tum (7.3.86) = dróg-dhum/dró-ḍhum. 2. muh+Ktá = mug-dhá-/mū-ḍhá- `confounded'. 3. snug-dhá-/snū-ḍhá-. 4. snig-dhá-/snī-ḍhá-. mi-trá-ṁ drúh-ya-ti = mitra+0̸¹+druh+Kvi̱P+sU = mitra-drúh+sU = mitra+drúh+0̸ (6.1.68) = mitra-drúgh/°druḍh- = mitra-dhrúgh/°-dhrúḍh = mitra-dhrúk/°dhrúṭ (4.53). Description

$8.2.34 nah-aḥ dha̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme dh replaces [the phoneme h 31 of the verbal stem] nah- `bind' (IV 59) [at the end of a padá 1.1.16 or before 1.1.66 non-nasal consonants 26].

úpa=nah-ya-te = upa-nah+Kvi̱P+sU = upā-náh+0̸ (6.3.116; 6.1.68) = upā-nádh = upā-nát (4.56); nah+Ktá = nadh+tá = nadh+dhá (40) = nad-dhá- (4.53).

$8.2.35 āh-as tha̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme th replaces [the phoneme h 31 of the verbal stem] āh- (substitute for brū- 3.4.84) [before 1.1.66 a non-nasal consonant 26].

āh+thaL = āth+tha = āt-tha (4.53). Description

$8.2.36 ¹vraśca̱-²bhrasjA-³sr̥jÁ-⁴mŕjÁ-⁵yajA-⁶rāja̱-⁷bhrāja̱=⁸cha-⁹ś-ām ṣa̱-ḥ

The substitute retroflex phoneme ṣ replaces [the stem final 1.1.72 phoneme of verbal stems] vraśc- `cut' (VI 12). bhrasj- `roast' (VI 4), sr̥j- `project' (VI 121), mr̥j- `wash, wipe, cleanse' (II 57), yaj- `sacrifice' (I 1051), rāj- `shine, rule' (I 874), bhrāj- `shine' (I 875) and the phonemes ch and ś [occurring at the end of 1.1.72 a padá 1.16 or before 1.1.66 non-nasal consonants 26].

1. vrásc+tumu̱N = vrá0̸ṣ+tum (29) = vráṣ-ṭum (4.41); mūlā-n-i vraśc-a-ti = mūla+0̸¹+vráśc+Kvi̱P+sU = mūla-vráśc+0̸ (6.1.68) = mūla-vrá0̸-ṣ (29) = mūla-vráṭ (4.56). 2. bhráṣ-ṭum, dhānā-bhráṭ. 3. sráṣ-ṭum (6.1.58), rajju-sráṭ. 4. mārṣ-ṭum (7.2.114), kaṁsa-pari-mŕṭ. 5. yáṣ-ṭum, upa-yáṭ. 6. sam-rāṭ, rāṣ-ṭrá-. 7. vi-bhrāṭ. 8. prach+tumu̱N = práṣ-ṭum. 9. liś+tum = léṣ-ṭum, kliś+Ktá = kliṣ-ṭá-. Description

$8.2.37 éka=aC-aḥ baŚ-aḥ bha̱Ṣ jhá̱Ṣ-anta-sya ¹s-²dhv-oḥ

The substitute phonemes denoted by the siglum bha̱Ṣ (bh, gh, ḍh and dh) [respectively 1.3.10] replace the phonemes denoted by the siglum baŚ (b, g, ḍ, d) constituting a part of a mono-syllabic verbal stem (ékāC-aḥ) ending in the siglum jhaṢ (-°anta-sya: jh, bh, gh, ḍh, dh: voiced aspirate stops) [before 1.1.66 the non-nasal consonants 26] °s and °dhv-° [and also at the end of 29 a padá 1.16].

1. budh+syá+te = bodh+syá-te (7.3.86) = bhodh-syá-te = bhot-syá-te (4.53); ártha-m bodh-a-ti = artha+búdh+Kvi̱P+sU artha-búdh+sU = artha-búdh+0̸ (6.1.68) = artha-bhúd = artha-bhút; budh+lUṄ = á-budh+si̱C+dhvam = á-budh-0̸+dhvam (25) = á-bhudh+dhvam = á-bhud-dhvam (4.53).

2. ní-guh+sya+te = ní-goh-sya-te (7.3.86) = ní-goḍh-sya-te (31) = ní-ghok-sya-te (41) = ní-ghok-ṣya-te (3.59); ní-guh+si̱C+dhvam = ny-á-ghū-dḥvam (3.13; 6.3.111); parṇā-n-i gūh-a-ti = parṇa+guh+KviP+sU = parṇa-ghúṭ.

3. duh+sya+te = dhogh+ṣya+te (3.59) = dhok-ṣya-te (4.53). duh+lAṄ = á-duh+Śap-0̸¹+dhvam = á-dhugh+dhvam = á-dhug-dhvam (4.53); kāmá-m dog-dhi = kāmá+duh+Kvi̱P+sU = kāma-dhúk.

4. gr̥dh+yáṄ-luK+lAṄ = á+gr̥dh+yaṄ-luK+0̸¹+siP = á-jar-gr̥dh+0̸¹+s (7.4.91) = á-jar-gardh+0̸ (6.1.68; 7.3.86) = á-jar-ghardh = á-jar-ghard (4.53) = á-jar-ghar-r (75) = á-jar-ghā0̸r (3.14; 6.3.111) á-jar-ghāḥ (3.15).

$8.2.38 dadh-as ¹ta̱-²th-oś ca

[The substitute phoneme dh replaces phoneme d 37 of the verbal stem] da-dh (= dhā- III 10) `bear, support' (= weak reduplicated theme) [before 1.1.66] the phoneme t-° or th-° [of an affix and also the non-nasal consonants 26 s-° or dhv-° 37].

dhā+0̸²+tás = da-dhā+tás = da-dh0̸+tás (6.4.112) = dha-dh+tás = dha-d+tás = dhat-táḥ (66; 3.15). dadh+sé = dhat-sé (4.53); dadh+dhvám = dhad-dhvám. Description

$8.2.39 jha̱L-āṁ ja̱Ś-aḥ ánt-e

Substitute voiced unaspirated stops (ja̱Ś-aḥ = j, b, g, ḍ, d) replace non-nasal consonants (jha̱L-ām) at the end [of a padá 1.16].

vāc+sU = vāc+0̸ (6.1.68) = vāk = vāg atra, cf. 4.56. Description

$8.2.40 jha̱Ṣ-as ¹ta̱-²th-or dha̱-ḥ á-dh-aḥ

The substitute phoneme dh replaces phoneme t or th [after 1.1.67] voiced aspirated stops (jha̱Ṣ-aḥ = jh, bh, gh, ḍh, dh) excluding that (-dh) of the verbal stem dhā- `bear, support' (III 10).

labh+Kta/tumu̱N/távya- = labh+dhá/dhum/dhavya- = lab-dhá-, láb-dhum/lab-dhávya-; duh-: dug-dhá-, dó-g-dhum, dog-dhávya-; lih+tumu̱N = lé-ḍhum (7.3.86; 8.2.31; 3.13; 4.41); budh+tumu̱M = bód+dhum.

labh+lUṄ = á-labh+si̱C+thās = á-labh+0̸-thās (26) = á-labh+dhās = á-lab-dhāḥ (66; 3.15)/á-dug-dhāḥ/á-lī-ḍhāḥ/á-bud-dhāḥ. Cf. 38 for dhā-.

$8.2.41 ¹ṣa̱-²ḍh-oḥ ka̱-ḥ s-i

The substitute phoneme k replaces phonemes /ṣ, ḍh/ [before 1.1.66] phoneme s.

piṣ+lR̥Ṭ = piṣ+syá+tiP = pek-ṣyá-ti (7.3.86; 8.3.59) `will grind'. lih+syá+ti = leḍh-syá-ti (31) = lek-ṣyá-ti (3.59). Description

$8.2.42 ¹ra̱-²dā̱-bhȳaṁ niṣṭhā-t-aḥ na̱-ḥ pūrva-sya tu d-a̱ḥ

The substitute phoneme n replaces the phoneme t of a niṣṭā [affix 3.1.1] (Ktá-, KtávatU 1.2.26) [introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal stem final 1.1.72] phoneme r or d, as well as of the preceding d.

1. °-r: ā-str̄+KtavatU = ā-stir+KtavatU (7.1.100) = ā-stīr-ṇavat- (76; 4.1).

2. °-d: bhid+KtávatU = bhin-návat-.

$8.2.43 saṁ-yog-á=āde-r āT-aḥ dhāto-r yá̱Ṇ-vat-aḥ

[The substitute phoneme n replaces the phoneme t of a niṣṭhā affix 42 introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal stem ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme long ā(T) with an initial conjunct (saṁ-yog-ā-deḥ) containing a semivowel (yá̱Ṇ-vat-aḥ).

styai+KtávatU = styā+KtávatU (6.1.45) = styā-návat- `coagulated'; pra-drā+KtavatU = pra-drā-ṇávat- `distressed'; glai+Ktá = glā-ná- `tired, faded'. Description

$8.2.44 lū=ādi-bhyaḥ

[The substitute phoneme n replaces phoneme t of a niṣṭhā affix (Ktá-, KtávatU) 42 introduced after 3.1.2 the class of verbal stems] beginning with lū- `cut, reap' (IX 13).

This class consists of items listed under IX 13-32 of the Dhp. lu+KtávatU = lū-ná-vat-; dhū-navat- `trembled', etc. Description

$8.2.45 oT=IT-aś ca

[The substitute phoneme n 42] also (ca) replaces [the phoneme t of a niṣṭhā (affix Ktá/KtávatU) 42 introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal stem] with marker O as IT.

O-lásj-Ī vrīḍā-y-ām (VI 10)+KtávatU = la0̸j+KtávatU (29) = lag-návat `attached, adhered'; O-pyāy-Ī vr̥d-dh-au (I 517)+KtávatU = pī-navat (6.1.28) `swollen'.

Verbal stem-class beginning with sū- `give birth to' (IV 24-40) are deemed to have marker O as IT: sū+KtávatU = sū-návat-. Description

$8.2.46 kṣíy-aḥ dīrgh-āt

[The substitute phoneme n replaces phoneme t of a niṣṭhā (affix Ktá/KtávatU) introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stem] kṣí- `perish, lose weight' (I 225) [when it ends in 1.1.72] a long (vowel: dīrgh-āt 1.2.28).

The Dhp. records three stems: kṣí kṣay-é (I 225), kṣi hiṁsā-y-ām (jighāṁsā-y-ām V 30), kṣi ni-vās-á-gá-ty-oḥ (VI 114); Kāśikā commentaries regard (I 225) and (VI 114) as involved in this operation while Renou singles out (V 30) as the one involved'.

kṣi+KtávatU = kṣī-ṇávat- (active) (6.4.60) `perished'; but kṣi-távat- (6.4.61).

$8.2.47 śy-aḥ á-sparś-e

[The substitute phoneme n replaces phoneme t of a niṣṭhā (affix Ktá/KtávatU) 42 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stem] śyā (= śyaiṄ I 1012) `congeal' when not denoting touch (a-sparś-e).

śyai+KtávatU = śyā+KtávatU (6.1.45) = śī-návat- (6.1.24; 4.2) `congealed', but when actual touch is denoted: śī-tá-vat- `become cold'. Constraint on 43 above.

$8.2.48 anc-aḥ án-ap-ā-dā-n-e

[The substitute phoneme n replaces phoneme t of a niṣṭhā affix (Ktá, KtávatU) 42 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stem] anc(Ú) `bend, curve' (I 203) when the notion of ablation is not denoted (án-ap-ā-dā-n-e).

sam+anc+KtávatU = am-a0̸c-távat- (6.4.24) = sam-ak-távat- (3) = sam-ak-návat- `bent together', but úd-ak-ta-m udaká-m kūp-āt `water was lifted from the well'.

$8.2.49 dív-aḥ á-v-ji-gī-ṣā-y-ām

[The substitute phoneme n replaces phoneme t of a niṣṭhā affix (Ktá-, KtávatU-) 42 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stem] dív- `sport' (IV 1), except when denoting the sense of `desire to conquer' (á-vi-ji-gī-ṣā-y-ām).

div+KtávatU = di-ūṬH-távatU (6.4.19) = dyū-návat- `sported' etc., but dyū-távat- `gambled (expressing a desire to win').

$8.2.50 nir-vā-ṇáḥ á-vā-t-e

The expression nir-vā-ṇá- is introduced [with irregular substitute phoneme n replacing phoneme t of a niṣṭhā affix Ktá] except when denoting `wind'.

nir+vā+Ktá- = nir-vā-ṇá- (8.4.2) `extinguished', but nir-vā-tá- `sheltered, free from wind'. Description

$8.2.51 śuṣ-aḥ ka̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme k replaces [phoneme t of a niṣṭhā affix (Ktá, KtávatU) 42 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stem] śuṣ- `dry' (IV 74).

śuṣ+KtávatU = śúṣ-kavat-. (6.1.206 for accent). Description

$8.2.52 pac-aḥ va̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme v [replaces phoneme t of a niṣṭhā affix (Ktá/KtávatU) 42 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stem] pac- `cook' (I 1045).

pac+KtávatU = pak-vávat-.

$8.2.53 kṣāy-aḥ ma̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme m replaces [phoneme t of a niṣṭhā affix (Ktá/KtávatU) 42 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stem] kṣai- `bruise, scorch, dry up' (I 961).

kṣai+KtávatU = kṣā+távat (6.1.45) = kṣā-mávat-. Description

$8.2.54 prá-sty-aḥ anya-tará-syām

[The substitute phoneme m 53] optionally (anya-tará-syām) replaces [the phoneme t of a niṣṭhā affix (Ktá/KtávatU) 42 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stem] prá+styai- `crowd together, coagulate' (I 959).

pra+styai+KtávatU = pra-stī+KtávatU (6.1.23; 4.2) = pra-stī-mávat/távat-. But styā-návat- (43). By 2.1 above, 43 is considered as non-operative for the operation of 6.1.23.

$8.2.55 án-upa-sarg-āt ¹phul-lá-²kṣīb-á-³kr̥ś-á-⁴ul-lāgh-ā-ḥ

The expressions phul-lá- `blossomed, bloomed', kṣīb-á `drunk, intoxicated', kr̥ś-á- `emaciated' and ul-lāgh-á- `clever, adroit' are introduced [as irregular formations with niṣṭhā affix (Ktá) 42] when not co-occurring after a preverb (án-upa-sarg-āt).

1. phul+Ktá = phul-lá-, but pra-phul-tá-.

2-4. In the remaining three expressions phoneme [t] of [Ktá] is replaced by 0̸ with no initial increment [iṬ] but with preverbs respectively: pra-kṣīb-i-tá-, pra-kr̥ś-i-tá-, pr-o-l-lagh-i-tá-. Description

$8.2.56 ¹nudÁ-²vidA=³únda̱-⁴trā-⁵ghrā-⁶hrī-bhyaḥ anya-tará-syām

[The substitute phoneme n 42] optionally (anya-tará-syām) replaces [phoneme t of a niṣṭhā affix (Ktá/KtávatU) 42 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stems] nud- `impel' (VI 2,132), vid- `consider (VII 13), und- `wet' (VII 20), trā (= trai-Ṅ I 1014) `protect,' ghrā- `smell' (I 973) and hrī- `feel shy' (III 3).

1. nud+KtávatU = nun-návat/nut-távat-; 2. vin-ná-/vit-tá; 3. sam+und+Ktá = sam-u0̸-d+Ktá (6.4.24) = sam-un-ná-/sam-ut-tá- `thoroughly wet'; 4. trā-ṇá-/trā-tá-; 5. ghrā-ṇá-/ghrā-tá-; 6. hrī-ṇá-/hrī-tá-. Description

$8.2.57 ná ¹dhyā-²khyā-³pr̄-⁴mūrchi̱-⁵mád-ām

[The substitute phoneme n 42] does not (ná) replace [the phoneme t of a niṣṭhā affix (Ktá/KtávatU) 42 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stems] dhyā- (= dhyai- I 957) `meditate, concentrate', khyā- `proclaim' (II 5), pr̄- `fill' (III 4, IX 19), mūrch- `solidify, congeal' (I 227) and mád- `be exhilerated' (IV 99).

Exceptions to 42 and 43 above. 1. dhyā-tá-vat-, 2. khyā-távat-; 3. pūr-távat- (7.1.102); 4. murch+Ktá = mur0̸+tá (6.4.21) = mūr-tá- (76); 5. mat-tá-. Description

$8.2.58 vit-tá-ḥ ¹bhóg-a-²praty-ayáy-oḥ

The irregular expression vit-tá- is introduced to denote possessions (bhóga-°) or renown (°-praty-ayáy-oḥ).

Exception to 42 above. vid- (VI 138)+Ktá = vit-tá- `riches, assets/renown'; in other senses vin-ná- (42). Description

$8.2.59 bhit-tá-ṁ śákala-m

The irregular expression bhit-tá- is introduced to denote the sense of `chip, fragment' (śákala-m).

Exception to 42 above. In other meanings bhin-ná- (42). Description

$8.2.60 r̥-ṇá-m ādhamarṇ-y-e

The irregular expression r̥-ṇá- is introduced to denote `debt'.

In other senses r̥-tá. The irregularity lies in phoneme [n] replacing phoneme [t] of [Ktá].

$8.2.61 ¹na-sat-tá-²ni-ṣat-tá=³á-nut-ta-⁴prá-tūr-ta-⁵sūr-tá-⁶gūrtā-n-i chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas the irregular expressions na-sat-tá- `not seated', ni-ṣat-tá- `seated', á-nut-ta- `not cast down, invincible', prá-tūr-tá- `rapid, swift', sūr-tá- `trodden' and gūr-tá- `approved' are introduced with [niṣṭhā affix Ktá 42].

1. náÑ+sad+Ktá = na-sat-tá- (exception to 42 above) = na-san-ná-. 2. ni-ṣat-tá- = ni-ṣaṇ-ṇa. 3. náÑ+nud+Kta = á-nut-ta- = á-nun-na-. 4. prá+tvar+Kta = prá-tūar-ta (6.4.20) = prá-tūr-ta- (6.1.108)/prá+turv+Kta = prá-tur0̸+ta (6.4.21) = prá-tūr-ta- (76) (= prá-tūr-ṇa- 43). 5. sr̥+Ktá = sur+tá = sūr-tá- (irregular /u/ replacement, for sr̥-tá-). 6. gur+Ktá = gūr-tá- (76) [exception to 42 for gūr-ṇá-]. Description

$8.2.62 Kvi̱N-praty-aya-sya kU-ḥ

A substitute velar phoneme (kU) replaces [the final phoneme 1.1.52 of a padá 1.16 ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] Kvi̱N (3.2.58-60).

ghr̥-tá-m spr̥ś-á-ti = ghr̥-ta+0̸¹+spr̥ś+Kvi̱N+sU (3.2.58) = ghr̥-ta-spŕkh+0̸ (6.1.68) = ghr̥-ta-spŕk (39; 4.56) `touching ghee'; r̥-tú-m/r̥-t-aú vā yaj-a-ti = r̥tu+0̸¹+yaj+Kvi̱N+sU (3.2.59) = r̥tu+ij+sU (6.1.15) = r̥tv-íj+0̸ (6.1.68) = r̥tv-ík `n. of a sacrificial priest'. sá iva dr̥ś-ya-te = tad+0̸¹+dr̥ś+Kvi̱N (3.2.60) = taā+dr̥ś+Kvi̱N+sU (6.3.61) = tā-dŕś+0̸ (6.1.68) = tā-dŕk `like him'. Description

$8.2.63 naśe̱-r vā

[A substitute velar phoneme (kU) 62] optionally (vā) replaces [padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme] of °-naś.

jīv-á-sya nāś-á-ḥ/jīv-á-ḥ naś-ya-ti = jīva+0̸¹+naś+Kvi̱P+sU (3.2.76) = jīva+náś+0̸+sU (6.1.67) = jīva-nák/náṣ (36) = jīva-nák/°-náṭ (39; 4.56). Description

$8.2.64 m-aḥ na-ḥ dhāto-ḥ

The substitute phoneme n replaces [a padá 1.16 final 1.1.52] phoneme m of a verbal stem (dhāto-ḥ).

prá-śām-ya-ti = pra+śam+Kvi̱P (3.2.76) = pra-śām (6.4.15)+sU = pra-śām+0̸ (6.1.68) = pra-śān. Description

$8.2.65 ¹m-²v-oś ca

[The substitute phoneme n replaces a stem-final 1.1.52 phoneme m of a verbal stem 64 before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 beginning with] m-° or v-°.

gam+lAṄ = áṬ+gam+ŚaP-luK (2.4.73)+va/ma = á-gam+0̸¹+va/ma = á-gan-va/ma; gam+KvásU = ja-gam+vás- (6.1.8) = ja-gan-vás-. Description

$8.2.66 ¹sa̱-²sajúṣ-oḥ rU-ḥ

The substitute phoneme rU replaces [padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme of an expression ending in 1.1.72] phoneme °-s and also of the expression sajús `with'.

1. agní+sU = agní-s = agní-rU á-tra = agní-r á-tra `fire (is) here'. 2. sa-jús+devé-bhiḥ = sa-júrU+devé-bhiḥ = sa-jūr devé-bhiḥ (RV 7.34.15) `with the gods'.

$8.2.67 ava-yāḥ=śveta-vāḥ=puro-ḍāś ca

The expressions ava-yāḥ `sharer in the sacrificial oblation', śveta-vāḥ `borne by white horses' and puro-ḍāḥ `offered as a homage before' are introduced [with substitute phoneme rU replacing the padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme 66].

1. ava+yaj+Ṇvi̱N (3.2.72) = ava-yāj+sU = ava-yāj+0̸ (6.1.68) = ava-yāj+Ḍas (3.7.71 vārttika) = ava-yās = ava-yārU = ava-yāḥ (3.15). According to exegetical literature the introduction of affix [Ḍas] in the place of [Ṇvi̱N] is for the purpose of justifying these forms in the vocative singular also as irregular expressions.

2. śvet-ā-ḥ ena-ṁ váh-a-nti = śveta+vah+Ṇvi̱N+sU = śveta-vāh+0̸ śveta-vārU = śveta-vāḥ (3.15). The introduction of [Ḍas] in the place of [Ṇvi̱N] is to generate forms like śveta-vo-bhiḥ/bhyaḥ in opposition to śveta-vāh-au, as/am.

3. pur-ás dāś-a-nte ena-m = pur-ás+dāś+Ṇvi̱N+sU (3.2.71) = puro-ḍāś+sU = puro-ḍārU+0̸ (6.1.68) = puro-ḍāḥ (3.15). Description

$8.2.68 áhan

[The substitute phoneme rU 66 replaces the padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme (n)] of áhan- `day'.

áhan+bhyām/bhis = áharU+bhyām/bhis = áha-u+bhyām/bhis (6.1.113) = áho-bhyām/bhis. Description

$8.2.69 ra̱-ḥ a-sUP-i

The substitute phoneme r replaces [padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme (n) of áhan- `day' 68] when not preceding sUP triplets (a-sUP-i).

áhan+sU da-dā-ti = áhan+0̸¹ (7.1.23) da-dā-ti = áhan da-dā-ti = áhar da-dā-ti `gives during the day'; if [rU] were substituted 6.1.113 would have operated to generate forms like *aho da-dā-ti; since the replacement of sU is by luK (0̸¹) metarule 1.1.63 does not apply here, but before other sUP triplets: áho-bhyām/bhis/bhyas. Description

$8.2.70 ¹amnás=²ūdhas=³avás=ity ubhayáthā chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas either (ubhayáthā) [substitute phoneme rU 66 or r 69 replaces the padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme s 66 of] amnás- `secretly, unawares', ūdhas- `udder' and av-ás `downwards'.

amnás + eva = amnárU eva = amnáy eva (3.17) = amná0̸ eva (3.19)/amnár eva. Similarly: ūdha eva/ūdhar eva; av-á eva/av-ár eva. Description

$8.2.71 bhúvas=ca mahā-vy-ā-hr̥-té-ḥ

[In the domain of Chándas 70 either substitute phoneme rU 66 or r 69 replaces the padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme (s) of] bhúv-as used as a great mystical symbol (mahā-vy-ā-hr̥-té-ḥ).

bhúv-as iti = bhuv-arU iti = bhúv-ay iti = bhúv-a iti/bhúv-ar iti; but bhū+ṄasI = bhúv-as víśve-ṣu = bhúv-arU víśve-ṣu = bhuv-a-u víśve-ṣu = bhúv-o víśve-ṣu sáv-ane-ṣu yajn-íya-ḥ (RV 10.50.4). Description

$8.2.72 ¹vásU-²sráṁsU-³dhváṁsU=⁴anaḍúh-ām da̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme d replaces [padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme of stems ending in 1.1.72 the affix 3.1.1] (K)vásU (3.2.107) and of stems °-sráṁs `fall' (I 790), °-dhvaṁs `destroy' (I 791) and anaḍ-úh- `beast of burden'.

1. vid+KvásU = vid-vás+bhyám/bhis/bhyas = vid-vád-bhyām/bhis/bhyas; 2. ukhā-sráṁs+bhyām/bhis = ukhāsrád-bhyām/bhis. 3. parṇa+dhváṁs+bhyām = parṇa-dhvá0̸s+bhyām (6.4.24) = parna-dhvád-bhyām. In both these illustrations, before affix [Kvi̱P] the penultimate nasal of the verbal stems is replaced by 0̸ (6.4.24) giving the nominal stems as ukhā-srás- and parṇa-dhvás- before sUP triplets.

4. anaḍ-úh+bhyām/bhis/bhyas = anaḍ-úd-bhyām/bhis/bhyas. Description

$8.2.73 tiP-i án-as-te-ḥ

[The substitute phoneme d 72 replaces the padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme of an expression ending in 1.1.72 s 66] except that of the verbal stem as- `be' (II 56) [before the l-substitute] tiP.

cakās+lAṄ = áṭ+cakās+0̸¹+tiP = á-cakās+t = á-cakās+0̸ (6.1.68) = ácakād = á-cakāt (4.56) but as+lAṄ = āṬ+as+0̸¹+t = ās+t = ās+0̸ (6.1.68) = ārU (66) = āḥ (3.15): āp-a evá=idáṁ salilá-ṁ sárva-m āḥ. This form is restricted to the domain of Chándas where by 7.3.97 initial increment [īṬ] is not inserted at the head of the single phoneme l-substitute.

$8.2.74 siP-i dhāto-r=rU-ḥ=vā

The substitute phoneme rU optionally (vā) replaces [padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme] of a verbal stem (dhāto-ḥ) [ending in 1.1.72 the phoneme s 66 before 1.1.66 the l-substitute] siP.

When [rU] is not the substitute, the alternative substitute is phoneme [d 72]. cakās+lAṄ = áṬ+cakās+0̸¹+siP = á-cakās+0̸ (6.1.68)+tvám = á-cakārU/á-cakād+tvám = a á-cakāḥ+tvam (3.15) = á-cakās tvám (3.34)/ (b) á-cakāt tvám (4.55). Description

$8.2.75 d-as=ca

[The substitute phoneme d 72 or rU 74 replaces the padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme of a verbal stem 74 ending in 1.1.72 the phoneme] °-d [before 1.1.66 the l-substitute siP 74].

bhid+lAṄ = áṬ+bhid+ŚnaM+sIP = á-bhi-na-d+0̸ (6.1.68) = á-bhi-na-rU/á-bhi-na-d + tvám = á-bhinarU/á-bhi-na-d + tvám = ábhi-na-h+tvám (3.15) = á-bhi-na-s tvám (3.34)/á-bhi-nat tvám (4.55). Description

$8.2.76 ¹r-²v-oḥ upa-dhā-y-āḥ dīrghá-ḥ iK-aḥ

A substitute long (dīrghá-ḥ: vowel 1.2.28) replaces the penultimate phoneme (upa-dhā-y-āḥ) [of a padá 1.16] denoted by the siglum iK (= i, u, r̥, l̥) [of a verbal 74 padá 1.16 ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme r or v.

gr̄+Kvi̱P (3.2.76) = gír+0̸ (7.1.67,100)+sU = gír+0̸ (6.1.68) = gīr = gīḥ (3.15). púr+sU = púr+0̸ (6.1.68) = pūr=pūḥ.

$8.2.77 ha̱L-i ca

[A substitute long vowel replaces the penultimate vowel denoted by the siglum iK (= i, u, r̥, l̥) of a verbal stem 74 ending in 1.1.72 r or v before 1.1.66 an affix 3.1.1 beginning with] a consonant also (ha̱L-i ca).

ā-str̄+Kta = ā-stir+na (42, 7.1.100) = ā-stīr-ṇa- (4.1) `strewn, scattered'; dív+ŚyaN+tiP = dīv-ya-ti `plays, gambles'.

$8.2.78 upa-dhā-y-āṁ ca

[A substitute long vowel replaces a vowel denoted by the siglum iK (= i, u, r̥, l̥) 76 of a verbal stem 74 before 1.1.66] the penultimate [phoneme r or v of that stem 76 followed by consonants 77].

murch+Ktá = mūrch-iṬ-tá- (7.2.35) `fainted', but ciri-ṇó-ti `hurts, kills'. In the case of penultimate [v] no examples occur since by 6.1.66 it is replaced by [0̸] before all consonants other than [y], and the present rule is blocked out in the case of forms like vī+lIṬ = vi-vī+átus/ús = vi-vy-átus/ús since [y]-replacement of the vowel is not considered as a consonant by 1.1.56.

$8.2.79 ná ¹BHA-²kur-³chur-ām

[A substitute long vowel 76] does not (ná) replace [a penultimate vowel denoted by the siglum iK (= i, u, r̥, l̥) 74 of] a BHA theme [ending in 1.1.72 the phoneme r or v 76] and of kur- and chur- [before 1.1.66 affixes 3.1.1 beginning with a consonant 77].

1. By definition a BHA stem is one which precedes an affix beginning with a vowel or [y-° 1.4.18] and to that extent modifies the operation of 77 above to which this is an exception. dhúr-am vah-a-ti = dhur+yàT (4.4.77) = dhúr-ya- `fit to be harnessed'. 2. kr̥+lIṄ = kr̥+u+yās+s+t (3.4.104,107) = kur-0̸-yā0̸-0̸-t (6.4.109-110; 7.2.79) = kur-yā-t. 3. chur+lIṄ āśiṣ-i = chur+yās+s+t = chur-yā0̸-0̸-t (29).

$8.2.80 adás-aḥ=á-se-r d-āt=u d-aḥ=ma̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme u replaces the phoneme [occurring after 1.1.67] phoneme d of the pronominal stem adás- `that' when it does not [end in 1.1.72] °-s, and the substitute phoneme m replaces phoneme d.

adás+am/auṬ/Ṭā/bhyām = adáa+am/auṬ/Ṭā/bhyām (7.2.102) = adá+am/au/ā/bhyām (6.1.97) = amú+am/au/ā/bhyām = amú-m (6.1.107)/amū (6.1.102)/amú-nā (7.3.120; 8.2.3)/amū-bhyām (7.3.102). But adáḥ icch-a-ti = adas+KyáC+ŚaP+tiP (3.1.8) = adas-yá-ti `desires that'. Description

$8.2.81 eT-aḥ=īT bahu-vac-an-é

The substitute phoneme long ī(T) replaces phoneme e(T) [following phoneme d of the pronominal stem adás- `that' 80] when denoting `many' (bahu-vac-an-é) [and phoneme m replaces phoneme d 80].

adás+Jas = adáa+Śī (7.1.17) = adá+ī (6.1.97) = ad-e (6.1.87) = am-ī; adás+bhis = adáa+bhis (7.2.102) = adá+bhis = adé-bhis (7.3.103) = amī-bhis/bhyas/ṣ-ām/ṣu. Description

$8.2.82 vāk-yà-sya ṬE-ḥ plu-tá-ḥ=udātta-ḥ

A prolated (plu-tá-ḥ vowel 1.2.28) which is high-pitched (ud-ātta-ḥ) replaces the syllable beginning with the last vowel (ṬE-ḥ) of an utterance (vāk-yà-sya).

This is a governing rule [adhi-kār-á] heading this section and extending up to the end of this pāda and will recur in each rule of this section as applicable.

$8.2.83 praty-abhi-vād-é=á-śūdr-e

[A prolated vowel which is high-pitched replaces the syllable beginning with the last vowel of an utterance 82] when responding to (praty-abhi-vād-é) a respectful greeting, except in the case of a Śūdra.

abhí-vād-ay-e deva-dattó-háṁ : bho āyuṣmān e-dhi deva-dat-tá3 but āyuṣ-mān edhi tuṣajaka ! when Tuṣajaka is a śūdra.

$8.2.84 dūr-āt=hū-t-é ca

[A prolated vowel with a high-pitched accent replaces the syllable beginning with the last vowel of an utterance 82] also, in a call from afar (dūr-āt=hū-té ca).

ā-gacch-a bho māṇavaka deva-dat-tá3 `Come, my lad, Devadatta!'. Description

$8.2.85 ¹hai-²he-pra-yog-é ¹hai-²hay-oḥ

When the particle /hai/ or /he/ is used [in a call from afar 84, a prolated vowel which is high-pitched replaces the syllable beginning with the last vowel of an utterance 82] haí or hé.

haí3/hé3 deva-dat-ta/déva-datta haí3/hé3. Description

$8.2.86 guró-r án-r̥T-aḥ án-anty-ya-sya=ápi ékaika-sya prāc-ām

According to Eastern Grammarians [either in response to a respectful salutation of a non-śūdra 83 or in a call from afar 84, a substitute prolated vowel with high-pitch replaces 82] one by one (ékaika-sya) a metrically heavy (guró-ḥ) syllable whether or not (ápi) occurring at the end (án-ant-ya-sya), excluding the vowel short r̥(T).

dé3va-dat-ta/deva-dá3t-ta/deva-dat-tá3 but kr̥ṣṇa-mít3ra/kr̥ṣṇa-mitrá3.

$8.2.87 om abhy-ā-dā-n-e

[A substitute prolated vowel which is high-pitched] replaces the vowel of om at the beginning (abhy-ā-dā-n-e) [of an utterance 82].

ó3m agní-m īḷ-e puró-hi-ta-m (RV 1.1.1). Description

$8.2.88 y-é yaj-ña-kar-maṇ-i

[A substitute prolated vowel which is high-pitched replaces the vowel 82 of the pronominal padá 1.16] y-é in a sacrificial action (yajña-kar-maṇ-i).

yé3 yaj-ā-mahe `we who sacrifice' (MS 1.4.11) but not in yé devāso divy ékādaśa sthá or in ye yáj-ā-maha íti páñc-ā-kṣara-m (TS 1.6.11.1) while studying the text and not performing a sacrifice.

$8.2.89 pra-ṇav-á-ṣ ṬE-ḥ

[In a sacrificial action 88] the substitute pra-ṇav-á (= the particle ó3m) [prolated and high-pitched 82] replaces the syllable beginning with the last vowel [of the utterance 82].

ap-āṁ rétā-ṁ-s-i ji-nv-ató3M = jinv-a-ti+ó3M `he quickens the germs of waters'.

$8.2.90 yāj-yā=antá-ḥ

[A substitute prolated vowel with high-pitch replaces 82] the final vowel of a sacrificial formula (yāj-yā-antá-ḥ) [in a sacrificial action 88].

stóm-air vidh-em-ā-gnáy-e = stóm-air vidh-em-āgnayā3i (107) (RV 8.43.11) `may we serve Agni with praise'.

jihvā-m agne ca-kr̥-ṣe hav-ya-vāh-am (RV 10.8.6) = jihvā-m agne ca-kr̥-ṣe hav-ya-vāhá3m. Description

$8.2.91 ¹brū-hí-²pr-é-sya-³śraúṣaṭ-⁴vaúṣaṭ-⁵ā-vahā-nām ādé-ḥ

[A substitute prolated vowel which is high-pitched replaces] the first syllable (ādé-ḥ) of the expressions brū-hí `speak', pr-é-ṣya `send forth', śraúṣaṭ `may he hear us', vaúṣaṭ `may he lead us' and ā-vah-a `lead' [in a sacrificial action 88].

1. agnáy-é-nu brū3-hi; 2. agnáy-e go-máyā-n-i pr-é3-ṣya; 3. ás-tu śraú3ṣaṭ; 4. sóma-sy-ā-gne vrīhī3 vaú3ṣaṭ; 5. agní-m ā3-vah-da. Description

$8.2.92 agn-ī-dh=pr-e-ṣ-aṇé pára-sya ca

In an order given to the priest to kindle the sacrificial fire (agn-ī-dh=pr-e-ṣ-aṇ-é) [a substitute prolated vowel which is high-pitched 82 replaces the first syllable 91] as well as the one following it [pára-sya ca] [in a sacrificial action 88].

ā3-śrā3v-ay-a/ó3 śrā3v-ay-a `announce!'. Description

$8.2.93 vibhāṣā pr̥ṣ-ṭa-prati-vac-an-é he-ḥ

[A substitute prolated vowel with high-pitch 82] optionally (vibhāṣā) replaces the syllabic of particle hi occurring at the end of a response to a question (pr̥ṣ-ṭa-prati-vac-an-é).

á-kar-ṣ-ī-ḥ káṭa-ṁ deva-dat-ta? á-kār-ṣ-aṁ hí3/hi `Have you made a mat, O Devadatta? I have made (it) indeed!'.

$8.2.94 ni-gr̥h-ya=anu-yog-é ca

[A substitute prolated vowel with high-pitch 82 optionally 93 replaces the syllable beginning with the last vowel of an utterance 82] which repeats something which has been refuted (ni-gr̥h-ya=anu-yog-é: i.e., in a manner of reproach, after it has been refuted).

á-ni-tya-ḥ śábda-ḥ ity ātthá3/āttha `thus you pretend that the word is not eternal!'.

$8.2.95 ā-mreḍ-i-ta-m bhárts-an-e

[A substitute prolated vowel with high pitch replaces the syllable beginning with the last vowel 82] of an āmreḍita (1.2) to denote a threat (bhárts-an-e).

caúra caurá3! vŕṣala vr̥ṣalá3! dásyo dasyó3! ghāt-áy-i-ṣydā-mi tvā `I will have you punished, O thief/O vagrant/O slave!'.

$8.2.96 aṅgá-yuk-ta-ṁ tiṄ ā-kāṅkṣ-á-m

[A substitute prolated vowel with high-pitch replaces the syllable beginning with the last vowel 82] of a verbal (tiṄ) [padá 1.16 ending in 1.1.72] an l-substitute (tiṄ), co-occurring with th particle aṅgá [to denote a threat 95] which is dependent on another to complete the sense (ā-kāṅkṣ-á-m).

aṅgá kūj-á3/vy-ā-har-á3 idānīṁ jñā-sya-si jālma `well, go on crying. O wretch, you will soon know'; cf. 8.1.33.

$8.2.97 vi-cār-yá-m-āṇā-n-ām

[A substitute prolated vowel with high-pitch replaces the syllable beginning with the last vowel of an utterance 82] denoting a deliberation of choice (vi-cār-yá-m-āṇā-n-ām).

ho-tavya-ṁ dīkṣ-itá-sya gr̥hā3i (107) na ho-tavydá3-m? `should one offer an oblation at the house of the consecrated person or not?' In the form gr̥h-é = gr̥h-á+Ṅi, by 107 below the first half of the diphthong is replaced by the pluta and the second half by short vowel i. Description

$8.2.98 pūrva-ṁ tu bhāṣā-y-ām

In current speech (bhāṣā-y-ām) [a substitute prolated vowel with high-pitch 82 replaces the syllable beginning with the last syllable 82] of the first (pūrva-ṁ alternative only) [when denoting a choice of deliberation 97].

áhi-r nú3 rájju-r nu? `(is this) a snake or a rope?'

$8.2.99 prati-śráv-aṇ-e ca

[A substitute prolated vowel with high-pitch replaces the syllable beginning with the last vowel of an utterance 82] which is a response to a promise (prati-śráv-aṇ-e) or agreement.

gā-m me de-hi bhoḥ: ahám te da-dā-mí3 `give me the promised cow; I am giving it to you'. The word [prati-śrav-aṇa-] also means `hearkening': déva-dat-ta bhoḥ!: kím āt-thá3? `O Devadatta, what have you been saying?'

$8.2.100 án-udāttam ¹praś-na=antá=²abhí-pūj-i-tay-oḥ

[A substitute prolated vowel 82] which is low-pitched (ánudāttam) replaces [the final syllable of an utterance 82] denoting a question (praśnāntá-°) or a praise (°-abhí-pūj-i-tay-oḥ).

a-gam-à3ḥ pūrvā3n grāmā3n agni-bhūtā3i/paṭā3u `Have you gone to the eastern villages, O Agnibhūta? / O wise one?' Cf. 105 below for the svaritá accent and 107 for the accentuation on diphthongs.

$8.2.101 cid iti ca upa-mā=arth-é pra-yuj-yá-m-ān-e

[A substitute prolated vowel 82 which is low-pitched 100 replaces the syllable beginning with the last vowel of an utterance 82] co-occurring with the particle cit, denoting comparison (upamā=arth-é).

agni-cit bhā-yā3t `may he shine like Agni' but kathaṁ-cid āh-uḥ `they seldom speak'.

$8.2.102 upári-svid ās-ī3-t=iti ca

The expression upárisvid āsī3t is introduced [with a substitute prolated vowel 82 with low-pitch 100 replacing the syllable beginning with the last of this utterance 82].

adhaḥ svid ās-ī3t upári svid ās-ī3t (RV 10.129.5) `was perhaps below, was perhaps above'.

$8.2.103 svar-i-tám ā-mreḍ-i-t-e ¹asūyā=²sam-má-ti-³kópa-⁴kúts-ane-ṣu

[A substitute prolated vowel 82] with svaritá accent replaces [the syllable beginning with the last vowel of a reduplicated 1.1 vocative occurring at the beginning of an utterance 1.8 before 1.1.66] the āmreḍita (= the following 1.2 vocative 1.8) to denote envy (asūyā), praise (sam-má-ti), anger (kópa) or blame (kútsana).

1. asūyā: abhi-rūpa-kà3 abhi-rūpa-ka, rik-tá-m te ābhi-rūp-ya-m `O handsome one! vain is your handsome appearance'.

2. sam-má-ti: māṇavakà3 māṇavaka śóbh-ana-ḥ khálv as-i `O lad, you are distinguished'.

3. kópa: a-vi-nī-ta-kà3 a-vi-nī-ta-ka idānīṁ jnā-sya-si jālma `O wretch, you will soon know'.

4. kútsana: śāktī-kà3 śāktīka rik-tā te śák-ti-ḥ `O missile-bearer, worthless is your missile'.

$8.2.104 ¹kṣiyā=²āśís-³praiṣé-ṣu tiṄ ā-kāṅkṣ-á-m

[A substitute prolated vowel 82 with svaritá accent 103 replaces the syllable beginning with the last vowel 82] of a verbal [padá 1.16] which is dependent (on another finite verb to complete the sense: tiṄ ā-kāṅkṣá-m) to denote an offence against established custom (kṣiyā-°), a benediction (°-āśís-°) or a command (°-praiṣé-ṣu).

1. svayáṁ ráth-ena yā-tì3 upādhyāyá-m padāti-ṁ gam-ay-a-ti (1.60).

2. sut-ā-ṁ-ś ca lap-sīṣ-tà3 dhána-ṁ ca tāta `may you win sons as well as wealth'.

3. káṭa-ṁ ku-rù3 grāma-ṁ ca gacch-a `make a mat and go to the village'.

$8.2.105 án-ant-ya-sya=ápi ¹praśná=²ā-khyānay-oḥ

[A substitute prolated vowel 82 with svaritá accent 103 replaces the syllable beginning with the last vowel 82] of the non-final as well as (ápi) [the final padás of an utterance 82] when denoting a question (praśná-°) or a narration (°-ā-khyā-nay-oḥ).

a-gam-à3-ḥ pūrvā3n grāmā3n agni-bhūtà3i? (cf. 100 above).

a-gam-à3-ḥ pūrvā3n grāmsā3n bhò3ḥ. Description

$8.2.106 plu-t-aú aiC-aḥ iT=uT-au

A substitute prolated vowel [introduced by 84ff.] replaces the phonemes i(T) or u(T) of the diphthongs denoted by the siglum aiC (= ai, au) [respectively 1.3.10].

aí3tikāyana! aú3pagava! (207) where the diphthongs are considered to be four mātrā-s duration.

$8.2.107 eC-aḥ á-pra-gr̥h-ya-sya=á-dūr-āt=hū-t-e pūrva-sya ardhá-sya=āT=úttara-sya ¹iT=²uT-au

[In the operations introduced by 83ff. above] except `a call from afar' (á-dūr-āt=hū-t-e 84) relating to the non-pragr̥h-ya diphthongs denoted by the siglum eC (= e, o, ai, au) [a substitute prolated vowel 82] ā(T) replaces their first half (pūrva-sya) and i(T), u(T) [respectively 1.3.10] replace the second half (of e/ai and o/au).

This results in [ā3i] for e/ai or [ā3u] for o/au with high or low pitch, and [ā3i] for e/ai and [ā3u] for o/au with svaritá accent (106).

By a vārttika the operation, however, is restricted to 83,90,97 and 100. Exception: mālā+au = mālā+Śī (7.1.18) = māl-e3 (1.1.11).

$8.2.108 tay-or ¹y-²v-au aC-i sáṁ-hi-tā-y-ām

In continuous utterance (sáṁ-hi-tā-y-ām) the substitute phonemes y and v [respectively 1.3.10] replace them (tay-oḥ = iT, uT 107) [before 1.1.66] a vowel (aC-i).

When agne+āśā occur together under the context of 97 or 100 above: agnā3i āśā/agnā3i āśā = agnā3y āśā/agnā3y āśā etc.

The word [sáṁ-hitā-y-ām] `in continuous utterance' forms a governing rule till the end of this chapter in the next two pādá-s.

$8.3.1 ¹matU-²vásO-ḥ rU sam-búd-dh-au chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas the substitute phoneme rU replaces [the final phoneme 1.1.52 of a padá 1.16 ending in 1.1.72 the affixes 3.1.1] matU(P) and (K)vásU [before 1.1.66] the vocative singular sUP triplet [in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. índra marutvaḥ i-há pā-hi sóma-m `O Indra, accompanied by Maruts, drink Soma here': marút+matuP+sU = marut+vant+s (7.1.71) marut-vant+0̸ (6.1.68) = marut-van0̸ (2.23) = marut-varU = marut-vaḥ (15) (RV 3.51.7).

2. mīḍh-vas tokā-ya tánayā-ya mr̥ḷ-a `O bountiful one, be gracious to our children': mih+KvásU = miḍh+vás (2.31) = mīḍh-vas (6.1.12)+sU (voc.) = mīḍh-vans+s (7.1.70 +sU) = mīḍh-vans+0̸ (6.1.68) = mīḍh-van0̸ (2.23) = mīḍh-varU = mīḍh-vaḥ (15)+tokāya = mīḍh-vas tokā-ya (34).

$8.3.2 á-tra ánu-nāsika-ḥ pūrva-sya tu vā

Here (á-tra = in the sub-section beginning here and extending up to and inclusive of 12 below, the following governing rule recurs:) But (tu) a nasalised (vowel: ánu-nāsika-ḥ) optionally (vā) replaces the phoneme preceding (pūrva-sya) [the phoneme which is the substituendum of rU 1, in continuous utterance 2.108].

Thus, in continuous utterance sam+kr̥Ñ = sam+su̱Ṭ+kr̥- (6.1.137) = sarU+s-kr̥- (5) sãḥ-s-kr̥- (15) = sãs-s-kr̥- (34). Description

$8.3.3 āT-aḥ=aṬ-i nítya-m

[A substitute nasalized vowel 2] necessarily (nítya-m) replaces the phoneme long ā(T) [preceding rU 2 before 1.1.66] the phonemes denoted by the siglum aṬ (vowels and h, y, v and r) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

Rule 9 below introduces the substitute [rU] for padá-final [°-n]: mahān as-i = mahārU as-i = mahāy as-i (17) mahā as-i (19).

$8.3.4 ánu-nāsik-āt pára-ḥ anu-svār-á-ḥ

The increment ṁ (anu-svārá-ḥ) is inserted after (pára-ḥ) [the vowel preceding 2 rU 1 when the substitute nasalized vowel does not optionally replace the vowel before rU 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

sám+kr̥-N = sám+su̱Ṭ+kr̥ = sárU-s-kr̥ = saṁrU+s-kr̥- = sáṁ-ḥ-s-kr̥- (15) = sáṁ-s-s-kr̥- (36) = sáṁ-s-s-kr̥-. Description

$8.3.5 sám-aḥ su̱Ṭ-i

[The substitute phoneme rU 1 replaces the final phoneme 1.1.52 of the preverb] sám-° [before 1.1.66] the initial increment su̱Ṭ [in continuous utterance 2.108].

Ex. cited under 2-4 above.

$8.3.6 púm-aḥ kha̱Y-i=aM-par-e

[The substitute phoneme rU 1 replaces the stem-final 1.1.52 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] púm- `man, male' [before 1.1.66] unvoiced stops (kha̱Y-i) followed by phonemes denoted by the siglum aM (= vowels, semivowels or nasal stops).

[púm-] here represents a part of the full stem [púṁs-] when it is padá-final, since padá-final [s] following [m] is replaced by 0̸ (2.23). puṁs-í kām-á-ḥ a-syāḥ = puṁs+0̸¹+kām-a+ṬāP (4.1.4) = púm0̸+kām-ā = púrU+kāmā = púṁrU-kāmā (4) = púṁs-kāmā (34)/pūs-kāmā (2) `desiring the male' (by a vārttika 37 is blocked).

$8.3.7 n-as=cha̱V-i á-pra-śān

[The substitute phoneme rU 1 replaces padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme] n [before 1.1.66] phonemes denoted by the siglum chaV (= ch, ṭh, th, c, ṭ, and t) [followed by a vowel, semivowel or nasal stops 6] excluding that of the expression pra-śān [in continuous utterance 2.108].

bháv-ān ci-no-ti = bhávārU ci-no-ti = bhávāṁrU ci-no-ti (2, 4) = bhávāṁs ci-no-ti (34) = bhávāṁś ci-no-ti (4.41)/bhávā̃ś ci-no-ti; bhávāṁś/bhávā̃ś chād-ay-a-ti; bhávāṁṣ/bhávā̃ṣ ṭīk-a-te; bhávāṁs/bhávā̃s tar-a-ti. But praśān chād-ay-a-ti etc.

$8.3.8 ubha-yá-thā r̥k-ṣú

In the domain of R̥gveda both (ubha-yá-thā) [n 7 or its replacement rU l] occur [in continuous utterance 2.108 before 1.1.66 the phonemes ch, ṭh, th, c, ṭ, or t followed by a vowel, semivowel or a nasal stop 7].

tá-smin/tá-smĩs/tá-smiṁ-s tvā da-dhā-ti. 7 above is made optional in the domain of RV.

$8.3.9 dīrgh-āt aṬ-i sa-māná-pad-e

[The substitute phoneme rU 1 replaces padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme n 7 occurring after 1.1.67] a long (vowel 1.2.28 : dīrgh-āt) [before 1.1.66] phonemes denoted by the siglum aṬ (vowels and h, y, v or r) within the same quarter [of a r̥k 8].

The word [ubhayá-thā 8] recurs in this rule, so that the alternate form retains the original padá-final [n]: ādit-yān yāc-i-ṣā-mahe (RV 8.67.1); mahān índro yá ójas-ā (RV 8.6.1) `Indra, majestic in power': mahārU índra-ḥ = mahāy índra-ḥ = mahā/mahāṁ índra-ḥ: mahā índro yá ój-as-ā. Description

$8.3.10 nr̄-n p-e

[The substitute phoneme rU 1 replaces the final 1.1.52 phoneme n 7 of the nominal 4.1.1 padá 1.16] nr̄n [before 1.1.66] initial phoneme p-° (of the following expression) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

nr̄n pā-hi/prī-ṇī-hi = nr̄rU → nr̄ḥ = nr̄ṁḥ pā-hi/prī-ṇī-hi `protect/love men'.

$8.3.11 svátavān pāy-au

[The substitute phoneme rU replaces the final 1.1.52 phoneme n 7 of the nominal padá 1.16] svátavān [before 1.1.66] the expression pāy-ú- `protector' [in continuous utterance 2.108].

svátavāḥ pāy-ú-r agne (RV 4.2.6) `a powerful protector, O Agni': svátavārU pāy-úr agne = svátavā̃ḥ pāy-ú-r agne. Description

$8.3.12 kān āmreḍit-e

[The substitute phoneme rU 1 replaces the padá final 1.1.52 phoneme of the pronominal padá 1.16] kān [before 1.1.66], its āmreḍita, [in continuous utterance 2.108].

kān+kān = kārU+kān = kāṁḥ+kān (4;15) = kāṁs-kān/kās-kān (2).

$8.3.13 ḍh-aḥ ḍh-e lóp-a-ḥ

Substitute lópa (0̸) replaces the phoneme ḍh (before 1.1.66) phoneme ḍh [in continuous utterance 2.108].

In spite of the governing rule 1.16, since phoneme [ḍh] occurring as padá-final is covered by 2.39, the present rule applies only to a non-padá-final context. lih+Ktá = liḍh+tá (2.31) = liḍh+dhá- (2.40) = liḍh+ḍhá- (4.41) = li0̸-ḍhá- = līḍhá- `licked'. The governing meta-rule 2.1 does not apply here, since this particular situation is specificially made explicit by 6.3.11 whereby the preceding member denoted by the siglum [aṆ = a, i, u] is replaced by the corresponding long vowel.

$8.3.14 r-aḥ r-i

[Substitute lópa (0̸) replaces padá 1.16 final phoneme 13] r [before 1.1.66] (another phoneme) r (of the following expression) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. r+r: nír+rak-tá- = nī0̸-rak-ta- (6.3.111) `colorless, faded'; dúr+rak-ta- = dū0̸-rak-ta- `badly dyed'; 2. rU+r: agni+sU+ratha+sU = agnirU+ratharU = agnī-ratha-ḥ (15). 3. Also operates within a padá: spardh+yaṄ-luK = pā-spardh+yaṄ-luK (7.4.83)+lAṄ = áṬ+pā-spardh+0̸¹+siP = á-pā-spardh+0̸ (6.1.68) = á-pā-spard (2.39) = á-pā-sparrU (2.75) = á-pā-spā0̸ḥ (15). Description

$8.3.15 ¹kha̱R=²ava-sā-nayo-r vi-sarj-anīya-ḥ

The substitute visarjanīya (= ḥ) replaces [padá 1.16 final 1.1.51 phoneme r 14 before 1.1.66] unvoiced consonants (kha̱R-°) or at pausa (°-ava-sā-nay-oḥ).

vr̥kṣá+sU+chid+yaK+te = vr̥kṣá+rU+chid-ya-te (2.66) = vŕkṣaḥ chid-ya-te = vŕkṣas chid-ya-te (34) = vŕkṣaś chid-ya-te (4.40) `the tree is being cut'. In pausa: rāmá+sU = rāmá+rU = rāmá-ḥ; gir+sU = gir+0̸ = gī-ḥ (2.76).

$8.3.16 rO-ḥ suP-i

[The substitute visarjanīya 15 replaces] the substitute phoneme rU [before 1.1.66 the sUP triplet] suP [locative plural].

páyas+suP = páyarU+su = páyaḥ-su `in/on milk/water' but gir+su = gīr-ṣu (2.76; 3.59). Description

$8.3.17 ¹bho=²bhago=³agho=⁴a-pūrva-sya ya̱-ḥ aŚ-i

The substitute phoneme y replaces [substitute phoneme rU 16] co-occurring with bhos `an interjection', bhagos `illustrious', aghos `sinner' or phoneme-class /a/ [before 1.1.66] a phoneme denoted by the siglum aŚ (= voiced phonemes) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

bhos á-tra = bhorU á-tra (2.66) = bhoy á-tra = bho0̸ á-tra (19); bhago a-tra/agho á-tra. ká+sU ās-te = kárU ās-te = káy ās-te = ká ās-te `who is sitting?'; brāhmaṇá+Jas ās-ate = brāhmaṇārU ās-ate = brāmaṇāy ās-ate = brāhmaṇā ās-ate `brahmins are sitting'. Description

$8.3.18 ¹v-²y-or laghú-pra-yat-na-tara-ḥ śākaṭāyaná-sya

The substitute glide phonemes v and y [respectively 1.3.10̸] replace [the padá 1.1.16 final 1.1.52 phonemes v (resulting from 6.1.78) and y (resulting from 6.1.78 as well as from 17 above) before 1.1.66 voiced phonemes 17]d according to the grammarian Śākaṭāyaná.

[laghú-pra-yat-na-tara-] `more lightly pronounced, requiring lax articulation = a glide sound'. bho{^y}/bhago{^y}/agho{^y} á-tra; ká{^y} ās-te; asā{^v} ādityá-ḥ. Description

$8.3.19 lóp-a-ḥ śākalya-sya

The substitute lópa (0̸) replaces [padá 2.26 final 1.1.52 phonemes v and y (resulting from 17 above as well as from 6.1.78) 18 before 1.1.66 voiced phonemes 17 in continuous utterance 2.108] according to Śākalya.

bho/bhago/agho á-tra; ká ās-te; asā aditya-ḥ; a-smā ud-dhar-a. Description

$8.3.20 oT-aḥ gārg-ya-sya

[The substitute lópa (0̸) 19 replaces padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme y 18 after 1.1.67 the phoneme] o(T) [before 1.1.66 voiced phonemes 17 in continuous utterance 2.108] according to the grammarian Gārgya.

Examples as in 19 above.

$8.3.21 uÑ-i ca pad-é

[The substitute lópa (0̸) 19 replaces padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phonemes v and y (resulting from 17 above and 6.1.78) 18] also [before 1.1.66] the padá uÑ [in continuous utterance 2.108].

tád+sU = táa+sU (7.2.102) = tá+sU (6.1.97) = sá+s (7.2.106)+u ek-ā-gni-ḥ/eka-viṁśati-ḥ = sárU u = sáy u = sá0̸ u = sá u ék-ā-gni-ḥ/éka-viṁśati-ḥ/eka-viṁśá-vart-ani-ḥ (MS 2.7.20).

$8.3.22 ha̱L-i sárve-ṣām

[The substitute lópa (0̸) 19 replaces padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme y 18 (resulting from 17 above) before 1.1.66] a consonant (ha̱L-i) [in continuous utterance 2.108] according to all grammarians.

bho/bhago/agho/kó has-a-ti; brāhmaṇā has-anti. Description

$8.3.23 m-aḥ anu-svār-á-ḥ

The substitute ṁ (anu-svār-á-ḥ) replaces [padá 1.16 final 1.1.52] phoneme m [before 1.1.66 consonants 22 in continuous utterance 2.108].

vána+am+gacch-a-ti = ván-a-ṁ gacch-a-ti (6.1.107) `goes to the forest'; pums+suP = pum0̸+sú (2.23) = puṁ-sú but gam+yáK+te = gam-yá-te (non-padá-final). Description

$8.3.24 n-aś ca á-pada=anta-sya jha̱L-i

[The substitute anu-svār-á ṁ 23] also replaces a non-padá-final (á-pad-ā-nta-sya) phoneme n as well as (ca) [m 23 before 1.1.66] a phoneme denoted by the siglum jha̱L (= a non-nasal consonant) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. n: páyas+Śi (7.1.20) = páya-nu̱M-s+i (7.1.72) = páyāns-i (6.4.8) = páyāṁs-i `milks/waters'.

2. m: ā+kram+sya+te = ā-kraṁ-sya-te `will be overcome', but han-yá-te/gam-yá-te. Description

$8.3.25 ma̱-ḥ rāj-i sám-aḥ Kv-a̱u̱

The substitute phoneme m replaces [padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme m 23 of the particle] sám-° [before 1.1.66 the verbal stem] rāj- `rule, govern', co-occurring with [the affix 3.1.1] Kvi̱(P) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

Exception to 23. sám+rāj+Kvi̱P (4.3.61)+sU = sam-rāj+0̸ (6.1.68) = sam-rāṣ (2.36) = sam-rāṭ (2.39; 4.56).

$8.3.26 h-e má̱-par-e vā

[The substitute phoneme m 25] optionally (vā) replaces [padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme m 23 before 1.1.66] phoneme h- co-occurring before m [in continuous utterance 2.108].

kím/kíṁ mhal-ay-a-ti `what is he shaking?'

$8.3.27 ná̱-par-e na̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme n [optionally 26 replaces padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme m 23 before 1.1.66 phoneme h 26] co-occurring before phoneme n [in continuous utterance 2.108].

kíṁ/kín hnu-te `what is he taking away?'

$8.3.28 ¹ṅ-²ṇ-oḥ ¹ku̱K-²ṭu̱K śa̱R-i

[Final increments 1.1.46] ku̱K and ṭu̱K [respectively 1.3.10] are [optionally 26 inserted at the end of a padá 1.16 ending in 1.1.72] the phonemes °-ṅ and °-ṇ [before 1.1.66] a phoneme denoted by the siglum śa̱R (= sibilant) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. °-ṅ: prāñc+sU = prāñc+0̸ (6.1.68) = prāñ0̸ (2.23) = prāṅ + śe-te = prāṅ+ku̱K śe-te = prāṅk śe-te `lies down facing east'. 2. °-ṇ: vaṇ śe-te = vaṇṭ śe-te. Description

$8.3.29 ḍ-aḥ s-i dhu̱Ṭ

[An initial increment 1.1.46] dhu̱Ṭ is [optionally 26 inserted at the head of a padá 1.16 beginning with 1.1.54 phoneme] s-° [after 1.1.67 a padá 1.16 ending in 1.1.72 the phoneme] °-ḍ [in continuous utterance 2.108].

mádhu le-ḍhi = madhu+líh+Kvi̱P (3.2.76)+sU = madhu-líh+0̸ (6.1.68) = mudhu-líḍh (2.31) = madhu-líḍ (2.39) sīd-a-ti = madhu-líḍ+dhu̱Ṭ-sīd-da-ti = madhu-líṭ+tsīd-a-ti/sīd-a-ti (4.42,55).

$8.3.30 n-aś ca

[An initial increment 1.1.46 dhu̱Ṭ 29 is optionally 26 inserted at the head of a padá 1.16 beginning with 1.1.54 the phoneme s-° 29 after 1.1.66 a padá 1.16 ending in 1.1.72] phoneme °-n also (ca) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

mahát+sU = mahá-n-t+sU (7.1.20) = mahānt+0̸ (6.1.68; 4.10) = mahān0̸ (2.23)+sarp-á-ḥ = mahān dhsarpá-ḥ/sarp-á-ḥ = mahān tsarpá-h/sarpá-ḥ (4.55). Description

$8.3.31 ś-i tu̱K

[The final increment 1.1.46] tu̱K is [optionally 26 inserted at the end of a padá 1.16 terminating in 1.1.72 phoneme n 30 before 1.1.66 a padá 1.16 beginning with 1.1.54] phoneme ś-° [in continuous utterance 2.108].

bhávān śe-te/bhávān+tu̱K śe-te = bhávāñ-c se-te (4.40) = bhávāñc che-te (4.63) `your honor is lying down'. Description

$8.3.32 ṅa̱M-aḥ=hrasv-āt aC-i ṅa̱Mu̱Ṭ nítya-m

[An initial increment 1.1.46] denoted by the siglum ṅa̱M (= ṅ, ṇ, n) is [respectively 1.3.10 inserted at the head of a padá 1.16 beginning with 1.1.54] a vowel (aC-i) [after 1.1.66 a padá 1.16 ending in 1.1.72] the phonemes denoted by the siglum ṅa̱M(= ṅ, ṇ, n) [occurring after 1.1.67] a short (hrasv-āt: vowel 1.2.28) necessarily (nítya-m).

1. praty-áṅ ās-te = praty-áṅ+ṅās-te `sits facing east'.

2. sugáṇ ās-te = sugáṇ-ṇās-te `the accountant is sitting'.

3. kur-v-án ās-te = kur-v-án-nās-te `sits while performing'.

$8.3.33 ma̱Y-aḥ uÑ-aḥ va-ḥ vā

The substitute phoneme v optionally (vā) replaces the particle uÑ [co-occurring after 1.1.67] a consonant denoted by the siglum ma̱Y (= other than a semivowel, palatal nasal or aspirant) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

śám u as-tu védi-ḥ/śam v as-tu védi-ḥ `may the sacrificial altar be propitious'. tád u/v á-sya rétaḥ `that indeed is his/its seed'.

$8.3.34 vi-sarj-anīya-sya sa̱-ḥ

The substitute phoneme s replaces the vi-sarj-anīya [before 1.1.66 unvoiced consonants (kha̱R-i) 15 in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. vr̥kṣá-ḥ chid-yda-te (15) = vr̥kṣá-s chid-ya-te = vr̥kṣá-ś chid-ya-te (4.40) `the tree is being cut'.

2. vípra-ḥ (2.66; 3.15) tiṣṭh-a-ti = vípra-s tiṣṭh-a-ti `the sage stands'.

3. vr̥kṣá-ḥ ṭīk-a-te = vr̥kṣá-s ṭīk-a-te = vr̥kṣá-ṣ ṭīk-a-te (4.41) `the tree moves'.

$8.3.35 śá̱R-par-e vi-sarj-anīya-ḥ

A substitute ḥ (vi-sarj-anīya-h) replaces [a visarjanīya before 1.1.66 unvoiced consonants 15] co-occurring before sibilants (śa̱R-par-e) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

púruṣa-ḥ kṣīrá-m pib-a-ti `man drinks milk/water'; śóbh-ana-ḥ tsáru-ḥ `beautiful hilt'; ghanāghaná-ḥ kṣóbh-aṇa-ś carṣaṇī-nām (RV 10.103.1) `striking down and agitating people'.

By stipulating a visarjanīja as the substitute, its allomorphs jihvā-mūlīya and upa-dhmā-nīya are blocked out, cf. 37 below.

$8.3.36 vā śa̱R-i

[A substitute visarjanīya (ḥ) 35] optionally (vā) replaces [a visarjanīya 34 before 1.1.66] sibilants (śa̱R-i) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

vr̥kṣá-ḥ/vr̥kṣá-ś śe-te (4.40); plakṣá-ḥ/plakṣá-ṣ ṣaṇḍ-e (4.41); sáraḥ/sáras sar-a-ti `the tree sleeps/the Plakṣa tree in the forest/the stream flows'.

$8.3.37 ¹kU-²pV-oḥ ¹Xk-²Xp-au ca

The substitute phonemes Xk (= jihva-mūl-īya-) and Xp (upa-dhmā-nīya-) [in addition to a visarjanīya (ḥ) 35 respectively 1.3.10 replace a visarjanīya 34 before 1.1.66] velar and labial stops (kU-pV-oh).

The t.t. jihvā-mūlīya is derived by 4.3.62. nára-ḥ/nára-Xk kar-o-ti `the man makes'; nára-ḥ/nára-Xp pac-a-ti `the man cooks'.

$8.3.38 sa̱-ḥ á-pada-ād-au

The substitute phoneme s replaces [a visarjanīya (ḥ) before 1.1.66 velar and palatal stops 37] which do not occur as initials of padá-s (á-pada=ād-au) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

Only affixes are intended by this restriction (á-padādau), and they are: pāśaP (5.3.47), kalpaP (5.3.67), ká (5.3.70) and kāmyáC (3.1.9).

páyas+kalpaP = páyaḥ-kalpaP (2.66; 3.15) = páyas-kalpa- `like or resembling milk'; similarly payas-kām-yá-ti `desires milk'; páyas-pāśa- `inferior or adulterated milk'; payas-ká- `milk'. But páya-Xk kām-ay-a-te/páya-Xp pib-a-ti (37). Description

$8.3.39 iṆ²-aḥ ṣa-ḥ

The substitute retroflex sibilant ṣ replaces [a visarjanīya (ḥ) 34 co-occurring after 1.1.67] a phoneme denoted by the siglum iṆ² [before 1.1.66 a velar or labial stop 37 which are not initial of a padá 38, in continuous utterance 2.108].

The siglum iṆ² is derived with the second IT marker Ṇ² of SS 6 [lÃṆ²] and includes all vowels other than the phoneme class a, the voiced aspirant h and the semivowels. But the phonemes really involved are the vowels other than phoneme-class a, and the semivowel r with which alone s occurs as a posterior member of a cluster or conjunct. sarpis+pāśa-/kalpa-/ká/kām-yá-ti = sarpiṣ-pāśa/kalpa-/ká-/kām-yá-ti, but hári-ḥ kar-o-ti/pac-a-ti=hari-Xk kar-o-ti/hari-Xp pac-a-ti. Description

$8.3.40 ¹námas-²purás-or gáty-oḥ

[The substitute phoneme dental sibilant s 38 replaces padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 visarjanīya (ḥ) 34 of] the gati (1.4.60) particles nám-as `homage' and pur-ás- `in front' (i.e., functioning as gáti 1.4.67,74) [before 1.1.66 a velar or labial stop 37 in continuous utterance 2.108].

In the section beginning here the expressions "the substitute phoneme dental sibilant s" (38) and "the substitute phoneme retroflex sibilant ṣ preceded by a phoneme denoted by the siglum iṆ²" (39) recur as governing rules. A visarjanīya following iṆ² will be replaced by retroflex ṣ while the dental s will replace the phoneme s.

nám-as+kar-tum = nám-arU+kár-tum (2.66) = namaḥ-kártum (15) = nam-as-kár-tum `to salute, bow down'; similarly puras-kr̥+tumu̱N = pur-as-kár-tum `to place before or in front'. But púr+Śas+kar-o-ti = púr-aḥ/púr-aXk kar-o-ti (37) `builds cities'.

$8.3.41 ¹iT=²úT=upa-dha-sya ca á-praty-ay-a-sya

[The substitute phoneme retroflex ṣ 39 replaces padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 ḥ 34 of padá-s] other than affixes, containing phonemes short i(T) or u(T) as penultimate [before 1.1.66 velar or labial stops 37 in continuous utterance 2.108].

This rule pertains to [gáti- 40] particles nís-, dús-, dúr-, bahís-, āvís-, catús- and prādús-.

1. nís+kr̥-ta- = nírU+kr̥-ta- = níḥ-kr̥-ta- = níṣ-kr̥-ta- `expelled'; similarly níṣ-pī-ta- `drunk up'. In like manner:

2. dúṣ-kr̥-ta-/pī-ta- `badly done/drunk'; 3. bahíṣ-kr̥-ta-/pī-ta- `expelled/drunk outside the house'; 4. āvíṣ-kr̥-ta-/pī-ta- `manifested/quietly drunk'; 5. cátuṣ-kaparda- `having four tufts' (RV 10.114.3); cátuṣ-pañcāśat `fifty-four'; 6. prādúṣ-kr̥-ta- `made visible' but hari-ḥ kar-o-ti/pib-a-ti. Description

$8.3.42 tirás-aḥ anya-tará-syām

[The substitute dental sibilant s 38] optionally (anya-tará-syām) replaces [padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 ḥ of the gáti 40 particle] tirás `across' [before 1.1.66 a velar or labial stop 37 in continuous utterance 2.108].

tirah-kŕ-t-ya/kár-tum : tiras-kŕ-t-ya/kár-tum `having despised/to despise', but tiráḥ kr̥-tvā kāṇḍa-m ga-tá-h `placing the log along he went'.

$8.3.43 ¹dvís-²trís-³catúr iti kr̥tvás=arth-e

[The substitute phoneme retroflex ṣ 38 optionally 42 replaces padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 ḥ 34 of] dvís `twice', trís `thrice' and catúr `four times' when denoting the sense of [the affix 3.1.1] kr̥tvás (5.4.17,20) `times' [before 1.1.66 a velar or labial stop 37 in continuous utterance 2.108].

dvíḥ/dvíṣ kar-o-ti/pac-a-ti; tríḥ/tríṣ kar-o-ti/pac-a-ti; catúḥ (15)/catúṣ kar-o-ti/pac-a-ti but cátuṣ-kaparda-/cátuṣ-pad- `quadruped'.

$8.3.44 ¹is=²us-oḥ sāmarth-y-e

[The substitute phoneme retroflex ṣ 39 optionally 42 replaces padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 ḥ 34 of padá-s 1.16 ending in 1.1.72] °-is or °-us [before 1.1.66 a velar or labial stop 37 in continuous utterance 2.1.108] standing in correlation with each other (sāmarth-y-e).

sarpíḥ (15; 2.66)/sarpíṣ kar-o-ti `makes clarified butter'. But tíṣṭh-a-tu sarpíḥ, píb-a tvám udaká-m `let the clarified butter stand; drink thou water'. yájuḥ/yájuṣ kar-o-ti `performs a sacrifice'.

$8.3.45 nítya-ṁ sam-ās-é án-uttara-pada-stha-sya

[The substitute phoneme retroflex ṣ 39] necessarily (nítya-m) replaces [padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 ḥ 34 of a padá 1.16 ending in 1.1.72 °-is or °-us 44] in a compound (sam-ās-é), provided it is not (itself) a posterior member (án-uttara-pada-stha-sya) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

sarpiṣ-kuṇḍ-ik-ā `butter jar', but parama-sarpiḥ-kuṇḍ-ik-ā; dhánuṣ-pāṇi- `archer, wielder of a bow' but parama-dhanuḥ-kapālá-.

$8.3.46 aT-aḥ ¹kr̥-²kámi̱-³kaṁsá-⁴kumbhá-⁵pātra-⁶kuśā-⁷kárṇī-ṣu án-a-vy-ay-a-sya

[The substitute phoneme dental s 38 necessarily 45 replaces padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 ḥ 34 of a padá 1.16] other than an indeclinable (án-avyaya-sya), containing short vowel a(T) [as penultimate 41, before 1.1.66 the verbal stems] kr̥- `make' (VIII 10) and kám- `love' (I 470) [and nominal stems 4.1.1] kaṁsá- `goblet', kumbhá- `goblet, jar', pātra- `vessel', kuśā `small piece of wood' and karṇī `a kind of shaft, rudder' [in a compound, provided it is not itself a posterior member 45, in continuous utterance 2.108].

áyaḥ kar-o-ti = áyas+0̸¹+kr̥+áṆ (3.2.1) = ayas+kār-á- = ayarU-kār-á- (2.66) = ayaḥ-kār-á- (15) = ayas-kār-á- `blacksmith'; similarly: ayas-kām-á- `iron-smith'; ayas-kaṁsá- `a kind of iron weapon or an iron goblet'; ayas-kumbhá- `iron pitcher'; ayas-pātrá- `iron vessel'; ayas-kuśā `iron peg' and áyas-karṇī `(a vessel) having an iron handle' , but púnar kar-o-ti = punaḥ-kār-á- (3.2.1) `repetition', yaśaḥ kar-o-ti (un-compounded) and param-ā-yaḥ-kār-á- `a great black-smith'.

$8.3.47 ¹adhás=²śíras-ī pad-é

[The substitute phoneme dental s 38 replaces the padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 ḥ of the padá-s 1.16] adhás `below' and śíras- `head [in composition with 45 the nominal stem 4.1.1] padá- `place' [provided it is not itself a posterior member 45, in continuous utterance 2.108].

adhas-padá-m `the lower place or part'; śiras-padá-m `the upper place or part'; but param-ā-dhaḥ-padá-m/parama-śiraḥ-pada-m.

$8.3.48 kas-ka=ādi-ṣu ca

[The substitute phoneme dental s 38 or retroflex ṣ 39 replaces padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 ḥ 34 of padá-s 1.16 in composition 45] of the class of compounds beginning with kas-ka- `which of them?' [before 1.1.66 a velar or labial stop 37 in continuous utterance 2.108].

kím+sU+kím+sU = ká-s+ká-s = ká-ḥ-ká-ḥ (15; 2.66) = ká-s-ka-ḥ `which of them?'; similarly kú-tas-ku-taḥ `from which place or direction?'; bhrātr̥+Ṅas+putra+sU = bhrātur (6.1.111) -putra-ḥ (15; 2.66) = bhrātuṣ-putrá-ḥ `brother's son, nephew'.

$8.3.49 chándas-i vā á¹pra=²āmreḍitay-oḥ

In the domain of Chándas [the substitute phoneme dental s 38] optionally (vā) replaces [padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 ḥ before 1.1.66 a velar or labial stop 37 of another padá 1.16 in continuous utterance 2.108] excluding the preverb particle prá-° or an āmreḍita.

ayas-pātrá-/ayaḥ-pātrá- `iron vessel', but agní-ḥ pra-vidvān `Agni, the wise one' (AV 5.26.1); ágne trātar r̥-tá-s/r̥-tá-ḥ kaví-ḥ (RV 6.60.5) `O protector Agni, thou art respected and wise'. páruṣaḥ paruṣas pári (MS 2.7.15.214).

$8.3.50 ¹ká-ḥ-²kár-a-t-³kár-a-ti-⁴kr̥-dhí-⁵kr̥-té-ṣu án-adite-ḥ

[In the domain of Chándas 49 the substitute phoneme dental s 38 replaces padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 ḥ 34 before 1.1.66 the padá-s 1.16] káḥ, kár-a-t, kár-a-ti, kr̥-dhí and kr̥-tá- excluding that of [the padá 1.16] of áditi- [in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. kaḥ = kr̥+lUṄ = kr̥+Cli̱+t = kŕ+0̸¹ (2.4.80)+t = kár-t = kar0̸ (2.23) = kaḥ (15) : viśvá-tas+kaḥ = viśvá-taḥ kaḥ = viśvá-tas kaḥ `performed all around'.

2. kár-a-t = kr̥+lUṄ = kr̥+aṄ+t = kár-a-t : viśvá-taḥ+kár-a-t viśvá-tas kar-a-t `ibid'. In both these examples the initial augment [áṬ] is replaced by 0̸ (6.4.75).

3. kár-a-ti = kr̥+ŚaP+tiP = kár-a-ti : viśvá-tas kar-a-ti.

4. kr̥-dhí = kr+lOṬ+siP = kr̥-hí (3.4.87) = kr̥-dhí (6.4.102) : urú ṇas kr̥-dhi (RV 8.75.11) `make us great'.

5. sádas-i kr̥-tá-m = sádas+0̸¹+kr̥-ta-m = sádaḥ-kr̥-ta-m = sád-as-kr̥-ta-m `made at the sacrifice', but yá-thā no áditiḥ kár-a-t (RV 1.43.2).

$8.3.51 pañcamy-āḥ pár-au adhy-arth-é

[In the domain of Chándas 49 the substitute phoneme dental s 38 replaces padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 ḥ resulting from] the fifth sUP triplet (pañcamy-āḥ = ṄasI) [before 1.1.66] the particle pári denoting the sense of ádhi (adhy-arth-é) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

div-ás pári prathamá-ṁ ja-jñ-e (RV 10.45.1) `was born first above the heaven'; agní-r himá-vat-as pári `fire above the snow-clad mountain' (AV 4.9.9); but áhi-r iva bhog-aíḥ páry-e-ti bāhú-m (RV 6.75.14) `like a snake, coils around the arm' (instr. plur.); when not having the meaning of ádhi: div-ás pr̥thivy-āḥ páry ója úd=bhr̥-ta-m (RV 6.47.27) `power was raised up all around heaven and earth'.

$8.3.52 pā-t-au ca bahulá-m

[In the domain of Chándas 49 the substitute dental sibilant s 38 replaces padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme ḥ 34 arising from the fifth sUP triplet (ṄasI) 52] variously (bahulá-m) [before 1.1.66 the verbal padá 1.16] pā-tu `may he protect' [in continuous utterance 2.108].

div-ás pā-tu `may he protect from heaven' (RV 10.158.1) but pari-ṣád-aḥ pā-tu (15.266) `may he protect from the assembly'.

$8.3.53 ṣaṣthy-āḥ ¹páti-²putrá-³pr̥ṣṭhá-⁴pārá-⁵padá-⁶páyas-⁷póṣe-ṣu

[In the domain of Chándas 49 the substitute dental sibilant s 38 replaces padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme ḥ 34 arising from] the sixth sUP triplet (ṣaṣṭhy-āḥ = Ṅas) [before 1.1.66 the nominal stems 4.1.1] páti- `master, lord, husband', putrá- `son', pr̥ṣṭhá- `back', pārá- `beyond, across', padá- `place', páyas- `milk', and póṣa- `prosperity' [in continuous utterance 2.108].

vāc-ás-pá-ti-ṁ viśvá-karmāṇ-am ū-táy-e (RV 10.81.7) `to the lord of speech, Viśvá-karman, for protection'; div-ás-putrā-ya sūryā-ya (RV 10.37.1) `to Sūrya, son of heaven'; div-ás pr̥ṣṭh-é dhāv-a-m-āna-ṁ su-parṇá-m (AV 13.2.37) `Suparṇa, soaring up on the back of Heaven'; á-gan-ma támas-as pārá-m `we have gone beyond darkness' (VS 12.73); iḷ-ás pad-é sám-idh-ya-se `thou art kindled at the sacrificial altar'; sūrya-ṁ cákṣu-r div-ás páyaḥ `to Sūrya, the eye and milk of Heaven'; rāy-ás-póṣa-ṁ yáj-a-m-āne-ṣu dhār-a-ya (RV 10.122.8) `bestow on the sacrificers increasing wealth'; but mánu-ḥ putré-bhyo dāy-á-ṁ vy-à-bhaj-a-t `Manu divided (his) inheritance among (his) sons' (nom. sing.).

$8.3.54 íḍā-y-āḥ vā

[In the domain of Chándas 49 the substitute phoneme dental s 38] optionally (vā) replaces [padá 1.16 final 1.1.52 phoneme ḥ 34 arising from the sixth sUP triplet (Ṅas) 53 introduced after 3.1.2 the nominal stem 4.1.1] íḍā `oblation' [before 1.1.66 the nominal stema páti- `lord, master, husband', putrá- `son', pr̥ṣṭhá- `back', pārá- `across', padá- `place', páyas- `milk' and póṣa- `prosperity' 53 in continuous utterance 2.108].

íḍā-y-ās/íḍā-y-āḥ+páti-ḥ/pad-é (RV 3.23.4)/putrá-ḥ (RV 3.29.2), etc.

$8.3.55 á-pada=anta-sya mūrdhan-yà-ḥ

The substitute retroflex (mūrdhan-yà-ḥ) [sibilant ṣ 39 replaces a phoneme] not occurring as padá-final (á-pada=anta-sya) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

This is a governing rule beginning this section and extending up to the end of this pādá and will recur in each of the subsequent rules. By 56 below the substituendum is indicated as the dental sibilant s.

$8.3.56 sáhe̱-ḥ sāḍ-aḥ s-aḥ

[The substitute retroflex sibilant ṣ 55 replaces the dental sibilant] s of the verbal stem sáh- `bear, endure' (I 905) when it acquires the form sāḍ(h) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

jalá-ṁ sah-a-te = jala+0̸¹+sáh+Ṇvi̱ (3.2.63) = jalā-sāh (6.3.137; 7.2.116)+sU = jalā-sāh+0̸ (6.1.68) = jalā-ṣāḍh (2.31) = jalà-ṣāḍ (2.39) but jalā-sāh-au/as/am.

$8.3.57 ¹iṆ²-²kO-ḥ

(In the section beginning here and extending up to the end of this Pādá, the words) [the substitute retroflex sibilant ṣ 55 replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 co-occurring after 1.1.67] the phonemes denoted by the sigla iṆ² (= vowels other than a-class, semivowel r) and kU (=velar stops) [will recur in the subsequent rules].

This is also a governing rule, co-occurring with 55 above in the rest of this Pādá.

$8.3.58 ¹nu̱M-²vi-sarj-anīya-³śa̱R-vy-av-āy-e=ápi

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant 38 s, co-occurring after 1.1.67 phonemes denoted by the sigla iṆ² (= vowels other than a-class and semivowel r) and kU (velar stops) 57] even when there is intervention by [the infixed increment 1.1.47] nu̱M or ḥ (°-vi-sarj-anīya-°) or sibilants (°-śa̱R-vy-av-āy-e api) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. nu̱M-vy-av-āy-e: sárpis+Śi = sárpi-nu̱M-s+i (7.1.72) = sárpī-ṁ-ṣ-i (24; 6.4.10); 2. ḥ-vy-av-āy-e: sárpis+suP = sárpirU+su (2.66) = sárpiḥ-ṣu (15; 4.41); 3. śa̱R-vy-av-āy-e: sárpis+suP = sarpiṣ-ṣu (36; 4.41).

This rule operates only when there is a single intervention: thus from the verbal stem ṇis-I cumb-an-e (II 15) nis+lAṬ = ni-nu̱M-s+0̸¹+se (7.1.58; 3.4.80) = ni-ṁ-s-se (24) there is double intervention [nu̱M+śa̱R] so that initial dental sibilant s of the l-substitute [se for thās 3.4.80] is not replaced by the retroflex sibilant ṣ; similarly in the Imperative 2nd pers. sing. ni-ṁ-s-sva.

$8.3.59 ¹ā-deś-á-²praty-ayáy-oḥ

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56] of a replacement element (ā-deś-á-°) or of an affix (°-praty-ayáy-oḥ) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 vowels other than /a/, and semivowel r and velar stops 57 even when there is intervention by nu̱M, ḥ or sibilants 58 in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. s of a replacement element: ṣiv-U tan-tu-sam-tān-e (IV 2)+lIṬ = siv+lIṬ (6.1.64) = si-siv+ṆaL (6.1.8; 7.4.60) = si-ṣév-a (7.3.86); 2. s of an affix: agní+suP = agní-ṣu. 3. intervention by kU: lih+lUṄ = áṬ+lih+Ksa+t (3.1.45; 6.4.71) = á-liḍh+Ksa+t (2.31) = á-lik-ṣa-t (2.41). Cf. 58 above for example with intervention of nu̱M, ḥ and sibilants.

$8.3.60 ¹śāsi̱-²vasi̱-³ghásī̱-n-āṁ ca

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stema] śās- `rule, reach, instruct' (II 66), vas- `abide, reside' (I 1054) and ghás- `eat' (I 747) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a vowel other than /a/-class, the semivowel r and velar stops 57 in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. śās+lUṄ =śās+Cli̱→aṄ (3.1.43,56)+t = áṬ+śis-a-t (6.4.34) = á-śiṣ-a-t `instructed', where the dental sibilant is neither a substitute nor an affix. 2. vas+Ktá = uas+tá- = uas+iṬ-tá (6.1.15; 7.2.52) = uṣ-i-tá- (6.1.108); 3. ghas+lIṬ = ja-ghas+átus (6.1.8; 7.34.60, 62; 8.4.54) = ja-gh0̸s+átus (6.4.98) = jakṣ-átuḥ (4.55).

$8.3.61 ¹staú-ti-²Ṇy-ór evá ṣaṆ-i abhy-ās-āt

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the dental sibilant s 56 of a substitute 59, co-occurring after 1.1.67 a vowel other than /a/-class, the semivowel r or a velar stop 57] of the reduplicated syllable [before 1.1.66 the desiderative marker] ṣaṆ [introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stem] stu- `praise' (II 34) and those [ending in 1.1.72 the causative marker] Ṇí(C) only (evá) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. ṣṭuÑ+saN+ŚaP+tiP = tú-stū-ṣa-a-ti (6.1.9,64; 4.16; 7.4.60; 8.3.59) = tú-stū-ṣa-ti (6.1.97) = tú-ṣṭū-ṣa-ti (4.41) `desires to praise'; 2. ṆíC-anta-: ṣiv+ṆíC+saN+ŚaP+tiP = sev+i+iṬ+saN+ŚaP+tiP (6.1.64; 7.3.86) = sí-sev-i+i-ṣa-a-ti (59) = sí-sev-i+i-ṣa-ti (6.1.97) = sí-sev-e+i-ṣa-ti (7.3.84) = sí-sev-ay+i-ṣa-ti (6.1.78) = sí-ṣev-ay-i-ṣa-ti `desires to make (someone) to sew'. But ṣic+saN+ŚaP+tiP = sí-sic+sa+a+ti (6.1.9,64) = sí-sik-ṣa-ti (1.2.9; 8.2.30; 3.59) `wishes to sprinkle'.

$8.3.62 sa-ḥ ¹svidi̱-²svádi̱-³sáhī̱-n-āṁ ca

The substitute dental sibilant s replaces [the dental sibilant s of a substitute 59, co-occurring after 1.1.67 a vowel other than /a/-class, the semivowel r or a velar stop 57 of the reduplicated syllable 61 before 1.1.66 the retroflexed desderative marker (ṣaṆ-i) 61 introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stems] svid- `perspire, sweat' (II 789, IV 79), svád- `taste' (I 18) and sáh- `endure, bear' (I 905) [ending 1.1.72 in the causative marker Ṇí(C) 61, in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. svid+ṆíC+iṬ+saN+ŚaP+tiP = sved+í+iṬ+saN+ŚaP+tiP (7.3.86) = sí-sved-i-i-ṣa-a-ti (6.1.9; 7.4.59-60; 1.1.48) = sí-sved-ay-i-ṣa-ti (7.3.86; 6.1.78, 97) `makes (someone) desire to perspire'; similarly: 2. sí-svād-ay-i-ṣa-ti `causes (someone) to desire to taste'; 3. sí-sāh-ay-i-ṣa-ti `makes (someone) desire to endure'.

Exception to 61 above.

$8.3.63 prāk sit-āt aṬ=vy-av-āy-é ápi

[In the sub-section beginning here and] prior to (prāk) to sitá- `bound' (70 below) [the substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the non-padá-final 55 sibilant s 56] even (ápi) with the intervention of [the initial increment 1.1.46] áṬ (6.4.71) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

By 65 below, abhí+su+Śnu+tiP = abhí-ṣu-ṇo-ti (59; 4.2); abhí+su+lAṄ = abhi+áṬ-su+Śnu+t = abhy-á-ṣu-ṇo-t.

$8.3.64 sthā=ādi-ṣu abhy-ās-éna ca abhy-ās-á-sya

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ replaces non-padá-final 55 sibilant s 56 of the verbal stems] beginning with sthā- [65, in this sub-section 63-70 prior to sitá-, even with the intervention 63] of the reduplicated syllable, as well as (ca) [the dental sibilant s 56] of the reduplicated syllable.

1. abhí+sthā+lIṬ = abbi+ta-sthā+au (6.1.8; 7.1.34; 4.61) = abhí-ta-ṣṭh0̸-au (6.4.64) = abhí-ta-ṣṭh-au (4.41).

2. abhí+senā+ṆiC+saN+ŚaP+tiP = abhi-si-sen0̸-i+iṬ-saN+ŚaP+tiP (6.4.64) = abhí-ṣi-ṣeṇ-ay-i-ṣa-ti.

3. pári+ṣic+saN+ŚaP+tiP = pári-ṣi-ṣik-ṣa-ti (cf. 61 above). But abhí-su-sū-ṣa-ti, abhí-si-ṣā-sa-ti since these stems are not included in the group beginning with [sthā-].

$8.3.65 upa-sarg-āt ¹su-nó-ti-²suv-á-ti-³s-yá-ti-⁴staú-ti-⁵stóbh-a-ti-⁶sthā-⁷sen-áy-a-⁸sédha-⁹sicA-¹⁰sanjA-¹¹svanj-ām

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stems] su- `press, extract' (IV 1), sū- `impel' (VI 115), so- `terminate' (IV 39), stu- `praise' (II 34), stúbh- `chant, utter' (I 421), sthā- `remain' (I 975), sen-áy-a- `attack', sídh- `move, order, instruct' (I 48), sic- `sprinkle' (VI 140), sanj- `attach, cling' (I 1036), svanj- `embrace, clasp' (I 1025) [co-occurring after 1.1.67] a preverb (upa-sarg-āt) [ending 1.1.72 in phonemes i or u (iṆ²) 57, even with the intervention of initial increment 1.1.46 áṬ 63 in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. abhí/pári+su+lAṬ = abhí/pári+su+nu+tiP = abhí/pári-ṣu-ṇo-ti (4.2)+lAṄ = abhí/pári+a-ṣu-ṇo-t. 2. abhí/pári+ṣuv-a-ti/a-ṣuv-a-t; 3. abhí/pári+ṣya-ti/a-ṣya-t; 4. abhí/pári+ṣṭau-ti/a-ṣṭau-t; 5. abhí/pári+ṣṭobh-a-ti/aṣṭobh-a-t; 6. abhí/pári+ṣṭhā-sya-ti/a-ṣṭhā-t/ta-ṣṭh-au (respectively lR̥Ṭ, lUṄ and lIṬ); 7. abhí/pári+ṣeṇ-ay-a-ti/a-ṣeṇ-ay-a-t/ṣi-ṣeṇ-ay-i-ṣa-ti (64); 8. abhí/pári+ṣedh-a-ti/a-ṣedh-a-t; 9. abhí/pári+ṣiñc-a-ti/a-ṣiñc-a-t/ṣi-ṣik-ṣa-ti (64); 10. abhí/pári+ṣaj-a-ti/a-ṣaj-a-t/ṣi-ṣaṅk-ṣa-ti (64); 11. abhí/pári+ṣvaj-a-ti/a-ṣvaj-a-t/ṣi-ṣvaṅk-ṣa-ti (64). In the case of 10-11, cf. 6.4.25 for 0̸ replacement of the nasal before class marker [ŚaP].

$8.3.66 sadi̱-r á-prate-ḥ

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem] sad- `sit down' (VI 133) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb 45 ending in 1.1.72 phoneme i or u 57, even with the intervention of áṬ 63] excluding preverb práti-° [in continuous utterance 2.108].

ní/ví+sīd-a-t/a-sīd-a-t = ní/ví+ṣīd-a-ti/a-ṣīd-a-t but práti-sīd-a-ti/a-sīd-a-t.

$8.3.67 stanbhe̱-ḥ

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 29 replaces non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem] stanbh(U) `prop up' (IX 7) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb 65 ending in 1.1.72 the phoneme i or u 57, even with the intervention of áṬ 63 in continuous utterance 2.108].

abhí/pári+ṣṭabh-nā-ti/a-ṣṭabh-nā-t/ta-ṣṭambh-a; prati-ṣṭabh-nā-ti/praty-a-ṣṭabh-nā-t.

$8.3.68 áv-āt ca ¹ā-lámb-ana-²ā-vi-dūr-yaya-oḥ

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replacs non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem stanbh- `prop up, support' (IX 7) 67, co-occurring after 1.1.67] the preverb áva-° to denote the sense of `support' (ā-lámb-ana-°) or contiguity (°ā-vi-dūr-yay-oḥ) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. áva+stanbh+Ktvā = ava+stanbh+LyaP (6.4.24) = ava-ṣṭánbh-ya ās-te/tiṣṭh-a-ti `sits down/remains (supporting oneself with something)'; 2. ava-ṣṭab-dhā sénā (= ava+stanbh+Ktá+ṬāP = ava-sta0̸bh+dhá+ā 2.40 = ava-stab-dhā 4.53). but ava-stab-dhá- `affected, stiff'.

$8.3.69 vé-ś ca sván-aḥ bhój-an-e

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem] sván- `sound' (I 879) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb 65] ví-° to denote the sense of `smacking' while eating' (bhój-an-e) and also [after preverb áva-° 68 in continuous utterance 2.108].

ví/áva+ṣvaṇ-a-ti/a-ṣvaṇ-a-t/ṣa-ṣvāṇ-a (64).

$8.3.70 pári-ní-ví-bhyah ¹séva̱²si-tá-³say-á-⁴sívÚ-⁵sáhA-⁶su̱Ṭ-⁷stu-⁸sanj-ām

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal items] sév- `serve' (I 530), si-tá- `bound', say-á- `binding', siv- `sew' (IV 2), sáh- `bear, endure (I 905), the initial increment su̱Ṭ, stu- `praise' (II 34) and svanj- `embrace' (I 1025) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverbs] pári-°, ní-° or ví-° [even with the intervention of the initial increment áṬ 63 in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. pári/ní/ví+ṣev-a-te/a-ṣev-a-ta/ṣi-ṣev-i-ṣa-te; 2. pari/ni/vi+ṣi-tá-ḥ; 3. pari/ni/vi+ṣay-á-ḥ; 4. pári/ní/ví+ṣīv-ya-ti/a-ṣīv-ya-t/a-sīv-ya-t (71); 5. pári/ní/ví+ṣah-a-te/a-ṣah-a-ta/a-sah-a-ta (71); 6. pari+suṬ+kar-o-ti (6.1.137) = pari-ṣ-kar-o-ti/a-ṣ-kar-o-t/a-s-kar-o-t (71); 7. pári/ní/ví+ṣṭau-ti/a-ṣṭau-t/a-stau-t; 8. pári/ní/ví+ṣvaj-a-te/a-ṣvaj-a-ta/a-svaj-a-ta (71).

$8.3.71 siv-ādī-n-āṁ vā áṬ=vy-av-āy-é ápi

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39] optionally (vā) replaces [non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stems] beginning with siv- `sew' (IV 2) [70] [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverbs pári-°, ní-° or ví-° 70] even with the intervention of the [initial increment 1.1.46] áṬ (6.4.71) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

Exx. cited under 70 above.

$8.3.72 ¹ánu-²ví-³pári-⁴abhí-⁵ní-bhyaḥ syánd-a-te-r á-prāṇi-ṣu

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 optionally 71 replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem] syánd- `glide, flow, run' (I 798) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverbs] ánu-°, ví-°, pári-°, abhí-° or ní-° when the agent of the verb is not animate (á-prāṇi-ṣu) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

ánu/ví/pári/abhí/ní+ṣyand-a-te/syand-a-te `flows after/overflows/flows all around/runs towards/trickles down'.

When the agent is animate replacement by the retroflex sibilant does not take place.

$8.3.73 vé-ḥ skande-r á-niṣṭhā-y-ām

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 optionally 71 replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem] skand- `leap' (I 1028) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb 65] ví-° except [before 1.1.66] niṣṭhā (Ktá-, KtávatU affixes 1.1.26) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

vi-skand+tumu̱N = vi-ṣkánt-tum/skánt-tum (4.65), but vi-skand+Ktá- = vi-skann+ná- (2.42) = vi-skan-ná-.

$8.3.74 páre-ś ca

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 optionally 71 replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem skand- `leap' (I 1028) co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb] pári-° also (ca) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

pari+ṣkán-tum/skán-tum; pari+ṣkaṇ-ṇá-/skan-ná- A separate rule has been framed to block out the constraint [á-niṣṭhā-y-ām 73].

$8.3.75 pari-skand-á-ḥ prāc-ya-bharaté-ṣu

The expression pari-skand-á- `a servant who runs by the side of a carriage' is introduced as current among the Eastern Bharata-s.

Elsewhere pari+skand+áC (3.1.134) = pari-ṣkand-á-.

$8.3.76 ¹sphur-á-ti-²sphul-á-ty-or ¹nír-²ní-³ví-bhyaḥ

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 optionally 71 replaces non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stems] sphur-/sphul- (VI 95-6) `throb, quiver, flash' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverbs 65] nís-°, ní-° or ví-° [in continuous utterance 2.108].

nís/ní/ví+ṣphur-a-ti/sphur-a-ti; nís/ní/ví+ṣphul-a-ti/sphul-a-ti.

$8.3.77 vé-ḥ skabh-nā-te-r nítya-m

[The retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 necessarily (nítya-m) replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem] skabh- (= skanbhU IX 8) `prop up, support' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb 65] ví-° [in continuous utterance 2.108].

ví-ṣkabh-nā-ti/vi-ṣkámbh-i-tum/ví-ṣkabh-i-ta-/vi-ṣkambh-á-.

$8.3.78 iṆ²-aḥ ¹ṣī-dhvam-²lUṄ-³lIṬ-āṁ dh-aḥ áṅg-āt

[The substitute retroflex 55 phoneme (ḍh)] replaces the phoneme dh of (the lIṄ) l-substitute ṣī-dhvam and the l-substitute (dhvam) of iUṄ and lIṬ [introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal] áṅga (= pre-affixal stem) [ending in 1.1.72] a vowel other than the phoneme-class /a/ (iṆ²) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. ṣī-dhvam (optative) : cyu+lIṄāśíṣ-i = cyu+sīyu̱Ṭ+dhvám = cyo-sīy+dhvám (7.3.84) = cyo-sī0̸-dhvám (6.1.66) = cyo-ṣī-ḍhvám (59). 2. cyu+lUṄ = áṬ+cyu+si̱C (3.1.44)+dhvam = á-cyo-0̸-dhvam (2.25) = á-cyo-ḍhvam. 3. cyu+lIṬ = cyu+dhvé (3.4.79) = cu-cyu+dhvé (6.1.8; 7.4.60) = cu-cyu-ḍhvé.

The repetition of iṆ² in this rule, when the governing rule 57 is recurring, is for the purpose of blocking out [kU] from this rule: pac+sī-dhvám = pak-ṣī-dhvám.

Except for ṣī-dhvám (of lIṄ āśiṣi: Precative) and dhvám (of iUṄ Aorist) and dhvé (of lIṬ Perfect), retroflexion does not take place: ṣṭuÑ+lAṬ = stu+0̸¹+dhvé; +lAṄ = a-stu-0̸¹+dhvám; +lOṬ = stu+0̸¹+dhvám. The constraint "after a pre-affixal stem" is to block the operation of this rule when ṣī-dhvám is the result of áṅga-final -s with sīyu̱Ṭ+dhvám when s of sīyu̱Ṭ is replaced by 0̸ in the Optative by 7.2.79: pári+viṣ `pervade' (III 13)+lIṄ = pári-viṣ+Ślu+sīyu̱Ṭ+dhvam = pári-ve-viṣ+0̸īy+dhvam (7.2.79; 4.75) = pári-ve-viṣ-ī0̸-dhvam (6.1.66).

$8.3.79 vibhāṣā iṬ-aḥ

[The substitute retroflex 55 phoneme ḍh] optionally replaces [the phoneme dh (of the lIṄ) substitute ṣī-dhvám and the l-substitute dhvám (of lUṄ and lIṬ)] preceded by the initial increment i(Ṭ) [when introduced after 3.1.2 a pre-affixal stem 78 ending in 1.1.72 a vowel other than the phoneme-class /a/ 78, in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. pū+lIṄ āśíṣ-i = pū+sīyu̱Ṭ+dhvám = pū+iṬ+sīyu̱Ṭ+dhvám = po+i-ṣīy+dhvam (7.3.84; 8.3.59) = pav-i-ṣī0̸-dhvám (6.1.66; 78) = pav-i-ṣī-ḍhvám/°ṣī-dhvám. 2. pū+lUṄ = áT+pū+iṬ-si̱C+dhvam = a-pav-i-ḍhvam/°-dhvam. 3. pū+lIṬ = pu-pū+iṬ+dhvé = pu-puv-i-ḍhvé/°dhvé (6.1.77).

$8.3.80 sam-ās-é aṅgúle-ḥ sáṅga-ḥ

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] saṅg-á- `attachement' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the nominal stem 4.1.1] aṅgúli- `finger' (in a compound) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

aṅgúle-ḥ sáṅg-a-ḥ = aṅgúli+0̸¹+sáṅga-h = aṅguli-ṣaṅgá-ḥ `contact with a finger'; aṅgúli-ṣu saṅga-ḥ a-syāḥ = aṅguli+0̸¹+saṅga+ṬāP (4.1.4) = angúli-ṣaṅg-ā yavāgū-ḥ `rice meal sticking to the fingers'.

$8.3.81 bhīró-ḥ sthāna-m

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant of the nominal stem 4.1.4] sthā-na- `place' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the nominal stem 4.1.4] bhī-rú- `timid, cowardly' [in composition 80, in continuous utterance 2.108].

bhī-ró-ḥ sthā-na-m = bhī-rú+0̸¹+sthā-ná-m = bhī-ru-ṣṭhāná-m `dreadful place'.

$8.3.82 agné-ḥ ¹stú-t-²stóma-³sóm-ā-ḥ

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant of the nominal stems 4.1.1] stú-t- `who praises, eulogizer', stó-ma- `praise' and sóma- `n.pr. of a liquor/divinity' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the nominal stem 4.1.1] agní- `n.pr. of a divinity' [in composition 80, in continuous utterance 2.108].

agní-ṁ staú-ti = agni+0̸+stu+Kvi̱P = agni-ṣṭú-t (6.1.71) `laudatory of Agni, the first day of Agni-ṣṭomá'.

agné-ḥ stóma-ḥ = agni+0̸¹ = stoma- = agni-ṣṭomá-ḥ `n.pr. of a sacrifice'.

agní-ś ca sóma-ś ca = agní+0̸+sóma+au = agnī-ṣóm-au (6.3.27) `the divinities Agni and Soma', but agni-som-aú māṇavak-aú `name of pupils/fire and the soma creeper'. Retroflexion does not take place here since it is restricted to a compound consisting of names of divinities, with final [ī] replacement of Agní (6.3.27).

$8.3.83 ¹jyótis=²āyus-aḥ stóma-ḥ

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] stóma- `praise' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the nominal stems 4.1.1] jyót-is- `light' or āy-us- `life-span' [in composition 90, in continuous utterance 2.108].

jyót-iṣ-as stó-ma-ḥ = jyotiḥ-ṣṭo-má-ḥ; āyuṣ-as stó-ma-ḥ = ayuḥ-ṣṭo-má-ḥ (4.41) `names of sacrifices'.

$8.3.84 ¹mātŕ-²pitŕ-bhyāṁ svásuḥ

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] svásr̥- `sister' [co-occurring in composition 80 after 1.1.67 the nominal stems 4.1.1] mātŕ- `mother' and pitŕ- `father' [in continuous utterance 2.108].

mātúḥ/pitúḥ+svásā = mātr̥/pitr̥+ṣvasā `maternal/paternal aunt'.

$8.3.85 ¹mātúr=²pitúr-bhyām anya-tará-syām

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39] optionally (anya-tará-syām) replaces [the non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the nominal stem 4.1.1 svásr̥- `sister' 84, co-occurring in composition 80 after 1.1.67 the nominal padá-s] mātúr and pitúr `mother's/father's' [in continuous utterance 2.108].

mātuḥ-ṣvasā/°-svasā `mother's sister, maternal aunt'; similarly pitúḥ-ṣvasā/svasā `father's sister' (15).

$8.3.86 abhí+nís-aḥ stán-aḥ śabda-saṁjñā-y-ām

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem] stán- `sound' (I 489) [co-occurring in composition 80 after 1.1.67 the preverb] abhi+nis [optionally 85 in continuous utterance 2.108] to denote a t.t. in grammar (śabda-samjñā-y-ām).

abhi-nís+stan-ya-te = abhi-niḥ+stan+GHaÑ (3.3.19) = abhi-niḥ-stāná-/°ṣṭāná-ḥ (15; 4.41) várṇa-ḥ `a phoneme that dies away / visarjanīya (ḥ)' but abhi-níh-stan-a-ti mŕd-aṅga-ḥ `the drum sounds heavily'.

$8.3.87 ¹upa-sarg-á-²prādúr-bhyām ás-ti-r ¹y-²áC-para-ḥ

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem] as- `be' (II 56) followed by the semivowel y or by a vowel (y-áC=para-ḥ) [in continuous utterance 2.108, when co-occurring after 1.1.67] preverbs (upa-sarga-°) [ending in 1.1.72 a vowel other than the phoneme-class /a/ 78] or the particle prādús-° `manifestly'.

abhí+as+lAṬ = abhí+as+0̸+jhi = abhí+0̸s+anti (6.4.111; 7.1.3) = abhí-ṣ-anti `they surpass'; similarly prādúḥ-ṣ-anti `they appear/become manifest'; abhí-/pradús+as+lIṄ = abhí-/prādús+as+0̸¹+yāsu̱Ṭ+su̱Ṭ+t (3.4.103, 107) = abhí-/prādús+0̸s-yā0̸+0̸+t (7.2.79) = abhí-/prādúḥ-ṣ-yā-t.

$8.3.88 ¹sú-²ví-³nís-⁴dúr-bhyaḥ ¹supi̱-²sū-tí-³sam-ā-ḥ

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem] sup- (= svap- II 59) `lie down' (with vocalization 6.1.15) and [the nominal stems 4.1.1] sū-ti- `parturition' and samá- `equal' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverbs 87 ] sú-°, ví-°, nís-° or dús-° [in continuous utterance 2.108].

su/vi/niḥ/duḥ+ṣup-tá-; su-/vi-/niḥ-/duḥ+ṣū-tí-/ṣamá- but dúḥ-svap-na-m `bad dream'.

$8.3.89 ¹ní-²nadī-bhyāṁ snā-te-ḥ kauśal-é

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem] snā- `take a bath' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb 87] ní-° or [the nominal stem 4.1.1] nadī `river' to denote `expert in' (kauśal-é) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

ní-snā+Ktá- = ni-ṣṇā-tá- `expert'; nady-ām snā-ti = nadī+0̸¹+snā+Ká (3.2.4) = nadī-sn0̸+á (6.4.64) = nadī-ṣṇ-á-ḥ `expert, specialist'.

$8.3.90 sūtra-m prati-ṣṇā-tá-m

The expression prati-ṣṇā-tá- is introduced [with the substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 of non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem snā- `take a bath' (II 43) co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb 87 práti-° in continuous utterance 2.108] to indicate an aphorism (sūtra-m).

The basic meaning is `purified' without retroflexion. When not indicating an aphorism: prati-snā-tá-.

$8.3.91 kapi-ṣṭhalá-ḥ gotr-é

The expression kapi-ṣṭhalá- is introduced to denote a lineage (go-tr-é) [with retroflex replacing a dental sibilant, in continuous utterance 2.108].

In other senses: kapī-n-āṁ sthála-m = kapi-sthalá-m `place abounding in monkeys'.

$8.3.92 pra-ṣṭhá-ḥ agra-gām-ín-i

The expression pra-ṣṭhá- is introduced to denote `who goes in the van' [with retroflex sibilant replacing the dental one, in continuous utterance 2.108].

In other meanings: prá-tiṣṭh-a-ti = pra+sthā+Ká (3.2.4) = pra-sth0̸+á-ḥ = pra-sth-á-ḥ `summit (of a hill)/ a measure of grain'.

$8.3.93 ¹vr̥kṣá=²ās-anay-or vi-ṣṭar-á-ḥ

The expression vi-ṣṭar-á- is introduced to denote a tree (vr̥k-ṣá-°) or a seat (°-ās-anay-oḥ) [with a retroflex replacing a dental sibilant in continuous utterance 2.108].

ví+str̄+aP (3.3.57) = vi-star-á- `extension' elsewhere.

$8.3.94 chandaḥ-nāmn-i ca

The expression vi-ṣṭār-á- is also introduced to denote the name of a meter (chandaḥ-nāmn-i) [with retroflex replacing a dental sibilant, in continuous utterance 2.108].

By 3.3.34 the affix [GHaÑ] is introduced after vi+str̄ in this significance; elsewhere vi-stār-á- `extension, width'.

$8.3.95 ¹gav-í-²yudh-í-bhyāṁ sthi-rá-ḥ

[The substitute retoflex 95 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental s 56 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] sthi-rá- `firm', [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the nominal padá-s] gav-í-° and yudh-í-° [as prior members in composition 80, in continuous utterance 2.108].

gav-í-/yudh-í-ṣṭhira- `proper names'.

$8.3.96 ¹ví-²kú-³śámi-⁴pári-bhyaḥ sthál-a-m

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] sthál-a- `place' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the particles] ví-°, kú-° or pári-° and [the nomianl stem 4.1.1] śámī `name of a tree' [as a prior member in composition 80, in continuous utterance 2.108].

vi-ṣṭhal-á-m `remote place'; ku-ṣṭhal-á-m `bad place'; śami-ṣṭhal-á-m (6.3.63), śámī : śámi-ṣṭhala-m (6.3.63) `place abounding in Śamī trees'; pári-ṣṭhal-a-m `surrounding place/area'.

$8.3.97 ¹ámba-²āmbá-³gó-⁴bhūmi-⁵savyá-⁶ápa-⁷dví-⁸trí-⁹kuśé-¹⁰kú-¹¹śaṅkú-¹²aṅgú-¹³mañji-¹⁴puñjí-¹⁵param-é-¹⁶barhís=¹⁷div-í=¹⁸agní-bhyaḥ stá-ḥ

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] sthā- `remaining in' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the nominal stems or padá-s] ámba-, āmbá-, gó- `cow/bull', bhūmi- `earth', savyá- `left', ápa-° `away'; dví- `two', tri- `three', kuśé `on the kuśa grass', kú- `bad', śaṅkú- `peg', aṅgú- `finger?', mañji- `cluster of blossoms', puñjí- `heap, mass', param-é `in the highest', barhís- `kuśa grass', div-í `in heaven' and agní- `fire' [as prior members in composition 80, in continuous utterance 2.108].

1-2. amba-ṣṭhá/āmba-ṣṭhá- `names of countries and their inhabitants'; 3. go-ṣṭhá- `cow-pen'; 4. bhūmi-ṣṭhá- `situated on the earth'; 5. savyé tiṣṭh-a-ti = savy-e+ṣṭh-á (3.2.4; 6.3.9) `standing on the left'; 6. apa-ṣṭhá- `end of the elephant goad or hook'; 7. dvi-ṣṭhá- `staying in two places'; 8. tri-ṣṭhá- `staying at three places'; 9. kuśe-ṣṭhá- `standing on the sacrificial grass'; 10. ku-ṣṭhá- `n.pr. of a plant'; 11. śaṅku-ṣṭhá- `placed on the peg or spike'; 12. aṅgu-ṣṭhá- `big toe'; 13. mañji-ṣṭhá- `Indian madder'; 14. puñji-ṣṭhá- `heaped, gathered, accumulated'; 15. parame-ṣṭhá- `supreme'; 16. barhiḥ-ṣṭhá- `placed on the sacrificial grass'; 17. div-i-ṣṭhá- `abiding in heaven'; 18. agni-ṣṭhá- `placed in/on/over the fire'.

$8.3.98 su-ṣāmán=ādi-ṣu ca

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of posterior members in composition 80 in continuous utterance 2.108] of expressions beginning with su-ṣāmán- `n. beautiful song'.

su-ṣāman- m. `n.pr. of a person'. duḥ-ṣāmán- n.`bad chant' etc.

$8.3.99 eT-i saṁjñā-y-ām á-g-āt

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the non-padá-final 55 dental s 56 before 1.1.66] the vowel e(T) [co-occurring after 1.1.66 a prior member in composition 80, ending in 1.1.72 a vowel other than the phoneme-class /a/, the semivowel r or a velar stop 57] excluding the phoneme g [in continuous utterance 2.108] when designating a name (saṁ-jñā-y-ām).

hári-ṣeṇa-, jānu-ṣeṇ-ī `proper names', but when a qualifying noun: pr̥thvī sénā yá-sya sa-ḥ = pr̥thú-sena-ḥ rājā `a king with a large army'; when [s] is not followed by [eT]: hári-saktha- `having thighs like those of a horse'; when preceded by [g]: śatá-bhiṣaj+sena- = śatá-bhiṣag+sena- (2.30) = śatá-bhiṣak-sena- (100; 4.55).

$8.3.100 nákṣatr-āt vā

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39] optionally (vā) replaces [non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 followed by the vowel eT 90] [co-occurring after 1.1.67 nominal stems 4.1.1 in composition 80] denoting constellations (nák-ṣatr-āt) [ending in 1.1.72 a vowel other than the phoneme-class /a/, the semivowel r or a velar stop 57 other than phoneme g 99, in continuous utterance 2.108, when deriving a proper name 99].

róhiṇi-ṣeṇa/sena-, bháraṇi-ṣeṇa/sena- (6.3.63) but śatá-bhiṣak-sena- (99).

$8.3.101 hrasv-āt t-ād-au taddhit-é

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 co-occurring after 1.1.67] a short (hrasv-āt: vowel 1.2.18) [iṆ 57 before 1.1.66] a taddhitá [affix 3.1.1 beginning with] t-° [in continuous utterance 2.108].

The taddhita affixes involved are: tamaP, tayaP, taraP, taL, tas, tyaP, tvá.

1. tamaP: sarpíṣ-ṭama (4.41) `most buttery'; 2. tayaP: catúṣ-ṭaya- `four fold'; 3. taraP: sarpíṣ-ṭara- `more buttery'; 4. taL: sarpíṣ-ṭā `the state of being buttery'; 5. tas(iL): sarpíṣ-ṭaḥ (2.66; 3.15) `from butter'; 6. tyaP: āvíṣ-ṭya- `apparent, manifest'; 7. tvá: sarpíṣ-ṭvá- `butteriness'; but uccaís-tara- `higher'; sarpís tar-a-ti (36)

$8.3.102 nís-as táp-a-t-au án-ā-sev-an-e

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces non-padá-final 55 dental sibilant s 56 of the preverb] nís-° [co-occurring before 1.1.66 the verbal stem] tap- `heat up, burn' (I 1034) when not denoting a repetition (án-ā-sev-an-e) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

níṣ-ṭap-a-ti su-várṇa-m (4.41) `heats up/melts gold (once)' nís-tap-a-ti su-várṇa-m `melts gold repeatedly'.

$8.3.103 ¹yuṣmád=²tád=³tatakṣúḥ-ṣu antaḥ-pādá-m

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces dental sibilant s 56] occurring within a quarter verse (antaḥ-pādá-m) [before 1.1.66 (substitutes of) the prominal stem] of yuṣmád- `you' [beginning with t-° 102], tad- `that' and ta-takṣ-úḥ [co-occurring after a vowel other than phoneme-class /a/ 57, in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. agní-ṣ ṭvám nāma ās-ī-t `you were Agni by name'; agní-ṣ ṭvā vardh-ay-ā-masi `we increase you, Fire'; agní-ṣ ṭe víśva-m ā-nay-a; apsv-àgne sádhi-ṣ-ṭáva (RV 8.43.9).

2. agníṣ ṭád víśva-m ā-pr̥-ṇā-ti (RV 10.2.4).

3. dyāvā-prthivī niṣ-ṭa-takṣ-úḥ (RV 10.31.7); when not within a pādá: yán ma ātmán-o mindābhūd agní-s tát púnar āha jātá-vedā ví-carṣaṇi-ḥ (TS 3.2.5.4).

$8.3.104 yájuṣ-i éke-ṣām

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces dental sibilant s 56] occurring within a pādá [= quarter verse 103, when preceded by a vowel other than phoneme-class /a/ 57 before substitutes of yusmád- `you' 103 beginning with the phoneme t-° 101, and tád and ta-takṣ-úḥ 103, in continuous utterance 2.108] according to some (grammarians: éke-ṣām).

The reference to "some grammarians" is for the purpose of indicating that this operation is optional.

1. arcí-bhiṣ ṭvám/arcí-bhis tvám ; agní-ṣ ṭé-gram/agní-s té-gram (TS 3.5.6.2); 2. agní-ṣ ṭat/agní-s tát (TS 1.1.14.5); 3. arcí-bhiṣ ṭa-takṣ-uḥ/arcí-bhis ta-takṣ-uḥ.

$8.3.105 ¹stu-tá-²stómay-oś chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [according to some grammarians 104 the substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the dental sibilant s 56, preceded by a vowel other than phoneme-class /a/ 57, before 1.1.66 nominal padá-s of] stu-tá- `praised' and stóma- `praise' [in continuous utterance 2.108].

tri-bhíṣ ṣṭu-tá-sya/tri-bhís stu-tá-sya `of thrice praised'; gó-ṣ ṣṭó-ma-m/gó-s stó-ma-m `praise of a cow/bull'.

$8.3.106 pūrva-pad-āt

[In the domain of Chándas 105, according to some grammarians 104, the substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the dental sibilant s 56, after 1.1.67] a prior member (pūrva-pad-āt) [in composition 80, ending in 1.1.72 a vowel other than phoneme-class /a/ 57, in continuous utterance 2.108].

dvi-ṣandhí-/°-sandhí- `juncture of two'; similarly tri-ṣandhí/sandhí-; madhu-ṣṭhāná/°-sthāná- `bee hive'; dvi-ṣāhasrá-/°-sāhasrá = dvay-oḥ sahasray-or bhava-ḥ (4.3.53; 7.3.15) `being or obtaining in 2000'; etc.

This rule is extended to include those cases also where the prior padá is not a prior member in composition: tríḥ ṣamr̥ddhatvā-ya/°-samr̥ddhatvā-ya `thrice for success'.

$8.3.107 súÑ-aḥ

[In the domain of Chándas 105 the substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the dental sibilant s 56 of the particle] súÑ [occurring after 1.1.67 a prior padá 106 ending in a vowel other than the phoneme-class /a/ 57' in continuous utterance 2.108].

abhī ṣú sákhī-n-ām (RV 4.31.3) (6.3.134). ūrdhvá ū ṣú ṇaḥ (RV 1.36.13).

$8.3.108 san-ó-te-r á-n-aḥ

[In the domain of Chándas 105 the substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem] san- `gain' (VIII 2), without phoneme n (á-n-aḥ: by ā replacement 6.4.41), [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a prior padá 106 ending in 1.1.72 a vowel other than the phoneme-class /a/ 57' in continuous utterance 2.108].

gā-ḥ san-o-ti = gó+0̸¹+san+vi̱Ṭ (3.2.67) = go-sáā+0̸ (6.4.41) = go-ṣā'- `winning cattle', but go+san+iN (3.2.27) = go-sán-i- `ibid'.

$8.3.109 sáhe̱-ḥ ¹pŕtanā=²r̥-tā-bhyāṁ ca

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 replaces the dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem] sáh- `bear, endure' (I 905) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 prior members 106 in composition 80] pŕtanā `opposing army' and r̥-tá- `universal order' [in continuous utterance 2.108, in the domain of Chándas 105].

pŕtanā-ṁ sáh-a-te = pr̥tanā+0̸¹+sah+Ṇvi̱ (3.2.63)+am = pr̥tanā-ṣāh-am. This extends the scope of 56 above in the domain of Chándas. r̥-tá-m sah-a-te = r̥-tā-ṣāh-am (6.3.137); the particle [ca] extends this rule to generate the form r̥-ti-ṁ sah-a-te = ŕ-ti+sah+Kvi̱P+am (3.3.13) = ŕ-tī-ṣah-am (6.3.137).

$8.3.110 ná ¹rá̱-para-²sr̥pi̱-³sr̥ji̱-⁴spr̥si̱-⁵spr̥hi̱-⁶sáv-ana=ādī-n-ām

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39] does not (ná) replace [the dental sibilant s 56] preceded by phoneme r (ra̱-para-°) or of the verbal stems sr̥p- `crawl, slide' (I 1032), sr̥j- `project' (VI 121), spr̥ś- `touch' (VI 128), spr̥h- `envy' (X 325) and the word-class beginning with sáv-ana- `extraction' [when preceded by a vowel other than the phoneme-class /a/ 57, in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. vi+srans+ṆvuL+ṬāP = vi-sráṁs-ik-ā (7.3.44); vi-srambh+Ktá vi-sra0̸bh+dhá (6.4.24; 8.2.40) = vi-srab-dhá- (4.53). 2. vi+sr̥p+Kasu̱N = vi-sŕp-aḥ `to crawl/glide'; 3. vi+sr̥j+LyuṬ vi-sárj-ana- `dissolution, cessation, end'; 4. div-í+spr̥ś+Kvi̱N (3.2.58) = div-i-spŕś- `touching heaven'; 5. spr̥h-i-áC (3.3.56) = spr̥h-0̸-á (6.4.51); nir-ga-tá-ḥ spr̥h-á-ḥ = niḥ=spr̥h-á-ḥ; 6. sáv-ane sav-an-e `at each or every extraction'.

$8.3.111 ¹sāt-²pada=ādy-óḥ

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 does not 110 replace the dental sibilant s 56] of the adverbial affix sāt (5.4.42) or a padá-initial (°pada-ādy-óḥ) [after 1.1.67 an expression ending in a vowel other than the phoneme-class /a/, semivowel r or a velar stop 57 in continuous utterance 2.108].

agni-sāt, dadhi-sāt; exception to 59 above. dádhi siñc-a-ti `sprinkles curds'.

$8.3.112 sic-aḥ yaṄ-i

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 does not 110 replace the dental sibilant s 56] of the verbal stem sic- `sprinkle' (VI 140) [preceded by a phoneme denoted by the siglum iṆ² 57, before 1.1.66 the Intensive marker] yaṄ [in continuous utterance 2.108].

sic+yaṄ+SaP+te = se-sic-yá-te (6.1.9; 7.4.60, 82) `sprinkles repeatedly or intensively'.

$8.3.113 sédh-a-ter ga-t-aú

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 does not 110 replace the dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem] sídh- `move, rule' (I 48) when denoting movement [after an expression ending in 1.1.72 a phoneme denoted by the siglum iṆ² 57, in continuous utterance 2.108].

abhí/pári+sedh-ay-a-ti gā-ḥ `drives the cattle', exception to 65 above; but śíṣ-ya-m á-kāry-āt práti-ṣedh-ay-a-ti `prevents the pupil from (committing) a bad action'.

$8.3.114 práti-stab-dha- ní-stab-dh-au ca

The expressions prátistab-dha- `obstructed' and ní-stab-dha- `obstructed' are introduced [without a retroflex sibilant replacing the dental, contrary to 57 above].

$8.3.115 soḍh-aḥ

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 does not replace 110 the dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal allomorph] soḍh- (of sáh- `bear, endure' I 905) [after 1.1.67 an expression ending in 1.1.72 a phoneme denoted by the siglum iṆ² or kU 57 in continuous utterance 2.108].

pári+sah+Kta = pári+sadh+Kta (2.31) = pari-saḍh+ḍha (2.40; 4.41) = pári-so0̸-ḍha- (13; 6.3.112); similarly pari-sóḍh-um/soḍhávya- etc.

$8.3.116 ¹stanbhU-²śívÚ-³sáh-āṁ CaṄ-i

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 does not replace 110 the dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stems] stanbh- `prop up, support' (IX 7), siv- `sew' (IV 2) and sáh- `bear, endure' (I 905) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 an expression ending in 1.1.72 iṆ² or kU 57 before 1.1.66 the Aorist substitute marker] CaṄ [in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. pári+stanbh+ṆíC+CaṄ+t = pári+áṬ+stambh+0̸+a+t (6.4.51) = páry-a-ta-stambh-a-t (6.1.11; 7.4.61); exception to 67 above. Similarly: 2. páry-a-sī-ṣiv-a-t (7.4.1,59,60,83). By a vārttika retroflexion is blocked only for the reduplicated syllable. páry-a-sī-ṣah-at.

$8.3.117 su-nó-te-ḥ ¹syá-²saN-oḥ

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 does not replace 110 the dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stem] su- `press, extract, distil' (V 1) [co-occurring after an expression ending in 1.1.72 the phonemes denoted by iṆ² or kU 57 before 1.1.66 the sigmatic future marker] syá [and the desiderative marker] saN [in continuous utterance 2.108].

abhí/pári+su+sya+tiP = abhí/pári-so-ṣya-ti/a-so-ṣya-t. abhí/pári+su+saN+KviP = abhi-su-sū-sa+0̸ (6.4.16; 1.2.9) = abhí-su-sū-s0̸ (6.4.48) = abhí-su-sū-ḥ (2.66; 3.15). Exception to 65 above.

$8.3.118 ¹sadi̱-²svanj-oḥ pára-sya lIṬ-i

[The substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 does not replace 110 the dental sibilant s 56 of the verbal stems] sad- `sit down' (I 907, VI 133) and svanj- `embrace' (I 1025) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 an expression ending in 1.1.72 iṆ² or kU 57, occurring] after (pára-sya) [the phoneme s 56 before 1.1.66 l-substitutes of] lIṬ `Perfect Tense' [in continuous utterance 2.108].

abhí/pári/ní+sad+lIṬ = abhí/pári/ní+sa-sad+ṆaL (6.1.8) = abhí-pári-ní-ṣa-sād-a; pári+svanj+lIT = pari-sv0̸j+eŚ (6.4.24) = pári-ṣa-svaj-e/āte/ire.

$8.3.119 ¹ní-²ví=³abhí-bhyaḥ aṬ=vy-āv-ay-é vā chándas-i

In the domain of Chándas [the substitute retroflex 55 sibilant ṣ 39 does not 110] optionally (vā) replace [dental sibilant s 56] with the intervention of [the initial increment] áṬ of a verbal theme, co-occurring [after 1.1.67] the preverbs ní-°, ví-°, or abhí-° [in continuous utterance 2.108].

ní/ví/abhí+stu+lAṄ = ní/ví/abhí+aṬ+stu+0̸¹+t = ní-ví-abhí+a+ṣṭau-t/staut (7.3.89; 8.4.41).

$8.4.1 ¹ra̱-²ṣā̱-bhyām n-aḥ ṇa̱-ḥ samāna-pad-é

The substitute retroflex nasal ṇ replaces dental nasal n [occurring after 1.1.67] the phonemes r or ṣ within the same padá (1.4.14ff.) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. r+n: kr̄+Ktá- = kir-ná (7.1.100; 8.2.44) = kīr-ṇá- (2.76) `scattered'. 2. ṣ+n: kuṣ+lAṬ = kuṣ+nā+tiP (3.1.81) = kuṣ-ṇā-ti `examines, tests'. The inclusion of retroflex sibilant [ṣ] in this rule is for operations which follow; here, the same result is effected by 41 below. When the two phonemes belong to two different padás this rule is inoperative: agni-r nay-a-ti.

The sonant vowel r̥ contains the element r: tisŕ+n-ām = tisr̥-ṇ-ām `of three'.

$8.4.2 ¹aṬ-²kU-³pU=⁴āṄ-⁵nu̱M-vy-av-āy-é ápi

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces the dental nasal stop, occurring in the same padá after phonemes r or ṣ 1] even (ápi) when separated by the intervention of vowels, semivowels and h (aṬ), a velar stop (kU) or a labial stop (pU), the particle āṄ or [the infixed increment 1.1.47] nu̱M [in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. r/ṣ+aṬ+n: kr̥+LyuṬ = kár-aṇa-; girí+Ṭā = girí+ṇā; kúru-ṇā; kártr̥-ṇā; bhīṣ-aṇa-, bhūṣ-aṇa-, kárṣ-aṇa-.

2. kU/pU: arká+Ṭā = arká+ina (7.1.12) = ark-éṇa; darpá+ina = darp-éṇa.

3. āṄ: pari-āṄ+nad-dha = pary-ā-ṇad-dha-; cf. 14 below; exception to 38 below.

4. nu̱M: br̥hI+LyuṬ = bŕ-nu̱M-h+ana- = bŕ-ṁ-h-aṇa-.

$8.4.3 pūrva-pad-āt saṁ-jñā-y-ām á-g-aḥ

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces the dental nasal stop n co-occurring after 1.1.67] a prior member (pūrva-pad-āt: in composition) [containing phoneme r/ṣ 1, even when separated from it by the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2] with the exception of phoneme g, when deriving a name (saṁ-jñā-y-ām) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

drú-r iva nāsikā a-syá = drú-ṇasa-ḥ (5.4.118) `n.pr. (lit. a large-nosed person)'; similarly śūrpa-ṇakh-ā `n.pr. of Rāvana's sister' but cárma-nāsika- `whip, leather thong'; r̥g-ay-aná- `name of a text'.

$8.4.4 vána-m ¹puragā-²miśrakā-³sidhrakā-⁴śārikā-⁵koṭara=⁶ágre-bhyaḥ

[The retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces the dental nasal stop n 1 of the posterior member 3] vána- `forest' [when co-occurring after 1.1.67 prior members in composition] puragā-°, miśrakā-°, sidhrakā-°, śārikā-°, koṭarā-° `names of trees' and ágre-° `in front' [to derive names 3, in continuous utterance 2.108].

purgā/miśrakā/sidhrakā/śārikā/koṭarā/agre+vaṇá-m `names of forests', but kubera-vaná-m. Extension of 1-2, blocking out the constraint [samāna-pad-é 1] and applicable beyond the same padá, but restricted to only these specified cases.

$8.4.5 ¹prá-²nír=³antár-⁴śará=⁵ikṣú-⁶plakṣá-⁷āmrá-⁸kārṣ-yà-⁹khadirá-¹⁰piyūkṣā-bhyaḥ á-saṁ-jñā-y-ām ápi

[The retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces the dental nasal stop n 1 of the posterior member 3 vána- `forest' 4 when co-occurring with prior members in composition] prá-°, nír-°, antár-°, śará-°, ikṣú-°, plakṣá-°, kārṣ-yà-°, khadirá-° and pīyūkṣā-° [to derive a personal name 3] or otherwise also (á-saṁ-jñā-y-ām ápi) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

pra-vaṇá-m `excellent forest'; nir-vaṇá-m `an area devoid of forests'; antar-vaṇá-m `inside a forest'; śara-vaṇá-m `a forest of reeds'; plakṣa/āmra/kārṣya/khadira/pīyūkṣá-m `forests abounding in these specified trees'.

$8.4.6 vibhāṣā óṣadhi- vánas-páti-bhyaḥ

[The retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces the dental nasal stop n 1] optionally (vibhāṣā) [of the posterior member 3 vána- `forest' 4 when co-occurring after 1.1.67 prior members consisting of names of] annual plants (óṣadhi-°) or forest trees (°vánas-páti-bhyaḥ) [containing phoneme r/ṣ 1, even when separated from it by intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2, in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. óṣadhi: dūrvā-vaṇá-m/vaná-m; mūrvā-vaṇá-m/vaná-m.

2. vánas-páti: śirīṣa-vaṇá-m/vaná-m; badarī-vaṇá-m/vaná-m.

$8.4.7 ahna-ḥ aT=ant-āt

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of the posterior member 3] °ahná- `day' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a prior member ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme short a(T) [containing phoneme r/ṣ 1, even with the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

pūrva-m áhn-aḥ = pūrva+0̸¹+ahan+ṬáC (5.4.91) = pūrv-ā-hná-ḥ (5.4.88) = pūrvahṇá-ḥ `forenoon, morning', similarly apar-ā-hná-ḥ `afternoon'; but nir-ga-tá-ḥ áhn-aḥ nír-ahna-ḥ `dusk, evening, early night'; similarly dúr-ahna-ḥ `a bad day' (prior member not ending in aT). Likewise dirghā-ṇ-i áhān-i a-syām = dīrgha+0̸¹+ahan+ṄīP (4.1.28) = dīrghá+ah0̸n+ī (6.4.134) = dirgh-ā-hn-ī śarád `autumn, having long days' (since the form of the posterior member is áhan- and not ahná- and samāsāntá affix [ṬáC] is not applicable in generating Bahuvrīhí compounds).

$8.4.8 vāh-ana-m ā-hi-t-āt

[The retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of the posterior nominal stem 3] vāh-ana- `vehicle' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a prior member 3 in composition] denoting the item carried (ā-hi-t-āt) [containing phonemes r/ṣ 1, even with the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2, in continuous utterance 2.108].

ikṣu-vāhaṇá-m/śara-vāhaṇá-m `conveyor of sugar cane/reeds', but dākṣi-vāhaná-m `vehicle belonging to Dākṣi'.

$8.4.9 pāna-ṁ deś-é

[The retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of the posterior member] °pāna- `drinking' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a prior member in composition 3 containing phoneme r/ṣ 1, even with the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108], to denote a country (dese).

kṣīra-m pāna-m yé-ṣām = kṣīrá-pāṇ-ā-ḥ uśīnár-ā-ḥ `the country of Uśīnara-s who are fond of drinking milk'; similarly súrā-pāṇ-ā-ḥ prāc-y-ā-ḥ `the country of the Easterners who are fond of drinking liquor'. The name of the country is derived from that of its inhabitants or vice versa.

$8.4.10 vā ¹bhāv-á-²kár-aṇay-oḥ

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1] optionally (vā) [of the posterior member °-pāna- `drinking' 9, co-occurring after 1.1.67 a prior member in composition 3 containing phoneme r/ṣ even when separated from it by intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108] when denoting a condition (bhāv-á-°) or an instrument (°-kár-aṇay-oḥ).

1. bhāv-é: kṣīrá-sya pāna-m = kṣīra-pāṇá-m/°-pāná-m `drinking of milk'.

2. kár-aṇ-e: kṣīrá-m pī-yá-te án-ena = kṣīra-pāṇa-ḥ/pāna-ḥ kamsá-ḥ `goblet for drinking milk'.

$8.4.11 ¹prāti-pad-ika=antá-²nu̱M-³vi-bhák-ti-ṣu ca

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 optionally 10] occurring as a nominal stem-final (prāti-pad-ika=antá-°) or [ending in 1.1.72] the infixed increment nu̱M or a vibhákti (1.4.104) affix [co-occurring with a prior member containing phoneme r/ṣ 1, even when separated from it by intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. māṣān vap-a-ti = māṣa+0̸¹+vap+Ṇíni̱ = māṣa-vāp-íṇ+au/ māṣa-vāp-ín-au `sower of māṣa beans'.

2. māṣān vap-anti = māṣa+0̸¹+vaP+áṆ (3.2.1) = māṣa-vāp-á+Śi (7.1.20) = māṣa-vāpá+nu̱M+i = masa-vāpā-ṇ-i/vāpā-n-i.

3. māṣa-vāp-á+Ṭā = māṣa-vāp-á+ina (7.1.12) = māṣa-vāp-éṇa/vāp-éna.

$8.4.12 eka=áC=uttara-pad-e ṇa-ḥ

(In a compound) with a mono-syllabic posterior member (eka=áC=uttara-pad-e) [the substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 occurring as nominal stem-final, or of infixed increment nu̱M or a vibhákti affix 11, co-occurring after 1.1.67 phoneme r/ṣ of a prior member 1, even when separated from it by the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2, in continuous utterance 2.108].

The repetition of [ṇa-ḥ] here while it was recurring from 1 above is for the purpose of blocking out [vā] from 10 above.

1. vr̥trá-ṁ ha-távān = vr̥trá+0̸¹+han+Kvi̱P (3.2.87) = vr̥tra-hán+au = vr̥tra-háṇ-au; 2. súrā-m pib-a-ti = súrā-pā+ṬáK = surā-p0̸-á (6.4.64)+Śi = surā-p-ā-ṇ-i (7.1.72); 3. surā-pá+Ṭá = surā-pá+ina (7.1.12) = surā-p-éṇa.

$8.4.13 kU-mat-i ca

[In a compound with a posterior member 12] containing a velar stop (kU-mat-i) also (ca) [the substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 occurring as stem-final, or nu̱M or vi-bhák-ti affix 11, when co-occurring after 1.1.67 phoneme r/ṣ of the prior member even when there is intervention by aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

This rule is in relation to a polysyllabic posterior member.

vastra-yugá+íni̱ (5.2.115)+au = vastra-yug-íṇ-au; svarga-kām-íṇ-au; vastra-yugá+Śi = vastra-yugā+ṇuM+i = vasta-yugā-ṇ-i; vastra-yugá+Ṭā = vastra-yug-éṇa.

$8.4.14 upa-sarg-āt á-sam-ās-e ápi ṇá̱=upa-deś-a-sya

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of a verbal stem] which is first introduced with initial ṇ (ṇá̱=upa-deśa-sya) [co-occurring after 1.1.67] a preverb (upa-sarg-āt) [containing phone r/ṣ preceding the dental n, even when separated by the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108] with or without composition (á-sam-ās-e ápi).

prá/pári+ṇamA prahva-tv-é (I 1030)+ŚaP+tiP = prá/pári-ṇam-a-ti; pra/pari+ṇīÑ prāp-aṇ-e (I 950)+ṆvuL = pra-pari-ṇāy-aka.

But pra-ga-t-ā-ḥ nāy-ak-ā-ḥ a-smāt deś-āt = prá-nāy-aka-ḥ deśá-ḥ since prá is not an upasargá in relation to the verbal stem nī. In the case of verbal stems not introduced with initial [ṇ]: prá-nardÁ śabde (I 57)+ṆvuL = pra-nárd-aka-/prá-nard-a-ti.

$8.4.15 ¹hi-nú=²mī-nā

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1] of verbal themes hi-nú- (= hi- V 11) `move, increase', mī- IX 4 `injure' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb 14 containing phoneme r/ṣ, even when separated from it by intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2, in continuous utterance 2.108].

prá-hi-ṇo-ti `incites'; prá-mī-ṇā-ti `destroys'. Description

$8.4.16 āni lOṬ

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1] of the first person singular Imperative l-substitute ā-ni [introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal stem, co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb 14 containing phoneme r/ṣ, even when separated from it by the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

prá/pári-vap-a+ā-ni = prá/pari-vap-ā-ṇi; but when [ā-ni] is not a lOṬ-substitute, retroflexion does not take place: prá-kr̥ṣ-ṭ-ā vapā yé-ṣām tā-n-i = prá+vapa+Śi = prá-vapā-n-i māṁsā-n-i `meat containing a thick membrane'.

$8.4.17 né-r ¹gádÁ-²nádÁ-³páta̱-⁴padA-⁵GHU-⁶mā-⁷sya-ti-⁸hán-ti-⁹yā-ti-¹⁰vā-ti-¹¹drā-ti-¹²psā-ti-¹³váp-a-ti-¹⁴váh-a-ti-¹⁵śām-ya-ti-¹⁶ci-nó-ti-¹⁷dég-dhi-ṣu

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of the preverb] ní-° [before 1.1.67 the verbal stems] gád- `speak' (I 53), nád- `roar' (I 56), pát- `fly, fall down' (I 898), pad- `go' (IV 60), those designated by the t.t. GHU (1.1.20), mā- `measure' (IV 34), meṄ `barter' (I 1010), so- `destroy' (IV 34), han- `kill' (II 2), yā- `go' (II 40), vā- `blow' (II 41), drā- `run' (II 45), psā- `eat' (II 46), vap- `sow' (I 1052), vah- `carry, bear' (I 1053), śam- `become quiet' (IV 92), ci- `heap' (V 5) and dih- `anoint' (II 5) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb 14 containing phoneme r/ṣ 1, even with the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

pra/pari+ṇí-gad-a-ti/nad-a-ti/pat-a-ti/pad-ya-te/da-dhā-ti/mi-mí-te/ṣya-ti/han-ti/yā-ti/vā-ti/drā-ti/psā-ti/vap-a-ti/vah-a-ti/śām-ya-ti/ci-no-ti/deg-dhi/a-gad-a-t/a-nad-a-t etc.

$8.4.18 śéṣ-e vibhāṣā á-¹ka̱-²kha̱=ād-au-³á-ṣa̱-ant-e=upa-deś-é

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of the preverb ní-° 17 before 1.1.67] remaining (śeṣ-e) verbal stems not beginning with phoneme k-° or kh-° or ending in phoneme °-ṣ when first introduced (udpa-deś-é in the Dhp.) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 other preverbs 14 containing phoneme r/ṣ 1 even with the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108] optionally (vibhāṣā).

ḌU-pac-ÀṢ I 1045: pra-ṇí-pac-a-ti/pra-ní-pac-a-ti; pra-ṇí-/pra-ní-bhi-na-t-ti but pra-ní+kar-o-ti/khād-a-ti/pi-na-ṣ-ṭi = piṣ+ŚnaM+tiP. Description

$8.4.19 án-i-te-ḥ

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of the verbal stem] án- `breathe' (II 61) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb 14 containing phoneme r/ṣ l, even with the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

prá-párā+aṇ-i-ti.

$8.4.20 ánta-ḥ

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of the verbal stem an- `breathe' (II 61) 19, co-occurring after 1.167 a preverb 14 containing phoneme r/ṣ 1 even with the intervention of aT, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2], occurring as padá-final (ánta-ḥ) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

prá+an-i-ti = pra+an+Kvi̱P = pr-ā-n+sUvoc. = prāṇ+0̸ (6.1.68).

$8.4.21 ubh-aú sá=abhy-ās-a-sya

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of the verbal stem an- `breathe' (II 61) 19] along with (sa-°) that of the reduplicated syllable (°-abhy-ās-á-sya) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb 14 containing phoneme r/ṣ 1 even with the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

prá+an+saN+Śap+tiP = prá+an+iṬ-saN+a+ti = prá-ani-ni-ṣa-ti (6.1.2,9,97; 3.59) = pr-ā-ṇi-ṇi-ṣa-ti; prá+an+ṆíC+CaṄ+t = pr-ā-ṇi-ṇ-a-t (1.1.59). Description

$8.4.22 hán-te-r aT-pūrva-sya

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of the verbal stem] han- `kill, strike' (II 2), preceded by phoneme short a(T) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb 14 containing phoneme r/ṣ 1, even with the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

prá/pári+haṇ-ya-te; pra-pari+háṇ-ana-m but prá-ghn-anti. Description

$8.4.23 ¹va̱-²m-or vā

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1] optionally (vā) [of the verbal stem han- `kill, strike' (II 2) preceded by phoneme short a(T) 22 and co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb 14 containing phoneme r/ṣ l, even with the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2] before l-substitutes beginning with v-° or m-° [in continuous utterance 2.108].

prá/pári+haṇ+vas/°mas; prá-pári+han+vas/mas. Description

$8.4.24 antár á-deś-e

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of the verbal stem han- `kill, strike' (II 2), preceded by phoneme short aT 22 and co-occurring after 1.1.67 the particle] antár-° [in continuous utterance 2.108] when not indicating a locality or country (á-deś-e).

antár-haṇ-ya-te/antar-háṇ-ana-m `is abolished/abolition', but antar-hán-ana-ḥ `n.pr. of a country or locality'.

$8.4.25 áy-ana-ṁ ca

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] áy-ana- `going' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the particle antár when not indicating a locality or country 24 in continuous utterance 2.108].

antar-áy-aṇa-m `disappearing' but antar=áy-ana-ḥ `n.pr. of a locality or country'.

$8.4.26 chándas-i r̥T=ava-grah-āt

In the domain of Chándas [the substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of a posterior member of a compound co-occurring after a prior member ending in 1.1.72] the phoneme short r̥(T) [separated in the Padapāṭha] by an avagrahá `mark of separation' [in continuous utterance 2.108].

nar-í mánaḥ a-syá = nr̥+0̸máṇas `mindful or kind to men'; pitr̥-yāṇa-m `the path leading to the Manes'.

$8.4.27 nas=ca ¹dhātu-sthá=²urú-³ṣú-bhyaḥ

[In the domain of Chándas 26 the substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of the pronominal substitute of asmád- 1.11] nas [co-occurring after 1.1.67] a verbal padá (dhātu-sthá-°) [containing phoneme r/ṣ 1 even when separated from it by the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2] or urú `far' and ṣú (= sú with retroflexion) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

ágne rákṣ-ā ṇaḥ (RV 7.15.13) `O Agni, protect us!'. urú ṇas kr̥-dhi (RV 8.75.11) `grant us opportunity to grow'; ūrdhvá-m ū ṣú ṇa ūtáy-e (RV 1.36.13). Description

$8.4.28 upa-sarg-āt án-oT-para=ḥ

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of the expression nas- 27 when co-occurring after 1.1.67] a preverb [containing phoneme r/ṣ l, even when separated from it by the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.109] except when it is not followed by phoneme o(T).

This original reading has been emended by Patañjali who replaces the expression [án-oT-para-ḥ] by [bahulá-m] which is the reading adopted by Kāśikā. The expression [nas] in the preceding as well as the present rule stands for the allomorphs of the pronominal stem asmád- `we' and nāsikā (5.4.119); in the preceding rule only the first one is involved, while in the present rule both allomorphs are involved.

1. prá ṇa āyūṁṣ-i tār-i-ṣ-at (RV 1.25.12) but prá no muñc-a-tam váruṇa-sya pāś-āt (RV 6.74.4). On the other hand Patañjali's emended [bahulá-m] provides for both prá no muñc-a-tam, prá ṇo vaní-r devá-kr̥-tā (AV 5.7.3). 2. pra-ga-t-ā nāsikā a-syá = pra+nas+áC = pra-ṇas-á-ḥ (5.4.119) `long-nosed'. Description

$8.4.29 kr̥t-i=aC-aḥ

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1] of a kŕt [affix 3.1.1, introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal stem when co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb 28 containing phoneme r/ṣ 1 even with separation from it by the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108] when that phoneme occurs [after 1.1.67] a vowel (aC-aḥ).

The affixes referred to here are: ana LyuṬ, m+āná KānáC, CānáŚ, SānáC, anīyaR, áni, ín íni̱, Ṇíni̱ and n-replacement of niṣṭhā affixes Ktá, KtavatU.

1. pra+yā+LyuṬ = pra+yā+ana- = pra-y-ā-ṇa- `journey'; similarly pra-m-ā-ṇa- `measure, standard'.

2. (m)+āná: pra/pari+yā-yá-m-āṇa-.

3. anīya: pra/pari+yā+anīyaT = pra/pari/y-ā-ṇīya-.

4. áni: a-pra+yā+áni = a-pra-y-ā-ṇi.

5. íni̱/Ṇíni̱: pra/pari+yā+ín+au = pra/pari/yāy-iṇ-au.

6. n of niṣṭhā (Ktá/KtávatU): pra/pari+hā+Kta = pra/pari+hī (6.4.66)+na (2.45) = prá-pári-hī-ṇa- `renounced', but prá/pári-bhug-na- since n is preceded by a consonant.

$8.4.30 Ṇé-r vibhāṣā

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces the dental nasal stop n l] optionally (vibhāṣā) [of a kŕt 28 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal stem ending in 1.1.72 the causative marker] Ṇí(C) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb 28 containing phoneme r/ṣ 1 even with separation from it by the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

pra/pari+yā+ṆíC+LyuṬ = pra/pari/yā+pu̱K+ṆiC+ana- (7.3.36) = pra/pari-yā-p-0̸-ana- (6.4.51) = pra/pari-yā-p-aṇa-/°-yā-p-ana-. Similarly pra/pari/yā-p-yá-m-āṇa-/°m-āna-; pra/pari/yā-p-aṇīya/°-anīya-; á-pra-yā-p-aṇi-/°-ani; pra-yā-p-íṇ-au/°yā-p-ín-au.

$8.4.31 ha̱L-aś ca íC=upa=dh-āt

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of a kŕt 28 affix 3.1.1 optionally 30, introduced after 3.1.2] a verbal stem with initial consonant (ha̱L-as=ca) and a penultimate vowel other than phoneme-class /a/ (íC=udpa-dh-āt) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb 28 containing phoneme r/ṣ 1 even when separated from it by aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

pra/pari+kup+LyuṬ = pra/pari-kóp-aṇa-/°ana- but pra+īh+ana- = pr-é-h-aṇa. Description

$8.4.32 íC=āde-ḥ sá-nu̱M-aḥ

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1 of a kŕt 28 affix 3.1.1 introduced after 3.1.2 a verbal stem with infixed increment 1.1.47] nu̱M, beginning with a vowel other than phoneme-class /a/ (íC=āde-ḥ) [and ending in 1.1.72 a consonant 31, co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb 28 containing phoneme r/ṣ l, even when separated from it by aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

This is a necessary operation since option is indicated both in the preceding and succeeding rules specifically.

pra/parā+ikh+nu̱M+LyuṬ (I 134 íkhÍ 7.1.58) = pra/parā+íṅkh-aṇa- = pr-é-ṅkh-aṇa-/par-é-ṅkh-aṇa-; similarly pr-ó-mbh-aṇa-. Description

$8.4.33 vā ¹níṁsa̱-²níkṣA-³nínd-ām

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ replaces dental nasal stop n 1] optionally (vā) [of the verbal stems] ní-n-s (= ṇísI II 15) `kiss', níkṣ- `kiss' (I 689) and ní-n-d (= ṇídÍ I 66) `censure, blame' [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb 28 with phoneme r/ṣ l, even when separated from it by aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

1. pra-ṇíṁs-ana-/pra-níṁs-ana-; 2. pra-ṇíkṣ-aṇa-/pra-níkṣ-aṇa-; 3. pra-ṇínd-ana/pra-nínd-ana-.

By being introduced in the Dhp. with initial retroflex nasal [ṇ] retroflexion would necessarily have taken place by 14 above, but the option indicated by this rule is an exception to that.

$8.4.34 ná ¹bhā-²bhū-³pū-⁴kámi̱-⁵gami̱-⁶pyāyĪ-⁷vép-ām

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ l] does not (ná) replace [dental nasal stop n 1 of a kŕt 29 affix 3.1.1 preceded by a vowel 29, introduced after 3.1.2 the verbal stems] bhā- `shine' (II 42), bhū- `become' (I 1), pū- `purify' (IX 11), kám- `love' (I 460), gam- `go' (I 1031), pyāy- `swell, increase' (I 517) and vép- `tremble' (I 391) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb 28 containing phoneme r/ṣ 1 even when separated from it by the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

pra-/pari+bh-ā-na-/bháv-ana-/páv-ana-/kám-ana-/gám-ana-/pyāy-ana-/vép-ana-; by a vārttika retroflexion takes place in the case of pūṄ (I 1015): pra-páv-aṇa-m sóma-sya `purification of Soma'.

$8.4.35 ṣ-āt pada=ant-āt

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ 1 does not 34 replace dental nasal stop n 1 occurring after 1.1.67] a padá-final (pada=ant-āt) phoneme °-ṣ [in continuous utterance 2.108, with or without the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2].

sarpiṣ-pāná-m `drinking of clarified butter'; duṣ-pī-yá-m-āna `being drunk with difficulty', but kuṣ+ṇā+ti. Description

$8.4.36 naś-eḥ ṣá-anta-sya

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ 1 does not 34 replace dental nasal stop n 1 of the verbal stem] naś- `disappear' (IV 85) when it ends in retroflex sibilant ṣ, [co-occurring after 1.1.67 a preverb 28 containing phoneme r/ṣ even when separated from it by the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

pra/pari+naś+Kta = pra/pari+naṣ+ṭá- (2,36; 4.41), but pra-/pari+ṇaś+ya-ti; on the other hand, however, prá-/pári-naṅk-ṣya-ti (= °naś+sya = °na-nu̱M-ś+sya- = °naṁṣ-sya- 2.36 = °naṁk-ṣya- 2.41 = °naṅk-ṣya- 3.59) since the retroflex sibilant is replaced by velar stop [k].

$8.4.37 pada=antá-sya

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ 1 does not replace] a padá-final [dental nasal stop n l, co-occurring after 1.1.67 phoneme r/ṣ 1 with or without the intervention of aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

putr-ā-n/gir-ī-n/gur-ū-n/pit-r̄-n; vr̥kṣ-ā-n/māṣ-ā-n/íṣ-ū-n/ŕṣ-ī-n.

$8.4.38 pada-vy-av-āy-é ápi

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ 1 does not replace dental nasal stop n l] also (ápi) when separated [from a preceding phoneme r/ṣ l] by the intervention of padá-s (pada-vy-av-āy-é) [consisting of the phonemes denoted by the sigla aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2 in continuous utterance 2.108].

māṣa-kumbha-vāp-éna `through sowing with a jar full of māṣa beans'; catur-aṅga-yog-éna, pra/pari+áva-nad-dha-.

$8.4.39 kṣubh-nā=ādi-su ca

[The substitute retroflex nasal stop ṇ 1 does not 34 replace dental nasal stop n l, preceded by the phoneme r/ṣ l, with or without intervention by phonemes denoted by the sigla aṬ, kU, pU, āṄ or nu̱M 2] in the class of expressions beginning with kṣubh-nā- [in continuous utterance 1.208].

kṣubh-nā-ti, °-nī-táh/°-n-ánti; hari-ndándana-, giri-nagará-. Description

$8.4.40 ¹s-²tO-ḥ ¹ś-²cU-nā ¹ś-²cU-ḥ

The substitute palatal sibilant ś and palatal stops (cU) replace dental sibilant s and dental stops (tU) [in contact with them 2.108].

Although the conditions specified in meta-rule 1.3.10 are satisfied here, that rule is inoperative here since the dental sibilant is replaced by the palatal even when it is in contact with palatal stops, besides the palatal sibilant. Its application is restricted to the correspondence between the substitute and substituendum only.

1. s+ś: vr̥kṣá+sU+śī+0̸¹+te = vr̥kṣá-ś śé-te; 2. s+cU: vr̥kṣá-ś ci-no-ti/chād-ay-a-ti; 3. tU+cU: agni-cít jay-a-ti = agni-cíc jay-a-ti = agni-cíj jay-a-ti (53); 4. tU+ś: agni-cí-t śe-te = agni-cí-c śe-te = agni-cí-c che-te (63); 5. cU+tU: yaj+ná- = yaj-ñá-; yāc+nā = yāc-ñā; jan+lIṬ = ja-jan+eŚ = ja-j0̸n-é (6.4.98) = ja-jñ-e. Description

$8.4.41 ¹ṣ-²ṭU-nā ¹ṣ-²ṭU-ḥ

The substitute retroflex sibilant ṣ and retroflex stops (ṭU) replace [dental sibilant s and dental stops (tU) 40 in contact with them 2.108].

1. s+ṣ vr̥kṣá+Jas+ṣáṣ+Jas = vr̥kṣ-ā-ṣ ṣsáṭ+0̸¹ (7.1.22); 2. s+ṭU: vr̥kṣá-ṣ ṭīk-a-ṭe; 3. ṣ+tU: piṣ+Ktá = piṣ-ṭá-; 4. tU+ṭU: agni-cí-ṭ ṭīk-a-te/ṭha-kāra-ḥ; agni-cí-ḍ ḍī-ná-ḥ (53)/ḍhauk-a-te; 5. ṭU+tU: lih+Ktá = liḍh+tá (2.31) = liḍh+dhá- (2.40) = liḍh+ḍha- = lī0̸-ḍhá- (6.3.111). Description

$8.4.42 na pada=ant-āt=ṭO-r á-n-ām

[Retroflex stops (ṭU) 41] do not (na) replace [dental sibilant and stops (stO-ḥ) 40 occurring after 1.1.67] padá-final retroflex stops (ṭO-ḥ), with the exception of the sixth plural sUP triplet n-ām [in continuous utterance 2.108].

madhu-líṭ tar-a-ti/sar-a-ti/nay-a-ti/da-dā-ti/dhat-te but īḍ+0̸¹+te = īṭ-ṭé (55); sárpiṣ-ṭama-; ṣáṭ+nām = ṣaṇ-ṇām. Description

$8.4.43 tO-ḥ ṣ-i

[The substitute retroflex stops 41 do not replace padá-final 42] dental stops (tO-ḥ) [before 1.1.67] retroflex sibilant ṣ (of the following padá) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

agni-cí-t ṣaṇḍ-e.

$8.4.44 ś-āt

[The substitute palatal stops 40 do not replace 42 dental stops 42 co-occurring after 1.1.67] palatal sibilant ś [in continuous utterance 2.108].

prach+ná- = praś+ná- (6.4.19) = praś-ná- `query'. Description

$8.4.45 ya̱R-aḥ ánu-nāsik-e ánu-nāskika-ḥ vā

A substitute nasal stop optionally (vā) replaces [a padá-final 42] consonant other than phoneme h (ya̱R-aḥ) [before 1.1.67 an initial] nasal stop (of the following padá) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

vāg/vāṅ nay-a-ti; madhu-líḍ/líṇ nay-a-ti; agni-cí-t/°cí-n nay-a-ti; triṣṭúb/triṣṭúm nay-a-ti but véd-mi, ksubh-nā-ti since the non-nasal stops are not padá-final.

$8.4.46 aC-aḥ ¹ra̱-²hā̱-bhyām dv-é

[All consonants with the exception of h 45, co-occurring after 1.1.67] phoneme r or h preceded by a vowel (aC-aḥ) are [optionally 45] replaced by gemination (dv-é) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

ark-á/arkk-á- `light'; bráh-man-/bráh-mman- n. `the Veda'. Description

$8.4.47 án-aC-i ca

[All consonants with the exception of h 45, co-occurring after 1.1.67 a vowel 46 and before 1.1.67] a non-vowel phoneme (án-aCi) are [optionally 45 replaced by gemination 46 in continuous utterance 2.108].

dádhi dá-tra = dádhy a-tra (6.1.77)/dáddhy a-tra. mádhu á-tra = mádhv a-tra/máddhv a-tra. Description

$8.4.48 ná=ād-ín-ī=ā-kroś-é putrá-sya

[Substitute gemination 46] does not (ná) [replace phoneme t 46 of the nominal stem 4.1.1] putrá- `son' [co-occurring before 1.1.66 the posterior member in composition] °ād-ín-ī `eater' when indicating insult or censure (ā-kroś-é) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

putrá+ād-ín-ī = putrá-m át-tum śīla-m a-syāḥ = putrá0̸¹+ad+Ṇini̱ (3.2.78)+ṄīP (4.1.5) = putr-ā-d-ín-ī tvám asi pāp-e `you are a devourer of your son, O vile one (said in derision)', but when it is an actual fact: putr-ā-dínī/puttr-ā-d-ín-ī `(a feline) eating her cubs'.

$8.4.49 śa̱R-aḥ aC-i

Sibilants (śa̱R-aḥ) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 phoneme r/h, preceded by a vowel 46 are not 48 replaced by gemination 46 before 1.1.66] a vowel (aC-i) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

kárṣ-a-ti, várṣ-a-ti, ā-darś-á- but dr̥ś+ṆíC+yaK+te = darś-í+yáK+te = darś-0̸-ya-te (6.4.51) = darś-yá-te/darśś-ya-te; exception to 46.

$8.4.50 trí-pra-bhr̥-ti-ṣu śākaṭ-āyana-sya

[Gemination 46 does not take place 48] within a consonant nexus of three or more (trí-pra-bhr̥-ti-ṣu) [consonants excluding h 46 in continuous utterance 2.108] according to the grammarian Śākaṭāyana.

índra-, cand-rá-, rāṣ-ṭrá-, kārṣṇ-ya-, kārtsn-ya-.

$8.4.51 sarvá-tra śākal-ya-sya

[Gemination 46 does not 48 take place ] everywhere (sarvá-tra) according to the grammarian Śākalya.

ark-á-, mark-á- (46), dádhy á-tra/mádhv á-tra (47) etc.

$8.4.52 dīrgh-āt ā-cār-yā-ṇ-ām

[Gemination 47 does not 48 take place after 1.1.67] a long (dīrgh-āt vowel 1.2.28) according to all grammarians [in continuous utterance 2.108].

dā-trá-, dīrghá-, mūrkhá- etc.

$8.4.53 jha̱L-āṁ ja̱Ś jha̱Ś-i

Substitute voiced un-aspirated stops (ja̱Ś) replace non-nasal stops and spirants (jha̱L-ām) [before 1.1.67] voiced stops (jha̱Ś-i) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

labh+tumu̱N = lábh+tum = lábh+dhum (2.40) = láb-dum `for gaining'; duh+0̸¹+te = dugh+te (2.32) = dugh+dhe (2.40) = dug-dhé.

$8.4.54 abhy-ās-é ca̱R ca

Substitute unvoiced unaspirated stops and sibilants (ca̱R) as well as (ca) [voiced unaspirated stops (ja̱Ś) 53 replace non-nasal stops and spirants (jha̱L) 53] occurring in the reduplicated syllable (abhy-ās-é) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

By interpretation voiced unaspirated stops (ja̱Ś) replace voiced aspirated stops (jha̱Ṣ) and unvoiced unaspirated stops replace unvoiced aspirated stops (kha̱R).

khan+saN = khán-khan+sa (6.1.9) = kán-khan-iṬ-sa (7.2.35) = cí-khan-i-ṣa- (7.4.62,79; 8.4.59); bhū+saN = bhú-bhū-sa- (7.4.59) = bú-bhū-ṣa- (3.59); sthā+saN = sthá-sthā-sa- (7.4.59) = stá-sthā-sa- = tá-sthā-sa- (7.4.61) = tí-ṣṭhā-sa- (7.4.79; 8.3.59; 4.41).

$8.4.55 kha̱R-i ca

[Substitute unvoiced unaspirated consonants (ca̱R) 54] also replace [non-nasal stops and sibilants (jha̱L) 53 before 1.1.66] unvoiced stops and sibilants (kha̱R-i) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

bhid+tumu̱N = bhéd+tum = bhét-tum; labh+syá- = lap-syá-; yudh+saN = yú-yudh+sa- = yú-yut-sa-, etc.

$8.4.56 vā ava-s-ā-n-e

[Substitute unvoiced unaspirated stops and sibilants 54] optionally (vā) [replace non-nasal stops and spirants 53] occurring in pausa (avasān-e) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

Although both ca̱R and kha̱R sigla include sibilants, their status at pausa is governed by separate rules (°-s 2.66; °-ś 2.36,62) °-ṣ alone is covered by this rule. It also proves that only the unvoiced stops are intended by the siglum ca̱R.

vāc+sU = vāc+0̸ (6.1.68) = vāg (2.39) /vāk; víś+sU= víṣ+0̸ (2.36) = víḍ/víṭ etc.

$8.4.57 aṆ-aḥ á-pra-gr̥h-ya-sya ánu-nāsika-ḥ

A substitute nasalized vowel (ánu-nāsika-ḥ) [optionally 56] replaces vowel phoneme-class a, i, u (aṆ¹-aḥ) [in pausa 53] when they are not prolated (á-pra-gr̥h-ya-sya) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

dádhi/mádhu+su/am = dádhi/mádhu+0̸ (7.1.23) = dádhĩ/dádhi, mádhũ/mádhu.

$8.4.58 anu-svār-á-sya yāY-i pára-sa-varṇá-ḥ

A substitute (= nasal stop) homophonous with the following semivowel or stop (ya̱Y-i) (pára-sa-varṇá-ḥ) replaces an anusvāra (ṁ) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

śak-I (I 86)+tumu̱N = śá-nu̱M+k+iṬ+tum (7.1.58) = śáṁk-i-tum (3.24) = śáṅk-i-tum `to doubt'; similarly uchÍ+tum = úñch-i-tum `to glean'; kuḍ-I+tum = kúṇḍ-i-tum; ṇad-Í+tum = nánd-i-tum; kapI+tum = kámp-i-tum `to please;/to shake'.

$8.4.59 vā pada=antá-sya

[A substitute nasal stop homophonous with the following semivowel or stop 58] optionally (vā) replaces padá-final [anu-svār-á ṁ 58 in continuous utterance 2.108].

káta-ṁ kar-o-ti/ kata-ṅ kar-o-ti `makes a mat'. táṁ ka-tháṁ citrá-pakṣaṁ ḍay-a-m-ānáṁ nabhastháṁ púruṣa-ḥ a-vadh-ī-t/ táṅ ka-tháñ citrá-pakṣaṇ ḍaya-m-ānán nabhasthám púruṣa-ḥ a-vadh-ī-t `how did the man kill the speckled-winged bird flying in the sky?'.

$8.4.60 tO-r l-i

[A substitute phoneme homophonous with the following phoneme 58] 1 replaces a dental stop (tO-ḥ) [before 1.1.66 the semivowel] 1 [in continuous utterance 2.108].

úd+las-a-ti = úl-las-a-ti `shines forth'; úd+laṅgh-a-ti = úl-laṅgh-a-ti `oversteps'; agni-cít lu-nā-ti = agni-cíl lu-nā-ti.

$8.4.61 úd-aḥ ¹sthā-²stanbhO-ḥ pūrva-sya

[A substitute phoneme homophonous with 58] the preceding phoneme (pūrva-sya) replaces [the initial 1.1.54 of the verbal stems] sthā- `remain' (I 975) and stanbh(U) `prop, support, stop' (IX 7) [co-occurring after 1.1.67 the preverb] úd-° [in continuous utternace 2.108].

1. úd+sthā- = út+sthā (55) = út-tthā+tumu̱N = ut-thā-tum (65).

2. úd+stambh+tumu̱N (3.24) = ut-tthámbh-i-tum = ut-thámbh-i-tum.

$8.4.62 jha̱Y-aḥ ha-ḥ anya-tará-syām

[A substitute phoneme homophonous 58 with the preceding phoneme 61] optionally (anya-tará-syām) replaces the phoneme h [occurring after 1.1.67] non-nasal stops (jha̱Y-aḥ) [in continuous utternace 2.108].

vāg has-a-ti/vāg ghas-a-ti; víḍ has-a-ti/víḍ ḍhas-a-ti; agni-cíd has-a-ti/agni-cid dhas-a-ti; tri-ṣṭúb has-a-ti/tri-ṣṭúb bhas-a-ti.

$8.4.63 ś-as cha̱-ḥ aṬ-i

The substitute phoneme ch [optionally 62] replaces sibilant ś [occurring after 1.1.67 non-nasal stops (jha̱Y-ah) 62 before 1.1.66] vowels and semivowels excluding lateral 1 [in continuous utterance 2.108].

A vārttika emends [aṬ-i] of this rule to [aM-i] which then extends the scope by not only including /l/ but also the nasal stops.

vāk śe-te / vāk che-te; tri-ṣṭúp śe-te/che-te; tát ślók-ena/chlók-ena; tát śmáśru-ṇā/chmáśru-ṇā. tát snáth-an-ena/chnáth-an-ena.

$8.4.64 ha̱L-aḥ ya̱M-ām ya̱M-i lopá-ḥ

The substitute lópa (0̸) [optionally 62] replaces a semivowel or nasal stop (ya̱M-ām) [occurring after 1.1.67] a consonant (ha̱L-aḥ) [before 1.1.66] a semivowel or nasal stop (ya̱M-i) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

śáy-yā (3.3.99)/śáy-yy-ā; ādit-yá- = ādity-yá-/ādit0̸-yá-.

$8.4.65 jha̱R-aḥ jha̱R-i sá-varṇ-e

[The substitute lópa (0̸) 64 optionally 62 replaces] stops and sibilants (jha̱R-aḥ) [occurring after 1.1.67 a consonant 64, before 1.1.66] homophonous (sa-varṇ-e) stops and sibilants (jha̱R-i) [in continuous utterance 2.108].

prá+dā+Kta = prá-tt-ta- (7.4.47) = prá-t0̸-ta- = prá-t-ta- `donated'.

$8.4.66 udātt-āt ánudātta-sya svaritá-ḥ

The substitute svaritá accent replaces an ánudātta accent [occurring after 1.1.67] an udātta accent [in continuous utterance 2.108].

bhū+ŚaP+tiP = bhó+a+ti (7.3.84)+bháv-a-ti (6.1.78) = bhav-à-ti in continuous utterance. agním īḷ-e (1.28) puró-hi-ta-m = a̱gni-m ̄̀l-e pu̱ro-hì-tam (in continuous recitation where the underlined vowels bear the anudātta accent and the unmarked udātta accent).

$8.4.67 na=udātta-svaritá=udayam á-¹gārgya-²kāśyapa-³gālava-n-ām

[A substitute svaríta 66] does not (ná) replace [an ánudātta occurring after an udātta 66] when it is itself followed by an udātta or svaritá (udātta-svaritá=udaya-m) according to the grammarians Gārgya, Kāśyapa and Gālava [in continuous utterance 2.108].

gārgya-s+tá-tra = gārgya̱-s ta-trà; gārgy-a-s kvà = gārgya̱s kvà.

$8.4.68 a a iti

The vowel phoneme short a (which was treated as an open or vi-vr̥-tá vowel) is replaced [in continuous utterance 2.108] by phoneme short a (which is in fact a close = saṁ-vr̥-tá vowel).

In grammatical operations short [a] was treated as an open or vi-vr̥-tá vowel homophonous with the long [ā], so that the notion of sávarṇa would apply to it in defining allophones of phoneme [a] with 3 lengths, 3 accents and ± nasality, but in actual usage it is a close (saṁ-vr̥-tá) vowel. Its inclusion here is to block out this particular character so as to establish its homogeneity with other allophones of this phoneme.

!!

Alphabetic Index of Sūtra-s A

a a 8.4.68

a-ḥ praty-ay-āt 3.3.102

aṁśaṁ hār-ī 5.2.69

aK-aḥ sa-varṇ-e dīrgha-ḥ 6.1.101

a-kath-ita-ṁ ca 1.4.51

a-kart-ar-i ca kārak-e saṁjñā-y-ām 3.3.19

a-kart-ari=r̥ṇ-e pañca-m-ī 2.3.24

a-karma-k-āt=ca 1.3.26, 35, 45

a-karma-dhāray-e rāj-ya-m 6.2.130

a-kr̥cchr-e ¹priya-²sukhay-or anya-tara-syām 8.1.13

a-¹kr̥t-²sārva-dhātukay-or dīgha-ḥ 7.4.25

ak-e jīvi-kā=arth-e 6.2.73

aka=in-or bhav-i-ṣy-ad=ādhamarṇyay-oḥ 2.3.70

akṣa-śalakā-saṁ-khyāḥ pari-ṇā 2.1.10

akṣe-ṣu glaha-ḥ 3.3.70

akṣ-o'=nya-tara-syām 3.1.75

akṣṇ-o'=darśan-āt 5.4.76

agāra=ant-āṭ ṭhaN 4.4.70

agāra=eka-deś-e pra-ghaṇa-ḥ pra-ghāṇa-ś ca 3.3.79

agn-ī-t-pr-eṣ-aṇ-e para-sya ca 8.2.92

agne-ḥ stu-t-sto-ma-som-āḥ 8.3.82

agne-r ḍhaK 4.2.33

agn-au ce-ḥ 3.2.91

agn-au pari-cāy-ya=upa-cāy-ya-sam-ūh-y-āḥ 3.1.131

agr-ā-khyā-yām uras-aḥ 5.4.93

agr-ād yaT 4.4.116

agr-ā-nta-śuddha-śubhra-vr̥ṣa-varāhe-bhyaḥ 5.4.145

a-Ṅ-IT-aś ca 6.4.103

aṅga ity-ād-au ca 6.1.119

aṅga-yuk-t-aṁ tiṄ ā-kāṅks-a-m 8.2.96

aṇga-sya 6.4.1

aṅg-ā-ni maireye 6.2.70

aṅg-ā-prāti-lom-y-e 8.1.33

aṅgule-r dāru-ṇi 5.4.114

aṅguli=ādi-bhyaṣ ṭhaK 5.3.108

a ca 4.3.31

aCa upa-sarg-āt ta̱-ḥ 7.4.47

aC-aḥ 6.4.138

aC-aḥ kar-tr̥ yaK-i 6.1.195

aC-aḥ kar-ma-kar-tar-i 3.1.62

aC-aḥ para-smin pūrva-vidh-au 1.1.57

a-catura-vi-catura-su-catura-° 5.4.77

aC-aś ca 1.2.28

aC-as tās-vat thaLi=an-iṬ-o ni-tyam 7.2.61

a-cit-ta-hasti-dheno-ṣ ṭhaK 4.2.47

a-citt-āt a-deśa-kāl-āṭ ṭhaK 4.3.96

aCi ra̱ r̥T-aḥ 7.2.100

aCi vibhāṣa 8.2.21

aCi śīrṣa-ḥ 6.1.62

aCi Śnu-dhātu-bruv-āṁ y-v-or iyaṄ-uvaṄ-au 6.1.71

aC-o Ñ-Ṇ-IT-i 7.2.115

aC-o'-nty-ā-di ṬI 1.1.64

aC-o yáT 3.1.97

aC-o ra̱-hā̱-bhyāṁ dve 8.4.46

aC-k-au=a-śak-t-au 6.2.157

aT=ca ghe-ḥ (aC-ca ghe-ḥ) 7.3.119

accha gaty-artha-vade-ṣu 1.4.69

aC praty-anv=ava-pūrv-āt sāma-lomn-aḥ 5.4.75

a-jar-yaṁ saṁ-ga-ta-m 3.1.105

aj-ād-ī guṇa-vac-an-ād eva (aC=ādi-°) 5.3.58

aj-āde-r (= aC-āde-r) dvi-tīya-sya 6.1.2

aj-ādy=aT=antam (aC-ādi-°) 2.2.33

aj-ā-vi-bhȳaṁ thyaN 5.1.8

ajin-ā-nta-sya=uttara-pada-lopa-ś ca 5.3.82

aji̱-vrajy̱-oś ca 7.3.60

aj-e̱r vī=a-ghaÑ-aP-oḥ 2.4.56

aj-j-hana-gam-ām saN-i (aC=hana-°) 6.4.16

a-jñāt-e 5.3.73

añce̱-ḥ pūjā-y-ām 7.2.53

añce̱-r luK 5.3.30

añce̱-ś chandasi=a-sarva-nāma-sthāna-m 6.1.170

añc-o='n-apa-ā-dān-e 8.2.48

añje̱-ḥ siC-i 7.2.71

añ (= aC-) nāsikā-y-āḥ saṁ-jñā-y-āṁ nasa-ṁ ca=a-sthūl-āt 5.4.118

aṬ-kU-pU=āṄ-nuM-vy-av-ā-ye-api 8.4.2

aṬ=abhy-āsa-vy-av-ā-ye=api 6.1.136

aṬ=gārgya-gālavay-oḥ 7.3.99

aṆ=aÑ-au ca 4.3.33

a-Ṇau=a-karmak-āt=citta-vat-kartr̥k-āt 1.3.88

aṆ-iÑ-or an-ārṣ-ay-or° 4.1.78

aṆ-i ni-yuk-t-e 6.2.75

aṆ-inu̱Ṇ-aḥ 5.4.15

aṆ-uT=IT sa-varṇa-sya ca=a-praty-ay-a-ḥ 1.1.69

aṆ r̥g-ayana=ādi-bhyaḥ 4.3.73

aṆ-o dvy-aC-aḥ 4.1.156

aṇ-o=a-pra-gr̥h-ya-sya=anu-nāsika-ḥ 8.4.57

aṆ kar-maṇ-i ca 3.3.12

aṆ kutilikā-y-āḥ 4.4.18

aṆ ca 5.2.103

aṆ mahiṣī=adi-bhyaḥ 4.4.48

aT-a āde-ḥ 7.4.70

aT-a iÑ 4.1.95

aTa ¹ini̱-²ṭhaN-au 5.2.115

aTa uT sārva-dhātuk-e 6.4.110

aTa upadhā-y-āḥ 7.2.116

aTa eka-haL-madhy-e=an-ādeśa=āder liṬ-i 6.4.120

aT-aḥ kr̥-kami̱-kaṁsa-kumbha-pātra-°. . . 8.3.46

aT-aś ca 4.1.177

ati-graha=a-vyath-ana-kṣepe-ṣu-°. . . 5.4.46

atithe-r Ñya-ḥ 5.4.26

ati-r ati-kram-aṇ-e ca 1.4.95

ati-śay-an-e tamaP=iṣṭhaN-au 5.3.55

ate-r a-kr̥t-pad-e 6.2.191

ate-ḥ śun-aḥ 5.4.96

aT-o guṇ-e 6.1.91

aT-o dīrgh-o yaÑ-i 7.3.101

aT-o bhis-a ais 7.1.9

aT-o-'m 7.1.24

aT-o yā=iya̱-ḥ 7.2.80

aT-o ro-r a-plut-āt=a-plut-e 6.1.113

aT-o r-la̱=anta-sya 7.2.2

aT-o lopa-ḥ 6.4.48

aT-o haL=āde-r lagho-ḥ 7.2.7

aT-o he-ḥ 6.4.105

aT=ca GHe-ḥ (aC=ca°) 7.3.119

aty-anta-saṁ-yog-e ca 2.1.29

a-tra lop-o=abhy-āsa-sya 7.4.58

atr-ā-nu-nāsika-ḥ pūrva-sya tu vā 8.3.2

atri-bhr̥gu-kutsa-vasiṣṭha-° 2.4.65

atU=as-anta-sya ca=a-dhāto-ḥ 6.4.14

aT smr̥-dr̥-tvara̱-prathA-madA-str̄-paś-ām 7.4.95

ad-(: aT=)abhy-ast-āt 7.1.4

ad-aḥ sarve-ṣām 7.3.100

a-darś-ana-ṁ lopa-ḥ 1.1.60

adas-a au sU-lopa-ś ca 7.2.10.7

adas-o m-āt 1.1.12

adas-o-'se-r d-āt u d-o ma̱-ḥ 8.2.80

ad-i̱-pra-bhr̥-ti-bhyaḥ ŚaP-aḥ 2.4.72

a-dūra-bhava-ś ca 4.2.70

ad(: aT=)eṄ guṇa-ḥ 1.1.2

ad-o jagdhi̱-r LyaP-t-i K-IT-i 2.4.36

ad-o'-n-ann-e 3.2.68

ad-o-'n-upa-deś-e 1.4.70

ad(ḍ) Ḍatara=ādi-bhyaḥ pañca-bhyaḥ 7.1.25

ad-bhiḥ saṁ-s-kr̥-ta-m 4.4.134

adyaśvīnā=ava-ṣṭab-dh-e 5.2.13

adhaḥ-śiras-ī pade 8.3.47

adhi-ka-m 5.2.73

adhi-kar-aṇa-vāc-in-aś ca 2.3.68

adhi-kar-aṇa-vāc-in-ā ca 2.2.13

adhi-kar-aṇa-vi-cāl-e ca 5.3.43

adhi-kar-aṇ-e bandh-aḥ 3.4.41

adhi-kar-aṇ-e śe-te-ḥ 3.2.15

adhi-kar-aṇ-ai-tā-vat-tve ca 2.4.15

adhi-kŕ-t-ya kr̥-t-e granth-e 4.3.87

adhi-parī an-arthak-au 1.4.93

adhi-r īś-var-e 1.4.97

adhi-śīṄ-sthā=ās-āṁ kar-ma 1.4.46

adhi-ī-K=artha-dayA=īś-āṁ kar-maṇ-i 2.3.52

adh-ī-ṣṭ-e ca 3.3.166

adhunā 5.3.17

adhe-ḥ pra-sah-an-e 1.3.33

adhe-r upari-stha-m 6.2.188

adhy-ay-ana-to=a-vi-pra-kr̥ṣṭ-ā-khyā-yām 2.4.5

adhy-ardha-pūrva-dvigo-r luK=a-saṁ-jña-yām 5.1.28

adhy-āya-ny-āya=ud-yāva-saṁ-hār-āś ca 3.3.122

adhy-āy-ā-nu-vākay-or luK 5.2.60

adhy-āy-in-i=a-désa-kāl-āt 4.4.71

adhy-āye-ṣu=eva=r̥ṣe-ḥ 4.3.69

adhvan-o yaT-kh-au 5.2.16

adhvaryu-kaṣāyay-or jā-t-au 6.2.10

adhvar-yu-kratu-r a-napuṁsaka-m 2.4.4

an 6.4.167

an-a upa-dhā-lop-in-o=anya-tara-syām 4.1.28

ana̱Ṅ sAU 7.1.93

an-aC-i ca 8.4.47

an-aty-anta-ga-t-au Kt-āt 5.4.4

an-aty-ā-dhā-na uras-i-manas-i̱ 1.4.75

an-adya-tan-e rhiL anya-tara-syām 5.3.21

an-adya-tan-e 1AṄ 3.2.111

an-adya-tan-e 1UṬ 3.3.15

an-anta=ā-vas-atha=iti-ha-bheṣaj-āt=Ñya-ḥ 5.4.23

an-ant-ya-sya=api praś-na=ā-khyā-nay-oḥ 8.2.105

an-abhi-hi-t-e 2.3.1

an-ava-kl̥p-ti=a-marṣay-or a-kiṁ-vr̥t-t-e=api 3.3.145

an-aś ca 5.4.108

an-as-ant-āt=na-puṁs-ak-āt=chandas-i 5.4.103

ana=āP-i=a-k-aḥ 7.2.112

an-iK=ant-o=añc-a-t-au va-praty-ay-e 6.2.52

an-i-te-ḥ 8.4.19

an-iT=IT-ām ha̱La=upa-dhā-yāḥ K-Ṅ-IT-i 6.4.24

anu-kampā-yām 5.3.76

anu-kar-aṇa-ṁ ca=an-iti-para-m 1.4.62

anu-ka=abhi-ka=abhī-kā-ḥ kam-i-tā 5.2.74

anu-gav-a-m ā-yām-e 5.4.83

anu-gād-in-aṣ ṭhaK 5.4.13

anu-gu=alaṁ-gām-ī 5.2.15

an-ud-ātta-ṁ sarva-m a-pada=ād-au 8.1.18

an-ud-atta-Ṅ-IT-a ātman-e-pada-m 1.3.12

an-ud-ātta-ṁ ca 8.1.3

an-ud-atta-m pada-m eka-varja-m 6.1.158

an-ud-ātta-m praśna=anta=abhi-pūj-itay-oḥ 8.2.100

an-ud-ātta-sya ca yatra=ud-ātta-lopa-ḥ 6.1.161

an-ud-ātta-sya ca=r̥T=upadha-sya=anya-tara-syām 6.1.59

an-udātta=āde-r aÑ 4.2.44

an-ud-ātta=āde-ś ca 4.3.140

an-ud-ātt-e ca 6.1.190

an-ud-ātt-e ca kU-dha-par-e 6.1.120

an-udātta=IT-as=ca ha̱L-āde-ḥ 3.2.149

an-udātta=upa-deśa-van-a-ti-°. . . 6.4.37

an-udātt-au suP-P-IT-au 3.1.4

anu-nāsika-sya Kvi̱-jha̱L-oḥ K-Ṅ-IT-i 6.4.15

anu-nāsik-āt paro=anu-svāra-ḥ 8.3.4

anu-pada-sarva=anna=aya=an-aya-ṁ-° 5.2.9

anu-pad-ī=anv-eṣ-ṭā 5.2.90

anu-parā-bhyām kr̥Ñ-aḥ 1.3.79

an-upa-sarg-āt=jña-ḥ 1.3.76

an-upa-sarg-āt phulla-kṣība-kr̥śa=ul-lāgh-āḥ 8.2.55

an-upa-sarg-āt=vā 1.3.43

an-upa-sargāt=limpa-vinda-dhāri-° 3.1.38

an-upa-sarj-an-āt 4.1.14

anu-prati-gr̥ṇ-aś ca 1.4.41

anu-pra-vac-ana=ādi-bhyaś cha-ḥ 5.1.111

anu-brāhmaṇ-āt=ini̱-ḥ 4.2.62

anu-r yat-samayā 2.1.15

anu-r lakṣ-aṇ-e 1.4.84

anu-vād-e car-aṇā-nām 2.4.3

anu-vi-pari=abhi-ni-bhyaḥ syand-a-te-r° 8.3.72

anu-śat-ika=ādī-nāṁ ca 7.3.20

anusvāra-sya ya̱Y-i para-sa-varṇa-ḥ 8.4.58

an-r̥ṣi=ān-antar-y-e bida=ādi-bhyo=aÑ 4.1.104

an-eka-m anya-pada=arth-e 2.2.24

an-eka=aL Ś-IT sarva-sya 1.1.55

an-o nu̱Ṭ 8.2.16

an-o bahu-vrīhe-ḥ 4.1.12

an-o bhāv-a-kar-ma-vac-ana-ḥ 6.2.150

an-or a-karmak-āt 1.3.49

an-or a-pra-dhā-na-kan-īyas-ī 6.2.189

an-o'-śma=ayaḥ-saras-āṁ jā-ti-saṁ-jñay-oḥ 5.4.94

an-au kar-maṇ-i 3.2.100

anta-ḥ 6.2.92, 143, 179; 8.4.20

antaḥ-pūrva-pad-āṭ ṭhaÑ 4.3.60

antar a-deś-e 8.4.24

antar a-pari-grah-e 1.4.65

antara-m bahir-yoga=upa-saṁ-vyā-nay-oḥ 1.1.36

antarā=antar-eṇa-yuk-t-e 2.3.4

antar-ghan-o deś-e 3.3.78

antar-dh-au y-ena=a-darś-ana-m icch-a-ti 1.4.28

antar-bahir-bhyāṁ ca lomn-aḥ 5.4.117

antar-vat-pati-vat-or nu̱K 4.1.32

anta-ś ca 6.2.180

anta-ś ca tavai yugapat 6.1.200

ant-ā-ty-anta=adhva-dūra-° 3.2.48

anta=ādi-vat=ca 6.1.85

antika-bāḍhay-or neda-sādh-au 5.3.63

ant-o-dātt-āt=uttara-pad-āt-° 6.1.169

ant-o-'vat-yāḥ 6.1.220

ant-y-āt pūrva-m bahv=aC-aḥ 6.2.83

ann-āt=Ṇa-ḥ 4.4.85

ann-ena vy-añj-ana-m 2.1.34

anya-to ṄīṢ 4.1.40

anya-th-ai-vaṁ-katham-itthaṁ-su-° 3.4.27

anya-pad-ā-rth-e ca saṁ-jñā-yām 2.1.21

any-ā-rāt=itara=r̥te-dik=śabda-° 2.3.29

anye-bhyo=api dr̥ś-ya-te 3.2.178; 3.130

anye-bhyo-api dr̥ś-y-a-nte 3.2.75

anye-ṣām api dr̥ś-ya-te 6.3.137

anye-ṣv api dr̥ś-ya-te 3.2.101

anv-ac-i=ānulom-y-e 3.4.64

anv=ava-tap-t-ād rahas-aḥ 5.4.81

apa-gur-o Ṇamu̱L-i 6.1.53

apa-ghano=aṅga-m 3.3.81

apa-ci-ta-ś ca 7.2.30

apatya-m pautra-pra-bhr̥-ti go-tra-m 4.1.162

a-path-a-ṁ napuṁsaka-m 2.4.30

a-pad-āt-au sālv-āt 4.2.135

a-pad-ā-nta-sya mūrdhan-ya-ḥ 8.3.55

apa-pari-bahir-añcav-aḥ pañcamy-ā 2.1.12

apa-parī varj-an-e 1.4.88

apa-mi-t-ya-yāc-itā-bhyāṁ kaK-kaN-au 4.4.21

apara-s-par-āḥ kri-yā-sā-tat-y-e 6.1.144

a-pari-mā-ṇa-bista=ā-ci-ta-°. . . 4.1.22

a-pari-hvr̥-t-āś ca 7.2.32

aparokṣe ca 3.2.119

apa-varg-e tr̥t-īy-ā 2.3.6

apa-s-karo ratha=aṅga-m 6.1.149

apa-spr̥dh-etām-ān-r̥c-ur=ān-r̥h-uś-ci-cyu-ṣe-° 6.1.36

apa-hnav-e jñ-aḥ 1.3.44

ap-āc ca (ap-āt=ca) 6.2.186

ap-āc catuṣ-pād=śakuni-ṣu=ā-lekh-an-e 6.1.142

ap-ā-dān-e ca=a-hī-ya-ruh-oḥ 5.4.45

ap-ā-dā-n-e pañca-m-ī 2.3.28

apādāne parīpsāyām 3.4.52

ap-ād vad-aḥ 1.3.73

api-ḥ pada=artha-sam-bhāv-ana=anv-sarga-° 1.4.96

a-pūrva-pad-āt=anya-tara-syām yaT=ḍhaKaÑ-au 4.1.140

a-pr̥k-ta ek-ā-L praty-aya-ḥ 1.2.41

ap-e kleśa-tamas-oḥ 3.2.50

ap-e ca laṣ-aḥ 3.2.144

ap-e-ta-ap-o-ḍha-muk-ta-pat-i-ta-° 2.1.38

apo-naptr=apāṁ-nap-tr̥-bhyāṁ gha-ḥ 4.2.27

ap-o bhi 7.4.48

ap-tr̥N-tr̥C-svasr̥-naptr̥-neṣṭr̥-° 6.4.11

aP pūraṇī-pra-māṇy-oḥ 5.4.116

a praty-ay-āt 3.3.102

a-plu-ta-vad upa-sthi-t-e 6.1.129

a-bhāṣ-i-ta-puṁsk-āt=ca 7.3.48

abhi-jana-ś ca 4.3.90

abhi-ji-t=vida-bhr̥-t=śālā-vat-°. . . 5.3.118

abhi-jñā-vac-an-e lR̥Ṭ 3.2.112

abhi-ni-viś-aś ca 1.4.47

abhi-niṣ-krām-ati dvāra-m 4.3.86

abhi-nis-aḥ stan-aḥ śabda-saṁ-jñā-yām 8.3.86

abhi-prati-ati-bhyaḥ kṣip-aḥ 1.3.80

abhi-r a-bhāg-e 1.4.91

abhi-vi-dh-au bhāv-a inu̱Ṇ 3.3.44

abhi-vi-dh-au sam-pad-ā ca 5.4.53

a-bhū-ta-tad-bhāv-e kr̥-bhū=as-ti-yoge° 5.4.50

abhe-r mukha-m 6.2.185

abhe-ś ca=ā-vi-dūr-y-e 7.2.25

abhy-a-mitr-āt=cha ca 5.2.17

abhy-as-ta-sya ca 6.1.33

abhy-as-tā-nām ādi-ḥ 6.1.189

abhy-āsa-sya=a-sa-varṇ-e 6.4.78

abhy-ās-āt=ca 7.3.55

abhy-ās-e ca̱R ca 8.4.54

abhy-ut-sad-ay-ām pra-jan-ay-ām-° 3.1.42

a-manuṣya-kar-tr̥-k-e ca 3.2.53

a-mahat=nava-ṁ nagare-° 6.2.89

amā-vasyaT=anya-tara-syām 3.1.122

amā-vāsyā-yā vā 4.3.30

am-i pūrva-ḥ 6.1.107

amu ca cchandas-i 5.4.12

a-mūrdha-mastak-āt sva=aṅg-āt a-kāme-e 6.3.12

am-ai-va=a-vy-ay-ena 2.2.20

am-o maŚ 7.1.40

amnar-ūdhar-avar-ity-ubha-ya-thā chandas-i 8.2.70

amba=āmba-go-bhūmi-° 8.3.97

amb-ā-rtha-nady-or hrasva-ḥ 7.3.107

am sam-buddh-au 7.1.99

aya̱Ṅ y-i K-Ṅ-IT-i 7.4.22

ay-ana-ṁ ca 8.4.25

ayaḥ-śūla-daṇḍa=ajinā-bhyāṁ ṭhaK-ṭhaÑ-au 5.2.76

ayas-maya=ādī-ni cchandas-i 1.4.20

ay ām-anta=ālu=āyya=° 6.4.55

araṇy-āt=manuṣy-e 4.2.129

a-riṣṭa-gauḍa-pūrv-e ca 6.2.100

arur-dviṣ-at=aC=anta-sya mu̱M 6.3.67

arur-manas-cakṣus-ceto-raho-rajas-āṁ lopa-ś ca 5.4.51

ar-ti-piparty-oś ca 7.4.77

ar-ti-lū-dhū-sū-khana-° 3.2.184

ar-ti-hrī-vlī-rī-knuyĪ-° 7.3.36

artha-vad a-dhātu-r a-praty-aya-ḥ prāti-pad-ika-m 1.2.45

arth-e 6.2.44

arth-e vibhāaṣā 6.3.100

arde-ḥ saṁ-ni-vi-bhyaḥ 7.2.24

ardha-ṁ napuṁsaka-m 2.2.2

ardha-rc-āḥ puṁs-i ca 2.4.31

ardh-āt=ca 5.4.100

ardh-āt pari-mā-ṇa-sya 7.3.26

ardh-āt=yaT 4.3.4

armeca=a-varṇ-e dvy-aC try-aC 6.2.90

arya-ḥ svāmi-vaiśyay-oḥ 3.1.103

arvaṇ-as tr̥=a-sAU=a-naÑ-aḥ 6.4.127

arśa=ādi-bhyo=aC 5.2.127

arha-ḥ 3.2.12

arh-e kr̥t-ya-tr̥C-aś ca 3.3.169

alaṁ-kr̥Ñ-nir-ā-kr̥Ñ-° 3.2.136

alaṁ-khalv-oḥ prati-ṣedhay-oḥ prāc-āṁ Ktvā 3.4.18

a-luK uttara-pad-e 6.3.1

aL-o=ant-ya-sya 1.1.52

aLo=ant-y-āt pūrva upa-dhā 1.1.65

alpa=ā-khyā-yām 5.4.136

alp-ā-C-taram 2.2.34

alp-e 5.3.85

al-(: aT=)lopo=an-aḥ 6.4.134

ava-kray-a-ḥ 4.4.50

ava-kṣep-aṇ-e kaN 5.3.95

ava̱Ṅ sphoṭ-āyana-sya 6.1.123

ava-cakṣ-e ca 3.4.15

a-vad-ya-paṇ-ya-vary-āḥ° 3.1.101

a-vapathās-i ca 6.1.121

ava-yav-āt=r̥t-oḥ 7.3.11

ava-yav-e ca prāṇi=oṣadhi-vr̥kṣe-bhyaḥ 4.1.135

a-vayas-i ca ṭhaN=ca 5.1.84

avayāḥ śvetavāḥ puroḍāś ca 8.2.67

ava-sam-andhe-bhyas tam-as-aḥ 5.4.79

av-āc ca ā-lamb-ana-ā-vi-dūr-yay-oḥ 8.3.68

av=āt kuṭāraC=ca 5.2.30

av-āt=gr-aḥ 1.3.51

avāra-pāra=aty-anta=anu-kāma-ṁ gām-ī 5.2.11

a-vr̥d-dh-ād api bahu-vac-ana-vi-ṣay-āt 4.2.125

a-vr̥ddhā-bhyo nadī-mānuṣī-bhyas tan-nāmikā-° 4.1.113

ave-ḥ ka-ḥ 5.4.28

av-e grah-o varṣa-prati-bandh-e 3.3.51

av-e tr̄-str-or GHaÑ 3.3.120

ave yajaḥ 3.2.72

avodha=edha-odma=pra-śratha-hima-śrath-āḥ 6.4.29

av-o-d- (: ava=ud-) or niy-aḥ 3.3.26

a-vy-ak-ta=anu-kar-aṇa-sya aTa it-au 6.1.98

a-vy-ak-ta=anu-kar-aṇ-āt dvy-aC-° 5.4.57

a-vy-aya-ṁ vi-bhak-ti-sam-īp-a-° 2.1.6

a-vy-aya-sarva-nāmm-ām aka̱C prāk TE-ḥ 5.3.71

a-vy-ay-āt tyaP 4.2.104

a-vy-ay-ād āP-sUP-aḥ 2.4.82

a-vy-ay-ī-bhāva-ḥ 2.1.5

a-vy-ay-ī-bhāva-ś ca 1.1.41; 2.4.18

a-vy-ay-ī-bhāv-āt=ca 4.3.59

a-vy-ay-ī-bhāv-e ca=a-kāl-e 6.3.81

a-vy-ay-ī-bhāv-e śarad=pra-bhr̥-ti-bhyaḥ 5.4.107

a-vy-ay-e=a-yathā-abhi-pr-e-ta=ā-khyā-n-e kr̥Ñ-aḥ 3.4.59

av=yāt=avad-yāt=ava-kram-us-° 6.1.116

aśanāy-o-danya=dhanāy-ā bubhukṣā-° 7.4.34

a-śabd-e yaT-kh-au=anya-tara-syām 4.3.64

a-śālā ca 2.4.24

aś-no-te-ś ca 7.4.72

aśva-kṣīra-vr̥ṣa-lavaṇā-nām-° 7.1.51

aśva-pati=ādi=bhyaś ca 4.1.84

aśva-sya=eka=aha-gama-ḥ 5.2.10

aśva=agha-sya=āT 7.4.37

aśva=ādi-bhyaḥ phaÑ 4.1.110

aśvi-mān aṆ 4.4.126

a-ṣaḍ-akṣa-āś-itaṁ-gu=alaṁ-karma-° 5.4.7

a-ṣaṣṭhī=a-tr̥-tīyā-sthasya=anya-sya-° 6.3.99

aṣṭan-a ā vi-bhak-t-au 7.2.84

aṣṭan-aḥ saṁ-jñā-yām 6.3.125

aṣṭan-o dīrgh-āt 6.1.172

aṣṭā-bhya auŚ 7.1.21

a-saṁ-yog-āt=lIṬ K-IT 1.2.5

a-saṁ-jñā-yām tila-yavā-bhyām 4.3.149

a-sam-ās-e niṣka=ādi-bhyaḥ 5.1.20

a sām-prati-k-e 4.3.9

a-sid-dha-vat=atra=ā bh-āt 6.4.22

asura-sya svam 4.4.123

a-sūrya-lalāṭay-or dr̥śi̱-tap-oḥ 3.2.36

as-ta-ṁ ca 1.4.68

astāti ca 5.3.40

as-ti-nās-ti-diṣ-ṭa-m mati-ḥ 4.4.60

as-ti-siC-o=a-pr̥k-t-e 7.3.96

as-te-r bhū-ḥ 2.4.52

asthi-dadhi-sakthi=akṣṇ-ām ana̱Ṅ udātta-ḥ 7.1.75

asmad-o dvay-oś ca 1.2.59

asmad-i=uttama-ḥ 1.4.107

as-māyā-medhā-sr̥j-o vini̱-ḥ 5.2.121

a-sya Cv-au 7.4.32

as-ya-ti-tr̥ṣ-oḥ kriyā=antare-° 3.4.57

as-ya-ti-vak-ti-khyā-ti-bhyo=aṄ 3.1.52

as-ya-te-s tithu̱K 7.4.17

a-sva=aṅga-pūrva-pad-āt=vā 4.1.53

aham=śubhay-or yuS 5.2.140

ahan 8.2.68

ahaḥ-sarva=eka-deśa-saṁ-khyāta-puṅy-āt=ca rātre-ḥ 5.4.87

a-hī-ne dvi-tīyā 6.2.47

ah-e-ti vi-ni-yog-e ca 8.1.61

aho ca 8.1.40

ahn-aṣ ṭa-kh-or eva 6.4.145

ahn-o=aT=ant-āt 8.4.7

ahn-o=ahna ete-bhyaḥ 5.4.88

ā kaḍār-āt=ekā saṁ-jñā 1.4.1

ā-karṣ-āt ṢṭhaL 4.4.9

ā-karṣa=ādi-bhyaḥ kaN 5.2.64

ā-kaṣ-āt ṢṭhaL 4.4.9

ā-kaṣa=ādi-bhyaḥ kaN 5.2.64

ā-kāl-ikaṬ=ādy-anta-vac-an-e 5.1.114

ā-krand-āṭ ṭhaÑ ca 4.4.38

ā-kroś-e ca 6.2.158

ā-kroś-e naÑi=ani-ḥ 3.3.112

ā-kroś-e=ava-ny-or gráh-aḥ 3.3.45

ā kve̱-s tac-chīla-° 3.2.134

ā-khyā-ta=upa-yog-e 1.4.29

ā-gav-īna-ḥ 5.2.14

āgast-ya-kauṇḍin-yay-or agasti-° 2.4.70

āgra-hāyaṇī=aśvatth-āt ṭhaK 4.2.22

āṄa ud-gam-an-e 1.3.40

āṄ-i ca=āP-aḥ 7.3.105

āṄ-i tāc-chil-y-e 3.2.11

āṄ-i yud-dh-e 3.3.73

āṄ-o d-o=an-āsya-vi-har-aṇ-e 1.3.20

āṄ-o nā=a-str-iy-ām 7.3.120

āṄ-o-'nu-nāsika-ś chandas-i 6.1.126

āṄ-o yama-han-aḥ 1.3.28

āṄ-o y-i 7.1.65

āṄ maryādā=abhi-vidhy-oḥ 2.1.13

āṄ maryādā-vac-an-e 1.4.89

āṄ-māṄ-oś ca 6.1.74

ā ca tv=āt 5.1.120

ā ca h-au 6.4.117

ācārya=upa-sarjana-ś ca=ante-vāsin-i 6.2.104

ācārya=upa-sarj-ana-ś ca=ante-vās-ī 6.2.36

ā-c chī (: ā-t=Śī-°)nady-or nu̱M 7.1.80

āj Jase̱-r asu̱K (ā-t=Jase̱-r-°) 7.1.50

ā-jñā-y-in-i ca 6.3.5

āṬ-aś ca 6.1.90

āṬ=aj(: aC=)ādī-nām 6.4.72

āḍ (: āṬ=)uttama-sya P-IT=ca 3.4.92

āḍhaka=ā-ci-ta-pātr-āt kho=anya-° 5.1.53

āḍhya-su-bhaga-sthū-la-° 3.2.56

āṇ (: āṬ-°) nady-āḥ 7.3.112

āT-a ai 3.4.95

āT-a au Ṇ aL-aḥ 7.1.34

āT-aḥ 3.4.110

āT-aś ca=upa-sarg-e 3.1.136; 3.106

āT-o Ṅ-IT-aḥ 7.2.81

āT-o=aṬ-i ni-tya-m 8.3.3

āT-o dhāt-o-ḥ 6.4.140

āT-o=an-upa-sarg-e Ka-ḥ 3.2.3

āT-o mani̱N-vani̱P-Kvani̱P-aś ca 3.2.74

āT-o yu̱K CiṆ-kr̥t-oḥ 7.3.33

aT-o yuC 3.3.128

aT-o lopa iṬ-i ca 6.4.64

ātman-aś ca pūr-aṇ-e 6.3.6

ātman-e-pade-ṣu=an-aT-aḥ 7.1.5

ātman-e-pade-ṣu=anya-tara-syām 2.4.44; 3.1.54

ātman=viśva-jana-° 5.1.9

ātma-mā-n-e khaŚ ca 3.2.83

ātm-ā-dhvān-au kh-e 6.4.169

ātharvaṇika-sya=ika-lopa-ś ca 4.3.133

ā-dara=an-ādaray-oḥ sat=asat-ī 1.4.63

ād ācār-yā-ṇām (āT-°) 7.3.49

ādi-ḥ praty-enas-i 6.2.27

ādi-ḥ si̱C-o=anya-tara-syām 6.1.187

ādi-kar-maṇ-i Kta-ḥ kart-ar-i ca 3.4.71

ād=IT-aś ca 7.2.16 (= āT=°)

ādi-r anty-ena saha=IT-ā 1.1.71

ādi-r ud-ātta-ḥ 6.2.64

ādi-r ÑI-ṬU-ḌAV-aḥ 1.3.5

ādi-r Ṇamu̱L-i anya-° 6.1.194

ādi-ś cihaṇa=ādī-nām 6.2.125

ād=r̥-gama̱-hanA-jan-aḥ° 3.2.171

āde-ḥ para-sya 1.1.54

ād-(āt=)eC-a upa-deś-e=a-Ś-IT-i 6.1.45

ā-deśa=prat-ayay-oḥ 8.3.59

ād (āT=) guṇa-ḥ 6.1.87

ādy-anta-vad eka-smin 1.1.21

ādy-ant-au Ṭa̱-K-IT-au 1.1.46

ādy-ud-ātta-ṁ dv-yaC chandas-i 6.2.119

ādy-ud-ātta-ś ca 3.1.3

ā-dhār-o=adhi-kar-aṇa-m 1.4.45

āna̱Ṅ r̥T-o dvaṁdv-e 6.3.25

ā-nāy-y-o=a-ni-ty-e 3.1.127

āni lOṬ 8.4.16

ān-e mu̱K 7.2.82

ān (: āT-°) mahat-aḥ sa-mā-na=adhi-kar-aṇa-° 6.3.46

āpatya-sya ca taddhit-e=an-āT-i 6.4.151

āp-o juṣ-āṇ-o vr̥ṣṇ-o° 6.1.118

āP-o=anya-tara-syām 7.4.15

āp-jñapi̱=r̥dh-ām iT 7.4.55

ā-pra-pada-m pr-ā-p-no-ti 5.2.8

ā-bādh-e ca 8.1.10

ābhīkṣṇ-y-e Ṇamu̱L ca 3.4.22

ām-a eka=antaram ā-mantr-ita-° 8.1.55

ām-aḥ 2.4.81

ā-mantr-i-tam pūrva-m a-vid-ya-māna-vat 8.1.72

ā-mantrita-sya ca 6.1.198; 8.1.19

ām-i sarva-nāmn-aḥ su̱Ṭ 7.1.52

ām eT-aḥ 3.4.90

ām-praty-aya-vat kr̥Ñ-o=anu-pra-yoga-sya 1.3.63

ā-mreḍ-i-ta-m bharts-an-e 8.2.95

āyan-ey-īn-īy-iy-aḥ pha-ḍha-° 7.1.2

āya=āday-a ārdha-dhātuk-e 3.1.31

ā-yuk-ta-kuśalā-bhyāṁ ca-° 2.3.40

ā-yudh-a-jīvi-bhyaś cha-ḥ parvat-e 4.3.91

ā-yudh-a-jīvi-saṁ-ghāt=Ñya-ḥ 5.3.114

ā-yudh-āt=cha ca 4.4.14

ārag udīc-ām 4.1.130

ārdha-dhātuka-ṁ śeṣa-ḥ 3.4.114

ārdha-dhātuka-sya=iṬ=va̱L-āde-ḥ 7.2.35

ārdha-dhātuk-e 2.4.35; 6.4.46

āry-o brāhmaṇa-kumāray-oḥ 6.2.58

ārh-āt=a-go-puccha-saṁ-khyā-° 5.1.19

ālaC=āṭaC-au bahu-bhāṣ-iṇ-i 5.2.125

āvaṭ-y-āt=ca 4.1.75

āvaśyaka=ādhamarṇyay-or Ṇini̱-ḥ 3.3.170

ā-vas-ath-āt ṢṭhaL 4.4.74

ā-śaṁsā-yām bhū-ta-vat=ca 3.3.132

ā-śaṁsā-vac-an-e lIṄ 3.3.134

ā-śaṅka=ā-bādha-nediyas-su sam-bhāv-an-e 6.2.21

āś-i-ta-ḥ kar-tā 6.1.207

āś-i-t-e bhuv-aḥ kar-aṇa-bhāvay-oḥ 3.2.45

āśiṣ-i ca 3.1.150

āśiṣ-i nāth-aḥ 2.3.55

āśiṣ-i lIṄ-lOṬ-au 3.3.173

āśiṣ-i han-aḥ 3.2.49

āścarya-m a-ni-ty-e 6.1.147

āśva-yujy-ā vuÑ 4.3.45

āsandī-vat=aṣṭī-vat=° 8.2.12

ā sarva-nāmn-aḥ 6.3.91

ā-su-yu-vapi̱-rapi̱-° 3.1.126

āspada-m pra-tiṣṭhā-yām 6.1.146

āh-as tha̱-ḥ 8.2.35

āhi ca dūr-e 5.3.37

āho utāho ca=an-antara-m 8.1.49

I

iK-aḥ kāś-e 6.3.123

iK-aḥ suÑ-i 6.3.134

iK-o guṇa-vr̥d-dhī 1.1.3

iK-o=aC-i vi-bhak-t-au 7.1.73

iK-o jha̱L 1.2.9

iK-o ya̱Ṇ aC-i 6.1.77

iK-o vah-e=a-pīl-o-ḥ 6.3.121

iK-o=a-sa-varṇ-e śākalya-sya-° 6.1.127

iK-o hrasv-o=a-Ṅy-o gālava-sya 6.3.61

ig-(: iK=°)anta-kāla-kapāla-° 6.2.29

ig(iK)ant-āt=ca laghu-pūrv-āt 5.1.131

ig(iK=)upa-dha-jñā-prī-kir-aḥ Ka-ḥ 3.1.135

ig-(iK=)ya̱Ṇ-aḥ sam-pra-sār-aṇa-m 1.1.45

iṄ-aś ca 2.4.48; 3.3.21

iṄ-dhāry-oḥ ŚatR̥=a-kr̥cchr-iṇ-i 3.2.130

iC-a eka=aCo=am praty-aya-vat=ca 6.3.68

iC karma-vy-ati-hār-e 5.4.127

icchā 3.3.101

icchā=arthe-ṣu lIṄ-lOṬ-au 3.3.157

ij-(iC=)āde-ś ca guru-mat-o=an-r̥cch-aḥ 3.1.36

ij-(iC=)āde-ḥ sa-nu̱M-aḥ 8.4.32

iÑ-aḥ prāc-ām 2.4.60

iÑ-aś ca 4.2.112

iṬ-a īṬ-i 8.2.28

iṬ-o=aT 3.4.106

iṬ saN-i vā 7.2.41

iḍ-(iṬ)at-ty=ar-ti-vy-ay-a-tī-nām 7.2.66

iḍā-yā vā 8.3.54

iṆ-aḥ ṣa-ḥ 8.3.39

iṆ-aḥ ṣī-dhvaṁ-lIṬ-ām dho-° 8.3.78

iṆ-o gā lUṄ-i 2.4.45

iṆ-o ya̱Ṇ 6.4.81

iṆ-kO-ḥ 8.3.57

iṆ-naś-ji-sar-tibhya-ḥ KvaraP 3.2.163

iṆ-niṣṭhā-yām 7.2.47

itarā-bhyo=api dr̥ś-y-a-nte 5.3.14

itaretara=anyo'-nya=upa-pad-āt=ca 1.3.16

iT-aś ca 3.4.100

iT-aś ca lopa-ḥ parasmai-pade-ṣu 3.4.97

iT-aś ca an-iÑ-aḥ 4.1.122

iT-o=aT sarva-nāma-sthān-e 7.1.86

iT-o manuṣya-jāte-ḥ 4.1.65

it-tham-bhū-ta-lakṣ-aṇ-e 2.3.21

it-tham-bhū-t-ena kr̥-ta-m iti ca 6.1.149

idam-kim-or īŚ-kī 6.3.90

id(iT=)ant-o masi 7.1.46

idam-a iŚ 5.3.3

idam-as thamu̱-ḥ 5.3.24

idam-o=anv-ā-deś-e=aŚ an-udātta-s°. . . 2.4.32

idam-o ma-ḥ 7.2.108

idam-o rhiL 5.3.16

idam-o ha-ḥ 5.3.11

id-(iT=)IT-o nu̱M dhāto-ḥ 7.1.58

id-ud (iT=uT=)upa-dha-sya ca=a-praty-aya-sya 8.3.41

id-ud(iT=uT=)bhyām 7.3.117

id-o=ay puṁs-i 7.2.111

id(iT=)goṇy-āḥ 1.2.50

id(iT=)daridra-sya 6.4.114

id(iT=)vr̥d-dh-au 6.3.28

in aṆ-i=an-apaty-e 6.4.164

inaC piṭaC cika ci ca 5.2.33

in-aḥ striy-ām 5.4.152

ini̱-tra-kaṭyaC-aś ca 4.2.51

indra-varuṇa-bhava-śarva-° 4.1.49

indr-iya-m indra-liṅgam-° 5.2.93

indr-e ca 6.1.124

indr-e ca ni-tya-m 6.1.124

indhi̱-bhav-a-ti-bhyāṁ ca 1.2.6

in-han-pu̱ṣa=aryam-ṇāṁ saU 6.4.12

iray-o re 6.4.76

IR-IT-o vā 3.1.57

iv-e prati-kr̥-t-au 5.3.96

iṣU-gami̱-yam-ām cha-ḥ 7.3.77

iṣṭaka=iṣīkā-mālā-nāṁ ci-ta-° 6.3.65

iṣṭ-ā-di-bhya-ś ca 5.2.88

iṣ-ṭvīnam iti ca 7.1.48

iṣ-ṭha-sya yi̱T ca 6.4.159

is-us-uK-ta̱=ant-āt ka-ḥ 7.3.51

is-us-oḥ sāmarth-y-e 8.3.44

is-man-traN-Kvi̱-ṣu 6.4.97

ī ghrā-dhm-oḥ 7.4.31

ī ca khan-aḥ 3.1.111

ī ca gaṇ-aḥ 7.4.97

ī ca dvi-vac-an-e 7.1.77

ī3 cākra-var-maṇa-sya 6.1.130

īḍA-jan-or dhv-e ca 7.2.78

īḍA-vanda̱-vr̥-śaṁsa̱-duh-āṁ ṆyaT-aḥ 6.1.214

īd(īT=)agne-ḥ soma-varuṇay-oḥ 6.3.27

īd(īT=)ās-aḥ 7.2.83

īd-(īT=)ūT-au ca saptamy-arth-e 1.1.19

īd-ūd-(īT=ūT=)eT=dvi-vac-anam pra-gr̥h-ya-m 1.1.11

īd(īT=)yaT-i 6.4.65

īyas-aś ca 5.4.156

ī-vaty-āḥ 6.1.221

īś-aḥ se 7.2.77

īś-var-e tosu̱N-Kasu̱N-au 3.4.13

īṣad a-kr̥t-ā 2.2.7

īṣad anya-tara-syām 6.2.54

īṣad arth-e 6.3.105

īṣad-a-sam-āp-t-au kalpaP=deśya-° 5.3.67

īṣad-dus=su-ṣu kr̥cchra=a-kr̥cchra=arthe-ṣu khaL 3.3.126

ī ha̱L-i=a-GHO-ḥ 6.4.113

U

u-gav-ādi-bhyo yaT 5.1.2

ug(uK=)IT-aś ca 4.1.6 : 6.3.45

ug(uK=)IT-aC-āṁ sarva-nāma-sthān-e=a-dhāto-ḥ 3.2.37

ugra-m-pasya=ira-m-mada-pāṇi-ṁ-dham-āś ca 3.2.37

ucc-air ud-ātta-ḥ 1.2.29

ucc-ais-tarāṁ vā vaṣaṭ-kāra-ḥ 1.2.35

uÑ-aḥ 1.1.17

uÑ-i ca pad-e 8.3.21

uñch-a-ti 4.4.32

uñcha=ādi-nāṁ ca 6.1.160

uṆ=āday-o bahulam 3.3.1

uT-aś ca praty-ay-āt=a-saṁ-yoga-pūrv-āt 6.4.106

ut-ā-py-oḥ sam-arthay-or lIṄ 3.3.152

uT-o vr̥d-dhir luK-i ha̱l-i 7.3.89

ut-ka un-manā-ḥ 5.2.80

ut-kara=ādi-bhyaś cha-ḥ 4.2.90

uttama=ekā-bhyāṁ ca 5.4.90

uttara-path-ena=ā-hr̥-ta-ṁ ca 5.1.77

uttara-pada-vr̥d-dh-au sarva-ṁ ca 6.2.105

uttara-pada-sya 7.3.10

uttara-pad-ā-di-ḥ 6.2.11

uttara-mr̥ga-pūrv-āt=ca sakthn-aḥ 5.4.98

uttar-āt=ca 5.3.38

uttar-ā-dhara daksiṇ-āt=āti̱-ḥ 5.3.34

uT-para-sya=aT-aḥ 7.4.88

utsa=ādi-bhyo=aÑ 4.1.86

ud-a īT 6.4.139

ud-aḥ sthā-stambh-oḥ pūrva-sya 8.4.61

udaka-sya=uda-ḥ saṁ-jñā-yām 6.3.57

udak-e=a-keval-e 6.2.96

udak ca vipāś-aḥ 4.1.74

udaṅk-o=an-udak-e 3.3.123

udan-vān uda-dh-au ca 8.2.13

udar-āt=ṭhaK=ā-dyūn-e 5.2.67

udar-ā-śva=iṣu-ṣu 6.2.107

ud-as car-aḥ sa-karmak-āt 1.3.53

udaśvit-o=anya-tara-syām 4.2.19

ud-ātta-ya̱Ṇ-o ha̱L-pūrv-āt 6.1.174

ud-ātta-svar-ita-para-sya sanna-tara-ḥ 1.2.49

ud-ātta-svar-itay-or ya̱Ṇ-aḥ svar-i-to° 8.2.4

ud-ātt-āt anu-dātta-sya svar-i-ta-ḥ 8.4.66

id-i kūl-e ruji̱-vah-oḥ 3.2.31

ud-i grah-aḥ 3.3.35

ud-IT-o vā (uT-IT-o) 7.2.56

ud-i śray-a-ti-yau-ti-pū-druv-aḥ 3.3.49

udīc-āṁ vr̥d-dh-āt=a-gotr-āt 4.1.157

udīc-ām āT-aḥ sthān-e ya̱-ka̱-pūrvā-y-āḥ 7.3.46

udīc-ām iÑ 4.1.153

udīc-ām māṄ-o vy-atī-hār-e 3.4.19

udīc-ya-grām-āt=ca bahv-aC-o° 4.2.109

ud(uT=)upa-dh-āt bhāva=ādi-kar-maṇ-or° 1.2.21

udo=an-ūrdhva-kar-maṇ-i 1.3.24

ud-(uT=)oṣṭhya-pūrva-sya 7.1.102

ud-ghan-o=aty=ā=dhā-na-m 3.3.80

ud-vi-bhyāṁ kakuda-sya 5.4.148

ud-vi-bhyāṁ tap-aḥ 1.3.27

un- (ud=)ny-or gr-aḥ 3.3.29

upaka=ādi-bhyo=anya-tara-syām° 2.4.69

upa-ghna ā-śray-e 3.3.85

upa-jānu=upa-karṇa=upa-nīve-ṣ ṭhaK 4.3.40

upa-jñā-t-e 4.3.115

upajñ-o-pa-kramaṁ tad-ādi=° 2.4.21

upa-daṁś-as tr̥-tīyā-yām 3.4.47

upa-deś-e=aC=anu-nāsika IT 1.3.2

upa-deś-e=aT-vat-aḥ 7.2.62

upa-dhā-yāṁ ca 8.2.79

upa-dhā-yās=ca 7.1.101

upa-pada-m a-tiṄ 2.2.19

upa-parā-bhyām 1.3.39

upa-māna-ṁ śabda=artha-° 6.2.80

upa-mān-āt=ca 5.4.137

upa-mān=āt=a-prāṇi-ṣu 5.4.97

upa-mān-āt=ā-cār-e 3.1.10

upa-mānā-n-i sāmānya-vacan-aiḥ 2.1.55

upa-mān-e kar-maṇ-i ca 3.4.45

upa-mi-ta-ṁ vyāghra=adi-bhiḥ° 2.1.56

upari svid āsīt=iti ca 8.2.102

upary-adhas-aḥ sāmīp-y-e 8.1.7

upary upariṣṭ-āt 5.3.31

upa-saṁ-vāda=ā-śaṅkay-oś ca 3.4.8

upa-sarg-a-prādur-bhyām as-ti-r y-aC-para-ḥ 8.3.87

upa-sarga-vy-av-e-ta-ṁ ca 8.1.38

upa-sarga-sya GHaÑi=a-manuṣy-e° 6.3.122

upa-sarga-sy-ā-y-a-t-au 8.2.19

upa-sarg-āḥ kriyā-yog-e 1.4.59

upasarg-āc=ca 5.4.119

upa-sarg-āc chandas-i dhātv-arth-e 5.1.118

upa-sarg-āt KHa̱L-GHaÑ-oḥ 7.1.67

upa-sarg-āt su-no-ti-suv-a-ti-° 8.3.65

upa-sarg-āt sva=aṅgam dhruvam° 6.2.177

upa-sarg-ād adhvan-aḥ 5.4.85

upa-sarg-ād an-oT-para-ḥ 8.4.28

upa-sarg-ād a-sam-ās-e=api° 8.4.14

upa-sarg-ād r̥T-i dhāt-au 6.1.91

upa-sarg-ād-dhrasva ūh-a-te-ḥ 7.4.23

upa-sarg-e GHO-ḥ Ki-ḥ 3.3.92

upa-sarg-e ca saṁ-jñā-yām 3.2.99

upa-sarg-e-'d-aḥ 3.3.59

upa-sarg-e ruv-aḥ 3.3.22

upa-sarj-ana-m pūrva-m 2.2.30

upa-sar-yā kālyā pra-jan-e 3.1.104

up-āc ca 1.3.84

upājé-anvājé 1.4.73

up-ā-t prati-yat-na=vai-kr̥-ta-° 6.1.139

up-āt pra-śaṁsā-yām 7.1.66

upād dvy-aC=ajina-m-° 6.2.194

up-ād yam-aḥ sva-kar-aṇ-e 1.3.56

up-ā-dhi-bhyāṁ tyakaN-° 5.2.14

up-ān mantra-kar-aṇ-e 1.3.25

up-ā-nu=adhi=āṄ-vas-aḥ 1.4.48

up-e-yi-vān an-āś-vān-° 3.2.109

up-o-ttama-ṁ R-IT-i 6.1.217

up-o-'dhik-e ca 1.4.87

up-t-e ca 4.3.44

ubhayatha-rk-ṣu 8.3.8

ubhaya-pr-ā-pt-au kar-maṇ-i 2.3.66

ubh-āt=ud-ātt-o ni-tya-m 5.2.44

ubh-e abhy-as-ta-m 6.1.5

ubh-e vanas-pati=ādi-ṣu°. . . 6.2.140

ubh-au s-ā-bhy-āsa-sya 8.4.21

umā=ūrṇay-or vā 4.3.158

uraḥ-pra-bhr̥-ti-bhyaḥ kaP 5.4.151

u-r aṆ ra̱-para-ḥ 1.1.51

u-r aT 7.4.66

uras-o=aṆ ca 4.4.94

uras-o yaT=ca 4.2.114

u-r r̥T 7.4.7

u-ś ca 1.2.12

uṣA-vidA-jāgr̥-bhyo=anya-° 3.1.38

uṣāsā=uṣas-aḥ 6.3.31

uṣṭra-ḥ sādi-vāmy-oḥ 5.2.40

uṣṭr-āt=vuÑ 4.3.157

us-i=a-pada=ant-āt 6.1.96

ū 1.1.18

ū-kalo=aC=hrasva-dīrgha-° 1.2.27

ūṄ uT-aḥ 4.1.46

ūḍ(ūṬH-)idam-pada=ādi° 6.1.171

ū-ti-yū-ti-jū-ti-sā-ti-° 3.3.97

ūd(ūT=)an-or deś-e 6.3.98

ūd(ūT=)upa-dhā-yā goh-aḥ 6.4.89

ūdhas-o=ana̱Ṅ 5.4.131

ūna=artha-kalaha-ṁ tr̥-tīyā-yāḥ 6.2.153

ūru=uttara-pad-āt=aupam-y-e 4.1.69

ūrṇā-yā yuS 5.2.123

ūrṇo-te-r vibhāṣā 7.2.6; 3.90

ūrdhv-āt=vibhāṣā 5.4.130

ūrdhv-e ṣuṣi̱-pūr-oḥ 3.4.44

ūrī=ādi-Cvi̱-ḌāC-aś ca 1.4.61

ūṣa=suṣi-muṣka-madho ra-ḥ 5.2.107

r̥k(r̥c=)pūr-ap=dhūḥ-path-ām°. . . 5.4.74

r̥c-aḥ Ś-e 6.3.55

r̥c-i tu-nu-gha-makṣu-tan-° 6.3.133

r̥cch-a-ti-r̄T-ām 7.4.11

r̥ṇa-m ādhamarṇ-y-e 8.2.60

r̥Ta uT 6.1.111

r̥T-aś ca 7.4.92

r̥T-aś ca saṁ-yoga=āde-ḥ 7.2.41

r̥T-aś ca saṁ-yoga=āde-r guṇa-ḥ 7.4.10

r̥T-aś chandas-i 5.4.158

r̥T-aṣ ṭhaÑ 4.3.78

r̥te-r īyaṄ 3.1.29

r̥T-o Ṅi-sarva-nāma-sthānay-oḥ 7.3.110

r̥T-o=aÑ 4.4.49

r̥T-o bhārad-vāja-sya 7.2.63

r̥to-r aṆ 5.1.105

r̥T-o vidyā-yoni-saṁ-bandhe-bhyaḥ 6.3.23

r̥T-y=aK-aḥ 6.1.128

r̥tv-ig=dadhr̥k=srag-dig-° 3.2.59

r̥tvya-vāstvya-vāstva-° 6.4.175

r̥d(r̥T=)upa-dh-āt=ca a-kl̥pi̱-cr̥te̱-ḥ 3.1.110

r̥d(r̥T=)uśanas-purudaṁśo-° 7.1.94

r̥-dr̥ś-o=aṄ-i guṇa-ḥ 7.4.16

r̥d(: r̥T=)o-r aP 3.3.57

r̥d(r̥T=)han-oḥ sy-e 7.2.70

r̥n(r̥T=)ne-bhyo ṄīP 4.1.5

r̥ṣabha=upānah-or Ñya-ḥ 5.1.14

r̥ṣy-andhaka-vr̥ṣṇi-kuru-bhyaś ca 4.1.114

r̥-ha̱L-or ṆyaT 3.1.134

R

r̄T-a iT=dhāto-ḥ 7.1.100

r̄T-or aP 3.3.57

E

eka-ḥ pūrva-paray-oḥ 6.1.84

eka-go-pūrv-āt ṭhaÑ nitya-m 5.2.118

eka taddhit-e ca 6.3.62

eka-dhur-āt=luK ca 4.4.79

eka-m bahu-vrīhi-vat 8.1.9

eka-vac-ana-ṁ saṁ-bud-dhi-ḥ 2.3.49

eka-vac-ana-sya ca 7.1.32

eka-vi-bhak-ti ca=a pūrva-ni-pāt-e 1.2.44

eka-śālā-yāṣ ṭhaC=anya-° 5.3.109

eka-śru-ti dūr-āt sam-bud-dh-au 1.2.33

eka-sya sa-kr̥-t=ca 5.4.19

eka-ha̱L-ād-au pūr-ay-i-tavy-e° 6.3.59

ek-ā-C-a upa-deś-e=anu-dātt-āt 7.2.10

ek-ā-C-o dve prathama-sya 6.1.1

ek-ā-C-o ba̱Ś-o bha̱Ṣ jha̱Ṣ=anta-sya-° 8.2.57

ek-āc ca prāc-ām 5.3.94

ek-āj(aC=)uttara-pad-e Ṇa-ḥ 8.4.12

ek-ād ākina̱C ca=a-sah-ā-ye 5.3.52

ek-ā-di-ś ca=eka-sya ca ādu̱K 6.3.76

ek-ā-deśa ud-ātt-ena=ud-ātta-ḥ 8.2.5

ek-ād dh-o dhyamu̱Ñ-° 5.3.44

ek-ā-nyā-bhyāṁ sam-arthā-bhyām 8.1.65

ek-o go-tr-e 4.1.93

eṄ-aḥ pada=ant-āt aT-i 6.1.109

eṄ-i para-rūpa-m 6.1.94

eṄ prāc-āṁ deś-e 1.1.75

eṄ-hrasv-āt sam-bud-dh-au 6.1.69

eC-a iK=hrasva=ā-deśe 1.1.48

eC-o=a-pra-gr̥h-ya-sya-° 8.2.107

ec-o ay-av-āy-āv-aḥ 6.1.78

eje̱-ḥ KHaŚ 3.2.28

eṇy-ā ḍhaÑ 4.3.159

eT-a īT=bahu-vac-an-e 8.2.81

eT-a ai 3.4.93

etat-tad-oḥ sU-lopo° 6.1.132

etad-as tra-tas-os tra-tas-au ca-° 2.4.33

etado=an (v.l. etad-o=aŚ) 5.3.5

eT-i saṁ-jñā-y-ām a-g-āt 8.3.99

e-ti-stu-śas-vr̥-dr̥-° 3.1.109

et-e-t-au ra-th-oḥ 5.3.4

e-te-r lIṄ-i 7.4.24

e-ty-edh-a-ti=ūṬH-su 6.1.89

edhāC=ca 5.3.46

enaPā dvi-tīyā 2.3.31

enab(enaP=)anya-tara-syām a-dūr-e-° 5.3.35

e-r aC 3.3.56

e-r aneka=aC-o=a-saṁ-yoga-° 6.4.82

e-r u-ḥ 3.4.86

e-r lIṄ-i 6.4.67

e-hi man-y-e pra-hās-e lR̥Ṭ 8.1.46

AI

aika=agárikaṬ caure 5.1.113

aiṣamas=hyas=śvas-o-anya-° 4.2.105

O

o-ḥ pU-ya̱Ṇ-ji=a-par-e 7.4.80

oka uc-aḥ K-e 7.3.64

ojas-o=ahan-i yaT-kh-au 4.4.130

ojas=sahas=ambhas-ā vart-a-te 4.4.27

ojas=sahas=ambhas=tamas-as° 6.3.3

oT 1.1.15

oT-aḥ ŚyaN-i 7.3.71

oT-o gārgya-sya 8.3.20

od(oT=)IT-aś ca 8.2.45

om abhy-ā-dā-n-e 8.2.87

om-āṄ-oś ca 6.1.95

o-r aÑ 4.2.71; 3.139

o-r āvaśyak-e 3.1.125

o-r guṇa-ḥ 6.4.146

o-r deś-e ṭhaÑ 4.2.119

oṣadhe-r a-jā-t-au 5.4.37

oṣadhe-ś ca vi-bhak-t-au-° 6.3.132

os-i ca 7.3.104

o-ḥ sUP-i 6.4.83

AU

aukṣa-m an-apaty-e 6.4.173

auṄ-a āP-aḥ 7.1.18

auT 7.3.118

auT-o=am-Śas-oḥ 6.1.93

K

kaṁ-śam-bhyām ba-bha-yus-ti-tu-yaS-aḥ 5.2.138

kaṁsa-mantha-śūrpa-pāyya-kāṇḍa-ṁ dvig-au 6.2.122

kaṁs-āt=Ṭi̱ṭhaN 5.1.25

kaṁs-īya-paraśavya-yor yaÑ=aÑ-au luK ca 4.3.168

ka-ḥ-karat-kar-a-ti-kr̥-dhi° 8.3.50

kakuda-sya=ava-sthā-yāṁ lopa-ḥ 5.4.146

kaccha=agni-vaktra-° 4.2.126

kaccha=ādi-bhyaś ca 4.2.133

kaṭha-carak-āt=luK 4.3.107

kaṭhina=anta-pra-stāra-° 4.4.7

kaḍaṅ-kara-dakṣiṇ-āt=cha ca 5.1.69

kaḍār-āḥ karma-dhāray-e 2.2.38

kaṇe-manas-ī śraddhā-pratī-ghāt-e 1.4.66

kaṇṭha-pr̥ṣṭha-grīvā-jaṅgha-ṁ ca 6.2.114

kaṇḍū=ādi-bhyo go-tr-e 4.2.111

ka-tara-ka-tam-au karma-dhāray-e 6.2.57

ka-tara-ka-tam-au jā-ti-pari-paá-n-e 2.1.63

kat-tri=ādi-bhyo ḍhakaÑ 4.2.95

kathā=ādi-bhyaṣ ṭhaK 4.4.102

kadru-kamaṇḍalv-oś chandas-i 4.1.71

kanthā ca 6.2.124

kanthā-palada-nagara-grāma-° 4.1.142

kanthā-yāṣ ṭhaK 4.2.102

kanyā-yāḥ kanīna ca 4.1.116

kapi-jñā-ty-or ḍhaK 5.1.127

kaP-i pūrva-m 6.2.173

kapi-bodh-āt=āṅgiras-e 4.1.107

kapi-ṣṭhal-o go-tr-e 8.3.91

kame̱-r ṆiṄ 3.1.20

kambal-āt=ca saṁ-jñā-yām 5.1.2

kamboj-āt=luK 4.1.175

karaṇa=ahi-kar-aṇay-oś ca 3.3.117

kar-aṇ-e ca stoka=alpa-° 2.3.33

kar-aṇ-e yaj-aḥ 3.2.85

kar-aṇ-e-'yo-vi-dru-ṣu 3.3.82

kar-aṇ-e han-aḥ 3.4.37

karka-loh-it-āt-īkaK 5.3.110

karṇa-lalāṭāt kaN alaṁ-kār-e 4.3.65

karṇ-e lakṣ-aṇa-sya° 6.3.115

karṇ-o varṇa-lak-ṣaṇ-āt 6.2.112

kar-tar-i kar-ma-vy-ati-hār-e 1.3.14

kar-tar-i kr̥t 3.4.67

kar-tar-i ca 2.2.16

kar-tar-i ca-rṣi-devatay-oḥ 3.2.186

kar-tar-i bhuv-aḥ KHiṣṇuC=KHukaÑ-au 3.2.57

kar-tar-i ŚaP 3.1.68

kar-tar-y upa-mān-e 3.2.79

kartu-ḥ KyaṄ sa̱-lopa-ś ca 3.1.11

kartu-r īp-s-ita-tamaṁ kar-ma 1.4.49

kar-tr̥-kar-aṇay-os tr̥-tīyā 2.3.18

kar-tr̥-kar-aṇ-e kr̥t-ā bahu-la-m 2.1.32

kar-tr̥-kar-maṇ-oḥ kr̥t-i 2.3.65

kar-tr̥-kar-maṇ-oś ca bhū-kr̥Ñ-oḥ 3.3.127

kar-tr̥-sth-e ca=a-śarīr-e karmaṇi 1.3.37

kar-tr-or jīva-puruṣay-or naśi-° 3.4.43

kar-maṇ-a ukaÑ 5.1.103

kar-maṇ-ā yam abhi-pr-ai-ti° 1.4.32

kar-maṇ-i ghaṭo=aṭhaC 5.2.35

kar-maṇi-ca 2.2.14

kar-maṇ-i ca y-ena saṁ-sparś-āt-° 3.3.116

kar-maṇ-i dr̥si̱-vid-oḥ 3.4.29

kar-maṇ-i dvi-tīyā 2.3.2

kar-maṇ-i bhr̥-t-au 3.2.23

kar-maṇ-ī-ni-r vi-kriy-aḥ 3.2.93

kar-maṇ-o romantha-tapo-bhyām° 3.1.15

kar-maṇ-y agni=ā-khyā-yām 3.2.92

kar-maṇ-y aṆ 3.2.1

kar-maṇ-y adhi-kar-aṇ-e ca 3.3.93

kar-maṇ-y ā-kroś-e kr̥Ñ-aḥ KHamuÑ 3.4.25

karma-dhāray-vat=uttare-ṣu 8.1.11

karma-dhāray-e-'niṣṭhā 6.2.46

karmanda-kr̥śa=aśv-āt ini̱-ḥ 4.3.111

kar-ma-pra-vac-anīya-yuk-t-e° 2.3.8

kar-ma-pra-vac-nīy-āḥ 1.4.83

kar-ma-vat kar-maṇ-ā° 3.1.87

kar-ma-veṣ-āt=yaT 5.1.100

kar-ma-vy-ati-hār-e ṆaC striy-ām 3.3.43

kar-m-ā-dhy-ay-an-e vr̥t-ta-m 4.4.63

karṣa=āT-vat-o GHaÑ-o=anta° 6.1.159

kalāp-in-o=aṆ 4.3.108

kalāp-i-vaiśam-pāyana=° 4.3.104

kalāp-y-aśvattha-yava-° 4.3.48

kale-r ḍhaK 4.2.8

kalyāṇī=ādī-nām ina̱Ṅ ca 4.1.126

kav-aṁ ca=uṣṇ-e 6.3.107

kavi=adhvara-pr̥tana-sya=r̥c-i lopa-ḥ 7.4.99

kavya-purīṣa-purīṣye-ṣu ÑyuṬ 3.2.65

kaṣ-ādi-ṣu yathā-vidhi=anu-pra-yoga-ḥ 3.4.46

kaṣṭā-ya kram-aṇ-e 3.1.14

kas-ka=ādi-ṣu ca 8.3.48

ka̱-sya ca da̱-ḥ 5.3.72

ka-sy-e-T 4.2.25

kāṇḍa=aṇḍ-āt=īraN=īraC-au 5.2.111

kāṇḍa=ant=āt kṣetr-e 4.1.23

kān ā-mreḍ-i-t-e 8.3.12

kā pathy-akṣṇ-oḥ 6.3.104

kāpiśy-āḥ ṢphaK 4.2.99

kāma-pra-ved-an-e=a-kac-cit-i 3.3.153

kāmyaC ca 3.1.9

kār-ak-āt=dat-ta-śru-tay-or eva° 6.2.148

kār-ak-e 1.4.23

kāra-nāmn-i ca prāc-ām° 6.3.10

kāra-s-kar-o vr̥kṣa-ḥ 6.1.156

kār-e satya=agada-sya 6.3.70

kārta-kaujapa=āday-aś ca 6.2.37

kār-ma-s tāc-chīl-y-e 6.4.172

kāla-pra-yoj-an-āt=rog-e 5.2.81

kāla-vi-bhāg-e ca° 3.3.137

kāla-samaya-velā-su tumu̱N 3.3.167

kāl-āḥ 2.1.28

kāl-āḥ pari-māṇ-in-ā 2.2.5

kāl-āc ca 5.4.33

kāl-āṭ ṭhaÑ 4.3.11

kāl-āt 5.1.78

kāl-āt sādhu-puṣpyat-° 4.3.43

kāl-ād yaT 5.1.107

kāl-ā-dhvan-or aty-anta-° 2.3.5

kāle-bhyo bhava-vat 4.2.34

kāl-o-pa-sarj-an-e ca tulya-m 1.2.57

kāśyapa-kauśikā-bhyām r̥ṣi-bhyām° 4.3.103

kāśy-ádi-bhaṣ ṭhaÑ-Ñi̱-ṭh-au 4.2.116

kāsū-goṇī-bhyāṁ ṢtaraC 5.3.90

kās-tīra=aja-s-tund-e nagar-e 6.1.155

kās-praty-ay-āt ām° 3.1.35

kiṁ-yat-tad-o nir-dhār-aṇ-e° 5.3.92

kiṁ-vr̥t-ta-ṁ ca cid-uttaram 8.1.48

kiṁ-vr̥t-t-e lIṄ-lOṬ-au 3.3.144

kiṁ-vr̥t-t-e lip-sā-yām 3.3.6

kiṁ-sarva-nāma-bahu-bhyo° 5.3.2

kiṁ-kila=asty arthe-ṣu lR̥Ṭ 3.3.146

kiṁ kriyā-praś-n-e° 8.1.44

kiṁ kṣep-e 2.1.64

K-IT-aḥ 6.1.165

K-IT-i ca 7.2.118

K-id(IT=)āśiṣ-i 3.4.104

kim-aḥ ka-ḥ 7.2.103

kim-aḥ kṣep-e 5.4.70

kim-aḥ saṁ-khyā-pari-māṇ-e Ḍati ca 5.2.41

kim-aś ca 5.3.25

kim-idam=bhyām vo gha-ḥ 5.2.40

kim-eT-tiṆ=a-vy-ay-a-GH-āt-° 5.4.11

kim-o-'T 5.3.12

kir-a-t-au lav-an-e 6.1.140

kir-aś ca pañca-bhyaḥ 7.2.75

kisara=ādibhyaḥ ṢṭhaN 4.4.53

ku-gati-pra=āday-aḥ 2.2.18

kuṭī-śamī-śuṇḍā-bhyo ra-ḥ 5.3.88

kuṇḍa-ṁ vana-m 6.2.136

ku ti-h-oḥ 7.2.104

kutv-ā ḌupaC 5.3.89

kuts-an-e ca sUPi° 8.1.69

kuts-i-tā-n-i kuts-an-aiḥ 2.1.53

kuts-i-t-e 5.3.74

kU-pV-oḥ xka̱-xp-au ca 8.3.37

kU-mat-i ca 8.4.13

ku-mahad=bhyām anya-° 5.4.105

kumāra-śīrṣay-or Ṇini̱-ḥ 3.2.51

kumāra-ś ca 6.2.26

kumāra-ḥ śramaṇā=ādi-bhiḥ 2.1.70

kumāry-āṁ vayas-i 6.2.95

ku-muda-naḍa-vetase-bhyo Ḍmatu̱P 4.2.87

kumbha-padī-ṣu ca 5.4.139

kuru-gārhapata-rik-ta-guru-° 6.2.42

kuru-n-ādi-bhyo Ṇya-ḥ 4.1.172

kurv-ādi-bhyo Ṇya-ḥ 4.1.151

kula-kukṣi-grīvā-bhya-ḥ śva-° 4.2.96

kulaṭā-yā vā 4.1.127

kulattha-ka̱=upa-dh-āt-aṆ 4.4.4

kul-āt kha-ḥ 4.1.139

kul-ā-la=ādi-bhyo vuÑ 4.3.118

kulijāt=¹luK-²khau ca 5.1.55

kulmāṣ-āt=aÑ 5.2.83

kuśa=agr-āt cha-ḥ 5.3.105

kuṣi̱-raj-oḥ prāc-āṁ ŚyaN° 3.1.90

kusīda-daśa=ekādaś-āt ṢṭhaN-ṢṭhaC-au 4.4.31

kusūla-kūpa-kumbha-° 6.2.102

kustumburū-ṇ-i jā-ti-ḥ 6.1.143

kU-h-oś cU-ḥ 7.4.62

kūla-tīra-tūla-mūla-° 6.2.121

kūla-sūda-sthala-karṣ-āḥ° 6.2.129

kr̥kaṇa-parṇ-āt=bharadvāj-e 4.2.145

kr̥cchra-gahanay-oḥ kaṣ-aḥ 7.2.22

kr̥Ñ-aḥ prati-yat-n-e 2.3.53

kr̥Ñ-aḥ Śa ca 3.3.100

kr̥Ñ-o dvi-tīya-tr̥-tīya-° 5.4.58

kr̥Ñ-o hetu-tāc-chīlya-° 3.2.20

kr̥Ñ ca=anu-pra-yuj-ya-te 3.1.40

kr̥-ta-lub-dha-krī-ta-° 4.3.38

kr̥-t-e granth-e 4.3.116

kr̥t-taddhita-sam-ās-āś ca 1.2.46

kr̥t-i=aC-aḥ 8.4.29

kr̥t-ya-tul-ya=ā-khyā a-jāty-ā 2.1.68

kr̥t-ya-LyuṬ-o bahula-m 3.3.113

kr̥ty-āḥ 3.1.95

kr̥tyā-nāṁ kar-tar-i vā 2.3.71

kr̥ty-ā-rth-e tavai=KeN-Kenya-tvanN-aḥ 3.4.14

kr̥ty-āś ca 3.3.171

kr̥ty-air adhika=artha-° 2.1.33

kr̥ty-air r̥ṇ-e 2.1.43

kr̥ty-o-ka=iṣṇuC-cāru=āday-aś ca 6.2.160

kr̥tvo='rtha-pra-yog-e kāl-e° 2.3.64

kr̥d (kr̥t=)a-tiṄ 3.1.93

kr̥n(kr̥t=)m-eC=anta-ḥ 1.1.59

kr̥p-o r-o la̱-ḥ 8.2.18

kr̥-bhū=as-ti-yog-e sam-pad-ya-° 5.4.50

kr̥-mr̥-dr̥-ruhi̱-bhyaś chandas-i 3.1.59

kr̥ṣe-ś chandas-i 7.4.64

kr̥-sr̥-bhr̥-vr̥-stu-du-° 7.2.13

kr̄ dhany-e 3.3.30

kekaya-mitra-yu-pra-layā-nām° 7.3.2

ke-'Ṇ-aḥ 7.4.13

kedār-āt=yaÑ ca 4.2.40

kevala-māmaka-bhāga-dheya-° 4.1.30

keś-āt=vo=anya-tara-° 5.2.109

keś-ā-śvā-bhyāṁ yaÑ-ch-au 4.2.48

ko-ḥ kat tatpuruṣ-e=aC-i 6.3.101

k-o-pa-dh-āt=ca 4.2.79; 3.137

k-o-pa-dh-ād aṆ 4.2.132

koś-āt=ḍhaÑ 4.3.42

kaupiñjala-hasi-pad-āt=aṆ 4.3.132

kaumara=a-pūrva-vac-an-e 4.2.13

kauravya-māṇḍūkā-bhyāṁ ca 4.1.19

kausalya-kārmāryā-bhyāṁ ca 4.1.155

K-Ṅ-IT-i ca 1.1.5

Kta-KtavtŪ niṣṭhā 1.1.28

Kta-sya ca vart-a-m-ān-e 2.3.67

Kt-ād alpa=ā-khyā-yām 4.1.51

KtiC-Kt-au ca saṁ-jñā-yām 3.3.174

Kt-e ca 6.2.45

Kt-ena ca pūjā-yām 2.2.12

Kt-ena naÑ-vi-śiṣt-ena=a-naÑ 2.1.60

Kt-en-ā-ho-ratra=ava-yav-āḥ 2.1.45

Kt-e nitya=arth-e 6.2.61

Kt-o=adhi-kar-aṇ-e ca ° 3.4.76

Ktre-r maP=ni-tyam 4.4.20

Ktvā ca 2.2.22

Ktvā-tosu̱N-Kasu̱N-aḥ 1.1.40

Ktvā-'pi=chandas-i 7.1.38

Ktv-i skandi̱-syand-oḥ 6.4.31

Ktv-o yaK 7.1.47

KyaṄ-mān-in-oś ca 6.3.36

KyaC-i ca 7.4.33

KyaC-Cvy-oś ca 6.4.152

Kya-sya vibhāṣā 6.4.50

ky-āt=chandas-i 3.2.170

kratu-yajñe-bhyaś ca 4.3.68

krat-ū-ktha=ādi-sūtra=° 4.2.60

krat-au kuṇḍa-pāyya-° 3.1.130

kratv-āday-aś ca 6.2.118

kram-aḥ parasmai-pade-ṣu 7.3.76

kram-aś ca Ktv-i 6.4.18

kram-ā-di-bhyo vuN 4.2.61

krayya-s tad-arth-e 6.1.82

kravy-e ca 3.2.69

kriy-ā-rtha=upa-pada-sya ca° 2.3.14

kriyā-sam-abhi-hār-e lOṬ° 3.4.2

krī-iṄ-jī-nāṁ Ṇ-au 6.1.48

krīḍ-o=anu-sam-pari-° 1.3.21

krī-ta-vat pari-māṇ-āt 4.3.156

kri-t-āt kar-aṇa-pūrv-āt 4.1.50

krudhA-druhA=īrṣyĀ=asūyā-° 1.4.37

krudhA-druh-or upa-sr̥ṣṭay-oḥ kar-ma 1.4.38

krudhA-maṇḍ-ā-rthe-bhyaś ca 3.2.151

krauḍi-ādi-bhyaś ca 4.1.80

kry-ādi-bhyaḥ Śnā 3.1.81

kliś-aḥ Ktvā-niṣṭhay-oḥ 7.2.50

kvaṇ-o vīṇā-yāṁ ca 3.3.65

KvasU-ś ca 3.2.107

kv-ā-ti 7.2.105

Kvi̱N-praty-any-sya kU-ḥ 8.2.62

Kvi̱P ca 3.2.76

kṣatr-āt=gha-ḥ 4.1.138

kṣay-o ni-vās-e 6.1.201

kṣayya-jayy-au śaky-ā-rth-e 6.1.81

kṣāy-o ma-ḥ 8.2.53

kṣipra-vac-an-e lR̥Ṭ 3.3.133

kṣiy-aḥ 6.4.59

kṣiy-ā-śīḥ-praiṣe-ṣu tiṄ° 8.2.104

kṣiy-o dīrgh-āt 8.2.46

ksīr-āt=ḍhaÑ 4.2.20

kṣudra-jantav-aḥ 2.4.8

kṣudr-ābhyo vā 4.1.131

kṣudrā-bhramara-° 4.3.119

kṣub-dha-svānta-dhvānta-° 7.2.18

kṣubh-nā-di-ṣu ca 8.4.39

kṣullaka-ś ca vaiśva-dev-e 6.2.39

kṣetriyaC para-kṣetre-e cikitsya-ḥ 5.2.92

kṣep-e 2.1.47; 6.2.108

kṣema-priya-madr-e=aṆ ca 3.2.44

Ksa-sya=aC-i 7.3.72

KH

kha ca 4.4.132

khaC-i hrasva-ḥ 6.4.94

khaṭvā kṣep-e 2.1.26

khaṇḍika=ādi-bhyaś ca 4.2.45

khan-o GHa ca 3.3.125

kha̱R-ava-sānay-or vi-sarj-anīya-ḥ 8.3.15

kha̱R-i ca 8.4.55

khala-go-rath-āt 4.2.50

khala-yava-māṣa-tila-vr̥ṣa-° 5.1.7

kha-ḥ sarva-dhur-āt 4.4.78

khāry-ā īkaN 5.1.33

khāry-āḥ prāc-ām 5.4.101

KHiti=an-a-vy-aya-sya 6.3.66

khide̱-ś chandas-i 6.1.52

khya-ty-āt para-sya 6.1.112

G

gati-kāraka=upa-pad-āt kr̥t 6.2.139

gati-buddhi-praty-ava-sāna=° 1.4.52

gati-r an-antara-ḥ 6.2.49

gati-r gat-au 8.1.70

gati-ś ca 1.4.60

gaty-artha-kar-maṇ-i dvi-tīyā° 2.3.12

gaty-artha-lOṬ-ā lR̥Ṭ=na-° 8.1.51

gaty-arth-ā-karmaka-śliṣA-° 3.4.72

ga-t-vara-ś ca 3.2.164

gadA-mada̱-carA-yam-aś ca° 3.1.100

gan-tavya-paṇyaṁ vāṇij-e 6.2.13

gandh-ana=ava-kṣep-aṇa-sev-ana-° 1.3.32

gandha-sya=iT=ut-pūti-su-surabhi-bhyaḥ 5.4.135

gam-aḥ Kv-au 6.4.40

gama-ś ca 3.2.47

gama̱-hanA-jana̱-khana̱-ghas-ām lopa-ḥ° 6.4.98

game̱-r iṬ parasmai-ade-ṣu 7.2.58

gambhīr-āt=Ñya-ḥ 4.3.58

garga=ādi-bhyo yaÑ 4.1.105

garta=uttara-pad-āt=cha-ḥ 4.2.137

garhā-yāṁ ca 3.3.149

garhā-yāṁ lAṬ api-jātv-oḥ 3.3.142

gav-ā-śva-pra-bhr̥-tī-n-i ca 2.4.11

gav-i-yudh-i-bhyām sthira-ḥ 8.3.95

g-as thakaN 3.1.146

gaha=ādi-bhyaś ca 4.3.138

gāṄ-kuṭA=ādi-bhyo=a-Ñ-Ṇ-IT Ṅ-IT 1.2.1

gāṄ lIṬ-i 2.4.49

gāṇḍi=ajag-āt saṁ-jñā-yām 5.2.110

gā-ti-sthā-GHU-pā-bhū-bhyaḥ si̱C-aḥ° 2.4.77

gāthi-vidathi-keśi-gaṇi-° 6.4.165

gādha-lav-aṇay-oḥ pra-māṇ-e 6.2.4

gā-p-oṣ ṬaK 3.2.8

gire-ś ca senaka-sya 5.4.112

guḍa=ādi-bhyaṣ ṭhaÑ 4.4.103

guṇa-vac-ana-brāhmaṇa=ādi-bhyaḥ° 5.1.124

guṇo=a-pr̥k-t-e 7.3.91

guṇ-o yaṄ-luK-oḥ 7.4.82

guṇ-o=ar-ti-saṁ-yoga=ādy-oḥ 7.4.29

gupŪ-dhūpA-vicchi̱-paṇi̱-pani̱-bhya° 3.1.28

gupe-ś chandas-i 3.1.50

gup-tij-kit=bhyaḥ saN 3.1.5

guro-r an-r̥T-o=an-antya-sya° 8.2.86

guro-ś ha̱L-aḥ 3.3.103

gr̥dhi̱-vancy̱-oḥ pra-lambh-an-e 1.3.69

gr̥ṣṭi=ādi-bhyaś ca 4.1.136

gr̥ha-pati-nā saṁ-yuk-t-e Ñya-ḥ 4.4.90

geh-e Ka-ḥ 3.1.144

go-ḥ pāda=ant-e 7.1.57

go-cara-saṁ-cara-vaha-° 3.3.119

go-tanti-yava-ṁ pāl-e 6.2.78

go-to ṆIT 7.1.90

gotra-kṣatriya=ā-khye-bhyo° 4.3.99

gotra-caraṇ-āt=ślāghā-° 5.1.134

gotra-caraṇ-āt=vuÑ 4.3.126

gotra-striy-āḥ kuts-ane Ṇa ca 4.1.147

gotr-ād aṅka-vat 4.3.80

gotr-ād yūn-i=a-striy-ām 4.1.94

gotr-ā-nte-vāsi-māṇava-° 6.2.69

gotr-ā-va-yav-āt 4.1.79

gotr-e kuñja=ādi-bhyaś CphaÑ 4.1.98

gotre-'luK=aC-i 4.1.89

gotr-o-kṣa=uṣṭra=urabhra-° 4.2.39

go-dvy-aCo=a-saṁ-khyā-parimāṇa-° 5.1.39

godhā-yā ḍhraK 4.1.129

go-payas-or yaT 4.3.160

go-pucch-āṭ ṭhaÑ 4.4.6

go-biḍāla-siṁha-° 6.2.72

go-yavāgv-oś ca 4.2.136

go-r a-taddhita-luK-i 5.4.92

go-ś ca purīṣ-e 4.3.145

go-ṣad-ādi-bhyo vuN 5.2.62

goṣṭh-āt khaÑ bhūta-pūrv-e 5.2.18

goṣ-pada-ṁ sevita=a-sevita-° 6.1.145

go-striy-or upa-sarj-ana-sya 1.2.48

go-ḥ sāda-sādi-sārathi-ṣu 6.2.41

grantha=anta=adhik-e ca 6.3.79

gras-ita-skabh-i-ta-° 7.2.34

grahA-vr̥-dr̥-niś-ci-gam-aś ca 3.3.58

grahi̱-jyā-vayi̱-vyadhi̱-° 6.1.16

grah-o=a-lIṬ-i dīrgha-ḥ 7.2.37

grāma-kauṭā-bhyāṁ ca takṣṇ-aḥ 5.4.95

grāma-jana-pada=° 4.3.7

grāma-jana-bandhu-bhyas taL 4.2.43

grāma-ḥ śilp-in-i 6.2.62

grām-āt pary-anu-pūrv-āt 4.3.61

grām-ād ya-khaÑ-au 4.2.94

grām-e=a-ni-vas-anta-ḥ 6.2.84

grāmya-paśu-saṁ-ghe-ṣu-° 1.2.73

grīvā-bhyo=aṆ ca 4.3.57

grīṣma-vas-ant-ād any-tara-syām 4.3.46

grīṣm-ā-vara-sam-āt=vuÑ 4.3.49

gr-o yaṄ-i 8.2.20

glā-ji-sth-aś ca Ksnu-ḥ 3.2.139

GH

GHA-kāla-tane-ṣu kāla-nāmn-aḥ 6.3.17

gha-cch-au ca 4.4.117

GHaÑ-aḥ sā=a-syām kriyā=iti Ña-ḥ 4.2.58

GHaÑ-aP-oś ca 2.4.38

GHaÑ-i ca bhāva-kar-aṇay-oḥ 6.4.27

ghaN-ilaC-au ca 5.3.79

GHA-rūpa-kalpa-celaṬ=° 6.3.43

ghasi̱-bhas-or ha̱L-i ca 6.4.100

GHU-mā-sthā-gā-pā-° 6.4.66

ghuṣi̱-r a-vi-śabd-an-e 7.2.23

GHE-r Ṅ-IT-i 7.3.111

GHO-r lop-o lEṬ-i vā 7.3.70

ghoṣa=ādi-ṣu ca 6.2.85

GHV-as-or eT=h-au abhy-āsa-° 6.4.119

ṅa̱M-o hrasv-āt aC-i-° 8.3.32

Ṅay-i ca 6.1.212

ṄasI-Ṅas-oś ca 6.1.110

ṄasI-Ṅy-oḥ smāt-smin-au 7.1.15

Ṅ-IT=ca 1.1.53

Ṅ-IT-i hrasva-ś ca 1.4.6

Ṅe-prathamay-or am 7.1.28

Ṅe-r ām nadī-aP=nī-bhyaḥ 7.3.116

Ṅe-r ya-ḥ 7.1.13

ṅ-ṇ-oḥ ku̱K-tu̱K Śa̱r-i 8.3.28

Ṅy-āP-oḥ saṁ-jñā-chandas-or° 6.3.63

Ṅy-āP-prāti-pad-ik-āt 4.1.1

Ṅy-āś chandas-i bahu-la-m 6.1.178

C

caksiṄ-aḥ khyāÑ 2.4.54

CaṄ-i 6.1.11

CaṄ-i=anya-tara-syām 6.1.218

ca̱j-oh kU GHIT=ṆyaT-oḥ 7.3.52

caṭakā-yā airaK 4.1.128

catur-anaḍuh-or ām ud-ātta-ḥ 7.1.98

catur-aḥ Śas-i 6.1.167

caturthī ca=āśiṣ-i-° 2.3.73

caturthī tad-artha=artha-bali-° 2.1.36

caturthī tad-arth-e 6.2.43

caturthī sam-pra-dā-n-e 2.3.13

caturthy-arth-e bahula-ṁ chandas-i 2.3.62

catuṣ-pād-o garbhiṇy-ā 2.1.71

catuṣ-pād-bhyo ḍhaÑ 4.1.135

cana-cid-iva-gotra=ādi-° 8.1.57

car-aṇ-e brahma-cār-iṇ-i 6.3.86

car-aṇe-bhyo dharma-vat 4.2.46

car-a-ti 4.4.8

carA-phal-oś ca 7.4.87

care̱-ṣ Ṭa-ḥ 3.2.16

car-maṇ-o=aÑ 5.1.15

carm-o-daray-oḥ pūr-e 3.4.31

cal-ana-śabda=arth-ād-° 3.2.148

ca-vā-yog-e prathamā 8.1.59

c-ā-day-o=a-sattv-e 1.4.57

c-ā-di-lop-e vibhāṣā 8.1.63

c-ā-di-ṣu ca 8.1.58

cāy-aḥ kī 6.1.21, 35

c-ā-rth-e dvaṁdva-ḥ 2.2.29

c-ā-ha-lop-a eva=ity-ava-° 8.1.62

CiṆ-o luK 6.4.104

CiṆ-Ṇamu̱L-or dīrgh-o-° 6.4.93

CiṆ t-e pad-aḥ 3.1.60

CiṆ bhāva-karmaṇoḥ 3.1.66

C-IT-aḥ 6.1.163

cite-ḥ kaP-i 6.3.127

cit-ta-vat-i ni-tya-m 5.1.89

cit-ya=agni-city-e ca 3.1.132

citrī-kar-aṇ-e ca 3.3.150

cid iti ca=upa-mā=arthe° 8.2.101

cint-i=pūj-i=kath-i=° 3.3.105

ci-sphur-or Ṇ-au 6.1.54

cīra-m upa-māna-m 6.2.127

cU-ṭŪ 1.3.7

cūrṇāt=ini̱ḥ 4.4.23

cūrṇa=ādī-n-i=a-prāṇi-° 6.2.134

cela-kheṭa-kaṭuka-° 6.2.126

cel-e knope-ḥ 3.4.33

cO-ḥ kU-ḥ 8.2.30

c-au 6.1.222; 3.138

c-ch-v-oḥ ś-ūṬH=anu-nāsik-e 6.4.19

Cli̱ lUṄ-i 3.1.43

Cle̱-ḥ si̱C 3.1.44

Cv-a̱u̱ ca 74.26

CH

chagal-in-o ḍhinūK 4.3.109

cha ca 4.2.28

chat-tra=ādi-bhyo Ṇa-ḥ 4.4.62

chadir=upa-dhi-bale-r ḍhaÑ 5.1.13

chandas-i gaty-arthe-bhyaḥ 3.3.119

chandas-i ghaS 5.1.106

chandas-i ca 5.1.67; 4.142; 6.3.126

chandas-i ṭhaÑ 4.3.19

chandas-i niṣ-ṭark-ya-deva-hūya-° 3.1.123

chandas-i pari-panthi-° 5.2.89

candas-i pare=api 1.4.81

candas-i punar-vasv-or eka-vac-ana-m 1.2.61

chandas-i lIṬ 3.2.105

chandas-i lUṄ-lAṄ-lIṬ-aḥ 3.4.6

chandas-i vana̱-sana̱-rakṣi̱-math-ām 3.2.27

chandas-i vā=a-pra-āmreḍitay-oḥ 8.3.49

chandas-i ŚāyaC=api 3.1.84

chandas-i sah-aḥ 3.2.63

chandas-ī-ra-ḥ 8.2.15

chandas-o nir-mi-t-e 4.4.93

chandas-o yaT-aṆ-au 4.3.71

chandas-y an-eka-m api° 8.1.35

chandasy api dr̥ś-ya-te 6.4.73; 7.1.76

chandas-y ubha-ya-thā 3.4.117; 6.4.5, 86

chandas-y r̥T=ava-grah-āt 8.4.26

chando-ga=aukthika-° 4.3.129

chando-nāmn-i ca 3.3.34; 8.3.94

chando-brāhmaṇā-n-i ca° 4.2.66

chāt-try-āday-aḥ śālā-y-ām 6.2.86

chāde-r GH-e=a-dvy-upa-sarga-sya 6.4.96

chāyā bāhul-y-e 2.4.22

che ca 6.1.73

cheda=ādi-bhyo ni-tya-m 5.1.64

ch-v-oh s-ūṬH=anu-nāsik-e ca 6.4.19

J

jakṣ-i-ti=āday-aḥ ṣaṭ 6.1.4

jaṅgala-dhenu-valaja=° 7.3.25

jana-pada-tad=ava-dhy-oś ca 4.2.124

janapada-śabd-āt kṣatr-iy-āt aÑ 4.1.168

janapad-in-ām janapada-° 4.3.100

janapd-e luP 4.2.81

jana̱-sana̱-khan-āṁ saN=jha̱L-oḥ 6.4.42

jani-kartu-ḥ pra-kr̥-ti-ḥ 1.4.30

jan-i-tā mantr-e 6.4.53

janī-vadhy̱-oś ca 7.3.35

japA-jabhA-dahA-daśA-bhanja̱° 7.4.86

jambv-ā vā 4.3.165

jambhā su-harita-tr̥ṇa-° 5.4.125

jay-aḥ kar-aṇa-m 6.1.202

jarā-y-ā jaras anya-tara-syām 7.2.101

jalpA-bhikṣA-kuṭṭA-° 3.2.155

Jas-aḥ Śī 7.1.17

Jas-i ca 7.3.109

Jas=Śas-oḥ Śi-ḥ 7.1.20

ja-hā-te-ś ca 6.4.116

ja-hā-te-ś ca Ktv-i 7.4.43

jāgu-r ūka-ḥ 3.2.165

jāgr-o=a-vi̱-CiṆ-ṆaL-Ṅ-IT-su 7.3.85

jāta-rūpe-bhyaḥ pari-māṇ-e 4.3.153

jāti-kāla-sukha=ādi-° 6.2.170

jāti-nāmn-aḥ kaN 5.3.81

jāti-r a-prāṇi-nām 2.4.6

jātu-yad-or lIṄ 3.3.147

jāte-r a-strī-vi-ṣay-ād-° 4.1.63

jāte-ś ca 6.3.41

jāty-ant-āt=cha-ḥ 5.4.9

jāty-ākhyā-yām-° 1.2.58

jātu=a-pūrva-m 8.1.47

jānapada-kuṇḍa-goṇa-° 4.1.42

j-ā-nta-naś-ām vibhāṣā 6.4.32

jāyā-y-ā niṄ 5.4.134

jāla-m ā-nāya-ḥ 3.3.124

jāsi-ni-pra-haṇA-nāṭa̱° 2.3.56

ji-ghr-a-te-r vā 7.4.6

ji-dr̥-kṣi-vi-śri=iṆ-vamA-° 3.2.157

jihvā-mūla=aṅgule-ś cha-ḥ 4.3.62

jīr-ya-ter atR̥N 3.2.104

jīv-a-t-i tu vaṁś-y-e yuvā 4.1.163

jīvikā=arth-e ca=a-paṇ-y-e 5.3.99

jīvikā=upa-niṣad-au=aupam-y-e 1.4.79

ju-caṅ-kram-ya=dan-dram-ya-° 3.2.150

juṣ-ṭa=arp-ite ca-° 6.1.209

Jus-i ca 7.3.83

ju-ho-ti=ādi-bhyaḥ Ślu-ḥ 2.4.75

jr̄-vraścy̱-oḥ Ktv-i 7.2.55

jr̄-stambhU-mrucU-° 3.1.58

j-e proṣṭha-padā-nām 7.3.18

jñā-jan-or jā 7.3.79

jñā-śru-smr̥-dr̥ś-āṁ saN-aḥ 1.3.57

jñ-o=a-vid-artha-sya kar-aṇ-e 2.3.51

jya ca 5.3.61

jyaś ca 6.1.42

jy-āt=āT=īyas-aḥ 6.4.160

jyotir-āyuṣ-aḥ stoma-ḥ 8.3.83

jyotir-janapada-rātri-° 6.3.85

jyotsnā-tamisrā-° 5.2.114

jvarA-tvara̱-srivi̱-° 6.4.20

jval-iti-kas=ante-bhyo Ṇa-ḥ 3.1.140

JH

jha̱Y-aḥ 5.4.111; 8.2.10

jha̱Y-o h-o=anya-tara-syām 8.4.62

jha̱R-o jha̱R-i sa-varṇ-e 8.4.65

jha̱L-āṁ ja̱Ś-o=ant-e 8.2.39

jha̱L-āṁ ja̱Ś ja̱Ś-i 8.4.53

jha̱L-o jha̱L-i 8.2.26

jha̱Ly up-o-ttama-m 6.1.180

jha̱Ṣ-as ta̱-th-or dh-o=a-dh-aḥ 8.2.40

jha-sya raN 3.4.105

jhe-r Jus 3.4.208

jh-o=anta-ḥ 7.1.3

Ñ-IT-aś ca tat-praty-ay-āt 4.3.155

ÑI=IT-aḥ Kta-ḥ 3.2.187

Ñ-N-IT-i=ādi-r nityam 6.1.197

Ñya=āday-as tad-rāj-āḥ 5.3.119

Ṭā-ṄasI-Ṅas-ām ina=āt-sy-āḥ 7.1.12

ṬāP=r̥c-i 4.1.9

Ṭ-IT-ḍha=aṆ-aÑ-dvayas-° 4.1.15

Ṭ-IT-a ātmane-padā-nāṁ ṬE-r e 3.4.79

ṬE-ḥ 6.4.143, 155

ṬU=IT-o=athuC 3.3.89

ṬH

ṭhaK=ch-au ca 4.2.84

ṭhag(ṭhaK=)āya-sthāne-bhyaḥ 4.3.75

ṭhaÑ kavac-in-aś ca 4.2.41

ṭha-sya=ika̱-ḥ 7.3.50

ṭh-ā-C=ādau=ūrdva-ṁ dvitīy-āt=aC-aḥ 5.3.83

Ḍati ca 1.1.25

ḌāP=ubhā-bhyām anya-° 4.1.13

ḍ-aḥ s-i dhu̱Ṭ 8.3.29

ḌU=IT-aḥ Ktri-ḥ 3.3.88

ḌH

ḍhaK-i lopa-ḥ 4.1.133

ḍhAK ca maṇḍūk-āt 4.1.119

ḍh-aś chandas-i 4.4.106

ḍh-e lopo=a-kadrv-āḥ 6.4.147

ḍh-o ḍh-e lopa-ḥ 8.3.13

ḍh-ra-lop-e pūrva-sya dīrgh-o=aṆ-aḥ 6.3.111

ṆaC-as striy-ām 5.4.14

ṆaL uttam-o vā 7.1.91

ṆiC-aś ca 1.3.74

Ṇin-i 6.2.79

Ṇi-śri-dru-sru-bhyaḥ° 3.1.48

Ṇe-r a-Ṇ-au yat kar-ma° 1.3.67

Ṇe-r adhy-ay-an-e vr̥t-ta-m 7.2.26

Ṇe-r an-iṬ-i 6.4.51

Ṇe-r vibhāṣā 8.4.30

Ṇe-ś chandas-i 3.2.137

ṇ-o na̱-ḥ 6.1.65

Ṇ-au gami-r a-bodh-an-e 2.4.46

Ṇ-au CaṄ-i=upa-dhā-y-āḥ=hrasva-ḥ 7.4.1

Ṇ-au ca saN=CaṄ-oḥ 2.4.51; 6.1.31

Ṇy-a āvaśyak-e 7.3.65

Ṇya-kṣatr-iya=ārṣa-Ñ-IT-o° 2.4.58

Ṇy-āsA-śranth-o yuC 3.3.107

ṆyuṬ ca 3.1.147

ṆvuL-tr̥C-au 3.1.133

T

taṄ=ān-au=ātmane-pada-m 1.4.100

ta-ta ā-ga-ta-ḥ 4.3.74

tat-puruṣa-ḥ 2.1.22

tatpuruṣa-ḥ sa-māna=adhi-kar-aṇa-ḥ° 1.2.24

tatpuruṣa-sya=aṅgule-h° 5.4.86

tatpuruṣ-e kr̥t-i bahula-m 6.3.14

tatpuruṣ-e tulya=artha-tr̥tīyā-° 6.2.2

tatpuruṣ-e śālā-y-ām° 6.2.123

tat-puruṣ-o=a-naÑ karmadhāraya-ḥ 2.4.19

tat-pra-kr̥-ta-vac-an-e mayaṬ 5.4.21

tat-praty-anu-pūrva-m īpa-° 4.4.28

tat-praty-aya-sya ca 7.3.29

tat-pra-yoj-ako he-tu-ś ca 1.4.55

ta-tra 2.1.46

ta-tra kuśala-ḥ path-aḥ 5.2.63

ta-tra ca dī-ya-te° 5.1.96

ta-tra jā-ta-ḥ 4.3.25

ta-tra ta-sya=iva 5.1.116

ta-tra t-ena=idam iti sa-rūp-e 2.2.27

ta-tra ni-yuk-ta-ḥ 4.4.69

ta-tra bhav-a-ḥ 4.3.53

ta-tra vid-i-ta iti ca 5.1.43

ta-tra sādhu-ḥ 4.4.98

ta-tro-d-dhr̥-ta-m amatre-bhyaḥ 4.2.14

ta-tro-pa-padam saptamī-stha-m 3.1.92

ta-sarva=āde-ḥ pathi=aṅga-° 5.2.7

ta-thā yuk-ta-ṁ ca=an-īp-s-i-ta-m 1.4.50

tad adh-ī-te tad veda 4.2.59

tad-adhīna-vac-an-e 5.4.54

tad-arth-e vi-kr̥-te-ḥ pra-kr̥-t-au 5.1.12

tad arh-a-ti 5.1.63

tad-arha-m 5.1.117

tad a-śiṣ-ya-ṁ saṁ-jñā-° 1.2.53

tad a-smin=adhikam iti° 5.2.45

tad a-smin=annam° 5.2.82

tad-a-smin=asti=iti° 4.2.67

tad a-smin vr̥ddhi=āya-lābha-° 5.1.47

tad a-smai dī-ya-te ni-yuk-ta-m 4.4.66

tad a-sya tad a-smin s-yāt=iti 5.1.16

tad a-sya paṇ-ya-m 4.4.51

tad a-sya pari-māṇa-m 5.1.57

tad a-sya brahma-car-ya-m 5.1.94

tad a-sya saṁ-jā-ta-m tārakā-ādi-° 5.2.36

tad a-sya soḍha-m 4.3.52

tad a-syām pra-har-aṇa-m iti° 4.2.57

tad a-sy-ā-sti=a-smin=iti matu̱P 5.2.94

tad-o dā ca 5.3.19

ta̱d-oḥ sa̱-ḥ sAU-an-ant-yay-oḥ 7.2.104

tad gacch-a-ti pathi-dūtay-oḥ 4.3.85

tad-dhar-a-ti vah-a-ti=ā-vah-a-ti-° 5.1.50

taddhita-ś ca a-sarva-vi-bhak-ti-ḥ 1.1.38

taddhita-sya 6.1.164

taddhit-āḥ 4.1.76

taddhit-ā-rtha=uttara-pada-° 2.1.51

taddhite-ṣu=aC-ām āde-ḥ 7.2.117

tad-yuk-t-āt kar-maṇ-o=aṆ 5.4.36

tad-rāja-sya bahu-ṣu° 2.4.62

tad vah-a-ti ratha-yuga-° 4.4.76

tad-vān ā-sām upa-dhān-o° 4.4.125

tan-ādi-kr̥Ñ-bhya u-ḥ 3.1.79

tan-ādi-bhyas ta-thās-oḥ 2.4.79

tani̱-paty-oś chandas-i 6.4.99

tanū-kar-aṇ-e takṣ-aḥ 3.1.76

ta-no-te-r yaK-i 6.4.44

tan-o-te-r vibhāṣā 6.4.17

tantr-āt=a-cira=apa-hr̥-t-e 5.2.70

Ta̱-para-s tat-kāla-sya 1.1.70

tap-as tapaḥ-kar-maka-sya=eva 3.1.88

tapas=sahasrā-bhyām° 5.2.102

tap-o=anu-tāp-e ca 3.1.65

taP-tanaP-tana-than-āś ca 7.1.45

tam adh-ī-ṣ-ṭ-o bhr̥-to ° 5.1.80

tay-or eva kr̥tya-Kta-KHaL-arth-āḥ 3.4.70

tayo-r ¹da-²rhiL-au° 5.3.20

tar-a-ti 4.4.5

taraP-tamaP-au GHA-ḥ 1.1.22

tavaka-mamak-au=eka-vac-an-e 4.3.3

tava-mam-au Ṅas-I 7.2.96

tavai ca=anta-ś ca yugapat 6.2.51

tavyaT=tavya=anīyaR-aḥ 3.1.96

tasiL-ādi-ṣu=ā-kr̥tvasu̱C-aḥ 6.3.35

tasi̱-ś ca 4.3.113

tase̱-ś ca 5.3.8

ta̱s-au matU=arth-e 1.4.19

tas-thas-tha-miP-ām° 3.4.101

ta-smāt=Śas-o na̱-ḥ puṁs-i 6.1.103

ta-smāt=nu̱Ṭ=aC-i 6.3.74

ta-smāt=nu̱Ṭ=dvi-ha̱L-aḥ 7.4.71

ta-smād ity uttara-sya 1.1.67

ta-sminn aṆ-i ca yuṣmāka=° 4.3.2

ta-sminn iti nir-diṣ-ṭ-e pūrva-sya 1.1.66

ta-smai pra-bhav-a-ti ° 5.1.101

ta-smai hi-ta-m 5.1.3

ta-sya ca dakṣiṇā ° 5.1.95

ta-sya tāt 7.1.44

ta-sya dakṣiṇā-° 5.1.95

ta-sya dharm-ya-m 4.4.47

ta-sya nimitta-ṁ saṁ-yoga=ut-° 5.1.38

ta-sya ni-vās-a-ḥ 4.2.69

ta-sya param ā-mreḍ-i-ta-m 8.1.2

ta-sya pāka-mūl-e° 5.2.24

ta-sya pūr-aṇ-e ḌaṬ 5.2.48

ta-sya bhāva-s tva-taL-au 5.1.119

ta-sya lopa-ḥ 1.3.9

ta-sya vāpa-ḥ 5.1.45

ta-sya vi-kāra-ḥ 4.3.134

ta-sya vy-ā-khyā-na iti° 4.3.66

ta-sya sam-ūha-ḥ 4.2.37

tasy-ā-di-ta udātta-m ardha-° 1.2.32

tasy-ā-patya-m 4.1.92

tasy-e-dam 4.3.120

tasy-e-ś-vara-ḥ 5.1.42

tāc-chīlya-vayo-vac-ana-° 3.2.129

t-ād-au ca N-IT-i kr̥t-i° 6.2.50

tā-n-i=eka-vac-ana-dvi-° 1.4.102

tā-bhyām anya-tra=uṆ=āday-aḥ 3.4.75

tāla=ādi-bhuyo=aṆ 4.3.152

tāva-titha-ṁ grah-aṇa-m iti° 5.2.77

tās-as-ty-or lopa-ḥ 7.4.50

tās-i ca kl̥p-aḥ 7.2.60

tās-y an-udatta=IT-° 6.1.186

tika-kitava=ādi-bhyo dvaṁdv-e 4.1.154

tiK-ā-dibhyaḥ phiÑ 4.1.154

tiṄ=a-tiṄ-aḥ 8.1.28

tiṄ-aś ca 5.3.56

tiṄ-as trī-ṇ-i trī-ṇ-i° 1.4.101

tiṄ-i ca=ud-ātta-vat-i 8.1.71

tiṄ-o gotra=ādī-n-i° 8.1.27

tiṄ Ś-IT sārva-dhātuka-m 3.4.113

t-i ca 7.4.89

ti-tu-tra-ta-tha-si-° 7.2.9

tittiri-vara-tantu-° 4.3.102

T-IT svar-i-ta-m 6.1.185

tiP tas jhi siP° 3.4.78

tiPi=an-as-te-ḥ 8.2.72

tiras-as tiri=a-lop-e 6.3.94

tiras-o=any-tara-syām 8.3.42

tiro=antar-dh-au 1.4.71

tiryac-i=apa-varg-e 3.4.60

tiviṁśate-r Ḍ-it-i 6.4.142

tiṣṭh-a-te-r iT 7.4.5

tiṣṭh-ad-gu-pra-bhr̥-tī-n-i ca 2.1.17

tiṣya-punar-vasv-or nakṣatra-° 1.2.63

tisr̥-bhyo Jas-aḥ 6.1.166

tīra-rūpya=uttara-pad-āt-° 4.2.106

tīrth-e y-e 6.3.87

t-ī-ṣa-sahA-lubhA-ruṣA-riṣ-aḥ 7.2.48

tugr-āt=ghaN 4.4.115

tuj-ādī-nām dīrgh-o° 6.1.7

tud-ādi-bhyaḥ Śa-ḥ 3.1.77

tunda-śokay-oh pari-mr̥ja-° 3.2.5

tuda-ādi-bhya ilaC ca 5.2.117

tundi-vali-vaṭe-r bha-ḥ 5.2.139

tu-paśya-paśya-ta=ah-aiḥ-° 8.1.39

tubhya-mahy-au Ṅay-i 7.2.95

tum-arth-āt=ca bhāva-vac-an-āt 2.3.15

tum-arth-e se-seN-ase-aseN-° 3.4.9

tumu̱N-ṆvuL-au kriyā-y-ām° 3.3.10

tu-r iṣṭha=ima=īyas-su 6.4.154

tu-ru-stu-śami=am-aḥ° 7.3.95

tulya-arth-air a-tul-o-pamā-bhyām° 2.3.72

tulya=āsya-pra-yat-na-ṁ sa-varṇa-m 1.1.9

tu-ś chandas-i 5.3.59

tu-hy-os tātaṄ āśiṣ-i-° 7.1.35

tūdī-śalātura-° 4.3.94

tūṣṇim-i bhuv-aḥ 3.4.63

tr̥C=akā-bhyāṁ kar-tar-i 2.2.15

tr̥C=vat kroṣṭu-ḥ 7.1.95

tr̥ṇ-aha iM 7.3.92

tr̥ṇ-e ca jā-t-au 6.3.103

tr̥-tīyā kar-maṇ-i 6.2.48

tr̥-tīyā ca ho-ś chandas-i 2.3.3

tr̥-tīyā tat-kr̥ta=arth-ena° 2.1.30

tr̥-tīyā=ādi-ṣu bhāṣ-i-ta-° 7.1.74

tr̥-tīyā-pra-bhr̥-tī-n-i° 2.2.21

tr̥-tīy-ā-rth-e 1.4.85

tr̥-tīyā-saptamy-or bahula-m 2.4.84

tr̥-tīyā-sam-ās-e 1.1.30

tr̥-N 3.2.135

tr̥ṣi̱-mr̥ṣi̱-kr̥śe̱-ḥ kāśyapa-sya 1.2.25

tr̄-phala̱-bhajA-trap-aś ca 6.4.122

t-e tad-rāj-āḥ 4.1.174

t-ena krī-ta-m 5.1.37

t-ena tul-ya-ṁ kriyā° 5.1.115

t-ena dīv-ya-ti khan-a-ti° 4.4.2

t-ena ni-vr̥t-ta-m 4.2.68; 5.1.79

t-ena pari-jayya-° 5.1.93

t-ena pr-o-k-ta-m 4.3.101

t-ena yathā-kathā-ca-hastā-bhyām° 5.1.98

t-ena rak-ta-ṁ rāg-āt 4.2.1

t-ena vit-ta-ś cuñcuP-caṇaP-au 5.2.26

t-ena saha=iti tylya-yog-e 2.2.28

ten-ai-ka-dik 4.3.112

te prāg dhāto-ḥ 1.4.80

te-may-au=eka-vac-ana-sya 8.1.22

tO-r l-i 8.4.60

tO-ḥ ṣ-i 8.4.43

t-au SAT 3.2.127

tyad-ādi-ṣu dr̥ś-o° 3.2.60

tyad-ādī-nām a-ḥ 7.2.102

tyad-ādī-n-i ca 1.1.74

tyad-ādī-n-i sarvair nitya-m 1.2.72

tyāga-rāga-hāsa-° 6.1.216

trapu-jatu-n-oḥ ṣu̱K 4.3.138

trasi̱-gr̥dhi̱-dhr̥si̱-° 3.2.140

triṁśat=catvāriṁśat-or° 5.1.62

tri-kakud=parvat-e 5.4.147

tri-catur-oḥ striyām° 7.2.99

tri-pra-bhr̥-tiṣu śākaṭāyana-sya 8.4.50

tre-r maP=nityam 4.4.20

tre-s traya-ḥ 6.3.48; 7.1.53

tre-ḥ sam-pra-sār-aṇa-ṁ 5.2.55

tva-mau=eka-vac-an-e 7.2.97

tva-ah-au sAU 7.2.94

tvā-m-au dvi-tīyā-yāḥ 8.1.23

tv-e ca 6.3.64

TH

thaṬ ca chandas-i 5.2.50

thaL-i ca s-e-Ṭ-i 6.4.121

thaL-i ca s-e-Ṭ-i=iṬ=ant-o vā 6.1.196

th-ā-tha=GHaÑ-Kta=aC-aP=° 6.2.144

thās-aḥ se 3.4.80

thā het-au ca cchandas-i 5.3.26

th-o ntha̱-ḥ 7.1.87

D

daṁśA-sanjA-svanj-āṁ ŚaP-i 6.4.75

dakṣiṇ-āt=āC 5.3.36

dakṣiṇā-paścāt-puras-as tyaK 4.2.98

dakṣiṇ-e-rmā lub-dha-yog-e 5.4.126

dakṣiṇ-o-ttarā-bhyām atasu̱C 5.3.28

daṇḍa-vy-ava-sargay-oś ca 5.4.2

daṇḍ-ā-dibhyo yaT 5.1.66

da-dā-ti-da-dhā-ty-or vibhāṣā 3.1.139

dadh-as ta̱-th-oś ca 8.2.38

da-dhā-te-r hi-ḥ 7.4.42

dadhn-aṣ ṭhaK 4.2.18

danta un-na-ta uraC 5.2.106

danta-śikh-āt saṁ-jñā-y-ām 5.2.113

danśA-sanjA-svanj-ām ŚaP-i 6.4.25

dambh-a iT=ca 7.4.56

day-a-te-r digi lIṬ-i 7.4.9

dayA=ayA=ās-aś ca 3.1.37

d-aś ca 7.2.109; 8.2.75

d-as t-i ca 6.3.124

dāṆ-aś ca sā cet=° 1.3.55

dāṇḍ-in-āyana-° 6.4.174

d-āde-r dhāto-r gha̱-ḥ 8.2.32

dādhar-ti dardhar-ti-° 7.4.65

dā-dhā GHU=a-dāP 1.1.20

dā-dheṬ-si-śada̱-sad-o ru-ḥ 3.2.159

dānīṁ ca 5.3.18

dāb(dāP=)nī-śasA-yu-° 3.2.182

dāmani=ādi-tri-garta-° 3.2.182

dāma-hāy-ana-ant-āt=ca 4.1.27

dām(dāP=)nī-śasA-yu-° 5.3.116

dāyād-ya-ṁ dāyād-e 6.2.5

dāśa-go-ghn-au sam-pra-dān-e 3.4.78

dāś-vān sāh-vān-° 6.1.12

dik-pūrva-pad-āt ṭhaÑ 4.3.6

dik-pūrva-pad-āt a-saṁ-jñā-yāṁ Ña-ḥ 4.2.107

dik-pūrva-pad-āt=ṄīP 4.1.60

dik=śabdā grāma-janapada-° 6.2.103

dik=śabde-bhyaḥ saptamī-° 5.3.27

dik-saṁ-khy-e saṁ-jñā-yām 2.1.50

dig(dik=)ādi-bhyo yaT 4.3.54

diṅ-nāmā-n-i=antarāl-e 2.2.26

diti=aditi=ādit-ya-° 4.1.85

div-a uT 6.1.131

div-a auT 7.1.84

div-aḥ kar-ma ca 1.4.43

divasa-ś ca pr̥thivy-ām 6.3.30

div-as tad-artha-sya 2.3.58

div-ādi-bhyaḥ ŚyaN 3.1.69

divā-vibhā-niśā-° 3.2.21

div-o jha̱L 6.1.183

div-o dyāv-ā 6.3.29

div-o-'vi-jigīṣā-yām 8.2.49

diś-o=a-madrā-ṇām 7.3.13

diṣ-ṭi-vi-tas-ty-oś ca 6.2.31

dīṄ-o yu̱Ṭ=aC-i K-Ṅ-IT-i 6.4.63

dīdhī-vevī-iṬ-ām 1.1.6

dīpa-jana̱-budhA-pūri̱-° 3.1.61

dīrgha iṆ-aḥ K-IT-i 7.4.69

dīrgha-kāśa-tuṣa-bhrāṣṭra-° 6.2.82

dīrgha-jihvī ca cchandas-i 4.1.59

dīrgha-ṁ ca 1.4.12

dīrgh-āc=ca varuṇa-sya 7.3.23

dīrgh-āc=Jas-i ca 6.1.105

dīrgh-āt 6.1.75

dīrgh-āt=aṬ-i samāna-pad-e 8.3.9

dīrgh-āt=ācāryā-ṇām 8.4.52

dīrgh-o=a-K-IT-aḥ 7.4.83

dīrgh-o lagho-ḥ 7.4.94

duḥ-kh-āt prāti-lom-ye 5.4.64

du-ny-or an-upa-sarg-e 3.1.142

dur-as-yur-draviṇas-yu-r° 7.4.36

duṣ-kul-āt=ḍhaK 4.1.142

duh-aḥ kaP=gha-ś ca 3.2.70

duh-aś ca 3.1.63

dūta-sya bhāga-kar-maṇ-ī 4.4.120

dūr-āt=hū-t-e (durād-dhūt-e) ca 8.2.84

dūr-ā-ntika=arthe-bhyo dvitīyā ca 2.3.35

dūr-ā-ntika=arth-aiḥ ṣaṣṭhī° 2.3.34

dr̥k-sva-vas-svatavas-ām° 7.1.83

dr̥g-dr̥śa-vatU-ṣu 6.3.89

dr̥-ḍha-ḥ sthūla-balay-oḥ 7.2.20

dr̥-ti-kukṣi-kalaśi° 4.3.56

dr̥ś-e̱ḥ Kvani̱P 3.2.94

dr̥śe vikhye ca 3.4.11

dr̥ṣ-ṭa-ṁ sāma 4.2.7

deya-m r̥ṇ-e 4.3.47

dey-e trā ca 5.4.55

deva-tā-dvaṁdv-e ca 6.2.141; 3.26; 7.3.21

deva-t-ā-nt-āt tād-arth-ye yaT 5.4.24

deva-patha=ādibhyaś ca 5.3.100

deva-brahmaṇ-or an-ud-ātta-ḥ 1.2.28

deva-manuṣya-puruṣa-° 5.4.56

deva-sumnay-or yajuṣ-i° 7.4.38

dev-āt taL 5.4.27

devikā-śiṁśapā-° 7.3.1

devi̱-kruś-oś-ca=upa-sarg-e 3.2.147

deś-e luP-ilaC-au ca 5.2.105

daiva-yajñ-i-śauci-vr̥kṣ-i-° 4.1.81

d-o dad GHO-ḥ 7.4.46

doṣ-o Ṇ-au 6.4.90

dya-ti-sya-ti-mā-sth-ām iT° 7.4.40

dyāvāpr̥thivī-° 4.2.32

dyuti̱-svāpy-oḥ sam-pra-sār-aṇa-m 7.4.67

dyut=bhyo lUṄ-i 1.3.91

dyu-dru-bhyām ma-ḥ 5.2.108

dyu-prāg-apāg-udak-° 4.2.101

drava-mūrti-sparśay-oḥ śy-aḥ 6.1.24

drav-ya-ṁ ca bhavy-e 5.3.104

droṇa-parvata-jīvant-āt-° 4.1.103

dro-ś ca 4.3.161

dvaṁdva-ṁ rahasya-maryādā-° 8.1.15

dvaṁdva-manojña=ādi-bhyaś ca 5.1.133

dvaṁdva-ś ca prāṇi-tūrya-° 2.4.2

dvaṁdv-āt=cU-da̱-ṣa̱-h-ā-nt-āt° 5.4.106

dvaṁdv-āt=cha-ḥ 4.2.6

dvaṁdv-āt=vuN vaira-maithunikay-oḥ 4.3.125

dvaṁdv-e GHI 2.2.32

dvaṁdv-e ca 1.1.31

dvaṁdv-o-pa-tāpa-garhy-āt-° 5.2.128

dvāra=ādī-nāṁ ca 7.3.4

dvi-gu-r eka-vac-ana-m 2.4.1

dvigu-ś ca 2.1.23

dvigo-ḥ 4.1.21

dvigo-r yaP 5.1.82

dvigo-r luK=an-apaty-e 4.1.88

dvigo-r vā 5.1.86

dvigo-s ṢthaN=ca 5.1.54

dvig-au kra-tau 6.2.97

dvig-au pra-māṁ-e 6.2.12

dvi-tīya-tr̥-tīya-caturtha-° 2.2.3

dvi-tīyā-Ṭā=os-su=ena-ḥ 2.4.34

dvi-tīyā brāhmaṇ-e 2.3.60

dvi-tīyā-y-āṁ ca 3.4.53; 7.2.87

dvi-tīyā śri-ta=at-ī-ta-° 2.1.24

dvi-tīy-e ca=anu-p-ā-khy-e 6.3.80

dvi-tri-catur-bhyaḥ su̱C 5.4.18

dvi-tri-pūrv-āt=aṆ ca 5.1.36

dvi-tri-pūrv-āt=niṣk-āt 5.1.30

dvi-tri-bhyāṁ Ṣa mūrdhn-aḥ 5.4.115

dvi-tri-bhyāṁ taya-sya=ayaC=vā 5.2.43

dvi-tri-bhyāṁ pād-dat=mūrdha-° 6.2.197

dvi-tri-bhyām añjaleḥ 5.4.102

dvi-try-oś ca dhamu̱Ñ 5.3.45

dvi-daṇḍi=ādi-bhyaś ca 5.4.128

dvir-vac-an-e=aC-i 1.1.59

dvi-vac-ana-vi-bhaj-ya=upa-° 5.3.57

dviṣ-at-paray-os tāpe-ḥ 3.2.29

dviṣ-aś ca 3.4.112

dviṣ-o=a-mitr-e 3.2.131

dvis-tāvā tri-stāvā vedi-ḥ 5.4.84

dvis-tris-catur-iti° 8.3.43

dv-ī-p-āt=anu-samudra-ṁ yaÑ 4.3.10

dve-s tīya-ḥ 5.2.54

dvaipa-vaiyāghr-āt=aÑ 4.2.12

dvy-aC-aḥ 4.1.121

dvy-aC-aś chandas-i 4.3.150

dvy-aC-o=aT-as tiṄ-aḥ 6.3.135

dvy-aC=r̥T=brāhmaṇa=r̥c=° 4.3.72

dvy-aC=magadha-kaliṅga-° 4.1.170

dvy-antar-upa-sarge-bhyo=ap-a īT 6.3.97

dvy-aṣṭan-aḥ saṁ-khyā-yām-° 6.4.47

dvy-ekay-or dvi-vacana=eka-° 1.4.22

DH

dh-aḥ kar-maṇ-i ṢṭraN 3.2.181

dhana-gaṇa-ṁ lab-dh-ā 4.4.84

dhana-hiraṇy-āt kām-e 5.2.65

dhanuṣ-aś ca 5.4.132

dhanva-ya=upa-dh-āt=vuÑ 4.2.121

dharma-ṁ car-a-ti 4.4.41

dharma-pathi=artha-° 4.4.92

dharma-śīla-varṇa=ant-āt=ca 5.2.132

dharm-āt=ani̱C keval-āt 5.4.124

dhātu-sam-bandh-e praty-ay-āḥ 3.4.1

dhāto-ḥ 3.1.91; 6.1.162

dhāto-ḥ kar-maṇ-aḥ samāna-° 3.1.7

dhāt-or eka=aC-o ha̱L-ādeḥ° 3.1.22

dhāto-s tan-nimitta-sya=eva 6.1.80

dhātv-āde-h ṣ-aḥ sa̱-ḥ 6.1.64

dhānyā-nām bhav-an-e kṣetr-e khaÑ 5.2.1

dhāre-r uttama-rṇa-ḥ 1.4.25

dh-i ca 8.2.25

dhinvi-kr̥ṇvy-or a ca 3.1.80

dhur-o yaT=ḍhaK-au 4.4.77

dhūma=ādi-bhyaś ca 4.2.127

dhr̥ṣi̱-śas-ī vaiyāty-e 7.2.19

dhruva-m ap-āy-e=ap-ā-dāna-m 1.4.24

dhvam-o dhvāt 7.1.42

dhvāṅks-eṇa kṣep-e 2.1.42

N

n-aḥ Ky-e 1.4.15

na kaP-i 7.4.14

na kar-ma-vy-ati-hār-e 7.3.6

na kav-a-te-r yaṄ-i 7.4.63

na k-o-pa-dhā-yā-ḥ 6.3.37

na KtiC-i dīrgha-ś ca 6.4.39

na Ktvā s-e-Ṭ 1.2.18

na kroḍa=ādi-bahu=aC-aḥ 4.1.56

na kV(kU=)āde-ḥ 7.3.59

nakṣatr-āt=gha-ḥ 4.4.141

nakṣatr-āt=vā 8.3.100

nakṣatr-e ca luP-i 2.3.45

nakṣatr-eṇa yuk-ta-ḥ kāla-ḥ 4.2.3

nakṣatre-bhyo bahula-m 4.3.37

nakha-mukh-āt saṁ-jñā-yām 4.1.58

na ga-ti-hiṁsā=arthe-bhyaḥ 1.3.15

nagar-āt kuts-ana-° 4.2.128

na guṇa=āday-o=av-yav-āḥ 6.2.176

na gopa-vana-ādi-bhyaḥ 2.4.67

nag-o=a-prāṇi-ṣu=anya-° 6.3.77

na go-śvan-sAU=a-varṇa-° 6.1.182

na Ṅi-sam-bud-dhy-oḥ 8.2.8

na ca-vā-ha=aha=eva-yuk-t-e 8.1.24

na cchandas-i=a-putra-sya 7.4.25

naÑ 2.2.6

naÑ-aḥ śuci=īś-vara-kṣetra-jña-° 7.3.30

naÑ-as tatpuruṣ-āt 5.4.71

naÑ-o guṇa-prati-ṣedh-e° 6.2.155

naÑ-o jara-mara-mitra-mr̥-t-āḥ 6.2.116

naÑ-dus-su-bhyo hali-° 5.4.121

naÑ-su-bhyām 6.2.172

naḍa-śād-āt=valaC 4.2.88

naḍ-ā-di-bhyaḥ phaK 4.1.99

naḍ-ā-dī-nāṁ ku̱K ca 4.2.91

na tisr̥-catasr̥ 6.4.4

nat-e nāsikā-yāḥ saṁ-jñā-yām° 5.2.31

na taulvali-bhyaḥ 2.4.61

na daṇḍa-māṇava-° 4.3.130

na dadhi-paya=ādī-n-i 2.4.14

nadī-paurṇamāsī=āgra-° 5.4.110

nadī bandhu-n-i 6.2.109

nadī-bhiś ca 2.1.20

na duhA-snu-nam-āṁ yaK-CiṆ-au 3.1.89

na dr̥ś-aḥ 3.1.47

nady-āḥ śeṣa-sya=anya-tara-syām 6.3.44

nady-ādi-bhy-o ḍhaK 4.2.97

nady-ām matu̱P 4.2.85

nady-r̥T-aś ca 5.4.153

na-dvy-aC-aḥ prācya-° 4.2.113

na dhātu-lopa ārdha-dhātuk-e 1.1.4

na dhyā-khyā-pr̄-mūrchi̱-mad-ām 8.2.57

na naÑ-pūrv-āt tatpuruṣ-āt=° 5.1.121

na nir-dhār-aṇ-e 2.2.10

na ni-vi-bhyām 6.2.181

nan-au pr̥ṣ-ṭa-prati-vac-an-e 3.2.120

nandi-grahi̱-pac=ādi-bhy-o° 3.1.134

na n-d-r-āḥ saṁ-yoga=āday-aḥ 6.1.3

nanv iti=anu-jñā=eṣ-aṇā-yām 8.1.43

nanv-or vibhāṣā 3.2.121

na pada=anta-dvir-vac-ana-° 1.1.58

na pada=ant=āt ṭO-r a-nām 8.4.42

na̱-par-e na̱-ḥ 8.3.27

na pā-dami-āṄ-yamA=āṄ-yasa̱-° 1.3.89

napuṁsakam a-napuṁsak-ena-° 1.2.69

napuṁsaka-sya jha̱L-aC-aḥ 7.1.72

napuṁsak-āt=ca 7.1.19

napuṁsak-ād any-tara-syām 5.4.109

napuṁsak-e bhāv-e Kta-ḥ 3.3.114

na pūj-an-āt 5.4.69

na prāc-ya-bharga=ādi-° 4.1.178

na bahu-vrīh-au 1.1.29

na BHA-kur-chur-ām 8.2.79

na bhā-bhū-kami̱-gami̱-° 8.4.34

na bhū-ta=adhika-saṁ-jīva-° 6.2.91

na bhū-vāk-cit-° 6.2.19

na bhū-su-dhiy-oḥ 6.4.85

na-bhrāṭ=na-pāt=na-vedā-nā-satyā-° 6.3.75

na ma-pūrv-o=apaty-e° 6.4.170

namas-puras-or gaty-oḥ 8.3.40

namas-sv-asti-svāhā-° 2.3.16

na māṄ-yog-e 6.4.74

nami̱-kampi̱-smi=a-jasa̱-° 3.2.167

na mu n-e 8.2.3

namo-varivas=citraṄ-aḥ KyaC 3.1.19

na y-aḥ 3.2.152

na yad-i 3.2.113

na yad-i=an-ā-kāṅkṣ-e 3.4.23

na yā-say-oḥ 7.3.45

na y-v-ā̱-bhyām pada=antā-bhyām° 7.3.3

na ra̱-para-sr̥pi̱-sr̥ji̱-° 8.3.110

na rudh-aḥ 3.1.64

nar-e saṁ-jñā-yām 6.3.129

na lIṄ-i 7.2.39

na lUṬ 8.1.29

na lu-mat-ā=aṅga-sya 1.1.63

na l-o-ka (la=uka)=a-vy-aya-° 2.3.69

na̱-lopa-ḥ prāti-padika=anta-sya 8.2.7

na̱-lopa-ḥ sUP-svara-saṁ-jñā-° 8.2.2

na̱-lop-o naÑ-aḥ 6.3.73

na LyaP-i 6.4.69

na vaś-aḥ 6.1.20

na vi-bhak-t-au tU-s-m-āḥ 1.3.4

na vr̥d-bhyaś catur-bhyaḥ 7.2.59

na v-e-ti vibhāṣā 1.1.44

na vy-o lIṬ-i 6.1.46

na śabda-śloka-kalaha-° 3.2.23

na śasA-dadA-v-ādi-° 6.4.126

naśe-r vā 8.2.63

naśe-ḥ ṣa̱=anta-sya 8.4.36

n-aś ca 8.3.30

naś ca dhātu-stha=uru-ṣu-bhyaḥ 8.4.27

n-aś ca a-pada-anta-sya jha̱L-i 8.3.24

n-aś cha̱V-i=a-pra-śān 8.3.7

na ṣaṭ-svasr̥=ādi-bhyaḥ 4.1.10

na saṁ-yog-āt=va̱-m=ant-āt 6.4.137

na saṁ-khyā=āde-ḥ sam-ā-har-e 5.4.89

na saṁ-jñā-yām 5.4.155

na-sat-ta-ni-ṣat-ta=anutta-° 8.2.61

na sam-pra-sār-aṇ-e sam-pra-sār-aṇa-m 6.1.37

na sāmi-vac-an-e 5.4.5

na su-dur-bhyāṁ kevalā-bhyām 7.1.68

na su-brahmaṇyā-yām° 1.2.37

n-as taddhit-e 6.4.144

naha praty-ā-rambh-e 8.1.31

na hāstina-phalaka-° 6.2.101

nahi̱-vr̥ti̱-vr̥ṣi̱-vyadhi̱-° 6.3.116

nah-o dha̱-ḥ 8.2.34

n-āg(āC=)lopi-śāsU=r̥T=IT-ām 7.4.2

n-ā-cārya-rāja=r̥tvik-saṁ-yuk-ta-° 6.2.133

n-ā-C=ha̱L-au (nājjha̱L-au) 1.1.10

n-ā-ñce-ḥ pūjā-y-ām 6.4.30

nāḍī-tantry-oḥ sv-ā-ṅg-e 5.4.159

nāḍī-muṣṭy-oś ca 3.2.30

n-ā-Taḥ para-sya 7.3.27

n-ā-T=iC-i 6.1.104

n-ā-dinī=ā-kroś-e putra-sya 8.4.48

n-ād GHA-sya 8.2.17

nā-dhā=artha-praty-ay-e° 3.4.62

n-ā-n-adya-tana-vat kriyā-° 3.3.135

n-ā-n-or jñ-aḥ 1.3.58

n-ā-ntaḥ-pada-m a-v-y-apar-e 6.1.115

n-ā=nt-ād a-saṁ-khyā=āde-r maṬ 5.2.49

n-ā-bhy-as-ta-sya=aC-i P-IT-i-° 7.3.87

n-ā-bhyastāt=Śatuḥ 7.1.78

n-ā-mantrite samāna-° 8.1.73

nām anya-tara-syām 6.1.177

nām-i 6.4.3

nāmn-i=ā-diś-i̱-grah-oḥ 3.4.58

n-ā-mreḍita-sya=antya-sya tu vā 6.1.99

nāv-o dvigo-ḥ 5.4.99

n-ā-vy-aya-dik=śabda-° 6.2.168

n-ā-vy-ayī-bhāv-āt=aT-o=° 2.4.83

nāsikā-stanay-or dhmā-dheṬ-oḥ 3.2.29

nāsik-o-dara=oṣṭha-° 4.1.55

nikaṭ-e vas-a-ti 4.4.73

ni-gar-aṇa-cal-ana=arthe-bhyaś ca 1.3.87

ni-gr̥h-ya=anu-yog-e ca 8.2.94

ni-gh-o ni-mi-ta-m 3.3.87

nij-āṁ trayā-ṇāṁ guṇa-ḥ 7.4.75

ni-tya-ṁ vr̥d-dha-śara=ādi-bhyaḥ 4.3.144

nitya-ṁ śata=ādi-māsa=ardha-māsa-° 5.2.57

nitya-ṁ saṁ-jñā-chandas-oḥ 4.1.29

ni-tya-ṁ sapatnī=ādi-ṣu 4.1.35

ni-tya-ṁ sam-ās-e=an-ut-tara-pada-° 8.3.45

ni-tya-ṁ smay-a-te-ḥ 6.1.57

ni-tya-ṁ hast-e pāṇ-au-° 1.4.77

ni-tya-ṁ kar-o-te-ḥ 6.4.108

ni-tya-ṁ kauṭily-e ga-t-au 3.1.23

ni-tya-ṁ krīḍa-jīvikay-oḥ 2.2.17

ni-tya-ṁ Ṅ-IT-aḥ 3.4.99

ni-tya-ṁ chandas-i 4.1.46; 7.4.8

ni-tyam asi̱C prajā-medhay-oḥ 5.4.122

ni-tyam ā-mreḍ-it-e ḌāC-i 6.1.100

ni-tyam paṇ-aḥ pari-māṇ-e 3.3.66

ni-tyam mantr-e 6.1.210

ni-tya-vīpsay-oḥ 8.1.4

ni-nadī-bhyāṁ snā-te-ḥ 8.3.89

ninda̱-hiṁsa-kliśa̱-° 3.2.146

ni-pāta eka=aC=an-āṄ 1.1.14

ni-pāta-sya ca 6.3.136

ni-pāt-air yad-yadi-hanta-° 8.1.30

ni-pāna-m ā-hāva-ḥ 3.3.74

ni-mūla-sa-mūlay-oḥ kaṣ-aḥ 3.4.34

nir-aḥ kuṣ-aḥ 7.2.46

nir-abhy-oḥ pū-lv-oḥ 3.3.28

nir-udaka=ādī-n-i ca 6.2.184

nir-vāṇ-o=a-vāt-e 8.2.50

nir-vr̥t-t-e=akṣa-dyūta=ādi=bhyaḥ 4.4.19

ni-vāt-e vāta-trāṇ-e 6.2.8

ni-vāsa-ci-ti-śarīra=° 3.3.41

ni-vy-abhi-bhyo=° 8.3.119

niśā-pra-doṣā-bhyāṁ ca 4.3.14

niṣ-kul-āt=niṣ-koṣ-aṇ-e 5.4.62

ni-ṣṭhā 2.2.36; 3.2.102

ni-ṣṭhā ca dv=aC=an-āT 6.1.205

ni-ṣṭhā-yāṁ s-e-Ṭ-i 6.4.52

ni-ṣṭhā-yām a-ṆyaT=arthe 6.4.60

ni-ṣṭhā śīṄ-svidi̱-midi̱-° 1.2.19

ni-ṣṭh-o-pa-mān-āt=anya-° 6.2.129

ni-ṣṭh-o-pa-sarga-pūrva-m-° 6.2.110

niṣ-pra-vāṇi-ś ca 5.4.160

ni-sam-upa-vi-bhyo hv-aḥ 1.3.30

nis-as tap-a-t-au=an-ā-sev-an-e 8.3.102

nīK=vañcU-sraṁsU-dhvaṁsU-° 7.4.84

nīc-air an-ud-ātta-ḥ 1.2.30

nīt-au ca tad-yuk-t-āt 5.3.77

nu̱K=aT-o=anu-nasika=anta-sya 7.4.85

nudA-vidA=unda̱-trā-° 8.2.56

nu̱m-vi-sarj-anīya-Śa̱R-vyavāye° 8.3.58

nr̥ ca 6.4.6

nr̥ ca=anya-tara-syām 6.1.181

nr̄-n p-e 8.3.10

n-e-Ṭ-i 7.2.4

n-e-Ṭ-i=a-lIṬ-i radhe̱-ḥ 7.1.62

n-e-Ṭ=va̱Ś-i kr̥t-i 7.2.8

n-e-tar-āt=chandas-i 7.1.26

n-e-dam=adas-or a-k-oḥ 7.1.11

n-e-ndra-sya para-sya 7.3.22

n-e-n-siddha-badh-nā-ti-ṣu ca 6.3.19

n-e-yaṄ=uvaṄ=au=a-strī 1.4.4

ne-r a-ni-dhān-e 6.2.192

ne-r gadA-nadA-pata̱-padA-° 8.4.17

ne-r biḍaC=barīsaC-au 5.2.32

ne-r viś-aḥ 1.3.17

n-o-Ṅ-dhātv-oḥ 6.1.175

n-o-ttara-pad-e=an-ud-ātta=ād-au=° 6.2.142

n-o-T-vat=vard-dhra-bilv-āt 4.3.151

n-o-d-ātta-svar-it-o-d-aya-ḥ° 8.4.67

n-o-d-ātta-o-pa-deśa-sya ma=antasya° 7.3.34

n-o-nay-a-ti-dhvan-ay-a-ti-° 3.1.51

n-o-pa-dh-āt ta̱-pha̱=ant-āt=vā 1.2.23

n-o-pa-dhā-yāḥ 6.4.7

n-au gadA-nadA-paṭhA-svan-aḥ 3.3.64

n-au Ṇa ca 3.3.60

n-au dvy-aC-aṣ ṭhaN 4.4.7

nau-vayas=dharma-viśa-mūla-° 4.4.91

n-au vr̥ dhāny-e 3.3.48

nyag-rodha-sya ca kevala-sya 7.3.5

ny-aṅku=ādī-nāṁ ca 7.3.53

ny-adhī ca 6.2.53

P

pakṣ-āt ti-ḥ 5.2.25

pakṣi-matsya-mr̥g-ā-n han-ti 4.4.35

paṅkti-viṁśati-triṁśa-° 5.1.59

paṅgo-ś ca 4.1.68

pac-o va-ḥ 8.2.52

pañcat=daśat-au varg-e vā 5.1.60

pañca-mī bhay-ena 2.1.37

pañca-mī vibhak-te 2.3.42

pañcamy ap-ā-Ṅ-pari-bhiḥ 2.3.10

pañcamy-ā at 7.1.31

pañcamy-āḥ par-au=adhy-arth-e 8.3.51

pañcamy-ām a-jāt-au 3.2.98

pañcamy-ās tasi̱L 5.3.7

pañcamy-ās (pañcamy-āḥ) stoka=ādi-bhyaḥ 6.3.2

paṇa-pāda-māṣa-śat-āt=yaT 5.1.54

pat-aḥ pu̱M 7.4.19

pati-ḥ sam-āsa eva 1.4.8

pat-tra-pūrv-āt=aÑ 4.3.122

pattr-ā-dhvarya-pari-ṣad-aś ca 4.3.123

paty-ant-āt puro-hita=ādi-° 5.1.128

paty-au=aiśvary-e 6.2.18

paty-ur no̱ yaj-ña-saṁ-yog-e 4.1.33

path-aḥ pantha ca 4.3.29

path-aḥ ṢkaN 5.1.75

path-i ca cchandas-i 6.3.108

pathi-math-oḥ sarva-nāma-sthān-e 6.1.199

pathi-mathi=r̥bhukṣ-ām āT 7.1.85

path-o Ṇa ni-tya-m 5.1.76

path-o vibhāṣa 5.4.72

pathy-atithi-vasati-° 4.4.104

pada-m a-smin dr̥ś-ya-m 4.4.87

padA-ruja̱-viśA-spr̥ś-o GHaÑ 3.3.16

pada-vy-av-āy-e=api 8.4.38

pada-sya 8.1.16

pad-āt 8.1.17

pad-ā-nta-sya 8.4.37

pad-ā-nta-sya=anya-tara-syām 7.3.9

pad-ā-nt-āt=vā 6.1.76

pad-ā-svairi-bāhyā=° 3.1.119

pade=apa-deś-e 6.2.7

pad-o-ttara-pada-ṁ gr̥h-ṇā-ti 4.4.39

pad-dat=nas=mas=° 6.1.63

pad yaT-i=a-tad-arth-e 6.3.53

pantho Ṇo ni-tya-m 5.1.76

para-ḥ saṁ-ni-karṣa-ḥ saṁ-hi-tā 1.4.109

para-vat=liṅga-m dvaṁdva-° 2.4.26

para-ś ca 3.1.2

para-śvadh-āṭ ṭhaÑ ca 4.4.58

para-smin vibhāṣā 3.3.138

para-smai-padānām° 3.4.82

para-sya ca 6.3.8

parā-je-r a-so-ḍha-ḥ 1.4.26

para=ādi-ś chandas-i bahulam 6.2.199

par-au=an-up-ā-ty-aya iṆ-aḥ 3.3.38

par-ā-vara-yog-e ca 3.4.20

par-ā-vara=adhama-° 4.3.5

pari-kray-aṇ-e sam-pra-dāna-m° 1.4.44

pari-kliś-ya-m-ān-e ca 3.4.55

pari-khā-yā ḍhaÑ 5.1.17

pari-ni-vi-bhyaḥ seva̱-sita-° 8.3.70

pari-ny-or nī-iṆ-or° 3.3.57

pari-pantha-ṁ ca tiṣṭh-a-ti 4.4.36

pari-prati=upa=ap-āḥ varj-ya-māna-° 6.2.33

pari-māṇa=ā-khyā-yām sarve-bhyaḥ 3.3.20

pari-māṇ-ā-ntasya-° 7.3.17

pari-māṇ-e pac-aḥ 3.2.33

pari-mukha-ṁ ca 4.4.29

pari-vr̥-t-o ratha-ḥ 4.2.10

pari-vi=ave-bhyaḥ kriy-aḥ 1.3.18

pari-ṣad-o Ṇya-ḥ 4.4.44, 101

pari-skanda-ḥ prāc-ya-° 8.3.75

pare-r abhi-to-bhāv-i-maṇḍala-m 6.2.182

pare-r mr̥ṣ-aḥ 1.3.82

pare-r varj-an-e 8.1.5

pare-ś ca 8.3.74

pare-ś ca gha=aṅkay-oḥ 8.2.22

parokṣ-e lIṬ 3.2.115

parovara-parampara-° 5.2.10

par-au gha-h 3.3.84

par-au bhuv-aḥ=ava-jñā-n-e 3.3.35

par-au yaj-ñ-e 3.3.47

parpa=ādi-bhyaḥ ṢthaN 4.4.10

pary-abhi-bhyāṁ ca 5.3.9

pary-āp-ti-vac-ane-ṣu=alam-° 3.4.66

pary-āy-a=arh-aṇa=° 3.3.111

parvat-āt=ca 4.2.143

parśu=adi-yaudh-eya=ādi-bhyo° 5.3.117

palala-sūpa-śakam miśre 6.2.128

palāśa=ādi-bhyo vā 4.3.141

paśca paścā ca cchandas-i 5.3.33

paścāt 5.3.32

paśya=arthaiś ca=an-ā-loc-an-e 8.1.25

pāka-karṇa-parṇa-puṣpa-° 4.1.64

pā-ghrā-dhmā-dheṬ-dr̥ś-aḥ Śa-ḥ 3.1.137

pā-ghrā-dhmā-sthā-° 7.3.78

pāṇi-gha-tāḍa-gh-au śilp-in-i 3.2.55

pāṇḍu-kambal-āt ini̱-h 4.2.11

pāt-au ca bahula-m 8.3.52

pātr-āt ṢthaN 5.1.46

pātr-ād ghaN=ca 5.1.68

pātre-sa-mi-ta=āday-aś ca 2.1.48

pāthas=nadī-bhyāṁ ḌyaṆ 4.4.11

pād-aḥ pad 6.4.130

pāda-śata-sya saṁ-khyā=āde-r-° 5.4.1

pāda-sya pad āji=āti-° 6.3.52

pāda-sya lop-o=a-hasty-ādi-bhyaḥ 5.4.138

pād-ā-rghā-bhyāṁ ca 5.4.25

pād-o=any-tara-syām 4.1.8

pāna-ṁ deś-e 8.4.9

pāpa-ṁ ca śilp-in-i 6.2.68

pāp-ā-ṇak-e kuts-i-t-aiḥ 2.1.54

pāyya-sāṁ-nāyya-ni-kāyya-° 3.1.129

pāraskara-pra-bhr̥-tī-n-i 6.1.157

pārāyaṇa-turāyaṇa-° 5.1.72

pārāśarya-śilāli-bhyām° 4.3.110

pār-e madhy-e ṣaṣṭhy-ā vā 2.1.18

pārśv-ena=anu=icch-a-ti 5.2.75

pāś-ā-di-bhyo ya-ḥ 4.2.49

pitar-ā mātar-ā ca cchandas-i 6.3.33

pitā mātr-ā 1.2.70

pitu-r yaT=ca 4.3.79

pitr̥vya-mātula-° 4.2.36

pitr̥-ṣvasu-ś chaṆ 4.1.132

piṣ-ṭ-āt=ca 4.3.146

pīlā-yā vā 4.1.118

puṁ-yog-āt=ā-khyā-yām 4.1.48

puṁ-vat karma-dhāraya-jātīya-° 6.3.42

puṁs-i saṁ-jñā-yāṁ GHa-ḥ prāy-eṇa 3.3.118

puṁs-o=asu̱Ṅ 7.1.89

puK=anta-laghu=upa-dha-sya ca 7.2.86

puccha-bhāṇḍa-cīvar-āt=ṆiṄ 3.1.20

putra-ḥ puṁ-bhyaḥ 6.2.132

putr-āt=cha ca 5.1.40

putr-ā-nt-āt=anya-tara-syām 4.1.159

putr-e=anya-tara-syām 6.3.22

pum-aḥ kha̱Y-i aM-par-e 8.3.6

pumān striy-ā 1.2.67

purā ca parīpsā-yām 8.1.42

purāṇa-pr-o-kte-ṣu brāhmaṇa-° 4.2.105

pur-i lUṄ ca=a-sm-e 3.2.122

puruṣa-ś ca anv-ā-diṣ-ṭa-ḥ 6.2.190

puruṣa-hasti-bhyām aṆ ca 5.2.38

puruṣ-āt pra-māṇ-e=anya-tara-syām 4.1.24

pur-e prāc-ām 6.2.99

pur-o=agra-to=agre-ṣu sar-te-ḥ 3.2.18

puro=a-vy-aya-m 1.4.67

puv-aḥ saṁ-jñā-yām 3.2.185

puṣ-ādi-dyut-ādi-° 3.1.55

puṣkara=ādi-bhyo deś-e 5.2.135

puṣya-sidhy-au nakṣatr-e 3.1.116

pūg-āt=Ñyo=a-grāma-ṇī-° 5.3.112

pūge-ṣu=anya-tara-syām 6.2.28

pūṄ-aḥ Ktvā ca 1.2.22

pūṄ-aś ca 7.2.51

pūṄ-yaj-oḥ ŚānaN 3.2.128

pūj-an-āt pūj-i-tam-° 8.1.67

pūjā-yām na=an-antara-m 8.1.37

pūta-krato-r ai ca 4.1.36

pūr-aṇa-guṇa-su-hita=° 2.2.11

pūr-aṇ-āt=bhāg-e tīy-āt=aN 5.3.48

pūr-aṇ-ā-rdh-āṭ ṭhaN 5.1.48

pūr-ṇ-āt=vibhāṣā 5.4.149

pūrva-kāla=eka-sarva-jar-at-° 2.1.49

pūrva-tra=a-sid-dha-m 8.2.1

pūrva-ṁ tu bhāṣā-yām 8.2.98

pūrva-pad-āt 8.3.106

pūrva-pad-āt saṁ-jñā-yām a-g-aḥ 8.4.3

pūrva-para=avara=° 1.1.34

pūrva-vat saN-aḥ 1.3.62

pūrva-vad aśva-vaḍav-au 2.4.27

pūrva-sa-dr̥śa-samāna=° 2.1.31

pūrv-ād ini̱-ḥ 5.2.86

pūrva=ādi-bhyo nava-bhyo vā 7.1.16

pūrv-ā-dhara=avarā-ṇām° 5.3.39

pūrv-ā-para-prathama-° 2.1.58

purv-ā-par-ā-dhara=° 2.2.1

purv-ā-hṇa=apar-ā-hṇa=° 4.3.28

pūrv-e kar-tar-i 3.2.19

pūrv-e bhū-t-a-pūrve 6.2.22

pūrv-aiḥ kr̥-ta-m ini̱-y-au ca 4.4.133

pūrv-o=abhy-āsa-ḥ 6.1.4

pūḥ-sarvay-oḥ dāri-sah-oḥ 3.2.41

pr̥thak=vinā-nānā-bhis-° 2.3.32

pr̥thu=ādi-bhya imani̱C=vā 5.1.122

pr̥ṣodara-ādī-n-i yath-o-pa-diṣ-ṭa-m 6.3.109

peṣa-vāsa-vāh-ana-dhi-ṣu ca 6.3.58

paila=ādi-bhyaś ca 2.4.59

poṭā-yuva-ti-stoka-° 2.1.65

pO-r aT=upa-dh-āt 3.1.98

pauro-ḍāśa-puro-ḍāś-āt=ṢṭhaN 4.3.70

pyāy-aḥ pī 6.1.28

pra-kāra-vac-an-e jātīyaR 5.3.69

pra-kāra-vac-an-e thāL 5.3.23

pra-kār-e guṇa-vac-ana-sya 8.1.12

pra-kāś-ana-stheya=ā-khyay-oś ca 1.3.23

pra-kr̥-ty-ā=antaḥ-pāda-m° 6.1.115

pra-kr̥-ty-ā bhagāla-m 6.2.137

pra-kr̥-ty-ā-śiṣ-i 6.3.83

pra-kr̥-ty-ai-ka=aC 6.4.163

pra-kr̥ṣ-ṭ-e ṭhaÑ 5.1.108

pra-jan-e vī-ya-te-ḥ 6.1.55

pra-jan-e sar-te-ḥ 3.3.71

pra-j-or ini̱-h 3.2.156

pra-jña=ādibhyaś ca 5.4.38

pra-jñā-śrad-dhā-° 5.2.101

pra-ṇav-s ṬE-ḥ 8.2.89

pra-ṇāy-y-o=a-saṁ-ma-t-au 3.1.128

prati-ḥ prati-ni-dhi-prati-dānay-oḥ 1.4.92

prati-kantha=artha-lalāma-ṁ ca 4.4.40

prati-jana=ādi-bhyaḥ khaÑ 4.4.99

prati-ni-dhi-prati-dān-e ca° 2.3.11

prati-patha-m e-ti ṭhaN=ca 4.4.42

prati-bandh-i cira-kr̥cchray-oḥ 6.2.6

prati-yog-e pañcamy-ās tasi̱-ḥ 5.4.44

prati-śrav-aṇ-e ca 8.2.99

prati-ṣ-kaśa-ś ca kaś-e̱ḥ 6.1.152

prati-stab-dha-ni-stab-dh-au ca 8.3.114

prate-r aṁśu-āday-as tatpuruṣ-e 6.2.193

prate-r uras-aḥ saptamī-sth-āt 5.4.82

prate-ś ca 6.1.25

pratna-pūrva-viśva=im-āt° 5.3.111

prati=abhi-bhyāṁ grahe̱-ḥ 3.1.118

praty-abhih-vād-e=a-śūdr-e 8.2.83

praty-aya-ḥ 3.1.1

praty-aya-lop-e praty-aya-lakṣaṇa-m 1.1.62

praty-aya-sth-āt k-āt pūrva-sya° 7.3.44

praty-aya-sya luK-Ślu-luP-aḥ 1.1.61

praty-aya-o-ttara-paday-oś ca 7.2.98

praty-āṄ-bhyāṁ śruv-aḥ 1.3.59

praty-āṄ-bhyāṁ śruv-aḥ pūrva-sya-° 1.4.40

prath-an-e vā=ava-śabd-e 3.3.33

prathama-carama-taya=° 1.1.33

prathamay-oḥ pūrva-sa-varṇa-ḥ 6.1.102

prathamā-nir-diṣ-ṭa-ṁ sam-āse=° 1.2.43

prathamā-yāś ca dvi-vac-an-e-° 7.2.88

pratham-o=acir-o-pa sam-pat-t-au 6.2.56

pra-dhāna-praty-aya=artha-° 1.2.56

pra-nir-antar=śara=ikṣu-° 8.4.5

pra-bhav-a-ti 4.3.83

pra-bh-au pari-vr̥ḍha-ḥ 7.2.21

pra-mad-a-sam-mad-au harṣ-e 3.3.68

pra-māṇ-e ca 3.4.51

pra-māṇ-e dvayasaC-daghnaC-° 5.2.37

pra-yacch-a-ti garh-ya-m 4.4.30

pra-yāja=anu-yāj-au yajña=aṅg-e 7.3.62

prayai rohiṣyai a-vyathiṣyai 3.4.10

pra-yoj-ana-m 5.1.109

pra-yoj-ya-ni-yoj-y-au śak-ya=arth-e 7.3.68

pra-vāh-aṇa-sya ḍh-e 7.3.28

pra-vr̥d-dha=ādī-nāṁ ca 6.2.147

pra-śaṁsā-yāṁ rūpaP 5.3.66

pra-śaṁsā-vac-an-aiś ca 2.1.66

pra-śas-ya-sya śra-ḥ 5.3.60

praś-n-e ca=ā-sanna-kāl-e 3.2.117

pra-ṣṭh-o=agra-gām-in-i 8.3.92

pra-sam-upa=ud-aḥ pāda-pūr-aṇ-e 8.1.6

pra-sam-bhyām jānu-n-or jñu-ḥ 5.4.129

pra-sita=ut-sukā-bhyām° 2.3.44

pra-s-kaṇva-hari-ś-chandr-au=r̥ṣī 6.1.153

pra-sty-o=anya-tara-syām 8.2.54

prastha-pura-vaha=ant-āt=ca 4.2.122

pra-sth-e=a-vr̥d-dham a-karkī=ādī-nām 6.2.87

pra-sth-o-ttara-pada-paladi=ādi-° 4.2.110

pra-har-aṇa-m 4.4.57

pra-hās-e ca man-ya=upa-pad-e° 1.4.106

prāk kaḍār-āt sam-āsa-ḥ 2.1.3

prāk krī-t-āt=cha-ḥ 5.1.1

prāk si-t-āt=aṬ-vy-av-ā-y-e° 8.3.63

prāg iv-āt ka-ḥ 5.3.70

prāg ekā-daśa-bhyo=a-cchandas-i 5.3.49

prāg g-hit-āt=yaT 4.4.75

prāg diś-o vi-bhak-ti-ḥ 5.3.1

prāg dīv-yat-o=aṆ 4.1.83

prāg r-īś-var-āt=ni-pāt-āḥ 1.4.56

prāg vate-ṣ ṭhaÑ 5.1.18

prāg vah-a-te-ṣ ṭhaK 4.4.1

prāc-āṁ Ṣpha taddhita-ḥ 4.1.17

prāc āṁ kaṭa=āde-ḥ 4.2.139

prāc āṁ krīḍā-yām 6.2.74

prāc āṁ grāma-nagarā-ṇām 7.3.14

prāc āṁ nagar-ā-nt-e 7.3.24

prāc āṁ a-vr̥d-dh-āt phiN° 4.1.160

prāc āṁ upa=āde-r aḍaC=vuC-au ca 5.3.80

prāṇa-bhr̥t=jāti-vayo-° 5.1.129

prāṇi-rajata-ādi-bhyo=aÑ 4.3.154

prāṇi-sth-āt=āT-o laC=anya-° 5.2.96

prāti-pad-ika=anta-sya 8.4.11

prāti-pad-ika=artha-° 2.3.46

pr-ā-day-aḥ 1.4.58

pr-ād a-sv-ā-ṅgaṁ saṁ-jñā-yām 6.2.183

pr-ād vah-aḥ 1.3.81

pr-ā-dhva-m band-an-e 1.4.78

pr-ā-pta=ā-pan-ne ca° 2.2.4

prāya-bhava-ḥ 4.3.39

prā-vr̥ṭ-śarad=kāla-div-āṁ j-e 6.3.15

prā-vr̥ṣ-a eṇya-ḥ 4.3.17

prā-vr̥ṣ-aṣ ṭhaP 4.3.26

priya-vaś-e vad-aḥ KHaC 3.2.38

priya-sthira-sphira=° 6.4.157

prī-t-au ca 6.2.16

pru-sr̥-lv-aḥ sam-abhi-hār-e° 3.1.149

pr-e dā-jñ-aḥ 3.2.6

pr-e dru-stu-sruv-aḥ 3.3.27

pre lapA-sr̥-dru-matha̱-vadA-vas-aḥ 3.2.145

pr-e lipsā-yām 3.3.46

pr-e vaṇij-ām 3.3.52

pr-e-ṣ-ya-bruv-or haviṣ-o° 2.3.61

pr-e str-o=a-yaj-ñ-e 3.3.32

praiṣa=ati-sarga-pr-ā-pta-kāle-ṣu° 3.3.163

pr-o-kt-āt=luK 4.2.64

pr-o-pā-bhyāṁ yuje-r a-yajña-° 1.3.64

pr-o-pā-bhyāṁ sam-arthā-bhyām 1.3.42

plakṣa=ādi-bhyo=aṆ 4.3.164

plu-ta-pra-gr̥h-y-ā aC-i° 6.1.125

plut-au=aiCa iT=uT-au 8.2.106

pv-ādī-nāṁ hrasva-ḥ 7.3.80

PH

phaK-phiÑ-or anya-tara-syām 4.1.91

phaṇ-āṁ ca saptā-nām 6.4.125

phale-grahi-r ātma-ṁ-bhari-ś ca 3.2.26

phal-e luK 4.3.143

phalgunī-proṣṭha-padā-nām° 1.2.60

phāṇṭahr̥t-i-mimatā-bhyām° 4.1.150

phen-ād ilaC ca 5.2.99

phe-ś cha ca 4.1.149

B

bandh-an-e ca=r̥ṣ-au 4.4.96

bandhu-n-i bahuvrīh-au 6.1.14

bandh-e ca vibhāṣā 6.3.13

babhū-tha=ā-ta-tan-tha jagr̥bhma° 7.2.64

barhiṣ-i dat-ta-m 4.4.119

bala=ādi-bhyo matu̱P° 5.2.136

bahu-gaṇa-vatU-Ḍati° 1.1.23

bahu-pūga-gaṇa-saṁ-gha-sya° 5.2.52

bahu-prajā-ś chandas-i 5.4.123

bahula-ṁ chandas-i 2.4.39, 73, 76; 3.2.88; 5.2.122; 6.1.34; 7.1.8, 10, 103; 3.97; 4.78

bahula-ṁ chandas-i=a-māṄ-yog-e=api 6.4.75

bahula-m ābhīkṣṇy-e 3.2.81

bahu-vac-ana-sya vas-nas-au 8.1.21

bahu-vac-an-e jha̱L-i=eT 7.3.103

bahu-vrīh-au=idam-etad-tad-° 6.2.162

bahuvrīhe-r ūdhas-o ṄīṢ 4.1.25

bahu-vrīhe-ś ca=ant-o-dātt-āt 4.1.52

bahu-vrīh-au pra-kr̥-ty-ā pūrva-pada-m 6.2.1

bahu-vrīh-au viśva-ṁ saṁ-jñā-yām 6.2.106

bahu-vrīh-au sakthi=akṣṇ-oḥ° 5.4.113

bahu-vrīh-au saṁ-khye-y-e° 5.4.73

bahu-ṣu bahu-vac-ana-m 1.4.21

baho-r naÑ-vat=uttara-° 6.2.175

baho-r lopo bhū ca baho-ḥ 6.4.158

bahv-aC-a iÑ-aḥ 2.4.66

bahv-aC-aḥ kūpe-ṣu 4.2.73

bahv-aC-o=ant-o-d-ātt-āṭ ṭhaÑ 4.3.67

bahv-aC-o manuṣya-° 5.3.78

bahv-aC-pūrva-pad-āt ṭhaÑ 4.4.64

bahv-anya-tara-syām 6.2.30

bahv=alpa=arth-āt=śas° 5.4.42

bahv=ādi-bhyaś ca 4.1.45

bāṣpa=ūṣmā-bhyām ud-vam-an-e 3.1.16

bāhīka-grāme-bhyaś ca 4.2.117

bāhu=ādi-bhyaś ca 4.1.96

bāhv-ant-āt saṁ-jñā-yām 4.1.67

bi-bhe-te-r hetu-bhay-e 6.1.56

bilvaka=ādi-bhyaś cha-sya° 6.4.153

bilv-ā-dibhyo=aṆ 4.3.136

budhA-yudhA-naśA=iṆ-° 1.3.86

br̥haty-ā ā-cchād-an-e 5.4.6

brahmaṇ-as tva-ḥ 5.1.136

brahmaṇ-o jāna-pada=ā-khyā-yām 5.4.104

brahma-bhrūṇa-vr̥tre-ṣu Kvi̱P 3.2.87

brahma-hasti-bhyāṁ varc-as-aḥ 5.4.78

brāhmaṇaka-uṣṇik-e saṁ-jñā-yām 5.2.71

brāhmaṇa-māṇava-° 4.2.42

brāhm-o=a-jā-t-au 6.4.171

bruv-a īṬ 7.3.93

bruv-aḥ pañcā-nām° 3.4.84

bruv-o vaci̱-ḥ 2.4.53

brū-hi-preṣ-ya-śrauṣaṭ° 8.2.91

BH

bhak-ta=ākhy-ās tad-arth-e 6.2.71

bhak-t-āt=Ṇa-ḥ 4.4.100

bhak-t-ād aṆ anya-tara-syām 4.4.68

bhak-tiḥ 4.3.95

bhakṣy-eṇa miśrī-kar-aṇa-m 2.1.35

bhaj-o Ṇvi̱-ḥ 3.2.62

bhañja̱-bhāsa̱-mid-o GHuraC 3.2.161

bhañje̱-ś ca CiṆ-i 6.4.33

bhay-ya-pra-vay-y-e ca cchandas-i 6.1.83

bharg-āt trai-gart-e 4.1.111

bhav-at-aṣ ṭhaK-chaS-au 4.2.115

bhav-a-te-r a-ḥ 7.4.73

bhav-i-ṣy-a-t-i gamy-āday-aḥ 3.3.3

bhav-i-ṣy-a-t-i maryādā-vac-an-e° 3.3.136

bhav-e chandas-i 4.4.110

bhav-ya-ge-ya-pra-vac-an-īya-° 3.4.68

bhastrā=ādi-bhyaḥ ṢṭhaN 4.4.16

bhastr-ai-ṣā=jā-jñā-° 7.3.47

BHA-sya 6.4.129

BHA-sya ṬE-r lopa-ḥ 7.1.88

bhāg-āt=yaT=ca 5.1.49

bhāva-kar-maṇ-oḥ 1.3.13

bhāva-lakṣaṇ-e sthā=iṆ-kr̥Ñ-° 3.4.16

bhāva-vac-an-āś ca 3.3.11

bhāv-e 3.3.18

bhāv-e ca 4.4.144

bhāv-e-'n-upa-sarga-sya 3.3.75

bhāṣā-yāṁ sada̱-vasA-sruv-aḥ 3.2.108

bhāṣ-aṇa=upa-sam-bhāṣā=° 1.3.47

bhikṣā=ādi-bhyo=aṆ 4.2.38

bhikṣā-senā=ā-dāye-ṣu ca 3.2.17

bhit-ta-ṁ śakala-m 8.2.59

bhid-ya=ud-dh-y-au nad-e 3.1.115

bhiy-aḥ Kru-KlukaN-au 3.2.174

bhiy-o-'nya-tara-syām 6.4.115

bhiy-o hetu-bhay-e ṣu̱K 7.3.40

bhī-trā=arthā-nām bhaya-hetu-ḥ 1.4.25

bhīma=āday-o-'p-ā-dān-e 3.4.74

bhīro-ḥ sthāna-m 8.3.81

bhī-smy-or hetu-bhay-e 1.3.68

bhī-hrī-bhr̥-hu-mada̱-° 6.1.162

bhī-hrī-bhr̥-huv-āṁ Ślu-vat=ca 3.1.39

bhuja-ny-ubj-au° 7.3.61

bhuj-o=an-av-an-e 1.3.66

bhuv-aḥ pra-bhava-ḥ 1.4.31

bhuv-aś ca 3.2.138; 4.1.47

bhuv-aś ca mahā-vy-ā-hr̥-te-ḥ 8.2.71

bhuv-aḥ saṁ-jñā=antaray-oḥ 3.2.179

bhuv-o bhāv-e 3.1.107

bhuv-o vu̱K=lUṄ-lIṬ-oḥ 6.4.88

bhūta-pūrv-e caraṬ 5.3.53

bhū-t-e 3.2.84

bhū-t-e ca 3.3.140

bhū-t-e='pi dr̥ś-y-a-nte 3.3.2

bhū-v-āday-o dhātav-aḥ 1.3.1

bhūṣ-aṇ-e=alam 1.4.64

bhū-suv-os tiṄ-i 7.3.88

bhr̥Ñ-ām iT 7.4.76

bhr̥Ñ-o=a-saṁ-jñā-y-ām 3.1.112

bhr̥śa=ādi-bhyo bhuv-i=° 3.1.12

bhoj-ya-ṁ bhakṣy-e 7.3.69

bho-bhago=agho=° 8.3.17

bhauriki=ādi=aiṣukāri=ādi=° 4.2.54

bhyas-o bhyam 7.1.30

bhrasj-o ra̱=upa-dhay-o ra̱M-° 6.4.47

bhrāja̱-bhāsa̱-dhur-vi-dyut-o° 3.2.177

bhrāja̱-bhāsa̱-bhāṣA-dīpa̱-° 7.4.3

bhrā-tar-i ca jyāyas-i 4.1.164

bhrā-tu-r vyaT=ca 4.1.144

bhrā-tr̥-putr-au svasr̥-° 1.2.68

bhruv-o vu̱K ca 4.1.125

M

magha-vā bahula-m 6.4.128

maḍḍuka-jharjhar-āt=° 4.4.56

ma-ta-jana-hal-āt kar-aṇa-° 4.4.97

mati-buddhi-pūja=arthe-bhyaś ca 3.2.188

matU-vasO rU sam-bud-dh-au 8.3.1

matO-ḥ pūrvam āT° 6.1.219

matO-ś ca bahu=aC=aṅg-āt 4.2.72

mat-AU ca 4.4.136

mat-AU cha-ḥ sūkta-sāmn-oḥ 5.2.59

mat-AU bahv-aCo-° 6.3.119

matV=arth-e māsa-tanv-oḥ 4.4.128

mad-o=an-upa-sarg-e 3.3.67

madra-vr̥jy-oḥ=kaN 4.2.131

madr-āt pari-vāp-aṇ-e 5.4.67

madre-bhyo=aÑ 4.2.108

madhu-babho-r brāhmaṇa-° 4.1.106

madho-ḥ 4.4.139

madho-r Ña ca 4.4.129

madhy-āt=gur-au 6.3.11

madhy-āt=ma-ḥ 4.3.8

madhy-e pad-e ni-vac-an-e ca 1.4.76

madhv=ādi-bhyaś ca 4.2.86

man-aḥ 3.2.82

man-aḥ 4.1.11

man-as-aḥ saṁ-jñā-yām 6.3.4

manuṣya-tat-sthay-or vuÑ 4.2.134

manor au vā 4.1.38

mano-r jāt-au=aÑ-yaT-au ṣu̱K ca 4.1.161

man-KtiN-vy-ā-khyāna-° 6.2.151

mantr-e ghasa̱-hvara̱-naśA=vr̥=° 2.4.80

mantre-e vr̥ṣa̱=iṣa̱-pacA-° 3.3.96

mantr-e śveta-vaha=uktha-śas=° 3.2.71

mantre-ṣu=āṄ-i=āde-r ātman-aḥ 6.4.141

mantr-e soma=aśva=indriya- 6.3.131

mantha=odana-saktu-bindu-° 6.3.60

man-ya-kar-maṇ-i=an-ā-dar-e° 2.3.17

ma̱-pary-anta-sya 7.2.91

ma̱Y-a uÑ-o v-o vā 8.3.33

mayaṬ ca 4.3.82

mayaṬ=vā=etay-or bhāṣā-yām° 4.3.143

may-a-te-r iT anya-tara-syām 6.4.70

mayūra-vy-aṁsaka=āday-aś ca 2.1.72

may-e ca 4.4.138

maskara-maskr-iṇ-au° 6.1.154

masji̱-naś-or jha̱L-i 7.1.60

mahā-kul-āt=aÑ-khaÑ-au 4.1.141

mahān vrīhi=apara=ahṇa-° 6.2.38

mahā-rāja-proṣṭha-padā-bhyām° 4.2.35

mahā-rāj-āṭ ṭhaÑ 4.3.97

mah-e-ndr-āt=gha=aṆ-au ca 4.2.29

māṄ-i lUṄ 3.3.175

māṇavaka-carakā-bhyāṁ khaÑ 5.1.11

mātara-pitarau=udīc-ām 6.3.32

mātuḥ-pitur-bhyām anya-tara-syām 8.3.85

mātur uT saṁ-khyā-sam-bhadra-° 4.1.115

mātr̥-pitr̥-bhyāṁ svasā 8.3.84

mātr̥-ṣvasuś ca 4.1.134

mātrā=upa-jña=upa-krama-° 6.2.14

mātha=uttara-pada-padavī=anu-padam° 4.4.37

m-ād upa-dhā-yāś ca° 8.2.9

māna-paśu=aṅgay-oḥ° 5.3.51

mān-e vaya-ḥ 4.3.162

mān-badhA-dān-śān-bhyo° 3.1.6

māyā-yām aṆ 4.4.124

mālā=ādī-nāṁ ca 6.2.68

mās-āt=vayas-i yaT-khaÑ-au 5.1.81

mi-ta-nakh-e ca 3.2.34

M-IT-āṁ hrasva-ḥ 6.4.92

mitre-e ca=r̥ṣ-au 6.3.130

mithyā=upa-pad-āt kr̥Ñ-o° 1.3.71

M-ID (M-IT=)aC-o=anty-āt para-ḥ 1.1.47

mid-er guṇa-ḥ 7.3.82

miśra-ṁ ca=an-upa-sarga-m° 6.2.154

mī-nā-ti-mi-no-ti-dīṄ-ām° 6.1.50

mī-na-te-r ni-gam-e 7.3.81

mukha-ṁ sv-ā-ṅga-m 6.2.167

mukha-nāsikā-vac-an-o=anu-nāsika-ḥ 1.1.8

muc-o=a-kar-maka-sya° 7.4.57

muṇḍa-miśra-ślakṣṇa-° 3.1.21

mudg-āt=aṆ 4.4.25

mūrt-au ghana-ḥ 3.3.77

mūla-m a-sya=ā-barhi 4.4.88

mr̥je-r vibhāṣā 3.1.113

mr̥je-r vr̥d-dhi-ḥ 7.2.114

mr̥ḍA-mr̥dA-gudhA-kuśA-° 1.2.7

mr̥d-as tikaN 5.4.39

mr̥ṣ-as ti-tikṣā-yām 1.2.20

megha=r̥ti-bhaye-ṣu krÑ-aḥ 3.2.43

me-r ni-ḥ 3.4.89

m-o=anu-svāra-ḥ 8.3.23

m-o n-o dhāto-ḥ 8.2.64

m-o rāj-i sam-aḥ Kv-a̱u̱ 8.3.25

mri-ya-te-r lUṄ-lIṄ-oś ca 1.3.61

m-v-oś ca 8.2.65

Y

yaṄ-aś CāP 4.1.74

yaṄ-i ca 7.4.30

yaṄ-o=aC-i ca 2.4.74

yaṄ-o vā 7.3.94

y-aC-i BHA-m 1.4.18

yac-ca-ya-tray-oḥ 3.3.148

yajA-japA daś-āṁ yaṄ-aḥ 3.2.166

yaj-a-dhv-ai-nam iti ca 7.1.43

yajA-yāca̱-yata̱-vichA-° 3.3.90

yajA-yāca̱-rucA-° 7.3.66

yajuṣ-i=uraḥ 6.1.117

yajuṣy eke-ṣām 8.3.104

yaje̱-ś ca kar-aṇ-e 2.3.63

yajña-kar-maṇ-i=a-japa-° 1.2.34

yajña=r̥tvig-bhyāṁ gha-khaÑ-au 5.1.71

yajñ-e sam-i stuv-aḥ 3.3.31

yaÑ-aÑ-oś ca 2.4.64

yaÑ-aś ca 4.1.16

yaÑ-iÑ-oś ca 4.1.101

ya-taś ca nir-dhār-aṇa-m 2.3.41

yaT-o=a-nāv-aḥ 6.1.213

yat-tad-ete-bhyaḥ pari-māṇ-e 5.2.39

yathā-tatha=yathā-puray-oḥ 7.3.31

yathā-tathay-or asūyā-prati-° 3.4.28

yathā-mukha-sam-mukha-sya° 5.2.6

yathā-vidhi=anu-pra-yoga-ḥ° 3.4.4

yathā-saṁ-khya-m anu-deśa-ḥ° 1.3.10

yathā=a-sādr̥śy-e 2.1.7

yathā-sv-e yathā-yatha-m 8.1.14

yad-d-hi-tu-para-ṁ chandas-i 8.1.56

yamA-rama̱-namA=āT-āṁ sa̱K ca 7.2.73

yam-aḥ sam-upa-ni-vi-ṣu ca 3.3.63

yam-o gandh-an-e 1.2.15

ya-yaT-oś ca a-tad-arth-e 6.2.156

ya̱R-o=anu-nāsik-e° 8.4.45

yava-yavaka-śaṣṭik-āt=yaT 5.2.3

ya-ś ca yaṄ-aḥ 3.2.176

yas-o=an-upa-sarg-āt 3.1.71

yaska=ādi-bhyo gotr-e 2.4.68

ya-smāt praty-aya-vi-dhi-ḥ° 1.4.13

ya-smād adhika-ṁ ya-sya° 2.3.9

ya-sya ca bhāv-ena bhāva-lakṣ-sṇa-m 2.3.37

ya-sya c-ā-yāma-ḥ 2.1.16

ya-sya vibhāṣā 7.2.15

ya-sya ha̱L-aḥ 6.4.49

yas-e-ti ca 6.4.148

ya-s (ya-ḥ) sAU 7.2.110

yāj-aka=adi-bhiś ca 2.2.9

yājyā=anta-ḥ 8.2.90

yāṬ=āP-aḥ 7.3.113

yāp-y-e pāśaP 5.3.47

yāvat-i vinda̱-jīv-oḥ 3.4.30

yāvat-purā-ni-pātay-or lAṬ 3.3.4

yāvad ava-dhār-aṇ-e 2.1.8

yāvad-yathā-bhyām 8.1.36

yāva=ādi-bhyaḥ kaN 5.4.29

yāsu̱Ṭ para-smai-pade-ṣu-° 3.4.103

y-ī-varṇay-or dīdhī-vevy-oḥ 7.4.53

yuk-ta=ā-rohi=āday-aś ca 6.2.81

yuk-t-e ca 6.2.66

yug-ya-ṁ ca pattr-e 3.1.121

yuje̱-r a-sam-ās-e 7.1.71

yu-pluv-or dīrgha-s° 6.4.58

yuvā khalati-palita-° 2.1.67

yuv-ā-lpay-oḥ kaN-° 5.3.64

yuva=āv-au dvi-vac-an-e 7.2.92

yu-vo-r ana=ak-au 7.1.1

yuṣmat-tat-tatakṣuḥ-ṣu antaḥ-pāda-m 8.3.103

yuṣmad-asmad-or an-ā-deś-e 7.2.86

yuṣmad-asmad-or anyatarasyām° 4.3.1

yuṣmad-asmad-or Ṅas-i 6.1.211

yuṣmad-asmad-oḥ ṣaṣṭhī 8.1.20

yuṣmad-asmad-bhyām Ṅas-o=aŚ 7.1.27

yuṣmad-i=upa-pad-e samāna-° 1.4.105

yūn-as ca kutsā-yām 4.1.167

yūn-as ti-ḥ 4.1.77

yūn-i luK 4.1.90

yūya-vay-au Jas-i 7.2.93

y-ū strī=ā-khy-au nadī 1.4.3

y-e ca 6.4.109

y-e ca taddhit-e 6.1.61

ye c-ā-bhāva-kar-maṇ-oḥ 6.4.168

y-ena vi-dhi-s tad anta-sya 1.1.72

y-en-ā-ṅga-vi-kāra-ḥ 2.3.20

y-e yajña-kar-maṇ-i 8.2.88

y-e vibhāṣā 6.4.43

ye-ṣāṁ ca vi-rodha-ḥ śāśvatika-ḥ 2.4.9

yoga-pra-māṇ-e ca tad-a-bhāv-e° 1.2.55

yog-āt=yaT=ca 5.1.102

y-o=aC-i 7.2.89

yoj-ana-ṁ gacch-a-ti 5.1.74

y-o-pa-dh-āt=guru=up-o-ttam-āt=vuÑ 5.1.132

R

ra r̥T-o ha̱L-ade-r lagho-ḥ 5.4.161

rak-t-e 5.4.32

rakṣ-a-ti 4.4.33

rakṣo-yātū-nāṁ han-an-ī 4.4.121

raṅko-r a-manuṣy-e=aṆ ca 4.2.100

rajaḥ-kr̥ṣi=āsuti-pari-ṣad-o° 5.2.112

rañje-ś ca 6.4.26

ratha-vaday-oś ca 6.3.102

rath-āt=yaT 4.3.121

ra̱-dā̱-bhyāṁ niṣṭhā-t-o na̱-ḥ° 8.2.42

radh-ādi-bhyaś ca 7.2.45

radhi̱-jabh-or aC-i 7.1.61

rabh-e̱r a-ŚaP=lIṬ-oḥ 7.1.63

ra̱-l-o vy-upadhāt-° 1.2.26

raśm-au ca 3.3.53

ra̱-ṣā̱-bhyāṁ n-o ṇa̱-ḥ° 8.4.1

rasa=ādi-bhyaś ca 5.2.95

rāja-danta=ādi-ṣu para-m 2.2.31

rājan-i yudh-i̱-kr̥Ñ-aḥ 3.2.95

rājan-ya-bahu-vac-ana-dvaṁdv-e° 6.2.34

rājany-ā-di-bhyo vuÑ 4.2.53

rājan-vān saurājy-e 8.2.14

rāja-śvasur-āt=yaT 4.1.137

rāja-sūya-sūrya-° 3.1.114

rājā ca 6.2.59

rājā ca pra-śaṁsā-y-ām 6.2.63

raj-ā-haḥ-sakhi-bhyaṣ ṬaC 5.4.91

rājñ-aḥ ka ca 4.2.140

rātr-a-hna=ah-āḥ puṁs-i 2.4.29

rātre-ḥ kr̥t-i vibhāṣā 6.3.72

rātre-ś ca=a-Jas-au 4.1.31

rātry-ahaḥ-saṁ-vatsar=āt=ca 5.1.87

r-āt sa̱-sya 8.2.24

rādh-īkṣy-or ya-sya-° 1.4.39

rādh-o hiṁsā-yām 6.4.123

rāy-o ha̱L-i 7.2.85

r-āl (r-āt=) lopa-ḥ 6.4.21

rāṣṭra=avāra-pār-āt=gha-kh-au 4.2.93

rik-te vibhāṣā 6.1.208

riṄ Śa-yaṄ-liṄk-ṣu 7.4.28

r-i ca 7.4.51

rīK=r̥T=upa-dha-sya ca 7.4.90

rīṄ r̥T-aḥ 7.4.27

ruK=riK-au ca luK-i 7.4.91

rucy-arthā-nām prī-ya-māṇa-ḥ 1.4.33

rucy-arthā-nām bhāva-vac-anā-nām° 2.3.54

ruda̱-vidA-muṣA-grahi̱-° 1.2.8

rud-aś ca pañca-bhyaḥ 7.3.98

rud-ādi-bhyaḥ sārva-dhātuke 7.2.76

rudh-ādibhyaḥ ŚnaM 3.1.78

rusi̱=amA-tvara̱-saṁ-ghuṣa̱-° 7.2.28

ruh-aḥ p-o=anya-tara-syām 7.3.43

rūp-āt=ā-ha-ta-pra-śaṁsay-or yaP 5.2.120

re-vatī-jagatī-haviṣyā-bhyaḥ° 4.4.122

revaty=ādi-bhyaṣ ṭhaK 4.1.146

raivatika=ādi-bhyaś cha-ḥ 4.3.131

rO-ḥ suP-i 8.3.16

roga=ā-khyā-yāṁ ṆvuL° 3.3.108

rog-āt=ca=apa-nay-an-e 5.4.49

roṇī 4.2.78

r-o-pa-dha=īT-oḥ prāc-ām 4.2.123

r-o r-i 8.3.14

r-o=a-sUP-i 8.2.69

r-v-or upa-dhā-yā dīrgha=° 8.2.76

L

la-ḥ kar-maṇ-i ca bhāve° 3.4.69

l-aḥ para-smai-pada-m 1.4.99

lakṣ-aṇa-hetv-oḥ kriyā-yāḥ 3.2.126

lakṣ-aṇ-e jāyā-paty-oṣ ṭhaK 3.2.52

lakṣ-aṇ-e-tthaṁ-bhū-ta=° 1.4.90

lakṣ-aṇ-ena=abhi-pratī-° 2.1.14

laṄ-aḥ śākaṭ-āyana-sya=eva 3.4.111

lAṬ-aḥ ŚatR̥-ŚānaC-au° 3.2.124

lAṬ sm-e 3.2.118

labhe̱-ś ca 7.1.44

lav-aṇ-āt=ṭhaÑ 4.4.52

lav-aṇ-āt=luK 4.4.24

la̱-śa̱-kU=a-taddhit-e 1.3.8

lasA-pata̱-padA-sthā-bhū̱-° 3.2.154

la-sya 3.4.77

lākṣā-rocan-āt=ṭhaK 4.2.2

lIṄ=arth-e lEṬ 3.4.7

lIṄ-aḥ sa̱-lop-o=an-antya-sya 7.2.79

lIṄ-aḥ sīyu̱T 3.4.102

lIṄ āśiṣ-i 3.4.116

lIṄ ca 3.3.159

lIṄ ca=ūrdhva=mauhūrtik-e 3.3.9, 164

lIṄ-nimitte-e lR̥Ṅ° 3.3.139

lIṄ yad-i 3.3.168

lIṄ-y āśiṣ-i=aṄ 3.1.86

lIṄ-si̱C-au=ātman-e-pade-ṣu 1.2.11

lIṄ-si̱C-or ātman-e-pade-ṣu 7.2.42

lIṬ-aḥ KānaC=vā 3.2.106

lIṬ-as ta-jhay-or eŚ ireC 3.4.81

lIṬ-i dhāto-r an-abhy-āsa-sya 6.1.8

lIṬ-i vay-o y-aḥ 6.1.38

lIṬ ca 3.5.115

lIṬ-y anya-tara-syām 2.4.40

lIṬ-y abhy-āsa-sya=ubhaye-ṣām 6.1.17

lIṬ=(lIḌ-)yaṄ-oś ca 6.1.29

L-IT-i 6.1.193

lipi̱-sici̱-hv-aś ca 3.1.53

lip-sya-māna-sid-dh-au ca 3.3.7

liy-aḥ sam-mān-ana-° 1.3.70

lī-l-or nu̱K=lu̱K-au° 7.3.39

luK taddhita-luK-i 1.2.49

luK=vā (luG vā) duhA-dihA-lihA-guh-ām 7.2.73

luK striy-ām 4.1.109

lUṄ 3.2.110

lUṄ-i ca 2.4.43

luṄ-lAṄ-lR̥Ṅk-ṣu=aṬ=udātts-ḥ 6.4.71

lUṄ-saN-or ghasL̥ 2.4.37

lUṬ-aḥ prathama-sya° 2.4.85

lUṬ-i ca kl̥p-aḥ 1.3.93

lupa̱-sada̱-carA-japA-° 3.1.24

luP-i yuk-ta-vat=vyak-ti-° 1.2.51

luP ca 4.3.166

luB(luP+)a-vi-śeṣ-e 4.2.4

luB (luP=)yog-ā-prakhyān-āt 1.2.54

lubh-o vi-moh-an-e 7.2.54

lum(luP=)manuṣy-e 5.3.98

lR̥Ṭ-aḥ SAT vā 3.3.14

iR̥Ṭ śeṣ-e ca 3.3.13

lEṬ-o=aṬ=āṬ-au 3.4.94

loka-sarva-lok-āt=ṭhaÑ 5.1.44

lOṬ-o lAṄ-vat 3.4.85

lOṬ ca 3.3.162; 8.1.52

lOḌ(lOṬ=)artha-lakṣ-aṇ-e ca 3.3.8

lopa-ḥ pib-a-te-r īT=ca=° 7.4.4

lopa-ś ca=anya-tara-syām° 6.4.107

lopa-ḥ śākalya-sya 8.3.19

lopa-s t-a ātman-e-pade-ṣu 7.1.41

lop-e vibhāṣā 8.1.45

lop-o y-i 6.4.118

lop-o v-y-or va̱L-i 6.1.66

lom-ādi-pām-ādi° 5.2.100

lohita=ādi-ḌāC=bhyaḥ KyaṢ 3.1.13

lohit-ān(āt=)maṇ-au 5.4.30

LyaP-i ca 6.1.41

LyaP-i laghu-pūrv-āt 6.4.56

LyuṬ ca 3.3.115

lv-(lū=)ādi-bhyaḥ 8.2.44

V

vac-a uM 7.4.20

vaci̱-svapi̱-yaj-ādī-nām° 6.1.15

vac-o=a-śabda-saṁ-jñā-yām 7.3.67

vañci̱-luñci̱=r̥T-aś ca 1.2.24

vañce̱-r ga-t-au 7.3.63

vataṇḍ-āt=ca 4.1.108

vatO-r iṬ=vā 5.1.23

vatO-r ithu̱K 5.2.53

vatsara=ant-āt=chandas-i 5.1.91

vatsa-śālā=abh-ji-t=aśva-yuj=° 4.3.36

vats-ā-ṁsā-bhyāṁ kāma-bal-e 5.2.98

vats-o-kṣa=aśva=r̥ṣabhe-bhyas° 5.3.91

vad-aḥ sUP-i KyaP ca 3.1.106

vadA-vrajA-ha̱L-antya-sya aC-aḥ 7.2.3

vana-ṁ sam-ās-e 6.2.178

vana-giry-oḥ saṁ-jñā-yām° 6.3.117

vana-m puragā-miśrakā-° 8.4.4

van-o ra̱ ca 4.1.7

vand-i-t-e bhrātuḥ 5.4.157

va̱-m-or vā 8.4.23

vayas-i ca 3.2.10

vayas-i danta-sya datR̥ 5.4.141

vayas-i pūr-aṇ-āt 5.2.130

vayas-i pratham-e 4.1.20

vayasyā-su mūrdhn-o matUP 4.4.127

varaṇā=ādi-bhyaś ca 4.2.82

varga=ant-āt=ca 4.3.63

vargya=āday-aś ca 6.2.131

varcas-k-e=ava-s-kara-ḥ 6.1.148

varṇa-dr̥-ḍha=ādi-bhyaḥ ṢyaÑ ca 5.1.123

varṇ-āt=an-ud-ātt-āt° 4.1.39

varṇāt brahma-cāriṇ i 5.2.134

varṇ-e ca=a-nity-e 5.4.31

varṇ-o varṇ-ena 2.1.69

varṇ-o varṇe-ṣu=an-et-e 6.2.3

varṇ-au vu̱K 4.2.103

vart-a-māna-sāmīpy-e° 3.3.131

vart-a-mān-e lAṬ 3.2.123

varṣa-pramāṇ-a ū-lopa-ś ca° 3.4.32

varṣa-sya=a-bhav-i-ṣy-a-t-i 7.3.16

varṣā-bhyaṣ ṭhaK 4.3.18

varṣā-bhv-aś ca 6.4.84

varṣ-āl(:°-āt=)luK ca 5.1.88

val-e 6.3.118

vaśa-ṁ ga-ta-ḥ 4.4.86

va̱-ś ca=a-sya=anya-tara-syām° 6.1.39

vas-a-ti-kṣudh-or iṬ 7.2.52

vas-ant-āt=ca 4.3.20

vasanta=ādibhyaṣ ṭhaK 4.2.63

vasU-sraṁsU-dhvaṁsU=anaduḥ-ām da̱-ḥ 8.2.72

vaso-ḥ sam-ūh-e ca 4.4.140

vasO-ḥ sam-pra-sār-aṇa-m 6.4.131

vas-te-r ḍhaÑ 5.3.101

vasna-kraya-vi-kray-āt=ṭhaN 4.4.13

vasna-dravyābhyām ṭhaN=KaN-au 5.1.51

vasU=eka=aC=āT=ghas-ām 7.2.67

vah-aś ca 3.2.64

vah-ā-bhr-e lih-aḥ 3.2.32

vah-ya-ṁ kar-aṇa-m 3.1.102

vākina=ādī-nāṁ ku̱K ca 4.1.158

vā KyaṢ-aḥ 1.3.90

vāk-ya-sya ṬE-ḥ plu-ta ud-ātta-ḥ 8.2.82

vāk-y-ā-de-r ā-mantr-i-ta-sya=° 8.1.8

vā=ā-krośa-dainyay-oḥ 6.4.61

vā gam-aḥ 1.2.13

vā ghoṣa-miśra-śabde-ṣu 6.3.56

vāca-ṁ-yama-pura-ṁ-dar-au ca 6.3.69

vā cit-ta-vi-rāg-e 6.4.91

vāc-i yam-o vrat-e 3.2.40

vāc-o gmini̱-ḥ 5.2.124

vāc-o vy-ā-hr̥-ta=arthā-yām 5.4.35

vā chandas-i 3.4.88; 6.1.106

vā jā-t-e 6.2.171

vā jr̄-bhramU-tras-ām 6.4.124

vāta=atī-sārā-bhyām° 5.2.129

vā dān-ta-śān-ta-pūr-ṇa-° 7.2.27

vā druhA-muhA-snuhA-snih-ām 8.2.33

vā napuṁsaka-sya 7.1.79

vā niṁsa̱-nikṣA-nind-ām 8.4.33

v-ā-nt-o y-i praty-ay-e 6.1.79

v-ā-nya-smin sa-piṇḍ-e° 4.1.165

v-ā-nya-sya saṁ-yoga=āde-ḥ 6.4.68

vā pada=anta-sya 8.4.59

vā bahū-nāṁ jā-ti-° 5.3.93

vā bhāva-kar-aṇay-oḥ 8.4.10

vā bhuv-ana-m 6.2.20

vā bhrāśa̱-bhlāśa̱-° 3.1.70

vāma-dev-āt=ḌyaT=Ḍy-au 4.2.9

v-ā-m-i 1.4.5

v-ā-m-Śas-oḥ 6.4.80

vā y-au 2.4.57

vāyv-r̥tu-pitr̥=uṣas-o yaT 4.2.31

vār-aṇa=arthā-nām īp-s-i-ta-ḥ 1.4.27

vā lIṬ-i 2.4.55

vā LyaP-i 6.4.38

v-ā-va-sān-e 8.4.56

vā Śa̱R-i 8.3.36

vā śoka-ṢyaÑ-roge-ṣu 6.3.51

vā ṣa-pūrva-sya ni-gam-e 6.4.9

vā saṁ-jñā-yām 5.4.133

v-ā-sa-rūp-o=a-striy-ām 3.1.94

vāsudeva=arjunā-bhyāṁ vuN 4.3.98

vā sUP-i=āpiśale-ḥ 6.1.92

vāh-a ūṬH 6.4.132

vāh-aḥ 4.1.61

vā ha ca cchandas-i 5.3.13

vāh-ana-m ā-hi-t-āt 8.4.8

v-ā-hit-ā-gni-ādi-ṣu 2.2.37

viṁśatik-āt kha-ḥ 5.1.32

viṁśati-triṁśat-bhyām° 5.1.24

viṁśaty-ādi-bhyas tamaṬ=° 5.2.56

vi-karṇa-kuṣītak-āt° 4.1.124

vi-karṇa-śuṅga-chagal-āt° 4.1.117

vi-ku-śami-pari=bhyaḥ sthalam 8.3.96

vi-cār-ya-māṇā-nām 8.2.97

vij-a iṬ 1.2.2

viJ(viC=)up-e chandas-i 3.2.73

viṬ=van-or anu-nāsaika-sya° 6.4.41

vit-t-o bhoga-praty-ayay-oḥ 8.2.58

vid-āṁ kur-v-antu=iti=° 3.1.41

vidi̱-bhidi̱-chide̱-ḥ KuraC 3.2.162

vi-dūr-āt=Ñya-ḥ 4.3.84

vide̱-ḥ Śatur vasU-ḥ 7.1.36

vid-o lAṬ-o vā 3.4.83

vidyā-yoni-sam-bandhe-bhyo vuÑ 4.3.77

vi-dhi-ni-mantr-aṇa-° 3.3.161

vidh-ya-ti=a-dhanuṣ-ā 4.4.83

vidhv-aruṣ-os tud-aḥ 3.2.35

vi-naÑ-bhyāṁ nā-nāÑ-au na saha 5.2.27

vi-naya=ādi-bhyaṣ ṭhaK 5.4.34

vindu-r icchu-ḥ 3.2.69

vin-matO-r luK 5.3.65

vi-parā-bhyāṁ je-ḥ 1.3.19

vi-pū-ya=vi-nī-ya-° 3.1.117

vi-prati-ṣid-dha-ṁ ca° 2.4.13

vi-prati-ṣedh-e para-m° 1.4.2

vi-pra-sam-bhyo Ḍu=a-saṁ-jñā-yām 3.2.180

vi-bhak-ti-ś ca 1.4.104

vibhāṣā 2.1.11

vibhāṣā=r̥jo-ś chandas-i 6.4.162

vibhāṣā katham-i° 3.3.143

vibhāṣā ka-dā-kar-hy-oḥ 3.3.5

vibhāṣ-ā-karmak-āt 1.3.85

vibhāṣā kārṣāpaṇa-° 5.1.29

vibhāṣā kuru-yuga-ṁ-dharā-bhyām 4.2.130

vibhāṣā kr̥Ñ-i 1.4.72, 98

vibhāṣā kr̥-vr̥ṣ-oḥ 3.3.110

vibhāṣ-ā-khyā-na=pari-praś-na-° 3.3.110

vibhāṣā gama̱-hanA-vidA-viś-ām 7.2.68

vibhāṣā guṇ-e=a-striy-ām 2.3.25

vibhāṣā grah-aḥ 3.1.143

vibhāṣ-ā-gre-prathama-pūrve-ṣu 3.4.24

vibhāṣā ghrā-dheṬ-śā-chā-s-aḥ 2.4.78

vibhāṣ-ā-Ṅ-i ru=pluv-oḥ 3.3.50

vibhāṣā Ṅi-Śy-oḥ 6.4.136

vibhāṣā catvāriṁśat-pra-bhr̥-t-au° 6.3.49

vibhāṣā CiṆ-Ṇamu̱L-oḥ 7.1.69

vibhāṣā ce-ḥ 7.3.58

vibhāṣā chandas-i 1.2.36; 6.2.164; 7.4.44

vibhāṣā Jas-i 1.1.32

vibhāṣ-ā-ñce-r a-dik-striy-ām 5.4.8

vibhāṣā tila-māṣa=umā-° 5.2.4

vibhāṣā tr̥tīyā=ādi-ṣu=aC-i 7.1.97

vibhāṣā tr̥N=anna-tīkṣṇa-° 6.2.161

vibhāṣā dik-sam-ās-e 1.1.28

vibhāṣā dvitīyā° 7.3.115

vibhāṣā dhāt-au° 3.3.155

vibhāṣā dheṬ-śvy-oḥ 3.1.49

vibhāṣ-ā-dhy-akṣ-e 6.2.67

vibhāṣ-ā-p-aḥ 6.4.57

vibhāṣā para=avar̥ā-bhyām 5.3.29

vibhāṣā pare-ḥ 6.1.44

vibhāṣā puruṣ-e 6.3.106

vibhāṣā pūrv-ā-hṇa=° 4.3.24

vibhāṣā pr̥ṣ-ṭa-prati-vac-an-e he-ḥ 8.2.93

vibhāṣā phalgunī-° 4.2.23

vibhāṣā baho-r dhā° 5.4.20

vibhāṣā bhāva=ādi-kar-maṇ-oḥ 7.2.17

vibhāṣā bhāṣā-yām 6.1.181

vibhāṣ-ā-bhy-ava-pūrva-sya 6.1.26

vibhāṣ-ā-manuṣy-e 4.2.144

vibhāṣā roga=ā=tapay-oḥ 4.3.13

vibhāṣā lī-ya-te-ḥ 6.1.51

vibhāṣā lUṄ-lAṄ-oḥ 2.4.50

vibhāṣ-ā-vara-sya 5.3.41

vibhāṣā varṣa-kṣara-śara-var-āt 6.3.16

vibhāṣā vi-pra-lāp-e 1.3.50

vibhāṣā vivadh-āt 4.4.7

vibhāṣā vr̥kṣa-mr̥ga-tr̥ṇa-° 2.4.12

vibhāṣā veṇu=indh-anay-oḥ 6.1.215

vibhāṣā veṣṭi̱-ceṣṭy̱-oḥ 7.4.96

vibhāṣā śyāva=ā-rokā-bhyām 5.4.144

vibhāṣā śve-ḥ 6.1.30

vibhāṣā sa-pūrva-sya 4.1.34

vibhāṣā sam-īp-e 2.4.16

vibhāṣā sa=ā-kāṅkṣ-e 3.2.114

vibhāṣā sāt-i kārtsny-e 5.4.52

vibhāṣā sUP-o bahuC° 5.3.68

vibhāṣā sr̥ji̱-dr̥ś-oḥ 7.2.65

vibhāṣā senā-surā-chāyā-° 2.4.25

vibhāṣā svasr̥-paty-oḥ 6.3.24

vibhāṣā havir-apūpa=ādi-bhyaḥ 5.1.4

vi-bhāṣ-i-ta-ṁ vi-śeṣa-vac-an-e° 8.1.74

vi-bhāṣ-i-ta-ṁ s-o-pa-sarga-m° 8.1.53

vi-bhāṣ-e-Ṭ-aḥ 8.3.79

vi-bhāṣ-o-t-pucch-e 6.2.196

vi-bhāṣ-o-dar-e 6.3.88

vi-bhāṣ-o-pa-pad-ena° 1.3.77

vi-bhāṣ-o-pa-yam-an-e 1.2.16

vi-bhāṣ-o-pa-sarg-e 2.3.59

vi-bhāṣ-o-rṇo-ḥ 1.2.3

vi-bhāṣ-o-śīnare-ṣu 4.2.118

vi-bhāṣ-au-śadhi-vanas-° 8.4.6

vi-muk-ta=ādi-bhyo=aṆ 5.2.61

vi-rām-o=ava-sāna-m 1.4.10

vi-śākhay-oś ca 1.2.62

vi-śākhā=aṣāḍh-āt-aṆ 5.1.110

viśi̱-pati-padi̱ skand-ām° 3.4.56

vi-śiṣ-ṭa-liṅg-o° 2.4.7

vi-śeṣ-aṇa-ṁ vi-śeṣ-y-eṇa 2.1.57

vi-śeṣ-aṇān-āṁ ca° 1.2.52

viśva-sya vasu-rāṭ-oḥ 6.3.128

vi-ṣay-o deś-e 4.2.52

vi-ṣ-kira-ḥ śakuni-° 6.1.150

viṣv-ag-devay-oś ca 6.3.92

vi-sarj-anīya-sya sa̱-ḥ 8.3.34

vi-sār-iṇ-o matsy-e 5.4.16

vist-āt=ca 5.1.31

vi-spaṣṭa=ādī-n-i guṇa-° 6.2.24

vīra-vīry-au ca 6.2.120

vuÑ=chaṆ-kaṭhaC-° 4.2.80

vr̥ka-jyeṣṭhā-bhyām-° 5.4.41

vr̥k-āt=ṬeṇyaṆ 5.3.115

vr̥kṣa=āsanay-or vi-ṣṭara-ḥ 8.3.93

vr̥-ṇo-te-r ā-cchād-an-e 3.3.54

vr̥t-ti-sarga-tāy-ane-ṣu° 1.3.38

vr̥d-dha-sya ca 5.3.62

vr̥d-dha-sya ca pūjā-yām 4.1.166

vr̥d-dh-āt=cha-ḥ 4.2.114

vr̥d-dh-āt=ṭhaK sauvīre-ṣu° 4.1.148

vr̥d-dh-āt prāc-ām 4.2.120

vr̥d-dh-ād aka=ika=anta-° 4.2.141

vr̥d-dhi-nimitta-sya ca° 6.3.39

vr̥d-dhi-r āT=aiC 1.1.1

vr̥d-dhi-r eC-i 6.1.88

vr̥d-dhi-r ya-sya=aC-ām° 1.1.73

vr̥d-dh-e-T-kosala-° 4.1.171

vr̥d-dh-o yūn-ā tat=lakṣ-aṇa=° 1.2.65

vr̥d-bhyaḥ sya-saN-oḥ 1.3.92

vr̥ndāraka-nāga-° 2.1.62

vr̥ṣā-kapi=agni-kusita-° 4.1.37

vr̥ṣ-ā-dī-nāṁ ca 6.1.203

v-r̄-T-o vā 7.2.38

ve-ḥ pāda-vi-har-aṇ-e 1.3.41

veÑ-aḥ 6.1.40

veÑ-o vayi-ḥ 2.4.41

vetana=ādibhyo jīv-a-ti 4.4.12

vet-te-r vibhāṣā 7.1.7

ve̱-r a-pr̥k-ta-sya 6.1.67

veśanta-hima-vad-bhyām° 4.4.112

veśo-yaśa=āder bhag-āt=yaL 4.4.131

ve-ś ca svan-o bhoj-an-e 8.3.69

ve-ḥ śabda-kar-maṇ-aḥ 1.3.34

ve-ḥ śālaC=saṅkaṭaC-au 5.2.28

ve-ḥ skande̱-r a-niṣṭhā-yām 8.3.73

ve-ḥ skabh-nā-te-r nityam° 8.3.77

v-ai-T-o=anya-tra 3.4.96

vaiyā-kar-aṇa=ā-khyā-yām° 6.3.7

vai vāv-e-ti ca cchandas-i 8.1.64

v-o-ta-apy-oḥ 3.3.141

v-o-T-o guṇa-vac-an-āt 4.1.44

v-o-pa-sarj-ana-sya 6.3.82

v-o vi-dhūn-an-e ju̱K 7.3.38

v-au kaṣA-lasA-katthA-° 3.2.143

v-au kṣu-śruv-aḥ 3.3.25

vy-ak-ta-vāc-āṁ sam-uc-cār-aṇ-e 1.3.48

vy-añj-an-air upa-sik-t-e 4.4.26

vy-aty-ay-o bahula-m 3.1.85

vyath-o lIṬ-i 7.4.68

vyadhA-jap-or an-upa-sarg-e 3.3.61

vyaN sa-patn-e 4.1.145

vy-ava-hi-t-āś ca 1.4.82

vy-ava-hr̥-paṇ-oḥ sam-arthay-oḥ 2.3.57

vy-av-ā-y-in-o=antara-m 6.2.166

vy-aś ca 6.1.43

vy-āṄ-pari-bhyo ram-aḥ 1.3.83

vy-ā-har-a-ti mr̥ga-ḥ 4.3.51

vy-upay-oḥ śe-te-ḥ pary-āy-e 3.3.39

vy-uṣ-ṭa=ādi-bhyo=aṆ 5.1.97

v-y-or laghu-pra-yat-na-tara-ḥ° 8.3.18

vrajA-yaj-or bhāv-e KyaP 3.3.98

vrat-e 3.2.80

vraścA-bhrasjA-sr̥jA-° 8.2.36

vrāta-CpahÑ-or a-striy-ām° 5.3.113

vrāt-ena jīv-a-ti 5.2.21

vrīhi-śāly-or ḍhaK 5.2.2

vrīhe-ḥ puro-ḍāś-e 4.3.148

vrīhy-ādi-bhyaś ca 2.116

śakaṭ-āt=aṆ 4.4.80

śaka̱-dhr̥ṣA-jñā-glā-° 3.4.65

śak-i Ṇamu̱L-Kamu̱L-au 3.4.12

śak-i lIṄ ca 3.3.172

śaki̱-sah-oś ca 3.1.99

śak-ti-yaṣṭy-or īkaK 4.4.59

śak-t-au hasti-kapāṭay-oḥ 3.2.54

śaṇḍika=ādi-bhyo Ñya-ḥ 4.3.92

śahta-māna-viṁśatika-° 5.1.27

śata-sahasra=ant-āt=ca° 5.2.119

śat-āt-ca ṭhaN-yaT-au-° 5.1.21

Śatur a-nu̱M-o nadī=aC-ādī 6.1.173

śat=anta-viṁśate-ś ca 5.2.46

śad-er a-ga-tiau ta̱-ḥ 7.3.42

śade-ḥ Ś-IT-aḥ 1.3.60

ŚaP-ŚyaN-or nitya-m 7.1.81

śabda-dardura-ṁ kar-o-ti 4.4.34

śabda-vaira-kalaha-° 3.1.17

śam-ām aṣṭā-nāṁ dīrgha-ḥ 7.3.74

śam-i-tā yaj-ñ-e 6.4.54

śam-ity aṣṭā-bhyo GHinu̱Ṇ 3.2.141

śam-i dhato-ḥ saṁ-jñā-yām 3.2.14

śamy-ās=ṢlaÑ 4.3.142

śaya-vāsa-vāsi-ṣu=a-kāl-āt 6.3.18

śarad-vat=śunaka-darbha=° 4.1.102

sar-ā-dī-nāṁ ca 6.3.120

śarīra=av-yav-āt=ca 4.3.55

śarīra=av-yav-āt=yaT 5.1.6

sa̱R-o=aC-i 8.4.49

śarkarā=ādi-bhyo=aṆ 5.3.107

śarkarā-yā vā 4.2.83

śāR-par-e vi-sarj-anīya-ḥ 8.3.35

śa̱R-pūrv-āḥ kha̱Y-aḥ 7.4.61

śa̱L-a iK=up-dh-āt=an-iṬ-aḥ Ksa-ḥ 3.1.45

śalālu-n-o=anya-tara-syām 4.4.54

ś-as ch-o=aṬ-i 8.4.63

Śas-o na̱ 7.1.29

śākal-āt=vā 4.3.128

śākhā=ādi-bhyo ya-ḥ 5.3.103

śā=chā=sā-hvā-vyā-° 7.3.37

śā=cho-r anya-tara-syām 7.4.41

śāṇ-āt=vā 5.1.35

ś-āt 8.4.44

śārad-e=an-ārtav-e 6.2.9

śārṅgarav-āt=yaÑ-o ṄīN 4.1.73

śāl-īna-kaupīn-e° 5.2.20

śās-a iT=aṄ-ha̱L-oḥ 6.4.34

śāsi̱-vasi̱-bhasī̱-nāṁ ca 8.3.60

śā h-au 6.4.35

śikhā-yā valaC 4.2.89

ś-i tu̱K 8.3.31

śi-te-r nity-ā-bahu=° 6.2.138

śilā-yā ḍha-ḥ 5.3.102

śilpa-m 4.4.55

śilp-in-i ca=a-kr̥Ñ-aḥ 6.2.76

śilp-in-i ṢvuN 3.1.145

śiva-śam-ariṣṭa-sya kar-e 4.4.143

śiv-ā-di-bhyo=aṆ 4.1.112

śiśu-kranda-yama-sabha-° 4.3.88

Śi sarva-nāma-sthānan-m 1.1.42

śīṄ-aḥ sārvadhātuk-e guṇa-ḥ 7.4.21

śīṄ-o ru̱T 7.1.6

śīta=uṣṇā-bhyāṁ kār-iṇ-i 5.2.71

śīrṣa-ś chandas-i 6.1.60

śīrṣa-cched-y-āt=yaT=ca 5.1.65

śīla-m 4.4.61

śukr-āt-ghaN 4.2.26

śuṇḍika=ādi-bhyo=aṆ 4.3.76

śubhra=ādi-bhyaś ca 4.1.123

śuṣ-aḥ ka-ḥ 8.2.51

śuṣka-cūrṇa-rūkṣe-ṣu piṣ-aḥ 3.4.35

śuṣka-dhr̥ṣṭ-au 6.1.206

sūdrā-ṇām a-nir-ava-° 2.4.10

śūrp-āt=aÑ anya-tara-syām 5.1.26

śūl-ā-t pāk-e 5.4.65

śūl-o-kh-ā-t=yaT 4.2.17

śr̥ṅkhala-m a-sya bandh-ana-ṁ karabh-e 5.2.79

śr̥ṅga-m ava-sthā-yāṁ ca 6.2.115

śr̥-ta-m pāk-e 6.1.27

śr̄-dr̄-pr-ām hrasvo vā 7.4.12

śr̄-vandy-or āru-ḥ 3.2.173

Śe 1.1.13

Śe muc-ādī-nām 7.1.59

śevala-supari-vi-śāla-° 5.3.84

Śe-ś chandas-i bahulam 6.1.70

śeṣ-āt kar-tar-i para-smai-padam 1.3.78

śeṣ-āt=vibhāṣā 5.4.154

śeṣ-e 4.2.92

śeṣ-e prathama-ḥ 1.4.108

śeṣ-e lR̥Ṭ=a-yad-au 3.3.151

śeṣ-e lopa-ḥ 7.2.90

śeṣ-e vibhāṣā 8.1.41, 50

śeṣ-e vibhāṣā=a-ka̱-kha̱-° 8.4.18

śeṣ-o GHI=a-sakhi 1.4.7

śeṣ-o bahu-vrīhi-ḥ 2.2.23

śoṇ-āt prāc-ām 4.1.43

śaunaka=ādi-bhyaś chandas-i 4.3.106

Śn-as-or aT=lopa-ḥ 6.4.111

Śn-āt=na-lopa-ḥ 6.4.23

Śn-ā-bhy-astay-or āT-aḥ 6.4.112

śy-ā-T-vyadhA-°3.1.141

śyena-tila-sya pāt-e Ñ-e 6.3.71

śy-o=a-sparś-e 8.2.47

śra-jya=avama-kan-° 6.2.25

śraviṣṭhā-phalgunī=° 4.3.34

śrāṇā-māṁsa=odan-āt=ṬiṭhaN 4.4.67

śrāddham an-ena bhuk-tam° 5.2.85

śrāddh-e śarad-aḥ 4.3.12

śri-nī-bhuv-o=an-upa-sarg-e 3.3.24

śrī-grām-ṇy-oś chandas-i 7.1.56

śruv-aḥ śr̥ ca 3.1.74

śru-śr̥ṇu-pr̄-kr̥-vr̥-bhyaś chandas-i 6.4.102

śreṇi=āday-aḥ kr̥-ta=ādi-bhiḥ 2.1.59

śrotriyan=chando=° 5.2.84

śri=uK-aḥ K-IT-i 7.2.11

ślāgha̱-hnuṄ-sthā-śap-ām° 1.4.34

śliṣ-a ā-liṅg-an-e 3.1.46

Śl-au 6.1.10

śva-gaṇ-āt=ṭhaÑ ca 4.4.11

śvay-a-te-r a-ḥ 7.4.18

śva-yuva-magho-nām° 6.4.133

śvaśura-ḥ śvaśrv-ā 1.2.71

śvas-as tu̱Ṭ ca 5.3.15

śvaso-vas-īyas-śreyas-aḥ 5.4.80

śv-ā-de-r iÑ-i 7.3.8

svi-īT-IT-o niṣṭhā-yām 7.2.14

Ṣa-ḥ prat-aya-sya 1.3.6

ṣaṭ-katipaya-catur-ām° 5.2.51

ṣaṭ ca kāṇḍa=ādī-n-i 6.2.135

ṣaṭ-catur-bhyaś ca 7.1.55

ṣaṭ-tri-catur-bhyo ha̱L-ādi-ḥ 6.1.179

ṣaḍ-bhyo luK 7.1.22

ṣa̱-ḍh-oḥ ka̱-ḥ s-i 8.2.41

ṣaṇ-mās-āt=ṆyaT=ca 5.1.83

ṣa-tva-tu̱K-or a-sid-dha-ḥ 6.1.86

ṣa-pūrva-han-dhr̥-ta-rājñ-ām aṆ-i 6.4.135

ṣaṣṭik-āḥ ṣaṣṭi-rātr-eṇa° 5.1.90

ṣaṣṭy=āde-ś ca=a-saṁ-khyā-° 5.2.58

ṣaṣṭha=aṣṭamā-bhyām Ña ca 5.3.50

ṣaṣṭhī 2.2.8

ṣaṣṭhī ca=an-ā-dar-e 2.3.38

ṣaṣṭhī praty-enas-i 6.2.60

ṣaṣṭhī-yuk-ta-ś chandas-i vā 1.4.9

ṣaṣṭhī śeṣ-e 2.3.50

ṣaṣṭhī sthān-e-yogā 1.1.49

ṣaṣṭhī hetu-pra-yog-e 2.3.26

ṣaṣṭhy atas=artha-praty-ay-ena 2.3.30

ṣaṣṭhy-ā ā-kroś-e 6.3.21

ṣaṣṭhy-āḥ pati-putra-° 8.3.53

ṣaṣṭhy-ā rūpya ca 5.3.54

ṣaṣṭhy-ā vy-ā-śray-e 5.4.48

ṣ-āt pada=ant-āt 8.4.35

Ṣ-IT-gaura-ādi-bhyaś ca 4.1.41

Ṣ-IT=bhid-ādi-bhyo=aṄ 3.3.104

ṣ-ṭU-nā ṣ-ṭU-ḥ 8.4.41

ṣṭhivU-klami̱=ā-cam-ām Ś-IT-i 7.3.75

ṣ-ṇa̱=antā ṢAṬ 1.1.24

ṢyaṄ-aḥ sam-pra-sār-aṇa-m 6.1.13

S

s-a uttama-sya 3.4.98

sa e-ṣām grāma-ṇī-ḥ 5.2.78

saṁ-yas-aś ca 3.1.72

saṁ-yoga=ādi-ś ca 6.4.166

saṁ-yoga-āde-r āT-o dhāto-ḥ 8.2.43

saṁ-yog-ā-nta-sya lopa-ḥ 8.2.23

saṁ-yog-e guru 1.4.11

saṁ-vatsara=āgrahāyaṇī-bhyām° 4.3.50

saṁ-vatsar-ā-nt-āt=chandas-i 5.1.91 [cf. vatsar-ā-nt-āt°]

saṁ-śaya-m ā-panna-ḥ 5.1.73

saṁ-sr̥ṣ-ṭ-e 4.4.22

saṁ-s-kr̥-ta-m 4.4.3

saṁ-s-kr̥-ta-m bhakṣ-āḥ 4.2.16

saṁ-hita-śapha-lakṣ-aṇa-° 4.1.70

saṁ-hi-tā-yām 6.1.72; 3.114

s-aḥ s-i=ārdha-dhātuk-e 7.4.49

sa-ḥ svidi̱-svadi̱-sahī̱-nāṁ ca 8.3.62

saktha-ṁ ca=a-kra=ant-āt 6.2.198

sakhī=a-śisvī=iti bhāṣā-yām 4.1.62

sakhyur a-sam-bud-dh-au 7.1.92

sakhyur ya-ḥ 5.1.126

sa-gati-r api tiṄ 8.1.68

sa-garbha-sa-yūtha-° 4.4.114

saṁ-kala=ādi-bhyaś ca 4.2.75

saṁ-khyay-ā=a-vy-aya=ā-sanna-° 2.2.25

saṁ-khyā 6.2.35

saṁ-khyā-pūrv-o dvi-gu-ḥ 2.1.52

saṁkhyā-yā a-ti-śat=antā-yāḥ 5.1.22

saṁ-khyā-yā ava-yav-e tayaP 5.2.42

saṁ-khyā-yāḥ kriyā=abhy-ā-° 5.4.17

saṁ-khyā-yā guṇa-sya ni-mān-e° 4.2.47

saṁ-khyā-yā vidhā=arth-e dhā 5.3.42

saṁ-khyā-yāś ca guṇa=antā-yāḥ 5.4.59

saṁ-khyā-yāḥ saṁ-vatsara-° 7.3.15

saṁ-khyā-yāḥ saṁ-jñā-saṁ-gha-sūtra-° 5.1.58

saṁ-khyā-yāḥ stan-aḥ 6.2.163

saṁ-khyā vaṁśy-ena 2.1.19

saṁ-khyā vi-sāya-pūrva-sya° 6.3.110

saṁ-khy-ā-vy-ay=āde-r ṄīP 4.1.26

saṁ-khyā-su-pūrva-sya 5.4.140

saṁ-khy-ai-ka-vac-an-āt=ca 5.4.43

saṁ-grām-e pra-yoj-ana-° 4.2.56

saṁgha=aṅka-lakṣ-aṇe-ṣu° 4.3.127

saṁgh-e ca=an=auttarādhary-e 3.3.42

saṁ-gh-o-ud-gh-au gaṇa-° 3.3.86

saṁ-jñā-pūr-aṇy-oś ca 6.3.38

saṁ-jñā-yāṁ lalāṭa-° 4.4.46

saṁ-jñā-yāṁ śarad-o vuÑ 4.3.27

saṁ-jñā-yāṁ śravaṇa=aśvatthā-bhyām 4.2.5

saṁ-jñā-yāṁ sam-ajA-ni-ṣada̱-° 3.3.99

saṁ-jñā-yāṁ kaN 4.3.147; 5.3.75, 87

saṁ-jñā-yāṁ kanthā=uśīnare-ṣu 2.4.20

saṁ-jñā-yāṁ giri-ni-kāyay-oḥ 6.2.94

saṁ-jñā-yāṁ ca 5.3.97; 6.2.77

saṁ-jñā-yāṁ jany-āḥ 4.4.82

saṁ-jñā-yāṁ dhenuṣ-yā 4.4.89

saṁ-jñā-yām 2.1.44; 3.3.109; 4.42; 4.1.72; 3.117; 6.2.159; 8.2.11

saṁ-jñā-yām an-ā-cita=ādī-nām 6.2.146

saṁ-jñā-yām upa-māna-m 6.1.204

saṁ-jñā-yām bhr̥-tr̄-vr̥-ji-° 3.2.46

saṁ-jñā-yām man-mā-bhyām 5.2.137

saṁ-jñā-yām mitra=ajinay-oḥ 6.2.165

saṁ-jñ-o=anya-tara-syāṁ kar-maṇ-i 2.3.22

saṁ-jñ-au-pamyay-oś ca 6.2.113

satya-m praś-n-e 8.1.32

saty-āt=a-śap-ath-e 5.4.66

satyāpa-pāśa-rūpa-° 3.1.25

sat(sad=)-sū-dviṣA-druhA-° 3.2.61

sadi̱-r a-prate-ḥ 8.3.66

sa-dr̥śa-prati-rūpay-oḥ° 6.2.11

sade̱-ḥ para-sya lIṬ-i 8.3.118

sade̱-r a-prate-ḥ 8.3.66

sadyas=parut-parāri=° 5.3.22

sadha-māda-sthay-oś chandas-i 6.3.96

san-aḥ KtiC-i lopa-ś ca° 6.4.45

sa napuṁsaka-m 2.4.17

saN-ā-śaṁsa̱-bhikṣ-a u-ḥ 3.2.168

saN=ādi=ant-ā dhātav-aḥ 3.1.32

saniṁ-sasanivāṁsa-m 7.2.69

saN-i grahA-guh-oś ca 7.2.12

saN-i ca 2.4.47

saN-i mī-mā-ghu-° 7.4.54

saN-i=iv-anta=r̥dha̱-° 7.2.49

san-o-te-r a-n-aḥ 8.3.108

saṁ-dhi-velā=adi=° 4.3.16

san(sad=)mah-at-parama-° 2.1.61

saN-yaṄ-oḥ 6.1.9

saN-y aT-aḥ 7.4.79

saN-lIṬ-or je-ḥ 7.3.57

saN-vat=laghu-n-i CaṄ-par-e 7.4.93

sa-pattra-niṣ-pattr-āt-° 5.4.61

sa-pūrv-āt=ca 5.2.87

sa-pūrvā-yāḥ prathamā-yā° 8.1.26

saptan-o=aÑ chandas-i 5.1.61

saptamī-pañcamy-au° 2.3.7

saptamī-viśeṣ-aṇ-e° 2.2.35

saptamī śauṇḍ-aiḥ 2.1.40

saptamī sid-dha-śuṣ-ka-° 6.2.32

saptamī-hār-iṇ-au° 6.2.65

saptamy adhi-kar-aṇ-e ca 2.3.36

saptamy-āḥ puṇya-m 6.2.152

saptamy-āṁ ca=upa-pīḍa-° 3.4.49

saptamy-ām jane-r Ḍa-ḥ 3.2.97

saptamy-ās traL 5.3.10

sabhā-y-āṁ napuṁsak-e 6.2.98

sabhāyā ya-ḥ 4.4.105

sabhā rāja=a-manuṣya-pūrvā 2.4.23

sam-aḥ kṣṇuv-aḥ 1.3.65

sam-aḥ prati-jñān-e 1.3.52

sam-aḥ sam-i 6.3.93

sam-aḥ su̱Ṭ-i 8.3.5

sam-aya-s tad a-sya pr-ā-pta-m 5.1.104

sam-ay-āt=ca yāp-anā-yām 5.4.60

sam-artha-ḥ pada-vi-dhi-ḥ 2.1.1

sam-arthā-nām pratham-āt=vā 4.1.82

sam-ava-pra-vi-bhyaḥ sth-aḥ 1.3.22

sam-av-ā-yān sam-av-ai-ti 4.4.43

sam-av-ā-y-e ca 6.1.138

sam-as tr̥tīyā-yuk-t-āt 1.3.54

samā-ṁ samā-ṁ vi-jāy-a-te 5.2.12

sa-māna-kar-tr̥-kay-oḥ pūrva-kāl-e 3.4.21

sa-māna-kar-tr̥ke-ṣu tumu̱N 3.3.158

sa-māna-tīrth-e vās-ī 4.4.107

sa-māna-sya cchandas-i° 6.3.84

sa-mān-o-dar-e śay-i-tari° 4.4.108

sam-āp-an-āt sa pūrva-° 5.1.112

samā-yāḥ kha-ḥ 5.1.85

sam-ā-sat-t-au 3.4.50

sam-āsa-sya 6.1.223

sam-ās-āt=ca tad-° 5.3.106

sam-as-ā-nt-āḥ 5.4.68

sam-ās-e=angule-ḥ saṅg-aḥ 8.3.80

sam-ās-e=a-naÑ-pūrve° 7.1.37

sam-ā-hāra-ḥ svar-i-ta-ḥ 1.2.31

sam-i khy-aḥ 3.2.7

sam-i muṣṭ-au 3.3.36

sam-i yu-du-druv-aḥ 3.3.23

sam-uc-cay-e=anya-tara-syām 3.4.3

sam-uc-cay-e sāmānya-vac-ana-sya 3.4.5

sam-ud-āṄ-bhyo yam-o=a-granth-e 1.3.75

sam-ud-or aj-aḥ paśu-ṣu 3.3.69

samudra-abhr=āt=gha-ḥ 4.4.118

sa-mūla=a-kr̥-ta=jīve-ṣu° 3.4.36

sam-ūha-vat=ca bahu-ṣu 5.4.22

sam-o gami̱=r̥cchi̱-bhyām 1.3.29

sam-pari-pūrv-āt kha ca 5.1.92

sam-pari=upe-bhyaḥ kar-o-t-au bhūṣ-aṇ-e 6.1.137

sam-pād-in-i 5.1.99

sam-pr̥ca̱=anu-rudha̱-° 3.2.142

sam-prati-bhyām an-ā-dhyān-e 1.3.46

sam-pra-sār-aṇa-sya 6.3.139

sam-pra-sār-aṇ-āt-ca 6.1.108

sam-pra=ud-aś ca kaṭaC 5.2.29

sam-bud-dh-au ca 7.3.108

sam-bud-dh-au śākalya-sya° 1.1.16

sam-bodh-an-e ca 2.3.47; 3.2.125

sam-bhav-a-ti=ava-har-a-ti-° 5.1.52

sam-bhāv-an-e=alam iti° 3.3.154

sam-bhū-t-e 4.3.41

sam-mān-ana=ut-sañj-ana-° 1.3.36

sa-rūpā-ṇām eka-śeṣa=° 1.2.64

sar-ti-śās-ti=arti-bhyaś ca 3.1.56

sarva-kūla=abhra=° 3.2.42

sarva-ṁ guṇa-kārtsny-e 6.2.93

sarva-car-maṇ-aḥ kr̥-ta-ḥ kha-khaÑ-au 5.2.5

sarva-tra lohita=ādi-° 4.1.18

sarva-tra vibhāṣā go-ḥ 6.1.122

sarva-tra śākalya-sya 8.4.51

sarva-tr-ā-Ṇ ca° 4.3.22

sarva-dev-āt tātiL 4.4.142

sarva-nāma-sthān-e ca° 6.4.8

sarva-nāmn-aḥ tr̥tīyā ca 2.3.27

sarva-nāmn-aḥ smai 7.1.14

sarva-nāmn-aḥ syāṬ=hrasva-ś ca 7.3.114

sarva-nāmn-as tr̥tīyā ca 2.3.27

sarva-puruṣā-bhyāṁ Ṇa-ḍhaÑ-au 5.1.10

sarva-bhūmi-pr̥thivī-bhyām° 5.1.41

sarva-sya dv-e 8.1.1

sarva-sya sUP-i 6.1.191

sarva-sya s-o=anya-tara-syām 5.3.6

sarv-ā-dī-n-i sarva-nāmā-n-i 1.1.27

sarv-ai-ka=anya-° 5.3.15

sa-vā-bhyāṁ va=am-au 3.4.91

sa-vidha-sa-nīḍa-° 6.2.23

sa̱-sajuṣ rU-ḥ 8.2.66

sasūv-a=iti ni-gam-e 7.4.74

sa-sn-au pra-śaṁsā-yām 5.4.40

sasy-ena pari-jā-ta-ḥ 5.2.68

saha-naÑ-vid-ya-māna-° 4.1.57

saha-yuk-t-e=a-pra-dhān-e 2.3.19

saha sUP-ā 2.1.4

saha-sya sadhri-ḥ 6.3.95

saha-sya sa-ḥ saṁ-jñā-yām 6.3.78

sahasr-eṇa sam-mi-t-au gha-ḥ 4.4.135

sahi̱-vah-or oT=a-varṇa-sya 6.3.112

sah-e̱ḥ pr̥tanā=r̥tā-bhyāṁ ca 8.3.109

sah-e ca 3.2.96

sahe̱-ḥ sāḍ-aḥ s-aḥ 8.3.56

sākṣ-āt-pra-bhr̥-tī-n-i ca 1.4.74

sākṣ-āt=draṣ-ṭar-i saṁ-jñā-yām 5.2.91

sāḍhyai sāḍhvā sāḍhā-° 6.3.113

sāt-pada=ādy-oḥ 8.3.111

sādh-aka-tama-ṁ kar-aṇa-m 1.4.42

sādhu-nipuṇā-bhyām° 2.3.43

s-ā-nta-mahat-aḥ saṁ-yoga-sya 6.4.10

sāpta-pad-īna-ṁ sakhya-m 5.2.22

sām-a ākam 7.1.33

s-ā-mantr-i-ta-m 2.3.48

sāmanya-vac-anaṁ vi-bhāṣ-i-ta-m° 8.1.74

sāmi 2.1.27

sāyaṁ-ciram-° 4.3.23

sārva-dhātuka-m a-P-IT 1.2.4

sārva-dhatuk-ā-rdha-dhatukay-oḥ 7.3.84

sārva-dhatuk-e yaK 3.1.67

sālva=ava-yava-pratyg-ratha-° 4.1.173

sālv-eya-gāndhari-bhyāṁ ca 4.1.169

s-AU=anaḍuh-aḥ 7.1.82

s-AU=eka-aC-as tr̥tīyā-° 6.1.168

s-ā-smin paurṇamāsī=° 4.2.21

s-ā-sya devatā 4.2.24

sikatā-śarkarā-bhyāṁ ca 5.2.104

si̱C-i ca parasmaipadeṣu 7.2.40

si̱C-i vr̥d-dhi-ḥ para-smai-° 7.2.1

sic-o yaṄ-i 8.3.112

si̱j(si̱C)-abhy-asta-vidi̱-bhyaś ca 3.4.109

S-IT-i ca 1.4.16

sid-dha-śuṣ-ka-pak-va-° 2.1.41

sidhma=ādibhyaś ca 5.2.97

sidh-ya-te-r a-pāra-laukik-e 6.1.49

sindhu-takṣa-śilā=ādi-bhyo° 4.3.93

sindhv-apa-karā-bhyaṁ kaN 4.3.32

siP-i dhato-r rUr vā 8.2.74

siP=bahula-m lEṬ-i 3.1.34

siv-ādī-nām aṬ=vy-av-ā-y=e=api 8.3.71

su-ḥ pūjā-yām 1.4.94

su-kar-ma-pāpa-° 3.2.89

sukha-priyay-or hi-t-e 6.2.15

sukha-priy-āt=ānu-lomy-e 5.4.63

sukh-ā-di-bhyaḥ kar-tr̥-ved-anā-yām 3.1.18

sukh-ā-dibhyaś ca 5.2.131

suÑ-aḥ 8.3.107

suÑ-o yaj-ña-saṁ-yog-e 3.2.132

su̱Ṭ k-āt pūrva-ḥ 6.1.135

su̱Ṭ ti̱-th-oḥ 3.4.107

su̱ḍ(su̱Ṭ=)a-napuṁsaka-sya 1.1.48

su-dhātur aka̱Ṅ ca 4.1.97

su-dhi-ta-vasu-dhi-ta° 7.4.45

su-no-te-ḥ sya saN-oḥ 8.3.117

sUP-a ātman-aḥ KyaC 3.1.8

sUP-aḥ 1.4.103

sUP-āṁ sU-luK° 7.1.39

sUP-i ca 7.3.102

sUP-i sth-aḥ 3.2.4

sUP-o dhātu-prātipadikay-oḥ 2.4.71

sUP-tiṄ=anta-m pada-m 1.4.14

sUP prati-nā mātrā=arth-e 2.1.9

sUPy a-jāt-au° 3.2.78

su-prāta-su-śva-su-diva-° 5.4.120

sUB(sUP=)ā-mantr-i-te° 2.1.2

su-yaj-or Ṅvani̱P 3.2.103

su-vāstu=ādi-bhyo=aṆ 4.2.77

su-vi-nir-dur-bhyaḥ° 8.3.88

suṣāmā=ādi-ṣu ca 8.3.98

su-sarva=ardh-āt=janapada-sya 7.3.12

su-hr̥d-dur-hr̥d-au mitr-ā-° 5.4.150

sūtra-m prati-ṣṇā-ta-m 8.3.90

sūtr-āt=ca k-o-pa-dh-āt 4.2.65

sūdA-dīpa̱-dīkṣ-aś ca 3.2.153

s-ū-pa-mān-āt Kta-ḥ 6.2.145

sūrya-tiṣya-° 6.4.149

sr̥-ghasi̱-ad-aḥ KmaraC 3.2.160

sr̥ji̱-dr̥ś-or jha̱Li=aM a-K-IT-i 6.1.58

sr̥pi̱-tr̥d-oḥ Kasu̱N 3.4.17

sr̥ sthir-e 3.3.17

sedh-a-te-r ga-t-au 8.3.113

senā=anta-laks-aṇa-kāri-bhyaś ca 4.1.152

senā-yā vā 4.4.45

se-r hi=a-P-IT-ca 3.4.87

Se' Si̱Ci kr̥ta-° 7.2.57

s-o=aC-i lop-e cet-° 6.1.134

so-ḍha-ḥ 8.3.115

sodar-āt=ya-ḥ 4.4.109

s-o=a-pada-ād-au 8.3.38

soma-m arh-a-ti ya-ḥ 4.4.137

som-āt=ṬyaṆ 4.2.30

som-e suÑ-aḥ 3.2.90

som-e hvar-i-ta-ḥ 7.2.33

s-or ava-kṣep-aṇ-e 6.2.195

s-or man-as-ī a-loma=° 6.2.117

s-o=a-sya ni-vāsa-ḥ 4.3.89

s-o=a=sya=aṁśa-vasna-bhr̥-tay-aḥ 5.1.56

s-o=a-sya=ādi-r iti° 4.2.55

s-AU ca 6.4.13

s-k-oḥ saṁ-yoga=ādy-or ant-e ca 8.2.29

stanbhU-stunbhU° 3.1.82

stamba-karṇay-o rami̱-jap-oḥ 3.2.13

stamba-śakr̥t-or iN 3.2.24

stamb-e Ka ca 3.3.83

stambhU̱-sivU-sah-āṁ CaṄ-i 8.3.116

stambhe̱-ḥ 8.3.67

stu-ta-stomay-oś chandas-i 8.3.105

stu-su-dhūÑ-bhyaḥ para-smai-° 7.2.72

sten-āt=yaT=na-lops-ś ca 5.1.125

stoka=antika-dūra=artha-° 2.1.39

s-tO-ḥ ś-cU-nā ś-cU-ḥ 8.4.40

stau-ti-Ṇy-or eva-° 8.3.61

sty-aḥ pra-pūrva-sya 6.1.23

striy-āḥ 6.4.79

striy-āḥ puṁ-vat=bhāṣita-° 6.3.34

striy-āṁ saṁ-jñā-yām 5.4.143

striy-āṁ KtiN 3.3.94

striy-āṁ ca 7.1.96

striy-ām 4.1.3

striy-ām avanti-kunti-° 4.1.176

strī puṁ-vat=ca 1.2.66

strī-puṁsā-bhyāṁ naÑ-snaÑ-au 4.1.87

strī-bhyo ḍhaK 4.1.120

strī-ṣu sauvīra-sālva-° 4.2.76

sth-aḥ Ka ca 3.2.77

sthaṇḍil-āt=śay-i-tar-i vrat-e 4.2.15

sthā-gā-pā-pac-o bhāv-e 3.3.95

sthā-GHV-or iT=ca 1.2.17

sth-ā-di-ṣu=abhy-ās-ena-° 8.3.64

sthāna-anta-go-śāla-° 4.3.35

sthāna=ant-āt=vibhāṣā 5.4.10

sthāni-vat=ādeś-o° 1.1.56

sthān-e=antara-tama-ḥ 1.1.50

sthālī-bil-āt 5.1.70

sthūla-dūra-yuva-° 6.4.156

sthūla-ā-di-bhyaḥ pra-kāra-° 5.4.3

sth-e ca bhāṣā-yām 6.3.20

sth-e-śA-bhāsa̱-piṣa̱-° 3.2.175

snātvī=āday-aś ca 7.1.49

snu-kram-or an-ātmane-pada-° 7.2.36

sneh-an-e piṣ-aḥ 3.4.38

spradhā-yām āṄ-aḥ 1.3.31

spr̥ś-o=an-udak-e Kvi̱N 3.2.58

spr̥h-i̱-gr̥h-i̱-pat-i̱-° 3.2.158

spr̥he̱-r īp-sita-ḥ 1.4.36

sphāy-aḥ sphī niṣṭhā-yām 6.1.22

sphāy-o va-ḥ 7.3.41

sphiga-pūta-vīṇā-° 6.2.187

sphur-a-ti-sphu-la-ty-or GHaÑ-i 6.1.47

sphur-a-ti-sphul-a-ty-or nir-ni-vi-bhyaḥ 8.3.76

smi-pūṄ-r̥=anjU-aś-āṁ saN-i 7.2.74

sm-e lOṬ 3.3.165

sm-o-ttar-e lAṄ ca 3.3.176

sya-tās-ī lR̥-lUṬ-oḥ 3.1.33

syad-o jav-e 6.4.28

sya-ś chandas-i bahula-m 6.1.133

sya-si̱C-sīyu̱Ṭ-tāsi̱-ṣu° 6.4.62

srav-a-ti-śr̥-ṇo-ti-drav-ati-° 7.4.81

srotas-o vibhāṣā° 4.4.113

sva-ṁ rūpa-ṁ śabda-sya-° 1.1.68

sva-ṁ svām-in-i 6.2.17

sva-tantra-ḥ kar-tā 1.4.54

svata-vān pāy-au 8.3.11

svanA-has-or vā 3.3.62

svap-ādi-hiṁs-ām aC-i-an-iṬ-i 6.1.188

svapi̱-tr̥ṣ-or naji̱Ṅ 3.2.172

svapi̱-syami̱-vyeÑ-āṁ yaṄ-i 6.1.19

svap-o naN 3.3.91

svam a-jñā-ti-dhana=° 1.1.35

sV=am-or napuṁsak-āt 7.1.23

svayaṁ Ktena 2.1.25

svar-a-ti-sū-ti-sū-ya-ti-° 7.2.44

svar-ādi-nipāta-m a-vy-aya-m 1.1.37

svar-i-ta-Ñ-IT-aḥ kar-tr̥=abhi-° 1.3.72

svar-i-ta-m ā-mreḍ-i-t-e° 8.2.103

svar-i-t-āt saṁ-hi-tā-yām° 1.2.39

svar-i-t-ena=adhi-kāra-ḥ 1.3.11

svar-i-to vā=an-ud-ātt-e° 8.2.6

svasuś cha-ḥ 4.1.143

sv-ā-gata=ādī-nāṁ ca 7.3.7

sv-ā-ṅg-āt=ca=īT-aḥ 6.3.40

sv-ā-ṅg=āt=c-o-pa-sarj-an-āt=° 4.1.54

sv-ā-ṅg-e tas-praty-ay-e° 3.4.61

sv-ā-ṅg-e-'dhruv-e 3.4.54

sv-ā-ṅge-bhyaḥ pra-si-t-e 5.2.66

sv=ādi-bhyah Śnu-ḥ 3.1.73

sV(sU=)ādi=ṣu=a-sarva-nāma-sthān=e 1.4.17

svādum-i Ṇamu̱L 3.4.26

svāpe-ś CaṄ-i 6.1.18

svāmin=aiśvary-e 5.2.126

svam-ī-ś-vara=adhipati-° 2.3.39

sv-e puṣ-aḥ 3.4.40

sV(sU=)au-Jas-am-auṬ=° 4.1.2

H

ha̱ eT-i 7.4.52

han-aś ca vadha-ḥ 3.3.76

ha̱n-as ta ca 3.1.108

han-as t-o̱=a-CiṆ-ṆaL-oḥ 7.3.32

han-aḥ si̱C 1.2.14

han-o vadha lIṄ-i 2.4.42

hanta ca 8.1.54

han-te-r aT-pūrva-sya 8.4.22

han-te-r ja-ḥ 6.4.36

har-a-te-r an-ud-yam-an-e=aC 3.2.9

har-a-te-r dr̥-ti-nāthay-oḥ paś-au 3.2.25

har-a-ty ut-saṅga=ādi-bhyaḥ 4.4.15

harita=ādi-bhyo=aÑ-aḥ 4.1.100

harītakī=ādi-bhyaś ca 4.1.167

ha̱L-aḥ 6.4.2

ha̱L-aT=ant-āt saptamy-āḥ ° 6.3.9

ha̱L-ant-āt=ca 1.2.10

ha̱L-antya-m 1.3.3

ha̱L-aś ca 3.3.121

ha̱L-aś ca=iC=upa-dh-āt 8.4.31

ha̱L-as Ś-aḥ ŚānaC=h-au 3.1.83

hala-sīr-āt=ṭhaK 4.3.124; 4.81

hala-sūkaray-oḥ puv-aḥ 3.2.183

ha̱L-as taddhita-sya 6.4.150

ha̱L-ādi-s śeṣa-ḥ 7.4.60

ha̱L-i ca 8.2.77

ha̱L-i lopa-ḥ 7.2.113

ha̱L-i sarve-ṣām 8.3.22

ha̱L-o=an-antar-āḥ saṁ-yoga-ḥ 1.1.7

ha̱L-o ya̱M-āṁ ya̱M-i lopa-ḥ 8.4.64

ha̱L-Ṅi=āP=bhyo dīrgh-āt=° 6.1.68

hav-y-e=an-antaḥ-pāda-m 3.2.66

ha-śaśvat-or lAṄ ca 3.2.116

ha̱Ś-i ca 6.1.114

h-aś ca vrīhi-kālay-oḥ 3.1.148

hast-āt=jā-t-au 5.2.133

hast-ā-dān-e ce-r a-stey-e 3.3.40

hast-e var-ti-grah-oḥ 3.4.39

hāy-ana=anta-yuva=ādi=bhyo=aṆ 5.1.130

hiṁsā-yām prate-ś ca 6.1.141

hiṁs-ā-rthā-nāṁ ca° 3.4.48

hi ca 8.1.34

hi-ta-m bhaks-āḥ 4.4.65

hi-nu mī-nā 8.4.15

hima-kāṣi-hati-ṣu ca 6.3.54

hiraṇya-pari-māṇa-ṁ dhan-e 6.2.55

hīn-e 1.4.86

hī-ya-māna-pāpa-yog-āt=ca 5.4.47

hu-jha̱L-bhyo he-r dhi-ḥ 6.4.101

hu-Śnuv-oḥ sārva-dhātuk-e 6.4.87

hr̥-kr-or anya-tara-syām 1.4.53

hr̥daya-sya pri-ya-ḥ 4.4.95

hr̥daya-sya hr̥d=lekha-° 6.3.50

hr̥d-bhaga-sindhu=ante-e° 7.3.19

hr̥ṣe-r loma-su 7.2.29

h-e-ti(ha-iti) kṣiyā-yām 8.1.60

hetu-mat-i ca 3.1.26

hetu-manuṣye-bhyo° 4.3.81

hetu-hetu-mat-or lIṄ 3.3.156

het-au 2.3.23

hemanta-śiśir-au° 2.4.28

hemant-āt=ca 4.3.21

h-e ma̱-par-e ca 8.3.26

he-r a-CaṄ-i 7.3.56

haiyaṁ-gav-īna-ṁ saṁ-jñā-yām 5.2.23

hai-he-pra-yoge hai-hay-oḥ 8.2.85

h-o ḍha̱-ḥ 8.2.31

hotrā-bhyaś cha-ḥ 5.1.135

h-o hante-r Ñ-Ṇ-it=ne-ṣu 7.3.54

h-m-y-anta-kṣaṇa̱-śvasA-° 7.2.5

hrasva-ḥ 7.4.59

hrasva-ṁ laghu 1.4.10

hrasva-nadī=āP-o nu̱Ṭ 7.1.54

hrasva-nu̱Ṭ=bhyām matUP 6.1.176

hrasva-sya guṇa-ḥ 7.3.108

hrasva-sya P-IT-i kr̥t-i° 6.1.71

hrasv-āt=candra=uttara-pad-e° 6.1.151

hrasv-āt t-ād-au taddhit-e 8.3.101

hrasv-āt aṅgāt 8.2.27

hrasv-ā-nt-e=anty-āt pūrva-m 6.2.174

hrasv-e 5.3.86

hrasv-o napuṁsak-e° 1.2.47

hru hvare-ś chandas-i 7.2.31

hv-aḥ sam-pra-sār-aṇa-ṁ ca° 3.3.72

hv-aḥ sam-pra-sār-aṇa-m 6.1.32

hvā-vā-m-aś ca 3.2.2

Pāṇin-īya-Dhātu-pāṭha-ḥ

bhūv-āday-aḥ

āāḥ

para-smai-bhāṣa-ḥ

1 bhū sattā-y-ām

ta-varg-īya=antāḥ ánudatta=IT-aḥ

2 édhA vr̥d-dh-áu; 3 spárdhA saṁ-gharṣ-é; 4 gādhR̥ ¹pra-tiṣṭhā-²lipsáy-or-³granth-é ca; 5 bādhR̥ vi-lóḍ-an-e; 6 nādhR̥ 7 nāthR̥ ¹yāc-ñā=²upa-tāpá=³aíśvarya=⁴āsīḥ-ṣu; 8 dádhA dhār-aṇ-e; 9 skúdI ā-práv-aṇ-e; 10 śvídI śvaíty-e; 11 vádI ¹abhi-vād-ana-²stu-ty-óḥ; 12 bhádI kalyāṇ-e sukh-é ca; 13 mádI ¹stu-tí-²móda-³máda-⁴sváp-na-⁵gá-ti-ṣu; 14 spádI kiṁ-cit=cál-an-e; 15 klídI pari-dév-ane; 16 múdA hárṣ-e; 17 dádA dān-é; 18 svádA 19 svárdA ā-svād-an-e; 20 úrdA mān-e krīḍā-y-āṁ ca; 21 kúrdA 22 khúrdA 23 gúrdA guda-kriḍā-y-ām eva; (24 gúdA krīḍā-y-ām evá); 25 sūdA kṣár-aṇ-e; 26 hrádA á-vyak-t-e śábde; 27 hlādĪ sukh-é ca; 28 svádA ā-svād-an-e; 29 párdA kuts-it-é śábd-e; 30 yátĪ pra-yat-n-é; 31 yútR̥ 32 jútR̥ bhās-an-e; 33 víthR̥ 34 véthR̥ yāc-an-e; 35 śráthI śaíthily-e; 36 gráthI kaúṭily-e; 37 kátthA ślāghā-y-ām.

ta-varg-īya=antāḥ udātta=IT-aḥ

38 átÁ sātatya-gam-an-e; 39 cítĪ́ saṁ-jñā-n-e; 40 cyútÍR ā-séc-an-e; 41 scyútÍR kṣár-aṇ-e; (42 jyútÍR bhās-an-e); 43 mánthÁ vi-lóḍ-an-e; 44 kúthÍ 45 púthÍ 46 lúthÍ 47 máthÍ ¹hiṁsā-²saṁ-kléś-ay-oḥ; 48 ṣídhÁ gá-ty-ām; 49 ṣídhŪ̀ śās-tr-é māṅgaly-e ca; 50 khādR̥ bhákṣ-aṇ-e; 51 khádÁ sthaíry-e hiṁsā-y-āṁ ca; 53 gádÁ vyàk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í; 54 rádÁ vi-lékh-an-e; 55 nádÁ (á-vyak-t-e) śábd-e; 56 árdÁ gá-t-au yāc-an-e ca; 57 nárdÁ 58 gárdÁ śábd-e; 59 tárdÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; 60 kárdÁ kuts-i-t-é śábd-e; 61 khárdÁ dan-daś-ūk-e; 62 átÍ 63 ádÍ bándh-an-e; 64 ídÍ parama=aisvary-é; 65 bídÍ ava-yav-é; 65a gáḍÍ vadana=eka-deś-é; 66 ṇídÍ kutsā-y-ām; 67 ṬUnádÍ sám-r̥d-dh-au; 68 cádÍ āhlād-e dīp-t-aú ca; 69 trádÍ ceṣṭā-y-ām; 70 kádÍ 71 krádÍ 72 kládÍ ā-hvān-e ród-ane ca; 73 klídÍ pari-dév-an-e; 74 súndhÁ śúd-dh-au.

ka-varg-īya-antāḥ ánudātta-IT-aḥ

75 śīkR̥ séc-ane; 76 lókR̥ dárś-an-e; 77 ślokR̥ saṁ-ghāt-é; 78 drékR̥ 79 dhrékR̥ ¹śábda=²ut-sāháy-oḥ; 80 rékR̥ śaṅkā-y-ām; 81 sékR̥ 82 srékR̥ 83 srákI 84 śrákI 85 ślákI gá-ty-arthāḥ; 86 śákI śaṅkā-y-ām; 87 ákI lákṣ-an-e; 88 vákI kaúṭily-e; 89 mákI máṇḍ-an-e; 90 kákA laúly-e; 91 kúkA 92 vŕkA ā-dān-e; 93 cákA tr̥p-t-aú prati-ghāt-é ca; 94 kákI 95 vákI 96 śvákI 97 trákI 98 ḍhaúkR̥ 99 traúkR̥ 100 ṣváskA 101 váskA 102 máskA 103 ṭíkR̥ 104 ṭīkR̥ (105 tíkR̥ 106 tīkR̥) 107 rághI 108 lághI gá-ty-arthāḥ; 109 ághI 110 vághI 111 mághI ga-ty-ā-kṣep-é; 112 mághI kaítav-e ca; 113 rāghR̥ 114 lāghR̥ 115 drāghR̥ (116 dhrāghR̥) sāmarthy-e; 117 drāghR̥ (dhrāghR̥) ā-yām-é ca; 118 ślāghR̥ kátth-an-e.

ka-varg-īya=antāḥ udātta=IT-aḥ

119 phákkÁ nicair-gá-t-au; 120 tákÁ hás-an-e; 121 tákÍ kr̥cchra-jīv-an-e; 122 búkkÁ bháṣ-aṇ-e; (123 śúkÁ gá-t-au); 124 kákhÁ hás-an-e; 125 ókhŔ̥ 126 rākhŔ̥ 127 lākhŔ̥ 128 drākhŔ̥ 129 dhrākhŔ̥ ¹śóṣ-aṇa=²álam-arthay-oḥ; 130 śākhŔ̥ 131 ślākhŔ̥ vy-āp-t-au; 132 úkhÁ 133 úkhÍ 134 vákhÁ 135 vákhÍ 136 mákhÁ 137 mákhÍ 138 ṇákhÁ 139 ṇákhÍ 140 rákhÁ 141 rákhÍ 142 lákhÁ 142 lákhÍ 144 íkhÁ 145 íkhÍ 146 īkhÁ (147 múkhÍ/thákÍ, 148 trákhÁ 149 trákhÍ 150 śíkhÍ 151 ríkhÁ) 152 válgÁ 153 rágÍ 154 lágÍ 155 ágÍ 156 vágÍ 157 mágÍ 158 tágÍ 159 tvágÍ/trágÍ 160 śrágÍ 161 śvágÍ 162 ślágÍ 163 ígÍ 164 rígÍ 165 lígÍ gá-ty-arthāḥ; 165 tvágÍ kámp-an-e ca; 167 yúgÍ 168 júgÍ 169 vúgÍ várj-an-e; 170 ghághÁ hás-an-e, (171 dághÍ pāl-an-e; 172 lághÍ śóṣ-aṇ-e); 173 mághÍ máṇḍ-an-e; 174 śíghÍ ā-ghrāṇ-e.

ca-varg-īya=antāḥ ánudātta=IT-aḥ

175 várcA dīp-t-au; 176 ṣácA séc-an-e; 177 lócR̥ dárś-an-e; 178 śácA vyàk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í; 179 śvácA 180 śvácI ga-t-aú; 181 kácA bándh-an-e; 182 kácI 183 kācI ¹dīp-ti-²bándh-anay-oḥ; 184 mácA 185 múcI kálk-an-e; 186 mácI ¹dhār-aṇa=²uc-chrāyá-³pūj-ane-ṣu; 187 pácI vyak-tī-kár-aṇ-e; 188 ṣtúcA pra-sād-é; 189 ŕjA ¹gá-ti-²sthā-na=³árj-ana=⁴upa=árj-ane-ṣu; 190 ŕjI 191 bhŕjĪ bhárj-an-e; 192 éjR̥ 193 bhréjR̥ 194 bhrājR̥ dīp-t-au; (195 réjR̥ dīp-t-au); 196 ījA ¹gá-ti-²kút-sanay-oh; (197 vījA gá-t-au).

ca-varg-īya=antāḥ udātta=IT-aḥ

198 śúcÁ śo-k-é; 199 kúcÁ śábd-e tār-e; 200 kúncÁ 201 krúncÁ ¹kaúṭilya=²alpī-bhāváy-oḥ; 202 lúncÁ apa-náy-an-e; 203 áncŨ ¹gá-ti-²pūj-anay-oḥ; 204 váncÚ 205 cáncÚ 206 táncÚ 207 tváncÚ 208 mrúncÚ 209 mlúncÚ 210 mrúcÚ 211 mlúcÚ gá-ty-arthāḥ; 212 grúcÚ 213 glúcÚ 214 kújÚ 215 khújÚ ste-ya-kár-aṇ-e; 216 glúncÁ 217 ṣásjÁ gá-t-au; 218 gújÍ á-vyak-t-e śábd-e; 219 árcÁ pūjā-y-ām; 220 mléchÁ á-vyak-t-e śábd-e; 221 láchÁ 222 lāchÍ lákṣ-aṇ-e; 223 vāchÍ icchā-y-ām; 224 āchÍ ā-yām-é; 225 hrīchÁ lajjā-y-ām; 226 húrchĀ kaúṭily-e; 227 múrchĀ ¹móh-ana-²sam-uc-chrāyáy-oḥ; 228 sphúrchĀ vi-stŕ-t-au; 229 yúchÁ pra-mād-é; 230 úchÍ uñch-é; 231 úchĪ́ vi-vās-é; 232 dhrájÁ 233 dhrájÍ (234 vrájÁ 235 vrájÍ) 236 dhŕjÁ 237 dhŕjÍ 238 dhvájÁ 239 dhvájÍ gá-t-au; 240 kūjÁ (241 kújÍ) á-vyak-t-e śábd-e; 242 árjÁ 243 ṣárjÁ árj-an-e; 244 gárjÁ śábd-e; 245 tárjÁ bhárts-an-e; 246 kárjÁ vyáth-an-e; 247 khárjÁ pūj-an-e ca; 248 ájÁ ¹gáti-²kṣép-aṇay-oḥ; 249 téjÁ pāl-an-e; 250 khájÁ manth-é; (251 kájÁ mád-e); 252 khájÍ ga-ti-vaikaly-é; 253 éjŔ̥ kámp-an-e; 254 ṬU-O-sphúrjĀ vajra-nir-ghoṣ-é; 255 kṣí ksay-é; 256 kṣíjÁ á-vyak-t-e śábd-e; 257 lájÁ 258 lájÍ bhárts-an-e; 259 lājA 260 lājÍ bhárts-an-e ca; 261 jájÁ 262 jájÍ yud-dh-é; 263 tújÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; 264 tújÍ pāl-an-e; 265 gájÁ 266 gájÍ 267 gŕjÁ 268 gŕjÍ 269 mújÁ 270 mújÍ śábda=arthāḥ; gájÁ mád-an-e ca; 271 vájÁ 272 vrájÁ gá-t-au.

ṭa-varg-īya=antāḥ ánudātta=IT-aḥ

273 átṭA ¹ati-krám-a-²himsáy-oḥ; 274 véṣṭA véṣṭ-an-e; 275 céṣṭA ceṣṭā-y-ām; 276 góṣṭA 277 lóṣṭA saṁ-ghāt-é; 278 gháṭṭA cál-an-e; 279 sphúṭA vi-kás-an-e; 280 áṭhI gá-t-au; 281 váṭhI eka-caryā-y-am; 282 máṭhI 283 káṭhI śók-e; 284 múṭhI pāl-an-e; 285 héṭhA vi-bādhā-y-ām; 286 éṭhA ca; 287 híḍI ¹gá-ti=²án-ā-daray-oḥ; 288 húḍI saṁ-ghāt-é; 289 kúḍI dāh-e; 290 váḍI vi-bhāj-an-e; 291 máḍI ca; 292 bháḍI pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e; 293 píḍI saṁ-ghāt-é; 294 múḍI mārj-an-e; 295 túḍI tóḍ-an-e; 296 húḍi vár-aṇ-e; (297 sphúḍI vi-kás-an-e); 298 cáḍI kop-e; 299 śáḍI rujā-y-ām saṁ-ghāt-é ca; 300 táḍI tāḍ-an-e; 301 páḍI gá-t-au; 302 káṇḍA mád-e; 303 kháḍI manth-é; 304 héḍR̥ 305 hóḍR̥ án-ā-dar-e; 306 bāḍR̥ ā-plāvy-è; 307 drāḍR̥ 308 dhrāḍR̥ vi-śár-aṇ-e; 309 śāḍR̥ ślāghā-y-ām.

ṭa-varg-īya=antāḥ udātta=IT-aḥ

310 saúṭŔ̥ garv-é; 311 yaúṭR̥ bandh-é; 312 mléṭŔ̥ 313 mréḍR̥ (314 mlétR̥) un-mād-é; 315 káṭÉ (316 cáṭÉ) ¹varṣá=²ā-vár-aṇay-oḥ; 317 áṭÁ 318 páṭÁ gá-t-au; 319 ráṭÁ pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e; 320 láṭA bāly-e; 321 śáṭÁ ¹rujā-²vi-śár-aṇa-³gá-ti=⁴ava-sād-ane-ṣu; 322 váṭÁ véṣṭ-an-e; 323 kíṭÁ 324 khíṭÁ trās-e; 325 śíṭÁ 326 ṣíṭÁ án-ā-dar-e; 327 jáṭÁ 328 jháṭÁ saṁ-ghāt-é; 329 bháṭÁ bhŕ-t-au; 330 táṭÁ uc-chrāy-é; 331 kháṭÁ kāṅkṣā-y-ām; 332 náṭÁ nŕt-au; 333 píṭÁ ¹śábda-²saṁ-ghātáy-oḥ; 334 háṭÁ dīp-t-au; 335 ṣáṭÁ ava-yáv-e; 336 lúṭÁ vi-lóḍ-an-e; 337 cíṭÁ para-praiṣy-é; 338 víṭÁ śábd-e; 339 bíṭÁ ā-kros-é; 340 íṭÁ 341 kíṭÁ 342 káṭĪ́ gá-t-au; (343 héṭhÁ vi-bādhā-y-ām); 344 máḍÍ bhūṣ-ā-y-ām; 345 kúḍÍ vaí-kal-ye; 346 múṭÁ pra-márd-an-e; 347 cúḍÍ alpī-bhāv-é; 348 múḍÍ kháṇḍ-an-e; 349 rúṭÍ 350 lúṭÍ sté-y-e; (351 váṭÍ vi-bhāj-an-e); 352 sphúṭÍR vi-sár-aṇ-e; 353 páṭhÁ vy-àktā-y-ām vāc-í; 354 váṭhÁ sthaúly-e; 355 máṭhÁ ¹máda-²ni-vāsay-oḥ; 356 káṭhÁ kr̥cchra-jīv-an-é; 357 ráṭhÁ pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e; 358 háṭhÁ ¹plú-ti-²śaṭha-tváy-oḥ; 359 rúṭhA 360 lúṭhÁ 361 úṭhÁ upa-ghāt-é; 362 píṭhÁ ¹hiṁsā-²saṁ-kléś-an-ay-oḥ; 363 śáṭhÁ kaítav-e ca; 364 śúṭhÁ ga-ti-prati-ghāt-é; 365 kúṭhÍ ca; 366 lúṭhÍ ā-lasy-e prati-ghāt-é ca; 367 śúṭhÍ śóṣ-aṇ-e; 368 rúṭhÍ 369 lúṭhÍ gá-t-au; 370 cúdḍÁ bhāva-kár-an-e; 371 ádḍÁ abhi-yog-e; 372 kádḍÁ kārkaśy-e; 373 krīḍŔ̥ vi-hār-é; 374 túḍŔ̥ tóḍ-an-e; 375 hūḍŔ̥/húḍŔ̥ 376 hóḍŔ̥ gá-t-au; 377 raúḍŔ̥ án-ā-dar-e; 378 róḍŔ̥ 379 lóḍŔ̥ un-mād-é; 380 áḍÁ ud-yam-é; 381 láḍÁ vi-lās-é; (382 lálÁ īp-sā-y-ām); 383 káḍÁ mád-e; 384 gáḍÍ vad-ana=eka-deś-é.

pa-varg-īya=antāḥ ánudatta=IT-aḥ

385 típR̥ 386 tépR̥ 387 stípR̥ 388 stépR̥ kṣár-ana=arthāḥ; 389 tépR̥ kámp-an-e ca; 390 glépR̥ daíny-e; 391 ṬU-vépR̥ kámp-an-e; 392 képR̥ 393 gépR̥ 394 glépR̥ ca; 395 mépR̥ 396 lépR̥ 397 répR̥ (398 dhépR̥) gá-t-au; 399 trápŪṢ lajjā-y-ām; 400 kápI cál-an-e; 401 rábI 402 lábI 403 ábI śábd-e; 404 lábI ava-sráṁs-an-e ca; 405 kábR̥ várṇ-e; 406 klībR̥ á-dhārṣṭy-e; 407 kṣībR̥ mád-e; 408 śībR̥ kátth-an-e; 409 cībhR̥ ca; 410 rébhR̥ śábd-e; (411 ábhI 412 rábhI śábd-e); 413 ṣṭábhI 414 skábhI prati-bandh-é; 415 jábhI 416 jŕbhI gātra-vi-nām-é; 417 śálbhA kátth-an-e; 418 válbhA bhój-an-e; 419 gálbhA dhārṣṭy-e; 420 śránbhU pra-mād-e; 421 ṣṭúbhU stambh-é.

pa-varg-īya=antāḥ udātta=IT-aḥ

422 gúpŪ̀ rákṣ-aṇ-e; 423 dhūpÁ saṁ-tāp-é; 424 jápÁ 425 jálpÁ vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í; 426 cápÁ sāntvan-e; 427 ṣápÁ sam-av-āy-é; 428 rápÁ 429 lápÁ vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í; 430 cúpÁ mandā-y-āṁ gá-t-au; 431 túpÁ 432 túnpÁ 433 trúpÁ 434 trúnpÁ 435 túphÁ 436 túnphÁ 437 trúphÁ 438 trúnphÁ hiṁsā=arthāḥ; 439 párpÁ 440 ráphÁ 441 ráphÍ 442 árbÁ 443 párbÁ 444 lárbÁ 445 bárbÁ 446 márbÁ 447 kárbÁ 448 khárbÁ 449 gárbÁ 450 śárbÁ 451 ṣárbÁ 452 cárbÁ gá-t-au; 453 kúbÍ chād-an-e; 454 lúbÍ 455 túbÍ árd-an-e; 456 cúbÍ vaktra-saṁ-yog-é; 457 ṣŕbhÚ 458 ṣŕnbhÚ hiṁsā=arth-au; 459 śúbhÁ 460 śúnbhÁ bhās-an-e.

ánu-nāsika=antāḥ ánudātta=IT-aḥ

461 ghíṇI 461 ghúṇI 463 ghŕṇI gráh-aṇ-e; 464 ghúṇA 465 ghūrṇA bhrám-aṇ-e; 466 páṇA vy-ava-hār-é stú-t-au ca; 467 pánA ca; 468 bhāmA kródh-e; 469 kṣámŪṢ sáh-an-e; 470 kámU kān-t-au.

ánu-nasika=antāḥ udātta=IT-aḥ

471 áṇÁ 472 ráṇÁ 473 váṇÁ 474 bháṇÁ 475 máṇÁ 476 káṇÁ 477 kváṇÁ 478 vráṇÁ 479 bhráṇÁ 480 dhváṇÁ (481 dháṇÁ) śábda=arthāḥ; 482 óṇŔ̥ apa-náy-an-e; 483 śóṇŔ̥ ¹várṇa-²gá-ty-oh; 484 śróṇŔ̥ saṁ-ghāt-é; (485 ślóṇŔ̥ ca); 486 paíṇŔ̥ ¹gá-ti-²pr-é-r-aṇa-³śléṣ-aṇe-ṣu; 487 dhráṇÁ śábd-e; 488 kánĪ́ ¹dīp-ti-²kān-ti-³gá-ti-ṣu; 489 stánÁ 490 vánÁ śábd-e; 491 vánÁ 492 ṣánÁ sam-bhák-t-au; 493 ámÁ gá-ty-ādi-ṣu [=gá-t-au, śábd-e, sam-bhák-t-au]; 494 drámÁ 495 hámmÁ 496 mīmŔ̥ gá-t-au; 497 cámÚ 498 chámÚ 499 jámÚ (500 jímÚ) 501 jhámÚ ád-an-e; 502 krámU pāda-vi-kṣep-é.

ya̱-ra̱-la̱-vá̱=antāḥ ánudātta=IT-aḥ

503 áyA 504 váyA 505 páyA 506 máyA 507 cáyA 508 táyA 509 náyA gá-t-au; 510 dáyA ¹dāná-²gá-ti-³rákṣ-aṇa-⁴hiṁsā=⁵ā-dāné-ṣu; 511 ráya gá-t-au; 512 ūyĪ tan-tu-saṁ-tān-é; 513 pūyĪ vi-śár-aṇ-e dur-gandh-é ca; 514 knūyĪ śábd-e únd-e ca; 515 kṣmāyĪ vi-dhū-n-an-e; 516 sphāyĪ 517 O-pyāyĪ vŕd-dh-au; 518 tāyR̥ ¹saṁ-tāná-²pāl-anay-oḥ; 519 śálA ¹cál-ana-²saṁ-vár-aṇay-oḥ; 520 válA 521 vállA saṁ-vár-an-e saṁ-cál-an-e ca; 522 málA 523 mállA dhār-aṇ-e; 524 bhálA 525 bhállA ¹pari-bhāṣ-aṇa-²hiṁsā=³ā-dāné-ṣu; 526 kálA ¹śábda-²saṁ-khyānay-oḥ; 527 kállA á-vy-ak-t-e śábd-e; 528 tévR̥ 529 dévR̥ dév-an-e; 530 ṣévR̥ 531 gévR̥ 532 glévR̥ 533 pévR̥ (534 mévR̥) 535 mlévR̥ (536 śévR̥ 537 khévR̥ 538 plévR̥ 539 kévR̥) sév-an-e; 540 révR̥ plav-a-gá-t-au.

ya̱-ra̱-la̱-vá̱=antāḥ udātta=IT-aḥ

541 mávyÁ bándh-an-e; 542 ṣūrkṣyÁ 543 īrkṣyÁ 544 īrṣyÁ īrṣyā=arthāḥ; 545 háyÁ gá-t-au; 546 śúcyÁ abhi-ṣav-é; 547 háryÁ ¹gá-ti-²kān-ty-oḥ; 548 álÁ ¹bhū-ṣ-aṇa-²pary-āp-ti-³vār-aṇe-ṣu; 549 ÑI-phálĀ vi-śár-aṇ-e; 550 mīlÁ 551 śmīlÁ 552 smīlÁ 553 kṣmīlÁ ni-méṣ-aṇ-e; 554 pīlÁ prati-ṣṭambh-é; 555 ṇīlÁ várṇ-e; 556 śīlÁ sam-ā-dh-aú; 557 kīlÁ bándh-an-e; 558 kūlÁ ā-vár-aṇ-e; 559 śūlÁ rujā-y-āṁ saṁ-ghāt-é ca; 560 tūlÁ niṣ-karṣ-é; 561 pūlÁ saṁ-ghāt-é; 562 mūlÁ pra-tiṣṭhā-y-ām; 563 phálÁ niṣ-pát-t-au; 564 cúllÁ bhāva-kár-aṇ-e; 565 phúllÁ vi-kás-an-e; 566 cíllÁ saíthily-e bhāva-kár-aṇ-e ca; 567 tílÁ gá-t-au; 568 vélŔ̥ 569 célŔ̥ 570 kélŔ̥ 571 khélŔ̥ 572 kṣvélŔ̥ 573 véllÁ cál-an-e; 574 pélŔ̥ 575 phélŔ̥ 576 śélŔ̥ gá-t-au; 577 skhálÁ saṁ-cál-an-e; 578 khálÁ saṁ-cay-é; 579 gálÁ ád-an-e; 580 ṣálÁ gá-t-au; 581 dálÁ vi-śár-aṇ-e; 582 śválÁ 583 śvállÁ āśu-gám-an-e; 584 khólŔ̥/khórŔ̥ ga-ti-prati-ghāt-é; 585 dhórŔ̥ ga-ti-cātury-é; 586 tsárÁ chad-ma-gá-t-au; 587 kmárÁ hūrch-an-e; 588 ábhrÁ 589 vábhrÁ 590 mábhrÁ 591 cárÁ gáty-arthāḥ; cár-a-tir bhákṣ-aṇa=arthaḥ=api; 592 ṣṭhívÚ/ṣthívÚ nir-ás-an-e; 593 jí jay-é; 594 jīvÁ prāṇa-dhār-aṇ-e; 595 pīvÁ 596 mīvÁ 597 tīvÁ 598 ṇīvÁ sthaúly-e; 599 kṣívÚ nir-ás-an-e; 600 úrvĪ́ 601 túrvĪ́ 602 thúrvĪ́ 603 dúrvĪ́ 604 dhúrvĪ́ hiṁsā=arthāḥ; 605 gúrvĪ́ ud-yám-an-e; 606 múrvĪ́ bándh-an-e; 607 púrvÁ 608 párvÁ 609 márvÁ pūr-aṇ-e; 610 cárvÁ ád-an-e; 611 bhárvÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; 612 kárvÁ 613 khárvÁ 614 gárvÁ dárp-e; 615 árvÁ 616 śárvÁ 617 ṣárvÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; 618 ívÍ vy-āp-t-au; 619 pívÍ 620 mívÍ 621 ṇívÍ séc-an-e; 622 hívÍ 623 dívÍ 624 dhívÍ 625 jívÍ prīṇ-ana=arthāḥ; 626 rívÍ 627 rávÍ 628 dhávÍ gá-ty-arthāḥ; 629 kŕvÍ ¹hiṁsā-²kár-aṇay-oś ca; 630 mávÁ bándh-an-e; 631 ávÁ ¹rákṣ-aṇa-²gá-ti=³kān-ti-⁴prī-ti-⁵tŕp-ty-⁶ava-gam-á-⁷pra-veś-á-⁸śráv-aṇa-⁹svāmy-ártha-¹⁰yāc-ana-¹¹kriyā=¹²icchā-¹³dīp-ti=¹⁴av-ā-p-ti=¹⁵ā-líṅg-ana-¹⁶hiṁsā-¹⁷dāná-¹⁸bhāga-¹⁹vŕd-dhi-ṣu; 632 dhāvÚ ¹gá-ti-²súd-dhy-oḥ.

ūṣmá=antāḥ ánudātta=IT-aḥ

633 dhúkṣA 634 dhíkṣA ¹saṁ-dīp-ana-²kléś-ana-³jīv-ane-ṣu; 635 vŕkṣA vár-aṇ-e; 636 śikṣA vidyā=up-ā-dān-é; 637 bhíkṣA bhikṣā-y-ām a-lābh-é lābh-é ca; 638 kléśA á-vy-ak-tāy-āṁ vāc-í; 639 dákṣA vŕd-dh-au śīghrá=arth-e ca; 640 dīkṣA ¹mauṇḍá=²íj-yā=³upa-náy-ana-⁴ni-yam-á-⁵vratá=⁶ā-deśé-ṣu; 641 īkṣA dárś-an-e; 642 īṣA ¹gá-ti-²hiṁsā-³dárś-ane-ṣu; 643 bhāṣA vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í; 644 várṣA snéh-an-e; 645 géṣR̥ anv-icchā-y-ām; 646 yéṣR̥ pra-yat-n-é 647 jéṣR̥ 648 ṇéṣR̥ 649 éṣR̥ 650 préṣR̥ gá-t-au; 651 réṣR̥ 652 héṣR̥ (653 hréṣR̥) á-vy-ak-te śábd-e; 654 kāsR̥ śabda-kutsā-y-ām; 655 bhāsR̥ dīp-t-au; 656 ṇāsR̥ 657 rāsR̥ śábd-e; 658 ṇásA kaúṭily-e; 659 bhyásA bhay-é; 660 āN-aḥ śásI icchā-y-ām; 661 grásU 662 glásU ád-an-e; 663 īhA ceṣṭā-y-ām; 664 báhI 665 máhI vŕd-dh-au; 666 áhI gá-t-au; 667 gárhA 668 gálhA kutsā-y-ām; 669 bárhA 670 bálhA prādhāny-e; 671 várhA 672 válhA ¹pari-bhāṣ-aṇa-²hiṁsā=³ā-cchād-ane-ṣu; 673 plíhA gá-t-au; 674 véhR̥ 675 jéhR̥ 676 bāhR̥ pra-yat-n-é; 677 drāhR̥ nidrā-kṣay-e; 678 kāsR̥ dīp-t-au; 679 ūhA vi-tark-é; 680 gāhŪ vi-lóḍ-an-e; 681 gŕhŪ gráh-aṇ-e; 682 ghúṣI kān-ti-kár-aṇ-e.

ūṣmá=antāḥ udātta=IT-aḥ

683 ghúṣÍR á-vi-śabd-an-e; 684 ákṣŪ̀ vy-āp-t-au; 685 tákṣŪ̀ 686 tvákṣŪ̀ tanū-kár-aṇ-e; 687 úkṣÁ séc-an-e; 688 rákṣÁ pāl-an-e; 689 ṇíkṣÁ cúmb-ane; 690 tŕkṣÁ 691 ṣṭŕkṣÁ 692 ṇákṣÁ gá-t-au; 693 vákṣÁ róṣ-e; 694 mŕkṣÁ saṁ-ghāt-é; 695 tákṣÁ tvác-an-e; (696 plákṣÁ pari-grah-é); 697 sūrkṣÁ ā-dar-é; 698 kākṣÍ 699 vākṣÍ 700 mākṣÍ kāṅkṣā-y-ām; 701 drākṣÍ 702 dhrākṣÍ 703 dhvākṣÍ ghora-vās-it-é ca; 704 cūṣÁ pān-e; 705 tūṣÁ túṣ-ṭ-au; 706 pūṣÁ vŕd-dh-au; 707 mūṣÁ ste-y-é; (708 lūṣÁ 709 rūṣÁ bhū-ṣ-ā-y-ām); 710 sūṣÁ pra-sav-é; 711 yūṣÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; 712 bhūṣÁ (713 tásÍ) alaṁ-kār-é; 714 ūṣÁ rujā-y-ām 715 īṣÁ úñch-e; 716 káṣÁ 717 kháṣÁ 718 śíṣÁ 719 jáṣÁ 720 jháṣÁ 721 śáṣÁ 722 váṣÁ 723 máṣÁ 724 rúṣÁ 725 ríṣÁ hiṁsā=arthāḥ; 726 bháṣÁ bhárts-an-e; 727 úṣÁ dāh-é; 728 jíṣÚ 729 víṣÚ 730 míṣÚ (731 ṇíṣÚ) séc-an-e; 732 púṣÁ púṣ-ṭ-au; 733 śríṣÚ 734 ślíṣÚ 735 prúṣÚ 736 plúṣÚ dāh-é; 737 pŕṣÚ 738 vŕṣÚ 739 mŕṣÚ séc-an-e ca; í-tar-au ¹hiṁsā-²kléś-anay-oś ca; 740 ghŕṣÚ saṁ-ghárṣ-e; 741 hŕṣÚ álīk-e; 742 túsÁ 743 hrásÁ 744 hlásÁ 745 rásÁ śábd-e; 746 lásÁ ¹śléṣ-aṇa-²krīḍ-anay-oś ca; 747 ghásĹ̥ ád-an-e; 748 járjÁ 749 cárcÁ 750 jhárjhÁ/jhárjÁ/*jhártsÁ ¹pari-bhāṣ-aṇa-²hiṁsā-³tárj-ane-ṣu; 751 písŔ̥ 752 pésŔ̥ gá-t-au; (753 vísÁ 754 vésÁ 755 bísÁ 756 bésÁ gá-t-au); 757 hásÉ hás-an-e; 758 ṇíśÁ sam-ā-dh-aú; 759 míśÁ 760 máśÁ śábd-e; 761 śávÁ gá-t-au; 762 śásÁ plu-ta-gá-t-au; 763 śásÚ hiṁsā-y-ām; 764 śánsÚ stú-t-au; 765 cáhÁ pari-kálk-an-e; 766 máhÁ pūjā-y-ām; 767 ráhÁ tyāg-é; 768 ráhÍ gá-t-au; 769 dŕhÁ 770 dŕhÍ 771 bŕhÁ 772 bŕhÍ vŕd-dh-au; 773 túhÍR 774 dúhÍR 775 úhÍR árd-an-e; 776 árhÁ pūjā-y-ām.

dyútA=āday-aḥ 1.3.91; 3.1.55 ánudātta=IT-aḥ

777 dyútA dīp-t-au; 778 śvítĀ várṇ-e; 779 ÑI-mídĀ snéh-an-e; 780 ÑI-ṣvídĀ gā-tra-pra-sráv-aṇ-e; 781 rúcA dīp-t-au abhi-prī-t-au ca; 782 ghúṭA pari-várt-an-e; 783 rúṭA 784 lúṭA 785 lúṭhA prati-ghāt-é; 786 śúbhA dīp-t-au; 787 kṣúbhA saṁ-cál-an-e; 788 ṇábhA 789 túbhA hiṁsā-y-ām; 790 sránsU 791 dhvánsU 792 bhránsU ava-sráṁs-an-e; 793 dhvánsU gá-t-au ca; 794 sránbhU vi-śvās-é; 795 vŕtU várt-an-e; 796 vŕdhU vŕd-dh-au; 797 śŕdhU śabda-kutsā-y-ām; 798 syándŪ pra-sráv-aṇ-e; 799 kŕpŪ sāmarthy-e.

gháṭA=āday-aḥ M-IT-aḥ 6.4.92

áā=ITḥ

800 ghátA ceṣṭā-y-ām; 801 vyáthA ¹bhayá-²saṁ-cál-anay-oḥ; 802 práthA pra-khyān-e; 803 prásA vi-stār-é; 804 mrádA márd-an-e; 805 skhádA skhád-an-e; 806 kṣájI ¹gá-ti-²dānáy-oḥ; 807 dákṣA ¹gá-ti-²śās-anay-oḥ; 808 krápA kr̥pā-y-āṁ gá-t-au; 809 kádI 810 krádI 811 kládI vaí-klavy-e; 812 ÑI-tvárĀ sam-bhram-é; gháṭA=āday-aḥ M-IT-aḥ.

ā=ITḥ

813 jvárÁ róg-e; 814 gáḍÁ séc-an-e; 815 héḍÁ véṣṭ-an-e; 816 váṭÁ 817 bháṭÁ pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e; 818 ṇáṭÁ nŕt-t-au; 819 ṣṭákÁ prati-ghāt-é; 820 cákÁ tŕp-t-au; 821 kákhÉ hás-an-e; 822 rágÉ śaṅkā-y-ām; 823 lágÉ sáṅg-e; 824 hrágÉ 825 hlágÉ 826 ṣágÉ 827 ṣṭhágÉ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e; 828 kágÉ ná=uc-yá-te; 829 ákÁ 830 ágÁ kutil̥ā-y-āṁ gá-t-au; 831 káṇÁ 832 ráṇÁ gá-t-au; 833 cáṇÁ 834 śáṇÁ 835 śráṇÁ dān-é ca; 836 śráthÁ (837 kṅáthÁ) 838 kráthÁ 839 kláthÁ hiṁsā=arthāḥ; 840 cánÁ ca; 841 vánÚ ca ná=úpa-labh-ya-te; 842 jválÁ dīp-t-au; 843 hválÁ 844 hmálÁ cál-an-e; 845 smŕ ā-dhyā-ne; 846 dr̄ bhay-é; 847 nr̄ nay-é; 848 śrā pāk-é; 849 ¹mār-aṇa-²tóṣ-aṇa-³ni-śām-ane-su jñā; 850 kámp-an-e cáli̱ḥ; 851 chádi̱-r ūrj-an-e; 852 jihvā=un-máth-an-e laḍi̱ḥ; 853 mádĪ́ ¹hárṣa-²glép-anay-oḥ; 854 dhvánÁ śábd-e; gháṭA=āday-aḥ MIT-aḥ.

(855 ráṇÁ śábd-e; 856 dáli̱ 857 váli̱ 858 skháli̱ 859 trápi̱ 860 kṣáp-a̱y̱-aś ca; 861 svánÁ ava-táṁs-an-e)

862 jánĪ́- 863 jr̄Ṣ- 864 knásÚ- 865 ránj-aḥ-866 ám-antāś ca; 867 jválÁ-hválÁ-hmálÁ-nám-ām án-upa-sarg-āt=vā; 868 glā-snā-vánÚ-vam-āṁ ca; 869 ná kámi̱=ámi̱-cám-ām; 870 śam-aḥ dárś-an-e; 871 yam-aḥ=á-pari-veṣ-aṇ-e; 872 skhádi̱r ¹áva-²pári-bhyāṁ ca; 873 pháṇÁ gá-t-au; vr̥t.

phaṇA=āday-aḥ 6.4.125

873 pháṇÁ gá-t-au; 874 rājR̥̀ dīp-t-au (svarita=IT); 875 ṬU-bhrāj-R̥ 876 ṬU-bhrāś-R̥ 877 ṬU-bhlāś-R̥ dīp-t-au; 878 syámÚ 879 svánÁ śábd-e (udātta=IT-au); (880 ṣṭánÁ) 881 DHvánÁ śábd-e (udātta=IT); 882 ṣámÁ 883 ṣtámÁ vaíkaly-e.

jválÁ=āday-aḥ 3.1.140

āāḥā=ITḥ

884 jválÁ dīp-t-au; 885 cálÁ kámp-an-e; 886 jálÁ ghāt-an-e; 887 ṭálÁ 888 ṭválÁ vaíklavy-e; 889 ṣthálÁ sthān-e; 890 hálÁ vi-lékh-an-e; 891 ṇálÁ gandh-é; 892 pálÁ gá-t-au; 893 bálÁ pr-āṇ-an-e dhānya=ava-rodh-é ca; 894 púlÁ mahat-tv-e; 895 kúlÁ saṁ-styā-n-é; 896 sálÁ 897 húlÁ 898 pátĹ̥ gá-t-au; húlÁ hiṁsā-sam-vár-aṇay-oś ca; 899 kváthÉ niṣ-pāk-é; 900 páthÉ gá-t-au; 901 máthÉ vi-lóḍ-an-e; 902 ṬU-vámÁ ud-gír-aṇ-e; 903 bhrámÚ cál-an-e; 904 kṣárÁ sam-cál-an-e;

āḥ=áā=IT

905 ṣáhA márṣ-an-e;

áāḥáā=IT

906 ramA krīḍā-y-ām;

áāāḥā=ITḥ

907 ṣadĹ̥ ¹vi-śár-aṇa-²gá-ti=³ava-sād-ane-ṣu; 908 śadĹ̥ śāt-an-e; 909 kruśÁ ā-hvān-e ród-an-e ca.

āā=IT

910 kúcÁ ¹sam-párc-ana-²kaúṭilya-³prati-ṣṭambhá-⁴vi-lékh-ane-ṣu; 911 búdhÁ ava-gám-an-e;

áāḥā=IT

912 ruhÁ bīja-jánman-i prādur-bhāv-é ca;

āā=IT

913 kásÁ gá-t-au; vr̥t.

svartitá=IT-aḥ

914 híkkÀ á-vy-ak-t-e śábd-e; 915 áñcÙ gá-t-au yāc-an-e ca; 916 ṬU-yācR̥̀ yāc-ñā-y-ām; 917 réṭR̥̀ pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e; 918 cátÈ/cádÈ yāc-an-e ca; 919 próthR̥̀ pary-āp-t-au; 920 mídR̥̀/médR̥̀ ¹medhā-²híṁs-anay-oḥ; 921 ṇídR̥̀/nédR̥̀ ¹kutsā-²saṁ-ni-kárṣ-ay-oḥ; 922 śŕdhÙ 923 mŕdhÙ únd-an-e; 924 búdhÌR bódh-an-e; 925 U-búndÌR ni-śām-an-e; 926 véṇR̥̀ ¹gá-ti-²jñāna-³cintā-⁴ni-śām-ana-⁵vād-i-tra-⁶gráh-aṇe-ṣu; 927 khánÙ ava-dār-aṇ-e; 928 cīvR̥̀ ¹ā-dāná-²saṁ-vár-aṇay-oḥ; 929 cāyR̥̀ ¹pūjā-²ni-śām-anay-oḥ; 930 vyáyÀ gá-t-au; 931 dāśR̥̀ dān-é; 932 bhéṣR̥̀ bhay-é; 933 bhréṣR̥̀/bhléṣR̥̀ gá-t-au; 934 ásÀ ¹gá-ti-²dīp-ti=³ā-dāné-ṣu; (935 áyÀ gá-t-au); 936 spáśÀ ¹bādh-ana-²spárś-anay-oḥ; 937 láṣÀ kān-t-au; 938 cáṣÀ bhákṣ-aṇ-e; 939 cháṣÀ hiṁsā-y-ām; 940 jháṣÀ ¹ā-daná-²saṁ-vár-aṇay-oḥ; 941 bhákṣÀ ád-an-e; 942 dāsR̥̀ dān-é; 943 māhR̥̀ mān-e; 944 gúhŪ̀ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e; 945 śríÑ sevā-y-ām.

áāāḥ

áC=antāḥ

á=ITḥ

946 bhr̥Ñ bhár-aṇ-e; 947 hr̥Ñ hár-aṇ-e; 948 dhr̥Ñ dhār-aṇ-e; (949 kr̥Ñ kár-aṇ-e); 950 ṇīÑ pr-āp-aṇ-e;

íḥ

951 dheṬ pān-e; 952 glai 953 mlai harṣa-ksay-é; 954 dyai nyak-kár-aṇ-e; 955 drai svap-n-é; 956 dhrai tŕp-t-au; 957 dhyai cintā-y-ām; 958 rai śábd-e; 959 styai/ṣṭyai ¹śábda-²saṁ-ghātáy-oḥ; 960 khai khád-ane; 961 kṣai 962 jai 963 ṣai kṣay-é; 964 kai 965 gai śábd-e; 966 śai 967 śrai pāk-é; 968 pai 969 O-vai śóṣ-aṇ-e; 970 ṣṭai véṣṭ-an-e; 971 daiP śódh-an-e; 972 pā pān-e; 973 ghrā ghrāṇ-é; 974 dhmā ¹śábda=²agni-sam-yog-áy-oḥ; 975 ṣṭhā gati-ni-vr̥t-t-aú; 976 mnā abhy-ās-é; 977 dāṆ dān-é; 978 hvr̥ kaúṭily-e; 979 svr̥ ¹śabda=²upa-tāp-ay-oḥ; 980 smr̥ cintā-y-ām; (981 dvr̥ vár-aṇ-e); 982 sr̥ gá-t-au; 983 r̥ ¹gá-ti-²pr-āp-aṇay-oḥ; 984 gr̥ 985 ghr̥ séc-an-e; 986 dhvr̥ hūrch-an-e; 987 sru gá-t-au; 988 ṣu ¹pra-sav-á=²aíśvaryay-oḥ; 989 sru sráv-aṇ-e; 990 dhru sthaíry-e; 991 du 992 dru gá-t-au; 993 ji 994 jri abhi-bhav-é; (995 ju iti sautrá-ḥ dhātu-ḥ gá-ti=artha-ḥ);

āíḥ

996 smiṄ īṣad-dhás-an-e; 997 guṄ á-vy-ak-t-e śábd-e; 998 gāṄ gá-t-au; 999 kuṄ 1000 ghuṄ 1001 uṄ 1002 nuṄ (1003 khuṄ) śábd-e; 1004 cyuṄ 1005 jyuṄ 1006 pruṄ 1007 pluṄ gá-t-au; 1008 ruṄ ¹gá-ti-²róṣ-aṇay-oḥ; 1009 dhr̥Ṅ ava-dhváṁs-an-e; 1010 meṄ pra-ṇi-dān-é; 1011 deṄ rákṣ-aṇ-e; 1012 śyaiṄ gá-t-au; 1013 pyaiṄ vŕd-dh-au; 1014 traiṄ pāl-an-e;

āāḥíḥ

1015 pūṄ páv-an-e; 1016 mūṄ bándh-an-e; 1017 ḍīṄ víhāyas-ā gá-t-au;

āḥī

1018 tr̄ ¹pláv-ana-²tár-aṇay-oḥ;

há̱L=antāḥ

áā=ITḥ

1019 gupA góp-an-e; 1020 tijA ni-śān-e; 1021 mānA pūjā-y-ām; 1022 badhA bándh-an-e; 1023 rabhA rābh-asy-e; 1024 ḌU-labhAṢ pra=āp-t-au; 1025 svanjA pari-ṣvang-é; 1026 hadÁ purīṣa=ut-sarg-é; (udātta=IT ca)

ā=ITḥ

(1026 hadÁ purīṣa=ut-sarg-é); 1027 ÑI-kṣvíd-Ā á-vy-ak-t-e śábd-e (udāttaḥ), 1028 skandÍR ¹gá-ti-²śóṣ-aṇay-oḥ; 1029 yabhÁ vi-par-ī-ta-maithun-é; 1030 ṇamÁ pra-hva-tvé śábd-e ca; 1031 gamĹ̥ 1032 sr̥pĹ̥ gá-t-au; 1033 yamÁ upa-ram-é; 1034 tapÁ saṁ-tāp-é; 1035 tyajÁ hān-au; 1036 ṣanjÁ sáṅg-e; 1037 dr̥śÍR pr-ékṣ-aṇ-e; 1038 danśA dáś-an-e; 1039 kr̥ṣÁ vi-lékh-an-e; 1040 dahÁ bhasm-ī-kár-aṇ-e; 1041 mihÁ séc-an-e; 1042 kitA ni-vās-e roga=apa-náy-an-e ca;

í=ITḥ

1043 dānÀ kháṇḍ-an-e; 1044 śānÀ téj-an-e; 1045 ḌU-pac-ÀṢ pāk-é; (1046 ṣacÀ sam-av-ay-ē;) 1047 bhajÀ sevā-y-ām; 1048 ranjÀ rāg-é; 1049 śapÀ ā-kroś-é; 1050 tviṣÀ dīp-t-au;

À=āḥ

á=ITḥ

1051 yajÀ ¹deva-pūjā-²saṁ-ga-ti-kár-aṇa-³dāné-ṣu; 1052 ṬU-vapÀ bīja-saṁ-tān-é; 1053 vahÀ pr-āp-aṇ-e; 1054 vasÁ ni-vās-e (udātta=IT); 1055 veÑ tan-tu-sam-tān-é; 1056 vyeÑ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e; 1057 hveÑ spardhā-y-āṁ śábd-e ca;

āí

1058 vádÁ vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í; 1059 ṬU-O-śví ¹gá-ti-²vŕd-dhy-oḥ.

Ad=āday=aḥ

áāḥ

udātta=IT-au

1 adÁ bhákṣ-aṇ-e; 2 hanÁ ¹hiṁsā-²gá-ty-oḥ;

svar-itá=IT-aḥ

3 dviṣÀ á-prī-t-au; 4 duhÀ pra-pūr-aṇ-e; 5 dihÀ upa-cay-é; 6 lihÀ ā-svād-an-e;

ánudātta=IT

7 cakṣIṄ vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í;

āāḥ

ánudātta=IT-aḥ

8 īrA gá-t-au; 9 īḍA stú-t-au; 10 īśA aíśvary-e; 11 āsA upa-véś-an-e; 12 āṄ-aḥ śāsU icchā-y-ām; 13 vásA ā-cchād-an-e; 14 kásI ¹gá-ti-²śās-anay-oḥ; 15 ṇísI cúmb-an-e; 16 ṇíjI śúd-dh-au; 17 śíjI á-vy-ak-te śábd-e; 18 píjI várṇ-e; 19 vŕjĪ várj-an-e; 20 pŕcĪ sam-park-é; 21 ṣūṄ prāṇi-garbha-vi-móc-ane; 22 śīṄ sváp-n-e;

parasmai-pad-ín-aḥ

23 yú míśr-aṇ-e; 24 rú śábd-e; (25 tú vŕd-dhy-artha-ḥ); 26 ṇú stú-t-au; 27 ṬUkṣú śábd-e; 28 kṣṇú téj-an-e; 29 ṣnu pra-sráv-aṇ-e;

ubha-ya-pad-ī

30 ūrṇuÑ ā-cchād-an-e

áāāḥíḥ

31 dyu abhi-gám-an-e; 32 ṣu ¹pra-savá=²aíśvaryay-oḥ; 33 ku śábd-e; 34 ṣtuÑ stú-t-au; 35 brūÑ vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í; 36 iṆ gá-t-au; 37 iṄ adhy-áy-an-e; 38 iK smár-aṇ-e; 39 vī ¹gá-ti-²pra-janá-³kān-ti=⁴ás-ana-⁵khād-ane-ṣu; 40 yā pr-āp-aṇ-e; 41 vā ¹gá-ti-²gándh-anay-oḥ; 42 bhā dīp-t-au; 43 ṣnā śauc-é; 44 śrā pāk-é; 45 drā kutsā-y-āṁ gá-t-au; 46 psā bhákṣ-aṇ-e; 47 pā rákṣ-aṇ-e; 48 rā dan-é; 49 lā ā-dān-é; 50 dāP láv-an-e; 51 khyā pra-káth-an-e; 52 prā pūr-aṇ-e; 53 mā mān-e; 54 vacÁ pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e; 55 vídÁ jñān-e (udātta-ḥ); 56 asÁ bhuv-í; 57 mr̥jŪ̀ śúd-dh-au.

rud=āday-aḥ 7.2.76; 3.98,99

58 rúdÍr aśru-vi-móc-an-e (udātta-ḥ); 59 ÑI-ṣvapÁ śay-é (ánu-dātta-ḥ); 60 śvásÁ pr-āṇ-an-e; 61 ánÁ ca; 62 jákṣÁ ¹bhákṣa-²hás-anay-oḥ (60-62 udātt-āḥ).

jákṣ-i-ti=āday-aḥ 6.1.6

62 jákṣÁ ¹bhákṣa-²hás-anay-oḥ; 63 jāgr̥ nidrā-kṣay-é; 64 dáridrā dur-gá-t-au; 65 cákāsŔ̥ dīp-t-au; 66 śāsÚ anu-śíṣ-ṭ-au; 67 dīdhīṄ ¹dīp-ti-²dév-anay-oḥ; 68 vévīṄ vé-ti-nā túl-y-e (62-68 udatt-āḥ; 67-68 chānd-as-au).

chāndas-au

69 ṣásÁ (sás-ti) sváp-n-e; 70 váśÁ kān-t-au. 71 cár-kar-ī-taṁ ca; 72 hnuṄ apa-náy-an-e (ánudātta-ḥ).

Ju-hó-ti=āday-aḥ

áāāḥ

1 hu ¹dāná=²ád-anay-oḥ; 2 ÑI-bhī bhay-é; 3 hrī lajjā-y-ām; 4 pr̥ ¹pāl-ana-²pūr-aṇay-oḥ; 5 ḌU-bhr̥Ñ ¹dhār-aṇa-²póṣ-aṇay-oḥ; 6 māṄ mān-e śábd-e ca; 7 O-hāṄ gá-t-au; 8 O-hāK tyāg-é; 9 ḌUdāÑ dān-é; 10 ḌU-dhāÑ ¹dhār-aṇa-²póṣ-aṇay-oḥ; 11 ṇijÌR ¹śaucá-²póṣ-aṇay-oḥ; 12 vijÌR pr̥thag-bhāv-é; 13 viṣL̥̀ vy-āp-t-au (11-13 svar-ita=IT-aḥ).

āāḥíḥ

14 ghr̥ ¹kṣár-aṇa-²dīp-ty-oḥ; 15 hr̥ pra-sah-ya-kár-aṇ-e; 16 r̥ 17 sr̥ gá-t-au; 18 bhasÁ ¹bhárts-ana-²dīp-ty-oḥ; 19 ki (20 kitÁ) jñān-e; 21 turÁ tvár-aṇ-e; 22 dhiṣÁ śábd-e; 23 dhanÁ dhāny-e; 24 janÁ ján-an-e; 25 gā stú-t-au.

Dív-āday-aḥ

āāḥā=ITḥ

1 dívÚ ¹krīdā-²vi-ji-gī-ṣ-ā-³vy-ava-hāra-⁴dyú-ti-⁵stú-ti-⁶mód-a-⁷mád-a-⁸sváp-na-⁹kān-ti-¹⁰gá-ti-ṣu; 2 ṣívÚ tan-tu-saṁ-tān-e; 3 srívÚ ¹gá-ti-²śóṣ-aṇay-oḥ; 4 ṣthívÚ ṣṭhívÚ nir-ás-an-e; 5 ṣṇúṣÚ ád-an-e; ā-dān-é ity ék-e; á-darś-an-e ity ápar-e; 6 knásÚ ¹hvár-aṇa-²dīp-tyo-ḥ; 7 výuṣÁ dāh-é; 8 plúṣÁ ca; 9 nŕtĪ́ gā-tra-vi-kṣep-é; 10 trásĪ́ ud-veg-é; 11 kúthÁ pū-tī-bhāv-é; 12 púthÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; 13 gúdhÁ pari-véṣṭ-an-e; 14 kṣípÁ pr-ér-aṇ-e; 15 púṣpÁ vi-kás-an-e; 16 tímÁ 17 ṣṭímÁ/sṭīmÁ ārdrī-bhāv-é; 18 vrīḍÁ cód-an-e (lajjā-y-āṁ ca); 19 īṣÁ gá-t-au; (20 ṣáhÁ) 21 ṣúhÁ caky-arth-e; 23 jr̄Ṣ 23 jhr̄Ṣ vayo-hā-n-aú.

ú=āḥ=ITḥāíḥ

udāttau

24 sūṄ prāṇi-pra-sav-é; 25 dūṄ pari-tāp-é.

ánudāttāḥ

26 dīṄ kṣay-é; 27 ḍīṄ víhāyas-ā gá-t-au; 28 dhīṄ ā-dhār-é; 29 mīṄ hiṁsā-y-ām; 30 rīṄ śráv-aṇ-e; 31 līṄ śléṣ-aṇ-e; 32 vrīṄ vr̥-ṇó-ty=arth-e; sú=āday-aḥ oT=IT-aḥ.

33 pīṄ pān-e; 34 māṄ mān-e; īṄ gá-t-au; 36 prīṄ prī-t-au;

áāāḥíḥ

37 śo tanū-kár-aṇ-e; 38 cho chéd-an-e; 39 ṣo anta-kar-máṇ-i; 40 do ava-kháṇḍ-an-e.

āāḥ

ánudatta=IT-aḥ

41 jánĪ prādur-bhāv-é; 42 dīpĪ dīp-t-au; 43 pūrĪ ā-pyāy-an-e; 44 tūrI ¹gá-ti-tvár-aṇa-²híṁs-anay-oḥ; 45 dhūrĪ 46 gūrĪ ¹hiṁsā-²gá-ty-oh; 47 ghūrĪ 48 jūrĪ ¹hiṁsā-²vayo-hā-ny-óḥ; 49 śūrĪ ¹hiṁsā-²stambháy-oḥ; 50 cūrĪ dāh-é; 51 tapA aíśvary-e vā (ánudātta-ḥ); 52 vŕtU várt-an-e; 52a klíśA upa-tāp-é; 53 kāśR̥ dīp-t-au; 54 vāśR̥ śábd-e;

svar-itá=IT-au

55 mŕṣÀ titikṣā-y-ām; 56 Ī-súcÌR pūtī-bhāv-é;

áāāḥ

svar-itá=IT-aḥ

57 ṇahÀ bándh-ane; 58 ranjÀ rāg-é; 59 śapÀ ā-króś-e;

ánudātta=IT-aḥ

60 padA gá-t-au; 61 khidA daíny-e; 62 vidA sattā-y-ām; 63 budhA ava-gám-an-e; 64 yudhA sam-pra-hār-é; 65 ánoḥ=rudhA kām-é; 66 anA pr-āṇ-an-e; 67 manA jñān-e; 68 yujA sam-ā-dh-aú; 69 sr̥jA vi-sarg-é; 70 liśA alpī-bhāv-é;

udātta=IT-au

71 rādhÁ=ḥ á-karma-k-āt vŕd-dh-āv evá; 72 vyadhÁ tāḍ-an-e;

ṣÁ=āḥā=ITḥ

ánudāttāḥ

73 puṣÁ púṣ-ṭ-au; 74 śuṣÁ śóṣ-aṇ-e; 75 tuṣÁ prī-t-au; 76 duṣÁ vaí-kr̥-t-y-e; 77 śliṣÁ ā-líṅg-an-e; 78 śakÀ ví-bhāṣ-i-ta-ḥ márṣ-aṇ-e; 79 ṣvidĀ gā-tra-pra-kṣár-aṇ-e; 80 krudhÁ kópe; 81 kṣudhÁ bubhuk-ṣā-yā-m; 82 śudhÁ śauc-é; 83 ṣidhÚ saṁ-rād-dh-au;

radhA=āday-aḥ 7.2.45

84 radhÁ ¹hiṁsā-²saṁ-rād-dhy-oḥ; 85 ṇaśÁ á-darś-an-e; 86 tr̥pÁ prīṇ-an-e; 87 dr̥pÁ ¹hárṣa-²móh-anay-oḥ; 88 druhÁ jighaṁsā-y-ām; 89 muhÁ vaícitty-e; 90 ṣṇuhÁ ud-gír-aṇ-e; 91 ṣṇihÁ prī-t-au;

udāttāḥ

śá=āḥ

92 śámÚ upa-śam-é; 93 támÚ kāṅkṣā-y-ām; 94 dámÚ upa-śam-é; 95 śramÚ táp-as-i khed-é ca; 96 bhrámÚ án-ava-sthān-e; 97 kṣámŪ̀ sáh-an-e; 98 klámÚ glā-n-aú; 99 mádĪ́ hárṣ-e;

100 ásÚ kṣép-aṇ-e; 101 yásÚ pra-yat-n-é; 102 jásÚ mókṣ-aṇ-e; 103 tásÚ upa-kṣay-é; 104 dásÚ ca; 105 vásÚ stambh-é; 106 vyúṣÁ vi-bhāg-é; 107 plúṣÁ dāh-é; 108 bísÁ pr-ér-aṇ-e; 109 kúsÁ śléṣ-aṇ-e; 110 búsÁ ut-sarg-é; 111 músÁ kháṇḍ-an-e; 112 másĪ́ pari-mān-e; 113 lúṭÁ vi-lóḍ-an-e; 114 úcÁ sam-av-āy-é; 115 bhŕśÚ/bhŕnśÚ adhaḥ-pát-an-e; 116 vŕṣÁ vár-aṇ-e; 117 kŕśÁ tanū-kár-aṇ-e; 118 ÑI-tŕṣÁ pipā-sā-y-ām; 119 hŕṣÁ túṣ-ṭ-au; 120 rúṣÁ róṣ-e; 121 ḍípÁ kṣép-e; 122 kúpÁ kródh-e; 123 gúpÁ vy-ā-kula-tv-é; 124 yúpÁ 125 rúpÁ 126 lúpÁ vi-móh-ane; (127 ṣtūpÁ sam-uc-chrāy-é); 128 lúbhÁ gārd-dhy-e; 129 kṣúbhÁ saṁ-cál-an-e; 130 ṇábhÁ 131 túbhÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; 132 klídŪ̀ ārdrī-bhāv-é; 133 ÑI-míd-Ā snéh-an-e; 134 ÑI-kṣvíd-Ā ¹snéh-ana-²móc-anay-oḥ; 135 ŕdhÚ vŕd-dh-au; 136 gŕdhÚ abhi-kāṅkṣā-y-ām; vr̥t.

Su=āday=aḥ

áāāḥ

ubha-ya-pad-ín-aḥ

1 ṣuÑ abhi-ṣav-é; 2 ṣiÑ bándh-an-e; 3 śiÑ ni-śān-e; 4 ḌU-miÑ pra-kṣép-aṇ-e; 5 ciÑ cáy-an-e; 6 str̥Ñ ā-cchād-an-e; 7 kr̥Ñ hiṁsā-y-ām; 8 vŕÑ vár-aṇ-e (udātta-ḥ); 9 dhuÑ kámp-an-e;

parasmai-pad-ín-aḥ

10 ṬU-du upa-tāp-é; 11 hi gá-t-au vŕd-dh-au ca; 12 pr̥ prī-t-au; 13 spr̥ ¹prī-ti-²pāl-anay-oḥ; ¹prī-ti-²cál-anay-or ity ány-e; smr̥ ity ék-e; 14 āpĹ̥ vy-āp-t-au; 15 śakĹ̥ śák-t-au; 16 rādhÁ 17 sādhÁ saṁ-síd-dh-au;

āāḥ

án-udātta=IT-au

18 áśŪ vy-āp-t-au saṁ-ghāt-é ca; 19 ṣṭíghA ā-skánd-an-e;

udātta=IT-aḥ

20 tíkÁ/tígÁ gá-t-au; 21 ṣághÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; 22 ÑI-dhŕṣ-Ā prā-galbhy-e; 23 dánbhÚ dambh-é; 24 ŕdhÚ vŕd-dh-au; 25 tŕpÁ prīṇ-an-e;

chándas-i

26 áhÁ vy-āp-t-au; 27 dághÁ ghāt-an-e pāl-an-e ca; 28 cámÚ bhákṣ-aṇ-e; 29 rí 30 kṣí 31 círi 32 jíri 33 dāśÁ 34 dŕ hiṁsā-y-ām; vr̥t.

Tudà=āday-aḥ

áāḥí=IT=ḥ

1 tudÀ vyáth-an-e; 2 ṇudÀ pr-ér-aṇ-e; 3 diśÀ ati-sárj-an-e; 4 bhrasjÀ pāk-é; 5 kṣipÀ pr-ér-aṇ-e; 6 kr̥ṣÀ vi-lékh-an-e;

āāḥ

udātta=IT

7 ŕṣĪ́ gá-t-au;

án-udatta=IT-aḥ

8 júṣĪ ¹prī-ti-²sév-anay-oḥ; 9 O-víj-Ī ¹bhay-á-²cál-anay-oh; 10 O-láj-Ī/O-lásj-Ī vrīḍ-é;

udātta=IT-aḥ

11 O-vráśc-Ū̀ chéd-an-e; 12 vyácÁ vyājī-kár-aṇ-e; 13 úchÍ uñch-é; 14 úchĪ́ vi-vās-é; 15 ŕchÁ ¹gá-ti-²indr-iya-pra-lay-á-³mūrti-bhāve-ṣu; 16 míchÁ ut-kleś-é; 17 járjÁ/cárcÁ/jhárjhÁ ¹pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-a-²bhárts-anay-oḥ; 18 tvácÁ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e; 19 ŕcÁ stú-t-au; 20 úbjÁ ārjav-é; 21 údjhÁ ut-sárg-e; 22 lúbhÁ vi-móh-an-e; 23 ríphÁ ¹kátth-ana-²yuddhá-³nindā-⁴hiṁsā=⁵ā-dāné-ṣu; 24 tŕphÁ 25 tŕnphÁ tŕp-t-au; 26 túpÁ/túnpÁ/ 27 túphÁ/túnphÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; 28 dŕphÁ 29 dŕnphÁ ut-kléś-e; 30 ŕphÁ/ŕnphÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; 31 gúphÁ/gúnphÁ granth-é; 32 úbhÁ/únbhÁ pūr-aṇ-e; 33 śúbhÁ/śúnbhÁ śobhā=arth-e; 34 dŕbhĪ́ granth-é; 35 cŕtĪ́ ¹hiṁsā-²gránth-anay-oḥ; 36 vídhÁ vidhān-é; 37 júḍÁ gá-t-au; 38 mŕḍÁ súkh-an-e; 39 pŕḍÁ ca; 40 pŕṇÁ prīṇ-an-e; 41 mŕṇÁ hiṁsā-y-am; 42 dúṇÁ kaúṭil-y-e; 43 púṇA kár-maṇ-i śubh-é; 44 múṇÁ prati-jñān-e; 45 kúṇÁ ¹śábda=²upa-tāpay-óḥ; 46 śunÁ gá-t-au; 47 drúṇÁ ¹hiṁsā-²gá-ti-³kaúṭilye-ṣu; 48 ghúṇÁ 49 ghūrṇÁ bhrám-aṇ-e; 50 ṣúrÁ ¹aíśvarya-²dīp-ty-oḥ; 51 kúrÁ śábd-e; 52 khúrÁ chéd-an-e; 53 múrÁ saṁ-véṣṭ-an-e; 54 kṣúrÁ vi-lékh-an-e; 55 ghúrÁ ¹bhīmá=artha-²śábday-oḥ; 56 púrÁ agra-gamane; 57 vŕhŪ̀ ud-yám-an-e; 58 tŕhŪ̀/stŕhŪ̀/tŕṇhŪ̀ hiṁsā=arthāḥ; 59 íṣÁ icchā-y-ām; 60 míṣÁ spardhā-y-ām; 61 kílÁ śváity-e; 62 tílÁ snéh-an-e; 63 cílÁ vás-an-e; 64 cálÁ vi-lás-an-e; 65 ílÁ ¹sváp-na-²kṣép-aṇay-oḥ; 66 vílÁ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e; 67 bílÁ bhéd-an-e; 68 ṇílÁ gáh-an-e; 69 hílÁ bhāva-kár-aṇ-e; 70 śílÁ ṣílÁ uñch-é; 71 mílÁ sléṣ-aṇ-e; 72 líkhÁ akṣara-vi-ny-ās-é.

úṭÁ=āḥ

udāttāḥ udātta=IT-aḥ

73 kúṭÁ kaúṭily-e; 74 púṭÁ saṁ-śleṣ-aṇ-e; 75 kúcÁ saṁ-kóc-an-e; 76 gújÁ śábd-e; 77 gúḍÁ rakṣā-y-ām; 78 ḍípÁ kṣép-e; 79 chúrÁ chéd-an-e; 80 sphúṭÁ vi-kás-an-e; 81 múṭÁ ¹ā-kṣep-á-²pra-márd-anay-oḥ; 82 trúṭÁ chéd-an-e; 83 túṭÁ kalaha-kár-maṇ-i; 84 cúṭÁ/chúṭÁ chéd-an-e; 85 júḍÁ bándh-an-e; 86 káḍÁ mad-é; 87 lúṭÁ saṁ-śleṣ-aṇ-e; 88 kŕḍÁ ghana-tv-é; 89 kúḍÁ bāly-e; 90 púḍÁ ut-sárg-e; 91 ghúṭÁ prati-ghāt-é; 92 túḍÁ tóḍ-an-e; 93 thúḍÁ 94 sthúḍÁ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e; 95 sphúrÁ 96 sphúlÁ saṁ-cál-an-e; 97 sphúḍÁ 98 cúḍÁ 99 vrúḍÁ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e; (100 krúḍÁ 101 bhŕḍÁ ni-májj-an-e; 102 húḍÁ saṁ-ghā-té); 103 gúrĪ́ ud-yám-an-e; 104 ṇú stú-t-au; 105 dhú vi-dhūn-an-e; 106 gú purīṣa=ut-sargé; 107 dhru ¹gáti-²sthaíryay-oḥ (ánudātta-ḥ).

ātmane-pad-ī

108 kúṄ śábd-e;

áāāḥ

ātmane-pad-ín-au

109 pr̥Ṅ vy-ā-yām-é; 110 mr̥Ṅ prāṇa-tyāg-é;

parasmai-pad-ín-aḥ

111 ri 112 pi gá-t-au; 113 dhi dhār-aṇ-e; 114 kṣi ¹ni-vās-á-²gá-ty-oḥ; 115 ṣū pr-ér-aṇ-e (udātta-ḥ);

kir-āday-aḥ 7.2.75

116 kr̄ vi-kṣép-e; 117 gr̄ ni-gár-aṇ-e; 118 dr̥Ṅ ā-dar-é; 119 dhr̥Ṅ ava-sthān-e; 120 prachA jñīpsā-y-ām; [116-17 udātt-au; 118-19 ātmane-pad-in-au].

udātta=IT-aḥ

121 sr̥jÁ vi-sárg-e; 122 ṬU-masj-Ó śúd-dh-au; 123 rujÓ bhaṅg-é; 124 bhujÓ kaúṭily-e; 125 chupÁ sparśé; 126 ruśÁ/riśÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; 127 liśÁ gá-t-au; 128 spr̥śÁ saṁ-spárś-an-e; 129 vichÁ gá-t-au; 130 viśÁ pra-vés-an-e; 131 mr̥ṣÁ ā-márṣ-aṇ-e; 132 ṇudÁ pr-ér-aṇ-e; 133 ṣadĹ̥ ¹vi-śár-aṇa-²gá-ti=³ava-sād-ane-ṣu; 134 śadĹ̥ śāt-an-e;

svar-íta=IT

135 mílÀ saṁ-gám-an-e (udātta-ḥ);

muc=āday-aḥ 7.1.59

136 mucL̥̀ mokṣ-aṇ-e; 137 lupL̥̀ chéd-an-e; 138 vidL̥̀ lābh-é; 139 lipÀ upa-déh-e; 140 ṣicÀ kṣár-aṇ-e;

ā=ITḥ

141 kr̥tĪ́ chéd-an-e; 142 khidÁ pari-ghāt-é; 143 písÁ ava-yav-é. vrt.

Rudh=āday-aḥ

áāḥí=ITḥ

1 rudhÌR ā-vár-aṇ-e; 2 bhidÌR vi-dār-aṇ-e; 3 chidÌR dvaidhī-kár-aṇ-e; 4 ricÌR vi-réc-an-e; 5 vicÌR pr̥thag-bhāv-é; 6 kṣudÌR sam-pr-éṣ-aṇ-e; 7 yujÌR yóg-e;

āāḥ

svar-íta=IT-au

8 UchŕdÌR ¹dīp-ti-²dév-anay-oḥ; 9 UtŕdÌR ¹hiṁsā=²án-ā-dar-ay-oḥ;

udātta=IT

10 kŕtĪ́ veṣṭ-an-e;

ánudātta=IT

11 ÑI-índh-Ī dīp-t-au;

áāāḥ

ánudātta=IT-au

12 khidA daíny-e; 13 vidA vi-cār-aṇ-e;

udātta=IT-aḥ

14 śiṣĹ̥ vi-śeṣ-aṇ-e; 15 piṣĹ̥ saṁ-cūrṇ-an-e; 16 bhanjÓ ā-márd-an-e; 17 bhujÁ ¹pāl-ana=²abhy-ava-hār-áy-oḥ;

āāḥā=ITḥ

18 tŕhÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; 19 hísÍ hiṁsā-y-ām; 20 úndĪ́ kléd-an-e; 21 ánjŪ̀ ¹vy-ák-ti-²mrákṣ-aṇa-³kān-ti-⁴gá-ti-ṣu; 22 táncŪ̀ sam-kóc-an-e; 23 O-víj-Ī́ ¹bhayá-²cál-anay-oḥ; 24 vŕjĪ́ várj-an-e; 25 pŕcĪ́ sam-park-é; vr̥t.

Tan-āday-aḥ

āāḥ

svar-íta=IT-aḥ

1 tánÙ vi-stār-é; 2 ṣánÙ dān-é; 3 kṣáṇÙ hiṁsā-y-ām; 4 kṣíṇÙ ca; 5 ŕṇÙ gá-t-au; 6 tŕṇÙ ád-an-e; 7 ghŕṇÙ dīp-t-au;

ánudātta=IT-au

8 vánU yāc-an-e; 9 mánU ava-bódh-an-e;

áāḥ=āṣáḥ

10 ḌU-kr̥-Ñ kár-aṇ-e.

Krī=aday-aḥ

áāāḥí=ITḥ

1 ḌU-krī-Ñ dravya-vi-ni-may-é; 2 prīÑ tárp-aṇ-e kān-t-au ca; 3 śrīÑ pāk-é; 4 mīÑ mān-e; 5 ṣiÑ bándh-an-e; 6 skuÑ ā-práv-aṇ-e; (7 stanbhÙ stunbhÙ 8 skanbhÙ skunbhÙ ródh-an-e); 9 yuÑ bándh-an-e;

āāḥ

svar-íta=IT-aḥ

10 knūÑ śábd-e; 11 drūÑ hiṁsā-y-ām;

pū=āday-aḥ 7.3.80

í=ITḥ

12 pūÑ páv-an-e; [12-33: pū=aday-ah].

ū=āḥ

13 lūÑ chéd-an-e; 14 str̄N ā-cchād-an-e; 15 kr̄Ñ hiṁsā-y-ām; 16 vr̄Ñ vár-aṇ-e; 17 dhūÑ kámp-an-e;

udātta=IT-aḥ

18 śr̄ hiṁsā-y-ām; 19 pr̄ ¹pāl-ana-²pūr-aṇay-oḥ; 20 vr̄ vár-aṇ-e; 21 bhr̄ bhárts-an-e; 22 mr̄ hiṁsā-y-ām; 23 dr̄ vi-dār-aṇ-e; 24 jr̄ vayo-hā-n-áu; 25 nr̄ nay-é; 26 kr̄ hiṁsā-y-ām; 27 r̄ gá-t-au; 28 gr̄ śábd-e;

áāāḥāḥ

29 jyā vayo-hā-n-aú; 30 rī-¹gá-ti-²réṣ-aṇay-oḥ; 31 lī śleṣ-aṇ-e; 32 vlī vár-aṇ-e; 32a plī gá-t-au; vr̥t. 33 vrī vár-aṇ-e; 34 bhrī bhay-é; 35 kṣīṢ hiṁsā-y-ām; 36 jñā ava-bódh-an-e; 37 bandhÁ bándh-an-e;

āāḥ

ātmane-pad-ī

38 vŕṄ sam-bhák-t-au;

udātta=it-aḥ

39 śránthÁ ¹vi-móc-ana-²prati-harṣáy-oḥ; 40 mánthÁ vi-lóḍ-ane; 41 gránthÁ saṁ-darbh-é; 42 kúnthÁ sam-śleṣ-aṇ-e; 43 mŕdÁ kṣód-e; 44 mŕḍÁ ca; 45 gúdhÁ róṣ-e; 46 kúṣÁ niṣ-karṣ-é; 47 kṣúbhÁ saṁ-cál-an-e; 48 ṇábhÁ 49 túbhÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; 50 klíśŪ̀ vi-bādh-an-e; 51 áśÁ bhój-an-e; 52 údhrasÁ uñch-é; 53 íṣÁ ābhīksṇy-e; 54 víṣÁ vi-pra-yog-é; 55 prúṣÁ 56 plúṣÁ ¹snéh-ana-²sév-ana-³pūraṇe-ṣu; 57 púṣÁ púṣ-ṭ-au; 58 múṣÁ sté-y-e; 59 khácÁ bhūta-prādur-bhāv-é; (60) héḍhÁ ca;

svar-íta=it

61 gráhÀ up-ā-dān-é.

Cur-āday-aḥ

íḥ

1 curÁ ste-y-é; 2 citÍ smŕ-ty-ām; 3 yatrÍ saṁ-kóc-an-e; 4 sphuḍÍ pari-hās-é; 5 lakṣÁ ¹dárś-ana=²ánk-ánay-oh; 6 kudrÍ an-r̥ta-bhāṣ-aṇ-e; 7 laḍÁ upa-sevā-y-ām; 8 midÍ snéh-an-e; 9 olaḍÍ ut-kṣép-aṇ-e; 10 jalÁ apa-vār-aṇ-e; 11 pīḍÁ ava-gāh-an-e; 12 naṭÁ ava-syánd-an-e; 13 śrathÁ pra-yat-n-é; 14 badhÁ saṁ-yám-an-e; 15 pr̄ pūr-aṇ-e; 16 ūrjÁ ¹bála-²pr-āṇ-anay-oḥ; 17 pakṣÁ pari-gráh-e; 18 varṇÁ cūrṇÁ pr-ér-aṇ-e; 19 prathÁ pra-khyān-e; 20 pr̥thA pra-kṣep-é; 21 ṣambÁ sam-bándh-an-e; 22 bhakṣÁ ád-an-e; 23 kuṭṭÁ ¹chéd-ana-²bhárts-anay-oḥ; 24 puṭṭÁ cuṭṭÁ alpī-bhāv-é; 25 aṭṭÁ 26 suṭṭÁ án-ā-dar-e; 27 luṇṭhÁ sté-y-e; 28 śaṭhÁ 29 śvaṭhÁ ¹á-saṁ-s-kār-a-²gá-ty-oh; 30 tujÍ 31 pijÍ ¹hiṁsā-²bála=³ā-dāná-⁴ni-két-ane-ṣu; 32 pisA gá-t-au; 33 ṣāntvÁ sāma-pra-yog-é; 34 śvalkÁ 35 valkÁ pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e; 36 ṣnihÁ snéh-an-e; 37 smiṭÁ án-ā-dar-e; 38 śliṣÁ śleṣ-aṇ-e; 39 pathÍ ga-t-au; 40 pichÁ kúṭṭ-an-e; 41 chadÍ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e; 42 śraṇÁ dān-é; 43 taḍÁ ā-ghāt-é; 44 khaḍÁ khaḍÍ kaḍÍ kháṇḍ-an-e; 45 kuḍÍ rákṣ-aṇ-e; 46 guḍÍ véṣṭ-an-e; 47 khuḍÍ kháṇḍ-an-e; 48 vaṭÍ vi-bhāj-an-e; 49 maḍÍ bhūṣā-y-ām; 50 bhaḍÍ kalyāṇ-e; 51 chardÁ vám-an-e: 52 pustÁ bustÁ ¹ā-dará=²án-ā-daray-oḥ; 53 cudÁ saṁ-cód-an-e; 54 nakkÁ 55 dhakkÁ nāś-an-e; 56 cakkÁ cukkÁ vyáth-an-e; 57 kṣalÁ śauca-kár-maṇ-i; 58 talÁ pra-tiṣṭhā-y-ām; 59 tulÁ un-mān-e; 60 dulÁ ut-kṣep-é; 61 pulA mahat-tv-é; 62 culÁ sam-uc-chrāy-é; 63 mūlÁ róh-aṇ-e; 64 kalÁ 65 vilÁ kṣép-e; 66 bilÁ bhéd-an-e; 67 tilÁ snéh-an-e; 68 calÁ bhŕ-t-au; 69 palÁ rákṣ-aṇ-e; 70 lūṣÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; 71 śulbÁ mān-e; 72 cuṭÁ chéd-an-e; 73 muṭÁ saṁ-cūrṇ-an-e; 74 paḍÍ pasÍ nāś-an-e; 75 vrajÁ ¹mārga-saṁ-s-kār-a-²gá-ty-oh; 76 śulkÁ ati-sárj-an-e; 77 capÍ gá-ty-ām; 78 kṣapÍ kṣān-ty-ām; 79 kṣajÍ kr̥cchra-jīv-an-e; 80 svartÁ gá-ty-ām; 81 jñapÁ M-IT=ca jñapÁ ¹jñāna-²jñāp-ana-³mār-aṇa-⁴tóṣ-aṇa-⁵ni-śāna-⁶ni-śām-ane-ṣu 82 yamÁ ca pari-véṣ-aṇ-e; 83 cahÁ pari-kálk-an-e; 84 rahÁ tyāg-é; 85 balÁ pr-āṇ-an-e; 86 ciÑ cáy-an-e; na-ány-e M-IT-aḥ.

87 ghaṭṭÁ cál-an-e; 88 mustÁ saṁ-ghāt-é; 89 khaṭṭÁ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e; 90 ṣaṭṭÁ 91 sphiṭṭÁ 92 cubÍ hiṁsā-y-ām; (93 pusÁ) 94 pūlÁ saṁ-ghāt-é; 95 puṁsÁ abhi-várdh-an-e; (96 vyapÁ kṣép-e); 97 takÍ bándh-an-e; 98 dhūsÁ kān-ti-kár-aṇ-e; 99 kīṭÁ várṇ-e; 100 cūrṇÁ saṁ-kóc-an-e; 101 pūjÁ pūjā-y-ām; 102 arkÁ stáv-an-e; 103 śuṭhÁ ā-lasy-e; 104 śuṭhÍ śóṣ-aṇ-e; 105 juḍÁ pr-ér-aṇ-e; 106 gajÁ 107 mārjÁ śábda-arth-au; 108 ghr̥ pra-sráv-aṇ-e; 109 pacÍ vi-stāra-vác-an-e; 110 tijÁ ni-śān-e; 111 kr̄tÁ saṁ-śábd-an-e; 112 vardhÁ ¹chéd-ana-²pūr-aṇay-oḥ; 113 kubÍ chād-an-e; 114 lubÍ 115 tubÍ á-darś-an-e; 116 hlapÁ vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í; 117 cuṭÍ chéd-an-e; (118 mr̥ḍÍ tuḍÍ) 119 ilÁ pr-ér-aṇ-e; 120 mrakṣÁ mlécch-an-e; 121 mlechÁ á-vy-ak-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í; 122 brūsÁ 123 barhÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; (124 garjÁ gardÁ śábd-e; 125 gardhÁ abhi-kāṅkṣā-y-ām); 126 gurdÁ 127 pūrvA ni-két-an-e; 128 jasÍ rákṣ-aṇ-e; 129 īḍÁ stú-t-au; 130 jasÚ hiṁsā-y-ām; 131 piḍÍ saṁ-ghāt-é; 132 ruṣÁ róṣ-e; 133 ḍipÁ kṣép-e; 134 ṣṭūpÁ sam-uc-chrāy-é.

āḥ

ā kusm-āt=ātmane-pad-ín-aḥ: 135 citA saṁ-cét-an-e: 136 daśI dáṁś-an-e; 137 dasI ¹dárś-ana-²dáṁs-anay-oḥ; 138 ḍapA ḍipA saṁ-ghāt-é; 139 tatrI kuṭumba-dhār-aṇ-e; 140 matrI gup-ta-bhāṣ-aṇ-é; 141 spaśA ¹gráh-aṇa-²saṁ-śléṣ-aṇay-oḥ; 142 tarjA 143 bhartsA saṁ-tárj-an-e; 144 hastA 145 gandhA árd-an-e; 146 viṣkA hiṁsā-y-ām; 147 niṣkA pari-māṇ-e; 148 lalA īp-sā-y-ām; 149 kūṇA saṁ-kóc-an-e; 150 tūṇA pūr-aṇ-e; 151 bhrūṇA āśā-y-ām; 152 śaṭhA ślāghā-y-ām; 153 yakṣA pūjā-y-ām; 154 syamA vi-tárke: 155 gūrA ud-yám-an-e; 156 śamA 157 lakṣA ā-lóc-an-e; 158 kutsA ava-kṣép-aṇ-e; 159 truṭA chéd-an-e; 160 galA sráv-aṇ-e; 161 bhalA ā-bháṇḍ-an-e; 162 kūṭA á-pra-dān-e; 163 vancU pra-lámbh-an-e; 164 vr̥ṣA śak-ti-bándh-an-e; 165 madA tr̥p-ti-yog-é; 166 divU pari-kūj-an-e; 167 gr̄ vi-jñan-é; 168 vidA ¹cét-ana=²ā-khyā-na-³ni-vāsé-ṣu; 169 manA stambh-é; 170 yu jugup-sā-y-ām; 171 kusmA nāmn-aḥ vā [kuts-ita-smáy-an-e].

íḥ

172 carcÁ adhy-áy-an-e; 173 bukkÁ bhaṣ-aṇ-e; 174 śabdÁ śabda-kriy-ā-y-ām; upa-sarg-āt=āviṣ-kār-é ca; 175 kaṇÁ ni-mīl-an-e; 176 jabhÍ nāś-an-e; 177 ṣūdÁ kṣár-aṇ-e; 178 jasÚ tāḍ-an-e; 179 paśÁ bándh-an-e; 180 amÁ róg-e; 181 caṭÁ 182 sphuṭÁ bhéd-an-e; 183 ghaṭÁ saṁ-ghāt-é: 184 hán-ti=arth-ās=ca; 185 divÚ márd-an-e; 186 arjÁ pra-yat-n-é; 187 ghuṣÍR vi-śábd-an-e; 188 āṄ-aḥ krandÁ sā-ta-ty-e; 189 lasA śilpa-yog-é; 190 tasÍ bhūṣÁ alaṁ-kār-é: 191 mokṣA ás-an-e; 192 arhÁ pūjā-y-ām; 193 jñā ni-yog-é; 194 bhajÁ vi-śrāṇ-an-e; 195 śr̥dhÚ pra-sáh-an-e; 196 yatÁ ¹ni-kār-á=²upa-s-kār-áy-oḥ; 197 rakÁ lagÁ ā-svād-an-e; 198 ancÚ vi-śéṣ-aṇ-e; 199 ligÍ citrī-kár-aṇ-e; 200 mudÁ saṁ-sarg-é; 201 trasÁ dhār-aṇ-e; 202 udhrasÁ uñch-é; 203 mucÁ pra-móc-an-e mód-an-e ca; 204 vasÁ¹sneh-á=²ched-á=³apa-hár-aṇe-ṣu; 205 carÁ saṁ-śay-é; 206 cyu-hás-an-e; sáh-an-e ca ity ék-e; 207 bhuv-aḥ ava-kálk-an-e; 208 kr̥pe̱ś ca.

ā svad-aḥ sa-kar-ma-k-āt

209 grasÁ gráh-aṇ-e; 210 puṣÁ dhār-aṇ-e; 211 dalÁ vi-dār-aṇ-e; 212 paṭÁ 213 puṭÁ 214 luṭÁ 215 tujÍ 216 mijÍ 217 pijÍ 218 lujÍ 219 bhajÍ 220 laghÍ 221 trasÍ 222 pisÍ 223 kusÍ 224 daśÍ 225 kuśÍ 226 ghaṭÁ 227 ghaṭÍ 228 br̥hÍ 229 barhÁ 230 balhÁ 231 gupÁ 232 dhupÁ 233 vichÁ 234 cīvÁ 235 puthÁ 236 lokŔ̥ 237 locŔ̥ 238 ṇadÁ 239 kupÁ 240 tarkÁ 241 vr̥tÚ 242 vr̥dhÚ bhāṣā=arth-āḥ; (243 ruṭÁ 244 lajÍ 245 ajÍ 246 dasÍ 247 bhr̥śÍ 248 ruśÍ 249 śīkÁ 250 naṭÁ 251 puṭÍ 252 jucÍ 253 raghÍ 254 laghÍ 255 ahÍ 256 rahÍ 257 mahÍ bhāṣā=arth-āḥ; 258 laḍÍ 259 taḍÁ 260 nalÁ ca); 261 pūrĪ́ ā-pyāy-an-e; 262 rujÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; 263 ṣvadÁ ā-svād-an-e; svād-Á ity ék-e.

ā dhr̥ṣ-āt vā

264 yujÁ 265 pr̥cÁ saṁ-yám-an-e; 266 arcÁ pūjā-y-ām; 267 ṣahÁ márṣ-aṇ-e; 268 īrÁ kṣép-e; 269 lī dravī-kár-aṇ-e; 270 vr̥Ñ ā-vár-aṇ-e; 271 vr̥jĪ́ várj-an-e; 272 jr̄ vayo-hā-n-aú: 273 ricÁ ¹vi-yój-ana-²sam-párc-anay-oḥ; 274 śiṣÁ á-sarva=upa-yog-e: 275 tapÁ dāh-é; 276 tr̥pÁ tŕp-t-au; 277 chr̥dĪ́ saṁ-dīp-an-e; 278 dr̥bhĪ́ bhay-é: 279 dr̥bhÁ saṁ-dárbh-e; 280 śrathÁ mókṣ-aṇ-e; 281 mī gá-t-au; 282 granthÁ bándh-an-e; 283 śīkÁ ā-márṣ-aṇ-e; 284 cīkÁ ca; 285 ardÁ hiṁsā-y-ām; 286 hisÍ hiṁsā-y-ām; (287 arhÁ pūjā-y-ām); 288 āṄ-ah ṣad-Á padi=arth-é; 289 śundhÁ śauca-kár-maṇ-i; 290 chadÁ apa-vār-aṇ-e; 291 juṣÁ pari-tárk-aṇ-e; 292 dhūÑ kámp-an-e; 293 prīÑ tárp-aṇ-e; 294 śranthÁ granthÁ saṁ-dárbh-e; 295 āpL̥̀ lámbh-an-e (svar-it=IT ca); 296 tanÚ ¹śrad-dhā=²upa-kár-aṇay-oḥ; upa-sárg-āt ca daírghy-e; 297 vadÁ saṁ-deśa-vác-an-e; 298 vacÁ pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e: 299 mānÁ pūjā-y-ām; 300 bhū pr-āp-t-au ātmane-pad-ī vā; 301 garhÁ vi-nínd-an-e; 302 mārgÁ anv-éṣ-aṇ-e; 303 kaṭhÍ śók-e; 304 mr̥jÁ ¹saucá=²alaṁ-kār-áy-oḥ; 305 mr̥ṣA titik-ṣā-y-ām (ánudātta=IT/mr̥ṣÁ svar-ita=IT); 306 dhr̥ṣÁ pra-sáh-an-e.

==āḥ

parasmai-pad-ín-aḥ

307 katha vāk-ya-pra-bándh-e; 308 vara īp-sā-y-ām; 309 gaṇa saṁ-khyān-e; 310 śaṭha śvaṭha samyag-ava-bhāṣ-aṇ-e; 311 paṭa vaṭa gránth-e; 312 raha tyāg-é; 313 stana 314 gadī deva-sabd-é; 315 pata gá-t-au vā; 316 paṣa án-upa-sarg-āt; 317 svara ā-kṣep-é; 318 raca prati-yat-n-é; 319 kala gá-t-au saṁ-khyān-e ca; 320 caha pari-kálk-an-e; 321 maha pūjā-y-ām; 322 sara 323 kr̥pa 324 śratha daur-bal-y-e; 325 spr̥ha īp-sā-y-ām; 326 bhāma kródh-e; 327 sūca paíśuny-e; 328 kheṭa bhákṣ-aṇ-e; 329 kṣoṭa kṣép-e; 330 goma upa-lép-an-e; 331 kumāra krīḍā-y-ām; 332 śīla upa-dhār-a-ṇ-e; 333 sāma sāntva-pra-yog-é; 334 vela kāla=upa-deś-é; 335 palyūla ¹láv-ana-²páv-anay-oḥ; 336 vāta ¹sukhá-²sév-anay-oḥ; 337 gaveṣa mārg-aṇ-e; 338 vāsa upa-sév-ā-y-ām; 339 nivāsa ā-cchād-an-e; 340 bhāja pr̥thak-kár-maṇ-i; 341 sabhāja ¹prī-ti-²dárś-anay-oḥ; 342 ūna pari-hā-ṇ-é; 343 dhvana śábd-e; 344 kūṭa pari-tāp-é; 345 saṁketa 346 grāma 347 kuṇa guṇa ca ā-mántr-aṇ-e; (348 kūṇa saṁ-kóc-an-e); 349 ste-na caúry-e.

ātmane-pad-ín-aḥ

āāāíḥ

350 pada gá-t-au; 351 gr̥ha gráh-aṇ-e; 352 mr̥ga anv-éṣ-aṇ-e; 353 kuha vi-smā-p-an-e; 354 śūra 355 vīra vi-krān-t-au; 356 sthūla pari-bŕṁh-aṇ-e; 357 artha upa-yac-ñā-y-ām; 358 sattra saṁ-tāna-kriyā-y-ām; 359 garva mān-e;

360 sūtra véṣṭ-an-e; 361 mūtra pra-sráv-aṇ-e; 362 rūkṣa pāruṣy-e; 363 pāra 364 tīra kar-ma-sam-āp-t-aú; 365 puṭa sam-sarg-é; 366 kattra śaíthily-e.

368 prātipadik-āt dhātv-arth-é bahulám iṣṭa-vát=ca; tát kar-ó-ti tád ā-caṣ-ṭe; t-éna áti-krām-a-ti; dhātu-rūpá-ṁ ca; kartr̥-kar-aṇ-āt dhātv=arth-é.

369 baṣka dárś-ane; 370 citra citrī-kár-aṇ-e; kadā-cid dárś-an-e; 371 aṁsa sam-ā-ghāt-é; 372 vaṭa vi-bhāj-an-e; (373 raṭa pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e); 374 laja pra-kāś-an-e; 375 miśra sam-park-é; 376 saṁ-grāma yud-dh-é; 377 stoma ślāgh-ā-y-ām; 378 chidra karṇa-bhéd-an-e; (379 karṇa bhéd-an-e); 380 andha dr̥ṣ-ṭi=upa-ghāt-é; 381 daṇḍa daṇḍa-ni-pāt-é; 382 aṅka pad-é lákṣ-aṇ-e ca; 383 sukha 384 duḥkha tat-kriyā-y-ām; 385 rasa ¹ā-svād-ana-²snéh-anay-oḥ; 386 vyaya vitta-sam-ut-sarg-é; 387 rūpa rūpa-kriyā-y-ām; 388 cheda dvaidhī-kár-aṇ-e; 389 lābha pr-ér-aṇ-e; 390 vraṇa gātra-vi-cūrṇ-an-e; 391 varṇa ¹varṇa-kriyā-²vistār-á-³guṇa-vác-ane-ṣu; bahulám étad ni-dárś-an-am; 392 parṇa harita-bhāv-é; viṣka dárś-an-e; kṣapa pr-ér-aṇ-e; vasa ni-vās=e; tuttha ā-vár-aṇ-e.

393 ṆiṄ áṅg-āt nir-ás-an-e; 394 ¹śveta=aśvá=²aśva-tará-³gāloḍi-tá=⁴ā-hvar-akā-ṇ-ām ¹áśva-²tará=³itá-⁴ká-lop-a-ś ca; 395 púccha=ādi-ṣu dhātv=arthá ity evá siddhám.

Alphabetic Index of Verbal Stems A

aṁsa saṁ-ghāt-é X 371; (aṁh) = áhI ga-t-au I 666; (aṁh) = (ahI bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 255); ákÁ kuṭilā-y-āṁ gá-t-au I 829; ákṣŪ̀ vy-āp-t-au I 684; (agha pāpa-kár-aṇ-e X 392); (aṅk) = ákI lákṣ-aṇ-e I 87; anka pad-é lákṣ-aṇ-e ca X 382; (aṅg) = ágÍ gá-ty-arth-a-ḥ I 155; aṅga pad-é lákṣ-aṇ-e ca X 382; (aṅgh) = ághI ga-ty-ā-kṣep-é I 109; ájÁ ¹gá-ti-²kṣép-aṇa-yoḥ I 248; áñcÚ gá-ti-pūj-anay-oḥ I 203; áñcÚ gá-t-au yāc-an-e ca I 915; añcÚ vi-śéṣ-aṇ-e X 198; ánjŪ̀ ¹vy-ák-ti-²mrákṣ-aṇ-a-³kān-ti-⁴gá-ti-ṣu VII 21: (añj) = ajÍ bhāṣā-arth-a-ḥ X 245; áṭÁ gá-t-au I 317; áṭṭA ¹ati-krám-aṇa-²híṁs-anay-oḥ I 273; aṭṭÁ án-ā-dar-e X 25; áḍÁ ud-yám-e I 380; ádḍÁ abhi-yog-é I 371; áṇÁ pr-āṇ-an-e IV 66; áṇÁ śábda-artha-ḥ I 471; (aṇṭh) = áṭhI gá-t-au I 280; átÁ sā-tat-ya-gám-an-e I 38; adÁ bhákṣ-aṇ-e II 1; anÁ pr-āṇ-an-e II 61; áncÚ gá-t-au yāc-an-e ca I 915; áncÚ gá-ti-pūj-anay-oḥ I 203; ancÚ vi-śeṣ-aṇ-e X 198; (ant) = átÍ bándh-an-e I 62; (and) = ádÍ bándh-an-e I 63; andha dr̥ṣ-ṭi=upa-ghāt-é X 380; abhrA ga-ty-artha-h I 588; ámÁ gá-ty-ādi-ṣu I 493, 869; amÁ róg-e X 180; (amb) = ábI śábd-e I 403; (ambh) = (ábhI śábd-e I 411); áyA ga-t-au I 503, (935); arkÁ stáv-an-e X 102; árcÁ pūjā-y-ām I 219; arcÁ pūjā-y-ām X 266; artha upa-yāc-ñā-y-ām X 357; árdÁ gá-t-au yāc-an-e ca I 56; ardÀ hiṁsā-y-ām X 285; árbÁ gá-t-au I 442; árvÁ hiṁsā y-ām I 615; árhÁ pūjā-y-ām I 776; arhA pūjā-y-ām X 192 (287); álÁ ¹bhūṣ-áṇa-²pary-āp-ti=³vār-aṇe-ṣu I 548; ávÁ ¹rákṣ-aṇa-²gá-ti-³kān-ti- . . . I 631; áśÁ bhój-an-e IX 51; áśŪ vy-āp-t-au saṁ-ghāt-e ca V 18; aśva X 394; asÁ bhuv-í II 56 ásÁ ¹gá-ti-²dīp-ti=³ā-dā-né-ṣu I 934; ásÚ kṣép-aṇ-e IV 100; áhÁ vy-āp-t-au V 26.

āchÍ (āñch) ā-yām-é I 224: āpL̥̀ lámbh-an-e X 295; āpĹ̥ vy-āp-t-au V 14; āsA upa-véś=an-e II 11; āhvara X 394.

I

iK smár-aṇ-e II 35; iṄ adhy-áy-an-e II 37; iṆ gá-t-au II 36; íkhÁ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 144; (iṅkh) = íkhÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 145; (iṅg) = ígÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 163; íṭÁ gá-t-au I 340; (ind) = ídÍ parama=aiśvary-é I 64; ÑI-índh-Ī dīp-t-au VIII 11; (inv) = ívÍ vy-āp-t-au I 618; ílÁ ¹svap-ná-²kṣép-aṇay-oḥ VI 65; ilA pr-ér-aṇ-e X 119; íṣá ābh-ī-kṣṇy-e IX 53; íṣÁ icchā-y-ām VI 59; íṣÁ gá-t-au IV 19.

īṄ gá-t-au IV 35 īkṣA dárś-an-e I 641; īkhÁ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 146; (īṅkh) īkhÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 146; ījA ¹gá-ti-²kúts-anay-oḥ I 196; īḍA stú-t-au II 9; īḍÁ stú-t-au X 129; īrÁ kṣép-e X 268; īrA gá-t-au kámp-an-e ca II 8; īrkṣyÁ īrṣyā=artha-ḥ I 543; īrṣyÁ īrṣyā-artha-ḥ I 544; īśA aíś-var-y-e II 10; īṣÁ uñch-é I 715; īṣA ¹gá-ti-²hiṁsā-³dárś-ane-ṣu I 642; īhA ceṣṭā-y-ām I 663.

U

uṄ śábd-e I 1001; úkṣÁ séc-an-e I 687; úkhÁ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 132; (uṅkh) = úkhÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 133; úcÁ sam-av-āy-é IV 114; úchĪ́ vi-vās-é I 231; VI 14; ujjhA (= údjhÁ) ut-sarg-é VI 21; (uñch) = úchÍ uñch-é I 230, VI 13; úṭhÁ upa-ghāt-é I 361; údhrasÁ uñch-é IX 52; udhrasÁ uñch-é X 202; úndĪ́ kléd-an-e VII 20; úbjÁ ārjav-é VI 20; úbhÁ pūr-aṇ-e VI 32; (umbh) = únbhÁ pūr-aṇ-e VI 32; úrdA mān-e krīḍā-y-āṁ ca I 20; úrvĪ́ hiṁsā-y-am I 600; (ulaṇḍ/olaṇḍ) = (ulaḍÍ ut-kṣép-aṇ-e X 9); úhÍR árd-an-e I 775.

(ūṭhÁ upa-ghāt-é I 361); ūna pari-hā-ṇ-é X 342; ūyĪ tantu-saṁ-tān-é I 512; ūrjÁ ¹bála-²pr-āṇ-anay-oḥ X 16; ūrṇuÑ ā-cchād-an-e II 30; ūṣÁ rujā-y-ām I 714; ūhA vi-tark-é I 679; (ūhÍR árd-an-e I 775).

r̥ gá-t-au III 16; r̥ ¹gá-ti-²pr-āp-aṇay-oḥ I 983; ŕcÁ stú-t-au VI 19; r̥chÁ ¹gá-ti=²indriyá-³pra-lay-á-⁴mūrti-bhāvé-ṣu VI 15; ŕjA ¹gá-ti-²sthāna=³árj-ana=⁴upa=árj-ane-ṣu I 189; (ŕñj) = ŕjI bhárj-an-e I 190; ŕṇÙ gá-t-au VIII 5; ŕdhÚ vŕd-dh-au IV 135; V 34; ŕphÁ hiṁsā-y-ām VI 30; (ŕmph) = ŕnphÁ hiṁsā-y-ām VI 30; ŕṣĪ́ gá-t-au VI 7.

R

r̄ gá-t-au IV 27.

E

éjR̥ kámp-an-e I 253; éjR̥ dīp-t-au I 192; éṭhA vi-bādhā-y-ām I 286; édhA vŕd-dh-au I 2; éṣR̥ gá-t-au I 649.

O

ókhŔ̥ ¹śóṣ-aṇ-a=²álaṁ-arthay-oḥ I 125; óṇR̥ apa-náy-an-e I 482; (olaṇḍ) = olaḍÍ ut-kṣép-aṇ-e X 9.

K

(káṁs) = kásI ¹gá-ti-²śās-anay-oḥ II 14; kákA lauly-e I 90; kákhÁ hás-an-e I 124; kákhÉ hás-an-e I 821; kágÉ ná=uc-yá-te I 828; (káṅk) = kákI gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 94; kácA bándh-an-e I 181; (kañc) = kácI ¹dīp-ti-²bándh-anay-oḥ I 182; (kájÁ mád-e 1.251); káṭĪ́ gá-t-au I 342; káṭÉ ¹varṣá=²ā-vár-aṇay-oḥ I 315; káṭhÁ kr̥cchra-jīv-an-é I 356; káḍÁ mád-e I 383; VI 86; kádḍÁ kārkaś-y-e I 372; káṇÁ gá-t-au I 831; kaṇÁ ni-mīl-an-e X 175; káṇÁ śábda-artha-ḥ I 476; (kaṇḍ) = kaḍÍ bhéd-an-e X 44; (káṇḍ) = káḍI mád-e I 302; kattra śáithily-e X 367; kátthA ślāghā-y-ām I 37; katha vāk-ya-pra-bandh-é X 307; kánĪ́ ¹dīp-ti-²kānt-i-³gá-ti-ṣu I 488; (kánd) = kádÍ ā-hvā-n-e ród-an-e ca I 70; (kánd) = kádI vaí-klav-y-e I 809; kábR̥ várṇ-e I 405; kámU kān-t-au I 470, 869; (kámp) = kápI cál-an-e I 400; kárjÁ vyáth-ane I 246; (karṇa bhéd-an-e X 367); kárdÁ kuts-it-é śábd-e I 60; kárbÁ gá-t-au I 447; kárvÁ dárp-e I 612; kalÁ kṣép-e X 64; kala gá-t-au saṁ-khyān-e ca X 319; kállA á-vy-ak-t-e śábd-e I 527; káṣÁ hiṁsā=artha-ḥ I 716; kásÁ gá-t-au I 913; (kāṅkṣ) = kākṣÍ kāṅkṣā-y-ām I 698; (kāñc) = kācI ¹dīp-ti-²bándh-anay-oḥ I 183; kāla upa-deś-é X 334; kāśR̥ dīp-t-au I 678; IV 53; kāsR̥ ¹śábda=²kutsā-y-ām I 654; ki jñān-e III 19; kíṭÁ gá-t-au I 314: kíṭá trās-é I 323; kitÁ ni-vās-é I 1042; (kitÁ jñān-e III 20); kitA varṇ-e X 99; kilA śvaity-e VI 61; kílÁ śvaíty-e X 65; kīṭÁ várṇ-e X 99; kīlÁ bánd-an-e I 557; ku śábd-e II 33; kúṄ śábd-e I 999; VI 108; (kuṁś) = kuśÍ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 225; (kuṁs) = kusÍ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 223; kúkA ád=an-e I 91' kúcÁ śábd-e tār-é I 199; kúcÁ ¹sam-párc-ana-²kaúṭilya-³prati-stambhá-⁴vi-lékh-ane-ṣu I 910; kúcÁ saṁ-kóc-an-e VI 75; kújÚ ste-ya-kár-aṇ-e I 214; kúncÁ ¹kaúṭilya=²alpī-bhāv-áy-oḥ I 200; (kunj) = kújÍ á-vy-ak-t-e śábd-e I 241; kúṭÁ kaúṭily-e VI 73; kuṭṭÁ ¹chéd-ana-²bhárts-anay-oḥ X 23; kuṭṭA pra-tāp-an-e X 162; kúḍÁ bāly-e VI 89; kúṇÁ ¹śábda=²upa-kár-aṇay-oḥ VI 45; kuṇa ā-mánt-an-e X 347; (kúṇṭ) = kúṭÍ vaí-kaly-e I 345; (kúṇṭh) = kúṭhÍ ga-ti-prati-ghāt-é I 365; (kúṇḍ) = kúḍI dāh-é I 289; (kuṇḍ) = kuḍÍ rákṣ-aṇ-e X 45; kutsA

ava-kṣép-aṇ-e X 158; kúthÁ pūtī-bhāv-é IV 11; (kúnth) = kúthÍ saṁ-śleṣ-aṇ-e IX 42; kúthÍ hiṁsā-saṁ-pleśay-oḥ I 44; kunthÁ sam-śleṣ-aṇ-e IX 42; (kundr) = kudrÍ an-r̥ta-bhāṣ-aṇ-e X 6; kúpÁ kródh-e IV 122; kupa bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 339; kumāra krīḍā-y-ām X 331; (kúmb) = kúbÍ chād-an-e I 453; kubÍ chād-an-e X 113; kúrÁ śábd-e VI 51; kúrdA guda-krīdā-y-ām I 21; kúlÁ saṁ-styān-e bándhu-ṣu ca I 895; kuṣÁ niṣ-karṣ-é IX 46; kúśA śléṣ-aṇ-e IV 109; kusmA nāmno vā X 171; kuha vi-smāp-an-e X 353; kūjÁ á-vy-ak-t-e śabd-e I 240; kūṭa pari-tāp-é X 344; kūṭÁ ā-pra-dān-e X 162; kūṇÁ saṁ-kóc-an-e X 149; kūṇa saṁ-kóc-an-e X 348; kūlÁ ā-vár-aṇ-e I 558; ḌU-kr̥-Ñ kar-aṇ-e VIII 10; kr̥Ñ hiṁsā-y-ām V 7; (kr̥Ñ kár-aṇ-e I 949); kr̥ḍÁ ghana-tv-é VI 88; (kŕṇv) = kŕvÍ ¹hiṁsā-²kár-aṇay-oḥ I 629; kr̥tĪ́ chéd-an-e VI 141; kŕtĪ́ véṣṭ-an-e VII 10; kŕpŪ sāmarthy-e I 799; kŕpA kr̥pā-y-āṁ gá-t-au I 808; kr̥pa daúr-baly-e X 323; kr̥śÁ tanū-kár-aṇ-e IV 117; kr̥ṣÁ vi-lékh-an-e I 1039; VI 6. kr̄ vi-kṣep-é VI 116; kr̄ hiṁsā-y-ām IX 26; kr̄Ñ hiṁsā-y-ām IX 15; kr̄tÁ saṁ-śábd-an-e X 111; képR̥ kámp-an-e I 392; kélŔ̥ cál-an-e I 570; (kévR̥ sév-an-e I 539); kai śábd-e I 964; knásÚ ¹hvár-aṇa-²dīp-ty-oḥ IV 6; I 864; (knáthÁ hiṁsā=arth=aḥ I 837); knūÑ śábd-e IX 10; knūyĪ śábd-e únd-e ca I 514; kmárÁ hūrch-an-e I 587; kráthÁ hiṁsā=artha-ḥ I 838; (kránd) = krádÍ ā-hvān-e ród-an-e ca I 71; (kránd) = krádI vaí-klavy-e I 810; āṄ-aḥ krandÁ sātaty-e X 188; krápA kr̥pā-y-āṁ gá-t-au I 808; krámÚ pād-a-vi-kṣep-é I 502; ḌU=krī-Ñ drav-ya-vi-ni-may-é IX 1; krīḍŔ̥ vi-hār-é I 373; krúncÁ ¹kaúṭilya=²alpī-bhāv-ay-oḥ I 201; (krúḍÁ ni-májj-an-e VI 100); krudhÁ kóp-e IV 80; (kruśÁ ā-hvān-e ród-an-e ca I 909); kláthÁ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ I 839; (klánd) = kládÍ ā-hvān-e ród-an-e ca I 72; (klánd) = kládI vaí-klavy-e I 811; klámÚ glān-aú IV 98; klídŪ̀ ārdrī-bhāv-é IV 132; (klínd) = klídI pari-dév-an-e I 15; (klind) = klídÍ pari-dév-an-e I 73; klíśA upa-tāp-é IV 52a; klíśŪ̀ vi-bādh-an-e IX 50; klībR̥ á-dhārṣṭy-e I 406; kléśA á-vy-ak-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í I 638; kváṇÁ śábda=artha-ḥ I 477; kvathE niṣ-pāk-e I 899; (kṣañj) = kṣajÍ kr̥

cchra-jīv-an-e X 79; (kṣanj) = kṣájI ¹gá-ti-²dān-áy-oḥ I 806; kṣáṇÙ hiṁsā-y-ām VIII 3; (ksapi̱) I 860; kṣapa pr-ér-aṇ-e X 392; kṣámŪ̀ sáh-an-e IV 97; kṣámŪṢ sáh-an-e I 469; (kṣamp) = kṣapÍ kṣān-ty-ām X 78; kṣárÁ saṁ-cál-an-e I 904; kṣalÁ śauca-kár-maṇ-i X 57; kṣí kṣay-é I 225; kṣi ¹ni-vās-á-²gá-ty-oḥ VI 114; kṣí hiṁsā-y-ām V 30; kṣiS hiṁsā-y-ām IX 35; kṣíṇÙ hiṁsā-y-ām VIII 4; kṣípÁ pr-ér-an-e IV 14; kṣipÀ pr-ér-aṇ-e VI 5; kṣívÚ nir-ás-an-e I 599; kṣīṢ himsā-y-ām IX 35; kṣījÁ á-vy-ak-t-e śábd-e I 256; kṣībR̥ mád-e I 407; kṣīvÚ nir-ás-an-e I 599; ṬU-kṣú śábd-e- II 27; kṣudÍR sam-pr-éṣ-aṇ-e VII 6; kṣudhÁ bubhukṣā-y-ām IV 81; kṣúbhÁ saṁ-cál-an-e IV 129; IX 47; kṣúrÁ vi-lékh-an-e VI 54; kṣai kṣay-e I 961; kṣoṭa kṣép-e X 329; kṣṇú téj-an-e II 28; kṣmāyĪ́ vi-dhūn-an-e I 515; kṣmīlA ni-méṣ-aṇ-e I 553; ÑI-kṣvidĀ á-vy-ak-t-e śábd-e I 1027; ÑI-kṣvídĀ ¹snéh-ana-²móh-anay-oḥ I 780; IV 134; kṣvélŔ̥ cál-an-e I 527.

KH

khácÁ bhū-ta-prādur-bhāv-é IX 59; khájÁ manth-é I 250; (khánj) = khájÍ ga-ti-vai-kaly-é I 252; kháṭÁ kāṅkṣā-y-ām I 331; khaṭṭÁ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e X 89; khaḍÁ bhéd-an-e X 44; (khaṇḍ) = khaḍÍ bhéd-an-e X 44; (kháṇḍ) = kháḍI manth-é I 303; khádÁ sthaíry-e I 51; khánÙ ava-dār-aṇ-e I 927; khárjÁ pūj-an-e ca I 247; khárdÁ dandaś-ūk-e I 61; khárbÁ gá-t-au I 448; khárvÁ dárp-e I 613; khálÁ saṁ-cay-é I 578; kháṣÁ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ I 717; khādŔ̥ bhakṣ-aṇ-e I 50; khíṭÁ trās-é I 324; khidA daíny-e IV 61; VII 12; khidÁ pari-ghāt-é VI 142; khújÚ ste-ya-kár-aṇ-e I 215; (khuṇḍ) = khuḍÍ kháṇḍ-an-e X 47; khúrÁ chéd-an-e VI 52; khúrdA guda-krīḍā-y-ām I 22; kheṭa bhákṣ-aṇ-e X 328; khélŔ̥ cál-an-e I 571; (khévR̥ sév-an-e I 537); khai khád-an-e I 960; khórŔ̥ ga-ti-pra-ghāt-é I 584; khólŔ̥ ga-ti-pra-ghāt-é I 584; khyā pra-káth-an-e II 51.

G

gájÁ śábda-artha-ḥ I 265, gajÁ śábda-arthaḥ X 106; (gañj) = gájÍ śábda-artha-ḥ I 266; gáḍÁ séc-an-e I 814; gaṇa saṁ-khyān-e X 309; (gáṇḍ) = gáḍÍ vad-ana-eka-deś-é I 65a, 384; gádÁ vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í I 53; gada deva-śabd-é X 314; gandhÁ árd-an-e X 145; gamĹ̥ gá-t-au I 1031; gárjÁ śábd-e I 244, X 124; gárdÁ śábd-e I 58, X 124; gardhA abhi-kāṅkṣā-y-ām X 125; gárbÁ gá-t-au I 449; gárvÁ dárp-e I 614; garva mān-e X 359; gárhA kutsā-y-ām I 667; garhÁ vi-nínd-an-e X 301; gálÁ ád-an-e I 579; galA sráv-aṇ-e X 160; gálbhA dhārṣṭy-e I 419; gálhA kutsā-y-ām I 668; gaveṣa mārg-aṇ-e X 337; gā stú-t-au III 25; gāṄ ga-t-au I 998; gādhR̥ ¹pra-tiṣṭhā-²lipsáy-oḥ I 4; gāloḍa X 394; gāhŪ vi-lóḍ-an-e I 680; gú purīṣa-ut-sarg-é VI 106; guṄ á-vy-ak-t-e śábd-e I 997; gújÁ á-vy-ak-t-e śábd-e VI 76; (gúñj) = gújÍ á-vy-ak-t-e śábd-e I 218; gúḍÁ rakṣā-y-ām VI 77; guṇa ā-mántr-aṇ-e X 347; (guṇḍ) = guḍÍ véṣṭ-an-e X 46; gúdhÁ pari-veṣṭ-an-e IV 13; gúdhÁ róṣ-e IX 45; gúnphÁ granth-é VI 31; gupA góp-an-e I 1019; gupÁ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 231; gúpÁ vy-ā-kula-tv-é IV 123; gúpŪ̀ rákṣ-aṇ-e I 422; gúphÁ granth-é VI 31; (gumph) = gún-phÁ granth-é VI 31; gúrĪ́ ud-yám-an-e VI 103, X 155; gúrdA guda-krīḍā-y-ām I 23; gurdÁ ni-két-an-e X 126; gúrvĪ́ ud-yám-an-e I 605; gúhŪ̀ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e I 944; gūrĪ ¹hiṁsā-²gáty-oḥ IV 46; gūrÁ ud-yám-an-e X 155; gr̥ vi-jñān-e X 167; gŕjÁ śábda-artha-ḥ I 267; (gŕñj) = gŕjÍ śábda-artha-ḥ I 268; gŕdhÚ abhi-kāṅkṣā-y-ām IV 136; gŕhŪ̀ gráh-aṇ-e I 681; gr̥ha gráh-aṇ-e X 351; gr̄ ni-gár-aṇ-e VI 117; gr̄ śábd-e IX 28; gépR̥ kámp-an-e I 393; gévR̥ séc-an-e I 531; géṣR̥ anv-icchā-y-ām I 645; gai śábd-e I 965; goma upa-lép-an-e X 339; góṣṭA saṁ-ghāt-é I 276; (gránth) = gráthI kaúṭily-e I 36; gránthÁ saṁ-darbh-é X 41, 294; granthÀ bándh-an-e X 282; grasÁ gráh-aṇ-e X 209; grásU ád-an-e I 661; gráhÀ up-ā-dān-é IX 61; grāma ā-mántr-aṇ-e X 346; grúcÚ ste-ya-kár-aṇ-e I 212; glásU ád-an-e I 662; glúcÚ ste-ya-kár-an-e I 213; glúncÁ gá-t-au I 216; glépR̥ kámp-an-e I 394; glépR̥ daíny-e I 390; glévR̥ sév-an-e I 532; glai harṣa-kṣay-é I 868, 952.

GH

ghághÁ hás-an-e I 170; gháṭA ceṣṭā-y-ām I 800; ghaṭÁ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 226; ghaṭÁ saṁ-ghāt-é X 163; gháṭṭA cál-an-e I 278, X 87; (ghaṇṭ) = ghaṭÍ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 227; ghásĹ̥ ad-an-e I 747; (ghiṇṇ) = ghíṇI gráh-an-e I 461; ghuṄ śábd-e I 1000; (ghúṁṣ) = ghúṣI kān-ti-kár-aṇ-e I 682; ghúṭA pari-várt-an-e I 782; ghúṭÁ prati-ghāt-é VI 91; ghuṇA bhrám-aṇ-e I 464; ghúṇA bhrám-aṇ-e VI 47; (ghúṇṇ) = ghúṇI gráh-aṇ-e I 462; ghúrÁ ¹bhīmá-artha-²śábday-oḥ VI 55; ghúṣÍR á-vi-śabd-an-e I 683; ghuṣÍR vi-śábd-an-e X 187; ghūrĪ ¹hiṁsā-²vayo-hā-ny-óḥ IV 48; ghūrṇA bhrám-aṇ-e I 465; ghūrṇÁ bhrám-aṇ-e VI 49; ghr̥ ¹kṣár-aṇa-²dīp-ty-oḥ III 14; ghr̥ pra-sráv-aṇ-e X 108; ghŕṇÙ dīp-t-au VIII 7; (ghŕṇṇ) = ghŕnÍ gráh-aṇ-e I 463; ghŕṣÚ saṁ-ghárṣ-e I 740; ghrā gandha-up-ā-dān-é I 973.

ṅuṄ śábd-e I 1002.

C

cákA tŕp-t-auprati-ghāt-é ca I 93; cákÁ tŕp-t-au I 820; cákāsŔ̥ dīp-t-au II 65; cakkÁ vyáth-an-e X 56; cakṣIṄ vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í II 7; cáñcÚ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 205; caṭÁ bhéd-ane X 181; cáṭÉ varṣá-ā-vár-aṇay-oḥ I 833; cáṇÁ dān-é I 316; (cáṇḍ) = cáḍI kóp-e I 298; cátÈ yāc-an-e I 918; cádÈ yāc-an-e I 918; cánÁ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ I 840; (cánd) = cádÍ ā-hlād-é I 68; cáncÚ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 205; cápÁ sāntv-an-e I 426; cámÚ ád-an-e I 497, 869; cámÚ bhákṣ-aṇ-e V 28; (camp) = capÍ gá-ty-ām X 77; cáyA gá-t-au I 507; cárÁ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 591; carÁ saṁ-śay-é X 205; carcÁ adhy-áy-an-e X 172; cárcÁ ¹pari-bhāṣ-aṇa-²bhárts-anay-oḥ VI 17; cárcÁ ¹pari-bhāṣ-aṇa-²hiṁsā-³tárj-ane-ṣu I 749; cárbÁ gá-t-au I 452; cárvÁ ád-an-e I 610; cálÁ kámp-an-e I 850,885; calÁ bhŕ-t-au X 68; cálÁ vi-lás-an-e VI 64; cáṣÀ bhákṣ-aṇ-e I 938; cáhÁ pari-kálk-an-e I 765; cahA pari-kálk-an-e X 83; caha pari-kálk-an-e X 320; cāyR̥̀ ¹pūjā-²ni-śām-anay-oḥ I 929; ciÑ cáy-an-e V 5, X 86; ciṭa para-praiṣy-é I 337; citÁ saṁ-cét-an-e X 135; cítĪ́ saṁ-jñān-e I 39; citra citrī-kár-aṇ-e X 370; (cint) = citi smŕ-ty-ām X 2; círi hiṁsā-y-ām V 31; cílÁ vás-an-e VI 63; cíllÁ śaíthily-e bhāva-kár-aṇ-e ca I 566; cīkÁ ā-márs-aṇ-e X 284; cīvÁ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 234; cīvR̥̀ ¹ā-dāná-²saṁ-vár-aṇay-oḥ I 928; cukkÁ vyáth-an-e X 56; cúṭÁ chéd-an-e VI 84; cuṭÁ chéd-an-e X 72; cuṭÁ alpī-bhāv-é X 24; cuṭṭA alpī-bhāv-é X 24; cúḍÁ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e VI 98; cúḍḍA bhāva-kár-aṇ-e I 370; (cuṇṭ) = cuṭÍ chéd-an-e X 117; (cúṇṭ) = cúṭÍ alpī-bhāv-é I 347; (cúṇḍ) = cúḍÍ alpī-bhāv-é I 347; cudÁ saṁ-cód-an-e X 53; cúpÁ mandā-y-āṁ gá-t-au I 430; (cúmb) = cúbÍ vak-tra-saṁ-yog-é I 456; (cumb) = cubÍ hiṁsa-y-ām X 92; curÁ ste-y-é X 1; culÁ sam-uc-cchrāy-é X 62; cúllÁ bhāva-kár-aṇ-e I 564; cūrĪ dāh-é IV 50; cūrṇÁ pr-ér-aṇ-e X 18; cūrṇÁ saṁ-kóc-an-e X 100; cūṣÁ pān-e I 704; cŕtĪ́ ¹hiṁsā-²gránth-anay-oḥ VI 35; cr̥pÁ saṁ-dīp-an-e X 277; célŔ̥ cál-an-e I 569; céṣṭA ceṣṭā-y-ām I 275; cyu hás-an-e X 206; cyuṄ gá-t-au I 1004; cyútÍR ā-séc-an-e X 206.

CH

chadÀ apa-vār-aṇ-e X 290; chadi̱ ūrj-an-e I 851; chadÁ apa-vār-aṇ-e X 290; (chand) = chadÍ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e X 41; chámÚ ád-an-e I 498; chardÁ vám-an-e X 51; cháṣÀ hiṁsā-y-ām I 939; chidÌR dvaidhī-kár-aṇ-e VIII 3; chidra karṇa-bhéd-an-e X 378; chúṭÁ chéd-an-e VI 84; chupÁ sparś-é VI 125; chúrÁ chéd-an-e VI 79; U-chŕdÌR ¹dīp-ti-²dév-anay-oh VII 8; chr̥di̱ saṁ-dīp-ane X 277; cheda dvaidhī-kár-aṇ-e X 388; cho chéd-an-e IV 38; (chyuṄ gá-t-au I 1005).

J

(jaṁs) = jasÍ rákṣ-aṇ-e X 128; jákṣÁ ¹bhákṣa-²hás-anay-oḥ II 62; jájÁ yud-dh-é I 261; (jáñj) = jájÍ yud-dh-e I 262; jáṭÁ saṁ-ghāt-é I 327; jánÁ ján-an-e III 24; jánĪ prādur-bhāv-é IV 41; I 862; jápÁ vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í I 424; jámÚ ád-an-e I 499; (jámbh) = jábhI gātra-vi-nām-é I 176; (jambh) = jabhÍ nāś-an-e X 176; járjÁ ¹pari-bhāṣ-aṇa-²hiṁsa-³tárj-ane-ṣu I 748; jalÁ apa-vār-aṇ-e X 10; jálÁ ghāt-an-e I 886; jálpÁ vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í I 425; jáṣÁ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ I 719; jasÚ tāḍ-an-e X 178; jásÚ mókṣ-aṇ-e IV 102; jasÚ hiṁsā-y-ām X 130; jāgr̥ nidrā-kṣay-é II 63; ji abhi-bhav-é I 993; jí jay-é I 59; (jínv) = jívÍ prīṇ-ana-artha-ḥ I 625; (jinv) = (jivÍ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 252); jírí hiṁsā-y-ām V 32; jíṣÚ séc-an-e I 728; jīvÁ pr-āṇa-dhār-an-e I 594; ju sautró dhātuḥ gá-ty-artha-ḥ; vega-vác-ana ity ánye I 1005; (júng) = júgÍ várj-an-e I 168; (juñc) = jucÍ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 252; júḍÁ gá-t-au VI 37; juḍÁ pr-ér-aṇ-e X 105; júḍÁ bándh-an-e VI 85; jútR̥ bhās-an-e I 32; juṣÁ pari-tárk-aṇ-e X 291; júṣĪ ¹prī-ti-²sév-anay-oḥ VI 8; jūrĪ ¹hiṁsā-²vayo-hāny-óḥ IV 48; jūṣÁ hiṁsā-y-am I 711; (jŕmbh) = jŕbhI gātra-vi-nām-é I 416; jr̄ vayo-hā-n-aú IX 24; jr̄ vayo-hā-n-aú X 272; jr̄Ṣ vayo-hā-n-aú I 863, IV 22; jéṣR̥ gá-t-au I 647; jéhR̥ pra-yat-n-é I 675; jai kṣay-é I 962; jñapÁ M-IT ca X 81; jñā ava-bódh-an-e IX 36; jñā ni-yog-é X 193; jñā ¹mār-aṇa-²tóṣ-aṇa-³ni-śām-ane-ṣu I 849; jyā vayo-hā-n-aú IX 29; jyuṄ gá-t-au I 1005; jri abhi-bhav-é I 994; jvárÁ róg-e I 813, jválÁ dīp-t-au I 842, 867, 884.

JH

jháṭÁ saṁ-ghāt-é I 328; jhámÚ ád-an-e I 501; jhárjhÁ ¹pari-bhāṣ-aṇa-²bhárts-anay-oḥ VI 17; jhárjhÁ ¹pari-bhāṣ-aṇa-²hiṁsā-³tárj-ane-ṣu I 750; jháṣÀ ¹ā-dāná-²saṁ-vár-aṇay-oḥ I 940; jháṣÁ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ I 720; jhr̄Ṣ vayo-hā-n-aú IV 23.

(ṭaṅk) = ṭakÍ bándh-an-e X 97; ṭálÁ vaí-klavy-e I 887; ṭíkR̥ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 103; ṭīkR̥ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 104; ṭválÁ vaí-klavy-e I 888.

ḍapÁ saṁ-ghāt-é X 138; ḍípÁ kṣép-e IV 121; VI 78; ḍipÁ ksép-e X 133; ḍipÁ saṁ-ghāt-é X 138; ḍīṄ víhāyas-ā gá-t-au I 1017; IV 27.

ḌH

ḍhaúkR̥ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 98.

ṇákṣÁ gá-t-au I 692; ṇákhÁ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 138; (náṅkh) = ṇákhÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 139; ṇáṭÁ nŕt-au I 332; ṇadÁ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 238; ṇádÁ śábd-e I 55; ṇábhA hiṁsā-y-ām I 788; ṇábhÁ hiṁsā-y-ām IV 130; IX 48; ṇamÁ pra-hva-tv-é śábd-e ca I 867, 1030; ṇáyA gá-t-au I 509; ṇáśÁ á-darś-an-e IV 85; ṇásA kaúṭily-e I 658; ṇahÀ bándh-an-e IV 57; ṇāthR̥ I 7 ṇādhR̥ I 6 bándh-an-e; ṇāsR̥ śábd-e I 656; ṇíkṣÁ cúmb-an-e I 687; ṇijÌR ¹śaucá-²póṣ-aṇay-oḥ III 11; ṇijI śúd-dh-au II 16; ṇídŔ̥ ¹kutsā-²saṁ-ni-kárṣ-ay-oḥ I 921; ṇílÁ gáh-an-e VI 68; ṇíśÁ sam-ā-dh-aú I 758; ṇīÑ pr-āp-aṇ-e I 950; ṇīlÁ várṇ-e I 555; ṇīvÁ sthaúly-e I 598; ṇú stú-t-au II 26; ṇudÀ pr-ér-aṇ-e VI 2; ṇudÁ pr-ér-aṇ-e VI 132; ṇū stáv-an-e VI 104; ṇédR̥̀ ¹kutsā-²saṁ-ni-kárṣ-ay-oḥ I 921; ṇesR̥ gá-t-au I 648. [See under N: cf. 6.4.65 for ṇ---n].

T

(taṁs) = tasÍ alaṁ-kār-é X 190; (táṁs) = (tásÍ alaṁ-kār-e I 713); tákÁ hás-an-e I 120; tákṣÁ tvác-an-e I 695; tákṣŪ̀ tanū-kár-aṇ-e I 685; (táṅK) = tákÍ kr̥cchra-jīv-an-e I 121; (táṅg) = tágÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 158; (táñc) = táncÚ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 206; táncŪ saṁ-kóc-an-e VII 22; táṭÁ uc-chrāy-é I 330; taḍÁ ā-ghāt-é X 43; (taḍÁ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 259); tánÙ vi-stār-é VIII 1; tanÚ ¹srad-dhā-²upa-kár-aṇay-oḥ X 296; (tantr) = tatrÍ kuṭumba-dhār-aṇ-e X 139; tapA aíśvary-e IV 51; tapÁ dāh-e X 275; tapÁ saṁ-tāp-e I 1034; támÚ kāṅkṣā-y-ām IV 93; táyA gá-t-au I 508; tarkÁ bhāṣā-arth-aḥ X 240; tárjÁ bhárts-an-e I 245; tarjÁ saṁ-tárj-an-e X 142; tárdÁ hiṁsā-y-ām I 59; talÁ pra-tiṣṭhā-y-ām X 58; tásÚ upa-kṣay-é IV 103; tāyR̥ ¹saṁ-tāná-²pāl-anay-oḥ I 518; tíkÁ ā-skánd-an-e V 20; tíkR̥ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 105; tígÁ ā-skánd-an-e V 20; tijA ni-śān-e I 1020; X 110; típR̥ kṣár-aṇa-artha-ḥ I 385; tímÁ ārdrī-bhāv-é IV 16; tílÁ gá-t-au I 567; tilÁ snéh-an-e X 67; tīra kar-ma-sam-āp-t-au X 364; tīvÁ sthaúly-e I 597; (tu vŕd-dhy-artha-ḥ II 25), tújÁ hiṁsā-y-ām I 263; (tuñj) = tújÍ pāl-an-e I 264; (tuñj) = tujÍ ¹hiṁsā-²bála-³ā-dāná-⁴ni-két-ane-ṣu X 30; (tuñj) = tujÍ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 215; túṭÁ kalaha-kár-maṇ-i VI 83; túḍÁ tóḍ-an-e VI 92; túḍŔ̥ tóḍ-an-e I 374; túṇÁ kaúṭily-e VI 42; (tuṇḍ) = (túḍI chéd-an-e X 118); (túṇḍ) = túḍI tóḍ-an-e I 295; tuttha ā-vár-aṇ-e X 392; tudÀ vyáth-ane VI 1; túpÁ hiṁsā-y-ām VI 26; túpÁ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ I 431; túphÁ hiṁsā-y-ām VI 27; túphÁ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ I 435; túbhA hiṁsā-y-ām I 789; túbhÁ hiṁsā-y-ām IV 131; IX 49; (tump) = túnpÁ hiṁsā-y-ām VI 26; (tump) = túnpÁ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ I 432; (tumph) = túnphÁ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ VI 27; (tumph) = túnphÁ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ I 436; (tumb) = tubÍ á-darś-an-e X 115; (tumb) = túbÍ árd-an-e I 455; túrÁ tvár-aṇ-e III 21; túrvĪ́ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ I 601; tulÁ un-mān-e X 59; tuṣÁ prī-t-au IV 75; túsÁ śábd-e I 742; túhÍR árd-an-e I 773; tūṇÁ pūr-aṇ-e X 150; tūrĪ ¹ga-ti-tvár-aṇa-²híṁs-anay-oḥ IV 44; tūlÁ niṣ-karṣ-é I 560; tūṣÁ túṣ-ṭ-au I 705; (tr̥ṁh) = tŕnhŪ̀ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ VI 58; (tr̥ṁh) = tŕhÍ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ VII 18; tŕkṣÁ

gá-t-au I 690; tŕṇÙ ád-an-e VIII 6; U-tŕd-ÌR ¹hiṁsā-²án-ā-dar-ay-oḥ VII 9; tŕpÁ tŕp-t-au VI 24; trpÁ tŕp-t-au X 276; tr̥pÁ prīṇ-an-e IV 86; (tŕpÁ prīṇ-an-e V 25); (tŕmph) = tŕnphÁ tŕp-t-au VI 25; ÑI-tŕṣ-Á pipāsā-y-ām IV 118; tŕhÁ hiṁsā-y-ām VII 18; tŕhŪ̀ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ VI 58; tr̄ ¹pláv-ana-²tár-aṇay-oḥ I 1018; téjÁ pāl-an-e I 249; tépR̥ kámp-an-e I 389; tepŔ̥ kṣár-aṇa-artha-ḥ X 221; tévR̥ dév-an-e I 528; tyajÁ hā-n-aú I 1035; (traṁs) = trasÍ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 221; (trákhÁ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 148); (tráṅk) = trakÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 97; (traṅkh) = (trákhÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 149); (traṅg) = trágÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 159; (tránd) = trádÍ ceṣṭā-y-ām I 69; (trapi̱ śábd-e I 859); trápūṢ lajjā-y-ām I 399; trasÁ dhār-aṇ-e X 201; trásĪ́ ud-veg-é IV 10; trúṭÁ chéd-an-e VI 82; truṭÁ chéd-an-e X 159; trúpÁ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ I 433; trúphÁ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ I 437; (trump) = trúnpÁ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ I 434; (trumph) = trúnphÁ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ I 438; traiṄ pāl-an-e I 1014; traúkŔ̥ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 99; tvákṣŪ̀ tanū-kár-aṇ-e I 686; (tvaṅg) = tvágÍ kámp-an-e ca I 166; (tvaṅg) = tvágÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 159; tvácÁ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e VI 18; (tvañc) = tváncÚ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 207; ÑI-tvár-Ā sam-bhram-é I 812; tviṣÀ dīp-t-au I 1050; tsárÁ chad-ma-gá-t-au I 586.

TH

(thaṅkh) = thákÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 147; thúḍÁ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e VI 93; thúrvĪ́ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ I 602.

D

(daṁś) = daśI dáṁś-an-e X 136; (daṁś) = danśÁ dáś-an-e I 1038; (daṁś) = daśÍ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 224; (daṁs) = dasI ¹dárś-ana-²dáṁś-anay-oḥ X 137; (daṁs) = dasÍ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 246; dákṣA ¹gá-ti-²śās-anay-oḥ I 807; dákṣA vŕd-dh-au I 639; dághÁ ghāt-an-e V 27; daṇḍa daṇḍa-ni-pāt-an-e X 381; dádA dān-é I 17; dádhA dhār-aṇ-e III 8; dámÚ upa-śam-é IV 94; (dámbh) = dánbhÚ dámbh-an-e V 23; dáyA ¹dāná-²gá-ti-³rákṣ-aṇa-⁴hiṁsā-⁵ā-dāné-ṣu I 510; dáridrā dur-gá-tau II 64; dalÁ vi-dār-aṇ-e X 211; dálÁ vi-śár-aṇ-e I 581; (dali̱ śábd-e I 856); dásÚ upa-kṣay-é IV 104; dahÁ bhasmī-kár-aṇ-e I 1040; ḌU-dā-Ñ dān-é III 9; dāṆ dān-é I 977; dāP láv-an-e II 50; dānÁ kháṇḍ-an-e I 1043; dāśÁ hiṁsā-y-ām V 33; dāśŔ̥ dān-é I 931; dāsR̥̀ dān-é I 942; (dínv) = dívÍ prīṇ-ana-artha-ḥ I 623; dívÚ ¹krīḍā-²vi-ji-gī-ṣā-³vy-ava-hār-á-° . . . IV 1; divÚ pari-kūj-an-e X 166; divÚ márd-an-e X 185; díśÁ ati-sárj-an-e VI 3; dihÀ upa-cay-é II 5; dīṄ kṣay-é IV 26; dīkṣA ¹mauṇḍá-²ijyā-³upa-náy-ana-° . . . I 640; dīdhīṄ ¹dīp-ti-²dév-anay-oḥ II 67; dīpĪ dīp-t-au IV 42; du gá-t-au I 991; ṬU-du upa-tāp-é V 10; duḥkha tat-kri-yā-y-ām X 384; dúrvĪ́ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ I 603; dulÁ ut-kṣep-é X 60; duṣÁ vaí-kr̥-t-y-e IV 76; duhÀ pra-pūr-aṇ-e II 4; dúhÍR árd-an-e I 774; dūṄ pari-tāp-é IV 25; dŕ hiṁsā-y-ām V 34; dr̥Ṅ ā-dar-é VI 118; (dŕṁh) = dŕhÍ vŕd-dh-au I 770; dr̥pÁ ¹hárṣa-²móh-anay-oḥ IV 87; dr̥phA ut-kleś-é VI 28; dr̥bhÁ saṁ-darbh-é X 279; dŕbhĪ́ granth-é VI 34; dr̥bhĪ bhay-é X 278; (dŕmph) = dŕnphÁ ut-kleś-é VI 29; dr̥śÍR pr-ékṣ-aṇ-e I 1037; dŕhÁ vŕd-dh-au I 769; dr̄ bhay-é I 846; dr̄ vi-dār-aṇ-e IX 23; deṄ rákṣ-aṇ-e I 1011; dévR̥ dév-an-e I 529; daiP śódh-an-e I 971; do ava-kháṇḍ-an-e IV 40; dyu abhi-gám-an-e II 31; dyútA dīp-t-au I 777; dyai nyak-kár-aṇ-e I 954; drámÁ gá-t-au I 494; drā kutsā-y-āṁ gá-t-au II 45; drākhŔ̥ ¹śóṣ-aṇa-²álam-arthay-oḥ I 128; drāghR̥ ā-yām-é ca I 117; (drāghR̥ sām-arthy-e I 115); (drāṅkṣ) = drākṣÍ ghora-vās-i-té I 701; drāḍR vi-śár-aṇ-e I 307; drāhR̥ nidrā-kṣay-é I 677; dru gá-t-au I 992; (dru hiṁsā-y-ām V 34); drúṇÁ ¹hiṁsā-²gá-ti-³kaúṭilye-ṣu VI 47; drúhÁ jighāṁs

ā-y-ām IV 88; drūÑ hiṁsā-y-ām IX 11; drékR̥ ¹śábda-²ut-sāháy-oḥ I 78; drai sváp-n-e I 955; dviṣÁ á-prī-t-au II 3; (dvr̥ vár-aṇ-e I 981).

DH

dhakkÁ nāś-an-e X 55; (dháṇÁ śábd-e I 481); dhánÁ dhāny-e III 23; (dhánv) = dhávÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 628; ḌU-dhā-Ñ ¹dhār-aṇa-²póṣ-aṇay-oḥ III 10; dhāvÚ ¹gá-ti-²śúd-dhy-oḥ I 632; dhi dhār-aṇ-e VI 113; dhíkṣA ¹saṁ-dīp-ana-²kléś-ana-³jīv-ane-ṣu I 634; (dhínv) = dhívÍ prīṇ-ana-artha-ḥ I 624; dhíṣÁ śábd-e III 22; dhīṄ ā-dhār-é IV 28; dhuÑ kamp-an-e V 9; dhukṣA ¹saṁ-dīp-ana-²kléś-ana-³jīv-ane-ṣu I 633; dhúrvĪ́ hiṁsā-artha-h I 604; dhū vi-dhūn-an-e VI 105; dhūÑ kámp-an-e (V 9); IX 17; dhūÑ kámp-an-e X 292; dhūpÁ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 232; dhūpÁ saṁ-tāp-é I 423; dhūrĪ hiṁsā-artha-ḥ IV 45; dhūsÁ kān-ti-kár-aṇ-e X 98; dhr̥Ṅ ava-dhváṁs-an-e I 1009; dhr̥Ṅ ava-sthān-e VI 119; dhr̥Ñ dhār-aṇ-e I 948; dhŕjÁ gá-t-au I 236; (dhŕñj) = dhŕjÍ gá-t-au I 237; dhr̥ṣÁ pra-sáh-an-e X 306; ÑI-dhŕs-Ā prā-galbhy-e V 22; dheṬ pān-e I 951; dhórŔ̥ ga-ti-cātury-é I 585; dhmā ¹śábda-²agni-saṁ-yog-áy-oḥ I 974; dhyai cintā-y-ām I 957; dhrájÁ gá-t-au I 232; (dhráñj) = dhrájÍ gá-t-au I 233; dhráṇÁ śábd-e I 487; ÚdhrasÁ uñch-é IX 52; UdhrasÁ uñch-é X 202 (cf. udhrasA under U above); drākhŔ̥ ¹śóṣ-aṇa-²álam-arthay-oḥ I 129; (dhrāghR̥ sām-arthy-e I 116); (dhrāgR̥ ā-yām-é ca I 117); (dhrāṅkṣ) = dhrākṣÍ ghora-vāś-i-t-é I 702; dhrāḍR̥ vi-śár-aṇ-e I 308; dhru ¹gá-ti-²sthaíryay-oḥ VI 107; dhru sthaíry-e I 990; dhrékR̥ ¹śábda-²ut-sāháy-oḥ I 79; dhrai tŕp-t-au I 956; (dhváṁs) = dhvánsU ava-sráṁs-an-e I 791; (dhváṁs) = dhvánsU gá-t-au ca I 793; dhvájÁ gá-t-au I 238; (dhváñj) = dhvájÍ gá-t-au I 239; dhváṇÁ śábda-artha-ḥ I 480; dhvánÁ śábd-e I 854, 881; dhvanÁ śábd-e X 33; (dhvāṅkṣ) = dhvākṣI ghora-vāś-i-t-é I 703; dhvr̥ hūrch-an-e I 986.

N

nakkÁ nāś-an-e X 54; naṭÁ ava-syánd-an-e X 12; (naṭÁ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 250) ṬU-nád-Í sam-ŕd-dh-au I 67; nárdÁ śábd-e I 57; (nalÁ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 260) nāthR̥ ¹yāc-ñā-²upa-tāpá-³aíśvarya-⁴āśīḥ-ṣu I 7; nādhR̥ ¹yāc-ñā-²upa-tāpá-³aíśvarya-⁴āśīḥ-ṣu I 6; nídÍ kutsā-y-ām I 66; nivāsa ā-cchād-an-e X 339; nŕtĪ́ gātra-vi-kṣep-é IV 9; nr̄ nay-é I 847; IX 25; (cf. under Ṇ above).

P

(paṁs) = pasÍ nāś-an-e X 74; (pákṣÁ pari-grah-é I 696); pakṣÁ pari-grah-é X 17; ḌU-pac-ÀṢ pāk-é I 1045; (pañc) = pacÍ vi-stāra-vác-an-e X 109; (pañc) = pácI vy-ak-tī-kár-aṇ-e I 187; páṭÁ gá-t-au I 318; paṭÁ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 212; paṭa gránth-e X 311; páṭhÁ vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í I 466; páṇA vy-ava-hār-é stú-t-au ca I 466; (páṇḍ) = páḍI gá-t-au I 301; (paṇḍ) = paḍÍ nāś-an-e X 74; pata gá-t-au X 315; pátĹ̥ gá-t-au I 898, páthÉ gá-t-au I 900; padA gá-t-au IV 60; pada gá-t-au X 350; pánA stú-t-au I 467; páyA gá-t-au I 505; parṇa harita-bhāv-é X 392; párdA kuts-i-t-é śábd-e I 29; párpÁ gá-t-au I 439; párbÁ gá-t-au I 443; párvÁ pūr-aṇ-e I 608; pálÁ gá-t-au I 892, palyūla ¹lávana-²páv-anay-oḥ X 335; paśÁ bándh-an-e X 179; paṣa gá-t-au X 316; pasÁ bándh-an-e X 179; pā pān-e I 972; pā rákṣ-aṇ-e II 47; pāra kar-ma-sam-āp-t-au X 363; pālÁ rákṣ-aṇ-e X 69; pi gá-t-au VI 112; (piṁs) = pisÍ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 222; pichÁ kúṭṭ-an-e X 40; (piñj) = pijÍ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 217; (piñj) = píjI várṇ-e II 18; (piñj) = pijÍ ¹hiṁsā-²bála-³ā-dāná-⁴ni-két-ane-ṣu X 31; píṭÁ ¹śábda-²saṁ-gharṣ-áy-oḥ I 333; píṭhÁ ¹hiṁsā-²saṁ-kléś-anay-oḥ I 362; (píṇḍ) = píḍI saṁ-ghāt-e I 293; (piṇḍ) = piḍÍ saṁ-ghāt-é X 131; (pínv) = pívÍ séc-an-e I 619; píśÁ ava-yav-é VI 143; piṣĹ̥ saṁ-cūrṇ-an-e VII 15; pisÁ gá-t-au X 32; písŔ̥ gá-t-au I 751; pīṄ pān-e IV 33; pīḍA ava-gāh-an-e X 11; pīlÁ prati-ṣṭambh-é I 554; pīvÁ sthaúly-e I 595; puṁsÁ abhi-várdh-an-e X 95; puccha X 395; puṭÁ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 213; púṭÁ saṁ-śléṣ-aṇ-e VI 74; puṭa saṁ-sarg-é X 365; puṭṭÁ alpī-bhāv-é X 24; puḍÁ ut-sarg-e VI 90; púṇÁ kár-maṇ-i śubh-é VI 43; (puṇṭ) = puṭÍ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 251; puthÁ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 235; puthA hiṁsā-y-ām IV 12; (púnth) = púthÍ ¹hiṁsā-²saṁ-kléś-anay-oḥ I 45; púrÁ agra-gám-an-e VI 56; púrvÁ pūr-aṇ-e I 607; púlÁ mahat-tv-é I 894; pulÁ mahat-tv-é X 61; puṣA dhār-aṇ-e X 210; púṣÁ púṣ-ṭ-au I 732; IX 57; puṣÁ púṣ-ṭ-au IV 73; púṣpÁ vi-kás-an-e IV 15; (pusÁ saṁ-ghāt-é X 93); pustÁ ¹ā-dará-²án-ā-daray-oḥ X 52; pūṄ páv-an-e I 1015; pūÑ páv-an-e IX 12; pūjÁ pūjā-y-ām X 101; pūyĪ vi-śár-aṇe dur-

gandh-é ca I 513; pūrĪ ā-pyāy-an-e IV 43; pūrĪ́ ā-pyāy-an-e X 261; pūrvÁ ni-két-an-e X 127; pūlÁ saṁ-ghāt-é I 561; pūlÁ saṁ-ghāt-é X 94; pūṣÁ vŕd-dh-au I 706; pr̥ prī-t-au V 12; pr̥Ṅ vy-ā-yām-é VI 109; pr̥cÁ saṁ-yám-an-e X 265; pŕcĪ́ sam-park-é VII 25; pŕcĪ sam-párc-an-e II 20; pŕḍÁ súkh-an-e VI 39; pŕṇÁ prīn-an-e VI 40; pr̥thÁ pra-kṣ-ep-é X 20; pŕṣÚ séc-an-e I 737; pr̄ ¹pāl-ana-²pūr-aṇay-oḥ III 4, IX 19; pr̄ pūr-aṇ-e X 15; pélŔ̥ gá-t-au I 574; pévR̥ sév-an-e I 533; péṣR̥ gá-t-au I 752; pai śóṣ-aṇ-e I 968; paíṇŔ̥ ¹gá-ti-²pr-ér-aṇa-³śléṣ-aṇe-ṣu I 486; O-pyāy-Ī vŕd-dh-au I 517; pyaiṄ vŕd-dh-au I 1013; prachÁ jñīpsā-y-ām VI 120; práthA pra-khyān-e I 802; prathÁ pra-khyān-e X 19; prásA vi-stār-é I 803; prā pūr-aṇ-e II 52; prīṄ prī-t-au IV 36; prīÑ tárp-aṇ-e IX 2; X 293; pruṄ gá-t-au I 1006; prúṣÁ ¹snéh-ana-²sév-ana-³pūr-aṇe-ṣu IX 55; prúṣÚ dāh-é I 735; próthŔ̥ pary-āp-t-au I 919; plíhA gá-t-au I 673; plī gá-t-au IX 32; pluṄ gá-t-au I 1007; plúṣÁ dāh-é IV 8,107; plúṣÁ ¹snéh-ana-²sév-ana-³pūr-aṇe-ṣu IX 56; (plévR̥ gá-t-au I 538); psā bhákṣ-aṇ-e II 46.

PH

phákkÁ nīcair-gá-t-au I 119; pháṇÁ gá-t-au I 873; phálÁ niṣ-pát-t-au I 563; ÑI-phál-Ā vi-śár-aṇ-e I 549; phúllÁ vi-kás-an-e I 565; phélŔ̥ gá-t-au I 575.

B

(báṁh) = báhI vŕd-dh-au I 664; bádÁ sthaíry-e I 52; badhA bándh-an-e I 1022; badhÁ bándh-an-e X 14; badhÁ saṁ-yám-an-e X 14; bandhÁ bándh-an-e IX 37; bárbÁ gá-t-au I 445; bárhA prā-dhāny-e I 669; barhÁ bhāṣā=arth-aḥ X 229; barhÁ hiṁsā-y-ām X 123; bálÁ pr-āṇ-an-e I 893; balÁ pr-āṇ-an-e X 85; bálhA prā-dhāny-e I 670; balhÁ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 230; baṣka dárś-an-e X 369; bastÁ árd-an-e X 144; bāḍR̥ a-plāvy-è I 306; bādhR̥ lóḍ-an-e I 5; bāhR̥ ā-kroś-é I 676; bíṭÁ a-kroś-é I 339; (bínd) = bídÍ ava-yav-é I 65; bílÁ bhéd-ane VI 67; bilÁ bhéd-ane X 66; bísÁ pr-ér-aṇ-e IV 108; búkkÁ bháṣ-aṇ-e I 122; bukkÁ bhāṣ-aṇ-e X 173; búdhÁ ava-gám-an-e I 911; budhA ava-gám-an-e IV 63; búdhÌR bódh-ane I 924; U-búnd-ÌR ni-śām-an-e I 925; búsÁ ut-sarg-é IV 110; bustÁ ¹ā-dará=²án-ā-daray-oḥ X 52; (br̥ṁh) = br̥hÍ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 228; (bŕṁh) = bŕhÍ vŕd-dh-au I 772; bŕhÁ vŕd-dh-au I 771; (béśÁ gá-t-au I 756); brūÑ vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í II 35; brūsÁ hiṁsā-y-ām X 122.

BH

bhakṣÁ ád-an-e X 22; bhákṣÁ ád-an-e I 941; bhajÁ vi-śrāṇ-an-e X 194; bhajÀ sevā-y-ām I 1047; (bhañj) = bhajÍ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 219; bhanjÓ ā-márd-an-e VII 16; bháṭÁ pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e I 817; bháṭÁ bhŕ-t-au I 329; bháṇÁ śábda-artha-ḥ I 474; *(bhaṇṭ) =*bhaṭÍ pra-tār-aṇ-e X 50; (bháṇḍ) = bháḍI pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e I 292; (bhaṇḍ) = bhaḍÍ kalyāṇ-e X 50; (bhánd) = bhádI kalyān-e I 12; bhartsÁ saṁ-tárj-an-e X 143; bhárvÁ hiṁsā-y-ām I 611; bhalÁ ā-bháṇḍ-an-e X 161; bhálA ¹pari-bhāṣ-aṇa-²hiṁsā=³ā-dané-ṣu I 524; bhállA ¹pari-bhāṣ-aṇa-²hiṁsā=³ā-dāné-ṣu I 525; bháṣÁ bhárts-an-e I 726; bhásÁ ¹bhárts-ana-²dīp-ty-oḥ III 18; bhā dīp-t-au II 42; bhāja pr̥thak-kár-aṇ-e X 340; bhāmA kródh-e I 468; bhāma kródh-e X 326; bhāṣA vy-àk-tā-y-ām vāc-í I 643; bhāsR̥ dīp-t-au I 655; bhíkṣA bhikṣā-y-ām I 637; bhidÌR vi-dār-aṇ-e VII 2; ÑI-bhī bhay-é III 2; bhujÁ ¹pāl-ana=²abhy-ava-hāráy-oḥ VIII 17; bhujO kaúṭily-e VI 124; bhū ava-kalk-an-e X 207; bhū pr-āp-t-au X 300; bhū sattā-y-ām I 1; bhūṣÁ alaṁ-kār-é I 712; bhūṣÁ alaṁ-kār-é X 190; bhr̥Ñ bhár-aṇ-e I 946; ḌU-bhr̥-Ñ ¹dhār-aṇa-²póṣ-aṇay-oḥ III 5; (bhr̥ṁś) =(bhr̥śÍ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 247); bhŕjĪ bhárj-an-e I 191; (bhŕḍÁ ni-májj-an-e VI 101); bhŕśU adhaḥ-pát-an-e IV 115; bhr̄ bhárts-an-e IX 21; bhéṣŔ̥ bhay-é I 932; bhyásA bhay-é I 659; (bhráṁś) = bhránśÚ adhaḥ-pát-an-e IV 115; *(bhraṁś) = *bhránsÚ ava-sráṁs-an-e I 792; (bhráṁs) = bhransÚ ava-sráṁs-an-e I 792; (bhrajj) = bhrasjÀ pāk-é VI 4; bhráṇÁ śábda=artha-ḥ I 479; bhrámÚ án-ava-sthān-e IV 96; bhrámÚ cál-an-e I 903; ṬU-bhrāj-R̥ dīp-t-au I 875; bhrājR̥ dīp-t-au I 194; bhrī bhay-é IX 34; bhrūṇA āśā-y-ām X 151; bhréjR̥ dīp-t-au I 193; bhréṣR̥̀ gá-t-au I 933; bhlákṣÁ ád-an-e I 941; ṬU-bhlāś-Ŕ̥ dīp-t-au I 877; bhléṣR̥̀ gá-t-au I 933.

M

(maṁh) = mahÍ vŕd-dh-au I 665; (maṁh) = mahÍ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 257; mákhÁ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 136; (máṅk) = mákI máṇḍ-an-e I 89; (máṅkh) = mákhÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 137; (máṅg) = mágÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 157; (máṅgh) = mághI káitav-e ca I 112; (máṅgh) = mághI ga-ti=ā-kṣep-e I 111; (máṅgh) = mághÍ máṇḍ-an-e I 173; mácA kálk-an-e I 184; (majj) = ṬU-masj-Ó śúd-dh-au VI 122; (mañc) = mácI ¹dhār-aṇa=²uc-chrāyá-³pūj-ane-ṣu I 186; máṭhÁ ¹máda-²ni-vāsáy-oḥ I 355; máṇÁ śábda=artha-ḥ I 457; (máṇṭh) = máṭhI śók-e I 282; (máṇḍ) = máḍÍ bhūṣā-y-ām I 344; (maṇḍ) = maḍÍ bhūṣā-y-ām X 49; (máṇḍ) = máḍI vi-bhāj-an-e I 291; máthÉ vi-lóḍ-an-e I 901; madÁ tr̥p-ti-yog-é X 165; mádĪ́ ¹hárṣa-²glép-anay-oḥ I 853; mádĪ́ hárṣ-e IV 99; manA jñān-e IV 67; manÁ stambh-é X 169; mánU ava-bódh-an-e VIII 9; (mantr) = matrÍ gup-ta-bhāṣ-aṇ-e X 140; (mánth) = máthÍ ¹hiṁsā-²kléś-anay-oḥ I 47; mánthÁ vi-lóḍ-an-e I 43; manthÁ vi-lóḍ-an-e X 40; (mánd) = mádI ¹stú-ti-²móda-³máda-⁴sváp-na-⁵gá-ti-ṣu I 13; mábhrÁ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 590; máyA gá-t-au I 506; márbÁ gá-t-au I 446; márvÁ pūr-aṇ-e I 609; málA dhār-aṇ-e I 522; mállA dhār-aṇ-e I 523; mávÁ bándh-an-e I 630; mavyÁ bándh-an-e I 541; máśÁ śábd-e I 760; máṣÁ hiṁsā=artha-ḥ I 723; másĪ́ pari-māṇ-e IV 112; máskA gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 102; máhÁ pūjā-y-ām I 766; maha pūjā-y-ām X 321; mā mān-e II 53; māṄ mān-e IV 34; māṄ mān-e śábd-e ca III 6; (māṅkṣ) = mākṣÍ kāṅkṣā-y-ām I 700; mānA pūjā-y-ām I 1021; mānÁ pūjā-y-ām X 299; mārgÁ anv-éṣ-aṇe X 302; mārgÁ ¹saṁ-s-kār-á-²gá-ty-oḥ X 75; mārjÁ śábda=artha-ḥ X 107; māhR̥̀ mān-e I 943; ḌU-mi-Ñ pra-kṣép-aṇ-e V 4; míchÁ ut-kleś-é VI 16; (miñj) = mijÍ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 216; ÑI-míd-Ā snéh-an-e I 799; ÑI-míd-Ā sneh-an-e IV 133; mídŔ̥ ¹medhā-²híṁs-anay-oḥ I 920; (mind) = midÍ snéh-an-e X 8; (mínv) = mívÍ séc-an-e I 620; mílÁ śléṣ-aṇ-e VI 71; mílÀ saṁ-gám-an-e VI 135; míśÁ śábd-e I 759; miśra sam-park-é X 375; míṣÁ spardhā-y-ām VI 60; míṣÚ séc-an-e I 730; mihÁ séc-an-e I 1041; mī gá-t-au X 281; mīṄ hiṁsā-y-ām IV 29; mīÑ hiṁsā-y-ām IX 4; mīmŔ̥ gá-t-au I 496; mīlÁ ni-meṣ-aṇ-e I 550; (múṅkh) = (múkhÍ gá-ty-arth-

aḥ I 147); mucL̥̀ mókṣ-aṇ-e VI 136; mucÁ pra-móc-an-e mód-an-e ca X 203; mújÁ śábda=artha-ḥ I 269; (múñc) = múcI kálk-an-e I 185; (múñj) = mújÍ śábda=artha-ḥ I 270; múṭÁ ¹ā-kṣepá-²pra-márd-anay-oḥ VI 81; muṭÁ saṁ-cūrṇ-an-e X 73; múṇÁ prati-jñān-e VI 44; (múṇṭh) = múṭhI pāl-an-e I 284; (múṇḍ) = múḍÍ kháṇḍ-an-e I 348; (múṇḍ) = múḍI mārj-an-e I 294; múdA hárṣ-e I 16; mudÁ saṁ-sarg-é X 200; múrÁ saṁ-véṣṭ-an-e VI 53; múrchĀ ¹móha-²sam-uc-chrāyáy-oḥ I 227; múrvĪ́ bándh-an-e I 606; múṣÁ sté-y-e IX 58; músÁ kháṇḍ-an-e IV 11; mustÁ saṁ-ghāt-é X 88; múhÁ vái-citty-e IV 89; mūtra pra-sráv-aṇ-e X 361; mūlÁ pra-tiṣṭhā-y-ām I 562; mūlÁ róh-aṇ-e X 63; mūṣÁ sté-y-e I 707; mr̥Ṅ pr-āṇa-tyāg-é VI 110; mŕkṣÁ saṁ-ghāt-é I 694; mŕgÁ anv-éṣ-aṇ-e IV 137; mr̥ga anv-éṣ-aṇ-e X 352; mŕjŪ̀ śúd-dh-au II 57; mr̥jŪ̀ ¹śaucá=²alaṁ-kār-áy-oḥ X 304; mŕḍÁ kṣód-e IX 44; mŕḍÁ súkh-an-e VI 38; mŕṇÁ hiṁsā-y-ām VI 41; (mr̥ṇḍ = mr̥ḍÍ chéd-an-e X 118); mŕṇÁ kṣód-e IX 43; mŕdhÙ únd-an-e I 923; mr̥śÁ ā-márṣ-aṇ-e VI 131; mr̥ṣÀ titikṣā-y-ām X 305; mr̥ṣÚ séc-an-e sáh-an-e ca I 739; meṄ pra-ṇi-dān-é I 1010; (méṭŔ̥ un-mād-é I 314); méḍŔ̥ ¹medhā-²híṁs-anay-oḥ I 920; méḍhŔ̥ ¹medhā-²híṁs-anay-oḥ I 920; mépR̥ gá-t-au I 395; (mévR̥ sév-an-e I 534); mokṣÁ ás-an-e X 191; mnā abhy-ās-é I 976; mrakṣÁ mlécch-an-e X 120; (mrákṣÁ saṁ-ghāt-é I 694); mrádA márd-an-e I 804; mrúcÚ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 210; mrúncÚ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 208; mréḍŔ̥ un-mād-é I 313; mlúcÚ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 211; mlúncÚ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 209; mléchÁ á-vy-ak-t-e śábd-e I 220; mlechÁ á-vy-ak-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í X 121; mléṭŔ̥ un-mād-é I 312; mlévR̥ sév-an-e I 535; mlai harṣa-kṣay-é I 953.

Y

yakṣÁ pūjā-y-ām X 153; yajÀ ¹deva-pūjā-²saṁ-ga-ti-kár-aṇa-³dāné-ṣu I 1051; yatA ¹ni-kārá=²upa-s-kāráy-oḥ X 196; yátĪ pra-yat-n-é I 30; (yantr) = yatrÍ saṁ-kóc-an-e X 3; yabhA vi-par-ī-ta-maithun-é I 1029; yamÁ á-pari-veṣ-aṇ-e I 871; yamA pari-véṣ-aṇ-e X 82; yamÁ upa-ram-é I 1033; yásÚ pra-yat-n-é IV 101; yā pr-āp-aṇ-e II 40; ṬU-yāc-Ŕ̥ yāc-ñā-y-ām I 916; yu jugupsā-y-ām X 170; yu míśr-aṇ-e II 23; yuÑ bándh-an-e IX 9; (yúṅg) = yúgÍ várj-an-e I 167; yúchÁ pra-mād-é I 229; yujA saṁ-yám-an-e X 264; yujA sam-ā-dh-aú IV 68; yujÌR yóg-e VII 7; yútŔ̥ bhās-an-e I 31; yudhA sam-pra-hār-é IV 64; yúpÁ vi-móh-an-e IV 124; yūṣÁ hiṁsā-y-ām I 711; yéṣR̥ pra-yat-n-é I 646; yaúṭŔ̥ bandh-é I 311.

R

(ráṁh) = ráhÍ gá-t-au I 768; (raṁh = rahÍ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 256); rakÁ ā-svād-an-e X 197; rákṣÁ pāl-an-e I 688; rákhÁ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 140; rágÉ śaṅkā-y-ām I 822; (ráṅkh) = rákhÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 141; (raṅg) = rágÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 153; (ráṅgh) = rághÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 107; (raṅgh = raghÍ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 253); raca pra-yat-n-é X 318; (rañj) = ranjÀ rāg-é I 865,1048; IV 58; ráṭÁ pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e I 319; (raṭa pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e X 373); ráṭhÁ pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e I 357; ráṇÁ gá-t-au I 832; ráṇÁ śábda=artha-ḥ I 855; (raṇv) = rávÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 627; rádÁ vi-lékh-an-e I 54; rádhÁ ¹hiṁsā-²saṁ-rād-dhyo-ḥ IV 84; rápÁ vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í I 428; ráphÁ gá-t-au I 440; rabhÁ rābhas-y-e I 1023; ramA krīḍā-y-ām I 906; (ramph) = ráphÍ gá-t-au I 441; (rámb) = rábÍ śábd-e I 401; (rámbh = rábhI śábd-e I 412); ráyA gá-t-au I 511; rásÁ śábd-e I 745; rasa ¹ā-svād-ana-²snéh-anay-oḥ X 385; ráhÁ tyāg-é I 767; rahÁ tyāg-é X 84; raha tyāg-é X 312; rā dan-e II 48; rākhŔ̥ ¹śóṣ-aṇa=²álam-arthay-oḥ I 126; rāghR̥ sām-arthy-e I 113; rājR̥̀ dīp-t-au I 874; rādhA vŕd-dh-au IV 71; rādhÁ saṁ-síd-dh-au V 16; rāsR̥ śábd-e I 657; ri gá-t-au VI 111; (ríkhÁ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 151); (riṅg) = rígÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 164; ricA ¹vi-yój-ana-²sam-párc-anay-oḥ X 273; ricÌR vi-réc-an-e VII 4; (ríṇv) = rívÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 626; ríphÁ ¹kátth-ana-²yuddhá-³nindā-⁴hiṁsā-⁵ā-dāné-su VI 23; ríśÁ hiṁsā-y-ām VI 126; ríṣÁ hiṁsā=artha-ḥ I 725; rī ¹gá-ti-²réṣ-aṇay-oḥ IX 30; rīṄ śráv-aṇ-e IV 30; ruṄ ¹gá-ti-²réṣ-aṇay-oḥ I 1008; rú śábd-e II 24; rúcA dīp-t-au abhi-prī-t-au ca I 781; rujÁ hiṁsā-y-ām X 262; rujÓ bhaṅg-é VI 123; rúṭA prati-ghāt-é I 783; rúṭhÁ apa-ghāt-é I 359; (rúṇṭ) = rúṭI sté-y-e I 349; (rúṇṭh) = rúṭhÍ gá-t-au I 368; rúdÍR aśru-vi-móc-an-e II 58; áno(ḥ) rudhA kām-é IV 65; rudhÍR ā-vár-aṇ-e VII 1; rúpÁ vi-móh-an-e IV 125; ruśÁ hiṁsā-y-ām VI 126; rúṣÁ róṣ-e IV 120; ruṣÁ róṣ-e X 132; ruhÁ bīja-ján-man-i I 912; rūkṣa pāruṣy-e X 362; rūpa rūpa-kri-yā-y-ām X 387; (rūṣÁ bhūṣā-y-ām I 709); rékR̥ śaṅkā-y-ām I 80; (réjR̥ dīp-t-au I 195); réṭR̥ pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e I 917; répR̥ gá-t-au I 396; rébhR̥ śábd-e I 41

0; révR̥ plava-gá-t-au I 540; réṣR̥ á-vy-ak-t-e śábd-e I 651; rai śábd-e I 958; róḍŔ̥ un-mād-é I 378; raúḍŔ̥ án-ā-dar-e I 377.

L

lakṣÁ ā-lóc-an-e X 157; lakṣÁ ¹dárś-ana=²ā-kāṅksáy-oḥ X 5; lákhÁ gá-ty artha-ḥ I 142; lagA ā-svād-an-e X 197; lágÉ sáṅg-e I 823; (láṅkh) = lákhÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 143; (láṅg) = lágÍ gá-ty-arth-aḥ I 154; (laṅgh) = laghI gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 108; (laṅgh) = laghÍ bhāṣā-artha-ḥ X 220 (254); (láṅgh) = lághÍ śóṣ-aṇ-e I 172); láchÁ lákṣ-aṇ-e I 221; lájÁ bhárts-an-e I 257; (lajj) = O-lásj-Ī vrīḍ-é VI 10; (láñj) = lájÍ bhárts-an-e I 258; (lañj = lajÍ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 244); (lañj) = *lajÍ ¹hiṁsā-²bála=³ā-daná-⁴ni-két-ane-ṣu X 39; láṭÁ bāly-e I 320; laḍÁ upa-sevā-y-ām X 7; láḍÁ vi-lās-é I 381; laḍi̱ jihvā=un-máth-an-e I 852; (laṇḍ) = O-laḍ-Í ut-kṣép-aṇ-e X 9; (laṇḍ = laḍÍ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 258); lapA vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í I 429; ḌU-labh-A-Ṣ pr-āp-t-au I 1024; (lámb) = lábI ava-sráṁs-an-e I 404; (lámb) = lábI śábd-e I 402; lárbÁ gá-t-au I 444; lalÁ īp-s-ā-y-ām X 148; (lálÁ vi-lās-é I 382); láśÀ kān-t-au I 937; lasÁ śilpa-yog-é X 189; lásÁ ¹śléṣ-aṇa-²krīḍ-anay-oḥ I 746; lā ā-dan-é II 49; lākhŔ̥ ¹śóṣ-aṇa=²álam-arthay-oḥ I 127; lāghR̥ sām-arthy-e I 114; lājÁ bhárts-an-e I 259; (lāñch) = lāchÍ lákṣ-aṇ-e I 222; (lāñj) = lājÍ bhárts-an-e I 260; lābha pr-ér-aṇ-e X 389; líkhÁ akṣara-vi-ny-ās-é VI 72; (líṅg) = lígÍ gá-ty-artha-h I 165; (liṅg) = ligÍ citrī-kár-aṇ-e X 199; lipÀ upa-deh-é VI 139; liśÁ alpī-bhāv-e IV 70; liśÁ gá-t-au VI 127; lihÀ ā-svād-an-e II 6; lī dravī-kár-aṇ-e X 269; lī śléṣ-aṇ-e IX 31; līṄ śléṣ-aṇ-e IV 31; (lúñc) = lúncÁ apa-náy-an-e I 202; (luñj) = lujÍ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 218; lúṭA prati-ghāt-é I 784; lúṭÁ vi-lóḍ-an-e I 336; IV 113; lúṭÁ saṁ-śléṣ-aṇ-e VI 87; luṭÁ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 214; lúṭhÁ upa-ghāt-é I 360; lúṭhA prati-ghāt-é I 785; (lúṇṭ) = lúṭÍ sté-y-e I 350; (luṇṭÁ sté-y-e X 27); (lúṇṭh) = lúṭhÍ ā-lasy-e prati-ghāt-é ca I 366; (lúṇṭh) = lúṭhÍ gá-t-au I 369; luṇṭhA sté-y-e X 27; (lúnth) = lúthÍ ¹hiṁsā-²saṁ-kléś-anay-oḥ I 46; lúpÁ vi-móh-an-e IV 126; lupL̥̀ chéd-an-e IV 137; lúbhÁ gārddhy-e IV 128; lúbhÁ vi-móh-an-e VI 22; (lúmb) = lúbÍ árd-an-e I 454; (lumb) = lubÍ á-dars-an-e X 144; lūÑ chéd-an-e IX 13; (lūṣÁ bhūṣā-y-ām I 708); lū

ṣA hiṁsā-y-ām X 70; lépR̥ gá-t-au I 397; lókŔ̥ dárś-an-e I 76; lokŔ̥ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 236; lócR̥ dárś-an-e I 177; locŔ̥ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 237; lóḍR̥ un-mād-é I 379; lóṣta saṁ-ghāt-é I 277.

V

vákṣÁ róṣ-e I 693; vákhÁ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 134; (váṅk) = vákI kaúṭily-e I 88; (váṅk) = vákI gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 95; (váṅkh) = vákhÍ gá-ty artha-ḥ I 135; (váṅg) = vágÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 156; (váṅgh) = vághI ga-ti=ā-kṣep-é I 110; vacÁ pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e II 54; vájÁ gá-t-au I 271; (vajÁ ¹mārga-saṁ-s-kārá-²ga-ty-oḥ X 75); váncÚ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 204; vancÚ pra-lámbh-an-e X 163; váṭÁ véṣṭ-an-e I 322; váṭÁ pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e I 816; vaṭa gránth-e X 311; vaṭa vi-bhāj-an-e X 372; váṭhÁ sthaúry-e I 354; váṇÁ śábda=artha-ḥ I 473; (vaṇṭ) = vaṭÍ vi-bhāj-an-e X 48; (váṇṭ = váṭÍ vi-bhāj-an-e I 351); (vaṇṭ = vaṭI vi-bhāj-an-e X 372); (váṇṭh) = váṭhI eka-caryā-y-ām I 281; (váṇḍ) = váḍI vi-bhāj-an-e I 290; (vaṇḍ) = vaḍÍ vi-bhāj-an-e X 48; vádÁ vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í I 1058; vadÁ saṁ-deś-a-vāc-an-e X 297; vánÁ śábd-e I 490; vánÁ sam-bhák-t-au I 491; vánU yāc-an-e VIII 8; vánÚ ca ná=úpa-labh-ya-te I 841, 868; vanA ¹śrad-dhā=²upa-hán-anay-oḥ X 296; (vánd) = vádI ¹abhi-vād-ana-²stú-ty-oḥ I 11; ḌU-vap-À bīja-saṁ-tān-é I 1052; vábhrÁ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 589; ṬU-vam-Á ud-gír-aṇ-e I 868, 902; váyA gá-t-au I 504; vara īp-sā-y-ām X 308; várcA dīp-t-au I 175; varṇÁ pr-ér-aṇ-e X 18; varṇa ¹varṇa-kri-yā-²vi-stārá-³guṇa-vác-ane-ṣu X 391; vardhÁ ¹chéd-ana-²pūr-aṇay-oḥ X 112; várṣA snéh-an-e I 644; várhA ¹pari-bhāṣ-aṇa-²hiṁsā=³ā-dāné-ṣu I 671; válA saṁ-vár-an-e I 520; (vali̱ śábd-e I 857); valkÁ pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e X 35; válgÁ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 152; válbhA bhój-an-e I 418; vállA saṁ-vár-aṇ-e I 521; válhA ¹pari-bhāṣ-aṇa-²hiṁsā=³ā-dāné-ṣu I 672; (válhA prā-dhāny-e I 670); váśÁ kān-t-au II 70; váṣÁ hiṁsā=artha-ḥ I 722; vásA ā-cchād-an-e II 13; vasÁ ni-vās-é I 1054; vasÁ ¹snehá=²chedá=apa=hár=aṇe=ṣu X 204; vásÚ stambh-é IV 105; váskA gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 101; vahÀ pr-āp-aṇ-e I 1053; vā ¹ga-ti-²gándh-anay-oḥ II 41; (vāṅkṣ) = vākṣÍ kāṅksā-y-ām I 699; (vāñch) = vāchÍ icchā-y-ām I 223; vāta ¹sukhá-²séc-anay-oḥ X 336; vāśR̥ śábd-e IV 54; vāsa upa-sevā-y-ām X 338; vicÌR pr̥thg-bhāv-é VII 5; víchÁ gá-t-au VI 129; vichÁ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 233; vijÌR pr̥thag-bhāv-é III 12; O-víj-Ī ¹bhayá-²cál-anay-oḥ V

I 9; O-víj-Ī́ ¹bhayá-²cál-anay-oḥ VII 23; víṭÁ śábd-e I 338; víthR̥ yāc-an-e I 33; vidÁ ¹cet-ana=²ā-khyāna-³ni-vāsé-ṣu X 168; vídÁ jñān-e II 55; vidA vi-cār-aṇ-e VII 13; vidA sattā-y-ām IV 627; vidL̥̀ lābh-é VI 138; vídhÁ vidhān-é VI 36; vilÁ kṣép-e X 65; vílÁ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e VI 66; viśÁ pra-véś-an-e VI 130; viṣÁ vi-pra-yog-é IX 54; viṣÚ séc-an-e I 729; viṣL̥̀ vy-āp-t-au III 13; (vísÁ gá-t-au I 753); vī ¹gá-ti-²pra-janá-³kān-ti=⁴ás-ana-⁵khād-ane-ṣu II 39; (vījA gá-t-au I 197); vīra vi-krān-t-au X 355; (vúṅg) = vúgÍ várj-an-e I 169; vr̥Ṅ sam-bhák-t-au IX 38; vr̥Ñ vár-aṇ-e V 8; vr̥Ñ ā-vár-aṇ-e X 271; vŕkA ád-an-e I 92; vŕkṣA vár-aṇ-e I 635; vŕjĪ várj-an-e II 19; vŕjĪ́ várj-an-e VII 24; vr̥jĪ́ várj-an-e X 270; vr̥tÚ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 241; vŕtU vár-aṇ-e IV 52; vŕtU várt-an-e I 795; vr̥dhÚ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 242; vŕdhU vŕd-dh-au I 796; vŕṣÁ vár-aṇ-e IV 116; vr̥ṣÁ śak-ti-bándh-an-e X 164; vŕṣÚ séc-an-e I 738; vŕhŪ̀ ud-yám-an-e VI 57; vr̄ vár-aṇ-e IX 20; vr̄Ñ vár-aṇ-e IX 16; veÑ tan-tu-saṁ-tān-é I 1055; (vekṣá dárś-an-e X 392); véṇR̥̀ ¹gá-ti-²jñāna-³cintā-⁴ni-śām-ana-⁵vād-itra-⁶gráh-aṇe-ṣu I 926; véthR̥ yāc-an-e I 34; ṬU-vép-R̥ kámp-an-e I 391; vela kāla=upa-deś-é X 334; vélŔ̥ cál-an-e I 568; véllÁ cál-an-e I 573; vevīṄ vé-ti-nā túly-e (= ¹gá-ti-²pra-janá-³kān-ti=⁴ás-ana-⁵khād-ane-ṣu) II 68; véṣṭA véṣṭ-an-e I 274; (vésÁ gá-t-au I 754); véhR̥ pra-yat-n-é I 674; O-vai śóṣ-aṇ-e I 969; vyácÁ vyājī-kár-aṇ-e VI 12; vyáthA ¹bhayá-²sam-cál-anay-oḥ I 801; vyadhÁ tāḍ-an-e IV 72; (vyapÁ kṣay-é X 96); vyáyÀ gá-t-au I 930; vyaya ¹vittá-²sam-ut-sarg-áy-oḥ X 386; vyúṣÁ dāh-é IV 7; vyúṣA vi-bhāg-é IV 106; vyeÑ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e I 1056; vrájÁ gá-t-au I 272; (vrájÁ gá-t-au I 234); vrajÁ ¹mārga-saṁ-s-kārá-²gá-ty-oḥ X 75; (vráñj = vrájÍ gá-t-au I 235); vráṇÁ śábda=artha-ḥ I 478; vraṇa gātra-vi-cūrṇ-an-e X 390; O-vrásc-Ū̀ chéd-an-e VI 11; vrī vár-aṇ-e IX 33; vrīṄ vr̥-ṇó-ti=arth-e IV 32; vrīḍÁ cód-an-e VI 18; vrúḍÁ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e VI 99; vrūsA hiṁsā-y-ām X 122; vlī vár-aṇ-e IX 32.

(ā+śaṁs) = āṄaḥ śásI icchā-y-ām I 660; (śáṁs) = śánsU stú-t-au I 764; śakÀ márṣ-an-e IV 78; śakĹ̥ śák-t-au V 15; (śáṅk) = śákI śaṅkā-y-ām I 86; śacA vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í I 178; śáṭÁ ¹rujā-²vi-śár-aṇa-³gá-ti=⁴ava-sād-ane-su I 321; śaṭhÁ ¹á-saṁ-s-kāra-²gá-tyo-ḥ X 28; śáṭhÁ kaítav-e ca I 363; śaṭhÁ ślāghā-y-ām X 152; śaṭha samyag-ava-bhāṣ-aṇ-e X 310; śáṇÁ dān-é I 834; (śáṇḍ) = śáḍI rujā-y-ām I 299; śadĹ̥ śāt-an-e I 908; VI 134; śapÀ ā-kroś-é I 1049; śapÀ ā-kroś-é IV 59; śabdÁ śabda-kri-yā-y-ām X 174; śamA ā-lóc-an e X 156; śámÚ upa-śam-é IV 92; śámÁ dárś-an-e I 870; (śambÁ sam-bándh-an-e X 21); śárbÁ gá-t-au I 450; śárvÁ hiṁsā-y-ām I 616; śálÁ gá-t-au I 896; śálA ¹cál-ana-²saṁ-vár-aṇay-oḥ I 519; śálbhA kátth-an-e I 417; śávÁ gá-t-au I 761; śáṣÁ hiṁsā=artha-ḥ I 721; śásÁ plu-ta-gá-t-au I 762; śásÚ himsa-y-ām I 763; śākhŔ̥ vy-āp-t-au I 130; śāḍR̥ ślaghā-y-ām I 309; śānÀ téj-an-e I 1044; śāsÚ anu-śíṣ-ṭ-au II 66; āṄ-aḥ śāsU icchā-y-ām II 12; śiÑ ni-śān-e V 3; śíkṣA vidyā=up-ā-dān-é I 636; (śiṅkh) = śíkhÍ ga-ti=artha-ḥ I 150; (śíṅgh) = śíghÍ ā-ghrāṇ-é I 174; ( śíñj) = śíjI á-vy-ak-t-e śábd-e II 17; śíṭÁ án-ā-dar-e I 325; śílÁ uñch-é VI 70; śiṣÁ á-sarva=upa-yog-e X 274; śíṣÁ hiṁsā=artha-ḥ I 718; śiṣĹ̥ vi-śéṣ-aṇ-e VII 14; sīṄ sváp-n-e II 22; śīkÁ ā-márṣ-aṇ-e X 283; śīkR̥ séc-an-e I 75; (śīkÁ bhāṣā=artha-ḥ X 249); śībhR̥ kátth-an-e I 408; śīlÁ sam-ā-dh-aú I 556; śīla upa-dhār-aṇ-e X 332; (śúkÁ gá-t-au I 123); śúcÁ śók-e I 198; Ī-śúc-ÌR pūtī-bhāv-é IV 56; śúcyÁ abhi-ṣav-é I 546; śuṭhÁ ā-lasy-e X 103; śúṭhÁ ga-ti-prati-ghāt-é I 364; (śúṇṭh) = śúṭhÍ śóṣ-aṇ-e I 367; (śuṇṭh) = śuṭhÍ śoṣ-aṇ-e X 104; śúnÁ gá-t-au VI 46; súdhÁ śauc-é IV 82; śúndhÁ śúd-dh-au I 74; śundhÁ śauca-kár-maṇ-i X 289; śúbhÁ dīp-t-au I 459; śúbhÁ śobhā=arth-e VI 33; (śumbh) = śúnbhÁ śobhā=arth-e VI 33; (śumbh) = śunbhA bhāṣ-aṇ-e I 460; śulkÁ ati-spárś-an-e X 76; śulbÁ mān-é X 71; śuṣÁ śoṣ-aṇ-e IV 74; śūra vi-krān-t-au X 354; śūrĪ ¹hiṁsā-²stámbh-anay-oḥ IV 49; śūlÁ rujā-y-ām I 559; śūṣÁ pra-sav-é I 710; śŕdhÙ únd-an-e I 922; śŕdhU pra-sáh-an-e X 195; śr̥dhÚ śabda-kuts

ā-y-ām I 797; śr̄ hiṁsā-y-am IX 18; śélŔ̥ gá-t-au I 576; (śévR̥ sév-an-e I 536); śai pāk-é I 906; śo tanū-kár-aṇ-e IV 37; śóṇŔ̥ ¹várṇa-²gá-ty-oḥ I 483; śaúṭŔ̥ garv-é I 310; ścyútÍR kṣár-aṇ-e I 41; śmīlÁ ni-méṣ-aṇ-e I 551; śyaiṄ gá-t-au I 1012; (śráṅK) = śrákI gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 84; (śráṅg) = srágÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 160; śráṇÁ dān-é I 835; śraṇÁ dān-é X 42; śrathÁ pra-yat-n-é X 13; śrathÁ mókṣ-aṇ-e X 280; sráthÁ hiṁsā=artha-ḥ I 836; śratha daúr-baly-e X 324; (śránth) = śráthÍ śaíthily-e I 35; śránthÁ ¹vi-móc-ana-²prati-harṣáy-oḥ IX 39; śranthÁ saṁ-darbh-é X 294; śrámÚ táp-as-i khed-é ca IV 95; (śrámbh) = śránbhU pra-mād-é I 420; śrā pāk-é I 848; II 44; śriÑ sevā-y-ām I 945; śríṣÚ dāh-e I 733; śrīÑ pāk-é IX 3; śru śráv-aṇ-e I 989; śrai pāk-é I 966, 967 (cf. śrā pak-e I 848); śróṇŔ̥ saṁ-ghāt-e I 484; (śláṅk) = ślákI gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 85; (śláṅg) = ślágÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 162; ślākhŔ̥ vy-āp-t-au I 131; ślāghR̥ kátth-an-e I 118; śliṣÁ ā-líṅg-an-e IV 77; śliṣA śléṣ-aṇ-e X 38; śliṣÚ dāh-é I 734; ślókR̥ saṁ-ghāt-é I 77; ślóṇŔ̥ saṁ-ghāt-é I 485; (śváṅk) = śvákI gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 96; (śváṅg = śvágÍ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 161); śvácA gá-t-au I 179; (śváñc)=śvácI gá-t-au I 180; śvaṭhÁ ¹á-saṁ-s-kārá-²gá-ty-oḥ X 29; śvaṭha samyag-ava-bhāṣ-aṇ-e X 310; śválÁ āśu-gám-an-e I 582; (śvalkÁ pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e X 34); svállÁ āśu-gám-an-e I 583; śvásÁ pr-āṇ-an-e II 60; ṬU-O-śví ¹gá-ti-²vŕd-dhy-oḥ I 1059; śvítĀ várṇ-e I 778; (śvínd) = śvídI śvaíty-e I 10; śveta=(aśva) X 394.

ṣágÉ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e I 826; ṣághÁ hiṁsā-y-ām V 21; ṣácÀ sam-av-āy-é I 1046; ṣácA séc-an-e I 176; (sájj) = ṣásjÁ gá-t-au I 217; (sañj) = ṣanjÁ sáṅg-e I 1036; ṣáṭÁ ava-yav-é I 335; ṣaṭṭÁ hiṁsā-y-ām X 99; ṣadĹ̥ ¹vi-śár-aṇa-²gá-ti=³ava-sād-ane-ṣu I 907; ṣadĹ̥ ¹vi-śár-aṇa-²gá-ti=³ava-sād-ane-ṣu VI 133; (āṄ-aḥ ṣad-aḥ padi̱=arth-e X 288); ṣáṇÁ sam-bhák-t-au I 492; ṣáṇÙ dān-e VIII 2; ṣápÁ sam-av-āy-ē I 427; ṣámÁ vaí-klavy-e I 882; ṣambÁ sam-bándh-an-e X 21; ṣárjÁ árj-an-e I 243; ṣárbÁ gá-t-au I 451; ṣárvÁ hiṁsā-y-ām I 617; ṣálÁ gá-t-au I 580; ṣásÁ sváp-n-e II 69; ṣáhA márṣ-aṇ-e I 905; ṣahÁ márṣ-aṇ-e X 267; (ṣáhÁ caki̱-arth-e IV 20); ṣādhÁ saṁ-síd-dh-au V 17; ṣāntvÁ sāma-pra-yog-é X 33; ṣiÑ bándh-an-e V 12; IX 5; ṣicÀ kṣar-aṇ-e VI 140; ṣíṭÁ án-ā-dar-e I 326; ṣídhÁ gá-ty-ām I 48; ṣídhÚ saṁ-rād-dh-au IV 83; ṣílÁ uñch-é VI 70; ṣívÚ tan-tu-saṁ-tān-é IV 2; ṣu ¹pra-savá=²aíśvaryay-oḥ I 988; II 32; ṣuÑ abhi-ṣav-é V i; ṣuṭṭÁ án-ā-dar-e X 26; ṣúrÁ ¹aíśvarya-²dīp-ty-oḥ VI 50; ṣúhÁ caki̱=arth-e IV 21; ṣū pr-ér-aṇ-e VI 115; ṣūṄ prāṇi-garbha-vi-móc-an-e II 21; ṣūṄ prāṇi-pra-sav-é IV 24; ṣūdA kṣar-aṇ-e I 25; ṣūdÁ kṣár-aṇ-e X 177; ṣūrksyÁ īrṣyā=artha-ḥ I 542; ṣévR̥ sév-an-e I 530; ṣai kṣay-é I 963; ṣo anta-kár-maṇ-i IV 39; ṣṭákÁ prati-ghāt-é I 819; ṣṭánÁ vaí-klavy-e I 883; ṣṭíghA ā-skánd-an-e V 19; ṣṭípR̥ kṣár-aṇa=artha-ḥ I 387; ṣṭímÁ ārdrī-bhāv-é IV 17; ṣṭīmÁ ārdrī-bhāv-é IV 17; ṣṭuÑ stú-t-au II 34; ṣṭúcA pra-sād=é I 188; ṣṭúbhU stambh-é I 421; ṣṭūpÁ sam-uc-chrāy-é IV 127; ṣṭūpÁ sam-uc-chrāy-é X 134; ṣtŕkṣÁ gá-t-au I 691; ṣtŕhŪ̀ hiṁsā=artha-h VI 58; ṣṭr̄Ñ ā-cchād-an-e IX 14; ṣṭépR̥ kṣár-ana=artha-ḥ I 388; ṣṭai véṣṭ-an-e I 970; ṣṭyai ¹śábda-²saṁ-ghātáy-oḥ I 959; ṣṭhívÚ nir-ás-an-e I 592; ṣṭhívÚ nir-ás-an-e IV 4; ṣṇásÚ ád-an-e IV 5; ṣṇíhÁ prī-t-au IV 91; ṣṇihÁ snéh-an-e X 36: ṣṇú pra-sráv-aṇ-e II 29; sṇúsU ad-an-e IV 5; ṣmiṄ īṣad-dhás-an-e I 996; ṣvádA ā-svād-an-e I 18; ṣvadÁ ā-svād-an-e X 263; ÑI-ṣvap-Á śay-é II 59; ṣváskA gá-ty-arth-h I 100; ÑI-ṣvíd-Ā gātra-pra-sráv-aṇ-e I 780; ṣvíd-Ā gātra-pra- kṣár-aṇ-e IV 79.

S

saṁ-keta ā-mántr-aṇ-e X 345; saṁ-grāma yud-dh-é X 376; sattra saṁ-tāna-krí-yā-y-ām X 358; sa-bhāja ¹prī-ti-²dárś-anay-oḥ X 341; sāma sāntva-pra-yog-é X 333; sukha tat-kri-yā-y-ām X 383; sūca paíśuny-e X 327; sūtra véṣṭ-an-e X 360; sūrkṣÁ ā-dar-é I 697; sūṣÁ pra-sav-é I 710; sr̥ gá-t-au I 982; III 17; sr̥jÁ vi-sarg-é VI 121; sr̥pĹ̥ gá-t-au I 1032; sŕbhÚ hiṁsā=artha-ḥ I 457; (sŕmbh) = sŕnbhÚ hiṁsā=artha-ḥ I 458; sékR̥ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 81; sélŔ̥ gá-t-au I 576; skandÍR ¹gá-ti-²śóṣ-aṇay-oḥ I 1028; (skámbh) = skábhÍ prati-bandh-é I 414; (skambh) = skanbhÙ ródh-an-e IX 8; skuÑ ā-práv-aṇ-e IX 6; (skúnd) = skúdI ā-práv-aṇ-e I 9; (skumbh = skunbhÙ ródh-an-e IX 8); skhádA skhád-an-e I 805; skhadi̱r ¹áva-²pári-bhyāṁ ca I 872; skhálÁ saṁ-cál-an-e I 577; skháli̱ śábd-e I 858; stana deva-śabd-é X 313; (stambh = stanbhÙ ródh-an-e IX 7); str̥Ñ ā-cchād-an-e V 6; str̄Ñ ā-cchād-an-e IX 14; stena caúry-e X 349; stoma ślāghā-y-ām X 377; sthálÁ sthān-é I 889; sthā ga-ti-ni-vŕt-t-au I 975; sthúḍÁ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e VI 94; sthūla pari-bŕṁh-aṇ-e X 356; snā śauc-e I 868; II 43; spárdhA saṁ-gharṣ-é I 3; spaśÁ ¹gráh-aṇa-²saṁ-ślés-aṇay-oḥ X 141; spásÀ ¹bándh-ana-²spárś-anay-oḥ I 936; spr̥ ¹prī-ti-²pāl-anay-oḥ V 13; spr̥śÀ saṁ-spárś-an-e VI 128; spr̥ha īp-sā-y-ām X 325; (spháṭA vi-sar-aṇ-e I 352); sphāy-Ī vŕd-dh-au I 516; sphiṭṭÁ hiṁsā-y-ām X 91; sphuṭÁ bhéd-an-e X 182; sphúṭA vi-kás-an-e VI 80; sphúṭ-ÍR vi-śár-aṇ-e I 352; sphúḍÁ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e VI 97; (sphuṇḍ) = sphuḍÍ pari-hās-é X 4; (sphúṇḍ) = sphúḍI vi-kás-an-e I 297; sphúrÁ saṁ-cál-an-e VI 95; sphúrchĀ vi-stŕ-t-au I 228; ṬU-O-sphūrjÁ vajra-nir-ghoṣ-é I 254; sphúlÁ saṁ-cál-an-e VI 96; smiṭÁ án-ā-dar-e X 37; smīlÁ ni-méṣ-aṇ-e I 552; smŕ ā-dhyān-é I 845; smr̥ cintā-y-ām I 980; syándŪ pra-sráv-aṇ-e I 798; syamÁ vi-tark-é X 154; syámÚ śábd-e I 878; (sráṁs) = sránsU ava-sráṁs-an-e I 790; (sraṁs) =*sránsU pra-mad-e I 420; (sraṅk) = srákI gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 83; (srambh) = sránbhU pra-mād-é I 420; srívÚ ¹gá-ti-²śóṣ-aṇay-oḥ IV 3; sru gá-t-au I 987; srékR̥ gá-ty-artha-ḥ I 82; srai pāk-é I 967; svánÁ śábd-e I 879; (svánÁ ava-tá

ṁs-an-e I 861); svara ā-kṣep-é X 317; svādA ā-svād-an-e I 18; svādÁ ā-svād-an-e X 263.

H

haṭÁ dīp-t-au I 334; háṭhÁ ¹plú-ti-²ṣaṭha-tváy-oḥ I 358; hadA purīṣa=ut-sarg-é I 1027; hanÁ ¹hiṁsā-²gá-ty-oḥ II 2; hámmÁ gá-t-au I 465; háyÁ gá-t-au I 545; háryÁ ¹gá-ti-²kān-ty-oḥ I 547; hálÁ vi-lékh-an-e I 890; hásÉ hás-an-e I 757; O-hā-K tyāg-é III 8; O-hā-Ṅ gá-t-au III 7; hi gá-t-au vŕd-dh-au ca V 11; (hiṁs) = hísÍ hiṁsā-y-ām VII 19; (hiṁs) = hisI hiṁsā-y-ām X 286; híkkÀ á-vy-ak-t-e śábd-e I 914; (híṇḍ) = híḍI ¹gá-ti-²án-ā-daray-oḥ I 287; (hínv) = hívÍ prīṇ-ana=artha-ḥ I 622; hílÁ bhāva-kár-aṇ-e VI 69; (hiskÁ hiṁsā-y-ām X 146); hu ¹dāná-²ád-anay-oḥ III 1; húḍŔ̥ gá-t-au I 375; (húṇḍ) = húḍI vár-aṇ-e I 226; (húṇḍ) = húḍI saṁ-ghāt-é I 288; húrchĀ kaúṭily-e I 226; húlÁ gá-t-au I 897; hūḍŔ̥ gá-t-au I 375; hr̥ pr-sah-ya-kár-aṇ-e III 15; hr̥Ñ hár-aṇ-e I 947; hŕṣÁ túṣ-ṭ-au IV 119; hr̥ṣU álīk-e I 741; héṭhA vi-bādhā-y-ām I 285; (héṭhA vi-bādhā-y-ām I 343); héḍÁ véṣṭ-an-e I 815; héḍR̥ án-ā-dar-e I 304; (héḍhÁ ca [bhū-ta-prādur-bhāv-é] IX 60); héṣR̥ á-vy-vk-t-e śábd-e I 652; hóḍR̥ án-ā-dar-e I 305; hóḍR̥ gá-t-au I 376; hnuṄ apa-náy-an-e II 72; hmálÁ cál-an-e I 844,867; hrágÉ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e I 824; hrásÁ śábd-e I 743; hrādA á-vy-ak-t-e śábd-e I 26; hrī lajjā-y-ām III 3; hrīchÁ lajjā-y-ām I 225; hlágÉ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e I 825; hlapÁ vy-àk-tā-y-āṁ vāc-í X 116; hlásÁ śábd-e I 744; hlād-Ī sukh-é I 27; hválÁ cál-an-e I 843, 867; hvr̥ kaúṭily-e I 978; hveÑ spardhā-y-āṁ śábd-e ca I 1057.

Gaṇa-pāṭha

aṁśu=āday-aḥ

[6.2.193 práter aṁśú=āday-aḥ tatpuruṣe (ánta udāttāḥ)]

1 aṁśu-, 2 jana-, 3 rājan-, 4 uṣṭra-, 5 kheṭaka-, 6 ajira-, 7 ārdrā, 8 śravaṇa-, 9 kr̥ttikā, 10 ardha-, 11 pura-.

akṣa-dyūta=āday-aḥ

[4.4.19 nir-vr̥t-t-e akṣa-dyūta=ādibhyaḥ (ṭhaK 1)]

1 akṣa-dyū-ta-, 2 jānu-pra-hr̥-ta-, 3 jaṅghā-pra-hr̥-ta-, 4 jaṅghā-pra-hata-*, 5 pāda-sved-ana-, 6 kaṇṭa-ka-mard-ana-, 7 ga-ta=anu-ga-ta-*, 8 ga-ta=ā-ga-ta-, 9 yā-ta=upa-yā-ta-, 10 anu-ga-ta-.

aṅguli=āday-aḥ

[5.3.108 aṅguli=ādi-bhyaṣ ṭhaK (ive 96)]

1 aṅguli-, 2 bharuja-, 3 babhru-, 4 valgu-, 5 maṇḍara-, 6 maṇḍala-, 7 śaṣkulī-, 8 hari-*, 9 kapi-, 10 muni-*, 11 ruha-*, 12 khala-*, 13 udaśvit-, 14 goṇī, 15 uras-, 16 kuliśa-, 17 śikhā.

aja=āday-aḥ

[4.1.4 aja=ādi=aT-aṣ ṬāP]

1 ajā, 2 eḍakā, 3 kokilā, 4 caṭakā, 5 aśvā, 6 mūṣikā, 7 bālā, 8 hoḍā, 9 pākā, 10 vatsā, 11 mandā, 12 vilātā, 13 pūrvāpahāṇā, 14 aparāpahāṇā, #¹sam-²bhastra=³ajina-⁴śaṇa-⁵piṇḍe-bhyaḥ phal-āt: 15 sam-phalā, 16 bhastra-phalā, 17 ajina-phalā, 18 śaṇa-phalā, 19 piṇḍa-phalā#; 20 triphalā (dvig-au); #¹sat-²prāk-³kāṇḍa-⁴prānta-⁵śata=éke-bhyaḥ puṣp-āt: 21 sat-puṣpā, 22 prāk-puṣpā, 23 kāṇḍa-puṣpā, 24 prānta-puṣpā, 25 śata-puṣpā, 26 eka-puṣpā#; 27 śūdrā ca a-mahat-pūrvā jāt-ḥ; 28 kruñcā; 29 uṣṇi-hā, 30 deva-viśā, 31 jyeṣṭthā, 32 kaniṣṭhā, 33 madhyamā puṁ-yog-e api; 34 #mūl-āt naÑ-aḥ: a-mūlā#; 35 daṁṣṭrā.

ajira=āday-aḥ

[6.3.119 matAU bahu=aC-aḥ an-ajira=ādī-n-ām (dīrghaḥ 111)]

1 ajira-, 2 khadira-, 3 pulina-, 4 haṁsa-, 5 kāraṇḍava-, 6 cakra-vāka-.

adi=pra-bhr̥-tay-aḥ

[2.4.72 adi-pra-bhr̥-ti-bhyaḥ ŚaP-aḥ (luK 58)]

= Dhp II 1-72.

anu-pra-vac-ana=āday-aḥ

[5.1.111 anu-pra-vac-ana=ādi-bhyaś chaḥ]

1 anu-pra-vác-ana-, 2 ut-thā-p-ana-, 3 upa-sthā-p-ana-, 4 saṁ-véś-ana-, 5 pra-véś-ana-, 6 anu-pra-véś-ana-, 7 anu-vás-ana-, 8 anu-vác-ana-, 9 anu-vāc-ana-, 10 anu=ā=róh-aṇa-, 11 prā-rámbh-aṇa-, 12 ā-rámbh-aṇa-, 13 ā-róh-aṇa-.

anu-śatika=āday-aḥ

[7.3.20 anu-śat-ika=ādī-nāṁ ca ]

1 anu-śat-ika-, 2 anu-hoḍa-, 3 anu-saṁ-var-aṇa- (anu-saṁ-car-aṇa), 4 anu-saṁ-vat-sara-, 5 aṅgāra-veṇu-, 6 asi-hat-ya- (asya-hat-ya-), 7 asya-he-ti-, 8 vadh=yoga-, 9 puṣkara-sad-, 10 anu-har-at-, 11 kuru-kata-, 12 kuru-pañcāla-, 13 uda-ka-śud-dha-, 14 iha-loka-, 15 para-loka-, 16 sarva-loka-, 17 sarva-puruṣa-, 18 sarva-bhūmi-, 19 pra-yoga-, 20 para-strī, 21 rāja-puruṣ-ā-t ṢyaÑ-i; 22 sūtra-naḍa-; *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

apūpa=āday-aḥ

[5.1.4 vibhāṣā havir=apūpa=ādi-bhyaḥ (yaT 2)]

1 apūpa-, 2 taṇḍula-, 3 abhy-ūṣa-, 4 abhy-oṣa-, 5 avoṣa-, 6 abhy-eṣa-, 7 pr̥thuka-, 8 odana-, 9 sūpa-, 10 pūpa-, 11 kiṇva-, 12 pra-dīpa-, 13 musala-, 14 kaṭaka-, 15 karṇa-veṣṭa-ka-, 16 (*irgala-), 17 argala-; 18 #anna-vi-kāre-bhyaś ca#; 19 yūpa-, 20 sthūṇā, 21 dīpa-, 22 aśva-, 23 patra-.

ayas-maya-āday-aḥ

[1.4.20 ayas-maya-ādī-n-i chandas-i ]

*ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

arī-haṇa=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 arī-haṇa-kr̥śa=aśva- . . . vuÑ-chaṆ . . .]

1 arī-haṇa-, 2 dru-ghaṇa-, 3 *dru-haṇa-, 4 bhagala-, 5 ulanda-, 6 kiraṇa-, 7 sām-par-āy-aṇa-, 8 *auṣṭr-āyaṇa-, 9 trai-gart-āyana-, 10 maitr-āyaṇa-, 11 bhāstr-āyaṇa-, 13 vai-mat-āyana-, 14 gau-mat-āyana-, 15 sau-mat-āyana-, 16 saus-āyana-, 17 *dhau-mat-āyana-, 18 *saum-āyana-, 19 °aindr-āyaṇa, 20 *kaundr-āyaṇa-, 21 khāḍ-āyana-, 22 śāṇḍily-āyana-, 23 rāyas-poṣa-, 24 vi-patha-, 25 vipāśa-, 26 ud-daṇḍa-, 27 (ud-añc-ana-), 28 khāṇḍa-vīraṇa-, 29 vīraṇa-, 30 kāśa-kr̥tsna-, 31 jāmba-vata-, 32 śiṁśapā, 33 raivata- (re-vata-); 34 bilva-, 35 su-yajña-, 36 śirīṣa-, 37 badhira-, 38 jambu-, 39 khadira-, 40 su-śarman-, 41 dala-tr̥-*, 42 *bhalandana-, 43 *khaṇḍu, 44 kalana- (kanala-), 45 yajña-datta.

ardha-rc-āḥ

[2.4.31 ardha-rc-āḥ puṁs-i ca]

1 ardha-rc-a-, 2 go-maya-, 3 kaṣāya-, 4 kārṣāpaṇa-, 5 ku-tapa-, 6 kusapa- (kuṇapa-), 7 kapāṭa-, 8 śaṅkha-, 9 gūtha-, 10 yūtha-, 11 dhvaja-, 12 kabandha-, 13 padma-, 14 gr̥ha-, 15 sar-aka-, 16 kaṁsa-, 17 divasa-, 18 yūṣa-, 19 andha-kāra-, 20 daṇḍa-, 21 kamaṇḍalu-, 22 maṇḍa-, 23 bhū-ta-, 24 dvī-pa-, 25 dyū-ta-, 26 cakra-, 27 dharma-, 28 kar-man-, 29 mod-aka-, 30 śata-māna-, 31 yāna-, 32 nakha-, 33 nakha-ra-, 34 car-aṇa-, 35 puccha-, 36 dāḍima-, 37 hima-, 38 rajata-, 39 saktu-, 40 pi-dhāna-, 41 sār-a-, 42 pātra-, 43 ghr̥-ta-, 44 saindhav-a-, 45 auṣadha-, 46 āḍhaka-, 47 caṣaka-, 48 droṇa-, 49 khalīna-, 50 pātrīva-, 51 ṣaṣṭi-ka-, 52 vāra-bāṇa-, 53 protha-, 54 kapi-ttha-, 55 (śuṣ-ka-), 56 *śāla-, 57 śīla-, 58 śulka- (śukla/śulba-), 59 sidhu-, 60 kavaca-, 61 reṇu-, 62 r̥ṇa-, 63 kapaṭa-, 64 śī-kara-, 65 musala-, 66 su-varṇa-, 67 varṇa-, 68 pūrva-, 69 camasa-, 70 kṣīra-, 71 karṣa-, 72 ā-kāś-a-, 73 aṣṭā-pada, 74 maṅgala-, 75 ni-dhana-, 76 nir-yās-a-, 77 jr̥mbha-, 78 vr̥t-ta, 79 pusta-, 80 busta-, 81 kṣveḍ-i-ta-, 82 śr̥ṅga-, 83 ni-gaḍa-, 84 khala-, 85 madhu-, 86 mūla-, 87 mūla-ka-, 88 sthūla-, 89 śarāva-, 90 nāla-, 91 vapra-, 92 vi-māna-, 93 mukha-, 94 pra-grīva-, 95 śūla-, 96 vajra-, 97 kaṭaka-, 98 kaṇṭaka-, 99 (karpaṭa-), 100 śikhara-, 101 kalka- (valkala-), 102 nāṭa-, 103 mastaka-, 104 valaya-, 105 kusuma-, 106 tr̥ṇa-, 107 paṅka-, 108 kuṇḍala-, 109 kirīṭa-, 110 kumuda-, 111 arbuda-, 112 aṅkuśa-, 113 timira-, 114 ā-śray-a-, 115 bhūṣ-aṇa-, 116 iṣv-āsa- (ikkasa-), 117 mukula-, 118 vasanta-, 119 taṭāka- (taḍāga-), 120 piṭaka-, 121 viṭaṅka-, 122 viḍaṅga-, 123 piṇyāka-, 124 māṣa-, 125 kośa-, 126 phalaka-, 127 dina-, 128 daivata-, 129 pināka-, 130 samara-, 131 sthā-ṇu-, 132 anīka-, 133 upa-vās-a-, 134 śāka-, 135 karpāsa-, 136 vi-śāla-, 137 caṣāla-, 138 khaṇḍa-, 139 dara-, 140 viṭapa-, 141 raṇa-, 142 bala-, 143 maka (mala-), 144 mr̥ṇāla-, 145 hasta-, 146 ārdra-, 147 hala-, 148 sū-tra-, 149 tāṇḍava-, 150 gāṇḍī-va-, 151 maṇḍa-pa-, 152 paṭaha-, 153 saudha-, 154 yodha-, 155 pārśva-, 156 śarīra-, 157 phala-, 158 chala-, 159 pura-, 160 rāṣ-ṭr

a-, 161 bimba-, 162 ambara-, 163 kuṭṭ-ima-, 164 kukkuṭa-, 165 kuḍapa-, 166 kakuda-, 167 khaṇḍala-, 168 tomara-, 169 toraṇa-, 170 mañcaka-, 171 pañca-ka, 172 puṅkha-, 173 madhya-, 174 (vala-), 175 chala-, 176 valmīka-, 177 varṣa-, 178 vas-tra-, 179 vasu-, 180 deha-, 181 ud-yāna-, 182 ud-yog-a-, 183 sneh-a-, 184 ste-na-, 185 stana-, 186 svar-a-, 187 saṁ-gam-a-, 188 niṣka-, 189 kṣe-ma-, 190 śūka-, 191 kṣattra-, 192 pav-i-tra-, 193 yauvan-a-, 194 kala-ha-, 195 pāl-aka- (māl-aka-), 196 mūṣika-, 197 maṇḍala-, 198 valkala-, 199 kuñja-, 200 vi-hār-a-, 201 loh-i-ta-, 202 viṣāṇa-, 203 bhav-ana-, 204 araṇya-, 205 pul-ina-, 206 dr̥-ḍha-, 207 ās-ana-, 208 airā-vat-a-, 209 śūrpa-, 210 tīrtha-, 211 loma-śa-, 212 tamāla-, 213 loha-, 214 daṇḍaka-, 215 śap-atha-, 216 prati-sar-a-, 217 dāru-, 218 dhanus-, 219 māna-, 220 varc-as-ka-, 221 kūrca-, 222 taṇḍaka-, 223 maṭha-, 224 sahasra-, 225 odana-, 226 pra-vāl-a-, 227 śakaṭa-, 228 apara=ahṇa-, 229 nīḍa-, 230 śakala-, 231 taṇḍula-.

arśas=āday-aḥ

[5.2.127 arśas=ādi-bhyaḥ=áC]

1 arśas-, 2 uras-, 3 tunda-, 4 catura-, 5 palita-, 6 jaṭā, 7 (ghaṭā), 8 *ghāṭā, 9 abhra-, 10 agha-, 11 kardama-, 12 amla-, 13 lavaṇa-; 14 #sva=aṅg-āt=hī-n-āt#; 15 varṇ-ā-t.

aśman=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 +ra]

1 aśman-, 2 yūtha-, 3 ūṣa-, 4 mīna-, 5 nada-, 6 dar-bha-, 7 vr̥nda-, 8 guda-, 9 khaṇḍa-, 10 naga-, 11 śikhā-, 12 koṭa-, 13 pāma-, 14 kanda-, 15 kānda-, 16 kula-, 17 gah-va-, 18 guḍa-, 19 kuṇḍala-, 20 pīna-, 21 guha-.

aśva=āday-aḥ

[4.1.110 aśva=ādibhyḥ phaÑ]

1 aśva-, 2 aśman, 3 śaṅkha-, 4 śūdraka-, 5 vida-, 6 puṭa-, 7 rohiṇa-, 8 kharjūra- (khajūra-), 9 (khañjāra-), 10 (vasta-), 11 pijūla- (pijūra-), 12 bhaḍila-, 13 bhaṇḍila-, 14 bhaḍita-, 15 bhaṇḍita-, 16 (pra-kr̥-ta-), 17 (rāmoda-), 18 kṣān-ta-, 19 (kāśa-), 20 (tīkṣṇa-), 21 (golāṅka-), 22 (arka-), 23 (svar-a-), 24 (sphuṭa-), 25 (cakra-), 26 (śraviṣṭha-), 27 pavinda-, 28 pav-itra-, 29 go-min-, 30 śyāma-, 31 dhūma-, 32 dhūm-ra-, 33 vāg-min-, 34 viśvā-nara-, 35 kuṭa-; 36 #śapa ātrey-e#; 37 jana-, 38 jaḍa-, 39 khaḍa-, 40 grīṣma-, 41 arha-, 42 kita-, 43 viśam-pa-, 44 viśāla-, 45 giri-, 46 capala-, 47 cupa-, 48 dāsa-ka-, 49 bailva- (bailya-), 50 prācya-, 51 (dharmya-), 52 ānaḍuh-ya-, 53 #puṁs-i jā-t-e#; 54 arjuna-, 55 (pra-hr̥-ta-), 56 su-manas-, 57 dur-manas-, 58 manas-, 59 (prānta-), 60 dhvana-, 61 #ātreya bhārd-vāj-e#; 62 #bharad-vāja ātrey-e#; 63 utsa-, 64 ātava-, 65 kitava-, 66 (vada-), 67 (dhan-ya-), 68 (pada-), 69 śiva-, 70 khadira-.

aśva=ādi-ḥ yaT: 5.1.39

[5.1.39 go-dvy-aca-ḥ a-saṁkhyā-parimāṇa-aśv=āder yaT]

1 aśva-, 2 aśman-, 3 gaṇa-, 4 ūrṇā, 5 umā, 6 bhaṅgā; (gaṅgā), 6 varṣā, 7 vasu-.

aśva-pati=āday-aḥ

[4.1.84 aśva-pati=ādi-bhyaś ca (aṆ 83)]

1 aśva-pati-, 2 (jñā-na-pati-), 3 śata-pati-, 4 dhana-pati-, 5 gaṇa-pati, 6 (sthāna-pati-), 7 (yajña-pati-), 8 rāṣṭra-pati-, 9 kula-pati-, 10 gr̥ha-pati-, 11 (paśu-pati-), 12 dhānya-pati-, 13 dhanva-pati-, 14 (bandhu-pati-), 15 (dharma-pati-), 16 sabhā-pati-, 17 prāṇa-pati-, 18 kṣetra-pati.

ā-karṣa=āday-aḥ ā-kaṣa=āday=aḥ

[5.2.64 ā-karṣa=ādi-bhyaḥ kaN]

1 ā-karṣa-/(ā-kaṣa-), 2 tsaru-, 3 piśāca-, 4 picaṇḍa-, 5 aśani-, 6 aśman-, 7 ni-caya-, 8 cay-a- 9 (vi-jay-a-), 10 jay-a-, 11 ā-cay-a-, 12 nay-a-, 13 pada-, 14 dīpa-, 15 hrada-, 16 hrāda-, 17 (gadgada-), 18 śakuni-.

ā-ci-ta=āday-aḥ

[6.2.146 saṁ-jñā-y-ām an-ā-ci-ta=ādī-n-ām]

1 ā-ci-ta-, 2 pari=ā-ci-ta, 3 ā-sthā-p-i-ta-, 4 pari-gr̥h-ī-ta-, 5 nir-uk-ta-, 6 prati-pan-na-, 7 apa-śliṣ-ṭa-, 8 pra-śliṣ-ṭa-, 9 upa-hi-ta-, 10 upa-sthi-ta-, 11 #saṁ-hi-tā=a-gav-i#.

ā-hi-ta=agni=āday-aḥ

[2.2.37 vā ā-hi-ta=agni=ādi-ṣu]

1 ā-hi-ta=agni-, 2 jā-ta-put-ra-, 3 jāta-danta-, 4 jāta-śmaśru-, 5 taila-pīta-, 6 ghr̥ta-pīta-, 7 (madya-pīta-), 8 ūḍha-bhārya-, 9 gata=artha-; *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

indra-janana=āday-aḥ

[4.3.88 śiśu-kranda-yama-sabha-dvandva=indra-janana=ādi-bhyaś chaḥ]

*ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇ-ḥ ayam*.

iṣ-ṭa=āday-aḥ

[5.2.88 iṣ-ṭa=ādi-bhyaś ca (ini̱-ḥ 86)]

1 iṣ-ṭa-, 2 pūr-ta-, 3 upa=ā-sad-i-ta-, 4 ni-gad-i-ta-, 5 pari-gad-i-ta-, 6 pari-vad-i-ta-, 7 ni-kath-i-ta-, 8 ni-ṣād-i-ta-, 9 ni-paṭh-i-ta-, 10 saṁ-kal-i-ta-, 11 pari-kal-i-ta-, 12 saṁ-rakṣ-i-ta-, 13 pari-rakṣ-i-ta-, 14 arc-i-ta-, 15 gaṇ-i-ta-, 16 ava-kīr-ṇa-, 17 ā-yuk-ta, 18 gr̥h-ī-ta-, 19 ā-mnā-ta-, 20 śru-ta-, 21 adh-ī-ta-, 22 (ava-dhā-na-), 23 ā-sev-i-ta-, 24 ava-dhār-i-ta-, 25 ava-kalp-i-ta-, 26 nir-ā-kr̥-ta-, 27 upa-kr̥-ta-, 28 up-ā-kr̥-ta-, 29 anu-yuk-ta-, 30 anu-gaṇ-i-ta-, 31 anu-paṭh-i-ta-, 32 vy-ā-kul-i-ta-.

uktha=āday-aḥ

[4.2.60 kratu=uktha=ādi-sūtra=ant-aṭ ṭhaK]

1 uktha-, 2 lok-ā-yata-, 3 ny-āy-a-, 4 ny-ās-a-, 5 punar-uk-ta-, 6 nir-uk-ta-, 7 ni-mitta-, 8 dvi-pad-ā, 9 jyot-iṣ-a-, 10 anu-pada-, 11 anu-kalpa-, 12 yaj-ña-, 13 dharma-, 14 carcā, 15 kram-e-tara-, 16 ślakṣa- (ślakṣṇa-), 17 saṁ-hi-tā, 18 pada-krama-, 19 saṁ-ghāt-a- (saṁ-ghaṭṭa-), 20 vr̥t-ti-, 21 pari-ṣad-, 22 saṁ-grah-a-, 23 gaṇa-, 24 guṇa-, 25 āyur-veda.

uñcha=āday-aḥ

[6.1.160 uñcha=ādī-n-āṁ ca (anta-ḥ udātta-ḥ 159)]

1 uñch-á-, 2 mlecch-á-, 3 jañj-á-, 4 jalp-á-, 5 jap-á-, 6 vadh-á-, 7 #yug-á kāla-vi-śeṣ-e ratha=ādi=upa-kar-aṇ-e ca#; 8 #gar-á-ḥ dūṣ-ye (ḍūṣ-ye)#; aP=anta-ḥ; 9 #¹ved-á-²vegá-³veṣṭá-⁴bandh-āḥ kar-aṇ-e#; 10 #¹stu-²yu-³druv-aś chand-as-i#; 11 #vart-aní-ḥ sto-tre#; 12 #śvabhr-e dar-á-ḥ#; 13 #¹sāmbá-²tāp-aú bhāva-garhā-y-ām#; 14 #¹ut-tamá-²śaśvat-tam-aú sarva-tra#; 15 #¹bhakṣ-á-²manth-á-³bhog-á-⁴deh-āḥ#.

ut-kar-a=āday-aḥ

[4.2.90 ut-kar-a=ādi-bhyaś cha-ḥ]

1 ut-kar-a-, 2 sam-phal-a-, 3 śapha-ra-, 4 pippala-, 5 pippalī-mūla-, 6 aśman-, 7 su-varṇa-, 8 khal-ā-jina-, 9 tika-, 10 kitava-, 11 aṇaka-, 12 traivaṇa-, 13 picuka-, 14 aśvattha-, 15 kāśa-, 16 kṣud-ra-, 17 bhastrā, 18 śāla-, 19 jan-yā, 20 ajira-, 21 carman-, 22 ut-kroś-a-, 23 kṣān-ta-, 24 khadira-, 25 śūrpa-ṇāy-a-, 26 śyāva-nāy-a-, 27 nai-vākav-a-, 28 tr̥ṇa-, 29 vr̥kṣa-, 30 śāka-, 31 palāśa-, 32 vi-ji-gī-ṣā, 33 an-eka-, 34 ā-tap-a-, 35 phala-, 36 sam-para-, 37 arka-, 38 garta-, 39 agni, 40 vairāṇaka-, 41 iḍā, 42 araṇya-, 43 ni-śān-ta-, 44 parṇa-, 45 nī-cāy-aka-, 46 śaṁ-kar-a-, 47 ava-roh-i-ta-, 48 kṣā-ra-, 49 vi-śāla-, 50 vetra-, 51 arīhaṇa-, 52 khaṇḍa-, 53 vātā-gāra-, 54 mantr-aṇa=arha-, 55 indra-vr̥kṣa-, 56 ni-tān-ta-vr̥kṣa-, 57 ārdra-vr̥kṣa-.

utsa=āday-aḥ

[4.1.86 utsa=ādi-bhyaḥ=aÑ]

1 utsa-, 2 uda-pā-na-, 3 vi-kar-a-, 4 vi-nad-a-, 5 mahā-nada-, 6 mahā-nasa-, 7 mahā-prā-ṇa-, 8 taruṇa-, 9 taluna-, 10 #baṣkaya ase#; 11 pr̥thivī, 12 dhenu-, 13 paṅk-ti-, 14 jag-at-ī, 15 tri-ṣṭubh-, 16 anu-ṣṭubh-, 17 jana-pada-, 18 bharata-, 19 uśī-nara-, 20 grīṣma-, 21 pīlu-kuṇa-, 22 #uda-sthāna deś-e#; 23 pr̥ṣad-aṁśa-, 24 bhallak-īya-, 25 rathaṁ-tara-, 26 madhyaṁ-dina-, 27 br̥h-at-, 28 mah-at-, 29 sat-t-vat-, 30 kuru-, 31 pañcāla-, 32 indr-āva-sā-na-, 33 uṣṇih-, 34 kakubh-, 35 su-varṇa-, 36 deva-, 37 #grīṣṁ-āt a=cchand-as-i°#.

ut-saṅga=āday-aḥ

[4.4.15 har-a-ti=ut-saṅga=ādi-bhyaḥ (ṭhaK 1)]

1 ut-saṅg-a-, 2 (uḍupa-), 3 ut-puta-, 4 ut-pan-na-, 5 ut-puṭa-, 6 piṭaka-, 7 piṭāka-.

ud-gātr̥=āday-aḥ

[5.1.129 ¹prāṇa-bhr̥t=jāti-²vayo-vac-ana=³ud-gātr̥=ādibhyaḥ=aÑ]

1 ud-gā-tr̥-, 2 un-ne-tr̥, 3 prati-har-tr̥-, 4 pra-śās-tr̥-, 5 ho-tr̥-, 6 po-tr̥-, 7 har-tr̥-, 8 ratha-gaṇ-aka-, 9 pat-ti-gaṇ-aka-, 10 su-ṣṭh-u-, 11 duṣṭhu-, 12 adhvar-yu-, 13 vadhū, 14 #su-bhaga mantre#.

upaka=āday-aḥ

[2.4.69 upaka=ādi=bhyaḥ=anya-tara-syām a-dvaṁdve (luK 58)]

1 upaka-, 2 lamaka-, 3 bhraṣṭaka-, 4 kapi-ṣṭhala-, 5 kr̥ṣṇ-ā-jina-, 6 kr̥ṣṇa-sundara-, 7 cūḍāraka-, 8 āḍāraka-, 9 gaḍu-ka-, 10 ud-aṅka-, 11 sudhāyuka-, 12 a-bandh-aka-, 13 piṅgalaka-, 14 piṣ-ṭa-ka-, 15 su-piṣ-ṭa- (supiṣṭha-), 16 mayūra-karṇa-, 17 khārī-jaṅgha-, 18 śalāthala-, 19 patañjala-, 20 padañjala-, 21 kaṭheraṇi-, 22 kuṣītaka-, 23 kāśa-kr̥tsna-, 24 ni-dāgh-a, 25 kalaśī-kaṇṭha-, 26 dāma-kaṇṭha-, 27 kr̥ṣṇa-piṅgala-, 28 karṇaka-, 29 parṇaka-, 30 jaṭilaka-, 31 badhiraka-, 32 jantuka-, 33 anu-loma-, 34 anu-pad-a-, 35 prati-loma-, 36 apa-jagha-, 37 pra-tāna-, 38 an-abhi-hi-ta-, 39 kamaka-, 40 varāṭka- (vaṭāraka*), 41 lekhābhra-, 42 kamandaka-, 43 piñjūlaka-, 44 varṇaka-, 45 masūra-karṇa-, 46 madāgha-, 47 kavantaka-, 48 kamantaka-, 49 kadā-matta-, 50 dāma-kaṇṭha-.

uras=pra-bhr̥-tay-aḥ

[5.4.151 uras=kpra-bhr̥-ti-bhyaḥ kaP]

1 ur-as-, 2 sarp-is, 3 upā-nah-, 4 pumān, 5 anaḍvān, 6 payas-, 7 nau-, 8 lakṣmī, 9 dadhi-, 10 madhu-, 11 śāli-, 12 #arth-āt=naÑ-aḥ#.

ūrī=āday-aḥ

[1.4.61 ūrī-ādi-Cvi-ḌāC-aś ca (kriyā-yoge 59 gatiś=ca 60)]

1 ūrī, 2 urarī, 3 tanthī, 4 tālī, 5 ā-tālī, 6 vetālī, 7 dhūlī, 8 dhūsī, 9 śakalā, 10 saṁ-śakalā, 11 dhvaṁsakalā, 12 bhraṁsakalā, 13 gulugudhā, 14 sajuṣ, 15 phala, 16 phalī, 17 viklī, 18 āklī, 19 ā-loṣṭhī, 20 kevālī, 21 kevāsī, 22 sevāsī, 23 paryālī, 24 śevālī, 25 varṣālī, 26 atyūmaśā, 27 vaśmaśā, 28 masmasā, 29 masamasā, 30 auṣaṭ, 31 vauṣaṭ, 32 vaṣaṭ, 33 svāhā, 34 svadhā, 35 bandhā, 36 prādus, 37 āt, 38 āvis.

r̥g-ay-ana=āday-aḥ

[4.3.73 aṆ r̥g-ay-ana=ādi-bhyaḥ]

1 r̥g-ay-ana-, 2 pada-vy-ā-khyāna-, 3 chando-māna-, 4 chando-bhāṣā, 5 chando-vi-ci-ti-, 6 ny-āy-a-, 7 punar-uk-ta-, 8 nir-uk-ta-, 9 vy-ā-kar-aṇa-, 10 ni-gam-a-, 11 vāstu-vidyā, 12 kṣatra-vidyā, 13 aṅga-vidyā, 14 vid-yā, 15 ut-pāt-a-, 16 ut-pād-a-, 17 ud-yāv-a-, 18 saṁ-vat-sara-, 19 muhūrta-, 20 upa-ni-ṣad-, 21 nimitta-, 22 śikṣā, 23 bhikṣā.

r̥śya=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 +ka]

1 r̥śya-, 2 nyag-rodha-, 3 śara-, 4 ni-lī-na-, 5 ni-vās-a-, 6 ni-vā-ta-, 7 ni-dhāna-, 8 ni-bandh-a- (ni-bandh-ana-), 9 vi-bad-dha-, 10 pari-gū-ḍha-, 11 upa-gū-ḍha-, 12 as-ani-, 13 si-ta-, 14 ma-ta-, 15 veś-man-, 16 uttara=aśman-, 17 aśman-, 18 sthū-la-, 19 bahu-, 20 khadira-, 21 śarkarā, 22 anaḍuh-, 23 araḍu-, 24 pari-vaṁśa-, 25 veṇu-, 26 vīraṇa-, 27 khaṇḍa-, 28 daṇḍa-, 29 pari-vr̥t-ta-, 30 kardama-, 31 aṁśu-.

aiṣu-kār-i=āday-aḥ

[4.2.54 bhauriki=ādi=aiṣu-kari=ādi-bhyaḥ vidhaL-bhaktaL-au]

1 aiṣu-kār-i-, 2 sārasy-āyana-, 3 cāndr-āyaṇa-, 4 dvy-ākṣ-āyaṇa-, 5 try-ākṣ-āyaṇa-, 6 auḍ-āyana-, 7 jaul-āyana-, 8 khāḍ-āyana-, 9 dāsa-mitr-i-, 10 dāsa-mitr-āyaṇa-, 11 śaudr-āyaṇa-, 12 dākṣ-āyaṇa-, 13 śāpaṇḍ-āyana- (śayaṇḍ-āyana-), 14 tārkṣy-āyaṇa-, 15 śaubhr-āyaṇa-, 16 sau-vīra-, 17 sau-vīr-āyaṇa-, 18 śapaṇḍa- (śayaṇḍa-), 19 sauṇḍa-, 20 śayāṇḍa-(śayāṇḍi-), 21 vaiśva-mānava-, 22 vaiśva-dhenav-a-, 23 naḍa-, 24 tuṇḍa-deva-, 25 viśva-deva-, 26 sāpiṇḍ-i.

kaccha=āday-aḥ

[4.2.133 kaccha-ādi-bhyaś=ca (aṆ 132)]

1 kaccha-, 2 sindhu-, 3 varṇu-, 4 gandhāra-, 5 madhu-mat-, 6 kamboja-, 7 kaśmīra-, 8 sālva-, 9 kuru-, 10 anu-ṣaṇḍa-, 11 dvīpa-, 12 anūpa-, 13 aja-vāh-a-, 14 vi-jāp-aka-, 15 kalū-tara-, 16 raṅku-.

kaḍār-āḥ

[2.2.38 kaḍār-āḥ karma-dhāray-e]

1 kaḍāra-, 2 gaḍula-, 3 khañja-, 4 khoḍa-, 5 kaṇa-, 6 kuṇṭha-, 7 khalati-, 8 gaura-, 9 vr̥d-dha-, 10 bhikṣ-uka-, 11 piṅga-, 12 piṅgala- (piṅgula-), 13 taḍa-, 14 tanu-, 15 jaṭhara-, 16 badhira-, 17 maṭhara-, 18 kañja-, 19 barbara-.

kaṇḍū=āday-aḥ

[3.1.27 kaṇḍū=ādi-bhyaḥ=yaK]

1 kaṇḍūÑ-, 2 mantu-, 3 hr̥-ṇī-Ṅ, 4 valgu-, 5 asu-, 6 man-as-, 7 mahīṄ-, 8 lāṭ-, 9 leṭ-, 10 iras-, 11 iraj-, 12 iraÑ-, 13 duvas-, 14 uṣas-, 15 veṭ-, 16 medhā-, 17 kuṣubha-, 18 namas-, 19 magadha-, 20 tantas-, 21 pampas- (papas-), 22 sukha-, 23 duḥ-kha-, 24 (bhikṣa-), 25 (car-aṇa-), 26 (carama-), 27 (avara-), 28 sapara-, 29 arara- (arar-), 30 bhiṣaj-, 31 bhiṣṇuj- (bhiṣṇaj-), 32 (apara-), 33 (āra-), 34 iṣudha-, 35 var-aṇa-, 36 curaṇa-, 37 turaṇa-, 38 bhuraṇa-, 39 gadgada-, 40 elā-, 41 kelā-, 42 khelā-, 43 (velā-), 44 (śelā-), 45 liṭ-, 46 loṭ-, 47 lekhā-, 48 lekha-, 49 rekhā-, 50 dravas-, 51 tiras-, 52 agada-, 53 uras-, 54 taraṇa- (tariṇa-), 55 payas-, 56 sam-bhūyas-, 57 sambara-. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ=ayam*.

kaṇva=āday-aḥ

[4.2.111 kaṇva=ādi-bhyaḥ=gotr-e (aṆ 110)]

See under 71 garga=āday-aḥ.

kat-tri=āday-aḥ

[4.2.95 kat-tri-ādi-bhyaḥ ḍhakaÑ]

1 kat-tri-, 2 umbhi-, 3 puṣkara-. 4 puṣkala-, 5 mod-ana-, 6 kumbhī, 7 kuṇḍina-, 8 nagarī, 9 māhiṣ-mat-ī, 10 varmatī, 11 ukhyā, 12 grāma-, 13 #kuḍyā-y-āḥ=ya-lopaś ca#.

kathā=āday-aḥ

[4.4.102 kathā=adi-bhyaṣ ṭhaK]

1 kathā, 2 vi-kathā-, 3 viśva-kathā, 4 saṁ-kathā, 5 vi-taṇḍā, 6 kuṣṭa-vid- (kuṣṭha-vid-), 7 jana-vād-a-, 8 jane-vād-a-, 9 jano-vād-a-, 10 vr̥t-ti-, 11 saṁ-grah-a-, 12 guṇa-, 13 gaṇa-, 14 āyur-veda-.

karkī=āday-aḥ

[6.2.87 prasth-e=a-vr̥d-dham a-karkī=ādī-n-ām]

1 karkī, 2 maghnī, 3 makarī, 4 karkandhu-, 5 śamī, 6 karīra- (karīri-), 7 kanduka-, 8 kuvala- (kavala-), 9 badarī.

¹karṇa=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 +phiÑ]

1 karṇa- 2 vas-iṣṭha-, 3 arka-, 4 arka-lūṣa-, 5 dru-pada-, 6 ānaḍuh-ya-, 7 pāñca-jan-ya-, 8 sphiga- (sphij-), 9 kumbhī, 10 kuntī, 11 ji-t-van-, 12 jīv-anta-, 13 kuliśa-, 14 āṇḍī-vat- (āṇḍī-vata-), 15 java-, 16 jaitra-, 17 ānaka- (ākana-).

²karṇa=āday-aḥ

[5.2.24 ta-sya ¹pāka-²mūle ¹pīlu=adi-²karṇa=ādi-bhyaḥ ¹kuṇaP-²jāhaC-au]

1 karṇa-, 2 akṣi-, 3 nakha-, 4 mukha-, 5 keśa-, 6 pād-a, 7 gulpha-, 8 bhrū, 9 śr̥ṅga-, 10 danta-, 11 oṣṭha-, 12 pr̥ṣṭha-.

kalyāṇī=āday-aḥ

[4.1.126 kalyāṇī=ādī-nām inaṄ ca (ḍhaK 120)]

kalyāṇ-ī, 2 su-bhag-ā, 3 dur-bhag-ā, 4 bandhak-ī, 5 anu-dr̥ṣ-ṭi-, 6 anu-sr̥ṣ-ṭi-, 7 jar-at-ī, 8 balīvard-ī, 9 jy-e-ṣṭh-ā, 10 kan-iṣṭh-ā, 11 madhya-m-ā, 12 para-strī.

kaska=āday-aḥ

[8.3.48 kaska=ādi-ṣu ca]

1 kaska-ḥ, 2 kautaska-ḥ, 3 bhrātuṣ-putra-ḥ; 4 śun-as-karṇa-ḥ, 5 sadyas-kāla-ḥ, 6 sadyas-krī-ḥ 7 sadyas-ka-ḥ, 8 kāṁ-s-kān, 9 sarpiṣ-kuṇḍ-ik-ā, 10 dhanuṣ-kapāla-m, 11 bahiṣ-pala-m (barhiṣ-pala-m), 12 yajuṣ-pātra-m, 13 ayas-kānta-ḥ, 14 tamas-kāṇḍa-ḥ, 15 ayas-kāṇḍa-ḥ, 16 medas-piṇḍa-ḥ, 17 bhās-kara-ḥ, 18 ahas-kara-ḥ.

kārta-kaujapa=āday-aḥ

[6.2.37 kārta-kaujapa=āday-aś ca]

1 kārta=kaujap-au, 2 sāvarṇi-māṇḍūk-ey-au, 3 avanti=aśmak=āḥ, 4 paila-śyāparṇ-ey-āḥ, 5 kapi-śyāparṇ-ey-āḥ, 6 śaitikākṣa-pāñcāl-ey-āḥ; 7 kaṭuka-vādhūl-ey-āḥ, 8 śākala-śunak-āḥ, 9 śākala-saṇak-āḥ, 10 śaṇaka-bābhrav-āḥ, 11 ārcābhi-maudgal-āḥ, 12 kunti-surāṣṭr-āḥ, 13 cinti-surāṣṭr-āḥ, 14 taṇḍa-vataṇḍ-āḥ, 15 a-vi-mat-ta-kāma-vid-dh-āḥ, 16 bābhrava-śālaṅk-āyan-āḥ, 17 bābhrava-dāna-cyu-t-āḥ, 18 kaṭha-kālāp-āḥ, 19 kaṭha-kauthum-āḥ, 20 kauthuma-laukākṣ-āḥ, 21 strī-kumāra-m, 22 maudga-paippl-ād-āḥ, 23 vatsa-jar-ant-aḥ, 24 sauśruta-pārthav-āḥ, 25 jarā-mr̥tyū, 26 yājya=anuvāk-y-e.

kāśa=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 +ilaC]

1 kāśa-, 2 pāśa-, 3 aśvattha-, 4 palāśa-, 5 piyūkṣā, 6 car-aṇa-, 7 vās-a-, 8 naḍa-, 9 vana-, 10 kardama-, 11 kacchūla-, 12 kaṅkaṭa-, 13 guhā, 14 bisa-, 15 tr̥ṇa-, 16 karpūra-, 17 bar-bara-, 18 madhu-ra-, 19 graha-, 20 kapi-ttha-, 21 jatu-, 22 śīpāla-.

kāśi=āday-aḥ

[4.2.116 kāśi=adi-bhyaṣ ¹ṭhaÑ=²Ñi̱ṭh-au]

1 kāśi, 2 cedi- (vedi-), 3 sāṁ-yā-ti, 4 saṁ-vāh-a-, 5 a-cyu-ta-, 6 mod-a-māna-, 7 śakul-ād-a-, 8 hasti-karṣū, 9 ku-nāman-, 10 hiraṇya-, 11 kar-aṇa-, 12 go-vās-ana-, 13 bhāraṅg-ī, 14 ari-ṁ-dama-, 15 ar-itra-, 16 deva-datta-, 17 daśa-grāma-, 18 śauc-āva-tā-n-a-, 19 yuva-rāja-, 20 upa-rāja-, 21 deva-rāja-, 22 mod-ana-, 23 sindhu-mitra-, 24 dāsa-mitra-, 25 sudhā-mitra-, 26 soma-mitra-, 27 chāga-mitra-, 28 sādha-mitra- (sadha-mitra-), 29 #ā-pad-ādi-pūrva-pad-āt kāla=ant-āt# (ā-pad-, ūrdhva-, tad-).

kāṣṭha=āday-aḥ

[8.1.67 pūj-an-āt pūj-i-ta-m anudātta-ṁ kāṣṭha=ādi=bhyaḥ]

1 kāṣṭha-, 2 dāruṇa-, 3 a-mātā-putra-, 4 veśa-, 5 an-ā-jñā-ta-, 6 anu-jñā-ta-, 7 a-putra-, 8 a-yu-ta-, 9 adbhuta-, 10 an-uk-ta-, 11 bhr̥śa-, 12 ghora-, 13 sukha-, 14 para-ma-, 15 su-, 16 ati-.

kiṁśulaka=kiṁśuluka=āday-ḥ

[6.3.117 ¹vana-²gir-yoḥ saṁjñā-yāṁ ¹koṭara-²kiṁśuluka=ādī-nāṁ (dīrghaḥ 111)]

1 kiṁśuluka- (kiṁśulaka-), 2 śālva-, 3 naḍa-, 4 añj-ana-, 5 bhañj-ana-, 6 loh-ita-, 7 kukkuṭa-.

kir=aday-aḥ

[7.2.75 kir-aś ca pañca-bhyaḥ (saN-i 74 iṬ 35)]

Dhp VI 116 kr̄ vi-kṣép-e; 117 gr̄ ni-gár-aṇ-e; 118 dr̥Ṅ ā-dar-é (án-ā-dar-e); 119 dhr̥Ṅ ava-sthān-e (án-ava-sthān-e); 120 prachA jñīpsā-y-ām.

kiśara=kisara=āday-aḥ

[4.4.53 kiśara=ādi-bhyas ṢṭhaN]

1 kiśara- (kisara-), 2 narada-, 3 nalada-, 4 sthāgala-, 5 tagara-, 6 guggulu-, 7 uśīra-, 8 hari-drā, 9 haridru-, 10 parṇī (pargī).

kuñja=āday-aḥ

[4.1.98 go-tr-e kuñja=ādi-bhyaś CphaÑ]

1 kuñja-, 2 bradhna-, 3 śaṅkha-, 4 bhas-man-, 5 gaṇa-, 6 lo-man-, 7 śaṭha-, 8 śāka-, 9 śuṇḍā, 10 śubha-, 11 vi-pāś-, 12 skanda-, 13 skambha-.

kuṭ=āday-aḥ

[1.2.1 ¹gāṄ²kútÁ=ādi-bhyaḥ a-Ñ-Ṇ-IT Ṅ-IT]

Dhp VI 73 kútÁ kaúṭil-y-e; 74 púṭÁ saṁ-śleṣ-aṇ-e; 75 kúcÁ saṁ-kóc-an-e; 76 gújÁ śábd-e; 77 gúḍÁ rakṣā-y-ām; 78 ḍípÁ kṣép-e; 79 chúrÁ chéd-an-e; 80 sphúṭA vi-kás-an-e; 81 múṭÁ ¹ā-kṣép-a-²pra-márd-anay-oḥ; 82 trúṭÁ chéd-an-e; 83 túṭÁ kalaha-kár-maṇ-i; 84 cúṭÁ chúṭÁ chéd-an-e; 85 júḍÁ bándh-an-e; 86 káḍÁ mad-é; 87 lúṭÁ saṁ-śléṣ-aṇ-e; 88 kŕḍÁ ghana-tv-é; 89 kúḍÁ bāly-e; 90 púḍÁ ut-sárg-e; 91 ghuṭA prati-ghāt-é; 92 túḍÁ tóḍ-an-e; 93 thúḍÁ 94 sthúḍÁ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e; 95 sphúrÁ; 96 sphúlÁ saṁ-cál-ane; 97 sphúḍÁ; 98 cúḍÁ; 99 vrúḍÁ saṁ-vár-aṇ-e; (100 krúḍÁ 101 bhŕḍÁ ni-májj-an-e); (102 húḍÁ saṁ-ghāt-é); 103 gúrī ud-yam-an-e; 104 ṇū stáv-ane; 105 dhū vi-dhūn-an-e; 106 gu purīṣa=ut-sárg-e; 107 dhru ¹gáti-²sthaíryay-oḥ.

¹kumuda=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 +ṭhaC]

1 kumuda-, 2 śarkarā, 3 nyag-rodh-a-, 4 ikkaṭa-, 5 saṁ-kaṭa-, 6 kaṅkaṭa-, 7 garta-, 8 bīja-, 9 pari-vāp-a-, 10 nir-yās-a-, 11 śakaṭa-, 12 kaca-, 13 madhu, 14 śirīṣa-, 15 aśva-, 16 aśvattha-, 17 balba-ja-, 18 yavāṣa-, 19 kūpa-, 20 vi-kaṅkata-, 21 daśa-grāma-.

²kumuda=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 +ṭhaK]

1 kumuda-, 2 go-maya-, 3 ratha-kār-a-, 4 daśa-grāma-, 5 aśvattha-, 6 śālmali-, 7 śirīṣa-, 8 muni-sthala-, 9 kuṇḍala-, 10 kūṭa-, 11 madhu-karṇa-, 12 ghāsa-kunda-, 13 śuci-karṇa-.

kumbha-pady-aḥ

[5.4.139 kumbha-padī-ṣu ca (pāda-sya lopa-ḥ 138)]

1 kumbha-pad-ī, 2 eka-pad-ī, 3 jala-pad-ī, 4 (śūla-pad-ī), 5 muni-pad-ī, 6 guṇa-pad-ī, 7 śata-pad-ī, 8 sūtra-pad-ī, 9 godhā-pad-ī, 10 kalaśī-pad-ī, 11 vi-pad-ī 12 (tr̥ṇa-pad-ī), 13 dvi-pad-ī, 14 tri-pad-ī, 15 ṣaṭ-pad-ī, 16 dāsī-pad-ī, 17 śiti-pad-ī, 18 viṣṇu-pad-ī, 20 niṣ-pad-ī, 21 ārdra-pad-ī, 22 kuṇi-pad-ī, 23 kr̥ṣṇa-pad-ī, 24 śuci-pad-ī, 25 droṇī-pad-ī (droṇa-pad-ī), 26 dru-pad-ī, 27 sūkara-pad-ī, 28 śakr̥t-pad-ī, 29 aṣṭā-pad-ī, 30 sthūṇā-pad-ī, 31 a-pad-ī, 32 sūcī-pad-ī.

kuru=āday-aḥ

[4.1.151 kuru=adi-bhyaḥ=Ṇya-ḥ]

1 kuru-, 2 gargara-, 3 maṅguṣa-, 4 aja-mār-a-, 5 ratha-kāra-, 6 vāvad-ūka-, 7 #sam-āj-a-ḥ kṣatriy-e#; 8 kavi-, 9 vi-ma-ti-, 10 kāpiñjala=ādi-, 11 vāk, 12 vāma-ratha-, 13 pitr̥-mat-, 14 indra-jālī (indra-lāji), 15 ej-i, 16 vātaki-, 17 dāmoṣṇīṣi-, 18 gaṇa-kār-i-, 19 kaiśor-i-, 20 kuṭa-, 21 śalākā (śālākā), 22 mura-, 23 pura-, 24 erakā, 25 śubh-ra-, 26 abhra-, 27 darbha-, 28 keś-in-ī; 29 #ven-āt=chand-as-i#; 30 śūrpa-ṇāy-a-, 31 śyāva-nāy-a-, 32 śyāva-ratha-, 33 śyāva-putra-, 34 satyaṁ-kār-a-, 35 vaḍabhī-kār-a-, 36 pathi-kār-a-, 37 mū-ḍha-, 38 śakandhu-, 39 śaṅku-, 40 śaka-, 41 śāl-in-, 42 śāl-īna-, 43 kar-tr̥-, 44 har-tr̥-, 45 ina-, 46 piṇḍ-ī, 47 takṣan-, 48 #vāma-ratha-sya kaṇva=ādi-vat svara-varjam#.

kulāla=āday-aḥ

[4.3.118 kulāl=ādi-bhyaḥ vuÑ]

1 kulāla-, 2 varuḍa-, 3 caṇḍāla-, 4 ni-ṣād-a-, 5 karmāra-, 6 senā, 7 sirindhra- (siridhra-), 8 sairindhra-, 9 deva-rāja-, 10 parṣad- (pari-ṣad-), 11 vadhū, 12 madhu-, 13 ruru-, 14 rud-ra-, 15 anaḍuh- (anaḍuha-), 16 brah-man-, 17 kumbha-kār-a-, 18 śva-pāk-a-.

kr̥-ta=āday-aḥ

[2.1.59 śreṇi=āday-aḥ kr̥-ta=ādi-bhiḥ]

1 kr̥-ta-, 2 mi-ta-, 3 ma-ta-, 4 bhū-ta-, 5 uk-ta-, 6 (yuk-ta-), 7 sam-ā-jñā-ta-, 8 sam-ā-mnā-ta-, 9 sam-ā-khyā-ta-, 10 sam-bhāv-i-ta-, 11 (saṁ-sev-i-ta-), 12 ava-dhār-i-ta-, 13 nir-ā-kr̥-ta-, 14 upa-kr̥-ta-, 19 (ud-ā-hr̥-ta-), 20 (vi-śru-ta-), 21 (ud-i-ta-). *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

kr̥śa=aśva=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 +chaṆ]

1 krśa=aśva-, 2 a-riṣ-ṭa-, 3 a-riśma-, 4 veś-man-, 5 vi-śāla-, 6 loma-śa-, 7 roma-śa-, 8 roma-ka-, 9 loma-ka-, 10 śabala-, 11 kūṭa-, 12 varcala-, 13 su-varcala-, 14 su-kar-a-, 15 sūkar-a-, 16 pratara- (prā-tara-), 17 sa-dr̥ś-a-, 18 pura-ga-, 19 purā-ga-, 20 su-kha-, 21 dhūma-, 22 ajina-, 23 vi-na-ta-, 24 ava-na-ta-, 25 kuvidyāsa- (vi-kuṭyāsa/kuviṭyāsa-), 26 parā-śara-, 27 arus-, 28 ayas-, 29 maudgalyākara- (maudgalya-, yukara-).

koṭara=āday-aḥ

[6.3.117 vana-giry-oḥ saṁjñā-y-āṁ koṭara-kiṁśuluka-ādī-nam (dīrgha-ḥ 111)]

1 koṭara-, 2 misra-ka-, 3 sidhraka-, 4 pura-ga-, 5 śārika- (sārika-).

kratu=āday-aḥ

[6.2.118 kratu=āday-aś ca]

1 kratu-, 2 dr̥śīka-, 3 pratīka-, 4 pra-tūr-ti, 5 hav-ya-, 6 bhav-ya-, 7 bhaga-.

krama=āday-aḥ

[4.2.61 krama=ādi-bhyaḥ=vuN]

1 krama-, 2 pada-, 3 śikṣā, 4 mīmāṁsā, 5 sāman-.

krī=aday-ah

= Dhp IX 1-61.

kroḍa=āday-aḥ

[4.1.56 na kroḍa=ādi-bahv=aC-aḥ (ṄīṢ 40)]

1 kroḍa-, 2 nakha-, 3 khura-, 4 gokhā, 5 ukhā, 6 śikhā, 7 vāla-, 8 śapha-, 9 guda-. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

krauḍi=āday-aḥ

[4.1.80 krauḍi=ādi-bhyaś ca (striyām 3 ṢyaṄ 78)]

1 krauḍ-i-, 2 lāḍ-i, 3 vyāḍ-i-, 4 āpi-śal-i-, 5 āpa-kṣit-i-, 6 caupayat-a-, 7 caitayat-a- (vaitayat-a-), 8 śaikayat-a-, 9 bailva-yat-a, 10 saudhātak-i, 11 #sū-ta yuvaty-ām#; 12 #bhoja kṣatriy-e#; 13 yautak-i-, 14 kauṭ-i-, 15 bhaurik-i-, 16 bhaulik-i-, 17 śāl-mal-i-, 18 śālā-sthal-i-, 19 kapi-ṣṭhal-i-, 20 gau-kakṣ-ya-.

kṣubh-nā=āday-aḥ

[8.4.39 kṣubh-nā=ādi-ṣu ca (na 34 na-ḥ ṇa-ḥ 1)]

1 kṣubh-nā-, 2 nr̥-nam-ana-, 3 nand-in-, 4 nand-ana-, 5 nagara-: etā-n-i uttara-padā-n-i saṁjñā-y-ām pra-yoj-ay-anti; 6 hari-nand-ī, 7 hari-nand-ana-, 8 giri-nagara-m, 9 #nr̥t-i̱-r yaṄ-i pra-yoj-ay-anti#; 10 nart-ana-, 11 gahana-, 12 nand-ana-, 13 ni-veś-a-, 14 ni-vās-a-, 15 ag-ni-, 16 anūpa- : #etā-n-i uttara-pāda-n-i pra-yoj-ay-anti#, 17 pari-nart-ana-m, 18 pari-gah-ana-m, 19 pari-nand-ana-m, 20 śara-ni-vesa-ḥ, 21 śara-ni-vāsa-ḥ, 22 śar-ā-gni-ḥ, 23 darbh-ā-nūpa-ḥ, 24 #ā-cār-y-āt a-ṇa-tva-ṁ ca: ā-cār-ya-bhog-īna-ḥ#. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

khaṇḍika=āday-aḥ

[4.2.45 khaṇḍika=ādi-bhyaś ca (aÑ 44)]

1 khaṇḍika- (khaṇḍikā), 2 vaḍavā, 3 #kṣudraka-mālav-āt senā saṁjñā-y-ām#; 4 bhikṣ-u-ka-, 5 śuka-, 6 ulūka-, 7 śvan-, 8 ahan-, 9 yuga-varatrā (yuga-varatra-), 10 hala-bandha (hala-bandhā).

gam-in=āday-aḥ

[3.3.3 bhav-i-ṣyat-i gam-i(n)=āday-aḥ]

1 gam-ī, 2 ā-gam-ī, 3 bhāv-ī, 4 pra-sthā-y-ī, 5 prati-rodh-ī, 6 prati-bodh-ī, 7 prati-yā-y-ī, 8 prati-yog-ī.

garga=āday-aḥ

[4.1.105 garga=ādi-bhyaḥ=yaÑ]

1 garga-, 2 vatsa-, 3 #vāja-a-se#; 4 saṁ-kr̥-ti-, 5 aja-, 6 vyāghra-pād-, 7 vida-bhr̥-t-, 9 prāc-īna-yog-a-, 9 agasti-, 10 pulasti-, 11 camasa-, 12 rebha-, 13 agni-veśa-, 14 śaṅkha-, 15 śaṭa-, 16 śaka-, 17 eka-, 18 dhūma-, 19 avaṭa-, 20 manas-, 21 dhanaṁ-jay-a-, 22 vr̥kṣa-, 23 viśvā-vasu-, 24 jara-m-āṇa-;

loh-ita=āday-aḥ (q.v. 202 below)

25 loh-ita-, 26 saṁś-i-ta-, 27 babhru-, 28 valgu-, 29 maṇḍu-, 30 gaṇḍu-, 31 śaṅku-, 32 ligu-, 33 guhalu-, 34 mantu-, 35 maṅkṣu-, 36 aligu-, 37 jigīṣ-u-, 38 manu-, 39 tantu-, 40 manāyī, 41 sūnu-, 42 kath-aka-, 43 kanthaka-, 44 r̥kṣa-, 45 tr̥kṣa- (vr̥kṣa-), 46 (tanu-), 47 tarukṣa-, 48 talukṣa-, 49 taṇḍa-, 50 vataṇḍa-, 51 kapi-, 52 kata- (kapi-kata-), 53 kuru-kata-, 54 anaḍuh-;

kaṇva=āday-aḥ (cf. 38 above)

55 kaṇva-, 56 śakala-, 56 go-kakṣa-, 57 agastya-, 58 kuṇḍ-in-ī, 59 yajña-valka-, 60 parṇa-valka-, 61 a-bhaya-jā-ta-, 62 vi-roh-i-ta-, 63 vr̥ṣa-gaṇa-, 64 rahū-gaṇa-, 65 śaṇḍila-, 66 varṇaka- (caṇaka), 67 culuka-, 68 mudgala-, 69 musala-, 70 jam-ad-ag-ni-, 71 parāśara-, 72 jatū-karṇa- (jātū-karṇa-), 73 mah-i-ta-, 74 mantr-i-ta-, 75 aśma-ratha-, 76 śarkar-ā-kṣa-, 77 pū-ti-māṣa-, 78 sthū-rā, 79 a-dar-aka- (araraka-), 80 elāka-, 81 piṅgala-, 82 kr̥ṣ-ṇa-, 83 golanda-, 84 ulūka-, 85 titikṣa-, 86 bhiṣaj- (bhi-ṣaja), 87 (bhiṣṇaja-), 88 bhaḍ-i-ta-, 89 bhaṇḍ-i-ta-, 90 dalbha-, 91 cekit-a-, 92 cikit-s-i-ta-, 93 deva-hū, 94 indra-hū, 95 eka-lū, 96 pippalū, 97 br̥h-ad-ag-ni-, 98 (su-loh-in-), 99 su-lābh-in-, 100 uktha-, 101 kuṭīgu.

gav=āday-aḥ

[5.1.2 u-gav=ādi-bhyaḥ=yaT]

1 go-, 2 hav-is-, 3 akṣara-, 4 viṣa-, 5 barhis-, 6 aṣṭakā, 7 skhadā (svada), 8 yuga-, 9 medhā, 10 sruc-, 11 #nābhi nabha-ṁ ca#; 12 #śun-aḥ sam-pra-sār-aṇa-ṁ vā ca dīrgha-tvaṁ tat-saṁ-ni-yog-ena ca=anta=udātta-tvam#; 13 #ūdhas-aḥ=anaṄ ca#; 14 kūpa-, 15 khada-, 16 dara- (udara-), 17 khara-, 18 asura-, 19 adhvan-, (adhvan-a-), 20 kṣara-, 21 ved-a-, 22 bīja-, 23 dīp-ta- (dīsa-).

gava=aśva-pra-bhr̥-tī-n-i

[2.3.11 gava=aśva-pra-bhr̥-tī-n-i ca (eka-vac-ana-m 1)]

1 gava=aśva-m, 2 gava=avika-m, 3 gava=eḍaka-m, 4 aja=avika-m, 5 aja=eḍaka-m, 6 kubja-vāmana-m, 7 kubja-kirāta-m, 8 putra-pautra-m, 9 śva-caṇḍāla-m, 10 strī-kumāra-m, 11 dāsī-māṇavaka-m, 12 śāṭī-paṭīra-m, 13 śāṭī-pracchada-m, 14 śātī-paṭṭika-m, 15 uṣṭra-khara-m, 16 uṣṭra-śaśa-m, 17 mūtra-śakr̥t, 18 mūtra-purīṣa-m, 19 yakr̥t=medaḥ, 20 māṁsa-śoṇita-m, 21 darbha-śara-m, 22 darbha-pūtīka-m, 23 arjuna-śirīṣa-m, 24 arjuna-puruṣa-m, 25 tr̥ṇ=ulapa-m (tr̥ṇa=upala-m), 26 dāsī-dāsa-m, 27 kuṭī-kuṭa-m, 28 bhāgavatī-bhāgavata-m.

gaha=āday-aḥ

[4.2.138 gaha=ādi-bhyaś ca (cha-ḥ 137)]

1 gaha-, 2 anta-stha-, 3 sama-, 4 vi-ṣama-, 5 #madhya madhya-ma-ṁ ca aṆ car-aṇ-e#; 6 uttama-, 7 aṅga-, 8 vaṅga-, 9 magadha-, 10 pūrva-pakṣa-, 11 apara-pakṣa-, 12 adhama-śākha-, 13 uttama-śākha-, 14 eka-śākha-, 15 samāna-śākha-, 16 samāna-grāma-, 17 eka-grāma-, 18 eka-vr̥kṣa-, 19 eka-palāśa-, 20 iṣu=agra-, 21 iṣu=anīka-, 22 ava-syand-ana-, 23 kāma-pra-stha-, 24 khāḍ-āyana- (śāḍikāḍ-āyani-/khāḍ-āyani-), 25 kāṭheraṇi-, 26 lāve-raṇi-, 27 saumitri-, 28 śaiśiri-, 29 ā-su-t-, 30 daiva-śarm-i-, 31 śraut-i-, 32 ā-hiṁs-i-, 33 ā-mitr-i- 34 vyāḍ-i-, 35 baij-i-, 36 ādhyaśv-i-, 37 ā-nr̥-śaṁs-i-, 38 śauṅg-i-, 39 āgni-śarm-i-, 40 bhauj-i-, 41 vārāṭak-i-, 42 vākmīk-i-, 43 kṣaima-vr̥d-dh-i-, 44 āśvatth-i-, 45 aud-gāha-mān-i-, 46 aik-a-, 47 bindav-i-, 48 danta=agra-, 49 haṁsa-, 50 tantu=agra-, 51 uttara-, 52 an-antara-, 53 #mukha-pārśva-tas-or lopa-ḥ#; 54 #jana-paray-or ku̱K ca#; 55 #deva-sya ca#; 56 #veṇuka=ādi-bhyaś chaṆ#. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

guḍa=āday-aḥ

[4.4.103 guḍa=ādi-bhyaṣ ṭhaÑ]

1 guḍa-, 2 kulmāṣa-, 3 sak-tu-, 4 apūpa-, 5 māṁsa=odana-, 6 ikṣu-, 7 veṇu-, 8 saṁ-grāma-, 9 saṁ-ghāt-a-, 10 (saṁ-krām-a-), 11 (saṁ-vāh-a-), 12 pra-vās-a-, 13 ni-vās-a-, 14 upa-vās-a-.

guṇa=āday-aḥ

[6.2.176 na guṇa=āday-aḥ=ava-yav-āḥ]

1 guṇa-, 2 akṣara-, 3 adhy-āy-a-, 4 sūkta-, 5 chando-māna-. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

gr̥ṣṭi=āday-aḥ

[4.1.136 gr̥ṣṭi=ādi-bhyaś ca (ḍhaÑ 135)]

1 gr̥ṣṭi-, 2 hr̥ṣ-ṭi-, 3 bali-, 4 hali-, 5 aja-vasti-, 6 mitra-yu.

go-tra=ādī-n-i

[8.1.27 tiṄ-aḥ go-tra=ādī-n-i kuts-ana=ābhīkṣṇyay-oḥ]

1 go-tra-, 2 bruva-, 3 pra-vac-ana-, 4 pra-has-ana-, 5 pra-kath-ana-, 6 praty-ay-ana-, 7 pra-pañca-, 8 pr-ā-ya-, 9 ny-āy-a-, 10 pra-cakṣ-aṇa-, 11 vi-cakṣ-aṇa-, 12 ava-cakṣ-aṇa-, 13 sv-ā-dhy-āy-a-, 14 bhū-y-iṣṭha-, 15 #vā nāma#. [Cf. 8.1.69].

go-pav-ana=āday-aḥ

[2.4.67 na go-pav-ana=ādi-bhyaḥ luK 58]

1 go-pav-ana-, 2 śigru-, 3 bindu-, 4 bhāj-ana-, 5 aśva=ava-tān-a- (aśva-, ava-tān-a-), 6 śyāmāka-, 7 śyāmaka-, 8 śyā-parṇa-.

go-ṣad-āday-aḥ

[5.2.62 go-ṣad-ādi-bhyaḥ=vuN]

1 go-ṣad-, 2 iṣ-e tvā, 3 mātari-śvan-, 4 deva-sya tvā, 5 devī-r āp-aḥ, 6 kr̥ṣṇo'-sya=ākhare-ṣṭha-ḥ, 7 devī-ṁ dhiya (daivī-ṁdhiya), 8 rakṣo-haṇ-a, 9 yuñj-āna-, 10 añj-ana-, 11 pra-bhū-ta-, 12 pra-tūr-ta-, 13 kr̥śānu-.

¹gaura=āday-aḥ

[4.1.41 Ṣ-it=gaura=ādi-bhyaś ca (ṄīṢ 40)]

1 gaur-a-, 2 matsya-, 3 manuṣya-, 4 śr̥ṅga-, 5 piṅga-la-, 6 haya-, 7 gavaya-, 8 mukaya-, 9 r̥śya-, 10 (puṭa), 11 (tūṇa-), 12 dru-ṇa-, 13 droṇa-, 14 hariṇa-, 15 kokaṇa- (kākaṇa-), 16 paṭara-, 17 uṇaka-, 18 āmalaka- (āmala-), 19 kuvala-, 20 bimba-, 21 badara-, 22 pharkaraka- (karkaraka-), 23 tarkāra-, 24 śarkāra-, 25 puṣkara-, 26 śikhaṇḍa-, 27 salada-, 28 śaṣkaṇḍa-, 29 sananda-, 30 su-ṣama-, 31 su-ṣav-a-, 32 alinda-, 33 gaḍula-, 34 ṣāṇḍaśa-, 35 āḍhaka-, 36 ā-nand-a-, 37 āśvattha-, 38 sr̥pāṭa-, 39 ākhaka- (āpaccika-), 40 śaṣ-kula-, 41 sūrya- (sūrma-), 42 śūrpa-, 43 sūca-, 44 yūṣa- (pūṣa-), 45 yūtha-, 46 sūpa-, 47 metha-, 48 vallaka-, 49 dhātaka- (ghāt-aka-), 50 sallaka, 51 mālaka-, 52 mālata-, 53 sālvaka-, 54 vetasa-, 55 vr̥kṣa- (vr̥sa-), 56 atasa-, 57 ubhaya-, 58 bhr̥ṅga-, 59 maha-, 60 maṭha-, 61 ched-a-, 62 peś-a-, 63 med-a-, 64 śvan-, 65 takṣan-, 66 anaḍuhī, 67 anaḍvāhī, 68 #eṣ-aṇa-ḥ kar-aṇ-e#; 69 deha-, 70 deha-la-, 71 kāk-ā-d-ana-, 72 gava=ad-ana-, 73 tej-ana-, 74 raj-ana-, 75 lav-aṇa-, 76 aud-gāh-a-mān-i-, 77 gautama- (go-tama-), 78 (pāraka-), 79 ayaḥ-sthūṇa- (āyasthūṇa-), 80 bhaurik-i-, 81 bhaulik-i-, 82 bhau-liṅg-i-, 83 yāna- (pāna-), 84 medh-a-, 85 ā-lamb-i-, 86 ā-laj-i-, 87 ā-lab-dh-i, 88 ā-lakṣ-i-, 89 kevāla-, 90 āpaka-, 91 ā-raṭ-a-, 92 naṭa-, 93 ṭoṭa-, 94 noṭa-, 95 mūlāṭa-, 96 śāt-ana-, 97 (pot-ana-), 98 pāt-ana-, 99 pāṭ-ana- (pānaṭa-), 100 ā-star-aṇa-, 101 adhi-kar-aṇa-, 102 adhi-kār-a-, 103 āgra-hāy-aṇ-ī, 104 prati=ava-roh-iṇ-ī, 105 (sec-ana-), 106 #su-maṅgal-āt saṁjñā-y-ām#; 107 aṇḍara-, 108 sundara-, 109 maṇḍala-, 110 manthara-, 111 maṅgala-, 112 paṭa-, 113 piṇḍa-, 114 (ṣaṇḍa-), 115 ūrda-, 116 gurda-, 117 śama-, 118 sūda-, 119 auḍa- (ārdra-), 120 hr̥da- (hr̥d-), 121 pāṇḍa-, 122 bhāṇḍa- (bhāṇḍala-), 123 (loha=aṇḍa-), 124 kadara-, 125 kandara-, 126 kadala-, 127 taruṇa-, 128 taluna-, 129 kalmāṣa-, 130 br̥h-at-, 131 mah-at-, 132 (soma-), 133 sau-dharma-, 134 #roh-iṇ-ī nakṣatr-e#; 135 #re-vat-ī nakṣatr-e#; 136 vi-kala-, 137 niṣ-kala-, 138 puṣ-kala-, 139 #kaṭ-āt=śroṇi-vac-an-e#; 140 #pippalī=āday-aś ca#: pippal-ī,

141 harītak-ī, 142 kośātak-ī, 143 Śam=ī, 144 var-ī, 145 śar-ī, 146 pr̥thiv-ī, 147 kroṣ-ṭu-, 148 mātāmaha-, 149 pitāmaha-.

²gaura=āday-aḥ

[6.2.194 up-āt ¹dvy=aC=²ajinam a-gaura=āday-aḥ (anta-ḥ 143 udātta-h 64)]

1 gaur-a-, 2 taiṣ-a-, 3 tail-a-, 4 leṭa-, 5 loṭa-, 6 jihvā, 7 kr̥ṣ-ṇā, 8 kanyā, 9 gudh-a-, 10 kalpa-, 11 pād-a-.

graha=āday-aḥ

[3.1.134 ¹nand-i=²grah-i-³paca=ādi-bhyaḥ ¹Lyu-²Ṇini̱=³aC-aḥ]

1 grāh-ī, 2 ut-sāh-ī, 3 ud-dās-ī, 4 ud-bhās-ī, 5 sthā-y-ī, 6 mantr-ī, 7 sam-mard-ī, 8 #rakṣa-śru-vapa̱-ś-ām n-au#: ni-rakṣ-ī, 9 ni-śrāv-ī, 10 ni-vāp-ī, 11 ni-śa-y-ī; 12 #¹yācR̥-²vy-ā-hr̥-³saṁ-vy-ā-hr̥-⁴vraja̱-⁵vada̱-⁶vas-ām prati-ṣid-dhā-n-ām#; 13 a-yāc-ī, 14 a-vy-ā-hār-ī, 15 a-saṁ-vy-ā-hār-ī, 16 a-vrāj-ī, 17 a-vād-ī, 18 a-vās-ī; #aC-ām a-cit-ta-kar-tr̥-kā-ṇ-ām (prati-ṣid-dhā-n-ām)#: 19 a-kār-ī, 20 a-hār-ī, 21 a-vi-nā-y-ī; 22 vi-śā-y-ī (*a-vi-śā-y-i), 23 vi-ṣā-y-ī (*a-vi-ṣā-y-ī): #vi-śay-ī vi-ṣa-y-ī deś-e#: 24 vi-śa-y-ī, 25 vi-ṣa-y-ī; 26 abhi-bhāv-ī bhū-t-e; 27 apa-rādh-ī, 28 upa-rodh-ī, 29 pari-bhav-ī, 30 pari-bhāv-ī.

ghoṣa=āday-aḥ

[6.2.85 ghoṣa=ādi-ṣu ca (pūrva-padam 1 ādi=udātta-m 64)]

1 ghoṣ-a-, 2 ghaṭ-a- (kaṭa-), 3 vallabha-, 4 hrada-, 5 badarī, 6 piṅgala-, 7 piśaṅga-, 8 mālā, 9 rakṣā, 10 śālā, 11 kūṭa-, 12 śālmalī, 13 aśvattha-, 14 tr̥ṇa-, 15 (silp-ī), 15 muni-, 16 prekṣākū (prekṣā).

ca=āday-aḥ

[1.4.57 ca=āday-aḥ a-sat-tv-e (nipāt-āḥ 56)]

1 ca, 2 vā, 3 ha, 4 aha, 5 eva, 6 evam, 7 nūnam, 8 śaśvat, 9 yugapat, 10 (bhūyas), 11 sūpat, 12 kūpat, 13 kuvit, 14 net, 15 cet, 16 caṆ, 17 kac-cit, 18 ya-tra, 19 ta-tra, 20 naha, 21 hanta, 22 mākim, 23 mākīm, 24 mākir, 25 nakim, 26 nakīm, 27 nakir, 28 (ākīm), 29 māṄ, 31 tā-vat, 32 yā-vat, 33 tvā, 34 tve 35 tvai, 36 (dvai), 37 rai, 38 re, 39 śrauṣaṭ, 40 vauṣaṭ, 41 vaṣaṭ, 42 svāhā, 43 svadhā, 44 om, 45 tathāhi, 46 khalu, 47 kila, 48 atha, 49 su, 50 suṣṭhu, 51 sma, 52 a, 53 i, 54 u, 55 r̥, 56 l̥, 57 e, 58 ai, 59 o, 60 au, 61 adaha (daha), 62 uÑ, 63 ukaÑ, 64 velā-y-ām, 65 mātrā-y-ām, 66 ya-thā, 67 yat, 68 tat, 69 kim, 70 purā, 71 vadhā (vadhvā), 72 dhik, 73 hāhā, 74 hehai (hahe), 75 pāṭ, 76 pyāṭ, 77 āho, 78 utāho, 79 ho, 80 aho, 81 no (nau), 82 atho, 83 nanu, 84 man-y-e, 85 mithyā, 86 a-si, 87 brū-hi, 88 tu, 89 nu, 90 iti, 91 iva, 92 vat, 93 vāt, 94 cana, 95 bata, 96 sam, 97 vaśam, 98 śikam, 99 dikam (hikam), 100 sanukam, 101 chambaṭ (chaṁvaṭ, chaṁvaṭa), 102 śaṅk-e, 103 śukam, 104 kham, 105 sanāt, 106 sanutar, 107 nahikam, 108 satyam, 109 r̥tam, 110 iddhā, 111 addhā, 112 nocet, 113 nacet, 114 nahi, 115 jātu, 116 ka-tham, 117 ku-taḥ, 118 ku-tra, 119 ava, 120 anu, 121 ha, 122 he, 123 (hai), 124 āhosvit, 125 śam, 126 kam, 127 kham, 128 diṣ-ṭy-ā, 129 paśu, 130 vaṭ, 131 saha, 132 (anu-ṣaṭ), 133 ānu-ṣak, 134 aṅga, 135 phaṭ, 136 tā-jaka (bhājak), 137 aye, 138 are, 139 vāt (cāṭu), 140 kum, 141 khum, 142 ghum, 143 am, 144 īm, 145 sīm, 146 sim, 147 si, 148 vai; 149 #¹upa-sarga-²vi-bhak-ti-³svara-prati-rūpak-āś ca nipāt-āḥ#.

cāru=āday-aḥ

[6.2.160 ¹kr̥tya=²uka=³iṣṇuC-⁴cāru=āday-aś ca]

1 cāru-, 2 sādhu-, 3 yaudhaki (yaudhika-), 4 an-aṅga-m-ej-aya-, 5 vadānya-, 6 a-ka-smāt, 7 #¹varta-māna-²vardha-māna-³tvar-a-māṇa-⁴dhri-ya-māṇa-⁵krī-ya-māṇa-⁶roc-a-māna-⁷śobh-a-mān-āḥ saṁjñā-y-ām#; 8 #¹vi-kār-a-²sa-dr̥ś-e vy-as-t-e sam-as-t-e#; 9 gr̥ha-pati-, 10 gr̥ha-pati-ka-; 11 #¹rāja(n)=²ahn-oś chand-as-i#.

cihaṇa=āday-aḥ

[6.2.125 ādi-ś cihaṇa=ādī-nām]

1 cihaṇa-, 2 madura- (maḍara-), 3 madrumara- (madgura-/madu-ra-), 4 vaitula-, 5 paṭatka-, 6 baiḍāl-i-karṇaka-, 7 baiḍāli-karṇ-i-, 8 kukkuṭa-, 9 cikkaṇa-, 10 citkaṇa-.

curA=āday-aḥ

[3.1.25 ¹satyāpa-²pāśa- . . . ¹³curA=ādi-bhyaḥ ṆaC]

See under Dhp X 1-395.

cūrṇa=ādī-n-i

[6.2.134 cūrṇa=ādī-n-i=a-prāṇi-ṣaṣṭhy-āḥ]

1 cūrṇa-, 2 kariva-, 3 karipa-, 4 śākina-, 5 śākaṭa-, 6 drākṣā, 7 tūsta-, 8 kunduma-, 9 dalapa-, 10 camas-ī, 11 cakkana-, 12 caul-a.

chat-tra=ādī-n-i

[ 4.4.62 chat-tra=ādi-bhyah Ṇa-ḥ]

1 chat-tra-, 2 śikṣā, 3 pra-roh-a-, 4 sthā, 5 bubhukṣ-ā, 6 cur-ā, 7 titikṣ-ā, 8 upa-sthāna-, 9 kr̥ṣ-i-, 10 kar-man-, 11 viśva-dhā, 12 tap-as-, 13 satya-, 14 an-r̥-ta-, 15 vi-śikhā, 16 bhakṣ-ā, 17 uda-sthāna-, 19 puroḍā, 20 vikṣā, 21 cukṣā, 22 mandra-.

chāttri=āday-aḥ

[6.2.86 chāttri=āday-aḥ śālā-y-ām]

1 chāttri-, 2 peli-, 3 bhāṇḍ-i-, 4 vyāḍ-i-, 5 ā-khaṇḍ-i-, 6 āṭ-i-, 7 gom-i.

ched-a=āday-aḥ

[5.1.64 ched-a=ādi-bhyaḥ=ni-t-yam]

1 ched-a-, 2 bhed-a-, 3 droh-a-, 4 doh-a-, 5 nart-i (nart-a), 6 karṣa-, 7 (tīrtha-), 8 sam-pra-yog-a-, 9 vi-pra-yog-a-, 10 pra-yog-a-, 11 (vi-pra-karṣ-a-), 12 pr-eṣ-aṇa-, 13 sam-praś-na-, 14 vi-praś-na-, 15 vi-karṣ-a-, 16 pra-karṣ-a-, 17 #vi-rāg-a vi-raṅga-ṁ ca#.

jakṣ-i-ti=āday-aḥ

[6.1.6 jakṣ-i-ti=āday-aḥ ṣaṭ (abhy-as-ta-m 5)]

Dhp II 62 jákṣÁ ¹bhakṣa-²hás-anay-oḥ; 63 jāgr̥ nidrā-kṣay-é; 64 dáridrā dur-gá-t-au; 65 cákāsŔ̥ dīp-t-au; 66 śāsÚ anu-śiṣ-ṭ-au; 67 dīdhiṄ¹dīp-ti-²dév-anay-oḥ; 68 vévīṄ vé-ti-nā túl-y-e.

ju-hó-ti=āday-aḥ

[2.4.75 ju-hó-ti=ādī-bhyaḥ Ślu-ḥ]

See Dhp III 1-25

jválÁ=āday-aḥ

[3.1.140 jvál-iti-kás=ante-bhyaḥ Ṇa-ḥ]

See Dhp I 884-913.

Ḍatara=āday-aḥ

[7.1.25 adḌ Ḍatara=ādi-bhyaḥ pañca-bhyaḥ]

See under 241 below: 5 Ḍatara-, 6 Ḍatama-, 7 itara-, 8 anya-, 9 anya-tara-.

takṣa-śilā=āday-aḥ

[4.3.93 sindhu-takṣa-silā=ādi-bhya=¹aṆ=²aÑ-au]

1 takṣa-śilā, 2 vatsa=ud-dhar-aṇa-, 3 kair-med-ura-, 4 grāma-ṇī-, 5 chagala-, 6 kroṣṭu-karṇa-, 7 siṁha-karṇa-, 8 saṁ-kuc-i-ta-, 9 kiṁ-nara-, 10 kāṇḍa-dhār-a-, 11 parvata-, 12 ava-sāna-, 13 barbara-, 14 kaṁsa-.

tan=āday-aḥ

[3.1.79 tan=ādi-kr̥Ñ=bhyaḥ u-ḥ]

See under Dhp VIII 1-9. Cf. 2.4.79.

tan-ó-ti=āday-aḥ

[6.4.37 anudātta=upadeśa-van-a-ti-tan-o-ti=ādi-n-ām . . .]

See under Dhp VIII 1-9, with the exception of 2 ṣánÙ dān-e. Cf. 6.4.42,43.

tasiL-āday-aḥ

[6.3.35 tasiL-ādi-ṣu a-kr̥tvasuC-aḥ]

Listed under 6.3.35 above.

tārakā=āday-aḥ

[5.2.36 tad a-sya saṁ-jā-ta-ṁ tārakā=ādi-bhyaḥ itaC]

1 tārakā, 2 puṣ-pa-, 3 karṇa-ka-, 4 mañjarī, 5 r̥jīsa-, 6 (kṣaṇa-), 7 (sūca-), 8 mūtra-, 9 niṣ-kram-aṇa-, 10 purīṣa-, 11 uc-cār-a-, 12 pra-cār-a-, 13 vi-cār-a-, 14 kuḍmala-, 15 kaṇṭ-aka-, 16 musala-, 17 mukula-, 18 kusuma-, 19 kutūhala-, 20 stabaka-, 21 kisalaya-, 22 pallava-, 23 (khaṇḍa-), 24 vega-, 25 nidrā, 26 mudrā, 27 bubhukṣ-ā, 28 dhenuṣyā, 29 pipāsā, 30 śraddhā, 31 abhra-, 32 pulaka-, 33 aṅgāraka-, 34 varṇaka-, 35 droh-a-, 36 doh-a-, 37 su-kha-, 38 duḥ-kha-, 39 ut-kaṇṭh-ā, 40 bhar-a-, 41 vy-ā-dh-i-, 42 var-man-, 43 vraṇa-, 44 gaurav-a-, 45 śās-tra-, 46 taraṁ-ga-, 47 tilaka-, 48 candra-ka-, 49 andha-kār-a-, 50 garva-, 51 kumura- (mukura-), 52 harṣ-a-, 53 ut-karṣ-a-, 54 (raṇa-), 55 kuvalaya-, 56 gardha-, 57 kṣudh-, 58 sīmanta-, 59 jvar-a-, 60 gar-a-, 61 rog-a-, 62 romāñca-, 63 paṇḍā, 64 kaj-jal-a-, 65 tr̥ṣ-, 66 koraka-, 67 kal-lol-a-, 68 stha-puṭ-a-, 69 phala-, 70 kañcuka-, 71 śr̥ṅgāra-, 72 aṅkura-, 73 śevala-, 74 bakula-, 75 śvabhra-, 76 ārāla-, 77 kalaṅka-, 78 kardama-, 79 kandala-, 80 mūrchā, 81 aṅgāra-, 82 hasta-ka-, 83 prati-bimba-, 84 vighna-tantra-, 85 praty-ay-a-, 86 dīkṣā, 87 garj-a-, 88 #garbh-āt a-prāṇ-in-i#. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

tāla=āday-aḥ

[4.3.152 tāla=ādi-bhyaḥ=aṆ]

1 #tāl-āt=dhanuṣ-i#; 2 bārhiṇ-a-, 3 indrāliśa-, 4 indrā-dr̥ś-a-, 5 indr-ā-yudh-a, 6 cay-a-, 7 śyāmāka-, 8 pīyūkṣā.

tika=āday-aḥ

[4.1.154 tika=ādi-bhyaḥ phiÑ]

1 tika-, 2 kitava-, 3 saṁ-jñ-ā, 4 bālā, 5 śikhā, 6 uras- (uraśa-), 7 sāṭh-ya-, 8 saindhav-a-, 9 yamunda-, 10 rūpya-, 11 grām-ya-, 12 nīla-, 13 a-mi-tra-, 14 gau-kakṣ-ya-, 15 kuru-, 16 deva-ratha-, 17 taittala-, 18 aurasa- (auraśa-), 19 kaurav-ya-, 20 bhaurik-i-, 21 bhaulik-i-, 22 caupayat-a-, 23 caitayat-a-, 24 śīkayat-a- (śaikayat-a-), 25 kṣaitayat-a-, 26 vājavat-a-, 27 candra-mas-, 28 śubha-, 29 gaṅgā, 30 var-eṇya-, 31 su-pāman-, 32 ā-raṭav-a (ā-rab-dha-), 33 vahyakā, 34 khalyā (khalyakā), 35 vr̥ṣ-a-, 36 lomaka-, 37 udanya-, 38 yaj-ña-.

tika-kitava=āday-aḥ

[2.4.68 tika-kitava=ādi-bhyaḥ dvaṁdv-e]

1 tika-kitav-āḥ, 2 vaṅkhara-bhaṇḍī-rath-āḥ, 3 upaka-lamak-āḥ, 4 paphaka-narak-āḥ, 5 baka-nakha-guda-pari-ṇad-dh-āḥ, 6 ubja-kaku-bh-āḥ, 7 laṅka-śān-ta-mukh-āḥ, 8 uttara-śalánkaṭ-āḥ, 9 kr̥ṣṇa=ajina=kr̥ṣṇa-sundar-āḥ, 10 bhraṣṭa-ka-kapi-ṣṭhal-āḥ, 11 agni-veśa-daśeruk-āḥ.

tiṣṭh-ad-gu-pra-bhr̥-tī-n-i

[2.4.17 tiṣṭh-ad-gu-pra-bhr̥-tī-n-i ca]

1 tiṣṭh-ad-gu, 2 vah-ad-gu, 3 ā-yat-ī-gav-am, 4 khale-yav-am, 5 khale-bus-am, 6 lū-na-yav-am, 7 lū-ya-māna-yav-am, 8 pū-ta-yav-am, 9 pū-ya-māna-yav-am, 10 saṁ-hr̥-ta-yav-am, 11 saṁ-hri-ya-māṇa-yav-am, 12 saṁ-hr̥-ta-bus-am, 13 saṁ-hri-ya-māṇa-bus-am, 14 sama-bhūmi, 15 sama-padāti, 16 su-ṣam-am, 17 vi-ṣam-am, 18 duḥ-ṣam-am, 19 niḥ-ṣam-am, 20 apa-sam-am, 21 āyatī-sam-am, 22 (proḍh-am), 23 pāpa-sam-am, 24 puṇya-sam-am, 25 prāhṇ-am, 26 pra-rath-am, 27 pra-mr̥g-am, 28 pra-dakṣiṇ-am, 29 (apara-dakṣiṇ-am), 30 sam-prati, 31 a-sam-prati; 32 #iC-praty-aya-ḥ samāsa=anta-ḥ#.

tuj-āday-aḥ

[6.1.7 tuj-ādī-naṁ dīrgha-ḥ abhy-āsa-sya]

No list given. Examples cited in Kāśika from Vedic: tū-tuj-āna-, mā-mah-ānna-, dā-dhār-a, mī-māy-a.

tudÀ=āday-ah

[3.1.77 tudÀ=ādi-bhya-ḥ Śa-ḥ]

See Dhp VI 1-143.

tunda=āday-aḥ

[5.2.117 tunda=ādi-bhyaḥ=ilaC ca]

1 tunda-, 2 udara-, 3 picaṇḍa-, 4 yav-a, 5 vrīhi-, 6 #sva=aṅg-āt vi-vr̥d-dh-au#.

tr̥ṇa=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 +Śa-]

1 tr̥ṇa-, 2 naḍa-, 3 mūla-, 4 vana-, 5 parṇa-, 6 varṇa-, 7 varāṇa-, 8 bila-, 9 pula-, 10 phala-, 11 arjuna-, 12 arṇa-, 13 su-varṇa-, 14 bala-, 15 car-aṇa-, 16 busa-.

taulvali=āday-aḥ

[2.4.61 na taulvali-bhyaḥ]

1 taulval-i-, 2 dhāraṇ-i-, 3 pāraṇ-i-, 4 rāvaṇ-i-, 5 dai-līp-i-, 6 kaivat-i-, 7 vārkal-i-, 8 naivat-i- (naivak-i-), 9 daiva-mitr-i- (daiva-mat-i-), 10 daiva-yaj-ñ-i-, 11 cāphaṭṭak-i-, 12 bailvak-i-, 13 vaik-i- (vaiṅk-i-) 14 ānu-hārat-i- (ānu-rāhat-i-), 15 pauṣkara-sād-i-, 16 ānu-roh-a-t-i-, 17 ānut-i-, 18 prā-doh-an-i-, 19 naimiśr-i-, 20 prāḍāhat-i-, 21 dāndhak-i-, 22 vaiśīt-i-, 23 āsinās-i-, 24 ā-hiṁs-i-, 25 āsur-i-, 26 naimiṣ-i-, 27 āsi-bandh-ak-i-, 28 pauṣp-i-, 29 kāreṇu-pāl-i-, 30 vaikarṇ-i-, 31 vairak-i-, 32 vaihat-i-.

tyad=āday-aḥ

See under 241: 1.1.74; 2.72; 3.2.80; 7.2.102.

daṇḍa=āday-aḥ

[5.1.66 daṇḍa=ādi-bhyaḥ (yaT 65)]

1 daṇḍa-, 2 musala-, 3 madhu-park-a-, 4 kaśā, 5 argha-, 6 megha-, 7 medhā, 8 su-varṇa-, 9 udaka-, 10 vadha-, 11 yuga-, 12 guhā, 13 bhāg-a-, 14 ibha-, 15 bhaṅg-a-.

dadhi-paya=ādī-n-i

[2.4.14 na dadhi-paya-ādī-n-i (eka-vac-anā-ni 1)]

1 dadhi-payas-ī, 2 sarpir-madhu-n-ī, 3 madhu-sarpiṣ-ī, 4 brahma-praja-pat-ī, 5 śiva-vaiśravaṇ-au 6 skanda-vi-śākh-au, 7 pari-vrāj-aka-kauśik-au (parivrāṭ-kauśik-au), 8 pra-varg-ya=upa-sad-au, 9 śukla-kr̥ṣṇ-au, 10 idhma-barhiṣ-ī, 11 dīkṣā-tapas-ī, 12 śraddhā-tapas-ī, 13 medhā-tapas-ī, 14 adhy-ay-ana-tapas-ī, 15 ulūkhala-musal-e, 16 ādi=av-sān-e, 17 śraddhā-medh-e, 18 r̥k-sām-e, 19 vāṅ-manas-e.

dāmani=āday-aḥ

[5.3.116 dāmani=ādi-tri-garta-ṣaṣṭh-āt=cha-ḥ]

1. dāman-i, 2 aulap-i-, 3 baija-vāp-i-, 4 audak-i-, 5 audaṅk-i, 6 ā-cyutant-i- (acyutant-i), 7 ā-cyu-ta-dant-i- (a-cyu-ta-dant-i), 8 śākuntak-i-, 9 ākidant-i- (āktidant-i), 10 auḍav-i-, 11 kāka-dant-i-, 12 śātruṁ-tap-i-, 13 sārva-sen-i-, 14 bindu-, 15 baindav-i-, 16 tulabha-, 17 mauñj-āyana-, 18 kākandi-, 19 sāvitrī-putra-.

dāsī-bhār-āḥ

[6.2.42 ¹kuru-gārh-pata-²rik-ta-guru- . . . ⁷dāsī-bhārā-ṇām ca]

1 dāsī-bhāra-ḥ, 2 deva-hū-ti-ḥ, 3 deva-bhī-ti-ḥ, 4 deva-lā-ti-h, 5 vasu-nī-ti-ḥ, 6 auṣadhi-ḥ, 7 candra-māḥ.

diś=āday-aḥ = dig-āday-aḥ

[4.3.54 diś=ādi-bhyaḥ=yaT]

1 diś-.

várgya=āday-aḥ (cf. 208 below and 6.2.131)

2 varga-, 3 pūga-, 4 gaṇa-, 5 pakṣa-, 6 dhāyya-, 7 mi-tra-, 8 medhā, 9 antara-, 10 pathin-, 11 rahas-, 12 alīka-, 13 ukhā, 14 sākṣin-, 15 deś-a-, 16 ādi-, 17 anta-, 18 mukha-, 19 jaghana-, 20 megha-, 21 yūtha-, 22 #udak-āt saṁjñā-y-ām#; 23 ny-āy-a-, 24 vaṁśa-, 25 veśa-, 26 kāla-, 27 ā-kāś-a-.

div=āday-aḥ

[3.1.69 div-ādibhyaḥ ŚyaN]

See Dhp IV 1-137.

dr̥-ḍha=āday-aḥ

[5.1.123 ¹varṇa-²dr̥-ḍha=ādibhyaḥ ṢyaN=ca]

1 dr̥-ḍha-, 2 vr̥-ḍha-, 3 pari-vr̥-ḍha-, 4 bhr̥śa-, 5 kr̥ś-a-, 6 (vakra-), 7 śukra-, 8 cukra-, 9 āmra-, 10 kr̥ṣ-ṭa-, 11 lav-aṇa-, 12 tāmra-, 13 śī-ta-, 14 uṣ-ṇa-, 15 jaḍa-, 16 badhira-, 17 paṇḍ-ita-, 18 madhu-ra-, 19 mūrkha-, 20 mūka-, 21 #ve-r ¹yā-ta-²lā-ta-³ma-ti-⁴manas=⁵śāradā-nām#; 22 #sam-aḥ ¹ma-ti-²manas-oḥ#; 23 jav-ana-.

deva-patha=āday-aḥ

[5.3.100 deva-patha=ādi-bhyaś ca (kaN-aḥ 95 luP 98)]

1 deva-path-a-, 2 haṁsa-path-a-, 3 vāri-path-a-, 4 ratha-path-a-, 5 sthala-path-a-, 6 kari-path-a-, 7 aja-path-a-, 8 rāja-path-a-, 9 śata-path-a-, 10 śaṅku-path-a-, 11 sindhu-path-a-, 12 sid-dha-ga-ti, 13 uṣṭra-griva-, 14 vāma-rajju-, 15 hasta-, 16 indra-, 17 daṇḍa-, 18 puṣpa-, 19 matsya-. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

dyútA=āday-aḥ

See under Dhp I 777-799. Cf. 1.3.91; 3.1.55.

dvāra=āday-aḥ

[7.3.4 dvāra=ādī-nāṁ ca]

1 dvāra-, 2 svar-a-, 3 sva-grāma- (sva=adhy-āy-a-), 4 vyalka-śa-, 5 sv-as-ti, 6 svar-, 7 sphyā-kr̥-t- (sphyākr̥-ta-), 8 svādu-mr̥du-, 9 śvas-, 10 śva-.

dvi-daṇḍ-i=āday-aḥ

[5.4.128 dvi-daṇḍ-i=ādi-bhiś ca (iC 127)]

1 dvi-daṇḍ-i, 2 dvi-musal-i, 3 uhba=añjal-i, 4 ubha-ya=añjal-i, 5 ubha-dant-i, 6 ubha-ya-dant-i, 7 ubha-hast-i, 8 ubha-ya-hast-i, 9 ubha-karṇ-i, 10 ubha-ya-karṇ=i, 11 ubha-pāṇi, 12 ubha-ya-pāṇi, 13 ubha-bāhu, 14 ubha-ya-bāhu, 15 eka-pad-i, 16 proṣṭha-pad-i, 17 āḍhya-pad-i (ācya-pad-i), 18 sa-pad-i, 19 ni-kuc-ya-karṇ-i, 20 saṁ-ha-ta-pucch-i, 21 ante-vās-i.

dvi=āday-aḥ

[5.3.2 ¹kiṁ-²sarva-nāma-³bahu-bhyaḥ a-dvi=ādi-bhyaḥ]

See under 241: 25 dvi-, 26 yuṣmad-, 27 asmad-, 28 bhavatU, 29 kim-.

dhūma=āday-aḥ

[4.2.127 dhūma=adi-bhyaś ca (vuÑ 121)]

1 dhūma-, 2 ṣaḍ-aṇḍa-, 3 śaśa=ad-ana-, 4 arjunāva-, 5 māhaka-sthalī, 6 ānaka-sthalī, 7 māhiṣa-sthalī, 8 māna-sthalī, 9 aṭṭa-sthalī, 10 madruka-sthalī, 11 samudra-sthalī, 12 dāṇḍ-āyana-sthalī, 13 rāja-sthalī, 14 vi-deh-a-, 15 rāja-gr̥ha-, 16 sātrā-sāha-, 17 śaṣpa-, 18 mitra-vardhra- (mitra-vardha-), 19 bhakṣālī, 20 mad-ra-kūla-, 21 ājī-kūla-, 22 dvi=ā-hāv-a-, 23 tri=ā=hāv-a-, 24 saṁ-sphī-ya-, 25 barbara-, 26 varj-ya-, 27 garta-, 28 ā-nart-a, 29 māṭhara-, 30 pāth-eya-, 31 ghoṣ-a-, 32 pallī, 33 ā-rājñ-ī, 34 dhārta-rājñ-ī, 35 ā-vay-a-, 36 tīrtha-, 37 #kul-āt sauvīre-ṣu#; 38 #samudr-āt nāv-i manuṣy-e ca#; 39 kukṣi-, 40 antar-īpa-, 41 dvī-pa-, 42 aruṇa-, 43 uj-jay-an-ī, 44 paṭṭāra-, 45 dakṣiṇa=ay-ana-, 46 sāketa-.

¹naḍa=āday-aḥ

[4.1.99 naḍa=ādi-bhyaḥ phaK]

1 naḍa-, 2 cara-, 3 baka-, 4 muñja-, 5 itika-, 6 itiśa-, 7 upaka-, 8 eka-, 9 lamaka-, 10 #śalaṅku śalaṅka-ṁ ca#; 11 sapta-la-, 12 vājapya-, 13 tika-, 14 #agni-śarman-vr̥ṣa-gaṇ-e#; 15 pr-ā-ṇa-, 16 nara-, 17 sāyaka-, 18 dāsa-, 19 mi-tra-, 20 dvīpa-, 21 piṅgara-, 22 piṅgala-, 23 kiṁ-kar-a-, 24 kiṁ-kal-a-, 25 kātara-, 26 kātala-, 27 kāśyapa-, 28 kāśya-, 29 kālya- (kāvya-), 30 aja-, 31 amu-ṣya-, 32 #kr̥ṣ-ṇa-raṇ-au brāhmaṇa-vāsiṣṭh-e#; 33 a-mi-tra-, 34 ligu-, 35 citra-, 36 kumāra-, 37 #kroṣṭu kroṣṭa-ṁ ca#; 38 loha-, 39 durga-, 40 stam-bha-, 41 śiṁśapā, 42 agra-, 43 tr̥ṇa-, 44 śakaṭa-, 45 su-man-as-, 46 su-ma-ta-, 47 mimata-, 48 r̥c-, 49 jalaṁ-dhar-a-, 50 adhvara-, 51 yugaṁ-dhara-, 52 haṁsaka-, 53 daṇḍ-in-, 54 hast-in-, 55 piṇḍa-, 56 pañcāla-, 57 camas-in-, 58 su-kr̥t-ya-, 59 sthiraka-, 60 brāhmaṇa-, 61 caṭaka-, 62 badara-, 63 aśvala-, 64 kharapa-, 65 laṅka-, 66 indha-, 67 astra-, 68 kāmuka-, 69 brahma-dat-ta-, 70 udumbara-, 71 śoṇa-, 72 a-loha-, 73 daṇḍapa-.

²naḍa=āday-aḥ

[4.2.91 naḍa=ādī-nāṁ kuK ca (cha-ḥ ca90)]

1 naḍa-, 2 plakṣa-.

bilva-ka=āday-aḥ (cf. 165 below and 6.4.153)

3 bilva-, 4 veṇu-, 5 vetra-, 6 vetasa-, 7 ikṣu-, 8 kāṣṭha-, 9 kapota-, 10 tr̥ṇa-, 11 #kruñcā hrasva-tvaṁ ca#; 12 #takṣan na-lopa-ś ca#.

nadī=āday-aḥ

[4.2.97 nadī=ādi-bhyaḥ ḍhaK]

1 nad-ī, 2 mah-ī, 3 vārāṇas-ī, 4 śrāvast-ī, 5 kauśāmb-ī, 6 vana-kauśāmb-ī, 7 kāśapar-ī, 8 kāśaphar-ī, 9 khādir-ī, 10 pūrva-nagar-ī, 11 pāṭhā, 12 māyā, 13 śālvā, 14 dārvā, 15 setak-ī, 16 #vaḍavā-y-āḥ vr̥ṣ-e#.

nand-i̱=āday-aḥ

[3.1.134. ¹nand-i̱-²grah-i̱-³pac=ādi-bhyaḥ ¹Lyu-²Ṇini̱=³aC-aḥ]

#¹nand-i-²vāś-i̱-³mad-i̱-⁴dūṣ-i̱-⁵sādh-i̱-⁶vardh-i̱-⁷śobh-i̱-⁸roc-i̱-bhyaḥ=Ṇi=ante-bhyaḥ saṁjñā-y-ām#: 1 nánd-ana-ḥ, 2 vās-ana-h, 3 mád-ana-ḥ, 4 dūs-aṇa-ḥ, 5 sādh-ana-ḥ, 6 várdh-ana-ḥ, 7 śóbh-ana-ḥ, 8 róc-ana-ḥ; #¹sah-i̱-²tap-i̱-³dam-aḥ saṁjñā-y-ām#: 9 sáh-ana-ḥ, 10 táp-ana-ḥ, 11 dám-ana-ḥ, 12 jálp-ana-ḥ, 13 rám-aṇa-ḥ, 14 dárp-aṇa-ḥ, 15 saṁ-kránd-ana-ḥ, 16 saṁ-kárṣ-aṇa-ḥ, 17 saṁ-harṣ-aṇa-ḥ, 18 jana=árd-ana-ḥ, 19 yáv-ana-ḥ, 20 madhu-sūd-ana-ḥ, 21 vi-bhīṣ-aṇa-ḥ, 22 láv-aṇa-ḥ, 23 cit-ta-vi-nās-ana-ḥ, 24 kula-dám-ana-ḥ, 25 (śatru-dám-ana-ḥ).

nir-udaka=ādī-n-i

[6.2.184 nir-udaka=ādī-n-i ca (anta=79=udāttā-n-i 1)]

1 nir-udaká-, 2 nir-upalá- (nir-ulapá-), 3 nir-makṣiká-, 4 nir-maśaká-, 5 niṣ-kāl-aká-, 6 niṣ-kāl-iká-, 7 niṣ-peṣá-, 8 dus-tar-īpá-, 9 nis-tar-īpá-, 10 nis-tarīká-, 11 nir-ajiná-, 12 ud-ajiná-, 13 upa=ajiná-, 14 #pare-r ¹hasta-²pāda-³keśa-⁴karṣ-āḥ-#.

niṣka=āday-aḥ

[5.1.20 a-sam-ās-e niṣka=ādi-bhyaḥ (ṭhaK 19)]

1 niṣka-, 2 paṇa-, 3 pāda-, 4 māṣa-, 5 vāha-, 6 droṇa-, 7 ṣaṣṭi-.

nyaṅku=āday-aḥ

[7.3.53 nyaṅku=ādī-nāṁ ca (ca-j-oḥ kU-ḥ 52)]

1 nyaṅku-, 2 madgu-, 3 bhr̥gu-, 4 dūre-pāk-a-, 5 phale-pāk-a-, 6 kṣaṇe-pāk-a-, 7 dūre-pāk-ā-, 8 phale-pāk-ā-, 9 dūre-pāk-u-, 10 phale-pāk-u-, 11 takra-, 12 vakra- (cakra-), 13 vy-ati-ṣaṅg-a-, 14 anu-ṣaṅg-a-, 15 ava-sarg-a-, 16 upa-sarg-a-, 17 śva-pāk-a-, 18 māṁsa-pāk-a-, 19 mūla-pāk-a-, 20 kapota-pāk-a-, 21 ulūka-pāk-a-, 22 #saṁjñā-y-ām ¹megha-²ni-dāgha=³ava-dāgha=⁴argh-āḥ#; 23 nyag-rodha-.

pakṣa=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 +phaK]

1 pakṣa-, 2 tukṣa-, 3 tuṣa-, 4 kuṇḍa-, 5 aṇḍa-, 6 kamba-likā, 7 valika-, 8 citra-, 9 as-ti-, 10 #path-in pantha ca#; 11 kumbha-, 12 sīraka-, 13 sar-aka-, 14 sakala-, 15 sarasa-, 16 samala-, 17 ati-śvan-, 18 roman-, 19 loman-, 20 hastin-, 21 makara-, 22 lomaka-, 23 śīrṣa-, 24 ni-vā-ta-, 25 pāk-a-, 26 siṁha-ka- (sahaka-), 27 aṅkuśa-, 28 su-varṇa-ka-, 29 haṁsaka-, 30 hiṁs-aka-, 31 kutsa-, 32 bila-, 33 khila-, 34 yamala-, 35 hasta-, 36 kalā, 37 sa-karṇa-ka-.

pac-á=āday-aḥ

[3.1.134 ¹nand-i̱-²grah-i̱-³pacá=ādibhyaḥ ¹Lyu-²Ṇini̱=³áC-aḥ]

1 pac-á-, 2 vac-á-, 3 vap-á-, 4 vad-á-, 5 cal-á-, 6 pat-á-, 7 nad-áṬ, 8 bhaṣ-áT, 9 plav-áṬ, 10 car-áṬ, 11 gar-áṬ, 12 tar-áṬ, 13 car-áṬ, 14 gāh-áṬ, 15 sūr-áṬ, 16 dev-áṬ, 17 doṣ-áṬ, 18 raj-á- (jar-á-), 19 mar-á-, 20 kṣam-á- (kṣap-á-), 21 sev-á-, 22 meṣ-á-, 23 kop-á- (koṣá-/krodh-á-), 24 medh-á-, 25 nart-á-, 26 vraṇ-á-, 27 darś-á-, 28 sarp-á-, 29 dambh-á-, 30 darp-á-, 31 jār-a-bhar-á-, 32 śva-pac-á-. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

pad=āday-aḥ

[6.1.63, 161]

1 pad-, 2 dat-, 3 nas-, 4 mās-, 5 hr̥d-, 6 niś-, 7 asan-, 8 yūṣan-, 9 doṣan-, 10 yakan-, 11 śakan-, 12 udan-, 13 āsan-.

parpa=āday-aḥ

[4.4.10 parpa=ādi-bhyaḥ=ṢṭhaN]

1 parpa-, 2 aśva-, 3 aśvattha-, 4 ratha-, 5 jāla-, 6 ny-ās-a-, 7 vy-āl-a-, 8 pād-a-.

parśu-āday-aḥ

[5.3.117 ¹parśu=ādi-²yaudheya=ādi-bhyaḥ ¹aṆ=²aÑ-au]

1 parśu-, 2 asura-, 3 rakṣ-as-, 4 bāhlīka-, 5 vasyas-, 6 vasu-, 7 marut-, 8 satvat-, 9 daśārha-, 10 piśāca-, 11 aśani-, 12 kārṣāpaṇa-.

136a. paladi=āday-aḥ

[4.2.110 pra-stha=uttara-pada-paladī=ādi-k-opadhāt aṆ]

1 paladī, 2 pari-ṣad-, 3 romaka- 4 vāhīka-, 5 kala-kīṭa-, 6 bahu-kīṭa-, 7 jala-kīṭa-, 8 kamala-kīṭa-, 9 kamala-kīkara-, 10 kamala-bhid-ā, 11 gauṣṭhī, 12 naikatī, 13 pari-khā-, 14 śūra-sena-, 15 go-mat-ī, 16 paṭac-cara-, 17 uda-pāna-, 18 yakr̥t=loma-.

palāśa-āday-aḥ

[4.1.141 palāśa=ādi-bhyaḥ vā (aṆ 139)]

1 palāśa-, 2 khadira-, 3 śiṁśapā, 4 spand-ana- (syand-ana-), 5 pūlāka-, 6 karīra-, 8 śirīṣa-, 9 yavāsa-, 10 vi-kaṅkata-.

pātre-samita=āday-aḥ

[2.1.48 pātre-samita=ādayaś=ca (tatpuruṣāḥ 22)]

1 pātre-samit-āḥ (pātre-sam-mit-āḥ), 2 pātre-bahul-āḥ, 3 údumbara-maśaka-ḥ (údumbara-maśak-āḥ), 4 údumbara-kr̥mi-ḥ, 5 kūpa-kacchapa-ḥ, 6 ávaṭa-kacchapa-ḥ, 7 kūpa-maṇḍūka-ḥ, 8 kúmbha-maṇḍū-ka-ḥ, 9 úda-pāna-maṇḍūka-ḥ, 10 nágara-kāka-ḥ, 11 nágara-vāyasa-ḥ 12 mātari-puruṣa-ḥ, 13 piṇḍī-śura-ḥ (pijī-śura-ḥ), 14 pitar-i-śūra-ḥ, 15 gehe-śūra-ḥ, 16 géhe-nardī, 17 géhe-kṣveḍī, 18 géhe-vi-jitī, 19 géhe-vy-āḍa-ḥ, 20 géhe-mehī, 21 géhe-dāhī, 22 géhe-dr̥p-ta-ḥ, 23 géhe-dhr̥ṣ-ṭa-ḥ, 24 gárbhe-tr̥p-ta-ḥ, 25 ā-khanika-baka-ḥ, 26 góṣṭhe-śūra-ḥ, 27 góṣṭhe-vi-ji-tī, 28 góṣṭhe-kṣveḍī, 29 góṣṭthe-paṭu-ḥ, 30 góṣṭhe-paṇḍ-ita-ḥ, 31 góṣṭhe-pra-galbha-ḥ, 32 kárṇe-ṭiriṭirā, 33 kárṇe-curucurā. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*. Cf. 187 yúkt-ā-rohī=āday-aḥ.

pāma n=āday-aḥ

[5.2.100 ¹lom=ādi-²pām=ādi-³piccha=ādi-bhyaḥ ¹śa-²na=³ilaC-aḥ]

1 pāman-, 2 vāman-, 3 veman-, 4 heman-, 5 śleṣman-, 6 kadrū- (kadru-), 7 bali-, 8 sāman-, 9 ūṣman-, 10 kr̥mi-, 11 #aṅg-āt kalyāṇ-e #; 12 #śākī-palālī-dadrū-ṇāṁ hrasva-tvaṁ ca#; 13 #visv-ag iti=uttara-pada-lopa-ś ca=a-kr̥-ta-saṁdhe-ḥ#; 14 #lakṣmy-āḥ=aT=ca#.

pāras-kara-pra-bhr̥-tī-n-i

[6.1.157 pāra-s-kar-a-pra-bhr̥-bhr̥-tī-ni ca saṁjñā-y-ām]

1 pāra-s-kara-ḥ deśa-ḥ; 2 kāra-s-kara-ḥ vr̥kṣa-ḥ; 3 rath-s-pā nadī; 4 kiṣku-ḥ pra-māṇa-m, 5 kiṣkindhā nagarī, 6 #¹tad-²br̥h-at-oḥ ¹kara-²paty-oḥ ¹cora-²deva-tay-oḥ suṬ ta-lopa-ś ca# (ta-s-kara-ḥ cora-ḥ, br̥h-as-pati-ḥ deva-tā); 7 #pr-āt tump-a-t-au gav-i kar-tar-i# (pra-stump-a-ti-ḥ gau-ḥ).

pāśa=āday-aḥ

[4.2.49 pāśa=ādi-bhyaḥ ya-ḥ]

1 pāśa-, 2 tr̥ṇa-, 3 dhūma-, 4 vā-ta-, 5 aṅgāra-, 6 (pā-ṭala-), 7 pota-, 8 gala-, 9 piṭaka-, 10 śakaṭa-, 11 hala-, 12 (naṭa-), 13 vana-.

piccha=āday-aḥ

[5.2.100 ¹loma=ādi=²pāma=ādi-³piccha=ādibhyaḥ śa-na=ilaC-aḥ]

1 picchā- (piccha-), 2 uras-, 3 dhuvaka-, 4 dhruvaka-, 5 #jaṭā-ghaṭa-kāl-āḥ kṣep-e#; 6 varṇa-, 7 udaka-, 8 paṅka-, 9 prajñā.

pīlu=āday-aḥ

[5.2.24 ta-sya ¹pāka-²mūl-e ¹pīlu=ādi-²karṇa=ādi-bhyaḥ ¹kuṇaP-²jāhaC-au]

1 pīlu-, 2 karkandhu- (karkandhū-), 3 śamī, 4 karīra-, 5 kuvala-, 6 badara-, 7 aśvattha-, 8 khadira-.

puro-hita=āday-aḥ

[5.1.128 ¹pati=anta=²puro-hita=ādi-bhyaḥ yaK]

1 puro-hita-, 2 #rāja=a-se#; 3 grām-ika-, 4 piṇḍ-ika-, 5 su-hi-ta-, 6 bāla-, 7 manda- (bāla-manda-), 8 khaṇḍ-ika-, 9 daṇḍ-ika-, 10 varm-ika-, 11 karm-ika-, 12 dharm-ika-, 13 sit-ika (sīlika-), 14 sūt-ika-, 15 mūl-ika-, 16 tilaka-, 17 añjal-ika-, 18(antal-ika-, añjanika-), 19 rūp-ika- (r̥ṣika-), 20 putr-ika-, 21 avika-, 22 chattr-ika-, 23 parṣ-ika-, 24 pathi-ka-, 25 carm-ika-, 26 pratīka-, 27 sārathi-, 28 āstika-, 29 sūc-ika-, 30 saṁ-rakṣa-, 31 sūc-aka- (saṁ-rakṣa-sūc-aka-), 32 nāsti-ka-, 33 a-jān-ika-, 34 śākvara-, 35 nagara-, 36 cūḍ-ika-.

puṣÁ=āday-aḥ

[3.1.55 puṣÁ=ādi-dyútA=ādi-L̥T=IT-aḥ parasmai-padeṣu (Cle-ḥ 44 aṄ 52)]

See Dhp IV 73-137.

puṣkara=āday-aḥ

[5.2.135 puṣkara=ādi-bhyaḥ deś-e (ini̱-ḥ 128)]

1 puṣkara-, 2 padma-, 3 ut-pala-, 4 tamāla-, 5 kumuda-, 6 naḍa-, 7 kapittha-, 8 bisa-, 9 mr̥ṇāla-, 10 kardama-, 11 śālūka-, 12 vi-garha-, 13 karīṣa-, 14 śi-rīṣa-, 15 yavāsa-, 16 (pra-vāsa-/pra-vāha-), 17 hiraṇya-, 18 kairava-, 19 kallola-, 20 taṭa-, 21 taraṁ-ga, 22 paṅka-ja-, 23 saro-ja-, 24 rājīva-, 25 nālīka-, 26 saro-ruh-a-, 27 puṭaka-, 28 aravinda-, 29 ambho-ja-, 30 ab-ja-, 31 kamala- (kallola-), 32 payas-.

pr̥thu=āday-aḥ

[5.1.122 pr̥thu=ādi-bhyaḥ imáni̱C vā]

1 pr̥th-u-, 2 mr̥d-u-, 3 mah-at-, 4 paṭ-u-, 5 tan-u-, 6 lagh-u-, 7 bah-u-, 8 sādh-u-, 9 āś-u-, 10 ur-u, 11 gur-u-, 12 bah-u-la-, 13 khaṇḍ-a-, 14 daṇḍ-a-, 15 caṇḍ-a-, 16 a-kiṁ-cana-, 17 bāl-a-, 18 hoḍ-a-, 19 pāk-a-, 20 vat-sa-, 21 mand-a-, 22 svād-u-, 23 hras-va-, 24 dīrgh-a-, 25 priy-a-, 26 vr̥ṣ-a-, 27 r̥j-u-, 28 kṣip-ra-, 29 kṣud-ra-, 30 aṇ-u-.

pr̥ṣodara=ādī-n-i

[6.3.109 pr̥ṣodara=ādī-n-i yath-o-pa-diṣ-ṭa-m]

1 pr̥ṣodara-, 3 pr̥ṣ-ot-thāna-, 3 balāhaka-, 4 jīmūta-, 5 śmaśāna-, 6 ulūkhala-, 7 piśāca-, 8 br̥sī, 9 mayūra-. *ā-kr̥-ti-haṇa-ḥ ayam*.

paila=āday-aḥ

[2.5.59 paila=ādi-bhyaś ca (yūn-i luK 58)]

1 pail-a-, 2 śālaṅk-i-, 3 sātyak-i-, 4 sātyaṁ-kām-i- (sātya-kām-i-), 5 rāhav-i-, 6 rāvaṇ-i-, 7 audañc-i-, 8 auda-vraj-i-, 9 auda-megh-i-, 10 auda-majj-i- (auda-vyajr-i-), 11 auda-bhr̥jj-i-, 12 daiva-sthān-i-, 13 paiṅgal-aud-āyani- (paiṅgal-āyani-), 14 rāha-kṣati- (rāha-, kṣati-), 15 bhauliṅg-i-, 16 rāṇ-i-, 17 audany-i-, 18 aud-gāha-mān-i-, 19 auj-jih-ān-i-, 20 auda-śud-dh-i- (auda-buddh-i-), 21 #tad-rāj-āt=ca aṆ-aḥ#. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

pragadin=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 +Ñya]

1 pra-gad-in, 2 magad-in-, 3 madad-in, 4 kavila- (kaliva-), 5 dhaṇḍ-i-ta-, 6 gad-i-ta-, 7 cūḍāra-, 8 maḍāra-, 9 mandara-, 10 kovidāra-.

pra-jña=āday-aḥ

[5.4.38 pra-jña=ādi-bhyaś ca (áṆ 36)]

1 pra-jña-, 2 vaṇij-, 3 uśij-, 4 uṣṇij- (for uṣṇih-), 5 praty-akṣ-a, 6 (vid-vas-), 7 vid-an, 8 ṣoḍ-an-, 9 vid-yā, 10 man-as-, 11 #śro-traṁ śarīr-e#; 12 juh-v-at-, 13 #kr̥ṣṇa mr̥g-e#; 14 ci-kīr-ṣ-at-, 15 cor-a-, 16 śatru-, 17 yodh-a-, 18 cakṣ-us-, 19 vas-u-, 20 (en-as-), 21 marut-, 22 kruñc-a-, 23 sat-vant-U-, 24 daśārha-, 25 vay-as-, 26 vy-ā-kr̥-ta-, 27 asura-, 28 rakṣ-as 29 piśāca-, 30 aśani-, 31 kārṣāpaṇa-, 32 deva-tā, 33 bandh-u-.

prati-jana=āday-aḥ

[4.4.99 prati-jana=ādi-bhyaḥ khaÑ]

1 prati-jana-, 2 idaṁ-yuga-, 3 saṁ-yuga-, 4 sama-yuga-, 5 para-yuga-, 6 para-kula-, 7 para-sya-kula-, 8 amu-ṣya-kula-, 9 sarva-jana-, 10 viśva-jana-, 11 mahā-jana-, 12 pañca-jana-.

pra-vr̥d-dha=āday-aḥ

[6.2.147 pra=vr̥d-dha=ādī-nāṁ ca (anta-ḥ 143 udātta-ḥ 64)]

1 pra-vr̥-d-dhá-m yāna-m; 2 pra-vr̥d-dhá-ḥ vr̥ṣala-ḥ; 3 pra-yutā(ḥ) su=uṣṇav-aḥ (pra-yuk-t-āḥ saktav-aḥ); 4 #ā-karṣ-e ava-hi-tá-ḥ#; 5 #ava-hi-tá-ḥ bhog-e-ṣu#; 6 khaṭvā=ā-rū-ḍhá-h; 7 kavi-śas-tá-ḥ.

pra=āday-aḥ

[1.4.58 pra=āday-aḥ (a-sat-tve 57 nipāt-āḥ 56)]

1 prá-, 2 párā-, 3 ápa-, 4 sám-, 5 ánu-, 6 áva-, 7 nís-, 8 nír-, 9 dús-, 10 dúr-, 11 vī-, 12 āṄ-, 13 ní-, 14 ádhi-, 15 ápi-, 16 áti-, 17 sú-, 18úd-, 19 abhí-, 20 práti-, 21 pári-, 22 úpa-.

pri-yā=āday-aḥ

[6.3.34 striy-āḥ puṁ-vat . . . a-pūraṇī-priya=ādi-ṣu]

1 priyā, 2 manojñā, 3 kalyāṇī, 4 su-bhagā, 5 dur-bhagā, 6 bhak-ti-ḥ, 7 sacivā, 8 (svā), 9 kān-tā, 10 (kṣān-tā), 11 samā, 12 capalā, 13 duhitā, 14 vāmanā, 15 (tanayā).

pr-e-kṣā=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 +ini̱]

1 pr-e-kṣā, 2 phalakā (halakā), 3 bandhu-kā, 4 dhruva-kā, 5 kṣip-akā, 6 nyag-rodha-, 7 ikkaṭa-, 8 kaṅkaṭa-, 9 saṁ-kaṭa-, 10 kaṭa-, 11 kūpa-, 12 buka-, 13 puka-, 14 puṭa-, 15 maha-, 16 pari-vāp-a-, 17 yavāṣa- (yavāsa-), 18 dhruva-kā, 19 garta-, 20 kūpa-ka-, 21 hiraṇya-.

plakṣa=āday-aḥ

[4.3.164 plakṣa=ādi-bhyaḥ=aṆ]

1 plakṣa-, 2 nyag-rodh-a-, 3 aśvattha-, 4 iṅgud-ī, 5 śigru-, 6 (ruru-), 7 kakṣatu-, 8 br̥h-at-ī.

pū=āday-aḥ

[7.3.80 pū=ādī-nāṁ hrasva-ḥ]

See under Dhp IX 12-32.

phaṇA=āday-aḥ

[6.4.125 phaṇ-āṁ ca saptā-nām]

See under Dhp I 873-79.

¹bala=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 +ya-]

1 bala-, 2 cula-, 3 nala-, 4 dala-, 5 vaṭa-, 6 lakula-, 7 urala-, 8 pula- (pukha-), 9 mūla-, 10 ula-, 11 ḍula- (ula-ḍula-), 12 vana-, 13 kula.

²bala=āday-aḥ

[5.2.136 bala=ādi-bhyaḥ matUP anya-tara-syām]

1 bala-, 2 ut-sāh-a-, 3 ud-bhās-a- (ud-bhāv-a-), 4 (ud-vās-a-), 5 ud-dās-a-, 6 śikhā, 7 kula-, 8 cūḍā, 9 sula-, 10 kūla-, 11 ā-yām-a-, 12 vy-ā-yām-a-, 13 upa-yām-a-, 14 ā-roh-a-, 15 ava-roh-a-, 16 pari-ṇāh-a-, 17 (yud-dha-).

bahu=āday-aḥ

[4.1.45 bahu=ādi-bhyaś ca (striy-ām 3 ṄīṢ 40)]

1 bah-u-, 2 pad-dha-ti-, 3 añc-ati-, 4 aṅk-ati-, 5 aṁhati-, 6 śakaṭi-, 7 #śak-ti-ḥ śas-tr-e#; 8 śāri-, 9 vāri-, 10 rā-ti-, 11 rā-dhi-, 12 śā-dhi-, 13 ah-i-, 14 kap-i-, 15 yaṣ-ṭi-, 16 mun-i-, 17 #iT-aḥ prāṇi=aṅg-āt#; 18 #kr̥t=i-kār-āt a-KtiN-aḥ#; 19 #sarva-taḥ a-KtiNn arth-āt ity anye#; 20 caṇḍa-, 21 arāla-, 22 kr̥paṇa-, 23 kamala-, 24 vi-kaṭá-, 25 vi-śālá-, 26 vi-śaṅkaṭá-, 27 bharuja-, 28 dhvaja-, 29 #candra-bhāgā nady-ām#; 30 kalyāṇa-, 31 udāra-, 32 purāṇa-, 33 ahan-, 34 kroḍa-, 35 nakha-, 36 khura-, 37 śikhā, 38 vāla-, 39 śapha-, 40 gu-da-. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

bāhu=āday-aḥ

[4.1.96 bāhu=ādi-bhyaś ca (iÑ 95)]

1 bāh-u-, 2 upa-bāh-u-, 3 upa-vāk-u-, 4 ni-vāk-u-, 5 śivāku-, 6 vaṭāku-, 7 upa-nind-u- (upa-vind-u-), 8 vr̥ṣalī, 9 vr̥kalā, 10 cūḍā, 11 balākā, 12 mūṣikā, 13 kuśalā, 14 chagalā, 15 dhruvakā, 16 dhuvakā, 17 su-mitrā, 18 dur-mitrā, 19 puṣkara-sad-, 20 anu-har-at-, 21 deva-śar-man-, 22 agni-śar-man-, 23 bhadra-śar-man-, 24 su-śar-man-, 25 ku-nām-an-, 26 su-nām-an-, 27 pañcan-, 28 saptan-, 29 aṣṭan-, 30 #a-mita=ojas-aḥ sa-lop-a-ś ca#; 31 sudhā-vat-, 32 ud-añc-u-, 33 śiras-, 34 māṣa-, 35 śarā-vin-, 36 marīcī, 37 kṣema-vr̥d-dh-in-, 38 śr̥ṅkhala-tod-in-, 39 khara-nād-in-, 40 nagara-mard-in-, 41 prā-kāra-mard-in-, 42 loman-, 43 ajī-garta-, 44 kr̥ṣṇa-, 45 yudhi-ṣṭhira-, 46 arjuna-, 47 sāmba-, 48 gada-, 49 pra-dyumna-, 50 rām-a-, 51 (ud-aṅka-), 52 #udaka-ḥ saṁ-jñā-y-ām#; 53 #¹sam-bhū-yas=²ambh-as-oḥ sa-lop-a-ś ca#. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

bida=āday-aḥ

[4.1.104 an=r̥si=ān-antar-ye bida=ādi-bhya=aÑ]

1 bida-, 2 urva-, 3 kaśyapa-, 4 kuśika-, 5 bharad-vāja-, 6 upa-man-yu-, 7 kilāta-, 8 kandarpa- (kim-darbha-), 9 viśvā-nara-, 10 r̥ṣṭi-seṇa- (r̥ṣi-ṣeṇa-), 11 r̥ta-bhāga-, 12 hary-aśva-, 13 pri-ya-ka-, 14 āpastamba-, 15 kūrca-vāra-, 16 śarad-vat-, 17 śunaka-, 18 dhe-nu-, 19 go-pav-ana-, 20 śigru-, 21 bind-u- (vind-u-), 22 (bhog-aka-), 23 bhaj-ana-, 24 (śam-ika-), 25 aśva=ava-tāna-, 26 śyāmāka-, 27 śyāmaka-, 28 (śyāvali-), 29 śyā-parṇa-;

harita=āday-aḥ (4.1.100); cf. 259 below

30 harita-, 31 kiṁ-dāsa-, 32 bahyāska-, 33 arka-jūṣa- (arka-juṣa-) (arka-lūṣa-), 34 badhyoga- (vadhyoga-), 35 viṣṇu-, 36 vr̥d-dha- (viṣṇu-vr̥d-dha-), 37 prati-bodh-a-, 38 rathī-tara-, 39 rathaṁ-tara-, 40 gavi-ṣṭhira-, 41 ni-ṣād-a-, 42 (śabara-), 43 (a-las-a-), 44 maṭhara-, 45 (mr̥ḍāku-), 46 (sr̥pāku-), 47 mr̥d-u-, 48 punar-bhū, 49 pu-tra-, 50 duh-i-tr̥-, 51 nanāndr̥-, 52 #para-strī para-śuṁ ca#.

bilva-ka=āday-aḥ

[6.4.153 bilva-ka=ādi-bhyaś cha-sya luK]

See under 126: naḍa=āday-ah 3.12.

bilva=āday-aḥ

[4.3.136 bilva=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ]

1 bilva-, 2 vrīhi-, 3 kāṇḍa-, 4 mudga-, 5 masūra-, 6 go-dhūma-, 7 ikṣu-, 8 veṇu-, 9 gavedhuka, 10 karpāsī, 11 pāṭalī, 12 karkandhū, 13 kuṭīra-.

brāhmaṇa=āday-aḥ

[5.1.124 guṇa-vac-ana-brāhmaṇa=ādi-bhyaḥ kar-maṇ-i ca (bhāve 119 ṢyaÑ 123)]

1 brāhmaṇa-, 2 vāḍava-, 3 māṇava-, 4 #arh-at-aḥ nuM ca#; 5 cor-a-, 6 dhūrta-, 7 ā-rādh-ay-a-, 8 vi-rādhay-a-, 9 apa-rādh-ay-a-, 10 upa-rādh-ay-a-, 11 eka-bhāv-a-, 12 dvi-bhāv-a-, 13 tri-bhāv-a-, 14 anya-bhāv-a-, 15 a-kṣe-tra-jña-, 16 saṁ-vād-in-, 17 saṁ-veś-in-, 18 sam-bhāṣ-in-, 19 bahu-bhāṣ-in-, 20 śīrṣa-ghāt-in-, 21 vi-ghāt-in-, 22 sama-stha-, 23 vi-ṣama-stha-, 24 parama-stha-, 25 madhya-ma-stha-, 26 an-īś-vara-, 27 kuśa-la-, 28 capala-, 29 nipuṇa-, 30 piśuna-, 31 kutūhala-, 32 kṣe-tra-jña-, 33 niśna-, 34 bāliśa-, 35 a-las-a-, 36 duṣ-puruṣa-, 37 kā-puru-ṣa-, 38 rāj-an-, 39 gaṇa-pati-, 40 adhi-pati-, 41 gaḍula-, 42 dāyāda-, 43 vi-śas-ti-, 44 vi-ṣama-, 45 vi-pāt-a-, 46 ni-pāt-a-, 47 #sarva-veda=ādi-bhyaḥ sva=arth-e#; 48 #catur-veda-sya=ubha-ya-pada-vr̥d-dhi-ś ca#; 49 śauṭīra-. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

bharga=āday-aḥ

[4.1.178 na prāc-ya-bharga=ādi-yaudh-eya=ādi-bhyaś ca]

1 bharg-a-, 2 karuśa-, 3 kekaya-, 4 kaśmīra-, 5 sālva-, 6 su-sthāla-, 7 uras- (urasa-), 8 kaurav-ya-.

bhastrā=āday-aḥ

[4.4.16 bhastrā=ādi-bhyaṣ ṢthaN]

1 bhastrā, 2 bharaṭa-, 3 bhar-aṇa-, 4 śīrṣa-bhār-a-, 5 śīrṣe-bhār-a-, 6 aṁsa-bhār-a-, 7 aṁse-bhār-a-.

bhikṣ-ā=āday-aḥ

[4.2.38 bhikṣ-ā=ādi-bhyah=áṆ]

1 bhikṣ-ā, 2 garbh-iṇ-ī, 3 kṣe-tra-, 4 karīṣa-, 5 aṅgāra-, 6 car-man- (carm-in-), 7 sahasra-, 8 yuva-ti-, 9 padāti-, 10 pad-dha-ti-, 11 atharvan-, 12 dakṣiṇā, 13 bhū-ta-, 14 vi-ṣay-a-, 15 śro-tra-.

bhidā=āday-aḥ

[3.3.104 ¹Ṣ=it=²bhidā=ādi-bhyaḥ áṄ]

1 bhid-ā vi-dār-aṇ-e; 2 chid-ā dvaidhī-kar-aṇ-e; 3 vid-ā, 4 kṣip-ā, 5 #guh-ā ¹giri=²oṣadhy-oḥ#; 6 srad-dh-ā, 7 medh-ā, 8 go-dh-ā, 9 #ār-ā śastry-ām#; 10 hār-ā, 11 #kār-ā bandh-an-e#; 12 kṣiy-ā, 13 #tār-ā jyot-iṣ-i#; 14 #dhār-ā pra-pat-an-e#; 15 rekh-ā, 16 cūḍ-ā, 17 pīḍ-ā, 18 vap-ā, 19 vas-ā, 20 vajj-ā, 21 #krapeḥ sam-pra-sār-aṇa-ṁ ca# : kr̥p-ā.

bhī-ma=āday-aḥ

[3.4.74 bhī-ma=āday-aḥ=ap-ā-dān-e]

1 bhī-ma-, 2 bhīṣ-ma-, 3 bhayānaka-, 4 vaha-, 5 caru- (vaha-caru-), 6 pra-skand-ana-, 7 pra-pat-ana- (pra-tap-ana-), 8 sam-ud-ra-, 9 sruva-, 10 sruk (sruc-), 11 (sr̥ṣ-ṭi-), 12 rakṣ-as-, 13 (śaṅku-), 14 (suka-/śaṁku-suka-), 15 mūrkha-, 16 khalati-.

bhū-v=āday-aḥ

[1.3.1 bhū-v-āday-aḥ dhātav-aḥ]

See Dhp I 1-1059.

bhr̥śa=āday-aḥ

[3.1.12 bhr̥śa=ādi-bhyaḥ bhuv-i a-Cve-r lopa-ś ca haL-aḥ]

1 bhr̥śa-, 2 śīghra-, 3 capala-, 4 manda-, 5 paṇḍ-ita-, 6 ut-suka-, 7 su-man-as-, 8 dur-man-as, 9 abhi-man-as, 10 un-man-as-, 11 rah-as-, 12 roh-at-, 13 reh-at-, 14 saṁ-ścat-, 15 tr̥p-at-, 16 śaśvat-, 17 bhram-at-, 18 veh-at-, 19 śuc-is-, 20 śuci-varc-as-, 21 aṇḍa-ra-, 22 varc-as- (aṇḍa-ra-varc-as-), 23 oj-as-, 24 su-raj-as-, 25 a-raj-as-.

bhaurik-i=āday-aḥ

[4.2.54 ¹bhaurik-i=ādi=²yaudh-eya=ādi-bhyaḥ ¹vidhaL-²bhaktaL-au]

1 bhaurik-i-, 2 bhaulik-i-, 3 caupayata-, 4 caitayata- (cautayata-), 5 kāṇ-eya-, 6 vāṇijaka-, 7 vāṇikājya- (vālikājya-), 8 saikayata-, 9 vaikayata-.

madhu=āday-aḥ

[4.2.86 madhu=ādi-bhyaś ca (matUP 85)]

1 madhu-, 2 bisa-, 3 sthāṇu-, 4 veṇu-, 5 karkandhu-, 6 śamī, 7 karīra-, 8 hima-, 9 kiśarā, 10 śaryāṇa-, 11 marut-, 12 vārdālī, 13 śara-, 14 iṣṭakā, 15 ā-su-ti-, 16 śak-ti-, 17 āsandī, 18 śakala-, 19 śalākā, 20 āmiṣī, 21 ikṣu-, 22 roman-, 23 ruṣ-ṭi-, 24 ruṣ-ya-, 25 takṣa-śilā, 26 khaḍa-, 27 vaṭa-, 28 veṭa.

mano-jña=āday-aḥ

[5.1.133 dvaṁdva-mano-jña=ādi-bhyaś ca (vuÑ 132)]

1 mano-jña-, 2 pri-ya-rūpa-, 3 abhi-rūpa-, 4 kalyāṇa-, 5 medhā-vin-, 6 āḍhya-, 7 kula-putra-, 8 chāndas-a, 9 chāttra-, 10 śrotr-iya-, 11 cor-a-, 12 dhūrta-, 13 viśva-deva-, 14 yuvan-, 15 ku-putra-, 16 grāma-putra-, 17 grāma-kulāla-, 18 grāma-ṣaṇḍa-, 19 grāma-kumāra-, 20 su-kumāra-, 21 bahu-la-, 22 (avaśya-putra-), 23 amu-ṣya-putra-, 24 amu-ṣya-kula-, 25 sāra-putra-, 26 śata-putra-.

mayūra-vy-aṁsaka=āday-aḥ

[2.1.72 mayūra-vy-aṁsaka=ādayaś ca (tat-puruṣ-āḥ 22 sam-as-āḥ 3)]

1 mayūra-vy-aṁsaka-, 2 chāttra-vy-aṁsaka-, 3 kamboja-muṇḍa-, 4 yavana-muṇḍa-, 5 #chand-as-i haste-gr̥h-ya- (hasta-gr̥h-ya-)#; 6 pāde-gr̥h-ya- (pāda-gr̥h-ya-), 7 lāṅgula-gr̥h-ya- (lāṅgule-gr̥h-ya-), 8 punar-dā-ya-, 9 #ehi=īḍa=āday-aḥ anya-pad-ā-rth-e#, 10 ehi=īda-ṁ vart-a-te, 11 ehi-yava-ṁ vart-a-te; 12 ehi-vāṇijā kri-yā, 13 apa=ihi-vāṇijā, 14 pra=ihi-vāṇijā, 15 ehi-svāgatā, 16 apa=ihi-svāgatā, 17 ehi-dvi-tīyā, 18 apehi-dvi-tīyā, 19 prehi-dvi-tīyā, 20 ehi-kaṭā, 21 apehi-kaṭā, 22 prehi-kaṭā; 23 ā-hara-kaṭā, 24 prehi-kardamā, 25 proha-kardamā, 26 vi-dhama-cūḍā, 27 ud-dhama-cūḍā (ud-dhara-cūḍā), 28 ā-hara-celā, 29 ā-hara-vasanā, 30 (ā-hara-senā), 31 ā-hara-van-itā (ā-hara-vi-na-tā), 32 kr̥n-ta-vi-cakṣ-aṇā, 33 ud-dhara=ut-sr̥jā, 34 ud-dhara=ava-sr̥jā, 35 ud-dhama-vi-dhamā, 36 ut-paca-ni-pacā, 37 ut-pata-ni-patā, 38 uccā-vaca-m, 39 ucca-nīca-m, 40 āca=upaca-m, 41 āca-parāca-m, 42 nakha-praca-m, 43 niśca-praca-m, 44 a-kiṁ-cana-, 45 snā-tvā-kālaka-, 46 pī-tvā-sthiraka-, 47 bhuk-tvā-su-hi-ta-, 48 proṣ-ya-pap-īyān, 49 ut-pat-ya-pākalā, 50 ni-pat-ya-roh-iṇī, 51 ni-ṣaṇ-ṇa-śyāmā, 52 apehi-pra-ghasā, 53 ehi-vighasā, 54 iha-pañca-m-ī, 55 iha-dvi-tīyā, 56 #ja-hi kar-maṇ-ā bahu-lam ābhīkṣṇ-ye kar-tār-aṁ ca abhi-da-dhā-ti#; 57 jahi-joḍa-ḥ (°-joḍam), 58 jahi-stambam (°-stamba-ḥ), 59 uj-jahi-stamba-m, 60 #ā-khyā-ta-m ā-khyā-tena kri-yā-sātat-y-e#; 61 aś-nī-ta-pib-a-tā, 62 pac-a-ta-bhr̥jj-a-tā; 63 khād-a-ta-mod-a-tā, 64 khād-a-ta-vam-a-tā (°-cam-a-tā), 65 ā-hara-ni-vap-ā, 66 ā-vap-a-niṣ-kir-ā (ā-hara-niṣ-kir-ā), 67 ut-pac-a-ni-pac-ā, 68 bhin-dhi-lavaṇā, 69 kr̥n-dhi-vi-cakṣ-aṇā, 70 pac-a-lav-aṇā, 71 pa-ca-pra-kūṭ-ā. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

mahiṣī=āday-aḥ

[4.4.48 áṆ mahiṣī=ādi-bhyaḥ]

1 mahiṣ-ī, 2 prajā-pati, 3 prajā-vat-ī, 4 pra-lep-ik-ā, 5 vi-lep-ik-ā, 6 anu-lep-ik-ā, 7 puro-hita-, 8 maṇi-pāl-ā, 9 anu-cār-aka- (anu-vār-akak-), 10 ho-tr̥-, 11 yaj-a-māna-.

mālā=āday-aḥ

[6.2.88 mālā=ādī-nāṁ ca (ādir udātta-ḥ 64)]

1 mālā, 2 śālā, 3 śoṇā (śoṇa-), 4 drākṣā, 5 srākṣā, 6 kṣāmā, 7 kāñcī, 8 eka-, 9 kāma-.

muc=āday-aḥ

[7.1.59 Śe muc=ādi-nām (nuM 58)]

See under Dhp VI 136-143.

yajA=āday-aḥ

[6.1.15 ¹vaci̱-²svapi̱-³yajA=ādī-nāṁ K-IT-i (sam-pra-sār-aṇam 13)]

See under Dhp I 1051-1059.

yava=āday-aḥ

[8.2.9 ¹m-²a=āt upa-dhāyāś ca matOr va-ḥ=a-yava=ādi-bhyaḥ]

1 yav-a-, 2 dalmi-, 3 ūrmi-, 4 bhūmi-, 5 kr̥mi-, 6 kruñcā, 7 vaśā, 8 drākṣā-, 9 dhrākṣā, 10 dhraji-, 11 dhvaji, 12 niji-, 13 siji-, 14 sañji-, 15 harit-, 16 kakud-, 17 marut-, 18 garut-, 19 ikṣu-, 20 dru-, 21 madhu. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

yaska=āday-aḥ

[2.3.63 yaska=ādi-bhyaḥ go-tr-e (luK 58)]

1 yaska-, 2 lah-ya- (labh-ya-), 3 druh-ya-, 4 (ayaḥ-sthūṇa-), 5 tr̥ṇa-karṇa-, 6 sadā-matta-, 7 kambala-hāra- (°-bhāra-), 8 bahir-yog-a-, 9 karṇāḍhaka- (karṇāṭaka-), 13 vi-śri-, 14 ku-dri-, 15 aja-basti-, 16 mitra-yu-, 17 rakṣo-mukha-, 18 jaṅghā-ratha-, 19 ut-kās-a-, 20 kaṭuka-, 21 manthaka- (math-aka-kaṭuka-manth-aka-), 22 puṣkara-sad-, 23 viṣa-puṭa-, 24 upari-mekhala-, 25 kroṣṭu-māna-, 26 kroṣṭu-pāda-, 27 kroṣṭu-māya-, 28 śīrṣa-māya-, 29 kharapa-, 30 padaka-, 31 varṣuka-, 32 bhalandana-, 33 bhaḍila-, 34 bhaṇḍila-, 35 bhaḍita-, 36 bhaṇḍita-.

yāj-aka=āday-aḥ

[2.2.9 yāj-aka=ādi-bhiś ca (ṣaṣṭhī 8)]

1 yāj-aka-, 2 pūj-aka-, 3 pari-cār-aka-, 4 pari-veṣ-aka- (pari-ṣec-aka-), 5 snā-p-aka-, 6 adhy-ā-p-aka-, 7 ut-sāh-aka-, 8 ud-vart-aka-. 9 ho-tr̥-, 10 bhar-tr̥-, 11 ratha-gaṇ-aka-, 12 patti-gaṇ-aka-.

yāva=āday-aḥ

[5.4.29 yāva=ādi-bhyaḥ kaN]

1 yāva-, 2 maṇi-, 3 asthi-, 4 (tālu-), 5 jānu-, 6 sāndra-, 7 pī-ta-, 8 stamba-, 9 #r̥t-au ¹uṣ-ṇa-²śī-te#; 10 #paś-au ¹lū-na-²vi-pā-t-e#; 11 #aṇu ni-puṇ-e#; 12 #putra kr̥-trim-e#; 13 #snā-ta veda-sam-āp-t-au#; 14 #śūnya rik-te#; 15 #dāna kuts-it-e#; 16 #tanu sūtr-e#; 17 #īyas-aś ca#; 18 jñā-ta-, 19 a-jñā-ta-, 20 #kumārī-krīḍ-anā-ni ca (°-krīḍ-anakā-ni ca)#.

yuk-ta=ā-roh-in=āday-aḥ

[6.2.81 (adi=udatt-āḥ 64)]

1 yúk-ta=ā=roh-ī, 2 ā-ga-ta-roh-ī, 3 ā-ga-ta-yodh-ī, 4 ā-ga-ta-vañc-ī, 5 ā-ga-ta-nand-ī (°-nard-ī), 6 ā-g-ta-pra-hār-ī, 7 ā-ga-ta-matsya-ḥ 8 kṣīra-ho-tā, 9 bháginī-bhar-tā, 10 grāma-go-dhuk, 11 áśva-tri-rātra-ḥ, 12 gárga-tri-rātra-ḥ, 13 vy-áṣ-ṭi-tri-rātra-ḥ, 14 gáṇa-pāda-ḥ, 15 éka-śiti-pād, 16 #pātre-samita=āday-aś ca#.

yuvan-āday-aḥ

[5.1.130 hā-y-ana=anta=yuva(n)=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ]

1 yuvan-, 2 sthav-ira-, 3 ho-tr̥-, 4 yaj-a-māna-, 5 #puruṣa a-se#, 6 bhrā-tr̥, 7 kutuka-, 8 śram-aṇa- (śraṇama-), 9 kaṭuka-, 10 kamaṇḍalu-, 11 ku-strī, 12 su-strī, 13 duḥ-strī, 14 su-hr̥d-aya-, 15 dur-hr̥d-aya-, 16 su-hr̥d-, 17 dur-hr̥d-, 18 su-bhrā-tr̥-, 19 dur-bhrā-tr̥-, 20 vr̥ṣala-, 21 pari-vrāj-aka-, 22 sa-brahma-cār-in-, 23 a-nr̥-śaṁsa-, 24 #hr̥d-aya a-se#; 25 kuśala-, 26 capala-, 27 nipuṇa-, 28 piśuna-, 29 kutūhala-, 30 kṣetr-jña-, 31 #kṣetr-iya-sya ya-lopa-ś ca#.

¹yaudh-eya-āday-aḥ

[4.1.178 na ¹prāc-ya-²bharga=ādi-³yaudh-eya=ādi-bhyaś ca (luK 175)]

1 yaudh-eya-, 2 śaukr-eya-, 3 śaubhr-eya-, 4 jyā-bāṇ-eya-, 5 dhārt-eya- (dhaurt-eya-), 6 tri-garta-, 7 bharata-, 8 uśī-nara-.

²yaudh-eya=āday-aḥ

[5.3.117 ¹parśu=ādi-²yaudh-eya=ādi-bhyām ¹aṆ=²aÑ-au]

1 yaudh-eya-, 2 kauś-eya-, 3 śaukr-eya-, 4 śaubhr-eya-, 5 dhārt-eya-, 6 ghārt-eya-, 7 jyā-bāṇ-eya-, 8 tri-garta-, 9 bhar-a-ta, 10 uśī-nara-.

rajata=āday-aḥ

[4.3.154 prāṇi(n)=rajata=ādi-bhyaḥ=aÑ]

1 rajata-, 2 sīsa-, 3 loha-, 4 udumbara-, 5 nīpa-, 6 dāru-, 7 rohitaka-, 8 vibhītaka-, 9 pīta-dāru-, 10 tīvra-dāru-, 11 tri-kaṇṭaka-, 12 kaṇṭakāra-.

radhÁ=āday-aḥ

[7.2.45 radhÁ=ādi-bhyaś ca (ārdha-dhatuka-sya iṬ=vaL-āde-ḥ 35 vā 44)]

See under Dhp IV 84-91.

rasa=āday-aḥ

[5.2.95 rasa=ādi-bhyaś ca (matUP 94)]

1 rasa-, 2 rūpa-, 3 varṇa-, 4 gandha-, 5 sparśa-, 6 śabda-, 7 sneh-a-, 8 bhāv-a-, 9 #guṇ-āt#, 10 #eka=aC-aḥ#.

rāja-danta=āday-aḥ

[2.2.31 rāja-danta=ādi-ṣu para-m]

1 rāja-dantá-ḥ, 2 agre-vaṇá-m, 3 lip-ta=ava-si-tá-m, 4 nag-na-muṣ-i-tá-m, 5 sik-ta-sam-mr̥ṣ-ṭá-m, 6 mr̥ṣ-ṭa-luñc-i-tá-m, 7 ava-klin-na-pakvá-m, 8 arp-i-ta=up-tá-m, 9 up-ta-gā-ḍhá-m, 10 ulūkhala-musalá-m, 11 taṇḍula-kiṇvá-m, 12 dr̥ṣad-upalá-m, 13 ārag-vāy-ana-bandhakī (āraḍ-vāy-aní-), 14 citra-ratha-bālhīká-m, 15 avanti=aśma-ká-m, 16 śūdra=āryá-m, 17 snā-ta-ka-rājān-aú, 18 viṣvak-sena=arjun-aú, 19 akṣi-bhruvá-m, 20 dāra-gavá-m, 21 śabda=arth-aú, 22 dharma=arth-aú, 23 kāma=arth-aú, 24 artha-śabd-aú, 25 artha-kām-aú, 26 vaikāri-ma-tá-m, 27 gaja-vājá-m, 28 go-pāla-dhānī-pūlāsá-m (go-pāli-dhāna-pūlāsá-m), 29 pūlāsaka-kuraṇḍá-m (pūlāsa-kāraṇḍá-m), 30 sthūla-pūlāsá-m (sthūlāsá-m), 31 uśīra-bījá-m, 32 (jijñāsthí-), 3 siñja=aśvatthá-m (siñjāsthá-m), 34 citrā-svāt-ī, 35 bhār-yā-pat-ī, 36 dam-pat-ī, 37 jam-pat-ī, 38 jāyā-pat-ī, 39 putra-pat-ī, 40 putra-paśū, 41 keśa-śmaśrū, 42 śiro-bījá-m (°bījú-), 43 śiro-jānú-, 44 sarpir-madhu-n-ī, 45 madhu-sarpiṣ-ī, 46 ādy=ant-aú, 47 anta=ad-ī, 48 guṇa-vr̥d-dh-ī, 49 vr̥d-dhi-guṇ-aú.

rājan-ya=āday-aḥ

[4.2.53 rājan-ya=ādi-bhyaḥ vuÑ]

1 rājan-ya-, 2 an-r̥ta-, 3 bābhrav-ya-, 4 śālaṅk-āyana-, 5 daiva-yā-ta- (daiva-yātava-), 6 (a-vrīḍa-), 7 (varatrā), 8 jā-laṁ-dhar-āyaṇa-, 9 (rājāyana-), 10 telu-, 11 ātma-kām-eya-, 12 ambarīṣa-putra-, 13 vasāti-, 14 bailva-vana-, 15 śailūṣa-, 16 udumbara-, 17 tīvra-, 18 bailva-ja-, 19 ārjun-āyana-, 20 sam-pri-ya-, 21 dākṣ-i-, 22 ūrṇa-nābh-a-.

rúd=āday-aḥ

[7.2.76 rúd=ādi-bhyaḥ sārva-dhātuk-e (iṬ vaL-āde-ḥ 35)]

See under Dhp II 58-62; cf. 7.3.98ff.

rudh=āday-aḥ

[3.1.78 rudh=ādi-bhyaḥ ŚnaM]

See under Dhp VII 1-25.

re-vat-ī=āday-aḥ

[4.1.146 re-vat-ī=ādi-bhyaṣ ṭhaK]

1 re-vat-ī, 2 aśva-pāl-ī, 3 maṇi-pāl-ī, 4 dvāra-pāl-ī, 5 vr̥ka-vañc-in-, 6 vr̥ka-bandhu-, 7 vr̥ka-grāh-a-, 8 karṇa-grāh-a-, 9 daṇḍa-grāh-a-, 10 kukkuṭa=akṣa-, 11 (cāmara-grāh-a-).

raivat-ika=āday-aḥ

[4.3.131 raivat-ika=ādi-bhyaś cha-ḥ]

1 raivat-ika-, 2 svāpiś-i-, 3 kṣaima-vr̥d-dh-i-, 4 gaura-grīva- (°-grīv-i-), 5 auda-megh-i-, 6 auda-vāp-i-, 7 baija-vāp-i-.

loman=āday-aḥ

[5.2.100 ¹loma(n)=ādi-²pāma(n)=ādi-³piccha-ādi-bhyaḥ ¹śá-²ná=³iláC-aḥ]

1 loman-, 2 roman-, 3 babhru-, 4 hari-, 5 giri-, 6 karka-, 7 kapi-, 8 muni-, 9 taru-.

¹lohita=āday-aḥ

[3.1.13 lohita=ādi-ḌāC=bhyaḥ KyáṢ]

1 lohita-, 2 car-ita-, 3 nīla-, 4 phena-, 5 madra-, 6 har-i-ta-, 7 dāsa-, 8 manda-.

²lohita=āday-aḥ

[4.1.18 sarva-tra ¹lohita=ādi-²kata=ante-bhyaḥ (striy-ām 3 Ṣpha-ḥ 17)]

See under 71: garga=āday-aḥ, 25-52.

lū=āday-aḥ

[8.2.44 lū=ādi-bhyaḥ (niṣṭhā-t-aḥ na-ḥ 42)]

See under Dhp IX 13-32.

vaṁśa=āday-aḥ

[5.1.50 tad=¹har-a-ti-²vah-a-ti=³ā-vah-a-ti bhār-āt=vaṁśa=ādi-bhyaḥ]

1 vaṁśa-, 2 kuṭa-ja-, 3 balva-ja-, 4 mūla-, 5 sthūṇā (sthūṇa-), 6 akṣa-,7 aśman-, 8 aśva-, 9 ślakṣna-, 10 ikṣu-, 11 khaṭvā.

vánas-páti-āday-aḥ

[6.2.140 ubh-e vánas-páti=ādi-ṣu yagapat (pra-kr̥-ty-ā 137)]

1 ván-as-páti-ḥ, 2 bŕh-as-pátiḥ, 3 śácī-páti-ḥ, 4 tánū-nápāt, 5 nárā-śáṁsa-ḥ, 6 śún-aḥ-śépha-ḥ, 7 śáṇḍā-márk-au, 8 tŕṣṇā-varutr-ī, 9 lambā-viśvá-vayas-au, 10 már-mr̥tyú-ḥ.

var-aṇā=āday-aḥ

[4.2.82 var-aṇā=ā-di-bhyaś ca (luP 81)]

1 var-aṇ-ā, 2 śr̥ṅg-ī, 3 śālmali-, 4 śuṇḍ-ī, 5 śayāṇḍ-ī, 6 parṇ-ī, 7 tāmra-parṇ-ī, 8 go-da-, 9 ā-liṅg-y-āyana-, 10 jāna-pad-ī (jāla-pad-ī), 11 jambū, 12 puṣkara-, 13 campā, 14 pampā, 15 valgu-, 16 uj-jay-in-ī (uj-jay-an-ī), 17 gayā, 18 mathurā, 19 takṣa-śilā, 20 uras-ā, 21 go-mat-ī, 22 valabh-ī.

varāha=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 +kaK]

1 varāha-, 2 palāśa-, 3 śirīṣa-, 4 pi-nad-dha-, 5 ni-bad-dha-, 6 balāha-, 7 sthū-la-, 8 vi-dag-dha-, 9 vi-jag-dha-, 10 vi-bhag-na-, 11 vi-mag-na-, 12 bāhu-, 13 khadira-, 14 śarkarā.

varg-ya=āday-aḥ

[6.2.131 varg-ya=āday-aḥ (uttara-pada=ādi-ḥ 111 udātta-ḥ 64)]

See under 116 above: 2-27.

vas-anta=āday-aḥ

[4.2.63 vas-anta=ādi-bhyaṣ=ṭhaK]

1 vas-ant-a-, 2 grīṣma-, 3 varṣā, 4 śarad-, 5 hemanta-, 6 śiśira-, 7 prathama-, 8 guṇa-, 9 carama-, 10 anu-guṇa-, 11 athar-van-, 12 ātharvaṇ-a-.

vākina=āday-aḥ

[4.1.158 vākina=ādī-nāṁ kuK ca]

1 vākina-, 2 gaudh-era-, 3 kārkaṣ-a-, 4 kāka-, 5 laṅkā, 6 #¹carmi(n)=²varm-iṇ-or na-lopa-ś ca#.

vi-nay-a=āday-aḥ

[5.4.34 vi-nay-a=ādi-bhyaṣ ṭhaK]

1 vi-nay-a-, 2 sam-ay-a-, 3 #up-ā-y-āt hrasva-tvaṁ ca#; 4 sam-prati-, 5 saṁ-ga-ti-, 6 kathaṁ-cit-, 7 a-ka-smāt-, 8 sam-ā-cār-a-, 9 upa-cār-a-, 10 samaya=ā=cār-a-, 11 vy-ava-hār-a-, 12 sam-pra-dāna-, 13 sam-ut-karṣ-a-, 14 sam-ūh-a-, 15 vi-śeṣ-a, 16 aty-ay-a-.

vi-muk-ta=āday-aḥ

[5.2.61 vi-muk-ta=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ]

1 vi-muk-ta-, 2 deva=asura-, 3 rakso'sura-, 4 upa-sad-, 5 su-varṇa-, 6 pari-sār-aka-, 7 sad-asad-, 8 vas-u-, 9 marut-, 10 patnī-vat-, 11 vasu-mat-, 12 mahīyatva-, 13 sat-vat-, 14 barha-vat-, 15 daśārṇa-, 16 daśārha-, 17 vayas-, 18 havir-dhāna-, 19 patatr-in-, 20 mahitr-ī, 21 asy-a-ha-t-ya, 22 somā-pūṣan-, 23 iḍā, 24 agnā-viṣṇ-u, 25 urvaś-ī, 26 vr̥tra-han-.

vi-spaṣ-ṭa=ādī-n-i

[6.2.94 vi-spaṣ-ṭa=ādī-n-i guṇa-vac-ane-ṣu (tatpuruṣ-e 2 pra-kr̥-ty-ā 1)]

1 vi-spaṣ-ṭa-, 2 vi-citra-, 3 vi-cit-ta-, 4 vy-ak-ta-, 5 sam-pan-na-, 6 paṭ-u-, 7 paṇḍ-ita-, 8 kuśala-, 9 capala-, 10 nipuṇa-.

vŕt

[1.3.92 vŕt=bhyaḥ sya-saN-oḥ (vā 90 kar-tar-i parasmaipadam 78)]

See Dhp I 795-799. Cf. 7.2.59.

vŕṣa=āday-aḥ

[6.1.203 vŕṣ-a=ādī-nāṁ ca (ādi-ḥ 197 udātta-ḥ 159)]

1 vŕṣ-a-ḥ, 2 ján-a-ḥ, 3 jvár-a-ḥ, 4 gráh-a-ḥ, 5 háy-a-ḥ, 6 gáy-a-ḥ, 7 náy-a-ḥ, 8 tāy-a-ḥ, 9 táy-a-ḥ, 10 cáy-a-ḥ, 11 ám-a-ḥ, 12 véd-a-ḥ, sūd-a-ḥ, 14 áṁś-a-ḥ, 15 gúh-ā, 16 #¹śám-a-²ráṇ-au saṁ-jñā-y-āṁ sam-ma-t-au ¹bhāv-a-²kar-man-oḥ#; 17 mán-tra-ḥ, 18 śān-ti-ḥ, 19 kām-a-ḥ, 20 grām-a-ḥ, 21 ār-ā, 22 dhār-ā-, 23 kār-ā, 24 vāh-a-ḥ, 25 kálp-a-ḥ, 26 pād-a-ḥ. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

vetana=āday-aḥ

[4.4.12 vetana=ādi-bhyaḥ jīv-a-ti (+ṭhaK 1)]

1 vetana-, 2 vāh-ana-, 3 ardha-vāh-ana-, 4 dhanur-daṇḍa-, 5 jāl-a-, 6 veś-a-, 7 upa-vés-a-, 8 pr-eṣ-aṇa-, 9 upa-vas-ti-, 10 su-kha-, 11 śay-yā, 12 śak-ti-, 13 upa-ni-ṣad-, 14 upa-deś-a-, 15 sphij- (sphija-), 16 pād-a-, 17 upa-stha-, 18 upa-sthāna-, 19 ups-has-ta-.

vy-ā-ghra=āday-aḥ

[2.1.56 upa-mi-ta-ṁ vy-ā-ghra=ādi-bhiḥ sāmānya=a-pra-yog-e]

1 vy-ā-ghra-, 2 siṁha-, 3 r̥kṣa-, 4 r̥ṣabha-, 5 cand-ana-, 6 vr̥ka-, 7 vr̥ṣ-a-, 8 varāha-, 9 hast-in-, 10 tar-u-, 11 kuñjara-, 12 ruru-, 13 pr̥ṣ-at-, 14 puṇḍarīka-, 15 palāśa-, 16 kitava-. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ayam*.

vy-uṣ-ṭa=āday-aḥ

[5.1.97 vy-uṣ-ṭa=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ]

1 vy-uṣ-ṭa-, 2 ni-tya-, 3 niṣ-kram-aṇa-, 4 pra-veś-ana-, 5 (upa-saṁ-kram-aṇa-), 6 tīrtha-, 7 (ā-star-aṇa-), 8 saṁ-grāma-, 9 saṁ-ghāt-a-.

vrīhi=āday-aḥ

[5.2.116 vrīhi=ādi-bhiś ca (ini̱-ṭhaN-au 115)]

1 vrīhi-, 2 māyā, 3 (śālā), 4 śikhā, 5 mālā, 6 mekhalā, 7 kekā, 8 aṣṭakā, 9 patākā, 10 car-man-, 11 kar-man-, 12 var-man-, 13 daṁṣ-ṭrā, 14 saṁ-jñā, 15 vaḍavā, 16 kumār-ī, 17 nau-, 18 vīṇā, 19 balākā, 20 yava-khada- (yava-khad-an-au*), 21 #śīrṣ-āt=naÑ-aḥ#.

śaṇḍ-ika=āday-aḥ

[4.3.92 śaṇḍ-ika-ādi-bhyaḥ Ñya-ḥ]

1 saṇḍ-ika-, 2 sarva-sena-, 3 sarva-keśa-, 4 śaka-, 5 śaṭa, 6 raka-, 7 śaṅkha-, 8 bodha-.

śám=āday-aḥ

[3.2.141 śám-ity-aṣṭā-bhyaḥ GHinuṆ]

See under Dhp IV 92-99. Cf. 7.3.74 śám-ām aṣṭā-nām dīrgha-ḥ SyaN-i.

śarad=pra-bhr̥-tay-aḥ

[5.4.107 avyay ī-bhāv-e śarad=pra-bhr̥-ti-bhyaḥ (ṬáC 91)]

1 śarad-, 2 vi-pāś-, 3 an-as-, 4 man-as-, 5 upā-nah-, 6 anaḍ-uh-, 7 div-, 8 hima-vat-, 9 hiruk-, 10 vid-, 11 sad-, 12 diś-, 13 dr̥ś-, 14 viś-, 15 catur-, 16 tyad-, 17 tad-, 18 yad-, 19 k-iy-at-, 20 #jarā-y-āḥ jar-as=ca#; 21 #¹prati-²para-³sam-⁴anu-bhyaḥ akṣṇ-aḥ#; 22 pathin-.

¹śara=āday-aḥ

[4.3.144 ni-tya-ṁ vr̥d-dha-śara=ādi-bhyaḥ (mayaṬ 143)]

1 śar-a-, 2 darbha-, 3 mr̥d-, 4 kuṭ-ī, 5 tr̥ṇa-, 6 soma-, 7 balva-ja- (balba-ja-).

²śara=āday-aḥ

[6.3.120 śara=ādī-nāṁ ca (matAU 119 dīrgha-ḥ 111)]

1 śara-, 2 vaṁśa-, 3 dhūma-, 4 ah-i-, 5 kapi-, 6 maṇi-, 7 mun-i-, 8 śuc-i-, 9 tan-u-.

śarkarā=āday-aḥ

[5.3.107 śarakarā=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ]

1 śarkarā, 2 kapāl-ikā, 3 kapāṭ-ikā, 4 kan-iṣṭhikā (kapi-ṣṭh-ikā), 5 puṇḍarīka-, 6 śata-patra-, 7 go-loman-, 8 loman-, 9 go-puccha-, 10 narācī, 11 na-kula-, 12 sikatā.

śākhā=āday-aḥ

[5.3.103 śākhā=ādi-bhyaḥ yàT]

1 śākhā, 2 mukha-, 3 jaghana-, 4 śr̥ṅga-, 5 megha-, 6 abhra-, 7 car-aṇa-, 8 skandha-, 9 skanda- (skada-), 10 uras-, 11 śiras-, 12 agra-, 13 śar-aṇa- (śāṇa-).

śārṅgarava=āday-aḥ

[4.1.73 śārṅgarava=ādi=aṆ-aḥ ṄīN]

1 śārṅgarava-, 2 kāpaṭava-, 3 gauggulava-, 4 brāhmaṇa-, 5 baida-, 6 gautama-, 7 kāmaṇḍal-eya-, 8 brāhmaṇa-kr̥t-eya-, 9 (ā-ni-ce-ya-), 10 ā-ni-dhe-ya-, 11 āśok-eya-, 12 vātsy-āyana-, 13 maunj-āyana-, 14 kaikasa- (kaikas-eya-), 15 kāv-ya-, 16 śaib-ya-, 17 ehi-, 18 pary-ehi-, 19 āśma-rath-ya-, 20 auda-pā-na-, 21 a-rāla-, 22 caṇḍāla-, 23 vataṇda-, 24 #bhog-a-vad-gauri-mat-oḥ saṁ-jñā-yām GHA=ādi-ṣu nityaṁ hrasva=artham#; 25 #nr̥-naray-or vr̥ddhiś ca#.

śiva=āday-aḥ

[4.1.112 śiva=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ]

1 śiva-, 2 proṣṭha- (prauṣṭha-), 3 proṣṭh-ika-, 4 caṇḍa-, 5 jambha-, 6 bhūri-, 7 daṇḍa-, 8 kuṭhāra-, 9 kakubh-, 10 an-abhi-mlā-na-, 11 kohita-, 12 mukha-, 13 saṁ-dh-i-, 14 mun-i-, 14a kakut-stha-, 15 kahoḍa-, 16 kohaḍa-, 17 kahūya- (kahūṣa-), 18 kahaya-, 19 rodh-a-, 20 kapiñjala- (ku-piñjala-), 21 khañjana-, 22 vataṇḍa-, 23 tr̥ṇa-karṇa- (tūṇa-karṇa-), 24 kṣīra-hrada-, 25 jala-hrada-, 26 parila-, 27 (pathi-ka-), 28 piṣ-ṭa-, 29 haihaya-, 30 (pārṣikā), 31 gop-ikā, 32 kapil-ikā, 33 jaṭil-ikā, 34 badhir-ikā, 35 mañjīraka-, 36 (majiraka-), 37 vr̥ṣṇi-ka-, 38 khañjāra-, 39 khañjāla-, 40 karmāra-, 41 rekh-a-, 42 lekh-a-, 43 ā-lekh-ana-, 44 vi-śrav-aṇa-, 45 rav-aṇa-, 46 vart-ana=akṣa-, 47 grivākṣa-, 48 viṭapa-, 49 piṭaka-, 50 piṭāka-, 51 tr̥kṣāka-, 52 nabhāka-, 53 ūrṇa-nābha-, 54 jar-at-kār-u-, 55 pr̥thā, 56 ut-kṣep-a-, 57 puro-hit-ikā, 58 su-roh-it-ikā, 59 su-roh-ikā, 60 ārya-śveta-, 61 su-piṣ-ṭa-, 62 masura-karṇa- (masūra-karṇa-), 63 mayūra-karṇa-, 64 kharjura-karṇa- (kharjūra-karṇa-), 65 khadūraka-, 66 takṣan-, 67 r̥ṣṭi-ṣeṇa-, 68 gaṅgā, 69 vi-pāś- (vi-pāśā-), 70 yaska-, 71 lah-ya-, 72 druh-ay-, 73 ayaḥ-sthūṇa-, 74 tr̥ṇa-, 75 karṇa- (tr̥ṇa-karṇa-), 76 parṇa-, 77 bhalandana-, 78 vi-rūpa=akṣa-, 79 bhūmi-, 80 ilā, 81 sa-pat-n-ī, 82 #dvy=aC-aḥ=nady-aḥ#; 83 #tri-veṇī tri-vaṇaṁ ca#.

śuṇḍ-ika=āday-aḥ

[4.3.76 śuṇḍ-ika-ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ]

1 śuṇḍ-ika-, 2 kr̥kaṇa-, 3 sthaṇḍila-, 4 uda-pāna-, 5 upala-, 6 bhūmi-, 7 tr̥ṇa-, 8 parṇa-.

śubh-ra=āday-aḥ

[4.1.123 śubh-ra=ādi-bhyaś ca (ḍhaK 120)]

1 śubh-ra-, 2 viṣ-ṭa-, 3 pura- (viṣṭa-pura-), 4 brahma-kr̥-ta-, 5 śalāthala-, 6 śalākā-bhrū, 7 lekhā-bhrū- (lekhābhra-), 8 vi-kas-a- (vi-kas-ā-), 9 roh-iṇ-ī, 10 ruk-miṇ-ī, 11 dharm-iṇ-ī, 12 diś- (diśā-), 13 śālūka-, 14 aja-vas-ti-, 15 śakandhi-, 16 vi-mā-tr̥-, 17 vidhavā, 18 śuka-, 19 viśa-, 20 deva-tara-, 21 śakuni-, 22 śuk-ra-, 23 ug-ra-, 24 jñā-ta-la- (śāta-la-), 25 bandhakī, 26 sr̥kaṇḍu-, 27 visri-, 28 atithi-, 29 go-danta-, 30 kuśāmba-, 31 sakaṣṭu-, 32 śātā-hara-, 33 pavaṣṭurika-, 34 su-nām-an-, 35 #¹lakṣmaṇa-²śyāmay-or vāsiṣṭh-e#; 36 godhā, 37 kr̥kalāsa-, 38 aṇīva-, 39 pra-vāh-aṇa-, 40 bhārata- (bharata-), 41 bharama- (bhārama-), 42 mr̥kaṇḍu-, 43 karpūra-, 44 itara-, 45 any-atara-, 46 ā-lī-ḍha-, 47 su-danta-, 48 su-dakṣa-, 49 su-vakṣ-as- (su-cakṣas-), 50 su-dā-man-, 51 kadru-, 52 tud-a-, 53 aka-śāya-, 54 kumār-ikā, 55 kuṭhār-ikā, 56 kiśor-ikā, 57 amb-ikā, 58 jihma=āś-in-, 59 pari-dh-i-, 60 vāyu-dat-ta-, 61 śakala-, 62 śalākā, 63 khaḍūra-, 64 kuber-ikā, 65 aśokā, 66 gandha-piṅgalā, 67 khaḍa=un-mat-tā, 68 anu-dr̥ṣ-ṭ-in-(anu-dr̥ṣ-ṭi-), 69 jar-at-in-, 70 balī-vard-in-, 71 vigra-, 72 bīja-, 73 jīva-, 74 śvan-, 75 aś-man-, 76 ajira-. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

śauṇḍ-āḥ

[2.1.40 sapta-m-ī śauṇḍ-aiḥ]

1 śauṇḍa-, 2 dhūrta-, 3 kitava-, 4 vy-āḍa-, 5 pra-vīṇa-, 6 saṁ-vī-ta-, 7 antara-, 8 adhi-, 9 paṭ-u- (adhi-paṭ-u-), 10 paṇḍ-ita-, 11 kuśa-la-, 12 capala-, 13 nipuṇa-.

śaunaka=āday-aḥ

[4.3.106 śaunaka=ādi-bhyaś ca chandas-i (Ṇíni̱-ḥ 106)]

1 śaunaka-, 2 vāja-san-eya-, 3 śārṅgarava-, 4 śāp-eya-, 5 śāṣp-eya-, 6 khāḍ-āyana-, 7 stambha- (skambha-), 8 skandha-, 9 deva-darś-ana-, 10 rajju-bhāra-, 11 rajju-kaṇṭha-, 12 kaṭha-śāṭha-, 13 kaśāya-, 14 tala-, 15 daṇḍa-, 16 puruṣa=aṁsaka-, 17 aśva-peja- (aśva-pe-ya-).

śramaṇā=āday-aḥ

[2.1.70 kumāra-ḥ śramaṇā=ādi-bhiḥ]

1 śram-aṇ-ā, 2 pra-vraj-it-ā, 3 kulaṭ-ā, 4 garbh-iṇī, 5 tāpas-ī, 6 dās-ī, 7 bandh-ak-ī, 8 adhy-āp-aka-, 9 abhi-rūpaka-, 10 paṭ-u-, 11 mr̥d-u-, 12 paṇḍ-ita-, 13 kuśala-, 14 capala-, 15 nipuṇa-.

śreṇi-āday-aḥ

[2.1.59 śreṇi-āday-aḥ kr̥-ta=ādi-bhiḥ]

1 śreṇi-, 2 (ūka-/eka-), 3 pūga-, 4 kunduma- (mukunda-, kunda-), 5 rāśi-, 6 ni-cay-a-, 7 vi-śeṣ-a-, 8 nidhāna- (vi-dhāna-, nidhana-), 9 (para-), 10 indra-, 11 dev-a-, 12 muṇḍa-, 13 bhū-ta-, 14 śram-aṇa-, 15 vadānya-, 16 adhy-āp-aka-, 17 abhi-rūp-aka-, 18 brāhmaṇa-, 19 kṣatr-iya-, 20 vi-śiṣ-ṭa- (vi-śikha-), 21 paṭ-u-, 22 paṇḍ-ita-, 23 kuśa-la-, 24 capala-, 25 nipuṇa-.

sakhi=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 +ḍhaÑ]

1 sa-kh-i-, 2 agni-datta-, 3 vāyu-dat-ta-, 4 sakhi-dat-ta-, 5 (gop-ila-/go-hi-ta-/goh-ila-), 6 bhalla-pāla- 7 (bhalla-, pāl-a-), 8 cakra-, 9 cakra-vāk-a-, 10 chagala-, 11 a-śok-a-, 12 kara-vira-, 13 vāsav-a-, 14 vīra-, 15 pūra-, 16 vajra-, 17 kuśīra-ka-, 18 sīhara-, 19 saraka- (sakara-), 20 sarasa-, 21 samara-, 22 samala-, 23 su-rasa-, 24 roh-a-, 25 tamāla-, 26 kadala-, 27 sapta-la-.

saṁ-kala=āday-aḥ

[4.2.75 saṁ-kala=ādi-bhiś ca (áṆ 71)]

1 saṁ-kal-a-, 2 puṣkala-, 3 uttama-, 4 uḍupa-, 5 ud-vep-a- (ud-vap-a-), 6 ut=puṭ-a-, 7 kumbha-, 8 ni-dhāna- (vi-dhāna-), 9 su-dakṣa-, 10 su-dat-ta-, 11 su-bhū-ta-, 12 su-pū-ta-, 13 su-ne-tra-, 14 su-maṅgala-, 15 su-piṅgala-, 16 sū-ta-, 17 sikata- (sikatā-), 18 pū-ti-ka (pū-ti-kā-, pū-ti-kī-), 19 pūlāsa-, 20 kū-lāsa-, 21 palāśa-, 22 ni-veś-a-, 23 gav-eṣa-, 24 gambhīra-, 25 itara-, 26 ān, 27 ahan-, 28 so-man-, 29 ve-man-, 30 varuṇa- (car-aṇa-), 31 bahu-la-, 32 sadyo-ja-, 33 abhi-ṣik-ta-, 34 go-bhr̥t-, 35 rāja-bhr̥t-, 36 bhalla-, 37 malla-, 38 māla.

saṁ-kāśa=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 +Ṇya]

1 saṁ-kāś-a-, 2 kapila-, 3 kaśmīra-, 4 (samīra-), 5 sūra-sena- (śūra-sena-), 6 saraka-, 7 sūra-, 8 #su-panth-in pantha ca#; 9 yūpa- (yūtha-), 10 aṁśa-, 11 aṅga-, 12 nāsā, 13 pal-ita-, 14 anu-nāś-a-, 15 aś-man-, 16 kūṭa-, 17 mal-ina-, 18 daśa-, 19 kumbha-, 20 śīrṣa-, 21 vi-ra-ta- (ciranta-), 22 samala-, 23 sīra-, 24 pañjara-, 25 mantha-, 26 nala-, 27 roman-, 28 loman-, 29 pulina-, 30 su-pari-, 31 kaṭipa-, 32 sa-karṇa-ka-, 33 vr̥ṣ-ṭi-, 34 tīrtha-, 35 agasti-, 36 vi-kar-a-, 37 nāsikā.

saṁ-tāp-a=āday-aḥ

[5.1.101 ta-smai pra-bhav-a-ti saṁ-tāp-a=ādi-bhyaḥ (ṭhaÑ 18)]

1 saṁ-tāp-a-, 2 saṁ-nāh-a-, 3 saṁ-grāma-, 4 saṁ-yog-a-, 5 sam-par-āy-a-, 6 (saṁ-veś-ana-), 7 sam-peṣ-a-, 8 niṣ-peṣ-a-, 9 sarg-a-, 10 ni-sarg-a-, 11 vi-sarg-a-, 12 upa-sarg-a-, 13 pra-vās-a-, 14 upa-vās-a-, 15 saṁ-ghāt-a-, 16 saṁ-veṣ-a-, 17 saṁ-vās-a-, 18 sam-mod-ana-, 19 (sak-tu-), 20 #māṁsa=odan-āt vi gr̥h-ī-t-ād api#.

saṁ-dhi-velā=āday-aḥ

[4.3.16 ¹saṁ-dhi-velā=ādi=²r̥tu=³nakṣatre-bhyaḥ=áṆ]

1 saṁ-dhi-velā, 2 saṁ-dhyā, 3 amā-vāsyā, 4 trayo-daś-ī, 5 catur-daś-ī, 6 pañca-daś-ī, 7 paurṇa-mās-ī, 8 prati-pad-, 9 #saṁ-vat-sar-āt ¹phala-²parvaṇ-oḥ#.

sa-pat-nī=āday-aḥ

[4.1.35 ni-tyaṁ sa-pat-nī=ādi-ṣu (na-ḥ 33)]

1 sa-māna-, 2 eka-, 3 vīra-, 4 piṇḍa-, 5 śva- (śirī-), 6 bhrā-tr̥-, 7 bhad-ra-, 8 putra-, 9 #dās-āt=chandas-i#.

sarva=ādīni

[1.1.27 sarva=ādī-n-i sarva-nāmā-n-i]

1 sarva-, 2 viśva-, 3 ubha-, 4 ubha-ya-;

Ḍatara=āday-ah (7.1.25); cf. 96 above

5 Ḍatara-, 6 Ḍatama-, 7 itara-, 8 anyatara-, 10 tvà-(tvaT-), 11 tva-, 12 nema-, 13 sama-, 14 sima-, 15 #¹pūrva-²para=³avara=⁴dakṣiṇa=⁵uttara=⁶apara=⁷adharā-ṇ-i vy-ava-sthā-y-ām a-saṁ-jñā-y-ām (P. 1.1.34)#; 16 #svam a-¹jñā-ti-²dhana=ākhyā-yām (P. 1.1.35)#; 17 #antaram ¹bahir-yoga=²upa-saṁ-vy-ānay-oḥ (P. 1.1.36)#;

tyad=āday-aḥ (1.1.74; 2.72; 3.2.60; 7.2.102); cf. 111 above

18 tyad-, 19 tad-, 20 yad-, 21 etad-, 22 adas-, 23 idam, 24 eka-;

dvi=āday-aḥ (5.3.2); cf. 123 above

25 dvi-, 26 yuṣm-ad-, 27 asm-ad-, 28 bhavatU, 29 kim.

sav-ana=āday-aḥ

[8.3.110 na ra-para-sr̥pi̱-sr̥ji̱-spr̥śi̱-spr̥hi̱-sav-ana=ādī-nām (s 55)]

1 sav-ane sav-ane, 2 sū-te sū-te, 3 some some, 4 sav-ana-mukhe sav-ana-mukhe, 5 #kisa-ḥ kiṁsa-ḥ# kiṁsam kiṁsam, 6 anu-sav-anam anu-sav-anam, 7 go-san-im go-san-i-m, 8 aśva-sanim asva-sanim,

Alternate List: 1 sav-ane sav-ane, 2 sav-ana-mukhe sav-ana-mukhe, 3 anusav-anam anu-sav-anam, (anu-sv-ane anu-sav-ane), 4 #saṁ-jñā-y-ām br̥has-pati-sav-a-ḥ#; 5 śakuni-sav-anam, 6 some some, 7 sute sute (sū-te sū-te), 8 saṁ-vat-sare saṁ-vat-satre, 9 bisam bisam, 10 kisam kisam, 11 musalam musalam, 12 go-san-im, 13 aśva-samin.

sākṣāt-pra-bhr̥-tī-ni

[1.4.74 sākṣāt-pra-bhr̥-tī-n-i ca (gatay-aḥ 56)]

1 sākṣ-āt, 2 mithyā, 3 cintā, 4 bhad-rā, 5 roc-anā (loc-anā), 6 ā-sthā, 7 amā, 8 addhā, 9 prājaryā (prājāyā), 10 prājaruhā, 11 bījaryā, 12 bīja-ruhā, 13 saṁ-sar-yā, 14 arthe, 15 lav-aṇam, 16 uṣ-ṇam, 17 śī-tam, 18 uda-kam, 19 ārdram, 20 agn-au, 21 vaś-e, 22 vi-kas-an-e, 24 pra-sah-ane (pra-has-ane), 25 pra-tap-ane, 26 prādus, 27 namas. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

sidhma=āday-aḥ

[5.2.97 sidhma=ādi-bhyaś ca (laC 96)]

1 sidhma-, 2 gaḍu-, 3 maṇi-, 4 nābhi-, 5 bīja- (jīva-), 6 (vīṇā), 7 kr̥ṣ-ṇa-, 8 niṣ-pāv-a-, 9 pāṁsu-, 10 pārśva-, 11 parśu- (paraśu-), 12 hanu-, 13 sak-tu-, 14 māṁsa- (māsa-), 15 #¹pārṣṇi-²dham-any-oḥ dīrgha-ś ca#; 16 #¹vā-ta-²danta-³bala-⁴lalāṭā-nām ūṄ ca#; vātū-la, dantū-la-, balū-la-lalāṭū-la-; 17 #¹jaṭā-²ghaṭā-³kaṭā-⁴kāl-āḥ kṣep-e#; 18 parṇa-, 19 uda-ka-, 20 pra-jñā, 21 sak-thi, 22 karṇa-, 23 sneh-a-, 24 śī-ta-, 25 śyāma-, 26 piṅga-, 27 pitta-, 28 puṣka- (śuṣ-ka-), 29 pr̥th-u-, 30 mr̥d-u-, 31 mañju-, 32 (maṇḍa-), 33 pat-tra-, 34 caṭu-, 35 kapi-, 36 gaṇḍu- (kaṇḍu-), 37 granth-i-, 38 śrī, 39 kuśa-, 40 dhārā, 41 varṣ-man-, 42 pakṣ-man-, 43 śleṣ-man-, 44 peś-a-, 45 niṣ-pād-, 46 kuṇḍa-, 47 #¹kṣud-ra-jantu=²upa-tāp-ay-oś ca#.

sindhu=āday-aḥ

[4.3.93 ¹sindhu-²takṣa-śilā=ādi-bhyaḥ=¹áṆ²aÑ-au]

1 sindhu-, 2 varṇu-, 3 madhu-mat-, 4 kamboja-, 5 sālva-, 6 kaśmīra-, 7 gandhāra-, 8 kiṣkindhā, 9 urasā (urasa-), 10 darada- (darad-), 11 gand-ika (gabdika).

¹sukha=ādī-n-i

[3.1.18 sukha=ādi-bhyaḥ kar-tr̥-ved-anā-y-ām]

1 su-kha-, 2 duḥ-kha-, 3 tr̥p-ta-, 4 kr̥cchra-, 5 asra-, 6 āsra-, 7 alīka-, 8 prat-ī-pa-, 9 karuṇa-, 10 kr̥paṇa-, 11 so-ḍha-. Cf. 6.2.170.

²sukha=ādī-n-i

[5.2.131 sukha=ādi-bhyaś ca (ini̱-ḥ 128)]

1 su-kha-, 2 duḥ-kha-, 3 tr̥p-ta- (tr̥p-ra-), 4 kr̥cchra-, 5 asra- (āśra-), 6 āsra- (asra-), 7 alīka-, 8 karuṇa-, 9 so-ḍha-, 10 prat-ī-pa-, 11 śīla-, 12 hala-, 13 #mālā kṣep-e#; 14 kr̥paṇa-, 15 pra-ṇāy-a- (pra-ṇay-a-), 16 dala-, 17 kakṣa-.

sutaṁ-gam-a=āday-aḥ

[4.2.80 +iÑ]

1 su-ta-ṁ-gam-a-, 2 muni-cit-ta-, 3 vi-pra-cit-ta-, 4 mahā-cit-ta-, 5 mahā-putra-, 6 svan-a-, 7 śvet-a-, 8 gaḍika- (khaḍika-), 9 śuk-ra-, 10 vigra-, 11 bīja-vāp-in-, 12 arjuna-, 13 śvan-, 14 ajira-, 15 jīv-a-, 16 khaṇḍ-i-ta-, 17 karṇa-, 18 vi-grah-a-.

su-vāstu=āday-aḥ

[4.2.77 su-vāstu=ādi-bhyaḥ=áṆ]

1 su-vāstu-, 2 varṇu-, 3 bhaṇḍ-u-, 4 khaṇḍ-u, 5 sevālin-, 6 karpūr-in-, 7 śikhaṇḍ-in-, 8 garta-, 9 karkaśa-, 10 śakaṭī-karṇa-, 11 kr̥ṣṇa-karṇa-, 12 karka-, 13 karkandhu-mat-ī, 14 goha-, 15 ahi-saktha-.

su-ṣāmanāday-aḥ

[8.3.98 su-ṣāma(n)=ādi-ṣu ca (s-aḥ 56 mūrdhanya-ḥ 55)]

1 su-ṣāmā, 2 niḥ-ṣāmā, 3 duḥ-ṣāmā, 4 su-ṣedh-a-ḥ, 5 ni-ṣedh-a-ḥ (niḥ-ṣedh-a-ḥ), 6 duḥ-ṣedh-a-ḥ, 7 su-ṣaṁ-dhi-ḥ, 8 niḥ-ṣaṁ-dh-i-ḥ (ni-ṣaṁ-dh-i-ḥ), 9 duḥ-ṣaṁ-dh-i-ḥ, 10 su-ṣṭhu- (su-ṣṭu-), 11 du-ṣṭhu- (du-ṣṭu-), 12 #gauri-ṣaktha-ḥ saṁ-jñā-y-ām#; 13 prati-ṣṇikā, 14 jalā-ṣāham, 15 nau-ṣec-anam (°-ṣev-anam), 16 dundubhi-ṣev-anam (°-ṣec-anam), 17 #eTi saṁ-jñā-y-ām a-g-āt# (P. 8.3.99): hari-ṣeṇa-ḥ; 18 #nakṣatr-āt=vā# (P. 8.3.100): rohiṇi-ṣeṇa-ḥ. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

sthū-la=āday-aḥ

[5.4.3 sthū-la=ādi-bhyaḥ pra-kāra-vac-an-e kaN]

1 sthū-la-, 2 aṇu-, 3 māṣa-, 4 iṣu-, 5 #kr̥ṣ-ṇa tile-ṣu#; 6 #yav-a vrīhi-ṣu#; 7 #¹ikṣu-²tila-³pād-ya-⁴kāla=⁵ava-dāt-āḥ surā-y-ām#; 8 #go-mūtra ācchād-an-e#; 9 #surā ah-au#; 10 #jīr-ṇa śāli-ṣu#; 11 #¹pac-a-²mūl-e sam-as-ta-vy-as-t-e#; 12 kumārī-putra-, 13 kumārī-śvaśura-.

snā-tvī=āday-aḥ

[7.1.49 snā-tvī=āday-aś ca]

1 snā-tvī, 2 pī-tvī. *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇa-ḥ ayam*.

svápA=āday-aḥ

[6.1.188 svápA-hiṁs-ām aC-i an-iṬ-i]

See Dhp II 59-61.

svar=ādī-n-i

[1.1.37 svar-ādi-ni-pāt-am avyayam]

1 svár-, 2 antár-, 3 prātár- (anta=udātt-āḥ), 4 púnar-, 5 sánutar-, 6 úcc-ais-, 7 nīc-ais-, 8 śán-ais-, 9 ŕdhak, 10 ŕte, 11 yúgapat-, 12 ārāt, 13 (ántik-āt-), 14 pŕthak (ādy-udātt-āḥ), 15 hyás-, 16 śvás-, 17 div-ā, 18 rātr-aú, 19 sāyám, 20 cirám, 21 manāk, 22 īṣát, 23 śaśvát, 24 joṣám, 25 tūsṇīm, 26 bahís-, 27 adh-ás- (avás-), 28 samayā, 29 nikaśā, 30 svayám, 31 mr̥ṣā, 32 naktám, 33 náÑ, 34 het-aú, 35 hé, 36 haí, 37 iddhā, 38 addhā, 39 sāmí (anta=udātt-āḥ), 40 vát, 41 báta-, 42 sánat-, 43 sánāt-, 44 tíras- (ādy-udatt-āḥ), 45 antarā (anta=udātta ḥ); 46 (ántar-eṇa), 47 mák, 48 jyók, 49 yók, 50 nák, 51 kám, 52 śám, 53 sánā, 54 sáhas-ā, 55 srád-dhā, 56 álam, 57 svá-dhā, 58 váṣaṭ, 59 ví-nā, 60 nā-nā, 61 svásti, 62 ányad-, 63 ás-ti, 64 úpa=aṁśu-, 65 kṣámā, 66 víhāyas-ā, 67 dóṣā, 68 súdhā, 69 díṣ-ṭy-ā, 70 vŕthā, 71 míthyā, 72 #¹Ktvā-²tosuN-³kasuN-ah# (P. 1.1.40); 73 #¹kr̥t=²ma-kāra-³saṁ-dhi=akṣara=anta-ḥ avyayī-bhāva-ś ca# (cf. 1.1.39,41); 74 púrā, 75 mítho, 76 míth-as-, 77 prāyas-, 78 múhus-, 79 prá-vāh-ukam, 80 (prá-vāh-ikā), 81 ārya-halam, 82 ábhīkṣṇam, 83 sākam, 84 sārdham, 85 śatram, 86 sámam, 87 nám-as-, 88 híruk, 89 #tasiL=āday-as taddhit-āḥ edhāC-pary-ant-āḥ# (cf. P. 5.3.7-46); 89a #¹śas-²tas-i-, kr̥tvasu̱C, su̱C ¹aC-²thaL-au Cvi=arth-āś ca#; 90 átha, 91 ám, 92 ām, 93 prátām, 94 (prá-tān), 95 práśān; *ā-kr̥-ti-gaṇ-aḥ ayam*; t-ena any-e api: tathā-hi: 96 māṄ, 97 śrám, 98 kāman, 99 (prá-kāmam), 100 bhūyas-, 101 páram, 102 sākṣāt, 103 sāci, 104 sátyam, 105 maṅkṣu, 106 sáṁ-vat-, 107 ávaśyam, 108 sápad-i, 109 prādus, 110 āvis-, 111 ániśam, 112 nítyam, 113 nítyadā-, 114 sádā, 115 ájasram, 116 sáṁ-ta-tam, 117 úṣā, 118 óm, 119 bhūr-, 120 bhúvar-, 121 jháṭ-iti, 122 táras-ā, 123 sú-ṣṭhu, 124 kú, 125 áñjas-ā, 126 á, 127 míthu-, 128 víthak, 129 bhājak, 130 ánv-ak, 131 cír-āya, 132 círa-m, 133 círa-rātr-āya, 134 círa-sya, 135 cír-eṇa, 136 cír-āt, 137 ás-tam, 138 ānuṣak, 139 ánuṣak, 140 ánu-ṣaṭ, 141 ámnas-, 142 ámnar-, 143 sthān-e, 144 váram, 145 dúṣṭhu, 146 bál-āt, 147 sú, 148 árvāk, 149 súd-i-, 150 vád-i ity-ādi. tasiL-āday-aḥ pr

āk pāśaP-aḥ; śas-pra-bhr̥-tay-aḥ prāk samāsa=ante-bhyaḥ; ma=anta-ḥ kr̥tvas=artha-ḥ; ¹tasi̱-²vat-ī, nā-naÑ-au iti.

svasr̥=āday-aḥ

[4.1.10 na ṣaṭ=svasr̥=ādi-bhyaḥ]

1 svasr̥-, 2 duhitr̥-, 3 nanāndr̥-, 4 yātr̥-, 5 mātr̥- 6 tisr̥-, 7 catasr̥-.

svāgata=ādī-n-i

[7.3.7 svāgata=ādī-nāṁ ca]

1 sv-ā-ga-ta-, 2 sv-adhvara-, 3 sv-aṅga-, 4 vy-aṅga-, 5 vy-aḍa-, 6 vy-ava-hār-a-, 7 sva-pati-.

sU=āday-aḥ

[1.4.17 sU=ādi-ṣu=a-sarva-nāma-sthān-e]

All affixes beginning with sU (4.1.2) and ending with kaP (5.3.70).

su=āday-aḥ

[3.1.73 su=adi-bhyaḥ Śnu-ḥ]

See under Dhp V 1-34.

harita=āday-aḥ

[4.1.100 hárita=ādibyaḥ=aÑ-aḥ]

See under 164: bid=āday-aḥ, 30-55.

harītakī=āday-aḥ

[4.3.167 harītakī=ādi-bhyaś ca (luP 166)]

1 harītakī, 2 kośātakī, 3 nakha-raj-anī, 4 śaṣkaṇḍī, 5 dāḍī, 6 doḍī, 7 śveta-pākī, 8 arjuna-pākī, 9 drākṣā, 10 kālā, 11 dhvākṣā (dhvāṅkṣā), 12 gabhīkā, 13 kaṇṭakārikā, 14 pippalī, 15 cimpā (ciñcā), 16 śephālikā.

hastin=āday-aḥ

[5.4.138 pāda-sya lopa-ḥ=a-hasti(n)=ādi-bhyaḥ]

1 hast-in-, 2 (kuddāla-), 3 (aśva-), 4 (kaśika), 5 (kuruta-), 6 kaṭola-, 7 kaṭolaka-, 8 gaṇḍola-, 9 gaṇḍolaka-, 10 kaṇḍola-, 11 kaṇḍolaka-, 12 aja-, 13 kapota-, 14 jāla-, 15 gaṇḍa-, 16 mahelā (mahilā), 17 dāsī, 18 gaṇ-ikā, 19 kusūla-.

Verbal Stems According to Meanings

A

akṣara-vi-ny-ās-é: líkhÁ VI 72

°-agni-sam-yog-áy-oḥ: dhmā I 974

agra-gám-an-e: púrÁ VI 56

°aṅk-ánay-oḥ: lakṣÁ X 5

ati-sárj-an-e: diśÀ VI 3, śulkÁ X 76

ád-an-e: kúkA I 91, gálÁ I 579, grásU I 661, ghásĹ̥ I 747, cámÚ I 497, cárvÁ I 610, chámÚ I 498, jámÚ I 499, jímÚ I 500, tŕṇÙ VIII 6, bhákṣÀ I 941, bhakṣÁ X 22, vŕkA I 92, snúsÚ IV 5

°-ád-anay-oḥ: hu III 1

á-darś-an-e: ṇásÁ IV 85, tubÍ X 115, snúsÚ IV 5

adhaḥ-pát-an-e: bhŕnśÚ/bhŕśÚ IV 115

á-dhār̥ṣt-y-e: klībR̥ I 406

adhy-áy-an-e: (ádhi+)iṄ II 37, carcA X 172

án-ava-sthān-e: bhrámÚ IV 96

án-ā-dar-e: aṭṭÁ X 25, raúḍR̥ I 377, śíṭÁ I 325, ṣíṭÁ I 326, ṣuṭṭÁ X 26, smiṭÁ X 37, héḍR̥ I 304, hódR̥ I 305

°-án-ā-daray-oḥ: U-tŕd-ÌR VII 9, pustÁ/bustÁ X 52, híḍÍ I 257

anu-śíṣ-t-au: śāsÚ II 66

an-r̥-ta-bhāṣ-aṇ-e: kudrÍ X 6

anv-icchā-yām: géṣR̥ I 645

anv-éṣ-aṇ-e: mārgÁ X 302, mr̥ga X 352

apa-náy-an-e: óṇŔ̥ I 482, kúncÁ I 202, hnuṄ II 72

apa-vār-aṇ-e: chadÁ X 290, jalÁ X 10

°-apa-hár-aṇe-ṣu: vasÁ X 204

á-pra-dān-e: kūṭA X 162

á-prī-t-au: dviṣÀ II 3

abhi-kāṅkṣā-yām: (gardÁ X 125), gŕdhÚ IV 136

abhi-gám-an-e: dyu II 31

abbi-prī-t-au: rúcA I 781

abhi-bhav-é: ji I 983, jri I 984

abhi-yog-é: ádḍÁ I 371

abhi-várdh-an-e: puṁsÁ X 95

abhi-vād-ana-°: vádI I 11

abhi-ṣav-é: śúcyÁ I 546, ṣuÑ V 1

°-abhy-ava-hār-áy-oḥ: bhujÁ VII 17

abhy-ās-é: mnā I 976

árj-an-e: árjÁ I 242, ṣárjÁ I 243

°-árj-ana-°: ŕjA I 189

árd-an-e: úh-ÍR I 775, gandlhA X 145, túbÍ I 455, túh-ÍR I 773, dúh-ÍR I 774, lúbÍ I 454, vastA X 14

°-álam-arthay-oḥ: ókhŔ̥ I 125, drākhŔ̥ I 128, dhrākhŔ̥ I 129, rākhŔ̥ I 126, lākhŔ̥ I 127

alaṁ-kār-é: (tásÍ I 713), tasÍ X 190, bhūṣÁ I 712

°-alaṁ-kāráy-oḥ: mr̥jÁ X 304

á-lābh-e: bhíkṣA I 637

álīk-e: hŕṣÚ I 741

alpī-bhāv-é: cuṭṭÁ/puṭṭÁ X 24, cúḍÍ I 347, liśA IV 70

°alpī-bhāváy-oḥ: kúncÁ/krúncÁ I 200

ava-kálk-an-e: bhū X 207, kr̥pi̱ X 208

ava-kṣép-aṇ-e: kutsA X 158

ava-kháṇḍ-an-e: do IV 40

°-ava-gam-á-°: ávÁ I 631

ava-gam-áne: búdhÁ I 911, budhA IV 63

ava-gáh-an-e: pīḍÁ X 11

ava-dhváṁs-an-e: dhr̥Ṅ I 1009

ava-bódh-an-e: jñā IX 36, mánU VIII 9

ava-yav-é: piśÁ VI 143, ṣátÁ I 335

ava-táṁs-an-e: svánÁ I 861

°-ava-sād-ane-ṣu: ṣáṭÁ I 321, ṣadĹ̥ VI 133, ṣadĹ̥ I 907

ava-syánd-an-e: naṭÁ X 12

ava-sráṁs-an-e: dhvánsU I 791, bhránśU I 792, sránsU I 790

ava-sthān-e: dhr̥Ṅ VI 119

°-av-ā-p-ti-°: ávÁ I 631

á-vi-śabd-an-e: ghúṣ-ÍR I 683

á-vy-ak-tā-yāṁ vāc-í: kléśA I 638, mlechÁ X 121

a-vy-àk-t-e śábd-e: kállA I 527, kūjÁ I 240, (kújÍ I 242), kṣījÁ I 256, ÑI-kṣvíd-Ā I 1027, guṄ I 997, gújÍ I 218, ṇádÁ I 55, bídÍ I 65, mléchÁ I 220, réṣR̥ I 651, śíjI II 17, híkkÀ I 914, héṣR̥ I 652, hrādA I 26, (hréṣR̥ I 653), hlād-Ī I 27

aśru-vi-móc-an-e: rud-ÍR II 58

á-saṁ-s-kār-a-°: śaṭhÁ X 28, śvaṭhÁ X 29

ás-an-e: mokṣÁ X 191

°-ás-ana-°: vī II 39

á-sarva=upa-yog-e: śiṣÁ X 274

ā-kroś-é: bíṭÁ I 339, śapÀ I 1049, IV 59

ā-kṣep-é: svara X 317

ā-kṣep-á-°: múṭÁ VI 81

°-ā-khyā-na-°: vidA X 168

ā-ghrā-ṇ-e: śíghÍ I 174

ā-c-chād-an-e: ūrṇuÑ II 30, nivāsa X 339, vásA II 13, str̥Ñ V 6

°-ā-c-chād-ane-ṣu: várhA I 671, válhA I 672

ā-da-r-é: dr̥Ṅ VI 118

ā-dā-n-é: kúR-A I 92, lā II 49, vŕk-A I 93, ṣūrkṣÁ I 697

ā-dā-ná-°: cīvR̥̀ I 928, jháṣÀ I 940

°-ā-dā-ná-°: tujÍ X 20, pijÍ X 30

°-ā-dā-né-ṣu: ásÀ I 934, dáyA I 510, bhálA I 524, bhálla I 525, ríphÁ VI 23, ṣnúsÚ IV 5

°-ā-deśé-ṣu: dīkṣA I 640

ā-dhār-é: dhīṄ IV 28

ā-dhyā-n-e: smŕ I 845

ā-pyāy-an-e: pūrĪ IV 43, pūrĪ́ X 261

ā-práv-aṇ-e: skuÑ IX 6, skúdI I 9

a-plāv-y-è: bāḍR̥ I 306

ā-bháṇḍ-an-e: bhálA X 161

ābh=īkṣṇ-y-e: íṣÁ IX 53

ā-mántra-aṇ-e: kuṇa/guṇa X 347, grāma X 346, saṁ-keta X 345

ā-márd-an-e: bhanj-Ó VII 16

ā-márṣ-aṇ-e: cīkÁ X 284, śīkÁ X 283

ā-yām-é: drāghR̥ I 117, (dhrāghR̥ I 117)

ārjav-é: úbjÁ VI 20

ārdrī-bhāv-é: klídŪ̀ IV 132, tímÁ IV 16, stímá/stīmÁ IV 17

ā-las-y-e: lúṭhÍ I 366, śuṭhÁ X 103

ā-líṅg-an-e: śliṣÁ IV 77

°-ālíṅg-ana-°: ávÁ I 631

ā-lóc-an-e: lakṣA X 157, śamA X 156

āvár-aṇ-e: kúlÁ I 558, tutthÁ X 392, rudh-ÌR VII 1, vr̥Ñ X 271

°-ā-vár-aṇay-oh: káṭÉ I 315, (cáṭÉ I 316)

āviṣ-kār-é: (upa-sarg-āt) śabdÁ X 174

āśā-yām: bhrūṇA X 151

°-āśiḥ-ṣu: nāthR̥ I 7, nādhR̥ I 6

āśu-gám-an-e: śválÁ I 582, śvállÁ I 583

ā-séc-an-e: cyút-ÍR I 40

ā-skánd-an-e: ṣtíghA V 19

ā-svād-an-e: rakÁ/lagÁ X 197, lihÀ II 6, ṣvádA I 18, ṣvadÁ X 263, svādA I 28

ā-svād-ana-°: rasa X 385

ā-hlād-é: cádÍ I 68

ā-hvān-e: kádÍ I 70, krádÍ I 71, kruśÁ I 909, kládÍ I 72

I, Ī

icchā-yām: íṣÁ VI 59, vāchÍ I 223, āṄ-aḥ śásI I 660, āṄ-aḥ śāsU II 12

°-indriya-pra-layá-°: r̥chA VI 15

°-ij-yā-°: dīkṣA I 640

īp-sā-yām: (lálÁ I 382), lalA X 148, vara X 308, spr̥ha X 325

īrṣyā=arth-āḥ: īrkṣy-Á I 543, īrs.yÁ I 544, sūrkṣyÁ I 542

īṣad-dhás-an-e: ṣmiṄ I 996

U, Ū

uc-chrāy-é: táṭÁ I 330

°-uc-chrāy-á-°: mácI I 186

úñch-e: īṣÁ I 715, úchÍ I 230, VI 13, UdhrásÁ/udhrásÁ IX 52, X 60

ut-kleś-e: dŕnphÁ VI 29, dŕphÁ VI 28, míchÁ VI 18

ut-kṣep-é: dulÁ X 60

ut-kṣép-aṇ-e: olaḍÍ X 9

ut-sarg-é: údjhÁ VI 21, púḍÁ VI 90, púsÁ IV 110

°-ut-sāháy-oḥ: drékR̥ I 78, dhrékR̥ I 79

ud-gír-aṇ-e: ṬU-vám-Á I 902, ṣnuhÁ IV 90

ud-yam-é: áḍÁ I 380

ud-yám-an-e: gúrĪ́ VI 103, gúrvĪ́ I 605, gūrA X 155, vŕhŪ̀ VI 57

ud-veg-é: trásī IV 10

und-é: knūyI I 514

und-án-e: mŕdhÙ I 922, śŕdhÙ I 922

un-mād-é: mléṭŔ̥ I 312, mléḍŔ̥ I 313, (mlétŔ̥ I 314), róḍŔ̥ I 378, lóḍŔ̥ I 378

un-mān-é: tulÁ X 59

°-upa-kár-aṇay-oḥ: tanÚ X 296

upa-kṣay-é: yásÚ IV 103, dásÚ IV 104

upa-ghāt-é: úṭhÁ I 361, rúṭhÁ I 359, lúṭhÁ I 360

upa-tāp-é: klíśA IV 52a, ṬU-du V 10

°-upa-tāpáy-oḥ: kúṇÁ VI 45, svr̥ I 979

upa-déh-e: lipÀ VI 139

upa-dhār-aṇ-e: śīla X 33

°-upa-náy-ana-°: dīkṣA I 640

upa-yāc-ñā-yām: artha X 357

upa-ram-é: yamÁ I 1033

upa-lép-an-e: goma X 330

upa-véś-an-e: āsA II 11

upa-śam-é: dámÚ IV 94, śámÚ IV 92

upa-sév-ā-yām: laḍÁ X 7, vasa X 338

°-upa-s-kāráy-oḥ: yatÁ X 196

up-ā-dā-n-é: gráhÀ IX 61

ūrj-an-e: chádi̱ I 851

E

eka-car-yā-yām: váṭhI I 281

AI

áiś-var-y-e: īśA II 10, tápÁ IV 51

aíś-var-ya-°: ṣúrÁ VI 50

°-aíś-var-yay-oḥ: ṣu I 988, II 32

K

kátth-an-e: cībhR̥ I 409, śálbhA I 417, śībR̥ I 408

kámp-an-e: éjR̥ I 253, képR̥ I 392, gépR̥ I 393, glépR̥ I 394, cálÁ I 850, 885, tépR̥ I 389, tvágÍ I 166, dhūÑ V 9, dhūÑ IX 17, dhūÑ X 292, ṬU-vép-R̥ I 391

kár-aṇ-e: (kr̥Ñ I 949), ḌU-kr̥-Ñ VIII 10

°-kár-aṇay-oh: kŕvÍ I 629

karṇa-bhéd-an-e: chid-ra- X 378

kár-maṇ-i śubh-é: púṇÁ VI 43

kar-ma-sam-āp-t-aú: tīra X 364, pāra X 363

kala-ha-kár-maṇ-i: túṭÁ VI 83

kákl-an-e: mácA I 184, múcI I 185

kalyāṇ-e: bhaḍÍ X 50, bháḍI I 12

kāṅkṣā-yām: kākṣÍ I 698, kháṭÁ I 331, támÚ IV 93, drākṣÍ I 701, dhvākṣÍ I 702, dhvākṣÍ I 703, mākṣÍ I 700, vākṣÍ I 699

kān-t-au: kámU I 470, prīÑ IX 2, lásÀ I 937, vasÁ II 70

kān-ti-kár-aṇ-e: ghúṣI I 682

kām-é: ánu+rudhA IV 65

kārkaś-y-e: kádḍÁ I 372

kāla=upa-deś-é: vela X 334

kiṁ-cit=cál-an-e: spádI I 14

kuṭilā-yāṁ gá-t-au: ákÁ I 829, ágÁ I 830

kuṭumba-dhār-aṇ-e: tatrI X 139

kúṭṭ-an-e: pichÁ X 40

°-kúts-anay-oḥ: ījA I 196

kutsā-yām: gárhA I 667, gálhA I 668, ṇídÍ I 66

kutsā-°: ṇídR̥̀ I 921

kutsā-yāṁ gá-t-au: drā II 45

kuts-i-té śábd-e: kárdÁ I 60, párdA I 29

kuts-ita-smáy-an-e: kusmA X 171

kr̥cchra-jīv-an-é: kaṭhA I 356, kṣaJÍ X 70, tákÍ I 121

kr̥p-ā-yāṁ gá-t-au: krápA I 805

kaitav-é: mághI I 112, śáṭhÁ I 363

kóp-e: krudhÁ IV 80, cáḍI I 298

kaúṭil-y-e: kúṭÁ VI 73, gráthI I 36, ṇásA I 658, dúṇÁ VI 42, bhujÓ VI 124, vákI I 85, húrchĀ I 226, hvr̥ I 978

°-kaúṭil-ya-°: kúcA I 910

°-kaúṭil-ye-ṣu: drúṇÁ VI 47

°-kri-yā-°: ávÁ I 631

°-krīḍ-anay-oḥ: lásÁ I 746

krīḍ-ā-yām: úrdA I 20, kumāra X 331, (gúdA I 24), ramA I 906

krīḍ-ā-°: dívÚ IV 1

kródh-e: kúpÁ IV 122, bhāmA I 468

kléd-an-e: úndĪ́ VII 20

°-kléś-anay-oḥ: mŕṣÚ I 739, vŕṣÚ I 738

°-kléś-ana-°: dhíkṣA I 634, dhúkṣA I 633

kṣay-é: kṣí I 255, kṣai I 961, jai I 962, dīṄ IV 26, ṣai I 963

kṣár-aṇ-e: scyútÍR I 41, ṣicÀ VI 140, súdA I 25

kṣáraṇa-°: ghr̥ III 14

kṣár-aṇa=arth-aḥ: típR̥ I 385, tépR̥ I 386, stípr̥ I 387, stépR̥ I 388

kṣān-ty-ām: kṣapÍ X 78

kṣép-e: īrÁ X 268, kalÁ X 64, kṣoṭa X 329, ḍípÁ IV 121, VI 78, ḍipÁ X 133, vilÁ X 65

kṣép-aṇ-e: ásÚ IV 100

°-kṣép-aṇay-oḥ: ájÁ I 248, ílÁ VI 65

kṣód-e: mŕḍÁ IX 44, mŕdÁ IX 43

KH

kháṇḍ-an-e: khuḍI X 47, dānÀ I 1043, múḍÍ I 348, músÁ IV 111

khád-an-e: khai I 960

khed-é: śrámÚ IV 95

G

gá-t-au: áṭhI I 280, átÁ I 317, áyA I 503, (áyÀ I 935), árdÁ I 56, árbÁ I 442, áhI I 664, íṭÁ I 340, iṆ II 36, īrA II 8, íṣÁ IV 19, r̥ III 16, ŕṇÙ VIII 5, ŕṣĪ́ VI 7, r̄ IX 27, éṣR I 649, káṭĪ́ I 342, káṇÁ I 831, kárbÁ I 447, kásÁ I 913, kíṭÁ I 341, khárbÁ I 448, gamĹ̥ I 1031, gárbÁ I 449, gāṄ I 998, glúncÁ I 216, cáṇÁ I 833, cáyA I 507, cárbÁ I 452, cyuṄ I 1004, júḍÁ VI 37, jéṣR̥ I 647, jyuṄ I 1005, ṇákṣÁ I 692, ṇáyA I 509, ṇéṣR̥ I 648, táyA I 508, tíkÁ/tígÁ V 20, tílÁ I 567, tŕkṣÁ I 690, du I 991, drámÁ I 494, dru I 992, dhŕjÁ I 236, dhŕjÍ I 239, (dhépR̥ I 398), dhrájÁ I 232, dhrájÍ I 233, dhvájÁ I 238, dhvájÍ I 239, páṭÁ I 318, páḍI I 301, pata X 314, pátĹ̥ I 898, pathÍ X 39, páthÉ I 900, padA IV 60, pada X 350, páyA I 505, párpÁ I 439, párbÁ I 443, pálÁ I 892, pi VI 112, pisÁ X 32, písŔ̥ I 751, pélŔ̥ I 574, pésŔ̥ I 752, pruṄ I 1006, présR̥ I 650, plíhA I 673, plī IX 32a, pluṄ I 1007, pháṇÁ I 873, phélŔ̥ I 575, bárbÁ I 445, bíśÁ I 755, béśÁ I 756, bhrésR̥̀ I 933, bhlésR̥̀ I 933, máyA I 506, márbÁ I 446, mī X 281, mīmŔ̥ I 496, mépR̥ I 395, ráṇÁ I 832, ráphÁ I 440, ráphÍ I 441, ráyÁ I 54, ráhÍ I 768, ri VI 111, rúṭhÍ I 368, répR̥ I 397, liśÁ VI 127, lúṭhÍ I 369, lépR̥ I 396, vájÁ I 271, váyA I 504, vichÁ VI 129, víśÁ I 753, vījA I 197, véṇR̥̀ I 926, véśÁ I 754, vyáyÀ I 930, (vrájÁ I 324), vrájÁ I 272, (vrájÍ I 325), śálÁ I 896, śávÁ I 761, (śúkÁ I 123), śúnÁ VI 46, śélŔ̥ I 576, śvácÁ I 179, śvácÍ I 180, sálÁ I 580, sásjÁ I 217, stŕkṣÁ I 691, sr̥ I 982, III 7, sr̥pĹ̥ I 1033, ṣyaiṄ I 1012, sru I 987, hámmÁ I 495, háyÁ I 545, O-hā-Ṅ III 7, hi V 11, húḍŔ̥ I 376, húlÁ I 494, hūḍŔ̥ I 375, hóḍŔ̥ I 377

gáti-°: ájÁ I 218, áncÚ I 203, īṣA I 642, r̥ I 983, kásI II 14, kúṭhÍ I 365, kṣájI I 806, khájÍ I 252, khórŔ̥/khólŔ̥ I 584, tūrĪ IV 44, dákṣA I 807, dhāvÙ I 632, dhrú VI 107, paíṇŔ̥ I 486, rī IX 30, ruṄ I 1008, vā II 41, véṇR̥̀ I 926, ṬU-O-śvi I 1059, ṣṭhā I 975, skandíR I 1028, srívÚ IV 3

°-gá-ti-°: ávÁ I 631, dáyA I 510

gá-ty-ām: capÍ X 72, ṣídhÁ I 48, svartÁ X 80

ga-ti-cātur-y-é: dhórŔ̥ I 585

ga-ti-tvár-aṇ-a-°: ūrĪ IV 44

ga-ti-ni-vr̥t-t-aú: ṣṭhā I 975

ga-ti-prati-ghāt-é: kúṭhÍ I 365, khórŔ̥/khólŔ̥ I 584, śúṭhÁ I 364

ga-ti-vai-kal-y-é: khájÍ I 252

ga-ty-arth-āh: ágÍ I 155, ághI I 109, ábhrÁ I 589, íkhÁ I 144, íkhÍ I 145, ígÍ I 163, īkhÁ I 146, úkhÁ I 132, úkhÍ I 133, kákI I 94, cáncÚ I 205, cárÁ I 592, (ju I 995), ṭíkR̥ I 103, ṭīkR̥ I 104, ḍhaúkR̥ I 98, ṇákhÁ I 138, ṇákhÍ I 139, tágÍ I 158, táncÚ I 209, (tíkR̥ I 105, tīkR̥ I 106), trákI I 97, trákhÁ I 148, trákhÍ I 149, traúkR̥ I 99, tváncÚ I 207, dhávÍ I 628, mágÍ I 157, máskA I 102, mrúcÚ I 210, mlúcÚ I 211, mlúncÚ I 209, rákhÁ I 140, rákhÍ I 141, rágÍ I 150, rághI I 107, rávÍ I 627, rívÍ I 626, lákhÁ I 142, lákhÍ I 143, lígÍ I 165, vákI I 95, vákhÁ I 134, vákhÍ I 143, vágÍ I 156, válgÁ I 152, váskA I 101, śrágÍ I 160, ślágÍ I 162, śvákI I 96, śvágÍ I 161, ṣváskA I 100

gaty-ā-kṣep-é: ághI I 109, mághI I 111, vághI I 110

gáty-ādi-ṣu: ámÁ I 493

gandh-é: ṇálÁ I 891

°-gám-an-e: purA VI 56; v.s.v. agra-gám-an-e.

garv-é: śáuṭŔ̥ I 310

gáh-an-e: ṇilÁ VI 68

gā-tra-pra-kṣár-aṇ-e: ṣvidĀ IV 79

gā-tra-pra-sráv-aṇ-e: ÑI-ṣvíd-Ā I 780

gā-tra-vi-kṣep-é: nŕtĪ́ IV 9

gā=tra-vi-cūrn-aṇ-e: vraṇa X 390

gā-tra-vi-nām-é: jábhA I 415, jŕbhI I 416

gārddh-y-e: lúbhÁ IV 128

°-guṇa-vác-ane-ṣu: varṇa X 391

gu-da-krīḍ-ā-yām: kúrdA I 21, khúrdA I 20, gúrdA I 23

gup-ta-bhāṣ-aṇ-é: matrI X 140

góp-an-e: gupA I 1019

granth-é: gādhR̥ I 4, gúnphÁ/guphÁ VI 31, dŕbhĪ́ VI 34, pata X 311

°-gránth-anay-oḥ: cŕtĪ́ VI 35

gráh-aṇ-e: gr̥ha X 351, gŕhŪ I 681, grasÁ X 209, ghíṇI I 461, ghúṇI I 462, ghŕṇI I 463.

glā-n-aú: klámÚ IV 98

°-glép-anay-oḥ: mádĪ́ I 853

GH

ghana-tv-é: kŕḍÁ VI 88

ghāt-an-e: jálÁ I 886, cághÁ V 27

ghora-vās-i-t-é: drākṣÍ I 701, dhrākṣÍ I 702, dhvākṣÍ I 703

ghrā-ṇ-é: ghrā I 973.

C

cáki̱=arth-e: (ṣáhÁ IV 20), ṣúhÁ IV 21

cáy-an-e: ciÑ V 5, X 86

cál-an-e: kápI I 400, kélŔ̥ I 570, kṣvélŔ̥ I 572, khélŔ̥ I 571, gháṭṭA I 278, ghaṭṭÁ X 87, célŔ̥ I 569, bhrámÚ I 903, vélŔ̥ I 568, véllÁ 573

cál-ana-°: śálA I 5l9

°-cál-anay-oḥ: O-víj-Ī VI 9, O-víj-Ī́ VII 23, spr̥/smr̥ V 13

citrī-kár-aṇ-e: citra X 370, ligÍ X 199

cintā-yām: dhyai I 957, smr̥ I 980

°-cintā-°: véṇR̥̀ I 926

cúmb-an-e: níkṣÁ I 689, ṇísI II 15

ceṣṭā-yām: īhA I 662, gháṭA I 800, céṣṭA I 275, trádÍ I 69

cód-an-e: vrīḍÁ IV 18

caúr-y-e: stena X 349

CH

chad-ma-gá-t-au: tsárÁ I 586

chād-an-e: kúbÍ I 453, kubÍ X 13

chéd-an-e: kr̥tĪ́ VI 141, khúrÁ VI 52, cúṭÁ VI 84, cuṭÁ X 72, cuṭÍ X 117, chúṭÁ VI 84, chúrÁ VI 79, cho IV 38, trúṭÁ VI 82, truṭÁ X 159, lupL̥̀ VI 137, lūÑ IX 13, O-vráśc-Ū̀ VI 11

chéd-ana-°: kuṭṭÁ X 23, vardhÁ X 112

J

ján-an-e: janÁ III 24

jay-é: jí I 593

jighāṁ-sā-yām: druhÁ IV 88

jihvā=un-máth-an-e: láḍi̱ I 852

jugup-sā-yām: yu X 170

jñā-n-e: ki III 19, (kitÁ III 20), manA IV 67, vídÁ II 55

°-jñā-na-°: véṇR̥̀ I 926

jñīp-sā-yām: prachÁ VI 120.

T

tat-kri-yā-yām: duḥ-kha X 384, su-kha- X 383

tanū-kár-aṇ-e: kŕsÁ IV 117, tákṣŪ̀ I 685, tvákṣŪ̀ I 686

tan-tu-saṁ-tān-e: ūyĪ I 512, veÑ I 1055, ṣívÚ IV 2

táp-as-i: śramÚ IV 95

°-tár-aṇay-oḥ: tr̄ I 1018

tarj-an-e: tarjA X 142, bhartsA X 143

°-tárj-ane-ṣu: cárcÁ I 749, járjÁ I 748, jhárjÁ I 750, jhárjhÁ/(jhártsÁ) I 750

tárp-aṇ-e: prīÑ IX 2, X 293

tāḍ-an-e: táḍI I 300, vyadhÁ IV 72

titik-ṣā-yām: mŕṣÀ IV 55, mr̥ṣÁ VI 131, mr̥ṣA/mr̥ṣÀ X 305

túṣ-ṭ-au: túṣÁ I 705, hŕṣÁ IV 119

tŕp-t-au: cákA I 93, cákÁ I 820, tŕnphÁ VI 25, tŕphÁ VI 24, dhrai I 956

°-tŕp-ti-°: ávÁ I 631

tr̥p-ti-yog-é: madA X 165

téj-an-e: kṣṇú II 28, śānÀ I 1044

tóḍ-an-e: túḍÁ VI 92, túḍI I 295, túḍŔ̥ I 374

°-tóṣ-aṇa-°: jñapA X 81, jñā I 849

tyāg-é: ráhÁ I 767, rahÁ X 84, raha X 312, O-hā-K III 8

trās-é: kíṭÁ I 323, khíṭÁ I 324

tvác-an-e: tákṣÁ I 695

tvár-aṇ-e: turÁ III 21

D

dáṁś-an-e: daśI X 136

daṇḍa-ni-pāt-é: daṇḍa X 381

dan-daś-ūk-e: khárdÁ I 61

dambh-é: dánbhÚ V 23

dárp-e: kárvÁ I 612, khárvÁ I 613, gárvÁ I 614

dárś-an-e: īkṣA I 641, baska X 369, lókR̥ I 76, lócR̥ I 177, viṣka X 392

dárś-ana-°: dasI X 137, lakṣÁ X 5

°-dárś-anay-oḥ: sabhāja X 341

°-dárś-ane-ṣu: īṣA I 642

dā-n-é: cánÁ I 833, dádA I 17, ḌU-dā-Ñ III 9, dāṆ I 977, dāśR̥̀ I 931, dāsR̥̀ I 942, śáṇÁ I 834, śráṇÁ I 835, śraṇÁ X 42

dā-ná-°: dáyA I 510

°-dā-náy-oḥ: kṣájI I 806

dāh-é: úṣÁ I 727, kúḍI I 289, cúrĪ IV 50, tapÁ X 273, prúṣÚ I 735, plúṣÁ IV 107, plúṣÚ I 736, vyúṣÁ IV 7, śríṣÚ I 733, ślíṣÚ I 734, ṣánÙ VIII 2

dīp-t-au: ÑI-índh-Ī VII 11, éjR̥ I 192, kāsR̥ I 678, IV 53; ghŕṇÙ VIII 7, cakāsR̥ II 65, cádÍ I 68, jválÁ I 842, 884, tviṣÀ I 1050, dīpĪ IV 42, dyútA I 777, bhā II 42, bhāsR̥ I 655, bhrājR̥ I 194, ṬU-bhrājR̥ I 875, ṬU-bhrāśR̥ I 876, bhréjR̥ I 193, ṬU-bhláśR̥ I 877, rājR̥̀ I 874, (réjR̥ I 195), várcA I 175, śúbhA I 786, háṭÁ I 334

dīp-ti-°: kácI I 182, kācI I 183, UchŕdÌR VII 8, dīdhīṄ II 67

°-dīp-ty-oḥ: knásÚ IV 4, ghr̥ III 14, bhasÁ III 18

°-dīp-ti-°: ásÀ I 934

dur-gá-t-au: dáridrā II 64

dur-gandh-é: pūyĪ I 513

dr̥ṣ-ṭi-upa-ghāt-é: andha X 380

dév-an-e: tévR̥ I 528, dévR̥ I 529

°-dév-anay-oḥ: dīdhiṄ II 67

daín-y-e: khidA IV 61, VII 12, glépR̥ I 390

daírgh-y-e: tanÚ X 296

daúr-bal-y-e: kr̥pa X 323, śratha X 324, sāra X 322

°-dyú-ti-°: dívÚ IV 1

drav-ī-kár-aṇ-e: lī X 269

drav-ya-vi-ni-may-é: ḌU-krī-Ñ IX 1

dvaidhī-kár-aṇ-e: chidÌR VII 3, cheda X 388

DH

dhānye: dhanÁ III 23

dhānya-ava-rodh-é: bálÁ I 893

dhār-aṇ-e: trasÁ X 201, dádhA I 8, dhi VI 113, dhr̥Ñ I 948, pusÁ X 210, málA I 522, mállA I 523

dhār-aṇa-°: ḌU-dhā-Ñ III 10, ḌU-bhr̥-Ñ III 5

dhārṣṭ-y-e: gálbhA I 419

N

nay-é: nr̄ I 847, IX 25

°-náy-ana-°: dīkṣA I 640

nāś-an-e: jabhÍ X 176, dhakkÁ X 55, nakkÁ X 54, paḍÍ/pasÍ X 74

nikārá-°: yatÁ X 196

ni-két-an-e: gurdÁ X 126, purvÁ X 127

°-ni-két-ane-ṣu: tujÍ X 30, pijÍ X 31

ni-gár-aṇ-e: gr̄ VI 117

nidrā-kṣay-é: jāgr̥ II 63, drāhR̥ I 677

°-nindā-°: ríphÁ VI 23

ni-májj-an-e: (krúḍÁ VI 100, bhŕdÁ VI 101)

ni-mīl-an-e: kaṇÁ X 175

ni-més-aṇ-e: kṣmīlÁ I 553, mīlÁ I 550, śmīlÁ I 551, smīlÁ I 552

ni-yog-é: jñā X 193

nir-ás-an-e: kṣívÚ I 599, ṣṭhívÚ/ṣthívÚ I 592, IV 4

ni-vās-é: kitÁ I 1042, vasÁ I 1054, vasa X 392

°-ni-vās-áy-oḥ: máṭhÁ I 355

ni-śā-n-e: tijA I 1020, tijA X 100, śiÑ V 3

ni-śām-an-e: u-búnd-ÌR I 925

°-ni-śām-anay-oḥ: cāyR̥̀ I 929

°-ni-śām-ana-°: véṇR̥̀ I 926

niṣ-karṣ-é: kúṣÁ IX 46, túlÁ I 560

niṣ-pát-t-au: phálÁ I 563

nīcair-gá-t-au: phákkÁ I 119

nŕ-t-au: ṇáṭÁ I 818, ṇaṭÁ I 332

nyak-kár-aṇ-e: dyai I 954

P

pad-é: anka X 382

pady-arth-é: āṄ+ṣadÁ X 288

para-praiṣ-y-é: cíṭÁ I 337

para-ma-aiś-var-y-é: ídÍ I 64

pari-kálk-an-e: cáhÁ I 765, cahÁ X 83, caha X 320

pari-kūj-an-e: dívU X 166

pari-grah-é: pakṣÁ X 17, (plákṣÁ I 696)

pari-ghāt-é: khidÁ VI 142

pari-tárk-aṇ-e: juṣÁ X 291

pari-tāp-é: kūṭa X 344, dūṄ IV 25

pari-dév-an-e: klídI I 15, klídÍ I 73

pari-bŕṁh-aṇ-e: sthūla X 356

pari-bhāṣ-aṇ-e: cáṭÈ I 918, cádÈ I 919, bháṭÁ I 817, bháḍI I 292, ráṭÁ I 319, raṭa X 373, ráṭhÁ I 357, réṭR̥ I 917, vacÁ II 54, X 298, váṭÁ I 816, valkÁ X 35, śvalkÁ X 34

pari-bhāṣ-ana-°: cárcÁ I 719, VI 17; járjÁ I 718, VI 17; jhárjÁ I 750, jhárjhÁ I 750, VI 17, jhártsÁ I 750, bhálA I 524, bhállA I 525

pari-māṇ-e: niṣkA X 147, másĪ́ IV 112

pari-várt-an-e: ghúṭA I 782

pari-véṣ-aṇ-e: yamÁ X 82

pari-véṣṭ-an-e: gúdhÁ IV 12, ṣvanjA I 1025

pari-hā-ṇ-é: ūna X 342

pari-hās-é: sphuḍÍ X 4

pary-āp-t-au: próthR̥̀ I 919

páv-an-e: pūṄ I 1015, pūÑ IX 12

°-páv-anay-oḥ: palyūla X 335

pāk-é: ḌU-pac-ÀṢ I 1045, bhrasjÀ VI 4, śai I 966, śrā I 848, śrā II 44, śriÑ IX 3, śrai I 967

pād-a-vi-kṣep-é: krámÚ I 502

pā-n-e: cūṣÁ I 704, dheṬ I 951, pā I 972, piṄ IV 33

pāruṣ-y-e: rūkṣa X 362

pāl-an-e: tújÍ I 264, téjÁ I 249, traiṄ I 1014, (dághÍ I 171), múṭhI I 284, rákṣÁ I 688

pāl-ana-°: pr̥ III 4, pr̄ IX 19

°-pāl-anay-oḥ: tāyR̥ I 518, spr̥/(smr̥) V 13

pipā-sā-yām: ÑI-tŕṣ-Ā IV 18

purīṣa-ut-sarg-é: gú VI 106, hadA I 1026

púṣ-ṭ-au: púṣÁ I 733, IX 57, puṣÁ IV 73

pūj-an-e: khárjÁ I 247

°-pūj-anay-oḥ: áncÚ I 203

pūjā-yām: árcÁ I 219, arcA X 266, árhÁ I 776, arhá X 192, (287), pūjÁ X 101, máhÁ I 746, maha X 321, mānA I 1021, mānA X 299, yakṣA X 153

pūtī-bhāv-é: kúthÁ IV 11, Ī-śúc-ÌR IV 56

pūr-aṇ-e: únbhÁ/úbhÁ VI 32, tūṇA X 150, párvÁ I 608, púrvA I 607, pr̄ X 15, prā II 52, márvÁ I 609

°-pūr-aṇay-oḥ: pr̥ III 4, pr̄ IX 19, vardhÁ X 112

°-pūr-aṇe-śu: prúṣÁ IX 55, plúṣÁ IX 56

pr̥thak-kár-maṇ-i: bhaja X 340

pr̥thag-bhāv-é: vicÌR VII 5, vijiÌR III 12

paíśun-y-e: sūca X 327

°-póṣ-aṇay-oḥ: ṇjÌR III 11, ḌU-dhā-Ñ III 10, ḌU-bhr̥-Ñ III 5

pra-káth-an-e: khyā II 50

pra-kāś-an-e: laja X 374

pra-kṣep-é: pr̥thÁ X 20

pra-kṣép-aṇ-e: ḌU-mi-Ñ V 4

pra-khyā-n-e: práthA I 802, prathÁ X 19

pra-ṇi-dā-n-é: meṄ I 1010

prati-ghāt-é: ghúṭÁ VI 91, cákA I 93, rúṭA I 783, lúṭA I 784, lúṭhA I 785, ṣtákÁ I 819

prati-jñā-n-e: muṇÁ VI 44

prati-bandh-é: stábhI I 413, skábhI I 414

prati-ṣṭhā-yām: talÁ X 58, mūlÁ I 562

prati-ṣṭhā-°: gādhR̥ I 4

°-prati-harṣ-áy-oḥ: śránthÁ IX 39

pra-pūr-aṇ-e: duhÀ II 4

pra-márd-an-e: múṭÁ I 346

pra-mād-é: yúchÁ I 229, śránbhU I 420

pra-móc-an-e: mucÁ X 203

pra-yat-n-é: arjÁ X 186, jéhR̥ I 675, bāhR̥ I 676, yátĪ I 30, yásÚ IV 101, yéṣR̥ I 646, véhR̥ I 674, śrathÁ X 13

pra-lámbh-an-e: vancU X 163

pra-véś-an-e: viśÁ VI 130

pra-sav-é: śūṣÁ I 710

pra-sáh-an-e: dhr̥ṣÁ X 306, śr̥dhÚ X 195

pra-sah-ya-kár-aṇ-e: hr̥ III 15

pra-sād-é: ṣtúcA I 188

pra-sráv-aṇ-e: ghr̥ X 108, mūtra X 361, ṣnu II 29, syándŪ I 798

pra-hva-tvé: ṇamÁ I 1030

prā-galbh-y-e: ÑI-dhŕṣ-Ā V 22

prāṇa-tyāg-é: mr̥Ṅ VI 110

prāṇa-dhār-aṇ-e: jīvÁ I 594

prāṇ-an-e: aṇA IV 66, ánÁ II 61, balÁ X 85, śvásÁ II 60

°-prāṇ-anay-oḥ: ūrjÁ X 16

prāṇi-garbha-vi-móc-an-e: ṣūṄ II 21

prāṇi-pra-sav-é: ṣūṄ IV 24

prādur-bhāv-é: jánĪ IV 41, ruhÁ I 912

prā-dhān-y-e: bárhA I 669, bálhA I 670

prāp-aṇ-e: ṇīÑ I 950, yā II 40, vahÀ I 1053

°-prāp-aṇay-oḥ: r̥ I 983

prāp-t-au: bhū X 300, ḌU-labh-AṢ I 1024

prīṇ-an-e: tuṣÁ IV 75, tr̥pÁ IV 86, tŕpÁ V 25, pŕṇÁ VI 40

prīṇ-ana-arth-āḥ: jívÍ I 625, dívÍ I 623, ghívÍ I 624, hívÍ I 622

prī-t-au: pr̥ V 12, ṣnihÁ IV 91

prī-ti-°: júṣĪ VI 8

pr-ékṣ-aṇ-e: dr̥śÍR I 1037

pr-ér-aṇ-e: ilÁ X 119, kṣapa X 392, kṣípÁ IV 14, kṣipÀ VI 5, cūrṇÁ X 18, juḍÁ X 105, ṇudÀ VI 2, ṇudÁ VI 132, (tuḍÍ X 118), bísÁ IV 108, mr̥ḍÍ X 118, labha X 389, varṇÁ X 18, ṣū VI 115

°-pr-ér-aṇa-°: paíṇŔ̥ I 486

plav-a-gá-t-au: révR̥ I 540

plu-ta-gá-t-au: śásÁ I 762

plú-ti-°: háṭhÁ I 358

B

bandh-é: yaúṭŔ̥ I 311

bándh-an-e: átÍ I 62, ádÍ I 63, kácA I 181, kīlÁ I 557, granthÁ X 282, júḍÁ VI 85, ṇahÀ IV 57, paśÁ X 179, badhA I 1022, bandhÁ IX 37, mávÁ I 630, mávyÁ I 541, múrvĪ́ I 606, mūṄ I 1016, yuÑ IX 9, ṣiÑ V 2, IX 5

bála-°: ūrjÁ X 16

°-bála-°: tujÍ X 30, pijÍ X 31

bādh-ana-°: spáśÀ I 936

bāly-e: kúḍÁ VI 89, láṭÁ I 320

bīja-ján-man-i: ruhÁ I 912

bīja-saṁ-tān-é: ṬU-vap-À I 1052

bubhuk-ṣā-yām: kṣudhÁ IV 81

bódh-an-e: budhÌR I 924

BH

bhákṣa-°: jákṣÁ II 62

bhákṣ-aṇ-e: adÁ II 1, khādŔ̥ I 50, kheṭa X 328, cámÚ V 28, cáṣÀ I 938, psā II 46

bhákṣ-aṇa-artha-ḥ: cár-a-ti I 592

bhaṅg-é: rujÓ VI 123

bhay-é: dr̥bhĪ́ X 278, dr̄ I 846, ÑI-bhī III 2, bhéṣR̥̀ I 932, bhyásA I 659, bhrī IX 34

bhay-á-°: O-vij-Ī VII 23, O-víj-Ī́ VI 9, vyáthA I 801

bhár-aṇ-e: bhr̥Ñ I 946

bhárj-an-e: ŕjI I 190, bhŕjI I 191

bhárts-an-e: tárjÁ I 245, bháṣÁ I 726, bhr̄ IX 21, lajA I 257, lajI I 258, lājÁ I 259, lájÍ I 260

°-bhárts-anay-oḥ: kuṭṭÁ X 23

bháṣ-aṇ-e: búkkÁ I 122, bukkÁ X 173

bhasmī-kár-aṇ-e: dahÁ I 1040

bhāv-a-kár-aṇ-e: cíllÁ I 566, cúdḍÁ I 370, cúllÁ I 564, hílÁ VI 69

bhāṣā-arth-āḥ: ahÍ X 255, kupÁ X 239, kuśÍ X 225, kusÍ X 223, gupÁ X 231, ghaṭÁ X 226, ghaṭÍ X 227, cīvÁ X 234, jucÍ X 252, ṇadÁ X 238, taḍÁ X 259, tarkÁ X 240, tujÍ X 215, trasÍ X 221, daśÍ X 224, dasÍ X 246, dhupÁ X 232, naṭÁ X 250, nalÁ X 260, paṭÁ X 212, pijÍ X 217, pisÍ X 222, puṭÁ X 213, puṭÍ X 251, puṭhÁ X 235, barhÁ X 229, balhÁ X 230, br̥hÍ X 228, bhajÍ X 219, bhr̥śÍ X 247, mahÍ X 257, mijÍ X 216, raghÍ X 253, rahÍ X 256, ruṭÁ X 243, rusÍ X 248, laghÍ X 220, 254, lajÍ X 244, laḍÍ X 258, lujÍ X 218, luṭÁ X 214, lokŔ̥ X 236, locŔ̥ X 237, vichÁ X 233, vr̥tÚ X 241, vr̥dhÚ X 242, śīkÁ X 249

bhās-an-e: jútR̥ I 32, (jyútÍR I 42), yútR̥ I 31, śunbhÁ I 460, śubhÁ I 459

bhī-má-artha-°: ghúrÁ VI 55

bhuv-í: asÁ II 56

bhū-ta-prādur-bhāv-é: khácÁ IX 59, héḍhÁ IX 60

bhū-ṣā-yām: máḍÍ I 344, maḍÍ X 49, rūṣÁ I 709, lūṣÁ I 708

bhŕ-t-au: calÁ X 68, bháṭÁ I 329

bhéd-an-e: kaḍÍ X 44, (karṇa X 379), khaḍÁ X 44, khaḍÍ X 44, caṭÁ X 181, bílÁ VI 67, bilÁ X 66, sphuṭÁ X 182

bhój-an-e: áśÁ IX 51, válbhA I 418

bhrám-aṇ-e: ghúṇA I 464, ghúṇÁ VI 48, ghūrṇA I 465, ghūrṇÁ VI 49

M

máṇḍ-an-e: mákI I 89, mághI I 173

mád-e: (kájÁ I 251), kádÁ I 383, VI 86, káṇḍA I 302, kṣībR̥ I 407

°mád-a-°: dívÚ IV 1

mád-an-e: gájÁ I 265

mand-ā-yāṁ: gá-t-au: cúpÁ I 430

manth-é: khájÁ I 250, kháḍI I 303

márd-an-e: divÚ X 185, mrádA I 804

márṣ-aṇ-e: śakÁ IV 78, ṣáhA I 905, ṣahA X 267

mah-at-tv-é: púlÁ I 894, pulÁ X 61

māṅgal-y-e: ṣídhŪ̀ I 49

mā-n-e: úrdA I 20, garva X 358, mā II 53, māṄ III 6, māhR̥̀ I 943, súlbÁ X 71

mārg-aṇ-e: gav-eṣa X 337

mārj-an-e: múḍI I 294

míśr-aṇ-e: yú II 23

medhā-°: mídR̥̀ I 920, médR̥̀ I 921

mók-ṣ-aṇ-e: jásÚ IV 102, mucL̥̀ VI 136, śrathA X 280

°-móc-anay-oḥ: ÑI-kṣvíd-Ā IV 134

°-mód-a-°: dívÚ IV 1

mód-an-e: mucÁ X 203

móh-ana-°: dr̥pÁ IV 87

°-mrákṣ-aṇay-oḥ: ánjŪ̀ VII 21

mlécch-an-e: mrakṣÁ X 120

Y

yāc-an-e: áncÙ I 915, árdÁ I 56, cátÈ I 918, cádÈ I 919, vánU VIII 8, víthR̥ I 33, véthR̥ I 34

yāc-ñā-yām: ṬU-yāc-R̥̀ I 916

yúd-dh-e: jájÍ I 262, sam-grāma X 376

yóg-e: yujÌR VII 7

R

rákṣ-aṇ-e: kuḍÍ X 45, gúpŪ̀ I 422, jasÍ X 128, deṄ I 1011, palÁ X 69, pā II 47

°-rákṣ-aṇa-°: dáyA I 510

rakṣ-ā-yām: gúḍÁ VI 77

rāg-é: ranjÀ I 1048, IV 58

rābhas-y-e: rabhA I 1023

ruj-ā-yām: ūṣÁ I 714, śūlÁ I 559, śáḍI I 299

rūpa-kri-yā-yām: rūpa X 387

°-réṣ-aṇay-oḥ: rī IX 30

róg-e: amÁ X 180, jvárÁ I 813

rog-a-apa-náy-an-e: kitÁ I 1042

ród-an-e: kádÍ I 70, krádÍ I 71, kruśÁ I 909, kládÍ I 72

ródh-an-e: skanbhÙ/skunbhÙ IX 8, stanbhÙ/stunbhÙ IX 7

róṣ-e: gúdhÁ IX 45, rúṣÁ IV 120, ruṣÁ X 132, vákṣÁ I 693

°-róṣ-aṇay-oḥ: ruṄ I 1008

róh-aṇ-e: mūlÁ X 63

L

lákṣ-aṇ-e: ákI I 87, láchÁ I 221, lāchÍ I 222

lajj-ā-yām: tráp-ŪṢ I 389, hrī III 3, hrīchÁ I 225

lámbh-an-e: āpL̥ X 295

láv-an-e: dāP II 50

láv-ana-°: palyūla X 335

lābh-é: bhíkṣA I 637, vidL̥̀ VI 138

laúl-y-e: kákA I 90

V

vak-tra-saṁ-yog-é: cúbÍ I 456

vajra-nir-ghoṣ-é: ṬU-O-sphúrj-Ā I 254

vad-ana-eka-deś-é: gáḍÍ I 65a, 384

vám-an-e: chardÁ X 51

vayo-hā-n-aú: jr̄ IX 24, jr̄ X 272, jr̄Ṣ IV 22, jyā IX 29, jhr̄Ṣ IV 23

vár-aṇ-e: (dvr̄ I 981), vr̥Ñ V 8, vŕkṣA I 635, vŕśÁ IV 116, vr̄ IX 20, vr̄Ñ IX 16, vrī IX 33, vlī IX 32, húḍI I 296

várj-an-e: júgÍ I 168, júgÍ I 167, vúgÍ I 169, vŕjĪ II 19, vŕjĪ́ VII 24, vr̥jĪ X 271

várṇ-e: kábR̥ I 405, kīṭÁ X 99, ṇīlÁ I 555, píjI II 18, śvi'tĀ I 778

varṇa-kri-yā-°: varṇa X 391

várt-an-e: vŕtU I 795, IV 52

vás-an-e: cílÁ VI 63

vāk-ya-pra-bándh-e: katha X 307

°-vār-aṇe-ṣu: álÁ I 548

vi-kás-an-e: púṣpÁ IV 15, phúllÁ I 565, sphúṭA I 279, sphúṭÁ VI 80, (sphúḍI I 297)

vi-krān-t-au: vīra X 355, śūra X 354

vi-kṣép-e: kr̄ VI 116

vi-cār-aṇ-e: vidA VII 13

°-vi-jigī-ṣ-ā-°: dívÚ IV 1

vi-jñ-ān-e: gr̄ X 167

vi-tark-é: ūhA I 679, syamA X 154

vit-ta-sam-ut-sarg-é: vy-aya- X 386

vi-dār-aṇ-e: khánÙ I 927, dalÁ X 211, dr̄ IX 23, bhidÌR VII 2

vid-yā-up-ā-dā-n-é: śíkṣA I 636

vi-dhā-n-é: vídhÁ VI 36

vi-dhūn-an-e: kṣmāyĪ I 515, dhū VI 105

vi-nínd-an-e: garhA X 301

vi-par-ī-ta-maithun-é: yabhÁ I 1029

vi-pra-yog-é: víṣÁ IX 54

vi-bādh-an-e: klíśŪ̀ IX 50

vi-bādh-ā-yām: éṭhA I 286, héṭhA I 285, (héṭhÁ I 343)

vi-bhāg-é: vyúṣÁ IV 106

vi-bhāj-an-e: máḍI I 291, vaṭa X 372, vaṭÍ X 48, (vaṭÍ I 351), váḍI I 290

vi-móc-ana-°: śránthÁ IX 39

vi-móh-an-e: yúpÁ IV 124, rúpÁ IV 125, lúpÁ I 126, lúbhÁ VI 22

vi-yój-ana-°: ricA X 273

vi-réc-an-e: ricÌR VII 4

vi-lás-an-e: cálÁ VI 64

vi-lās-é: láḍÁ I 381

vi-lékh-an-e: kr̥ṣÁ I 1039, kr̥ṣÀ VI 6, kṣúrÁ VI 54, rádÁ I 54, hálÁ I 890

°-vi-lékh-ane-ṣu: kúcÁ I 910

vi-loḍ-an-e: gāhŪ I 680, bādhR̥ I 5, máthE I 90, mánthÁ I 43, mánthÁ IX 40, lúṭÁ I 336, IV 113

vi-vās-é: úchÍ I 231, VI 14

vi-śábd-an-e: ghuṣÍR X 187

vi-śar-aṇ-e: dálÁ I 581, drāḍR̥ I 307, dhrāḍR̥ I 308, pūyĪ I 513, ÑI-phál-Ā I 549, sphúṭÍR I 352

vi-śar-aṇa-°: ṣádL̥ I 907, VI 133

vi-śeṣ-aṇ-e: ancÚ X 198, śiṣĹ̥ VII 14

vi-śrāṇ-an-e: bhajA X 194

vi-śvās-é: sránbhU I 794

vi-sarg-é: sr̥jA IV 69, sr̥jÁ VI 121

vi-stār-e: tanÙ VIII 1, prásA I 803

vi-stār-a-vác-an-e: pacÍ X 109

vi-stār-á-°: varṇa X 391

vi-stŕ-t-au: sphúrchA I 288

vi-smā-p-an-e: kuha X 353

víhāyas-ē gá-t-au: ḍīṄ I 1017, ḍīṄ IV 97

vi-hār-é: krīḍŔ̥ I 373

vr̥-ṇó-ty-arth-e: vrīṄ IV 32

vŕd-dh-au: ŕdhÚ IV 135, édhA I 2, dákṣA I 639, dŕhÁ I 769, dŕhÍ I 770, pūṣÁ I 706, O-pyāy-Ī I 517, pyaiṄ I 1013, báhI I 662, bŕhÁ I 771, bŕhÍ I 772, máhI I 663, rādhA IV 71, vŕdhU I 796, sphāyĪ I 516, hi V 11

vŕd-dhi-artha-ḥ: (tú II 25)

°-vŕd-dhy-oḥ: ṬU-O-śví I 1059

vé-ti-nā túl-y-e: vévīṄ II 68

véṣṭ-an-e: kŕtĪ́ VII 10, guḍÍ X 46, váṭÁ I 322, véṣṭA I 274, ṣtai I 970, sūtra X 360, héḍÁ I 815

vaí-kr̥-t-y-e: duṣÁ IV 76

vaí-klav-y-e: kádI I 809, krádI I 810, kládI I 811, ṭalÁ I 887, ṭválÁ I 888

vaí-cit-t-y-e: muhÁ IV 89

vy-àk-tā-yāṁ vāc-í: gádÁ I 53, cakṣiṄ II 7, jápÁ I 424, jálpÁ I 425, páṭhÁ I 353, brūÑ II 35, bhāṣA I 643, rápÁ I 428, lápÁ I 429, vádÁ I 1058, śácA I 178, hlapA X 116

vy-ak-tī-kár-aṇ-e: pácI I 187

vy-ák-ti-°: ánjŪ̀ VII 2

vyáth-an-e: kárjÁ I 246, cakkÁ/cukkÁ X 56, tudÀ VI 1

vy-ava-hār-é: páṇA I 466, pánA I 467

vy-ā-kula-tv-é: gúpÁ IV 123

vyājī-kár-aṇ-e: vyácÁ VI 12

vy-āp-t-au: ákṣŪ̀ I 684, áśŪ V 18, áhA V 26, āpĹ̥ V 14, ívÍ I 618, viśL̥̀ III 13, śākhŔ̥ I 130, ślākhŔ̥ I 131

°-vy-ava-hār-á-°": dívÚ IV 1

vy-ā-yām-é: pr̥Ṅ VI 109

vrīḍ-é: O-láj-Ī/O-lásj-Ī VI 10

śák-t-au: śakĹ̥ V 15

śak-ti-bándh-an-e: vr̥ṣA X 164

śaṅkā-yām: rágÉ I 822, rékR̥ I 80, śakI I 86

śábd-e: ábI I 403, ámÁ I 493, (ábhI I 412), uṄ I 1001, ku II 33, kuṄ I 999, kúrÁ VI 51, kai I 964, knūÑ IX 10, knūyĪ I 514, ṬU-kṣu II 27, (khuṄ I 1003), khai I 514, gárjÁ I 244, (garjÁ/gardÁ X 124), gárdÁ I 58, gújÁ VI 76, gr̄ IX 28, ṇamÁ I 1030, ṇāsR I 656, túsÁ I 742, dhiṣÁ III 22, dhráṇÁ I 487, dhvánA I 88, dhvana X 343, dhvánÁ I 854, nárdÁ I 57, máśÁ I 760, māṄ III 6, míśÁ I 759, (ráṇÁ I 855), rábI I 401, rábhI I 412, rásÁ I 745, rāsR̥ I 657, rú II 24, rébhR̥ I 410, rai I 958, lábI I 402, vāśR̥ IV 54, víṭÁ I 338, (ṣtánÁ I 880), syámÚ I 878, svánkA I 879, hrásÁ I 743, hlásÁ I 744, hveÑ I 1057

śábda-°: kálA I 526, drékR̥ I 78, dhrékR̥ I 79, píṭÁ I 333, ṣṭyai/styai I 959, svr̥ I 979

°-śábday-oḥ: ghúrÁ VI 55

śabda-kutsā-yām: kāsR̥ I 654, śŕdhU I 797

śábdārth-āḥ: áṇÁ I 471, káṇÁ I 476, kváṇÁ I 477, gájÁ I 265, gájÍ I 266, gŕjÁ I 267, gŕjÍ I 268, (dháṇÁ I 481), dhváṇÁ I 480, bháṇÁ I 474, bhráṇÁ I 479, máṇÁ I 475, mújÁ I 269, mujÁ I 269, mújÍ I 270, ráṇÁ I 472, váṇÁ I 473, vráṇÁ I 478

śábd-a-rth-au: gajÁ X 106, marjÁ X 107

śay-é: ÑI-ṣvap-Á II 59

śāt-an-e: śadĹ̥ I 908, VI 134

°-śās-anay-oḥ: kásI II 14, dakṣA I 807

śās-tr-é: ṣídhŪ̀ I 49

śilpa-yog-é: lasÁ X 189

śīghr-ā-rth-e: dákṣA I 639

śúd-dh-au: ṇíjI II 16, ṬU-masj-Ó VI 122, mr̥jŪ̀ II 57, śúndhÁ I 71

°-śúd-dhy-oḥ: dhāvÙ I 632

śaíthil-y-e: kattra X 366, cíllÁ I 566, śrathI I 35

śok-e: káṭhI I 283, kaṭhI X 303, máṭhI I 282, śúcÁ I 198

śódh-an-e: daiP I 971

śobhā-arth-e: śúbhÁ/śúbhÁ VI 33

sóṣ-aṇ-e: pai I 968, (lághÍ I 172), O-vai I 969, śúṭhÍ I 367, śuṭhÍ X 104, śuṣÁ IV 74

°-śoṣ-aṇay-oḥ: skandÍR I 1028, srívÚ IV 3

śauc-é: śudhÁ IV 82, ṣnā II 43

śauca-kár-maṇ-i: kṣalÁ X 57, śundhÁ X 289

śrad-dhā-°: tanÚ X 296

śráv-aṇ-e: rīṄ IV 30, śru I 989

ślāghā-yāṁ kátthA I 37, śaṭhA X 152, śāḍR̥ I 309, stoma X 152

śléṣ-aṇ-e: kúsÁ IV 109, mílÁ VI 71, lī IX 31, līṄ IV 31, śliṣÁ X 38

śléṣ-aṇa-°: lásÁ I 746

śvaít-y-e: kílÁ VI 61, śvídI I 10

S

saṁ-yám-an-e: pr̥cÁ X 265, badhÁ X 14, yujÁ X 264

sam:-rād-dh-au: ṣidhÚ IV 83

°-saṁ-rād-dhy-oḥ: radhÁ IV 84

saṁ-vár-aṇ-e: khaṭṭÁ X 89, gúhŪ̀ I 944, cúḍÁ VI 98, chadI X 41, tvácÁ VI 18, thúḍÁ VI 93, válA I 520, vállA I 521, vílÁ VI 66, vyeÑ I 1056, vrúḍÁ VI 99, ṣágÉ I 826, ṣthágÉ I 827, hrágÉ I 824, hlágÉ I 825

°-saṁvár-aṇay-oḥ: húlÁ I 897

saṁ-véṣṭ-an-e: múrÁ VI 53

saṁ-śábd-an-e: kr̄tÁ X 111

saṁ-śay-é: carÁ X 205

saṁ-śleṣ-aṇ-e: kúnthÁ IX 42, púṭÁ VI 74, lúṭhÁ VI 87

saṁ-sarg-é: puṭa X 365, mudÁ X 200

saṁ-síd-dh-au: rādhÁ V 16, sādhÁ V 17

saṁ-styā-n-é: kúlÁ I 895

saṁ-spárś-an-e: spr̥śÁ VI 128

saṁ-ghāt-é: ámÁ I 493, áśŪ V 18, ghaṭÁ X 184, jáṭÁ I 327, jháṭÁ I 328, ḍapÁ/ḍipÁ X 138, píṭÁ I 333, píḍI I 263, piḍÍ X 131, [pusÁ X 93] pūlÁ I 561 pūlÁ X 94, mŕkṣÁ/mrákṣÁ I 694, vánÁ I 491, śūlÁ I 599, śróṇŔ̥ I 484, ślóṇR̥ I 77, ślóṇŔ̥ I 485, ṣáṇÁ I 492, húḍI I 288

°saṁ-ghātáy-oḥ: píṭÁ I 388

saṁ-cay-é: khálÁ I 578

saṁ-cál-an-e: kṣárÁ I 904, kṣúbhA I 787, kṣúbhÁ IX 47, válA I 520, vállA I 521, skhálÁ I 577, sphúrÁ VI 95, sphúlkÁ VI 96

°-saṁ-cál-anay-oḥ: vyáthA I 801

saṁ-cūrṇ-an-e: piṣĹ̥ VII 15, muṭÁ X 73

saṁ-cet-an-e: citA X 135

sam-cód-an-e: cudA X 53

sam-jnā-n-e: cítĪ́ I 39

sat-tā-yām: bhū I 1, vidA IV 62

sam-tān-á-°: tāyŔ̥ I 578

sam-tān-a-kri-yā-yām: sattra X 358

saṁ-darbh-é: gránthÁ IX 41, granthÁ X 294, dr̥bhÁ X 279, śranthÁ X 294

saṁ-dīp-an-e: chr̥dĪ̀ X 277

saṁ-deś-a-vác-an-e: vadÁ X 297

°-saṁ-ni-kárṣ-ay-oḥ: ṇídR̥̀/ṇédR̥̀ I 921

sam-av-āy-é: úcÁ IV 114, (ṣacÀ I 1046), ṣápÁ I 427

sam-ā-ghāt-é: aṁsa X 371

sam-ā-dh-aú: ṇíśÁ I 758, yujA IV 68, śīlÁ I 556

sam-uc-chrāy-é: culÁ X 62, (ṣtūpÁ IV 127), ṣtūpÁ X 134

°-sam-uc-chrāy-áy-oḥ: múrchĀ I 227

sam-ŕd-dh-au: ṬU-nád-Í I 67

sam-párk-e: pŕcĪ II 20, pŕcĪ́ VII 25, miśra X 375

sam-párc-ana-°: kúcA I 910

°-sam-párc-anay-oḥ: ricÁ X 273

sam-pra-hār-é: yudhA IV 64

sam-pr-é-ṣ-aṇ-e: kśudÌR VII 6

sam-bándh-an-e: ṣambÁ X 21

sam-bhák-t-au: ámÁ I 493, vánÁ I 491, vŕṄ IX 38, ṣánÁ I 492

sam-bhram-é: ÑI-tvár-Ā I 812

samy-ag-ava-bhāṣ-aṇ-e: śaṭha/śvaṭha X 310

sáh-an-e: kṣám-ŪṢ I 469, kṣámŪ̀ IV 97, cyu X 206

sātat-y-e: āṄ+krandÁ X 188

sātat-ya-gám-an-e: átÁ I 38

sāntv-an-e: cúpÁ I 426

sāntva-pra-yog-é: sāntvÁ X 33, sāma X 333

sām-arth-y-e: kŕpŪ I 799, drāghR̥ I 115, (dhrāghR̥ I 116), rāghR̥ I 113, lāghR̥ I 114

su-khá-°: vāta X 336

súkh-an-e: pŕḍÁ VI 39, mŕḍÁ VI 38

séc-an-e: úkṣÁ I 687, gáḍÁ I 814, gr̥ I 984, ghr̥ I 985, jíṣÚ I 728, ṇívÍ I 621, (ṇíṣÚ I 731), pívÍ I 619, pŕṣÚ I 737, mívÍ I 620, míṣÚ I 730, mihÁ I 1041, mŕṣÚ I 739, víṣÚ I 729, vŕṣÚ I 738, śīkkR̥ I 75, ṣácA I 176

sév-an-e: (kévR̥ I 539), (khévR̥ I 537), gévR̥ I 531, glévR̥ I 532, pévR̥ I 533, (plévR̥ I 538). (mévR̥ I 534), mlévR̥ I 535, (śévR̥ I 536), ṣévR̥ I 530

sev-ā-yām: bhajÀ I 1047, śríÑ I 945

skhád-an-e: skhádA I 805

stambh-é: manA X 169, vásÚ IV 105, ṣtúbhU I 421

°-stambh-áy-oḥ: śūrĪ IV 49

stáv-an-e: arkÁ X 102

stú-t-au: īḍA II 9, īḍÁ X 129, ŕcÁ VI 19, gā III 25, ṇu II 26, ṇū VI 104, śansÚ I 764, ṣtuÑ II 34

°-stú-ty-oḥ: vádI I 11

°-stú-ti-°: dívÚ IV 1

ste-y-é: curÁ X 1, múṣÁ IX 58, mūṣÁ I 707, rúṭÍ I 349, lúṭÍ I 350, luṇṭhÁ X 27

ste-ya-kár-aṇ-e: kújÚ I 214, khújÚ I 215, grúcÚ I 212, glúcÚ I 213

sthā-n-e: ṣthálÁ I 889

sthaír-y-e: khálÁ I 51, dhru I 990

°-sthaír-yay-oḥ: dhrú VI 107

sthaú-l-y-e: ṇīvÁ I 598, tīvÁ I 597, pīvÁ I 595, mīvÁ I 596, váṭhÁ I 354

snéh-an-e: tílÁ VI 62, tílÁ X67, ÑI-míd-Ā I 779, ÑI-míd-Ā IV 133, midÍ X 8, várṣA I 644, ṣnihÁ X 36

°-snéh-anay-oḥ: rasa X 385

spardh-ā-yām: míṣÁ VI 60, hveÑ I 1057

sparś-é: chupA VI 125

°-sparś-ánay-oḥ: spáśA I 936

smár-aṇ-e: iK II 38

smŕ-ty-ām: citÍ X 2

sráv-aṇ-e: galA X 160, śru I 989

sváp-n-e: drai I 955, śīṄ II 22, ṣasÁ II 69

sváp-na-°: ílÁ VI 65

°-sváp-na-°: dívÚ IV 1

H

hán-ty-artha-ḥ: ghaṭÁ X 184

hár-aṇ-e: hr̥Ñ I 947

har-ita-bhāv-é: parṇa X 392

hárṣ-e: mádĪ́ IV 99, múdA I 16

harṣ-s-kṣáy-e: glai I 952, mlai I 953

hás-an-e: kákhÁ I 124, kákhÉ I 821, ghághÁ I 170, cyu X 206, tákÁ I 120, hásÉ I 757

°-hás-anay-oḥ: jákṣÁ II 62

hā-n-au: tyajÁ I 1035

°-híṁs-anay-oḥ: túrÍ IV 44, mídR̥ I 920, médR̥ I 921

hiṁs-ā-yām: ardÀ X 285, árvÁ I 615, úrvĪ I 600, ŕnphÁ/ŕphÁ VI 30, káṣÁ I 716, kr̥Ñ V 7, kr̄ IX 26, kr̄Ñ IX 15, kṣaṇÙ VIII 3, kṣí V 30, kṣíṇÙ VII 4, kṣīṢ IX 35, kháṣÁ I 717, círí V 31, cubÍ X 92, cháṣA I 939, jáṣÁ I 719, jasÙ X 130, jírí V 32, jháṣÁ I 720, ṇábhA I 788, ṇábhÁ IV 130, IX 48, tárdA I 59, tújÁ I 263, túnphÁ/túpÁ VI 26, túnphÁ/túphÁ VI 27, túbhA I 789, túbhÁ IV 130, IX 49, tŕhÁ VII 18, dāśÁ V 33, drú V 34, drūṄ IX 11, púthÁ IV 12, barhÁ X 123, brūsÁ X 122, bhárvÁ I 611, máṣÁ I 723, mīṄ IV 29, mīÑ IX 4, mŕṇÁ VI 41, mr̄ IX 22, yūṣÁ I 711, rí V 29, ríṣÁ I 725, rujÁ X 262, riśÁ/ruśÁ VI 126, rúṣÁ I 724, lūṣÁ X 70, váṣÁ I 722, viṣkA X 146, śárvÁ I 616, śásÚ I 763, śáṣÁ I 721, ṣághÁ V 21, ṣaṭṭÁ X 90, ṣárvÁ I 617, ṣr̄ IX 8, sphiṭṭÁ X 91, hísÍ VII 19, hisÍ X 286

hiṁs-ā-°: kúthÍ I 44, kŕvÍ I 629, cŕtĪ́ VI 35, tujÍ X 30, pijÍ X 31, píṭhÁ I 362, púthÍ I 45, pŕṣÚ I 737, lúthÍ I 46, vŕṣÚ I 738, śáṭhÁ I 363, śūrĪ IV 49, húlÁ I 897

°-hiṁs-ā-°: dáyA I 510, bhálA I 524, bhállA I 525

hiṁs-ā-arth-āḥ: (knáthÁ I 837), kráthÁ I 838, kláthÁ I 839, cánÁ I 840, túnpÁ I 432, túphÁ I 436, túpÁ I 431, túphÁ I 435, tŕnhŪ̀/tŕhŪ̀ VI 58, trúnpÁ I 434, trúnphÁ I 438, trúpÁ I 433, trúphÁ I 437, ṣŕbhÚ I 458, ṣŕbhÚ I 457

hūrch-an-e: kmárÁ I 587, dhvr̥ I 986

Verbal Stems With Specific Markers Indicated in the Sūtras

ĀT=IT 7.2.16-17

ÑI-kṣvid-Ā I 780, 1027, IV 134; ÑI-tvár-Ā I 812, ÑI-phál-Ā I 549; ÑI-mid-Ā I 779, IV 133; śvit-Ā I 778, ÑI-ṣvid-Ā I 780, IV 79

IT=IT 7.1.58

ákI I 87, ágÍ I 155, ághÍ I 109, ajI X 245, áṭhI I 280, átÍ I 62, ádÍ I 63, ábI I 403, ábhI I 411, āchÍ I 224, íkhÍ I 145, ígÍ I 163, ídÍ I 64, ívÍ I 618, úkhÍ I 133, uchI I 230, VI 14, ŕjI I 190, olaḍI X 9, kákI I 94, kácI I 182, káḍI I 302, kaḍI X 44, kádÍ I 70, kádI I 809, kápI I 400, kásI II 14, kākṣÍ I 698, kācI I 183, kújI I 241, kúṭÍ I 345, kúṭhÍ I 365, kúḍI I 289, kúḍÍ I 345, kuḍI X 45, kúthÍ I 44, IX 42, kudrI X 6, kúbÍ I 453, kubI X 113, kubhI X 113, kúśÍ X 225, kusI X 223, kŕvÍ I 629, krádÍ I 71, krádI I 810, krúdÍ I 71, kládÍ I 72, kládI I 811, klídI I 15, klídÍ I 73, kṣájI I 806, kṣajI X 79, kṣapI X 78, khájÍ I 252, kháḍI I 303, khaḍI X 44, khuḍI X 47, gájÍ I 266, gáḍÍ I 65a, 384, gújI I 218, guḍI X 46, gŕjÍ I 268, gráthI I 36, ghaṭI X 227, ghíṇI I 461, ghúṇI I 462, ghúṣI I 682, ghŕnI I 463, cáḍI I 298, cádÍ I 68, capI X 77, citÍ X 2, cúṭÍ I 347, cuṭI X 92, 117, cúḍÍ I 347, cúbÍ I 456, cubI X 92, chadI X 41, jájÍ I 262, jábhI I 145, jabhI X 176, jasI X 128, jívÍ I 625, júgÍ I 168, jucI X 252, ṭakI X 97, ṇákhÍ I 139, ṇíjI II 16, ṇivI I 621, ṇísI III 15, tákÍ I 121, tágÍ I 158, táḍI I 300, tatrI X 139, (tasI) I 713, tasI X 190, tújÍ I 164, tujI X 215, túḍÍ I 295, tuḍI X 118, tuḍI I 69, túbÍ I 455, tubI X 115, tŕhÍ VII 18, trádI I 97, trákhÍ I 149, trágÍ I 159, trádÍ I 69, trasI X 221, tvágÍ I 159, 166, thákÍ I 147, dághI I 171, daśI X 136, 224, daśI X 137, 246, dívÍ I 623, dŕhÍ I 770, drākṣÍ I 701, dhávÍ I 628, dhívÍ I 624, dhŕjÍ I 237, dhrájÍ I 233, dhrāskṣÍ I 702, dhvájÍ I 239, dhvāksI I 703, ṬU-nád-Í I 67, nídÍ I 66, pácI I 187, pacI X 109, páḍI I 301, paḍÍ X 74, pathI X 39, pasI X 74, píjI II 18, pijI X 31, 237, píḍI I 293, piḍI X 131, pívÍ I 619, pisI X 222, puṭI X 251, púḍÍ I 346, 348, púthÍ I 45, pŕcI II 20, báhI I 664, bídÍ I 65, bŕhÍ I 772, bhajI X 219, bháḍI I 292, bhaḍI X 50, bhádI I 12, bhr̥śI X 247, mákI I 89, mákhÍ I 137, mágÍ I 157, mághI I 111, 112, mácI I 186, máṭhI I 282, máḍÍ I 344, máḍI I 291, maḍÍ X 49, matrI X 140, máthÍ I 47, mádI I 13, máhI I 665, mahI X 257, mākṣÍ I 700, mijI X

216, midI X 8, mívÍ I 620, múcI I 185, mújÍ I 270, múṭhI I 284, múḍI I 294, múḍÍ I 348, mr̥ḍI X 118, yatrÍ X 3, yúgÍ I 167, rákhÍ I 141, rágÍ I 153, rághI I 107, raghI X 253, ráphÍ I 441, rábI I 401, rábhI I 412, ráhÍ I 768, rahI X 256, rígÍ I 164, rívÍ I 626, rúṬÍ I 349, rúṭhÍ I 368, lákhÍ I 143, lágÍ I 154, lághI I 108, laghI X 172, lájÍ I 258, laḍI X 258, lábI I 402, 404; lāchÍ I 222, lājÍ I 260, lígÍ I 165, ligI X 199, lujI X 218, lúṭÍ I 350, lúṭhÍ I 366, 369; lúṭhI I 46, lúbÍ I 454, lubI X 144, vákI I 88, 95; vákhÍ I 135, vágÍ I 156, vághI I 110, váṭÍ I 351, vaṭI X 372, váṭhI I 281, váḍI I 290, vaḍI X 48, vádI I 11, vākṣÍ I 699, vāchÍ I 223, vúgÍ I 169, vrájÍ I 235, śákI I 86, śáḍI I 299, śásI I 660, śíkhÍ I 150, śíghÍ I 174, śíjI II 17, śúṭhÍ I 367, śuṭhI X 104, śrákI I 84, śrágÍ I 160, śráthI I 35, ślákI I 85, ślágÍ I 162, śvakI I 96, śvagI I 161, śvacI I 180, śvidI I 10, skábhÍ I 414, skúdI I 9, ṣtábhI I 413, spádI I 14, sphúṭÍ I 352, sphúḍI I 297, sphuḍI X 4, srákI I 83, svákI I 96, híḍI I 287, hívÍ I 622, hísÍ VII 19, hisI X 286, húḍI 288, 296.

īT=IT 7.2.14

ÑI-índh-Ī VII 11, úchĪ́ I 231, VI 14; úndĪ́ VII 20, úrvĪ́ I 600, ūyĪ I 512, ŕṣĪ́ VI 7, káṭĪ́ I 342, kŕtĪ́ VI 141, VII 10, knūyĪ I 514, kṣmāyĪ I 515, gúrĪ́ VI 103, gurĪ X 155; gūrĪ IV 46, gúrvĪ́ I 605, ghūrĪ IV 47, cítĪ́ I 39, cūrĪ IV 50, cŕtĪ́ VI 35, chr̥dĪ X 277, jánĪ I 862, jánĪ IV 41, júṣĪ VI 8, jūrĪ IV 48, túrvĪ́ I 601, tūrĪ IV 44, trásĪ́ IV 10, thúrvĪ́ I 602, dīpĪ IV 42, dúrvĪ́ I 603, dŕbhĪ́ VI 34, dr̥bhĪ X 278, dhúrvĪ́ I 604, dhūrĪ́ IV 45, nŕtĪ́ IV 9, pūyĪ I 513, pūrĪ IV 43, pūrĪ X 261, pŕcĪ II 20, pŕcĪ VII 25, O-pyāy-Ī I 517, mádĪ́ I 853, IV 99; másĪ́ IV 112, múrvĪ́ I 606, yátĪ I 30, O-láj-Ī/O-lásj-Ī VI 10, O-víj-Ī VI 9, O-víj-Ī́ VII 23, Ī-śúc-ÌR IV 56, śūrĪ IV 49, sphāyĪ I 516.

uT=IT 7.2.56

áncÚ I 203, áncU I 915, ancU X 198, ásÚ IV 100, ŕṇÙ VII 5, ŕdhÚ IV 135, V 24; kámU I 470, 869; kújÚ I 214, knásÚ I 864, IV 6; krámÚ I 502, klámÚ IV 98, kṣáṇÙ VIII 3, kṣíṇÙ VIII 4, kṣívÚ I 599, khánÙ I 927, grásU I 661, grúcÚ I 212, glúcÚ I 213, ghŕṇÚ VIII 7, ghŕṣÚ I 740, cáncÚ I 205, cámÚ I 497, 869, V 28, chámÚ I 498, U-chŕd-ÌkR VII 8, jámÚ I 499, jásÚ IV 102, jasU X 130, 178; jímÚ I 500, jíṣÚ I 728, jhámÚ I 501, ṇiṣÚ I 731, tánÙ VIII 1, tanU X 296, táncÚ I 206, támÚ IV 93, tásÚ IV 103, tŕṇÙ VIII 6, U-tŕd-ÌR VII 9, tváncÚ I 207, dánbhÚ V 23, dámÚ IV 94, dásÚ IV 104, dívÚ IV 1, divU X 166, dhāvÚ I 632, U-dhrás-Á IX 52, U-dhras-A X 202; pŕṣÚ I 737, prúṣÚ I 735, plúṣÚ I 736, bhŕnśU IV 115, bhránśU I 792, IV 115, bhrámÚ I 903, IV 96; mánU VIII 9, míṣÚ I 730, mŕdhÙ I 923, mŕṣÚ I 739, mrúcÚ I 210, mrúncÚ I 208, mlúcÚ I 211, mlúncÚ I 209; yásÚ IV 101; vánÚ I 841, 868; vánU VIII 8, váncÚ X 163, vásÚ IV 105, viṣÚ I 729, vŕtU I 794, IV 52, vr̥tU X 242, vŕdhU I 796, vr̥dhU X 242, vŕṣÚ I 738, śánsÚ I 674, śásÚ I 763, āṄ+śāsU II 66, śŕdhÙ I 922, śŕdhU I 797, śr̥dhU X 195, śŕnbhÚ/śŕbhÚ I 457-8, śránbhU I 420, śríṣÚ I 733, ślíṣÚ I 734; ṣáṇÙ VIII 2, ṣṭhívÚ I 592, IV 4; ṣtúbhU I 421; stunbhÙ IX 7, sránbhU I 420, 794; srívÚ IV 3, hŕṣÚ I 741.

ūT=IT 7.2.44

ákṣŪ̀ I 684, ánjŪ̀ VII 21, áśŪ V 18; kŕpŪ I 799, klídŪ̀ IV 132, klíśŪ̀ IX 50, kṣámŪ̀ IV 97, kṣámŪ-Ṣ I 469, gāhŪ I 680, gúpŪ̀ I 422, gúhŪ̀ I 944, gŕhŪ I 681: tákṣŪ̀ I 585, táncŪ̀ VII 22, tŕṇhŪ̀ VI 58, tŕhŪ̀ VI 58, trápŪ-Ṣ I 399, tvákṣŪ I 686; mŕjŪ̀ II 57, mr̥jŪ X 304; vŕhŪ̀ VI 57, O-vráśc-Ū̀ VI 11; ṣídhŪ̀ I 49, ṣṭŕhŪ̀ VI 58, syándŪ I 798.

r̥T=IT 7.4.2

éjR̥ I 192, éjR̥ I 253, éṣR̥ I 649, ókhŔ̥ I 125, óṇŔ̥ I 482, kábR̥ I 405, kāśR̥ I 678, IV 53; kāsR̥ I 654, képR̥ I 392, kélŔ̥ I 570, kévR̥ I 539, krīḍŔ̥ I 373, klībR̥ I 406, kṣībR̥ I 407, kṣvélŔ̥ I 527, khādŔ̥ I 50, khélŔ̥ I 571, khévR̥ I 537, khórŔ̥/khólŔ̥ I 584; gādhR̥ I 4, gépR̥ I 393, gévR̥ I 531, géṣR̥ I 645, glépR̥ I 390, 396; glévR̥ I 532; cákāsŔ̥ II 65, cāyR̥̀ I 929, cīvR̥̀ I 928, célŔ̥ I 569; jéṣR̥ I 647, jéhR̥ I 675; ṇídR̥̀ I 921, ṇédR̥̀ I 921, ṇéṣR̥ I 648, ṭíkR̥ I 103, ṭīkR̥ I 104, ḍhaúkR̥ I 98, tāyR̥ I 518, tikR̥ I 105, típR̥ I 385, tīkR̥ I 106, túḍŔ̥ I 374, tūḍŔ̥ I 374, tepR̥ I 389, tépR̥ X 221, tévR̥ I 528, dāśR̥̀ I 931, dāsR̥̀ I 942, dévR̥ I 529, drākhŔ̥ I 128, drāghR̥ I 117, drāghR̥ I 115, drāḍR̥ I 307, drāhR̥ I 677, drékR̥ I 78; dhépR̥ I 398, dhórŔ̥ I 585, dhrākhŔ̥ I 129, dhrāghR̥ I 116, 117; dhrāḍR̥ I 308, dhrékR̥ I 79; nāthR̥ I 7, nādhR̥ I 6; pélŔ̥ I 574, pévR̥ I 533, pésŔ̥ I 752, paíṇŔ̥ I 486, préṣR̥ I 650, próthR̥̀ I 919, plévR̥ I 538; bāḍR̥ I 306, bādhR̥ I 5, bāhR̥ I 676; bhāsR̥ I 655, bhésR̥̀ I 932, ṬU-bhrāj-R̥ I 875, bhrājR̥ I 194, ṬU-bhrāś-R̥ I 876, bhréjR̥ I 193, bhréṣR̥̀ I 933, TU-bhlāś-Ŕ̥ I 877, bhléṣR̥̀ I 933; māhR̥̀ I 943, mídR̥̀ I 920, mīmŔ̥ I 496, méṭŔ̥ I 314, médR̥̀ I 920, médhR̥̀ I 920, (mépR̥) I 395, mévR̥ I 534, mréḍŔ̥ I 313, mléṭŔ̥ I 312, mlévR̥ I 535; ṬU-yāc-R̥̀ I 916, yútR̥ I 31, yéṣR̥ I 646, yaúṭŔ̥ I 311; rākhŔ̥ I 126, rāghR̥ I 113, rājR̥ I 874, rāsR̥ I 657, rékR̥ I 80, réjR̥ I 195, réṭR̥̀ I 917, répR̥ I 396, rébhR̥ I 410, révR̥ I 540, réṣR̥ I 651, róḍŔ̥ I 378, raúḍŔ̥ I 377; lākhŔ̥ I 127, lāghR̥ I 114, lókR̥ I 76, lokR̥ X 236, lócR̥ I 177, locR̥ X 237, laúḍŔ̥ I 379; vāśR̥ IV 54, víthR̥ I 33, véṇR̥̀ I 926, véthR̥ I 34, ṬU-vép-R̥ I 391, vélŔ̥ I 568, véhR̥ I 674; śākhŔ̥ I 130, śāḍR̥ I 309, śīkR̥ I 75, śībhR̥ I 408, śélŔ̥ I 576, śóṇŔ̥ I 483, śaúṭR̥ I 310, śróṇŔ̥ I 484, ślākhŔ̥ I 131, ślāghR̥ I 118, ślókR̥ I 77, ślóṇŔ̥ I 485; sévR̥ I 530, ṣṭípR̥ I 387, ṣṭépR̥ I 388; sékR̥ I 81, srékR̥ I 82, húḍR̥ I 375, hūḍŔ̥ I 376, héḍR̥ I 304, hóḍR̥ I 305, hóḍŔ̥ I 376.

l̥T-IT 3.1.55

āpĹ̥ V 14, āpL̥ X 295, gamĹ̥ I 1031, ghásĹ̥ I 747, piṣĹ̥ VII 15, mucL̥̀ VI 136, lupL̥̀ VI 137, vidL̥̀ VI 138, viṣL̥̀ III 13, śakĹ̥ V 15, śadĹ̥ I 908, VI 134, śiṣĹ̥ VII 14, ṣadĹ̥ I 907, sr̥pĹ̥ I 1032.

eT=IT 7.2.5

kákhÉ I 821, kágÉ I 828, káṭÉ I 315, kváthÉ I 899, cáṭÉ I 316, catÈ/cadÈ I 918, páthÉ I 900, máthÉ I 901, rágÉ I 822, lágÉ I 823, ṣágÉ I 826, ṣṭhágÉ I 827.

oT=IT 8.2.45

bhanjÓ VII 16, bhujÓ VI 124, ṬU-masj-Ó VI 122, rujÓ VI 123, O-vai I 969, ṬU-O-śví I 1059, ṬU-O-sphúrjĀ I 254; ḍīṄ IV 27, dīṄ IV 26, dūṄ IV 25, dhīṄ IV 28, mīṄ IV 29, rīṄ IV 30, līṄ IV 31, vrīṄ IV 32, ṣūṄ IV 24.

ṬU=IT 3.3.89

ṬU-kṣu II 27, ṬU-du V 10, ṬU-nád-Í I 67, ṬU-masj-Ó VI 122, ṬU-yāc-R̥̀ I 916, ṬU-vám-Á I 868, 902; ṬU-vép-R̥ I 391, ṬU-O-śví I 1059, ṬU-O-sphúrj-Ā I 254.

ḌU=IT 3.3.88

ḌU-kr̥-Ñ VIII 10, ḌU-krī-Ñ IX 1, ḌU-dā-Ñ III 9, ḌU-dhā-Ñ III 10, ḌU-pac-ÀṢ I 1045, ḌU-bhr̥-Ñ III 5, ḌU-mi-Ñ V 4.

Ṣ-IT 3.3.104

kṣámŪ-Ṣ I 469, kṣīṢ IX 35, jr̄Ṣ I 863, IV 22; jhr̄Ṣ IV 23, DU-pac-À-Ṣ I 1045, tráp-Ū-Ṣ I 399.

ÑI=IT k3.2.187

ÑI-indh-Ī VII 11, ÑI-kṣvíd-Ā I 780, ÑI-kṣvíd-Ā IV 134, ÑI-kṣvid-Ā I 1027, ÑI-tŕṣ-Á IV 118, ÑI-tvár-Ā I 812, NI-dhŕṣ-Ā V 22, ÑI-phál-Ā I 549, ÑI-bhī III 2, ÑI-míd-Ā I 779, ÑI-ṣvap-Á II 59, ÑI-ṣvíd-Ā I 780, ÑI-ṣvid-Ā IV 79.

IR-IT 3.1.57

úh-ÍR I 775, kṣud-ÌR VII 6, ghúṣ-ÍR I 683, ghuṣ-IR X 187, cyút-ÍR I 40, jyút-ÍR I 42, ṇij-IR III 11, túh-ÍR I 773, U-tŕd-ÌR VII 9, dúh-ÍR I 774, dr̥ś-ÍR I 1037, búdh-ÌR I 924, U-búnd-ÌR I 925, bhid-ÌR VII 2, yuj-ÌR VII 7, ric-ÌR VII 4, rúd-ÍR II 58, rudh-ÌR VII 1, vic-ÌR VII 5, vij-IR III 12, Ī-śúc-ÌR IV 56, ścyút-ÍR I 41, skand-ÍR I 1028, sphúṭ-ÍR I 352.